B020101Pārājikakaṇḍa-aṭṭhakathā（《重罪篇註釋》）c3.5s

Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa

Vinayapiṭake

Pārājikakaṇḍa-aṭṭhakathā (paṭhamo bhāgo)

Ganthārambhakathā

Yo kappakoṭīhipi appameyyaṃ;

Kālaṃ karonto atidukkarāni;

Khedaṃ gato lokahitāya nātho;

Namo mahākāruṇikassa tassa.

Asambudhaṃ buddhanisevitaṃ yaṃ;

Bhavābhavaṃ gacchati jīvaloko;

Namo avijjādikilesajāla-

Viddhaṃsino dhammavarassa tassa.

Guṇehi yo sīlasamādhipaññā-

Vimuttiñāṇappabhutīhi yutto;

Khettaṃ janānaṃ kusalatthikānaṃ;

Tamariyasaṅghaṃ sirasā namāmi.

Iccevamaccantanamassaneyyaṃ;

Namassamāno ratanattayaṃ yaṃ;

Puññābhisandaṃ vipulaṃ alatthaṃ;

Tassānubhāvena hatantarāyo.

Yasmiṃ ṭhite sāsanamaṭṭhitassa;

Patiṭṭhitaṃ hoti susaṇṭhitassa;

Taṃ vaṇṇayissaṃ vinayaṃ amissaṃ;

Nissāya pubbācariyānubhāvaṃ.

Kāmañca pubbācariyāsabhehi;

Ñāṇambuniddhotamalāsavehi;

Visuddhavijjāpaṭisambhidehi ;

Saddhammasaṃvaṇṇanakovidehi.

Sallekhiye nosulabhūpamehi;

Mahāvihārassa dhajūpamehi;

Saṃvaṇṇitoyaṃ vinayo nayehi;

Cittehi sambuddhavaranvayehi.

Saṃvaṇṇanā sīhaḷadīpakena;

Vākyena esā pana saṅkhatattā;

Na kiñci atthaṃ abhisambhuṇāti;

Dīpantare bhikkhujanassa yasmā.

Tasmā imaṃ pāḷinayānurūpaṃ;

Saṃvaṇṇanaṃ dāni samārabhissaṃ;

Ajjhesanaṃ buddhasirivhayassa;

Therassa sammā samanussaranto.

Saṃvaṇṇanaṃ tañca samārabhanto;

Tassā mahāaṭṭhakathaṃ sarīraṃ;

Katvā mahāpaccariyaṃ tatheva;

Kurundināmādisu vissutāsu.

Vinicchayo aṭṭhakathāsu vutto;

Yo yuttamatthaṃ apariccajanto;

Tatopi antogadhatheravādaṃ;

Saṃvaṇṇanaṃ samma samārabhissaṃ.

Taṃ me nisāmentu pasannacittā;

Therā ca bhikkhū navamajjhimā ca;

Dhammappadīpassa tathāgatassa;

Sakkacca dhammaṃ patimānayantā.

Buddhena dhammo vinayo ca vutto;

Yo tassa puttehi tatheva ñāto;

So yehi tesaṃ matimaccajantā;

Yasmā pure aṭṭhakathā akaṃsu.

Tasmā hi yaṃ aṭṭhakathāsu vuttaṃ;

Taṃ vajjayitvāna pamādalekhaṃ;

Sabbampi sikkhāsu sagāravānaṃ;

Yasmā pamāṇaṃ idha paṇḍitānaṃ.

Tato ca bhāsantarameva hitvā;

Vitthāramaggañca samāsayitvā;

Vinicchayaṃ sabbamasesayitvā;

Tantikkamaṃ kiñci avokkamitvā.

Suttantikānaṃ vacanānamatthaṃ;

Suttānurūpaṃ paridīpayantī;

Yasmā ayaṃ hessati vaṇṇanāpi;

Sakkacca tasmā anusikkhitabbāti.

Bāhiranidānakathā

Tattha taṃ vaṇṇayissaṃ vinayanti vuttattā vinayo tāva vavatthapetabbo. Tenetaṃ vuccati – 『『vinayo nāma idha sakalaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ adhippeta』』nti. Saṃvaṇṇanatthaṃ panassa ayaṃ mātikā –

Vuttaṃ yena yadā yasmā, dhāritaṃ yena cābhataṃ;

Yatthappatiṭṭhitacetametaṃ vatvā vidhiṃ tato.

Tenātiādipāṭhassa, atthaṃ nānappakārato;

Dassayanto karissāmi, vinayassatthavaṇṇananti.

Tattha vuttaṃ yena yadā yasmāti idaṃ tāva vacanaṃ 『『tena samayena buddho bhagavā verañjāyaṃ viharatī』』ti evamādivacanaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Idañhi buddhassa bhagavato attapaccakkhavacanaṃ na hoti, tasmā vattabbametaṃ 『『idaṃ vacanaṃ kena vuttaṃ, kadā vuttaṃ, kasmā ca vutta』』nti? Āyasmatā upālittherena vuttaṃ, tañca pana paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikāle.

頂禮那位尊貴的、阿羅漢、正等正覺者！ 律藏 《波羅夷分別註疏》（第一部分） 序論 即使經過千百萬劫不可思議； 行持極其艱難的行為； 為眾生利益而疲憊； 頂禮那位大悲尊者。 未覺悟者依佛陀修習； 生命輪迴于生死之中； 頂禮那位能摧毀 無明等煩惱網的正法尊者。 以戒定慧等功德莊嚴； 解脫智慧等悉皆具足； 為求善者的福田； 我以頭頂禮敬聖僧伽。 如此至誠應當禮敬； 禮拜三寶； 獲得廣大福德洪流； 以其威力消除一切障礙。 當佛教穩固樹立； 正法得以安住； 我將闡釋這部純凈的律； 依循諸位前輩的威德。 確實，諸位前輩導師； 以智慧之光照耀污垢； 以清凈的智慧和分別； 善於讚歎正法。 非輕易可得的修行； 大寺院的旗幟； 以各種方式讚歎此律； 以諸佛陀最上的心念。 以錫蘭島（斯里蘭卡）語所作； 然而這段文字已被編撰； 無法完全闡明意義； 因為在不同地方有比丘。 因此，我將依照巴利律藏； 開始撰寫註疏； 憶念佛陀榮耀的尊者； 並予以適當的尊重。 開始撰寫註疏時； 製作這部大註疏； 如同在庫倫德等著名註疏中所作。 在註疏中已闡明的決斷； 不遺漏任何正確意義； 我將進入前輩的傳統； 開始撰寫註疏。 請諸位具有清凈心的尊者； 無論是長老、比丘還是新進者； 以對如來法燈的敬意； 謹慎地接受這部法。 佛陀宣說法與律； 他的弟子們也如此了知； 超越他們的智慧； 因為先前的註疏已經存在。 因此，在註疏中已說明的； 捨棄輕率的記載； 在一切學處中保持敬重； 因為這是智者的準則。 從此，捨棄其他語言； 簡要概括廣泛內容； 闡明一切決斷； 不偏離原則。 為解釋經典文句的意義； 依經典如理闡明； 因此這部註疏將會存在； 應當謹慎學習。 外部序言 在此，我將闡釋律藏。首先要確定"律"的定義。因此說道："此處'律'意指整個律藏"。爲了註疏，這是序言： 誰何時因何而說； 誰持持何物並帶來； 安置於何處並如法； 我將以各種方式 闡明律藏的意義。 其中"誰何時因何而說"這句話，是指"爾時，世尊在毗蘭若（Verañjā）住世"等語句。這實際上並非佛陀親口所說，因此應當追問："這段話由誰說？何時說？為何說？"這是由優波離尊者在第一次結集時所說。

Paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikathā

Paṭhamamahāsaṅgīti nāma cesā kiñcāpi pañcasatikasaṅgītikkhandhake vuttā, nidānakosallatthaṃ pana idhāpi iminā nayena veditabbā. Dhammacakkappavattanañhi ādiṃ katvā yāva subhaddaparibbājakavinayanā katabuddhakicce kusinārāyaṃ upavattane mallānaṃ sālavane yamakasālānamantare visākhapuṇṇamadivase paccūsasamaye anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbute bhagavati lokanāthe, bhagavato parinibbāne sannipatitānaṃ sattannaṃ bhikkhusatasahassānaṃ saṅghatthero āyasmā mahākassapo sattāhaparinibbute bhagavati, subhaddena vuḍḍhapabbajitena 『『alaṃ, āvuso, mā socittha, mā paridevittha, sumuttā mayaṃ tena mahāsamaṇena; upaddutā ca homa – 『idaṃ vo kappati, idaṃ vo na kappatī』ti! Idāni pana mayaṃ yaṃ icchissāma taṃ karissāma, yaṃ na icchissāma na taṃ karissāmā』』ti (cūḷava. 437; dī. ni. 2.232) vuttavacanamanussaranto 『『ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati yaṃ pāpabhikkhū atītasatthukaṃ pāvacananti maññamānā pakkhaṃ labhitvā nacirasseva saddhammaṃ antaradhāpeyyuṃ, yāva ca dhammavinayo tiṭṭhati tāva anatītasatthukameva pāvacanaṃ hoti. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –

『Yo vo, ānanda, mayā dhammo ca vinayo ca desito paññatto , so vo mamaccayena satthā』ti (dī. ni. 2.216).

『『Yaṃnūnāhaṃ dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyeyyaṃ, yathayidaṃ sāsanaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ.

Yaṃ cāhaṃ bhagavatā –

『Dhāressasi pana me tvaṃ, kassapa, sāṇāni paṃsukūlāni nibbasanānī』ti vatvā cīvare sādhāraṇaparibhogena ceva,

『Ahaṃ, bhikkhave, yāvade ākaṅkhāmi vivicceva kāmehi…pe… paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharāmi; kassapopi, bhikkhave, yāvade ākaṅkhati vivicceva kāmehi…pe… paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharatī』ti –

Evamādinā nayena navānupubbavihārachaḷabhiññāppabhede uttarimanussadhamme attanā samasamaṭṭhapanena ca anuggahito, tassa kimaññaṃ āṇaṇyaṃ bhavissati; nanu maṃ bhagavā rājā viya sakakavacaissariyānuppadānena attano kulavaṃsappatiṭṭhāpakaṃ puttaṃ 『saddhammavaṃsappatiṭṭhāpako me ayaṃ bhavissatī』ti mantvā iminā asādhāraṇena anuggahena anuggahesī』』ti cintayanto dhammavinayasaṅgāyanatthaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ussāhaṃ janesi. Yathāha –

『『Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo bhikkhū āmantesi – 『ekamidāhaṃ, āvuso, samayaṃ pāvāya kusināraṃ addhānamaggappaṭipanno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehī』』ti (dī. ni.

第一次大結集的故事 雖然這第一次大結集在《五百結集篇》中已經提到,爲了理解序言,在這裡也應該以這種方式理解。從初轉法輪開始,直到調伏須跋陀羅遊方者,佛陀完成了他的任務,在拘尸那羅(Kusinārā)城附近的娑羅雙樹間,在毗舍佉月滿之日黎明時分,世尊以無餘依涅槃界般涅槃。在世尊般涅槃后,七十萬比丘集會,其中僧團上座大迦葉尊者在世尊般涅槃七日後,憶及老年出家的須跋陀所說的話:"朋友們,夠了,不要悲傷,不要哀嘆,我們已經擺脫了那位大沙門。他總是煩擾我們,說'這個你們可以做,這個你們不可以做'。現在我們想做什麼就做什麼,不想做什麼就不做。"（《小品》437;《長部》2.232） 他思考到:"有這樣一種可能,惡比丘們認為佛陀已逝去,教法也已過時,他們獲得支援后不久就會使正法消失。只要法與律存在,教法就不會過時。因為世尊曾說過: '阿難啊,我所教導和規定的法與律,在我去世后將成為你們的導師。'（《長部》2.216） 我應該結集法與律,使這教法持久穩固。 而且,世尊對我說: '迦葉啊,你會穿我的粗布僧衣嗎?'並與我共用僧衣, 又說:'諸比丘,我想要時,能夠遠離欲樂...進入初禪而住;迦葉也是,想要時能夠遠離欲樂...進入初禪而住。' 以這種方式,在九次第定、六神通等超人法中,世尊將我置於與他平等的地位。對於這樣的恩惠,我還有什麼可報答的呢?難道世尊不是像國王將自己的鎧甲和權力傳給兒子一樣,認為'這個人將成為我正法傳承的建立者',而給予我這種特殊的恩惠嗎?" 他這樣思考著,激發了比丘們結集法與律的熱情。正如他所說: "那時,大迦葉尊者對比丘們說:'朋友們,有一次我從波婆城(Pāvā)前往拘尸那羅(Kusinārā),與大比丘僧團同行,約有五百比丘。'"（《長部》

2.231) sabbaṃ subhaddakaṇḍaṃ vitthārato veditabbaṃ.

Tato paraṃ āha –

『『Handa mayaṃ, āvuso, dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyeyyāma. Pure adhammo dippati, dhammo paṭibāhiyyati; avinayo dippati, vinayo paṭibāhiyyati. Pure adhammavādino balavanto honti, dhammavādino dubbalā honti; avinayavādino balavanto honti, vinayavādino dubbalā hontī』』ti (cūḷava. 437).

Bhikkhū āhaṃsu – 『『tena hi, bhante, thero bhikkhū uccinatū』』ti. Thero sakalanavaṅgasatthusāsanapariyattidhare puthujjana-sotāpanna-sakadāgāmi-anāgāmi-sukkhavipassakakhīṇāsavabhikkhū anekasate anekasahasse ca vajjetvā tipiṭakasabbapariyattippabhedadhare paṭisambhidāppatte mahānubhāve yebhuyyena bhagavatā etadaggaṃ āropite tevijjādibhede khīṇāsavabhikkhūyeva ekūnapañcasate pariggahesi. Ye sandhāya idaṃ vuttaṃ – 『『atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo ekenūnāpañcaarahantasatāni uccinī』』ti (cūḷava. 437).

Kissa pana thero ekenūnamakāsīti? Āyasmato ānandattherassa okāsakaraṇatthaṃ. Tena hāyasmatā sahāpi vināpi na sakkā dhammasaṅgīti kātuṃ, so hāyasmā sekkho sakaraṇīyo, tasmā sahāpi na sakkā; yasmā panassa kiñci dasabaladesitaṃ suttageyyādikaṃ bhagavato asammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ nāma natthi, tasmā vināpi na sakkā. Yadi evaṃ sekkhopi samāno dhammasaṅgītiyā bahukārattā therena uccinitabbo assa. Atha kasmā na uccinitoti ? Parūpavādavivajjanato. Thero hi āyasmante ānande ativiya vissattho ahosi, tathā hi naṃ sirasmiṃ palitesu jātesupi 『『na vāyaṃ kumārako mattamaññāsī』』ti (saṃ. ni.

2.231) 所有的須跋陀章節應詳細理解。 接著他說： 「那麼，我們應該結集法與律。以前邪法盛行，正法被壓制；無律盛行，律法被壓制。以前邪法的倡導者勢力強大，而正法的倡導者勢力薄弱；無律的倡導者勢力強大，而有律的倡導者勢力薄弱。」（《小品》437） 比丘們說：「因此，尊者，請讓長老們發言。」長老擁有所有新教義的傳承，持有普通人、入流、還流、無流、已滅盡的比丘，以及眾多的比丘和成千上萬的比丘，持有三藏的各類教義並獲得了明瞭的智慧，因而被世尊特別推崇的，只有五百位已滅盡的比丘被列入其中。關於這一點的說法是：「那時，大迦葉尊者以一百九十九位阿羅漢的身份發言。」（《小品》437） 那麼長老為何只提到一位呢？是爲了讓阿難尊者有機會發言。因此，若沒有阿難，法的結集將無法進行，而阿難尊者是能夠發言的，所以即使沒有他也不能進行；因為對於他所持有的十種力量與教法的經典，以及世尊所教導的任何經文，都是沒有遺漏的，因此沒有他也無法進行。如果是這樣，即使阿難尊者是有修行的，因法的結集的複雜性，長老也應被提名。那麼，為什麼不提名呢？是爲了避免對他人的指責。長老對阿難尊者非常寬容，因此即使在他頭上生起了頭髮，也不會說「這孩子並不聰明」。（《相應部》）

2.154) kumārakavādena ovadati. Sakyakulappasuto cāyaṃ āyasmā tathāgatassa bhātā cūḷapituputto. Tatra hi bhikkhū chandāgamanaṃ viya maññamānā 『『bahū asekkhapaṭisambhidāppatte bhikkhū ṭhapetvā ānandaṃ sekkhapaṭisambhidāppattaṃ thero uccinī』』ti upavadeyyuṃ, taṃ parūpavādaṃ parivajjento 『『ānandaṃ vinā saṅgīti na sakkā kātuṃ, bhikkhūnaṃyeva anumatiyā gahessāmī』』ti na uccini.

Atha sayameva bhikkhū ānandassatthāya theraṃ yāciṃsu. Yathāha –

『『Bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ mahākassapaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『ayaṃ, bhante, āyasmā ānando kiñcāpi sekkho abhabbo chandā dosā mohā bhayā agatiṃ gantuṃ, bahu cānena bhagavato santike dhammo ca vinayo ca pariyatto; tena hi, bhante, thero āyasmantampi ānandaṃ uccinatū』ti. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmantampi ānandaṃ uccinī』』ti (cūḷava. 437).

Evaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anumatiyā uccinitena tenāyasmatā saddhiṃ pañca therasatāni ahesuṃ.

Atha kho therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – 『『kattha nu kho mayaṃ dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyeyyāmā』』ti. Atha kho therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – 『『rājagahaṃ kho mahāgocaraṃ pahūtasenāsanaṃ, yaṃnūna mayaṃ rājagahe vassaṃ vasantā dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyeyyāma, na aññe bhikkhū rājagahe vassaṃ upagaccheyyu』』nti. Kasmā pana nesaṃ etadahosi? Idaṃ amhākaṃ thāvarakammaṃ, koci visabhāgapuggalo saṅghamajjhaṃ pavisitvā ukkoṭeyyāti. Athāyasmā mahākassapo ñattidutiyena kammena sāvesi, taṃ saṅgītikkhandhake vuttanayeneva ñātabbaṃ.

Atha tathāgatassa parinibbānato sattasu sādhukīḷanadivasesu sattasu ca dhātupūjādivasesu vītivattesu 『『aḍḍhamāso atikkanto, idāni gimhānaṃ diyaḍḍho māso seso, upakaṭṭhā vassūpanāyikā』』ti mantvā mahākassapatthero 『『rājagahaṃ, āvuso, gacchāmā』』ti upaḍḍhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ gahetvā ekaṃ maggaṃ gato. Anuruddhattheropi upaḍḍhaṃ gahetvā ekaṃ maggaṃ gato. Ānandatthero pana bhagavato pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto sāvatthiṃ gantvā rājagahaṃ gantukāmo yena sāvatthi tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Ānandattherena gatagataṭṭhāne mahāparidevo ahosi – 『『bhante ānanda, kuhiṃ satthāraṃ ṭhapetvā āgatosī』』ti . Anupubbena pana sāvatthiṃ anuppatte there bhagavato parinibbānadivase viya mahāparidevo ahosi.

Tatra sudaṃ āyasmā ānando aniccatādipaṭisaṃyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya taṃ mahājanaṃ saññāpetvā jetavanaṃ pavisitvā dasabalena vasitagandhakuṭiyā dvāraṃ vivaritvā mañcapīṭhaṃ nīharitvā papphoṭetvā gandhakuṭiṃ sammajjitvā milātamālākacavaraṃ chaḍḍetvā mañcapīṭhaṃ atiharitvā puna yathāṭhāne ṭhapetvā bhagavato ṭhitakāle karaṇīyaṃ vattaṃ sabbamakāsi. Atha thero bhagavato parinibbānato pabhuti ṭhānanisajjabahulattā ussannadhātukaṃ kāyaṃ samassāsetuṃ dutiyadivase khīravirecanaṃ pivitvā vihāreyeva nisīdi. Yaṃ sandhāya subhena māṇavena pahitaṃ māṇavakaṃ etadavoca –

『『Akālo kho, māṇavaka, atthi me ajja bhesajjamattā pītā, appeva nāma svepi upasaṅkameyyāmā』』ti (dī. ni.

2.154) 以童子之稱呼教導他。這位尊者生於釋迦族,是如來的弟弟,小叔父的兒子。在那裡,比丘們認為這是偏袒,會說:"長老舍棄了許多已得無學解脫智的比丘,而選擇了仍在學習階段的阿難。"爲了避免這種指責,他認為:"沒有阿難就無法進行結集,我將徵求比丘們的同意后再接納他。"因此他沒有選擇阿難。 然後比丘們自己請求長老接納阿難。正如他所說: "比丘們對大迦葉尊者說:'尊者,這位阿難尊者雖然還在學習階段,但不可能因貪、瞋、癡、恐懼而走向邪路,他從世尊那裡學習了許多法和律。因此,尊者,請長老也選擇阿難尊者。'於是大迦葉尊者也選擇了阿難尊者。"(《小品》437) 這樣,在比丘們的同意下,選擇了阿難尊者,湊齊了五百位長老。 然後長老比丘們想:"我們應該在哪裡結集法和律呢?"長老比丘們又想:"王舍城(Rājagaha)是個大城市,有很多住處,我們應該在王舍城度過雨季,在那裡結集法和律,其他比丘不應該在王舍城度過雨季。"為什麼他們會這樣想呢?這是我們的固定任務,以免有不相宜的人進入僧團中間引起爭議。於是大迦葉尊者以第二次宣佈的方式作出決定,這應該按照《結集篇》中所說的方式理解。 然後,在如來般涅槃后七天慶祝和七天供養舍利后,"半個月已過去,現在夏季只剩一個半月,雨季即將來臨",大迦葉長老這樣想著,說:"朋友們,我們去王舍城吧",帶著一半的比丘僧團走了一條路。阿努樓陀長老也帶著另一半走了另一條路。而阿難長老則帶著世尊的衣缽,在比丘僧團的陪同下前往舍衛城(Sāvatthī),打算去王舍城,從舍衛城開始遊行。阿難長老所到之處都引起極大的悲傷:"阿難尊者,你把老師留在哪裡就來了?"當他最後到達舍衛城時,人們的悲傷就像世尊般涅槃的那天一樣。 在那裡,阿難尊者用關於無常等法義的開示使大眾平靜下來,然後進入祇園精舍,打開世尊曾住過的香室的門,拿出床椅拍打,打掃香室,扔掉枯萎的花和垃圾,把床椅重新放回原處,做了世尊在世時應做的一切工作。然後,長老因為自世尊般涅槃以來一直站立和坐著,身體疲憊,爲了使身體恢復,第二天喝了牛奶瀉藥,坐在精舍里。關於這一點,他對須婆童子派來的年輕人說: "年輕人,現在不是時候,我今天服用了藥,也許明天我們可以去拜訪。"(《長部》

1.447).

Dutiyadivase cetakattherena pacchāsamaṇena gantvā subhena māṇavena puṭṭho dīghanikāye subhasuttaṃnāma dasamaṃ suttamabhāsi.

Atha thero jetavanavihāre khaṇḍaphullappaṭisaṅkharaṇaṃ kārāpetvā upakaṭṭhāya vassūpanāyikāya rājagahaṃ gato. Tathā mahākassapatthero anuruddhatthero ca sabbaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ gahetvā rājagahameva gato.

Tena kho pana samayena rājagahe aṭṭhārasa mahāvihārā honti. Te sabbepi chaḍḍitapatitauklāpā ahesuṃ. Bhagavato hi parinibbāne sabbe bhikkhū attano attano pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā vihāre ca pariveṇe ca chaḍḍetvā agamaṃsu. Tattha therā bhagavato vacanapūjanatthaṃ titthiyavādaparimocanatthañca 『『paṭhamaṃ māsaṃ khaṇḍaphullappaṭisaṅkharaṇaṃ karomā』』ti cintesuṃ. Titthiyā hi evaṃ vadeyyuṃ – 『『samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakā satthari ṭhiteyeva vihāre paṭijaggiṃsu, parinibbute chaḍḍesu』』nti. Tesaṃ vādaparimocanatthañca cintesunti vuttaṃ hoti. Vuttampi hetaṃ –

『『Atha kho therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – 『bhagavatā kho, āvuso, khaṇḍaphullappaṭisaṅkharaṇaṃ vaṇṇitaṃ. Handa mayaṃ, āvuso, paṭhamaṃ māsaṃ khaṇḍaphullappaṭisaṅkharaṇaṃ karoma, majjhimaṃ māsaṃ sannipatitvā dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyissāmā』』ti (cūḷava. 438).

Te dutiyadivase gantvā rājadvāre aṭṭhaṃsu. Ajātasattu rājā āgantvā vanditvā 『『kiṃ, bhante, āgatatthā』』ti attanā kattabbakiccaṃ paṭipucchi. Therā aṭṭhārasa mahāvihārapaṭisaṅkharaṇatthāya hatthakammaṃ paṭivedesuṃ. 『『Sādhu, bhante』』ti rājā hatthakammakārake manusse adāsi. Therā paṭhamaṃ māsaṃ sabbavihāre paṭisaṅkharāpetvā rañño ārocesuṃ – 『『niṭṭhitaṃ, mahārāja, vihārapaṭisaṅkharaṇaṃ. Idāni dhammavinayasaṅgahaṃ karomā』』ti. 『『Sādhu, bhante, vissatthā karotha. Mayhaṃ āṇācakkaṃ, tumhākaṃ dhammacakkaṃ hotu. Āṇāpetha, bhante, kiṃ karomī』』ti? 『『Saṅgahaṃ karontānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sannisajjaṭṭhānaṃ, mahārājā』』ti. 『『Kattha karomi, bhante』』ti? 『『Vebhārapabbatapasse sattapaṇṇiguhādvāre kātuṃ yuttaṃ, mahārājā』』ti. 『『Sādhu, bhante』』ti kho rājā ajātasattu vissakammunā nimmitasadisaṃ suvibhattabhittitthambhasopānaṃ nānāvidhamālākammalataākammavicittaṃ abhibhavantamiva rājabhavanavibhūtiṃ avahasantamiva devavimānasiriṃ siriyā niketamiva ekanipātatitthamiva ca devamanussanayanavihaṅgānaṃ lokarāmaṇeyyakamiva sampiṇḍitaṃ daṭṭhabbasāramaṇḍaṃ maṇḍapaṃ kārāpetvā vividhakusumadāma-olambaka-viniggalantacāruvitānaṃ ratanavicittamaṇikoṭṭimatalamiva ca naṃ nānāpupphūpahāravicittasupariniṭṭhitabhūmikammaṃ brahmavimānasadisaṃ alaṅkaritvā tasmiṃ mahāmaṇḍape pañcasatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anagghāni pañca kappiyapaccattharaṇasatāni paññāpetvā dakkhiṇabhāgaṃ nissāya uttarābhimukhaṃ therāsanaṃ maṇḍapamajjhe puratthābhimukhaṃ buddhassa bhagavato āsanārahaṃ dhammāsanaṃ paññāpetvā dantakhacitaṃ bījaniñcettha ṭhapetvā bhikkhusaṅghassa ārocāpesi – 『『niṭṭhitaṃ, bhante, mama kicca』』nti.

1.447)。 第二天,他帶著侍者車匿長老前去,回答須婆童子的問題,宣說了《長部》中名為《須婆經》的第十部經。 然後,長老安排修繕祇園精舍的破損之處,在雨季即將來臨時前往王舍城。同樣,大迦葉長老和阿努樓陀長老也帶領所有比丘僧團前往王舍城。 當時,王舍城有十八座大寺院。它們全都被遺棄和破敗。因為在世尊般涅槃時,所有比丘都帶著自己的缽和衣離開,拋棄了寺院和住處。在那裡,長老們爲了尊重世尊的教導,也爲了避免外道的批評,想:"我們應該用第一個月來修繕破損之處。"因為外道可能會這樣說:"喬達摩沙門的弟子們在老師在世時照顧寺院,但在他般涅槃后就拋棄了。"爲了避免這種批評,他們這樣想。正如所說: "然後,長老比丘們想:'朋友們,世尊讚揚修繕破損之處。那麼,朋友們,讓我們用第一個月來修繕破損之處,中間的一個月聚集起來結集法和律。'"(《小品》438) 第二天,他們來到王宮門前。阿阇世王來迎接禮拜,詢問:"尊者們,你們為何而來?"詢問他們需要做什麼。長老們告知需要人力來修繕十八座大寺院。國王說:"很好,尊者們",派遣工人去幫忙。長老們用第一個月修繕了所有寺院,然後告訴國王:"大王,寺院修繕已完成。現在我們要結集法和律。""很好,尊者們,請放心進行。我掌管世俗權力,你們掌管法輪。請告訴我還需要做什麼?""大王,需要為結集的比丘們準備一個集會場所。""尊者們,應該在哪裡準備?""大王,應該在毗婆羅山(Vebhāra)山麓七葉窟(Sattapaṇṇiguhā)門前準備。""很好,尊者們。"阿阇世王便在那裡建造了一個大廳,就像毗首羯磨天所造的一樣,有精心分隔的墻壁、柱子和樓梯,裝飾著各種花環、藤蔓圖案,超越了王宮的輝煌,媲美天宮的光彩,彷彿是美的化身,是天神和人類眼中的一處勝景,彙集了世間一切值得觀賞的精華。他用各種花環裝飾,懸掛美麗的帷幕,地面鋪設珍貴的寶石和珠寶,用各種鮮花裝飾,完美地完成了地面工程,如同梵天的宮殿。在這個大廳里,為五百位比丘準備了五百個無價的坐墊,在南面靠近處安置了一個面北的長老座位,在大廳中央面東安置了一個適合世尊的法座,並在那裡放置了一把鑲嵌象牙的扇子,然後通知比丘僧團:"尊者們,我的任務已經完成了。"

Tasmiṃ kho pana samaye ekacce bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ sandhāya evamāhaṃsu – 『『imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe eko bhikkhu vissagandhaṃ vāyanto vicaratī』』ti. Thero taṃ sutvā 『『imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe añño vissagandhaṃ vāyanto vicaraṇakabhikkhu nāma natthi, addhā ete maṃ sandhāya vadantī』』ti saṃvegaṃ āpajji. Ekacce bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āhaṃsu – 『『sve, āvuso, sannipāto tvañca sekkho sakaraṇīyo, tena te na yuttaṃ sannipātaṃ gantuṃ, appamatto hohī』』ti.

Atha kho āyasmā ānando – 『『sve sannipāto, na kho pana metaṃ patirūpaṃ yvāhaṃ sekkho samāno sannipātaṃ gaccheyya』』nti bahudeva rattiṃ kāyagatāyasatiyā vītināmetvā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ caṅkamā orohitvā vihāraṃ pavisitvā 『『nipajjissāmī』』ti kāyaṃ āvajjesi. Dve pādā bhūmito muttā, appattañca sīsaṃ bimbohanaṃ, etasmiṃ antare anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimucci. Ayañhi āyasmā caṅkamena bahi vītināmetvā visesaṃ nibbattetuṃ asakkonto cintesi – 『『nanu maṃ bhagavā etadavoca – 『katapuññosi tvaṃ, ānanda, padhānamanuyuñja; khippaṃ hohisi anāsavo』ti (dī. ni. 2.207). Buddhānañca kathādoso nāma natthi. Mama accāraddhaṃ vīriyaṃ tena me cittaṃ uddhaccāya saṃvattati. Handāhaṃ vīriyasamathaṃ yojemī』』ti caṅkamā orohitvā pādadhovanaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā pāde dhovitvā vihāraṃ pavisitvā mañcake nisīditvā 『『thokaṃ vissamissāmī』』ti kāyaṃ mañcake upanāmesi. Dve pādā bhūmito muttā, sīsañca bimbohanaṃ asampattaṃ. Etasmiṃ antare anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuttaṃ, catuiriyāpathavirahitaṃ therassa arahattaṃ ahosi. Tena imasmiṃ sāsane anipanno anisinno aṭṭhito acaṅkamanto 『『ko bhikkhu arahattaṃ patto』』ti vutte 『『ānandatthero』』ti vattuṃ vaṭṭati.

Atha kho therā bhikkhū dutiyadivase katabhattakiccā pattacīvaraṃ paṭisāmetvā dhammasabhāyaṃ sannipatitā. Ānandatthero pana attano arahattappattiṃ ñāpetukāmo bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ na gato. Bhikkhū yathāvuḍḍhaṃ attano attano pattāsane nisīdantā ānandattherassa āsanaṃ ṭhapetvā nisinnā. Tattha kehici 『『etamāsanaṃ kassā』』ti vutte 『『ānandattherassā』』ti. 『『Ānando pana kuhiṃ gato』』ti? Tasmiṃ samaye thero cintesi – 『『idāni mayhaṃ gamanakālo』』ti. Tato attano ānubhāvaṃ dassento pathaviyaṃ nimujjitvā attano āsaneyeva attānaṃ dassesi. Ākāsenāgantvā nisīdītipi eke.

Evaṃ nisinne tasmiṃ āyasmante mahākassapatthero bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『āvuso, kiṃ paṭhamaṃ saṅgāyāma, dhammaṃ vā vinayaṃ vā』』ti? Bhikkhū āhaṃsu – 『『bhante mahākassapa, vinayo nāma buddhasāsanassa āyu, vinaye ṭhite sāsanaṃ ṭhitaṃ hoti; tasmā paṭhamaṃ vinayaṃ saṅgāyāmā』』ti,. 『『Kaṃ dhuraṃ katvā』』ti? 『『Āyasmantaṃ upāli』』nti. 『『Kiṃ ānando nappahotī』』ti? 『『No nappahoti; api ca kho pana sammāsambuddho dharamānoyeva vinayapariyattiṃ nissāya āyasmantaṃ upāliṃ etadagge ṭhapesi – 『etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vinayadharānaṃ yadidaṃ upālī』ti (a. ni.

當時,一些比丘談論阿難尊者說:"在這個比丘僧團中,有一位比丘身上散發著臭味。"長老聽到后想:"在這個僧團中沒有其他比丘身上散發臭味,他們一定是在說我。"於是感到憂慮。一些比丘對阿難尊者說:"朋友,明天就是集會了,你還是有學處要學的,因此你不適合參加集會,請保持警惕。" 於是阿難尊者想:"明天就是集會了,我還是有學處要學的人,去參加集會是不合適的。"他用大部分夜晚修習身念住,在凌晨時分從經行處下來,進入住處,想:"我要躺下休息",於是準備躺下。兩隻腳已經離開地面,頭還沒有碰到枕頭,就在這個時刻,他的心無取著地從諸漏中解脫。這位尊者在外面經行無法證得殊勝的成就,於是想:"世尊不是對我說過'阿難,你已經積累了功德,努力精進吧,你很快就會斷盡諸漏'嗎?佛陀的話是不會有錯的。我的精進太過猛烈,導致我的心散亂。那麼我應該平衡精進和止息。"他從經行處下來,站在洗腳的地方洗腳,然後進入住處,坐在床上,想:"我要稍微休息一下",於是把身體靠向床。兩隻腳已經離開地面,頭還沒有碰到枕頭,就在這個時刻,他的心無取著地從諸漏中解脫,長老證得了阿羅漢果,這是不依靠四種姿勢而成就的。因此在這個教法中,當問到"哪位比丘是不依臥、坐、立、行而證得阿羅漢果的?"可以回答說"阿難長老"。 第二天,長老比丘們用完餐,收拾好衣缽,聚集在說法堂。阿難長老想要宣告自己證得阿羅漢果,所以沒有和其他比丘一起去。比丘們按照資歷坐在各自的座位上,給阿難長老留了一個座位。有人問:"這個座位是誰的?"回答說:"是阿難長老的。""阿難去哪裡了?"這時,長老想:"現在是我該去的時候了。"於是他展示神通,鉆入地下,出現在自己的座位上。有些人說他是從空中飛來坐下的。 當阿難尊者這樣坐下後,大迦葉長老對比丘們說:"朋友們,我們先結集什麼,法還是律?"比丘們說:"大迦葉尊者,律是佛陀教法的生命,只要律存在,教法就存在。因此我們先結集律。""以誰為主導呢?""以優波離尊者為主導。""阿難不行嗎?""不是不行;但是正等正覺者在世時就依律學而將優波離尊者列為第一,說:'諸比丘,在我的聲聞弟子中,持律第一的就是優波離。'"(《增支部》

1.219, 228). Tasmā upālittheraṃ pucchitvā vinayaṃ saṅgāyāmā』』ti. Tato thero vinayaṃ pucchanatthāya attanāva attānaṃ sammanni. Upālittheropi vissajjanatthāya sammanni. Tatrāyaṃ pāḷi –

『『Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo saṅghaṃ ñāpesi –

『『Suṇātu me, āvuso, saṅgho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ upāliṃ vinayaṃ puccheyya』nti.

『『Āyasmāpi upāli saṅghaṃ ñāpesi –

『『Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ āyasmatā mahākassapena vinayaṃ puṭṭho vissajjeyya』』nti.

Evaṃ attanāva attānaṃ sammannitvā āyasmā upāli uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā there bhikkhū vanditvā dhammāsane nisīdi, dantakhacitaṃ bījaniṃ gahetvā. Tato āyasmā mahākassapo therāsane nisīditvā āyasmantaṃ upāliṃ vinayaṃ pucchi – 『『paṭhamaṃ, āvuso upāli, pārājikaṃ kattha paññatta』』nti ? 『『Vesāliyaṃ, bhante』』ti. 『『Kaṃ ārabbhā』』ti? 『『Sudinnaṃ kalandaputtaṃ ārabbhā』』ti. 『『Kismiṃ vatthusmi』』nti? 『『Methunadhamme』』ti.

Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmantaṃ upāliṃ paṭhamassa pārājikassa vatthumpi pucchi, nidānampi pucchi, puggalampi pucchi, paññattimpi pucchi, anupaññattimpi pucchi, āpattimpi pucchi, anāpattimpi pucchi; yathā ca paṭhamassa tathā dutiyassa tathā tatiyassa tathā catutthassa pārājikassa vatthumpi pucchi…pe… anāpattimpi pucchi. Puṭṭho puṭṭho upālitthero vissajjesi. Tato imāni cattāri pārājikāni 『『pārājikakaṇḍaṃ nāma ida』』nti saṅgahaṃ āropetvā ṭhapesuṃ. Terasa saṅghādisesāni 『『terasaka』』nti ṭhapesuṃ. Dve sikkhāpadāni 『『aniyatānī』』ti ṭhapesuṃ. Tiṃsa sikkhāpadāni 『『nissaggiyapācittiyānī』』ti ṭhapesuṃ. Dvenavuti sikkhāpadāni 『『pācittiyānī』』ti ṭhapesuṃ. Cattāri sikkhāpadāni 『『pāṭidesanīyānī』』ti ṭhapesuṃ. Pañcasattati sikkhāpadāni 『『sekhiyānī』』ti ṭhapesuṃ. Satta dhamme 『『adhikaraṇasamathā』』ti ṭhapesuṃ.

Evaṃ mahāvibhaṅgaṃ saṅgahaṃ āropetvā bhikkhunīvibhaṅge aṭṭha sikkhāpadāni 『『pārājikakaṇḍaṃ nāma ida』』nti ṭhapesuṃ. Sattarasa sikkhāpadāni 『『sattarasaka』』nti ṭhapesuṃ. Tiṃsa sikkhāpadāni 『『nissaggiyapācittiyānī』』ti ṭhapesuṃ. Chasaṭṭhisatasikkhāpadāni 『『pācittiyānī』』ti ṭhapesuṃ. Aṭṭha sikkhāpadāni 『『pāṭidesanīyānī』』ti ṭhapesuṃ. Pañcasattati sikkhāpadāni 『『sekhiyānī』』ti ṭhapesuṃ. Satta dhamme 『『adhikaraṇasamathā』』ti ṭhapesuṃ. Evaṃ bhikkhunīvibhaṅgaṃ saṅgahaṃ āropetvā eteneva upāyena khandhakaparivārepi āropesuṃ. Evametaṃ saubhatovibhaṅgakhandhakaparivāraṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ saṅgahamārūḷhaṃ sabbaṃ mahākassapatthero pucchi, upālitthero vissajjesi. Pucchāvissajjanapariyosāne pañca arahantasatāni saṅgahaṃ āropitanayeneva gaṇasajjhāyamakaṃsu. Vinayasaṅgahāvasāne upālitthero dantakhacitaṃ bījaniṃ nikkhipitvā dhammāsanā orohitvā vuḍḍhe bhikkhū vanditvā attano pattāsane nisīdi.

Vinayaṃ saṅgāyitvā dhammaṃ saṅgāyitukāmo āyasmā mahākassapo bhikkhū pucchi – 『『dhammaṃ saṅgāyantehi kaṃ puggalaṃ dhuraṃ katvā dhammo saṅgāyitabbo』』ti? Bhikkhū 『『ānandattheraṃ dhuraṃ katvā』』ti āhaṃsu.

Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo saṅghaṃ ñāpesi –

『『Suṇātu me, āvuso, saṅgho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ ānandaṃ dhammaṃ puccheyya』』nti.

1.219, 228)。因此,我們向優波離長老提問來結集律。"於是長老自己提名自己來提問律。優波離長老也同意回答。這是相關經文: "然後大迦葉尊者告知僧團: '請聽我說,朋友們,僧團。如果僧團認為適當,我將向優波離提問律。' 優波離尊者也告知僧團: '請聽我說,尊者們,僧團。如果僧團認為適當,我將回答大迦葉尊者關於律的提問。'" 這樣自己提名自己后,優波離尊者從座位上起身,整理好衣服,向長老比丘們禮拜,然後坐在法座上,拿起象牙扇。然後大迦葉尊者坐在長老座位上,向優波離尊者提問律:"優波離朋友,第一條波羅夷戒是在哪裡制定的?""尊者,是在毗舍離(Vesālī)。""針對誰?""針對善生(Sudinna)迦蘭陀子。""關於什麼事?""關於淫慾法。" 然後大迦葉尊者向優波離尊者詢問第一條波羅夷戒的緣起、因緣、相關人物、制定、補充規定、構成犯戒和不構成犯戒的情況;同樣詢問了第二、第三、第四條波羅夷戒的所有這些方面。每次被問到,優波離長老都一一回答。然後他們將這四條波羅夷戒歸類為"波羅夷品"。他們將十三條僧殘戒歸類為"十三法"。將兩條不定戒歸類為"不定法"。將三十條尼薩耆波逸提戒歸類為"尼薩耆波逸提法"。將九十二條波逸提戒歸類為"波逸提法"。將四條悔過法歸類為"悔過法"。將七十五條眾學法歸類為"眾學法"。將七法歸類為"滅諍法"。 這樣結集了比丘戒本后,在比丘尼戒本中,他們將八條戒歸類為"波羅夷品"。將十七條戒歸類為"十七法"。將三十條戒歸類為"尼薩耆波逸提法"。將一百六十六條戒歸類為"波逸提法"。將八條戒歸類為"悔過法"。將七十五條戒歸類為"眾學法"。將七法歸類為"滅諍法"。這樣結集了比丘尼戒本后,他們用同樣的方法結集了犍度和附隨。這樣,這個包括兩部分戒本、犍度和附隨的律藏被結集起來,全部由大迦葉長老提問,優波離長老回答。在問答結束時,五百位阿羅漢按照結集的方式進行誦讀。在律的結集結束時,優波離長老放下象牙扇,從法座下來,向年長的比丘們禮拜,然後回到自己的座位上坐下。 結集完律后,大迦葉尊者想要結集法,於是問比丘們:"在結集法時,應以誰為主導?"比丘們說:"應以阿難長老為主導。" 然後大迦葉尊者告知僧團: "請聽我說,朋友們,僧團。如果僧團認為適當,我將向阿難提問法。"

Atha kho āyasmā ānando saṅghaṃ ñāpesi –

『『Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ āyasmatā mahākassapena dhammaṃ puṭṭho vissajjeyya』』nti.

Atha kho āyasmā ānando uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā there bhikkhū vanditvā dhammāsane nisīdi dantakhacitaṃ bījaniṃ gahetvā. Atha mahākassapatthero ānandattheraṃ dhammaṃ pucchi – 『『brahmajālaṃ, āvuso ānanda, kattha bhāsita』』nti? 『『Antarā ca, bhante, rājagahaṃ antarā ca nāḷandaṃ rājāgārake ambalaṭṭhikāya』』nti. 『『Kaṃ ārabbhā』』ti? 『『Suppiyañca paribbājakaṃ, brahmadattañca māṇava』』nti. 『『Kismiṃ vatthusmi』』nti? 『『Vaṇṇāvaṇṇe』』ti. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ brahmajālassa nidānampi pucchi, puggalampi pucchi, vatthumpi pucchi. 『『Sāmaññaphalaṃ panāvuso ānanda, kattha bhāsita』』nti? 『Rājagahe, bhante, jīvakambavane』』ti. 『『Kena saddhi』』nti? 『『Ajātasattunā vedehiputtena saddhi』』nti. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ sāmaññaphalassa nidānampi pucchi, puggalampi pucchi. Eteneva upāyena pañca nikāye pucchi.

Pañcanikāyā nāma – dīghanikāyo, majjhimanikāyo, saṃyuttanikāyo, aṅguttaranikāyo, khuddakanikāyoti. Tattha khuddakanikāyo nāma – cattāro nikāye ṭhapetvā, avasesaṃ buddhavacanaṃ. Tattha vinayo āyasmatā upālittherena vissajjito, sesakhuddakanikāyo cattāro ca nikāyā ānandattherena. Tadetaṃ sabbampi buddhavacanaṃ rasavasena ekavidhaṃ, dhammavinayavasena duvidhaṃ, paṭhamamajjhimapacchimavasena tividhaṃ; tathā piṭakavasena, nikāyavasena pañcavidhaṃ, aṅgavasena navavidhaṃ, dhammakkhandhavasena caturāsītisahassavidhanti veditabbaṃ.

Kathaṃ rasavasena ekavidhaṃ? Yañhi bhagavatā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhitvā yāva anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati, etthantare pañcacattālīsavassāni devamanussanāgayakkhādayo anusāsantena paccavekkhantena vā vuttaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ ekarasaṃ vimuttirasameva hoti. Evaṃ rasavasena ekavidhaṃ.

Kathaṃ dhammavinayavasena duvidhaṃ? Sabbameva cetaṃ dhammo ceva vinayo cāti saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Tattha vinayapiṭakaṃ vinayo, avasesaṃ buddhavacanaṃ dhammo; tenevāha – 『『yaṃnūna mayaṃ, āvuso, dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyeyyāmā』』ti. 『『Ahaṃ upāliṃ vinayaṃ puccheyyaṃ, ānandaṃ dhammaṃ puccheyya』』nti ca evaṃ dhammavinayavasena duvidhaṃ.

Kathaṃ paṭhamamajjhimapacchimavasena tividhaṃ? Sabbameva hidaṃ paṭhamabuddhavacanaṃ, majjhimabuddhavacanaṃ, pacchimabuddhavacananti tippabhedaṃ hoti. Tattha –

『『Anekajātisaṃsāraṃ, sandhāvissaṃ anibbisaṃ;

Gahakāraṃ gavesanto, dukkhā jāti punappunaṃ.

『『Gahakāraka diṭṭhosi, puna gehaṃ na kāhasi;

Sabbā te phāsukā bhaggā, gahakūṭaṃ visaṅkhataṃ;

Visaṅkhāragataṃ cittaṃ, taṇhānaṃ khayamajjhagā』』ti. (dha. pa. 153-154);

Idaṃ paṭhamabuddhavacanaṃ.

Keci 『『yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā』』ti khandhake udānagāthaṃ āhu. Esā pana pāṭipadadivase sabbaññubhāvappattassa somanassamayañāṇena paccayākāraṃ paccavekkhantassa uppannā udānagāthāti veditabbā.

Yaṃ pana parinibbānakāle abhāsi – 『『handa dāni, bhikkhave, āmantayāmi vo, vayadhammā saṅkhārā, appamādena sampādethā』』ti (dī. ni.

然後阿難尊者告知僧團: "請聽我說,尊者們,僧團。如果僧團認為適當,我將回答大迦葉尊者關於法的提問。" 然後阿難尊者從座位上起身,整理好衣服,向長老比丘們禮拜,然後坐在法座上,拿起象牙扇。大迦葉長老向阿難長老提問法:"阿難朋友,《梵網經》是在哪裡宣說的?""尊者,是在王舍城(Rājagaha)和那爛陀(Nāḷanda)之間的王宮樹林中。""針對誰?""針對遊方者蘇比耶(Suppiya)和青年婆羅門梵達多(Brahmadatta)。""關於什麼事?""關於稱讚和譭謗。"然後大迦葉尊者向阿難尊者詢問《梵網經》的因緣、相關人物和主題。"阿難朋友,《沙門果經》又是在哪裡宣說的?""尊者,是在王舍城的耆婆芒果園。""與誰一起?""與阿阇世王韋提希子。"然後大迦葉尊者向阿難尊者詢問《沙門果經》的因緣和相關人物。以同樣的方式詢問了五部尼柯耶。 五部尼柯耶是:長部、中部、相應部、增支部和小部。這裡的小部是指除了其他四部之外的佛陀教法。其中律藏由優波離長老回答,其餘的小部和其他四部由阿難長老回答。所有這些佛陀教法,從味的角度看是一種,從法和律的角度看是兩種,從初、中、后的角度看是三種;同樣,從藏的角度看是三種,從部的角度看是五種,從支分的角度看是九種,從法蘊的角度看是八萬四千種。 如何從味的角度看是一種?從世尊證得無上正等正覺到入無餘涅槃,在這期間四十五年中,對天神、人類、龍、夜叉等所說的教導或自己思考的內容,全都是一味,即解脫之味。這樣從味的角度看是一種。 如何從法和律的角度看是兩種?所有這些都可以歸類為法和律。其中律藏是律,其餘的佛陀教法是法;因此說:"朋友們,我們應該結集法和律。""我將向優波離提問律,向阿難提問法。"這樣從法和律的角度看是兩種。 如何從初、中、后的角度看是三種?所有這些可以分為初期佛語、中期佛語和後期佛語。其中: "我流轉多生輪迴,尋找造屋者而不得; 一再出生實為苦。 造屋者啊,我已見到你! 你不再造屋了; 你的椽桷已折斷,棟樑已毀壞; 我心已達無為,愛慾已滅盡。"(法句經153-154) 這是初期佛語。 有些人說犍度中的自說偈"當諸法顯現"是初期佛語。但這應理解為在證得一切智性的第二天,以喜悅智觀察緣起時所說的自說偈。 而在般涅槃時所說的:"諸比丘,我現在告訴你們,諸行皆是衰敗之法,應當精進不放逸。"(長部

2.218) idaṃ pacchimabuddhavacanaṃ.

Ubhinnamantare yaṃ vuttaṃ etaṃ majjhimabuddhavacananti. Evaṃ paṭhamamajjhimapacchimavasena tividhaṃ.

Kathaṃ piṭakavasena tividhaṃ? Sabbampi hetaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ suttantapiṭakaṃ abhidhammapiṭakanti tippabhedameva hoti. Tattha paṭhamasaṅgītiyaṃ saṅgītañca asaṅgītañca sabbampi samodhānetvā ubhayāni pātimokkhāni, dve vibhaṅgāni, dvāvīsati khandhakāni, soḷasaparivārāti idaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ nāma.

Brahmajālādi catuttiṃsasuttasaṅgaho dīghanikāyo, mūlapariyāyasuttādi diyaḍḍhasatadvesuttasaṅgaho majjhimanikāyo, oghataraṇasuttādi sattasuttasahassa sattasata dvāsaṭṭhisuttasaṅgaho saṃyuttanikāyo, cittapariyādānasuttādi navasuttasahassa pañcasata sattapaññāsasuttasaṅgaho aṅguttaranikāyo, khuddakapāṭha-dhammapada-udāna-itivuttaka-suttanipāta-vimānavatthu-petavatthu-theragāthā-therīgāthā-jātakaniddesa-paṭisambhidā-apadāna-buddhavaṃsa-cariyāpiṭakavasena pannarasappabhedo khuddakanikāyoti idaṃ suttantapiṭakaṃ nāma.

Dhammasaṅgaho, vibhaṅgo, dhātukathā, puggalapaññatti, kathāvatthu, yamakaṃ, paṭṭhānanti idaṃ abhidhammapiṭakaṃ nāma. Tattha –

Vividhavisesanayattā , vinayanato ceva kāyavācānaṃ;

Vinayatthavidūhi ayaṃ, vinayo vinayoti akkhāto.

Vividhā hi ettha pañcavidha pātimokkhuddesa pārājikādi sattaāpattikkhandhamātikā vibhaṅgādippabhedā nayā, visesabhūtā ca daḷhīkammasithilakaraṇappayojanā anupaññattinayā , kāyikavācasikaajjhācāranisedhanato cesa kāyaṃ vācañca vineti, tasmā vividhanayattā visesanayattā kāyavācānañca vinayanato 『『vinayo』』ti akkhāto. Tenetametassa vacanatthakosallatthaṃ vuttaṃ –

『『Vividhavisesanayattā, vinayanato ceva kāyavācānaṃ;

Vinayatthavidūhi ayaṃ, vinayo vinayoti akkhāto』』ti.

Itaraṃ pana –

Atthānaṃ sūcanato, suvuttato savanatotha sūdanato;

Suttāṇā suttasabhāgato ca, suttanti akkhātaṃ.

Tañhi attatthaparatthādibhede atthe sūceti, suvuttā cettha atthā veneyyajjhāsayānulomena vuttattā. Savati cetaṃ atthe sassamiva phalaṃ pasavatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Sūdati cetaṃ dhenuviya khīraṃ, paggharatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Suṭṭhu ca ne tāyati rakkhatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Suttasabhāgañcetaṃ, yathā hi tacchakānaṃ suttaṃ pamāṇaṃ hoti; evametampi viññūnaṃ. Yathā ca suttena saṅgahitāni pupphāni na vikiriyanti na viddhaṃsiyanti; evametena saṅgahitā atthā. Tenetametassa vacanatthakosallatthaṃ vuttaṃ –

『『Atthānaṃ sūcanato, suvuttato savanatotha sūdanato;

Suttāṇā suttasabhāgato ca, suttanti akkhāta』』nti.

Itaro pana –

Yaṃ ettha vuḍḍhimanto, salakkhaṇā pūjitā paricchinnā;

Vuttādhikā ca dhammā, abhidhammo tena akkhāto.

Ayañhi abhisaddo vuḍḍhilakkhaṇapūjitaparicchinnādhikesu dissati. Tathāhesa – 『『bāḷhā me āvuso dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti no paṭikkamantī』』tiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.389; saṃ. ni. 5.195) vuḍḍhiyaṃ āgato. 『『Yā tā rattiyo abhiññātā abhilakkhitā』』tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.49) lakkhaṇe. 『『Rājābhirājā manujindo』』tiādīsu (ma. ni.

2.218)這是後期佛語。 在這兩者之間所說的是中期佛語。這樣從初、中、后的角度看是三種。 如何從藏的角度看是三種?所有這些可以分為律藏、經藏和論藏三種。其中在第一次結集時所結集的和未結集的全部內容合起來,包括兩部波羅提木叉、兩部分別、二十二犍度、十六附隨,這就是律藏。 從《梵網經》開始的三十四經組成長部,從《根本法門經》開始的一百五十二經組成中部,從《度暴流經》開始的七千七百六十二經組成相應部,從《心調伏經》開始的九千五百五十七經組成增支部,由小誦、法句、自說、如是語、經集、天宮事、餓鬼事、長老偈、長老尼偈、本生、義釋、無礙解道、譬喻、佛種性、行藏等十五種組成小部,這就是經藏。 法集論、分別論、界論、人施設論、論事、雙論、發趣論,這就是論藏。其中: 因為包含各種特殊方法,也因為調伏身語, 所以通曉律義的人說這是律。 這裡包含五種誦戒、波羅夷等七種罪類的綱要、分別等各種方法,以及作為特殊方法的加強與放寬的補充規定,因為禁止身語的不當行為而調伏身語,所以因為包含各種方法、特殊方法,以及調伏身語,稱為"律"。爲了理解這個詞的含義,所以說: "因為包含各種特殊方法,也因為調伏身語, 所以通曉律義的人說這是律。" 而另一個: 因為顯示意義,善說,聽聞,流出, 保護,與經相似,所以稱為"經"。 它顯示自利、利他等各種意義,這裡的意義是善說的,因為是根據所化眾生的意樂而說的。它流出意義,就像田地產生果實。它流出,就像母牛流出牛奶。它很好地保護他們。它與經相似,就像繩子對木匠是標準一樣,它對智者也是標準。就像被繩子串起的花不會散落破壞,同樣被它串起的意義也不會散失。爲了理解這個詞的含義,所以說: "因為顯示意義,善說,聽聞,流出, 保護,與經相似,所以稱為'經'。" 而另一個: 因為在這裡增上、有自相、受尊重、有界限, 所說的法更殊勝,所以稱為"論"。 這個"阿毗"(abhi)字表示增上、特相、尊重、界限、殊勝等含義。例如在"朋友,我的痛苦增強而不減退"等句中表示增上。在"那些著名的、特殊的夜晚"等句中表示特相。在"王中之王,人中之王"等句中

2.399; su. ni. 558) pūjite. 『『Paṭibalo vinetuṃ abhidhamme abhivinaye』』tiādīsu (mahāva. 85) paricchinne. Aññamaññasaṅkaravirahite dhamme ca vinaye cāti vuttaṃ hoti. 『『Abhikkantena vaṇṇenā』』tiādīsu (vi. va. 75) adhike.

Ettha ca 『『rūpūpapattiyā maggaṃ bhāveti, mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharatī』』tiādinā (dha. sa. 160 ādayo) nayena vuḍḍhimantopi dhammā vuttā. 『『Rūpārammaṇaṃ vā saddārammaṇaṃ vā』』tiādinā nayena ārammaṇādīhi lakkhaṇīyattā salakkhaṇāpi. 『『Sekkhā dhammā, asekkhā dhammā, lokuttarā dhammā』』tiādinā nayena pūjitāpi pūjārahāti adhippāyo. 『『Phasso hoti vedanā hotī』』tiādinā nayena sabhāvaparicchinnattā paricchinnāpi. 『『Mahaggatā dhammā, appamāṇā dhammā, anuttarā dhammā』』tiādinā nayena adhikāpi dhammā vuttā. Tenetametassa vacanatthakosallatthaṃ vuttaṃ –

『『Yaṃ ettha vuḍḍhimanto, salakkhaṇā pūjitā paricchinnā;

Vuttādhikā ca dhammā, abhidhammo tena akkhāto』』ti.

Yaṃ panettha avisiṭṭhaṃ, taṃ –

Piṭakaṃ piṭakatthavidū, pariyattibbhājanatthato āhu;

Tena samodhānetvā, tayopi vinayādayo ñeyyā.

Pariyattipi hi 『『mā piṭakasampadānenā』』tiādīsu (a. ni. 3.66) piṭakanti vuccati. 『『Atha puriso āgaccheyya kudālapiṭakaṃ ādāyā』』tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.228; a. ni.

表示尊重。在"能夠教導增上法、增上律"等句中表示界限。意思是在互不混淆的法和律中。在"以殊勝的膚色"等句中表示殊勝。 在這裡,像"他修習色界化生之道,以慈心遍滿一方而住"等方式所說的法是增上的。像"色所緣或聲所緣"等方式,由於可以用所緣等來定義,所以有自相。像"有學法、無學法、出世間法"等方式,是受尊重的,意思是值得尊重。像"有觸、有受"等方式,由於界定了自性,所以有界限。像"廣大法、無量法、無上法"等方式,所說的法是更殊勝的。爲了理解這個詞的含義,所以說: "因為在這裡增上、有自相、受尊重、有界限, 所說的法更殊勝,所以稱為'論'。" 關於這裡沒有區別的部分: 通曉藏義的人說,藏是從教法和容器的意義而言; 因此應知律等三者是綜合在一起的。 教法在"不要以傳授藏(教法)來謀生"等句中也被稱為藏。在"然後一個人拿著鋤頭和籃子來"等句中

3.70) yaṃ kiñci bhājanampi. Tasmā piṭakaṃ piṭakatthavidū, pariyattibbhājanatthato āhu.

Idāni tena samodhānetvā tayopi vinayādayo ñeyyāti. Tena evaṃ duvidhatthena piṭakasaddena saha samāsaṃ katvā vinayo ca so piṭakañca pariyattibhāvato tassa tassa atthassa bhājanato cāti vinayapiṭakaṃ, yathāvutteneva nayena suttantañca taṃ piṭakañcāti suttantapiṭakaṃ, abhidhammo ca so piṭakañcāti abhidhammapiṭakanti evamete tayopi vinayādayo ñeyyā.

Evaṃ ñatvā ca punapi tesveva piṭakesu nānappakārakosallatthaṃ –

Desanāsāsanakathā, bhedaṃ tesu yathārahaṃ;

Sikkhāpahānagambhīra, bhāvañca paridīpaye.

Pariyattibhedaṃ sampattiṃ, vipattiṃ cāpi yaṃ yahiṃ;

Pāpuṇāti yathā bhikkhu, tampi sabbaṃ vibhāvaye.

Tatrāyaṃ paridīpanā vibhāvanā ca, etāni hi tīṇi piṭakāni yathākkamaṃ āṇā vohāra paramatthadesanā yathāparādha-yathānuloma-yathādhammasāsanāni, saṃvarāsaṃvaradiṭṭhiviniveṭhanāmarūpaparicchedakathāti ca vuccanti.

Ettha hi vinayapiṭakaṃ āṇārahena bhagavatā āṇābāhullato desitattā āṇādesanā, suttantapiṭakaṃ vohārakusalena bhagavatā vohārabāhullato desitattā vohāradesanā, abhidhammapiṭakaṃ paramatthakusalena bhagavatā paramatthabāhullato desitattā paramatthadesanāti vuccati.

Tathā paṭhamaṃ ye te pacurāparādhā sattā te yathāparādhaṃ ettha sāsitāti yathāparādhasāsanaṃ, dutiyaṃ anekajjhāsayānusayacariyādhimuttikā sattā yathānulomaṃ ettha sāsitāti yathānulomasāsanaṃ, tatiyaṃ dhammapuñjamatte 『『ahaṃ mamā』』ti saññino sattā yathādhammaṃ ettha sāsitāti yathādhammasāsananti vuccati.

Tathā paṭhamaṃ ajjhācārapaṭipakkhabhūto saṃvarāsaṃvaro ettha kathitoti saṃvarāsaṃvarakathā, dutiyaṃ dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhipaṭipakkhabhūtā diṭṭhiviniveṭhanā ettha kathitāti diṭṭhiviniveṭhanakathā, tatiyaṃ rāgādipaṭipakkhabhūto nāmarūpaparicchedo ettha kathitoti nāmarūpaparicchedakathāti vuccati.

Tīsupi ca cetesu tisso sikkhā, tīṇi pahānāni, catubbidho ca gambhīrabhāvo veditabbo . Tathā hi – vinayapiṭake visesena adhisīlasikkhā vuttā, suttantapiṭake adhicittasikkhā, abhidhammapiṭake adhipaññāsikkhā.

Vinayapiṭake ca vītikkamappahānaṃ kilesānaṃ, vītikkamapaṭipakkhattā sīlassa. Suttantapiṭake pariyuṭṭhānappahānaṃ, pariyuṭṭhānapaṭipakkhattā samādhissa. Abhidhammapiṭake anusayappahānaṃ anusayapaṭipakkhattā paññāya.

Paṭhame ca tadaṅgappahānaṃ kilesānaṃ, itaresu vikkhambhanasamucchedappahānāni. Paṭhame ca duccaritasaṃkilesassa pahānaṃ, itaresu taṇhādiṭṭhisaṃkilesānaṃ.

Ekamekasmiñcettha catubbidhopi dhammatthadesanāpaṭivedhagambhīrabhāvo veditabbo. Tattha dhammoti pāḷi. Atthoti tassāyevattho. Desanāti tassā manasāvavatthāpitāya pāḷiyā desanā. Paṭivedhoti pāḷiyā pāḷiatthassa ca yathābhūtāvabodho. Tīsupi cetesu ete dhammatthadesanāpaṭivedhā yasmā sasādīhi viya mahāsamuddo mandabuddhīhi dukkhogāhā alabbhaneyyapatiṭṭhā ca, tasmā gambhīrā. Evaṃ ekamekasmiṃ ettha catubbidhopi gambhīrabhāvo veditabbo.

容器也被稱為藏。因此,通曉藏義的人說,藏是從教法和容器的意義而言。 現在應該知道律等三者是綜合在一起的。用這個具有兩種含義的"藏"字與它們組合,律既是律又是藏,因為它是教法,也是各種意義的容器,所以稱為律藏;同樣的方式,經既是經又是藏,所以稱為經藏;論既是論又是藏,所以稱為論藏。這樣應該理解這三者。 理解了這一點之後,爲了進一步瞭解這些藏的各種細節: 應該闡明這些藏中適當的 教說、教誡、論述的區別, 以及學處、斷除、甚深的性質。 還應該解釋比丘如何在各處 獲得教法的區分、成就和失敗。 這裡是闡明和解釋:這三藏依次被稱為教令、習慣用語和究竟義理的教說;隨罪、隨順、如法的教誡;以及防護、不防護、見解解脫、名色區分的論述。 其中,律藏因為是具有教令權威的世尊主要用教令的方式宣說的,所以稱為教令教說;經藏因為是善於習慣用語的世尊主要用習慣用語的方式宣說的,所以稱為習慣用語教說;論藏因為是善於究竟義理的世尊主要用究竟義理的方式宣說的,所以稱為究竟義理教說。 同樣,第一藏是對那些多有過失的眾生隨其過失而教誡,所以稱為隨罪教誡;第二藏是對那些具有各種意樂、隨眠、行為和傾向的眾生隨順而教誡,所以稱為隨順教誡;第三藏是對那些在法的積聚中有"我"和"我所"想的眾生如法而教誡,所以稱為如法教誡。 同樣,第一藏講述了作為不當行為對治的防護和不防護,所以稱為防護不防護論述;第二藏講述了作為六十二種邪見對治的見解解脫,所以稱為見解解脫論述;第三藏講述了作為貪等對治的名色區分,所以稱為名色區分論述。 在這三藏中都應該瞭解三學、三種斷除和四種甚深性。即:在律藏中特別講述增上戒學,在經藏中講述增上心學,在論藏中講述增上慧學。 在律藏中是對煩惱的越度斷,因為戒是對越度的對治。在經藏中是對煩惱的纏縛斷,因為定是對纏縛的對治。在論藏中是對煩惱的隨眠斷,因為慧是對隨眠的對治。 在第一藏中是對煩惱的暫時斷,在其他兩藏中是鎮伏斷和斷盡斷。在第一藏中是對惡行雜染的斷除,在其他兩藏中是對貪愛和邪見雜染的斷除。 在每一藏中都應該了解法、義、教說和證悟四種甚深性。其中,法是聖典。義是聖典的含義。教說是對心中確立的聖典的講解。證悟是如實覺悟聖典和聖典義理。在這三藏中,這些法、義、教說和證悟,因為像大海對兔子等一樣,對愚鈍者來說難以趟過、難以到達底部,所以是甚深的。這樣應該瞭解每一藏中的四種甚深性。

Aparo nayo – dhammoti hetu. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ – 『『hetumhi ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā』』ti. Atthoti hetuphalaṃ. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ – 『『hetuphale ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā』』ti. Desanāti paññatti, yathādhammaṃ dhammābhilāpoti adhippāyo. Paṭivedhoti abhisamayo, so ca lokiyalokuttaro visayato asammohato ca atthānurūpaṃ dhammesu, dhammānurūpaṃ atthesu, paññattipathānurūpaṃ paññattīsu avabodho.

Idāni yasmā etesu piṭakesu yaṃ yaṃ dhammajātaṃ vā atthajātaṃ vā, yā cāyaṃ yathā yathā ñāpetabbo attho sotūnaṃ ñāṇassa abhimukho hoti, tathā tathā tadatthajotikā desanā, yo cettha aviparītāvabodhasaṅkhāto paṭivedho sabbametaṃ anupacitakusalasambhārehi duppaññehi sasādīhi viya mahāsamuddo dukkhogāhaṃ alabbhaneyyapatiṭṭhañca, tasmā gambhīraṃ. Evampi ekamekasmiṃ ettha catubbidhopi gambhīrabhāvo veditabbo.

Ettāvatā ca –

『『Desanā-sāsanakathā , bhedaṃ tesu yathārahaṃ;

Sikkhāpahānagambhīrabhāvañca paridīpaye』』ti.

Ayaṃ gāthā vuttatthā hoti.

『『Pariyattibhedaṃ sampattiṃ, vipattiñcāpi yaṃ yahiṃ;

Pāpuṇāti yathā bhikkhu, tampi sabbaṃ vibhāvaye』』ti.

Ettha pana tīsu piṭakesu tividho pariyattibhedo daṭṭhabbo. Tisso hi pariyattiyo – alagaddūpamā, nissaraṇatthā, bhaṇḍāgārikapariyattīti.

Tattha yā duggahitā upārambhādihetu pariyāpuṭā, ayaṃ alagaddūpamā. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – 『『seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso alagaddatthiko alagaddagavesī alagaddapariyesanaṃ caramāno, so passeyya mahantaṃ alagaddaṃ. Tamenaṃ bhoge vā naṅguṭṭhe vā gaṇheyya. Tassa so alagaddo paṭiparivattitvā hatthe vā bāhāya vā aññatarasmiṃ vā aṅgapaccaṅge ḍaṃseyya. So tatonidānaṃ maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyya, maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhaṃ. Taṃ kissa hetu? Duggahitattā, bhikkhave, alagaddassa. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, idhekacce moghapurisā dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti suttaṃ…pe… vedallaṃ. Te taṃ dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā tesaṃ dhammānaṃ paññāya atthaṃ na upaparikkhanti. Tesaṃ te dhammā paññāya atthaṃ anupaparikkhataṃ na nijjhānaṃ khamanti. Te upārambhānisaṃsā ceva dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti itivādappamokkhānisaṃsā ca. Yassa catthāya dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti, tañcassa atthaṃ nānubhonti. Tesaṃ te dhammā duggahitā dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvattanti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Duggahitattā, bhikkhave, dhammāna』』nti (ma. ni. 1.238).

Yā pana suggahitā sīlakkhandhādipāripūriṃyeva ākaṅkhamānena pariyāpuṭā na upārambhādi hetu, ayaṃ nissaraṇatthā. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – 『『tesaṃ te dhammā suggahitā dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya saṃvattanti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Suggahitattā, bhikkhave, dhammāna』』nti (ma. ni.

另一種解釋 - 法是因。因為有說:"對因的智是法無礙解。"義是因果。因為有說:"對因果的智是義無礙解。"教說是概念,意思是如法地表達法。證悟是現觀,它是世間的和出世間的,從對像和無癡的角度來說,是對法的如義理解,對義的如法理解,對概念的如概念之道理解。 現在,由於在這些藏中的任何法類或義類,以及應該以某種方式讓聽眾的智慧面對的義理,以及闡明這些義理的教說,以及這裡不顛倒理解的證悟,所有這些對於沒有積累善資糧的愚鈍者來說,就像大海對兔子等一樣難以趟過、難以到達底部,所以是甚深的。這樣也應該瞭解每一藏中的四種甚深性。 到此為止, "應該闡明這些藏中適當的 教說、教誡、論述的區別, 以及學處、斷除、甚深的性質。" 這個偈頌的含義已經解釋完畢。 "還應該解釋比丘如何在各處 獲得教法的區分、成就和失敗。" 在這裡,應該看到三藏中有三種教法的區分。有三種教法:像毒蛇的教法、爲了出離的教法和藏庫守護者的教法。 其中,爲了挑剔等目的而錯誤學習的,這是像毒蛇的教法。關於這一點有說:"比丘們,就像一個想要毒蛇、尋找毒蛇、到處搜尋毒蛇的人,他看到一條大毒蛇。他抓住它的身體或尾巴。那條毒蛇轉身咬他的手、臂或其他身體部位。由於這個原因,他遭遇死亡或接近死亡的痛苦。為什麼呢?比丘們,因為錯誤抓取毒蛇。同樣地,比丘們,這裡有些愚人學習法,經...乃至...方廣。他們學習了這些法后,不用智慧考察這些法的意義。這些法因為沒有用智慧考察意義而不能忍受深思。他們爲了挑剔的利益而學習法,爲了解脫論諍的利益而學習法。他們爲了某種目的而學習法,卻不能體驗那個意義。這些法被他們錯誤掌握,長期導致不利和痛苦。為什麼呢?比丘們,因為錯誤掌握這些法。" 而爲了完成戒蘊等而正確學習的,不是爲了挑剔等目的,這是爲了出離的教法。關於這一點有說:"這些法被他們正確掌握,長期導致利益和快樂。為什麼呢?比丘們,因為正確掌握這些法。"

1.239).

Yaṃ pana pariññātakkhandho pahīnakileso bhāvitamaggo paṭividdhākuppo sacchikatanirodho khīṇāsavo kevalaṃ paveṇīpālanatthāya vaṃsānurakkhaṇatthāya pariyāpuṇāti, ayaṃ bhaṇḍāgārikapaayattīti.

Vinaye pana suppaṭipanno bhikkhu sīlasampattiṃ nissāya tisso vijjā pāpuṇāti, tāsaṃyeva ca tattha pabhedavacanato. Sutte suppaṭipanno samādhisampadaṃ nissāya cha abhiññā pāpuṇāti, tāsaṃyeva ca tattha pabhedavacanato. Abhidhamme suppaṭipanno paññāsampadaṃ nissāya catasso paṭisambhidā pāpuṇāti, tāsañca tattheva pabhedavacanato. Evametesu suppaṭipanno yathākkamena imaṃ vijjāttayachaḷabhiññācatupaṭisambhidābhedaṃ sampattiṃ pāpuṇāti.

Vinaye pana duppaṭipanno anuññātasukhasamphassaattharaṇapāvuraṇādiphassasāmaññato paṭikkhittesu upādinnaphassādīsu anavajjasaññī hoti. Vuttampi hetaṃ – 『『tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā』』ti (pāci. 417; ma. ni. 1.234) tato dussīlabhāvaṃ pāpuṇāti. Sutte duppaṭipanno 『『cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā』』tiādīsu (a. ni. 4.5) adhippāyaṃ ajānanto duggahitaṃ gaṇhāti. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – 『『attanā duggahitena amhe ceva abbhācikkhati, attānañca khanati, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavatī』』ti (pāci. 417; ma. ni. 1.236) tato micchādiṭṭhitaṃ pāpuṇāti. Abhidhamme duppaṭipanno dhammacintaṃ atidhāvanto acinteyyānipi cinteti, tato cittakkhepaṃ pāpuṇāti. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ – 『『cattārimāni, bhikkhave, acinteyyāni na cintetabbāni, yāni cintento ummādassa vighātassa bhāgī assā』』ti (a. ni. 4.77). Evametesu duppaṭipanno yathākkamena imaṃ dussīlabhāvamicchādiṭṭhitā cittakkhepabhedaṃ vipattiṃ pāpuṇātīti.

Ettāvatā ca –

『『Pariyattibhedaṃ sampattiṃ, vipattiṃ cāpi yaṃ yahiṃ;

Pāpuṇāti yathā bhikkhu, tampi sabbaṃ vibhāvaye』』ti.

Ayampi gāthā vuttatthā hoti. Evaṃ nānappakārato piṭakāni ñatvā tesaṃ vasenetaṃ buddhavacanaṃ tividhanti ñātabbaṃ.

Kathaṃ nikāyavasena pañcavidhaṃ? Sabbameva cetaṃ dīghanikāyo, majjhimanikāyo, saṃyuttanikāyo, aṅguttaranikāyo, khuddakanikāyoti pañcappabhedaṃ hoti. Tattha katamo dīghanikāyo? Tivaggasaṅgahāni brahmajālādīni catuttiṃsa suttāni.

Catuttiṃseva suttantā, tivaggo yassa saṅgaho;

Esa dīghanikāyoti, paṭhamo anulomiko.

Kasmā panesa dīghanikāyoti vuccati? Dīghappamāṇānaṃ suttānaṃ samūhato nivāsato ca, samūhanivāsā hi nikāyoti vuccanti. 『『Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekanikāyampi samanupassāmi evaṃ cittaṃ; yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, tiracchānagatā pāṇā; poṇikanikāyo, cikkhallikanikāyo』』ti (saṃ. ni.

而已經了知五蘊、斷除煩惱、修習道、證悟不動、實現滅、漏盡的阿羅漢,僅僅爲了維護傳統、保護種姓而學習的,這是藏庫守護者的教法。 在律中善行的比丘依靠戒的成就獲得三明,因為這些明在那裡有詳細解說。在經中善行的依靠定的成就獲得六神通,因為這些神通在那裡有詳細解說。在論中善行的依靠慧的成就獲得四無礙解,因為這些無礙解在那裡有詳細解說。這樣在這些藏中善行的人依次獲得三明、六神通、四無礙解等成就。 在律中惡行的人因為允許使用舒適柔軟的臥具和覆蓋物等,對於所禁止的有情觸等認為是無罪的。因為有說:"我如此了知世尊所說的法,即世尊所說的這些障礙法,從事它們並不足以構成障礙。"因此他墮落為破戒者。在經中惡行的人不懂"比丘們,有這四種人存在於世間"等經文的意思,錯誤理解。關於這一點有說:"他因為自己錯誤理解而誹謗我們,也在挖掘自己,並且造作許多不善。"因此他墮落為邪見者。在論中惡行的人過度思考法,連不可思議的事也去思考,因此陷入心亂。因為有說:"比丘們,有四種不可思議的事不應思考,思考它們會導致瘋狂和苦惱。"這樣在這些藏中惡行的人依次陷入破戒、邪見、心亂等過失。 到此為止, "還應該解釋比丘如何在各處 獲得教法的區分、成就和失敗。" 這個偈頌的含義也已經解釋完畢。這樣從各個方面瞭解了諸藏后,應該知道依據它們,佛語是三種的。 如何依部而成五種?所有這些分為五種:長部、中部、相應部、增支部和小部。其中什麼是長部?包括三品的三十四部經,從《梵網經》開始。 三十四部經,分三品彙集; 這就是長部,首先依次第。 為什麼稱為長部?因為長篇經的集合和安置,集合和安置被稱為部。"比丘們,我不見其他任何一類眾生如此雜類,就像這些畜生眾生;土棲類、水棲類"

3.100) evamādīni cettha sādhakāni sāsanato ca lokato ca. Evaṃ sesānampi nikāyabhāve vacanattho veditabbo.

Katamo majjhimanikāyo? Majjhimappamāṇāni pañcadasavaggasaṅgahāni mūlapariyāyasuttādīni diyaḍḍhasataṃ dve ca suttāni.

Diyaḍḍhasataṃ suttantā, dve ca suttāni yattha so;

Nikāyo majjhimo pañca-dasavaggapariggaho.

Katamo saṃyuttanikāyo? Devatāsaṃyuttādivasena ṭhitāni oghataraṇādīni satta suttasahassāni satta ca suttasatāni dvāsaṭṭhi ca suttāni.

Satta suttasahassāni, satta suttasatāni ca;

Dvāsaṭṭhi ceva suttantā, eso saṃyuttasaṅgaho.

Katamo aṅguttaranikāyo? Ekekaaṅgātirekavasena ṭhitāni cittapariyādānādīni nava suttasahassāni pañca suttasatāni sattapaññāsañca suttāni.

Nava suttasahassāni, pañca suttasatāni ca;

Sattapaññāsa suttāni, saṅkhyā aṅguttare ayaṃ.

Katamo khuddakanikāyo? Sakalaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ abhidhammapiṭakaṃ khuddakapāṭhādayo ca pubbe nidassitā pannarasabhedā ṭhapetvā cattāro nikāye avasesaṃ buddhavacananti.

Ṭhapetvā caturopete, nikāye dīghaādike;

Tadaññaṃ buddhavacanaṃ, nikāyo khuddako matoti.

Evaṃ nikāyavasena pañcavidhaṃ.

Kathaṃ aṅgavasena navavidhaṃ? Sabbameva hidaṃ suttaṃ, geyyaṃ, veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthā, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ, vedallanti navappabhedaṃ hoti. Tattha ubhatovibhaṅganiddesakhandhakaparivārā suttanipāte maṅgalasutta-ratanasutta-nālakasutta-tuvaṭṭakasuttāni aññampi ca suttanāmakaṃ tathāgatavacanaṃ suttanti veditabbaṃ. Sabbampi sagāthakaṃ suttaṃ geyyanti veditabbaṃ. Visesena saṃyuttake sakalopi sagāthāvaggo, sakalaṃ abhidhammapiṭakaṃ, niggāthakaṃ suttaṃ, yañca aññampi aṭṭhahi aṅgehi asaṅgahitaṃ buddhavacanaṃ taṃ veyyākaraṇanti veditabbaṃ. Dhammapadaṃ, theragāthā, therīgāthā, suttanipāte nosuttanāmikā suddhikagāthā ca gāthāti veditabbā. Somanassañāṇamayikagāthāpaṭisaṃyuttā dvāsīti suttantā udānanti veditabbaṃ. 『『Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā』』tiādinayappavattā dasuttarasatasuttantā itivuttakanti veditabbaṃ. Apaṇṇakajātakādīni paññāsādhikāni pañca jātakasatāni jātakanti veditabbaṃ. 『『Cattārome, bhikkhave, acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande』』ti (dī. ni.

等。這裡從教法和世間的角度都有證明。這樣也應該理解其他部的詞義。 什麼是中部?中等長度的經,分為十五品,從《根本法門經》開始的一百五十二部經。 一百五十二經,分十五品彙集; 這就是中部,中等長度經典。 什麼是相應部?依天相應等安立的,從《度暴流經》開始的七千七百六十二部經。 七千七百六十二經, 這就是相應部的彙集。 什麼是增支部?依每增一支而安立的,從《心調伏經》開始的九千五百五十七部經。 九千五百五十七經, 這就是增支部的數目。 什麼是小部?整個律藏、論藏,以及前面提到的從小誦開始的十五種,除去四部,其餘的佛語。 除去長等四部, 其餘佛語稱小部。 這樣依部而成五種。 如何依支分而成九種?所有這些分為九種:契經、應頌、記說、偈頌、自說、如是語、本生、未曾有法和方廣。其中,兩分別、義釋、犍度、附隨,經集中的吉祥經、寶經、那羅迦經、迅速經,以及其他名為經的如來語,應知為契經。所有有偈的經應知為應頌。特別是相應部中整個有偈品,整個論藏,無偈的經,以及其他不被八支所包括的佛語,應知為記說。法句、長老偈、長老尼偈,經集中不名為經的純偈,應知為偈頌。與喜悅智相應的八十二經,應知為自說。以"這是世尊所說"等方式開始的一百十經,應知為如是語。從無過本生開始的五百五十本生,應知為本生。"比丘們,阿難有四種稀有未曾有法"

2.209) -ādinayappavattā sabbepi acchariyaabbhutadhammapaṭisaṃyuttā suttantā abbhutadhammanti veditabbaṃ. Cūḷavedalla-mahāvedalla-sammādiṭṭhi-sakkapañha-saṅkhārabhājaniya-mahāpuṇṇamasuttādayo sabbepi vedañca tuṭṭhiñca laddhā laddhā pucchitasuttantā vedallanti veditabbaṃ. Evaṃ aṅgavasena navavidhaṃ.

Kathaṃ dhammakkhandhavasena caturāsītisahassavidhaṃ? Sabbameva cetaṃ buddhavacanaṃ –

『『Dvāsīti buddhato gaṇhiṃ, dve sahassāni bhikkhuto;

Caturāsīti sahassāni, ye me dhammā pavattino』』ti. (theragā. 1027);

Evaṃ paridīpitadhammakkhandhavasena caturāsītisahassappabhedaṃ hoti. Tattha ekānusandhikaṃ suttaṃ eko dhammakkhandho. Yaṃ anekānusandhikaṃ tattha anusandhivasena dhammakkhandhagaṇanā. Gāthābandhesu pañhāpucchanaṃ eko dhammakkhandho, vissajjanaṃ eko. Abhidhamme ekamekaṃ tika-duka-bhājanaṃ, ekamekañca cittavārabhājanaṃ, eko dhammakkhandho. Vinaye atthi vatthu, atthi mātikā, atthi padabhājanīyaṃ, atthi antarāpatti, atthi āpatti, atthi anāpatti, atthi paricchedo; tattha ekameko koṭṭhāso, ekameko dhammakkhandhoti veditabbo. Evaṃ dhammakkhandhavasena caturāsītisahassavidhaṃ.

Evametaṃ abhedato rasavasena ekavidhaṃ, bhedato dhammavinayādivasena duvidhādibhedaṃ buddhavacanaṃ saṅgāyantena mahākassapappamukhena vasīgaṇena 『『ayaṃ dhammo, ayaṃ vinayo; idaṃ paṭhamabuddhavacanaṃ, idaṃ majjhimabuddhavacanaṃ, idaṃ pacchimabuddhavacanaṃ; idaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ, idaṃ suttantapiṭakaṃ, idaṃ abhidhammapiṭakaṃ; ayaṃ dīghanikāyo…pe… ayaṃ khuddakanikāyo; imāni suttādīni navaṅgāni, imāni caturāsītidhammakkhandhasahassānī』』ti imaṃ pabhedaṃ vavatthapetvāva saṅgītaṃ. Na kevalañca ettakameva, aññampi uddānasaṅgaha-vaggasaṅgahapeyyālasaṅgaha-ekakanipāta-dukanipātādinipātasaṅgaha-saṃyuttasaṅgaha-paṇṇāsasaṅgahādianekavidhaṃ tīsu piṭakesu sandissamānaṃ saṅgahappabhedaṃ vavatthapetvāeva sattahi māsehi saṅgītaṃ. Saṅgītipariyosāne cassa – 『『idaṃ mahākassapattherena dasabalassa sāsanaṃ pañcavassasahassaparimāṇaṃ kālaṃ pavattanasamatthaṃ kata』』nti sañjātappamodā sādhukāraṃ viya dadamānā ayaṃ mahāpathavī udakapariyantaṃ katvā anekappakāraṃ kampi saṅkampi sampakampi sampavedhi, anekāni ca acchariyāni pāturahesunti ayaṃ paṭhamamahāsaṅgītināma. Yā loke –

Satehi pañcahi katā, tena pañcasatāti ca;

Thereheva katattā ca, therikāti pavuccatīti.

Imissā pana paṭhamamahāsaṅgītiyā pavattamānāya vinayaṃ pucchantena āyasmatā mahākassapena 『『paṭhamaṃ, āvuso upāli, pārājikaṃ kattha paññatta』』nti evamādivacanapariyosāne 『『vatthumpi pucchi, nidānampi pucchi, puggalampi pucchī』』ti ettha nidāne pucchite taṃ nidānaṃ ādito pabhuti vitthāretvā yena ca paññattaṃ, yasmā ca paññattaṃ, sabbametaṃ kathetukāmena āyasmatā upālittherena vuttaṃ 『『tena samayena buddho bhagavā verañjāyaṃ viharatī』』ti sabbaṃ vattabbaṃ. Evamidaṃ āyasmatā upālittherena vuttaṃ, tañca pana 『『paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikāle vutta』』nti veditabbaṃ. Ettāvatā ca 『『idaṃ vacanaṃ kena vuttaṃ, kadā vutta』』nti etesaṃ padānaṃ attho pakāsito hoti.

等方式開始的所有與稀有未曾有法相應的經,應知為未曾有法。小方廣經、大方廣經、正見經、帝釋所問經、行分別經、大滿月經等所有獲得智和滿足而一再詢問的經,應知為方廣。這樣依支分而成九種。 如何依法蘊而成八萬四千種?所有這些佛語: "我從佛陀那裡學到八萬二, 從比丘那裡學到兩千, 我所行持的法有八萬四千。" 這樣依所闡明的法蘊而分為八萬四千種。其中,單一主題的經是一法蘊。有多個主題的,依主題數來計演算法蘊。在偈頌中,提問是一法蘊,回答是一法蘊。在論中,每一個三法、二法的分類,每一個心的分類,是一法蘊。在律中有事緣、攝頌、詞義解釋、中間罪、犯罪、無犯、界說;其中每一部分應知為一法蘊。這樣依法蘊而成八萬四千種。 這樣,這佛語從不分別的角度依味而為一種,從分別的角度依法、律等而有二種等分別。以大迦葉為首的精通者結集時,確定了"這是法,這是律;這是初期佛語,這是中期佛語,這是後期佛語;這是律藏,這是經藏,這是論藏;這是長部...乃至...這是小部;這是契經等九支;這是八萬四千法蘊"等分類后才結集。不僅如此,還確定了在三藏中可見的其他許多種攝頌、品類攝頌、省略攝頌、一法品、二法品等諸品攝頌、相應攝頌、五十經攝頌等各種分類后,才用七個月的時間結集。結集結束時,這大地好像給予"這是大迦葉長老使十力的教法能夠流傳五千年"的歡喜讚歎一樣,以水為邊際而以多種方式震動、搖動、顫動、震撼,許多奇蹟出現。這就是第一次大結集。在世間: 由五百人所作,故名五百; 由長老們所作,故名長老。 在這第一次大結集進行時,詢問律的大迦葉尊者說"朋友優波離,第一波羅夷在哪裡制定"等,在這話說完后"他詢問事緣,詢問因緣,詢問人",這裡詢問因緣時,想要從開始詳細講述那個因緣,以及由誰制定,為什麼制定,所有這些的優波離長老說"那時佛陀世尊住在毗蘭若"等一切應該說的。這樣這是由優波離長老所說,應該知道是"在第一次大結集時所說"。至此,"這話是誰說的,何時說的"這些詞的含義已經闡明了。

Idāni kasmā vuttanti ettha vuccate, yasmā ayamāyasmatā mahākassapattherena nidānaṃ puṭṭho tasmānena taṃ nidānaṃ ādito pabhuti vitthāretuṃ vuttanti. Evamidaṃ āyasmatā upālittherena paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikāle vadantenāpi iminā kāraṇena vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Ettāvatā ca vuttaṃ yena yadā yasmāti imesaṃ mātikāpadānaṃ attho pakāsito hoti.

Idāni dhāritaṃ yena cābhataṃ, yatthappatiṭṭhitaṃ cetametaṃ vatvā vidhiṃ tatoti etesaṃ atthappakāsanatthaṃ idaṃ vuccati. Taṃ panetaṃ 『『tena samayena buddho bhagavā verañjāyaṃ viharatī』』ti evamādivacanapaṭimaṇḍitanidānaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ kena dhāritaṃ, kenābhataṃ, kattha patiṭṭhitanti? Vuccate – ādito tāva idaṃ bhagavato sammukhā āyasmatā upālittherena dhāritaṃ, tassa sammukhato aparinibbute tathāgate chaḷabhiññādibhedehi anekehi bhikkhusahassehi parinibbute tathāgate mahākassapappamukhehi dhammasaṅgāhakattherehi. Kenābhatanti? Jambudīpe tāva upālittheramādiṃ katvā ācariyaparamparāya yāva tatiyasaṅgīti tāva ābhataṃ. Tatrāyaṃ ācariyaparamparā –

Upāli dāsako ceva, soṇako siggavo tathā;

Tisso moggaliputto ca, pañcete vijitāvino.

Paramparāya vinayaṃ, dīpe jambusirivhaye;

Acchijjamānamānesuṃ, tatiyo yāva saṅgaho.

Āyasmā hi upāli imaṃ vinayavaṃsaṃ vinayatantiṃ vinayapaveṇiṃ bhagavato

Sammukhā uggahetvā bahūnaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ hadaye patiṭṭhāpesi. Tassa hāyasmato santike vinayavaṃsaṃ uggahetvā vinaye pakataññutaṃ pattesu puggalesu puthujjana-sotāpanna-sakadāgāmi-anāgāmino gaṇanapathaṃ vītivattā, khīṇāsavānaṃ sahassamekaṃ ahosi. Dāsakattheropi tasseva saddhivihāriko ahosi, so upālittherassa sammukhā uggahetvā tatheva vinayaṃ vācesi. Tassāpi āyasmato santike uggahetvā vinaye pakataññutaṃ pattā puthujjanādayo gaṇanapathaṃ vītivattā, khīṇāsavānaṃ sahassameva ahosi. Soṇakattheropi dāsakattherassa saddhivihāriko ahosi, sopi attano upajjhāyassa dāsakattherassa sammukhā uggahetvā tatheva vinayaṃ vācesi. Tassāpi āyasmato santike uggahetvā vinaye pakataññutaṃ pattā puthujjanādayo gaṇanapathaṃ vītivattā, khīṇāsavānaṃ sahassameva ahosi. Siggavattheropi soṇakattherassa saddhivihāriko ahosi, sopi attano upajjhāyassa soṇakattherassa santike vinayaṃ uggahetvā arahantasahassassa dhuraggāho ahosi. Tassa panāyasmato santike uggahetvā vinaye pakataññutaṃ pattā puthujjana-sotāpannasakadāgāmi-anāgāminopi khīṇāsavāpi ettakāni satānīti vā ettakāni sahassānīti vā aparicchinnā ahesuṃ. Tadā kira jambudīpe atimahābhikkhusamudāyo ahosi. Moggaliputtatissattherassa pana ānubhāvo tatiyasaṅgītiyaṃ pākaṭo bhavissati. Evamidaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ jambudīpe tāva imāya ācariyaparamparāya yāva tatiyasaṅgīti tāva ābhatanti veditabbaṃ.

Paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikathā niṭṭhitā.

Dutiyasaṅgītikathā

Dutiyasaṅgītivijānanatthaṃ pana ayamanukkamo veditabbo. Yadā hi –

Saṅgāyitvāna saddhammaṃ, jotayitvā ca sabbadhi;

Yāva jīvitapariyantaṃ, ṭhatvā pañcasatāpi te.

Khīṇāsavā jutīmanto, therā kassapaādayo;

Khīṇasnehapadīpāva, nibbāyiṃsu anālayā.

現在為什麼這樣說呢？這裡說到，因為這位尊者大迦葉被問及因緣，因此從此開始詳細闡述這個因緣。這樣，尊者優波離在第一次大結集時所說的，也應當以此理由來理解。至此，關於「何時、何地、何人」這些詞的意義已經闡明。 現在所持有的、所傳承的，這些被稱為法的內容，所說的法是指這些內容的顯現。那麼，這個「那時佛陀世尊住在毗蘭若」這樣的說法，是由誰所持有、由誰所傳承、又是在哪裡確立的呢？回答是：首先，這個法是由尊者優波離在佛面前所持有的，佛當時未入滅，許多比丘以大迦葉為首，依靠六通等法而獲得圓滿的解脫。至於傳承是由誰呢？在冥界中，尊者優波離等人開始的，直到第三次結集為止，都是由師承相傳。這裡的師承是： 「優波離、達薩卡、索那、悉伽瓦； 三位摩訶伽利波提，五者皆為勝者。」 在師承中，律法在印度的金字塔中被傳承； 隨著時間的推移，直到第三次結集為止。 尊者優波離將這部律法傳給許多比丘，使他們心中建立了信念。尊者優波離面前也有許多比丘，獲得了律法的理解，普通人、入流者、再來者、無學者的數量也逐漸增加，已達千人。達薩卡尊者也是一個信仰的修行者，他在尊者優波離面前也傳授了律法。因此在尊者面前獲得律法的理解，普通人等的數量也已達到千人。索那尊者也是達薩卡的信仰修行者，他在自己的老師達薩卡面前也傳授了律法。因此在尊者面前獲得律法的理解，普通人等的數量也已達到千人。悉伽瓦尊者也是索那的信仰修行者，他在自己的老師索那面前獲得律法，成爲了千數的阿羅漢。尊者面前獲得律法的理解，普通人、入流者、再來者、無學者的數量也已達到千人。那時，印度的比丘眾非常龐大。摩訶伽利波提尊者的影響將在第三次結集中顯現。因此，須知這部律藏在印度的師承中，直到第三次結集為止。 第一次大結集的論述已完成。 第二次結集的論述 關於第二次結集的情況應當這樣理解。當時— 「結集正法，光輝普照； 直至生命的盡頭，五百人也站立。」 已得解脫的比丘們，長老們如迦葉等； 如同無煙燈火，皆已涅槃。

Athānukkamena gacchantesu rattindivesu vassasataparinibbute bhagavati vesālikā vajjiputtakā bhikkhū vesāliyaṃ 『『kappati siṅgīloṇakappo, kappati dvaṅgulakappo, kappati gāmantarakappo, kappati āvāsakappo, kappati anumatikappo, kappati āciṇṇakappo, kappati amathitakappo, kappati jaḷogiṃ pātuṃ, kappati adasakaṃ nisīdanaṃ, kappati jātarūparajata』』nti imāni dasa vatthūni dīpesuṃ. Tesaṃ susunāgaputto kāḷāsoko nāma rājā pakkho ahosi.

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā yaso kākaṇḍakaputto vajjīsu cārikaṃ caramāno 『『vesālikā kira vajjiputtakā bhikkhū vesāliyaṃ dasa vatthūni dīpentī』』ti sutvā 『『na kho panetaṃ patirūpaṃ yvāhaṃ dasabalassa sāsanavipattiṃ sutvā appossukko bhaveyyaṃ. Handāhaṃ adhammavādino niggahetvā dhammaṃ dīpemī』』ti cintento yena vesālī tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ āyasmā yaso kākaṇḍakaputto vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ.

Tena kho pana samayena vesālikā vajjiputtakā bhikkhū tadahuposathe kaṃsapātiṃ udakena pūretvā majjhe bhikkhusaṅghassa ṭhapetvā āgatāgate vesālike upāsake evaṃ vadanti – 『『dethāvuso, saṅghassa kahāpaṇampi aḍḍhampi pādampi māsakarūpampi, bhavissati saṅghassa parikkhārena karaṇīya』』nti sabbaṃ tāva vattabbaṃ, yāva 『『imāya pana vinayasaṅgītiyā satta bhikkhusatāni anūnāni anadhikāni ahesuṃ, tasmā ayaṃ dutiyasaṅgīti sattasatikāti vuccatī』』ti.

Evaṃ tasmiñca sannipāte dvādasa bhikkhusatasahassāni sannipatiṃsu āyasmatā yasena samussāhitā. Tesaṃ majjhe āyasmatā revatena puṭṭhena sabbakāmittherena vinayaṃ vissajjentena tāni dasa vatthūni vinicchitāni, adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamitaṃ. Atha therā 『『puna dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyissāmā』』ti tipiṭakadhare pattapaṭisambhide sattasate bhikkhū uccinitvā vesāliyaṃ vālikārāme sannipatitvā mahākassapattherena saṅgāyitasadisameva sabbaṃ sāsanamalaṃ sodhetvā puna piṭakavasena nikāyavasena aṅgavasena dhammakkhandhavasena ca sabbaṃ dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyiṃsu. Ayaṃ saṅgīti aṭṭhahi māsehi niṭṭhitā. Yā loke –

Satehi sattahi katā, tena sattasatāti ca;

Pubbe kataṃ upādāya, dutiyāti ca vuccatīti.

Sā panāyaṃ –

Yehi therehi saṅgītā, saṅgīti tesu vissutā;

Sabbakāmī ca sāḷho ca, revato khujjasobhito.

Yaso ca sāṇasambhūto, ete saddhivihārikā;

Therā ānandatherassa, diṭṭhapubbā tathāgataṃ.

Sumano vāsabhagāmī ca, ñeyyā saddhivihārikā;

Dve ime anuruddhassa, diṭṭhapubbā tathāgataṃ.

Dutiyo pana saṅgīto, yehi therehi saṅgaho;

Sabbepi pannabhārā te, katakiccā anāsavāti.

Ayaṃ dutiyasaṅgīti.

當時,隨著日夜的流逝,佛陀涅槃一百年後,毗舍離的跋耆子比丘在毗舍離宣稱這十件事是允許的:"用角鹽儲存是可以的,兩指量食是可以的,在村間吃是可以的,在住處吃是可以的,得同意后吃是可以的,依習慣吃是可以的,未攪拌的乳酪是可以的,喝未發酵的椰子汁是可以的,無邊坐具是可以的,接受金銀是可以的。"善生那伽的兒子名叫迦羅阿輸迦的國王支援他們。 那時,尊者耶舍迦干陀子在跋耆國遊行,聽說"毗舍離的跋耆子比丘在毗舍離宣稱十件事是允許的",他想:"這是不適當的,我聽到十力的教法衰敗而無動於衷。來吧,我要制止非法說者,弘揚正法。"於是他來到毗舍離。尊者耶舍迦干陀子住在毗舍離大林重閣講堂。 那時,毗舍離的跋耆子比丘在布薩日用水裝滿銅缽,放在比丘僧團中間,對來的毗舍離優婆塞們這樣說:"朋友們,請給僧團迦利沙缽那、半缽那、四分之一缽那或者一摩沙迦,僧團將有所需用。"一切都應該說,直到"在這次律的結集中,有整整七百位比丘,不多不少,因此這次結集被稱為七百結集。" 如此,在那次集會中,有十二萬比丘集合,由尊者耶舍鼓勵。在他們中間,由尊者離婆多詢問,薩婆迦彌長老回答律,那十件事被裁決,爭議被平息。然後長老們說:"我們再次結集法和律吧。"他們選出七百位通三藏、獲四無礙解的比丘,在毗舍離的沙灘精舍集合,像大迦葉長老結集時一樣清除一切教法的污垢,再次依藏、依部、依支分、依法蘊結集一切法和律。這次結集在八個月內完成。在世間: 由七百人所作,故名七百; 依前次而作,故名第二。 這次結集: 結集的長老們,以結集而聞名; 薩婆迦彌、娑羅、離婆多、屈祇蘇比多、 耶舍和沙那參浮多,這些是 阿難陀長老的弟子,曾見如來。 須摩那和婆舍婆伽彌,應知是 阿那律陀的弟子,曾見如來。 第二次結集的長老們, 都已放下重擔,所作已辦,無漏。 這就是第二次結集。

Evamimaṃ dutiyasaṅgītiṃ saṅgāyitvā therā 『『uppajjissati nu kho anāgatepi sāsanassa evarūpaṃ abbuda』』nti olokayamānā imaṃ addasaṃsu – 『『ito vassasatassa upari aṭṭhārasame vasse pāṭaliputte dhammāsoko nāma rājā uppajjitvā sakalajambudīpe rajjaṃ kāressati. So buddhasāsane pasīditvā mahantaṃ lābhasakkāraṃ pavattayissati. Tato titthiyā lābhasakkāraṃ patthayamānā sāsane pabbajitvā sakaṃ sakaṃ diṭṭhiṃ paridīpessanti. Evaṃ sāsane mahantaṃ abbudaṃ uppajjissatī』』ti. Atha nesaṃ etadahosi – 『『kinnu kho mayaṃ etasmiṃ abbude uppanne sammukhā bhavissāma, na bhavissāmā』』ti. Atha te sabbeva tadā attano asammukhabhāvaṃ ñatvā 『『ko nu kho taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasametuṃ samattho bhavissatī』』ti sakalaṃ manussalokaṃ chakāmāvacaradevalokañca olokentā na kañci disvā brahmaloke tissaṃ nāma mahābrahmānaṃ addasaṃsu parittāyukaṃ uparibrahmalokūpapattiyā bhāvitamaggaṃ. Disvāna nesaṃ etadahosi – 『『sace mayaṃ etassa brahmuno manussaloke nibbattanatthāya ussāhaṃ kareyyāma, addhā esa moggalibrāhmaṇassa gehe paṭisandhiṃ gahessati. Tato ca mantehi palobhito nikkhamitvā pabbajissati. So evaṃ pabbajitvā sakalaṃ buddhavacanaṃ uggahetvā adhigatapaṭisambhido hutvā titthiye madditvā taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vinicchitvā sāsanaṃ paggaṇhissatī』』ti.

Te brahmalokaṃ gantvā tissaṃ mahābrahmānaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『ito vassasatassa upari aṭṭhārasame vasse sāsane mahantaṃ abbudaṃ uppajjissati. Mayañca sakalaṃ manussalokaṃ chakāmāvacaradevalokañca olokayamānā kañci sāsanaṃ paggahetuṃ samatthaṃ adisvā brahmalokaṃ vicinantā bhavantameva addasāma. Sādhu, sappurisa, manussaloke nibbattitvā dasabalassa sāsanaṃ paggaṇhituṃ paṭiññaṃ dehī』』ti.

Evaṃ vutte mahābrahmā, 『『ahaṃ kira sāsane uppannaṃ abbudaṃ sodhetvā sāsanaṃ paggahetuṃ samattho bhavissāmī』』ti haṭṭhapahaṭṭho udaggudaggo hutvā, 『『sādhū』』ti paṭissuṇitvā paṭiññaṃ adāsi. Therā brahmaloke taṃ karaṇīyaṃ tīretvā puna paccāgamiṃsu.

Tena kho pana samayena siggavatthero ca caṇḍavajjitthero ca dvepi navakā honti daharabhikkhū tipiṭakadharā pattapaṭisambhidā khīṇāsavā, te taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ na sampāpuṇiṃsu. Therā 『『tumhe, āvuso, amhākaṃ imasmiṃ adhikaraṇe no sahāyakā ahuvattha, tena vo idaṃ daṇḍakammaṃ hotu – 『tisso nāma brahmā moggalibrāhmaṇassa gehe paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhissati, taṃ tumhākaṃ eko nīharitvā pabbājetu, eko buddhavacanaṃ uggaṇhāpetū』』』ti vatvā sabbepi yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā –

Sabbakāmippabhutayo, tepi therā mahiddhikā;

Aggikkhandhāva lokamhi, jalitvā parinibbutā.

Dutiyaṃ saṅgahaṃ katvā, visodhetvāna sāsanaṃ;

Anāgatepi katvāna, hetuṃ saddhammasuddhiyā.

Khīṇāsavā vasippatthā, pabhinnapaṭisambhidā;

Aniccatāvasaṃ therā, tepi nāma upāgatā.

Evaṃ aniccataṃ jammiṃ, ñatvā durabhisambhavaṃ;

Taṃ pattuṃ vāyame dhīro, yaṃ niccaṃ amataṃ padanti.

Ettāvatā sabbākārena dutiyasaṅgītivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā hoti.

這樣結集了第二次結集后,長老們思考:"未來會不會再出現這樣的教法危機?"他們看到:"從現在起一百一十八年後,在華氏城(巴特那)將出現一位名叫法阿育的國王,他將統治整個印度。他會信仰佛教,提供大量的供養和恭敬。因此,外道們爲了獲得供養和恭敬,會進入教團,宣揚各自的見解。這樣教法將面臨重大危機。" 然後他們想:"當這個危機出現時,我們會在場嗎?"他們知道自己那時都不會在場,於是想:"誰能夠解決這個問題呢?"他們觀察整個人間和六慾天界,都沒有看到合適的人選,但在梵天界看到一位名叫底沙的大梵天,壽命短暫,已修習往生上層梵天界的道。看到后他們想:"如果我們鼓勵這位梵天投生人間,他一定會投生到目犍連婆羅門家。然後受到咒語的誘惑出家,出家後學習整個佛語,獲得無礙解,擊敗外道,裁決那個爭議,弘揚教法。" 他們去梵天界對底沙大梵天說:"從現在起一百一十八年後,教法將面臨重大危機。我們觀察整個人間和六慾天界,都沒有看到能弘揚教法的人,在梵天界尋找時只看到你。善男子,請答應投生人間,弘揚十力的教法。" 聽到這話,大梵天歡喜雀躍地想:"原來我能夠解決教法的危機,弘揚教法",便欣然答應。長老們在梵天界完成這件事後就回來了。 那時,悉伽婆長老和栴陀跋耆長老都是年輕的新比丘,通三藏,獲得無礙解,漏盡。他們沒有參與這件事。長老們說:"朋友們,你們沒有在這件事上幫助我們,因此這是你們的懲罰 - '名叫底沙的梵天將投生到目犍連婆羅門家,你們一個要引導他出家,一個要教導他佛語。'"說完后,所有人都活到壽命盡頭 - 薩婆迦彌等長老,都有大神通; 如火聚在世間,燃燒后般涅槃。 完成第二次結集,清凈了教法; 為未來也建立,正法清凈的因。 漏盡得自在,獲無礙解; 諸長老也終究,歸於無常。 如是了知難以克服的可厭無常, 智者應努力證得永恒不死之處。 至此,第二次結集的解釋已經完全結束。

Dutiyasaṅgītikathā niṭṭhitā

Tatiyasaṅgītikathā

Tissopi kho mahābrahmā brahmalokato cavitvā moggalibrāhmaṇassa gehe paṭisandhiṃ aggahesi. Siggavattheropi tassa paṭisandhiggahaṇato pabhuti satta vassāni brāhmaṇassa gehaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Ekadivasampi uḷuṅkamattaṃ vā yāguṃ kaṭacchumattaṃ vā bhattaṃ nālattha. Sattannaṃ pana vassānaṃ accayena ekadivasaṃ 『『aticchatha, bhante』』ti vacanamattaṃ alattha. Taṃdivasameva brāhmaṇopi bahiddhā kiñci karaṇīyaṃ katvā āgacchanto paṭipathe theraṃ disvā, 『『bho pabbajita, amhākaṃ gehaṃ agamitthā』』ti āha. 『『Āma, brāhmaṇa, agamimhā』』ti. 『『Api kiñci labhitthā』』ti? 『『Āma, brāhmaṇa, labhimhā』』ti. So gehaṃ gantvā pucchi – 『『tassa pabbajitassa kiñci adatthā』』ti? 『『Na kiñci adamhā』』ti. Brāhmaṇo dutiyadivase gharadvāreyeva nisīdi 『『ajja pabbajitaṃ musāvādena niggahessāmī』』ti. Thero dutiyadivase brāhmaṇassa gharadvāraṃ sampatto. Brāhmaṇo theraṃ disvāva evamāha – 『『tumhe hiyyo amhākaṃ gehe kiñci aladdhāyeva 『labhimhā』ti avocuttha. Vaṭṭati nu kho tumhākaṃ musāvādo』』ti! Thero āha – 『『mayaṃ, brāhmaṇa, tumhākaṃ gehe satta vassāni 『aticchathā』ti vacanamattampi alabhitvā hiyyo 『aticchathā』ti vacanamattaṃ labhimha; athetaṃ paṭisanthāraṃ upādāya evamavocumhā』』ti.

Brāhmaṇo cintesi – 『『ime paṭisanthāramattampi labhitvā 『labhimhā』ti pasaṃsanti, aññaṃ kiñci khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ labhitvā kasmā na pasaṃsantī』』ti pasīditvā attano atthāya paṭiyāditabhattato kaṭacchumattaṃ bhikkhaṃ tadupiyañca byañjanaṃ dāpetvā 『『imaṃ bhikkhaṃ sabbakālaṃ tumhe labhissathā』』ti āha . So punadivasato pabhuti upasaṅkamantassa therassa upasamaṃ disvā bhiyyosomattāya pasīditvā theraṃ niccakālaṃ attano ghare bhattavissaggakaraṇatthāya yāci. Thero adhivāsetvā divase divase bhattakiccaṃ katvā gacchanto thokaṃ thokaṃ buddhavacanaṃ kathetvā gacchati. Sopi kho māṇavako soḷasavassuddesikoyeva tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ pāragū ahosi. Brahmalokato āgatasuddhasattassa āsane vā sayane vā añño koci nisajjitā vā nipajjitā vā natthi. So yadā ācariyagharaṃ gacchati, tadāssa mañcapīṭhaṃ setena vatthena paṭicchādetvā laggetvā ṭhapenti. Thero cintesi – 『『samayo dāni māṇavakaṃ pabbājetuṃ, cirañca me idhāgacchantassa, na ca kāci māṇavakena saddhiṃ kathā uppajjati. Handa dāni iminā upāyena pallaṅkaṃ nissāya uppajjissatī』』ti gehaṃ gantvā yathā tasmiṃ gehe ṭhapetvā māṇavakassa pallaṅkaṃ aññaṃ na kiñci āsanaṃ dissati tathā adhiṭṭhāsi. Brāhmaṇassa gehajano theraṃ disvā aññaṃ kiñci āsanaṃ apassanto māṇavakassa pallaṅkaṃ attharitvā therassa adāsi. Nisīdi thero pallaṅke. Māṇavakopi kho taṅkhaṇaññeva ācariyagharā āgamma theraṃ attano pallaṅke nisinnaṃ disvā kupito anattamano 『『ko mama pallaṅkaṃ samaṇassa paññapesī』』ti āha.

第二次結集的論述結束 第三次結集的論述 那位底沙大梵天從梵天界死後,投生到目犍連婆羅門家。悉伽婆長老從他投生起就連續七年到婆羅門家托缽。一天也沒得到哪怕一勺粥或一勺飯。七年過後,有一天只得到一句"請走吧,尊者"。就在那天,婆羅門外出辦事回來,在路上遇到長老,問道:"出家人,你去過我們家嗎?"長老回答:"是的,婆羅門,我去過。""得到什麼了嗎?""是的,婆羅門,得到了。"婆羅門回家后問:"你們給那出家人什麼了嗎?""我們什麼也沒給。"婆羅門第二天就坐在家門口,想:"今天我要抓這出家人說謊。"長老第二天來到婆羅門家門口。婆羅門一見他就說:"你們昨天在我們傢什么也沒得到,卻說'得到了'。你們說謊是可以的嗎?"長老說:"婆羅門,我們在你們家七年都沒得到一句'請走吧',昨天得到了一句'請走吧';因此,考慮到這個問候,我們才這麼說的。" 婆羅門想:"他們僅僅得到一句問候就稱讚說'得到了',如果得到什麼食物飲料,他們怎麼不稱讚呢?"於是生起信心,從自己準備的飯菜中舀了一勺施捨,還配了咖哩,說:"你們以後每天都會得到這個佈施。"從第二天起,他看到前來的長老如此平靜,更加生起信心,請長老每天都到自己家裡用餐。長老答應了,每天用完餐離開時都會講一點佛法。那個男孩十六歲就精通三吠陀。從梵天界來的純凈有情,沒有人可以坐或躺在他的座位或床上。當他去老師家時,人們就用白布遮蓋他的床椅並懸掛起來。長老想:"現在是引導男孩出家的時候了,我來這裡很久了,卻沒有跟男孩說過話。好吧,現在我要用這個方法讓他因坐墊而生起對話。"他去到房子,決意使除了男孩的坐墊外看不到其他座位。婆羅門家的人看到長老,找不到其他座位,就鋪上男孩的坐墊給長老。長老坐在坐墊上。剛好那時男孩從老師家回來,看到長老坐在自己的坐墊上,生氣不悅,說:"誰給沙門鋪了我的坐墊?"

Thero bhattakiccaṃ katvā vūpasante māṇavakassa caṇḍikkabhāve evamāha – 『『kiṃ pana tvaṃ, māṇavaka, kiñci mantaṃ jānāsī』』ti? Māṇavako 『『bho pabbajita, mayi dāni mante ajānante aññe ke jānissantī』』ti vatvā, theraṃ pucchi – 『『tumhe pana mantaṃ jānāthā』』ti? 『『Puccha, māṇavaka, pucchitvā sakkā jānitu』』nti. Atha kho māṇavako tīsu vedesu sanighaṇḍukeṭubhesu sākkharappabhedesu itihāsapañcamesu yāni yāni gaṇṭhiṭṭhānāni, yesaṃ yesaṃ nayaṃ neva attanā passati nāpissa ācariyo addasa, tesu tesu theraṃ pucchi. Thero 『『pakatiyāpi tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ pāragū, idāni pana paṭisambhidāppatto, tenassa natthi tesaṃ pañhānaṃ vissajjane bhāro』』ti tāvadeva te pañhe vissajjetvā māṇavakaṃ āha – 『『māṇavaka, ahaṃ tayā bahuṃ pucchito; ahampi dāni taṃ ekaṃ pañhaṃ pucchāmi, byākarissasi me』』ti? 『『Āma, bho pabbajita, puccha byākarissāmī』』ti. Thero cittayamake imaṃ pañhaṃ pucchi –

『『Yassa cittaṃ uppajjati na nirujjhati tassa cittaṃ nirujjhissati nuppajjissati; yassa vā pana cittaṃ nirujjhissati nuppajjissati tassa cittaṃ uppajjati na nirujjhatī』』ti?

Māṇavo uddhaṃ vā adho vā harituṃ asakkonto 『『kiṃ nāma, bho pabbajita, ida』』nti āha. 『『Buddhamanto nāmāyaṃ, māṇavā』』ti. 『『Sakkā panāyaṃ, bho, mayhampi dātu』』nti. 『『Sakkā māṇava, amhehi gahitapabbajjaṃ gaṇhantassa dātu』』nti. Tato māṇavo mātāpitaro upasaṅkamitvā āha – 『『ayaṃ pabbajito buddhamantaṃ nāma jānāti, na ca attano santike apabbajitassa deti, ahaṃ etassa santike pabbajitvā mantaṃ uggaṇhissāmī』』ti.

Athassa mātāpitaro 『『pabbajitvāpi no putto mante gaṇhatu, gahetvā punāgamissatī』』ti maññamānā 『『uggaṇha, puttā』』ti anujāniṃsu. Thero dārakaṃ pabbājetvā dvattiṃsākārakammaṭṭhānaṃ tāva ācikkhi. So tattha parikammaṃ karonto nacirasseva sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahi. Tato thero cintesi – 『『sāmaṇero sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhito, abhabbo dāni sāsanato nivattituṃ. Sace panassāhaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ vaḍḍhetvā katheyyaṃ, arahattaṃ pāpuṇeyya, appossukko bhaveyya buddhavacanaṃ gahetuṃ, samayo dāni naṃ caṇḍavajjittherassa santikaṃ pesetu』』nti. Tato āha – 『『ehi tvaṃ, sāmaṇera, therassa santikaṃ gantvā buddhavacanaṃ uggaṇha. Mama vacanena tañca ārogyaṃ puccha; evañca vadehi – 『upajjhāyo maṃ, bhante, tumhākaṃ santikaṃ pahiṇī』ti. 『Ko nāma te upajjhāyo』ti ca vutte 『siggavatthero nāma, bhante』ti vadeyyāsi. 『Ahaṃ ko nāmā』ti vutte evaṃ vadeyyāsi – 『mama upajjhāyo, bhante, tumhākaṃ nāmaṃ jānātī』』』ti.

長老在完成飲食后,看到男孩憤怒的樣子,便問道:"你知道什麼咒語嗎,小子?"男孩回答說:"尊者,我現在對咒語毫無所知,難道還有其他人會知道嗎?"長老問:"那麼你知道我嗎?"男孩說:"請問,尊者,問了之後可以知道嗎?"於是男孩在三吠陀的各個部分、音節的分類、歷史的五種中,問了許多他自己無法理解的問題。長老說:"本來我就精通三吠陀,現在又獲得無礙解,因此對於這些問題的回答並不困難。"於是長老回答了那些問題后,對男孩說:"小子,我問了你很多問題,現在我也問你一個問題,你能給我解釋嗎?"男孩答應道:"好的,尊者,請問我會解釋的。" 長老問了這個問題: "那個人的心生起而不消失,他的心會消失嗎?又或者那個人的心不消失而不生起,他的心會生起而不消失嗎?" 男孩無法向上或向下回答,於是問道:"尊者,這是什麼?"長老說:"這是佛教的咒語,小子。"男孩說:"這可以傳授給我嗎,尊者?"長老回答說:"可以,小子,我們可以傳授給你。" 於是男孩去找父母,說:"這個出家人知道佛教的咒語,而且不把它教給我,我想出家跟隨他學習咒語。"他的父母認為:"即使他出家也不會學到咒語,他出家後會回來。"於是他們說:"去學吧,兒子。"長老教導男孩三十種修行法。男孩在修行中不久便證得了入流果。隨後長老想:"小沙彌已證得入流果,現在不可能再讓他離開教法。如果我再多教他修行法,他將獲得阿羅漢果,並且會毫不猶豫地接受佛法。現在是時候將他送到那位長老那裡了。"於是他對男孩說:"來吧,小沙彌,去找那位長老學習佛法。你問他健康的情況,並且要這樣說:'尊者,我被您派來找您。'當問到'你的老師是誰?'時,你可以回答說:'是悉伽婆長老,尊者。'當問到'我是誰?'時,你應這樣回答:'我老師,尊者,知道您的名字。'"

『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho tisso sāmaṇero theraṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā anupubbena caṇḍavajjittherassa santikaṃ gantvā vanditvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Thero sāmaṇeraṃ pucchi – 『『kuto āgatosī』』ti? 『『Upajjhāyo maṃ, bhante, tumhākaṃ santikaṃ pahiṇī』』ti. 『『Ko nāma te upajjhāyo』』ti? 『『Siggavatthero nāma, bhante』』ti. 『『Ahaṃ ko nāmā』』ti? 『『Mama upajjhāyo, bhante, tumhākaṃ nāmaṃ jānātī』』ti. 『『Pattacīvaraṃ dāni paṭisāmehī』』ti. 『『Sādhu, bhante』』ti sāmaṇero pattacīvaraṃ paṭisāmetvā punadivase pariveṇaṃ sammajjitvā udakadantaponaṃ upaṭṭhāpesi. Thero tassa sammajjitaṭṭhānaṃ puna sammajji . Taṃ udakaṃ chaḍḍetvā aññaṃ udakaṃ āhari. Tañca dantakaṭṭhaṃ apanetvā aññaṃ dantakaṭṭhaṃ gaṇhi. Evaṃ satta divasāni katvā sattame divase puna pucchi. Sāmaṇero punapi pubbe kathitasadisameva kathesi. Thero 『『so vatāyaṃ brāhmaṇo』』ti sañjānitvā 『『kimatthaṃ āgatosī』』ti āha. 『『Buddhavacanaṃ uggaṇhatthāya, bhante』』ti. Thero 『『uggaṇha dāni, sāmaṇerā』』ti vatvā puna divasato pabhuti buddhavacanaṃ paṭṭhapesi. Tisso sāmaṇerova hutvā, ṭhapetvā vinayapiṭakaṃ sabbaṃ buddhavacanaṃ uggaṇhi saddhiṃ aṭṭhakathāya. Upasampannakāle pana avassikova samāno tipiṭakadharo ahosi. Ācariyupajjhāyā moggaliputtatissattherassa hatthe sakalaṃ buddhavacanaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā parinibbāyiṃsu. Moggaliputtatissattheropi aparena samayena kammaṭṭhānaṃ vaḍḍhetvā arahattappatto bahūnaṃ dhammavinayaṃ vācesi.

「是的，尊者。」那位小沙彌向長老行禮，繞著他轉了一圈，然後逐步走向那位名叫悉伽瓦的長老，向他致敬並站在一旁。長老問小沙彌：「你從哪裡來？」小沙彌回答：「尊者，我是被我的老師派來找您的。」長老問：「你的老師是誰？」小沙彌說：「是悉伽瓦長老，尊者。」長老又問：「我是誰？」小沙彌回答：「尊者，我的老師知道您的名字。」長老說：「現在請你把托缽拿來。」小沙彌答道：「好的，尊者。」小沙彌拿來托缽，然後第二天打掃僧舍，準備水供養。長老又在他打掃的地方再次打掃。把水倒掉后，再取來其他水。將牙刷放下後，再拿起另一根牙刷。就這樣經過七天，第七天再次詢問。小沙彌又如之前一樣回答。長老意識到：「這個婆羅門確實如此。」於是問：「你來這裡有什麼事？」小沙彌回答：「是爲了學習佛法，尊者。」長老說：「現在可以學習了，小沙彌。」於是從那天起開始教授佛法。小沙彌成爲了小沙彌，除了戒律藏外，所有的佛法都和註釋一起學習。在受戒時，他也成爲了三藏的持有者。在老師和上師莫伽利普特提薩長老的手中，所有的佛法都得到了確立，直到他圓寂。莫伽利普特提薩長老後來又增加了修行法，獲得了阿羅漢果，併爲許多人講授法和戒。

Tena kho pana samayena bindusārassa rañño ekasataputtā ahesuṃ. Te sabbe asoko attanā saddhiṃ ekamātikaṃ tissakumāraṃ ṭhapetvā ghātesi. Ghātento ca cattāri vassāni anabhisittova rajjaṃ kāretvā catunnaṃ vassānaṃ accayena tathāgatassa parinibbānato dvinnaṃ vassasatānaṃ upari aṭṭhārasame vasse sakalajambudīpe ekarajjābhisekaṃ pāpuṇi . Abhisekānubhāvena cassa imā rājiddhiyo āgatā – mahāpathaviyā heṭṭhā yojanappamāṇe āṇā pavattati; tathā upari ākāse anotattadahato aṭṭhahi kājehi soḷasa pānīyaghaṭe divase divase devatā āharanti, yato sāsane uppannasaddho hutvā aṭṭha ghaṭe bhikkhusaṅghassa adāsi, dve ghaṭe saṭṭhimattānaṃ tipiṭakadharabhikkhūnaṃ, dve ghaṭe aggamahesiyā asandhimittāya, cattāro ghaṭe attanā paribhuñji; devatāeva himavante nāgalatādantakaṭṭhaṃ nāma atthi siniddhaṃ mudukaṃ rasavantaṃ taṃ divase divase āharanti, yena rañño ca mahesiyā ca soḷasannañca nāṭakitthisahassānaṃ saṭṭhimattānañca bhikkhusahassānaṃ devasikaṃ dantaponakiccaṃ nippajjati. Devasikameva cassa devatā agadāmalakaṃ agadaharītakaṃ suvaṇṇavaṇṇañca gandharasasampannaṃ ambapakkaṃ āharanti. Tathā chaddantadahato pañcavaṇṇanivāsanapāvuraṇaṃ pītakavaṇṇahatthapucchanapaṭakaṃ dibbañca pānakaṃ āharanti. Devasikameva panassa nhānagandhaṃ anuvilepanagandhaṃ pārupanatthāya asuttamayikaṃ sumanapupphapaṭaṃ mahārahañca añjanaṃ nāgabhavanato nāgarājāno āharanti. Chaddantadaheva uṭṭhitassa sālino nava vāhasahassāni divase divase sukā āharanti. Mūsikā nitthusakaṇe karonti, ekopi khaṇḍataṇḍulo na hoti, rañño sabbaṭṭhānesu ayameva taṇḍulo paribhogaṃ gacchati. Madhumakkhikā madhuṃ karonti. Kammārasālāsu acchā kūṭaṃ paharanti. Karavīkasakuṇā āgantvā madhurassaraṃ vikūjantā rañño balikammaṃ karonti.

Imāhi iddhīhi samannāgato rājā ekadivasaṃ suvaṇṇasaṅkhalikabandhanaṃ pesetvā catunnaṃ buddhānaṃ adhigatarūpadassanaṃ kappāyukaṃ kāḷaṃ nāma nāgarājānaṃ ānayitvā setacchattassa heṭṭhā mahārahe pallaṅke nisīdāpetvā anekasatavaṇṇehi jalaja thalajapupphehi suvaṇṇapupphehi ca pūjaṃ katvā sabbālaṅkārapaṭimaṇḍitehi soḷasahi nāṭakitthisahassehi samantato parikkhipitvā 『『anantañāṇassa tāva me saddhammavaracakkavattino sammāsambuddhassa rūpaṃ imesaṃ akkhīnaṃ āpāthaṃ karohī』』ti vatvā tena nimmitaṃ sakalasarīravippakiṇṇapuññappabhāvanibbattāsītānubyañjanapaṭimaṇḍitadvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇasassirīkatāya vikasitakamaluppalapuṇḍarīkapaṭimaṇḍitamiva salilatalaṃ tārāgaṇarasmijālavisadavipphuritasobhāsamujjalitamiva gaganatalaṃ nīlapītalohitādibhedavicitravaṇṇaraṃsivinaddhabyāmappabhāparikkhepavilāsitāya sañcāppabhānurāgaindadhanuvijjulatāparikkhittamiva kanakagirisikharaṃ nānāvirāgavimalaketumālāsamujjalitacārumatthakasobhaṃ nayanarasāyatanamiva brahmadevamanujanāgayakkhagaṇānaṃ buddharūpaṃ passanto satta divasāni akkhipūjaṃ nāma akāsi.

在那時，賓都沙王有一百個兒子。他們都聯合起來，除了阿索卡以外，殺死了他們的父親。在殺死父親后，他們在沒有被任命的情況下統治了四年。經過四年的時間，從世尊圓寂后又過了兩百年，他們在十八年內達到了整個阇摩地（現代的印度）的一統加冕。由於加冕的緣故，王國的權力也隨之而來——在大地上，命令在一由一由的範圍內發佈；在天空中，天神每天用十六個水瓶提供水，因而在教法中產生了信心，向僧團提供了八個瓶子，向六十位持有三藏的僧人提供了兩個瓶子，向大妃的親屬提供了兩個瓶子，四個瓶子則由他自己享用。天神每天從喜馬拉雅山（現代的喜馬拉雅山脈）帶來名為「濕泥」的甜美食物，供給國王和大妃以及十六位舞女和六十位僧人，進行天神的牙齒供養。天神還帶來了美味的果實，如山楂、檸檬、金色的果實等。天神還帶來了五種顏色的衣物和美味的飲品。天神爲了洗浴的香氣和塗抹的香氣，帶來了不粘的香花和大麻膏，來自龍宮的龍王們也帶來了這些。天神每天又帶來了九千個新鮮的米飯。老鼠在無所事事的情況下進行工作，甚至沒有一根小草，國王在所有地方都享用這根小草。蜜蜂則釀蜜。工匠們在工作室裡打磨木材。鴝鵒鳥飛來，發出甜美的聲音，為國王獻上貢品。 有一天，這位國王帶著金色的鎖鏈，召集了四位佛陀所獲得的形象，邀請名為黑色的龍王，坐在白色的傘下，裝飾著很多色彩的水生和陸生花朵，金色的花朵，向他致敬。他說：「愿我能為這些擁有無限智慧的正法之輪的正覺者所展現的形象，成為這些眼睛的開闊。」於是，因而顯現出整個身體的光輝，裝飾著三十種偉人的特徵，像盛開的蓮花、蒲團般的光輝，閃耀的星星般的光輝，像雲彩般的美麗，像金色山峰般的光輝，像多彩的光輝，像金色的山峰般的美麗，彷彿在美麗的光輝中，七天之內，國王進行了一次眼睛的供養。

Rājā kira abhisekaṃ pāpuṇitvā tīṇiyeva saṃvaccharāni bāhirakapāsaṇḍaṃ pariggaṇhi. Catutthe saṃvacchare buddhasāsane pasīdi. Tassa kira pitā bindusāro brāhmaṇabhatto ahosi, so brāhmaṇānañca brāhmaṇajātiyapāsaṇḍānañca paṇḍaraṅgaparibbājakādīnaṃ saṭṭhisahassamattānaṃ niccabhattaṃ paṭṭhapesi. Asokopi pitarā pavattitaṃ dānaṃ attano antepure tatheva dadamāno ekadivasaṃ sīhapañjare ṭhito te upasamaparibāhirena ācārena bhuñjamāne asaṃyatindriye avinītairiyāpathe disvā cintesi – 『『īdisaṃ dānaṃ upaparikkhitvā yuttaṭṭhāne dātuṃ vaṭṭatī』』ti. Evaṃ cintetvā amacce āha – 『『gacchatha, bhaṇe, attano attano sādhusammate samaṇabrāhmaṇe antepuraṃ atiharatha, dānaṃ dassāmā』』ti. Amaccā 『『sādhu, devā』』ti rañño paṭissuṇitvā te te paṇḍaraṅgaparibbājakājīvakanigaṇṭhādayo ānetvā 『『ime, mahārāja, amhākaṃ arahanto』』ti āhaṃsu.

Atha rājā antepure uccāvacāni āsanāni paññapetvā 『『āgacchantū』』ti vatvā āgatāgate āha – 『『attano attano patirūpe āsane nisīdathā』』ti . Tesu ekacce bhaddapīṭhakesu, ekacce phalakapīṭhakesu nisīdiṃsu. Te disvā rājā 『『natthi nesaṃ anto sāro』』ti ñatvā tesaṃ anurūpaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ datvā uyyojesi.

Evaṃ gacchante kāle ekadivasaṃ rājā sīhapañjare ṭhito addasa nigrodhasāmaṇeraṃ rājaṅgaṇena gacchantaṃ dantaṃ guttaṃ santindriyaṃ iriyāpathasampannaṃ. Ko panāyaṃ nigrodho nāma? Bindusārarañño jeṭṭhaputtassa sumanarājakumārassa putto.

Tatrāyaṃ anupubbikathā –

Bindusārarañño kira dubbalakāleyeva asokakumāro attanā laddhaṃ ujjenīrajjaṃ pahāya āgantvā sabbanagaraṃ attano hatthagataṃ katvā sumanarājakumāraṃ aggahesi. Taṃdivasameva sumanassa rājakumārassa sumanā nāma devī paripuṇṇagabbhā ahosi. Sā aññātakavesena nikkhamitvā avidūre aññataraṃ caṇḍālagāmaṃ sandhāya gacchantī jeṭṭhakacaṇḍālassa gehato avidūre aññatarasmiṃ nigrodharukkhe adhivatthāya devatāya 『『ito ehi, sumane』』ti vadantiyā saddaṃ sutvā tassā samīpaṃ gatā. Devatā attano ānubhāvena ekaṃ sālaṃ nimminitvā 『『ettha vasāhī』』ti adāsi. Sā taṃ sālaṃ pāvisi. Gatadivaseyeva ca puttaṃ vijāyi. Sā tassa nigrodhadevatāya pariggahitattā 『『nigrodho』』 tveva nāmaṃ akāsi. Jeṭṭhakacaṇḍālo diṭṭhadivasato pabhuti taṃ attano sāmidhītaraṃ viya maññamāno nibaddhavattaṃ paṭṭhapesi. Rājadhītā tattha satta vassāni vasi. Nigrodhakumāropi sattavassiko jāto. Tadā mahāvaruṇatthero nāma eko arahā dārakassa hetusampadaṃ disvā rakkhitvā tattha viharamāno 『『sattavassiko dāni dārako, kālo naṃ pabbājetu』』nti cintetvā rājadhītāya ārocāpetvā nigrodhakumāraṃ pabbājesi. Kumāro khuraggeyeva arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. So ekadivasaṃ pātova sarīraṃ jaggitvā ācariyupajjhāyavattaṃ katvā pattacīvaramādāya 『『mātuupāsikāya gehadvāraṃ gacchāmī』』ti nikkhami. Mātunivāsanaṭṭhānañcassa dakkhiṇadvārena nagaraṃ pavisitvā nagaramajjhena gantvā pācīnadvārena nikkhamitvā gantabbaṃ hoti.

國王在獲得加冕后，三年內將外道視為異端。在第四年，王對佛教產生了信心。國王的父親賓都沙是一個婆羅門，他為婆羅門和婆羅門種姓的異端者建立了六萬的常供。阿索卡在父親的影響下，也在自己的宮殿中同樣施捨。有一天，他站在獅子籠前，看到那些外道者在飲食時不受控制，心中思考：「這種供養應該在合適的地方給予。」於是他對大臣們說：「去吧，各位，把你們的供養帶到自己的善意的僧人和婆羅門那裡。」大臣們迴應道：「好的，陛下。」於是他們把那些外道者帶來，告訴國王：「這些，陛下，是我們的聖者。」 於是國王在宮殿中設定了高低不同的座位，命令他們：「請坐。」他們中有些人坐在高座上，有些人坐在果盤上。國王見狀，意識到他們沒有內涵，於是給他們提供了合適的食物，然後讓他們離開。 在這樣的情況下，有一天，國王在獅子籠中站著，看到一位名叫尼格羅達的小沙彌走過王宮，心中安寧，行走得體。國王心想：「這位尼格羅達是誰？」他是賓都沙王的長子，名叫蘇曼拉賈。 接下來是他的經過—— 據說賓都沙王在強盛時期，阿索卡王放棄了自己獲得的烏賊王國，來到這裡，統治了整個城市，任命了蘇曼拉賈為王。就在那一天，蘇曼拉賈的妻子名叫蘇曼娜，懷孕了。她在某個時候悄悄離開，前往一個叫做「恰達拉」的村莊，聽到一位長者的聲音：「來吧，蘇曼。」她走近長者，長者憑藉自己的神通為她建造了一間屋子，告訴她：「在這裡住吧。」她進入屋子，正當天生了一個兒子。由於她被尼格羅達的神靈所保護，因此給孩子起名為「尼格羅達」。從那天起，長者看到了她的兒子，覺得他像是自己的孩子，便開始為他安排生活。王女在這裡住了七年，而尼格羅達也出生了七年。那時，有一位名叫大水神的阿羅漢，看到這個孩子的因緣，便在此居住，想著：「這個七歲的孩子，應該讓他出家。」於是他向王女報告，便讓尼格羅達出家。小王子在馬背上獲得了阿羅漢果。有一天，他早上醒來，做好了老師的職責，拿著托缽，準備去母親的家門口。他的母親的住處在城的南門，進入城市后穿過城市中心，最後從東門出去。

Tena ca samayena asoko dhammarājā pācīnadisābhimukho sīhapañjare caṅkamati. Taṅkhaṇaññeva nigrodho rājaṅgaṇaṃ sampāpuṇi santindriyo santamānaso yugamattaṃ pekkhamāno. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『ekadivasaṃ rājā sīhapañjare ṭhito addasa nigrodhasāmaṇeraṃ rājaṅgaṇena gacchantaṃ dantaṃ guttaṃ santindriyaṃ iriyāpathasampanna』』nti. Disvā panassa etadahosi – 『『ayaṃ jano sabbopi vikkhittacitto bhantamigappaṭibhāgo. Ayaṃ pana dārako avikkhittacitto ativiya cassa ālokitavilokitaṃ samiñjanapasāraṇañca sobhati. Addhā etassa abbhantare lokuttaradhammo bhavissatī』』ti rañño saha dassaneneva sāmaṇere cittaṃ pasīdi, pemaṃ saṇṭhahi. Kasmā? Pubbe hi kira puññakaraṇakāle esa rañño jeṭṭhabhātā vāṇijako ahosi. Vuttampi hetaṃ –

『『Pubbe va sannivāsena, paccuppannahitena vā;

Evaṃ taṃ jāyate pemaṃ, uppalaṃ va yathodake』』ti. (jā. 1.

就在那時,法王阿育王面向東方,在獅子籠中散步。正好此時,尼格羅達來到了王宮廣場,眼睛平視前方,心平氣和。因此有言:"有一天,國王站在獅子籠中,看到尼格羅達沙彌走過王宮廣場,溫文爾雅,舉止得體。"看到后,國王心想:"所有這些人都心神不定,如同受驚的鹿。但這個孩子卻心神安定,他的舉止言行都非常優雅。肯定他內心有出世間的法。"國王一見到沙彌就心生歡喜,產生了愛護之心。為什麼呢?據說在過去行善時,國王曾是他的兄長,是個商人。正如所說: "由於過去的共處, 或現在的親善; 愛就這樣生起, 如水中的蓮花。"

2.174);

Atha rājā sañjātapemo sabahumāno 『『etaṃ sāmaṇeraṃ pakkosathā』』ti amacce pesesi. 『『Te aticirāyantī』』ti puna dve tayo pesesi – 『『turitaṃ āgacchatū』』ti. Sāmaṇero attano pakatiyā eva agamāsi. Rājā patirūpamāsanaṃ ñatvā 『『nisīdathā』』ti āha. So ito cito ca viloketvā 『『natthi dāni aññe bhikkhū』』ti samussitasetacchattaṃ rājapallaṅkaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pattaggahaṇatthāya rañño ākāraṃ dassesi. Rājā taṃ pallaṅkasamīpaṃ upagacchantaṃyeva disvā cintesi – 『『ajjeva dāni ayaṃ sāmaṇero imassa gehassa sāmiko bhavissatī』』ti sāmaṇero rañño hatthe pattaṃ datvā pallaṅkaṃ abhiruhitvā nisīdi. Rājā attano atthāya sampāditaṃ sabbaṃ yāgukhajjakabhattavikatiṃ upanāmesi. Sāmaṇero attano yāpanīyamattakameva sampaṭicchi. Bhattakiccāvasāne rājā āha – 『『satthārā tumhākaṃ dinnovādaṃ jānāthā』』ti? 『『Jānāmi, mahārāja, ekadesenā』』ti. 『『Tāta, mayhampi naṃ kathehī』』ti. 『『Sādhu, mahārājā』』ti rañño anurūpaṃ dhammapade appamādavaggaṃ anumodanatthāya abhāsi.

Rājā pana 『『appamādo amatapadaṃ, pamādo maccuno pada』』nti sutvāva 『『aññātaṃ, tāta, pariyosāpehī』』ti āha. Anumodanāvasāne ca 『『aṭṭha te, tāta, dhuvabhattāni dammī』』ti āha. Sāmaṇero āha – 『『etāni ahaṃ upajjhāyassa dammi, mahārājā』』ti. 『『Ko ayaṃ, tāta, upajjhāyo nāmā』』ti? 『『Vajjāvajjaṃ disvā codetā sāretā ca, mahārājā』』ti. 『『Aññānipi te, tāta, aṭṭha dammī』』ti. 『『Etāni ācariyassa dammi, mahārājā』』ti. 『『Ko ayaṃ, tāta, ācariyo nāmā』』ti? 『『Imasmiṃ sāsane sikkhitabbakadhammesu patiṭṭhāpetā, mahārājā』』ti. 『『Sādhu, tāta, aññānipi te aṭṭha dammī』』ti. 『『Etānipi bhikkhusaṅghassa dammi, mahārājā』』ti. 『『Ko ayaṃ, tāta, bhikkhusaṅgho nāmā』』ti? 『『Yaṃ nissāya , mahārāja, amhākaṃ ācariyupajjhāyānañca mama ca pabbajjā ca upasampadā cā』』ti. Rājā bhiyyoso mattāya tuṭṭhacitto āha – 『『aññānipi te, tāta, aṭṭha dammī』』ti. Sāmaṇero 『『sādhū』』ti sampaṭicchitvā punadivase dvattiṃsa bhikkhū gahetvā rājantepuraṃ pavisitvā bhattakiccamakāsi. Rājā 『『aññepi dvattiṃsa bhikkhū tumhehi saddhiṃ sve bhikkhaṃ gaṇhantū』』ti eteneva upāyena divase divase vaḍḍhāpento saṭṭhisahassānaṃ brāhmaṇaparibbājakādīnaṃ bhattaṃ upacchinditvā antonivesane saṭṭhisahassānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ niccabhattaṃ paṭṭhapesi nigrodhatthere gateneva pasādena. Nigrodhattheropi rājānaṃ saparisaṃ tīsu saraṇesu pañcasu ca sīlesu patiṭṭhāpetvā buddhasāsane pothujjanikena pasādena acalappasādaṃ katvā patiṭṭhāpesi. Puna rājā asokārāmaṃ nāma mahāvihāraṃ kāretvā saṭṭhisahassānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ niccabhattaṃ paṭṭhapesi. Sakalajambudīpe caturāsītiyā nagarasahassesu caturāsītivihārasahassāni kārāpesi caturāsītisahassacetiyapaṭimaṇḍitāni dhammeneva, no adhammena.

(續上文) 於是國王產生了愛護之心,懷著崇敬之意,派遣大臣說:"請叫那位小沙彌來。"他們遲遲未歸,國王又派了兩三個人去,說:"快點來!"小沙彌仍按自己的步調前行。國王知道合適的座位,說:"請坐。"他環顧四周,見"現在沒有其他比丘",便走向那張設有白色華蓋的王座,示意國王接過他的缽。國王看到他走近座位,心想:"今天這位小沙彌就要成為這房子的主人了。"小沙彌把缽交給國王,登上座位坐下。國王把為自己準備的所有粥、點心和各種飯菜都供養給他。小沙彌只接受了自己所需的份量。用餐結束后,國王問:"你知道導師給你們的教誨嗎?""大王,我知道一部分。""孩子,也對我說說吧。""好的,大王。"他便為國王誦讀了適合他的法句經中的不放逸品作為迴向。 國王一聽到"不放逸是不死之道,放逸是死亡之道"就說:"明白了,孩子,請繼續。"迴向結束后,國王說:"孩子,我給你八份常食。"小沙彌說:"大王,我把這些給我的戒師。""孩子,什麼是戒師?""大王,就是看到過失和非過失而訓誡和提醒的人。""孩子,我再給你八份。""大王,我把這些給我的老師。""孩子,什麼是老師?""大王,就是在這教法中建立應學之法的人。""好的,孩子,我再給你八份。""大王,我把這些給僧團。""孩子,什麼是僧團?""大王,就是我們的老師、戒師和我依靠的出家和具足戒的對象。"國王更加歡喜,說:"孩子,我再給你八份。"小沙彌接受了,第二天帶了三十二位比丘進入王宮用餐。國王說:"明天請再帶三十二位比丘來用餐。"就這樣每天增加,最終停止了對六萬婆羅門和外道的供養,在宮中為六萬比丘建立了常食。這都是因對尼格羅達長老的信心。尼格羅達長老則讓國王及其隨從皈依三寶,受持五戒,使他們在佛教中建立了凡夫的不動信心。後來國王建造了名為阿育王寺的大寺院,為六萬比丘設立常食。他又在整個閻浮提的八萬四千座城市中建造了八萬四千座寺院,裝飾有八萬四千座佛塔,這些都是依法而非非法完成的。

Ekadivasaṃ kira rājā asokārāme mahādānaṃ datvā saṭṭhisahassabhikkhusaṅghassa majjhe nisajja saṅghaṃ catūhi paccayehi pavāretvā imaṃ pañhaṃ pucchi – 『『bhante, bhagavatā desitadhammo nāma kittako hotī』』ti? 『『Aṅgato, mahārāja, navaṅgāni, khandhato caturāsītidhammakkhandhasahassānī』』ti. Rājā dhamme pasīditvā 『『ekekaṃ dhammakkhandhaṃ ekekavihārena pūjessāmī』』ti ekadivasameva channavutikoṭidhanaṃ visajjetvā amacce āṇāpesi – 『『etha, bhaṇe, ekamekasmiṃ nagare ekamekaṃ vihāraṃ kārāpentā caturāsītiyā nagarasahassesu caturāsītivihārasahassāni kārāpethā』』ti. Sayañca asokārāme asokamahāvihāratthāya kammaṃ paṭṭhapesi. Saṅgho indaguttattheraṃ nāma mahiddhikaṃ mahānubhāvaṃ khīṇāsavaṃ navakammādhiṭṭhāyakaṃ adāsi. Thero yaṃ yaṃ na niṭṭhāti taṃ taṃ attano ānubhāvena niṭṭhāpesi. Evampi tīhi saṃvaccharehi vihārakammaṃ niṭṭhāpesi. Ekadivasameva sabbanagarehi paṇṇāni āgamiṃsu.

Amaccā rañño ārocesuṃ – 『『niṭṭhitāni, deva, caturāsītivihārasahassānī』』ti. Rājā nagare bheriṃ carāpesi – 『『ito sattannaṃ divasānaṃ accayena vihāramaho bhavissati. Sabbe aṭṭha sīlaṅgāni samādiyitvā antonagare ca bahinagare ca vihāramahaṃ paṭiyādentū』』ti. Tato sattannaṃ divasānaṃ accayena sabbālaṅkāravibhūsitāya anekasatasahassasaṅkhyāya caturaṅginiyā senāya parivuto devaloke amaravatiyā rājadhāniyā sirito adhikatarasassirīkaṃ viya nagaraṃ kātukāmena ussāhajātena mahājanena alaṅkatapaṭiyattaṃ nagaraṃ anuvicaranto vihāraṃ gantvā bhikkhusaṅghassa majjhe aṭṭhāsi.

據說有一天,國王在阿育王寺佈施大量財物,坐在六萬比丘僧團中間,用四資具供養僧團后,問了這個問題:"尊者們,世尊所教導的法有多少?"(僧團回答:)"大王,從部分來說有九分,從蘊來說有八萬四千法蘊。"國王對法生起信心,說:"我要用每一座寺院來供養每一個法蘊。"他在一天之內就撥出了九十六億的財富,命令大臣們:"去吧,諸位,在每一座城市建造一座寺院,在八萬四千座城市中建造八萬四千座寺院。"他自己則在阿育王寺開始建造阿育王大寺的工作。僧團指派了一位名叫因陀崛多的長老作為監工,他是一位具有大神通、大威力的阿羅漢。長老用自己的神通力完成了所有未完成的工作。就這樣,三年內完成了寺院的建造。有一天,所有城市都送來了完工的訊息。 大臣們向國王報告說:"陛下,八萬四千座寺院已經建成。"國王在城中敲鑼宣佈:"七天後將舉行寺院慶典。所有人都要受持八戒,在城內外準備寺院慶典。"七天後,國王身著各種裝飾,率領數十萬四軍,環繞城市,彷彿要使城市比天界的阿摩羅瓦提王城更加富麗堂皇。充滿熱情的民眾裝飾了整個城市,國王巡視了這座裝飾一新的城市,然後來到寺院,站在比丘僧團中間。

Tasmiñca khaṇe sannipatitā asīti bhikkhukoṭiyo ahesuṃ, bhikkhunīnañca channavutisatasahassāni. Tattha khīṇāsavabhikkhūyeva satasahassasaṅkhyā ahesuṃ. Tesaṃ etadahosi – 『『sace rājā attano adhikāraṃ anavasesaṃ passeyya ativiya buddhasāsane pasīdeyyā』』ti. Tato lokavivaraṇaṃ nāma pāṭihāriyaṃ akaṃsu. Rājā asokārāme ṭhitova catuddisā anuvilokento samantato samuddapariyantaṃ jambudīpaṃ passati caturāsītiñca vihārasahassāni uḷārāya vihāramahapūjāya virocamānāni. So taṃ vibhūtiṃ passamāno uḷārena pītipāmojjena samannāgato 『『atthi pana aññassapi kassaci evarūpaṃ pītipāmojjaṃ uppannapubba』』nti cintento bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pucchi – 『『bhante, amhākaṃ lokanāthassa dasabalassa sāsane ko mahāpariccāgaṃ pariccaji. Kassa pariccāgo mahantoti? Bhikkhusaṅgho moggaliputtatissattherassa bhāraṃ akāsi. Thero āha – 『『mahārāja, dasabalassa sāsane paccayadāyako nāma tayā sadiso dharamānepi tathāgate na koci ahosi, taveva pariccāgo mahā』』ti. Rājā therassa vacanaṃ sutvā uḷārena pītipāmojjena nirantaraṃ phuṭṭhasarīro hutvā cintesi – 『『natthi kira mayā sadiso paccayadāyako, mayhaṃ kira pariccāgo mahā, ahaṃ kira deyyadhammena sāsanaṃ paggaṇhāmi. Kiṃ panāhaṃ evaṃ sati sāsanassa dāyādo homi, na homī』』ti. Tato bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pucchi – 『『bhavāmi nu kho ahaṃ, bhante, sāsanassa dāyādo』』ti?

Tato moggaliputtatissatthero rañño idaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā rājaputtassa mahindassa upanissayasampattiṃ sampassamāno 『『sace ayaṃ kumāro pabbajissati sāsanassa ativiya vuḍḍhi bhavissatī』』ti cintetvā rājānaṃ etadavoca – 『『na kho, mahārāja, ettāvatā sāsanassa dāyādo hoti; apica kho paccayadāyakoti vā upaṭṭhākoti vā saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Yopi hi, mahārāja, pathavito yāva brahmalokaparimāṇaṃ paccayarāsiṃ dadeyya sopi 『sāsane dāyādo』ti saṅkhyaṃ na gacchatī』』ti. 『『Atha kathaṃ carahi, bhante, sāsanassa dāyādo hotī』』ti? 『『Yo hi koci, mahārāja, aḍḍho vā daliddo vā attano orasaṃ puttaṃ pabbājeti – ayaṃ vuccati, mahārāja, dāyādo sāsanassā』』ti.

Evaṃ vutte asoko rājā 『『ahaṃ kira evarūpaṃ pariccāgaṃ katvāpi neva sāsanassa dāyādabhāvaṃ patto』』ti sāsane dāyādabhāvaṃ patthayamāno ito cito ca viloketvā addasa mahindakumāraṃ avidūre ṭhitaṃ. Disvānassa etadahosi – 『『kiñcāpi ahaṃ imaṃ kumāraṃ tissakumārassa pabbajitakālato pabhuti oparajje ṭhapetukāmo, atha kho oparajjatopi pabbajjāva uttamā』』ti. Tato kumāraṃ āha – 『『sakkhasi tvaṃ, tāta, pabbajitu』』nti? Kumāro pakatiyāpi tissakumārassa pabbajitakālato pabhuti pabbajitukāmova rañño vacanaṃ sutvā ativiya pāmojjajāto hutvā āha – 『『pabbajāmi, deva, maṃ pabbājetvā tumhe sāsanadāyādā hothā』』ti.

在那個時刻,聚集了八億比丘和九百六十萬比丘尼。其中有十萬阿羅漢比丘。他們心想:"如果國王能完全看到自己的功德,他會對佛教更加信仰。"於是他們施展了名為"開顯世界"的神通。國王站在阿育王寺,環顧四周,看到了四面環海的整個閻浮提,以及八萬四千座寺院在盛大的寺院慶典中閃耀。他看到這壯觀景象,心中充滿了喜悅,想著:"還有誰曾有過這樣的喜悅嗎?"於是問比丘僧團:"尊者們,在我們世間導師十力佛的教法中,誰做出了最大的佈施?誰的佈施是最大的?"比丘僧團把這個問題交給了目犍連子帝須長老。長老說:"大王,在十力佛的教法中,即使在如來在世時,也沒有人能像你這樣佈施四資具,你的佈施是最大的。"國王聽了長老的話,全身充滿了喜悅,心想:"原來沒有人能像我這樣佈施四資具,我的佈施是最大的,我是用佈施來支援教法。那麼,我是否成爲了教法的繼承人呢?"於是他問比丘僧團:"尊者們,我是否成爲了教法的繼承人?" 目犍連子帝須長老聽到國王這麼說,看到王子摩哂陀具備殊勝的因緣,心想:"如果這位王子出家,對教法將會有極大的增長。"於是對國王說:"大王,僅憑這些還不能成為教法的繼承人;只能被稱為佈施者或護持者。即使有人,大王,從地面到梵天界那麼高的佈施堆,也不能被稱為'教法的繼承人'。""那麼,尊者,如何才能成為教法的繼承人呢?""任何人,大王,無論富有還是貧窮,讓自己的親生兒子出家 - 這個人,大王,才被稱為教法的繼承人。" 聽到這話,阿育王想:"原來我做了如此大的佈施,卻還沒有成為教法的繼承人。"他渴望成為教法的繼承人,於是環顧四周,看到摩哂陀王子站在不遠處。看到他,國王心想:"雖然我本想讓這個王子自從帝須王子出家以來就擔任副王,但比起副王位,出家更加殊勝。"於是對王子說:"孩子,你能出家嗎?"王子本來自從帝須王子出家以來就想出家,聽到國王的話更加歡喜,說:"我要出家,陛下。請讓我出家,這樣您就成為教法的繼承人了。"

Tena ca samayena rājadhītā saṅghamittāpi tasmiṃyeva ṭhāne ṭhitā hoti. Tassā ca sāmiko aggibrahmā nāma kumāro yuvarājena tissakumārena saddhiṃ pabbajito hoti. Rājā taṃ disvā āha – 『『tvampi, amma, pabbajituṃ sakkhasī』』ti? 『『Sādhu, tāta, sakkomī』』ti. Rājā puttānaṃ manaṃ labhitvā pahaṭṭhacitto bhikkhusaṅghaṃ etadavoca – 『『bhante, ime dārake pabbājetvā maṃ sāsane dāyādaṃ karothā』』ti. Saṅgho rañño vacanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā kumāraṃ moggaliputtatissattherena upajjhāyena mahādevattherena ca ācariyena pabbājesi. Majjhantikattherena ācariyena upasampādesi. Tadā kira kumāro paripuṇṇavīsativassova hoti. So tasmiṃyeva upasampadasīmamaṇḍale saha paṭisambhidāhi arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Saṅghamittāyapi rājadhītāya ācariyā āyupālittherī nāma, upajjhāyā pana dhammapālittherī nāma ahosi. Tadā saṅghamittā aṭṭhārasavassā hoti. Taṃ pabbajitamattaṃ tasmiṃyeva sīmamaṇḍale sikkhāya patiṭṭhāpesuṃ. Ubhinnaṃ pabbajitakāle rājā chabbassābhiseko hoti.

Atha mahindatthero upasampannakālato pabhuti attano upajjhāyasseva santike dhammañca vinayañca pariyāpuṇanto dvepi saṅgītiyo ārūḷhaṃ tipiṭakasaṅgahitaṃ sāṭṭhakathaṃ sabbaṃ theravādaṃ tiṇṇaṃ vassānaṃ abbhantare uggahetvā attano upajjhāyassa antevāsikānaṃ sahassamattānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pāmokkho ahosi. Tadā asoko dhammarājā navavassābhiseko hoti. Rañño pana aṭṭhavassābhisekakāleyeva kontaputtatissatthero byādhipaṭikammatthaṃ bhikkhācāravattena āhiṇḍanto pasatamattaṃ sappiṃ alabhitvā byādhibalena parikkhīṇāyusaṅkhāro bhikkhusaṅghaṃ appamādena ovaditvā ākāse pallaṅkena nisīditvā tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā parinibbāyi. Rājā taṃ pavattiṃ sutvā therassa sakkāraṃ katvā 『『mayi nāma rajjaṃ kārente evaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ paccayā dullabhā』』ti nagarassa catūsu dvāresu pokkharaṇiyo kārāpetvā bhesajjassa pūrāpetvā dāpesi.

Tena kira samayena pāṭaliputtassa catūsu dvāresu cattāri satasahassāni, sabhāyaṃ satasahassanti divase divase pañcasatasahassāni rañño uppajjanti. Tato rājā nigrodhattherassa devasikaṃ satasahassaṃ visajjesi. Buddhassa cetiye gandhamālādīhi pūjanatthāya satasahassaṃ . Dhammassa satasahassaṃ, taṃ dhammadharānaṃ bahussutānaṃ catupaccayatthāya upanīyati. Saṅghassa satasahassaṃ, catūsu dvāresu bhesajjatthāya satasahassaṃ. Evaṃ sāsane uḷāro lābhasakkāro nibbatti.

那時,國王的女兒僧伽蜜多也站在同一個地方。她的丈夫名叫阿耆婆羅摩王子,已經和王太子帝須一起出家了。國王看到她,說:"女兒,你也能出家嗎?""很好,父親,我能。"國王得到子女們的同意,高興地對比丘僧團說:"尊者們,請讓這些孩子出家,使我成為教法的繼承人。"僧團接受了國王的請求,讓王子在目犍連子帝須長老作為戒師,摩訶提婆長老作為教授師的情況下出家。由摩哂陀長老作為教授師為他授具足戒。據說,那時王子正好滿二十歲。他在那個授戒戒場上就獲得了具有無礙解的阿羅漢果。對於僧伽蜜多公主,她的教授師是名叫阿由波利的長老尼,戒師是名叫達摩波利的長老尼。那時僧伽蜜多十八歲。她剛出家就在那個戒場上建立了戒行。兩人出家時,國王已登基六年。 此後,摩哂陀長老從受具足戒開始,就在自己戒師身邊學習法和律,在三年內學習了包括兩次結集在內的三藏及其註釋的所有上座部教法,成為自己戒師的一千位弟子中的領袖。那時法王阿育已登基九年。在國王登基八年時,貢德子帝須長老爲了治病而以乞食為生,卻得不到一掌之量的酥油,因病減損壽命,他告誡比丘僧團要精進,然後結跏趺坐于空中,入火界定而般涅槃。國王聽到這個訊息后,向長老表示敬意,說:"在我統治期間,比丘們竟然如此難以獲得資具。"於是在城市的四個門口建造了蓮池,裝滿藥物分發。 據說,那時在華氏城(即巴連弗邑)的四個門口每天各有四十萬(錢),在議事廳有十萬,每天共有五十萬(錢)進入國王的國庫。國王每天撥出十萬給尼俱律陀長老。爲了用香花等供養佛塔撥出十萬。為法撥出十萬,這是給予持法多聞者的四資具。為僧團撥出十萬,為四個門口的藥物撥出十萬。就這樣,在佛教中產生了豐厚的利養和尊敬。

Titthiyā parihīnalābhasakkārā antamaso ghāsacchādanampi alabhantā lābhasakkāraṃ patthayamānā sāsane pabbajitvā sakāni sakāni diṭṭhigatāni 『『ayaṃ dhammo, ayaṃ vinayo』』ti dīpenti. Pabbajjaṃ alabhamānāpi sayameva muṇḍetvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā vihāresu vicarantā uposathampi pavāraṇampi saṅghakammampi gaṇakammampi pavisanti. Bhikkhū tehi saddhiṃ uposathaṃ na karonti. Tadā moggaliputtatissatthero 『『uppannaṃ dāni idaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ, taṃ nacirasseva kakkhaḷaṃ bhavissati. Na kho panetaṃ sakkā imesaṃ majjhe vasantena vūpasametu』』nti mahindattherassa gaṇaṃ nīyyātetvā attanā phāsuvihārena viharitukāmo ahogaṅgapabbataṃ agamāsi. Tepi kho titthiyā bhikkhusaṅghena dhammena vinayena satthusāsanena niggayhamānāpi dhammavinayānulomāya paṭipattiyā asaṇṭhahantā anekarūpaṃ sāsanassa abbudañca malañca kaṇṭakañca samuṭṭhāpesuṃ. Keci aggiṃ paricaranti, keci pañcātapena tāpenti, keci ādiccaṃ anuparivattanti, keci 『『dhammañca vinayañca vobhindissāmā』』ti paggaṇhiṃsu. Tadā bhikkhusaṅgho na tehi saddhiṃ uposathaṃ vā pavāraṇaṃ vā akāsi. Asokārāme sattavassāni uposatho upacchijji. Raññopi etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Rājā ekaṃ amaccaṃ āṇāpesi – 『『vihāraṃ gantvā adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasametvā uposathaṃ kārāpehī』』ti. Amacco rājānaṃ paṭipucchituṃ avisahanto aññe amacce upasaṅkamitvā āha – 『『rājā maṃ 『vihāraṃ gantvā adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasametvā uposathaṃ kārāpehī』ti pahiṇi. Kathaṃ nu kho adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasammatī』』ti? Te āhaṃsu – 『『mayaṃ evaṃ sallakkhema – 『yathā nāma paccantaṃ vūpasamentā core ghātenti, evameva ye uposathaṃ na karonti, te māretukāmo rājā bhavissatī』』』ti. Atha so amacco vihāraṃ gantvā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātetvā āha – 『『ahaṃ raññā 『uposathaṃ kārāpehī』ti pesito. Karotha dāni, bhante, uposatha』』nti. Bhikkhū 『『na mayaṃ titthiyehi saddhiṃ uposathaṃ karomā』』ti āhaṃsu. Atha amacco therāsanato paṭṭhāya asinā sīsāni pātetuṃ āraddho.

Addasā kho tissatthero taṃ amaccaṃ tathā vippaṭipannaṃ. Tissatthero nāma na yo vā so vā, rañño ekamātiko bhātā tissakumāro nāma, taṃ kira rājā pattābhiseko oparajje ṭhapesi. So ekadivasaṃ vanacāraṃ gato addasa mahantaṃ migasaṅghaṃ cittakīḷāya kīḷantaṃ. Disvānassa etadahosi – 『『ime tāva tiṇabhakkhā migā evaṃ kīḷanti, ime pana samaṇā rājakule paṇītāni bhojanāni bhuñjitvā mudukāsu seyyāsu sayamānā kiṃ nāma kīḷitaṃ na kīḷissantī』』ti! So tato āgantvā imaṃ attano vitakkaṃ rañño ārocesi. Rājā 『『aṭṭhāne kukkuccāyitaṃ kumārena! Handa, naṃ evaṃ saññāpessāmī』』ti ekadivasaṃ kenaci kāraṇena kuddho viya hutvā 『『ehi sattadivasena rajjaṃ sampaṭiccha, tato taṃ ghātessāmī』』ti maraṇabhayena tajjetvā tamatthaṃ saññāpesi. So kira kumāro 『『sattame maṃ divase māressatī』』ti na cittarūpaṃ nhāyi, na bhuñji, na supi, ativiya lūkhasarīro ahosi. Tato naṃ rājā pucchi – 『『kissa tvaṃ evarūpo jāto』』ti? 『『Maraṇabhayena, devā』』ti. 『『Are, tvaṃ nāma paricchinnamaraṇaṃ sampassamāno vissattho na kīḷasi? Bhikkhū assāsapassāsanibaddhaṃ maraṇaṃ pekkhamānā kathaṃ kīḷissantī』』ti! Tato pabhuti kumāro sāsane pasīdi.

當時，國王的女兒僧伽蜜多也站在同一個地方。她的丈夫名叫阿耆婆羅摩王子，已經和王太子帝須一起出家了。國王看到她，問道：「女兒，你也能出家嗎？」「很好，父親，我能。」國王得到子女們的同意，心情愉悅地對比丘僧團說：「尊者們，請讓這些孩子出家，使我成為教法的繼承人。」僧團接受了國王的請求，讓王子在目犍連子帝須長老作為戒師，摩訶提婆長老作為教授師的情況下出家。由摩哂陀長老作為教授師為他授具足戒。據說，那時王子正好滿二十歲。他在那個授戒戒場上就獲得了具有無礙解的阿羅漢果。對於僧伽蜜多公主，她的教授師是名叫阿由波利的長老尼，戒師是名叫達摩波利的長老尼。那時僧伽蜜多十八歲。她剛出家就在那個戒場上建立了戒行。兩人出家時，國王已登基六年。 此後，摩哂陀長老從受具足戒開始，就在自己戒師身邊學習法和律，在三年內學習了包括兩次結集在內的三藏及其註釋的所有上座部教法，成為自己戒師的一千位弟子中的領袖。那時法王阿育已登基九年。在國王登基八年時，貢德子帝須長老爲了治病而以乞食為生，卻得不到一掌之量的酥油，因病減損壽命，他告誡比丘僧團要精進，然後結跏趺坐于空中，入火界定而般涅槃。國王聽到這個訊息后，向長老表示敬意，說：「在我統治期間，比丘們竟然如此難以獲得資具。」於是在城市的四個門口建造了蓮池，裝滿藥物分發。 據說，那時在華氏城（即巴連弗邑）的四個門口每天各有四十萬（錢），在議事廳有十萬，每天共有五十萬（錢）進入國王的國庫。國王每天撥出十萬給尼俱律陀長老。爲了用香花等供養佛塔撥出十萬。為法撥出十萬，這是給予持法多聞者的四資具。為僧團撥出十萬，為四個門口的藥物撥出十萬。就這樣，在佛教中產生了豐厚的利養和尊敬。

So puna ekadivasaṃ migavaṃ nikkhamitvā araññe anuvicaramāno addasa yonakamahādhammarakkhitattheraṃ aññatarena hatthināgena sālasākhaṃ gahetvā bījiyamānaṃ nisinnaṃ. Disvā pāmojjajāto cintesi – 『『kadā nu kho ahampi ayaṃ mahāthero viya pabbajeyyaṃ! Siyā nu kho so divaso』』ti. Thero tassāsayaṃ viditvā tassa passantasseva ākāse uppatitvā asokārāme pokkharaṇiyā udakatale ṭhatvā cīvarañca uttarāsaṅgañca ākāse laggetvā nhāyituṃ āraddho.

Kumāro therassānubhāvaṃ disvā ativiya pasanno 『『ajjeva pabbajissāmī』』ti nivattitvā rañño ārocesi – 『『pabbajissāmahaṃ, devā』』ti. Rājā anekappakāraṃ yācitvāpi taṃ nivattetuṃ asakkonto asokārāmagamanīyamaggaṃ alaṅkārāpetvā kumāraṃ chaṇavesaṃ gāhāpetvā alaṅkatāya senāya parivārāpetvā vihāraṃ nesi. 『『Yuvarājā kira pabbajissatī』』ti sutvā bahū bhikkhū pattacīvarāni paṭiyādesuṃ. Kumāro padhānagharaṃ gantvā mahādhammarakkhitattherasseva santike pabbaji saddhiṃ purisasatasahassena. Kumārassa pana anupabbajitānaṃ gaṇanaparicchedo natthi. Kumāro rañño catuvassābhisekakāle pabbajito. Athaññopi rañño bhāgineyyo saṅghamittāya sāmiko aggibrahmā nāma kumāro atthi. Saṅghamittā taṃ paṭicca ekameva puttaṃ vijāyi. Sopi 『『yuvarājā pabbajito』』ti sutvā rājānaṃ upasaṅkamitvā – 『『ahampi, deva, pabbajissāmī』』ti yāci. 『『Pabbaja, tātā』』ti ca raññā anuññāto taṃdivasameva pabbaji.

Evaṃ anupabbajito, uḷāravibhavena khattiyajanena;

Rañño kaniṭṭhabhātā, tissattheroti viññeyyo.

他又在某一天，走出森林，四處遊蕩，看到一位名叫大法護的長老，正坐在一棵大樹下，手中握著一根樹枝，正在播種。看到這一幕，他心中歡喜，思忖道：「我何時也能像這位大長老一樣出家呢？那一天會是何時呢？」長老察覺到他的心思，便在空中飛起，停在阿育王寺的池水上，準備將袈裟和上衣拋向空中，準備沐浴。 王子看到長老的神通，心中非常歡喜，決定「我今天就要出家」，於是返回告訴國王：「我將出家，陛下。」國王多次請求他卻無法勸阻，於是將通往阿育王寺的道路裝飾一新，命人將王子裝扮得華麗，護送他前往寺院。「王子即將出家」的訊息傳開后，許多比丘紛紛捐獻袈裟。王子走向修行的房間，跟隨數以千計的人一起出家。在王子出家的時候，沒有人能計算他未出家的數量。王子在國王登基四年時出家。此外，國王還有一個親戚，名叫阿耆婆羅，是僧伽蜜多的丈夫。僧伽蜜多因此生了一個獨生子。他聽到「王子出家」的訊息后，前去國王面前請求：「我也將出家，陛下。」國王許可后，他那天也出家了。 如此未出家者，因王子的富貴而顯赫； 國王的弟弟，名叫提薩長老，廣為人知。

So taṃ amaccaṃ tathā vippaṭipannaṃ disvā cintesi – 『『na rājā there mārāpetuṃ pahiṇeyya; addhā imassevetaṃ amaccassa duggahitaṃ bhavissatī』』ti gantvā sayaṃ tassa āsanne āsane nisīdi. So theraṃ sañjānitvā satthaṃ nipātetuṃ avisahanto gantvā rañño ārocesi – 『『ahaṃ, deva, uposathaṃ kātuṃ anicchantānaṃ ettakānaṃ nāma bhikkhūnaṃ sīsāni pātesiṃ; atha ayyassa tissattherassa paṭipāṭi sampattā, kinti karomī』』ti? Rājā sutvāva – 『『are! Kiṃ pana, tvaṃ, mayā bhikkhū ghātetuṃ pesito』』ti tāvadeva sarīre uppannadāho hutvā vihāraṃ gantvā there bhikkhū pucchi – 『『ayaṃ, bhante, amacco mayā anāṇattova evaṃ akāsi, kassa nu kho iminā pāpena bhavitabba』』nti? Ekacce therā, 『『ayaṃ tava vacanena akāsi, tuyhetaṃ pāpa』』nti āhaṃsu. Ekacce 『『ubhinnampi vo etaṃ pāpa』』nti āhaṃsu. Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – 『『kiṃ pana te, mahārāja, atthi cittaṃ 『ayaṃ gantvā bhikkhū ghātetū』』』ti? 『『Natthi, bhante, kusalādhippāyo ahaṃ pesesiṃ – 『samaggo bhikkhusaṅgho uposathaṃ karotū』』』ti. 『『Sace tvaṃ kusalādhippāyo, natthi tuyhaṃ pāpaṃ, amaccassevetaṃ pāpa』』nti. Rājā dveḷhakajāto āha – 『『atthi nu kho, bhante, koci bhikkhu mametaṃ dveḷhakaṃ chinditvā sāsanaṃ paggahetuṃ samattho』』ti? 『『Atthi, mahārāja, moggaliputtatissatthero nāma, so te imaṃ dveḷhakaṃ chinditvā sāsanaṃ paggaṇhituṃ samattho』』ti. Rājā tadaheva cattāro dhammakathike ekekabhikkhusahassaparivāre, cattāro ca amacce ekekapurisasahassaparivāre 『『theraṃ gaṇhitvā āgacchathā』』ti pesesi. Te gantvā 『『rājā pakkosatī』』ti āhaṃsu. Thero nāgacchi . Dutiyampi kho rājā aṭṭha dhammakathike, aṭṭha ca amacce sahassasahassaparivāreyeva pesesi – 『『『rājā, bhante, pakkosatī』ti vatvā gaṇhitvāva āgacchathā』』ti. Te tatheva āhaṃsu. Dutiyampi thero nāgacchi. Rājā there pucchi – 『『ahaṃ, bhante, dvikkhattuṃ pahiṇiṃ; kasmā thero nāgacchatī』』ti? 『『『Rājā pakkosatī』ti vuttattā, mahārāja, nāgacchati. Evaṃ pana vutte āgaccheyya 『sāsanaṃ, bhante, osīdati, amhākaṃ sāsanaṃ paggahatthāya sahāyakā hothā』』』ti. Atha rājā tathā vatvā soḷasa dhammakathike, soḷasa ca amacce sahassasahassaparivāre pesesi. Bhikkhū ca paṭipucchi – 『『mahallako nu kho, bhante, thero daharo nu kho』』ti? 『『Mahallako, mahārājā』』ti. 『『Vayhaṃ vā sivikaṃ vā abhiruhissati, bhante』』ti? 『『Nābhiruhissati, mahārājā』』ti. 『『Kuhiṃ, bhante, thero vasatī』』ti? 『『Upari gaṅgāya, mahārājā』』ti. Rājā āha – 『『tena hi, bhaṇe, nāvāsaṅghāṭaṃ bandhitvā tattheva theraṃ nisīdāpetvā dvīsupi tīresu ārakkhaṃ saṃvidhāya theraṃ ānethā』』ti. Bhikkhū ca amaccā ca therassa santikaṃ gantvā rañño sāsanaṃ ārocesuṃ.

看到那位大臣如此失態，他心中思忖：「國王不會派人去殺長老；顯然這位大臣將面臨困難。」於是他前去，自己在他身邊坐下。那位大臣見到長老，無法忍受，便去告訴國王：「陛下，我爲了不想讓這些比丘出家，已將他們的頭顱砍下；那麼，我該如何處理這位尊貴的提薩長老呢？」國王聽后驚呼：「你怎麼能這樣？難道我派你去殺比丘嗎？」他當即感到身體里燃起了一把火，便去寺院詢問長老：「尊者，我的臣子如此行事，究竟是為何？他為什麼會做出這樣的惡行？」一些長老說：「這是因為你的命令，他做了惡事。」另一些長老則說：「你們兩個都有罪。」還有一些說：「國王，難道你心中有想要殺死比丘的念頭嗎？」「沒有，尊者，我是出於善意派他去的——『希望比丘們能齊心協力地進行齋戒』。」 「如果你是出於善意，那麼你就沒有罪，這只是那位大臣的罪。」國王憤怒地說：「難道有比丘能夠砍斷這位大臣的罪行，拯救教法嗎？」「有，國王，有位名叫摩阇伽利的長老，他能夠砍斷這位大臣的罪行，拯救教法。」國王於是派遣四位法師，每位帶著一千名比丘，以及四位大臣，每位帶著一千名隨從，前去召喚長老。那些人去了，告訴長老：「國王在召喚您。」長老沒有前往。國王又派遣八位法師，以及八位大臣，每位帶著成千上萬的隨從，前去召喚長老，告訴他：「國王在召喚您。」他們照樣告訴長老。國王問長老：「我派了兩次，為什麼您不來？」「因為國王在召喚，所以我不去。」國王聽后說：「如果這樣的話，請您來吧，尊者，教法正在衰退，我們的教法需要有助力。」於是國王便派遣十六位法師，以及十六位大臣，每位帶著成千上萬的隨從。比丘們問：「尊者，您年長嗎？」「年長的，國王。」 「您會爬上船嗎，尊者？」「不會，國王。」 「那麼您住在哪裡，尊者？」「在恒河上游，國王。」國王說：「那麼，請您在船上安坐，在那裡安置長老，並在兩岸設定護衛，帶上長老。」比丘和大臣們就前往長老那裡，向國王報告。

Thero sutvā 『『yaṃ kho ahaṃ mūlato paṭṭhāya sāsanaṃ paggaṇhissāmīti pabbajitomhi. Ayaṃ dāni me so kālo anuppatto』』ti cammakhaṇḍaṃ gaṇhitvāva uṭṭhahi. Atha 『『thero sve pāṭaliputtaṃ sampāpuṇissatī』』ti rattibhāge rājā supinaṃ addasa. Evarūpo supino ahosi – 『『sabbaseto hatthināgo āgantvā rājānaṃ sīsato paṭṭhāya parāmasitvā dakkhiṇahatthe aggahesī』』ti. Punadivase rājā supinajjhāyake pucchi – 『『mayā evarūpo supino diṭṭho, kiṃ me bhavissatī』』ti? Eko taṃ, 『『mahārāja, samaṇanāgo dakkhiṇahatthe gaṇhissatī』』ti. Atha rājā tāvadeva 『『thero āgato』』ti sutvā gaṅgātīraṃ gantvā nadiṃ otaritvā abbhuggacchanto jāṇumatte udake theraṃ sampāpuṇitvā therassa nāvāto otarantassa hatthaṃ adāsi. Thero rājānaṃ dakkhiṇahatthe aggahesi. Taṃ disvā asiggāhā 『『therassa sīsaṃ pātessāmā』』ti kosato asiṃ abbāhiṃsu. Kasmā? Etaṃ kira cārittaṃ rājakulesu – 『『yo rājānaṃ hatthe gaṇhati tassa asinā sīsaṃ pātetabba』』nti. Rājā chāyaṃyeva disvā āha – 『『pubbepi ahaṃ bhikkhūsu viraddhakāraṇā assādaṃ na vindāmi, mā kho there virajjhitthā』』ti. Thero pana kasmā rājānaṃ hatthe aggahesīti? Yasmā raññā pañhaṃ pucchanatthāya pakkosāpito tasmā 『『antevāsiko me aya』』nti aggahesi.

長老聽說：「我從根本上出家，是爲了拯救教法。現在我已經到了這個時候。」於是他抓住一塊皮革站起身來。然後，國王在夜間做了一個夢，夢見「長老明天將到巴提利普圖（現代的帕特納）。」夢中的情景是這樣的：「一隻白色的大象來到國王面前，輕輕地用右前爪撫摸國王的頭。」第二天，國王在夢中沉思：「我做了這樣的夢，這將意味著什麼呢？」一個人告訴他：「大王，長老將用右手撫摸您。」於是國王聽到「長老來了」，便立即前往恒河岸邊，進入河中，剛要上岸時，就在膝蓋深的水中遇到了長老，並將長老的手遞給他。長老用右手抓住國王的手。看到這一幕，暗中想要殺死長老的人們便準備用刀刺向長老的頭。為什麼呢？這是因為在王族中流傳著這樣的習俗：「誰抓住國王的手，誰的頭就要被刀砍下。」國王看到影子，便說：「我以前在比丘中因各種原因沒有享受到快樂，長老請不要因此而感到厭惡。」然而，長老為何抓住國王的手呢？因為國王被召來是爲了詢問問題，所以他才抓住國王的手，表示「這是我的侍者。」

Rājā theraṃ attano uyyānaṃ netvā bāhirato tikkhattuṃ parivārāpetvā ārakkhaṃ ṭhapetvā sayameva therassa pāde dhovitvā telena makkhetvā therassa santike nisīditvā 『『paṭibalo nu kho thero mama kaṅkhaṃ chinditvā uppannaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasametvā sāsanaṃ paggaṇhitu』』nti vīmaṃsanatthāya 『『ahaṃ, bhante, ekaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ daṭṭhukāmo』』ti āha. 『『Kataraṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ daṭṭhukāmosi, mahārājā』』ti? 『『Pathavīkampanaṃ, bhante』』ti. 『『Sakalapathavīkampanaṃ daṭṭhukāmosi, mahārāja, padesapathavīkampana』』nti? 『『Kataraṃ panettha, bhante, dukkara』』nti? 『『Kiṃ nu kho, mahārāja, kaṃsapātiyā udakapuṇṇāya sabbaṃ udakaṃ kampetuṃ dukkaraṃ; udāhu upaḍḍha』』nti? 『『Upaḍḍhaṃ, bhante』』ti. 『『Evameva kho, mahārāja, padesapathavīkampanaṃ dukkara』』nti. 『『Tena hi, bhante, padesapathavīkampanaṃ passissāmī』』ti. 『『Tena hi, mahārāja, samantato yojane puratthimāya disāya ekena cakkena sīmaṃ akkamitvā ratho tiṭṭhatu; dakkhiṇāya disāya dvīhi pādehi sīmaṃ akkamitvā asso tiṭṭhatu; pacchimāya disāya ekena pādena sīmaṃ akkamitvā puriso tiṭṭhatu; uttarāya disāya upaḍḍhabhāgena sīmaṃ akkamitvā ekā udakapāti tiṭṭhatū』』ti. Rājā tathā kārāpesi. Thero abhiññāpādakaṃ catutthajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā tato vuṭṭhāya 『『rājā passatū』』ti yojanappamāṇapathavīcalanaṃ adhiṭṭhahi. Puratthimāya disāya rathassa antosīmāya ṭhito pādova cali, itaro na cali. Evaṃ dakkhiṇapacchimadisāsu assapurisānaṃ antosīmāya ṭhitapādāyeva caliṃsu, upaḍḍhupaḍḍhaṃ sarīrañca. Uttaradisāya udakapātiyāpi antosīmāya ṭhitaṃ upaḍḍhabhāgagatameva udakaṃ cali, avasesaṃ niccalamahosīti. Rājā taṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ disvā 『『sakkhati dāni thero sāsanaṃ paggaṇhitu』』nti niṭṭhaṃ gantvā attano kukkuccaṃ pucchi – 『『ahaṃ, bhante, ekaṃ amaccaṃ 『vihāraṃ gantvā adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasametvā uposathaṃ kārāpehī』ti pahiṇiṃ, so vihāraṃ gantvā ettake bhikkhū jīvitā voropesi, etaṃ pāpaṃ kassa hotī』』ti?

『『Kiṃ pana te, mahārāja, atthi cittaṃ 『ayaṃ vihāraṃ gantvā bhikkhū ghātetū』』』ti? 『『Natthi, bhante』』ti. 『『Sace te, mahārāja, natthi evarūpaṃ cittaṃ, natthi tuyhaṃ pāpa』』nti. Atha thero rājānaṃ etamatthaṃ iminā suttena saññāpesi – 『『cetanāhaṃ, bhikkhave, kammaṃ vadāmi. Cetayitvā kammaṃ karoti – kāyena vācāya manasā』』ti (a. ni. 6.63).

Tamevatthaṃ paridīpetuṃ tittirajātakaṃ (jā. 1.

國王將長老帶到自己的園子里，安排好三重護衛，親自為長老洗腳，塗抹油膏，坐在長老的身邊，思考：「長老是否能夠切斷我心中的疑慮，平息所生的紛爭，拯救教法？」於是他說：「尊者，我想看一個神蹟。」長老問：「您想看什麼神蹟，國王？」國王回答：「我想看大地震動，尊者。」長老問：「您想看整個大地震動，還是區域性的大地震動呢？」國王說：「那麼這裡，尊者，哪一種比較困難？」長老問：「國王，難道要讓一個水滿的池塘的水全部震動，這很困難嗎？還是說只讓一部分震動呢？」國王回答：「只讓一部分震動，尊者。」長老說：「正是如此，國王，區域性的大地震動是困難的。」國王說：「那麼，尊者，我想看區域性的大地震動。」長老說：「那麼，國王，請在周圍設定好，向東設定一輛車，向南設定兩匹馬，向西設定一個人，向北設定一半的水。」國王於是照做了。長老進入第四禪定，隨後出來，命令大地震動，按照國王的指示，東邊的車輪震動，南邊的馬匹不動。正如在南北的方向上，馬匹和人都在原地不動，只有一半的水在震動，其他的保持不動。國王看到這個神蹟，心中想：「長老現在能夠拯救教法了。」於是他結束了這次聚會，詢問自己心中的疑慮：「我派了一位大臣去寺院，要求他平息紛爭，但他在寺院中殺了那麼多比丘，這罪過是誰的呢？」 「國王，難道您心中有想要殺死比丘的念頭嗎？」國王回答：「沒有，尊者。」長老說：「如果您沒有這樣的想法，那麼您就沒有罪。」於是長老用這段教義提醒國王：「我說，眾生的意圖就是行為。意圖后，行為就會產生——身體、言語和心靈的行為。」 爲了進一步闡明這個道理，長老引用了《鸛鳥經》（《鳥類故事集》）中的故事。

4.75) āhari – 『『atīte, mahārāja, dīpakatittiro tāpasaṃ pucchi –

『Ñātako no nisinnoti, bahu āgacchatī jano;

Paṭicca kammaṃ phusati, tasmiṃ me saṅkate mano』ti.

Tāpaso āha – 『atthi pana te cittaṃ mama saddena ca rūpadassanena ca āgantvā ete pakkhino bajjhantu vā haññantu vā』ti? 『Natthi, bhante』ti tittiro āha. Tato naṃ tāpaso saññāpesi – 『sace te natthi cittaṃ, natthi pāpaṃ; cetayantameva hi pāpaṃ phusati, nācetayantaṃ.

『Na paṭicca kammaṃ phusati, mano ce nappadussati;

Appossukkassa bhadrassa, na pāpamupalimpatī』』』ti.

Evaṃ thero rājānaṃ saññāpetvā tattheva rājuyyāne satta divasāni vasanto rājānaṃ samayaṃ uggaṇhāpesi. Rājā sattame divase asokārāme bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā sāṇipākāraṃ parikkhipāpetvā sāṇipākārantare nisinno ekaladdhike ekaladdhike bhikkhū ekato ekato kārāpetvā ekamekaṃ bhikkhusamūhaṃ pakkosāpetvā pucchi – 『『kiṃvādī sammāsambuddho』』ti? Tatosassatavādino 『『sassatavādī』』ti āhaṃsu. Ekaccasassatikā…pe… antānantikā… amarāvikkhepikā… adhiccasamuppannikā… saññīvādā… asaññīvādā… nevasaññīnāsaññīvādā … ucchedavādā… diṭṭhadhammanibbānavādā 『『diṭṭhadhammanibbānavādī』』ti āhaṃsu. Rājā paṭhamameva samayassa uggahitattā 『『nayime bhikkhū, aññatitthiyā ime』』ti ñatvā tesaṃ setakāni vatthāni datvā uppabbājesi. Te sabbepi saṭṭhisahassā ahesuṃ.

Athaññe bhikkhū pakkosāpetvā pucchi – 『『kiṃvādī, bhante, sammāsambuddho』』ti? 『『Vibhajjavādī, mahārājā』』ti. Evaṃ vutte rājā theraṃ pucchi – 『『vibhajjavādī, bhante, sammāsambuddho』』ti? 『『Āma, mahārājā』』ti. Tato rājā 『『suddhaṃ dāni, bhante, sāsanaṃ; karotu bhikkhusaṅgho uposatha』』nti ārakkhaṃ datvā nagaraṃ pāvisi.

Samaggo saṅgho sannipatitvā uposathaṃ akāsi. Tasmiṃ sannipāte saṭṭhi bhikkhusatasahassāni ahesuṃ. Tasmiṃ samāgame moggaliputtatissatthero parappavādaṃ maddamāno kathāvatthuppakaraṇaṃ abhāsi. Tato saṭṭhisatasahassasaṅkhyesu bhikkhūsu uccinitvā tipiṭakapariyattidharānaṃ pabhinnapaṭisambhidānaṃ tevijjādibhedānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sahassamekaṃ gahetvā yathā mahākassapatthero ca kākaṇḍakaputto yasatthero ca dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyiṃsu; evameva dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyanto sabbaṃ sāsanamalaṃ visodhetvā tatiyasaṅgītiṃ akāsi. Saṅgītipariyosāne anekappakāraṃ pathavī akampittha. Ayaṃ saṅgīti navahi māsehi niṭṭhitā. Yā loke –

Katā bhikkhusahassena, tasmā sahassikāti ca;

Purimā dve upādāya, tatiyāti ca vuccatīti.

Ayaṃ tatiyasaṅgīti.

Ettāvatā ca 『『kenābhata』』nti etassa pañhassa vissajjanatthaṃ yaṃ avocumha – 『『jambudīpe tāva upālittheramādiṃ katvā ācariyaparamparāya yāva tatiyasaṅgīti tāva ābhataṃ. Tatrāyaṃ ācariyaparamparā –

『『Upāli dāsako ceva, soṇako siggavo tathā;

Tisso moggaliputto ca, pañcete vijitāvino.

『『Paramparāya vinayaṃ, dīpe jambusirivhaye;

Acchijjamānamānesuṃ, tatiyo yāva saṅgaho』』ti.

Tassattho pakāsitova hoti.

於是，長老回答：「過去，國王，曾有一位修行者詢問道： 『親屬不在身邊，眾人紛紛而至； 因果法則顯現，我的心在此思考。』 修行者說：「那麼，您心中是否有想要讓這些鳥兒飛走或受傷的念頭？」「沒有，尊者。」於是，修行者提醒他：「如果您沒有這樣的想法，就沒有罪；真正的罪是出於意圖，而非無意之舉。 『不依因果法則而顯現，若心不污穢； 不貪圖安逸之福，罪惡不會靠近。』 就這樣，長老啓發了國王，讓他在王園中住了七天，教導國王。國王在第七天召集比丘們，聚集在阿索卡園中，準備供養。長老坐在供養的中央，逐個詢問比丘：「您認為，究竟什麼是正覺的教導？」於是，持有永恒論的比丘們回答：「我們認為這是永恒的教導。」一些比丘則說：「這是分開論的教導。」國王聽后，意識到這些比丘與其他教派的教義相似，便將他們的白衣贈予他們，放逐了他們。這些比丘總共六萬。 接著，國王又召集其他比丘，問道：「您認為，究竟什麼是正覺的教導？」「這是分析論的教導，國王。」國王於是問長老：「分析論的教導，尊者，是否是正覺的教導？」「是的，國王。」於是國王說：「那麼，尊者，現在教法已經清晰了；請讓比丘們進行齋戒。」並安排好護衛，進入城中。 比丘們齊聚一堂，進行了齋戒。在這次聚集中，有六十萬比丘。此時，摩羯陀提薩長老開始講述外道的教義，接著從六十萬比丘中選出一千名持有三藏的比丘，傳授給他們深奧的智慧，就像大迦葉長老和卡卡納伽長老一樣，教導他們法和律；同樣，教導法和律的同時，清理了所有的教法污垢，完成了第三次集會。集會結束后，地面震動不已。這次集會在九個月內完成。 這就是與一千名比丘共同完成的集會。 至於「誰是問者」，爲了回答這個問題，我們說：「在賈姆布迪（現代的印度）上，直到第三次集會的教義，都是通過烏帕利長老等的傳承而來。這裡的傳承是： 『烏帕利是奴隸，索納是信徒； 三位摩羯陀提薩，五位勝利者。』 『通過傳承的律法，在賈姆布迪的頂端； 被割斷的心中，直到第三次集會。』 這段話的意義顯而易見。

Tatiyasaṅgahato pana uddhaṃ imaṃ dīpaṃ mahindādīhi ābhataṃ. Mahindato uggahetvā kañci kālaṃ ariṭṭhattherādīhi ābhataṃ. Tato yāvajjatanā tesaṃyeva antevāsikaparamparabhūtāya ācariyaparamparāya ābhatanti veditabbaṃ. Yathāhu porāṇā –

『『Tato mahindo iṭṭiyo, uttiyo sambalo tathā;

Bhaddanāmo ca paṇḍito.

『『Ete nāgā mahāpaññā, jambudīpā idhāgatā;

Vinayaṃ te vācayiṃsu, piṭakaṃ tambapaṇṇiyā.

『『Nikāye pañca vācesuṃ, satta ceva pakaraṇe;

Tato ariṭṭho medhāvī, tissadatto ca paṇḍito.

『『Visārado kāḷasumano, thero ca dīghanāmako;

Dīghasumano ca paṇḍito.

『『Punadeva kāḷasumano, nāgatthero ca buddharakkhito;

Tissatthero ca medhāvī, devatthero ca paṇḍito.

『『Punadeva sumano medhāvī, vinaye ca visārado;

Bahussuto cūḷanāgo, gajova duppadhaṃsiyo.

『『Dhammapālitanāmo ca, rohaṇe sādhupūjito;

Tassa sisso mahāpañño, khemanāmo tipeṭako.

『『Dīpe tārakarājāva, paññāya atirocatha;

Upatisso ca medhāvī, phussadevo mahākathī.

『『Punadeva sumano medhāvī, pupphanāmo bahussuto;

Mahākathī mahāsivo, piṭake sabbattha kovido.

『『Punadeva upāli medhāvī, vinaye ca visārado;

Mahānāgo mahāpañño, saddhammavaṃsakovido.

『『Punadeva abhayo medhāvī, piṭake sabbattha kovido;

Tissatthero ca medhāvī, vinaye ca visārado.

『『Tassa sisso mahāpañño, pupphanāmo bahussuto;

Sāsanaṃ anurakkhanto, jambudīpe patiṭṭhito.

『『Cūḷābhayo ca medhāvī, vinaye ca visārado;

Tissatthero ca medhāvī, saddhammavaṃsakovido.

『『Cūḷadevo ca medhāvī, vinaye ca visārado;

Sivatthero ca medhāvī, vinaye sabbattha kovido.

『『Ete nāgā mahāpaññā, vinayaññū maggakovidā;

Vinayaṃ dīpe pakāsesuṃ, piṭakaṃ tambapaṇṇiyā』』ti.

Tatrāyaṃ anupubbikathā – moggaliputtatissatthero kira imaṃ tatiyadhammasaṅgītiṃ katvā evaṃ cintesi – 『『kattha nu kho anāgate sāsanaṃ suppatiṭṭhitaṃ bhaveyyā』』ti? Athassa upaparikkhato etadahosi – 『『paccantimesu kho janapadesu suppatiṭṭhitaṃ bhavissatī』』ti. So tesaṃ tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bhāraṃ katvā te te bhikkhū tattha tattha pesesi. Majjhantikattheraṃ kasmīragandhāraraṭṭhaṃ pesesi – 『『tvaṃ etaṃ raṭṭhaṃ gantvā ettha sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpehī』』ti. Mahādevattheraṃ tatheva vatvā mahiṃsakamaṇḍalaṃ pesesi. Rakkhitattheraṃ vanavāsiṃ. Yonakadhammarakkhitattheraṃ aparantakaṃ. Mahādhammarakkhitattheraṃ mahāraṭṭhaṃ. Mahārakkhitattheraṃ yonakalokaṃ. Majjhimattheraṃ himavantadesabhāgaṃ. Soṇattherañca uttarattherañca suvaṇṇabhūmiṃ. Attano saddhivihārikaṃ mahindattheraṃ iṭṭiyattherena uttiyattherena sambalattherena bhaddasālattherena ca saddhiṃ tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ pesesi – 『『tumhe tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ gantvā ettha sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpethā』』ti. Sabbepi taṃ taṃ disābhāgaṃ gacchantā attapañcamā agamaṃsu 『『paccantimesu janapadesu pañcavaggo gaṇo alaṃ upasampadakammāyā』』ti maññamānā.

從第三次結集之後，這個島上的教法是由摩哂陀等人帶來的。有一段時間是從摩哂陀那裡學習，由阿利他長老等人傳播。從那時起直到今天，應該知道是通過他們的弟子們的傳承而傳下來的。正如古人所說： "然後是摩哂陀、伊地耶、 烏提耶、參婆羅， 以及聰明的跋陀那摩。 這些大智慧的龍象， 從賈姆布迪帕（印度）來到這裡； 他們教授律法， 銅色島（斯里蘭卡）的三藏。 他們教授五部， 以及七論； 然後是聰明的阿利他， 以及智者提沙達塔。 精通的迦羅須摩那， 長老迪伽那摩卡， 以及智者迪伽須摩那。 再次是迦羅須摩那， 那伽長老和佛護， 智者提沙長老， 以及智者提婆長老。 再次是聰明的須摩那， 精通律法； 多聞的小那伽， 如大象難以降服。 名叫法護的， 在羅哈納受到尊敬； 他的弟子大智慧， 名叫克瑪，通曉三藏。 在島上如星王， 以智慧閃耀； 聰明的優波提沙， 以及善於講說的弗沙提婆。 再次是聰明的須摩那， 多聞的弗沙那摩； 善於講說的大斯瓦， 精通一切藏。 再次是聰明的優波離， 精通律法； 大智慧的摩訶那伽， 精通正法傳承。 再次是聰明的阿跋耶， 精通一切藏； 智者提沙長老， 精通律法。 他的弟子大智慧， 多聞的弗沙那摩； 守護教法， 立足於賈姆布迪帕（印度）。 聰明的小阿跋耶， 精通律法； 智者提沙長老， 精通正法傳承。 聰明的小提婆， 精通律法； 智者斯瓦長老， 精通一切律法。 這些大智慧的龍象， 通曉律法，精通道路； 他們在銅色島（斯里蘭卡）宣揚律法， 傳播三藏。" 這裡是依次的故事 - 據說摩羯陀提薩長老完成第三次法的結集后，如此思考："未來佛法將在哪裡得到很好的建立呢？"經過仔細考慮后，他認為："將在邊遠地區得到很好的建立。"於是他委派各個比丘，派遣他們到不同的地方。他派遣馬哲提卡長老到迦濕彌羅甘陀羅國（現在的克什米爾和坎大哈地區），說："你去那個國家，在那裡建立佛法。"同樣地，他派遣摩訶提婆長老到摩希沙卡曼陀羅。派遣勒叉長老到婆那婆西。派遣優那法護長老到阿波蘭多迦。派遣摩訶法護長老到摩訶勒吒。派遣摩訶勒叉長老到優那國。派遣馬哲摩長老到雪山地區。派遣蘇那長老和郁多羅長老到金地（現在的緬甸）。他派遣自己的弟子摩哂陀長老，連同伊地耶長老、郁多耶長老、參婆羅長老和跋陀沙羅長老一起到銅色島（斯里蘭卡），說："你們去銅色島，在那裡建立佛法。"所有人前往各自的地區時都是五人一組，他們認為"在邊遠地區，五人組足以進行授具足戒的儀式"。

Tena kho pana samayena kasmīragandhāraraṭṭhe sassapākasamaye aravāḷo nāma nāgarājā karakavassaṃ nāma vassāpetvā sassaṃ harāpetvā mahāsamuddaṃ pāpeti. Majjhantikatthero pana pāṭaliputtato vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā himavati aravāḷadahassa upari otaritvā aravāḷadahapiṭṭhiyaṃ caṅkamatipi tiṭṭhatipi nisīdatipi seyyampi kappeti. Nāgamāṇavakā taṃ disvā aravāḷassa nāgarājassa ārocesuṃ – 『『mahārāja, eko chinnabhinnapaṭadharo bhaṇḍu kāsāvavasano amhākaṃ udakaṃ dūsetī』』ti. Nāgarājā tāvadeva kodhābhibhūto nikkhamitvā theraṃ disvā makkhaṃ asahamāno antalikkhe anekāni bhiṃsanakāni nimmini. Tato tato bhusā vātā vāyanti, rukkhā chijjanti, pabbatakūṭāni patanti, meghā gajjanti, vijjulatā niccharanti, asaniyo phalanti, bhinnaṃ viya gaganatalaṃ udakaṃ paggharati. Bhayānakarūpā nāgakumārā sannipatanti. Sayampi dhūmāyati, pajjalati, paharaṇavuṭṭhiyo vissajjeti. 『『Ko ayaṃ muṇḍako chinnabhinnapaṭadharo』』tiādīhi pharusavacanehi theraṃ santajjesi. 『『Etha gaṇhatha hanatha niddhamatha imaṃ samaṇa』』nti nāgabalaṃ āṇāpesi. Thero sabbaṃ taṃ bhiṃsanakaṃ attano iddhibalena paṭibāhitvā nāgarājānaṃ āha –

『『Sadevakopi ce loko, āgantvā tāsayeyya maṃ;

Na me paṭibalo assa, janetuṃ bhayabheravaṃ.

『『Sacepi tvaṃ mahiṃ sabbaṃ, sasamuddaṃ sapabbataṃ;

Ukkhipitvā mahānāga, khipeyyāsi mamūpari.

『『Neva me sakkuṇeyyāsi, janetuṃ bhayabheravaṃ;

Aññadatthu tavevassa, vighāto uragādhipā』』ti.

Evaṃ vutte nāgarājā vihatānubhāvo nipphalavāyāmo dukkhī dummano ahosi. Taṃ thero taṅkhaṇānurūpāya dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā tīsu saraṇesu pañcasu ca sīlesu patiṭṭhāpesi saddhiṃ caturāsītiyā nāgasahassehi. Aññepi bahū himavantavāsino yakkhā ca gandhabbā ca kumbhaṇḍā ca therassa dhammakathaṃ sutvā saraṇesu ca sīlesu ca patiṭṭhahiṃsu. Pañcakopi yakkho saddhiṃ bhariyāya yakkhiniyā pañcahi ca puttasatehi paṭhame phale patiṭṭhito. Athāyasmā majjhantikatthero sabbepi nāgayakkharakkhase āmantetvā evamāha –

『『Mā dāni kodhaṃ janayittha, ito uddhaṃ yathā pure;

Sassaghātañca mā kattha, sukhakāmā hi pāṇino;

Karotha mettaṃ sattesu, vasantu manujā sukha』』nti.

Te sabbepi 『『sādhu bhante』』ti therassa paṭissuṇitvā yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipajjiṃsu. Taṃdivasameva ca nāgarājassa pūjāsamayo hoti. Atha nāgarājā attano ratanamayaṃ pallaṅkaṃ āharāpetvā therassa paññapesi. Nisīdi thero pallaṅke. Nāgarājāpi theraṃ bījayamāno samīpe aṭṭhāsi. Tasmiṃ khaṇe kasmīragandhāraraṭṭhavāsino āgantvā theraṃ disvā 『『amhākaṃ nāgarājatopi thero mahiddhikataro』』ti therameva vanditvā nisinnā. Thero tesaṃ āsīvisopamasuttaṃ kathesi . Suttapariyosāne asītiyā pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi, kulasatasahassaṃ pabbaji. Tato pabhuti ca kasmīragandhārā yāvajjatanā kāsāvapajjotā isivātapaṭivātā eva.

Gantvā kasmīragandhāraṃ, isi majjhantiko tadā;

Duṭṭhaṃ nāgaṃ pasādetvā, mocesi bandhanā bahūti.

Mahādevattheropi mahiṃsakamaṇḍalaṃ gantvā devadūtasuttaṃ kathesi. Suttapariyosāne cattālīsa pāṇasahassāni dhammacakkhuṃ paṭilabhiṃsu, cattālīsaṃyeva pāṇasahassāni pabbajiṃsu.

那時，在喀什米爾甘達哈拉國，名為阿拉瓦羅的龍王在豐收的季節降下雨水，帶走莊稼，衝向大海。中部長老從帕塔利普特拉（現代的巴特那）飛昇到喜馬拉雅山，降落在阿拉瓦羅的頭頂，站立或坐下於阿拉瓦羅的背上，甚至可以隨意改變姿勢。龍王的隨從看到這一幕，向阿拉瓦羅龍王報告：「大王，有一個身穿袈裟、手持破布的修行者正在污染我們的水源。」龍王當即憤怒地出門，看到長老后，無法忍受憤怒，在空中施展了許多可怕的威力。於是，狂風四起，樹木折斷，山崩地裂，雷聲轟鳴，閃電劃破天際，水波翻滾，彷彿天空都要崩潰。可怕的龍子們聚集在一起，煙霧瀰漫，火焰熊熊，攻擊的氣勢如虹。「這個光頭的、手持破布的人是誰？」等用粗暴的話語威脅長老。「來吧，抓住他，殺了他，驅逐這個修行者。」龍王發出命令。長老用自己的神通力抵擋住所有的威脅，告訴龍王： 「即使這個世界的眾生， 也會來到這裡懇求我； 我並不畏懼， 不會讓你們的恐懼降臨。 「如果你將整個大地、 以及海洋和山脈， 抬起並扔在我頭上， 你也無法讓我畏懼。 「你根本無法做到， 讓恐懼降臨於我； 你在其他地方的威力， 無法對付這條龍王。」 聽完這些話，龍王失去了威力，感到無能為力，心中痛苦不已。長老隨即用適當的教義安撫他，激勵他，鼓勵他在三寶和五戒中建立信仰，還有八萬條龍。其他許多住在喜馬拉雅山的夜叉、伽藍和坤波達等也聽到長老的教導，開始在三寶和五戒中建立信仰。五個夜叉與他們的妻子及五百個兒子一起，最初也建立了信仰。於是，中部長老對所有的龍、夜叉和保護者們說： 「現在不要再生氣， 從今往後如同昔日； 不要再傷害眾生， 因為眾生渴望幸福； 對所有眾生施以慈悲， 讓人類安居樂業。」 他們都齊聲稱讚：「好極了，尊者。」並遵循長老的教導。就在當天，龍王舉行了供養儀式。然後，龍王讓人取來他那金色的座椅，供奉給長老。長老坐在座椅上，龍王也在他旁邊站立。在此時，喀什米爾甘達哈拉國的人們來到長老面前，看到長老后，感嘆道：「我們的龍王比這位長老更有威力。」於是，他們向長老致敬並坐下。長老給他們講述了《蛇比喻經》。經文結束時，八萬眾生獲得了法眼，數百個家庭出家為僧。從那時起，喀什米爾甘達哈拉國的袈裟光輝如同燦爛的陽光，照耀著整個地區。 於是，中部長老前往喀什米爾甘達哈拉國， 馴服了那條兇惡的龍， 解除了眾多的束縛。 摩訶提婆長老也前往摩希沙卡曼陀羅，講述了《天神之教》。經文結束時，四十萬眾生獲得了法眼，四十萬眾生出家為僧。

Gantvāna raṭṭhaṃ mahiṃsaṃ, mahādevo mahiddhiko;

Codetvā devadūtehi, mocesi bandhanā bahūti.

Rakkhitatthero pana vanavāsiṃ gantvā ākāse ṭhatvā anamataggapariyāyakathāya vanavāsike pasādesi. Kathāpariyosāne panassa saṭṭhisahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Sattatisahassamattā pabbajiṃsu, pañcavihārasatāni patiṭṭhahiṃsu. Evaṃ so tattha sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpesi.

Gantvāna rakkhitatthero, vanavāsiṃ mahiddhiko;

Antalikkhe ṭhito tattha, desesi anamataggiyanti.

Yonakadhammarakkhitattheropi aparantakaṃ gantvā aggikkhandhopamasuttantakathāya aparantake pasādetvā sattati pāṇasahassāni dhammāmataṃ pāyesi. Khattiyakulato eva purisasahassāni pabbajiṃsu, samadhikāni ca cha itthisahassāni. Evaṃ so tattha sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpesi.

Aparantaṃ vigāhitvā, yonako dhammarakkhito;

Aggikkhandhopamenettha, pasādesi jane bahūti.

Mahādhammarakkhitatthero pana mahāraṭṭhaṃ gantvā mahānāradakassapajātakakathāya mahāraṭṭhake pasādetvā caturāsīti pāṇasahassāni maggaphalesu patiṭṭhāpesi. Terasasahassāni pabbajiṃsu. Evaṃ so tattha sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpesi.

Mahāraṭṭhaṃ isi gantvā, so mahādhammarakkhito;

Jātakaṃ kathayitvāna, pasādesi mahājananti.

Mahārakkhitattheropi yonakaraṭṭhaṃ gantvā kāḷakārāmasuttantakathāya yonakalokaṃ pasādetvā sattatisahassādhikassa pāṇasatasahassassa maggaphalālaṅkāraṃ adāsi. Santike cassa dasasahassāni pabbajiṃsu. Evaṃ sopi tattha sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpesi.

Yonaraṭṭhaṃ tadā gantvā, so mahārakkhito isi;

Kāḷakārāmasuttena te pasādesi yonaketi.

Majjhimatthero pana kassapagottattherena aḷakadevattherena dundubhissarattherena mahādevattherena ca saddhiṃ himavantadesabhāgaṃ gantvā dhammacakkappavattanasuttantakathāya taṃ desaṃ pasādetvā asītipāṇakoṭiyo maggaphalaratanāni paṭilābhesi. Pañcapi ca therā pañca raṭṭhāni pasādesuṃ. Ekamekassa santike satasahassamattā pabbajiṃsu. Evaṃ te tattha sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpesuṃ.

Gantvāna majjhimatthero, himavantaṃ pasādayi;

Yakkhasenaṃ pakāsento, dhammacakkapavattananti.

有大神通的摩訶提婆長老前往摩希沙國， 通過天使的教導，解除了許多人的束縛。 勒叉長老則前往婆那婆西，站在空中，用無始輪迴的教法使婆那婆西的人們生起信心。講法結束時，六萬人證悟了法，約七萬人出家，建立了五百座寺院。就這樣，他在那裡建立了佛法。 有大神通的勒叉長老前往婆那婆西， 站在空中，宣講無始輪迴的教法。 優那法護長老也前往阿波蘭多迦，用火聚譬喻經的教法使阿波蘭多迦的人們生起信心，七萬人飲用了法甘露。僅從剎帝利種姓就有一千人出家，還有六千多名女性出家。就這樣，他在那裡建立了佛法。 優那法護深入阿波蘭多迦， 用火聚譬喻使許多人生起信心。 摩訶法護長老則前往摩訶勒吒，用大那羅陀迦葉本生經的教法使摩訶勒吒的人們生起信心，使八萬四千人建立在道果中。一萬三千人出家。就這樣，他在那裡建立了佛法。 仙人摩訶法護前往摩訶勒吒， 講述本生經，使大眾生起信心。 摩訶勒叉長老也前往優那國，用迦羅迦蘭經的教法使優那世界的人們生起信心，使十七萬人獲得道果莊嚴。在他的周圍，一萬人出家。就這樣，他也在那裡建立了佛法。 那時，仙人摩訶勒叉前往優那國， 用迦羅迦蘭經使優那人生起信心。 馬哲摩長老則與迦葉種長老、阿拉迦提婆長老、頓度比薩羅長老和摩訶提婆長老一起前往雪山地區，用轉法輪經的教法使那個地區的人們生起信心，使八千萬眾生獲得道果寶藏。五位長老使五個國家的人們生起信心。在每位長老的周圍，約有十萬人出家。就這樣，他們在那裡建立了佛法。 馬哲摩長老前往雪山，使人們生起信心， 宣講轉法輪經，向夜叉軍隊顯示。

Soṇattheropi saddhiṃ uttarattherena suvaṇṇabhūmiṃ agamāsi. Tena ca samayena tattha ekā rakkhasī samuddato nikkhamitvā rājakule jāte jāte dārake khādati. Taṃdivasameva ca rājakule eko dārako jāto hoti. Manussā theraṃ disvā 『『rakkhasānaṃ sahāyako eso』』ti maññamānā āvudhāni gahetvā theraṃ paharitukāmā āgacchanti. Thero 『『kiṃ tumhe āvudhahatthā āgacchathā』』ti āha. Te āhaṃsu – 『『rājakule jāte jāte dārake rakkhasā khādanti, tesaṃ tumhe sahāyakā』』ti. Thero 『『na mayaṃ rakkhasānaṃ sahāyakā, samaṇā nāma mayaṃ viratā pāṇātipātā…pe… viratā majjapānā ekabhattikā sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā』』ti āha. Tasmiṃyeva ca khaṇe sā rakkhasī saparivārā samuddato nikkhami 『『rājakule dārako jāto taṃ khādissāmī』』ti. Manussā taṃ disvā 『『esā, bhante, rakkhasī āgacchatī』』ti bhītā viraviṃsu. Thero rakkhasehi diguṇe attabhāve nimminitvā tehi attabhāvehi taṃ rakkhasiṃ saparisaṃ majjhe katvā ubhosu passesu parikkhipi . Tassā saparisāya etadahosi – 『『addhā imehi idaṃ ṭhānaṃ laddhaṃ bhavissati. Mayaṃ pana imesaṃ bhakkhā bhavissāmā』』ti. Sabbe rakkhasā bhītā vegasā palāyiṃsu. Theropi te yāva adassanaṃ tāva palāpetvā dīpassa samantato rakkhaṃ ṭhapesi. Tasmiñca samaye sannipatitaṃ mahājanakāyaṃ brahmajālasuttantakathāya pasādetvā saraṇesu ca sīlesu ca patiṭṭhāpesi. Saṭṭhisahassānaṃ panettha dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Kuladārakānaṃ aḍḍhuḍḍhāni sahassāni pabbajiṃsu, kuladhītānaṃ diyaḍḍhasahassaṃ. Evaṃ so tattha sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpesi. Tato pabhuti rājakule jātadārakānaṃ soṇuttaranāmameva karonti.

Suvaṇṇabhūmiṃ gantvāna, soṇuttarā mahiddhikā;

Pisāce niddhametvāna, brahmajālaṃ adesisunti.

Mahindatthero pana 『『tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ gantvā sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpehī』』ti upajjhāyena ca bhikkhusaṅghena ca ajjhiṭṭho cintesi – 『『kālo nu kho me tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ gantuṃ no』』ti. Athassa vīmaṃsato 『『na tāva kālo』』ti ahosi. Kiṃ panassa disvā etadahosi? Muṭasivarañño mahallakabhāvaṃ. Tato cintesi – 『『ayaṃ rājā mahallako, na sakkā imaṃ gaṇhitvā sāsanaṃ paggahetuṃ. Idāni panassa putto devānaṃpiyatisso rajjaṃ kāressati. Taṃ gaṇhitvā sakkā bhavissati sāsanaṃ paggahetuṃ. Handa yāva so samayo āgacchati, tāva ñātake olokema. Puna dāni mayaṃ imaṃ janapadaṃ āgaccheyyāma vā na vā』』ti. So evaṃ cintetvā upajjhāyañca bhikkhusaṅghañca vanditvā asokārāmato nikkhamma tehi iṭṭiyādīhi catūhi therehi saṅghamittāya puttena sumanasāmaṇerena bhaṇḍukena ca upāsakena saddhiṃ rājagahanagaraparivattakena dakkhiṇāgirijanapade cārikaṃ caramāno ñātake olokento cha māse atikkāmesi. Athānupubbena mātu nivesanaṭṭhānaṃ vedisanagaraṃ nāma sampatto. Asoko kira kumārakāle janapadaṃ labhitvā ujjeniṃ gacchanto vedisanagaraṃ patvā vedisaseṭṭhissa dhītaraṃ aggahesi. Sā taṃdivasameva gabbhaṃ gaṇhitvā ujjeniyaṃ mahindakumāraṃ vijāyi. Kumārassa cuddasavassakāle rājā abhisekaṃ pāpuṇi. Sā tassa mātā tena samayena ñātighare vasati. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『athānupubbena mātu nivesanaṭṭhānaṃ veṭisanagaraṃ nāma sampatto』』ti.

索那長老與北方長老一起前往金地（現代的斯里蘭卡）。那時，在那裡有一位羅剎女從海中出現，吞食王族所生的嬰兒。就在同一天，王族中出生了一個男嬰。人們看到長老，認為：「這是羅剎的同伴」，於是拿起武器想要攻擊長老。長老問：「你們為何拿著武器來？」他們回答：「在王族中，羅剎吞食出生的嬰兒，你們是他們的同伴。」長老說：「我們不是羅剎的同伴，我們是修行人，禁戒殺生……等……禁戒飲酒，持一餐，守戒行善。」就在這時，那位羅剎女帶著隨從從海中出來，想要吞食王族中出生的嬰兒。人們看到她，驚恐地喊道：「尊者，那位羅剎女來了。」長老用自己的神通力將她和她的隨從包圍，在她的周圍形成了一個空間。她的隨從心中想：「這地方必定被我們佔有。我們也要成為他們的食物。」所有的羅剎因恐懼而迅速逃跑。長老則將他們驅逐，直到他們消失為止，然後在周圍設立了光明的保護。與此同時，他通過《梵網經》的教法，安撫聚集的大眾，並在三寶和五戒中建立信仰。六萬人證悟了法，數千個家庭出家，數千個家庭的女兒也出家。就這樣，他在那裡建立了佛法。從此以後，王族中出生的男嬰都被稱為索那。 索那長老前往金地， 驅逐羅剎，宣講《梵網》。 摩訶提婆長老想：「去銅色島建立佛法吧。」於是他在思考：「我去銅色島的時間是否到了？」經過思考，他認為：「還沒有到時候。」那麼他看到了什麼呢？看到穆特西瓦王年老的樣子。於是他思考：「這位國王年邁，無法帶著他去獲取佛法。現在他的兒子德瓦那皮雅提索將會執掌王位。若能帶著他，佛法就能得到傳播。等他到來時，我們再看看是否能回到這個地方。」他這樣想后，向上師和僧團致敬，從阿索卡園出發，帶著四位長老和他的兒子善心小沙彌、以及一個名叫巴漢達的居士，前往南方的城市，探望親屬，經過六個月的時間。隨後，他逐漸到達母親的居住地，名為維迪薩城。阿索卡在年輕時獲得了這個地方，前往烏杰尼，經過維迪薩城時，他迎娶了維迪薩城最傑出的商人的女兒。她在那天懷孕，生下了烏杰尼的摩亨達王子。在王子十四歲時，國王為他舉行了加冕儀式。那時，她的母親正住在親屬家中。因此說：「隨後逐漸到達母親的居住地，名為維迪薩城。」

Sampattañca pana theraṃ disvā theramātā devī pādesu sirasā vanditvā bhikkhaṃ datvā theraṃ attanā kataṃ vedisagirimahāvihāraṃ nāma āropesi. Thero tasmiṃ vihāre nisinno cintesi – 『『amhākaṃ idha kattabbakiccaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ, samayo nu kho idāni laṅkādīpaṃ gantu』』nti. Tato cintesi – 『『anubhavatu tāva me pitarā pesitaṃ abhisekaṃ devānaṃpiyatisso, ratanattayaguṇañca suṇātu, chaṇatthañca nagarato nikkhamitvā missakapabbataṃ abhiruhatu, tadā taṃ tattha dakkhissāmā』』ti. Athāparaṃ ekamāsaṃ tattheva vāsaṃ kappesi. Māsātikkamena ca jeṭṭhamūlamāsapuṇṇamāyaṃ uposathadivase sannipatitā sabbepi – 『『kālo nu kho amhākaṃ tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ gamanāya, udāhu no』』ti mantayiṃsu. Tenāhu porāṇā –

『『Mahindo nāma nāmena, saṅghatthero tadā ahu;

Iṭṭiyo uttiyo thero, bhaddasālo ca sambalo.

『『Sāmaṇero ca sumano, chaḷabhiñño mahiddhiko;

Bhaṇḍuko sattamo tesaṃ, diṭṭhasacco upāsako;

Iti hete mahānāgā, mantayiṃsu rahogatā』』ti.

Tadā sakko devānamindo mahindattheraṃ upasaṅkamitvā etadavoca – 『『kālaṅkato, bhante, muṭasivarājā; idāni devānaṃpiyatissamahārājā rajjaṃ kāreti. Sammāsambuddhena ca tumhe byākatā – 『anāgate mahindo nāma bhikkhu tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ pasādessatī』ti. Tasmātiha vo, bhante, kālo dīpavaraṃ gamanāya; ahampi vo sahāyo bhavissāmī』』ti. Kasmā pana sakko evamāha? Bhagavā kirassa bodhimūleyeva buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ voloketvā anāgate imassa dīpassa sampattiṃ disvā etamatthaṃ ārocesi – 『『tadā tvampi sahāyo bhaveyyāsī』』ti ca āṇāpesi. Tasmā evamāha. Thero tassa vacanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā attasattamo veṭisakapabbatā vehāsaṃ uppatitvā anurādhapurassa puratthimadisāya missakapabbate patiṭṭhahi. Yaṃ panetarahi 『『cetiyapabbato』』tipi sañjānanti. Tenāhu porāṇā –

『『Veṭisagirimhi rājagahe, vasitvā tiṃsarattiyo;

Kālova gamanassāti, gacchāma dīpamuttamaṃ.

『『Paḷīnā jambudīpā te, haṃsarājāva ambare;

Evamuppatitā therā, nipatiṃsu naguttame.

『『Purato puraseṭṭhassa, pabbate meghasannibhe;

Patiṃsu sīlakūṭamhi, haṃsāva nagamuddhanī』』ti.

當長老到達時，長老的母親天女見到他，便以頭頂禮他的雙足，供養食物，並將他迎請到自己建造的維迪薩山大寺院。長老坐在那座寺院裡思考："我們在這裡要做的事情已經完成了，現在是否是去蘭卡島的時候了呢？"接著他又想："讓德瓦南皮亞提索先接受我父親派人送來的加冕儀式吧，讓他聽聽三寶的功德，然後爲了慶祝從城裡出來登上米薩卡山，那時我們就在那裡見到他。"於是他又在那裡住了一個月。一個月過去後，在六月滿月的布薩日，所有人聚集在一起商議："現在是我們去銅色島的時候了嗎，還是不是？"因此古人說： "那時有一位名叫摩訶提的僧團長老， 還有伊提耶、烏提耶長老、巴達薩拉和桑巴羅。 還有一位名叫蘇摩那的小沙彌，具有六神通和大神力， 第七位是巴恩杜卡，一位已見真理的優婆塞； 這些大龍象們私下商議。" 那時，天帝釋來到摩訶提長老面前說道："尊者，穆塔西瓦王已經去世；現在德瓦南皮亞提索大王正在執掌王權。正等正覺者曾經預言你們：'未來，一位名叫摩訶提的比丘將使銅色島生起信心。'因此，尊者們，現在是前往那美好島嶼的時候了；我也將成為你們的助手。"為什麼帝釋天這樣說呢？據說，世尊在菩提樹下用佛眼觀察世界，看到這個島嶼未來的繁榮，便告訴了他這件事，並命令說："那時你也要成為他們的助手。"所以他這樣說。長老接受了他的建議，帶著七人從維迪薩山飛上天空，降落在阿努拉達普拉城東方的米薩卡山上。現在人們也稱之為支提耶山。因此古人說： "在維迪薩山的王舍城住了三十夜， 現在是出發的時候了，讓我們去那最好的島嶼。 他們從閻浮提飛離，如天空中的鵝王， 這樣飛起的長老們，降落在最高的山上。 在那城市之前，在如雲般的山上， 他們降落在戒德山頂，如鵝落在山巔。"

Evaṃ iṭṭiyādīhi saddhiṃ āgantvā patiṭṭhahanto ca āyasmā mahindatthero sammāsambuddhassa parinibbānato dvinnaṃ vassasatānaṃ upari chattiṃsatime vasse imasmiṃ dīpe patiṭṭhahīti veditabbo. Ajātasattussa hi aṭṭhame vasse sammāsambuddho parinibbāyi. Tasmiṃyeva vasse sīhakumārassa putto tambapaṇṇidīpassa ādirājā vijayakumāro imaṃ dīpamāgantvā manussāvāsaṃ akāsi. Jambudīpe udayabhaddassa cuddasame vasse idha vijayo kālamakāsi. Udayabhaddassa pañcadasame vasse paṇḍuvāsudevo nāma imasmiṃ dīpe rajjaṃ pāpuṇi. Tattha nāgadāsakarañño vīsatime vasse idha paṇḍuvāsudevo kālamakāsi. Tasmiṃyeva ca vasse abhayo nāma rājakumāro imasmiṃ dīpe rajjaṃ pāpuṇi. Tattha susunāgarañño sattarasame vasse idha abhayarañño vīsativassāni paripūriṃsu. Atha abhayassa vīsatime vasse paṇḍukābhayo nāma dāmariko rajjaṃ aggahesi. Tattha kāḷāsokassa soḷasame vasse idha paṇḍukassa sattarasavassāni paripūriṃsu. Tāni heṭṭhā ekena vassena saha aṭṭhārasa honti. Tattha candaguttassa cuddasame vasse idha paṇḍukābhayo kālamakāsi. Muṭasivarājā rajjaṃ pāpuṇi. Tattha asokadhammarājassa sattarasame vasse idha muṭasivarājā kālamakāsi. Devānampiyatisso rajjaṃ pāpuṇi. Parinibbute ca sammāsambuddhe ajātasattu catuvīsati vassāni rajjaṃ kāresi. Udayabhaddo soḷasa, anuruddho ca muṇḍo ca aṭṭha, nāgadāsako catuvīsati, susunāgo aṭṭhārasa, tasseva putto kāḷāsoko aṭṭhavīsati, tato tassa puttakā dasa bhātukarājāno dvevīsati vassāni rajjaṃ kāresuṃ. Tesaṃ pacchato nava nandā dvevīsatimeva, candagutto catuvīsati, bindusāro aṭṭhavīsati . Tassāvasāne asoko rajjaṃ pāpuṇi. Tassa pure abhisekā cattāri abhisekato aṭṭhārasame vasse imasmiṃ dīpe mahindatthero patiṭṭhito. Evametena rājavaṃsānusārena veditabbametaṃ – 『『sammāsambuddhassa parinibbānato dvinnaṃ vassasatānaṃ upari chattiṃsatime vasse imasmiṃ dīpe patiṭṭhahī』』ti.

Tasmiñca divase tambapaṇṇidīpe jeṭṭhamūlanakkhattaṃ nāma hoti. Rājā nakkhattaṃ ghosāpetvā 『『chaṇaṃ karothā』』ti amacce ca āṇāpetvā cattālīsapurisasahassaparivāro nagaramhā nikkhamitvā yena missakapabbato tena pāyāsi migavaṃ kīḷitukāmo. Atha tasmiṃ pabbate adhivatthā ekā devatā 『『rañño there dassessāmī』』ti rohitamigarūpaṃ gahetvā avidūre tiṇapaṇṇāni khādamānā viya carati. Rājā taṃ disvā 『『ayuttaṃ dāni pamattaṃ vijjhitu』』nti jiyaṃ phoṭesi. Migo ambatthalamaggaṃ gahetvā palāyituṃ ārabhi. Rājā piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhanto ambatthalameva abhiruhi. Migopi therānaṃ avidūre antaradhāyi. Mahindatthero rājānaṃ avidūre āgacchantaṃ disvā 『『mamaṃyeva rājā passatu, mā itare』』ti adhiṭṭhahitvā 『『tissa, tissa, ito ehī』』ti āha. Rājā sutvā cintesi – 『『imasmiṃ dīpe jāto maṃ 『tissā』ti nāmaṃ gahetvā ālapituṃ samattho nāma natthi. Ayaṃ pana chinnabhinnapaṭadharo bhaṇḍu kāsāvavasano maṃ nāmena ālapati, ko nu kho ayaṃ bhavissati manusso vā amanusso vā』』ti? Thero āha –

『『Samaṇā mayaṃ mahārāja, dhammarājassa sāvakā;

Taveva anukampāya, jambudīpā idhāgatā』』ti.

如此，長老們與其他人一起到達，長老摩訶提在正覺者涅槃后已在這個島上建立了三十六年。因為在阿阇多薩的第八年，正覺者涅槃。就在那一年，獅子王的兒子銅色島的開國君主維賈亞來到這個島，建立了人類的居住地。在閻浮提的烏達雅巴達的第十四年，維賈亞在此去世。在烏達雅巴達的第十五年，名為帕杜瓦蘇德的國王在這個島上登基。在那裡，名為那伽達薩卡的國王在第20年去世。在同一年，名為阿巴耶的王子在這個島上登基。在那裡，名為蘇蘇那的國王在第17年去世。在阿巴耶的第20年，名為帕杜卡阿巴耶的國王登基。在那裡，名為卡拉阿索卡的國王在第16年去世，而帕杜卡在第17年去世。以上這些加起來有18年。然後，在名為月光的國王的第14年，帕杜卡去世。穆塔西瓦國王登基。在那裡，阿索卡國王在第17年去世。德瓦南皮亞提索登基。在正覺者涅槃后，阿阇多薩在第24年執掌王權。烏達雅巴達在第16年，阿努律多和穆多在第8年，納迦達薩卡在第24年，蘇蘇那在第18年，阿巴耶的兒子卡拉阿索卡在第28年，之後他的十個兄弟在第22年執政。之後，納達的兩個女兒在第22年，月光在第24年，賓圖薩羅在第28年。在那之後，阿索卡國王登基。在他之前，經過四次加冕，經過18年，摩訶提長老已在這個島上建立。 在那一天，銅色島上有名為長者的星宿。國王召喚星宿，命令說：「請進行占卜。」並命令大臣們一起，帶著四萬三千士兵離開城市，前往米薩卡山去獵取野獸。就在那座山上，有一位神靈，想要向國王顯現，她化身為紅色的野豬，似乎在吃草。國王看到后，心想：「現在不應該再追逐它了。」於是，野豬抓住機會逃跑。國王在後面追趕，試圖攀登到紅色的野豬身上。野豬也在長老們附近消失了。摩訶提長老看到國王正在接近，便心想：「讓我讓國王看到我，不要讓其他人看到。」於是他堅定地說：「過來，過來，過來這裡。」國王聽后思考：「在這個島上，沒人能稱我為『過來』。這個人穿著破舊的袈裟，究竟是什麼人，是人還是非人？」長老回答： 「我們是修行人，尊貴的國王， 是法王的弟子； 爲了您的慈悲，

Tena ca samayena devānampiyatissamahārājā ca asokadhammarājā ca adiṭṭhasahāyakā honti. Devānampiyatissamahārājassa ca puññānubhāvena chātapabbatapāde ekamhi veḷugumbe tisso veḷuyaṭṭhiyo rathayaṭṭhippamāṇā uppajjiṃsu – ekā latāyaṭṭhi nāma, ekā pupphayaṭṭhi nāma, ekā sakuṇayaṭṭhi nāma. Tāsu latāyaṭṭhi rajatavaṇṇā hoti, taṃ alaṅkaritvā uppannalatā kañcanavaṇṇā khāyati. Pupphayaṭṭhiyaṃ pana nīlapītalohitodātakāḷavaṇṇāni pupphāni suvibhattavaṇṭapattakiñjakkhāni hutvā khāyanti. Sakuṇayaṭṭhiyaṃ haṃsakukkuṭajīvajīvakādayo sakuṇā nānappakārāni ca catuppadāni sajīvāni viya khāyanti. Vuttampi cetaṃ dīpavaṃse –

『『Chātapabbatapādamhi , veḷuyaṭṭhī tayo ahu;

Setā rajatayaṭṭhīva, latā kañcanasannibhā.

『『Nīlādi yādisaṃ pupphaṃ, pupphayaṭṭhimhi tādisaṃ;

Sakuṇā sakuṇayaṭṭhimhi, sarūpeneva saṇṭhitā』』ti.

Samuddatopissa muttāmaṇiveḷuriyādi anekavihitaṃ ratanaṃ uppajji. Tambapaṇṇiyaṃ pana aṭṭha muttā uppajjiṃsu – hayamuttā, gajamuttā, rathamuttā, āmalakamuttā, valayamuttā, aṅguliveṭhakamuttā, kakudhaphalamuttā, pākatikamuttāti. So tā ca yaṭṭhiyo tā ca muttā aññañca bahuṃ ratanaṃ asokassa dhammarañño paṇṇākāratthāya pesesi. Asoko pasīditvā tassa pañca rājakakudhabhaṇḍāni pahiṇi – chattaṃ, cāmaraṃ, khaggaṃ, moḷiṃ, ratanapādukaṃ, aññañca abhisekatthāya bahuvidhaṃ paṇṇākāraṃ; seyyathidaṃ – saṅkhaṃ, gaṅgodakaṃ, vaḍḍhamānaṃ, vaṭaṃsakaṃ, bhiṅgāraṃ, nandiyāvaṭṭaṃ, sivikaṃ, kaññaṃ, kaṭacchuṃ, adhovimaṃ dussayugaṃ, hatthapuñchanaṃ, haricandanaṃ, aruṇavaṇṇamattikaṃ, añjanaṃ, harītakaṃ, āmalakanti. Vuttampi cetaṃ dīpavaṃse –

『『Vālabījanimuṇhīsaṃ, chattaṃ khaggañca pādukaṃ;

Veṭhanaṃ sārapāmaṅgaṃ, bhiṅgāraṃ nandivaṭṭakaṃ.

『『Sivikaṃ saṅkhaṃ vaṭaṃsañca, adhovimaṃ vatthakoṭikaṃ;

Sovaṇṇapātiṃ kaṭacchuṃ, mahagghaṃ hatthapuñchanaṃ.

『『Anotattodakaṃ kaññaṃ, uttamaṃ haricandanaṃ;

Aruṇavaṇṇamattikaṃ , añjanaṃ nāgamāhaṭaṃ.

『『Harītakaṃ āmalakaṃ, mahagghaṃ amatosadhaṃ;

Saṭṭhivāhasataṃ sāliṃ, sugandhaṃ suvakāhaṭaṃ;

Puññakammābhinibbattaṃ, pāhesi asokavhayo』』ti.

Na kevalañcetaṃ āmisapaṇṇākāraṃ, imaṃ kira dhammapaṇṇākārampi pesesi –

『『Ahaṃ buddhañca dhammañca, saṅghañca saraṇaṃ gato;

Upāsakattaṃ desesiṃ, sakyaputtassa sāsane.

『『Imesu tīsu vatthūsu, uttame jinasāsane;

Tvampi cittaṃ pasādehi, saddhā saraṇamupehī』』ti.

Svāyaṃ rājā taṃ divasaṃ asokaraññā pesitena abhisekena ekamāsābhisitto hoti.

Visākhapuṇṇamāyaṃ hissa abhisekamakaṃsu. So acirassutaṃ – taṃ sāsanappavattiṃ anussaramāno taṃ therassa 『『samaṇā mayaṃ mahārāja dhammarājassa sāvakā』』ti vacanaṃ sutvā 『『ayyā nu kho āgatā』』ti tāvadeva āvudhaṃ nikkhipitvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ kathayamāno. Yathāha –

『『Āvudhaṃ nikkhipitvāna, ekamantaṃ upāvisi;

Nisajja rājā sammodi, bahuṃ atthūpasañhita』』nti.

那時，德瓦南皮亞提薩大王和阿育法王是未曾謀面的朋友。由於德瓦南皮亞提薩大王的福德力量，在飢餓山腳下的一叢竹子中長出了三根竹竿，大小如同車軸 - 一根名為藤條竿，一根名為花竿，一根名為鳥竿。其中藤條竿呈銀色，裝飾它的藤蔓呈金色。花竿上長著藍、黃、紅、白、黑等顏色的花朵，莖、葉和花蕊都分佈得很好。鳥竿上有天鵝、公雞、長壽鳥等鳥類，以及各種四足動物，看起來像是活的一樣。《島史》中也說： "在飢餓山腳下，有三根竹竿； 銀色如銀竿，藤蔓似黃金。 藍等各色花，開放在花竿； 鳥竿上的鳥，形態如真實。" 從大海中也涌現出珍珠、寶石、琉璃等各種寶物。在銅色島上則出現了八種珍珠 - 馬珠、象珠、車珠、余甘子珠、手鐲珠、指環珠、無憂果珠和普通珠。他將這些竹竿、珍珠和其他許多寶物作為禮物送給阿育法王。阿育王非常高興，送給他五種王室寶物 - 傘蓋、拂塵、寶劍、王冠、寶石鞋，以及其他許多用於加冕的禮物，如：海螺、恒河水、吉祥物、耳環、水瓶、吉祥環、轎子、少女、湯匙、下衣、一對布料、手巾、旃檀香、紅色泥土、眼藥、訶子、余甘子等。《島史》中也說： "拂塵和頭飾，傘蓋劍和鞋； 頭巾和耳環，水瓶吉祥環。 轎子螺耳飾，下衣和布料； 黃金碗和匙，珍貴的手巾。 阿諾達達湖水，少女上等檀； 紅色泥和藥，龍象所帶來。 訶子余甘子，珍貴的甘露； 六十車香米，鸚鵡所帶來； 由善業所生，阿育王所贈。" 不僅如此，他還送來了這樣的法的禮物： "我已皈依佛法僧， 宣說優婆塞之道， 在釋迦子的教法中。 在這三寶中， 在無上的勝者教法中， 你也應生起凈信， 以信心皈依。" 這位國王在那天已經接受了阿育王送來的加冕儀式一個月。 他們在毗舍佉月圓之日為他舉行了加冕儀式。他剛剛聽到這個佛法傳播的訊息，回憶起長老說的"大王啊，我們是法王的弟子"這句話，心想"聖者們來了嗎？"立即放下武器，坐在一旁，開始友好地交談。正如所說： "放下武器后，坐在一旁； 國王坐下後，談論許多有益之事。"

Sammodanīyakathañca kurumāneyeva tasmiṃ tānipi cattālīsapurisasahassāni āgantvā samparivāresuṃ. Tadā thero itarepi cha jane dassesi. Rājā disvā 『『ime kadā āgatā』』ti āha . 『『Mayā saddhiṃyeva, mahārājā』』ti. 『『Idāni pana jambudīpe aññepi evarūpā samaṇā santī』』ti? 『『Santi, mahārāja; etarahi jambudīpo kāsāvapajjoto isivātapaṭivāto. Tasmiṃ –

『『Tevijjā iddhipattā ca, cetopariyāyakovidā;

Khīṇāsavā arahanto, bahū buddhassa sāvakāti.

『『Bhante, kena āgatatthā』』ti? 『『Neva, mahārāja, udakena na thalenā』』ti. 『『Rājā ākāsena āgatā』』ti aññāsi. Thero 『『atthi nu kho rañño paññāveyattiya』』nti vīmaṃsanatthāya āsannaṃ ambarukkhaṃ ārabbha pañhaṃ pucchi – 『『kiṃ nāmo ayaṃ, mahārāja, rukkho』』ti? 『『Ambarukkho nāma, bhante』』ti. 『『Imaṃ pana, mahārāja, ambaṃ muñcitvā añño ambo atthi, natthī』』ti? 『『Atthi, bhante, aññepi bahū ambarukkhā』』ti. 『『Imañca ambaṃ te ca ambe muñcitvā atthi nu kho, mahārāja, aññe rukkhā』』ti? 『『Atthi, bhante, te pana na ambarukkhā』』ti. 『『Aññe ambe ca anambe ca muñcitvā atthi pana añño rukkho』』ti? 『『Ayameva, bhante, ambarukkho』』ti. 『『Sādhu, mahārāja, paṇḍitosi. Atthi pana te, mahārāja, ñātakā』』ti? 『『Atthi, bhante, bahū janā』』ti. 『『Te muñcitvā aññe keci aññātakāpi atthi, mahārājā』』ti? 『『Aññātakā, bhante, ñātakehi bahutarā』』ti. 『『Tava ñātake ca aññātake ca muñcitvā atthañño koci, mahārājā』』ti ? 『『Ahameva, aññātako』』ti. Atha thero 『『paṇḍito rājā sakkhissati dhammaṃ aññātu』』nti cūḷahatthipadopamasuttaṃ kathesi. Kathāpariyosāne rājā tīsu saraṇesu patiṭṭhahi saddhiṃ cattālīsāya pāṇasahassehi.

Taṃ khaṇaññeva ca rañño bhattaṃ āhariyittha . Rājā ca suttantaṃ suṇanto eva aññāsi – 『『na imesaṃ imasmiṃ kāle bhojanaṃ kappatī』』ti. 『『Apucchitvā pana bhuñjituṃ ayutta』』nti cintetvā 『『bhuñjissatha, bhante』』ti pucchi. 『『Na, mahārāja, amhākaṃ imasmiṃ kāle bhojanaṃ kappatī』』ti. 『『Kasmiṃ kāle, bhante, kappatī』』ti? 『『Aruṇuggamanato paṭṭhāya yāva majjhanhikasamayā, mahārājā』』ti. 『『Gacchāma, bhante, nagara』』nti? 『『Alaṃ, mahārāja, idheva vasissāmā』』ti. 『『Sace, bhante, tumhe vasatha, ayaṃ dārako āgacchatū』』ti. 『『Mahārāja, ayaṃ dārako āgataphalo viññātasāsano pabbajjāpekkho idāni pabbajissatī』』ti. Rājā 『『tena hi, bhante, sve rathaṃ pesessāmi; taṃ abhiruhitvā āgaccheyyāthā』』ti vatvā vanditvā pakkāmi.

正在進行友好交談時，那四萬人也來到周圍。這時，長老也讓其他六人現身。國王看到后問道："他們是什麼時候來的？""和我一起來的，大王。""現在閻浮提還有其他這樣的修行者嗎？""有的，大王；現在閻浮提到處都是袈裟的光芒，充滿了修行者的氣息。在那裡 - 具三明、神通， 善於他心通； 漏盡阿羅漢， 佛陀眾弟子。" "尊者，你們是怎麼來的？""大王，既不是通過水路，也不是通過陸路。"國王明白他們是從空中來的。長老爲了測試國王的智慧，就以附近的芒果樹為例問道："大王，這棵樹叫什麼名字？""尊者，這叫芒果樹。""大王，除了這棵芒果樹，還有其他芒果樹嗎？""有的，尊者，還有很多其他芒果樹。""大王，除了這棵芒果樹和其他芒果樹，還有其他樹嗎？""有的，尊者，但那些不是芒果樹。""除了芒果樹和非芒果樹，還有其他樹嗎？""尊者，就是這棵芒果樹。""很好，大王，你很聰明。大王，你有親戚嗎？""有的，尊者，很多人。""除了他們，還有其他非親戚嗎，大王？""尊者，非親戚比親戚多得多。""大王，除了你的親戚和非親戚，還有其他人嗎？""就是我自己，非親戚。"長老想："這位國王很聰明，能夠理解佛法。"於是開始講述《小象跡喻經》。講經結束時，國王和四萬人都皈依了三寶。 就在這時，有人給國王送來了食物。國王在聽經的時候就明白："現在不是他們可以進食的時候。"他想："不問就吃是不對的。"於是問道："尊者們，請用餐吧。""不，大王，現在不是我們可以進食的時候。""尊者，什麼時候可以進食？""大王，從日出到正午。""尊者，我們回城吧？""不用了，大王，我們就在這裡過夜。""如果尊者們留下，請讓這個孩子回去。""大王，這個孩子已經獲得果位，瞭解佛法，希望出家，現在就要出家了。"國王說："那麼，尊者，明天我會派車來，請乘坐它前來。"說完，他頂禮后離開了。

Thero acirapakkantassa rañño sumanasāmaṇeraṃ āmantesi – 『『ehi tvaṃ, sumana, dhammasavanassa kālaṃ ghosehī』』ti. 『『Bhante, kittakaṃ ṭhānaṃ sāvento ghosemī』』ti? 『『Sakalaṃ tambapaṇṇidīpa』』nti. 『『Sādhu, bhante』』ti sāmaṇero abhiññāpādakaṃ catutthajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya adhiṭṭhahitvā samāhitena cittena sakalaṃ tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ sāvento tikkhattuṃ dhammasavanassa kālaṃ ghosesi. Rājā taṃ saddaṃ sutvā therānaṃ santikaṃ pesesi – 『『kiṃ, bhante, atthi koci upaddavo』』ti. 『『Natthamhākaṃ koci upaddavo, dhammasavanassa kālaṃ ghosāpayimha buddhavacanaṃ kathetukāmamhā』』ti . Tañca pana sāmaṇerassa saddaṃ sutvā bhummā devatā saddamanussāvesuṃ. Etenupāyena yāva brahmalokā saddo abbhuggacchi. Tena saddena mahā devatāsannipāto ahosi. Thero mahantaṃ devatāsannipātaṃ disvā samacittasuttantaṃ kathesi. Kathāpariyosāne asaṅkhyeyyānaṃ devatānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Bahū nāgā ca supaṇṇā ca saraṇesu patiṭṭhahiṃsu. Yādisova sāriputtattherassa imaṃ suttantaṃ kathayato devatāsannipāto ahosi, tādiso mahindattherassāpi jāto. Atha tassā rattiyā accayena rājā therānaṃ rathaṃ pesesi. Sārathī rathaṃ ekamante ṭhapetvā therānaṃ ārocesi – 『『āgato, bhante, ratho; abhiruhatha gacchissāmā』』ti. Therā 『『na mayaṃ rathaṃ abhiruhāma; gaccha tvaṃ, pacchā mayaṃ āgacchissāmā』』ti vatvā vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā anurādhapurassa puratthimadisāyaṃ paṭhamakacetiyaṭṭhāne otariṃsu. Tañhi cetiyaṃ therehi paṭhamaṃ otiṇṇaṭṭhāne katattāyeva 『『paṭhamakacetiya』』nti vuccati.

長老在國王離開后不久就對善意沙彌說："來吧，善意，宣佈聽法的時間。""尊者，我應該宣佈多大範圍？""整個銅色島。""好的，尊者。"沙彌進入以神通為基礎的第四禪那，出定后專注地決意，向整個銅色島宣佈了三次聽法的時間。國王聽到這個聲音後派人去長老那裡詢問："尊者，是否有什麼危險？""我們沒有任何危險，我們只是宣佈聽法的時間，我們想要講解佛陀的教法。"聽到沙彌的聲音后，地居天神也傳播這個聲音。以這種方式，聲音一直傳到梵天界。因這聲音而有大量天神集會。長老看到如此多的天神集會，便講解了《平等心經》。講經結束時，無數天神證悟了法。許多龍族和金翅鳥皈依了三寶。就像舍利弗長老講解這部經時有天神集會一樣，摩訶提長老也有同樣的情況發生。那夜過後，國王派車給長老們。車伕把車停在一邊，告訴長老們："尊者，車來了，請上車，我們出發吧。"長老們說："我們不乘車，你先走吧，我們隨後就來。"說完，他們升入空中，降落在阿努拉達普拉城東方的第一塔寺地點。這座塔寺之所以被稱為"第一塔寺"，是因為長老們首次降臨在那裡。

Rājāpi sārathiṃ pesetvā 『『antonivesane maṇḍapaṃ paṭiyādethā』』ti amacce āṇāpesi. Tāvadeva sabbe haṭṭhatuṭṭhā ativiya pāsādikaṃ maṇḍapaṃ paṭiyādesuṃ. Puna rājā cintesi – 『『hiyyo thero sīlakkhandhaṃ kathayamāno 『uccāsayanamahāsayanaṃ na kappatī』ti āha; 『nisīdissanti nu kho ayyā āsanesu, na nisīdissantī』』』ti? Tassevaṃ cintayantasseva so sārathi nagaradvāraṃ sampatto. Tato addasa there paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā kāyabandhanaṃ bandhitvā cīvaraṃ pārupante. Disvā ativiya pasannacitto hutvā āgantvā rañño ārocesi – 『『āgatā, deva, therā』』ti. Rājā 『『rathaṃ ārūḷhā』』ti pucchi. 『『Na ārūḷhā, deva, api ca mama pacchato nikkhamitvā paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā pācīnadvāre ṭhitā』』ti. Rājā 『『rathampi nābhirūhiṃsū』』ti sutvā 『『na dāni ayyā uccāsayanamahāsayanaṃ sādiyissantī』』ti cintetvā 『『tena hi, bhaṇe, therānaṃ bhūmattharaṇasaṅkhepena āsanāni paññapethā』』ti vatvā paṭipathaṃ agamāsi. Amaccā pathaviyaṃ taṭṭikaṃ paññapetvā upari kojavakādīni cittattharaṇāni paññapesuṃ. Uppātapāṭhakā disvā 『『gahitā dāni imehi pathavī, ime tambapaṇṇidīpassa sāmikā bhavissantī』』ti byākariṃsu. Rājāpi gantvā there vanditvā mahindattherassa hatthato pattaṃ gahetvā mahatiyā pūjāya ca sakkārena ca there nagaraṃ pavesetvā antonivesanaṃ pavesesi. Thero āsanapaññattiṃ disvā 『『amhākaṃ sāsanaṃ sakalalaṅkādīpe pathavī viya patthaṭaṃ niccalañca hutvā patiṭṭhahissatī』』ti cintento nisīdi. Rājā there paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā 『『anuḷādevīpamukhāni pañca itthisatāni therānaṃ abhivādanaṃ pūjāsakkārañca karontū』』ti pakkosāpetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Thero bhattakiccāvasāne rañño saparijanassa dhammaratanavassaṃ vassento petavatthuṃvimānavatthuṃ saccasaṃyuttañca kathesi. Taṃ therassa dhammadesanaṃ sutvā tāni pañcapi itthisatāni sotāpattiphalaṃ sacchākaṃsu.

Yepi te manussā purimadivase missakapabbate there addasaṃsu, te tesu tesu ṭhānesu therānaṃ guṇe kathenti. Tesaṃ sutvā mahājanakāyo rājaṅgaṇe sannipatitvā mahāsaddaṃ akāsi. Rājā 『『kiṃ eso saddo』』ti pucchi. 『『Nāgarā, deva, 『there daṭṭhuṃ na labhāmā』ti viravantī』』ti. Rājā 『『sace idha pavisissanti, okāso na bhavissatī』』ti cintetvā 『『gacchatha, bhaṇe, hatthisālaṃ paṭijaggitvā vālukaṃ ākiritvā pañcavaṇṇāni pupphāni vikiritvā celavitānaṃ bandhitvā maṅgalahatthiṭṭhāne therānaṃ āsanāni paññapethā』』ti āha. Amaccā tathā akaṃsu. Thero tattha gantvā nisīditvā devadūtasuttantaṃ kathesi. Kathāpariyosāne pāṇasahassaṃ sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahi. Tato 『『hatthisālā atisambādhā』』ti dakkhiṇadvāre nandanavanuyyāne āsanaṃ paññapesuṃ. Thero tattha nisīditvā āsīvisopamasuttaṃ kathesi. Tampi sutvā pāṇasahassaṃ sotāpattiphalaṃ paṭilabhi.

國王派車伕去後,命令大臣們說:"準備好王宮內的大廳。"所有人都歡喜雀躍,立即準備了一個非常莊嚴的大廳。國王又想:"昨天長老在講述戒蘊時說'不可使用高床大床';不知聖者們會不會坐在座位上?"他正這樣想著,車伕已經到達城門。他看到長老們先到,正在繫腰帶穿袈裟。看到後心生歡喜,來告訴國王:"陛下,長老們到了。"國王問:"他們乘車來的嗎?"車伕回答:"沒有,陛下,他們在我之後出發,卻先到了,現在在東門。"國王聽說"他們連車都沒有乘坐",就想:"聖者們現在肯定不會接受高床大床。"於是說:"那麼,你們用簡單的地毯為長老們準備座位。"說完就去迎接。大臣們在地上鋪上草蓆,上面再鋪上各種彩色墊子。占卜師看到后預言說:"他們已經佔據了這片土地,他們將成為銅色島的主人。"國王來到后,向長老們頂禮,從摩訶提長老手中接過缽,以極大的恭敬和供養將長老們引入城中,然後進入王宮。長老看到座位的安排,心想:"我們的教法將像大地一樣,穩固地遍佈整個蘭卡島。"就坐了下來。國王親自以美味的食物供養長老們,使他們滿足。然後召集以阿努拉天女為首的五百位女子,讓她們向長老們致敬、供養,自己則坐在一旁。長老在用餐結束后,為國王和他的隨從降下法雨,講說了《餓鬼事》《天宮事》和《諦相應》。聽了長老的說法后,那五百位女子都證得了須陀洹果。 前一天在米薩卡山見到長老們的人,在各處講述長老們的功德。聽到后,大眾聚集在王宮前,發出巨大的聲音。國王問:"這是什麼聲音?"有人回答:"陛下,是城裡的人在喊'我們見不到長老們'。"國王想:"如果讓他們進來這裡,就沒有空間了。"於是說:"去把象舍打掃乾淨,撒上沙子,撒上五色鮮花,掛上布幔,在吉祥象的地方為長老們準備座位。"大臣們照做了。長老去那裡坐下,講說了《天使經》。講經結束時,一千人證得了須陀洹果。之後因為"象舍太擁擠",他們就在南門的難陀那花園準備了座位。長老在那裡坐下,講說了《毒蛇喻經》。聽了這部經后,又有一千人證得了須陀洹果。

Evaṃ āgatadivasato dutiyadivase aḍḍhateyyasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Therassa nandanavane āgatāgatāhi kulitthīhi kulasuṇhāhi kulakumārīhi saddhiṃ sammodamānasseva sāyanhasamayo jāto. Thero kālaṃ sallakkhetvā 『『gacchāma dāni missakapabbata』』nti uṭṭhahi. Amaccā – 『『kattha, bhante, gacchathā』』ti? 『『Amhākaṃ nivāsanaṭṭhāna』』nti. Te rañño saṃviditaṃ katvā rājānumatena āhaṃsu – 『『akālo, bhante, idāni tattha gantuṃ; idameva nandanavanuyyānaṃ ayyānaṃ āvāsaṭṭhānaṃ hotū』』ti. 『『Alaṃ, gacchāmā』』ti. Puna rañño vacanenāhaṃsu – 『『rājā, bhante, āha – 『etaṃ meghavanaṃ nāma uyyānaṃ mama pitu santakaṃ nagarato nātidūraṃ nāccāsannaṃ gamanāgamanasampannaṃ, ettha therā vāsaṃ kappentū』』』ti. Vasiṃsu therā meghavane uyyāne.

Rājāpi kho tassā rattiyā accayena therassa samīpaṃ gantvā sukhasayitabhāvaṃ pucchitvā 『『kappati, bhante, bhikkhusaṅghassa ārāmo』』ti pucchi. Thero 『『kappati, mahārājā』』ti vatvā imaṃ suttaṃ āhari – 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ārāma』』nti. Rājā tuṭṭho suvaṇṇabhiṅgāraṃ gahetvā therassa hatthe udakaṃ pātetvā mahāmeghavanuyyānaṃ adāsi. Saha udakapātena pathavī kampi. Ayaṃ mahāvihāre paṭhamo pathavīkampo ahosi. Rājā bhīto theraṃ pucchi – 『『kasmā, bhante, pathavī kampatī』』ti? 『『Mā bhāyi, mahārāja, imasmiṃ dīpe dasabalassa sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhahissati; idañca paṭhamaṃ vihāraṭṭhānaṃ bhavissati, tassetaṃ pubbanimitta』』nti. Rājā bhiyyosomattāya pasīdi. Thero punadivasepi rājageheyeva bhuñjitvā nandanavane anamataggiyāni kathesi. Punadivase aggikkhandhopamasuttaṃ kathesi. Etenevupāyena satta divasāni kathesi. Desanāpariyosāne aḍḍhanavamānaṃ pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Tato paṭṭhāya ca nandanavanaṃ sāsanassa jotipātubhāvaṭṭhānanti katvā 『『jotivana』』nti nāmaṃ labhi. Sattame pana divase therā antepure rañño appamādasuttaṃ kathayitvā cetiyagirimeva agamaṃsu.

Atha kho rājā amacce pucchi – 『『thero, amhe gāḷhena ovādena ovadati; gaccheyya nu kho』』ti? Amaccā 『『tumhehi, deva, thero ayācito sayameva āgato; tasmā tassa anāpucchāva gamanampi bhaveyyā』』ti āhaṃsu. Tato rājā rathaṃ abhiruhitvā dve ca deviyo āropetvā cetiyagiriṃ agamāsi mahañcarājānubhāvena. Gantvā deviyo ekamantaṃ apakkamāpetvā sayameva therānaṃ samīpaṃ upasaṅkamanto ativiya kilantarūpo hutvā upasaṅkami. Tato naṃ thero āha – 『『kasmā tvaṃ, mahārāja, evaṃ kilamamāno āgato』』ti? 『『『Tumhe mama gāḷhaṃ ovādaṃ datvā idāni gantukāmā nu kho』ti jānanatthaṃ, bhante』』ti. 『『Na mayaṃ, mahārāja, gantukāmā; apica vassūpanāyikakālo nāmāyaṃ mahārāja, tatra samaṇena vassūpanāyikaṭṭhānaṃ ñātuṃ vaṭṭatī』』ti. Taṃdivasameva ariṭṭho nāma amacco pañcapaṇṇāsāya jeṭṭhakaniṭṭhabhātukehi saddhiṃ rañño samīpe ṭhito āha – 『『icchāmahaṃ, deva, therānaṃ santike pabbajitu』』nti. 『『Sādhu, bhaṇe, pabbajassū』』ti rājā anujānitvā theraṃ sampaṭicchāpesi. Thero tadaheva pabbājesi. Sabbe khuraggeyeva arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu.

這樣,從到達的第二天開始,有兩千五百人證悟了法。長老在難陀那花園與來訪的貴族女子、媳婦和少女們友好交談,不知不覺到了黃昏。長老觀察時間后說:"現在我們該回米薩卡山了",就站了起來。大臣們問:"尊者,你們要去哪裡?""我們的住處。"他們告訴了國王,得到國王同意后說:"尊者,現在回去太晚了;就讓這難陀那花園作為尊者們的住處吧。""不用了,我們要走。"他們又傳達國王的話說:"尊者,國王說:'那個名叫美伽瓦那的花園是我父親的,離城市不遠不近,來去方便,請長老們住在那裡。'"長老們就住在了美伽瓦那花園。 國王在那夜過後來到長老處,詢問是否睡得安穩,然後問道:"尊者,僧團可以接受園林嗎?"長老回答:"可以,大王。"並引用了這段經文:"比丘們,我允許接受園林。"國王很高興,拿起金水瓶,將水倒在長老手上,把大美伽瓦那花園供養給長老。水一落下,大地就震動了。這是大寺院的第一次地震。國王害怕地問長老:"尊者,為什麼大地震動?"長老說:"不要害怕,大王,這表示十力者的教法將在這個島上建立;這裡將成為第一座寺院,這是預兆。"國王更加歡喜。第二天,長老又在王宮用餐,然後在難陀那花園講說了《無始相應》。第三天講說了《火聚喻經》。以這種方式連續講了七天。講經結束時,有八千五百人證悟了法。從那時起,難陀那花園因為成為教法之光顯現的地方而被稱為"光明林"。第七天,長老們在王宮內為國王講說了《不放逸經》,然後回到了支提耶山。 這時,國王問大臣們:"長老用嚴厲的教誡教導我們;他會離開嗎?"大臣們說:"陛下,長老是自己來的,沒有被邀請;所以他離開時可能不會告訴我們。"於是國王登上戰車,帶上兩位王后,以盛大的威儀前往支提耶山。到達后,讓兩位王后退到一邊,自己走向長老們,看起來非常疲憊。長老問他:"大王,你為什麼這麼疲憊地來?"國王說:"尊者,是爲了知道'你們給了我嚴厲的教誡,現在是否想要離開'。"長老說:"大王,我們不想離開;但這是雨安居的時候,修行者應該知道雨安居的地點。"就在那天,一位名叫阿利達的大臣和他的五十五個兄弟站在國王身邊說:"陛下,我想在長老座下出家。"國王說:"好吧,你去出家吧。"並得到長老的同意。長老當天就讓他們出家了。他們都在剃髮時就證得了阿羅漢果。

Rājāpi kho taṅkhaṇeyeva kaṇṭakena cetiyaṅgaṇaṃ parikkhipitvā dvāsaṭṭhiyā leṇesu kammaṃ paṭṭhapetvā nagarameva agamāsi. Tepi therā dasabhātikasamākulaṃ rājakulaṃ pasādetvā mahājanaṃ ovadamānā cetiyagirimhi vassaṃ vasiṃsu. Tadāpi cetiyagirimhi paṭhamaṃ vassaṃ upagatā dvāsaṭṭhi arahanto ahesuṃ. Athāyasmā mahāmahindo vutthavasso pavāretvā kattikapuṇṇamāyaṃ uposathadivase rājānaṃ etadavoca – 『『mahārāja, amhehi ciradiṭṭho sammāsambuddho, anāthavāsaṃ vasimha, icchāma mayaṃ jambudīpaṃ gantu』』nti. Rājā āha – 『『ahaṃ, bhante, tumhe catūhi paccayehi upaṭṭhahāmi, ayañca mahājano tumhe nissāya tīsu saraṇesu patiṭṭhito, kasmā tumhe ukkaṇṭhitatthā』』ti? 『『Ciradiṭṭho no, mahārāja, sammāsambuddho, abhivādanapaccuṭṭhānaañjalikammasāmīcikammakaraṇaṭṭhānaṃ natthi, tenamha ukkaṇṭhitā』』ti. 『『Nanu, bhante, tumhe avocuttha – 『parinibbuto sammāsambuddho』』』ti. 『『Kiñcāpi, mahārāja, parinibbuto; atha khvassa sarīradhātuyo tiṭṭhantī』』ti. 『『Aññātaṃ, bhante, thūpapatiṭṭhānaṃ tumhe ākaṅkhathāti. Karomi , bhante, thūpaṃ, bhūmibhāgaṃ dāni vicinātha; apica, bhante, dhātuyo kuto lacchāmā』』ti? 『『Sumanena saddhiṃ mantehi, mahārājā』』ti.

國王立即用荊棘圍住了塔院,開始在六十二個洞窟中進行工作,然後回到城裡。那些長老們使十兄弟家族感到歡喜,教導眾人,在支提耶山度過了雨安居。那時,第一次在支提耶山度過雨安居的有六十二位阿羅漢。然後,尊者摩訶摩因達度過雨安居,舉行了自恣儀式,在迦提迦月圓之日的布薩日對國王說:"大王,我們已經很久沒有見到正等正覺者了,我們住在無依處,我們想要去閻浮提。"國王說:"尊者,我以四資具供養你們,這大眾依靠你們而安立於三皈依中,為什麼你們感到不安?"長老回答說:"大王,我們已經很久沒有見到正等正覺者了,沒有禮敬、起立、合掌、恭敬禮拜的地方,因此我們感到不安。""尊者,你們不是說過'正等正覺者已經涅槃了'嗎?""雖然已經涅槃,大王,但他的舍利還存在。""我明白了,尊者,你們想要建立塔廟。我會建造塔廟,尊者,請選擇地點;但是,尊者,我們從哪裡能得到舍利呢?""大王,你和善意商量一下。"

『『Sādhu, bhante』』ti rājā sumanaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pucchi – 『『kuto dāni, bhante, dhātuyo lacchāmā』』ti? Sumano āha – 『『appossukko tvaṃ, mahārāja, vīthiyo sodhāpetvā dhajapaṭākapuṇṇaghaṭādīhi alaṅkārāpetvā saparijano uposathaṃ samādiyitvā sabbatāḷāvacare upaṭṭhāpetvā maṅgalahatthiṃ sabbālaṅkārapaṭimaṇḍitaṃ kārāpetvā upari cassa setacchattaṃ ussāpetvā sāyanhasamaye mahānāgavanuyyānābhimukho yāhi. Addhā tasmiṃ ṭhāne dhātuyo lacchasī』』ti. Rājā 『『sādhū』』ti sampaṭicchi. Therā cetiyagirimeva agamaṃsu. Tatrāyasmā mahindatthero sumanasāmaṇeraṃ āha – 『『gaccha tvaṃ, sāmaṇera, jambudīpe tava ayyakaṃ asokaṃ dhammarājānaṃ upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena evaṃ vadehi – 『sahāyo vo, mahārāja, devānampiyatisso buddhasāsane pasanno thūpaṃ patiṭṭhāpetukāmo, tumhākaṃ kira hatthe dhātu atthi taṃ me dethā』ti. Taṃ gahetvā sakkaṃ devarājānaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadehi – 『tumhākaṃ kira, mahārāja, hatthe dve dhātuyo atthi – dakkhiṇadāṭhā ca dakkhiṇakkhakañca; tato tumhe dakkhiṇadāṭhaṃ pūjetha, dakkhiṇakkhakaṃ pana mayhaṃ dethā』ti. Evañca naṃ vadehi – 『kasmā tvaṃ, mahārāja, amhe tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ pahiṇitvā pamajjasī』』』ti?

『『Sādhu, bhante』』ti kho sumano therassa vacanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā tāvadeva pattacīvaramādāya vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā pāṭaliputtadvāre oruyha rañño santikaṃ gantvā etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Rājā tuṭṭho sāmaṇerassa hatthato pattaṃ gahetvā gandhehi ubbaṭṭetvā varamuttasadisānaṃ dhātūnaṃ pūretvā adāsi. So taṃ gahetvā sakkaṃ devarājānaṃ upasaṅkami. Sakko devarājā sāmaṇeraṃ disvāva 『『kiṃ, bhante sumana, āhiṇḍasī』』ti āha. 『『Tvaṃ, mahārāja, amhe tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ pesetvā kasmā pamajjasī』』ti? 『『Nappamajjāmi, bhante, vadehi – 『kiṃ karomī』』』ti? 『『Tumhākaṃ kira hatthe dve dhātuyo atthi – dakkhiṇadāṭhā ca dakkhiṇakkhakañca; tato tumhe dakkhiṇadāṭhaṃ pūjetha, dakkhiṇakkhakaṃ pana mayhaṃ dethā』』ti. 『『Sādhu, bhante』』ti kho sakko devānamindo yojanappamāṇaṃ maṇithūpaṃ ugghāṭetvā dakkhiṇakkhakadhātuṃ nīharitvā sumanassa adāsi. So taṃ gahetvā cetiyagirimhiyeva patiṭṭhāsi.

"好的,尊者。"國王走近善意,問道:"尊者,我們從哪裡能得到舍利呢?"善意說:"大王,你不用擔心,清潔街道,用旗幟、幡幛、滿瓶等裝飾,和隨從一起受持布薩戒,準備好所有的樂器,裝飾吉祥象,在它上面豎立白傘,在傍晚時分朝著大龍花園的方向走去。你一定能在那裡得到舍利。"國王回答說:"好的。"長老們回到了支提耶山。在那裡,尊者摩訶摩因達對善意沙彌說:"沙彌,你去閻浮提,拜見你的外祖父法王阿育,以我的名義這樣說:'大王,你的朋友德瓦南皮亞提薩對佛法生起信心,想要建立塔廟,聽說你手中有舍利,請把它給我。'拿到后,去見帝釋天王,這樣說:'大王,聽說你手中有兩件舍利 - 右牙和右鎖骨;你供奉右牙,請把右鎖骨給我。'還要這樣對他說:'大王,你為什麼派我們到銅色島后就忽視了呢?'" "好的,尊者。"善意接受了長老的話,立即拿起缽和衣,升入虛空,在華氏城門降落,去見國王,告訴了他這件事。國王很高興,從沙彌手中接過缽,用香料擦拭,裝滿了如上等珍珠般的舍利,然後交給他。他拿著這個去見帝釋天王。帝釋天王一見到沙彌就說:"善意尊者,你為什麼到處走動?"沙彌說:"大王,你把我們派到銅色島后,為什麼忽視了呢?""我沒有忽視,尊者,請說 - 我該做什麼?""聽說你手中有兩件舍利 - 右牙和右鎖骨;你供奉右牙,請把右鎖骨給我。""好的,尊者。"帝釋天王打開一個由寶石製成的、大約一由旬高的塔,取出右鎖骨舍利給了善意。他拿著這個回到了支提耶山。

Atha kho mahindapamukhā sabbepi te mahānāgā asokadhammarājena dinnadhātuyo cetiyagirimhiyeva patiṭṭhāpetvā dakkhiṇakkhakaṃ ādāya vaḍḍhamānakacchāyāya mahānāgavanuyyānamagamaṃsu . Rājāpi kho sumanena vuttappakāraṃ pūjāsakkāraṃ katvā hatthikkhandhavaragato sayaṃ maṅgalahatthimatthake setacchattaṃ dhārayamāno mahānāgavanaṃ sampāpuṇi. Athassa etadahosi – 『『sace ayaṃ sammāsambuddhassa dhātu, chattaṃ apanamatu, maṅgalahatthī jaṇṇukehi bhūmiyaṃ patiṭṭhahatu, dhātucaṅkoṭakaṃ mayhaṃ matthake patiṭṭhātū』』ti. Saha rañño cittuppādena chattaṃ apanami, hatthī jaṇṇukehi patiṭṭhahi, dhātucaṅkoṭakaṃ rañño matthake patiṭṭhahi. Rājā amateneva abhisittagatto viya paramena pītipāmojjena samannāgato hutvā pucchi – 『『dhātuṃ, bhante, kiṃ karomā』』ti? 『『Hatthikumbhamhiyeva tāva, mahārāja, ṭhapehī』』ti. Rājā dhātucaṅkoṭakaṃ gahetvā hatthikumbhe ṭhapesi. Pamudito nāgo koñcanādaṃ nadi. Mahāmegho uṭṭhahitvā pokkharavassaṃ vassi. Udakapariyantaṃ katvā mahābhūmicālo ahosi. 『『Paccantepi nāma sammāsambuddhassa dhātu patiṭṭhahissatī』』ti devamanussā pamodiṃsu. Evaṃ iddhānubhāvasiriyā devamanussānaṃ pītiṃ janayanto –

Puṇṇamāyaṃ mahāvīro, cātumāsiniyā idha;

Āgantvā devalokamhā, hatthikumbhe patiṭṭhitoti.

Athassa so hatthināgo anekatāḷāvacaraparivārito ativiya uḷārena pūjāsakkārena sakkariyamāno pacchimadisābhimukhova hutvā, apasakkanto yāva nagarassa puratthimadvāraṃ tāva gantvā puratthimena dvārena nagaraṃ pavisitvā sakalanāgarena uḷārāya pūjāya karīyamānāya dakkhiṇadvārena nikkhamitvā thūpārāmassa pacchimadisābhāge mahejavatthu nāma kira atthi, tattha gantvā puna thūpārāmābhimukhoyeva paṭinivatti. Tena ca samayena thūpārāme purimakānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ sammāsambuddhānaṃ paribhogacetiyaṭṭhānaṃ hoti.

Atīte kira ayaṃ dīpo ojadīpo nāma ahosi, rājā abhayo nāma, nagaraṃ abhayapuraṃ nāma, cetiyapabbato devakūṭapabbato nāma, thūpārāmo paṭiyārāmo nāma. Tena kho pana samayena kakusandho bhagavā loke uppanno hoti. Tassa sāvako mahādevo nāma thero bhikkhusahassena saddhiṃ devakūṭe patiṭṭhāsi, mahindatthero viya cetiyapabbate. Tena kho pana samayena ojadīpe sattā pajjarakena anayabyasanaṃ āpajjanti. Addasā kho kakusandho bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ olokento te satte anayabyasanamāpajjante. Disvā cattālīsāya bhikkhusahassehi parivuto agamāsi. Tassānubhāvena tāvadeva pajjarako vūpasanto. Roge vūpasante bhagavā dhammaṃ desesi. Caturāsītiyā pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Bhagavā dhamakaraṇaṃ datvā pakkāmi. Taṃ anto pakkhipitvā paṭiyārāme cetiyaṃ akaṃsu. Mahādevo dīpaṃ anusāsanto vihāsi.

然後,以摩訶摩因達為首的所有大龍,在阿索卡法王所贈的舍利上,在支提耶山安置好后,帶著右鎖骨前往大龍花園。國王也按照善意所說的,進行了供奉禮儀,騎上象車,自己手持白傘,來到大龍花園。此時,他心中想:"如果這是真正的正等正覺者的舍利,那麼白傘就放下,吉祥象就安置在地上,舍利的容器就安放在我的頭頂上。"於是,在國王的心念下,白傘放下,象安置在地上,舍利的容器安放在國王的頭頂上。國王如同被不死藥浸染般,充滿了極大的歡喜,問道:"尊者,我該如何處理舍利?" "大王,暫時放在象的肚子里。"國王拿著舍利,放入象的肚子里。歡喜的龍發出了一聲巨響。大雨傾盆而下,水流成河,大地震動。天人和人類都歡喜地說:"即使在偏遠地區,也會有正等正覺者的舍利安置。"於是,以神通的力量,給天人和人類帶來了歡喜。 在滿月之夜,偉大的英雄,在四個月的雨季中來到這裡;從天界降臨,安置在象的肚子里。此時,那隻被多種生物環繞的象,以極大的供奉禮儀,朝向西方,直至走到城市的東門,進入城市的東門,受到全城的熱烈供奉后,從南門走出,向西方的塔廟走去,在那裡有一個名叫「美赫雅瓦圖」的地方,到達后又朝向塔廟返回。因此,當時的塔廟是三位正等正覺者的供養之地。 據說,在過去,這個島被稱為「光明島」,國王名叫阿伽羅,城市名為「無畏城」,塔山名為「天宮山」,塔廟名為「供養塔」。在那個時候,釋迦牟尼佛降生於世。其弟子名為大德,與成千上萬的比丘一起住在天宮山,如同摩訶摩因達一樣。在那個時候,光明島上的眾生遭受了饑荒的災難。釋迦牟尼佛用佛眼觀察到這些眾生陷入了饑荒的苦難。於是,他帶著四十位比丘前往。由於他的加持,饑荒便消失了。釋迦牟尼佛開始講法。最終,有四萬八千眾生證悟了法。釋迦牟尼佛講完法后離開了。他把舍利放入塔廟中。大德繼續在島上教導眾生。

Koṇāgamanassa pana bhagavato kāle ayaṃ dīpo varadīpo nāma ahosi, rājā sameṇḍī nāma, nagaraṃ vaḍḍhamānaṃ nāma , pabbato suvaṇṇakūṭo nāma. Tena kho pana samayena varadīpe dubbuṭṭhikā hoti dubbhikkhaṃ dussassaṃ. Sattā chātakarogena anayabyasanaṃ āpajjanti. Addasā kho koṇāgamano bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ olokento te satte anayabyasanaṃ āpajjante. Disvā tiṃsabhikkhusahassaparivuto agamāsi. Buddhānubhāvena devo sammādhāraṃ anuppavecchi. Subhikkhaṃ ahosi. Bhagavā dhammaṃ desesi. Caturāsītiyā pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Bhagavā bhikkhusahassaparivāraṃ mahāsumanaṃ nāma theraṃ dīpe ṭhapetvā kāyabandhanaṃ datvā pakkāmi. Taṃ anto pakkhipitvā cetiyaṃ akaṃsu.

Kassapassa pana bhagavato kāle ayaṃ dīpo maṇḍadīpo nāma ahosi, rājā jayanto nāma, nagaraṃ visālaṃ nāma, pabbato subhakūṭo nāma . Tena kho pana samayena maṇḍadīpe mahāvivādo hoti. Bahū sattā kalahaviggahajātā anayabyasanaṃ āpajjanti. Addasā kho kassapo bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ olokento te satte anayabyasanaṃ āpajjante. Disvā vīsatibhikkhusahassaparivuto āgantvā vivādaṃ vūpasametvā dhammaṃ desesi. Caturāsītiyā pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Bhagavā bhikkhusahassaparivāraṃ sabbanandaṃ nāma theraṃ dīpe patiṭṭhāpetvā udakasāṭakaṃ datvā pakkāmi. Taṃ anto pakkhipitvā cetiyaṃ akaṃsu. Evaṃ thūpārāme purimakānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ buddhānaṃ cetiyāni patiṭṭhahiṃsu. Tāni sāsanantaradhānena nassanti, ṭhānamattaṃ avasissati. Tasmā vuttaṃ – 『『tena ca samayena thūpārāme purimakānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ sammāsambuddhānaṃ paribhogacetiyaṭṭhānaṃ hotī』』ti. Tadetaṃ vinaṭṭhesu cetiyesu devatānubhāvena kaṇṭakasamākiṇṇasākhehi nānāgacchehi parivutaṃ tiṭṭhati – 『『mā naṃ koci ucchiṭṭhāsucimalakacavarehi padūsesī』』ti.

Atha khvassa hatthino purato purato gantvā rājapurisā sabbagacche chinditvā bhūmiṃ sodhetvā taṃ hatthatalasadisaṃ akaṃsu. Hatthināgo gantvā taṃ ṭhānaṃ purato katvā tassa pacchimadisābhāge bodhirukkhaṭṭhāne aṭṭhāsi. Athassa matthakato dhātuṃ oropetuṃ ārabhiṃsu. Nāgo oropetuṃ na deti. Rājā theraṃ pucchi – 『『kasmā, bhante, nāgo dhātuṃ oropetuṃ na detī』』ti? 『『Ārūḷhaṃ, mahārāja, oropetuṃ na vaṭṭatī』』ti. Tasmiñca kāle abhayavāpiyā udakaṃ chinnaṃ hoti. Samantā bhūmi phalitā hoti, suuddharā mattikāpiṇḍā. Tato mahājano sīghaṃ sīghaṃ mattikaṃ āharitvā hatthikumbhappamāṇaṃ vatthumakāsi. Tāvadeva ca thūpakaraṇatthaṃ iṭṭhakā kātuṃ ārabhiṃsu. Na yāva iṭṭhakā pariniṭṭhanti tāva hatthināgo katipāhaṃ divā bodhirukkhaṭṭhāne hatthisālāyaṃ tiṭṭhati, rattiṃ thūpapatiṭṭhānabhūmiṃ pariyāyati. Atha vatthuṃ cināpetvā rājā theraṃ pucchi – 『『kīdiso, bhante, thūpo kātabbo』』ti? 『『Vīhirāsisadiso, mahārājā』』ti.

在佛陀的時代,這個島被稱為「福島」,國王名為「薩門迪」,城市名為「增長城」,山名為「黃金山」。在那個時候,福島上發生了大饑荒。眾生因患有斑疹病而遭受困苦。釋迦牟尼佛用佛眼觀察到眾生陷入困境,於是帶著三萬比丘前來,以佛的加持,天神們獲得了豐收。釋迦牟尼佛開始講法,有四萬八千眾生證悟了法。釋迦牟尼佛在眾多比丘中安置了名為「偉大善」的長老,然後離開了。將舍利放入塔中。 在迦薩帕的時代,這個島被稱為「圓島」,國王名為「勝利者」,城市名為「廣闊城」,山名為「美山」。在那個時候,圓島上發生了大爭鬥。許多眾生因爭鬥而遭受困苦。迦薩帕佛用佛眼觀察到眾生陷入困境,於是帶著二萬比丘前來,平息爭鬥后講法。四萬八千眾生證悟了法。釋迦牟尼佛在眾多比丘中安置了名為「普安」的長老,然後離開了。將舍利放入塔中。於是,在塔廟中安放了三位佛的供養之地。隨著教法的消失,這些供養之地也消失了,只剩下地方。因此有云：「在那個時候,塔廟是三位正等正覺者的供養之地。」然而,這些供養之地在神靈的加持下,被荊棘和各種樹木包圍,並說：「不要讓任何人用污穢的身體玷污它。」 於是,那隻大象向前走,國王的隨從們砍伐所有的樹木,清理出一塊像大象的地方。大象走到那個地方,在它的西方,靠近菩提樹的地方停下。然後,開始將舍利放下。大象不願意放下。國王問長老：「尊者,為什麼大象不願意放下舍利？」「大王,它已經爬上去了,所以不適合放下。」此時,由於無畏池的水被切斷,四周的土地豐盈，泥土也變得柔軟。於是，眾人迅速取來泥土，堆成與大象肚子相當的地方。爲了建造塔廟，他們開始挖掘泥土。在泥土未完成之前，大象在菩提樹下待了幾天，夜晚則在塔廟的建立處徘徊。於是，國王問長老：「尊者,應該建造什麼樣的塔？」「像風車一樣,大王。」

『『Sādhu, bhante』』ti rājā jaṅghappamāṇaṃ thūpaṃ cināpetvā dhātuoropanatthāya mahāsakkāraṃ kāresi. Sakalanagarañca janapado ca dhātumahadassanatthaṃ sannipati. Sannipatite ca pana tasmiṃ mahājanakāye dasabalassa dhātu hatthikumbhato sattatālappamāṇaṃ vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ dassesi. Tehi tehi dhātuppadesehi channaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ udakadhārā ca aggikkhandhā ca pavattanti, sāvatthiyaṃ kaṇḍambamūle bhagavatā dassitapāṭihāriyasadisameva pāṭihāriyaṃ ahosi. Tañca kho neva therānubhāvena, na devatānubhāvena; apica kho buddhānubhāveneva. Bhagavā kira dharamānova adhiṭṭhāsi – 『『mayi parinibbute tambapaṇṇidīpe anurādhapurassa dakkhiṇadisābhāge purimakānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ buddhānaṃ paribhogacetiyaṭṭhāne mama dakkhiṇakkhakadhātu patiṭṭhānadivase yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ hotū』』ti.

『『Evaṃ acintiyā buddhā, buddhadhammā acintiyā;

Acintiye pasannānaṃ, vipāko hoti acintiyo』』ti. (apa. thera 1.

"好的,尊者。"國王命人建造了一座如腿一般高的塔,併爲放置舍利做了盛大的準備。全城和鄉村的人都聚集來觀看舍利大典。當大眾聚集時,十力者的舍利從象的肚子里升到七棵棕櫚樹那麼高的空中,顯現了雙神變。從舍利的各個部位,流出六種顏色的水流和火焰,就像世尊在舍衛城的甘丹巴樹下所顯現的神變一樣。這既不是長老的神通力,也不是天神的神通力,而是佛陀的神通力。據說,佛陀在世時就已經決定:"在我涅槃后,當我的右鎖骨舍利安置在銅色島阿努拉達普拉南方、前三位佛陀的供養之地時,要顯現雙神變。" "如此不可思議的諸佛,佛法不可思議; 對不可思議者生信者,其果報亦不可思議。"

1.82);

Sammāsambuddho kira imaṃ dīpaṃ dharamānakālepi tikkhattuṃ āgamāsi. Paṭhamaṃ – yakkhadamanatthaṃ ekakova āgantvā yakkhe dametvā 『『mayi parinibbute imasmiṃ dīpe sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhahissatī』』ti tambapaṇṇidīpe rakkhaṃ karonto tikkhattuṃ dīpaṃ āvijji. Dutiyaṃ – mātulabhāgineyyānaṃ nāgarājūnaṃ damanatthāya ekakova āgantvā te dametvā agamāsi. Tatiyaṃ – pañcabhikkhusataparivāro āgantvā mahācetiyaṭṭhāne ca thūpārāmacetiyaṭṭhāne ca mahābodhipatiṭṭhitaṭṭhāne ca mahiyaṅgaṇacetiyaṭṭhāne ca mutiyaṅgaṇacetiyaṭṭhāne ca dīghavāpicetiyaṭṭhāne ca kalyāṇiyacetiyaṭṭhāne ca nirodhasamāpattiṃ samāpajjitvā nisīdi. Idamassa catutthaṃ dhātusarīrena āgamanaṃ.

Dhātusarīrato ca panassa nikkhantaudakaphusitehi sakalatambapaṇṇitale na koci aphuṭṭhokāso nāma ahosi. Evamassa taṃ dhātusarīraṃ udakaphusitehi tambapaṇṇitalassa pariḷāhaṃ vūpasametvā mahājanassa pāṭihāriyaṃ dassetvā otaritvā rañño matthake patiṭṭhāsi . Rājā saphalaṃ manussapaṭilābhaṃ maññamāno mahantaṃ sakkāraṃ karitvā dhātuṃ patiṭṭhāpesi. Saha dhātupatiṭṭhāpanena mahābhūmicālo ahosi. Tasmiñca pana dhātupāṭihāriye cittaṃ pasādetvā rañño bhātā abhayo nāma rājakumāro purisasahassena saddhiṃ pabbaji. Cetaraṭṭhagāmato pañca dārakasatāni pabbajiṃsu, tathā dvāramaṇḍalādīhi gāmakehi nikkhamitvā pañcapañca dārakasatāni sabbānipi antonagarato ca bahinagarato ca pabbajitāni tiṃsabhikkhusahassāni ahesuṃ. Niṭṭhite pana thūpasmiṃ rājā ca rājabhātikā ca deviyo ca devanāgayakkhānampi vimhayakaraṃ paccekaṃ paccekaṃ pūjaṃ akaṃsu. Niṭṭhitāya pana dhātupūjāya patiṭṭhite dhātuvare mahindatthero meghavanuyyānameva gantvā vāsaṃ kappesi.

Tasmiṃ kho pana samaye anuḷā devī pabbajitukāmā hutvā rañño ārocesi. Rājā tassā vacanaṃ sutvā theraṃ etadavoca – 『『anuḷā, bhante, devī pabbajitukāmā, pabbājetha na』』nti. 『『Na, mahārāja, amhākaṃ mātugāmaṃ pabbājetuṃ kappati. Pāṭaliputte pana mayhaṃ bhaginī saṅghamittattherī nāma atthi, taṃ pakkosāpehi. Imasmiñca pana, mahārāja, dīpe purimakānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ sammāsambuddhānaṃ bodhi patiṭṭhāsi. Amhākampi bhagavato sarasaraṃsijālavissajjanakena bodhinā idha patiṭṭhātabbaṃ, tasmā tathā sāsanaṃ pahiṇeyyāsi yathā saṅghamittā bodhiṃ gahetvā āgaccheyyā』』ti.

據說,正等正覺者在世時曾三次來到這個島。第一次,他獨自前來降伏夜叉,並說:"在我涅槃后,教法將在這個島上建立。"他三次環繞銅色島,保護這裡。第二次,他獨自前來降伏舅舅和外甥的龍王。第三次,他帶著五百比丘來到大塔的地方、塔廟塔的地方、大菩提樹安置的地方、瑪希揚加納塔的地方、穆蒂揚加納塔的地方、長池塔的地方和卡利亞尼塔的地方,入定。這是他第四次以舍利身來此。 從舍利身散發出的水滴遍及整個銅色島,沒有一處未被觸及。這樣,他的舍利身以水滴平息了銅色島的熱惱,向大眾顯示神變,然後降落在國王的頭頂上。國王認為自己獲得了人生的果實,做了盛大的供養,安置了舍利。隨著舍利的安置,大地震動。在這舍利的神變中生起信心,國王的弟弟阿巴耶王子帶著一千人出家。從切塔拉塔加馬來的五百個男孩出家,同樣地,從德瓦拉曼達拉等村莊來的每五百個男孩,以及從城內和城外來的所有出家人共有三萬比丘。當塔完成後,國王、王族、王后們以及天神、龍神、夜叉都各自做了令人驚歎的供養。當舍利供養完成,珍貴的舍利安置好后,摩訶摩因達長老回到美伽瓦那花園居住。 在那個時候,阿努拉王后想要出家,向國王報告。國王聽到后對長老說:"尊者,阿努拉王后想要出家,請讓她出家。""大王,我們不允許為女性剃度。但在華氏城有我的妹妹,名叫僧伽密多長老尼,請你召喚她來。而且,大王,在這個島上,前三位正等正覺者的菩提樹已經安置。我們世尊放射光芒的菩提樹也應該在這裡安置,所以你應該這樣派人傳話,讓僧伽密多帶著菩提樹來。"

『『Sādhu, bhante』』ti rājā therassa vacanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā amaccehi saddhiṃ mantento ariṭṭhaṃ nāma attano bhāgineyyaṃ āha – 『『sakkhissasi tvaṃ, tāta, pāṭaliputtaṃ gantvā mahābodhinā saddhiṃ ayyaṃ saṅghamittattheriṃ ānetu』』nti? 『『Sakkhissāmi, deva, sace me pabbajjaṃ anujānissasī』』ti. 『『Gaccha, tāta , theriṃ ānetvā pabbajāhī』』ti. So rañño ca therassa ca sāsanaṃ gahetvā therassa adhiṭṭhānavasena ekadivaseneva jambukolapaṭṭanaṃ gantvā nāvaṃ abhiruhitvā samuddaṃ atikkamitvā pāṭaliputtameva agamāsi. Anuḷāpi kho devī pañcahi kaññāsatehi pañcahi ca antepurikāsatehi saddhiṃ dasa sīlāni samādiyitvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā nagarassa ekadese upassayaṃ kārāpetvā nivāsaṃ kappesi. Ariṭṭhopi taṃdivasameva rañño sāsanaṃ appesi, evañca avoca – 『『putto te, deva, mahindatthero evamāha – 『sahāyakassa kira te devānampiyatissassa rañño bhātu jāyā anuḷā nāma devī pabbajitukāmā , taṃ pabbājetuṃ ayyaṃ saṅghamittattheriṃ pahiṇatha, ayyāyeva ca saddhiṃ mahābodhi』』』nti. Therassa sāsanaṃ ārocetvā saṅghamittattheriṃ upasaṅkamitvā evamāha – 『『ayye, tumhākaṃ bhātā mahindatthero maṃ tumhākaṃ santikaṃ pesesi, devānampiyatissassa rañño bhātu jāyā anuḷā nāma devī pañcahi kaññāsatehi, pañcahi ca antepurikāsatehi saddhiṃ pabbajitukāmā, taṃ kira āgantvā pabbājethā』』ti. Sā tāvadeva turitaturitā rañño santikaṃ gantvā evamāha – 『『mahārāja, mayhaṃ bhātā mahindatthero evaṃ pahiṇi, 『rañño kira bhātu jāyā anuḷā nāma devī pañcahi kaññāsatehi pañcahi ca antepurikāsatehi saddhiṃ pabbajitukāmā mayhaṃ āgamanaṃ udikkhati』. Gacchāmahaṃ, mahārāja, tambapaṇṇidīpa』』nti.

Rājā āha – 『『amma, puttopi me mahindatthero nattā ca me sumanasāmaṇero maṃ chinnahatthaṃ viya karontā tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ gatā. Tassa mayhaṃ tepi apassantassa uppanno soko tava mukhaṃ passantassa vūpasammati! Alaṃ, amma, mā tvaṃ agamāsī』』ti. 『『Bhāriyaṃ me, mahārāja, bhātu vacanaṃ; anuḷāpi khattiyā itthisahassaparivutā pabbajjāpurekkhārā maṃ paṭimāneti; gacchāmahaṃ, mahārājā』』ti. 『『Tena hi, amma, mahābodhiṃ gahetvā gacchāhī』』ti. Kuto rañño mahābodhi? Rājā kira tato pubbe eva dhātuggahaṇatthāya anāgate sumane laṅkādīpaṃ mahābodhiṃ pesetukāmo, 『『kathaṃ nu kho asatthaghātārahaṃ mahābodhiṃ pesessāmī』』ti upāyaṃ apassanto mahādevaṃ nāma amaccaṃ pucchi. So āha – 『『santi, deva, bahū paṇḍitā bhikkhū』』ti. Taṃ sutvā rājā bhikkhusaṅghassa bhattaṃ paṭiyādetvā bhattakiccāvasāne saṅghaṃ pucchi – 『『gantabbaṃ nu kho, bhante, bhagavato mahābodhinā laṅkādīpaṃ no』』ti? Saṅgho moggaliputtatissattherassa bhāraṃ akāsi.

Thero 『『gantabbaṃ, mahārāja, mahābodhinā laṅkādīpa』』nti vatvā bhagavato pañcamahāadhiṭṭhānāni kathesi. Katamāni pañca? Bhagavā kira mahāparinibbānamañce nipanno laṅkādīpe mahābodhipatiṭṭhāpanatthāya 『『asokamahārājā mahābodhiggahaṇatthaṃ gamissati, tadā mahābodhissa dakkhiṇasākhā sayameva chijjitvā suvaṇṇakaṭāhe patiṭṭhātū』』ti adhiṭṭhāsi – idamekamadhiṭṭhānaṃ.

Tattha patiṭṭhānakāle ca 『『mahābodhi himavalāhakagabbhaṃ pavisitvā patiṭṭhātū』』ti adhiṭṭhāsi – idaṃ dutiyamadhiṭṭhānaṃ.

"好的,尊者。"國王接受長老的話，與大臣們商量，對自己的親戚阿里特說：「你能否去帕塔利普特（現代帕塔利普特）帶來大菩提樹和尊者僧伽密多？」「我可以,大王,只要您允許我出家。」國王說：「去吧,帶她回來出家。」於是他帶著國王和長老的命令,在一天之內趕往甘布科拉帕塔納,登上船隻,越過海洋,直奔帕塔利普特。 阿努拉女神也帶著五百個少女和五百個侍女,遵守十條戒律,披上袈裟,在城的一處建造了住處。阿里特在同一天也向國王傳達了命令，並說：「大王,您的兒子摩訶長老如此說道：『您的弟弟德瓦那皮亞王的妻子阿努拉想要出家,請派尊者僧伽密多去出家,並與她一起帶上大菩提樹。』」長老傳達了國王的命令后，走近僧伽密多說：「尊者，您的弟弟摩訶長老派我來您這裡，德瓦那皮亞王的妻子阿努拉想要與五百個少女和五百個侍女一起出家，請您來接她。」她立刻急急忙忙地前往國王那裡，並說：「大王，我的弟弟摩訶長老這樣派我來，『王的弟弟的妻子阿努拉想要與五百個少女和五百個侍女一起出家，我來這裡是爲了出家。』」 國王說：「哎呀，我的兒子摩訶長老和我都沒有見過您，您就像被切斷的手一樣，讓我無法看到銅色島。」她說：「大王，我的兄弟的話；阿努拉也被成千上萬的貴族女性包圍著，想要出家；我會去的，大王。」國王說：「那麼，去吧，帶上大菩提樹。」從哪裡來大王的菩提樹？國王在那之前就想派人把大菩提樹送到蘭卡島（現代斯里蘭卡）以供奉，因此問他的顧問：「我該如何將這棵大菩提樹送去？」顧問說：「大王，有很多聰明的比丘。」聽到這話，國王在比丘們用餐結束后詢問：「尊者，是否應該帶著尊者的大菩提樹去蘭卡島？」比丘們為摩伽利普塔長老的重任而感到驚訝。 長老說：「應該去，大王，帶著大菩提樹去蘭卡島。」於是他講述了佛陀五個重大決定。哪五個？佛陀在大涅槃的床上，決定要在蘭卡島上安置大菩提樹，「阿索卡大王將前往安置大菩提樹，那時大菩提樹的南枝自然會折斷，安置在黃金座上。」這是一個決定。 在安置時，他還決定：「大菩提樹將進入喜馬拉雅山的懷抱安置。」這是第二個決定。

『『Sattame divase himavalāhakagabbhato oruyha suvaṇṇakaṭāhe patiṭṭhahanto pattehi ca phalehi ca chabbaṇṇaraṃsiyo muñcatū』』ti adhiṭṭhāsi – idaṃ tatiyamadhiṭṭhānaṃ.

『『Thūpārāme dakkhiṇakkhakadhātu cetiyamhi patiṭṭhānadivase yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ karotū』』ti adhiṭṭhāsi – idaṃ catutthaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ.

Laṅkādīpamhiyeva me doṇamattā dhātuyo mahācetiyamhi patiṭṭhānakāle buddhavesaṃ gahetvā vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ karontū』』ti adhiṭṭhāsi – idaṃ pañcamaṃ adhiṭṭhānanti.

Rājā imāni pañca mahāadhiṭṭhānāni sutvā pasannacitto pāṭaliputtato yāva mahābodhi tāva maggaṃ paṭijaggāpetvā suvaṇṇakaṭāhatthāya bahuṃ suvaṇṇaṃ nīharāpesi. Tāvadeva ca rañño cittaṃ ñatvā vissakammadevaputto kammāravaṇṇaṃ nimminitvā purato aṭṭhāsi. Rājā taṃ disvā 『『tāta, imaṃ suvaṇṇaṃ gahetvā kaṭāhaṃ karohī』』ti āha. 『『Pamāṇaṃ, deva, jānāthā』』ti? 『『Tvameva, tāta, ñatvā karohī』』ti. 『『Sādhu, deva, karissāmī』』ti suvaṇṇaṃ gahetvā attano ānubhāvena hatthena parimajjitvā suvaṇṇakaṭāhaṃ nimmini navahatthaparikkhepaṃ pañcahatthubbedhaṃ tihatthavikkhambhaṃ aṭṭhaṅgulabahalaṃ hatthisoṇḍappamāṇamukhavaṭṭiṃ. Atha rājā sattayojanāyāmāya tiyojanavitthārāya mahatiyā senāya pāṭaliputtato nikkhamitvā ariyasaṅghamādāya mahābodhisamīpaṃ agamāsi. Senā samussitadhajapaṭākaṃ nānāratanavicittaṃ anekālaṅkārapaamaṇḍitaṃ nānāvidhakusumasamākiṇṇaṃ anekatūriyasaṅghuṭṭhaṃ mahābodhiṃ parikkhipi. Rājā sahassamatte gaṇapāmokkhe mahāthere gahetvā sakalajambudīpe pattābhisekānaṃ rājūnaṃ sahassena attānañca mahābodhiñca parivārāpetvā mahābodhimūle ṭhatvā mahābodhiṃ ullokesi. Mahābodhissa khandhañca dakkhiṇamahāsākhāya catuhatthappamāṇappadesañca ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ adassanaṃ agamāsi.

"在第七天,從喜馬拉雅山的懷抱下降,安置在黃金座上時,讓它從葉子和果實中放射出六種顏色的光芒。"這是第三個決定。 "在塔廟安置右鎖骨舍利的那天,讓它顯現雙神變。"這是第四個決定。 "在蘭卡島的大塔安置一銅缽量的舍利時,讓它以佛陀的形象升入空中,顯現雙神變。"這是第五個決定。 國王聽到這五個重大決定后,心生歡喜,從帕塔利普特一直到大菩提樹的路上都進行了修整,並取出大量黃金用於製作黃金座。此時,知道國王心意的毗首羯摩天子化身為鐵匠出現在前面。國王看到他后說:"孩子,拿著這些黃金做一個座。""大王,您知道尺寸嗎?""你自己知道就做吧,孩子。""好的,大王,我會做的。"他拿著黃金,以自己的神力用手撫摸,製作了一個黃金座,周長九肘,高五肘,直徑三肘,厚八指,口緣如象鼻。 然後,國王帶著七由旬長、三由旬寬的大軍從帕塔利普特出發,帶著聖僧眾來到大菩提樹附近。軍隊豎起旗幟和幡幛,用各種珠寶裝飾,撒滿各種花朵,奏響各種樂器,環繞著大菩提樹。國王帶著約一千位大長老,讓一千位受過灌頂的國王和自己環繞著大菩提樹,站在大菩提樹下仰望大菩提樹。大菩提樹的主幹和右大枝約四肘長的部分可見,其餘部分變得不可見。

Rājā taṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ disvā uppannapītipāmojjo 『『ahaṃ, bhante, imaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ disvā tuṭṭho mahābodhiṃ sakalajambudīparajjena pūjemī』』ti bhikkhusaṅghassa vatvā abhisekaṃ adāsi. Tato pupphagandhādīhi pūjetvā tikkhattuṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā aṭṭhasu ṭhānesu vanditvā uṭṭhāya añjaliṃ paggayha ṭhatvā saccavacanakiriyāya bodhiṃ gaṇhitukāmo bhūmito yāva mahābodhissa dakkhiṇasākhā tāva uccaṃ katvā ṭhapitassa sabbaratanamayapīṭhassa upari suvaṇṇakaṭāhaṃ ṭhapāpetvā ratanapīṭhaṃ āruyha suvaṇṇatulikaṃ gahetvā manosilāya lekhaṃ katvā 『『yadi mahābodhinā laṅkādīpe patiṭṭhātabbaṃ, yadi cāhaṃ buddhasāsane nibbematiko bhaveyyaṃ, mahābodhi sayameva imasmiṃ suvaṇṇakaṭāhe oruyha patiṭṭhātū』』ti saccavacanakiriyamakāsi. Saha saccakiriyāya bodhisākhā manosilāya paricchinnaṭṭhāne chijjitvā gandhakalalapūrassa suvaṇṇakaṭāhassa upari aṭṭhāsi. Tassa ubbedhena dasahattho khandho hoti catuhatthā pañca mahāsākhā pañcahiyeva phalehi paṭimaṇḍitā, khuddakasākhānaṃ pana sahassaṃ. Atha rājā mūlalekhāya upari tivaṅgulappadese aññaṃ lekhaṃ paricchindi. Tato tāvadeva pupphuḷakā hutvā dasa mahāmūlāni nikkhamiṃsu. Puna uparūpari tivaṅgule tivaṅgule aññā nava lekhā paricchindi. Tāhipi dasa dasa pupphuḷakā hutvā navuti mūlāni nikkhamiṃsu. Paṭhamakā dasa mahāmūlā caturaṅgulamattaṃ nikkhantā. Itarepi gavakkhajālasadisaṃ anusibbantā nikkhantā. Ettakaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ rājā ratanapīṭhamatthake ṭhitoyeva disvā añjaliṃ paggayha mahānādaṃ nadi. Anekāni bhikkhusahassāni sādhukāramakaṃsu. Sakalarājasenā unnādinī ahosi. Celukkhepasatasahassāni pavattayiṃsu. Bhūmaṭṭhakadeve ādiṃ katvā yāva brahmakāyikā devā tāva sādhukāraṃ pavattayiṃsu. Rañño imaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ passantassa pītiyā nirantaraṃ phuṭasarīrassa añjaliṃ paggahetvā ṭhitasseva mahābodhi mūlasatena suvaṇṇakaṭāhe patiṭṭhāsi. Dasa mahāmūlāni suvaṇṇakaṭāhatalaṃ āhacca aṭṭhaṃsu. Avasesāni navuti khuddakamūlāni anupubbena vaḍḍhanakāni hutvā gandhakalale oruyha ṭhitāni.

Evaṃ suvaṇṇakaṭāhe patiṭṭhitamatte mahābodhimhi mahāpathavī cali. Ākāse devadundubhiyo phaliṃsu. Pabbatānaṃ naccehi devānaṃ sādhukārehi yakkhānaṃ hiṅkārehi asurānaṃ thutijappehi brahmānaṃ apphoṭanehi meghānaṃ gajjitehi catuppadānaṃ ravehi pakkhīnaṃ rutehi sabbatāḷāvacarānaṃ sakasakapaṭibhānehi pathavītalato yāva brahmalokā tāva ekakolāhalaṃ ekaninnādaṃ ahosi. Pañcasu sākhāsu phalato phalato chabbaṇṇaraṃsiyo nikkhamitvā sakalacakkavāḷaṃ ratanagopānasīvinaddhaṃ viya kurumānā yāva brahmalokā abbhuggacchiṃsu. Taṃ khaṇato ca pana pabhuti satta divasāni mahābodhi himavalāhakagabbhaṃ pavisitvā aṭṭhāsi. Na koci mahābodhiṃ passati. Rājā ratanapīṭhato oruyha satta divasāni mahābodhipūjaṃ kāresi. Sattame divase sabbadisāhi himā ca chabbaṇṇaraṃsiyo ca āvattitvā mahābodhimeva pavisiṃsu. Vigatahimavalāhake vippasanne cakkavāḷagabbhe mahābodhi paripuṇṇakhandhasākhāpasākho pañcaphalapaṭimaṇḍito suvaṇṇakaṭāhe patiṭṭhitova paññāyittha. Rājā mahābodhiṃ disvā tehi pāṭihāriyehi sañjātapītipāmojjo 『『sakalajambudīparajjena taruṇamahābodhiṃ pūjessāmī』』ti abhisekaṃ datvā satta divasāni mahābodhiṭṭhāneyeva aṭṭhāsi.

以下是完整的簡體中文直譯： 國王看到這個神蹟后，產生了歡喜和喜悅，說："尊者，我看到這個神蹟后歡喜，我將用整個南贍部洲的王國來供養大菩提。"對比丘僧團說完后，他授予了灌頂。然後用花香等供養，三次繞行，在八處頂禮，站起來合掌，準備以真言立誓來接受菩提。從地面直到大菩提右側枝，他在已經放置的全寶石製成的座位上方放置了金色容器，登上寶座，拿起金色筆，用紅石粉寫道："如果大菩提應該在蘭卡（斯里蘭卡）安立，如果我將在佛教中無疑，那麼大菩提自己就在這個金色容器中降落安立。"他如此發出真言誓願。隨著真言誓願，菩提枝在紅石粉劃定的地方斷裂，落在盛滿檀香漿的金色容器上方站立。 它的高度是十肘高，枝幹四肘，五大枝，五枝都裝飾有果實，小枝則有千計。然後國王在根部文字上方三指寬處另劃了一道文字。立即就出現了氣泡，十大根部生長出來。又在上方每三指處劃了九道文字。這些也變成了十個十個的氣泡，生長出九十個根部。最初的十大根部生長出約四指長。其餘的也像窗網般相互連線生長出來。國王站在寶座頂端看到這個神蹟，舉起合掌發出大聲吶喊。無數比丘千眾說"善哉"。整個王軍都歡呼起來。扔出了數百千件衣服。從地面諸天開始，直到梵天眾神都發出讚歎。 國王看到這個神蹟時，身體充滿歡喜，舉著合掌站立，大菩提以百個根部安立在金色容器中。十大根部觸及金色容器底部站立。其餘九十個小根部逐漸生長，落在檀香漿中站立。 就在大菩提安立的瞬間，大地震動。天空中響起天鼓。山峰隨舞，諸天讚歎，夜叉歡呼，阿修羅頌揚，梵天拍手，雲朵轟鳴，四足動物吼叫，飛鳥鳴叫，直到梵天界都成為一片喧囂和同一種鳴響。在五枝果實處射出六色光芒，環繞整個世界，如同用寶石裝飾的繩索，直達梵天界。從那一刻起，大菩提進入喜馬拉雅雲層，停留七天。沒有人能看見大菩提。國王從寶座下來，連續七天供養大菩提。第七天，從四方來的寒冷和六色光芒都進入大菩提。雲層澄清，大菩提顯現出全部枝幹和分枝，裝飾有五果，安立在金色容器中。國王看到大菩提，因這些神蹟而產生歡喜，授予灌頂，說："我將用整個南贍部洲王國供養這棵年輕的大菩提"，並在大菩提所在處停留七天。

Mahābodhi pubbakattikapavāraṇādivase sāyanhasamaye paṭhamaṃ suvaṇṇakaṭāhe patiṭṭhahi. Tato himagabbhasattāhaṃ abhisekasattāhañca vītināmetvā kāḷapakkhassa uposathadivase rājā ekadivaseneva pāṭaliputtaṃ pavisitvā kattikajuṇhapakkhassa pāṭipadadivase mahābodhiṃ pācīnamahāsālamūle ṭhapesi. Suvaṇṇakaṭāhe patiṭṭhitadivasato sattarasame divase mahābodhissa abhinavaṅkurā pāturahesuṃ. Te disvāpi pasanno rājā puna mahābodhiṃ rajjena pūjento sakalajambudīpābhisekamadāsi. Tadā sumanasāmaṇero kattikapuṇṇamadivase dhātuggahaṇatthaṃ gato mahābodhissa kattikachaṇapūjaṃ addasa. Evaṃ mahābodhimaṇḍato ānetvā pāṭaliputte ṭhapitaṃ mahābodhiṃ sandhāya āha – 『『tena hi, amma, mahābodhiṃ gahetvā gacchāhī』』ti. Sā 『『sādhū』』ti sampaṭicchi.

Rājā mahābodhirakkhaṇatthāya aṭṭhārasa devatākulāni, aṭṭha amaccakulāni, aṭṭha brāhmaṇakulāni, aṭṭha kuṭumbiyakulāni, aṭṭha gopakakulāni, aṭṭha taracchakulāni, aṭṭha ca kāliṅgakulāni datvā udakasiñcanatthāya ca aṭṭha suvaṇṇaghaṭe, aṭṭha ca rajataghaṭe datvā iminā parivārena mahābodhiṃ gaṅgāya nāvaṃ āropetvā sayampi nagarato nikkhamitvā vijjhāṭaviṃ samatikkamma anupubbena sattahi divasehi tāmalittiṃ anuppatto. Antarāmagge devanāgamanussā uḷāraṃ mahābodhipūjaṃ akaṃsu. Rājāpi samuddatīre satta divasāni mahābodhiṃ ṭhapetvā sakalajambudīpamahārajjaṃ adāsi. Idamassa tatiyaṃ jambudīparajjasampadānaṃ hoti.

Evaṃ mahārajjena pūjetvā māgasiramāsassa paṭhamapāṭipadadivase asoko dhammarājā mahābodhiṃ ukkhipitvā galappamāṇaṃ udakaṃ oruyha nāvāyaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā saṅghamittattherimpi saparivāraṃ nāvaṃ āropetvā ariṭṭhaṃ amaccaṃ etadavoca – 『『ahaṃ, tāta, mahābodhiṃ tikkhattuṃ sakalajambudīparajjena pūjetvā galappamāṇaṃ udakaṃ oruyha mama sahāyakassa pesesiṃ, sopi evameva mahābodhiṃ pūjetū』』ti. Evaṃ sahāyakassa sāsanaṃ datvā 『『gacchati vatare, dasabalassa sarasaraṃsijālaṃ vimuñcanto mahābodhirukkho』』ti vanditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā assūni pavattayamāno aṭṭhāsi. Sāpi kho mahābodhisamārūḷhā nāvā passato passato mahārājassa mahāsamuddatalaṃ pakkhantā. Mahāsamuddepi samantā yojanaṃ vīciyo vūpasantā; pañca vaṇṇāni padumāni pupphitāni; antalikkhe dibbāni tūriyāni pavajjiṃsu; ākāse jalajathalajarukkhādisannissitāhi devatāhi pavattitā ativiya uḷārā pūjā ahosi. Saṅghamittattherīpi supaṇṇarūpena mahāsamudde nāgakulāni santāsesi. Te ca utrastarūpā nāgā āgantvā taṃ vibhūtiṃ passitvā theriṃ yācitvā mahābodhiṃ nāgabhavanaṃ atiharitvā satta divasāni nāgarajjena pūjetvā puna nāvāyaṃ patiṭṭhāpesuṃ. Taṃdivasameva nāvā jambukolapaṭṭanaṃ agamāsi. Asokamahārājāpi mahābodhiviyogadukkhito kanditvā roditvā yāva dassanavisayaṃ oloketvā paṭinivatti.

以下是完整的簡體中文直譯： 大菩提在前迦提迦月(陰曆十月)自恣日的傍晚時分首先安立在金色容器中。然後度過了七天的雲霧期和七天的灌頂期，在黑半月的布薩日，國王一天之內就進入華氏城(現在的巴特那)，在迦提迦月白半月的第一天將大菩提安置在東大沙羅樹根部。從安立在金色容器的那天起第十七天，大菩提的新芽出現了。國王看到后也很歡喜，再次用王國供養大菩提，授予了整個南瞻部洲的灌頂。當時須摩那沙彌在迦提迦月滿月日為取捨利而來，看到了大菩提的迦提迦節日供養。如此從菩提壇帶來安置在華氏城的大菩提，他指的就是這個，說："那麼，母親，請帶走大菩提吧。"她回答說："好的"，同意了。 國王爲了保護大菩提，給了十八個天神家族、八個大臣家族、八個婆羅門家族、八個居士家族、八個牧牛家族、八個豹族和八個迦陵伽族，爲了澆水給了八個金罐和八個銀罐，以這樣的隨從將大菩提裝上恒河的船，自己也離開城市，越過維杰亞森林，依次在七天內到達多摩梨底(現在的塔姆拉利普蒂)。途中天神、龍族和人類都盛大地供養大菩提。國王也在海邊安置大菩提七天，贈送了整個南瞻部洲的大王國。這是他第三次贈送南瞻部洲王國。 如此用大王國供養后，在摩揭陀月(陰曆十一月)的第一天，阿育法王舉起大菩提，進入及頸深的水中，將其安置在船上，也讓僧伽蜜多長老尼和隨從登上船，對阿利吒大臣說："親愛的，我三次用整個南瞻部洲王國供養大菩提，進入及頸深的水中，送給我的朋友，他也應該這樣供養大菩提。"如此給朋友傳達訊息后，說："啊，十力者散發光芒的大菩提樹要走了"，禮拜后舉起合掌，流著眼淚站著。那艘載著大菩提的船在大王注視下駛向大海。在大海中周圍一由旬的波浪平息；五色蓮花盛開；空中響起天界的音樂；空中由水生、陸生、樹棲等神祇進行的供養非常盛大。僧伽蜜多長老尼也以金翅鳥的形象在大海中驚嚇龍族。那些受驚的龍族來看到這種威力后，請求長老尼將大菩提帶到龍宮，用龍王國供養七天，然後再安置在船上。當天船就到達了瞻部樹港。阿育大王因與大菩提分離而悲傷，哭泣著，一直望著直到看不見為止才返回。

Devānampiyatisso mahārājāpi kho sumanasāmaṇerassa vacanena māgasiramāsassa paṭhamapāṭipadadivasato pabhuti uttaradvārato paṭṭhāya yāva jambukolapaṭṭanaṃ tāva maggaṃ sodhāpetvā alaṅkārāpetvā nagarato nikkhamanadivase uttaradvārasamīpe samuddasālavatthusmiṃ ṭhitoyeva tāya vibhūtiyā mahāsamudde āgacchantaṃyeva mahābodhiṃ therassa ānubhāvena disvā tuṭṭhamānaso nikkhamitvā sabbaṃ maggaṃ pañcavaṇṇehi pupphehi okirāpento antarantare pupphaagghiyāni ṭhapento ekāheneva jambukolapaṭṭanaṃ gantvā sabbatāḷāvacaraparivuto pupphadhūmagandhavāsādīhi pūjayamāno galappamāṇaṃ udakaṃ oruyha 『『āgato vatare, dasabalassa sarasaraṃsijālavissajjanako mahābodhirukkho』』ti pasannacitto mahābodhiṃ ukkhipitvā uttamaṅge sirasmiṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā mahābodhiṃ parivāretvā āgatehi soḷasahi jātisampannakulehi saddhiṃ samuddato paccuttaritvā samuddatīre mahābodhiṃ ṭhapetvā tīṇi divasāni sakalatambapaṇṇidīparajjena pūjesi, soḷasannaṃ jātisampannakulānaṃ rajjaṃ vicāresi. Atha catutthe divase mahābodhiṃ ādāya uḷāraṃ pūjaṃ kurumāno anupubbena anurādhapuraṃ sampatto. Anurādhapurepi mahāsakkāraṃ katvā cātuddasīdivase vaḍḍhamānakacchāyāya mahābodhiṃ uttaradvārena pavesetvā nagaramajjhena atiharanto dakkhiṇadvārena nikkhamitvā dakkhiṇadvārato pañcadhanusatike ṭhāne yattha amhākaṃ sammāsambuddho nirodhasamāpattiṃ samāpajjitvā nisīdi, purimakā ca tayo sammāsambuddhā samāpattiṃ appetvā nisīdiṃsu, yattha kakusandhassa bhagavato mahāsirīsabodhi, konāgamanassa bhagavato udumbarabodhi, kassapasammāsambuddhassa ca nigrodhabodhi patiṭṭhāsi, tasmiṃ mahāmeghavanuyyānassa tilakabhūte sumanasāmaṇerassa vacanena paṭhamameva katabhūmiparikamme rājavatthudvārakoṭṭhakaṭṭhāne mahābodhiṃ patiṭṭhāpesi.

以下是完整的簡體中文直譯： 天愛帝須大王聽從須摩那沙彌的話，從摩揭陀月（陰曆十一月）第一天開始，從北門到瞻部樹港，清理並裝飾道路。在離開城市的那天，他站在北門附近的海沙羅樹地方，通過長老的神通力看到大菩提以那種威力在大海中到來，心中歡喜地出發，讓人用五色花撒滿整個道路，中間放置花供養，一天之內就到達瞻部樹港。他被所有樂器演奏者包圍，用花、香、薰香等供養，進入及頸深的水中，心中歡喜地說："啊，十力者散發光芒的大菩提樹來了"，舉起大菩提安置在頭頂上，與圍繞大菩提而來的十六個高貴家族一起從海中上岸，將大菩提安置在海岸邊，用整個銅色島（斯里蘭卡）的王國供養三天，將王國委託給十六個高貴家族管理。然後在第四天，帶著大菩提，進行盛大的供養，依次到達阿努拉德普拉（現在的阿努拉德普勒）。 在阿努拉德普拉也進行了大規模的供養，在第十四天，當陰影逐漸變長時，從北門將大菩提帶入，穿過城市中心，從南門出來，在南門五百弓距離的地方，也就是我們的正等正覺者入滅盡定而坐之處，前三位正等正覺者也入定而坐之處，迦拘孫陀世尊的大希利沙菩提樹、拘那含牟尼世尊的優曇婆羅菩提樹和迦葉正等正覺者的尼拘律陀菩提樹安立之處，在那個成為大雲林園（大雨林公園）裝飾的地方，按照須摩那沙彌的話，在已經預先準備好的王室門樓處安立了大菩提。

Kathaṃ? Tāni kira bodhiṃ parivāretvā āgatāni soḷasa jātisampannakulāni rājavesaṃ gaṇhiṃsu. Rājā dovārikavesaṃ gaṇhi. Soḷasa kulāni mahābodhiṃ gahetvā oropayiṃsu. Mahābodhi tesaṃ hatthato muttasamanantarameva asītihatthappamāṇaṃ vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā chabbaṇṇaraṃsiyo muñci. Raṃsiyo sakaladīpaṃ pattharitvā upari brahmalokaṃ āhacca aṭṭhaṃsu. Mahābodhipāṭihāriyaṃ disvā sañjātappasādāni dasapurisasahassāni anupubbavipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā arahattaṃ patvā pabbajiṃsu. Yāva sūriyatthaṅgamā mahābodhi antalikkhe aṭṭhāsi. Atthaṅgamite pana sūriye rohiṇinakkhattena pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhāsi. Saha bodhipatiṭṭhānā udakapariyantaṃ katvā mahāpathavī akampi. Patiṭṭhahitvā ca pana mahābodhi satta divasāni himagabbhe sannisīdi. Lokassa adassanaṃ agamāsi. Sattame divase vigatavalāhakaṃ nabhaṃ ahosi. Chabbaṇṇaraṃsiyo jalantā vipphurantā nicchariṃsu. Mahābodhissa khandho ca sākhāyo ca pattāni ca pañca phalāni ca dassiṃsu. Mahindatthero ca saṅghamittattherī ca rājā ca saparivārā mahābodhiṭṭhānameva agamaṃsu. Yebhuyyena ca sabbe dīpavāsino sannipatiṃsu. Tesaṃ passantānaṃyeva uttarasākhato ekaṃ phalaṃ paccitvā sākhato mucci. Thero hatthaṃ upanāmesi. Phalaṃ therassa hatthe patiṭṭhāsi. Taṃ thero 『『ropaya, mahārājā』』ti rañño adāsi. Rājā gahetvā suvaṇṇakaṭāhe madhurapaṃsuṃ ākiritvā gandhakalalaṃ pūretvā ropetvā mahābodhiāsannaṭṭhāne ṭhapesi. Sabbesaṃ passantānaṃyeva catuhatthappamāṇā aṭṭha taruṇabodhirukkhā uṭṭhahiṃsu. Rājā taṃ acchariyaṃ disvā aṭṭha taruṇabodhirukkhe setacchattena pūjetvā abhisekaṃ adāsi. Tato ekaṃ bodhirukkhaṃ āgamanakāle mahābodhinā paṭhamapatiṭṭhitokāse jambukolapaṭṭane ropayiṃsu, ekaṃ tavakkabrāhmaṇassa gāmadvāre, ekaṃ thūpārāme, ekaṃ issaranimmānavihāre, ekaṃ paṭhamacetiyaṭṭhāne, ekaṃ cetiyapabbate, ekaṃ rohaṇajanapadamhi kājaragāme, ekaṃ rohaṇajanapadamhiyeva candanagāme. Itaresaṃ catunnaṃ phalānaṃ bījehi jāte dvattiṃsa bodhitaruṇe yojaniyaārāmesu patiṭṭhāpesuṃ.

Evaṃ puttanattuparamparāya samantā dīpavāsīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya patiṭṭhite dasabalassa dhammadhajabhūte mahābodhimhi anuḷā devī pañcahi kaññāsatehi pañcahi ca antepurikāsatehīti mātugāmasahassena saddhiṃ saṅghamittattheriyā santike pabbajitvā nacirasseva saparivārā arahatte patiṭṭhāsi. Ariṭṭhopi kho rañño bhāgineyyo pañcahi purisasatehi saddhiṃ therassa santike pabbajitvā nacirasseva saparivāro arahatte patiṭṭhāsi.

Athekadivasaṃ rājā mahābodhiṃ vanditvā therena saddhiṃ thūpārāmaṃ gacchati. Tassa lohapāsādaṭṭhānaṃ sampattassa purisā pupphāni abhihariṃsu. Rājā therassa pupphāni adāsi. Thero pupphehi lohapāsādaṭṭhānaṃ pūjesi. Pupphesu bhūmiyaṃ patitamattesu mahābhūmicālo ahosi. Rājā 『『kasmā, bhante, bhūmi calitā』』ti pucchi. 『『Ismiṃ, mahārāja, okāse saṅghassa anāgate uposathāgāraṃ bhavissati, tassetaṃ pubbanimitta』』nti.

以下是完整的簡體中文直譯： 怎麼樣呢？據說那些圍繞菩提樹而來的十六個高貴家族穿上了王裝。國王穿上了門衛的裝束。十六個家族拿著大菩提樹放下。大菩提樹一離開他們的手，立即升到八十肘高的空中，放出六色光芒。光芒遍佈整個島嶼，向上直達梵天界。看到大菩提樹的神蹟后，一萬人生起信心，開始修習內觀，證得阿羅漢果后出家。直到日落，大菩提樹都停留在空中。當太陽落山時，在羅希尼星宿下安立在地上。隨著菩提樹的安立，大地震動直至海邊。安立后，大菩提樹在雲霧中停留七天。世人看不見它。第七天，天空中的雲彩消散。六色光芒閃耀著射出。大菩提樹的樹幹、枝條、葉子和五個果實都顯現出來。摩訶印陀長老、僧伽蜜多長老尼、國王和隨從都來到大菩提樹所在地。幾乎所有島上居民都聚集在那裡。在他們觀看時，北邊的枝條上一個果實成熟掉落。長老伸手接住。果實落在長老手中。長老說："種下它，大王"，把它給了國王。國王接過後，在金色容器中撒上甜土，填滿香泥，種下後放在靠近大菩提樹的地方。在所有人注視下，八棵四肘高的幼小菩提樹長了出來。國王看到這個奇蹟，用白傘供養八棵幼小菩提樹，併爲它們灌頂。然後他們在大菩提樹最初安立的地方種下一棵菩提樹，在瞻部樹港；一棵在塔瓦卡婆羅門村門口；一棵在塔園寺；一棵在伊舍羅建造的寺院；一棵在第一塔的地方；一棵在塔山；一棵在羅哈納地區的卡加拉村；一棵也在羅哈納地區的旃檀村。其他四個果實的種子長成的三十二棵幼小菩提樹，他們安置在一由旬範圍內的園林中。 如此，爲了島上居民子孫後代的利益和快樂，安立了作為十力者法幢的大菩提樹。阿努拉王后與五百少女和五百宮女，共一千女性一起在僧伽蜜多長老尼座下出家，不久后與隨從一起證得阿羅漢果。國王的外甥阿利吒也與五百男子一起在長老座下出家，不久后與隨從一起證得阿羅漢果。 有一天，國王禮拜大菩提樹后，與長老一起去塔園寺。當他到達銅殿所在地時，人們帶來了花。國王把花給了長老。長老用花供養銅殿所在地。花剛落到地上，就發生了大地震。國王問道："尊者，為什麼地震了？""大王，在這個地方，將來會有僧團的布薩堂，這是它的前兆。"

Rājā puna therena saddhiṃ gacchanto ambaṅgaṇaṭṭhānaṃ patto. Tatthassa vaṇṇagandhasampannaṃ atimadhurarasaṃ ekaṃ ambapakkaṃ āharīyittha. Rājā taṃ therassa paribhogatthāya adāsi. Thero tattheva paribhuñjitvā 『『idaṃ ettheva ropethā』』ti āha. Rājā taṃ ambaṭṭhiṃ gahetvā tattheva ropetvā udakaṃ āsiñci. Saha ambabījaropanena pathavī akampi. Rājā 『『kasmā, bhante, pathavī kampitthā』』ti pucchi. 『『Imasmiṃ, mahārāja, okāse saṅghassa anāgate 『ambaṅgaṇaṃ』 nāma sannipātaṭṭhānaṃ bhavissati, tassetaṃ pubbanimitta』』nti.

Rājā tattha aṭṭha pupphamuṭṭhiyo okiritvā vanditvā puna therena saddhiṃ gacchanto mahācetiyaṭṭhānaṃ patto. Tatthassa purisā campakapupphāni abhihariṃsu. Tāni rājā therassa adāsi. Thero mahācetiyaṭṭhānaṃ pupphehi pūjetvā vandi. Tāvadeva mahāpathavī saṅkampi. Rājā 『『kasmā, bhante, pathavī kampitthā』』ti pucchi. 『『Imasmiṃ, mahārāja, okāse anāgate buddhassa bhagavato asadiso mahāthūpo bhavissati, tassetaṃ pubbanimitta』』nti. 『『Ahameva karomi, bhante』』ti. 『『Alaṃ, mahārāja, tumhākaṃ aññaṃ bahukammaṃ atthi, tumhākaṃ pana nattā duṭṭhagāmaṇī abhayo nāma kāressatī』』ti. Atha rājā 『『sace, bhante, mayhaṃ nattā karissati, kataṃyeva mayā』』ti dvādasahatthaṃ pāsāṇatthambhaṃ āharāpetvā 『『devānampiyatissassa rañño nattā duṭṭhagāmaṇī abhayo nāma imasmiṃ padese thūpaṃ karotū』』ti akkharāni likhāpetvā patiṭṭhāpetvā vanditvā theraṃ pucchi – 『『patiṭṭhitaṃ nu kho, bhante, tambapaṇṇidīpe sāsana』』nti? 『『Patiṭṭhitaṃ, mahārāja, sāsanaṃ; mūlāni panassa na tāva otarantī』』ti. 『『Kadā pana, bhante mūlāni otiṇṇāni nāma bhavissantī』』ti? 『『Yadā, mahārāja, tambapaṇṇidīpakānaṃ mātāpitūnaṃ tambapaṇṇidīpe jāto dārako tambapaṇṇidīpe pabbajitvā tambapaṇṇidīpamhiyeva vinayaṃ uggahetvā tambapaṇṇidīpe vācessati, tadā sāsanassa mūlāni otiṇṇāni nāma bhavissantī』』ti. 『『Atthi pana, bhante, ediso bhikkhū』』ti? 『『Atthi, mahārāja, mahāariṭṭho bhikkhu paṭibalo etasmiṃ kamme』』ti. 『『Mayā ettha, bhante, kiṃ kattabba』』nti? 『『Maṇḍapaṃ, mahārāja, kātuṃ vaṭṭatī』』ti. 『『Sādhu, bhante』』ti rājā meghavaṇṇābhayassa amaccassa pariveṇaṭṭhāne mahāsaṅgītikāle ajātasattumahārājena katamaṇḍapappakāraṃ rājānubhāvena maṇḍapaṃ kāretvā sabbatāḷāvacare sakasakasippesu payojetvā 『『sāsanassa mūlāni otarantāni passissāmī』』ti anekapurisasahassaparivuto thūpārāmaṃ anuppatto.

Tena kho pana samayena thūpārāme aṭṭhasaṭṭhi bhikkhusahassāni sannipatiṃsu. Mahāmahindattherassa āsanaṃ dakkhiṇābhimukhaṃ paññattaṃ hoti. Mahāariṭṭhattherassa dhammāsanaṃ uttarābhimukhaṃ paññattaṃ hoti. Atha kho mahāariṭṭhatthero mahindattherena ajjhiṭṭho attano anurūpena pattānukkamena dhammāsane nisīdi. Mahindattherapamukhā aṭṭhasaṭṭhi mahātherā dhammāsanaṃ parivāretvā nisīdiṃsu. Raññopi kaniṭṭhabhātā mattābhayatthero nāma 『『dhuraggāho hutvā vinayaṃ uggaṇhissāmī』』ti pañcahi bhikkhusatehi saddhiṃ mahāariṭṭhattherassa dhammāsanameva parivāretvā nisīdi. Avasesāpi bhikkhū sarājikā ca parisā attano attano pattāsane nisīdiṃsu.

以下是完整的簡體中文直譯： 國王再次與長老一起前行，來到芒果園的地方。那裡有人給他帶來了一個色香味俱全、非常甜美的成熟芒果。國王把它給長老食用。長老就在那裡吃了，說："請把這個種在這裡。"國王拿起芒果核，就在那裡種下，澆了水。隨著芒果種子的種下，大地震動。國王問道："尊者，為什麼地震了？""大王，在這個地方，將來會有僧團的集會處，名為'芒果園'，這是它的前兆。" 國王在那裡撒下八把花，禮拜后，再次與長老一起前行，來到大塔的地方。那裡有人給他帶來了瞻波迦花。國王把這些花給了長老。長老用花供養大塔的地方並禮拜。立即大地震動。國王問道："尊者，為什麼地震了？""大王，在這個地方，將來會有無與倫比的佛陀世尊的大塔，這是它的前兆。""尊者，我來建造。""夠了，大王，你還有其他很多事要做，但你的孫子名叫杜圖加摩尼·阿巴亞會建造它。"於是國王說："尊者，如果我的孫子會建造，那就等於我建造了。"他讓人帶來一根十二肘高的石柱，刻上"愿天愛帝須國王的孫子名叫杜圖加摩尼·阿巴亞在這個地方建塔"的文字，立起后禮拜，然後問長老："尊者，教法是否已在銅色島（斯里蘭卡）確立？""大王，教法已經確立，但它的根還沒有深入。""尊者，什麼時候才算是根已深入？""大王，當銅色島父母所生的孩子在銅色島出家，在銅色島學習律藏，在銅色島教授時，那時就算教法的根已深入。""尊者，有這樣的比丘嗎？""有的，大王，大阿利吒比丘有能力做這件事。""尊者，我在這件事上應該做什麼？""大王，建造一個帳篷是合適的。""好的，尊者。"國王在梅伽瓦納·阿巴亞大臣的住處，按照第一次結集時阿阇世大王所建帳篷的樣式，用王權建造了一個帳篷，讓所有樂器演奏者各展所長，說："我要看到教法的根深入"，帶著數千人來到塔園寺。 那時，塔園寺聚集了六萬八千比丘。摩訶摩印陀長老的座位朝南設定。摩訶阿利吒長老的法座朝北設定。然後摩訶阿利吒長老應摩印陀長老的請求，按照自己的資格和次第坐在法座上。以摩印陀長老為首的六十八位大長老圍繞法座而坐。國王的弟弟名叫摩塔巴亞長老，說"我要成為領頭人學習律藏"，與五百比丘一起圍繞摩訶阿利吒長老的法座而坐。其餘的比丘和包括國王在內的會眾也各自在適當的座位上坐下。

Athāyasmā mahāariṭṭhatthero tena samayena buddho bhagavā verañjāyaṃ viharati naḷerupucimandamūleti vinayanidānaṃ abhāsi. Bhāsite ca panāyasmatā ariṭṭhattherena vinayanidāne ākāsaṃ mahāviravaṃ ravi. Akālavijjulatā nicchariṃsu. Devatā sādhukāraṃ adaṃsu. Mahāpathavī udakapariyantaṃ katvā saṅkampi. Evaṃ anekesu pāṭihāriyesu vattamānesu āyasmā ariṭṭhatthero mahāmahindapamukhehi aṭṭhasaṭṭhiyā paccekagaṇīhi khīṇāsavamahātherehi tadaññehi ca aṭṭhasaṭṭhibhikkhusahassehi parivuto paṭhamakattikapavāraṇādivase thūpārāmavihāramajjhe satthu karuṇāguṇadīpakaṃ bhagavato anusiṭṭhikarānaṃ kāyakammavacīkammavipphanditavinayanaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ pakāsesi. Pakāsetvā ca yāvatāyukaṃ tiṭṭhamāno bahūnaṃ vācetvā bahūnaṃ hadaye patiṭṭhāpetvā anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyi. Tepi kho mahāmahindappamukhā tasmiṃ samāgame –

『『Aṭṭhasaṭṭhi mahātherā, dhuraggāhā samāgatā;

Paccekagaṇino sabbe, dhammarājassa sāvakā.

『『Khīṇāsavā vasippattā, tevijjā iddhikovidā;

Uttamatthamabhiññāya, anusāsiṃsu rājino.

『『Ālokaṃ dassayitvāna, obhāsetvā mahiṃ imaṃ;

Jalitvā aggikkhandhāva, nibbāyiṃsu mahesayo』』.

Tesaṃ parinibbānato aparabhāge aññepi tesaṃ therānaṃ antevāsikā tissadattakāḷasumana-dīghasumanādayo ca mahāariṭṭhattherassa antevāsikā, antevāsikānaṃ antevāsikā cāti evaṃ pubbe vuttappakārā ācariyaparamparā imaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ yāvajjatanā ānesuṃ. Tena vuttaṃ –

『『Tatiyasaṅgahato pana uddhaṃ imaṃ dīpaṃ mahindādīhi ābhataṃ, mahindato uggahetvā kañci kālaṃ ariṭṭhattherādīhi ābhataṃ, tato yāvajjatanā tesaṃyeva antevāsikaparamparabhūtāya ācariyaparamparāya ābhata』』nti.

Kattha patiṭṭhitanti? Yesaṃ pāḷito ca atthato ca anūnaṃ vattati, maṇighaṭe pakkhittatelamiva īsakampi na paggharati, evarūpesu adhimattasati-gati-dhiti-mantesu lajjīsu kukkuccakesu sikkhākāmesu puggalesu patiṭṭhitanti veditabbaṃ. Tasmā vinayapatiṭṭhāpanatthaṃ vinayapariyattiyā ānisaṃsaṃ sallakkhetvā sikkhākāmena bhikkhunā vinayo pariyāpuṇitabbo.

Tatrāyaṃ vinayapariyattiyā ānisaṃso – vinayapariyattikusalo hi puggalo sāsane paṭiladdhasaddhānaṃ kulaputtānaṃ mātāpituṭṭhāniyo hoti, tadāyattā hi nesaṃ pabbajjā upasampadā vattānuvattapaṭipatti ācāragocarakusalatā. Api cassa vinayapariyattiṃ nissāya attano sīlakkhandho sugutto hoti surakkhito; kukkuccapakatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ paṭisaraṇaṃ hoti; visārado saṅghamajjhe voharati; paccatthike sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggaṇhāti; saddhammaṭṭhitiyā paṭipanno hoti. Tenāha bhagavā – 『『pañcime, bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā vinayadhare puggale; attano sīlakkhandho sugutto hoti surakkhito…pe… saddhammaṭṭhitiyā paṭipanno hotī』』ti (pari. 325).

以下是完整的簡體中文直譯： 那時，摩訶阿利吒長老在那個時候，佛陀世尊正在維蘭賈（現在的維蘭賈）居住，講述了關於那利樹的根本教法。長老阿利吒講完后，空中發出宏大的響聲。時光閃爍，神明們給予讚美。大地震動，直到水邊。這樣，在許多神蹟發生的時候，阿利吒長老在摩訶印陀的帶領下，和六十八位阿羅漢、許多其他的六十八位比丘一起，于第一次結集的日子，在大塔寺的中間，宣講了佛陀所教的關於身體、語言和心靈的行爲規範，闡述了《律藏》。宣講完后，他站立不動，教導許多人，安定許多人的心，最終證得無餘涅槃。 在他們的圓滿涅槃之後，後來還有其他長老的弟子，如提薩達卡拉蘇瑪、迪哈蘇瑪等，都是摩訶阿利吒長老的弟子，弟子的弟子，正如之前所述的那樣，這些師承關係將《律藏》傳承下去。因此有云： 「六十八位大長老，聚集在一起； 所有的獨覺者，都是法王的弟子。 「已斷煩惱的，住于安樂中，三明通達，具足神通； 爲了至高無上的真理，教導國王。 「顯示光明，照亮這大地； 如同烈火焰，證得涅槃的大聖者。」 在他們圓滿涅槃之後，後來還有其他這些長老的弟子，提薩達卡拉蘇瑪、迪哈蘇瑪等，都是摩訶阿利吒長老的弟子，弟子的弟子，正如之前所述的那樣，這些師承關係將《律藏》傳承下去。因此有云： 「第三次的聚集，正是這座島嶼由摩訶印陀等人所光照，摩訶阿利吒等人所宣講的，從那時起，直到現在，都是弟子的師承關係。」 那究竟在哪裡建立呢？那些持戒而不失的，像精美的水晶瓶一樣，不會有絲毫的搖動，像這種人，在過度的專注、意志、堅定、智慧等方面，都是值得稱讚的。因此，爲了建立《律藏》，應當考慮到這些好處，並由持戒的比丘來完善《律藏》。 這裡有一個關於《律藏》的好處——在《律藏》中精通的人，能獲得信仰的家庭的父母的支援，因此，他們的出家、受戒、修行、行為的規範都與之相關。並且依靠《律藏》，自身的戒行也會得到很好的保護和維護；對於那些有疑慮的比丘來說，能夠獲得庇護；在僧團中能很好地交往；能夠善於處理外部的障礙；以正法的堅持而存在。因此佛陀說：「比丘們，持戒的人有五種好處；自身的戒行得到很好的保護和維護……並且以正法的堅持而存在。」

Ye cāpi saṃvaramūlakā kusalā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, vinayadharo puggalo tesaṃ dāyādo; vinayamūlakattā tesaṃ dhammānaṃ. Vuttampi hetaṃ bhagavatā – 『『vinayo saṃvaratthāya, saṃvaro avippaṭisāratthāya, avippaṭisāro pāmojjatthāya, pāmojjaṃ pītatthāya, pīti passaddhatthāya, passaddhi sukhatthāya, sukhaṃ samādhatthāya, samādhi yathābhūtañāṇadassanatthāya, yathābhūtañāṇadassanaṃ nibbidatthāya, nibbidā virāgatthāya, virāgo vimuttatthāya , vimutti vimuttiñāṇadassanatthāya, vimuttiñāṇadassanaṃ anupādāparinibbānatthāya. Etadatthā kathā, etadatthā mantanā, etadatthā upanisā, etadatthaṃ sotāvadhānaṃ – yadidaṃ anupādācittassa vimokkho』』ti (pari. 366). Tasmā vinayapariyattiyā āyogo karaṇīyoti.

Ettāvatā ca yā sā vinayasaṃvaṇṇanatthaṃ mātikā ṭhapitā tattha –

『『Vuttaṃ yena yadā yasmā, dhāritaṃ yena cābhataṃ;

Yatthappatiṭṭhitaṃ cetametaṃ, vatvā vidhiṃ tato』』ti.

Imissā tāva gāthāya attho pakāsito vinayassa ca bāhiranidānavaṇṇanā yathādhippāyaṃ saṃvaṇṇitā hotīti.

Tatiyasaṅgītikathā niṭṭhitā.

Bāhiranidānakathā niṭṭhitā.

Verañjakaṇḍavaṇṇanā

1. Idāni

『『Tenātiādipāṭhassa, atthaṃ nānappakārato;

Dassayanto karissāmi, vinayassatthavaṇṇana』』nti.

Vuttattā tena samayena buddho bhagavātiādīnaṃ atthavaṇṇanaṃ karissāmi. Seyyathidaṃ – tenāti aniyamaniddesavacanaṃ. Tassa sarūpena avuttenapi aparabhāge atthato siddhena yenāti iminā vacanena paṭiniddeso kātabbo. Aparabhāge hi vinayapaññattiyācanahetubhūto āyasmato sāriputtassa parivitakko siddho. Tasmā yena samayena so parivitakko udapādi, tena samayena buddho bhagavā verañjāyaṃ viharatīti evamettha sambandho veditabbo. Ayañhi sabbasmimpi vinaye yutti, yadidaṃ yattha yattha 『『tenā』』ti vuccati tattha tattha pubbe vā pacchā vā atthato siddhena 『『yenā』』ti iminā vacanena paṭiniddeso kātabboti.

Tatridaṃ mukhamattanidassanaṃ – 『『tena hi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāmi, yena sudinno methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevi; yasmā paṭisevi, tasmā paññapessāmī』』ti vuttaṃ hoti. Evaṃ tāva pubbe atthato siddhena yenāti iminā vacanena paṭiniddeso yujjati. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati, yena samayena dhaniyo kumbhakāraputto rañño dārūni adinnaṃ ādiyīti evaṃ pacchā atthato siddhena yenāti iminā vacanena paṭiniddeso yujjatīti vutto tenāti vacanassa attho. Samayenāti ettha pana samayasaddo tāva –

Samavāye khaṇe kāle, samūhe hetu-diṭṭhisu;

Paṭilābhe pahāne ca, paṭivedhe ca dissati.

Tathā hissa – 『『appeva nāma svepi upasaṅkameyyāma kālañca samayañca upādāyā』』ti (dī. ni. 1.447) evamādīsu samavāyo attho. 『『Ekova kho, bhikkhave, khaṇo ca samayo ca brahmacariyavāsāyā』』ti (a. ni. 8.29) evamādīsu khaṇo. 『『Uṇhasamayo pariḷāhasamayo』』ti (pāci. 358) evamādīsu kālo. 『『Mahāsamayo pavanasmi』』nti evamādīsu samūho. 『『Samayopi kho te, bhaddāli, appaṭividdho ahosi – 『bhagavā kho sāvatthiyaṃ viharati, bhagavāpi maṃ jānissati – bhaddāli nāma bhikkhu satthusāsane sikkhāya aparipūrakārī』ti ayampi kho te, bhaddāli, samayo appaṭividdho ahosī』』ti (ma. ni.

以下是完整的簡體中文直譯： 世尊所說的那些以自制為根本的善法，持律者是這些法的繼承人；因為這些法以律為根本。世尊也這樣說過："戒律是爲了自制，自製是爲了無悔，無悔是爲了喜悅，喜悅是爲了喜，喜是爲了輕安，輕安是爲了樂，樂是爲了定，定是爲了如實知見，如實知見是爲了厭離，厭離是爲了離欲，離欲是爲了解脫，解脫是爲了解脫知見，解脫知見是爲了無取涅槃。這就是討論的目的，這就是商議的目的，這就是親近的目的，這就是傾聽的目的——也就是心無所取而解脫。"因此，應當致力於學習戒律。 到此為止，爲了註釋戒律而設立的綱要中： "由誰說，何時說，為何說， 由誰持，由誰傳， 在何處建立，這些說完后再說方法。" 這首偈頌的含義已經闡明，戒律的外部因緣註釋也已按意圖解釋完畢。 第三次結集的敘述結束。 外部因緣的敘述結束。 維蘭賈品註釋 1. 現在 "我將以各種方式， 闡明'彼時'等文句的含義， 解釋戒律的意義。" 因為這樣說過，所以我將對"彼時，佛陀世尊"等進行意義註釋。這就是： "彼"是不確定指示詞。雖然沒有明確說出它的具體指示對象，但應該用後面在意義上成立的"彼"這個詞來回指。因為後面有長老舍利弗請求制定戒律的緣由成立。因此，應該理解這裡的聯繫是：在那個生起這種思惟的時候，佛陀世尊住在維蘭賈。這是所有戒律中的規則，即wherever wherever"彼"被使用，都應該用前面或後面在意義上成立的"彼"這個詞來回指。 這裡有一個簡單的例子："因此，比丘們，我將為比丘們制定學處，因為善生行淫；因為他行淫，所以我要制定。"這樣，用前面在意義上成立的"彼"來回指是合適的。"彼時，佛陀世尊住在王舍城，在那個時候，陶師子達尼耶偷取國王的木材"，這樣用後面在意義上成立的"彼"來回指是合適的。這就是"彼"這個詞的含義。 關於"時"這個詞，它出現在以下場合： 聚集、瞬間、時間、 群集、因、見解、 獲得、捨棄和證悟。 例如："也許明天我們會在適當的時間去拜訪"，這裡表示聚集。"比丘們，修梵行只有一個時機和時間"，這裡表示瞬間。"炎熱時節，悶熱時節"，這裡表示時間。"林中大集會"，這裡表示群集。"跋陀利啊，你沒有意識到這個時機：'世尊住在舍衛城，世尊會知道我——名叫跋陀利的比丘不完全履行師尊的教導'，跋陀利啊，你沒有意識到這個時機"

2.135) evamādīsu hetu. 『『Tena kho pana samayena uggahamāno paribbājako samaṇamuṇḍikāputto samayappavādake tindukācīre ekasālake mallikāya ārāme paṭivasatī』』ti (ma. ni. 2.260) evamādīsu diṭṭhi.

『『Diṭṭhe dhamme ca yo attho, yo cattho samparāyiko;

Atthābhisamayā dhīro, paṇḍitoti pavuccatī』』ti. (saṃ. ni. 1.129);

Evamādīsu paṭilābho. 『『Sammā mānābhisamayā antamakāsi dukkhassā』』ti (ma. ni. 1.28) evamādīsu pahānaṃ. 『『Dukkhassa pīḷanaṭṭho saṅkhataṭṭho santāpaṭṭho vipariṇāmaṭṭho abhisamayaṭṭho』』ti (paṭi. ma. 2.8) evamādīsu paṭivedho attho. Idha panassa kālo attho. Tasmā yena kālena āyasmato sāriputtassa vinayapaññattiyācanahetubhūto parivitakko udapādi, tena kālenāti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo.

Etthāha – 『『atha kasmā yathā suttante 『ekaṃ samaya』nti upayogavacanena niddeso kato, abhidhamme ca 『yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacara』nti bhummavacanena, tathā akatvā idha 『tena samayenā』ti karaṇavacanena niddeso kato』』ti? Tattha tathā, idha ca aññathā atthasambhavato. Kathaṃ? Suttante tāva accantasaṃyogattho sambhavati. Yañhi samayaṃ bhagavā brahmajālādīni suttantāni desesi, accantameva taṃ samayaṃ karuṇāvihārena vihāsi; tasmā tadatthajotanatthaṃ tattha upayoganiddeso kato. Abhidhamme ca adhikaraṇattho bhāvenabhāvalakkhaṇattho ca sambhavati. Adhikaraṇañhi kālattho samūhattho ca samayo, tattha vuttānaṃ phassādidhammānaṃ khaṇasamavāyahetusaṅkhātassa ca samayassa bhāvena tesaṃ bhāvo lakkhiyati. Tasmā tadatthajotanatthaṃ tattha bhummavacanena niddeso kato. Idha pana hetuattho karaṇattho ca sambhavati. Yo hi so sikkhāpadapaññattisamayo sāriputtādīhipi dubbiññeyyo, tena samayena hetubhūtena karaṇabhūtena ca sikkhāpadāni paññāpayanto sikkhāpadapaññattihetuñca apekkhamāno bhagavā tattha tattha vihāsi; tasmā tadatthajotanatthaṃ idha karaṇavacanena niddeso katoti veditabbo. Hoti cettha –

『『Upayogena bhummena, taṃ taṃ atthamapekkhiya;

Aññatra samayo vutto, karaṇeneva so idhā』』ti.

Porāṇā pana vaṇṇayanti – 『ekaṃ samaya』nti vā 『yasmiṃ samaye』ti vā 『tena samayenā』ti vā abhilāpamattabhedo esa, sabbattha bhummameva attho』』ti. Tasmā tesaṃ laddhiyā 『『tena samayenā』』ti vuttepi 『『tasmiṃ samaye』』ti attho veditabbo.

Buddho bhagavāti imesaṃ padānaṃ parato atthaṃ vaṇṇayissāma. Verañjāyaṃ viharatīti ettha pana verañjāti aññatarassa nagarassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ, tassaṃ verañjāyaṃ; samīpatthe bhummavacanaṃ. Viharatīti avisesena iriyāpathadibbabrahmaariyavihāresu aññataravihārasamaṅgīparidīpanametaṃ, idha pana ṭhānagamananisajjāsayanappabhedesu iriyāpathesu aññatarairiyāpathasamāyogaparidīpanaṃ, tena ṭhitopi gacchantopi nisinnopi sayānopi bhagavā viharaticceva veditabbo. So hi ekaṃ iriyāpathabādhanaṃ aññena iriyāpathena vicchinditvā aparipatantaṃ attabhāvaṃ harati pavatteti, tasmā 『『viharatī』』ti vuccati.

Naḷerupucimandamūleti ettha naḷeru nāma yakkho, pucimandoti nimbarukkho, mūlanti samīpaṃ. Ayañhi mūlasaddo 『『mūlāni uddhareyya antamaso usīranāḷimattānipī』』ti (a. ni. 4.195) -ādīsu mūlamūle dissati. 『『Lobho akusalamūla』』nti (dī. ni.

以下是完整的簡體中文直譯： 這裡表示原因。"那時，遊方者優迦哈馬諾·沙門文荼迦子住在沙門議論處的庭園中獨樹講堂里"，這裡表示見解。 "現世的利益，來世的利益， 由於證悟利益，智者被稱為賢人。" 這裡表示獲得。"由於正確地克服我慢，他終結了苦"，這裡表示捨棄。"苦的壓迫義、有為義、熱惱義、變異義、證悟義"，這裡表示證悟的含義。在這裡，它的含義是時間。因此，應該理解這裡的含義是：在長老舍利弗生起請求制定戒律的思惟的那個時間。 這裡有人問："為什麼不像經中用'一時'這樣的賓格形式，或像阿毗達磨中用'在某時'這樣的處格形式，而在這裡用'彼時'這樣的工具格形式？"這是因為在那些地方和這裡，意義的可能性不同。怎麼說呢？首先在經中，可能有完全結合的意思。因為世尊宣說《梵網經》等經典的那個時間，他完全以慈悲心安住；因此爲了表達那個意思，在那裡使用了賓格形式。在阿毗達磨中，可能有處所的意思和以存在定義存在的意思。因為時間和聚集的意思是處所，在那裡提到的觸等法，以剎那、聚集、原因等意義的時間的存在來定義它們的存在。因此爲了表達那個意思，在那裡使用了處格形式。而在這裡，可能有原因的意思和工具的意思。因為那個連舍利弗等人都難以理解的制定學處的時間，以那個時間作為原因和工具，世尊在各處制定學處並考慮制定學處的原因而安住；因此爲了表達那個意思，在這裡使用了工具格形式。這裡有： "在別處用賓格和處格，考慮各種含義， 而在這裡只用工具格來表達時間。" 古人則解釋說："'一時'或'在某時'或'彼時'只是表達方式的不同，所有地方都是處格的意思。"因此按照他們的觀點，即使說"彼時"，也應理解為"在那時"的意思。 "佛陀世尊"這兩個詞的含義我們稍後會解釋。關於"住在維蘭賈"，"維蘭賈"是某個城市的別名，"在維蘭賈"中的"在"是表示接近的處格。"住"這個詞一般指四種威儀、天住、梵住、聖住中的任何一種住，但在這裡是指行住坐臥四種威儀中的任何一種威儀的結合，因此應理解為無論是站著、走著、坐著還是躺著，世尊都是在"住"。因為他用一種威儀打斷另一種威儀帶來的疲勞，使身體不致於倒下而繼續運作，所以說他"住"。 "在那利樹尼拘律樹下"中，"那利"是一個夜叉的名字，"尼拘律"是尼姆樹，"下"是附近。這個"下"字在"甚至拔出如烏施羅草莖那麼細的根"等句中表示根的本身。"貪是不善根"等句中表示

3.305) -ādīsu asādhāraṇahetumhi. 『『Yāva majjhanhike kāle chāyā pharati, nivāte paṇṇāni patanti, ettāvatā rukkhamūla』』ntiādīsu samīpe. Idha pana samīpe adhippeto, tasmā naḷeruyakkhena adhiggahitassa pucimandassa samīpeti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo. So kira pucimando ramaṇīyo pāsādiko anekesaṃ rukkhānaṃ ādhipaccaṃ viya kurumāno tassa nagarassa avidūre gamanāgamanasampanne ṭhāne ahosi. Atha bhagavā verañjaṃ gantvā patirūpe ṭhāne viharanto tassa rukkhassa samīpe heṭṭhābhāge vihāsi. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『verañjāyaṃ viharati naḷerupucimandamūle』』ti.

Tattha siyā yadi tāva bhagavā verañjāyaṃ viharati, 『『naḷerupucimandamūle』』ti na vattabbaṃ, atha tattha viharati, 『『verañjāya』』nti na vattabbaṃ, na hi sakkā ubhayattha teneva samayena apubbaṃ acarimaṃ viharitunti? Na kho panetaṃ evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, nanu avocumha 『『samīpatthe bhummavacana』』nti. Tasmā yathā gaṅgāyamunādīnaṃ samīpe goyūthāni carantāni 『『gaṅgāya caranti, yamunāya carantī』』ti vuccanti; evamidhāpi yadidaṃ verañjāya samīpe naḷerupucimandamūlaṃ tattha viharanto vuccati 『『verañjāyaṃ viharati naḷerupucimandamūle』』ti. Gocaragāmanidassanatthaṃ hissa verañjāvacanaṃ. Pabbajitānurūpanivāsanaṭṭhānanidassanatthaṃ naḷerupucimandamūlavacanaṃ.

Tattha verañjākittanena āyasmā upālitthero bhagavato gahaṭṭhānuggahakaraṇaṃ dasseti, naḷerupucimandamūlakittanena pabbajitānuggahakaraṇaṃ, tathā purimena paccayaggahaṇato attakilamathānuyogavivajjanaṃ, pacchimena vatthukāmappahānato kāmasukhallikānuyogavivajjanupāyadassanaṃ; purimena ca dhammadesanābhiyogaṃ, pacchimena vivekādhimuttiṃ; purimena karuṇāya upagamanaṃ , pacchimena paññāya apagamanaṃ; purimena sattānaṃ hitasukhanipphādanādhimuttataṃ, pacchimena parahitasukhakaraṇe nirupalepanaṃ; purimena dhammikasukhāpariccāganimittaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ, pacchimena uttarimanussadhammānuyoganimittaṃ; purimena manussānaṃ upakārabahulataṃ, pacchimena devatānaṃ; purimena loke jātassa loke saṃvaḍḍhabhāvaṃ, pacchimena lokena anupalittataṃ; purimena 『『ekapuggalo, bhikkhave, loke uppajjamāno uppajjati bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. Katamo ekapuggalo? Tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho』』ti (a. ni.

以下是完整的簡體中文直譯： 不共因。"直到正午時分陰影遍佈，無風時樹葉落下，這就是樹下"等句中表示附近。在這裡是指附近，因此這裡的含義應理解為：在那利夜叉所佔據的尼拘律樹附近。據說那棵尼拘律樹美麗宜人，彷彿統領著許多其他樹木，位於那個城市不遠處的一個來往方便的地方。於是世尊來到維蘭賈后，在一個適當的地方居住，就住在那棵樹的附近下方。因此說："住在維蘭賈那利夜叉尼拘律樹下"。 這裡可能有疑問：如果世尊住在維蘭賈，就不應該說"在那利夜叉尼拘律樹下"；如果住在那裡，就不應該說"在維蘭賈"，因為不可能同時住在兩個地方。但不應這樣理解，我們不是已經說過"在"是表示接近的處格嗎？因此，就像牛群在恒河、耶牟那河等附近遊蕩時，人們說"在恒河遊蕩，在耶牟那河遊蕩"；同樣地，在這裡也是指住在維蘭賈附近的那利夜叉尼拘律樹下，所以說"住在維蘭賈那利夜叉尼拘律樹下"。提到維蘭賈是爲了指出他的遊行村落。提到那利夜叉尼拘律樹下是爲了指出適合出家人居住的地方。 其中，通過提及維蘭賈，長老優波離顯示世尊對在家人的攝受；通過提及那利夜叉尼拘律樹下，顯示對出家人的攝受。同樣，前者通過接受資具而避免自我折磨的修行，後者通過捨棄物慾而顯示避免耽溺欲樂的方法。前者顯示專注于說法，後者顯示傾向於獨處。前者顯示以慈悲心接近，後者顯示以智慧遠離。前者顯示致力於實現眾生的利益和快樂，後者顯示在為他人謀求利益和快樂時不受染著。前者顯示不捨棄正當的快樂而安住，後者顯示致力於修習上人法。前者顯示多行利益於人類，後者顯示多行利益於天神。前者顯示生於世間而在世間長大，後者顯示不被世間所染。前者顯示"比丘們，有一個人出現於世間，是爲了多數人的利益，爲了多數人的快樂，出於對世間的悲憫，爲了天、人的福利、利益和安樂。是哪一個人？就是如來、阿羅漢、正等正覺者"

1.170) vacanato yadatthaṃ bhagavā uppanno tadatthaparinipphādanaṃ, pacchimena yattha uppanno tadanurūpavihāraṃ. Bhagavā hi paṭhamaṃ lumbinīvane, dutiyaṃ bodhimaṇḍeti lokiyalokuttarāya uppattiyā vaneyeva uppanno, tenassa vaneyeva vihāraṃ dassetīti evamādinā nayenettha atthayojanā veditabbā.

Mahatābhikkhusaṅghena saddhinti ettha mahatāti guṇamahattenapi mahatā; saṅkhyāmahattenapi, so hi bhikkhusaṅgho guṇehipi mahā ahosi, yasmā yo tattha pacchimako so sotāpanno; saṅkhyāyapi mahā pañcasatasaṅkhyattā. Bhikkhūnaṃ saṅghena bhikkhusaṅghena; diṭṭhisīlasāmaññasaṅkhātasaṅghātena samaṇagaṇenāti attho. Saddhinti ekato. Pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehīti pañca mattā etesanti pañcamattāni. Mattāti pamāṇaṃ vuccati. Tasmā yathā 『『bhojane mattaññū』』ti vutte bhojane mattaṃ jānāti, pamāṇaṃ jānātīti attho hoti; evamidhāpi tesaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ pañca mattā pañcappamāṇanti evamattho daṭṭhabbo. Bhikkhūnaṃ satāni bhikkhusatāni, tehi pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi. Etena yaṃ vuttaṃ – 『『mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhi』』nti, ettha tassa mahato bhikkhusaṅghassa saṅkhyāmahattaṃ dassitaṃ hoti. Parato panassa 『『nirabbudo hi, sāriputta bhikkhusaṅgho nirādīnavo apagatakāḷako suddho sāre patiṭṭhito. Imesañhi, sāriputta, pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ yo pacchimako so sotāpanno』』ti vacanena guṇamahattaṃ āvibhavissati.

Assosi kho verañjo brāhmaṇoti assosīti suṇi upalabhi, sotadvārasampattavacananigghosānusārena aññāsi. Khoti padapūraṇamatte avadhāraṇatthe vā nipāto. Tattha avadhāraṇatthena assosi eva, nāssa koci savanantarāyo ahosīti ayamattho veditabbo. Padapūraṇena pana byañjanasiliṭṭhatāmattameva. Verañjāyaṃ jāto, verañjāyaṃ bhavo, verañjā vā assa nivāsoti verañjo. Mātāpitūhi katanāmavasena panāyaṃ 『『udayo』』ti vuccati. Brahmaṃ aṇatīti brāhmaṇo, mante sajjhāyatīti attho. Idameva hi jātibrāhmaṇānaṃ niruttivacanaṃ. Ariyā pana bāhitapāpattā 『『brāhmaṇā』』ti vuccanti.

Idāni yamatthaṃ verañjo brāhmaṇo assosi, taṃ pakāsento samaṇo khalu bho gotamotiādimāha. Tattha samitapāpattā samaṇoti veditabbo. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ – 『『bāhitapāpoti brāhmaṇo (dha. pa. 388), samitapāpattā samaṇoti vuccatī』』ti (dha. pa. 265). Bhagavā ca anuttarena ariyamaggena samitapāpo, tenassa yathābhuccaguṇādhigatametaṃ nāmaṃ yadidaṃ samaṇoti. Khalūti anussavanatthe nipāto. Bhoti brāhmaṇajātikānaṃ jātisamudāgataṃ ālapanamattaṃ. Vuttampi hetaṃ –

『『Bhovādī nāmaso hoti, sace hoti sakiñcano』』ti. (Dha. pa. 396; su. ni. 625). Gotamoti bhagavantaṃ gottavasena parikitteti, tasmā 『『samaṇo khalu bho gotamo』』ti ettha samaṇo kira bho gotamagottoti evamattho daṭṭhabbo. Sakyaputtoti idaṃ pana bhagavato uccākulaparidīpanaṃ. Sakyakulā pabbajitoti saddhāpabbajitabhāvaparidīpanaṃ, kenaci pārijuññena anabhibhūto aparikkhīṇaṃyeva, taṃ kulaṃ pahāya saddhāya pabbajitoti vuttaṃ hoti. Tato paraṃ vuttatthameva. Taṃ kho panāti itthambhūtākhyānatthe upayogavacanaṃ, tassa kho pana bhoto gotamassāti attho. Kalyāṇoti kalyāṇaguṇasamannāgato; seṭṭhoti vuttaṃ hoti. Kittisaddoti kitti eva, thutighoso vā.

以下是完整的簡體中文直譯： 如是說，世尊所生起的意義是指當時的意義，後者所生起的則是相應的居住。世尊在第一次出生於藍毗尼園，第二次在菩提樹下，爲了世俗和超世的生起而在森林中生起，因此以森林作為他的居住處，這樣的意義應當被理解。 "與大比丘僧相應"這裡的"大"是指在品質上偉大，也可以是指數量上偉大；因為這個比丘僧在品質上也很偉大，因而在數量上也是偉大的，因為在那裡最後一位是已入流的；在數量上也很大，有五百之多。比丘的意思是比丘僧；"以見、戒、沙門等為名的比丘群"的意思是指沙門群。這裡的"相應"是指集合。五百比丘的意思是指五個以上的比丘。這裡的"以上"是指標準。因此就像說"吃飯要有節制"，意指知道吃飯的量；在這裡也應理解為五百比丘的五個以上是五個標準。比丘的數量是比丘的數量，五個比丘組成五個比丘群。因此，"與大比丘僧相應"的意思是，指示了那個偉大的比丘僧的數量。 另外，"確實，舍利弗，比丘僧是無可指責的，已脫離惡行，清凈地安住于真理。因為，舍利弗，五個比丘中最後一位是已入流的"這句話將顯示出品質的偉大。 "維蘭賈的婆羅門"聽到這個訊息，聽到這個訊息，因而知道了。這裡的"聽"是指聽到的意思。這裡的"聽"是指聽到，而不是有任何障礙。這裡的意思是，聽到這個訊息而沒有任何障礙。通過充實的詞語，表達出字面意義。維蘭賈的出生，維蘭賈的存在，維蘭賈的居住；根據父母的名字，這裡稱為"烏達約"。婆羅門是指"婆羅門"，意為"以教義為基礎"。這正是婆羅門的命名。 而"阿利亞"則是指那些脫離惡行的人稱為"婆羅門"。 現在，關於維蘭賈的婆羅門所聽到的事情，他說：「確實，世尊。」這裡的"脫離惡行"是指那些已脫離惡行的人。所說的是：「脫離惡行的婆羅門（《法句經》388），已脫離惡行的沙門被稱為"（《法句經》265）。而世尊則是通過無上的聖道而脫離惡行，因此他的名號是"沙門"。 "確實"是指強調的語氣。這裡的"確實"是指婆羅門的出身。也有說法： "如果有自我意識，那麼就會有名字"（《法句經》396；《增一阿含經》625）。"哥達摩"是指世尊的家族名稱，因此"確實是沙門，確實是哥達摩"的意思是，確實是沙門，確實是哥達摩的家族。 "釋迦族"是指世尊的高貴出身。釋迦族的出家是指因信而出家的人，因而不被任何人所壓迫，輕鬆地離開那個家族，因信而出家。接下來就是所說的意義。這裡的"確實"是強調的詞，意思是"確實是您，哥達摩"。 "善良"是指具備善良品質；"最優秀"是指最優秀的。 "名聲"是指名聲，或是指大聲喧譁。

Itipi so bhagavātiādīsu pana ayaṃ tāva yojanā – so bhagavā itipi arahaṃ, itipi sammāsambuddho…pe… itipi bhagavāti iminā ca iminā ca kāraṇenāti vuttaṃ hoti.

Idāni vinayadharānaṃ suttantanayakosallatthaṃ vinayasaṃvaṇṇanārambhe buddhaguṇapaṭisaṃyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya cittasampahaṃsanatthañca etesaṃ padānaṃ vitthāranayena vaṇṇanaṃ karissāmi. Tasmā yaṃ vuttaṃ – 『『so bhagavā itipi araha』』ntiādi; tattha ārakattā, arīnaṃ arānañca hatattā, paccayādīnaṃ arahattā, pāpakaraṇe rahābhāvāti imehi tāva kāraṇehi so bhagavā arahanti veditabbo. Ārakā hi so sabbakilesehi suvidūravidūre ṭhito, maggena savāsanānaṃ kilesānaṃ viddhaṃsitattāti ārakattā arahaṃ; te cānena kilesārayo maggena hatāti arīnaṃ hatattāpi arahaṃ. Yañcetaṃ avijjābhavataṇhāmayanābhipuññādiabhisaṅkhārāraṃ jarāmaraṇanemi āsavasamudayamayena akkhena vijjhitvā tibhavarathe samāyojitaṃ anādikālappavattaṃ saṃsāracakkaṃ, tassānena bodhimaṇḍe vīriyapādehi sīlapathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhāya saddhāhatthena kammakkhayakaraṃ ñāṇapharasuṃ gahetvā sabbe arā hatāti arānaṃ hatattāpi arahaṃ.

Atha vā saṃsāracakkanti anamataggasaṃsāravaṭṭaṃ vuccati, tassa ca avijjā nābhi, mūlattā; jarāmaraṇaṃ nemi, pariyosānattā; sesā dasa dhammā arā, avijjāmūlakattā jarāmaraṇapariyantattā ca. Tattha dukkhādīsu aññāṇaṃ avijjā, kāmabhave ca avijjā kāmabhave saṅkhārānaṃ paccayo hoti. Rūpabhave avijjā rūpabhave saṅkhārānaṃ paccayo hoti. Arūpabhave avijjā arūpabhave saṅkhārānaṃ paccayo hoti. Kāmabhave saṅkhārā kāmabhave paṭisandhiviññāṇassa paccayā honti. Esa nayo itaresu. Kāmabhave paṭisandhiviññāṇaṃ kāmabhave nāmarūpassa paccayo hoti, tathā rūpabhave. Arūpabhave nāmasseva paccayo hoti. Kāmabhave nāmarūpaṃ kāmabhave saḷāyatanassa paccayo hoti. Rūpabhave nāmarūpaṃ rūpabhave tiṇṇaṃ āyatanānaṃ paccayo hoti. Arūpabhave nāmaṃ arūpabhave ekassāyatanassa paccayo hoti. Kāmabhave saḷāyatanaṃ kāmabhave chabbidhassa phassassa paccayo hoti. Rūpabhave tīṇi āyatanāni rūpabhave tiṇṇaṃ phassānaṃ; arūpabhave ekamāyatanaṃ arūpabhave ekassa phassassa paccayo hoti. Kāmabhave cha phassā kāmabhave channaṃ vedanānaṃ paccayā honti. Rūpabhave tayo tattheva tissannaṃ; arūpabhave eko tattheva ekissā vedanāya paccayo hoti. Kāmabhave cha vedanā kāmabhave channaṃ taṇhākāyānaṃ paccayā honti. Rūpabhave tisso tattheva tiṇṇaṃ; arūpabhave ekā vedanā arūpabhave ekassa taṇhākāyassa paccayo hoti. Tattha tattha sā sā taṇhā tassa tassa upādānassa paccayo; upādānādayo bhavādīnaṃ.

Kathaṃ? Idhekacco 『『kāme paribhuñjissāmī』』ti kāmupādānapaccayā kāyena duccaritaṃ carati, vācāya manasā duccaritaṃ carati; duccaritapāripūriyā apāye upapajjati. Tatthassa upapattihetubhūtaṃ kammaṃ kammabhavo, kammanibbattā khandhā upapattibhavo, khandhānaṃ nibbatti jāti, paripāko jarā, bhedo maraṇaṃ.

Aparo 『『saggasampattiṃ anubhavissāmī』』ti tatheva sucaritaṃ carati; sucaritapāripūriyā sagge upapajjati. Tatthassa upapattihetubhūtaṃ kammaṃ kammabhavoti so eva nayo.

以下是完整的簡體中文直譯： 關於"如是世尊"等詞,首先這是解釋:即"世尊如是是阿羅漢,如是是正等正覺者...如是是世尊",意思是"由於這個原因和那個原因"。 現在,爲了讓持律者熟悉經典的方法,以及在開始註釋律藏時以佛陀功德相關的法語使心歡喜,我將對這些詞語做詳細的解釋。因此,如前所說的"世尊如是是阿羅漢"等,其中應該理解世尊是阿羅漢,首先是因為這些原因:遠離(煩惱),殺死敵人和輻條,值得供養,以及在做惡時沒有秘密。因為他遠離一切煩惱,站在非常遙遠的地方,由於道斷除了煩惱的習氣,所以因遠離而成為阿羅漢;他用聖道殺死了那些煩惱敵人,所以因殺死敵人而成為阿羅漢。那無始以來一直轉動的輪迴之輪,以無明、有、愛、名色、福等為輻條,以老死為輪緣,以漏和集為軸,連線三有之車,他在菩提座上以精進為腳,以戒為地面,以信為手,拿起能斷盡業的智慧斧頭,砍斷了一切輻條,所以因破壞輻條而成為阿羅漢。 或者說,輪迴之輪是指無始輪迴,其中無明是輪轂,因為是根本;老死是輪緣,因為是終點;其餘十法是輻條,因為以無明為根本、以老死為終點。其中,對苦等的無知是無明,欲有中的無明是欲有中諸行的緣。色有中的無明是色有中諸行的緣。無色有中的無明是無色有中諸行的緣。欲有中的諸行是欲有中結生識的緣。其他兩有也是如此。欲有中的結生識是欲有中名色的緣,色有中也是如此。無色有中只是名的緣。欲有中的名色是欲有中六處的緣。色有中的名色是色有中三處的緣。無色有中的名是無色有中一處的緣。欲有中的六處是欲有中六種觸的緣。色有中三處是色有中三種觸的緣;無色有中一處是無色有中一種觸的緣。欲有中六觸是欲有中六受的緣。色有中三觸是色有中三受的緣;無色有中一觸是無色有中一受的緣。欲有中六受是欲有中六愛身的緣。色有中三受是色有中三愛身的緣;無色有中一受是無色有中一愛身的緣。在各處,各種愛是各種取的緣;取等是有等的緣。 怎麼說呢?這裡有人想"我要享受欲樂",因欲取而身行惡行,語行惡行,意行惡行;惡行圓滿后,投生於惡趣。他投生的業因是業有,由業所生的蘊是生有,蘊的生起是生,成熟是老,破壞是死。 另一人想"我要享受天界之樂",同樣地行善;善行圓滿后,投生天界。他投生的業因是業有,其餘解釋同前。

Aparo pana 『『brahmalokasampattiṃ anubhavissāmī』』ti kāmupādānapaccayā eva mettaṃ bhāveti, karuṇaṃ… muditaṃ… upekkhaṃ bhāveti, bhāvanāpāripūriyā brahmaloke nibbattati. Tatthassa nibbattihetubhūtaṃ kammaṃ kammabhavoti soyeva nayo.

Aparo 『『arūpavabhasampattiṃ anubhavissāmī』』ti tatheva ākāsānañcāyatanādisamāpattiyo bhāveti, bhāvanāpāripūriyā tattha nibbattati. Tatthassa nibbattihetubhūtaṃ kammaṃ kammabhavo, kammanibbattā khandhā upapattibhavo, khandhānaṃ nibbatti jāti, paripāko jarā, bhedo maraṇanti. Esa nayo sesupādānamūlikāsupi yojanāsu.

Evaṃ 『『ayaṃ avijjā hetu, saṅkhārā hetusamuppannā, ubhopete hetusamuppannāti paccayapariggahe paññā dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ; atītampi addhānaṃ, anāgatampi addhānaṃ; avijjā hetu, saṅkhārā hetusamuppannā, ubhopete hetusamuppannāti paccayapariggahe paññā dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇa』』nti etena nayena sabbapadāni vitthāretabbāni. Tattha avijjā saṅkhārā eko saṅkhepo, viññāṇa-nāmarūpa-saḷāyatana-phassa-vedanā eko, taṇhupādānabhavā eko, jāti-jarā-maraṇaṃ eko. Purimasaṅkhepo cettha atīto addhā, dve majjhimā paccuppanno, jātijarāmaraṇaṃ anāgato. Avijjāsaṅkhāraggahaṇena cettha taṇhupādānabhavā gahitāva hontīti ime pañca dhammā atīte kammavaṭṭaṃ; viññāṇādayo pañca dhammā etarahi vipākavaṭṭaṃ. Taṇhupādānabhavaggahaṇena avijjāsaṅkhārā gahitāva hontīti ime pañca dhammā etarahi kammavaṭṭaṃ; jātijarāmaraṇāpadesena viññāṇādīnaṃ niddiṭṭhattā ime pañca dhammā āyatiṃ vipākavaṭṭaṃ. Te ākārato vīsatividhā honti. Saṅkhāraviññāṇānañcettha antarā eko sandhi, vedanātaṇhānamantarā eko, bhavajātīnamantarā eko. Iti bhagavā evaṃ catusaṅkhepaṃ, tiyaddhaṃ, vīsatākāraṃ, tisandhiṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṃ sabbākārato jānāti passati aññāti paṭivijjhati. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – 『『paccayapariggahe paññā dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇa』』nti. Iminā dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇena bhagavā te dhamme yathābhūtaṃ ñatvā tesu nibbindanto virajjanto vimuccanto vuttappakārassa imassa saṃsāracakkassa are hani vihani viddhaṃsesi. Evampi arānaṃ hatattā arahaṃ.

Aggadakkhiṇeyyattā ca cīvarādipaccaye arahati pūjāvisesañca; teneva ca uppanne tathāgate ye keci mahesakkhā devamanussā na te aññattha pūjaṃ karonti. Tathā hi brahmā sahampati sinerumattena ratanadāmena tathāgataṃ pūjesi, yathābalañca aññepi devā manussā ca bimbisārakosalarājādayo. Parinibbutampi ca bhagavantaṃ uddissa channavutikoṭidhanaṃ visajjetvā asokamahārājā sakalajambudīpe caturāsītivihārasahassāni patiṭṭhāpesi. Ko pana vādo aññesaṃ pūjāvisesānanti! Evaṃ paccayādīnaṃ arahattāpi arahaṃ. Yathā ca loke keci paṇḍitamānino bālā asilokabhayena raho pāpaṃ karonti; evamesa na kadāci karotīti pāpakaraṇe rahābhāvatopi arahaṃ. Hoti cettha –

『『Ārakattā hatattā ca, kilesārīna so muni;

Hatasaṃsāracakkāro, paccayādīna cāraho;

Na raho karoti pāpāni, arahaṃ tena vuccatī』』ti.

以下是完整的簡體中文直譯： 另一人想"我要享受梵天界之樂",因欲取而修習慈心、悲心、喜心、舍心,修習圓滿后,投生梵天界。他投生的業因是業有,其餘解釋同前。 另一人想"我要享受無色界之樂",同樣地修習空無邊處等定,修習圓滿后,投生於彼處。他投生的業因是業有,由業所生的蘊是生有,蘊的生起是生,成熟是老,破壞是死。其他以取為根本的解釋也是如此。 如是,"此無明是因,行是因生,這兩者是因生",對緣的把握是法住智;過去世、未來世;"無明是因,行是因生,這兩者是因生",對緣的把握是法住智。應當以此方法詳細解釋所有詞句。其中,無明和行是一組,識、名色、六處、觸、受是一組,愛、取、有是一組,生、老、死是一組。在這裡,第一組是過去世,中間兩組是現在世,生老死是未來世。這裡由無明和行的攝取,也包括了愛、取、有,所以這五法是過去的業輪;識等五法是現在的果報輪。由愛、取、有的攝取,也包括了無明和行,所以這五法是現在的業輪;以生老死代表識等,所以這五法是未來的果報輪。它們從形態上分為二十種。在這裡,行與識之間有一個連線,受與愛之間有一個連線,有與生之間有一個連線。如是,世尊完全知道、看見、瞭解、通達這個四組、三世、二十種形態、三連線的緣起。以知的含義是智,以了知的含義是慧。因此說:"對緣的把握是法住智"。世尊以此法住智如實知道這些法后,對它們生起厭離、離欲、解脫,破壞了上述這個輪迴之輪的輻條。如此,因為破壞了輻條而成為阿羅漢。 因為是最上的應供養者,所以值得獲得衣服等資具和特別的供養;因此,當如來出現時,任何有大威力的天人都不會在其他地方供養。例如,大梵天用須彌山那麼大的珠寶花環供養如來,其他天人和人類如頻毗娑羅王、拘薩羅王等也按自己的能力供養。即使在世尊般涅槃后,阿育大王也花費九十六億財富,在整個閻浮提建立了八萬四千座寺院。更不用說其他特別的供養了!如此,因為值得獲得資具等而成為阿羅漢。正如在世間上,一些自以為聰明的愚人因為怕名聲不好而暗中作惡;他從不這樣做,所以因為在作惡時沒有秘密而成為阿羅漢。這裡有: "因為遠離,因為殺死煩惱敵人,這位牟尼; 破壞了輪迴之輪的輻條,值得獲得資具等; 不暗中作惡,所以被稱為阿羅漢。"

Sammā sāmañca sabbadhammānaṃ buddhattā pana sammāsambuddho. Tathā hesa sabbadhamme sammā sāmañca buddho, abhiññeyye dhamme abhiññeyyato buddho, pariññeyye dhamme pariññeyyato, pahātabbe dhamme pahātabbato, sacchikātabbe dhamme sacchikātabbato, bhāvetabbe dhamme bhāvetabbato. Teneva cāha –

『『Abhiññeyyaṃ abhiññātaṃ, bhāvetabbañca bhāvitaṃ;

Pahātabbaṃ pahīnaṃ me, tasmā buddhosmi brāhmaṇā』』ti. (ma. ni. 2.399; su. ni. 563);

Apica cakkhu dukkhasaccaṃ, tassa mūlakāraṇabhāvena taṃsamuṭṭhāpikā purimataṇhā samudayasaccaṃ, ubhinnamappavatti nirodhasaccaṃ, nirodhappajānanā paṭipadā maggasaccanti evaṃ ekekapaduddhārenāpi sabbadhamme sammā sāmañca buddho. Esa nayo sota-ghāna-jivhā-kāyamanesupi. Eteneva nayena rūpādīni cha āyatanāni, cakkhuviññāṇādayo cha viññāṇakāyā, cakkhusamphassādayo cha phassā, cakkhusamphassajādayo cha vedanā, rūpasaññādayo cha saññā, rūpasañcetanādayo cha cetanā, rūpataṇhādayo cha taṇhākāyā, rūpavitakkādayo cha vitakkā, rūpavicārādayo cha vicārā , rūpakkhandhādayo pañcakkhandhā, dasa kasiṇāni, dasa anussatiyo, uddhumātakasaññādivasena dasa saññā, kesādayo dvattiṃsākārā, dvādasāyatanāni, aṭṭhārasa dhātuyo, kāmabhavādayo nava bhavā, paṭhamādīni cattāri jhānāni, mettābhāvanādayo catasso appamaññā, catasso arūpasamāpattiyo, paṭilomato jarāmaraṇādīni, anulomato avijjādīni paṭiccasamuppādaṅgāni ca yojetabbāni.

Tatrāyaṃ ekapadayojanā – 『『jarāmaraṇaṃ dukkhasaccaṃ, jāti samudayasaccaṃ, ubhinnampi nissaraṇaṃ nirodhasaccaṃ, nirodhappajānanā paṭipadā maggasacca』』nti. Evaṃ ekekapaduddhārena sabbadhamme sammā sāmañca buddho anubuddho paṭividdho. Tena vuttaṃ – sammā sāmañca sabbadhammānaṃ buddhattā pana sammāsambuddhoti.

Vijjāhi pana caraṇena ca sampannattā vijjācaraṇasampanno; tattha vijjāti tissopi vijjā, aṭṭhapi vijjā. Tisso vijjā bhayabheravasutte (ma. ni. 1.34 ādayo) vuttanayeneva veditabbā, aṭṭha vijjā ambaṭṭhasutte (dī. ni. 1.278 ādayo). Tatra hi vipassanāñāṇena manomayiddhiyā ca saha cha abhiññā pariggahetvā aṭṭha vijjā vuttā. Caraṇanti sīlasaṃvaro, indriyesu guttadvāratā, bhojane mattaññutā, jāgariyānuyogo, satta saddhammā, cattāri rūpāvacarajjhānānīti ime pannarasa dhammā veditabbā. Imeyeva hi pannarasa dhammā, yasmā etehi carati ariyasāvako gacchati amataṃ disaṃ tasmā, caraṇanti vuttā. Yathāha – 『『idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako sīlavā hotī』』ti (ma. ni.

以下是完整的簡體中文直譯： 因為正確地、自己全面覺悟一切法,所以是正等正覺。這樣,他正確地、自己全面覺悟一切法,對應該證知的法證知,對應該遍知的法遍知,對應該斷除的法斷除,對應該證悟的法證悟,對應該修習的法修習。因此他說: "應證知的已證知,應修習的已修習, 應斷除的我已斷除,因此我是佛,婆羅門。" 再者,眼是苦諦,作為它的根本原因的前愛是集諦,兩者的不生起是滅諦,了知滅的行道是道諦,如是通過分析每一項也正確地、自己全面覺悟一切法。耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是同樣的方法。以同樣的方法,六種色等處,六種眼識等識身,六種眼觸等觸,六種眼觸生等受,六種色想等想,六種色思等思,六種色愛等愛身,六種色尋等尋,六種色伺等伺,色蘊等五蘊,十遍,十隨念,以膨脹想等為十想,發毛等三十二身份,十二處,十八界,欲有等九有,初禪等四禪,慈心修習等四無量,四無色定,逆觀老死等,順觀無明等緣起支也應當連線。 其中,這是一項的連線:"老死是苦諦,生是集諦,兩者的出離是滅諦,了知滅的行道是道諦。"如是通過分析每一項正確地、自己全面覺悟、隨覺、通達一切法。因此說:因為正確地、自己全面覺悟一切法,所以是正等正覺。 因為具足明與行,所以是明行足;其中,明是三明或八明。三明應當按照《怖駭經》中所說的方法來理解,八明在《阿摩晝經》中。在那裡,加上觀智和意所成神通,攝取六神通而說八明。行應當理解為這十五法:戒律儀,守護諸根門,飲食知量,警寤精勤,七善法,四色界禪。因為聖弟子以這些法行走,前往不死的方向,所以這十五法被稱為行。如所說:"大名,在這裡,聖弟子是持戒者"

2.24) vitthāro. Bhagavā imāhi vijjāhi iminā ca caraṇena samannāgato, tena vuccati vijjācaraṇasampannoti . Tattha vijjāsampadā bhagavato sabbaññutaṃ pūretvā ṭhitā, caraṇasampadā mahākāruṇikataṃ. So sabbaññutāya sabbasattānaṃ atthānatthaṃ ñatvā mahākāruṇikatāya anatthaṃ parivajjetvā atthe niyojeti, yathā taṃ vijjācaraṇasampanno. Tenassa sāvakā suppaṭipannā honti no duppaṭipannā, vijjācaraṇavipannānañhi sāvakā attantapādayo viya.

Sobhanagamanattā, sundaraṃ ṭhānaṃ gatattā, sammāgatattā, sammā ca gadattā sugato. Gamanampi hi gatanti vuccati, tañca bhagavato sobhanaṃ parisuddhamanavajjaṃ . Kiṃ pana tanti? Ariyamaggo. Tena hesa gamanena khemaṃ disaṃ asajjamāno gatoti sobhanagamanattā sugato. Sundaraṃ cesa ṭhānaṃ gato amataṃ nibbānanti sundaraṃ ṭhānaṃ gatattāpi sugato. Sammā ca gato tena tena maggena pahīne kilese puna apaccāgacchanto. Vuttañcetaṃ – 『『sotāpattimaggena ye kilesā pahīnā, te kilese na puneti na pacceti na paccāgacchatīti sugato…pe… arahattamaggena ye kilesā pahīnā, te kilese na puneti na pacceti na paccāgacchatīti sugato』』ti (mahāni. 38). Sammā vā āgato dīpaṅkarapādamūlato pabhuti yāva bodhimaṇḍo tāva samatiṃsapāramipūritāya sammāpaṭipattiyā sabbalokassa hitasukhameva karonto sassataṃ ucchedaṃ kāmasukhaṃ attakilamathanti ime ca ante anupagacchanto āgatoti sammāgatattāpi sugato. Sammā cesa gadati, yuttaṭṭhāne yuttameva vācaṃ bhāsatīti sammā gadattāpi sugato.

Tatridaṃ sādhakasuttaṃ – 『『yaṃ tathāgato vācaṃ jānāti abhūtaṃ atacchaṃ anatthasaṃhitaṃ, sā ca paresaṃ appiyā amanāpā, na taṃ tathāgato vācaṃ bhāsati. Yampi tathāgato vācaṃ jānāti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ anatthasaṃhitaṃ, sā ca paresaṃ appiyā amanāpā, tampi tathāgato vācaṃ na bhāsati. Yañca kho tathāgato vācaṃ jānāti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ atthasaṃhitaṃ, sā ca paresaṃ appiyā amanāpā, tatra kālaññū tathāgato hoti tassā vācāya veyyākaraṇāya. Yaṃ tathāgato vācaṃ jānāti abhūtaṃ atacchaṃ anatthasaṃhitaṃ, sā ca paresaṃ piyā manāpā, na taṃ tathāgato vācaṃ bhāsati. Yampi tathāgato vācaṃ jānāti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ anatthasaṃhitaṃ, sā ca paresaṃ piyā manāpā, tampi tathāgato vācaṃ na bhāsati. Yañca kho tathāgato vācaṃ jānāti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ atthasaṃhitaṃ, sā ca paresaṃ piyā manāpā, tatra kālaññū tathāgato hoti tassā vācāya veyyākaraṇāyā』』ti (ma. ni.

以下是完整的簡體中文直譯： 詳細解釋。世尊具足這些明和這個行,因此被稱為明行足。其中,明的圓滿使世尊的一切智圓滿,行的圓滿使大悲圓滿。他以一切智知道一切眾生的利與不利,以大悲避免不利而引導向利,就像明行足者那樣。因此他的弟子們是善行道者,不是惡行道者,因為明行不足者的弟子就像自我折磨者等。 因為行走美好,因為到達美好之處,因為正確到達,因為正確說話,所以是善逝。走也被稱為"去",而世尊的那個走是美好的、清凈的、無過失的。那是什麼呢?是聖道。他以那個行走無礙地到達安穩之處,所以因為行走美好而是善逝。他也到達了美好之處,即不死的涅槃,所以因為到達美好之處而是善逝。他也正確地去了,以各種道斷除煩惱后不再回來。如所說:"以須陀洹道斷除的煩惱,那些煩惱他不再回來,不再返回,不再回轉,所以是善逝...以阿羅漢道斷除的煩惱,那些煩惱他不再回來,不再返回,不再回轉,所以是善逝。"或者說,他正確地來,從燃燈佛足下開始直到菩提座,以圓滿三十波羅蜜的正確實踐,只做對一切世間有益和快樂的事,不陷入常見、斷見、欲樂、自我折磨等這些極端而來,所以因為正確到達而是善逝。他也正確地說話,在適當的地方說適當的話,所以因為正確說話而是善逝。 這裡有支援這一點的經文:"如來知道某種話是不真實的、不正確的、無益的,而且對他人不可愛、不可意,如來不說那種話。如來知道某種話是真實的、正確的,但無益的,而且對他人不可愛、不可意,如來也不說那種話。如來知道某種話是真實的、正確的、有益的,但對他人不可愛、不可意,在這種情況下,如來知道適當的時機來解釋那種話。如來知道某種話是不真實的、不正確的、無益的,雖然對他人可愛、可意,如來不說那種話。如來知道某種話是真實的、正確的,但無益的,雖然對他人可愛、可意,如來也不說那種話。如來知道某種話是真實的、正確的、有益的,而且對他人可愛、可意,在這種情況下,如來知道適當的時機來解釋那種話。"

2.86). Evaṃ sammā gadattāpi sugatoti veditabbo.

Sabbathā viditalokattā pana lokavidū. So hi bhagavā sabhāvato samudayato nirodhato nirodhūpāyatoti sabbathā lokaṃ avedi aññāsi paṭivijjhi. Yathāha – 『『yattha kho, āvuso, na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, nāhaṃ taṃ gamanena lokassa antaṃ ñāteyyaṃ daṭṭheyyaṃ patteyyanti vadāmi; na cāhaṃ, āvuso, appatvāva lokassa antaṃ dukkhassa antakiriyaṃ vadāmi. Api cāhaṃ, āvuso, imasmiṃyeva byāmamatte kaḷevare sasaññimhi samanake lokañca paññapemi lokasamudayañca lokanirodhañca lokanirodhagāminiñca paṭipadaṃ.

『『Gamanena na pattabbo, lokassanto kudācanaṃ;

Na ca appatvā lokantaṃ, dukkhā atthi pamocanaṃ.

『『Tasmā have lokavidū sumedho;

Lokantagū vusitabrahmacariyo;

Lokassa antaṃ samitāvi ñatvā;

Nāsīsatī lokamimaṃ parañcā』』ti. (a. ni. 4.45; saṃ. ni. 1.107);

Apica tayo lokā – saṅkhāraloko, sattaloko, okāsalokoti; tattha 『『eko loko – sabbe sattā āhāraṭṭhitikā』』ti (paṭi. ma. 1.112) āgataṭṭhāne saṅkhāraloko veditabbo. 『『Sassato lokoti vā asassato lokoti vā』』ti (dī. ni. 1.421) āgataṭṭhāne sattaloko.

『『Yāvatā candimasūriyā, pariharanti disā bhanti virocanā;

Tāva sahassadhā loko, ettha te vattatī vaso』』ti. (ma. ni. 1.503) –

Āgataṭṭhāne okāsaloko, tampi bhagavā sabbathā avedi. Tathā hissa – 『『eko loko – sabbe sattā āhāraṭṭhitikā. Dve lokā – nāmañca rūpañca. Tayo lokā – tisso vedanā. Cattāro lokā – cattāro āhārā. Pañca lokā – pañcupādānakkhandhā. Cha lokā – cha ajjhattikāni āyatanāni. Satta lokā satta viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo. Aṭṭha lokā – aṭṭha lokadhammā. Nava lokā – nava sattāvāsā. Dasa lokā – dasāyatanāni. Dvādasa lokā – dvādasāyatanāni . Aṭṭhārasa lokā – aṭṭhārasa dhātuyo』』ti (paṭi. ma.

以下是完整的簡體中文直譯： 應當這樣理解,因為正確說話而是善逝。 因為以各種方式了知世間,所以是世間解。那位世尊從本質、生起、滅盡、滅盡之道等各個方面了知、認識、通達了世間。如他所說:"朋友,在不生、不老、不死、不滅、不生的地方,我不說通過行走就能知道、看到、到達世間的盡頭。朋友,我也不說不到達世間的盡頭就能作苦的盡頭。然而,朋友,我說就在這一尋的有想、有意的身體中安立世間、世間集、世間滅、導向世間滅的道路。 通過行走永遠不能到達世間的盡頭, 不到達世間的盡頭,就沒有從苦中解脫。 因此,確實世間解、智者, 到達世間盡頭、梵行已立, 了知世間的盡頭、寂靜, 不希求此世間和他世。" 再者,有三種世間 - 行世間、有情世間、器世間。其中,"一世間 - 一切眾生依食而住"出現的地方,應當理解為行世間。"世間是常還是無常"出現的地方是有情世間。 "日月所行處,光明所照耀, 千倍世界中,你的威力執行。" 出現的地方是器世間,世尊也以各種方式了知它。因此他的:"一世間 - 一切眾生依食而住。二世間 - 名與色。三世間 - 三受。四世間 - 四食。五世間 - 五取蘊。六世間 - 六內處。七世間 - 七識住。八世間 - 八世間法。九世間 - 九有情居。十世間 - 十處。十二世間 - 十二處。十八世間 - 十八界。"

1.112). Ayaṃ saṅkhāralokopi sabbathā vidito.

Yasmā panesa sabbesampi sattānaṃ āsayaṃ jānāti, anusayaṃ jānāti, caritaṃ jānāti, adhimuttiṃ jānāti, apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye bhabbe abhabbe satte jānāti, tasmāssa sattalokopi sabbathā vidito. Yathā ca sattaloko evaṃ okāsalokopi. Tathā hesa ekaṃ cakkavāḷaṃ āyāmato ca vitthārato ca yojanānaṃ dvādasa satasahassāni tīṇi sahassāni cattāri satāni paññāsañca yojanāni. Parikkhepato –

Sabbaṃ satasahassāni, chattiṃsa parimaṇḍalaṃ;

Dasañceva sahassāni, aḍḍhuḍḍhāni satāni ca.

Tattha –

Duve satasahassāni, cattāri nahutāni ca;

Ettakaṃ bahalattena, saṅkhātāyaṃ vasundharā.

Tassā eva sandhārakaṃ –

Cattāri satasahassāni, aṭṭheva nahutāni ca;

Ettakaṃ bahalattena, jalaṃ vāte patiṭṭhitaṃ.

Tassāpi sandhārako –

Navasatasahassāni, māluto nabhamuggato;

Saṭṭhi ceva sahassāni, esā lokassa saṇṭhiti.

Evaṃ saṇṭhite cettha yojanānaṃ –

Caturāsīti sahassāni, ajjhogāḷho mahaṇṇave;

Accuggato tāvadeva, sinerupabbatuttamo.

Tato upaḍḍhupaḍḍhena, pamāṇena yathākkamaṃ;

Ajjhogāḷhuggatā dibbā, nānāratanacittitā.

Yugandharo īsadharo, karavīko sudassano;

Nemindharo vinatako, assakaṇṇo girī brahā.

Ete satta mahāselā, sinerussa samantato;

Mahārājānamāvāsā, devayakkhanisevitā.

Yojanānaṃ satānucco, himavā pañca pabbato;

Yojanānaṃ sahassāni, tīṇi āyatavitthato;

Caturāsītisahassehi, kūṭehi paṭimaṇḍito.

Tipañcayojanakkhandha, parikkhepā nagavhayā;

Paññāsa yojanakkhandha, sākhāyāmā samantato.

Satayojanavitthiṇṇā, tāvadeva ca uggatā;

Jambū yassānubhāvena, jambudīpo pakāsito.

Dve asīti sahassāni, ajjhogāḷho mahaṇṇave;

Accuggato tāvadeva, cakkavāḷasiluccayo;

Parikkhipitvā taṃ sabbaṃ, lokadhātumayaṃ ṭhito.

Tattha candamaṇḍalaṃ ekūnapaññāsayojanaṃ, sūriyamaṇḍalaṃ paññāsayojanaṃ, tāvatiṃsabhavanaṃ dasasahassayojanaṃ; tathā asurabhavanaṃ, avīcimahānirayo, jambudīpo ca. Aparagoyānaṃ sattasahassayojanaṃ; tathā pubbavideho. Uttarakuru aṭṭhasahassayojano, ekameko cettha mahādīpo pañcasatapañcasataparittadīpaparivāro; taṃ sabbampi ekaṃ cakkavāḷaṃ , ekā lokadhātu, tadantaresu lokantarikanirayā. Evaṃ anantāni cakkavāḷāni anantā lokadhātuyo bhagavā anantena buddhañāṇena avedi, aññāsi, paṭivijjhi. Evamassa okāsalokopi sabbathā vidito. Evampi sabbathā viditalokattā lokavidū.

Attano pana guṇehi visiṭṭhatarassa kassaci abhāvā natthi etassa uttaroti anuttaro. Tathā hesa sīlaguṇenāpi sabbaṃ lokamabhibhavati, samādhi…pe… paññā… vimutti… vimuttiñāṇadassanaguṇenāpi, sīlaguṇenāpi asamo asamasamo appaṭimo appaṭibhāgo appaṭipuggalo…pe… vimuttiñāṇadassanaguṇenāpi. Yathāha – 『『na kho panāhaṃ, bhikkhave, samanupassāmi sadevake loke samārake…pe… sadevamanussāya attanā sīlasampannatara』』nti vitthāro.

Evaṃ aggappasādasuttādīni (a. ni. 4.34; itivu. 90) 『『na me ācariyo atthī』』tiādikā gāthāyo (ma. ni.

以下是完整的簡體中文直譯： 這個行世間也以各種方式被了知。 因為他知道一切眾生的傾向,知道潛在傾向,知道習性,知道志向,知道少塵垢者、多塵垢者、利根者、鈍根者、善相者、惡相者、易教化者、難教化者、能者、不能者,所以他的有情世間也以各種方式被了知。正如有情世間,器世間也是如此。因此,一個輪圍在長度和寬度上有一百二十三萬四千四百五十由旬。周長: "全部三百六十萬, 另加一萬五百由旬。" 其中: "二十萬零四萬, 如是厚度大地被計算。" 支撐它的: "四十萬零八萬, 如是厚度水依風而住。" 支撐它的: "九十萬零六萬, 風升至空中,這是世間的安立。" 在如此安立中,由旬數: "八萬四千沉入大海, 同樣高聳須彌山最高。" "然後依次減半, 沉入和高聳的天山,以各種寶石裝飾。" "持雙山、持軸山、耳山、善見山、 持邊山、毗那多迦山、馬耳大山。" "這七座大山環繞須彌山, 是四大天王的住處,天神夜叉所居。" "雪山高五百由旬, 長寬三千由旬, 以八萬四千峰裝飾。" "樹身周長三五由旬, 枝展五十由旬。" "闊一百由旬,高亦如是, 閻浮樹,因其威力閻浮提得名。" "八萬二千沉入大海, 同樣高聳輪圍山, 環繞所有這些,安立在世界之中。" 其中,月輪四十九由旬,日輪五十由旬,忉利天界一萬由旬;阿修羅界、阿鼻大地獄、閻浮提亦然。西牛賀洲七千由旬;東毗提訶亦然。北俱盧洲八千由旬,這裡每個大洲都有五百個小洲環繞;所有這些是一個輪圍,一個世界,其間是間隔地獄。如是無量輪圍,無量世界,世尊以無量佛智了知、認識、通達。如是他的器世間也以各種方式被了知。如是因為以各種方式了知世間而是世間解。 因為沒有任何人在自身功德上比他更殊勝,所以他沒有更上者,因此是無上者。因此,他以戒德勝過一切世間,以定...慧...解脫...解脫知見德也勝過一切世間,以戒德是無等等、無比、無喻、無匹敵者...以解脫知見德也是如此。如所說:"諸比丘,我不見在天、魔、梵...天、人世間中有比我更具足戒者"等詳細經文。 如是《最上凈信經》等,"我沒有老師"等偈頌

1.285; mahāva. 11) ca vitthāretabbā.

Purisadamme sāretīti purisadammasārathi, dameti vinetīti vuttaṃ hoti. Tattha purisadammāti adantā dametuṃ yuttā tiracchānapurisāpi manussapurisāpi amanussapurisāpi. Tathā hi bhagavatā tiracchānapurisāpi apalāḷo nāgarājā, cūḷodaro, mahodaro, aggisikho, dhūmasikho, dhanapālako hatthīti evamādayo damitā, nibbisā katā, saraṇesu ca sīlesu ca patiṭṭhāpitā. Manussapurisāpi saccakanigaṇṭhaputta-ambaṭṭhamāṇava-pokkharasāti-soṇadaṇḍakūṭadantādayo. Amanussapurisāpi āḷavaka-sūciloma-kharaloma-yakkha-sakkadevarājādayo damitā vinītā vicitrehi vinayanūpāyehi. 『『Ahaṃ kho, kesi, purisadammaṃ saṇhenapi vinemi, pharusenapi vinemi, saṇhapharusenapi vinemī』』ti (a. ni. 4.111) idañcettha suttaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ. Atha vā visuddhasīlādīnaṃ paṭhamajjhānādīni sotāpannādīnañca uttarimaggapaṭipadaṃ ācikkhanto dantepi dametiyeva.

Atha vā anuttaro purisadammasārathīti ekamevidaṃ atthapadaṃ . Bhagavā hi tathā purisadamme sāreti, yathā ekapallaṅkeneva nisinnā aṭṭha disā asajjamānā dhāvanti. Tasmā 『『anuttaro purisadammasārathī』』ti vuccati. 『『Hatthidamakena, bhikkhave, hatthidammo sārito ekaṃyeva disaṃ dhāvatī』』ti idañcettha suttaṃ (ma. ni.

以下是完整的簡體中文直譯： 應當詳細解釋。 因為調御應調御的人,所以是調御丈夫,意思是說調伏、教導。其中,應調御的人是指未調伏、應當調伏的畜生人、人類人、非人類人。因此,世尊調伏了畜生人如阿波羅龍王、小腹龍、大腹龍、火頂龍、煙頂龍、財護象等,使他們無毒,安立於皈依和戒中。人類人如薩遮迦尼乾子、阿摩晝青年、浮迦羅娑提、蘇那單陀、古塔丹陀等。非人類人如阿羅婆迦夜叉、針毛夜叉、硬毛夜叉、帝釋天王等,以各種教導方法調伏教導。"迦葉,我以柔和方法調御應調御的人,也以粗暴方法調御,也以柔和粗暴方法調御",這裡應當詳細解釋這段經文。或者,對已清凈戒等者宣說初禪等,對須陀洹等宣說更上的道行,也是在調御已調御者。 或者,"無上調御丈夫"是一個意思。因為世尊如此調御應調御的人,使他們坐在一個座位上就能無礙地奔向八方。因此被稱為"無上調御丈夫"。"諸比丘,被調象師調御的象只能奔向一個方向"等,這裡應當詳細解釋這段經文

3.312) vitthāretabbaṃ.

Diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikaparamatthehi yathārahaṃ anusāsatīti satthā. Apica satthā viyāti satthā, bhagavā satthavāho. 『『Yathā satthavāho satthe kantāraṃ tāreti, corakantāraṃ tāreti, vāḷakantāraṃ tāreti, dubbhikkhakantāraṃ tāreti, nirudakakantāraṃ tāreti, uttāreti nittāreti patāreti khemantabhūmiṃ sampāpeti; evameva bhagavā satthā satthavāho satte kantāraṃ tāreti jātikantāraṃ tāretī』』tiādinā (mahāni. 190) niddesanayenapettha attho veditabbo.

Devamanussānanti daevānañca manussānañca ukkaṭṭhaparicchedavasenetaṃ vuttaṃ, bhabbapuggalaparicchedavasena ca. Bhagavā pana tiracchānagatānampi anusāsanippadānena satthāyeva. Tepi hi bhagavato dhammasavanena upanissayasampattiṃ patvā tāya eva upanissayasampattiyā dutiye tatiye vā attabhāve maggaphalabhāgino honti. Maṇḍūkadevaputtādayo cettha nidassanaṃ. Bhagavati kira gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre campānagaravāsīnaṃ dhammaṃ desayamāne eko maṇḍūko bhagavato sare nimittaṃ aggahesi. Taṃ eko vacchapālako daṇḍamolubbha tiṭṭhanto tassa sīse sannirumbhitvā aṭṭhāsi. So tāvadeva kālaṃ katvā tāvatiṃsabhavane dvādasayojanike kanakavimāne nibbatti. Suttappabuddho viya ca tattha accharāsaṅghaparivutaṃ attānaṃ disvā 『『are, ahampi nāma idha nibbattosmi! Kiṃ nu kho kammaṃ akāsi』』nti āvajjento nāññaṃ kiñci addasa, aññatra bhagavato sare nimittaggāhā. So taāvadeva saha vimānena āgantvā bhagavato pāde sirasā vandi. Bhagavā jānantova pucchi –

『『Ko me vandati pādāni, iddhiyā yasasā jalaṃ;

Abhikkantena vaṇṇena, sabbā obhāsayaṃ disā』』ti.

『『Maṇḍūkohaṃ pure āsiṃ, udake vārigocaro;

Tava dhammaṃ suṇantassa, avadhi vacchapālako』』ti. (vi. va. 857-858);

Bhagavā tassa dhammaṃ desesi. Desanāvasāne caturāsītiyā pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Devaputtopi sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāya sitaṃ katvā pakkāmīti.

Yaṃ pana kiñci atthi ñeyyaṃ nāma, tassa sabbassa buddhattā vimokkhantikañāṇavasena buddho. Yasmā vā cattāri saccāni attanāpi bujjhi, aññepi satte bodhesi; tasmā evamādīhipi kāraṇehi buddho. Imassa catthassa viññāpanatthaṃ 『『bujjhitā saccānīti buddho, bodhetā pajāyāti buddho』』ti evaṃ pavatto sabbopi niddesanayo (mahāni. 192) paṭisambhidānayo (paṭi. ma.

以下是完整的簡體中文直譯： 應當詳細解釋。 如實地教導有見法、無見法的究竟法，正如應當的那樣，導師。再者，導師是導師，世尊是導師的承載者。「如同導師承載者渡過眾生的障礙，渡過盜賊的障礙，渡過野獸的障礙，渡過惡劣氣候的障礙，渡過無水的障礙，提升、引導、安置於安全的土地；世尊也是如此，導師承載者渡過眾生的種姓障礙」，這裡的意思應當通過解釋來理解。 「天人和人類」，這是指天人和人類的界限，也指可教化者的界限。然而，世尊也以教導的方式教導畜生。因為他們通過聽聞世尊的法，獲得了依止的財富，因此憑藉這樣的依止財富，他們在第二、第三的生命中成為道果的獲得者。比如說，青蛙王子等在這裡是個例證。世尊在加伽拉河的池塘邊為坎帕城的居民講法時，有一隻青蛙注意到了世尊的聲音。此時，一隻名為達那摩爾的狗站在那裡，正好把它的頭壓在那隻青蛙的頭上。它當時就死去了，轉生到了天界的金色天宮，距離十二由旬。像是被覺悟的花神圍繞著，看到自己說：「哎，我也生在這裡！我究竟做了什麼善行呢？」它沒有看到其他任何東西，除了世尊的聲音的跡象。於是，它與那座天宮一起回到世尊的腳下，頂禮於世尊的足下。世尊似乎知道，便問道： 「誰在我腳下頂禮，因神通和名聲而流光四射的水面； 因美麗的色彩，照亮了所有的方向？」 「我以前是青蛙，生活在水中； 聽聞你的法時，我的頭被達那摩爾壓著。」 世尊為它講法。在講法結束時，四萬八千個生靈獲得了法的領悟。那位天子也在須陀洹果中獲得了成就，隨後離去。 無論有什麼可知之法，所有的法都因佛的覺悟而解脫，因佛的智慧而知曉。因為四個真理他自己也覺悟了，亦教化其他眾生；因此，因如此等原因，佛是如此。這爲了闡明這個目的，「覺悟了真理的佛，教化眾生的佛」，這樣的話語流傳著，所有的解釋都在這裡。

1.162) vā vitthāretabbo.

Bhagavāti idaṃ panassa guṇavisiṭṭhasattuttamagarugāravādhivacanaṃ. Tenāhu porāṇā –

『『Bhagavāti vacanaṃ seṭṭhaṃ, bhagavāti vacanamuttamaṃ;

Garu gāravayutto so, bhagavā tena vuccatī』』ti.

Catubbidhañhi nāmaṃ – āvatthikaṃ, liṅgikaṃ, nemittikaṃ, adhiccasamuppannanti. Adhiccasamuppannaṃ nāma lokiyavohārena 『『yadicchaka』』nti vuttaṃ hoti. Tattha 『『vaccho dammo balibaddo』』ti evamādi āvatthikaṃ. 『『Daṇḍī chattī sikhī karī』』ti evamādi liṅgikaṃ. 『『Tevijjo chaḷabhiñño』』ti evamādi nemittikaṃ. 『『Sirivaḍḍhako dhanavaḍḍhako』』ti evamādi vacanatthamanapekkhitvā pavattaṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ. Idaṃ pana bhagavāti nāmaṃ nemittikaṃ, na mahāmāyāya na suddhodanamahārājena na asītiyā ñātisahassehi kataṃ, na sakkasantusitādīhi devatāvisesehi. Vuttañhetaṃ dhammasenāpatinā – 『『bhagavāti netaṃ nāmaṃ mātarā kataṃ…pe… vimokkhantikametaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ bodhiyā mūle saha sabbaññutaññāṇassa paṭilābhā sacchikāpaññatti, yadidaṃ bhagavā』』ti (mahāni. 84).

Yaṃguṇanemittikañcetaṃ nāmaṃ, tesaṃ guṇānaṃ pakāsanatthaṃ imaṃ gāthaṃ vadanti –

『『Bhagī bhajī bhāgī vibhattavā iti;

Akāsi bhagganti garūti bhāgyavā;

Bahūhi ñāyehi subhāvitattano;

Bhavantago so bhagavāti vuccatī』』ti.

Niddese vuttanayeneva cettha tesaṃ tesaṃ padānamattho daṭṭhabbo.

Ayaṃ pana aparo nayo –

『『Bhāgyavā bhaggavā yutto, bhagehi ca vibhattavā;

Bhattavā vantagamano, bhavesu bhagavā tato』』ti.

Tattha vaṇṇāgamo vaṇṇavipariyayoti etaṃ niruttilakkhaṇaṃ gahetvā saddanayena vā pisodarādipakkhepalakkhaṇaṃ gahetvā yasmā lokiyalokuttarasukhābhinibbattakaṃ dānasīlādipārappattaṃ bhāgyamassa atthi, tasmā 『『bhāgyavā』』ti vattabbe 『『bhagavā』』ti vuccatīti ñātabbaṃ. Yasmā pana lobha-dosa-moha-viparītamanasikāra-ahirikānottappa-kodhūpanāha-makkha-paḷāsaissā-macchariya-māyāsāṭheyya-thambha-sārambha-mānātimāna-mada-pamāda-taṇhāvijjā tividhākusalamūla-duccarita-saṃkilesa-mala-visamasaññā-vitakka-papañca-catubbidhavipariyesaāsava-gantha-ogha-yogāgati-taṇhuppādupādāna-pañcacetokhīla-vinibandha-nīvaraṇābhinandanachavivādamūla-taṇhākāya-sattānusaya-aṭṭhamicchatta-navataṇhāmūlaka-dasākusalakama diṭṭhigata-aṭṭhasatataṇhāvicaritappabheda-sabbadaratha-pariḷāha-kilesasatasahassāni, saṅkhepato vā pañca kilesa-abhisaṅkhārakhandhamaccu-devaputta-māre abhañji, tasmā bhaggattā etesaṃ parissayānaṃ bhaggavāti vattabbe bhagavāti vuccati. Āha cettha –

『『Bhaggarāgo bhaggadoso, bhaggamoho anāsavo;

Bhaggāssa pāpakā dhammā, bhagavā tena vuccatī』』ti.

Bhāgyavantatāya cassa satapuññajalakkhaṇadharassa rūpakāyasampattidīpitā hoti, bhaggadosatāya dhammakāyasampatti. Tathā lokiyaparikkhakānaṃ bahumatabhāvo, gahaṭṭhapabbajitehi abhigamanīyatā, abhigatānañca nesaṃ kāyacittadukkhāpanayane paṭibalabhāvo, āmisadānadhammadānehi upakāritā, lokiyalokuttarasukhehi ca sampayojanasamatthatā dīpitā hoti.

以下是完整的簡體中文直譯： 世尊，這確實是他的德行卓越的眾生中最優秀的重擔的稱謂。因此古人說： 「世尊的話是最好的，世尊的話是最上等的； 他是重擔者，世尊因此被稱為。」 這裡有四種名稱——依附的、性別的、標誌的、因緣生起的。因緣生起的名稱是以世俗的稱謂說「如願以償」。其中「牛是調伏的、被束縛的」是依附的；「持杖的、帶傘的、頂著的」是性別的；「三明六通的」是標誌的；「富貴、增財的」是以言辭的意義所產生的因緣生起的。至於「世尊」這個名稱，是標誌性的，不是由大摩耶或凈土王所造，也不是由八十個親屬所造，也不是由諸天神等特殊存在所造。此乃法將軍所說：「世尊的名稱不是由母親所造……這是佛陀們所獲得的覺悟的根基，伴隨著全知的智慧的獲得，所謂的世尊。」 關於這些德行的標誌，這首詩這樣說： 「有福者、有分者、有份者、被劃分者； 他做到了分割，因而被稱為有福者； 因多種智慧而被稱為善巧者； 因此，他被稱為世尊。」 在解釋中，依照所述的意思來看，這裡應當理解各個詞的意義。 這是另一種說法： 「有福者、分割者、適合者，因而被劃分； 有食者、能去者，世尊因而被稱為。」 在這裡，色相的變化是指這一解釋的特徵，抓住它，或者通過聲音的特徵來理解，因為世俗的、超世俗的快樂所產生的，因施捨、持戒等而獲得的幸福，因此可以說「有福者」，也可以稱為「世尊」。因為貪、嗔、癡、顛倒的心念、無羞恥和無愧疚、憤怒、嫉妒、傲慢、懈怠、貪慾、無明、三種惡行的根源、惡劣的行為、污垢、偏見、思維的紛亂、四種顛倒的流轉、束縛、煩惱的沉重、貪慾的增生、五種障礙、束縛、障礙的根源、貪慾的身體、眾生的潛在傾向、八種貪慾、九種貪慾的根源、十種善行的行為、見解的偏差、八十種貪慾的行為、所有的苦惱、數以千計的污垢，簡而言之，五種煩惱的造作，死亡、天子、魔王等都被破壞，因此因解脫而被稱為有福者，因此也被稱為世尊。這裡說： 「解脫的貪慾、解脫的嗔恨、解脫的愚癡是無漏的； 因解脫而破壞的惡法，世尊因此被稱為。」 因其有福的特質，具備十善業的特徵，顯現出色身的財富；因其解脫的惡法，顯現出法身的財富。同時，世俗的修行者的普遍性，被家庭和出家者所接納，能夠達到，因而對已達者的身體和心的苦惱的消除，因施捨的法、持戒的法而獲得幫助，因世俗和超世俗的快樂而具備相應的能力。

Yasmā ca loke issariya-dhamma-yasa-sirī-kāma-payattesu chasu dhammesu bhagasaddo vattati, paramañcassa sakacitte issariyaṃ, aṇimā laghimādikaṃ vā lokiyasammataṃ sabbākāraparipūraṃ atthi tathā lokuttaro dhammo lokattayabyāpako yathābhuccaguṇādhigato ativiya parisuddho yaso, rūpakāyadassanabyāvaṭajananayanappasādajananasamatthā sabbākāraparipūrā sabbaṅgapaccaṅgasirī, yaṃ yaṃ etena icchitaṃ patthitaṃ attahitaṃ parahitaṃ vā, tassa tassa tatheva abhinipphannattā icchiticchi, tattha nipphattisaññito kāmo, sabbalokagarubhāvappattihetubhūto sammāvāyāmasaṅkhāto payatto ca atthi; tasmā imehi bhagehi yuttattāpi bhagā assa santīti iminā atthena bhagavāti vuccati.

Yasmā pana kusalādīhi bhedehi sabbadhamme, khandhāyatana-dhātusacca-indriyapaṭiccasamuppādādīhi vā kusalādidhamme, pīḷana-saṅkhata-santāpavipariṇāmaṭṭhena vā dukkhamariyasaccaṃ, āyūhana-nidāna-saṃyoga-palibodhaṭṭhena samudayaṃ, nissaraṇavivekāsaṅkhata-amataṭṭhena nirodhaṃ, niyyāna-hetu-dassanādhipateyyaṭṭhena maggaṃ vibhattavā, vibhajitvā vivaritvā desitavāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tasmā vibhattavāti vattabbe bhagavāti vuccati .

Yasmā ca esa dibbabrahmaariyavihāre kāyacittaupadhiviveke suññatappaṇihitānimittavimokkhe aññe ca lokiyalokuttare uttarimanussadhamme bhaji sevi bahulamakāsi, tasmā bhattavāti vattabbe bhagavāti vuccati.

Yasmā pana tīsu bhavesu taṇhāsaṅkhātaṃ gamanamanena vantaṃ, tasmā bhavesu vantagamanoti vattabbe bhavasaddato bhakāraṃ, gamanasaddato gakāraṃ, vantasaddato vakārañca dīghaṃ katvā ādāya bhagavāti vuccati. Yathā loke 『『mehanassa khassa mālā』』ti vattabbe 『『mekhalā』』ti vuccati.

So imaṃ lokanti so bhagavā imaṃ lokaṃ. Idāni vattabbaṃ nidasseti. Sadevakanti saha devehi sadevakaṃ; evaṃ saha mārena samārakaṃ; saha brahmunā sabrahmakaṃ; saha samaṇabrāhmaṇehi sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṃ; pajātattā pajā, taṃ pajaṃ; saha devamanussehi sadevamanussaṃ. Tattha sadevakavacanena pañcakāmāvacaradevaggahaṇaṃ veditabbaṃ, samārakavacanena chaṭṭhakāmāvacaradevaggahaṇaṃ, sabrahmakavacanena brahmakāyikādibrahmaggahaṇaṃ, sassamaṇabrāhmaṇīvacanena sāsanassa paccatthikapaccāmittasamaṇabrāhmaṇaggahaṇaṃ, samitapāpa-bāhitapāpa-samaṇabrāhmaṇaggahaṇañca, pajāvacanena sattalokaggahaṇaṃ, sadevamanussavacanena sammutidevaavasesamanussaggahaṇaṃ. Evamettha tīhi padehi okāsaloko, dvīhi pajāvasena sattaloko gahitoti veditabbo.

Aparo nayo – sadevakaggahaṇena arūpāvacaradevaloko gahito, samārakaggahaṇena chakāmāvacaradevalokā, sabrahmakaggahaṇena rūpībrahmaloko, sassamaṇabrāhmaṇādiggahaṇena catuparisavasena sammutidevehi vā saha manussaloko, avasesasabbasattaloko vā.

以下是完整的簡體中文直譯： 因為在世間,bhaga這個詞用於六種法,即自在、法、名聲、莊嚴、慾望和精進,而他在自心中有最高的自在,或者是世人所認為的微細、輕盈等一切圓滿的特質,同樣地,他有遍及三界、如實獲得、極其清凈的出世間法和名聲,他有能使見到色身的人眼目愉悅的一切圓滿的所有肢體和附屬肢體的莊嚴,他所希望和期望的自利和利他,都如實成就,因此是如願以償,在那裡被稱為慾望的成就,以及成為一切世間尊重的因的正精進;因此,因為具足這些bhaga,所以以這個意思被稱為bhagavā。 又因為他以善等的區分來分別一切法,或者以蘊處界諦根緣起等來分別善等法,或者以壓迫、有為、熱惱、變異的意義來分別苦聖諦,以積聚、因緣、結合、障礙的意義來分別集,以出離、遠離、無為、不死的意義來分別滅,以引導、因、見、增上的意義來分別道,這意味著他已經分別、解析、開顯、宣說了。因此,應當說是vibhattavā,而被稱為bhagavā。 又因為他修習、服務、多作天、梵、聖住,身心依止的遠離,空、無相、無愿解脫,以及其他世間和出世間的上人法,因此應當說是bhattavā,而被稱為bhagavā。 又因為他在三有中已經捨棄了稱為渴愛的行走,因此應當說是bhavesu vantagamano,而從bhava取bha音,從gamana取ga音,從vanta取va音並延長,而被稱為bhagavā。就像在世間應當說"mehanassa khassa mālā",而被稱為"mekhalā"。 "他這個世間",意思是那位世尊這個世間。現在指出將要說的。"有天的"意思是連同天神的有天的;同樣地,連同魔的有魔的;連同梵天的有梵天的;連同沙門婆羅門的有沙門婆羅門的;因為是生者所以是眾生,那個眾生;連同天人的有天人的。其中,以"有天的"一詞應當理解為包括五欲界天,"有魔的"一詞包括第六慾界天,"有梵天的"一詞包括梵眾天等梵天,"有沙門婆羅門的"一詞包括教法的敵對者沙門婆羅門,以及寂靜惡、除惡的沙門婆羅門,"眾生"一詞包括有情世間,"有天人的"一詞包括世俗天神和其餘人類。如此,這裡應當理解以三個詞包括器世間,以兩個詞依眾生包括有情世間。 另一種解釋方法——以"有天的"一詞包括無色界天世間,以"有魔的"一詞包括六慾界天世間,以"有梵天的"一詞包括色界梵天世間,以"有沙門婆羅門的"等詞依四眾包括連同世俗天神的人世間,或者其餘一切有情世間。

Apicettha sadevakavacanena ukkaṭṭhaparicchedato sabbassāpi lokassa sacchikatabhāvaṃ sādhento tassa bhagavato kittisaddo abbhuggato. Tato yesaṃ siyā – 『『māro mahānubhāvo chakāmāvacarissaro vasavattī; kiṃ sopi etena sacchikato』』ti? Tesaṃ vimatiṃ vidhamanto samārakanti abbhuggato. Yesaṃ pana siyā – 『『brahmā mahānubhāvo ekaṅguliyā ekasmiṃ cakkavāḷasahasse ālokaṃ pharati, dvīhi…pe… dasahi aṅgulīhi dasasu cakkavāḷasahassesu ālokaṃ pharati, anuttarañca jhānasamāpattisukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti, kiṃ sopi sacchikato』』ti? Tesaṃ vimatiṃ vidhamanto sabrahmakanti abbhuggato. Tato yesaṃ siyā – 『『puthūsamaṇabrāhmaṇā sāsanapaccatthikā, kiṃ tepi sacchikatā』』ti? Tesaṃ vimatiṃ vidhamanto sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṃ pajanti abbhuggato. Evaṃ ukkaṭṭhukkaṭṭhānaṃ sacchikatabhāvaṃ pakāsetvā atha sammutideve avasesamanusse ca upādāya ukkaṭṭhaparicchedavasena sesasattalokassa sacchikatabhāvaṃ pakāsento sadevamanussanti abbhuggato. Ayametthānusandhikkamo.

Sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedetīti ettha pana sayanti sāmaṃ, aparaneyyo hutvā; abhiññāti abhiññāya, adhikena ñāṇena ñatvāti attho. Sacchikatvāti paccakkhaṃ katvā, etena anumānādipaṭikkhepo kato hoti. Pavedetīti bodheti ñāpeti pakāseti. So dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ…pe… pariyosānakalyāṇanti so bhagavā sattesu kāruññataṃ paṭicca hitvāpi anuttaraṃ vivekasukhaṃ dhammaṃ deseti. Tañca kho appaṃ vā bahuṃ vā desento ādikalyāṇādippakārameva deseti.

Kathaṃ? Ekagāthāpi hi samantabhadrakattā dhammassa paṭhamapādena ādikalyāṇā, dutiyatatiyapādehi majjhekalyāṇā, pacchimapādena pariyosānakalyāṇā. Ekānusandhikaṃ suttaṃ nidānena ādikalyāṇaṃ, nigamanena pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ, sesena majjhekalyāṇaṃ. Nānānusandhikaṃ suttaṃ paṭhamānusandhinā ādikalyāṇaṃ, pacchimena pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ, sesehi majjhekalyāṇaṃ. Sakalopi sāsanadhammo attano atthabhūtena sīlena ādikalyāṇo, samathavipassanāmaggaphalehi majjhekalyāṇo, nibbānena pariyosānakalyāṇo. Sīlasamādhīhi vā ādikalyāṇo, vipassanāmaggehi majjhekalyāṇo, phalanibbānehi pariyosānakalyāṇo . Buddhasubodhitāya vā ādikalyāṇo, dhammasudhammatāya majjhekalyāṇo, saṅghasuppaṭipattiyā pariyosānakalyāṇo. Taṃ sutvā tathattāya paṭipannena adhigantabbāya abhisambodhiyā vā ādikalyāṇo, paccekabodhiyā majjhekalyāṇo, sāvakabodhiyā pariyosānakalyāṇo. Suyyamāno cesa nīvaraṇavikkhambhanato savanenapi kalyāṇameva āvahatīti ādikalyāṇo, paṭipajjiyamāno samathavipassanāsukhāvahanato paṭipattiyāpi kalyāṇameva āvahatīti majjhekalyāṇo, tathā paṭipanno ca paṭipattiphale niṭṭhite tādibhāvāvahanato paṭipattiphalenapi kalyāṇameva āvahatīti pariyosānakalyāṇo. Nāthappabhavattā ca pabhavasuddhiyā ādikalyāṇo, atthasuddhiyā majjhekalyāṇo , kiccasuddhiyā pariyosānakalyāṇo. Tasmā eso bhagavā appaṃ vā bahuṃ vā desento ādikalyāṇādippakārameva desetīti veditabbo.

以下是完整的簡體中文直譯： 此外，在這裡，藉助「有天的」這個詞，旨在說明所有眾生的真實狀態而升起了那位世尊的名聲。因此，有人可能會說：「魔王是大能者，掌管六慾界的，難道他也能真實地獲得嗎？」對此，他們的疑慮被「有魔的」所破除。又有人可能會說：「天人是大能者，能夠用一根手指照亮一個世界，或者用兩根、十根手指照亮十個世界，體驗無上的禪定之樂，難道他也能真實地獲得嗎？」對此，他們的疑慮被「有梵天的」所破除。又有人可能會說：「普通的沙門和婆羅門是教法的敵對者，他們能真實地獲得嗎？」對此，他們的疑慮被「有沙門婆羅門的」所破除。就這樣，通過說明真實狀態的升起，接著以世俗天人和其餘人類為基礎，說明其他眾生的真實狀態而升起了「有天人的」這一稱謂。這是此處的連貫性。 「自己親自證得真實而宣說」，這裡的「自己」是指同類，成為無可指責；「親自證得」是指以更高的智慧而知曉的意思。「證得」是指以直接的方式呈現，因此排除了推測等。「宣說」是指教導、告知、展示。因此，他教導法的初善……最終的善。那位世尊因眾生的慈悲而教導，即使是爲了他人的利益，也教導無上的出離之樂。無論是少量還是大量，他都以初善等的方式進行教導。 如何呢？因為一首歌謠能夠從各個方面展現法，第一部分是初善，第二、第三部分是中善，最後一部分是最終的善。一部貫穿的經典以因緣為起點是初善，以結尾為最終的善，其他部分是中善。多部經典以第一部分為初善，以最後一部分為最終的善，其他部分為中善。整個教法因其本質的善而是初善，因止觀和慧觀的道果而是中善，因涅槃而是最終的善。因戒定而是初善，因慧觀的道而是中善，因果和涅槃而是最終的善。因佛的覺悟而是初善，因法的圓滿而是中善，因僧的良好修行而是最終的善。聽聞后，依照真實的修行來獲得的覺悟是初善，獨覺的覺悟是中善，聲聞的覺悟是最終的善。即使在被阻礙時，也因排除阻礙而獲得的都是初善，因修行而獲得的安樂也是中善，經過修行的果實完成後，所獲得的也是最終的善。因有主的緣故，因主的清凈而是初善，因目的的清凈而是中善，因任務的清凈而是最終的善。因此，這位世尊無論是少量還是大量，都是以初善等的方式進行教導。

Sātthaṃ sabyañjananti evamādīsu pana yasmā imaṃ dhammaṃ desento sāsanabrahmacariyaṃ maggabrahmacariyañca pakāseti, nānānayehi dīpeti; tañca yathānurūpaṃ atthasampattiyā sātthaṃ, byañjanasampattiyā sabyañjanaṃ. Saṅkāsanapakāsana-vivaraṇa-vibhajana-uttānīkaraṇa-paññatti-atthapadasamāyogato sātthaṃ, akkharapada-byañjanākāraniruttiniddesasampattiyā sabyañjanaṃ. Atthagambhīratā-paṭivedhagambhīratāhi sātthaṃ, dhammagambhīratādesanāgambhīratāhi sabyañjanaṃ. Atthapaṭibhānapaṭisambhidāvisayato sātthaṃ, dhammaniruttipaṭisambhidāvisayato sabyañjanaṃ. Paṇḍitavedanīyato parikkhakajanappasādakanti sātthaṃ, saddheyyato lokiyajanappasādakanti sabyañjanaṃ. Gambhīrādhippāyato sātthaṃ, uttānapadato sabyañjanaṃ. Upanetabbassa abhāvato sakalaparipuṇṇabhāvena kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ; apanetabbassa abhāvato niddosabhāvena parisuddhaṃ; sikkhattayapariggahitattā brahmabhūtehi seṭṭhehi caritabbato tesañca cariyabhāvato brahmacariyaṃ. Tasmā 『『sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ…pe… brahmacariyaṃ pakāsetī』』ti vuccati.

Apica yasmā sanidānaṃ sauppattikañca desento ādikalyāṇaṃ deseti, veneyyānaṃ anurūpato atthassa aviparītatāya ca hetudāharaṇayuttato ca majjhekalyāṇaṃ, sotūnaṃ saddhāpaṭilābhena nigamanena ca pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ deseti. Evaṃ desento ca brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti. Tañca paṭipattiyā adhigamabyattito sātthaṃ, pariyattiyā āgamabyattito sabyañjanaṃ, sīlādipañcadhammakkhandhayuttato kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ, nirupakkilesato nittharaṇatthāya pavattito lokāmisanirapekkhato ca parisuddhaṃ, seṭṭhaṭṭhena brahmabhūtānaṃ buddha-paccekabuddha-buddhasāvakānaṃ cariyato 『『brahmacariya』』nti vuccati. Tasmāpi 『『so dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ…pe… brahmacariyaṃ pakāsetī』』ti vuccati.

Sādhu kho panāti sundaraṃ kho pana atthāvahaṃ sukhāvahanti vuttaṃ hoti. Tathārūpānaṃ arahatanti yathārūpo so bhava gotamo, evarūpānaṃ yathābhuccaguṇādhigamena loke arahantoti laddhasaddānaṃ arahataṃ. Dassanaṃ hotīti pasādasommāni akkhīni ummīlitvā 『『dassanamattampi sādhu hotī』』ti evaṃ ajjhāsayaṃ katvā atha kho verañjo brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamīti.

以下是完整的簡體中文直譯： 在這樣的情況下，因為他講述這個法，闡明了教法的梵行和道的梵行，以不同的方式進行說明；因此，符合其相應的意義的內容是「善」，符合其相應的表現的內容是「善的表現」。通過闡述、揭示、分開、提升、定義、與意義的結合，所指的內容是「善」，通過字母、詞、表現的解釋和定義，所指的表現是「善的表現」。通過意義的深邃和法的深邃，所指的內容是「善」，通過法的深邃的教導，所指的表現是「善的表現」。通過意義的理解和法的理解，所指的內容是「善」，通過法的解釋和理解，所指的表現是「善的表現」。通過智者的感受，所指的內容是「善」，通過信仰，所指的表現是「善的表現」。通過深邃的意圖，所指的內容是「善」，通過高尚的言辭，所指的表現是「善的表現」。由於所指的內容是完整的，因而是完全的；由於所指的表現是無瑕的，因此是清凈的；由於具備三學的特徵，因而是由最優秀者所修行的，因此也稱為「梵行」。因此，「所指的內容是善的表現……梵行被闡明」。 此外，因為他講述有因緣的和有善的內容，講述初善，因而對可教化者的相應意義和不變的特性，以及因果的引證，講述中善，因而對聽眾的信心的建立和總結，講述最終的善。因此，他在講述時也闡明了梵行。通過修行的達到，所指的內容是「善」，通過教義的達到，所指的表現是「善的表現」，通過持戒等五種法的結合，因而是完全的，通過無障礙的達到，因此是清凈的，作為最優秀者的佛、獨覺、聲聞的修行，稱之為「梵行」。因此，也應說「他講述初善……梵行被闡明」。 「確實是美好的」，意味著美好而有益的幸福。如此的阿羅漢，正如所說的那樣，世尊是這樣的人，因而被稱為阿羅漢，因其在世間獲得的如實品質。因看到的緣故，眼睛睜開，滿懷信心地說：「僅僅看到就很好。」於是，那個名叫維拉喬的婆羅門走向世尊。

2.Yenāti bhummatthe karaṇavacanaṃ. Tasmā yattha bhagavā tattha upasaṅkamīti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo . Yena vā kāraṇena bhagavā devamanussehi upasaṅkamitabbo, tena kāraṇena upasaṅkamīti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Kena ca kāraṇena bhagavā upasaṅkamitabbo? Nānappakāraguṇavisesādhigamādhippāyena, sāduphalūpabhogādhippāyena dijagaṇehi niccaphalitamahārukkho viya. Upasaṅkamīti ca gatoti vuttaṃ hoti. Upasaṅkamitvāti upasaṅkamanapariyosānadīpanaṃ. Atha vā evaṃ gato tato āsannataraṃ ṭhānaṃ bhagavato samīpasaṅkhātaṃ gantvātipi vuttaṃ hoti.

Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodīti yathā khamanīyādīni pucchanto bhagavā tena, evaṃ sopi bhagavatā saddhiṃ samappavattamodo ahosi, sītodakaṃ viya uṇhodakena sammoditaṃ ekībhāvaṃ agamāsi. Yāya ca 『『kacci, bho, gotama, khamanīyaṃ; kacci yāpanīyaṃ, kacci bhoto gotamassa, ca sāvakānañca appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāro』』tiādikāya kathāya sammodi, taṃ pītipāmojjasaṅkhātaṃ sammodaṃ jananato sammodituṃ yuttabhāvato ca sammodanīyaṃ. Atthabyañjanamadhuratāya sucirampi kālaṃ sāretuṃ nirantaraṃ pavattetuṃ araharūpato saritabbabhāvato ca sāraṇīyaṃ, suyyamānasukhato vā sammodanīyaṃ, anussariyamānasukhato sāraṇīyaṃ. Tathā byañjanaparisuddhatāya sammodanīyaṃ, atthaparisuddhatāya sāraṇīyanti. Evaṃ anekehi pariyāyehi sammodanīyaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ kathaṃ vītisāretvā pariyosāpetvā niṭṭhāpetvā yenatthena āgato taṃ pucchitukāmo ekamantaṃ nisīdi.

Ekamantanti bhāvanapuṃsakaniddeso 『『visamaṃ candimasūriyā parivattantī』』tiādīsu (a. ni.

以下是完整的簡體中文直譯： 2. "到"是表示處所的工具詞。因此,這裡的意思應該理解為:世尊在哪裡,他就到那裡。或者,這裡的意思應該理解為:因為某種原因天人和人應該去見世尊,所以他因為那個原因去見。為什麼要去見世尊呢?因為想要獲得各種特殊的功德,想要享受美味的果實,就像鳥群經常去結滿果實的大樹一樣。"到"的意思就是"去"。"到了"表示到達的完成。或者,也可以說是這樣去了,然後到了更近的地方,也就是世尊附近。 "與世尊相互問候"意味著,正如世尊問候他的健康狀況等,他也與世尊相互問候,就像冷水與熱水混合成一體一樣。他以"尊敬的喬達摩啊,您健康嗎?生活如意嗎?尊敬的喬達摩和弟子們少病少惱,輕快有力,安樂生活嗎?"等話語進行問候,這種問候因為能產生喜悅和歡愉而被稱為"相互問候",因為適合進行問候所以是"值得相互問候的"。因為意義和文句的甜美,即使長時間也值得記住,應該持續不斷地進行,因為值得記住所以是"值得記住的",或者因為聽起來愉快所以是"值得相互問候的",因為回憶起來愉快所以是"值得記住的"。同樣,因為詞句純凈所以是"值得相互問候的",因為意義純凈所以是"值得記住的"。這樣,以多種方式完成了值得相互問候和值得記住的交談后,想要詢問他來此的目的,就坐在一旁。 "一旁"是中性詞的用法,就像"月亮和太陽不平穩地執行"等句中那樣。

4.70) viya. Tasmā yathā nisinno ekamantaṃ nisinno hoti tathā nisīdīti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Bhummatthe vā etaṃ upayogavacanaṃ. Nisīdīti upāvisi. Paṇḍitā hi purisā garuṭṭhāniyaṃ upasaṅkamitvā āsanakusalatāya ekamantaṃ nisīdanti. Ayañca tesaṃ aññataro, tasmā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.

Kathaṃ nisinno pana ekamantaṃ nisinno hotīti? Cha nisajjadose vajjetvā. Seyyathidaṃ – atidūraṃ, accāsannaṃ, uparivātaṃ, unnatappadesaṃ, atisammukhaṃ, atipacchāti. Atidūre nisinno hi sace kathetukāmo hoti uccāsaddena kathetabbaṃ hoti. Accāsanne nisinno saṅghaṭṭanaṃ karoti. Uparivāte nisinno sarīragandhena bādhati. Unnatappadese nisinno agāravaṃ pakāseti. Atisammukhā nisinno sace daṭṭhukāmo hoti, cakkhunā cakkhuṃ āhacca daṭṭhabbaṃ hoti. Atipacchā nisinno sace daṭṭhukāmo hoti gīvaṃ pasāretvā daṭṭhabbaṃ hoti. Tasmā ayampi ete cha nisajjadose vajjetvā nisīdi. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『ekamantaṃ nisīdī』』ti.

Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho verañjo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavocāti etanti idāni vattabbamatthaṃ dasseti. Dakāro padasandhikaro. Avocāti abhāsi. Sutaṃ metanti sutaṃ me etaṃ, etaṃ mayā sutanti idāni vattabbamatthaṃ dasseti. Bho gotamāti bhagavantaṃ gottena ālapati.

Idāni yaṃ tena sutaṃ – taṃ dassento na samaṇo gotamoti evamādimāha. Tatrāyaṃ anuttānapadavaṇṇanā – brāhmaṇeti jātibrāhmaṇe. Jiṇṇeti jajjarībhūte jarāya khaṇḍiccādibhāvaṃ āpādite. Vuḍḍheti aṅgapaccaṅgānaṃ vuḍḍhimariyādappatte. Mahallaketi jātimahallakatāya samannāgate, cirakālappasuteti vuttaṃ hoti. Addhagateti addhānaṃ gate , dve tayo rājaparivaṭṭe atīteti adhippāyo. Vayo anuppatteti pacchimavayaṃ sampatte, pacchimavayo nāma vassasatassa pacchimo tatiyabhāgo.

Apica – jiṇṇeti porāṇe, cirakālappavattakulanvayeti vuttaṃ hoti. Vuḍḍheti sīlācārādiguṇavuḍḍhiyutte. Mahallaketi vibhavamahattatāya samannāgate mahaddhane mahābhoge. Addhagateti maggappaṭipanne, brāhmaṇānaṃ vatacariyādimariyādaṃ avītikkamma caramāne. Vayoanuppatteti jātivuḍḍhabhāvaṃ antimavayaṃ anuppatteti evamettha yojanā veditabbā.

Idāni abhivādetīti evamādīni 『『na samaṇo gotamo』』ti ettha vuttanakārena yojetvā evamatthato veditabbāni – 『『na vandati vā, nāsanā vuṭṭhahati vā, nāpi 『idha bhonto nisīdantū』ti evaṃ āsanena vā upanimantetī』』ti. Ettha hi vā saddo vibhāvane nāma atthe, 『『rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā』』tiādīsu viya. Evaṃ vatvā atha attano abhivādanādīni akarontaṃ bhagavantaṃ disvā āha – 『『tayidaṃ bho gotama tathevā』』ti. Yaṃ taṃ mayā sutaṃ – taṃ tatheva, taṃ savanañca me dassanañca saṃsandati sameti, atthato ekībhāvaṃ gacchati. 『『Na hi bhavaṃ gotamo…pe… āsanena vā nimantetī』』ti evaṃ attanā sutaṃ diṭṭhena nigametvā nindanto āha – 『『tayidaṃ bho gotama na sampannamevā』』ti taṃ abhivādanādīnaṃ akaraṇaṃ na yuttameva.

4.70) 因此，正如坐著的時候是坐在一旁的那樣，這裡應該理解為「坐」。在處所方面，這也是一個應用詞。「坐」是指「入座」。智者們確實在高位上前去，因而以坐的技巧坐在一旁。這也是他們中的一個，因此他坐在一旁。 那麼，坐著的時候是如何坐在一旁呢？要避免六種坐姿的錯誤。這六種坐姿的錯誤是：太遠、太近、上面、傾斜、正面、背面。坐得太遠的人，如果想要說話，應該用高聲說。坐得太近的人會互相碰撞。坐在上面的人會因身體的氣味而受到影響。坐在傾斜的位置的人會顯得不莊重。坐在正面的人，如果想要看見，應該用眼睛靠近看見。坐在背面的人如果想要看見，應該伸長脖子去看。因此，這些人也應避免這六種坐姿的錯誤。所以說：「坐在一旁」。 坐在一旁的維拉喬婆羅門對世尊說：「這就是現在應該說的事情。」這裡的「這」是指現在需要說的內容。這裡的「達卡」是指詞句的連線。「他說」是指他講述。 「我聽說過」是指「我聽到這個」，這是現在需要說的內容。「尊敬的喬達摩」是指以「喬達摩」稱呼世尊。 現在他所聽到的內容是——他開始說：「不是沙門喬達摩。」這裡有一個無上的詞句的解釋——婆羅門是指種姓的婆羅門。老是指年老，意味著衰老的狀態。年長是指身體的各個部分都已衰老。年老是指種姓的年長，長時間的經歷。到達是指到達某個地方，意指在王的周圍的幾次轉世。年齡未到是指到達晚年，晚年是指一百年的最後三分之一。 此外——老是指古老，意味著長時間的傳承。年長是指品德、行為等的增長。年老是指因財富和地位而顯得富有。到達是指在道路上行走，婆羅門們遵循言教等的規範而不偏離地進行。年齡未到是指種姓的增長，最終年齡未到，應該理解為這裡的意思。 現在「敬禮」是指通過這樣的方式說「不是沙門喬達摩」，在這裡的內容應理解為：「既不敬禮，也不從座位上站起，也不以『請您坐下』的方式邀請。」在這裡，「或」是指在描述中，像「色法是常還是無常」等等。這樣說完后，看到世尊不做敬禮等行為，他說：「這確實是這樣的，尊敬的喬達摩。」我所聽到的內容是如此，這樣的內容與我的聽聞和觀看相合，實際上是合為一體的。「您確實不……也不邀請坐下。」通過他所聽到的看法，批評地說：「這確實是不恰當的。」

Athassa bhagavā attukkaṃsanaparavambhanadosaṃ anupagamma karuṇāsītalahadayena taṃ aññāṇaṃ vidhamitvā yuttabhāvaṃ dassetukāmo āha – 『『nāhaṃ taṃ brāhmaṇa…pe… muddhāpi tassa vipateyyā』』ti. Tatrāyaṃ saṅkhepattho – 『『ahaṃ, brāhmaṇa, appaṭihatena sabbaññutaññāṇacakkhunā olokentopi taṃ puggalaṃ etasmiṃ sadevakādibhede loke na passāmi, yamahaṃ abhivādeyyaṃ vā paccuṭṭheyyaṃ vā āsanena vā nimanteyyaṃ. Anacchariyaṃ vā etaṃ, yvāhaṃ ajja sabbaññutaṃ patto evarūpaṃ nipaccakārārahaṃ puggalaṃ na passāmi. Apica kho yadāpāhaṃ sampatijātova uttarābhimukho sattapadavītihārena gantvā sakalaṃ dasasahassilokadhātuṃ olokesiṃ; tadāpi etasmiṃ sadevakādibhede loke taṃ puggalaṃ na passāmi, yamahaṃ abhivādeyyaṃ vā paccuṭṭheyyaṃ vā āsanena vā nimanteyyaṃ. Atha kho maṃ soḷasakappasahassāyuko khīṇāsavamahābrahmāpi añjaliṃ paggahetvā 『『tvaṃ loke mahāpuriso, tvaṃ sadevakassa lokassa aggo ca jeṭṭho ca seṭṭho ca, natthi tayā uttaritaro』』ti sañjātasomanasso patināmesi; tadāpi cāhaṃ attanā uttaritaraṃ apassanto āsabhiṃ vācaṃ nicchāresiṃ – 『『aggohamasmi lokassa, jeṭṭhohamasmi lokassa, seṭṭhohamasmi lokassā』』ti. Evaṃ sampatijātassapi mayhaṃ abhivādanādiraho puggalo natthi, svāhaṃ idāni sabbaññutaṃ patto kaṃ abhivādeyyaṃ vā…pe… āsanena vā nimanteyyaṃ. Tasmā tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, mā tathāgate evarūpaṃ nipaccakāraṃ patthayittha. Yañhi, brāhmaṇa, tathāgato abhivādeyya vā…pe… āsanena vā nimanteyya, muddhāpi tassa puggalassa rattipariyosāne paripākasithilabandhanaṃ vaṇṭā pavuttatālaphalamiva gīvato pacchijjitvā sahasāva bhūmiyaṃ vipateyyāti.

1. Evaṃ vuttepi brāhmaṇo duppaññatāya tathāgatassa loke jeṭṭhabhāvaṃ asallakkhento kevalaṃ taṃ vacanaṃ asahamāno āha – 『『arasarūpo bhavaṃ gotamo』』ti. Ayaṃ kirassa adhippāyo – yaṃ loke abhivādanapaccuṭṭhānaañjalikammasāmīcikammaṃ 『『sāmaggiraso』』ti vuccati, taṃ bhoto gotamassa natthi , tasmā arasarūpo bhavaṃ gotamo, arasajātiko arasasabhāvoti. Athassa bhagavā cittamudubhāvajananatthaṃ ujuvipaccanīkabhāvaṃ pariharanto aññathā tassa vacanassatthaṃ attani sandassento 『『atthi khvesa brāhmaṇa pariyāyo』』tiādimāha.

Tattha pariyāyoti kāraṇaṃ; ayañhi pariyāyasaddo desanā-vāra-kāraṇesu vattati. 『『Madhupiṇḍikapariyāyotveva naṃ dhārehī』』tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.205) hi esa desanāyaṃ vattati. 『『Kassa nu kho, ānanda, ajja pariyāyo bhikkhuniyo ovaditu』』ntiādīsu (ma. ni.

以下是完整的簡體中文直譯： 於是世尊爲了避免自我吹噓和貶低他人的過失，以慈悲冷靜的心驅散他的無知，想要顯示恰當的做法，說道："婆羅門啊，我不……他的頭也會爆裂。"這裡的簡要含義是："婆羅門啊，即使我用不受阻礙的一切知智慧之眼觀察，在這個包括天人等的世界中也看不到我應該向他致敬、或為他起立、或邀請他坐下的人。這並不奇怪，我今天已經達到一切知智慧，看不到值得這樣恭敬的人。而且，當我剛出生時，面向北方行走七步，觀察整個一萬個世界系統時；即使在那時，在這個包括天人等的世界中，我也看不到我應該向他致敬、或為他起立、或邀請他坐下的人。那時，壽命長達一萬六千劫的無漏大梵天也舉起合掌，心生歡喜地說：'你是世間的大人，你是包括天人的世間的最高、最年長、最優秀的，沒有比你更高的。'即使在那時，我也看不到比自己更高的，所以發出了這樣的獅子吼：'我是世間的最高者，我是世間的最年長者，我是世間的最優秀者。'這樣，即使是剛出生的我，也沒有值得致敬等的人，現在我已經達到一切知智慧，我應該向誰致敬……或邀請誰坐下呢？因此，婆羅門啊，你不要期待如來做這樣的恭敬行為。婆羅門啊，如果如來向某人致敬……或邀請他坐下，那個人的頭在夜晚結束時就會像熟透的棕櫚果從樹枝上掉落一樣，從脖子上斷開突然掉在地上。" 3. 即使這樣說了，婆羅門由於愚昧無知，沒有理解如來在世間是最高的，只是不能忍受這些話，說道："尊敬的喬達摩是無味的。"據說他的意思是這樣的——在世間被稱為"和諧的味道"的致敬、起立、合掌、恭敬的行為，尊敬的喬達摩沒有，因此尊敬的喬達摩是無味的，是無味的種類，是無味的本質。於是世尊爲了使他的心變得柔軟，避免直接反駁，以另一種方式解釋他的話的意思，說道："婆羅門啊，確實有這樣的方法"等等。 其中，"方法"是指原因；這個"方法"一詞用於教導、輪次、原因等。在"你要記住這是蜜丸的教法"等句中，它用於教導。在"阿難啊，今天輪到誰去教導比丘尼們"等句中，

3.398) vāre. 『『Sādhu, bhante, bhagavā aññaṃ pariyāyaṃ ācikkhatu, yathāyaṃ bhikkhusaṅgho aññāya saṇṭhaheyyā』』tiādīsu (pārā. 164) kāraṇe. Svāyamidha kāraṇe vattati . Tasmā ettha evamattho daṭṭhabbo – atthi kho, brāhmaṇa, etaṃ kāraṇaṃ; yena kāraṇena maṃ 『『arasarūpo bhavaṃ gotamo』』ti vadamāno puggalo sammā vadeyya, avitathavādīti saṅkhyaṃ gaccheyya. Katamo pana soti? Ye te brāhmaṇa rūparasā…pe… phoṭṭhabbarasā te tathāgatassa pahīnāti. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Ye te jātivasena vā upapattivasena vā seṭṭhasammatānampi puthujjanānaṃ rūpārammaṇādīni assādentānaṃ abhinandantānaṃ rajjantānaṃ uppajjanti kāmasukhassādasaṅkhātā rūparasasaddagandharasaphoṭṭhabbarasā, ye imaṃ lokaṃ gīvāya bandhitvā viya āviñchanti, vatthārammaṇādisāmaggiyañca uppannattā sāmaggirasāti vuccanti, te sabbepi tathāgatassa pahīnāti. Mayhaṃ pahīnāti vattabbepi mamākārena attānaṃ anukkhipanto dhammaṃ deseti. Desanāvilāso vā esa bhagavato.

Tattha pahīnāti cittasantānato vigatā jahitā vā. Etasmiṃ panatthe karaṇe sāmivacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Ariyamaggasatthena ucchinnaṃ taṇhāvijjāmayaṃ mūlametesanti ucchinnamūlā. Tālavatthu viya nesaṃ vatthu katanti tālāvatthukatā. Yathā hi tālarukkhaṃ samūlaṃ uddharitvā tassa vatthumatte tasmiṃ padese kate na puna tassa tālassa uppatti paññāyati; evaṃ ariyamaggasatthena samūle rūpādirase uddharitvā tesaṃ pubbe uppannapubbabhāvena vatthumatte cittasantāne kate sabbepi te 『『tālāvatthukatā』』ti vuccanti. Avirūḷhidhammattā vā matthakacchinnatālo viya katāti tālāvatthukatā. Yasmā pana evaṃ tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā honti, yathā nesaṃ pacchābhāvo na hoti, tathā katā honti; tasmā āha – 『『anabhāvaṃkatā』』ti. Ayañhettha padacchedo – anuabhāvaṃ katā anabhāvaṃkatāti. 『『Anabhāvaṃ gatā』』tipi pāṭho, tassa anuabhāvaṃ gatāti attho. Tattha padacchedo anuabhāvaṃ gatā anabhāvaṃ gatāti, yathā anuacchariyā anacchariyāti. Āyatiṃ anuppādadhammāti anāgate anuppajjanakasabhāvā. Ye hi abhāvaṃ gatā, te puna kathaṃ uppajjissanti? Tenāha – 『『anabhāvaṃ gatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā』』ti.

Ayaṃ kho brāhmaṇa pariyāyoti idaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, kāraṇaṃ yena maṃ sammā vadamāno vadeyya 『『arasarūpo samaṇo gotamo』』ti. No ca kho yaṃ tvaṃ sandhāya vadesīti yañca kho tvaṃ sandhāya vadesi, so pariyāyo na hoti. Kasmā pana bhagavā evamāha? Nanu evaṃ vutte yo brāhmaṇena vutto sāmaggiraso tassa attani vijjamānatā anuññātā hotīti. Vuccate, na hoti. Yo hi taṃ sāmaggirasaṃ kātuṃ bhabbo hutvā na karoti, so tadabhāvena arasarūpoti vattabbo bhaveyya. Bhagavā pana abhabbova etaṃ kātuṃ, tenassa karaṇe abhabbataṃ pakāsento āha – 『『no ca kho yaṃ tvaṃ sandhāya vadesī』』ti. Yaṃ pariyāyaṃ sandhāya tvaṃ maṃ 『『arasarūpo』』ti vadesi, so amhesu neva vattabboti.

以下是完整的簡體中文直譯： 3.398)用於輪次。在"尊者,請世尊說明另一個方法,使這個比丘僧團能夠獲得智慧"等句中,用於原因。這裡它用於原因。因此,這裡應該這樣理解其含義:確實有這個原因,婆羅門;由於這個原因,說"尊敬的喬達摩是無味的"的人會正確地說,會被認為是說真實的。那麼,這是什麼呢?婆羅門啊,那些色味……觸味,對如來來說已經斷除了。這是什麼意思呢?那些無論是通過出身還是通過出生而被認為是最高的凡夫,當他們享受、歡喜、貪愛色等對像時所產生的被稱為欲樂享受的色味、聲味、香味、味味、觸味,這些好像繫在脖子上一樣牽引著這個世界,因為在衣服等對象的和合中產生而被稱為和合之味,所有這些對如來來說都已經斷除了。雖然應該說"對我來說已經斷除",但他不用"我"的方式抬舉自己而說法。或者這是世尊的說法風格。 其中,"斷除"是指從心相續中消失或捨棄。在這個意義上,應該理解為原因的屬格。以聖道之劍切斷了貪愛和無明的根,所以稱為"斷根"。像棕櫚樹樁一樣被處理,所以稱為"如棕櫚樹樁"。就像連根拔起棕櫚樹,在那個地方只留下樹樁,之後那棵棕櫚樹就不會再生長;同樣,以聖道之劍連根拔起色等味,在曾經生起過的心相續中只留下痕跡,所有這些都被稱為"如棕櫚樹樁"。或者,因為不會再生長,就像被砍掉頂端的棕櫚樹一樣,所以稱為"如棕櫚樹樁"。因為這樣如棕櫚樹樁般被處理,就成為不存在的,使它們將來不會再存在;所以說"成為不存在"。這裡的詞的分解是:成為不存在(anuabhāvaṃ katā)就是成為不存在(anabhāvaṃkatā)。也有"走向不存在"(anabhāvaṃ gatā)的讀法,其意思是走向不存在(anuabhāvaṃ gatā)。其中詞的分解是:走向不存在(anuabhāvaṃ gatā)就是走向不存在(anabhāvaṃ gatā),就像不奇怪(anuacchariyā)就是不奇怪(anacchariyā)。"未來不會再生起"是指在未來不會再生起的本質。那些已經走向不存在的,怎麼會再生起呢?所以說"走向不存在,未來不會再生起"。 "婆羅門啊,這就是那個方法":婆羅門啊,這就是那個原因,由此正確地說我是"無味的沙門喬達摩"。"但不是你所指的那個意思":你所指的那個意思,不是這個方法。為什麼世尊這樣說呢?這樣說的話,難道不是承認婆羅門所說的和合之味在自己身上存在嗎?我們說,不是的。如果一個有能力做那和合之味卻不做的人,因為缺乏那個而可以被稱為無味的。但世尊根本就沒有能力做那個,因此他宣示自己在做那個方面的無能,說:"但不是你所指的那個意思"。你所指的那個方法,在我們身上根本就不適用。

1. Evaṃ brāhmaṇo attanā adhippetaṃ arasarūpataṃ āropetuṃ asakkonto athāparaṃ nibbhogo bhavaṃ gotamotiādimāha. Sabbapariyāyesu cettha vuttanayeneva yojanakkamaṃ viditvā sandhāya bhāsitamattaṃ evaṃ veditabbaṃ. Brāhmaṇo tameva vayovuḍḍhānaṃ abhivādanakammādiṃ loke sāmaggiparibhogoti maññamāno tadabhāvena bhagavantaṃ nibbhogoti āha. Bhagavā pana yvāyaṃ rūpādīsu sattānaṃ chandarāgaparibhogo tadabhāvaṃ attani sampassamāno aparampi pariyāyaṃ anujānāti.

2. Puna brāhmaṇo yaṃ loke vayovuḍḍhānaṃ abhivādanādikulasamudācārakammaṃ lokiyā karonti tassa akiriyaṃ sampassamāno bhagavantaṃ akiriyavādoti āha. Bhagavā pana, yasmā kāyaduccaritādīnaṃ akiriyaṃ vadati tasmā, taṃ akiriyavādaṃ attani sampassamāno aparampi pariyāyaṃ anujānāti. Tattha ca kāyaduccaritanti pāṇātipāta-adinnādāna-micchācāracetanā veditabbā. Vacīduccaritanti musāvāda-pisuṇavācā-pharusavācā-samphappalāpacetanā veditabbā. Manoduccaritanti abhijjhābyāpādamicchādiṭṭhiyo veditabbā. Ṭhapetvā te dhamme, avasesā akusalā dhammā 『『anekavihitā pāpakā akusalā dhammā』』ti veditabbā.

3. Puna brāhmaṇo tameva abhivādanādikammaṃ bhagavati apassanto imaṃ 『『āgamma ayaṃ lokatanti lokapaveṇī ucchijjatī』』ti maññamāno bhagavantaṃ ucchedavādoti āha. Bhagavā pana yasmā aṭṭhasu lobhasahagatacittesu pañcakāmaguṇikarāgassa dvīsu akusalacittesu uppajjamānakadosassa ca anāgāmimaggena ucchedaṃ vadati. Sabbākusalasambhavassa pana niravasesassa mohassa arahattamaggena ucchedaṃ vadati. Ṭhapetvā te tayo, avasesānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ yathānurūpaṃ catūhi maggehi ucchedaṃ vadati; tasmā taṃ ucchedavādaṃ attani sampassamāno aparampi pariyāyaṃ anujānāti.

4. Puna brāhmaṇo 『『jigucchati maññe samaṇo gotamo idaṃ vayovuḍḍhānaṃ abhivādanādikulasamudācārakammaṃ, tena taṃ na karotī』』ti maññamāno bhagavantaṃ jegucchīti āha. Bhagavā pana yasmā jigucchati kāyaduccaritādīhi; kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti ? Yañca tividhaṃ kāyaduccaritaṃ, yañca catubbidhaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ, yañca tividhaṃ manoduccaritaṃ, yā ca ṭhapetvā tāni duccaritāni avasesānaṃ lāmakaṭṭhena pāpakānaṃ akosallasambhūtaṭṭhena akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpatti samāpajjanā samaṅgibhāvo, taṃ sabbampi gūthaṃ viya maṇḍanakajātiyo puriso jigucchati hirīyati, tasmā taṃ jegucchitaṃ attani sampassamāno aparampi pariyāyaṃ anujānāti. Tattha 『『kāyaduccaritenā』』ti upayogatthe karaṇavacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.

5. Puna brāhmaṇo tameva abhivādanādikammaṃ bhagavati apassanto 『『ayaṃ imaṃ lokajeṭṭhakakammaṃ vineti vināseti, atha vā yasmā etaṃ sāmīcikammaṃ na karoti tasmā ayaṃ vinetabbo niggaṇhitabbo』』ti maññamāno bhagavantaṃ venayikoti āha. Tatrāyaṃ padattho – vinayatīti vinayo, vināsetīti vuttaṃ hoti. Vinayo eva venayiko, vinayaṃ vā arahatīti venayiko, niggahaṃ arahatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Bhagavā pana, yasmā rāgādīnaṃ vinayāya vūpasamāya dhammaṃ deseti, tasmā venayiko hoti. Ayameva cettha padattho – vinayāya dhammaṃ desetīti venayiko. Vicitrā hi taddhitavutti! Svāyaṃ taṃ venayikabhāvaṃ attani sampassamāno aparampi pariyāyaṃ anujānāti.

因此，婆羅門由於無法以自己的意圖指責無味，便說：「無味的喬達摩。」在這裡，所有的內容應該理解為：確實有這個原因，婆羅門；由於這個原因，說「無味的喬達摩」的人會正確地說，應該被認為是說真實的。然而，這是什麼呢？那些色味……觸味，所有這些對於如來來說都已經斷除了。那是什麼意思呢？那些不論是通過出身還是通過出生而被認為是最高的凡夫，當他們享受、歡喜、貪愛色等對像時所產生的被稱為欲樂享受的色味、聲味、香味、味味、觸味，所有這些好像繫在脖子上一樣牽引著這個世界，因衣服等對象的和合而產生，被稱為和合之味，所有這些對如來來說都已經斷除了。婆羅門認為這就是一種享用的行為。 再者，婆羅門認為在這個世界上那些年長者進行的敬禮等行為是世俗的，他看到這一行為的缺失，便說世尊是無行為者。世尊則說，因身體的不善行為等而說無行為，因此他看到這一無行為，便允許另一種說法。這裡的身體不善行為指的是殺生、偷盜、邪行的意圖。語言不善行為指的是惡口、惡語、粗口、無益的意圖。意念不善行為指的是貪慾、仇恨、邪見等。除去這些法，其他不善法應被理解為「多種多樣的惡法」。 再者，婆羅門認為他沒有看到對世尊的敬禮等行為，便說：「這個世界將會消失。」世尊則說，因在八種與貪慾相關的心中，五種欲樂的貪慾在兩種不善心中產生的過失，通過無漏道說是消滅的。所有不善的產生則通過無明的果位說是消滅的。除去這三種，其他不善法應根據相應的四種道說是消滅的；因此他看到這一消滅，便允許另一種說法。 再者，婆羅門認為「我想，尊敬的喬達摩對這年長者的敬禮等行為感到厭惡，所以他不這樣做」。世尊則因厭惡身體的不善行為而感到厭惡；這是什麼意思呢？所說的三種身體不善行為、四種語言不善行為、三種意念不善行為，以及除去這些不善法的其他惡法，所有這些都像是被壓制的惡法，世尊因而感到厭惡，因此他看到這一厭惡，便允許另一種說法。這裡「因身體的不善行為」是指行為的用詞。 再者，婆羅門認為他沒有看到對世尊的敬禮等行為，便說：「他在這個世界上是最年長的，能夠引導和消滅，或者因為他不進行這種行為，所以他應該被引導和驅逐。」這裡的詞義是：引導就是引導，消滅就是消滅。引導者就是引導，或引導就是阿羅漢。世尊則因對貪慾等的引導和安撫而說法，因此他是引導者。這就是這裡的詞義——以引導的方式說法。確實，這個用詞很特別！他看到這一引導者的身份，便允許另一種說法。

1. Puna brāhmaṇo yasmā abhivādanādīni sāmīcikammāni karontā vayovuḍḍhe tosenti hāsenti, akarontā pana tāpenti vihesenti domanassaṃ nesaṃ uppādenti, bhagavā ca tāni na karoti; tasmā 『『ayaṃ vayovuḍḍhe tapatī』』ti maññamāno sappurisācāravirahitattā vā 『『kapaṇapuriso aya』』nti maññamāno bhagavantaṃ tapassīti āha. Tatrāyaṃ padattho – tapatīti tapo, roseti vihesetīti vuttaṃ hoti, sāmīcikammākaraṇassetaṃ nāmaṃ. Tapo assa atthīti tapassī. Dutiye atthavikappe byañjanāni avicāretvā loke kapaṇapuriso 『『tapassī』』ti vuccati. Bhagavā pana ye akusalā dhammā lokaṃ tapanato tapanīyāti vuccanti, tesaṃ pahīnattā yasmā tapassīti saṅkhyaṃ gato, tasmā taṃ tapassitaṃ attani sampassamāno aparampi pariyāyaṃ anujānāti. Tatrāyaṃ padattho – tapantīti tapā, akusaladhammānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Vuttampi hetaṃ – 『『idha tappati pecca tappatī』』ti. Tathā te tape assi nirassi pahāsi viddhaṃsesīti tapassī.

2. Puna brāhmaṇo taṃ abhivādanādikammaṃ devalokagabbhasampattiyā devalokapaṭisandhipaṭilābhāya saṃvattatīti maññamāno bhagavati cassa abhāvaṃ disvā bhagavantaṃ apagabbhoti āha. Kodhavasena vā bhagavato mātukucchismiṃ paṭisandhiggahaṇe dosaṃ dassentopi evamāha. Tatrāyaṃ padattho – gabbhato apagatoti apagabbho, abhabbo devalokūpapattiṃ pāpuṇitunti adhippāyo. Hīno vā gabbho assāti apagabbho, devalokagabbhaparibāhirattā āyatiṃ hīnagabbhapaṭilābhabhāgīti, hīno vāssa mātukucchimhi gabbhavāso ahosīti adhippāyo. Bhagavato pana yasmā āyatiṃ gabbhaseyyā apagatā, tasmā so taṃ apagabbhataṃ attani sampassamāno aparampi pariyāyaṃ anujānāti. Tatra ca yassa kho brāhmaṇa āyatiṃ gabbhaseyyā punabbhavābhinibbatti pahīnāti etesaṃ padānaṃ evamattho daṭṭhabbo – brāhmaṇa, yassa puggalassa anāgate gabbhaseyyā, punabbhave ca abhinibbatti anuttarena maggena vihatakāraṇattā pahīnāti. Gabbhaseyyaggahaṇena cettha jalābujayoni gahitā. Punabbhavābhinibbattiggahaṇena itarā tissopi.

Apica gabbhassa seyyā gabbhaseyyā, punabbhavo eva abhinibbatti punabbhavābhinibbattīti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Yathā ca viññāṇaṭṭhitīti vuttepi na viññāṇato aññā ṭhiti atthi, evamidhāpi na gabbhato aññā seyyāti veditabbā. Abhinibbatti ca nāma yasmā punabbhavabhūtāpi apunabbhavabhūtāpi atthi, idha ca punabbhavabhūtā adhippetā. Tasmā vuttaṃ – 『『punabbhavo eva abhinibbatti punabbhavābhinibbattī』』ti.

9.\ 再次，婆羅門認為，由於行禮等禮貌行為能使長者歡喜快樂，而不行則使他們煩惱、傷害，引起他們的不悅，而世尊不做這些事；因此他認為"這人使長者煩惱"，或者因為缺乏善人的行為而認為"這是個可憐的人"，所以說世尊是苦行者。這裡的詞義是：tapati 意為 tapo，即使人生氣、傷害，這是不行禮貌行為的稱呼。有 tapo 的人就是 tapassī（苦行者）。在第二種解釋中，不考慮字面意思，世間上可憐的人被稱為"tapassī"。然而，世尊因為已經斷除了被稱為"使世間煩惱"的不善法，所以被稱為 tapassī。因此，他看到自己具有這種苦行者的品質，也承認這另一種解釋。這裡的詞義是：tapanti 意為 tapā，這是不善法的代名詞。也如經中所說："此世受苦，來世受苦"。同樣，他燒盡、除去、斷除、摧毀了這些 tapa（不善法），所以是 tapassī。 10.\ 再次，婆羅門認為那種行禮等行為能導致天界胎生的成就、獲得天界的結生，看到世尊沒有這種行為，就說世尊是"apagabbha"（無胎者）。或者出於憤怒，指出世尊在母胎中結生的過失而這樣說。這裡的詞義是：從胎中離開的是 apagabbho，意思是沒有能力獲得天界的再生。或者說他的胎是低劣的，因為被排除在天界胎生之外，將來會獲得低劣的胎生；或者說他在母胎中的住胎是低劣的。然而，因為世尊已經遠離了未來的胎生，所以他看到自己具有這種無胎的品質，也承認這另一種解釋。在這裡，"婆羅門啊，對於已經斷除未來胎生、再有、再生的人"這些話應該這樣理解：婆羅門啊，對於那個人，未來的胎生和再有中的再生，因為其原因已被無上道所摧毀而被斷除。這裡用"胎生"一詞是指濕生；用"再有再生"一詞是指其他三種生。 此外，"胎的住處"是胎生，"再有"就是"再生"，這裡應該這樣理解。就像說"識住"時，除了識之外並沒有其他的住處，同樣在這裡也應該理解除了胎之外並沒有其他的住處。"再生"這個詞，既可以指屬於再有的，也可以指不屬於再有的，但這裡指的是屬於再有的。因此說："再有就是再生，即再有再

1. Evaṃ āgatakālato paṭṭhāya arasarūpatādīhi aṭṭhahi akkosavatthūhi akkosantampi brāhmaṇaṃ bhagavā dhammissaro dhammarājā dhammassāmī tathāgato anukampāya sītaleneva cakkhunā olokento yaṃ dhammadhātuṃ paṭivijjhitvā desanāvilāsappatto hoti, tassā dhammadhātuyā suppaṭividdhattā vigatavalāhake antalikkhe samabbhuggato puṇṇacando viya saradakāle sūriyo viya ca brāhmaṇassa hadayandhakāraṃ vidhamanto tāniyeva akkosavatthūni tena tena pariyāyena aññathā dassetvā, punapi attano karuṇāvipphāraṃ aṭṭhahi lokadhammehi akampiyabhāvena paṭiladdhaṃ, tādiguṇalakkhaṇaṃ pathavīsamacittataṃ akuppadhammatañca pakāsento 『『ayaṃ brāhmaṇo kevalaṃ palitasirakhaṇḍadantavalittacatādīhi attano vuḍḍhabhāvaṃ sañjānāti, no ca kho jānāti attānaṃ jātiyā anugataṃ jarāya anusaṭaṃ byādhinā abhibhūtaṃ maraṇena abbhāhataṃ vaṭṭakhāṇubhūtaṃ ajja maritvā puna sveva uttānasayanadārakabhāvagamanīyaṃ. Mahantena kho pana ussāhena mama santikaṃ āgato, tadassa āgamanaṃ sātthakaṃ hotū』』ti cintetvā imasmiṃ loke attano appaṭisamaṃ purejātabhāvaṃ dassento seyyathāpi brāhmaṇātiādinā nayena brāhmaṇassa dhammadesanaṃ vaḍḍhesi.

Tattha seyyathāti opammatthe nipāto; pīti sambhāvanatthe; ubhayenāpi yathā nāma brāhmaṇāti dasseti. Kukkuṭiyā aṇḍāni aṭṭha vā dasa vā dvādasa vāti ettha pana kiñcāpi kukkuṭiyā vuttappakārato ūnādhikānipi aṇḍāni honti, atha kho vacanasiliṭṭhatāya evaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Evañhi loke siliṭṭhavacanaṃ hoti. Tānassūti tāni assu, bhaveyyunti vuttaṃ hoti. Kukkuṭiyā sammā adhisayitānīti tāya janettiyā kukkuṭiyā pakkhe pasāretvā tesaṃ upari sayantiyā sammā adhisayitāni. Sammā pariseditānīti kālena kālaṃ utuṃ gaṇhāpentiyā suṭṭhu samantato seditāni, usmīkatānīti vuttaṃ hoti. Sammā paribhāvitānīti kālena kālaṃ suṭṭhu samantato bhāvitāni, kukkuṭagandhaṃ gāhāpitānīti vuttaṃ hoti.

Idāni yasmā tāya kukkuṭiyā evaṃ tīhi pakārehi tāni aṇḍāni paripāliyamānāni na pūtīni honti. Yopi nesaṃ allasineho so pariyādānaṃ gacchati. Kapālaṃ tanukaṃ hoti, pādanakhasikhā ca mukhatuṇḍakañca kharaṃ hoti, kukkuṭapotakā paripākaṃ gacchanti, kapālassa tanukattā bahiddhā āloko anto paññāyati. Atha te kukkuṭapotakā 『『ciraṃ vata mayaṃ saṅkuṭitahatthapādā sambādhe sayimha, ayañca bahi āloko dissati, ettha dāni no sukhavihāro bhavissatī』』ti nikkhamitukāmā hutvā kapālaṃ pādena paharanti, gīvaṃ pasārenti. Tato taṃ kapālaṃ dvedhā bhijjati, kukkuṭapotakā pakkhe vidhunantā taṅkhaṇānurūpaṃ viravantā nikkhamanti. Evaṃ nikkhamantānañca nesaṃ yo paṭhamataraṃ nikkhamati so 『jeṭṭho』ti vuccati. Tasmā bhagavā tāya upamāya attano jeṭṭhakabhāvaṃ sādhetukāmo brāhmaṇaṃ pucchi – 『『yo nu kho tesaṃ kukkuṭacchāpakānaṃ…pe… kinti svassa vacanīyo』』ti. Tattha kukkuṭacchāpakānanti kukkuṭapotakānaṃ. Kinti svassa vacanīyoti so kinti vacanīyo assa, kinti vattabbo bhaveyya jeṭṭho vā kaniṭṭho vāti. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.

11.\ 如此，從到達的時刻起，世尊以冷靜的眼光觀察著那些因無色、無形等八種侮辱而侮辱他的婆羅門，作為法王、法的主人、如來的慈悲者，因而他看到那法的實相，因而在講法的光輝中顯現出來。由於對法的深刻理解，他如同在晴朗的空中升起的圓月，像在秋天的陽光下的太陽，驅散了婆羅門心中的黑暗，向他展示了這些侮辱的本質，並以不同的方式展示它們，再次以他自己的慈悲的擴充套件，獲得了那八種世俗法的不可動搖的特質，展現瞭如大地般的平穩、不可動搖的法。於是他說：「這位婆羅門只憑著光禿的頭髮、牙齒、膚色等，認定自己的年長，但他並不知道自己所依賴的身份是隨生、隨老、被病所壓迫、被死亡所擊打，像是被輪迴所束縛，今天死去，明天又要成為臥床的孩子。」於是他思考：「我希望這位婆羅門以更大的努力來到我這裡，他的到來是有意義的。」於是以這種方式展示了他在世間的不同尋常的存在，正如婆羅門所說。 在這裡，「如」是比喻的引導詞；「喜」是可能性的引導；「兩者都」是爲了表明如名的婆羅門。關於母雞的卵，有八個、十個或十二個，然而這裡的母雞所說的卵可能少於或多於這些，然而由於言辭的簡潔，這樣說是可以理解的。因為在世間上，簡潔的言辭是如此的。那些卵是存在的，可能會存在。母雞所說的「正確地孵化」是指在其羽翼上展開時，恰好在它們上面孵化。正確地「分開」是指隨著時間的推移，正確地溫暖它們，適時地加熱。正確地「滋養」是指隨著時間的推移，恰當地滋養，捕捉母雞的氣味。 現在，由於那些卵在母雞的三種方式的保護下並未腐爛。無論是那些卵的保護者，都將其包圍。頭顱是細小的，腳趾、爪子和嘴巴是尖銳的，母雞的幼雛們在成熟中，因頭顱的細小而外部的光亮顯現出來。於是這些母雞的幼雛說：「我們在這長久的壓迫中，今天看到外面的光亮，顯然這裡不會有舒適的生活。」於是它們想要逃離，便用腳擊打頭顱，伸展脖子。於是那頭顱被分為兩半，母雞的幼雛們在翅膀的搖動下，隨之而去。如此離去的那些中，誰最先離開的就稱為「長者」。因此，世尊希望通過這種比喻來表明自己的長者身份，便問婆羅門：「那些母雞的幼雛……那麼，誰是它們的長者呢？」在這裡所說的「母雞的幼雛」是指母雞的幼雛。那「誰是它們的長者」是指它們的長者是誰，應該說什麼，是否是長者或是幼者。其餘的內容則是顯而易見的。

Tato brāhmaṇo āha – 『『jeṭṭhotissa bho gotama vacanīyo』』ti. Bho, gotama, so jeṭṭho iti assa vacanīyo. Kasmāti ce? So hi nesaṃ jeṭṭho, tasmā so nesaṃ vuḍḍhataroti attho. Athassa bhagavā opammaṃ sampaṭipādento āha – 『『evameva kho ahaṃ brāhmaṇā』』tiādi. Yathā so kukkuṭacchāpako jeṭṭhoti saṅkhyaṃ gacchati; evaṃ ahampi avijjāgatāya pajāya. Avijjāgatāyāti avijjā vuccati aññāṇaṃ, tattha gatāya. Pajāyāti sattādhivacanametaṃ. Tasmā ettha avijjaṇḍakosassa anto paviṭṭhesu sattesūti evaṃ attho daṭṭhabbo. Aṇḍabhūtāyāti aṇḍe bhūtāya jātāya sañjātāya. Yathā hi aṇḍe nibbattā ekacce sattā aṇḍabhūtāti vuccanti; evamayaṃ sabbāpi pajā avijjaṇḍakose nibbattattā aṇḍabhūtāti vuccati. Pariyonaddhāyāti tena avijjaṇḍakosena samantato onaddhāya baddhāya veṭhitāya . Avijjaṇḍakosaṃ padāletvāti taṃ avijjāmayaṃ aṇḍakosaṃ bhinditvā . Ekova loketi sakalepi lokasannivāse ahameva eko adutiyo. Anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti anuttaranti uttaravirahitaṃ sabbaseṭṭhaṃ. Sammāsambodhinti sammā sāmañca bodhiṃ; atha vā pasatthaṃ sundarañca bodhiṃ; bodhīti rukkhopi maggopi sabbaññutaññāṇampi nibbānampi vuccati. 『『Bodhirukkhamūle paṭhamābhisambuddho』』ti (mahāva. 1; udā. 1) ca 『『antarā ca gayaṃ antarā ca bodhi』』nti (mahāva. 11; ma. ni. 1.285) ca āgataṭṭhānesu hi rukkho bodhīti vuccati. 『『Bodhi vuccati catūsu maggesu ñāṇa』』nti (cūḷani. khaggavisāṇasuttaniddesa 121) āgataṭṭhāne maggo. 『『Pappoti bodhiṃ varabhūrimedhaso』』ti (dī. ni.

2.157) āgataṭṭhāne sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ. ''Patvāna bodhiṃ amataṃ asaṅkhata''nti (su. ni. 758) āgataṭṭhāne nibbānaṃ. Idha pana sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ adhippetaṃ. Taṃ hi bhagavā avijjaṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā adhigato. Tena vuttaṃ – ''anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho''ti. 於是婆羅門說："尊者喬達摩,它應該被稱為長者。"意思是,尊者喬達摩,那個應該被稱為長者。為什麼呢?因為它是它們中的長者,所以它是它們中年長的。然後世尊為他解釋比喻說:"同樣地,婆羅門啊"等等。就像那隻雞雛被稱為長者;同樣地,我也是對於無明的眾生。"無明的"是指無知,處於其中。"眾生"這是對有情的稱呼。因此這裡應該理解為:對於進入無明蛋殼內的有情。"如蛋"是指在蛋中出生、產生。就像在蛋中出生的某些生物被稱為"如蛋";同樣地,所有這些眾生因為在無明蛋殼中出生而被稱為"如蛋"。"包圍"是指被那無明蛋殼完全包圍、束縛、裹住。"打破無明蛋殼"是指打破那由無明構成的蛋殼。"獨自在世間"是指在整個世間聚集中只有我一個,沒有第二個。"證悟無上正等正覺"中,"無上"是指沒有更高的、最殊勝的。"正等正覺"是指正確和自己的覺悟;或者是讚美的、美好的覺悟。"覺悟"指菩提樹、道路、一切智智或涅槃。在"在菩提樹下首次覺悟"和"伽耶與菩提之間"等處,菩提指樹。在"菩提是指四道中的智慧"處,菩提指道路。在"最高智慧者獲得覺悟"處,菩提指一切智智。在"達到不死、無為的覺悟"處,菩提指涅槃。但在這裡,意指一切智智。因為世尊確實是通過打破無明蛋殼而獲得它的。因此說:"證悟無上正等正覺"。

3.217) āgataṭṭhāne sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ. 『『Patvāna bodhiṃ amataṃ asaṅkhata』』nti āgataṭṭhāne nibbānaṃ. Idha pana bhagavato arahattamaggañāṇaṃ adhippetaṃ. Sabbaññutaññāṇantipi vadanti. Aññesaṃ arahattamaggo anuttarā bodhi hoti, na hotīti? Na hoti. Kasmā? Asabbaguṇadāyakattā. Tesañhi kassaci arahattamaggo arahattaphalameva deti, kassaci tisso vijjā, kassaci cha abhiññā, kassaci catasso paṭisambhidā, kassaci sāvakapāramiñāṇaṃ. Paccekabuddhānampi paccekabodhiñāṇameva deti. Buddhānaṃ pana sabbaguṇasampattiṃ deti, abhiseko viya rañño sabbalokissariyabhāvaṃ. Tasmā aññassa kassacipi anuttarā bodhi na hotīti. Abhisambuddhoti abbhaññāsiṃ paṭivijjhiṃ; pattomhi adhigatomhīti vuttaṃ hoti.

Idāni yadetaṃ bhagavatā 『『evameva kho ahaṃ brāhmaṇā』』ti ādinā nayena vuttaṃ opammasampaṭipādanaṃ, taṃ evamatthena saddhiṃ saṃsanditvā veditabbaṃ. Yathā hi tassā kukkuṭiyā attano aṇḍesu adhisayanāditividhakiriyākaraṇaṃ; evaṃ bodhipallaṅke nisinnassa bodhisattabhūtassa bhagavato attano cittasantāne aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ anattāti tividhānupassanākaraṇaṃ. Kukkuṭiyā tividhakiriyāsampādanena aṇḍānaṃ apūtibhāvo viya bodhisattabhūtassa bhagavato tividhānupassanāsampādanena vipassanāñāṇassa aparihāni. Kukkuṭiyā tividhakiriyākaraṇena aṇḍānaṃ allasinehapariyādānaṃ viya bodhisattabhūtassa bhagavato tividhānupassanāsampādanena bhavattayānugatanikantisinehapariyādānaṃ. Kukkuṭiyā tividhakiriyākaraṇena aṇḍakapālānaṃ tanubhāvo viya bodhisattabhūtassa bhagavato tividhānupassanāsampādanena avijjaṇḍakosassa tanubhāvo. Kukkuṭiyā tividhakiriyākaraṇena kukkuṭacchāpakassa pādanakhasikhātuṇḍakānaṃ thaddhakharabhāvo viya bodhisattabhūtassa bhagavato tividhānupassanāsampādanena vipassanāñāṇassa tikkhakharavippasannasūrabhāvo. Kukkuṭiyā tividhakiriyākaraṇena kukkuṭacchāpakassa paripākakālo viya bodhisattabhūtassa bhagavato tividhānupassanāsampādanena vipassanāñāṇassa paripākakālo vaḍḍhitakālo gabbhaggahaṇakālo veditabbo.

Tato kukkuṭiyā tividhakiriyākaraṇena kukkuṭacchāpakassa pādanakhasikhāya vā mukhatuṇḍakena vā aṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā pakkhe papphoṭetvā sotthinā abhinibbhidākālo viya bodhisattabhūtassa bhagavato tividhānupassanāsampādanena vipassanāñāṇaṃ gabbhaṃ gaṇhāpetvā anupubbādhigatena arahattamaggena avijjaṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā abhiññāpakkhe papphoṭetvā sotthinā sakalabuddhaguṇasacchikatakālo veditabboti.

Svāhaṃ brāhmaṇa jeṭṭho seṭṭho lokassāti so ahaṃ brāhmaṇa yathā tesaṃ kukkuṭapotakānaṃ paṭhamataraṃ aṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā abhinibbhido kukkuṭapotako jeṭṭho hoti; evaṃ avijjāgatāya pajāya taṃ avijjaṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā paṭhamataraṃ ariyāya jātiyā jātattā jeṭṭho vuḍḍhataroti saṅkhyaṃ gato. Sabbaguṇehi pana appaṭisamattā seṭṭhoti.

在"最高智慧者獲得覺悟"處,菩提指一切智智。在"達到不死、無為的覺悟"處,菩提指涅槃。但在這裡,意指世尊的阿羅漢道智。有些人也說是一切智智。對其他人來說,阿羅漢道是不是無上菩提?不是。為什麼?因為它不能帶來所有的功德。對某些人來說,阿羅漢道只帶來阿羅漢果,對某些人帶來三明,對某些人帶來六神通,對某些人帶來四無礙解,對某些人帶來聲聞波羅蜜智。對辟支佛來說,只帶來辟支菩提智。但對佛陀來說,它帶來所有功德的圓滿,就像國王的加冕儀式賦予他對全世界的統治權。因此,對任何其他人來說,它都不是無上菩提。"證悟"意味著我了知、通達;我已獲得、證得。 現在,世尊所說的"同樣地,婆羅門啊"等比喻的解釋,應該這樣理解其意義:就像母雞對自己的蛋進行孵化等三種行為;同樣地,坐在菩提座上的菩薩世尊對自己的心相續進行無常、苦、無我的三種觀察。就像母雞三種行為的完成使蛋不腐爛;同樣地,菩薩世尊三種觀察的完成使觀智不退失。就像母雞三種行為的完成使蛋內的濕液耗盡;同樣地,菩薩世尊三種觀察的完成使三界相應的渴愛濕液耗盡。就像母雞三種行為的完成使蛋殼變薄;同樣地,菩薩世尊三種觀察的完成使無明蛋殼變薄。就像母雞三種行為的完成使雞雛的爪子和喙變硬銳利;同樣地,菩薩世尊三種觀察的完成使觀智變得銳利、強大、清凈、勇猛。就像母雞三種行為的完成使雞雛成熟;同樣地,菩薩世尊三種觀察的完成應理解為觀智的成熟時期、增長時期、孕育時期。 然後,就像母雞三種行為的完成使雞雛用爪子或喙破殼而出,拍打翅膀,平安地出生;同樣地,應理解為菩薩世尊三種觀察的完成使觀智孕育,逐步獲得阿羅漢道,打破無明蛋殼,拍打神通之翅,平安地實現一切佛陀功德。 "婆羅門啊,我是世間的長者、最勝者"意思是:婆羅門啊,就像那些雞雛中最先破殼而出的是長者;同樣地,我對於處於無明的眾生來說,因為最先打破那無明蛋殼,以聖潔的出生而生,所以被稱為長者、年長者。而因為在一切功德上無與倫比,所以是最勝者。

Evaṃ bhagavā attano anuttaraṃ jeṭṭhaseṭṭhabhāvaṃ brāhmaṇassa pakāsetvā idāni yāya paṭipadāya taṃ adhigato taṃ paṭipadaṃ pubbabhāgato pabhuti dassetuṃ 『『āraddhaṃ kho pana me brāhmaṇā』』tiādimāha. Imaṃ vā bhagavato anuttaraṃ jeṭṭhaseṭṭhabhāvaṃ sutvā brāhmaṇassa cittamevamuppannaṃ – 『『kāya nu kho paṭipadāya imaṃ patto』』ti. Tassa cittamaññāya 『『imāyāhaṃ paṭipadāya imaṃ anuttaraṃ jeṭṭhaseṭṭhabhāvaṃ patto』』ti dassento evamāha. Tattha āraddhaṃ kho pana me brāhmaṇa vīriyaṃ ahosīti brāhmaṇa, na mayā ayaṃ anuttaro jeṭṭhaseṭṭhabhāvo kusītena muṭṭhassatinā sāraddhakāyena vikkhittacittena adhigato, apica kho tadadhigamāya āraddhaṃ kho pana me vīriyaṃ ahosi, bodhimaṇḍe nisinnena mayā caturaṅgasamannāgataṃ vīriyaṃ āraddhaṃ ahosi, paggahitaṃ asithilappavattitanti vuttaṃ hoti. Āraddhattāyeva ca me taṃ asallīnaṃ ahosi. Na kevalañca vīriyameva, satipi me ārammaṇābhimukhībhāvena upaṭṭhitā ahosi. Upaṭṭhitattāyeva ca asammuṭṭhā. Passaddho kāyo asāraddhoti kāyacittapassaddhivasena kāyopi me passaddho ahosi . Tattha yasmā nāmakāye passaddhe rūpakāyopi passaddhoyeva hoti, tasmā nāmakāyo rūpakāyoti avisesetvāva passaddho kāyoti vuttaṃ. Asāraddhoti so ca kho passaddhattāyeva asāraddho, vigatadarathoti vuttaṃ hoti. Samāhitaṃ cittaṃ ekagganti cittampi me sammā āhitaṃ suṭṭhu ṭhapitaṃ appitaṃ viya ahosi; samāhitattā eva ca ekaggaṃ acalaṃ nipphandananti. Ettāvatā jhānassa pubbabhāgapaṭipadā kathitā hoti.

Paṭhamajjhānakathā

Idāni imāya paṭipadāya adhigataṃ paṭhamajjhānaṃ ādiṃ katvā vijjattayapariyosānaṃ visesaṃ dassento 『『so kho aha』』nti ādimāha. Tattha vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehītiādīnaṃ kiñcāpi 『『tattha katame kāmā? Chando kāmo, rāgo kāmo, chandarāgo kāmo; saṅkappo kāmo, rāgo kāmo, saṅkapparāgo kāmo – ime vuccanti kāmā. Tattha katame akusalā dhammā? Kāmacchando…pe… vicikicchā – ime vuccanti akusalā dhammā. Iti imehi ca kāmehi imehi ca akusalehi dhammehi vivitto hoti pavivitto, tena vuccati – 『vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehī』』』tiādinā (vibha. 564) nayena vibhaṅgeyeva attho vutto. Tathāpi aṭṭhakathānayaṃ vinā na suṭṭhu pākaṭoti aṭṭhakathānayeneva naṃ pakāsayissāma.

Seyyathidaṃ – vivicceva kāmehīti kāmehi viviccitvā vinā hutvā apasakketvā. Yo panāyamettha evakāro, so niyamatthoti veditabbo. Yasmā ca niyamattho, tasmā tasmiṃ paṭhamajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharaṇasamaye avijjamānānampi kāmānaṃ tassa paṭhamajjhānassa paṭipakkhabhāvaṃ kāmapariccāgeneva cassa adhigamaṃ dīpeti. Kathaṃ? 『『Vivicceva kāmehī』』ti evañhi niyame kariyamāne idaṃ paññāyati. Nūnimassa jhānassa kāmā paṭipakkhabhūtā, yesu sati idaṃ na pavattati, andhakāre sati padīpo viya, tesaṃ pariccāgeneva cassa adhigamo hoti, orimatīrapariccāgena pārimatīrasseva, tasmā niyamaṃ karotīti.

因此，世尊在顯現出自己無上的長者身份后，現在要展示他通過何種修行而獲得這一修行，於是說：「我已經開始了，婆羅門。」聽到世尊這樣的無上長者身份，婆羅門的心中產生了這樣的想法：「我究竟是通過什麼修行獲得的呢？」他心中想：「我通過這條修行獲得了無上的長者身份。」在這裡，他說：「我確實是努力的，婆羅門；這並非是我在懶惰、心神恍惚、心不在焉的狀態下所獲得的無上長者身份。實際上，爲了獲得這個，我確實是努力的；我坐在菩提樹下時，具備四種力量的努力確實是存在的，堅定不移而不鬆懈。」這就是說，正因為努力，所以我並非是懈怠的。並且不僅僅是努力，我的心也始終專注于所緣。正因為專注，所以我並未迷亂。身體平靜而不動，意味著我的身體也因此而平靜。由於名色身的平靜，色身也會平靜，因此名色身和色身被說成是平靜的。因為他是平靜的，所以他被說成是不動的，意味著他已經擺脫了煩惱。我的心安定、專注，意味著我的心確實是正確地安住、穩固地建立，像是微小的；正因為安住，所以它是專注、不動、無所依賴的。這是對禪定的初步修行的描述。 初禪的論述 現在，以這條修行所獲得的初禪為基礎，特別闡明三明的結果，於是說：「他確實是……」等。這裡提到的「遠離慾望」是指遠離慾望和不善法等，雖然也有「那麼哪些是慾望呢？慾望是貪慾、渴望、貪戀；意念的慾望、貪慾、意念的貪慾——這些被稱為慾望。哪些是不善法呢？慾望的貪、……疑惑——這些被稱為不善法。」因此，遠離這些慾望和不善法，所以說：「遠離慾望，遠離不善法。」（《分別論》564）以此為依據，意義被闡明了。然而，若沒有註釋文的解釋則並不太明顯，因此我們將以註釋文來闡明它。 例如：「遠離慾望」是指遠離慾望而不被慾望所困擾。這裡的「遠離」應理解為一種限制的意思。因為有限制的意思，所以在進入初禪時，即使沒有慾望，也會顯現出初禪的對立特徵，只有通過放棄慾望才能獲得。如何獲得呢？「遠離慾望」，在這裡，正因為被限制，所以這顯現出來。實際上，這種禪定的慾望是對立的，當它存在時，這種狀態是不會出現的，正如在黑暗中有光明時，只有通過放棄這些慾望才能獲得。

Tattha siyā – 『『kasmā panesa pubbapadeyeva vutto na uttarapade, kiṃ akusalehi dhammehi aviviccāpi jhānaṃ upasampajja vihareyyā』』ti? Na kho panetaṃ evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tannissaraṇato hi pubbapadeeva esa vutto. Kāmadhātusamatikkamanato hi kāmarāgapaṭipakkhato ca idaṃ jhānaṃ kāmānameva nissaraṇaṃ. Yathāha – 『『kāmānametaṃ nissaraṇaṃ, yadidaṃ nekkhamma』』nti (itivu. 72). Uttarapadepi pana yathā 『『idheva, bhikkhave, paṭhamo samaṇo, idha dutiyo samaṇo』』ti (ma. ni.

1.63) ettha ''idha'' saddena sāsanameva parāmasati; evamayampi daṭṭhabbo. Tasmā ''vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehī''ti yathā kamānaṃ, evaṃ akusalānampi nissaraṇamevetaṃ jhānanti dassento evamāha. Yañca vuttaṃ ''kiṃ akusalehi dhammehi aviviccāpi jhānaṃ upasampajja vihareyyā''ti, tatra vuccate – na vihareyya. Yasmā sabbhāva kāmehi viviccanampi akusaladhammapariccāgeneva hoti. Tathā hi sati yathānulomapaṭipattiyā sabbākārasampannāya ṭhitattā sammadeva jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati, no aññathā. 在此，可能會有人問："為什麼這隻在前面的部分提到，而不在後面的部分提到？難道不遠離不善法也能進入禪定並安住嗎？"但這不應該這樣理解。因為這是出離的緣故，所以只在前面的部分提到。因為這種禪定是超越欲界、對治欲貪的，所以它是對慾望的出離。正如所說："這是對慾望的出離，即出離。"（《如是語》72）而在後面的部分，就像"比丘們，在這裡有第一種沙門，在這裡有第二種沙門"（《中部》1.63）中的"在這裡"一詞指的是佛教教義；同樣地，這裡也應該這樣理解。因此，"遠離慾望，遠離不善法"，就像對慾望一樣，這也是對不善法的出離，所以這樣說是爲了顯示這種禪定。至於所問的"難道不遠離不善法也能進入禪定並安住嗎？"對此回答：不能安住。因為即使遠離了實際的慾望，也只有通過放棄不善法才能做到。因此，只有在完全符合正確修行的情況下，才能真正進入禪定並安住，而不是其他方式。

1.139) ettha evakāro ānetvā vuccati, evaṃ vattabbo. Na hi sakkā ito aññehipi nīvaraṇasaṅkhātehi akusalehi dhammehi avivicca jhānaṃ upasampajja viharituṃ . Tasmā 『『vivicceva kāmehi vivicceva akusalehi dhammehī』』ti evaṃ padadvayepi esa daṭṭhabbo. Padadvayepi ca kiñcāpi 『『viviccā』』ti iminā sādhāraṇavacanena tadaṅgavivekādayo kāyavivekādayo ca sabbepi vivekā saṅgahaṃ gacchanti. Tathāpi kāyaviveko, cittaviveko, vikkhambhanavivekoti tayo eva idha daṭṭhabbā. 『『Kāmehī』』ti iminā pana padena ye ca niddese 『『katame vatthukāmā manāpiyā rūpā』』tiādinā (mahāni. 1; vibha. 964) nayena vatthukāmā vuttā, ye ca tattheva vibhaṅge ca 『『chando kāmo』』tiādinā (mahāni. 1) nayena kilesakāmā vuttā, te sabbepi saṅgahitā icceva daṭṭhabbā. Evañhi sati 『『vivicceva kāmehī』』ti vatthukāmehipi viviccevāti attho yujjati. Tena kāyaviveko vutto hoti.

Vivicca akusalehi dhammehīti kilesakāmehi sabbākusalehi dhammehi vā viviccāti attho yujjati. Tena cittaviveko vutto hoti. Purimena cettha vatthukāmehi vivekavacanatoyeva kāmasukhapariccāgo, dutiyena kilesakāmehi vivekavacanato nekkhammasukhapariggaho vibhāvito hoti. Evaṃ vatthukāmakilesakāmavivekavacanatoyeva ca etesaṃ paṭhamena saṃkilesavatthuppahānaṃ, dutiyena saṃkilesappahānaṃ; paṭhamena lolabhāvassa hetupariccāgo, dutiyena bālabhāvassa; paṭhamena ca payogasuddhi, dutiyena āsayaposanaṃ vibhāvitaṃ hotīti viññātabbaṃ. Esa tāva nayo 『『kāmehī』』ti ettha vuttakāmesu vatthukāmapakkhe.

Kilesakāmapakkhe pana chandoti ca rāgoti ca evamādīhi anekabhedo kāmacchandoyeva kāmoti adhippeto. So ca akusalapariyāpannopi samāno, 『『tattha katamo kāmachando kāmo』』tiādinā nayena vibhaṅge jhānapaṭipakkhato visuṃ vutto. Kilesakāmattā vā purimapade vutto, akusalapariyāpannattā dutiyapade. Anekabhedato cassa kāmatoti avatvā kāmehīti vuttaṃ. Aññesampi ca dhammānaṃ akusalabhāve vijjamāne 『『tattha katame akusalā dhammā kāmacchando』』tiādinā nayena vibhaṅge (vibha. 564) uparijhānaṅgapaccanīkapaṭipakkhabhāvadassanato nīvaraṇāneva vuttāni. Nīvaraṇāni hi jhānaṅgapaccanīkāni, tesaṃ jhānaṅgāneva paṭipakkhāni, viddhaṃsakānīti vuttaṃ hoti. Tathā hi 『『samādhi kāmacchandassa paṭipakkho, pīti byāpādassa, vitakko thinamiddhassa, sukhaṃ uddhaccakukkuccassa, vicāro vicikicchāyā』』ti peṭake vuttaṃ.

在這裡，"如此"的表達被稱為，應該這樣理解。因為不可能在不遠離其他障礙的情況下進入禪定並安住。因此，「遠離慾望，遠離不善法」這兩個詞也應該如此理解。這兩個詞中，雖然「遠離」是一個通用的詞，但它們所指的出離、身心的出離等所有的出離都被包含在內。然而，身的出離、心的出離、抑制的出離這三種出離在這裡是應當被理解的。通過「慾望」這個詞，所指的是那些在註釋中提到的「哪些是物質慾望？」等（《大念處經》1；《分別論》964）所指的物質慾望，以及在同一處和《分別論》中提到的「貪慾、慾望」等（《大念處經》1）所指的煩惱慾望，這些都應被理解為被包含在內。因此，"遠離慾望"的意思是物質慾望也被遠離。因此，身的出離被提到。 「遠離不善法」是指遠離煩惱慾望或所有不善法的意思。因此，心的出離被提到。在這裡，前面提到的物質慾望的出離是指對慾望的放棄，第二個是指對煩惱慾望的放棄，正如前面提到的對物質慾望的放棄是對煩惱慾望的放棄；前面是指對貪慾的放棄，第二個是指對愚蠢的放棄；前面是指對行為的凈化，第二個是指對根本的滋養，這些都應被理解。這是關於「慾望」的表達在此處的情況。 在煩惱慾望方面，貪慾和渴望等多個不同的貪慾被稱為慾望。它也與不善法相應，因此，根據「哪些是貪慾、慾望」等（《分別論》564）所提到的，煩惱的慾望被明確指出，與禪定相對的障礙。因為這些障礙與禪定的成分相對立，所以被稱為障礙。正如所說：「專注與貪慾相對立，快樂與憂愁相對立，思維與懶惰相對立，幸福與不安相對立，反思與疑惑相對立。」

Evamettha 『『vivicceva kāmehī』』ti iminā kāmacchandassa vikkhambhanaviveko vutto hoti. 『『Vivicca akusalehi dhammehī』』ti iminā pañcannampi nīvaraṇānaṃ. Aggahitaggahaṇena pana paṭhamena kāmacchandassa, dutiyena sesanīvaraṇānaṃ. Tathā paṭhamena tīsu akusalamūlesu pañcakāmaguṇabhedavisayassa lobhassa, dutiyena āghātavatthubhedādivisayānaṃ dosamohānaṃ. Oghādīsu vā dhammesu paṭhamena kāmogha-kāmayoga-kāmāsava-kāmupādāna-abhijjhākāyagantha-kāmarāga-saṃyojanānaṃ, dutiyena avasesaogha-yogāsava-upādāna-gantha-saṃyojanānaṃ. Paṭhamena ca taṇhāya taṃsampayuttakānañca, dutiyena avijjāya taṃsampayuttakānañca. Apica paṭhamena lobhasampayuttaaṭṭhacittuppādānaṃ, dutiyena sesānaṃ catunnaṃ akusalacittuppādānaṃ vikkhambhanaviveko vutto hotīti veditabbo. Ayaṃ tāva 『『vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehī』』ti ettha atthappakāsanā.

Ettāvatā ca paṭhamassa jhānassa pahānaṅgaṃ dassetvā idāni sampayogaṅgaṃ dassento savitakkaṃ savicārantiādimāha. Tattha vitakkanaṃ vitakko, ūhananti vuttaṃ hoti. Svāyaṃ ārammaṇe cittassa abhiniropanalakkhaṇo, āhananapariyāhananaraso. Tathā hi 『『tena yogāvacaro ārammaṇaṃ vitakkāhataṃ vitakkapariyāhataṃ karotī』』ti vuccati. Ārammaṇe cittassa ānayanapaccupaṭṭhāno. Vicaraṇaṃ vicāro, anusañcaraṇanti vuttaṃ hoti. Svāyaṃ ārammaṇānumajjanalakkhaṇo, tattha sahajātānuyojanaraso, cittassa anuppabandhanapaccupaṭṭhāno. Santepi ca nesaṃ katthaci avippayoge oḷārikaṭṭhena ghaṇṭābhighātasaddo viya cetaso paṭhamābhinipāto vitakko, sukhumaṭṭhena anuravo viya anuppabandho vicāro. Vipphāravā cettha vitakko paripphandanabhāvo cittassa, ākāse uppatitukāmassa pakkhino pakkhavikkhepo viya padumābhimukhapāto viya ca gandhānubandhacetaso bhamarassa. Santavutti vicāro nātiparipphandanabhāvo cittassa, ākāse uppatitassa pakkhino pakkhappasāraṇaṃ viya paribbhamanaṃ viya ca padumābhimukhapatitassa bhamarassa padumassa uparibhāge. So pana nesaṃ viseso paṭhama-dutiyajjhānesu pākaṭo hoti. Iti iminā ca vitakkena iminā ca vicārena saha vattati rukkho viya pupphena ca phalena cāti idaṃ jhānaṃ 『『savitakkaṃ savicāra』』nti vuccati. Vibhaṅge pana 『『iminā ca vitakkena iminā ca vicārena upeto hoti samupeto』』tiādinā (vibha. 565) nayena puggalādhiṭṭhānā desanā katā. Attho pana tatrāpi evameva daṭṭhabbo.

因此,在這裡,"遠離慾望"意味著通過抑制來遠離貪慾。"遠離不善法"意味著遠離五種障礙。更具體地說,前者是指遠離貪慾,後者是指遠離其餘的障礙。同樣,前者是指在三種不善根中遠離與五種感官慾望相關的貪婪,後者是指遠離與憤怒等相關的嗔恨和愚癡。或者在洪流等法中,前者是指遠離慾望洪流、慾望束縛、慾望漏、慾望取著、貪慾身繫、慾望貪愛等結,後者是指遠離其餘的洪流、束縛、漏、取著、繫縛和結。前者也指遠離渴愛及其相應法,後者指遠離無明及其相應法。此外,前者應理解為遠離與貪慾相應的八種心生起,後者為遠離其餘四種不善心生起。這就是對"遠離慾望,遠離不善法"的解釋。 到此為止,已經說明了初禪的捨棄分,現在爲了說明其相應分,他說"有尋有伺"等。其中,"尋"是尋思,即思考。它的特徵是將心導向對像,其作用是撞擊和反覆思考。因此說:"通過它,修行者使對像被尋思撞擊和反覆思考。"它的表現是將心帶向對象。"伺"是伺察,即仔細考察。它的特徵是細緻考察對像,其作用是與相應法一起專注于對像,它的表現是心的持續。雖然它們有時不分離,但從粗略的角度來看,尋如鐘聲的初擊,是心的初次接觸;從細緻的角度來看,伺如餘音,是心的持續。在這裡,尋是心的振動狀態,如想飛向天空的鳥振翅,或如蜜蜂向蓮花飛去。伺是心的平靜狀態,如已飛到天空的鳥展翅,或如已飛到蓮花的蜜蜂在花上盤旋。它們的區別在初禪和第二禪中最為明顯。因此,這種禪定因與這種尋和伺同在,如樹與花和果同在,所以稱為"有尋有伺"。在《分別論》中,以"具有這種尋和伺,完全具有"等方式,從人的角度來解釋。但其意義應該以同樣的方式理解。

Vivekajanti ettha vivitti viveko, nīvaraṇavigamoti attho. Vivittoti vā viveko, nīvaraṇavivitto jhānasampayuttadhammarāsīti attho. Tasmā vivekā, tasmiṃ vā viveke jātanti vivekajaṃ. Pītisukhanti ettha pinayatīti pīti, sā sampiyāyanalakkhaṇā kāyacittapīnanarasā , pharaṇarasā vā, odagyapaccupaṭṭhānā. Sukhanaṃ sukhaṃ, suṭṭhu vā khādati khanati ca kāyacittābādhanti sukhaṃ, taṃ sātalakkhaṇaṃ, sampayuttakānaṃ upabrūhanarasaṃ, anuggahapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ. Satipi ca nesaṃ katthaci avippayoge iṭṭhārammaṇapaṭilābhatuṭṭhi pīti, paṭiladdharasānubhavanaṃ sukhaṃ. Yattha pīti tattha sukhaṃ, yattha sukhaṃ tattha na niyamato pīti. Saṅkhārakkhandhasaṅgahitā pīti, vedanākkhandhasaṅgahitaṃ sukhaṃ. Kantārakhinnassa vanantodakadassanasavanesu viya pīti, vanacchāyappavesanaudakaparibhogesu viya sukhaṃ. Tasmiṃ tasmiṃ samaye pākaṭabhāvato cetaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Ayañca pīti, idañca sukhaṃ, assa jhānassa, asmiṃ vā jhāne atthīti idaṃ jhānaṃ 『『pītisukha』』nti vuccati.

Atha vā pīti ca sukhañca pītisukhaṃ, dhammavinayādayo viya. Vivekajaṃ pītisukhamassa jhānassa, asmiṃ vā jhāne atthīti evampi vivekajaṃpītisukhaṃ. Yatheva hi jhānaṃ, evaṃ pītisukhaṃ pettha vivekajameva hoti, tañcassa atthīti tasmā ekapadeneva 『『vivekajaṃ pītisukha』』ntipi vattuṃ yujjati. Vibhaṅge pana 『『idaṃ sukhaṃ imāya pītiyā sahagata』』ntiādinā (vibha. 567) nayenetaṃ vuttaṃ. Attho pana tatrāpi evameva daṭṭhabbo.

Paṭhamanti gaṇanānupubbatā paṭhamaṃ, idaṃ paṭhamaṃ samāpajjatītipi paṭhamaṃ. Paccanīkadhamme jhāpetīti jhānaṃ, iminā yogino jhāyantītipi jhānaṃ, paccanīkadhamme ḍahanti gocaraṃ vā cintentīti attho. Sayaṃ vā taṃ jhāyati upanijjhāyatīti jhānaṃ, teneva upanijjhāyanalakkhaṇanti vuccati. Tadetaṃ ārammaṇūpanijjhānaṃ , lakkhaṇūpanijjhānanti duvidhaṃ hoti. Tattha ārammaṇūpanijjhānanti saha upacārena aṭṭha samāpattiyo vuccanti. Kasmā? Kasiṇādiārammaṇūpanijjhāyanato. Lakkhaṇūpanijjhānanti vipassanāmaggaphalāni vuccanti. Kasmā? Lakkhaṇūpanijjhāyanato. Ettha hi vipassanā aniccalakkhaṇādīni upanijjhāyati, vipassanāya upanijjhāyanakiccaṃ pana maggena sijjhatīti maggo lakkhaṇūpanijjhānanti vuccati. Phalaṃ pana nirodhassa tathalakkhaṇaṃ upanijjhāyatīti lakkhaṇūpanijjhānanti vuccati. Imasmiṃ panatthe ārammaṇūpanijjhānameva jhānanti adhippetaṃ.

在這裡,"生於遠離"中的"遠離"是指遠離障礙的意思。或者"遠離"是指遠離了障礙的禪定相應法的聚集。因此,"生於遠離"是從遠離中產生,或在遠離中產生。"喜樂"中,"喜"是使人歡喜的,其特徵是喜愛,作用是使身心愉悅或遍滿,表現爲歡欣。"樂"是快樂,或是很好地消除身心的痛苦,其特徵是愉悅,作用是增長相應法,表現爲支援。雖然它們有時不分離,但"喜"是獲得理想對像時的滿足,"樂"是體驗所獲得的滋味。哪裡有喜哪裡就有樂,但哪裡有樂不一定有喜。喜屬於行蘊,樂屬於受蘊。喜如疲憊的旅人見到或聽到森林中有水,樂如進入樹蔭和飲用水。這是因為在各個時刻它們都很明顯而這樣說的。這種喜和這種樂存在於這種禪定中,所以這種禪定被稱為"喜樂"。 或者,"喜樂"是喜和樂,如法和律等。"生於遠離的喜樂"存在於這種禪定中,所以也可以說是"生於遠離的喜樂"。因為正如禪定一樣,這裡的喜樂也是生於遠離的,而且它存在於此,所以用一個詞"生於遠離的喜樂"來說是合適的。在《分別論》中,是以"這種樂與這種喜相應"等方式來解釋的。但其意義應該以同樣的方式理解。 "初"是指在數字順序上是第一個,或者是首先進入的。"禪那"是因為它燒盡對立的法,或者修行者通過它來禪修,意思是燒盡對立的法或思考所緣。或者它自己被觀察或被仔細觀察,所以叫做禪那,因此說它的特徵是仔細觀察。它分為兩種:所緣的仔細觀察和特相的仔細觀察。其中,所緣的仔細觀察指的是包括近行定在內的八種等至。為什麼?因為它們仔細觀察遍處等所緣。特相的仔細觀察指的是觀、道和果。為什麼?因為它們仔細觀察特相。在這裡,觀仔細觀察無常等特相,而觀的仔細觀察功能通過道來完成,所以道被稱為特相的仔細觀察。果則被稱為特相的仔細觀察,因為它仔細觀察滅的如實特相。但在這個意義上,禪那指的只是所緣的仔細觀察。

Etthāha – 『『katamaṃ pana taṃ jhānaṃ nāma, yaṃ savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ…pe… pītisukhanti evaṃ apadesaṃ arahatī』』ti? Vuccate – yathā sadhano saparijanotiādīsu ṭhapetvā dhanañca parijanañca añño apadesāraho hoti, evaṃ ṭhapetvā vitakkādidhamme aññaṃ apadesārahaṃ natthi. Yathā pana sarathā sapatti senāti vutte senaṅgesuyeva senāsammuti, evamidha pañcasu aṅgesuyeva jhānasammuti veditabbā. Katamesu pañcasu? Vitakko, vicāro, pīti, sukhaṃ, cittekaggatāti etesu. Etāneva hissa 『『savitakkaṃ savicāra』』ntiādinā nayena aṅgabhāvena vuttāni. Avuttattā ekaggatā aṅgaṃ na hotīti ce tañca na. Kasmā? Vuttattā eva. Sāpi hi vibhaṅge 『『jhānanti vitakko vicāro pīti sukhaṃ cittassekaggatā』』ti evaṃ vuttāyeva. Tasmā yathā savitakkaṃ savicāranti, evaṃ sacittekaggatanti idha avuttepi iminā vibhaṅgavacanena cittekaggatāpi aṅgamevāti veditabbā. Yena hi adhippāyena bhagavatā uddeso kato, so eva tena vibhaṅgepi pakāsitoti.

Upasampajjāti upagantvā, pāpuṇitvāti vuttaṃ hoti. Upasampādayitvā vā, nipphādetvāti vuttaṃ hoti. Vibhaṅge pana 『『upasampajjāti paṭhamassa jhānassa lābho paṭilābho patti sampatti phusanā samphusanā sacchikiriyā upasampadā』』ti vuttaṃ. Tassāpi evamevattho veditabbo. Vihāsinti bodhimaṇḍe nisajjasaṅkhātena iriyāpathavihārena itivuttappakārajhānasamaṅgī hutvā attabhāvassa iriyaṃ vuttiṃ pālanaṃ yapanaṃ yāpanaṃ cāraṃ vihāraṃ abhinipphādesinti attho. Vuttañhetaṃ vibhaṅge – 『『viharatīti iriyati vattati pāleti yapeti yāpeti carati viharati, tena vuccati viharatī』』ti (vibha. 512).

Kiṃ pana katvā bhagavā imaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja vihāsīti? Kammaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvetvā. Kataraṃ? Ānāpānassatikammaṭṭhānaṃ. Aññena tadatthikena kiṃ kātabbanti? Aññenapi etaṃ vā kammaṭṭhānaṃ pathavīkasiṇādīnaṃ vā aññataraṃ bhāvetabbaṃ. Tesaṃ bhāvanānayo visuddhimagge (visuddhi.

1.107) vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Ayaṃ pana viseso – idha bodhisattassa paṭhamābhinipātoyeva appanā hoti. Sesaṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayameva. 有人問："什麼是所謂的禪那,它值得被稱為'有尋有伺...喜樂'?"回答:就像在"有財富、有隨從"等說法中,除了財富和隨從外,還有其他值得指稱的東西;同樣,除了尋等法外,沒有其他值得指稱的東西。但是,正如說"有車、有步兵的軍隊"時,軍隊的概念只在軍隊的組成部分中,同樣在這裡,禪那的概念應該理解為只在五個要素中。哪五個?尋、伺、喜、樂、心一境性。這些就是以"有尋有伺"等方式被稱為要素的。如果說因為沒有提到,所以心一境性不是要素,這是不對的。為什麼?因為它已經被提到了。在《分別論》中,它也是這樣被提到的:"禪那是尋、伺、喜、樂、心一境性。"因此,就像"有尋有伺"一樣,即使這裡沒有說"有心一境性",根據《分別論》的這段話,應該理解心一境性也是要素。因為世尊以何種意圖作出概述,在《分別論》中也是以同樣的方式解釋的。 "進入"意味著接近、到達。或者說是使之進入、完成。在《分別論》中說:"進入是指獲得初禪、再獲得、達到、完全達到、觸及、完全觸及、實現、進入。"這也應該以同樣的方式理解。"安住"意味著在菩提座上坐著,具有所說的那種禪那,以這種姿勢維持、保持、維護、持續、行動、安住。在《分別論》中說:"安住是指維持、保持、維護、持續、行動、安住,因此稱為安住。" 世尊是通過什麼方法進入並安住于這種禪那的呢?是通過修習禪修業處。哪種業處?安那般那念業處。其他想要達到這個目的的人應該做什麼?其他人也應該修習這個業處或者地遍等其他業處之一。這些修習的方法應該按照《清凈道論》(1.107)中所說的方式來理解。但這裡有一個不同點:在這裡,菩薩一開始就達到了安止定。其餘的與前面所說的相同。

1.55) vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Idha pana vuccamāne atibhāriyaṃ vinayanidānaṃ hoti, tasmā pāḷiyā atthappakāsanamattameva karomāti.

Paṭhamajjhānakathā niṭṭhitā.

Dutiyajjhānakathā

Vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamāti vitakkassa ca vicārassa cāti imesaṃ dvinnaṃ vūpasamā samatikkamā; dutiyajjhānakkhaṇe apātubhāvāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tattha kiñcāpi dutiyajjhāne sabbepi paṭhamajjhānadhammā na santi, aññeyeva hi paṭhamajjhāne phassādayo, aññe idha; oḷārikassa pana oḷārikassa aṅgassa samatikkamā paṭhamajjhānato paresaṃ dutiyajjhānādīnaṃ adhigamo hotīti dīpanatthaṃ 『『vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā』』ti evaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Ajjhattanti idha niyakajjhattamadhippetaṃ. Vibhaṅge pana 『『ajjhattaṃ paccatta』』nti (vibha. 573) ettakameva vuttaṃ. Yasmā pana niyakajjhattaṃ adhippetaṃ, tasmā attani jātaṃ attano santāne nibbattanti ayamettha attho.

Sampasādananti sampasādanaṃ vuccati saddhā. Sampasādanayogato jhānampi sampasādanaṃ, nīlavaṇṇayogato nīlavatthaṃ viya. Yasmā vā taṃ jhānaṃ sampasādanasamannāgatattā vitakkavicārakkhobhavūpasamanena ceto sampasādayati, tasmāpi sampasādananti vuttaṃ. Imasmiñca atthavikappe sampasādanaṃ cetasoti evaṃ padasambandho veditabbo. Purimasmiṃ pana atthavikappe cetasoti etaṃ ekodibhāvena saddhiṃ yojetabbaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ atthayojanā – eko udetīti ekodi, vitakkavicārehi anajjhārūḷhattā aggo seṭṭho hutvā udetīti attho. Seṭṭhopi hi loke ekoti vuccati. Vitakkavicāravirahato vā eko asahāyo hutvātipi vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Atha vā sampayuttadhamme udāyatīti udi, uṭṭhāpetīti attho. Seṭṭhaṭṭhena eko ca so udi cāti ekodi, samādhissetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Iti imaṃ ekodiṃ bhāveti vaḍḍhayatīti idaṃ dutiyajjhānaṃ ekodibhāvaṃ. So panāyaṃ ekodi yasmā cetaso, na sattassa na jīvassa, tasmā etaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvanti vuttaṃ.

Nanu cāyaṃ saddhā paṭhamajjhānepi atthi, ayañca ekodināmako samādhi; atha kasmā idameva sampasādanaṃ 『『cetaso ekodibhāvañcā』』ti vuttanti? Vuccate – aduñhi paṭhamajjhānaṃ vitakkavicārakkhobhena vīcitaraṅgasamākulamiva jalaṃ na suppasannaṃ hoti, tasmā satiyāpi saddhāya sampasādananti na vuttaṃ. Na suppasannattāyeva cettha samādhipi na suṭṭhu pākaṭo, tasmā ekodibhāvantipi na vuttaṃ. Imasmiṃ pana jhāne vitakkavicārapalibodhābhāvena laddhokāsā balavatī saddhā, balavasaddhāsahāyappaṭilābheneva ca samādhipi pākaṭo; tasmā idameva evaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Vibhaṅge pana 『『sampasādananti yā saddhā saddahanā okappanā abhippasādo, cetaso ekodibhāvanti yā cittassa ṭhiti…pe… sammāsamādhī』』ti ettakameva vuttaṃ. Evaṃ vuttena panetena saddhiṃ ayaṃ atthavaṇṇanā yathā na virujjhati aññadatthu saṃsandati ceva sameti ca evaṃ veditabbā.

Avitakkaṃ avicāranti bhāvanāya pahīnattā etasmiṃ etassa vā vitakko natthīti avitakkaṃ. Imināva nayena avicāraṃ. Vibhaṅgepi (vibha. 576) vuttaṃ 『『iti ayañca vitakko ayañca vicāro santā honti samitā vūpasantā atthaṅgatā abbhatthaṅgatā appitā byappitā sositā visositā byantīkatā, tena vuccati avitakkaṃ avicāra』』nti.

這裡應該按照前面所說的方式理解。但是如果在這裡詳細解釋,會使律藏的序言過於繁重,因此我們只解釋經文的意思。 初禪的論述結束。 第二禪的論述 "尋伺平息"是指這兩種,即尋和伺的平息、超越;意味著在第二禪的那一刻它們不再出現。雖然在第二禪中,所有第一禪的法都不存在,因為第一禪中的觸等法與這裡的不同;但爲了表明通過超越粗糙的要素而從第一禪獲得第二禪等,所以說"尋伺平息"。應該這樣理解。"內"在這裡指的是自己內在的。在《分別論》中只說"內在,個人的"。因為指的是自己內在的,所以意思是在自己內部生起,在自己的相續中產生。 "信"是指信心。由於與信心相應,禪那也被稱為信,就像與藍色相應的衣服被稱為藍衣一樣。或者因為這種禪那具有信心,通過平息尋伺的動搖而使心平靜,所以也被稱為信。在這種解釋中,"信"應該與"心"連在一起理解。而在前一種解釋中,"心"應該與"一境性"連在一起。這裡的意思是:單獨生起稱為一境,因為沒有被尋伺所擾亂,成為最高、最優秀的而生起。在世間,最優秀的也被稱為"一"。或者因為沒有尋伺,所以可以說是單獨的、無伴的。或者說,它使相應的法生起,即提升它們。因為它是最優秀的,又是生起的,所以稱為一境,這是定的別名。因此,這第二禪增長、發展這種一境性。這種一境性是心的,不是有情的,不是生命的,所以說它是"心一境性"。 難道這種信心在初禪中不存在嗎?這種被稱為一境性的定力也存在啊;那為什麼只有這裡被稱為"信心,心一境性"呢?回答:因為初禪由於尋伺的動搖,就像波浪起伏的水一樣不夠清凈,所以即使有信心也不說是信。正是因為不夠清凈,所以定力也不太明顯,因此也不說是一境性。但在這個禪那中,因為沒有尋伺的障礙,所以信心變得強大,而且因為獲得了強大信心的幫助,定力也變得明顯;所以只有這裡這樣說。在《分別論》中只說:"信是信心、信仰、確信、清凈;心一境性是心的安住...正定。"這個註釋應該理解為與《分別論》所說的不相矛盾,反而是一致和協調的。 "無尋無伺"是指在這個禪那中或對於這個禪那,因為通過修習而斷除了尋,所以是無尋的。同樣的方法也適用於無伺。在《分別論》中也說:"因此這個尋和這個伺是平靜的、安寧的、止息的、消失的、完全消失的、固定的、完全固定的、枯竭的、完全枯竭的、終止的,所以稱為無尋無伺。"

Etthāha – nanu ca 『『vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamāti imināpi ayamattho siddho, atha kasmā puna vuttaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāra』』nti? Vuccate – evametaṃ siddho vāyamattho, na panetaṃ tadatthadīpakaṃ; nanu avocumha – 『『oḷārikassa pana oḷārikassa aṅgassa samatikkamā paṭhamajjhānato paresaṃ dutiyajjhānādīnaṃ adhigamo hotīti dīpanatthaṃ vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamāti evaṃ vutta』』nti.

Apica vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā idaṃ sampasādanaṃ, na kilesakālusiyassa. Vitakkavicārānañca vūpasamā ekodibhāvaṃ na upacārajjhānamiva nīvaraṇappahānā, na paṭhamajjhānamiva ca aṅgapātubhāvāti evaṃ sampasādanaekodibhāvānaṃ hetuparidīpakamidaṃ vacanaṃ. Tathā vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā idaṃ avitakkaavicāraṃ, na tatiyacatutthajjhānāni viya cakkhuviññāṇādīni viya ca abhāvāti evaṃ avitakkaavicārabhāvassa hetuparidīpakañca, na vitakkavicārābhāvamattaparidīpakaṃ. Vitakkavicārābhāvamattaparidīpakameva pana 『『avitakkaṃ avicāra』』nti idaṃ vacanaṃ, tasmā purimaṃ vatvāpi puna vattabbamevāti.

Samādhijanti paṭhamajjhānasamādhito sampayuttasamādhito vā jātanti attho. Tattha kiñcāpi paṭhamampi sampayuttasamādhito jātaṃ, atha kho ayameva 『『samādhī』』ti vattabbataṃ arahati vitakkavicārakkhobhavirahena ativiya acalattā suppasannattā ca. Tasmā imassa vaṇṇabhaṇanatthaṃ idameva 『『samādhija』』nti vuttaṃ. Pītisukhanti idaṃ vuttanayameva.

Dutiyanti gaṇanānupubbato dutiyaṃ, idaṃ dutiyaṃ samāpajjatītipi dutiyaṃ. Jhānanti ettha pana yathā paṭhamajjhānaṃ vitakkādīhi pañcaṅgikaṃ hoti, evamidaṃ sampasādādīhi 『『caturaṅgika』』nti veditabbaṃ. Yathāha – 『『jhānanti sampasādo, pīti, sukhaṃ, cittassekaggatā』』ti (vibha. 580). Pariyāyoyeva ceso. Sampasādanaṃ pana ṭhapetvā nippariyāyena tivaṅgikamevetaṃ hoti. Yathāha – 『『katamaṃ tasmiṃ samaye tivaṅgikaṃ jhānaṃ hoti? Pīti, sukhaṃ, cittassekaggatā』』ti (dha. sa. 161). Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.

Dutiyajjhānakathā niṭṭhitā.

Tatiyajjhānakathā

Pītiyāca virāgāti ettha vuttatthāyeva pīti. Virāgoti tassā jigucchanaṃ vā samatikkamo vā. Ubhinnamantarā 『『ca』』 saddo sampiṇḍanattho, so hi vūpasamaṃ vā sampiṇḍeti vitakkavicāravūpasamaṃ vā. Tattha yadā vūpasamameva sampiṇḍeti, tadā pītiyā virāgā ca, kiñca bhiyyo vūpasamā cāti evaṃ yojanā veditabbā. Imissā ca yojanāyaṃ virāgo jigucchanattho hoti. Tasmā pītiyā jigucchanā ca vūpasamā cāti ayamattho daṭṭhabbo. Yadā pana vitakkavicāravūpasamaṃ sampiṇḍeti, tadā pītiyā ca virāgā, kiñca bhiyyo vitakkavicārānañca vūpasamāti evaṃ yojanā veditabbā. Imissā ca yojanāyaṃ virāgo samatikkamanattho hoti. Tasmā pītiyā ca samatikkamā, vitakkavicārānañca vūpasamāti ayamattho daṭṭhabbo.

Kāmañcete vitakkavicārā dutiyajjhāneyeva vūpasantā imassa pana jhānassa maggaparidīpanatthaṃ vaṇṇabhaṇanatthañcetaṃ vuttaṃ. 『『Vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā』』ti hi vutte idaṃ paññāyati – 『『nūna vitakkavicāravūpasamo maggo imassa jhānassā』』ti. Yathā ca tatiye ariyamagge appahīnānampi sakkāyadiṭṭhādīnaṃ 『『pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ pahānā』』ti (ma. ni.

有人問:"難道'尋伺平息'這句話不已經表達了這個意思嗎?那為什麼還要再說'無尋無伺'呢?"回答:確實,這個意思已經表達了,但那句話並不是爲了說明這個意思;我們不是說過:"爲了表明通過超越粗糙的要素而從第一禪獲得第二禪等,所以說'尋伺平息'"嗎? 此外,"尋伺平息"是指這種信心,而不是煩惱的混濁。因尋伺的平息而有一境性,不像近行定因障礙的去除,也不像初禪因要素的出現。這樣,這句話是爲了說明信心和一境性的原因。同樣,"尋伺平息"使這個禪那成為無尋無伺,不是像第三第四禪或眼識等那樣本來就沒有。這樣,它是爲了說明無尋無伺的原因,而不僅僅是說明尋伺的不存在。而"無尋無伺"這句話只是說明尋伺的不存在,所以即使說了前面那句,還是需要再說這句。 "定生"是指從初禪的定或相應的定中生起的意思。雖然第一禪也是從相應的定中生起的,但只有這個才值得稱為"定",因為沒有尋伺的動搖而非常穩定和清凈。因此,爲了讚美它,只說這個是"定生"。"喜樂"這個已經解釋過了。 "第二"是指在數字順序上第二,或者是第二個進入的,所以稱為第二。關於"禪那",應該理解為:正如初禪有尋等五個要素,這個有信等四個要素。如說:"禪那是信、喜、樂、心一境性。"這只是一種說法。除去信,實際上它只有三個要素。如說:"在那時什麼是三支禪?喜、樂、心一境性。"其餘的與前面所說的相同。 第二禪的論述結束。 第三禪的論述 "離喜"中的"喜"已經解釋過了。"離"是指厭惡或超越它。中間的"和"字是連線詞,它或者連線平息,或者連線尋伺的平息。當它連線平息時,應理解為"離喜和更進一步的平息"。在這種解釋中,"離"的意思是厭惡。所以應該理解為厭惡喜和平息。當它連線尋伺的平息時,應理解為"離喜和更進一步的尋伺平息"。在這種解釋中,"離"的意思是超越。所以應該理解為超越喜和尋伺的平息。 雖然這些尋伺在第二禪就已經平息了,但這裡提到它們是爲了說明這個禪那的道路和讚美它。因為說"尋伺平息"時,人們就會明白:"尋伺的平息肯定是這個禪那的道路。"就像在第三聖道中,雖然身見等還沒有被斷除,但仍說"由於斷除五下分結"(中部

2.132) evaṃ pahānaṃ vuccamānaṃ vaṇṇabhaṇanaṃ hoti tadadhigamāya ussukānaṃ ussāhajanakaṃ; evamevaṃ idha avūpasantānampi vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamo vuccamāno vaṇṇabhaṇanaṃ hoti. Tenāyamattho vutto – 『『pītiyā ca samatikkamā, vitakkavicārānañca vūpasamā』』ti.

Upekkhako ca vihāsinti ettha upapattito ikkhatīti upekkhā, samaṃ passati, apakkhapatitāva hutvā passatīti attho. Tāya visadāya vipulāya thāmagatāya samannāgatattā tatiyajjhānasamaṅgī 『『upekkhako』』ti vuccati. Upekkhā pana dasavidhā hoti – chaḷaṅgupekkhā, brahmavihārupekkhā, bojjhaṅgupekkhā, vīriyupekkhā, saṅkhārupekkhā, vedanupekkhā, vipassanupekkhā, tatramajjhattupekkhā, jhānupekkhā, pārisuddhupekkhāti. Evamayaṃ dasavidhāpi tattha tattha āgatanayato bhūmipuggalacittārammaṇato, khandhasaṅgaha-ekakkhaṇakusalattikasaṅkhepavasena ca aṭṭhasāliniyā dhammasaṅgahaṭṭhakathāya vuttanayeneva veditabbā. Idha pana vuccamānā vinayanidānaṃ atibhāriyaṃ karotīti na vuttā. Lakkhaṇādito pana idha adhippetupekkhā majjhattalakkhaṇā, anābhogarasā, abyāpārapaccupaṭṭhānā, pītivirāgapadaṭṭhānāti.

Etthāha – nanu cāyaṃ atthato tatramajjhattupekkhāva hoti, sā ca paṭhamadutiyajjhānesupi atthi, tasmā tatrāpi 『『upekkhako ca vihāsi』』nti evamayaṃ vattabbā siyā, sā kasmā na vuttāti? Aparibyattakiccato. Aparibyattañhi tassā tattha kiccaṃ, vitakkādīhi abhibhūtattā. Idha panāyaṃ vitakkavicārapītīhi anabhibhūtattā ukkhittasirā viya hutvā paribyattakiccā jātā, tasmā vuttāti.

Niṭṭhitā 『『upekkhako ca vihāsi』』nti etassa sabbaso atthavaṇṇanā.

Idāni sato ca sampajānoti ettha saratīti sato, sampajānātīti sampajāno. Puggalena sati ca sampajaññañca vuttaṃ. Tattha saraṇalakkhaṇā sati, asammussanarasā, ārakkhapaccupaṭṭhānā; asammohalakkhaṇaṃ sampajaññaṃ, tīraṇarasaṃ, pavicayapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ. Tattha kiñcāpi idaṃ satisampajaññaṃ purimajjhānesupi atthi, muṭṭhassatissa hi asampajānassa upacārajjhānamattampi na sampajjati, pageva appanā; oḷārikattā pana tesaṃ jhānānaṃ bhūmiyaṃ viya purisassa cittassa gati sukhā hoti, abyattaṃ tattha satisampajaññakiccaṃ. Oḷārikaṅgappahānena pana sukhumattā imassa jhānassa purisassa khuradhārāyaṃ viya satisampajaññakiccapariggahitāyeva cittassa gati icchitabbāti idheva vuttaṃ. Kiñca bhiyyo? Yathāpi dhenupago vaccho dhenuto apanīto arakkhiyamāno punadeva dhenuṃ upagacchati; evamidaṃ tatiyajjhānasukhaṃ pītito apanītampi satisampajaññārakkhena arakkhiyamānaṃ punadeva pītiṃ upagaccheyya pītisampayuttameva siyā. Sukhe vāpi sattā rajjanti, idañca atimadhuraṃ sukhaṃ, tato paraṃ sukhābhāvā . Satisampajaññānubhāvena panettha sukhe asārajjanā hoti, no aññathāti imampi atthavisesaṃ dassetuṃ idaṃ idheva vuttanti veditabbaṃ.

Idāni sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedesinti ettha kiñcāpi tatiyajjhānasamaṅgino sukhappaṭisaṃvedanābhogo natthi, evaṃ santepi yasmā tassa nāmakāyena sampayuttaṃ sukhaṃ, yaṃ vā taṃ nāmakāyasampayuttaṃ sukhaṃ, taṃsamuṭṭhānenassa yasmā atipaṇītena rūpena rūpakāyo phuṭo, yassa phuṭattā jhānā vuṭṭhitopi sukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeyya, tasmā etamatthaṃ dassento 『『sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedesi』』nti āha.

這就像說斷除,是爲了讚美,能激發那些想要證得它的人的熱情;同樣,在這裡說尋伺的平息,雖然它們還沒有平息,也是爲了讚美。因此說:"超越喜和尋伺的平息"。 "住于舍"中,"舍"是指平等地觀察,意思是公正地觀察,不偏不倚地觀察。因為具有清晰、廣大、有力的舍,所以第三禪的修習者被稱為"住于舍"。舍有十種:六支舍、梵住舍、覺支舍、精進舍、行舍、受舍、觀舍、中舍、禪舍、清凈舍。這十種舍應該按照《法聚論注》《阿達薩利尼》中所說的方法,從它們出現的地方、地、人、心、所緣,以及蘊的包攝、一剎那、善三法的總結等方面來理解。在這裡不詳細解釋,因為那樣會使律藏的序言過於繁重。從特徵等方面來說,這裡所指的舍以平衡為特徵,以不關注為作用,以不干預為現起,以離喜為近因。 有人問:難道這在本質上不就是中舍嗎?而且它在初禪和第二禪中也存在,那麼為什麼在那裡不說"住于舍"呢?答:因為它的作用不明顯。在那裡它的作用不明顯,因為被尋等所壓制。但在這裡,因為不被尋、伺、喜所壓制,它變得像抬起頭來一樣,作用變得明顯,所以才提到它。 "住于舍"的全面解釋到此結束。 現在,"念和正知"中,"念"是指記憶,"正知"是指清楚地了知。這裡用人來表示念和正知。其中,念以記憶為特徵,以不忘失為作用,以守護為現起;正知以不迷惑為特徵,以判斷為作用,以審察為現起。雖然這種念和正知在前面的禪那中也存在,因為失念和不正知的人連近行定都無法達到,更不用說安止定了;但因為那些禪那比較粗糙,心的活動就像人在地上行走一樣容易,念和正知的作用不明顯。但由於捨棄了粗糙的要素,這個禪那變得微細,心的活動就像人在剃刀邊緣上行走一樣需要念和正知的保護,所以只在這裡提到。更進一步說,就像被帶離母牛的小牛如果不被看管就會再次回到母牛那裡;同樣,這第三禪的樂如果離開了喜,如果不被念和正知看管,就會再次回到喜,變成與喜相應。而且眾生會對樂產生貪著,這種樂極其甜美,再往上就沒有樂了。只有通過念和正知的力量,才能不對這種樂產生貪著,不是別的原因。爲了說明這個特殊的意義,所以只在這裡提到它。 現在,"身感受樂"中,雖然處於第三禪的人沒有感受樂的意圖,但因為他的名身與樂相應,或者說那個與名身相應的樂,由於它所引起的極其微妙的色法遍滿他的色身,所以即使出定后也能感受到樂。爲了說明這個意思,所以說"身感受樂"。

Idāni yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti upekkhako satimā sukhavihārīti ettha yaṃjhānahetu yaṃjhānakāraṇā taṃ tatiyajjhānasamaṅgīpuggalaṃ buddhādayo ariyā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti pakāsenti, pasaṃsantīti adhippāyo. Kinti? 『『Upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī』』ti. Taṃ tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja vihāsinti evamettha yojanā veditabbā.

Kasmā pana taṃ te evaṃ pasaṃsantīti? Pasaṃsārahato. Ayañhi yasmā atimadhurasukhe sukhapāramippattepi tatiyajjhāne upekkhako, na tattha sukhābhisaṅgena ākaḍḍhīyati, yathā ca pīti na uppajjati; evaṃ upaṭṭhitassatitāya satimā. Yasmā ca ariyakantaṃ ariyajanasevitameva ca asaṃkiliṭṭhaṃ sukhaṃ nāmakāyena paṭisaṃvedeti, tasmā pasaṃsāraho. Iti pasaṃsārahato naṃ ariyā te evaṃ pasaṃsāhetubhūte guṇe pakāsentā 『『upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī』』ti evaṃ pasaṃsantīti veditabbaṃ.

Tatiyanti gaṇanānupubbato tatiyaṃ. Idaṃ tatiyaṃ samāpajjatītipi tatiyaṃ. Jhānanti ettha ca yathā dutiyaṃ sampasādādīhi caturaṅgikaṃ; evamidaṃ upekkhādīhi pañcaṅgikaṃ. Yathāha – 『『jhānanti upekkhā sati sampajaññaṃ sukhaṃ cittassa ekaggatā』』ti (vibha. 591). Pariyāyoyeva ceso. Upekkhāsatisampajaññāni pana ṭhapetvā nippariyāyena duvaṅgikamevetaṃ hoti. Yathāha – 『『katamaṃ tasmiṃ samaye duvaṅgikaṃ jhānaṃ hoti ? Sukhaṃ, cittassekaggatā』』ti (dha. sa. 163). Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.

Tatiyajjhānakathā niṭṭhitā.

Catutthajjhānakathā

Sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānāti kāyikasukhassa ca kāyikadukkhassa ca pahānā. Pubbevāti tañca kho pubbeva, na catutthajjhānakkhaṇe . Somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamāti cetasikasukhassa ca cetasikadukkhassa cāti imesampi dvinnaṃ pubbeva atthaṅgamā pahānā icceva vuttaṃ hoti. Kadā pana nesaṃ pahānaṃ hoti? Catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ upacārakkhaṇe. Somanassañhi catutthajjhānassa upacārakkhaṇeyeva pahīyati, dukkhadomanassasukhāni paṭhamadutiyatatiyānaṃ upacārakkhaṇesu. Evametesaṃ pahānakkamena avuttānaṃ, indriyavibhaṅge pana indriyānaṃ uddesakkameneva idhāpi vuttānaṃ sukhadukkhasomanassa domanassānaṃ pahānaṃ veditabbaṃ.

Yadi panetāni tassa tassa jhānassupacārakkhaṇeyeva pahīyanti, atha kasmā 『『kattha cuppannaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi…pe… paṭhamajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharati, etthuppannaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati. Kattha cuppannaṃ domanassindriyaṃ… sukhindriyaṃ… somanassindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā…pe… catutthajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharati, etthuppannaṃ somanassindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhatī』』ti (saṃ. ni.

現在,"聖者們稱讚他為'住于舍,具念,安樂'"中,因為這個禪那,由於這個禪那,佛陀等聖者們宣說、教導、安立、開示、分別、闡明、解釋,意思是讚美具有第三禪的人。怎麼讚美呢?"住于舍,具念,安樂"。應該理解為:他進入並安住于第三禪。 為什麼他們這樣讚美他呢?因為值得讚美。因為他雖然在這極其甜美的樂、達到樂的極致的第三禪中,卻能保持舍心,不被樂的執著所吸引,也不像喜那樣生起;同時因為具有現前的念而具念。因為他以名身感受聖者所喜愛、聖者所常修習的無染污之樂,所以值得讚美。因此,應該理解為:聖者們宣說這些值得讚美的功德,以此來讚美他,所以說"住于舍,具念,安樂"。 "第三"是指在數字順序上第三,或者是第三個進入的,所以稱為第三。關於"禪那",應該理解為:正如第二禪有信等四個要素,這個有舍等五個要素。如說:"禪那是舍、念、正知、樂、心一境性。"這只是一種說法。除去舍、念、正知,實際上它只有兩個要素。如說:"在那時什麼是兩支禪?樂和心一境性。"其餘的與前面所說的相同。 第三禪的論述結束。 第四禪的論述 "斷樂和斷苦"是指斷除身體的樂和身體的苦。"先前"是指在那之前,不是在第四禪的那一刻。"喜憂的消失"是指心理的樂和心理的苦這兩者先前的消失,也就是斷除。它們什麼時候斷除呢?在四種禪那的近行定的時刻。喜在第四禪的近行定時就斷除了,苦、憂、樂則在第一、第二、第三禪的近行定時斷除。雖然這裡沒有按照它們斷除的順序來說,但在《根分別》中是按照根的列舉順序來說的,在這裡也應該理解為按照樂、苦、喜、憂的順序來說它們的斷除。 如果這些在各自禪那的近行定時就斷除了,那為什麼說:"苦根在哪裡完全滅盡?在這裡,比丘遠離慾望...進入並安住于初禪,在這裡生起的苦根完全滅盡。憂根...樂根...喜根在哪裡完全滅盡?在這裡,比丘斷樂...進入並安住于第四禪,在這裡生起的喜根完全滅盡。"(相應部

5.510) evaṃ jhānesveva nirodho vuttoti? Atisayanirodhattā. Atisayanirodho hi nesaṃ paṭhamajjhānādīsu, na nirodhoyeva; nirodhoyeva pana upacārakkhaṇe, nātisayanirodho. Tathā hi nānāvajjane paṭhamajjhānūpacāre niruddhassāpi dukkhindriyassa ḍaṃsamakasādisamphassena vā visamāsanupatāpena vā siyā uppatti, na tveva antoappanāyaṃ. Upacāre vā niruddhampetaṃ na suṭṭhu niruddhaṃ hoti; paṭipakkhena avihatattā. Antoappanāyaṃ pana pītipharaṇena sabbo kāyo sukhokkanto hoti. Sukhokkantakāyassa ca suṭṭhu niruddhaṃ hoti dukkhindriyaṃ; paṭipakkhena vihatattā. Nānāvajjane eva ca dutiyajjhānūpacāre pahīnassa domanassindriyassa yasmā etaṃ vitakkavicārappaccayepi kāyakilamathe cittupaghāte ca sati uppajjati, vitakkavicārābhāve neva uppajjati. Yattha pana uppajjati tattha vitakkavicārabhāve. Appahīnā eva ca dutiyajjhānūpacāre vitakkavicārāti tatthassa siyā uppatti; appahīnapaccayattā. Na tveva dutiyajjhāne; pahīnapaccayattā. Tathā tatiyajjhānūpacāre pahīnassāpi sukhindriyassa pītisamuṭṭhānapaṇītarūpaphuṭakāyassa siyā uppatti, na tveva tatiyajjhāne. Tatiyajjhāne hi sukhassa paccayabhūtā pīti sabbaso niruddhāti. Tathā catutthajjhānūpacāre pahīnassāpi somanassindriyassa āsannattā, appanāppattāya upekkhāya abhāvena sammā anatikkantattā ca siyā uppatti, na tveva catutthajjhāne. Tasmā eva ca 『『etthuppannaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhatī』』ti tattha tattha aparisesaggahaṇaṃ katanti.

Etthāha – 『『athevaṃ tassa tassa jhānassūpacāre pahīnāpi etā vedanā idha kasmā samāharī』』ti? Sukhaggahaṇatthaṃ. Yā hi ayaṃ 『『adukkhamasukha』』nti ettha adukkhamasukhā vedanā vuttā, sā sukhumā atidubbiññeyyā na sakkā sukhena gahetuṃ. Tasmā yathā nāma duṭṭhassa yathā vā tathā vā upasaṅkamitvā gahetuṃ asakkuṇeyyassa goṇassa gahaṇatthaṃ gopo ekasmiṃ vaje sabbe gāvo samāharati, athekekaṃ nīharanto paṭipāṭiyā āgataṃ 『『ayaṃ so, gaṇhatha na』』nti tampi gāhāpayati; evameva bhagavā sukhaggahaṇatthaṃ sabbā etā samāhari. Evañhi samāhaṭā etā dassetvā 『『yaṃ neva sukhaṃ na dukkhaṃ na somanassaṃ na domanassaṃ, ayaṃ adukkhamasukhā vedanā』』ti sakkā hoti esā gāhayituṃ.

Apica adukkhamasukhāya cetovimuttiyā paccayadassanatthañcāpi etā vuttāti veditabbā. Sukhappahānādayo hi tassā paccayā. Yathāha – 『『cattāro kho, āvuso, paccayā adukkhamasukhāya cetovimuttiyā samāpattiyā. Idhāvuso, bhikkhu, sukhassa ca pahānā…pe… catutthajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ime kho, āvuso, cattāro paccayā adukkhamasukhāya cetovimuttiyā samāpattiyā』』ti (ma. ni.

這樣說「在禪那中有滅」是指什麼呢?是因為有極大的滅。極大的滅確實存在於他們的初禪等中，而不僅僅是滅；而在近行定中確實有滅，但不是極大的滅。因為在各種錯誤中,在初禪的近行定中，即使是被壓制的苦根，也可能因被蛇咬或其他觸覺而生起，而不是僅僅是內心的安住。在近行定中，即使是被壓制的也並不完全壓制；因對立面沒有被打擊。而內心的安住則因喜的充盈而使全身都感到快樂。快樂的身體中，苦根是完全被壓制的；因對立面沒有被打擊。在各種錯誤中，第二禪的近行定中，因被斷除的憂根，因思維和探討的緣故，心中會生起身體的煩惱，而在思維和探討不存在時則不會生起。若在此生起，則在思維和探討存在時生起。第二禪的近行定中，思維和探討並未被完全斷除；因未被斷除的緣故。而在第三禪的近行定中，因被斷除的樂根，因喜的生起而使身體的觸感生起，而在第三禪中並不生起。在第三禪中，因樂的緣故，喜是完全壓制的。同樣，在第四禪的近行定中，因被斷除的喜根，因接近而未達到的緣故，因舍的缺失而無法超越，所以在第四禪中並不生起。因此，「在這裡生起的苦根完全滅盡」，在各個地方都應理解為完全滅盡。 有人問：「那麼，為什麼在這些禪那的近行定中，雖然被斷除的感覺在這裡又被聚集起來?」是爲了聚集快樂。這裡所說的「無苦無樂」的感覺是指無苦無樂的感覺，它非常細微，難以察覺，無法用快樂來掌握。因此，就像一個愚蠢的人無法接近或掌握一隻難以捉住的牛一樣，牧牛人會在一處將所有的牛聚集在一起，而在另一個地方把它們帶走，告誡他們：「這個是你的，抓住它。」同樣，世尊爲了聚集快樂而將所有這些感覺聚集在一起。因為這樣聚集起來后，可以說：「這既不是快樂，也不是苦，也不是喜，也不是憂，這就是無苦無樂的感覺。」 此外，關於無苦無樂的心解脫，也可以說這些也被提到。快樂的斷除等都是它的因緣。如說：「四種因緣確實是無苦無樂的心解脫的入定。在這裡，比丘斷除快樂……進入並安住于第四禪。這四種因緣確實是無苦無樂的心解脫的入定。」

1.458). Yathā vā aññattha pahīnāpi sakkāyadiṭṭhiādayo tatiyamaggassa vaṇṇabhaṇanatthaṃ tattha pahīnāti vuttā; evaṃ vaṇṇabhaṇanatthampetassa jhānassetā idha vuttātipi veditabbā. Paccayaghātena vā ettha rāgadosānaṃ atidūrabhāvaṃ dassetumpetā vuttāti veditabbā. Etāsu hi sukhaṃ somanassassa paccayo, somanassaṃ rāgassa, dukkhaṃ domanassassa, domanassaṃ dosassa. Sukhādighātena ca te sappaccayā rāgadosā hatāti atidūre hontīti.

Adukkhamasukhanti dukkhābhāvena adukkhaṃ, sukhābhāvena asukhaṃ. Etenettha dukkhasukhapaṭipakkhabhūtaṃ tatiyavedanaṃ dīpeti, na dukkhasukhābhāvamattaṃ. Tatiyavedanā nāma – adukkhamasukhā, upekkhātipi vuccati. Sā iṭṭhāniṭṭhaviparītānubhavanalakkhaṇā, majjhattarasā, avibhūtapaccupaṭṭhānā, sukhanirodhapadaṭṭhānāti veditabbā. Upekkhāsatipārisuddhinti upekkhāya janitasatipārisuddhiṃ. Imasmiñhi jhāne suparisuddhā sati. Yā ca tassā satiyā pārisuddhi, sā upekkhāya katā na aññena; tasmā etaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhinti vuccati. Vibhaṅgepi vuttaṃ – 『『ayaṃ sati imāya upekkhāya visadā hoti parisuddhā pariyodātā, tena vuccati – 『upekkhāsatipārisuddhi』』』nti (vibha. 597). Yāya ca upekkhāya ettha satiyā pārisuddhi hoti, sā atthato tatramajjhattatā veditabbā. Na kevalañcettha tāya satiyeva parisuddhā, apica kho sabbepi sampayuttadhammā; satisīsena pana desanā vuttā.

Tattha kiñcāpi ayaṃ upekkhā heṭṭhāpi tīsu jhānesu vijjati, yathā pana divā sūriyappabhābhibhavā sommabhāvena ca attano upakārakattena vā sabhāgāya rattiyā alābhā divā vijjamānāpi candalekhā aparisuddhā hoti apariyodātā; evamayampi tatramajjhattupekkhācandalekhā vitakkavicārādipaccanīkadhammatejābhibhavā sabhāgāya ca upekkhāvedanārattiyā alābhā vijjamānāpi paṭhamādijjhānabhedesu aparisuddhā hoti. Tassā ca aparisuddhāya divā aparisuddhacandalekhāya pabhā viya sahajātāpi satiādayo aparisuddhāva honti; tasmā tesu ekampi 『『upekkhāsatipārisuddhi』』nti na vuttaṃ. Idha pana vitakkādipaccanīkadhammatejābhibhavābhāvā sabhāgāya ca upekkhāvedanārattiyā paṭilābhā ayaṃ tatramajjhattupekkhācandalekhā ativiya parisuddhā, tassā parisuddhattā parisuddhacandalekhāya pabhā viya sahajātāpi satiādayo parisuddhā honti pariyodātā, tasmā idameva upekkhāsatipārisuddhinti vuttanti veditabbaṃ.

Catutthanti gaṇanānupubbato catutthaṃ. Idaṃ catutthaṃ samāpajjatītipi catutthaṃ. Jhānanti ettha yathā tatiyaṃ upekkhādīhi pañcaṅgikaṃ; evamidaṃ upekkhādīhi tivaṅgikaṃ. Yathāha – 『『jhānanti upekkhā, sati cittassekaggatā』』ti. Pariyāyo eva ceso. Ṭhapetvā pana satiṃ upekkhekaggatameva gahetvā nippariyāyena duvaṅgikamevetaṃ hoti. Yathāha – 『『katamaṃ tasmiṃ samaye duvaṅgikaṃ jhānaṃ hoti? Upekkhā, cittassekaggatā』』ti (dha. sa. 165). Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.

Catutthajjhānakathā niṭṭhitā.

Pubbenivāsakathā

如是，關於「在第三道上被斷除的見解」等等，應該理解為「被斷除的」是爲了說明第三道的特徵；同樣，爲了說明禪那的特徵，這裡也提到了相關的內容。這裡還應該理解為，因果的障礙顯示了貪、惱的極端遠離。在這些中，快樂是愉悅的因，愉悅是貪的因，痛苦是憂的因，憂是惱的因。因快樂的緣故，它們的貪、惱是極其遙遠的。 「無苦無樂」是指因無苦而無苦，因無樂而無樂。由此可見，第三種感覺是與痛苦和快樂相對立的，而不是僅僅是痛苦和快樂的缺失。第三種感覺即是無苦無樂，也稱為平等。它具有理想與非理想的相反體驗特徵，中等的味道，未被分散的現起，因快樂的滅而生起。平等的具念是指由平等而生起的具念。在這個禪那中，具念是非常清凈的。它的具唸的清凈是由平等而成，而不是由其他因素；因此稱之為「平等的具念」。在《解說》中也有提到：「這具念因平等而清晰、清凈、明亮，因此稱為『平等的具念』」。通過平等的具念而生起的具念，在本質上應理解為中等的狀態。這裡的具念並非僅僅是清凈，而是所有相關法都具備；但以具念為主的教導被提到。 雖然這個平等在前面的三個禪那中也存在，但就像白天因為太陽的光輝而被掩蓋，因自身的功德而顯現，夜晚的光輝卻是微弱的；同樣，這裡的平等因思維、探討等障礙而顯現，儘管在初禪和其他禪那中存在的平等並不清凈。因此在這些中並沒有提到「平等的具念」。而這裡因思維、探討等障礙的缺失，因自身的功德而顯現的平等是極其清凈的。因其清凈，平等的光輝也如同清凈的光輝一樣，因具念等而清凈，因此應理解為「平等的具念」。 「第四」是指在數字順序上第四。這個第四也可以理解為「進入並安住于第四」。關於「禪那」，如同第三禪有平等等五個要素；同樣，這裡也有平等等三個要素。如說：「禪那是平等、具念、心一境性。」這只是一種說法。除去具念，實際上它只有兩個要素。如說：「在那時，什麼是兩支禪？平等、心一境性。」其餘的與前面所說的相同。 第四禪的論述到此結束。 前生的論述

1. Iti imāni cattāri jhānāni kesañci cittekaggatatthāni honti, kesañci vipassanāpādakāni, kesañci abhiññāpādakāni, kesañci nirodhapādakāni, kesañci bhavokkamanatthāni. Tattha khīṇāsavānaṃ cittekaggatatthāni honti, te hi samāpajjitvā 『『ekaggacittā sukhaṃ divasaṃ viharissāmā』』ti iccevaṃ kasiṇaparikammaṃ katvā aṭṭha samāpattiyo nibbattenti. Sekkhaputhujjanānaṃ 『『samāpattito vuṭṭhāya samāhitena cittena vipassissāmā』』ti nibbattentānaṃ vipassanāpādakāni honti. Ye pana aṭṭha samāpattiyo nibbattetvā abhiññāpādakaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjitvā samāpattito vuṭṭhāya 『『ekopi hutvā bahudhā hotī』』ti vuttanayā abhiññāyo patthentā nibbattenti, tesaṃ abhiññāpādakāni honti. Ye pana aṭṭha samāpattiyo nibbattetvā 『『nirodhasamāpattiṃ samāpajjitvā sattāhaṃ acittakā hutvā diṭṭheva dhamme nirodhaṃ nibbānaṃ patvā sukhaṃ viharissāmā』』ti nibbattenti, tesaṃ nirodhapādakāni honti. Ye pana aṭṭha samāpattiyo nibbattetvā 『『aparihīnajjhānā hutvā brahmaloke uppajjissāmā』』ti nibbattenti, tesaṃ bhavokkamanatthāni honti.

Bhagavatā panidaṃ catutthajjhānaṃ bodhirukkhamūle nibbattitaṃ, taṃ tassa vipassanāpādakañceva ahosi abhiññāpādakañca nirodhapādakañca sabbakiccasādhakañca sabbalokiyalokuttaraguṇadāyakanti veditabbaṃ. Yesañca guṇānaṃ dāyakaṃ ahosi, tesaṃ ekadesaṃ dassento 『『so evaṃ samāhite citte』』tiādimāha.

Tattha soti so ahaṃ. Evanti catutthajjhānakkamanidassanametaṃ. Iminā kamena catutthajjhānaṃ paṭilabhitvāti vuttaṃ hoti. Samāhiteti iminā catutthajjhānasamādhinā samāhite. Parisuddhetiādīsu pana upekkhāsatipārisuddhibhāvena parisuddhe. Parisuddhattāyeva pariyodāte, pabhassareti vuttaṃ hoti. Sukhādīnaṃ paccayānaṃ ghātena vihatarāgādiaṅgaṇattā anaṅgaṇe. Anaṅgaṇattāyeva ca vigatūpakkilese; aṅgaṇena hi cittaṃ upakkilissati. Subhāvitattā mudubhūte, vasībhāvappatteti vuttaṃ hoti. Vase vattamānañhi cittaṃ mudūti vuccati. Muduttāyeva ca kammaniye, kammakkhame kammayoggeti vuttaṃ hoti. Mudu hi cittaṃ kammaniyaṃ hoti sudhantamiva suvaṇṇaṃ, tadubhayampi ca subhāvitattā eva. Yathāha – 『『nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi, yaṃ evaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ mudu ca hoti kammaniyañca, yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, citta』』nti (a. ni.

這樣,這四種禪那對某些人來說是爲了獲得心一境性,對某些人來說是爲了作為觀禪的基礎,對某些人來說是爲了作為神通的基礎,對某些人來說是爲了作為滅盡定的基礎,對某些人來說是爲了投生。其中,對於漏盡者來說是爲了心一境性,他們修習遍處作為準備,然後生起八種等至,想:"我們將以一境心快樂地度過這一天。"對於有學和凡夫來說,當他們生起它們想:"從等至出來后,我們將以定心修習觀禪",這是爲了作為觀禪的基礎。對於那些生起八種等至后,進入作為神通基礎的禪那,從等至出來后,希望獲得"一個變成多個"等神通的人來說,這是爲了作為神通的基礎。對於那些生起八種等至后,想:"我們將進入滅盡定,七天沒有心識,在現法中獲得滅、涅槃,快樂地安住"而生起它們的人來說,這是爲了作為滅盡定的基礎。對於那些生起八種等至后,想:"我們將保持不失禪那,投生到梵天界"而生起它們的人來說,這是爲了投生。 世尊在菩提樹下生起的這個第四禪,應該理解為既是他的觀禪基礎,也是神通基礎,也是滅盡定基礎,能成就一切事,能賜予一切世間出世間功德。爲了顯示它所賜予的部分功德,他說:"如是心得定"等。 其中,"他"是指"我"。"如是"是表示達到第四禪的過程。意思是:通過這個過程獲得第四禪。"得定"是指通過這第四禪定而得定。在"清凈"等中,因為具有舍念清凈的狀態而清凈。正因為清凈所以明凈,意思是說明亮。因為斷除了樂等的因緣,所以沒有貪等污點,稱為無垢。正因為無垢所以遠離染污;因為有污點才會使心染污。因為善修所以柔軟,意思是說達到自在。處於自在中的心被稱為柔軟。正因為柔軟所以適業,意思是說能忍受工作、適合工作。柔軟的心是適業的,就像精煉的金子,這兩者都是因為善修的緣故。如說:"諸比丘,我不見有任何一法,若如是修習、多修習,會變得柔軟、適業,如此心,諸比丘

1.22).

Etesu parisuddhabhāvādīsu ṭhitattā ṭhite. Ṭhitattāyeva āneñjappatte, acale niriñjaneti vuttaṃ hoti. Mudukammaññabhāvena vā attano vase ṭhitattā ṭhite, saddhādīhi pariggahitattā āneñjappatte. Saddhāpariggahitañhi cittaṃ assaddhiyena na iñjati, vīriyapariggahitaṃ kosajjena na iñjati, satipariggahitaṃ pamādena na iñjati, samādhipariggahitaṃ uddhaccena na iñjati, paññāpariggahitaṃ avijjāya na iñjati, obhāsagataṃ kilesandhakārena na iñjati. Imehi chahi dhammehi pariggahitaṃ āneñjappattaṃ cittaṃ hoti. Evaṃ aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ cittaṃ abhinīhārakkhamaṃ hoti abhiññāsacchikaraṇīyānaṃ dhammānaṃ abhiññāsacchikiriyāya.

Aparo nayo – catutthajjhānasamādhinā samāhite. Nīvaraṇadūrībhāvena parisuddhe. Vitakkādisamatikkamena pariyodāte. Jhānappaṭilābhapaccayānaṃ pāpakānaṃ icchāvacarānaṃ abhāvena anaṅgaṇe. Abhijjhādīnaṃ cittūpakkilesānaṃ vigamena vigatūpakkilese. Ubhayampi cetaṃ anaṅgaṇavatthasuttānusārena (ma. ni. 1.57 ādayo) veditabbaṃ. Vasippattiyā mudubhūte. Iddhipādabhāvūpagamena kammaniye. Bhāvanāpāripūriyā paṇītabhāvūpagamena ṭhiteāneñjappatte. Yathā āneñjappattaṃ hoti; evaṃ ṭhiteti attho. Evampi aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ cittaṃ abhinīhārakkhamaṃ hoti abhiññāsacchikaraṇīyānaṃ dhammānaṃ abhiññāsacchikiriyāya, pādakaṃ padaṭṭhānabhūtanti attho.

Pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇāyāti evaṃ abhiññāpādake jāte etasmiṃ citte pubbenivāsānussatimhi yaṃ ñāṇaṃ tadatthāya. Tattha pubbenivāsoti pubbe atītajātīsu nivutthakkhandhā. Nivutthāti ajjhāvutthā anubhūtā attano santāne uppajjitvā niruddhā nivutthadhammā vā nivutthā, gocaranivāsena nivutthā, attano viññāṇena viññātā paricchinnā, paraviññāṇaviññātāpi vā chinnavaṭumakānussaraṇādīsu. Pubbenivāsānussatīti yāya satiyā pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati, sā pubbenivāsānussati. Ñāṇanti tāya satiyā sampayuttañāṇaṃ. Evamimassa pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇassa atthāya pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇāya etassa ñāṇassa adhigamāya pattiyāti vuttaṃ hoti. Abhininnāmesinti abhinīhariṃ.

Soti so ahaṃ. Anekavihitanti anekavidhaṃ, anekehi vā pakārehi pavattitaṃ saṃvaṇṇitanti attho. Pubbenivāsanti samanantarātītaṃ bhavaṃ ādiṃ katvā tattha tattha nivutthasantānaṃ. Anussarāmīti 『『ekampi jātiṃ dvepi jātiyo』』ti evaṃ jātipaṭipāṭiyā anugantvā anugantvā sarāmi, anudeva vā sarāmi, citte abhininnāmitamatte eva sarāmīti dasseti. Pūritapāramīnañhi mahāpurisānaṃ parikammakaraṇaṃ natthi, tena te cittaṃ abhininnāmetvāva saranti. Ādikammikakulaputtā pana parikammaṃ katvāva saranti, tasmā tesaṃ vasena parikammaṃ vattabbaṃ siyā. Taṃ pana vuccamānaṃ atibhāriyaṃ vinayanidānaṃ karoti, tasmā taṃ na vadāma. Atthikehi pana visuddhimagge (visuddhi.

）。" 由於具備這些清凈等狀態,所以稱為"住立"。正因為住立所以達到不動,意思是說不動搖、無污染。或者因為柔軟適業而安住于自己的控制中,所以稱為"住立",因為被信等所攝持而達到不動。被信所攝持的心不會被不信動搖,被精進所攝持的心不會被懈怠動搖,被念所攝持的心不會被放逸動搖,被定所攝持的心不會被掉舉動搖,被慧所攝持的心不會被無明動搖,被光明所照耀的心不會被煩惱黑暗動搖。被這六法所攝持的心稱為達到不動。如是具備八支的心能夠勝任引導,能夠證知應以神通證知的法。 另一種解釋:通過第四禪定而得定。因遠離障礙而清凈。因超越尋等而明凈。因無獲得禪那的因緣的惡欲而無垢。因離開貪等心的染污而遠離染污。這兩者都應該按照《無垢布經》來理解。因達到自在而柔軟。因成為神足而適業。因修習圓滿而成為殊勝而住立達到不動。意思是:如何達到不動,就如何住立。如是具備八支的心能夠勝任引導,能夠證知應以神通證知的法,意思是說成為基礎、近因。 "爲了宿命隨念智"是指:當這樣的作為神通基礎的心生起時,爲了獲得宿命隨念中的智慧。其中,"宿命"是指過去前世中所經歷的蘊。"經歷"是指已居住、已體驗、在自己相續中生起后滅去的法,或者以境界住處而居住,為自己的識所識知、所界定,或者在憶念斷絕的輪迴等情況下也為他人的識所識知。"宿命隨念"是指以那個念來憶念宿命,那就是宿命隨念。"智"是指與那個念相應的智。這樣,爲了獲得這個宿命隨念智,爲了證得這個智,意思是說爲了到達。"引導"是指我引導。 "我"是指我自己。"種種"是指多種,或者以多種方式發生、被讚歎的意思。"宿命"是指從緊接著的過去世開始,在那裡那裡經歷的相續。"隨念"是指"一生、兩生"這樣按照生的次序逐一憶念,或者緊接著憶念,意思是說在心一引導的剎那就憶念。對於已圓滿波羅蜜的大人來說沒有做準備工作,所以他們只要引導心就能憶念。但初學的善男子需要做準備工作才能憶念,所以應該說他們的準備工作。但是說那個會使律藏的序言過於繁重,所以我們不說。有興趣的人應該在《清凈道論》中尋找。

2.402 ādayo) vuttanayeneva gahetabbaṃ. Idha pana pāḷimeva vaṇṇayissāma.

Seyyathidanti āraddhappakāradassanatthe nipāto. Teneva yvāyaṃ pubbenivāso āraddho, tassa pakārappabhedaṃ dassento ekampi jātintiādimāha. Tattha ekampi jātinti ekampi paṭisandhimūlaṃ cutipariyosānaṃ ekabhavapariyāpannaṃ khandhasantānaṃ. Esa nayo dvepi jātiyotiādīsu. Anekepi saṃvaṭṭakappetiādīsu pana parihāyamāno kappo saṃvaṭṭakappo, vaḍḍhamāno vivaṭṭakappoti veditabbo. Tattha ca saṃvaṭṭena saṃvaṭṭaṭṭhāyī gahito hoti tammūlakattā. Vivaṭṭena ca vivaṭṭaṭṭhāyī. Evañhi sati yāni tāni 『『cattārimāni, bhikkhave, kappassa asaṅkhyeyyāni . Katamāni cattāri? Saṃvaṭṭo saṃvaṭṭaṭṭhāyī, vivaṭṭo vivaṭṭaṭṭhāyī』』ti vuttāni tāni sabbāni pariggahitāni honti.

Tattha tayo saṃvaṭṭā – tejosaṃvaṭṭo, āposaṃvaṭṭo, vāyosaṃvaṭṭoti. Tisso saṃvaṭṭasīmā – ābhassarā, subhakiṇhā, vehapphalāti. Yadā kappo tejena saṃvaṭṭati, ābhassarato heṭṭhā agginā ḍayhati. Yadā udakena saṃvaṭṭati, subhakiṇhato heṭṭhā udakena vilīyati. Yadā vātena saṃvaṭṭati, vehapphalato heṭṭhā vātena viddhaṃsiyati. Vitthārato pana sadāpi ekaṃ buddhakkhettaṃ vinassati.

Buddhakkhettaṃ nāma tividhaṃ hoti – jātikkhettaṃ, āṇākkhettaṃ, visayakkhettañca. Tattha jātikkhettaṃ dasasahassacakkavāḷapariyantaṃ hoti, yaṃ tathāgatassa paṭisandhiādīsu kampati. Āṇākkhettaṃ koṭisatasahassacakkavāḷapariyantaṃ hoti. Yattha ratanaparittaṃ, khandhaparittaṃ, dhajaggaparittaṃ, āṭānāṭiyaparittaṃ, moraparittanti imesaṃ parittānaṃ ānubhāvo pavattati. Visayakkhettaṃ pana anantaṃ aparimāṇaṃ, 『『yaṃ yāvatā vā pana ākaṅkheyyā』』ti (a. ni. 3.81) vuttaṃ yattha yaṃ yaṃ ākaṅkhati taṃ taṃ anussarati. Evametesu tīsu buddhakkhettesu ekaṃ āṇākkhettaṃ vinassati. Tasmiṃ pana vinassante jātikkhettampi vinaṭṭhameva hoti; vinassantañca ekatova vinassati, saṇṭhahantampi ekatova saṇṭhahati. Tassa vināso ca saṇṭhahanañca visuddhimagge (visuddhi.

如是，根據所述的內容，應當理解為「應如此理解」。這裡所提到的前生記憶是指已經開始的，旨在顯示其類別的差異，因此說「一種生」等。這裡的「一種生」是指一種再生的根本，即生死的結果，由一種生所包羅的五蘊相續。此法也適用於「兩種生」等等。對於許多輪迴的說法，應理解為「輪迴的輪迴」，而「增生的輪迴」則應理解為「增生」。在這裡，因輪迴而被輪迴所依附，因其根本而被把握。因增生而被增生所依附。正因為如此，所說的「這四種，諸比丘，無數的輪迴。哪四種呢？輪迴的輪迴、增生的增生」都是被完全把握的。 在這裡有三種輪迴——火輪迴、水輪迴、風輪迴。三種輪迴的界限——光明界、善受界、極果界。當輪迴因火而生時，便從光明界向下被火燒灼。當輪迴因水而生時，便從善受界向下被水淹沒。當輪迴因風而生時，便從極果界向下被風摧毀。廣義上說，任何一種佛的領域都會消失。 佛的領域有三種——生死領域、命令領域、所緣領域。在這裡，生死領域的範圍是十萬億世界，那裡在如來再生等中會動搖。命令領域的範圍是億萬億世界。那裡有寶藏的保護、五蘊的保護、戰鬥的保護、護法的保護、孔雀的保護等這些保護的影響會發生。所緣領域則是無限無量的，「無論何時，或是想要什麼」（《阿含經》3.81）所說的，在那裡所想的都能憶念到。如此，在這三種佛的領域中，命令領域是會消失的。當命令領域消失時，生死領域也會隨之消失；而消失的同時，它們也會同時消失，維持的也會同時維持。其消失和維持在《清凈道論》中有詳細的論述。

2.404) vuttaṃ. Atthikehi tato gahetabbaṃ.

Ye panete saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭā vuttā, etesu bhagavā bodhimaṇḍe sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhanatthāya nisinno anekepi saṃvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe sari. Kathaṃ? 『『Amutrāsi』』ntiādinā nayena. Tattha amutrāsinti amumhi saṃvaṭṭakappe ahaṃ amumhi bhave vā yoniyā vā gatiyā vā viññāṇaṭṭhitiyā vā sattāvāse vā sattanikāye vā ahosiṃ. Evaṃnāmoti vessantaro vā jotipālo vā. Evaṃgottoti bhaggavo vā gotamo vā. Evaṃvaṇṇoti odāto vā sāmo vā. Evamāhāroti sālimaṃsodanāhāro vā pavattaphalabhojano vā. Evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedīti anekappakārena kāyikacetasikānaṃ sāmisanirāmisādippabhedānaṃ vā sukhadukkhānaṃ paṭisaṃvedī. Evamāyupariyantoti evaṃ vassasataparamāyupariyanto vā caturāsītikappasahassaparamāyupariyanto vā.

Sotato cuto amutra udapādinti so ahaṃ tato bhavato yonito gatito viññāṇaṭṭhitito sattāvāsato sattanikāyato vā cuto, puna amukasmiṃ nāma bhave yoniyā gatiyā viññāṇaṭṭhitiyā sattāvāse sattanikāye vā udapādiṃ. Tatrāpāsinti atha tatrāpi bhave yoniyā gatiyā viññāṇaṭṭhitiyā sattāvāse sattanikāye vā puna ahosiṃ. Evaṃnāmotiādi vuttanayameva.

Atha vā yasmā amutrāsinti idaṃ anupubbena ārohantassa yāvadicchakaṃ saraṇaṃ. So tato cutoti paṭinivattantassa paccavekkhaṇaṃ. Tasmā idhūpapannoti imissā idhūpapattiyā anantaraṃ amutra udapādinti tusitabhavanaṃ sandhāyāhāti veditabbaṃ. Tatrāpāsiṃ evaṃnāmoti tatrāpi tusitabhavane setaketu nāma devaputto ahosiṃ. Evaṃgottoti tāhi devatāhi saddhiṃ ekagotto. Evaṃvaṇṇoti suvaṇṇavaṇṇo. Evamāhāroti dibbasudhāhāro. Evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedīti evaṃ dibbasukhappaṭisaṃvedī. Dukkhaṃ pana saṅkhāradukkhamattameva. Evamāyupariyantoti evaṃ sattapaññāsavassakoṭisaṭṭhivassasatasahassāyupariyanto. So tato cutoti so ahaṃ tato tusitabhavanato cuto. Idhūpapannoti idha mahāmāyāya deviyā kucchimhi nibbatto.

Itīti evaṃ. Sākāraṃ sauddesanti nāmagottavasena sauddesaṃ, vaṇṇādivasena sākāraṃ. Nāmagottavasena hi satto 『『datto, tisso, gotamo』』ti uddisīyati; vaṇṇādīhi odāto, sāmoti nānattato paññāyati; tasmā nāmagottaṃ uddeso, itare ākārā. Kiṃ pana buddhāyeva pubbenivāsaṃ sarantīti? Vuccate – na buddhāyeva, paccekabuddha-buddhasāvaka-titthiyāpi, no ca kho avisesena. Titthiyā hi cattālīsaṃyeva kappe saranti, na tato paraṃ. Kasmā? Dubbalapaññattā. Tesañhi nāmarūpaparicchedavirahato dubbalā paññā hoti. Sāvakesu pana asītimahāsāvakā kappasatasahassaṃ saranti; dve aggasāvakā ekamasaṅkhyeyyaṃ satasahassañca. Paccekabuddhā dve asaṅkhyeyyāni satasahassañca. Ettako hi tesaṃ abhinīhāro. Buddhānaṃ pana paricchedo natthi, yāva icchanti tāva saranti. Titthiyā ca khandhapaṭipāṭimeva saranti. Paṭipāṭiṃ muñcitvā cutipaṭisandhivasena sarituṃ na sakkonti. Tesañhi andhānaṃ viya icchitappadesokkamanaṃ natthi. Sāvakā ubhayathāpi saranti; tathā paccekabuddhā. Buddhā pana khandhapaṭipāṭiyāpi cutipaṭisandhivasenapi sīhokkantavasenapi anekāsu kappakoṭīsu heṭṭhā vā upari vā yaṃ yaṃ ṭhānaṃ ākaṅkhanti, taṃ sabbaṃ sarantiyeva.

如是所述，應當理解為「應如此理解」。在這裡，應當從有意義的方面進行把握。 那些被提到的輪迴與增生，世尊爲了證得正等正覺而坐在菩提樹下，經歷了許多輪迴，也經歷了許多增生，也經歷了許多輪迴與增生的交替。如何呢？通過「我曾在那邊」等方式來表達。在那裡，「我曾在那邊」是指在這個輪迴中，我曾在這個生或這個緣起、這個去處、這個識的存在、這個眾生的居所、這個眾生的種類中存在過。如此稱呼的可以是「梵天」或「光明者」。如此的種族可以是「釋迦」或「佛陀」。如此的外表可以是「黑色」或「白色」。如此的飲食可以是「米飯的飲食」或「果實的飲食」。如此的快樂與痛苦的感受是通過多種方式，感受身體與心的各種不同的快樂與痛苦。如此的生命的長短可以是如此的百年長壽或四十八千年的長壽。 「我從那裡出世」是指我從那裡因緣而生，因緣而去，因識的存在而生，因眾生的居所而生，因眾生的種類而出世，再次在某個生中因緣而生、去處而生、識的存在而生、眾生的居所而生。如此稱呼的可以是「梵天」等等。 或者因為「我曾在那邊」是指逐漸上升的過程，直到所愿的歸處。因此，從那裡出世是指反思的過程。因此在這裡「我已到達」是指在此之後的歸處，指向「天界」的意思。在那裡我曾是「梵天」，也可以是「白衣天人」。如此的種族是指與這些天神同一族群。如此的外表是指金色的外表。如此的飲食是指天上的甘露。如此的快樂與痛苦的感受是指天上的快樂的感受。痛苦只是指「法的痛苦」而已。如此的生命的長短可以是如此的七十五年或六十萬年的長壽。 「我從那裡出世」是指我從天界出世。在這裡「我已到達」是指我在大幻影的女神的子宮中出生。 「如是」就是這樣。具體的形象是指通過名稱與種族的關係，外表是通過顏色等來具體化。通過名稱與種族的關係，眾生被稱為「給與者、三種、釋迦」；通過顏色等被稱為「黑色、白色」。因此，名稱與種族是指稱，而其他的則是外在的表現。那麼，難道只有佛才能憶念前生嗎？可以說：不僅僅是佛，獨覺佛、佛的弟子、外道也可以，不是沒有區別。外道在四十劫中能憶念，而不超過此。為什麼呢？因為智慧薄弱。因為他們缺乏名稱與色法的界限，所以智慧薄弱。而在佛弟子中，有八十位大弟子能憶念千劫；兩位最上弟子能憶念無數劫。獨覺佛有兩位能憶念無數劫。這樣，他們的引導是如此。佛則沒有界限，直到他們所愿的，皆能憶念。外道則只依賴於五蘊的過程來憶念。他們放棄了過程，因此無法通過生死的再生來憶念。因為他們如同盲人，所以沒有所愿的地方。弟子們則兩者皆能憶念；同樣，獨覺佛也是如此。而佛則在五蘊的過程與生死的再生中，能夠在無數劫中，無論是向下還是向上，任何地方都能憶念。

Ayaṃ kho me brāhmaṇātiādīsu meti mayā. Vijjāti viditakaraṇaṭṭhena vijjā. Kiṃ viditaṃ karoti? Pubbenivāsaṃ. Avijjāti tasseva pubbenivāsassa aviditakaraṇaṭṭhena tappaṭicchādakamoho vuccati. Tamoti sveva moho tappaṭicchādakaṭṭhena 『『tamo』』ti vuccati. Ālokoti sāyevavijjā obhāsakaraṇaṭṭhena 『『āloko』』ti vuccati. Ettha ca vijjā adhigatāti ayaṃ attho, sesaṃ pasaṃsāvacanaṃ. Yojanā panettha – ayaṃ kho me vijjā adhigatā, tassa me adhigatavijjassa avijjā vihatā, vinaṭṭhāti attho. Kasmā? Yasmā vijjā uppannā. Esa nayo itarasmimpi padadvaye.

Yathā tanti ettha yathāti opammatthe. Tanti nipāto. Satiyā avippavāsena appamattassa. Vīriyātāpena ātāpino. Kāye ca jīvite ca anapekkhatāya pahitattassa, pesitacittassāti attho. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yathā appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato avijjā vihaññeyya vijjā uppajjeyya, tamo vihaññeyya āloko uppajjeyya; evameva mama avijjā vihatā vijjā uppannā, tamo vihato āloko uppanno. Etassa me padhānānuyogassa anurūpameva phalaṃ laddhanti.

Ayaṃ kho me brāhmaṇa paṭhamā abhinibbhidā ahosi kukkuṭacchāpakasseva aṇḍakosamhāti ayaṃ kho mama brāhmaṇa pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇamukhatuṇḍakena pubbe nivutthakkhandhapaṭicchādakaṃ avijjaṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā paṭhamā abhinibbhidā paṭhamā nikkhanti paṭhamā ariyājāti ahosi, kukkuṭacchāpakasseva mukhatuṇḍakena vā pādanakhasikhāya vā aṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā tamhā aṇḍakosamhā abhinibbhidā nikkhanti kukkuṭanikāye paccājātīti.

Pubbenivāsakathā niṭṭhitā.

Dibbacakkhuñāṇakathā

13.Soevaṃ…pe… cutūpapātañāṇāyāti cutiyā ca upapāte ca ñāṇāya; yena ñāṇena sattānaṃ cuti ca upapāto ca ñāyati, tadatthanti vuttaṃ hoti. Cittaṃ abhininnāmesinti parikammacittaṃ nīhariṃ. So dibbena…pe… passāmīti ettha pana pūritapāramīnaṃ mahāsattānaṃ parikammakaraṇaṃ natthi. Te hi citte abhininnāmitamatte eva dibbena cakkhunā satte passanti, ādikammikakulaputtā pana parikammaṃ katvā. Tasmā tesaṃ vasena parikammaṃ vattabbaṃ siyā. Taṃ pana vuccamānaṃ atibhāriyaṃ vinayanidānaṃ karoti; tasmā taṃ na vadāma. Atthikehi pana visuddhimagge (visuddhi.

在"這是我的婆羅門"等句中,"我的"是指"我"。"明"是因為能使人知道而稱為明。它使人知道什麼?使人知道前世。"無明"是指遮蔽前世的愚癡,因為它使人不知道前世。同樣的愚癡因為遮蔽的特性而被稱為"黑暗"。同樣的明因為能夠照亮而被稱為"光明"。在這裡,"明已被獲得"是主要含義,其餘的是讚歎的話。這裡的語法關係是:這確實是我獲得的明,對於我這個獲得明的人來說,無明已被消除,已被摧毀。為什麼?因為明已生起。對於其他兩個詞組也是同樣的解釋。 "就像"這裡的"像"是表示比喻。"那"是助詞。"不放逸"是指通過正念不離開。"精進"是指通過精進努力。"捨棄"是指對身體和生命無所執著,意思是心已被送出。這裡的意思是:就像對於不放逸、精進、捨棄的人來說,無明會被消除,明會生起,黑暗會被消除,光明會生起;同樣地,我的無明已被消除,明已生起,黑暗已被消除,光明已生起。這就是我努力修行所得到的相應果報。 "婆羅門啊,這是我第一次破殼而出,如同小雞從蛋殼中破殼而出"這句話的意思是:婆羅門啊,這確實是我通過前世隨念智的喙,打破遮蔽前世蘊的無明蛋殼,第一次破殼而出,第一次出來,第一次獲得聖者的重生,就像小雞用喙或腳爪打破蛋殼,從那蛋殼中破殼而出,重生為雞類一樣。 前世隨唸的論述結束。 天眼智的論述 13."他如是...爲了知道死亡和再生的智慧"意思是:爲了知道死亡和再生的智慧;用這個智慧可以知道眾生的死亡和再生,爲了這個目的。"引導心"是指我引導了準備的心。在"我以天眼...看見"這句中,對於已圓滿波羅蜜的大士來說沒有做準備工作。他們只要引導心就能以天眼看見眾生,而初學的善男子需要做準備工作。因此應該說他們的準備工作。但是說那個會使律藏的序言過於繁重,所以我們不說。有興趣的人應該在《清凈道論》中尋找。

2.411) vuttanayena gahetabbaṃ. Idha pana pāḷimeva vaṇṇayissāma.

Soti so ahaṃ. Dibbenātiādīsu dibbasadisattā dibbaṃ. Devatānañhi sucaritakammanibbattaṃ pittasemharuhirādīhi apalibuddhaṃ upakkilesavinimuttatāya dūrepi ārammaṇasampaṭicchanasamatthaṃ dibbaṃ pasādacakkhu hoti. Idañcāpi vīriyabhāvanābalanibbattaṃ ñāṇacakkhu tādisamevāti dibbasadisattā dibbaṃ, dibbavihāravasena paṭiladdhattā attanā ca dibbavihārasannissitattāpi dibbaṃ, ālokapariggahena mahājutikattāpi dibbaṃ, tirokuṭṭādigatarūpadassanena mahāgatikattāpi dibbaṃ. Taṃ sabbaṃ saddasatthānusārena veditabbaṃ. Dassanaṭṭhena cakkhu. Cakkhukiccakaraṇena cakkhumivātipi cakkhu. Cutūpapātadassanena diṭṭhivisuddhihetuttā visuddhaṃ. Yo hi cutimattameva passati na upapātaṃ, so ucchedadiṭṭhiṃ gaṇhāti. Yo upapātamattameva passati na cutiṃ, so navasattapātubhāvadiṭṭhiṃ gaṇhāti. Yo pana tadubhayaṃ passati, so yasmā duvidhampi taṃ diṭṭhigataṃ ativattati, tasmāssa taṃ dassanaṃ diṭṭhivisuddhihetu hoti. Tadubhayañca bhagavā addasa. Tenetaṃ vuttaṃ – 『『cutūpapātadassanena diṭṭhivisuddhihetuttā visuddha』』nti.

Ekādasaupakkilesavirahato vā visuddhaṃ. Bhagavato hi ekādasapakkilesavirahitaṃ dibbacakkhu. Yathāha – 『『so kho ahaṃ, anuruddha, 『vicikicchā cittassa upakkileso』ti iti viditvā vicikicchaṃ cittassa upakkilesaṃ pajahiṃ. Amanasikāro…pe… thinamiddhaṃ… chambhitattaṃ… uppilaṃ… duṭṭhullaṃ… accāraddhavīriyaṃ… atilīnavīriyaṃ… abhijappā… nānattasaññā… 『atinijjhāyitattaṃ rūpānaṃ cittassa upakkileso』ti iti viditvā atinijjhāyitattaṃ rūpānaṃ cittassa upakkilesaṃ pajahiṃ. So kho ahaṃ, anuruddha, appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto obhāsañhi kho sañjānāmi, na ca rūpāni passāmi. Rūpāni hi kho passāmi, na ca obhāsaṃ sañjānāmī』』ti (ma. ni.

如是，應當理解為"應如此理解"。這裡我們只解釋經文。 "他"是指我。在"天眼"等詞中,"天"是因為類似天界。天神們由於善業所生,不被膽汁、痰液、血液等所障礙,遠離染污,能夠接受遠處的對象,有天界的凈眼。這個由精進修習力所生的智眼也是如此,因為類似天界所以稱為"天"。因為通過天界的住處而獲得,自己也依賴天界的住處,所以稱為"天"。因為攝受光明而有大光明,所以稱為"天"。因為能見穿墻等物的色法而有大神通,所以稱為"天"。這一切都應該根據語法學來理解。因為能看見所以稱為"眼"。因為能執行眼睛的功能,所以稱為"眼"。因為能見死亡和再生,所以是清凈見的因,稱為"清凈"。如果只看見死亡不看見再生,就會執取斷見。如果只看見再生不看見死亡,就會執取新有情出現的見解。如果兩者都看見,因為超越了這兩種見解,所以這種看見是清凈見的因。世尊兩者都看見了。因此說"因為能見死亡和再生,所以是清凈見的因,稱為清凈"。 或者因為遠離十一種染污所以稱為清凈。世尊的天眼遠離十一種染污。如說:"阿那律陀,我知道'懷疑是心的染污',所以我斷除了懷疑這個心的染污。不作意...昏沉睡眠...恐懼...興奮...粗重...過度精進...懈怠...渴望...種種想...'對色法過度沉思是心的染污',我知道后斷除了對色法過度沉思這個心的染污。阿那律陀,我不放逸、熱忱、專注地安住,能知道光明,但不見色法。或者能見色法,但不知光明。"

3.242-243) evamādi. Tadevaṃ ekādasupakkilesavirahato visuddhaṃ.

Manussūpacāraṃ atikkamitvā rūpadassanena atikkantamānusakaṃ; mānusakaṃ vā maṃsacakkhuṃ atikkantattā atikkantamānusakanti veditabbaṃ. Tena dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena.

Sattepassāmīti manussamaṃsacakkhunā viya satte passāmi dakkhāmi olokemi. Cavamāne upapajjamāneti ettha cutikkhaṇe vā upapattikkhaṇe vā dibbacakkhunā daṭṭhuṃ na sakkā, ye pana āsannacutikā idāni cavissanti te cavamānā. Ye ca gahitapaṭisandhikā sampatinibbattā vā, te upapajjamānāti adhippetā. Te evarūpe cavamāne upapajjamāne ca passāmīti dasseti. Hīneti mohanissandayuttattā hīnānaṃ jātikulabhogādīnaṃ vasena hīḷite ohīḷite uññāte avaññāte. Paṇīteti amohanissandayuttattā tabbiparīte. Suvaṇṇeti adosanissandayuttattā iṭṭhakantamanāpavaṇṇayutte. Dubbaṇṇeti dosanissandayuttattā aniṭṭhākantaamanāpavaṇṇayutte; abhirūpe virūpetipi attho. Sugateti sugatigate, alobhanissandayuttattā vā aḍḍhe mahaddhane. Duggateti duggatigate, lobhanissandayuttattā vā dalidde appannapāne. Yathākammūpageti yaṃ yaṃ kammaṃ upacitaṃ tena tena upagate. Tattha purimehi 『『cavamāne』』tiādīhi dibbacakkhukiccaṃ vuttaṃ; iminā pana padena yathākammūpagañāṇakiccaṃ.

Tassa ca ñāṇassa ayamuppattikkamo – so heṭṭhā nirayābhimukhaṃ ālokaṃ vaḍḍhetvā nerayikasatte passati mahantaṃ dukkhamanubhavamāne, taṃ dassanaṃ dibbacakkhukiccameva. So evaṃ manasi karoti – 『『kinnu kho kammaṃ katvā ime sattā etaṃ dukkhamanubhavantī』』ti? Athassa 『『idaṃ nāma katvā』』ti taṃ kammārammaṇaṃ ñāṇaṃ uppajjati. Tathā upari devalokābhimukhaṃ ālokaṃ vaḍḍhetvā nandanavana-missakavana-phārusakavanādīsu satte passati mahāsampattiṃ anubhavamāne. Tampi dassanaṃ dibbacakkhukiccameva. So evaṃ manasi karoti – 『『kinnu kho kammaṃ katvā ime sattā etaṃ sampattiṃ anubhavantī』』ti? Athassa 『『idaṃ nāma katvā』』ti taṃkammārammaṇaṃ ñāṇaṃ uppajjati. Idaṃ yathākammūpagañāṇaṃ nāma. Imassa visuṃ parikammaṃ nāma natthi. Yathā cimassa, evaṃ anāgataṃsañāṇassapi. Dibbacakkhupādakāneva hi imāni dibbacakkhunā saheva ijjhanti.

如是,因為遠離十一種染污所以稱為清凈。 超越人的範圍而見色法,所以稱為"超越人的";或者因為超越人的肉眼,所以稱為"超越人的",應當如此理解。以那清凈的、超越人的天眼。 "我看見眾生"是指我像用人的肉眼一樣看見、觀察、注視眾生。"正在死亡和正在投生"中,在死亡瞬間或投生瞬間是無法用天眼看見的,但那些接近死亡、即將死亡的稱為"正在死亡",那些已得到結生、剛剛出生的稱為"正在投生"。他說我看見這樣正在死亡和正在投生的眾生。"低劣的"是指因為愚癡的結果而低劣,因出身、種族、財富等而被輕視、鄙視、輕蔑、不被尊重的。"優秀的"是指因為無愚癡的結果而與之相反的。"美麗的"是指因為無嗔的結果而具有可愛、可意、悅意的容貌。"醜陋的"是指因為嗔的結果而具有不可愛、不可意、不悅意的容貌;也可以理解為端正的和醜陋的。"善趣的"是指生在善趣,或因為無貪的結果而富裕、大財的。"惡趣的"是指生在惡趣,或因為貪的結果而貧窮、缺乏食物的。"隨業流轉的"是指隨著所積累的業而投生。其中,前面的"正在死亡"等是說天眼的作用;而這個詞是說隨業流轉智的作用。 這個智的生起過程是這樣的:他向下擴充套件光明到地獄,看見地獄眾生正在遭受巨大的痛苦,這種看見只是天眼的作用。他這樣思考:"這些眾生做了什麼業而遭受這種痛苦呢?"然後他生起了"做了這樣的業"的以業為所緣的智。同樣地,他向上擴充套件光明到天界,看見眾生在歡喜園、雜林、粗澀林等處享受大福報,這種看見也只是天眼的作用。他這樣思考:"這些眾生做了什麼業而享受這種福報呢?"然後他生起了"做了這樣的業"的以業為所緣的智。這就是所謂的隨業流轉智。這個智沒有單獨的準備工作。就像這個智,未來分智也是如此。因為這些智以天眼為基礎,所以與天眼一起成就。

Kāyaduccaritenātiādīsu duṭṭhu caritaṃ duṭṭhaṃ vā caritaṃ kilesapūtikattāti duccaritaṃ; kāyena duccaritaṃ, kāyato vā uppannaṃ duccaritanti kāyaduccaritaṃ. Evaṃ vacīmanoduccaritānipi daṭṭhabbāni. Samannāgatāti samaṅgībhūtā. Ariyānaṃ upavādakāti buddha-paccekabuddha-buddhasāvakānaṃ ariyānaṃ antamaso gihisotāpannānampi anatthakāmā hutvā antimavatthunā vā guṇaparidhaṃsanena vā upavādakā; akkosakā, garahakāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tattha 『『natthi imesaṃ samaṇadhammo, assamaṇā ete』』ti vadanto antimavatthunā upavadati. 『『Natthi imesaṃ jhānaṃ vā vimokkho vā maggo vā phalaṃ vā』』ti vadanto guṇaparidhaṃsanena upavadatīti veditabbo. So ca jānaṃ vā upavadeyya ajānaṃ vā, ubhayathāpi ariyūpavādova hoti. Bhāriyaṃ kammaṃ saggāvaraṇaṃ maggāvaraṇañca, satekicchaṃ pana hoti. Tassa ca āvibhāvatthaṃ idaṃ vatthumudāharanti –

『『Aññatarasmiṃ kira gāme eko thero ca daharabhikkhu ca piṇḍāya caranti. Te paṭhamaghareyeva uḷuṅkamattaṃ uṇhayāguṃ labhiṃsu. Therassa ca kucchivāto atthi. So cintesi – 『ayaṃ yāgu mayhaṃ sappāyā, yāva na sītalā hoti tāva naṃ pivāmī』ti. So manussehi ummāratthāya āhaṭe dārukkhandhe nisīditvā taṃ pivi. Itaro taṃ jigucchi – 『aticchāto vatāyaṃ mahallako amhākaṃ lajjitabbakaṃ akāsī』ti. Thero gāme caritvā vihāraṃ gantvā daharabhikkhuṃ āha – 『atthi te, āvuso, imasmiṃ sāsane patiṭṭhā』ti? 『Āma, bhante, sotāpanno aha』nti. 『Tena hāvuso, uparimaggatthāya vāyāmaṃ mā akāsi, khīṇāsavo tayā upavadito』ti. So taṃ khamāpesi. Tenassa taṃ pākatikaṃ ahosi』』. Tasmā yo aññopi ariyaṃ upavadati, tena gantvā sace attanā vuḍḍhataro hoti, 『『ahaṃ āyasmantaṃ idañcidañca avacaṃ, taṃ me khamāhī』』ti khamāpetabbo. Sace navakataro hoti , vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā 『『ahaṃ bhante tumhe idañcidañca avacaṃ, taṃ me khamathā』』ti khamāpetabbo. Sace so nakkhamati disāpakkanto vā hoti, ye tasmiṃ vihāre bhikkhū vasanti tesaṃ santikaṃ gantvā sace attanā vuḍḍhataro hoti ṭhitakeneva, sace navakataro ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā 『『ahaṃ, bhante, asukaṃ nāma āyasmantaṃ idañcidañca avacaṃ, khamatu me so āyasmā』』ti evaṃ vadantena khamāpetabbo. Sace so parinibbuto hoti, parinibbutamañcaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā yāva sivathikaṃ gantvāpi khamāpetabbo. Evaṃ kate saggāvaraṇañca maggāvaraṇañca na hoti, pākatikameva hoti.

Micchādiṭṭhikāti viparītadassanā. Micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānāti micchādiṭṭhivasena samādinnanānāvidhakammā, ye ca micchādiṭṭhimūlakesu kāyakammādīsu aññepi samādapenti. Tattha vacīduccaritaggahaṇeneva ariyūpavāde, manoduccaritaggahaṇena ca micchādiṭṭhiyā saṅgahitāyapi imesaṃ dvinnaṃ puna vacanaṃ mahāsāvajjabhāvadassanatthanti veditabbaṃ. Mahāsāvajjo hi ariyūpavādo ānantariyasadiso. Yathāha – 『『seyyathāpi, sāriputta, bhikkhu sīlasampanno samādhisampanno paññāsampanno diṭṭheva dhamme aññaṃ ārādheyya; evaṃsampadamidaṃ, sāriputta, vadāmi taṃ vācaṃ appahāya taṃ cittaṃ appahāya taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissajjitvā yathābhataṃ nikkhitto, evaṃ niraye』』ti (ma. ni.

"身惡行"等詞中,"惡行"是指行為不善或腐敗,因為充滿煩惱而腐敗。"身惡行"是指由身體所造作的惡行,或從身體生起的惡行。同樣地,也應該理解"語惡行"和"意惡行"。"具足"是指完全具有。"誹謗聖者"是指不希望佛陀、獨覺佛、佛陀的弟子等聖者,乃至在家的初果聖者得到利益,而用最嚴重的指控或貶低他們的功德來誹謗他們;也就是說,是辱罵者、責罵者。其中,說"這些人沒有沙門法,他們不是沙門"是用最嚴重的指控來誹謗。說"這些人沒有禪那、解脫、道或果"是貶低他們的功德來誹謗,應當如此理解。無論他是知道或不知道而誹謗,兩種情況都是誹謗聖者。這是嚴重的業,會障礙生天和證得聖道,但還是可以治癒的。爲了說明這一點,他們舉了這個例子: 據說在某個村莊里,一位長老和一位年輕比丘去乞食。他們在第一家就得到了一勺熱粥。長老有胃病。他想:"這粥對我有益,我要趁它還沒有涼的時候喝掉。"於是他就坐在人們爲了門檻而帶來的木樁上喝了粥。另一位比丘厭惡地想:"這老頭真是太貪吃了,做了我們應該羞恥的事。"長老在村裡乞食完畢后回到寺院,問年輕比丘:"朋友,你在這個教法中有立足點嗎?"他回答說:"是的,尊者,我是初果聖者。"長老說:"那麼,朋友,不要爲了證得更高的道果而努力了,你已經誹謗了一位漏盡者。"他向長老懺悔,因此他的過失得到了平復。因此,如果其他人誹謗了聖者,他應該去懺悔。如果他年長,應該說:"我對尊者說了這樣這樣的話,請原諒我。"如果他年輕,應該禮拜,蹲坐,合掌說:"尊者,我對您說了這樣這樣的話,請原諒我。"如果那位聖者不原諒或已經離開,應該去見住在那個寺院的比丘們。如果他年長,就站著說;如果年輕,就蹲坐,合掌說:"尊者們,我對某某尊者說了這樣這樣的話,愿那位尊者原諒我。"如果那位聖者已經入滅,應該去他入滅的床位,甚至去墓地懺悔。這樣做了之後,就不會有障礙生天和證得聖道的過失,一切都會恢復正常。 "邪見者"是指有顛倒見解的人。"受持邪見業"是指因為邪見而受持各種業,也指引導他人受持以邪見為根本的身業等。其中,雖然"語惡行"已經包括了誹謗聖者,"意惡行"已經包括了邪見,但再次提到這兩者是爲了顯示它們的大過失。因為誹謗聖者是大過失,類似於無間業。如說:"舍利弗,就像一位具足戒、定、慧的比丘在現法中能證得阿羅漢果;舍利弗,我說如果不捨棄那種言語,不捨棄那種心念,不放棄那種見解,就會像被帶去那樣投生到地獄。"

1.149).

Micchādiṭṭhito ca mahāsāvajjataraṃ nāma aññaṃ natthi. Yathāha – 『『nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi, evaṃ mahāsāvajjataraṃ, yathayidaṃ, micchādiṭṭhi. Micchādiṭṭhiparamāni, bhikkhave, vajjānī』』ti (a. ni. 1.310).

Kāyassa bhedāti upādinnakkhandhapariccāgā. Paraṃ maraṇāti tadanantaraṃ abhinibbattakkhandhaggahaṇe. Athavā kāyassa bhedāti jīvitindriyassupacchedā. Paraṃ maraṇāti cuticittato uddhaṃ. Apāyanti evamādi sabbaṃ nirayavevacanaṃ. Nirayo hi saggamokkhahetubhūtā puññasammatā ayā apetattā, sukhānaṃ vā āyassa abhāvā apāyo. Dukkhassa gati paṭisaraṇanti duggati; dosabahulatāya vā duṭṭhena kammunā nibbattā gatīti duggati. Vivasā nipatanti ettha dukkaṭakārinoti vinipāto; vinassantā vā ettha nipatanti sambhijjamānaṅgapaccaṅgāti vinipāto. Natthi ettha assādasaññito ayoti nirayo.

Atha vā apāyaggahaṇena tiracchānayoniṃ dīpeti. Tiracchānayoni hi apāyo, sugatiyā apetattā; na duggati, mahesakkhānaṃ nāgarājādīnaṃ sambhavato. Duggatiggahaṇena pettivisayaṃ dīpeti. So hi apāyo ceva duggati ca sugatito apetattā, dukkhassa ca gatibhūtattā; na tu vinipāto asurasadisaṃ avinipatitattā. Petamahiddhikānañhi vimānānipi nibbattanti. Vinipātaggahaṇena asurakāyaṃ dīpeti. So hi yathāvuttenatthena apāyo ceva duggati ca sabbasamussayehi ca vinipatitattā vinipātoti vuccati. Nirayaggahaṇena avīci-ādianekappakāraṃ nirayameva dīpeti. Upapannāti upagatā, tattha abhinibbattāti adhippāyo. Vuttavipariyāyena sukkapakkho veditabbo.

Ayaṃ pana viseso – ettha sugatiggahaṇena manussagatipi saṅgayhati. Saggaggahaṇena devagatiyeva. Tattha sundarā gatīti sugati. Rūpādivisayehi suṭṭhu aggoti saggo. So sabbopi lujjanapalujjanaṭṭhena lokoti ayaṃ vacanattho. Vijjāti dibbacakkhuñāṇavijjā. Avijjāti sattānaṃ cutipaṭisandhipaṭicchādikā avijjā. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva. Ayameva hettha viseso – yathā pubbenivāsakathāyaṃ 『『pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇamukhatuṇḍakena pubbenivutthakkhandhapaacchādakaṃ avijjaṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā』』ti vuttaṃ; evamidha 『『cutūpapātañāṇamukhatuṇḍakena cutūpapātapaṭicchādakaṃ avijjaṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā』』ti vattabbanti.

Dibbacakkhuñāṇakathā niṭṭhitā.

Āsavakkhayañāṇakathā

如說:"諸比丘,我不見有任何一法比邪見更有大過失。諸比丘,邪見是最嚴重的過失。" "身壞"是指捨棄所執取的五蘊。"死後"是指緊接著獲得新的五蘊。或者,"身壞"是指生命根的斷絕。"死後"是指死亡心之後。"惡趣"等都是地獄的同義詞。因為地獄遠離了被認為是天界和解脫之因的功德,或者因為沒有快樂的來源,所以稱為惡趣。是痛苦的去處,所以稱為惡趣;或者因為充滿嗔恨,由惡業所生的去處,所以稱為惡趣。作惡者無意志地墮落其中,所以稱為墮處;或者他們在這裡斷肢碎體地墮落,所以稱為墮處。這裡沒有稱為快樂的來源,所以稱為地獄。 或者,"惡趣"是指畜生界。畜生界是惡趣,因為遠離善趣;不是惡趣,因為有大威力的龍王等的存在。"惡趣"是指餓鬼界。它既是惡趣又是惡趣,因為遠離善趣,是痛苦的去處;但不是墮處,因為沒有像阿修羅那樣墮落。因為有大神通的餓鬼也有宮殿。"墮處"是指阿修羅眾。它以上述的意義既是惡趣又是惡趣,因為從一切高處墮落,所以稱為墮處。"地獄"是指無間等多種地獄。"生"是指到達,意思是在那裡出生。白分應當以相反的方式理解。 這裡有一個區別:"善趣"也包括人界。"天界"只指天界。其中,美好的去處稱為善趣。在色等境界中最殊勝的稱為天界。這一切因為毀壞破滅的意義稱為世間。"明"是指天眼智明。"無明"是指遮蔽眾生死亡和再生的無明。其餘的如前所述。這裡唯一的區別是:就像在前世隨唸的論述中說"用前世隨念智的喙打破遮蔽前世蘊的無明蛋殼"一樣,這裡應該說"用死亡再生智的喙打破遮蔽死亡再生的無明蛋殼"。 天眼智的論述結束。 漏盡智的論述

14.Soevaṃ samāhite citteti idha vipassanāpādakaṃ catutthajjhānacittaṃ veditabbaṃ. Āsavānaṃ khayañāṇāyāti arahattamaggañāṇatthāya. Arahattamaggo hi āsavavināsanato āsavānaṃ khayoti vuccati. Tatra cetaṃ ñāṇaṃ tappariyāpannattāti . Cittaṃ abhininnāmesinti vipassanācittaṃ abhinīhariṃ. So idaṃ dukkhanti evamādīsu 『『ettakaṃ dukkhaṃ, na ito bhiyyo』』ti sabbampi dukkhasaccaṃ sarasalakkhaṇapaṭivedhena yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ jāniṃ paṭivijjhiṃ. Tassa ca dukkhassa nibbattikaṃ taṇhaṃ 『『ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo』』ti, tadubhayampi yaṃ ṭhānaṃ patvā nirujjhati taṃ tesaṃ appavattiṃ nibbānaṃ 『『ayaṃ dukkhanirodho』』ti, tassa ca sampāpakaṃ ariyamaggaṃ 『『ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā』』ti sarasalakkhaṇapaṭivedhena yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ jāniṃ paṭivijjhinti evamattho veditabbo.

Evaṃ sarūpato saccāni dassetvā idāni kilesavasena pariyāyato dassento 『『ime āsavā』』tiādimāha. Tassa me evaṃ jānato evaṃ passatoti tassa mayhaṃ evaṃ jānantassa evaṃ passantassa saha vipassanāya koṭippattaṃ maggaṃ katheti. Kāmāsavāti kāmāsavato. Vimuccitthāti iminā phalakkhaṇaṃ dasseti. Maggakkhaṇe hi cittaṃ vimuccati, phalakkhaṇe vimuttaṃ hoti. Vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñāṇanti iminā paccavekkhaṇañāṇaṃ dasseti. Khīṇā jātītiādīhi tassa bhūmiṃ. Tena hi ñāṇena bhagavā paccavekkhanto 『『khīṇā jātī』』tiādīni abbhaññāsiṃ. Katamā pana bhagavato jāti khīṇā, kathañca naṃ abbhaññāsīti? Vuccate – na tāvassa atītā jāti khīṇā, pubbeva khīṇattā; na anāgatā, anāgate vāyāmābhāvato; na paccuppannā, vijjamānattā. Yā pana maggassa abhāvitattā uppajjeyya ekacatupañcavokārabhavesu ekacatupañcakkhandhappabhedā jāti, sā maggassa bhāvitattā anuppādadhammataṃ āpajjanena khīṇā; taṃ so maggabhāvanāya pahīnakilese paccavekkhitvā 『『kilesābhāve vijjamānampi kammaṃ āyatiṃ appaṭisandhikaṃ hotī』』ti jānanto abbhaññāsiṃ.

Vusitanti vutthaṃ parivutthaṃ, kataṃ caritaṃ niṭṭhitanti attho. Brahmacariyanti maggabrahmacariyaṃ, puthujjanakalyāṇakena hi saddhiṃ satta sekkhā brahmacariyavāsaṃ vasanti nāma, khīṇāsavo vutthavāso. Tasmā bhagavā attano brahmacariyavāsaṃ paccavekkhanto 『『vusitaṃ brahmacariya』』nti abbhaññāsiṃ. Kataṃ karaṇīyanti catūsu saccesu catūhi maggehi pariññāpahānasacchikiriyābhāvanābhisamayavasena soḷasavidhampi kiccaṃ niṭṭhāpitanti attho . Puthujjanakalyāṇakādayo hi etaṃ kiccaṃ karonti, khīṇāsavo katakaraṇīyo. Tasmā bhagavā attano karaṇīyaṃ paccavekkhanto 『『kataṃ karaṇīya』』nti abbhaññāsiṃ. Nāparaṃ itthattāyāti idāni puna itthabhāvāya evaṃ soḷasakiccabhāvāya kilesakkhayāya vā maggabhāvanākiccaṃ me natthīti abbhaññāsiṃ.

14."他如是心專注"在這裡應理解為以第四禪心為基礎的觀智。"爲了漏盡智"是爲了阿羅漢道智。因為阿羅漢道能夠摧毀諸漏,所以稱為漏盡。在那裡,這個智因為包含其中,所以稱為漏盡智。"引導心"是指我引導觀智心。在"這是苦"等句中,"我如實知道、了知、通達了全部苦諦,了知'這麼多是苦,不會更多了',通過通達其自性和特徵。"這是苦集",我如實知道、了知、通達了能產生苦的渴愛。"這是苦滅",我如實知道、了知、通達了那兩者到達后滅盡的地方,即它們不再生起的涅槃。"這是導向苦滅的道路",我如實知道、了知、通達了能達到涅槃的聖道,通過通達其自性和特徵。"應當如此理解其意思。 如此以本質顯示諸諦后,現在以煩惱的方式從另一角度顯示,說"這些漏"等。"我如是知如是見"是說我如此知如此見,同時說明與觀智一起達到頂點的聖道。"欲漏"是指從欲漏。"解脫"這表示果的剎那。因為在道的剎那心解脫,在果的剎那已經解脫。"在已解脫時,有'已解脫'之智"這表示省察智。"生已盡"等顯示其境界。因為世尊用那個智省察時知道"生已盡"等。哪些是世尊的生已盡,他如何知道呢?回答:不是過去的生已盡,因為早已盡了;不是未來的,因為對未來沒有努力;不是現在的,因為正在存在。但是,如果沒有修道,會在一蘊、四蘊、五蘊有中生起的一蘊、四蘊、五蘊的生,因為已經修道而達到不再生起的狀態而滅盡;他省察通過道的修習已斷除的煩惱,知道"在沒有煩惱時,即使存在的業也不會導致未來的結生",因此他知道。 "已住"是指已經居住、已經完全居住,意思是已經做了、已經行動、已經完成。"梵行"是指道的梵行,因為從善凡夫開始,包括七位有學都稱為住梵行,而漏盡者是已經住過的。因此世尊省察自己的梵行住時知道"梵行已住"。"應作已作"意思是在四諦中通過四道以通達、斷除、證悟、修習的方式完成十六種任務。因為從善凡夫開始都在做這個任務,而漏盡者是已作應作者。因此世尊省察自己的應作時知道"應作已作"。"不再有此狀態"我知道現在不再有爲了這種狀態、爲了這種十六任務狀態或爲了斷除煩惱而修道的任務。

Idāni evaṃ paccavekkhaṇañāṇapariggahitaṃ taṃ āsavānaṃ khayañāṇādhigamaṃ brāhmaṇassa dassento ayaṃ kho me brāhmaṇātiādimāha. Tattha vijjāti arahattamaggañāṇavijjā. Avijjāti catusaccapaṭicchādikā avijjā. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva. Ayaṃ pana viseso – ayaṃ kho me brāhmaṇa tatiyā abhinibbhidā ahosīti ettha ayaṃ kho mama brāhmaṇa āsavānaṃ khayañāṇamukhatuṇḍakena catusaccapaṭicchādakaṃ avijjaṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā tatiyā abhinibbhidā tatiyā nikkhanti tatiyā ariyajāti ahosi, kukkuṭacchāpakasseva mukhatuṇḍakena vā pādanakhasikhāya vā aṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā tamhā aṇḍakosamhā abhinibbhidā nikkhanti kukkuṭanikāye paccājātīti.

Ettāvatā kiṃ dassetīti? So hi brāhmaṇa kukkuṭacchāpako aṇḍakosaṃ

Padāletvā tato nikkhamanto sakimeva jāyati, ahaṃ pana pubbe-nivutthakkhandhapaṭicchādakaṃ avijjaṇḍakosaṃ bhinditvā paṭhamaṃ tāva pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇavijjāya jāto, tato sattānaṃ cutipaṭisandhipaṭicchādakaṃ avijjaṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā dutiyaṃ dibbacakkhuñāṇavijjāya jāto, puna catusaccapaṭicchādakaṃ avijjaṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā tatiyaṃ āsavānaṃ khayañāṇavijjāya jāto; evaṃ tīhi vijjāhi tikkhattuṃ jāto. Sā ca me jāti ariyā suparisuddhāti idaṃ dassesi. Evaṃ dassento ca pubbenivāsañāṇena atītaṃsañāṇaṃ, dibbacakkhunā paccuppannānāgataṃsañāṇaṃ, āsavakkhayena sakalalokiyalokuttaraguṇanti evaṃ tīhi vijjāhi sabbepi sabbaññuguṇe pakāsetvā attano ariyāya jātiyā jeṭṭhaseṭṭhabhāvaṃ brāhmaṇassa dassesīti.

Āsavakkhayañāṇakathā niṭṭhitā.

Desanānumodanakathā

15.Evaṃvutte verañjo brāhmaṇoti evaṃ bhagavatā lokānukampakena brāhmaṇaṃ anukampamānena vinigūhitabbepi attano ariyāya jātiyā jeṭṭhaseṭṭhabhāve vijjattayapakāsikāya dhammadesanāya vutte pītivipphāraparipuṇṇagattacitto verañjo brāhmaṇo taṃ bhagavato ariyāya jātiyā jeṭṭhaseṭṭhabhāvaṃ viditvā 『『īdisaṃ nāmāhaṃ sabbalokajeṭṭhaseṭṭhaṃ sabbaguṇasamannāgataṃ sabbaññuṃ 『aññesaṃ abhivādanādikammaṃ na karotī』ti avacaṃ – 『dhīratthu vatare aññāṇa』』』nti attānaṃ garahitvā 『『ayaṃ dāni loke ariyāya jātiyā purejātaṭṭhena jeṭṭho, sabbaguṇehi appaṭisamaṭṭhena seṭṭho』』ti niṭṭhaṃ gantvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『jeṭṭho bhavaṃ gotamo seṭṭho bhavaṃ gotamo』』ti. Evañca pana vatvā puna taṃ bhagavato dhammadesanaṃ abbhanumodamāno 『『abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama, abhikkantaṃ, bho gotamā』』tiādimāha.

Tatthāyaṃ abhikkantasaddo khayasundarābhirūpaabbhanumodanesu dissati. 『『Abhikkantā, bhante, ratti; nikkhanto paṭhamo yāmo, ciranisinno bhikkhusaṅgho』』tiādīsu (a. ni. 8.20) hi khaye dissati. 『『Ayaṃ me puggalo khamati, imesaṃ catunnaṃ puggalānaṃ abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā』』tiādīsu (a. ni. 4.100) sundare.

『『Ko me vandati pādāni, iddhiyā yasasā jalaṃ;

Abhikkantena vaṇṇena, sabbā obhāsayaṃ disā』』ti. –

Ādīsu (vi. va. 857) abhirūpe. 『『Abhikkantaṃ, bhante』』tiādīsu (dī. ni.

現在爲了向婆羅門顯示這種被省察智所把握的漏盡智的證得,他說"婆羅門,這是我的"等。其中,"明"是指阿羅漢道智明。"無明"是指遮蔽四諦的無明。其餘如前所述。這裡的區別是:"婆羅門,這是我第三次破殼而出"中,意思是:婆羅門,這確實是我用漏盡智的喙打破遮蔽四諦的無明蛋殼,第三次破殼而出,第三次出來,第三次獲得聖者的重生,就像小雞用喙或腳爪打破蛋殼,從那蛋殼中破殼而出,重生為雞類一樣。 這到底顯示了什麼?婆羅門,那隻小雞打破蛋殼出來時只出生一次,但我首先打破遮蔽前世蘊的無明蛋殼,以前世隨念智明出生;然後打破遮蔽眾生死亡和再生的無明蛋殼,第二次以天眼智明出生;再打破遮蔽四諦的無明蛋殼,第三次以漏盡智明出生;如此以三明三次出生。而且我的出生是聖潔的、極其清凈的。這就是他所顯示的。通過這樣顯示,他用前世隨念智顯示了過去分智,用天眼顯示了現在未來分智,用漏盡顯示了一切世間出世間功德,如此以三明顯示了一切遍知功德,向婆羅門顯示了自己以聖潔的出生而成為最上最勝。 漏盡智的論述結束。 隨喜說法的論述 15."當這樣說時,韋蘭迦婆羅門"意思是:當世尊憐憫世間、憐憫婆羅門,即使是應該隱藏的自己聖潔出生的最上最勝性,也通過顯示三明的法說而說出時,韋蘭迦婆羅門身心充滿喜悅,了知世尊聖潔出生的最上最勝性,想到:"像這樣的一切世間最上最勝、具足一切功德、遍知者,我竟然說'不向他人行禮拜等',哎呀,愚癡真是可悲啊!"如此責備自己后,確定"他現在在世間以聖潔出生最先出生的意義而為最上,以一切功德無可比擬的意義而為最勝",對世尊說:"喬達摩尊者是最上的,喬達摩尊者是最勝的。"說了這些后,又隨喜世尊的法說,說"太奇妙了,喬達摩先生,太奇妙了,喬達摩先生"等。 其中,"奇妙"這個詞在滅盡、美好、端莊、隨喜等意義中出現。如"尊者,夜已深,初夜已過,比丘僧團已坐很久"等中,是滅盡義。如"這個人我喜歡,在這四種人中他更奇妙、更殊勝"等中,是美好義。 "誰禮拜我的雙足,以神通和名聲閃耀, 以奇妙的容貌,照亮一切方向。" 等中,是端莊義。在"太奇妙了,尊者"等中,

1.250) abbhanumodane. Idhāpi abbhanumodaneyeva. Yasmā ca abbhanumodane, tasmā 『『sādhu sādhu, bho gotamā』』ti vuttaṃ hotīti veditabbaṃ.

『『Bhaye kodhe pasaṃsāyaṃ, turite kotūhalacchare;

Hāse soke pasāde ca, kare āmeḍitaṃ budho』』ti.

Iminā ca lakkhaṇena idha pasādavasena pasaṃsāvasena cāyaṃ dvikkhattuṃ vuttoti veditabbo.

Atha vā abhikkantanti atiiṭṭhaṃ atimanāpaṃ atisundaranti vuttaṃ hoti. Tattha ekena abhikkantasaddena desanaṃ thometi, ekena attano pasādaṃ. Ayañhi ettha adhippāyo – 『『abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama, yadidaṃ bhoto gotamassa dhammadesanā, abhikkantaṃ yadidaṃ bhoto gotamassa dhammadesanaṃ āgamma mama pasādo』』ti. Bhagavatoyeva vā vacanaṃ dve dve atthe sandhāya thometi – bhoto gotamassa vacanaṃ abhikkantaṃ dosanāsanato abhikkantaṃ guṇādhigamanato, tathā saddhājananato paññājananato, sātthato sabyañjanato, uttānapadato gambhīratthato, kaṇṇasukhato hadayaṅgamato, anattukkaṃsanato aparavambhanato, karuṇāsītalato paññāvadātato, apātharamaṇīyato vimaddakkhamato, suyyamānasukhato vīmaṃsiyamānahitatoti evamādīhi yojetabbaṃ.

Tato parampi catūhi upamāhi desanaṃyeva thometi. Tattha nikkujjitanti adhomukhaṭhapitaṃ, heṭṭhāmukhajātaṃ vā. Ukkujjeyyāti uparimukhaṃ kareyya. Paṭicchannanti tiṇapaṇṇādipaṭicchāditaṃ. Vivareyyāti ugghāṭeyya. Mūḷhassāti disāmūḷhassa. Maggaṃ ācikkheyyāti hatthe gahetvā esa maggoti vadeyya. Andhakāreti kāḷapakkhacātuddasī aḍḍharatta-ghanavanasaṇḍa-meghapaṭalehi caturaṅge tamasi. Ayaṃ tāva anuttānapadattho. Ayaṃ pana adhippāyayojanā – yathā koci nikkujjitaṃ ukkujjeyya, evaṃ saddhammavimukhaṃ asaddhamme patiṭṭhitaṃ maṃ asaddhammā vuṭṭhāpentena; yathā paṭicchannaṃ vivareyya, evaṃ kassapassa bhagavato sāsanantaradhānā pabhuti micchādiṭṭhigahanapaṭicchannaṃ sāsanaṃ vivarantena; yathā mūḷhassa maggaṃ ācikkheyya, evaṃ kummaggamicchāmaggappaṭipannassa me saggamokkhamaggaṃ ācikkhantena; yathā andhakāre telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya, evaṃ mohandhakāre nimuggassa me buddhādiratanattayarūpāni apassato tappaṭicchādakamohandhakāraviddhaṃsakadesanāpajjotaṃ dhārentena, mayhaṃ bhotā gotamena etehi pariyāyehi pakāsitattā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsitoti.

Desanānumodanakathā niṭṭhitā.

Pasannākārakathā

Evaṃ desanaṃ thometvā imāya desanāya ratanattaye pasannacitto pasannākāraṃ karonto 『『esāha』』ntiādimāha. Tattha esāhanti eso ahaṃ. Bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmīti bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ saraṇanti gacchāmi; bhavaṃ me gotamo saraṇaṃ, parāyaṇaṃ, aghassa tātā, hitassa ca vidhātāti iminā adhippāyena bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ gacchāmi bhajāmi sevāmi payirupāsāmi , evaṃ vā jānāmi bujjhāmīti. Yesañhi dhātūnaṃ gatiattho, buddhipi tesaṃ attho; tasmā 『『gacchāmī』』ti imassa jānāmi bujjhāmīti ayampi attho vutto. Dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañcāti ettha pana adhigatamagge sacchikatanirodhe yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipajjamāne ca catūsu apāyesu apatamāne dhāretīti dhammo; so atthato ariyamaggo ceva nibbānañca. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ – 『『yāvatā, bhikkhave, dhammā saṅkhatā, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo tesaṃ aggamakkhāyatī』』ti (a. ni.

是隨喜義。這裡也是隨喜義。因為是隨喜,所以應理解為說"太好了,太好了,喬達摩先生"。 "在恐懼、憤怒、讚歎時, 在匆忙、好奇、怪異時, 在歡喜、悲傷、信仰時, 智者會重複地說。" 根據這個特徵,這裡應理解為出於信仰和讚歎而說了兩次。 或者,"奇妙"是說極其可喜、極其可意、極其美好。其中,用一個"奇妙"讚歎說法,用另一個表示自己的信仰。這裡的意思是:"太奇妙了,喬達摩先生,這是喬達摩先生的法說;太奇妙了,因為喬達摩先生的法說而生起我的信仰。"或者他用兩個詞讚歎世尊的話,意指兩種意義:喬達摩先生的話是奇妙的,因為能消除過失;是奇妙的,因為能獲得功德;同樣地,因為能生起信心、能生起智慧,有義有文,淺顯而意義深奧,悅耳動聽,不自讚毀他,悲憫而智慧清凈,美妙而經得起推敲,聽起來愉快而思考起來有益等,應當這樣聯繫。 然後他又用四個比喻讚歎說法。其中,"倒覆"是指放置朝下,或者產生朝下。"翻正"是指使朝上。"覆蓋"是指被草葉等遮蓋。"揭開"是指打開。"迷路者"是指迷失方向的人。"指示道路"是指拉著手說"這是道路"。"黑暗中"是指在黑月十四日半夜、密林、雲層等四種黑暗中。這是不明顯詞的意思。這是意圖的聯繫:就像有人把倒覆的翻正,同樣地,把我這個背離正法、安住于非法的人從非法中拔出;就像揭開被覆蓋的,同樣地,揭開從迦葉佛教法隱沒以來被邪見叢林遮蔽的教法;就像為迷路者指示道路,同樣地,為我這個走上邪道歧途的人指示天界解脫之道;就像在黑暗中舉起油燈,同樣地,為我這個沉沒在愚癡黑暗中看不見佛等三寶形象的人,舉起能驅散遮蔽這些的愚癡黑暗的說法之燈,因為喬達摩先生以這些方式向我闡明,所以以種種方式闡明了法。 隨喜說法的論述結束。 信仰表現的論述 如此讚歎說法后,因這說法而對三寶生起信心,為表現信仰而說"我要"等。其中,"我要"是指我。"歸依喬達摩尊者"是指我以喬達摩尊者為歸依;喬達摩尊者是我的歸依、庇護、痛苦的保護者、利益的施與者,帶著這個意思我親近、依止、服侍、禮敬喬達摩尊者,或者我如此了知、理解。因為對於有"去"義的詞根,"理解"也是其義;所以"我去"這個詞也說了"我了知、我理解"這個意思。"法和比丘僧團"中,法是指能使已證得聖道、已證悟滅諦、如教奉行的人不墮四惡趣;它實際上就是聖道和涅槃。因為這樣說:"諸比丘,在一切有為法中,八支聖道被稱為最上。"

4.34) vitthāro. Na kevalañca ariyamaggo ceva nibbānañca, api ca kho ariyaphalehi saddhiṃ pariyattidhammopi. Vuttampi hetaṃ chattamāṇavakavimāne –

『『Rāgavirāgamanejamasokaṃ, dhammamasaṅkhatamappaṭikūlaṃ;

Madhuramimaṃ paguṇaṃ suvibhattaṃ, dhammamimaṃ saraṇatthamupehī』』ti. (vi. va. 887);

Ettha hi rāgavirāgoti maggo kathito. Anejamasokanti phalaṃ. Dhammamasaṅkhatanti nibbānaṃ. Appaṭikūlaṃ madhuramimaṃ paguṇaṃ suvibhattanti piṭakattayena vibhattā sabbadhammakkhandhāti. Diṭṭhisīlasaṅghātena saṃhatoti saṅgho, so atthato aṭṭhaariyapuggalasamūho. Vuttañhetaṃ tasmiṃyeva vimāne –

『『Yattha ca dinnamahapphalamāhu, catūsu sucīsu purisayugesu;

Aṭṭha ca puggaladhammadasā te, saṅghamimaṃ saraṇatthamupehī』』ti. (vi. va. 888);

Bhikkhūnaṃ saṅgho bhikkhusaṅgho. Ettāvatā ca brāhmaṇo tīṇi saraṇagamanāni paṭivedesi.

Pasannākārakathā niṭṭhitā.

Saraṇagamanakathā

Idāni tesveva tīsu saraṇagamanesu kosallatthaṃ saraṇaṃ, saraṇagamanaṃ, yo saraṇaṃ gacchati,

Saraṇagamanappabhedo, saraṇagamanaphalaṃ, saṃkileso, bhedoti ayaṃ vidhi vedi tabbo. So pana idha vuccamāno atibhāriyaṃ vinayanidānaṃ karotīti na vutto. Atthikehi pana papañcasūdaniyaṃ vā majjhimaṭṭhakathāyaṃ bhayabheravasuttavaṇṇanato (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.56) sumaṅgalavilāsiniyaṃ vā dīghanikāyaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.250) saraṇavaṇṇanato gahetabboti.

Saraṇagamanakathā niṭṭhitā.

Upāsakattapaṭivedanākathā

Upāsakaṃmaṃ bhavaṃ gotamo dhāretūti maṃ bhavaṃ gotamo 『『upāsako aya』』nti evaṃ dhāretūti attho. Upāsakavidhikosallatthaṃ panettha ko upāsako, kasmā upāsakoti vuccati, kimassa sīlaṃ, ko ājīvo, kā vipatti, kā sampattīti idaṃ pakiṇṇakaṃ veditabbaṃ. Taṃ atibhāriyakaraṇato idha na vibhattaṃ, atthikehi pana papañcasūdaniyaṃ majjhimaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.56) vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Ajjataggeti ettha ayaṃ aggasaddo ādikoṭikoṭṭhāsaseṭṭhesu dissati. 『『Ajjatagge, samma dovārika, āvarāmi dvāraṃ nigaṇṭhānaṃ nigaṇṭhīna』』ntiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.70) hi ādimhi dissati. 『『Teneva aṅgulaggena taṃ aṅgulaggaṃ parāmaseyya (kathā. 441), ucchaggaṃ veḷagga』』ntiādīsu koṭiyaṃ. 『『Ambilaggaṃ vā madhuraggaṃ vā tittakaggaṃ vā (saṃ. ni. 5.374) anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vihāraggena vā pariveṇaggena vā bhājetu』』ntiādīsu (cūḷava. 318) koṭṭhāse. 『『Yāvatā, bhikkhave, sattā apadā vā dvipadā vā…pe… tathāgato tesaṃ aggamakkhāyatī』』tiādīsu (a. ni.

"諸比丘,在一切有為法中,八支聖道被稱為最上。"這是詳細說法。不僅是聖道和涅槃,還包括聖果以及教法。這在傘童子天宮中也這樣說: "離貪、無動搖、無憂的法,無為、無厭惡的法, 甜美、熟練、善分別的法,你要以此法為歸依。" 這裡,"離貪"是指聖道。"無動搖、無憂"是指聖果。"無為法"是指涅槃。"無厭惡、甜美、熟練、善分別"是指以三藏分別的一切法蘊。"以見和戒結合"是僧團,實際上是指八種聖者的集合。因為在同一天宮中也這樣說: "在四雙八輩的清凈人中, 佈施據說有大果報, 他們是見法的八種人, 你要以此僧為歸依。" 比丘的集合是比丘僧團。至此,婆羅門表示了三歸依。 信仰表現的論述結束。 歸依的論述 現在,爲了在這三歸依中得到善巧,應當瞭解這個方法:歸依,歸依行,誰歸依,歸依的種類,歸依的果報,退失,破壞。但是這裡不說,因為如果說的話會使律藏的序言過於冗長。有興趣的人應當從《破除疑障》即《中部注》的《怖畏經》註釋,或從《吉祥悅意》即《長部注》的歸依註釋中獲取。 歸依的論述結束。 表明優婆塞身份的論述 "愿喬達摩尊者記住我是優婆塞"的意思是:愿喬達摩尊者這樣記住我:"這是優婆塞"。爲了善巧優婆塞的方法,這裡應當瞭解這些雜項:誰是優婆塞,為什麼稱為優婆塞,他的戒是什麼,生計是什麼,什麼是退失,什麼是成就。這裡不詳細解釋,因為會使其過於冗長,有興趣的人應當按照《破除疑障》即《中部注》中所說的方法來理解。"從今以後"中,這個"以後"(agga)字在開始、頂端、部分、最勝等意義中出現。如"朋友門衛,從今以後我關閉大門,不讓尼乾子和尼乾子女進入"等中,是開始義。如"用那個指尖觸控這個指尖,甘蔗尖,竹尖"等中,是頂端義。如"酸的部分或甜的部分或苦的部分","我允許用僧房的部分或附屬建築的部分來分配"等中,是部分義。如"諸比丘,在一切眾生中,無論是無足的還是兩足的......如來被稱為最勝"等中,

4.34) seṭṭhe. Idha panāyaṃ ādimhi daṭṭhabbo. Tasmā ajjataggeti ajjataṃ ādiṃ katvāti evamettha attho veditabbo. Ajjatanti ajjabhāvanti vuttaṃ hoti. Ajjadagge icceva vā pāṭho, dakāro padasandhikaro, ajja aggaṃ katvāti vuttaṃ hoti. Pāṇupetanti pāṇehi upetaṃ, yāva me jīvitaṃ pavattati, tāva upetaṃ anaññasatthukaṃ tīhi saraṇagamanehi saraṇagataṃ maṃ bhavaṃ gotamo dhāretu jānātu, ahañhi sacepi me tikhiṇena asinā sīsaṃ chindeyyuṃ, neva buddhaṃ 『『na buddho』』ti vā, dhammaṃ 『『na dhammo』』ti vā, saṅghaṃ 『『na saṅgho』』ti vā vadeyyanti. Ettha ca brāhmaṇo pāṇupetaṃ saraṇagatanti puna saraṇagamanaṃ vadanto attasanniyyātanaṃ pakāsetīti veditabbo.

Evaṃ attānaṃ niyyātetvā bhagavantaṃ saparisaṃ upaṭṭhātukāmo āha – 『『adhivāsetu ca me bhavaṃ gotamo verañjāyaṃ vassāvāsaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā』』ti. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti – upāsakañca maṃ bhavaṃ gotamo dhāretu, adhivāsetu ca me verañjāyaṃ vassāvāsaṃ, tayo māse verañjaṃ upanissāya mama anuggahatthaṃ vāsaṃ sampaṭicchatūti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvenāti athassa vacanaṃ sutvā bhagavā kāyaṅgaṃ vā vācaṅgaṃ vā acopetvā abbhantareyeva khantiṃ cāretvā tuṇhībhāvena adhivāsesi; brāhmaṇassa anuggahatthaṃ manasāva sampaṭicchīti vuttaṃ hoti.

Athakho verañjo brāhmaṇo bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvāti atha verañjo brāhmaṇo sace me samaṇo gotamo nādhivāseyya, kāyena vā vācāya vā paṭikkhipeyya. Yasmā pana appaṭikkhipitvā abbhantare khantiṃ dhāresi, tasmā me manasāva adhivāsesīti evaṃ ākārasallakkhaṇakusalatāya bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā, attano nisinnāsanato vuṭṭhāya catūsu disāsu bhagavantaṃ sakkaccaṃ vanditvā tikkhattuṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā āgatakālato pabhuti jātimahallakabrāhmaṇānaṃ abhivādanādīni na karotīti vigarahitvāpi idāni viññātabuddhaguṇo kāyena vācāya manasā ca anekakkhattuṃ vandantopi atittoyeva hutvā dasanakhasamodhānasamujjalaṃ añjaliṃ paggayha sirasmiṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā yāva dassanavisayo tāva paṭimukhoyeva apakkamitvā dassanavisayaṃ vijahanaṭṭhāne vanditvā pakkāmi.

Upāsakattapaṭivedanākathā niṭṭhitā.

Dubbhikkhakathā

這裡的意思是應當這樣理解。因此"從今以後"是指"從今開始"。這裡的"從今"是指現在的狀態。這裡的"從今"是指現在的狀態，"從今"的意思是"現在開始"。至於"生靈"是指有生命的生物,只要我的生命持續,就要以這三種歸依為依靠,希望喬達摩尊者知道我歸依的狀態,因為如果有人用鋒利的刀子割掉我的頭,我不會說"不是佛"、"不是法"、"不是僧"。這裡的婆羅門再次提到歸依的狀態,表明了自己的歸依。 因此,他希望能夠侍奉世尊和他的弟子團體,於是說:"愿喬達摩尊者和比丘僧團保佑我在韋蘭迦的雨季中。"這是什麼意思呢?希望喬達摩尊者能保佑我在韋蘭迦住三個月,爲了我的利益而接受我的請求。世尊以靜默的方式接受了他的請求。聽到這句話后,世尊沒有用身體或言語拒絕他,而是心中保持了忍耐,以靜默的方式接受;這意味著爲了婆羅門的利益而心中接受。 於是韋蘭迦婆羅門知道世尊的接受,於是說:"如果我的老師喬達摩不接受,用身體或言語拒絕我。因為他沒有拒絕我,所以我心中接受了他的接受。"因此,他了解世尊的接受,於是從坐位上站起,在四個方向恭敬地禮拜世尊,三次繞行后,從那時起,對年長的婆羅門不再行禮等事。他雖然如此,但現在仍然以多次的身體、語言和心靈禮拜世尊,卻依然感到不滿足,於是雙手合十放在頭上,直到視線所及的地方,面向世尊,然後轉身離去。 優婆塞身份的表明論述結束。 貧困的論述

16.Tena kho pana samayena verañjā dubbhikkhā hotīti yasmiṃ samaye verañjena brāhmaṇena bhagavā verañjaṃ upanissāya vassāvāsaṃ yācito , tena samayena verañjā dubbhikkhā hoti. Dubbhikkhāti dullabhabhikkhā; sā pana dullabhabhikkhatā yattha manussā assaddhā honti appasannā, tattha susassakālepi atisamagghepi pubbaṇṇāparaṇṇe hoti. Verañjāyaṃ pana yasmā na tathā ahosi, apica kho dusassatāya chātakadosena ahosi tasmā tamatthaṃ dassento dvīhitikātiādimāha. Tattha dvīhitikāti dvidhā pavattaīhitikā. Īhitaṃ nāma iriyā dvidhā pavattā – cittairiyā, cittaīhā. 『『Ettha lacchāma nu kho kiñci bhikkhamānā na lacchāmā』』ti, 『『jīvituṃ vā sakkhissāma nu kho no』』ti ayamettha adhippāyo.

Atha vā dvīhitikāti dujjīvikā, īhitaṃ īhā iriyanaṃ pavattanaṃ jīvitantiādīni padāni ekatthāni. Tasmā dukkhena īhitaṃ ettha pavattatīti dvīhitikāti ayamettha padattho. Setaṭṭhikāti setakāni aṭṭhīni etthāti setaṭṭhikā. Divasampi yācitvā kiñci aladdhā matānaṃ kapaṇamanussānaṃ ahicchattakavaṇṇehi aṭṭhīhi tatra tatra parikiṇṇāti vuttaṃ hoti. Setaṭṭikātipi pāṭho. Tassattho – setā aṭṭi etthāti setaṭṭikā. Aṭṭīti āturatā byādhi rogo. Tattha ca sassānaṃ gabbhaggahaṇakāle setakarogena upahatameva pacchinnakhīraṃ aggahitataṇḍulaṃ paṇḍarapaṇḍaraṃ sālisīsaṃ vā yavagodhūmasīsaṃ vā nikkhamati, tasmā 『『setaṭṭikā』』ti vuccati.

Vappakāle suṭṭhu abhisaṅkharitvāpi vuttasassaṃ tattha salākā eva sampajjatīti salākāvuttā; salākāya vā tattha jīvitaṃ pavattentīti salākāvuttā. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Tattha kira dhaññavikkayakānaṃ santikaṃ kayakesu gatesu dubbalamanusse abhibhavitvā balavamanussāva dhaññaṃ kiṇitvā gacchanti. Dubbalamanussā alabhamānā mahāsaddaṃ karonti. Dhaññavikkayakā 『『sabbesaṃ saṅgahaṃ karissāmā』』ti dhaññakaraṇaṭṭhāne dhaññamāpakaṃ nisīdāpetvā ekapasse vaṇṇajjhakkhaṃ nisīdāpesuṃ. Dhaññatthikā vaṇṇajjhakkhassa santikaṃ gacchanti. So āgatapaṭipāṭiyā mūlaṃ gahetvā 『『itthannāmassa ettakaṃ dātabba』』nti salākaṃ likhitvā deti, te taṃ gahetvā dhaññamāpakassa santikaṃ gantvā dinnapaṭipāṭiyā dhaññaṃ gaṇhanti. Evaṃ salākāya tattha jīvitaṃ pavattentīti salākāvuttā.

Na sukarā uñchena paggahena yāpetunti paggahena yo uñcho, tena yāpetuṃ na sukarā. Pattaṃ gahetvā yaṃ ariyā uñchaṃ karonti, bhikkhācariyaṃ caranti, tena uñchena yāpetuṃ na sukarāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tadā kira tattha sattaṭṭhagāme piṇḍāya caritvā ekadivasampi yāpanamattaṃ na labhanti.

當時,韋蘭迦遭遇饑荒。在世尊被韋蘭迦婆羅門請求在韋蘭迦度過雨季時,韋蘭迦正遭遇饑荒。"饑荒"是指難以獲得食物;這種難以獲得食物的情況,即使在人們沒有信仰、不虔誠的地方,也可能在收成好的時候或穀物豐收時發生。但在韋蘭迦不是這樣,而是因為收成不好,遭受饑荒之苦,所以爲了說明這一點,他說"困苦"等。其中,"困苦"是指兩種方式的活動。"活動"是指兩種行為 - 心的行為和身體的活動。這裡的意思是:"我們在這裡乞食能否得到什麼?""我們能否生存?" 或者,"困苦"是指生活困難,活動、行為、生存等詞都是同義詞。因此,"困苦"的詞義是在這裡活動困難。"白骨"是指這裡有白色的骨頭。這是說即使整天乞食也得不到什麼,貧窮的人們死後,他們像蘑菇一樣白色的骨頭散落在各處。也有讀作"setaṭṭikā"。其意思是:這裡有白色的疾病,所以稱為"setaṭṭikā"。"疾病"是指痛苦、病、疾。在那裡,當穀物結實時,被白色疾病侵害,沒有奶汁,沒有稻穀,稻穗或麥穗變得蒼白,所以稱為"setaṭṭikā"。 "以票券度日"是指即使在播種時精心準備,但那裡的莊稼只長出莖稈;或者他們靠票券維持生活,所以稱為"以票券度日"。這是什麼意思呢?據說,當人們去買穀物時,強壯的人壓倒弱小的人,買走穀物離開。弱小的人得不到就大聲喊叫。賣穀物的人說:"我們要照顧所有人",於是在穀物堆放處安排一個量穀物的人坐著,另一邊安排一個監督員坐著。需要穀物的人去找監督員。他按照來的順序收錢,寫下"應該給某某這麼多"的票,交給他們,他們拿著票去找量穀物的人,按照給票的順序領取穀物。這樣他們靠票券維持生活,所以稱為"以票券度日"。 "不容易靠拾穗維生"是指不容易靠拾穗維持生活。意思是說不容易靠聖者們拿著缽去拾穗、乞食來維持生活。據說當時在那裡,即使走遍七八個村子乞食,一天也得不到足夠維持生活的

Tena kho pana samayena uttarāpathakā assavāṇijā…pe… assosi kho bhagavā udukkhalasaddanti – tenāti yasmiṃ samaye bhagavā verañjaṃ upanissāya vassāvāsaṃ upagato tena samayena. Uttarāpathavāsikā uttarāpathato vā āgatattā evaṃ laddhavohārā assavāṇijā uttarāpathe assānaṃ uṭṭhānaṭṭhāne pañca assasatāni gahetvā diguṇaṃ tiguṇaṃ lābhaṃ patthayamānā desantaraṃ gacchantā tehi attano vikkāyikabhaṇḍabhūtehi pañcamattehi assasatehi verañjaṃ vassāvāsaṃ upagatā honti. Kasmā? Na hi sakkā tasmiṃ dese vassike cattāro māse addhānaṃ paṭipajjituṃ. Upagacchantā ca bahinagare udakena anajjhottharaṇīye ṭhāne attano ca vāsāgārāni assānañca mandiraṃ kārāpetvā vatiyā parikkhipiṃsu. Tāni tesaṃ vasanaṭṭhānāni 『『assamaṇḍalikāyo』』ti paññāyiṃsu. Tenāha – 『『tehi assamaṇḍalikāsu bhikkhūnaṃ patthapatthapulakaṃ paññattaṃ hotī』』ti. Patthapatthapulakanti ekamekassa bhikkhuno patthapatthapamāṇaṃ pulakaṃ. Pattho nāma nāḷimattaṃ hoti, ekassa purisassa alaṃ yāpanāya. Vuttampi hetaṃ – 『『patthodano nālamayaṃ duvinna』』nti (jā. 2.21.192). Pulakaṃ nāma nitthusaṃ katvā ussedetvā gahitayavataṇḍulā vuccanti. Yadi hi sathusā honti, pāṇakā vijjhanti, addhānakkhamā na honti. Tasmā te vāṇijā addhānakkhamaṃ katvā yavataṇḍulamādāya addhānaṃ paṭipajjanti 『『yattha assānaṃ khādanīyaṃ tiṇaṃ dullabhaṃ bhavissati, tatthetaṃ assabhattaṃ bhavissatī』』ti.

Kasmā pana tehi taṃ bhikkhūnaṃ paññattanti? Vuccate – 『『na hi te dakkhiṇāpathamanussā viya assaddhā appasannā, te pana saddhā pasannā buddhamāmakā, dhammamāmakā, saṅghamāmakā; te pubbaṇhasamayaṃ kenacideva karaṇīyena nagaraṃ pavisantā dve tayo divase addasaṃsu sattaṭṭha bhikkhū sunivatthe supārute iriyāpathasampanne sakalampi nagaraṃ piṇḍāya caritvā kiñci alabhamāne. Disvāna nesaṃ etadahosi – 『『ayyā imaṃ nagaraṃ upanissāya vassaṃ upagatā; chātakañca vattati, na ca kiñci labhanti, ativiya kilamanti. Mayañcamha āgantukā, na sakkoma nesaṃ devasikaṃ yāguñca bhattañca paṭiyādetuṃ. Amhākaṃ pana assā sāyañca pāto ca dvikkhattuṃ bhattaṃ labhanti. Yaṃnūna mayaṃ ekamekassa assassa pātarāsabhattato ekamekassa bhikkhuno patthapatthapulakaṃ dadeyyāma. Evaṃ ayyā ca na kilamissanti , assā ca yāpessantī』』ti. Te bhikkhūnaṃ santikaṃ gantvā etamatthaṃ ārocetvā 『『bhante, tumhe patthapatthapulakaṃ paṭiggahetvā yaṃ vā taṃ vā katvā paribhuñjathā』』ti yācitvā devasikaṃ patthapatthapulakaṃ paññapesuṃ. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『tehi assamaṇḍalikāsu bhikkhūnaṃ patthapatthapulakaṃ paññattaṃ hotī』』ti.

Paññattanti niccabhattasaṅkhepena ṭhapitaṃ. Idāni bhikkhū pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvātiādīsu pubbaṇhasamayanti divasassa pubbabhāgasamayaṃ, pubbaṇhasamayeti attho. Pubbaṇhe vā samayaṃ pubbaṇhasamayaṃ, pubbaṇhe ekaṃ khaṇanti vuttaṃ hoti. Evaṃ accantasaṃyoge upayogavacanaṃ labbhati. Nivāsetvāti paridahitvā, vihāranivāsanaparivattanavasenetaṃ veditabbaṃ. Na hi te tato pubbe anivatthā ahesuṃ. Pattacīvaramādāyāti pattaṃ hatthehi cīvaraṃ kāyena ādiyitvā sampaṭicchādetvā, dhāretvāti attho. Yena vā tena vā hi pakārena gaṇhantā ādāyaicceva vuccanti, yathā 『『samādāyeva pakkamatī』』ti (dī. ni.

當時,有來自北方的馬販子...世尊聽到了舂米的聲音 - "當時"是指世尊在韋蘭迦度過雨季住期的時候。北方人或來自北方的人被稱為"北方人",他們是馬販子,從北方馬匹產地帶來五百匹馬,希望獲得兩倍三倍的利潤,帶著這五百匹作為自己的商品來到韋蘭迦度過雨季。為什麼?因為在那個地方無法在雨季四個月里旅行。他們來到城外不會被水淹沒的地方,為自己建造住所,為馬匹建造馬廄,用圍欄圍起來。他們的住處被稱為"馬圈"。因此說:"他們在馬圈裡為比丘們準備了一帕他一帕他的米"。"一帕他一帕他的米"是指為每個比丘準備一帕他量的米。一帕他相當於一那利,足夠一個人維持生活。如經中所說:"一帕他飯不夠兩個人"。"米"是指去掉穀殼后堆積起來的大麥米。如果有穀殼的話,蟲子會鉆進去,不適合長途旅行。因此這些商人爲了適合長途旅行,帶上大麥米上路,"在馬匹難以找到草料的地方,這就可以作為馬食"。 為什麼他們要為比丘們準備這些呢?回答說:他們不像南方人那樣沒有信仰、不虔誠,他們有信仰、虔誠,是佛陀的追隨者、法的追隨者、僧團的追隨者;他們上午因某些事進城,連續兩三天看到七八位比丘衣著整潔、舉止端莊,在整個城裡乞食卻一無所獲。看到這種情況,他們想:"尊者們來到這個城市度過雨季;現在正值饑荒,他們什麼也得不到,非常疲憊。我們是外來人,不能每天為他們準備粥飯。但是我們的馬每天早晚兩次得到食物。不如我們從每匹馬的早餐中拿出一帕他米給每位比丘。這樣尊者們就不會疲憊,馬也能維持生活。"他們去到比丘們那裡,說明這件事,請求說:"尊者們,請接受一帕他一帕他的米,隨意處理食用。"他們每天都準備一帕他一帕他的米。因此說:"他們在馬圈裡為比丘們準備了一帕他一帕他的米"。 "準備"是指作為固定食物儲存。現在,"比丘們在上午穿好衣服"等中,"上午"是指白天的前半部分,意思是上午。或者"上午時分"是指上午的一個時刻。這樣可以得到賓格的用法。"穿好衣服"是指穿上,這是指換上外出用的衣服。因為他們之前並非沒有穿衣服。"拿著缽和衣"是指用手拿著缽,用身體攜帶衣服,意思是覆蓋著。無論以何種方式拿取,都稱為"拿著",就像"拿著就離開"一樣。

1.21). Piṇḍaṃ alabhamānāti sakalampi verañjaṃ caritvā tiṭṭhatu piṇḍo, antamaso 『『aticchathā』』ti vācampi alabhamānā.

Patthapatthapulakaṃ ārāmaṃ āharitvāti gatagataṭṭhāne laddhaṃ ekamekaṃ patthapatthapulakaṃ gahetvā ārāmaṃ netvā. Udukkhale koṭṭetvā koṭṭetvā paribhuñjantīti therānaṃ koci kappiyakārako natthi, yo nesaṃ taṃ gahetvā yāguṃ vā bhattaṃ vā paceyya. Sāmampi pacanaṃ samaṇasāruppaṃ na hoti na ca vaṭṭati. Te evaṃ no sallahukavuttitā ca bhavissati, sāmapākaparimocanañcāti aṭṭha aṭṭha janā vā dasa dasa janā vā ekato hutvā udukkhale koṭṭetvā koṭṭetvā sakaṃ sakaṃ paṭivīsaṃ udakena temetvā paribhuñjanti. Evaṃ paribhuñjitvā appossukkā samaṇadhammaṃ karonti . Bhagavato pana te assavāṇijā patthapulakañca denti, tadupiyañca sappimadhusakkaraṃ. Taṃ āyasmā ānando āharitvā silāyaṃ pisati. Puññavatā paṇḍitapurisena kataṃ manāpameva hoti. Atha naṃ pisitvā sappiādīhi sammā yojetvā bhagavato upanāmesi. Athettha devatā dibbojaṃ pakkhipanti. Taṃ bhagavā paribhuñjati. Paribhuñjitvā phalasamāpattiyā kālaṃ atināmeti. Na tato paṭṭhāya piṇḍāya carati.

Kiṃ panānandatthero tadā bhagavato upaṭṭhāko hotīti? Hoti, no ca kho upaṭṭhākaṭṭhānaṃ laddhā. Bhagavato hi paṭhamabodhiyaṃ vīsativassantare nibaddhupaṭṭhāko nāma natthi. Kadāci nāgasamālatthero bhagavantaṃ upaṭṭhāsi, kadāci nāgitatthero, kadāci meghiyatthero, kadāci upavāṇatthero, kadāci sāgatatthero, kadāci sunakkhatto licchaviputto. Te attano ruciyā upaṭṭhahitvā yadā icchanti tadā pakkamanti. Ānandatthero tesu tesu upaṭṭhahantesu appossukko hoti, pakkantesu sayameva vattapaṭipattiṃ karoti. Bhagavāpi kiñcāpi me ñātiseṭṭho upaṭṭhākaṭṭhānaṃ na tāva labhati, atha kho evarūpesu ṭhānesu ayameva patirūpoti adhivāsesi. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『āyasmā panānando patthapulakaṃ silāyaṃ pisitvā bhagavato upanāmesi, taṃ bhagavā paribhuñjatī』』ti.

Nanu ca manussā dubbhikkhakāle ativiya ussāhajātā puññāni karonti, attanā abhuñjitvāpi bhikkhūnaṃ dātabbaṃ maññanti. Te tadā kasmā kaṭacchubhikkhampi na adaṃsu? Ayañca verañjo brāhmaṇo mahatā ussāhena bhagavantaṃ vassāvāsaṃ yāci, so kasmā bhagavato atthibhāvampi na jānātīti? Vuccate – mārāvaṭṭanāya. Verañjañhi brāhmaṇaṃ bhagavato santikā pakkantamattameva sakalañca nagaraṃ samantā ca yojanamattaṃ yattha sakkā purebhattaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā paccāgantuṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ māro āvaṭṭetvā mohetvā sabbesaṃ asallakkhaṇabhāvaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Tasmā na koci antamaso sāmīcikammampi kattabbaṃ maññittha.

Kiṃ pana bhagavāpi mārāvaṭṭanaṃ ajānitvāva tattha vassaṃ upagatoti? No ajānitvā. Atha kasmā campā-sāvatthi-rājagahādīnaṃ aññatarasmiṃ na upagatoti? Tiṭṭhantu campā-sāvatthi-rājagahādīni, sacepi bhagavā tasmiṃ saṃvacchare uttarakuruṃ vā tidasapuraṃ vā gantvā vassaṃ upagaccheyya, tampi māro āvaṭṭeyya. So kira taṃ saṃvaccharaṃ ativiya āghātena pariyuṭṭhitacitto ahosi. Idha pana bhagavā imaṃ atirekakāraṇaṃ addasa – 『『assavāṇijā bhikkhūnaṃ saṅgahaṃ karissantī』』ti. Tasmā verañjāyameva vassaṃ upagacchi.

找不到任何食物,別說整個韋蘭迦城乞食,連一聲"請走開"都聽不到。 "把一帕他一帕他的米帶回精舍":在每個去過的地方都得到一帕他一帕他的米,拿著這些回到精舍。"在臼中搗碎后食用":長老們沒有任何侍者可以為他們接受這些米並煮成粥或飯。自己煮飯也不適合沙門的身份,也是不允許的。他們想:"這樣我們會生活簡樸,也避免了自己煮飯。"於是八個人或十個人一起,在臼中搗碎后,各自把自己的份用水浸泡后食用。這樣吃完后,他們安心地修行沙門法。但是那些馬販子給世尊帕他量的米,還有相應的酥油、蜂蜜和糖。阿難尊者把這些拿來在石板上研磨。有功德的智者所做的東西總是令人喜歡。然後他把研磨好的與酥油等適當混合,供養給世尊。這時諸天神加入天界的食物。世尊食用這些。食用后,他用果定度過時間。從那時起他不再外出乞食。 難道那時阿難尊者不是世尊的侍者嗎?是的,但還沒有獲得侍者的職位。在世尊初期覺悟的二十年間,沒有固定的侍者。有時那伽沙馬羅長老侍奉世尊,有時那伽塔長老,有時梅吉耶長老,有時優波婆那長老,有時沙迦塔長老,有時離車族的須那剎多。他們自願侍奉,想離開時就離開。阿難長老在他們侍奉時不操心,在他們離開時自己履行職責。世尊雖然想:"雖然我最親近的親戚還沒有得到侍者的職位,但在這種情況下,這個人最合適。"因此默許了。所以說:"阿難尊者把帕他量的米在石板上研磨后供養給世尊,世尊食用這些。" 難道人們在饑荒時不是更加熱心行善,即使自己不吃也認為應該給比丘們嗎?為什麼他們那時連一勺食物也不給呢?這個韋蘭迦婆羅門以極大的熱情請求世尊度過雨季,為什麼他連世尊還在那裡都不知道呢?回答說:這是因為魔羅的迷惑。韋蘭迦婆羅門剛從世尊那裡離開,魔羅就迷惑了整個城市和方圓一由旬內可以在午前乞食往返的地方,使所有人都不注意到(世尊和比丘們)。因此沒有人想要做哪怕是最基本的禮儀。 難道世尊不知道魔羅的迷惑就在那裡度過雨季嗎?不是不知道。那麼為什麼不在瞻波、舍衛城、王舍城等其他地方度過呢?別說瞻波、舍衛城、王舍城等,即使世尊那一年去北俱盧洲或三十三天度過雨季,魔羅也會迷惑那裡。據說那一年他懷著極大的仇恨心。但是世尊在這裡看到了這個額外的原因:"馬販子們會幫助比丘們。"因此他在韋蘭迦度過雨季。

Kiṃ pana māro vāṇijake āvaṭṭetuṃ na sakkotīti? No na sakkoti, te pana āvaṭṭitapariyosāne āgamiṃsu. Paṭinivattitvā kasmā na āvaṭṭetīti? Avisahatāya. Na hi so tathāgatassa abhihaṭabhikkhāya nibaddhadānassa appitavattassa antarāyaṃ kātuṃ visahati. Catunnañhi na sakkā antarāyo kātuṃ. Katamesaṃ catunnaṃ? Tathāgatassa abhihaṭabhikkhāsaṅkhepena vā nibaddhadānassa appitavattasaṅkhepena vā pariccattānaṃ catunnaṃ paccayānaṃ na sakkā kenaci antarāyo kātuṃ. Buddhānaṃ jīvitassa na sakkā kenaci antarāyo kātuṃ. Asītiyā anubyañjanānaṃ byāmappabhāya vā na sakkā kenaci antarāyo kātuṃ. Candimasūriyadevabrahmānampi hi pabhā tathāgatassa anubyañjanabyāmappabhāppadesaṃ patvā vihatānubhāvā honti. Buddhānaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇassa na sakkā kenaci antarāyo kātunti imesaṃ catunnaṃ na sakkā kenaci antarāyo kātuṃ. Tasmā mārena akatantarāyaṃ bhikkhaṃ bhagavā sasāvakasaṅgho tadā paribhuñjatīti veditabbo.

Evaṃ paribhuñjanto ca ekadivasaṃ assosi kho bhagavā udukkhalasaddanti bhagavā patthapatthapulakaṃ koṭṭentānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ musalasaṅghaṭṭajanitaṃ udukkhalasaddaṃ suṇi. Tato paraṃ jānantāpi tathāgatāti evamādi yaṃ parato 『『kinnu kho so, ānanda, udukkhalasaddo』』ti pucchi, tassa parihāradassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ saṅkhepavaṇṇanā – tathāgatā nāma jānantāpi sace tādisaṃ pucchākāraṇaṃ hoti, pucchanti. Sace pana tādisaṃ pucchākāraṇaṃ natthi, jānantāpi na pucchanti. Yasmā pana buddhānaṃ ajānanaṃ nāma natthi, tasmā ajānantāpīti na vuttaṃ. Kālaṃ viditvā pucchantīti sace tassā pucchāya so kālo hoti, evaṃ taṃ kālaṃ viditvā pucchanti; sace na hoti , evampi kālaṃ viditvāva na pucchanti. Evaṃ pucchantāpi ca atthasaṃhitaṃ tathāgatā pucchanti, yaṃ atthanissitaṃ kāraṇanissitaṃ, tadeva pucchanti, no anatthasaṃhitaṃ. Kasmā? Yasmā anatthasaṃhite setughāto tathāgatānaṃ. Setu vuccati maggo, maggeneva tādisassa vacanassa ghāto, samucchedoti vuttaṃ hoti.

Idāni atthasaṃhitanti ettha yaṃ atthasannissitaṃ vacanaṃ tathāgatā pucchanti, taṃ dassento 『『dvīhākārehī』』ti ādimāha. Tattha ākārehīti kāraṇehi. Dhammaṃ vā desessāmāti aṭṭhuppattiyuttaṃ suttaṃ vā pubbacaritakāraṇayuttaṃ jātakaṃ vā kathayissāma. Sāvakānaṃ vā sikkhāpadaṃpaññapessāmāti sāvakānaṃ vā tāya pucchāya vītikkamaṃ pākaṭaṃ katvā garukaṃ vā lahukaṃ vā sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāma āṇaṃ ṭhapessāmāti.

難道魔羅無法讓商人們迷惑嗎？不，無法做到，但他們在被迷惑的結果中回來了。為什麼返回時沒有被迷惑？因為無法承受。因為他無法對如來所施捨的乞食施加干擾。對於四者中的任何一個，都無法施加干擾。哪四者？如來所施捨的乞食，或對施捨的少量施加干擾，或對放棄的四種條件，任何人都無法施加干擾。對佛陀的生命，沒有人能夠施加干擾。對於八十種特徵的光輝，也沒有人能夠施加干擾。即使是月亮、太陽、天神和梵天的光輝，遇到如來的光輝也會受到壓制。因此，佛陀的全知智慧沒有人能夠施加干擾。因此，魔羅無法施加干擾，如來與聖弟子們在那時享用乞食。 如此享用時，有一天世尊聽到舂米的聲音，世尊聽到正在搗碎帕他米的比丘們所發出的舂米聲。因此，世尊就問阿難：「阿難，究竟這是什麼聲音？」這是爲了說明他所不知道的事情。在這裡有一個簡要的解釋：即使如來知道這個聲音的來源，若有這種詢問的原因，他也會詢問。如果沒有這種詢問的原因，即使知道也不會詢問。因為佛陀沒有不知道的事情，所以沒有說「不知道」。若知道時間而詢問，若有這個詢問的時間，他們就會詢問；若沒有這個時間，即使知道也不會詢問。即使在詢問時，如來所詢問的也是有意義的，所詢問的原因是有意義的，而不是無意義的。為什麼？因為在無意義的情況下，如來是無法進行詢問的。 現在，在有意義的情況下，如來詢問的言辭是有意義的，說明他是以「有兩種原因」開始的。在這裡，「原因」是指原因。我們將講述法或敘述符合條件的經文，或講述與過去因緣相關的故事。我們將說明弟子們的戒律，說明弟子們的戒律是重的或輕的，或是說明戒律的教導。

Atha kho bhagavā…pe… etamatthaṃ ārocesīti ettha natthi kiñci vattabbaṃ. Pubbe vuttameva hi bhikkhūnaṃ patthapatthapulakapaṭilābhaṃ sallahukavuttitaṃ sāmapākaparimocanañca ārocento etamatthaṃ ārocesīti vuccati. 『『Sādhusādhu, ānandā』』ti idaṃ pana bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ sampahaṃsento āha. Sādhukāraṃ pana datvā dvīsu ākāresu ekaṃ gahetvā dhammaṃ desento āha – 『『tumhehi, ānanda, sappurisehi vijitaṃ, pacchimā janatā sālimaṃsodanaṃ atimaññissatī』』ti. Tatrāyamadhippāyo – tumhehi, ānanda, sappurisehi evaṃ dubbhikkhe dullabhapiṇḍe imāya sallahukavuttitāya iminā ca sallekhena vijitaṃ. Kiṃ vijitanti? Dubbhikkhaṃ vijitaṃ, lobho vijito, icchācāro vijito. Kathaṃ? 『『Ayaṃ verañjā dubbhikkhā, samantato pana anantarā gāmanigamā phalabhāranamitasassā subhikkhā sulabhapiṇḍā. Evaṃ santepi bhagavā idheva amhe niggaṇhitvā vasatī』』ti ekabhikkhussapi cintā vā vighāto vā natthi. Evaṃ tāva dubbhikkhaṃ vijitaṃ abhibhūtaṃ attano vase vattitaṃ.

Kathaṃ lobho vijito? 『『Ayaṃ verañjā dubbhikkhā, samantato pana anantarā gāmanigamā phalabhāranamitasassā subhikkhā sulabhapiṇḍā . Handa mayaṃ tattha gantvā paribhuñjissāmā』』ti lobhavasena ekabhikkhunāpi ratticchedo vā 『『pacchimikāya tattha vassaṃ upagacchāmā』』ti vassacchedo vā na kato. Evaṃ lobho vijito.

Kathaṃ icchācāro vijito? Ayaṃ verañjā dubbhikkhā, ime ca manussā amhe dve tayo māse vasantepi na kismiñci maññanti. Yaṃnūna mayaṃ guṇavāṇijjaṃ katvā 『『asuko bhikkhu paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhī…pe… asuko chaḷabhiññoti evaṃ manussānaṃ aññamaññaṃ pakāsetvā kucchiṃ paṭijaggitvā pacchā sīlaṃ adhiṭṭhaheyyāmā』』ti ekabhikkhunāpi evarūpā icchā na uppāditā. Evaṃ icchācāro vijito abhibhūto attano vase vattitoti.

Anāgate pana pacchimā janatā vihāre nisinnā appakasireneva labhitvāpi 『『kiṃ idaṃ uttaṇḍulaṃ atikilinnaṃ aloṇaṃ atiloṇaṃ anambilaṃ accambilaṃ, ko iminā attho』』ti ādinā nayena sālimaṃsodanaṃ atimaññissati, oññātaṃ avaññātaṃ karissati. Atha vā janapado nāma na sabbakālaṃ dubbhikkho hoti. Ekadā dubbhikkho hoti, ekadā subhikkho hoti. Svāyaṃ yadā subhikkho bhavissati, tadā tumhākaṃ sappurisānaṃ imāya paṭipattiyā pasannā manussā bhikkhūnaṃ yāgukhajjakādippabhedena anekappakāraṃ sālivikatiṃ maṃsodanañca dātabbaṃ maññissanti. Taṃ tumhe nissāya uppannaṃ sakkāraṃ tumhākaṃ sabrahmacārīsaṅkhātā pacchimā janatā tumhākaṃ antare nisīditvā anubhavamānāva atimaññissati, tappaccayaṃ mānañca omānañca karissati. Kathaṃ? Kasmā ettakaṃ pakkaṃ, kiṃ tumhākaṃ bhājanāni natthi, yattha attano santakaṃ pakkhipitvā ṭhapeyyāthāti.

Dubbhikkhakathā niṭṭhitā.

Mahāmoggallānassasīhanādakathā

然後世尊...告知了這件事。這裡沒有什麼需要說的。因為之前已經提到比丘們獲得了一帕他一帕他的米,生活簡樸,避免了自己煮飯,所以說他告知了這件事。"善哉!善哉!阿難"這是世尊讚歎阿難尊者所說的。給予讚歎后,從兩個方面中取一個來說法:"阿難,你們這些善人已經戰勝了,未來的人們會輕視米肉飯。"這裡的意思是:阿難,你們這些善人在如此饑荒、難以獲得食物的情況下,以這種簡樸的生活方式和這種苦行,已經戰勝了。戰勝了什麼?戰勝了饑荒,戰勝了貪慾,戰勝了慾望。怎麼戰勝的?沒有一個比丘會想:"這韋蘭迦正遭遇饑荒,但周圍鄰近的村鎮卻果實纍纍,糧食豐收,食物容易獲得。即便如此,世尊仍讓我們留在這裡。"沒有一個比丘會有這樣的想法或煩惱。這樣就戰勝了饑荒,征服了它,使它屈服於自己的意志。 怎麼戰勝了貪慾?沒有一個比丘因為貪慾而中斷夜間修行,說:"這韋蘭迦正遭遇饑荒,但周圍鄰近的村鎮卻果實纍纍,糧食豐收,食物容易獲得。來吧,我們去那裡享用。"也沒有人說:"讓我們在最後一個月去那裡度過雨季。"這樣就戰勝了貪慾。 怎麼戰勝了慾望?這韋蘭迦正遭遇饑荒,這些人對我們住了兩三個月也不在意。沒有一個比丘產生這樣的慾望:"不如我們做功德貿易,向人們宣稱'某某比丘獲得了初禪...某某比丘有六神通',這樣照顧我們的肚子,然後再遵守戒律。"這樣就戰勝了慾望,征服了它,使它屈服於自己的意志。 但在未來,後來的人們即使坐在精舍里輕易獲得食物,也會輕視米肉飯,說:"這是什麼?米飯不熟,太濕,沒有鹽,太鹹,不酸,太酸,這有什麼用?"等等。或者,一個地方不會總是遭遇饑荒。有時遭遇饑荒,有時食物豐富。當食物豐富時,那些因你們這些善人的行為而信仰的人們會認為應該給比丘們各種各樣的粥、硬食和米肉飯。你們的同修被稱為後來的人們,坐在你們中間享用這些由你們而產生的供養時,會輕視它,因此而產生傲慢和自卑。怎麼樣呢?為什麼煮這麼多?你們沒有容器可以把自己的份放進去嗎? 饑荒的論述結束。 大目犍連師子吼的論述

17.Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallānotiādīsu āyasmāti piyavacanametaṃ, garugāravasappatissādhivacanametaṃ. Mahāmoggallānoti mahā ca so guṇamahantatāya moggallāno ca gottenāti mahāmoggallāno. Etadavocāti etaṃ avoca. Idāni vattabbaṃ 『『etarahi bhante』』tiādivacanaṃ dasseti. Kasmā avoca? Thero kira pabbajitvā sattame divase sāvakapāramiñāṇassa matthakaṃ patto, satthārāpi mahiddhikatāya etadagge ṭhapito. So taṃ attano mahiddhikataṃ nissāya cintesi – 『『ayaṃ verañjā dubbhikkhā, bhikkhū ca kilamanti, yaṃnūnāhaṃ pathaviṃ parivattetvā bhikkhū pappaṭakojaṃ bhojeyya』』nti. Athassa etadahosi – 『『sace panāhaṃ bhagavato santike viharanto bhagavantaṃ ayācitvā evaṃ kareyyaṃ, na metaṃ assa patirūpaṃ; yugaggāho viya bhagavatā saddhiṃ kato bhaveyyā』』ti. Tasmā yācitukāmo āgantvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca.

Heṭṭhimatalaṃ sampannanti pathaviyā kira heṭṭhimatale pathavimaṇḍo pathavojo pathavi-pappaṭako atthi, taṃ sandhāya vadati. Tattha sampannanti madhuraṃ, sādurasanti attho. Yatheva hi 『『tatrassa rukkho sampannaphalo ca upapannaphalo cā』』ti (ma. ni.

1. "然後,尊者大目犍連"等句中,"尊者"是一個親切的稱呼,表示尊敬和敬意。"大目犍連"是因為他在德行上偉大,而且姓氏是目犍連,所以稱為大目犍連。"說了這番話"是指他說了這番話。現在要說的是"世尊,現在"等話,表明了這一點。為什麼他說這番話?據說這位長老出家后第七天就達到了聲聞波羅蜜智慧的頂點,也被導師安置在神通第一的地位。他依靠自己的大神通力想:"這韋蘭迦遭遇饑荒,比丘們也很疲憊,不如我把大地翻轉過來,讓比丘們吃地皮吧。"然後他又想:"如果我住在世尊身邊卻不請示世尊就這樣做,這對我來說是不恰當的;這就像與世尊較量一樣。"因此,他想請示,就來到世尊面前說了這番話。 "下層豐富"是指據說在地下有土壤精華、土壤汁液、土壤皮,他指的是這個。這裡的"豐富"意思是甜美,有美味。就像"那裡有一棵樹,果實豐富且成

2.48) ettha madhuraphaloti attho; evamidhāpi sampannanti madhuraṃ sādurasanti veditabbaṃ. Seyyathāpi khuddamadhuṃ anīḷakanti idaṃ panassa madhuratāya opammanidassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Khuddamadhunti khuddakamakkhikāhi katamadhu. Anīḷakanti nimmakkhikaṃ nimmakkhikaṇḍakaṃ parisuddhaṃ. Etaṃ kira madhu sabbamadhūhi aggañca seṭṭhañca surasañca ojavantañca. Tenāha – 『『seyyathāpi khuddamadhuṃ anīḷakaṃ evamassāda』』nti.

Sādhāhaṃ, bhanteti sādhu ahaṃ, bhante. Ettha sādhūti āyācanavacanametaṃ. Pathaviparivattanaṃ āyācanto hi thero bhagavantaṃ evamāha. Parivatteyyanti ukkujjeyyaṃ, heṭṭhimatalaṃ uparimaṃ kareyyaṃ. Kasmā? Evañhi kate sukhena bhikkhū pappaṭakojaṃ pathavimaṇḍaṃ paribhuñjissantīti. Atha bhagavā ananuññātukāmopi theraṃ sīhanādaṃ nadāpetuṃ pucchi – 『『ye pana te, moggallāna, pathavinissitā pāṇā te kathaṃ karissasī』』ti. Ye pathavinissitā gāmanigamādīsu pāṇā, te pathaviyā parivattiyamānāya ākāse saṇṭhātuṃ asakkonte kathaṃ karissasi, kattha ṭhapessasīti? Atha thero bhagavatā etadagge ṭhapitabhāvānurūpaṃ attano iddhānubhāvaṃ pakāsento 『『ekāhaṃ, bhante』』tiādimāha. Tassattho – ekaṃ ahaṃ bhante hatthaṃ yathā ayaṃ mahāpathavī evaṃ abhinimminissāmi, pathavisadisaṃ karissāmi. Evaṃ katvā ye pathavinissitā pāṇā te ekasmiṃ hatthatale ṭhite pāṇe tato dutiyahatthatale saṅkāmento viya tattha saṅkāmessāmīti.

Athassa bhagavā āyācanaṃ paṭikkhipanto 『『alaṃ moggallānā』』tiādimāha. Tattha alanti paṭikkhepavacanaṃ. Vipallāsampi sattā paṭilabheyyunti viparītaggāhampi sattā sampāpuṇeyyuṃ. Kathaṃ? Ayaṃ nu kho pathavī , udāhu na ayanti. Atha vā amhākaṃ nu kho ayaṃ gāmo, udāhu aññesa』』nti. Evaṃ nigamajanapadakhettārāmādīsu. Na vā esa vipallāso, acinteyyo hi iddhimato iddhivisayo. Evaṃ pana vipallāsaṃ paṭilabheyyuṃ – idaṃ dubbhikkhaṃ nāma na idāniyeva hoti, anāgatepi bhavissati. Tadā bhikkhū tādisaṃ iddhimantaṃ sabrahmacāriṃ kuto labhissanti? Te sotāpanna-sakadāgāmi-anāgāmi-sukkhavipassaka-jhānalābhi-paṭisambhidāppattakhīṇāsavāpi samānā iddhibalābhāvā parakulāni piṇḍāya upasaṅkamissanti. Tatra manussānaṃ evaṃ bhavissati – 『『buddhakāle bhikkhū sikkhāsu paripūrakārino ahesuṃ. Te guṇe nibbattetvā dubbhikkhakāle pathaviṃ parivattetvā pappaṭakojaṃ paribhuñjiṃsu. Idāni pana sikkhāya paripūrakārino natthi. Yadi siyuṃ, tatheva kareyyuṃ. Na amhākaṃ yaṃ kiñci pakkaṃ vā āmaṃ vā khādituṃ dadeyyu』』nti. Evaṃ tesuyeva ariyapuggalesu 『『natthi ariyapuggalā』』ti imaṃ vipallāsaṃ paṭilabheyyuṃ. Vipallāsavasena ca ariye garahantā upavadantā apāyupagā bhaveyyuṃ. Tasmā mā te rucci pathaviṃ parivattetunti.

熟"中,"豐富"的意思是果實甜美;同樣在這裡,"豐富"也應理解為甜美、美味。"就像無蜂的蜂蜜"這是爲了比喻說明它的甜美而說的。"蜂蜜"是指小蜜蜂製作的蜜。"無蜂的"是指沒有蜜蜂、沒有蜂卵的純凈蜂蜜。據說這種蜂蜜是所有蜂蜜中最上等、最優質、最美味、最有營養的。因此說:"就像無蜂的蜂蜜,它的味道就是這樣。" "好的,世尊"是"好,我,世尊"的意思。這裡的"好"是一個請求的詞。長老請求翻轉大地時就這樣對世尊說。"我要翻轉"是指我要翻過來,把下面的一層翻到上面。為什麼?因為這樣做,比丘們就可以輕鬆地享用地皮、土壤精華。然後世尊雖然不想同意,但爲了讓長老發出獅子吼,就問道:"目犍連,那些依附於大地的生物,你要怎麼處理呢?"那些依附於大地的村鎮等處的生物,當大地被翻轉時無法停留在空中,你要怎麼處理,要把它們放在哪裡呢?然後長老爲了顯示與世尊安置他在第一位相稱的神通力,就說:"世尊,我會用一隻手"等。其意思是:世尊,我會創造出一隻手,就像這大地一樣,做成與大地相似的。這樣做后,那些依附於大地的生物,我會像把一隻手掌上的生物轉移到另一隻手掌上一樣,把它們轉移到那裡。 然後世尊拒絕他的請求,說:"夠了,目犍連"等。其中,"夠了"是拒絕的話。"眾生會產生顛倒"是指眾生會產生錯誤的理解。怎麼樣?他們會想:"這是大地嗎?還是不是?""這是我們的村子嗎?還是別人的?"對於城鎮、國土、田地、園林等也是如此。或者這不是顛倒,因為神通者的神通領域是不可思議的。但他們會這樣產生顛倒:這種饑荒不只是現在發生,將來也會發生。那時比丘們從哪裡能得到這樣有神通力的同修呢?他們即使是入流者、一來者、不還者、干觀行者、得禪定者、得無礙解者、漏盡者,由於缺乏神通力,也會去別人家乞食。那時人們會這樣想:"佛陀時代的比丘們完全遵守戒律。他們修得功德,在饑荒時翻轉大地食用地皮。現在卻沒有完全遵守戒律的人。如果有的話,他們也會這樣做。他們不會給我們任何煮熟的或生的食物吃。"這樣,他們就會對這些聖者產生"沒有聖者"的顛倒見。由於顛倒見而誹謗、責備聖者,他們會墮入惡道。因此,你不要喜歡翻轉大地。

Atha thero imaṃ yācanaṃ alabhamāno aññaṃ yācanto 『『sādhu, bhante』』tiādimāha. Tampissa bhagavā paṭikkhipanto 『『alaṃmoggallānā』』tiādimāha. Tattha kiñcāpi na vuttaṃ 『『vipallāsampi sattā paṭilabheyyu』』nti, atha kho pubbe vuttanayeneva gahetabbaṃ; atthopi cassa vuttasadisameva veditabbo. Yadi pana bhagavā anujāneyya, thero kiṃ kareyyāti? Mahāsamuddaṃ ekena padavītihārena atikkamitabbaṃ mātikāmattaṃ adhiṭṭhahitvā naḷerupucimandato uttarakuruabhimukhaṃ maggaṃ nīharitvā uttarakuruṃ gamanāgamanasampanne ṭhāne katvā dasseyya, yathā bhikkhū gocaragāmaṃ viya yathāsukhaṃ piṇḍāya pavisitvā nikkhameyyunti.

Niṭṭhitā mahāmoggallānassa sīhanādakathā.

Vinayapaññattiyācanakathāvaṇṇanā

1. Idāni āyasmā upāli vinayapaññattiyā mūlato pabhuti nidānaṃ dassetuṃ sāriputtattherassa sikkhāpadapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ vitakkuppādaṃ dassento 『『atha kho āyasmato sāriputtassā』』tiādimāha. Tattha rahogatassāti rahasi gatassa. Paṭisallīnassāti sallīnassa ekībhāvaṃ gatassa. Katamesānanti atītesu vipassīādīsu buddhesu katamesaṃ. Ciraṃ assa ṭhiti, cirā vā assa ṭhitīti ciraṭṭhitikaṃ. Sesamettha uttānapadatthameva.

Kiṃ pana thero imaṃ attano parivitakkaṃ sayaṃ vinicchinituṃ na sakkotīti? Vuccate – sakkoti ca na sakkoti ca. Ayañhi imesaṃ nāma buddhānaṃ sāsanaṃ na ciraṭṭhitikaṃ ahosi, imesaṃ ciraṭṭhitikanti ettakaṃ sakkoti vinicchinituṃ. Iminā pana kāraṇena na ciraṭṭhitikaṃ ahosi, iminā ciraṭṭhitikanti etaṃ na sakkoti. Mahāpadumatthero panāha – 『『etampi soḷasavidhāya paññāya matthakaṃ pattassa aggasāvakassa na bhāriyaṃ, sammāsambuddhena pana saddhiṃ ekaṭṭhāne vasantassa sayaṃ vinicchayakaraṇaṃ tulaṃ chaḍḍetvā hatthena tulanasadisaṃ hotīti bhagavantaṃyeva upasaṅkamitvā pucchī』』ti. Athassa bhagavā taṃ vissajjento 『『bhagavato ca sāriputta vipassissā』』tiādimāha. Taṃ uttānatthameva.

然後長老得不到這個請求,就請求另一件事,說:"好的,世尊"等。世尊也拒絕了他這個請求,說:"夠了,目犍連"等。雖然這裡沒有說"眾生會產生顛倒",但應該按照前面說的方式理解;其意義也應理解為與前面所說相同。如果世尊同意的話,長老會怎麼做呢?他會把大海變成只有一步之遙,把尼拘律樹變成路標,從那裡開闢一條通往北俱盧洲的道路,使北俱盧洲成為往來方便的地方,讓比丘們可以像進入施食村一樣隨意進出乞食。 大目犍連師子吼的論述結束。 請求制定戒律的論述解釋 18. 現在,尊者優波離爲了從根源開始顯示戒律制定的緣起,顯示舍利弗長老關於學處的思慮,說:"然後,尊者舍利弗"等。其中,"獨處時"是指去到隱蔽處。"獨坐"是指獨自一人坐著。"哪些"是指在過去的毗婆尸佛等佛陀中的哪些。"長久住世"是指長久存在,或長久住立。其餘的詞義都很明顯。 難道長老不能自己判斷這個自己的思慮嗎?回答說:既能又不能。他能判斷"這些佛陀的教法不長久住世,這些長久住世"這麼多。但他不能判斷"因為這個原因不長久住世,因為這個原因長久住世"。但是大蓮花長老說:"對於達到十六種智慧頂點的上首弟子來說,這也不是難事,但與正等正覺者住在同一處時,自己做判斷就像扔掉天平用手稱重一樣,所以他去親近世尊詢問。"然後世尊回答他說:"舍利弗,毗婆尸世尊"等。這是很明顯的意思。

1. Puna thero kāraṇaṃ pucchanto ko nu kho, bhante, hetūtiādimāha. Tattha ko nu kho bhanteti kāraṇapucchā , tassa katamo nu kho bhanteti attho. Hetu paccayoti ubhayametaṃ kāraṇādhivacanaṃ; kāraṇañhi yasmā tena tassa phalaṃ hinoti pavattati, tasmā hetūti vuccati. Yasmā taṃ paṭicca eti pavattati, tasmā paccayoti vuccati. Evaṃ atthato ekampi vohāravasena ca vacanasiliṭṭhatāya ca tatra tatra etaṃ ubhayampi vuccati. Sesamettha uttānatthameva.

Idāni taṃ hetuñca paccayañca dassetuṃ 『『bhagavā ca sāriputta vipassī』』tiādimāha. Tattha kilāsuno ahesunti na ālasiyakilāsuno, na hi buddhānaṃ ālasiyaṃ vā osannavīriyatā vā atthi. Buddhā hi ekassa vā dvinnaṃ vā sakalacakkavāḷassa vā dhammaṃ desentā samakeneva ussāhena dhammaṃ desenti, na parisāya appabhāvaṃ disvā osannavīriyā honti, nāpi mahantabhāvaṃ disvā ussannavīriyā. Yathā hi sīho migarājā sattannaṃ divasānaṃ accayena gocarāya pakkanto khuddake vā mahante vā pāṇe ekasadiseneva vegena dhāvati. Taṃ kissa hetu? 『『Mā me javo parihāyī』』ti. Evaṃ buddhā appakāya vā mahatiyā vā parisāya samakeneva ussāhena dhammaṃ desenti. Taṃ kissa hetu? 『『Mā no dhammagarutā parihāyī』』ti. Dhammagaruno hi buddhā dhammagāravāti.

Yathā pana amhākaṃ bhagavā mahāsamuddaṃ pūrayamāno viya vitthārena dhammaṃ desesi, evaṃ te na desesuṃ. Kasmā? Sattānaṃ apparajakkhatāya. Tesaṃ kira kāle dīghāyukā sattā apparajakkhā ahesuṃ. Te catusaccapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ ekagāthampi sutvā dhammaṃ abhisamenti, tasmā na vitthārena dhammaṃ desesuṃ. Teneva kāraṇena appakañca nesaṃ ahosi suttaṃ…pe… vedallanti. Tattha suttādīnaṃ nānattaṃ paṭhamasaṅgītivaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttameva.

Apaññattaṃsāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadanti sāvakānaṃ niddosatāya dosānurūpato paññapetabbaṃ sattāpattikkhandhavasena āṇāsikkhāpadaṃ apaññattaṃ. Anuddiṭṭhaṃpātimokkhanti anvaddhamāsaṃ āṇāpātimokkhaṃ anuddiṭṭhaṃ ahosi. Ovādapātimokkhameva te uddisiṃsu; tampi ca no anvaddhamāsaṃ. Tathā hi vipassī bhagavā channaṃ channaṃ vassānaṃ sakiṃ sakiṃ ovādapātimokkhaṃ uddisi; tañca kho sāmaṃyeva. Sāvakā panassa attano attano vasanaṭṭhānesu na uddisiṃsu. Sakalajambudīpe ekasmiṃyeva ṭhāne bandhumatiyā rājadhāniyā kheme migadāye vipassissa bhagavato vasanaṭṭhāne sabbopi bhikkhusaṅgho uposathaṃ akāsi. Tañca kho saṅghuposathameva; na gaṇuposathaṃ, na puggaluposathaṃ, na pārisuddhiuposathaṃ, na adhiṭṭhānuposathaṃ.

1. 然後長老詢問原因,說:"世尊,是什麼原因"等。其中,"世尊,是什麼"是詢問原因,意思是"世尊,到底是什麼"。"因"和"緣"這兩個都是原因的同義詞;因為原因使果生起運作,所以稱為"因"。因為依靠它而生起運作,所以稱為"緣"。雖然意義上是相同的,但爲了表達和語言流暢,在不同地方都使用這兩個詞。其餘的詞義都很明顯。 現在,爲了顯示那個因和緣,他說:"舍利弗,毗婆尸世尊"等。其中,"懈怠"不是指懶惰的懈怠,因為佛陀沒有懶惰或精進減弱。佛陀無論是對一個人、兩個人還是整個世界說法,都是以同樣的熱忱說法,看到聽眾少也不會減弱精進,看到聽眾多也不會增加精進。就像獅子王七天後外出覓食,無論是小動物還是大動物,都以同樣的速度奔跑。為什麼呢?因為"不要讓我的速度減弱"。同樣,佛陀對小眾或大眾都以同樣的熱忱說法。為什麼呢?因為"不要讓我們對法的尊重減弱"。因為佛陀尊重法,重視法。 但是,他們沒有像我們的世尊那樣廣泛地說法,彷彿在填滿大海。為什麼?因為眾生塵垢很少。據說在他們的時代,眾生長壽,塵垢很少。他們聽到一個與四聖諦相關的偈頌就能證悟法,所以沒有廣泛地說法。因此他們的經、律、論等也很少。其中經等的區別在第一次結集的解釋中已經說過。 "沒有為制定學處"是指因為沒有過錯,所以沒有根據過錯制定七種罪類的學處規定。"沒有誦說波羅提木叉"是指每半月沒有誦說規定的波羅提木叉。他們只誦說教誡波羅提木叉;而且也不是每半月。比如毗婆尸世尊每六年才親自誦說一次教誡波羅提木叉;**們在各自的住處也沒有誦說。整個閻浮提只在一個地方,即毗婆尸世尊住處的班度馬蒂王城的鹿野苑,所有比丘僧團才舉行布薩。而且只舉行僧團布薩;沒有小眾布薩、個人布薩、清凈布薩、決意布薩。

Tadā kira jambudīpe caturāsītivihārasahassāni honti. Ekamekasmiṃ vihāre abbokiṇṇāni dasapi vīsatipi bhikkhusahassāni vasanti, bhiyyopi vasanti. Uposathārocikā devatā tattha tattha gantvā ārocenti – 『『mārisā, ekaṃ vassaṃ atikkantaṃ, dve tīṇi cattāri pañca vassāni atikkantāni, idaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ vassaṃ, āgāminiyā puṇṇamāsiyā buddhadassanatthaṃ uposathakaraṇatthañca gantabbaṃ! Sampatto vo sannipātakālo』』ti. Tato sānubhāvā bhikkhū attano attano ānubhāvena gacchanti, itare devatānubhāvena. Kathaṃ? Te kira bhikkhū pācīnasamuddante vā pacchimauttaradakkhiṇasamuddante vā ṭhitā gamiyavattaṃ pūretvā pattacīvaramādāya 『『gacchāmā』』ti cittaṃ uppādenti; saha cittuppādā uposathaggaṃ gatāva honti. Te vipassiṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ abhivādetvā nisīdanti. Bhagavāpi sannisinnāya parisāya imaṃ ovādapātimokkhaṃ uddisati.

『『Khantī paramaṃ tapo titikkhā;

Nibbānaṃ paramaṃ vadanti buddhā;

Na hi pabbajito parūpaghātī;

Na samaṇo hoti paraṃ viheṭhayanto.

『『Sabbapāpassa akaraṇaṃ, kusalassa upasampadā;

Sacittapariyodapanaṃ, etaṃ buddhāna sāsanaṃ.

『『Anupavādo anupaghāto, pātimokkhe ca saṃvaro;

Mattaññutā ca bhattasmiṃ, pantañca sayanāsanaṃ;

Adhicitte ca āyogo, etaṃ buddhāna sāsana』』nti. (dī. ni.

據說當時在閻浮提有八萬四千座精舍。每座精舍住有一萬、兩萬或更多比丘,沒有空缺。布薩通知的天神到處去通知:"尊者們,一年已經過去了,兩年、三年、四年、五年已經過去了,這是第六年,下一個滿月日應該去見佛和舉行布薩!你們的集會時間到了。"然後有神通的比丘用自己的神通力前往,其他的則藉助天神的神通力。怎麼去呢?據說那些比丘站在東海邊或西北南海邊,完成出行準備,拿起缽和衣,生起"我們出發"的念頭;一生起這個念頭,他們就已經到達布薩堂了。他們向正等正覺的毗婆尸世尊禮拜后就坐下。世尊對坐好的僧眾誦說這個教誡波羅提木叉: "忍辱為最高苦行, 諸佛說涅槃最上; 出家不害他人者, 不惱他人為沙門。 諸惡莫作,諸善奉行, 自凈其意,是諸佛教。 不誹謗不傷害,嚴持波羅提木叉, 飲食知節量,住處遠離, 專修增上心,是為諸佛教。"

2.90; dha. pa. 183-185);

Eteneva upāyena itaresampi buddhānaṃ pātimokkhuddeso veditabbo. Sabbabuddhānañhi imā tissova ovādapātimokkhagāthāyo honti. Tā dīghāyukabuddhānaṃ yāva sāsanapariyantā uddesamāgacchanti; appāyukabuddhānaṃ paṭhamabodhiyaṃyeva. Sikkhāpadapaññattikālato pana pabhuti āṇāpātimokkhameva uddisīyati. Tañca kho bhikkhū eva uddisanti, na buddhā. Tasmā amhākampi bhagavā paṭhamabodhiyaṃ vīsativassamattameva idaṃ ovādapātimokkhaṃ uddisi. Athekadivasaṃ pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde nisinno bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『na dānāhaṃ, bhikkhave, ito paraṃ uposathaṃ karissāmi pātimokkhaṃ uddisissāmi, tumheva dāni bhikkhave ito paraṃ uposathaṃ kareyyātha, pātimokkhaṃ uddiseyyātha. Aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṃ tathāgato aparisuddhāya parisāya uposathaṃ kareyya, pātimokkhaṃ uddiseyyā』』ti (cūḷava. 386). Tato paṭṭhāya bhikkhū āṇāpātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Idaṃ āṇāpātimokkhaṃ tesaṃ anuddiṭṭhaṃ ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『anuddiṭṭhaṃ pātimokkha』』nti.

Tesaṃbuddhānanti tesaṃ vipassīādīnaṃ tiṇṇaṃ buddhānaṃ. Antaradhānenāti khandhantaradhānena; parinibbānenāti vuttaṃ hoti. Buddhānubuddhānanti ye tesaṃ buddhānaṃ anubuddhā sammukhasāvakā tesañca khandhantaradhānena. Ye te pacchimā sāvakāti ye tesaṃ sammukhasāvakānaṃ santike pabbajitā pacchimā sāvakā. Nānānāmāti 『『buddharakkhito, dhammarakkhito』』tiādi nāmavasena vividhanāmā. Nānāgottāti 『『gotamo, moggallāno』』tiādi gottavasena vividhagottā. Nānājaccāti 『『khattiyo, brāhmaṇo』』tiādijātivasena nānājaccā. Nānākulā pabbajitāti khattiyakulādivase neva uccanīcauḷāruḷārabhogādikulavasena vā vividhakulā nikkhamma pabbajitā.

Tetaṃ brahmacariyanti te pacchimā sāvakā yasmā ekanāmā ekagottā ekajātikā ekakulā pabbajitā 『『amhākaṃ sāsanaṃ tanti paveṇī』』ti attano bhāraṃ katvā brahmacariyaṃ rakkhanti, ciraṃ pariyattidhammaṃ pariharanti. Ime ca tādisā na honti. Tasmā aññamaññaṃ viheṭhentā vilomaṃ gaṇhantā 『『asuko thero jānissati, asuko thero jānissatī』』ti sithilaṃ karontā taṃ brahmacariyaṃ khippaññeva antaradhāpesuṃ, saṅgahaṃ āropetvā na rakkhiṃsu. Seyyathāpīti tassatthassa opammanidassanaṃ. Vikiratīti vikkhipati. Vidhamatīti ṭhānantaraṃ neti. Viddhaṃsetīti ṭhitaṭṭhānato apaneti. Yathā taṃ suttena asaṅgahitattāti yathā suttena asaṅgahitattā aganthitattā abaddhattā evaṃ vikirati yathā suttena asaṅgahitāni vikiriyanti, evaṃ vikiratīti vuttaṃ hoti. Evameva khoti opammasampaṭipādanaṃ. Antaradhāpesunti vaggasaṅgaha-paṇṇāsasaṅgahādīhi asaṅgaṇhantā yaṃ yaṃ attano ruccati, taṃ tadeva gahetvā sesaṃ vināsesuṃ adassanaṃ nayiṃsu.

2.90; dha. pa. 183-185); 因此，其他佛陀的教誡波羅提木叉也應如此理解。所有佛陀的教誡波羅提木叉有三種。它們對於長壽的佛陀而言，直到教法結束才會傳授；對於短壽的佛陀，僅在第一次成道時傳授。從戒律制定的時間開始，只有波羅提木叉被傳授。而且只有比丘傳授，並非佛陀。因此，我們的世尊在第一次成道時，僅傳授了這個教誡波羅提木叉。某一天，坐在普巴拉梅米迦拉母的宮殿中，世尊對比丘們說：「我不會再舉行布薩，傳授波羅提木叉了。你們現在可以舉行布薩，傳授波羅提木叉。因為這是一個地方，不允許如來在不清凈的僧團中舉行布薩，傳授波羅提木叉。」（小部. 386）。從那時起，比丘們開始傳授波羅提木叉。這個波羅提木叉對他們而言是未被傳授的。因此說：「未被傳授的波羅提木叉。」 「這些佛陀」是指那三位有智慧的佛陀。關於「消失」的意思是指因五蘊的消失；關於「涅槃」是指這樣說。關於「佛陀和弟子」是指那些在這些佛陀面前的弟子，以及因五蘊的消失。關於「後來的弟子」是指那些在這些弟子面前出家的後來的弟子。關於「不同的名字」是指「佛保護者、法保護者」等等不同的名稱。關於「不同的種族」是指「戈陀摩、目犍連」等等不同的種族。關於「不同的出生」是指「剎帝利、婆羅門」等等不同的種姓。關於「不同的家族出家」是指那些來自剎帝利等家族的，不論是高貴還是卑賤的家族，都出家了。 「他們的梵行」是指這些後來的弟子，因為同名、同族、同種、同家出家，承擔自己的責任，保持梵行，長久保持戒律的教法。這些人並不是如此。因此，他們互相爭鬥，互相妨礙，放鬆了自己的梵行，迅速使其消失，未能保持團結。關於「例如」是指示比喻的意思。關於「散佈」是指分散。關於「毀壞」是指帶到其他地方。關於「消滅」是指從固定的地方帶走。就像通過教法未能保持團結的那樣，就像通過教法未能保持不被束縛的那樣，分散開來。就像通過教法未能保持團結一樣，分散開來。因此，保持團結也是一種比喻。關於「消失」是指通過聚合、五十聚合等方式不再保持團結，選擇自己所喜歡的東西，抓住這個，然後消滅其他的。

Akilāsuno ca te bhagavanto ahesuṃ sāvake cetasā ceto paricca ovaditunti apica sāriputta te buddhā attano cetasā sāvakānaṃ ceto paricca paricchinditvā ovadituṃ akilāsuno ahesuṃ, paracittaṃ ñatvā anusāsaniṃ na bhāriyato na papañcato addasaṃsu. Bhūtapubbaṃ sāriputtātiādi tesaṃ akilāsubhāvappakāsanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Bhiṃsanaketi bhayānake bhayajananake. Evaṃ vitakkethāti nekkhammavitakkādayo tayo vitakke vitakketha. Mā evaṃ vitakkayitthāti kāmavitakkādayo tayo akusalavitakke mā vitakkayittha. Evaṃ manasi karothāti 『『aniccaṃ dukkhamanattā asubha』』nti manasi karotha. Mā evaṃ manasā katthāti 『『niccaṃ sukhaṃ attā subha』』nti mā manasi akarittha. Idaṃ pajahathāti akusalaṃ pajahatha. Idaṃ upasampajja viharathāti kusalaṃ upasampajja paṭilabhitvā nipphādetvā viharatha.

Anupādāyaāsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsūti aggahetvā vimucciṃsu. Tesañhi cittāni yehi āsavehi vimucciṃsu, na te tāni gahetvā vimucciṃsu. Anuppādanirodhena pana nirujjhamānā aggahetvā vimucciṃsu. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsū』』ti. Sabbepi te arahattaṃ patvā sūriyarasmisamphuṭṭhamiva padumavanaṃ vikasitacittā ahesuṃ. Tatra sudaṃ sāriputta bhiṃsanakassa vanasaṇḍassa bhiṃsanakatasmiṃ hotīti tatrāti purimavacanāpekkhaṃ; sudanti padapūraṇamatte nipāto; sāriputtāti ālapanaṃ. Ayaṃ panettha atthayojanā – tatrāti yaṃ vuttaṃ 『『aññatarasmiṃ bhiṃsanake vanasaṇḍe』』ti, tatra yo so bhiṃsanakoti vanasaṇḍo vutto, tassa bhiṃsanakassa vanasaṇḍassa bhiṃsanakatasmiṃ hoti, bhiṃsanakiriyāya hotīti attho. Kiṃ hoti? Idaṃ hoti – yo koci avītarāgo…pe… lomāni haṃsantīti.

Atha vā tatrāti sāmiatthe bhummaṃ. Suiti nipāto; 『『kiṃ su nāma te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā』』tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.469) viya. Idanti adhippetamatthaṃ paccakkhaṃ viya katvā dassanavacanaṃ. Suidanti sudaṃ, sandhivasena ikāralopo veditabbo. 『『Cakkhundriyaṃ, itthindriyaṃ, anaññātaññassāmītindriyaṃ (vibha. 219), 『『kiṃ sūdha vitta』』ntiādīsu (saṃ. ni.

阿基拉蘇諾的這些佛陀是以心智為基礎教導弟子的，舍利弗等佛陀以自己的心智為基礎，教導弟子們，阿基拉蘇諾的佛陀們，瞭解他人的心智而教導，既不沉重也不繁瑣。關於「過去的舍利弗」等等，是爲了說明他們的阿基拉蘇諾的特性。關於「令人恐懼」的意思是指引起恐懼的事物。如此思維的意思是要思維出三種出離的思維。不要這樣思維的意思是指不要思維三種與慾望相關的惡思維。如此思維的意思是要思維「無常、苦、無我、不潔」的內容。不要這樣思維的意思是指不要思維「常、樂、自我、潔凈」的內容。要放棄這個，放棄惡法。要住于這個，獲得善法，具足善法而住。 因不執著的漏而心解脫，這裡是指不執著而解脫。因為他們的心是通過什麼漏而解脫的，而不是通過執著而解脫。通過無執著的滅除而解脫。故說：「因不執著的漏而心解脫。」所有人都獲得了阿羅漢果，如同被陽光照耀的蓮花般心開意解。此時舍利弗在令人恐懼的叢林中，正如前面所說的；「蘇達」是指達到某種程度的意思；「舍利弗」是指對話者。這裡的意思是「在某個令人恐懼的叢林中」，所說的令人恐懼的叢林，就是那個令人恐懼的叢林，因令人恐懼的行為而令人恐懼。什麼是令人恐懼的？這是指「任何人若無貪慾……等……毛髮豎立」。 或者說「在那裡」是指在某種情況下。關於「蘇達」是指某種程度；「你們這些出家人和婆羅門們」是類似於（小部. 1.469）的說法。關於「這裡」是指所指的意思，如同顯而易見的。關於「蘇達」，是指在相互關係中有所省略的意思。「眼根、耳根、無異根」等等的說法（大部. 219），「你們怎麼會有財物」等等的說法（相部. ）。

1.73, 246; su. ni. 183) viya. Ayaṃ panettha atthayojanā – tassa sāriputta bhiṃsanakassa vanasaṇḍassa bhiṃsanakatasmiṃ idaṃsu hoti. Bhiṃsanakatasminti bhiṃsanakabhāveti attho. Ekassa takārassa lopo daṭṭhabbo. Bhiṃsanakattasmintiyeva vā pāṭho. 『『Bhiṃsanakatāya』』 iti vā vattabbe liṅgavipallāso kato. Nimittatthe cetaṃ bhummavacanaṃ, tasmā evaṃ sambandho veditabbo – bhiṃsanakabhāve idaṃsu hoti, bhiṃsanakabhāvanimittaṃ bhiṃsanakabhāvahetu bhiṃsanakabhāvapaccayā idaṃsu hoti. Yo koci avītarāgo taṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ pavisati, yebhuyyena lomāni haṃsantīti bahutarāni lomāni haṃsanti uddhaṃ mukhāni sūcisadisāni kaṇṭakasadisāni ca hutvā tiṭṭhanti, appāni na haṃsanti. Bahutarānaṃ vā sattānaṃ haṃsanti. Appakānaṃ atisūrapurisānaṃ na haṃsanti.

Idāni ayaṃ kho, sāriputta, hetūtiādi nigamanaṃ. Yañcettha antarantarā na vuttaṃ, taṃ uttānatthameva. Tasmā pāḷikkameneva veditabbaṃ. Yaṃ pana vuttaṃ na ciraṭṭhitikaṃ ahosīti, taṃ purisayugavasena vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Vassagaṇanāya hi vipassissa bhagavato asītivassasahassāni āyu, sammukhasāvakānampissa tattakameva. Evamassa yvāyaṃ sabbapacchimako sāvako, tena saha ghaṭetvā satasahassaṃ saṭṭhimattāni ca vassasahassāni brahmacariyaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Purisayugavasena pana yugaparamparāya āgantvā dveyeva purisayugāni aṭṭhāsi. Tasmā na ciraṭṭhitikanti vuttaṃ. Sikhissa pana bhagavato sattativassasahassāni āyu. Sammukhasāvakānampissa tattakameva. Vessabhussa bhagavato saṭṭhivassasahassāni āyu. Sammukhasāvakānampissa tattakameva. Evaṃ tesampi ye sabbapacchimakā sāvakā tehi saha ghaṭetvā satasahassato uddhaṃ cattālīsamattāni vīsatimattāni ca vassasahassāni brahmacariyaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Purisayugavasena pana yugaparamparāya āgantvā dve dveyeva purisayugāni aṭṭhāsi. Tasmā na ciraṭṭhitikanti vuttaṃ.

1. Evaṃ āyasmā sāriputto tiṇṇaṃ buddhānaṃ brahmacariyassa na ciraṭṭhitikāraṇaṃ sutvā itaresaṃ tiṇṇaṃ brahmacariyassa ciraṭṭhitikāraṇaṃ sotukāmo puna bhagavantaṃ 『『ko pana bhante hetū』』ti ādinā nayena pucchi. Bhagavāpissa byākāsi. Taṃ sabbaṃ vuttapaṭipakkhavasena veditabbaṃ. Ciraṭṭhitikabhāvepi cettha tesaṃ buddhānaṃ āyuparimāṇatopi purisayugatopi ubhayathā ciraṭṭhitikatā veditabbā. Kakusandhassa hi bhagavato cattālīsavassasahassāni āyu, koṇāgamanassa bhagavato tiṃsavassasahassāni, kassapassa bhagavato vīsativassasahassāni; sammukhasāvakānampi nesaṃ tattakameva. Bahūni ca nesaṃ sāvakayugāni paramparāya brahmacariyaṃ pavattesuṃ. Evaṃ tesaṃ āyuparimāṇatopi sāvakayugatopi ubhayathā brahmacariyaṃ ciraṭṭhitikaṃ ahosi.

Amhākaṃ pana bhagavato kassapassa bhagavato upaḍḍhāyukappamāṇe dasavassasahassāyukakāle uppajjitabbaṃ siyā. Taṃ asambhuṇantena pañcavassasahassāyukakāle, ekavassasahassāyukakāle, pañcavassasatāyukakālepi vā uppajjitabbaṃ siyā. Yasmā panassa buddhattakārake dhamme esantassa pariyesantassa ñāṇaṃ paripācentassa gabbhaṃ gaṇhāpentassa vassasatāyukakāle ñāṇaṃ paripākamagamāsi. Tasmā atiparittāyukakāle uppanno. Tenassa sāvakaparamparāvasena ciraṭṭhitikampi brahmacariyaṃ āyuparimāṇavasena vassagaṇanāya naciraṭṭhitikamevāti vattuṃ vaṭṭati.

1.73, 246; 經集 183)。這裡的意思是:舍利弗,在那個令人恐懼的叢林中,確實發生了這樣的事。"令人恐懼"是指恐怖的狀態,應該理解為省略了一個"ta"音。或者讀作"bhiṃsanakattas miṃ"。本應說"bhiṃsanakatāya",但改變了性別。這是位置格表示原因,所以應理解為這樣的關係:由於恐怖的狀態,因為恐怖的狀態,緣于恐怖的狀態,確實發生了這樣的事。任何未離貪慾的人進入那個叢林,大多數人的毛髮都會豎立,像針一樣直立,像刺一樣,只有少數人的毛髮不會豎立。或者說大多數眾生的毛髮會豎立,只有少數極其勇敢的人不會。 現在"舍利弗,這就是原因"等是總結。其中未說明的部分意思很明顯,應該按照經文順序理解。所說的"不長久住世"應該理解為按人的世代來說的。因為從壽命計算,毗婆尸佛的壽命是八萬歲,他的親自弟子也是如此。這樣,他最後一個弟子,與他一起共同生活了十六萬多年。但按人的世代來說,只延續了兩代。因此說"不長久住世"。尸棄佛的壽命是七萬歲,他的親自弟子也是如此。毗舍浮佛的壽命是六萬歲,他的親自弟子也是如此。這樣,他們最後的弟子,與他們一起共同生活了十四萬多年和十二萬多年。但按人的世代來說,只延續了兩代。因此說"不長久住世"。 20. 這樣,尊者舍利弗聽了三位佛的梵行不長久住世的原因后,想要聽另外三位佛的梵行長久住世的原因,又以"世尊,什麼是原因"等方式詢問世尊。世尊也為他解釋了。這一切都應該按照與前面相反的方式來理解。關於長久住世,這裡應該從這些佛的壽命和人的世代兩方面來理解。拘留孫佛的壽命是四萬歲,拘那含牟尼佛的壽命是三萬歲,迦葉佛的壽命是二萬歲;他們的親自弟子也是如此。他們的許多弟子世代相繼地延續了梵行。這樣,從壽命和弟子世代兩方面來看,他們的梵行都是長久住世的。 我們的世尊本應在迦葉佛壽命的一半,即一萬歲時出生。如果那時不能出生,應該在五千歲、一千歲或五百歲時出生。但是因為他在尋求、探索成佛的法,使智慧成熟,孕育[佛性],直到百歲時智慧才成熟。因此在極短的壽命時出生。所以可以說,雖然從弟子相繼的角度來看他的梵行是長久住世的,但從壽命的年數來看卻不是長久住世的。

21.Atha kho āyasmā sāriputtoti ko anusandhi? Evaṃ tiṇṇaṃ buddhānaṃ brahmacariyassa ciraṭṭhitikāraṇaṃ sutvā sikkhāpadapaññattiyeva ciraṭṭhitikabhāvahetūti niṭṭhaṃ gantvā bhagavatopi brahmacariyassa ciraṭṭhitikabhāvaṃ icchanto āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṃ sikkhāpadapaññattiṃ yāci. Tassā yācanavidhidassanatthametaṃ vuttaṃ – atha kho āyasmā sāriputto uṭṭhāyāsanā …pe… ciraṭṭhitikanti. Tattha addhaniyanti addhānakkhamaṃ; dīghakālikanti vuttaṃ hoti. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.

Athassa bhagavā 『『na tāvāyaṃ sikkhāpadapaññattikālo』』ti pakāsento 『『āgamehi tvaṃ sāriputtā』』tiādimāha. Tattha āgamehi tvanti tiṭṭha tāva tvaṃ; adhivāsehi tāva tvanti vuttaṃ hoti. Ādaratthavasenevettha dvikkhattuṃ vuttaṃ. Etena bhagavā sikkhāpadapaññattiyā sāvakānaṃ visayabhāvaṃ paṭikkhipitvā 『『buddhavisayova sikkhāpadapaññattī』』ti āvikaronto 『『tathāgato vā』』tiādimāha. Ettha ca tatthāti sikkhāpadapaññattiyācanāpekkhaṃ bhummavacanaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ yojanā – yaṃ vuttaṃ 『『sikkhāpadaṃ paññapeyyā』』ti, tattha tassā sikkhāpadapaññattiyā tathāgatoyeva kālaṃ jānissatīti. Evaṃ vatvā akālaṃ tāva dassetuṃ 『『na tāva sāriputtā』』tiādimāha.

Tattha āsavā tiṭṭhanti etesūti āsavaṭṭhānīyā. Yesu diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikā dukkhāsavā kilesāsavā ca parūpavādavippaṭisāravadhabandhanādayo ceva apāyadukkhavisesabhūtā ca āsavā tiṭṭhantiyeva, yasmā nesaṃ te kāraṇaṃ hontīti attho. Te āsavaṭṭhānīyā vītikkamadhammā yāva na saṅghe pātubhavanti, na tāva satthā sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññapetīti ayamettha yojanā. Yadi hi paññapeyya, parūpavādā parūpārambhā garahadosā na parimucceyya.

1. 然後尊者舍利弗,這是什麼聯繫?就這樣聽了三位佛的梵行長久住世的原因后,得出結論認為制定學處正是長久住世的原因,希望世尊的梵行也能長久住世,尊者舍利弗請求世尊制定學處。爲了顯示他請求的方式,說了這句話 - 然後尊者舍利弗從座位站起來...長久住世。其中,"能持久"是指能經得起時間的考驗;意思是說"長期的"。其餘的意思很明顯。 然後世尊爲了表明"現在還不是制定學處的時候",說"舍利弗,你要等待"等。其中,"你要等待"是指你要暫時停止;意思是說"你要暫時忍耐"。這裡爲了表示尊重,說了兩遍。通過這個,世尊否定了制定學處是的範疇,爲了顯示"制定學處是佛陀的範疇",說"如來"等。這裡,"在那裡"是指請求制定學處的位格。這裡的意思是:關於所說的"應該制定學處",在那裡,只有如來才知道制定學處的時機。這樣說了之後,爲了顯示現在還不是時候,說"舍利弗,還不到"等。 其中,"有漏住處"是指漏存在於其中的地方。在這些地方,現世和來世的苦惱漏、煩惱漏,以及他人的批評、後悔、殺害、捆綁等,以及特別的惡道之苦等漏都存在,因為它們是這些[漏]的原因。這些有漏住處的違犯法,只要還沒有在僧團中出現,導師就不為制定學處 - 這就是這裡的意思。因為如果制定了,就不能避免他人的批評、

Kathaṃ? Paññapentena hi 『『yo pana bhikkhu methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭiseveyyā』』tiādi sabbaṃ paññapetabbaṃ bhaveyya. Adisvāva vītikkamadosaṃ imaṃ paññattiṃ ñatvā pare evaṃ upavādañca upārambhañca garahañca pavatteyyuṃ – 『『kathañhi nāma samaṇo gotamo bhikkhusaṅgho me anvāyiko vacanakaroti ettāvatā sikkhāpadehi paliveṭhessati, pārājikaṃ paññapessati? Nanu ime kulaputtā mahantaṃ bhogakkhandhaṃ mahantañca ñātiparivaṭṭaṃ hatthagatāni ca rajjānipi pahāya pabbajitā, ghāsacchādanaparamatāya santuṭṭhā, sikkhāya tibbagāravā, kāye ca jīvite ca nirapekkhā viharanti. Tesu nāma ko lokāmisabhūtaṃ methunaṃ vā paṭisevissati, parabhaṇḍaṃ vā harissati, parassa vā iṭṭhaṃ kantaṃ atimadhuraṃ jīvitaṃ upacchindissati, abhūtaguṇakathāya vā jīvitaṃ kappessati! Nanu pārājike apaññattepi pabbajjāsaṅkhepenevetaṃ pākaṭaṃ kata』』nti. Tathāgatassa ca thāmañca balañca sattā na jāneyyuṃ. Paññattampi sikkhāpadaṃ kuppeyya, na yathāṭhāne tiṭṭheyya. Seyyathāpi nāma akusalo vejjo kañci anuppannagaṇḍaṃ purisaṃ pakkosāpetvā 『『ehi bho purisa, imasmiṃ te sarīrappadese mahāgaṇḍo uppajjitvā anayabyasanaṃ pāpessati, paṭikacceva naṃ tikicchāpehī』』ti vatvā 『『sādhācariya, tvaṃyeva naṃ tikicchassū』』ti vutto tassa arogaṃ sarīrappadesaṃ phāletvā lohitaṃ nīharitvā ālepanabandhanadhovanādīhi taṃ padesaṃ sañchaviṃ katvā taṃ purisaṃ vadeyya – 『『mahārogo te mayā tikicchito, dehi me deyyadhamma』』nti. So taṃ 『『kimayaṃ bālavejjo vadati? Kataro kira me iminā rogo tikicchito? Nanu me ayaṃ dukkhañca janeti, lohitakkhayañca maṃ pāpetī』』ti evaṃ upavadeyya ceva upārambheyya ca garaheyya ca, na cassa guṇaṃ jāneyya. Evameva yadi anuppanne vītikkamadose satthā sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññapeyya, parūpavādādīhi ca na parimucceyya, na cassa thāmaṃ vā balaṃ vā sattā jāneyyuṃ, paññattampi sikkhāpadaṃ kuppeyya, na yathāṭhāne tiṭṭheyya. Tasmā vuttaṃ – 『『na tāva sāriputta satthā sāvakānaṃ…pe… pātubhavantī』』ti.

Evaṃ akālaṃ dassetvā puna kālaṃ dassetuṃ 『『yato ca kho sāriputtā』』tiādimāha. Tattha yatoti yadā; yasmiṃ kāleti vuttaṃ hoti. Sesaṃ vuttānusāreneva veditabbaṃ. Ayaṃ vā hettha saṅkhepattho – yasmiṃ samaye 『『āsavaṭṭhānīyā dhammā』』ti saṅkhyaṃ gatā vītikkamadosā saṅghe pātubhavanti, tadā satthā sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññapeti, uddisati pātimokkhaṃ. Kasmā? Tesaṃyeva 『『āsavaṭṭhānīyā dhammā』』ti saṅkhyaṃ gatānaṃ vītikkamadosānaṃ paṭighātāya. Evaṃ paññapento yathā nāma kusalo vejjo uppannaṃ gaṇḍaṃ phālanalepanabandhanadhovanādīhi tikicchanto rogaṃ vūpasametvā sañchaviṃ katvā na tveva upavādādiraho hoti, sake ca ācariyake viditānubhāvo hutvā sakkāraṃ pāpuṇāti; evaṃ na ca upavādādiraho hoti, sake ca sabbaññuvisaye viditānubhāvo hutvā sakkāraṃ pāpuṇāti. Tañcassa sikkhāpadaṃ akuppaṃ hoti, yathāṭhāne tiṭṭhatīti.

怎麼說呢?如果要制定,就應該制定"如果有比丘從事淫慾法"等一切戒條。如果在沒有看到違犯過錯就知道這個制定,別人就會這樣批評、指責和責備:"為什麼沙門喬達摩要用這麼多學處來束縛追隨他的比丘僧團,制定波羅夷戒?這些善男子不是已經捨棄了大量財富、眾多親屬和掌握的王位而出家,以食物和衣服為滿足,對學處深懷敬畏,對身體和生命無所執著地生活嗎?他們中誰會從事世俗的淫慾,偷盜他人財物,或者斷絕他人可愛、可意、極其甜美的生命,或者以不實的功德之談來維生呢?即使不制定波羅夷戒,通過出家的概念這些不是已經很明顯了嗎?"人們也不會知道如來的力量和能力。已經制定的學處也會動搖,不能如實地存在。就像一個不熟練的醫生召來一個沒有腫瘤的人說:"來吧,朋友,你身體這個部位將長出大腫瘤,會給你帶來不幸和災難,你應該提前治療。"那人說:"好的,老師,請您治療吧。"醫生就割開他健康的身體部位,放出血,塗藥、包紮、清洗等使那部位結疤,然後對那人說:"我已經為你治好了大病,給我報酬吧。"那人會這樣批評、指責和責備他:"這個愚蠢的醫生在說什麼?他到底治好了我什麼病?他不是給我帶來痛苦,讓我失血嗎?"他不會知道醫生的功德。同樣,如果導師在違犯過錯未出現時就為制定學處,就不能避免他人的批評等,人們也不會知道他的力量和能力,已經制定的學處也會動搖,不能如實地存在。因此說:"舍利弗,導師還不會...出現。" 這樣顯示了不適當的時候,然後爲了顯示適當的時候,說"但是舍利弗,當"等。其中,"當"是指什麼時候;意思是說"在什麼時候"。其餘的應該按照已說的來理解。或者這裡的簡要意思是:在什麼時候被稱為"有漏住處"的違犯過錯在僧團中出現,那時導師就為制定學處,誦說波羅提木叉。為什麼?爲了對治那些被稱為"有漏住處"的違犯過錯。這樣制定時,就像熟練的醫生通過割開、塗藥、包紮、清洗等治療已經出現的腫瘤,平息疾病使之結疤,不會受到批評等,而且在自己的醫術中顯示了能力而獲得尊敬;同樣地,他不會受到批評等,而且在自己的一切智境界中顯示了能力而獲得尊敬。他制定的學處不會動搖,能如實地存在。

Evaṃ āsavaṭṭhānīyānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppattiṃ sikkhāpadapaññattiyā akālaṃ uppattiñca kālanti vatvā idāni tesaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppattikālañca uppattikālañca dassetuṃ 『『na tāva sāriputta idhekacce』』tiādimāha. Tattha uttānatthāni padāni pāḷivaseneva veditabbāni. Ayaṃ pana anuttānapadavaṇṇanā – rattiyo jānantīti rattaññū, attano pabbajitadivasato paṭṭhāya bahukā rattiyo jānanti, cirapabbajitāti vuttaṃ hoti. Rattaññūhi mahattaṃ rattaññumahattaṃ; cirapabbajitehi mahantabhāvanti attho. Tatra rattaññumahattaṃ patte saṅghe upasenaṃ vaṅgantaputtaṃ ārabbha sikkhāpadaṃ paññattanti veditabbaṃ. So hāyasmā ūnadasavasse bhikkhū upasampādente disvā ekavasso saddhivihārikaṃ upasampādesi. Atha bhagavā sikkhāpadaṃ paññapesi – 『『na, bhikkhave , ūnadasavassena upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā』』ti (mahāva. 75). Evaṃ paññatte sikkhāpade puna bhikkhū 『『dasavassāmha dasavassāmhā』』ti bālā abyattā upasampādenti. Atha bhagavā aparampi sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpesi – 『『na, bhikkhave, bālena abyattena upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena dasavassena vā atirekadasavassena vā upasampādetu』』nti (mahāva. 76) rattaññumahattaṃ pattakāle dve sikkhāpadāni paññattāni.

Vepullamahattanti vipulabhāvena mahattaṃ. Saṅgho hi yāva na theranavamajjhimānaṃ vasena vepullamahattaṃ patto hoti, tāva senāsanāni pahonti. Sāsane ekacce āsavaṭṭhānīyā dhammā na uppajjanti. Vepullamahattaṃ pana patte te uppajjanti. Atha satthā sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññapeti. Tattha vepullamahattaṃ patte saṅghe paññattasikkhāpadāni 『『yo pana bhikkhu anupasampannena uttari dirattatirattaṃ sahaseyyaṃ kappeyya, pācittiyaṃ』』 (pāci. 51); 『『yā pana bhikkhunī anuvassaṃ vuṭṭhāpeyya, pācittiyaṃ』』 (pāci. 1171); 『『yā pana bhikkhunī ekaṃ vassaṃ dve vuṭṭhāpeyya, pācittiya』』nti (pāci. 1175) iminā nayena veditabbāni.

Lābhaggamahattanti lābhassa aggamahattaṃ; yo lābhassa aggo uttamo mahantabhāvo, taṃ patto hotīti attho. Lābhena vā aggamahattampi, lābhena seṭṭhattañca mahantattañca pattoti attho. Saṅgho hi yāva na lābhaggamahattaṃ patto hoti, tāva na lābhaṃ paṭicca āsavaṭṭhānīyā dhammā uppajjanti. Patte pana uppajjanti, atha satthā sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññapeti – 『『yo pana bhikkhu acelakassa vā paribbājakassa vā paribbājikāya vā sahatthā khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā dadeyya, pācittiya』』nti (pāci. 270). Idañhi lābhaggamahattaṃ patte saṅghe sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ.

Bāhusaccamahattanti bāhusaccassa mahantabhāvaṃ. Saṅgho hi yāva na bāhusaccamahattaṃ patto hoti, tāva na āsavaṭṭhānīyā dhammā uppajjanti. Bāhusaccamahattaṃ patte pana yasmā ekampi nikāyaṃ, dvepi…pe… pañcapi nikāye uggahetvā ayoniso ummujjamānā puggalā rasena rasaṃ saṃsanditvā uddhammaṃ ubbinayaṃ satthusāsanaṃ dīpenti. Atha satthā 『『yo pana bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi…pe… samaṇuddesopi ce evaṃ vadeyyā』』tiādinā (pāci. 418) nayena sikkhāpadaṃ paññapetīti.

這樣說明了有漏住處的法不出現是制定學處的不適當時機,出現是適當時機后,現在爲了顯示這些法不出現的時期和出現的時期,說"舍利弗,在這裡某些"等。其中意思明顯的詞語應該按照經文來理解。這是對意思不明顯的詞語的解釋:"知夜"是指知道很多夜晚,從自己出家的日子開始知道很多夜晚,意思是說長期出家。"知夜的大"是指長期出家者的偉大狀態。應該知道,在此"知夜的大"達到時,針對優波斯那·婆蹉子制定了學處。這位尊者看到不滿十年的比丘授具足戒,自己只有一年[戒臘]就讓同住者受具足戒。於是世尊制定了學處:"諸比丘,不滿十年者不應授具足戒。誰授具足戒,犯突吉羅。"(大品 75)這樣制定學處后,比丘們又說"我們十年了,我們十年了",愚蠢無知地授具足戒。於是世尊又制定了學處:"諸比丘,愚蠢無知者不應授具足戒。誰授具足戒,犯突吉羅。諸比丘,我允許聰明有能力的比丘,滿十年或超過十年者授具足戒。"(大品 76)在"知夜的大"達到時制定了兩條學處。 "廣大的大"是指廣大狀態的偉大。僧團只要沒有達到上座、中座、新學的廣大狀態,住處就足夠。在教法中某些有漏住處的法不會出現。但達到廣大狀態時,它們就會出現。這時導師為制定學處。在此,僧團達到廣大狀態時制定的學處應該按照這個方式理解:"若比丘與未受具足戒者同宿超過兩三夜,犯波逸提。"(波逸提 51);"若比丘尼每年讓[女眾]受具足戒,犯波逸提。"(波逸提 1171);"若比丘尼一年讓兩人受具足戒,犯波逸提。"(波逸提 1175) "利養的大"是指利養的最高大;意思是達到利養的最高、最上、最大狀態。或者說達到利養的最高狀態和最大狀態。僧團只要沒有達到利養的大,就不會因利養而出現有漏住處的法。但達到時就會出現,這時導師為制定學處:"若比丘親手給予裸體外道或男女遊方者可咀嚼的食物或可吞嚥的食物,犯波逸提。"(波逸提 270)這條學處是在僧團達到利養的大時制定的。 "多聞的大"是指多聞的偉大狀態。僧團只要沒有達到多聞的大,有漏住處的法就不會出現。但達到多聞的大時,由於有人學習一部、兩部...乃至五部[經典],不如理思維,以味與味相比較,宣說非法、非律、非導師的教導。這時導師以"若比丘這樣說:'我如是了知世尊所說之法'...乃至'若沙彌也這樣說'

Evaṃ bhagavā āsavaṭṭhānīyānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppattikālañca uppattikālañca dassetvā tasmiṃ samaye sabbasopi tesaṃ abhāvaṃ dassento 『『nirabbudo hi sāriputtā』』tiādimāha. Tattha nirabbudoti abbudavirahito; abbudā vuccanti corā, niccoroti attho. Corāti ca imasmiṃ atthe dussīlāva adhippetā. Te hi assamaṇāva hutvā samaṇapaṭiññatāya paresaṃ paccaye corenti. Tasmā nirabbudoti niccoro, niddussīloti vuttaṃ hoti. Nirādīnavoti nirupaddavo nirupasaggo; dussīlādīnavarahitoyevāti vuttaṃ hoti. Apagatakāḷakoti kāḷakā vuccanti dussīlāyeva; te hi suvaṇṇavaṇṇāpi samānā kāḷakadhammayogā kāḷakātveva veditabbā. Tesaṃ abhāvā apagatakāḷako . Apahatakāḷakotipi pāṭho. Suddhoti apagatakāḷakattāyeva suddho pariyodāto pabhassaro. Sāre patiṭṭhitoti sāro vuccanti sīla-samādhi-paññāvimutti-vimuttiñāṇadassanaguṇā, tasmiṃ sāre patiṭṭhitattā sāre patiṭṭhito.

Evaṃ sāre patiṭṭhitabhāvaṃ vatvā puna so cassa sāre patiṭṭhitabhāvo evaṃ veditabboti dassento imesañhi sāriputtāti ādimāha. Tatrāyaṃ saṅkhepavaṇṇanā – yānimāni verañjāyaṃ vassāvāsaṃ upagatāni pañca bhikkhusatāni, imesaṃ yo guṇavasena pacchimako sabbaparittaguṇo bhikkhu, so sotāpanno. Sotāpannoti sotaṃ āpanno; sototi ca maggassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Sotāpannoti tena samannāgatassa puggalassa. Yathāha –

『『Soto sototi hidaṃ, sāriputta, vuccati; katamo nu kho, sāriputta, sototi? Ayameva hi, bhante, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, seyyathidaṃ – sammādiṭṭhi…pe… sammāsamādhī』』ti. 『『Sotāpanno sotāpannoti hidaṃ, sāriputta, vuccati; katamo nu kho, sāriputta, sotāpanno』』ti? 『『Yo hi, bhante, iminā ariyena aṭṭhaṅgikena maggena samannāgato, ayaṃ vuccati – sotāpanno. Soyamāyasmā evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto』』ti (saṃ. ni. 5.1001). Idha pana maggena phalassa nāmaṃ dinnaṃ. Tasmā phalaṭṭho 『『sotāpanno』』ti veditabbo.

Avinipātadhammoti vinipātetīti vinipāto; nāssa vinipāto dhammoti avinipātadhammo, na attānaṃ apāyesu vinipātanasabhāvoti vuttaṃ hoti. Kasmā? Ye dhammā apāyagamanīyā, tesaṃ parikkhayā. Vinipatanaṃ vā vinipāto, nāssa vinipāto dhammoti avinipātadhammo, apāyesu vinipātanasabhāvo assa natthīti vuttaṃ hoti. Sammattaniyāmena maggena niyatattā niyato. Sambodhi paraṃ ayanaṃ parā gati assāti sambodhiparāyaṇo. Upari maggattayaṃ avassaṃ sampāpakoti attho. Kasmā? Paṭiladdhapaṭhamamaggattāti.

Vinayapaññattiyācanakathā niṭṭhitā.

Buddhāciṇṇakathā

這樣，世尊展示了有漏住處的法不出現的時期和出現的時期，在那個時候，爲了顯示所有這些法的缺乏，便說："舍利弗，確實是無過失的。"其中"無過失"是指沒有過失；"過失"指的是盜賊，意為"小偷"。在這方面，"小偷"是指那些不善的人。他們就像沒有出家的在家人一樣，因被視為出家人而盜取他人的供養。因此，"無過失"是指沒有賊行，清白無辜。 "無損害"是指沒有損害、沒有干擾；意為沒有不善的損害。 "無黑暗"是指沒有黑暗，黑暗是指不善的人；這些人即使外表光鮮如金，也應被視為黑暗的，因為他們的行為是黑暗的。由於它們的缺乏，稱為"無黑暗"。也可以讀作"去除黑暗"。 "清凈"是指由於沒有黑暗而清凈，光明如洗凈的水。 "有實質"是指有實質的德行、禪定、智慧、解脫、解脫的知識和見解，在這個實質上有實質的存在。 這樣，世尊展示了有實質的存在後，便再次說，"這就是他有實質的存在"，並說"這些是舍利弗"等。這裡的簡要說明是：這些在維拉揚賈的雨季中聚集的五百比丘中，憑藉他們的德行，最後一個比丘是具足的，便是進入了流果。 "流果"是指流入了；"流"是指這條道路的名稱。 "流果"是指與此相關的個體。正如所說： "流者被稱為流，舍利弗；那麼，舍利弗，什麼是流者呢？這正是，尊者，這個高貴的八正道，如此說：正見...等...正定。" "流者被稱為流者，舍利弗；那麼，舍利弗，什麼是流者呢？" "那個人，尊者，憑藉這條高貴的八正道而成就，這被稱為流者。此位尊者名為如此，出身于如此。"（《相應部·尼》5.1001）。在這裡，因道而得果的名稱被給出。因此，果的定義應被理解為"流者"。 "無墮落的法"是指不會墮落；不墮落的法是指沒有墮落的法，意為不會因自身而墮落於惡道。為什麼呢？因為那些法是會導致墮落的，因此被稱為墮落。墮落或被墮落，故稱為"無墮落的法"，即不會因墮落而墮落於惡道。根據適當的法則，因而是固定的。 "覺悟"是指至高的歸宿，至高的去處。上面的道路必然是通往成就的。為什麼呢？因為獲得了第一條道路。 關於戒律的制定的討論已結束。 關於佛陀的教法。

1. Evaṃ dhammasenāpatiṃ saññāpetvā verañjāyaṃ taṃ vassāvāsaṃ vītināmetvā vutthavasso mahāpavāraṇāya pavāretvā atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi. Āmantesīti ālapi abhāsi sambodhesi. Kinti? Āciṇṇaṃ kho panetanti evamādi. Āciṇṇanti caritaṃ vattaṃ anudhammatā. Taṃ kho panetaṃ āciṇṇaṃ duvidhaṃ hoti – buddhāciṇṇaṃ, sāvakāciṇṇanti. Katamaṃ buddhāciṇṇaṃ? Idaṃ tāva ekaṃ – yehi nimantitā vassaṃ vasanti, na te anapaloketvā anāpucchitvā janapadacārikaṃ pakkamanti. Sāvakā pana apaloketvā vā anapaloketvā vā yathāsukhaṃ pakkamanti.

Aparampi buddhāciṇṇaṃ – vutthavassā pavāretvā janasaṅgahatthāya janapadacārikaṃ pakkamantiyeva. Janapadacārikaṃ carantā ca mahāmaṇḍalaṃ majjhimamaṇḍalaṃ antimamaṇḍalanti imesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ maṇḍalānaṃ aññatarasmiṃ maṇḍale caranti. Tattha mahāmaṇḍalaṃ navayojanasatikaṃ, majjhimamaṇḍalaṃ chayojanasatikaṃ, antimamaṇḍalaṃ tiyojanasatikaṃ. Yadā mahāmaṇḍale cārikaṃ caritukāmā honti, tadā mahāpavāraṇāya pavāretvā pāṭipadadivase mahābhikkhusaṅghaparivārā nikkhamitvā gāmanigamādīsu mahājanaṃ āmisapaṭiggahena anuggaṇhantā dhammadānena cassa vivaṭṭupanissitaṃ kusalaṃ vaḍḍhentā navahi māsehi janapadacārikaṃ pariyosāpenti. Sace pana antovasse bhikkhūnaṃ samathavipassanā taruṇā honti, mahāpavāraṇāya appavāretvā pavāraṇāsaṅgahaṃ datvā kattikapuṇṇamāyaṃ pavāretvā māgasirassa paṭhamadivase mahābhikkhusaṅghaparivārā nikkhamitvā vuttanayeneva majjhimamaṇḍale aṭṭhahi māsehi cārikaṃ pariyosāpenti. Sace pana nesaṃ vutthavassānaṃ aparipākindriyā veneyyasattā honti, tesaṃ indriyaparipākaṃ āgamentā māgasiramāsampi tattheva vasitvā phussamāsassa paṭhamadivase mahābhikkhusaṅghaparivārā nikkhamitvā vuttanayeneva antimamaṇḍale sattahi māsehi cārikaṃ pariyosāpenti. Tesu ca maṇḍalesu yattha katthaci vicarantāpi te te satte kilesehi viyojentā sotāpattiphalādīhi payojentā veneyyavaseneva nānāvaṇṇāni pupphāni ocinantā viya caranti.

Aparampi buddhānaṃ āciṇṇaṃ – devasikaṃ paccūsasamaye santaṃ sukhaṃ nibbānārammaṇaṃ katvā phalasamāpattisamāpajjanaṃ, phalasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā devasikaṃ mahākaruṇāsamāpattiyā samāpajjanaṃ, tato vuṭṭhahitvā dasasahassacakkavāḷe bodhaneyyasattasamavalokanaṃ.

Aparampi buddhānaṃ āciṇṇaṃ – āgantukehi saddhiṃ paṭhamataraṃ paṭisanthārakaraṇaṃ, aṭṭhuppattivasena dhammadesanā, otiṇṇe dose sikkhāpadapaññāpananti idaṃ buddhāciṇṇaṃ.

Katamaṃ sāvakāciṇṇaṃ? Buddhassa bhagavato kāle dvikkhattuṃ sannipāto pure vassūpanāyikāya ca kammaṭṭhānaggahaṇatthaṃ, vutthavassānañca adhigataguṇārocanatthaṃ upari kammaṭṭhānaggahaṇatthañca . Idaṃ sāvakāciṇṇaṃ. Idha pana buddhāciṇṇaṃ dassento āha – 『『āciṇṇaṃ kho panetaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatāna』』nti.

Āyāmāti āgaccha yāma. Apalokessāmāti cārikaṃ caraṇatthāya āpucchissāma. Evanti sampaṭicchanatthe nipāto. Bhanteti gāravādhivacanametaṃ; satthuno paṭivacanadānantipi vaṭṭati. Bhagavato paccassosīti bhagavato vacanaṃ paṭiassosi, abhimukho hutvā suṇi sampaṭicchi. Evanti iminā vacanena paṭiggahesīti vuttaṃ hoti.

於是，世尊在闡明法將軍后，結束了在維拉揚賈的雨季的住處，召喚了已出家一年的人。召喚是指交談、講述、開示。那麼，什麼是「已出家」？已出家是指所做的行為、所說的話、所遵循的法則。已出家分為兩種——佛出家和弟子出家。什麼是佛出家？這是第一種——那些受邀而在此住滿雨季的人，他們在沒有不看、不詢問的情況下離開了鄉村遊歷。而弟子則可以在看與不看之間隨意離開。 還有一種佛出家——已出家的人在結束雨季後，爲了大眾的聚集而離開鄉村遊歷。遊歷時，他們在三個區域中活動：大區域、中區域、最後區域。這三個區域分別是：大區域一百九十公里，中區域六十公里，最後區域三十公里。當他們想在大區域遊歷時，便在結束雨季後，依照規定，在雨季結束的日子裡，眾多比丘團體便離開，帶著供養走向村莊和城鎮，接受供養，依靠法的利益，藉此在九個月內完成鄉村遊歷。如果在雨季結束時，出家的比丘們的心智尚未成熟，則在結束雨季後，便不再開放，給予少量的利益，在十月的滿月日結束雨季，眾多比丘團體便離開，依照所說的，在中區域完成八個月的遊歷。如果他們的心智尚未成熟，則在結束雨季後，便會在七個月內完成最後區域的遊歷。在這些區域中，無論他們在哪裡遊歷，都會因煩惱而被驅使，依靠初果的果位等，像是各種顏色的花朵般綻放。 還有一種佛出家——在天上清晨安靜的時刻，安住于快樂的涅槃境界，達到果位的圓滿，因果位的圓滿而起身，進入天上的大慈悲境界，隨後再起身，觀察十千世界的眾生。 還有一種佛出家——與外來者進行初步的交談，依照八正道進行法的講解，針對已受戒的過失進行教導，這是佛出家。 什麼是弟子出家？在佛陀的時代，曾兩次聚集，爲了接受雨季的法，得以獲得所需的德行，此外也爲了獲得更高的修行。這個就是弟子出家。在這裡，世尊爲了表明佛出家的意義，便說：「已出家者，阿難，如此。」 「來吧」是指來到這裡。「我會問」是指爲了遊歷而詢問。「是的」是指接受的意思。「尊者」是指對老師的尊重；也可以用於迴應老師的話。「世尊的教誨」是指對世尊的話的迴應，面向他而聽並接受。「是的」，以此言語接受。

Atha kho bhagavā nivāsetvāti idha pubbaṇhasamayanti vā sāyanhasamayanti vā na vuttaṃ. Evaṃ santepi bhagavā katabhattakicco majjhanhikaṃ vītināmetvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ pacchāsamaṇaṃ katvā nagaradvārato paṭṭhāya nagaravīthiyo suvaṇṇarasapiñjarāhi raṃsīhi samujjotayamāno yena verañjassa brāhmaṇassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami. Gharadvāre ṭhitamattameva cassa bhagavantaṃ disvā parijano ārocesi. Brāhmaṇo satiṃ paṭilabhitvā saṃvegajāto sahasā vuṭṭhāya mahārahaṃ āsanaṃ paññapetvā bhagavantaṃ paccuggamma 『『ito, bhagavā, upasaṅkamatū』』ti āha. Bhagavā upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho verañjo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ upanisīditukāmo attanā ṭhitapadesato yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami. Ito paraṃ uttānatthameva.

Yaṃ pana brāhmaṇo āha – 『『apica yo deyyadhammo, so na dinno』』ti. Tatrāyamadhippāyo – mayā nimantitānaṃ vassaṃvutthānaṃ tumhākaṃ temāsaṃ divase divase pāto yāgukhajjakaṃ, majjhanhike khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ, sāyanhe anekavidha pānavikati gandhapupphādīhi pūjāsakkāroti evamādiko yo deyyadhammo dātabbo assa, so na dinnoti. Tañca kho no asantanti ettha pana liṅgavipallāso veditabbo. So ca kho deyyadhammo amhākaṃ no asantoti ayañhettha attho. Atha vā yaṃ dānavatthuṃ mayaṃ tumhākaṃ dadeyyāma, tañca kho no asantanti evamettha attho veditabbo.

Nopiadātukamyatāti adātukāmatāpi no natthi, yathā pahūtavittūpakaraṇānaṃ maccharīnaṃ. Taṃ kutettha labbhā bahukiccā gharāvāsāti tatrāyaṃ yojanā – yasmā bahukiccā gharāvāsā, tasmā ettha santepi deyyadhamme dātukamyatāya ca taṃ kuto labbhā kuto taṃ sakkā laddhuṃ, yaṃ mayaṃ tumhākaṃ deyyadhammaṃ dadeyyāmāti gharāvāsaṃ garahanto āha. So kira mārena āvaṭṭitabhāvaṃ na jānāti, 『『gharāvāsapalibodhena me satisammoso jāto』』ti maññi, tasmā evamāha. Apica – taṃ kutettha labbhāti imasmiṃ temāsabbhantare yamahaṃ tumhākaṃ dadeyyaṃ, taṃ kuto labbhā? Bahukiccā hi gharāvāsāti evamettha yojanā veditabbā.

Atha brāhmaṇo 『『yaṃnūnāhaṃ yaṃ me tīhi māsehi dātabbaṃ siyā, taṃ sabbaṃ ekadivaseneva dadeyya』』nti cintetvā adhivāsetu me bhavaṃ gotamotiādimāha. Tattha svātanāyāti yaṃ me tumhesu sakkāraṃ karoto sve bhavissati puññañceva pītipāmojjañca, tadatthāya. Atha tathāgato 『『sace ahaṃ nādhivāseyyaṃ, 『ayaṃ temāsaṃ kiñci aladdhā kupito maññe, tena me yāciyamāno ekabhattampi na paṭiggaṇhāti, natthi imasmiṃ adhivāsanakhanti, asabbaññū aya』nti evaṃ brāhmaṇo ca verañjāvāsino ca garahitvā bahuṃ apuññaṃ pasaveyyuṃ, taṃ tesaṃ mā ahosī』』ti tesaṃ anukampāya adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena.

於是，世尊在結束了飲食后，是否是在早晨或傍晚並未說明。即便如此，世尊完成了吃飯的事務，結束了中午的住處，召喚了已出家的人阿難，從城門開始，朝向城中的街道，金色的光輝照耀著他，前往維拉揚賈的婆羅門的住所。站在家門口的眾人看到世尊，便向他報告。婆羅門在獲得注意后，心生敬畏，突然起身，準備了一個華麗的座位，走上前對世尊說：「請您過來，世尊。」世尊走上前，坐在準備好的座位上。此時，維拉揚的婆羅門想要靠近世尊，便從自己站立的地方走上前去。 婆羅門所說的：「即使是應供的供養，也未曾給予。」這裡的意思是——我邀請的那些在雨季結束的人，您們在這三個月的每一天早上供養粥，中午供養可食之物，傍晚供養各種飲料、香花等供養品，這些應供的供養本應給予，但卻未曾給予。對此，實際上應理解為「我們沒有給予供養」。或者說，我們所給予的供養，實際上並未給予。 「並非不願給予」是指並無不願給予的心態，就像那些擁有大量財富的吝嗇人一樣。在這裡的聯繫是——因為有許多事務需要在家中處理，因此在這裡即使有應供的供養，想要給予的心態也難以實現。我們想要給予的供養，您們在家中處理事務，因而無法得到，因而說出這樣的言語。顯然他並不知曉自己被貪婪所包圍，認為「因家庭的障礙，我的注意力被分散了」，因此如此說。 此外，他說：「那麼，我在這三個月內，您們所應給予的供養，我將在一天內全部給予。」他思考後說：「請您來，願意您給予我。」在這裡，「爲了我的利益」是指您們若能為我提供供養，明天將會有福德和快樂。為此，世尊說：「若我不願意給予，『這個三個月內若有任何未獲得的，我想我會生氣，因而請求您給予我一頓飯，您們在此並無給予的意願』」，因此婆羅門及維拉揚賈的人們會因貪婪而產生許多不善業，世尊爲了他們的利益，便以沉默的方式給予了迴應。

Adhivāsetvā ca atha kho bhagavā verañjaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ 『『alaṃ gharāvāsapalibodhacintāyā』』ti saññāpetvā taṅkhaṇānurūpāya dhammiyā kathāya diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikaṃ atthaṃ sandassetvā kusale dhamme samādapetvā gaṇhāpetvā tattha ca naṃ samuttejetvā saussāhaṃ katvā tāya saussāhatāya aññehi ca vijjamānaguṇehi sampahaṃsetvā dhammaratanavassaṃ vassetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Pakkante ca pana bhagavati verañjo brāhmaṇo puttadāraṃ āmantesi – 『『mayaṃ, bhaṇe, bhagavantaṃ temāsaṃ nimantetvā ekadivasaṃ ekabhattampi nādamha. Handa, dāni tathā dānaṃ paṭiyādetha yathā temāsikopi deyyadhammo sve ekadivaseneva dātuṃ sakkā hotī』』ti. Tato paṇītaṃ dānaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā yaṃ divasaṃ bhagavā nimantito, tassā rattiyā accayena āsanaṭṭhānaṃ alaṅkārāpetvā mahārahāni āsanāni paññapetvā gandhadhūmavāsakusumavicitraṃ mahāpūjaṃ sajjetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『atha kho verañjo brāhmaṇo tassā rattiyā accayena…pe… niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta』』nti.

世尊同意后,便對維拉揚賈婆羅門說:"別再為家庭生活的障礙而憂慮了。"然後以適合當時的法語,闡明了現世和來世的利益,勸導他修習善法,使他領受,在那裡鼓舞他,使他充滿熱情,因為這熱情和其他現有的功德而使他歡喜,降下法寶之雨,從座位起身離去。世尊離開后,維拉揚賈婆羅門召集妻子兒女說:"各位,我們邀請世尊三個月,卻連一天一餐都沒有供養。來吧,現在準備佈施,使三個月的應施之物能在明天一天內全部供養。"然後他準備了殊勝的供品,在邀請世尊的那天,夜晚過後,裝飾座位處,擺設華貴的座位,準備香、煙、花等各種盛大供養,通知世尊用餐時間。因此說:"然後維拉揚賈婆羅門在那夜過後...食物已備妥。"

1. Bhagavā bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto tattha agamāsi. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『atha kho bhagavā…pe… nisīdi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā』』ti. Atha kho verañjo brāhmaṇo buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghanti buddhappamukhanti buddhapariṇāyakaṃ; buddhaṃ saṅghattheraṃ katvā nisinnanti vuttaṃ hoti. Paṇītenāti uttamena. Sahatthāti sahatthena. Santappetvāti suṭṭhu tappetvā, paripuṇṇaṃ suhitaṃ yāvadatthaṃ katvā. Sampavāretvāti suṭṭhu pavāretvā 『ala』nti hatthasaññāya mukhasaññāya vacībhedena ca paṭikkhipāpetvā. Bhuttāvinti bhuttavantaṃ. Onītapattapāṇinti pattato onītapāṇiṃ; apanītahatthanti vuttaṃ hoti. Ticīvarena acchādesīti ticīvaraṃ bhagavato adāsi. Idaṃ pana vohāravacanamattaṃ hoti 『『ticīvarena acchādesī』』ti, tasmiñca ticīvare ekameko sāṭako sahassaṃ agghati. Iti brāhmaṇo bhagavato tisahassagghanakaṃ ticīvaramadāsi uttamaṃ kāsikavatthasadisaṃ. Ekamekañca bhikkhuṃ ekamekena dussayugenāti ekamekena dussayugaḷena. Tatra ekasāṭako pañcasatāni agghati. Evaṃ pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ pañcasatasahassagghanakāni dussāni adāsi. Brāhmaṇo ettakampi datvā atuṭṭho puna sattaṭṭhasahassagghanake anekarattakambale ca paṭṭuṇṇapattapaṭe ca phāletvā phāletvā āyogaaṃsabaddhakakāyabandhanaparissāvanādīnaṃ atthāya adāsi. Satapākasahassapākānañca bhesajjatelānaṃ tumbāni pūretvā ekamekassa bhikkhuno abbhañjanatthāya sahassagghanakaṃ telamadāsi. Kiṃ bahunā, catūsu paccayesu na koci parikkhāro samaṇaparibhogo adinno nāma ahosi. Pāḷiyaṃ pana cīvaramattameva vuttaṃ.

Evaṃ mahāyāgaṃ yajitvā saputtadāraṃ vanditvā nisinnaṃ atha kho bhagavā verañjaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ temāsaṃ mārāvaṭṭanena dhammasavanāmatarasaparibhogaparihīnaṃ ekadivaseneva dhammāmatavassaṃ vassetvā puripuṇṇasaṅkappaṃ kurumāno dhammiyākathāya sandassetvā…pe… uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Brāhmaṇopi saputtadāro bhagavantañca bhikkhusaṅghañca vanditvā 『『punapi, bhante, amhākaṃ anuggahaṃ kareyyāthā』』ti evamādīni vadanto anubandhitvā assūni pavattayamāno nivatti.

Atha kho bhagavā verañjāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvāti yathājjhāsayaṃ yathārucitaṃ vāsaṃ vasitvā verañjāya nikkhamitvā mahāmaṇḍale cārikāya caraṇakāle gantabbaṃ buddhavīthi pahāya dubbhikkhadosena kilantaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ujunāva maggena gahetvā gantukāmo soreyyādīni anupagamma payāgapatiṭṭhānaṃ gantvā tattha gaṅgaṃ nadiṃ uttaritvā yena bārāṇasī tadavasari. Tena avasari tadavasari. Tatrāpi yathājjhāsayaṃ viharitvā vesāliṃ agamāsi. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『anupagamma soreyyaṃ…pe… vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāya』』nti.

Buddhāciṇṇakathā niṭṭhitā.

Samantapāsādikāya vinayasaṃvaṇṇanāya

Verañjakaṇḍavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Tatridaṃ samantapāsādikāya samantapāsādikattasmiṃ –

Ācariyaparamparato, nidānavatthuppabhedadīpanato;

Parasamayavivajjanato, sakasamayavisuddhito ceva.

Byañjanaparisodhanato, padatthato pāḷiyojanakkamato;

Sikkhāpadanicchayato, vibhaṅganayabhedadassanato.

Sampassataṃ na dissati, kiñci apāsādikaṃ yato ettha;

Viññūnamayaṃ tasmā, samantapāsādikātveva.

Saṃvaṇṇanā pavattā, vinayassa vineyyadamanakusalena;

Vuttassa lokanāthena, lokamanukampamānenāti.

Verañjakaṇḍavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

世尊與比丘僧團一起到達了那裡。於是說：「於是世尊……坐下與比丘僧團一起。」此時，維拉揚賈的婆羅門面對著佛陀的比丘僧團；「佛陀的比丘僧團」是指以佛陀為首的比丘們；坐著是指坐在佛陀旁邊。以「上等」來形容供品。以「同手」來形容手中持有的供品。以「完全準備」來形容充分準備、精心安排，直到適合的程度。以「充分展開」來形容很好地展開，抵擋住手的意識和口的意識的不同。以「已食」來形容已經吃過。以「放下托缽」來形容放下托缽；「未拿起手」是指未曾拿起手。以「以袈裟遮蓋」來形容以袈裟遮住。這裡的「以袈裟遮蓋」是指言語的表述，「以袈裟遮蓋」中有一件袈裟的價值為一千。於是，婆羅門給予佛陀一件價值三千的袈裟，類似於優質的卡西克布料（現代的卡西克布料）。並且每位比丘都以一對布料的形式給予。那裡的每一件布料價值五百。如此，給予五百位比丘的布料總價值為五百千。婆羅門給予這些后，仍不滿足，又給予七十八千的多種顏色的布料，以及托缽、盛飯的器具等，給予了用於各種用途的供養。還為一百個藥瓶準備了油，以供每位比丘使用。何需多言，在四種供養中沒有任何一項被吝嗇。至於巴利文中僅提到袈裟而已。 這樣，進行盛大的供養后，向妻子兒女致敬，坐下後，世尊以三個月的時間，通過教法的講解，增進了維拉揚賈婆羅門的信心，令他充滿了善意，釋放心中的憤怒，進行教法的講解……然後起身離去。婆羅門也向世尊和比丘僧團致敬，含淚說道：「再一次，尊者，請您庇護我們。」 然後，世尊在維拉揚賈安住，按照自己的意願、按照自己的喜好居住，離開維拉揚賈，開始在大區域遊歷，經過佛陀的道路，前往遭受饑荒折磨的比丘僧團，正欲走向彼岸，渡過恒河，前往巴拉那西（現代的瓦拉納西）。於是，到了那裡。 在那裡，他按自己的意願居住，前往維薩利（現代的維薩利）。因此說：「未經過索雷耶而……在維薩利的偉大森林中，居住在高樓大廳中。」 佛陀的教法講解已完成。 關於《薩曼塔帕薩迪卡》的戒律解釋 維拉揚賈的章節解釋已完成。 這裡是關於《薩曼塔帕薩迪卡》的內容—— 從老師的傳承、從因緣的不同、從不同的聚合、從自己清凈的時刻； 從表述的清晰、從字義的明確、從巴利文的使用； 從戒律的決斷、從分解的不同、從教法的闡述； 對於觀察者來說，任何不清晰的地方都無法看見，因為在這裡； 對於有智慧的人來說，因此，稱之為《薩曼塔帕薩迪卡》。 解釋已展開，戒律的教導是由受戒者所能掌握的； 由世間的主宰所說，因世間的慈悲而已。 維拉揚賈的章節解釋已完成。

1. Pārājikakaṇḍaṃ

2. Paṭhamapārājikaṃ

Sudinnabhāṇavāravaṇṇanā

1. 波羅夷品

2. 第一波羅夷 關於蘇提那的誦分的解釋

3. Ito paraṃ tena kho pana samayena vesāliyā avidūretiādi yebhuyyena uttānatthaṃ. Tasmā anupadavaṇṇanaṃ pahāya yattha yattha vattabbaṃ atthi, taṃ tadeva vaṇṇayissāma. Kalandagāmoti kalandakā vuccanti kāḷakā, tesaṃ vasena laddhanāmo gāmo. Kalandaputtoti gāmavasena laddhanāmassa rājasammatassa cattālīsakoṭivibhavassa kalandaseṭṭhino putto. Yasmā pana tasmiṃ gāme aññepi kalandanāmakā manussā atthi, tasmā kalandaputtoti vatvā puna seṭṭhiputtoti vuttaṃ. Sambahulehīti bahukehi. Sahāyakehīti sukhadukkhāni saha āyanti upagacchantīti sahāyā, sahāyā eva sahāyakā, tehi sahāyakehi. Saddhinti ekato. Kenacideva karaṇīyenāti kenacideva bhaṇḍappayojanauddhārasāraṇādinā kiccena; kattikanakkhattakīḷākiccenātipi vadanti. Bhagavā hi kattikajuṇhapakkhe vesāliṃ sampāpuṇi. Kattikanakkhattakīḷā cettha uḷārā hoti. Tadatthaṃ gatoti veditabbo.

Addasa khoti kathaṃ addasa? So kira nagarato bhuttapātarāsaṃ suddhuttarāsaṅgaṃ mālāgandhavilepanahatthaṃ buddhadassanatthaṃ dhammasavanatthañca nikkhamantaṃ mahājanaṃ disvā 『『kva gacchathā』』ti pucchi. 『『Buddhadassanatthaṃ dhammasavanatthañcā』』ti. Tena hi 『『ahampi gacchāmī』』ti gantvā catubbidhāya parisāya parivutaṃ brahmassarena dhammaṃ desentaṃ bhagavantaṃ addasa. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『addasa kho…pe… desenta』』nti. Disvānassāti disvāna assa. Etadahosīti pubbe katapuññatāya codiyamānassa bhabbakulaputtassa etaṃ ahosi. Kiṃ ahosi? Yaṃnūnāhampi dhammaṃ suṇeyyanti . Tattha yannūnāti parivitakkadassanametaṃ. Evaṃ kirassa parivitakko uppanno 『『yamayaṃ parisā ekaggacittā dhammaṃ suṇāti, aho vatāhampi taṃ suṇeyya』』nti.

Athakho sudinno kalandaputto yena sā parisāti idha kasmā 『『yena bhagavā』』ti avatvā 『『yena sā parisā』』ti vuttanti ce. Bhagavantañhi parivāretvā uḷāruḷārajanā mahatī parisā nisinnā, tatra na sakkā iminā pacchā āgatena bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā nisīdituṃ. Parisāya pana ekasmiṃ padese sakkāti so taṃ parisaṃyeva upasaṅkamanto. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『atha kho sudinno kalandaputto yena sā parisā』』ti. Ekamantaṃ nisinnassa kho sudinnassa kalandaputtassa etadahosīti na nisinnamattasseva ahosi, atha kho bhagavato sittayūpasaṃhitaṃ thokaṃ dhammakathaṃ sutvā; taṃ panassa yasmā ekamantaṃ nisinnasseva ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『ekamantaṃ nisinnassa kho sudinnassa kalandaputtassa etadahosī』』ti. Kiṃ ahosīti? Yathā yathā khotiādi.

從這裡開始,"在那個時候,離開毗舍離不遠"等內容大多是明顯的意思。因此,我們不逐字解釋,只在需要解釋的地方進行解釋。卡蘭達村是指黑色的卡蘭達鳥,以此得名的村莊。卡蘭達子是指以村莊命名的,受國王認可的,擁有四十億財富的卡蘭達富商的兒子。因為在那個村莊還有其他叫卡蘭達的人,所以說是卡蘭達子,然後又說是富商之子。"許多"是指很多。"朋友們"是指一起承擔快樂和痛苦的人,這些朋友。"一起"是指在一起。"因某事"是指因為某些貨物交易、清算等事務;也有人說是爲了參加卡蒂迦月的慶典。因為世尊在卡蒂迦月的白半月到達毗舍離(現代的吠舍厘)。這裡有盛大的卡蒂迦月慶典。他是為此而去的。 "他看到"是怎麼看到的?據說,他看到人們吃完早餐,穿著乾淨的上衣,手持花環和香料,正要出城去見佛陀聽法,便問:"你們去哪裡?"他們說:"去見佛陀聽法。"他說:"那我也去。"去了之後,他看到世尊被四眾圍繞,以梵音說法。因此說:"他看到......正在說法。""看到后"是指看到后。"他想"是指前世有善業的善男子被驅使而產生這個想法。他想什麼?"我是不是也應該聽法?"這裡的"是不是"表示思考。據說他這樣想:"這些人一心專注地聽法,啊,我要是也能聽就好了。" 然後蘇提那·卡蘭達子走向那群人,為什麼這裡不說"走向世尊",而說"走向那群人"呢?因為圍繞著世尊坐著很多高貴的人,構成一個大眾,這個後來的人沒法走到世尊面前坐下。但是他可以在人群的某個位置坐下。所以他走向那群人。因此說:"然後蘇提那·卡蘭達子走向那群人。""坐在一旁的蘇提那·卡蘭達子想"並不是剛坐下就想,而是聽了世尊一點關於包容的法語后;但是因為他是坐在一旁時想的,所以說:"坐在一旁的蘇提那·卡蘭達子想。"他想什麼?就是"正如......等"。

Tatrāyaṃ saṅkhepakathā – ahaṃ kho yena yena ākārena bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, tena tena me upaparikkhato evaṃ hoti yadetaṃ sittayabrahmacariyaṃ ekampi divasaṃ akhaṇḍaṃ katvā carimakacittaṃ pāpetabbatāya ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ caritabbaṃ, ekadivasampi ca kilesamalena amalīnaṃ katvā carimakacittaṃ pāpetabbatāya ekantaparisuddhaṃ. Saṅkhalikhitaṃ likhitasaṅkhasadisaṃ dhotasaṅkhasappaṭibhāgaṃ caritabbaṃ. Idaṃ na sukaraṃ agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā agāramajjhe vasantena ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ…pe… carituṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ kese ca massuñca ohāretvā kasāyarasapītatāya kāsāyāni brahmacariyaṃ carantānaṃ anucchavikāni vatthāni acchādetvā paridahitvā agārasmā nikkhamitvā anagāriyaṃ pabbajeyyanti. Ettha ca yasmā agārassa hitaṃ kasivāṇijjādikammaṃ agāriyanti vuccati, tañca pabbajjāya natthi; tasmā pabbajjā 『『anagāriyā』』ti ñātabbā. Taṃ anagāriyaṃ pabbajjaṃ. Pabbajeyyanti paribbajeyyaṃ.

25.Aciravuṭṭhitāya parisāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamīti sudinno avuṭṭhitāya parisāya na bhagavantaṃ pabbajjaṃ yāci. Kasmā? Tatrassa bahū ñātisālohitā mittāmaccā santi, te 『『『tvaṃ mātāpitūnaṃ ekaputtako, na labbhā tayā pabbajitu』nti bāhāyampi gahetvā ākaḍḍheyyuṃ, tato pabbajjāya antarāyo bhavissatī』』ti saheva parisāya uṭṭhahitvā thokaṃ gantvā puna kenaci sarīrakiccalesena nivattitvā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamma pabbajjaṃ yāci. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『atha kho sudinno kalandaputto aciravuṭṭhitāya parisāya…pe… pabbājetu maṃ bhagavā』』ti.

Bhagavā pana yasmā rāhulakumārassa pabbajitato pabhuti mātāpitūhi ananuññātaṃ puttaṃ na pabbājeti, tasmā naṃ pucchi – 『『anuññātosi pana tvaṃ sudinna mātāpitūhi…pe… pabbajjāyā』』ti.

這裡的簡要解釋是:我按照世尊所教導的法義進行思考,得出以下結論:這種清凈的梵行,應該從始至終一天都不中斷地完全實踐,一天都不被煩惱污染地完全清凈地實踐。應該像擦拭貝殼一樣乾淨地實踐。這對於在家人來說很難做到完全地......實踐。我是不是應該剃除鬚髮,穿上染成黃褐色適合修梵行者的袈裟,離開俗家生活出家呢?這裡"俗家生活"是指有利於家庭的農業、商業等活動,出家則沒有這些;所以出家被稱為"非俗家生活"。我應該出家過這種非俗家生活。 25. 在眾人剛起身離開時,他走向世尊。蘇提那沒有在眾人還未起身時向世尊請求出家。為什麼?因為那裡有他很多親戚朋友,他們會說"你是父母的獨子,不能出家",甚至抓住他的手臂阻攔,這樣會妨礙他出家。所以他跟著眾人一起起身,走了一小段路,然後以身體不適為由返回,走向世尊請求出家。因此說:"於是蘇提那·卡蘭達子在眾人剛起身離開時......請世尊讓我出家。" 但是世尊因為自羅睺羅太子出家以來,就不再為沒有得到父母允許的兒子剃度,所以問他:"蘇提那,你得到父母的允許出家了嗎?"

1. Ito paraṃ pāṭhānusāreneva gantvā taṃ karaṇīyaṃ tīretvāti ettha evamattho veditabbo – dhuranikkhepeneva taṃ karaṇīyaṃ niṭṭhāpetvāti; na hi pabbajjāya tibbacchandassa bhaṇḍappayojanauddhārasāraṇādīsu vā nakkhattakīḷāyaṃ vā cittaṃ namati. Amma tātāti ettha pana ammāti mātaraṃ ālapati; tātāti pitaraṃ. Tvaṃ khosīti tvaṃ kho asi. Ekaputtakoti ekova puttako; añño te jeṭṭho vā kaniṭṭho vā natthi. Ettha ca 『『ekaputto』』ti vattabbe anukampāvasena 『『ekaputtako』』ti vuttaṃ. Piyoti pītijananako. Manāpoti manavaḍḍhanako. Sukhedhitoti sukhena edhito; sukhasaṃvaḍḍhitoti attho. Sukhaparihatoti sukhena parihato; jātakālato pabhuti dhātīhi aṅkato aṅkaṃ haritvā dhāriyamāno assakarathakādīhi bālakīḷanakehi kīḷamāno sādurasabhojanaṃ bhojiyamāno sukhena parihato.

Na tvaṃ, tāta sudinna, kiñci dukkhassa jānāsīti tvaṃ tāta sudinna kiñci appamattakampi kalabhāgaṃ dukkhassa na jānāsi; atha vā kiñci dukkhena nānubhosīti attho. Karaṇatthe sāmivacanaṃ, anubhavanatthe ca jānanā; atha vā kiñci dukkhaṃ nassarasīti attho. Upayogatthe sāmivacanaṃ, saraṇatthe ca jānanā. Vikappadvayepi purimapadassa uttarapadena samānavibhattilopo daṭṭhabbo. Taṃ sabbaṃ saddasatthānusārena ñātabbaṃ. Maraṇenapi mayaṃ te akāmakā vinā bhavissāmāti sacepi tava amhesu jīvamānesu maraṇaṃ bhaveyya, tena te maraṇenapi mayaṃ akāmakā anicchakā na attano ruciyā, vinā bhavissāma; tayā viyogaṃ vā pāpuṇissāmāti attho. Kiṃ pana mayaṃ tanti evaṃ sante kiṃ pana kiṃ nāma taṃ kāraṇaṃ yena mayaṃ taṃ jīvantaṃ anujānissāma; atha vā kiṃ pana mayaṃ tanti kena pana kāraṇena mayaṃ taṃ jīvantaṃ anujānissāmāti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo.

27.Tatthevāti yattha naṃ ṭhitaṃ mātāpitaro nānujāniṃsu, tattheva ṭhāne. Anantarahitāyāti kenaci attharaṇena anatthatāya.

28.Paricārehīti gandhabbanaṭanāṭakādīni paccupaṭṭhāpetvā tattha sahāyakehi saddhiṃ yathāsukhaṃ indriyāni cārehi sañcārehi; ito cito ca upanehīti vuttaṃ hoti. Atha vā paricārehīti gandhabbanaṭanāṭakādīni paccupaṭṭhāpetvā tattha sahāyakehi saddhiṃ laḷa, upalaḷa, rama, kīḷassūtipi vuttaṃ hoti. Kāme paribhuñjantoti attano puttadārehi saddhiṃ bhoge bhuñjanto. Puññāni karontoti buddhañca dhammañca saṅghañca ārabbha dānappadānādīni sugatimaggasodhakāni kusalakammāni karonto. Tuṇhī ahosīti kathānuppabandhavicchedanatthaṃ nirālāpasallāpo ahosi. Athassa mātāpitaro tikkhattuṃ vatvā paṭivacanampi alabhamānā sahāyake pakkosāpetvā 『『esa vo sahāyako pabbajitukāmo, nivāretha na』』nti āhaṃsu. Tepi taṃ upasaṅkamitvā tikkhattuṃ avocuṃ, tesampi tuṇhī ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『atha kho sudinnassa kalandaputtassa sahāyakā…pe… tuṇhī ahosī』』ti.

1. 從這裡往後,按照經文順序,"完成了那件事"這裡應該這樣理解:放下一切責任,完成了那件事。因為對出家有強烈意願的人,不會把心思放在貨物交易、清算或節日慶祝等事情上。"母親,父親"這裡,"母親"是對母親的稱呼,"父親"是對父親的稱呼。"你是"就是"你確實是"。"獨子"是指唯一的兒子,你沒有其他兄長或弟弟。這裡本應說"獨子",但出於憐愛之情說成"獨子"。"親愛的"是指能帶來歡喜的。"可愛的"是指令人心生歡喜的。"幸福成長的"是指在幸福中成長,意思是幸福地被養育。"幸福呵護的"是指幸福地被呵護,從出生開始就被保姆們從懷抱到懷抱地抱著,玩著馬車等兒童玩具,享用美味的食物,幸福地被呵護。 "蘇提那兒子啊,你不知道任何痛苦"意思是,蘇提那兒子啊,你不知道任何一點點痛苦;或者說你沒有經歷過任何痛苦。這裡用所有格表示作格,用"知道"表示"經歷";或者說你不記得任何痛苦。這裡用所有格表示賓格,用"知道"表示"記得"。在這兩種解釋中,前面詞語的後面部分應該省略相同的變化。這些都應該按照語法規則來理解。"即使死亡也會讓我們不情願地與你分離"意思是,即使你在我們活著的時候死去,那種死亡也會讓我們不情願地、不願意地、不是出於自己的意願地與你分離;或者說我們會與你分離。"那麼我們怎麼會"意思是,既然如此,我們怎麼會允許你活著(出家);或者說,我們為什麼要允許你活著(出家)。這裡應該這樣理解。
2. "就在那裡"是指他父母不允許他(出家)的那個地方。"未鋪設"是指沒有用任何東西鋪設。

3. "享受"是指安排歌舞表演等,與朋友們一起隨心所欲地使用感官,四處遊玩;意思是說到處走走看看。或者"享受"也可以理解為安排歌舞表演等,與朋友們一起嬉戲、玩樂、享受、遊戲。"享受欲樂"是指與自己的妻子兒女一起享受財富。"行善"是指以佛法僧為對像,行佈施等凈化善趣之路的善業。"保持沉默"是指爲了中斷談話的連續性而不發一語。然後他的父母說了三次也得不到迴應,就叫來他的朋友們說:"你們的這個朋友想要出家,請勸阻他。"他們也走近他說了三次,他對他們也保持沉默。因此說:"於是蘇提那·卡蘭達子的朋友們......他保持沉默。"

4. Athassa sahāyakānaṃ etadahosi – 『『sace ayaṃ pabbajjaṃ alabhamāno marissati na koci guṇo bhavissati. Pabbajitaṃ pana naṃ mātāpitaropi kālena kālaṃ passissanti. Mayampi passissāma. Pabbajjāpi ca nāmesā bhāriyā, divase divase mattikāpattaṃ gahetvā piṇḍāya caritabbaṃ. Ekaseyyaṃ ekabhattaṃ brahmacariyaṃ atidukkaraṃ. Ayañca sukhumālo nāgarikajātiyo, so taṃ carituṃ asakkonto puna idheva āgamissati. Handassa mātāpitaro anujānāpessāmā』』ti. Te tathā akaṃsu. Mātāpitaropi naṃ anujāniṃsu. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『atha kho sudinnassa kalandaputtassa sahāyakā yena sudinnassa kalandaputtassa mātāpitaro…pe… anuññātosi mātāpitūhi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyā』』ti.

5. 然後他的朋友們這樣想——「如果他在無法出家的情況下死去,將不會有任何功德。而出家后,他的父母會時常見到他。我們也會見到他。出家對他們來說也不是負擔,每天都要拿著陶器去乞食。單獨一人、單獨一餐的梵行實在困難。再說,這位年輕人出身于城市,他無法做到這一點,最終會再次回到這裡。我們一定會讓他的父母同意他出家。」於是他們就這樣做了。父母也同意了他。因此說：「於是蘇提那·卡蘭達子的朋友們對蘇提那的父母……同意了蘇提那出家。」

30.Haṭṭhoti tuṭṭho. Udaggoti pītivasena abbhunnatakāyacitto. Katipāhanti katipayāni divasāni. Balaṃ gāhetvāti sappāyabhojanāni bhuñjanto, ucchādananhāpanādīhi ca kāyaṃ pariharanto, kāyabalaṃ janetvā mātāpitaro vanditvā assumukhaṃ ñātiparivaṭṭaṃ pahāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami…pe… pabbājetu maṃ bhante bhagavāti. Bhagavā samīpe ṭhitaṃ aññataraṃ piṇḍacārikaṃ bhikkhuṃ āmantesi – 『『tena hi bhikkhu sudinnaṃ pabbājehi ceva upasampādehi cā』』ti. 『『Sādhu, bhante』』ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissuṇitvā sudinnaṃ kalandaputtaṃ jinadattiyaṃ saddhivihārikaṃ laddhā pabbājesi ceva upasampādesi ca. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『alattha khosudinno kalandaputto bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, alattha upasampada』』nti.

Ettha pana ṭhatvā sabbaaṭṭhakathāsu pabbajjā ca upasampadā ca kathitā. Mayaṃ pana yathāṭhitapāḷivaseneva khandhake kathayissāma. Na kevalañcetaṃ, aññampi yaṃ khandhake vā parivāre vā kathetabbaṃ aṭṭhakathācariyehi vibhaṅgekathitaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ tattha tattheva kathayissāma. Evañhi kathiyamāne pāḷikkameneva vaṇṇanā katā hoti. Tato tena tena vinicchayena atthikānaṃ pāḷikkameneva imaṃ vinayasaṃvaṇṇanaṃ oloketvā so so vinicchayo suviññeyyo bhavissatīti.

Acirūpasampannoti aciraṃ upasampanno hutvā; upasampadato nacirakāleyevāti vuttaṃ hoti. Evarūpeti evaṃvidhe evaṃjātike. Dhutaguṇeti kilesaniddhunanake guṇe. Samādāya vattatīti samādiyitvā gaṇhitvā vattati carati viharati. Āraññiko hotīti gāmantasenāsanaṃ paṭikkhipitvā āraññikadhutaṅgavasena araññavāsiko hoti. Piṇḍapātikoti atirekalābhapaṭikkhepena cuddasa bhattāni paṭikkhipitvā piṇḍapātikadhutaṅgavasena piṇḍapātiko hoti. Paṃsukūlikoti gahapaticīvaraṃ paṭikkhipitvā paṃsukūlikadhutaṅgavasena paṃsukūliko hoti. Sapadānacārikoti loluppacāraṃ paṭikkhipitvā sapadānacārikadhutaṅgavasena sapadānacāriko hoti; gharapaṭipāṭiyā bhikkhāya pavisati. Vajjigāmanti vajjīnaṃ gāmaṃ vajjīsu vā gāmaṃ.

Aḍḍhā mahaddhanātiādīsu upabhogaparibhogūpakaraṇamahantatāya aḍḍhā; ye hi tesaṃ upabhogā yāni ca upabhogūpakaraṇāni, tāni mahantāni bahulāni sārakānīti vuttaṃ hoti. Nidhetvā ṭhapitadhanamahantatāya mahaddhanā. Mahābhogāti divasaparibbayasaṅkhātabhogamahantatāya mahābhogā. Aññehi upabhogehi jātarūparajatasseva pahūtatāya pahūtajātarūparajatā. Alaṅkārabhūtassa vittūpakaraṇassa pītipāmojjakaraṇassa pahūtatāya pahūtavittūpakaraṇā. Vohāravasena parivattentassa dhanadhaññassa pahūtatāya pahūtadhanadhaññāti veditabbā.

1. 他感到高興，心情愉悅，身體輕鬆。他持續了幾天。因吃著美味的食物，保持身體的清潔與衛生，積累了力量，向父母行禮，告別親友，走向世尊……請求：「請讓我出家，尊者。」世尊叫來一位正站在旁邊的乞食比丘，說：「那麼，這位比丘要為蘇提那出家並給予受戒。」那位比丘聽了世尊的話，便為蘇提那出家並給予了受戒。因此說：「蘇提那·卡蘭達子在世尊面前出家，得到了受戒。」 在這裡，關於出家和受戒的所有內容都已討論過。我們將根據經典的正確版本進行闡述。不僅如此，關於其他在經典或附錄中應討論的內容，也將一一闡述。如此討論，便能使經典的解釋更加清晰。然後，通過這些判斷，關於有意義的經典解釋將會變得清晰可見。 「迅速受戒」是指不久后便受戒；「受戒后不久」是指不久之後就會受戒。這樣說是指這樣的情況。關於清凈的修行是指清凈地去除煩惱的修行。通過修習而保持的，是指經過修習而保持的狀態。成為森林中的修行者，是指放棄村莊的住所，按照森林的修行方式居住在森林中。作為乞食者，是指在不貪圖額外收入的情況下，放棄十三餐的乞食方式，而成為乞食者。作為破衣者，是指放棄家庭的衣服，成為破衣者。作為隨行者，是指放棄貪戀，成為隨行者；在家中乞食。作為瓦吉村，是指在瓦吉人所在的村莊。 「富有」是指因享用與消費的器具而顯得富有；那些享用的物品，都是豐盛的、豐富的、重要的。通過積累而得的財富，因其豐厚而顯得富有。大享用是指每日享用的物品數量巨大。因其他享用而顯得金銀豐富。因裝飾品、財富器具、令人愉悅的物品的豐富而顯得富有。根據日常生活的轉變，因財富與糧食的豐厚而顯得富有。

Senāsanaṃsaṃsāmetvāti senāsanaṃ paṭisāmetvā; yathā na vinassati tathā naṃ suṭṭhu ṭhapetvāti attho. Saṭṭhimatte thālipāketi gaṇanaparicchedato saṭṭhithālipāke. Ekameko cettha thālipāko dasannaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bhattaṃ gaṇhāti. Taṃ sabbampi channaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ bhattaṃ hoti. Bhattābhihāraṃ abhihariṃsūti ettha abhiharīyatīti abhihāro. Kiṃ abhiharīyati? Bhattaṃ. Bhattameva abhihāro bhattābhihāro, taṃ bhattābhihāraṃ. Abhihariṃsūti abhimukhā hariṃsu. Tassa santikaṃ gahetvā āgamaṃsūti attho. Etassa kiṃ pamāṇanti? Saṭṭhi thālipākā. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『saṭṭhimatte thālipāke bhattābhihāraṃ abhihariṃsū』』ti. Bhikkhūnaṃ vissajjetvāti sayaṃ ukkaṭṭhapiṇḍapātikattā sapadānacāraṃ caritukāmo bhikkhūnaṃ paribhogatthāya pariccajitvā datvā. Ayaṃ hi āyasmā 『『bhikkhū ca lābhaṃ lacchanti ahañca piṇḍakena na kilamissāmī』』ti etadatthameva āgato. Tasmā attano āgamanānurūpaṃ karonto bhikkhūnaṃ vissajjetvā sayaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi.

31.Ñātidāsīti ñātakānaṃ dāsī. Ābhidosikanti pārivāsikaṃ ekarattātikkantaṃ pūtibhūtaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ padattho – pūtibhāvadosena abhibhūtoti abhidoso, abhidosova ābhidosiko, ekarattātikkantassa vā nāmasaññā esā, yadidaṃ ābhidosikoti, taṃ ābhidosikaṃ. Kummāsanti yavakummāsaṃ. Chaḍḍetukāmā hotīti yasmā antamaso dāsakammakarānampi gorūpānampi aparibhogāraho, tasmā taṃ kacavaraṃ viya bahi chaḍḍetukāmā hoti. Sacetanti sace etaṃ. Bhaginīti ariyavohārena ñātidāsiṃ ālapati. Chaḍḍanīyadhammanti chaḍḍetabbasabhāvaṃ. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – 『『bhagini, etaṃ sace bahi chaḍḍanīyadhammaṃ nissaṭṭhapariggahaṃ, taṃ idha me patte ākirā』』ti.

Kiṃ pana evaṃ vattuṃ labbhati, viññatti vā payuttavācā vā na hotīti? Na hoti. Kasmā? Nissaṭṭhapariggahattā. Yañhi chaḍḍanīyadhammaṃ nissaṭṭhapariggahaṃ, yattha sāmikā anālayā honti, taṃ sabbaṃ 『『detha āharatha idha ākirathā』』ti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Tathā hi aggaariyavaṃsiko āyasmā raṭṭhapālopi 『『chaḍḍanīyadhammaṃ kummāsaṃ idha me patte ākirā』』ti (ma. ni. 2.299) avaca. Tasmā yaṃ evarūpaṃ chaḍḍanīyadhammaṃ aññaṃ vā apariggahitaṃ vanamūlaphalabhesajjādikaṃ taṃ sabbaṃ yathāsukhaṃ āharāpetvā paribhuñjitabbaṃ, na kukkuccāyitabbaṃ. Hatthānanti bhikkhāggahaṇatthaṃ pattaṃ upanāmayato maṇibandhato pabhuti dvinnampi hatthānaṃ. Pādānanti nivāsanantato paṭṭhāya dvinnampi pādānaṃ. Sarassāti 『『sacetaṃ bhaginī』』ti vācaṃ nicchārayato sarassa ca. Nimittaṃ aggahesīti gihikāle sallakkhitapubbaṃ ākāraṃ aggahesi sañjāni sallakkhesi. Sudinno hi bhagavato dvādasame vasse pabbajito vīsatime vasse ñātikulaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭho sayaṃ pabbajjāya aṭṭhavassiko hutvā; tena naṃ sā ñātidāsī disvāva na sañjāni, nimittaṃ pana aggahesīti.

Sudinnassa mātaraṃ etadavocāti atigarunā pabbajjūpagatena sāmiputtena saddhiṃ 『『tvaṃ nu kho me, bhante, ayyo sudinno』』tiādivacanaṃ vattuṃ avisahantī vegena gharaṃ pavisitvā sudinnassa mātaraṃ etaṃ avoca. Yaggheti ārocanatthe nipāto. Sace je saccanti ettha jeti ālapane nipāto. Evañhi tasmiṃ dese dāsijanaṃ ālapanti, tasmā 『『tvaṃ, bhoti dāsi, sace saccaṃ bhaṇasī』』ti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo.

整理住處:即收拾住處;將其妥善安置以免損壞。大約六十鍋飯:以數量計算約六十鍋飯。這裡每鍋飯足夠十位比丘食用。這些全部可以供給六百位比丘食用。帶來食物:這裡"帶來"是指被帶來的東西。什麼被帶來?食物。食物本身就是被帶來的,即食物供養,他們帶來了這些食物供養。帶來:即朝向某處帶來。意思是拿著這些來到他那裡。這有多少?六十鍋飯。因此說:"帶來了約六十鍋飯的食物供養"。分發給比丘們:因為他自己是嚴格的乞食者,想要一戶一戶地乞食,所以將食物分發給比丘們食用。這位尊者來此正是爲了"比丘們能得到供養,而我也不會因乞食而疲勞"。因此他按照自己來此的目的,將食物分發給比丘們后,自己出去乞食。 31. 親戚的女僕:親戚家的女僕。隔夜的:存放過夜的,已經變質的。這裡的詞義是:因變質而腐敗的叫做"abhidosa",而"abhidosa"就是"ābhidosika",或者這是對存放一夜以上食物的稱呼,即"ābhidosika",那就是"ābhidosika"。糊:大麥糊。想要扔掉:因為連奴僕和牛都不能食用,所以想要像垃圾一樣扔掉。如果這個:如果是這個。姐妹:用聖者的稱呼方式稱呼親戚的女僕。應該扔掉的東西:應該扔掉的性質。這裡的意思是:"姐妹,如果這是應該扔掉的東西,已經放棄所有權,那就倒在我這個缽里。" 這樣說是否合適,是否構成乞求或誘導性言語?不會。為什麼?因為已經放棄所有權。對於應該扔掉的、已經放棄所有權的東西,主人已經不再關心的,都可以說"給我""拿來""倒在這裡"。因此,最高聖者傳統的尊者羅吒婆羅也說過:"把應該扔掉的糊倒在我的缽里。"所以,對於這種應該扔掉的東西,或其他無人擁有的森林果實、藥材等,都可以隨意取用,不必有顧慮。雙手:從腕部開始,爲了接受施食而伸出缽的兩隻手。雙腳:從下衣邊緣開始的兩隻腳。聲音:發出"姐妹,如果這個"這樣的聲音。察覺到特徵:注意到、認出、觀察到在家時曾注意過的特徵。蘇提那是在佛陀成道后第十二年出家的,第二十年時前往親戚家乞食,自己已出家八年;因此那個親戚的女僕一看到他就沒認出來,但察覺到了特徵。 她對蘇提那的母親說:因為無法對已經出家的主人之子說"尊者,您是我的主人蘇提那嗎?"等話,所以她迅速進入房子對蘇提那的母親說了這話。"真的"是表示通知的詞。"如果你說的是真的":這裡"je"是稱呼語。因為在那個地方人們是這樣稱呼女僕的,所以這裡應該理解為"女僕啊,如果你說的是真的"。

32.Aññataraṃ kuṭṭamūlanti tasmiṃ kira dese dānapatīnaṃ gharesu sālā honti, āsanāni cettha paññattāni honti, upaṭṭhāpitaṃ udakakañjiyaṃ; tattha pabbajitā piṇḍāya caritvā nisīditvā bhuñjanti. Sace icchanti, dānapatīnampi santakaṃ gaṇhanti. Tasmā tampi aññatarassa kulassa īdisāya sālāya aññataraṃ kuṭṭamūlanti veditabbaṃ. Na hi pabbajitā kapaṇamanussā viya asāruppe ṭhāne nisīditvā bhuñjantīti.

Atthi nāma tātāti ettha atthīti vijjamānatthe; nāmāti pucchanatthe maññanatthe ca nipāto. Idañhi vuttaṃ hoti – 『『atthi nu kho, tāta sudinna, amhākaṃ dhanaṃ, na mayaṃ niddhanāti vattabbā, yesaṃ no tvaṃ īdise ṭhāne nisīditvā ābhidosikaṃ kummāsaṃ paribhuñjissasi』』; tathā 『『atthi nu kho, tāta sudinna, amhākaṃ jīvitaṃ, na mayaṃ matāti vattabbā, yesaṃ no tvaṃ īdise ṭhāne nisīditvā ābhidosikaṃ kummāsaṃ paribhuñjissasi』』; tathā 『『atthi maññe, tāta sudinna, tava abbhantare sāsanaṃ nissāya paṭiladdho samaṇaguṇo, yaṃ tvaṃ subhojanarasasaṃvaḍḍhitopi imaṃ jigucchaneyyaṃ ābhidosikaṃ kummāsaṃ amatamiva nibbikāro paribhuñjissasī』』ti.

So pana gahapati dukkhābhitunnatāya etamatthaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ katvā vattumasakkonto 『『atthi nāma, tāta sudinna, ābhidosikaṃ kummāsaṃ paribhuñjissasī』』ti ettakameva avoca. Akkharacintakā panettha imaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ vadanti – anokappanāmarisanatthavasena etaṃ atthināmasadde upapade 『『paribhuñjissasī』』ti anāgatavacanaṃ kataṃ. Tassāyamattho – atthi nāma…pe… paribhuñjissasi, idaṃ paccakkhampi ahaṃ na saddahāmi na marisayāmīti. Tatāyaṃ ābhidosikoti tato tava gehato ayaṃ ābhidosiko kummāso laddhoti attho. Tatoyantipi pāṭho. Tadāyantipi paṭhanti, taṃ na sundaraṃ. Yena sakapitu nivesananti yena sakassa pitu attano pitu nivesananti attho; thero pitari pemeneva subbaco hutvā agamāsi. Adhivāsesīti thero ukkaṭṭhapiṇḍapātikopi samāno 『『sace ekabhattampi na gahessāmi, ativiya nesaṃ domanassaṃ bhavissatī』』ti ñātīnaṃ anukampāya adhivāsesi.

33.Opuñjāpetvāti upalimpāpetvā. Ekaṃ hiraññassāti ettha hiraññanti kahāpaṇo veditabbo. Purisoti nātidīgho nātirasso majjhimappamāṇo veditabbo. Tirokaraṇīyanti karaṇatthe bhummaṃ; sāṇipākārena parikkhipitvāti attho. Atha vā tiro karonti etenāti tirokaraṇīyaṃ, taṃ parikkhipitvā; samantato katvāti attho. Tena hīti yasmā ajja sudinno āgamissati tena kāraṇena. Hi iti padapūraṇamatte nipāto. Tenāti ayampi vā uyyojanatthe nipātoyeva.

1. 某個墻角:據說在那個地方,施主家裡有廳堂,擺設著座位,準備了水和粥;出家人在那裡乞食后就坐下用餐。如果他們願意,也可以接受施主的東西。因此,這裡應理解為某個家族這樣的廳堂的某個墻角。因為出家人不會像貧民一樣坐在不適當的地方用餐。 "兒子啊,難道"這裡,"存在"表示存在的意思;"難道"是表示疑問和猜測的語氣詞。這裡的意思是:"兒子蘇提那啊,難道我們有財富,不應該說我們一貧如洗,而你卻坐在這種地方吃隔夜的糊嗎?""兒子蘇提那啊,難道我們還活著,不應該說我們已經死了,而你卻坐在這種地方吃隔夜的糊嗎?""兒子蘇提那啊,我想你靠著教法在內心獲得了沙門的品德,你雖然從小享用美食長大,卻能毫不厭惡地像吃甘露一樣吃這令人作嘔的隔夜糊。" 但是這位家主因悲傷而無法完整地表達這個意思,只說了"兒子蘇提那啊,難道你要吃隔夜的糊嗎?"文法學家們對此解釋說:這裡用"atthi nāma"(難道)作為字首,使用未來時"paribhuñjissasi"(你將吃)來表示不相信和難以接受。意思是:難道...你將吃,即使親眼所見我也不相信,不能接受。"這是從那裡來的隔夜的"意思是這隔夜的糊是從你家裡得到的。也有"從那裡來"的說法。有人讀作"從那時來",但不太好。"去他父親的家"意思是去他自己父親的家;長老出於對父親的愛而順從地去了。"同意了"意思是長老雖然是嚴格的乞食者,但考慮到"如果我一頓飯都不接受,他們會非常傷心",出於對親戚的憐憫而同意了。
2. "使塗抹":使塗上。"一份金子":這裡的金子應理解為迦利莎般那錢。"人":應理解為中等身材,既不高也不矮。"遮蔽物":這是表示手段的處格;意思是用布幕圍起來。或者說,"遮蔽物"是用來遮蔽的東西,圍繞它;意思是完全包圍起來。"因為":因為今天蘇提那會來,所以。"hi"是填充詞。"所以"也是表示催促的語氣詞。

34.Pubbaṇhasamayanti ettha kiñcāpi pāḷiyaṃ kālārocanaṃ na vuttaṃ, atha kho ārociteyeva kāle agamāsīti veditabbo. Idaṃ te tātāti dve puñje dassento āha. Mātūti janettiyā. Mattikanti mātito āgataṃ; idaṃ te mātāmahiyā mātu imaṃ gehaṃ āgacchantiyā dinnadhananti attho. Itthikāya itthidhananti hīḷento āha . Itthikāya nāma itthiparibhogānaṃyeva nhānacuṇṇādīnaṃ atthāya laddhaṃ dhanaṃ kittakaṃ bhaveyya. Tassāpi tāva parimāṇaṃ passa. Atha vā idaṃ te tāta sudinna mātu dhanaṃ, tañca kho mattikaṃ, na mayā dinnaṃ, tava mātuyeva santakanti vuttaṃ hoti. Taṃ panetaṃ na kasiyā na vaṇijjāya sambhūtaṃ, apica kho itthikāya itthidhanaṃ. Yaṃ itthikāya ñātikulato sāmikakulaṃ gacchantiyā laddhabbaṃ nhānacuṇṇādīnaṃ atthāya itthidhanaṃ, taṃ tāva ettakanti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo.

Aññaṃ pettikaṃ aññaṃ pitāmahanti yaṃ pana te pitu ca pitāmahānañca santakaṃ, taṃ aññaṃyeva. Nihitañca payuttañca ativiya bahu; ettha ca pitāmahanti taddhitalopaṃ katvā veditabbaṃ. Petāmahanti vā pāṭho. Labbhā tāta sudinna hīnāyāvattitvāti tāta, sudinna, uttamaṃ ariyaddhajaṃ pabbajitaliṅgaṃ pahāya hīnāya gihibhāvāya āvattitvā labbhā bhogā bhuñjituṃ, nālabbhā bhuñjituṃ, na tvaṃ rājabhīto pabbajito, na iṇāyikehi palibuddho hutvāti. Tāta na ussahāmīti ettha pana tātāti vacanaṃ gehasitapemena āha, na samaṇatejena. Na ussahāmīti na sakkomi. Na visahāmīti nappahomi, na samatthomhi.

『『Vadeyyāma kho taṃ gahapatī』』ti idaṃ pana vacanaṃ samaṇatejenāha. Nātikaḍḍheyyāsīti yaṃ te mayi pemaṃ patiṭṭhitaṃ, taṃ kodhavasena na atikaḍḍheyyāsi; sace na kujjheyyāsīti vuttaṃ hoti. Tato seṭṭhi 『『putto me saṅgahaṃ maññe kattukāmo』』ti udaggacitto āha – 『『vadehi tāta sudinnā』』ti. Tenahīti uyyojanatthe vibhattipatirūpako nipāto. Tatonidānanti taṃnidānaṃ taṃhetukanti paccattavacanassa to-ādeso veditabbo; samāse cassa lopābhāvo. Bhayaṃ vāti 『『kinti me bhoge neva rājāno hareyyu』』ntiādinā nayena vuttaṃ rājādibhayaṃ; cittutrāsoti attho. Chambhitattanti rājūhi vā corehi vā 『『dhanaṃ dehī』』ti kammakāraṇaṃ kāriyamānassa kāyiñjanaṃ kāyakampo hadayamaṃsacalanaṃ. Lomahaṃsoti uppanne bhaye lomānaṃ haṃsanaṃ uddhaggabhāvo. Ārakkhoti anto ca bahi ca rattiñca divā ca ārakkhaṇaṃ.

1. "上午時分":雖然經文中沒有提到時間,但應該理解為在通知的時間去了。"這是你的,兒子":指著兩堆東西說。"母親的":生母的。"屬於母親的":從母親那裡來的;意思是這是你外祖母來到這個家時給的財產。"女人的女人財產":輕蔑地說。女人所得的財產,也就是用於女性用品如沐浴粉等的財產,能有多少呢?你看看它的數量就知道了。或者說,這是說"兒子蘇提那啊,這是你母親的財產,而且是屬於母親的,不是我給的,是你母親自己的"。這不是通過耕種或貿易獲得的,而是女人的女人財產。就是女人從孃家嫁到夫家時應得的用於沐浴粉等的女人財產,就有這麼多。應該這樣理解其意思。 "父親的是一回事,祖父的又是一回事":你父親和祖父的財產,那又是另外的。存放的和投資的都非常多;這裡"祖父的"應理解為省略了後綴。或者讀作"祖父的"。"兒子蘇提那啊,可以還俗":兒子,蘇提那,放棄最高貴的聖者標誌出家相,還俗回到低下的在家生活,是可以享用財富的,不是不可以享用。你不是因為害怕國王而出家,也不是因為欠債而被束縛。"父親,我不敢":這裡稱"父親"是出於家庭的愛,不是出於沙門的威力。"不敢"是指不能。"不能"是指做不到,沒有能力。 "家主,我們可以說":這話是用沙門的威力說的。"不要過分生氣":你對我的愛已經建立,不要因為憤怒而過分拉扯;如果你不生氣的話。然後長者想"我兒子可能想要表示關心",高興地說:"說吧,兒子蘇提那。""那麼":這是表示催促的語氣詞,應理解為主格的變化形式。"由此而來":應理解為"taṃnidānaṃ"(以此為因)的主格變化為"to",在複合詞中不省略。"恐懼":指如"國王可能會奪走我的財富"等說法中提到的對國王等的恐懼;意思是內心的恐懼。"戰慄":被國王或盜賊逼迫"交出財富"時身體的顫抖、身體的震動、心臟的跳動。"毛骨悚然":恐懼產生時毛髮直立。"保護":指內部和外部、晝夜的守衛。

35.Tena hi vadhūti seṭṭhi gahapati dhanaṃ dassetvā puttaṃ attanā gihibhāvatthāya palobhetuṃ asakkonto 『『mātugāmasadisaṃ dāni purisānaṃ bandhanaṃ natthī』』ti maññitvā tassa purāṇadutiyikaṃ āmantesi – 『『tena hi vadhū』』ti. Purāṇadutiyikanti purāṇaṃ dutiyikaṃ pubbe gihikāle dutiyikaṃ, gehasitasukhupabhogasahāyikaṃ bhūtapubbabhariyanti attho. Tena hīti yena kāraṇena mātugāmasadisaṃ bandhanaṃ natthi. Pādesu gahetvāti pāde gahetvā; upayogatthe bhummavacanaṃ, pādesu vā taṃ gahetvā. 『『Kīdisā nāma tā ayyaputta accharāyo』』ti kasmā evamāha? Tadā kira sambahule khattiyakumārepi brāhmaṇakumārepi seṭṭhiputtepi mahāsampattiyo pahāya pabbajante disvā pabbajjāguṇaṃ ajānantā kathaṃ samuṭṭhāpenti – 『『kasmā ete pabbajantī』』ti. Athaññe vadanti – 『『devaccharānaṃ devanāṭakānaṃ kāraṇā』』ti. Sā kathā vitthārikā ahosi. Taṃ gahetvā ayaṃ evamāhāti. Thero taṃ paṭikkhipanto na kho ahaṃ bhaginīti āha. Samudācaratīti voharati vadeti. Tattheva mucchitā papatāti naṃ bhaginivādena samudācarantaṃ disvā 『『anatthiko dāni mayā ayaṃ yo maṃ pajāpatiṃ samānaṃ attanā saddhiṃ ekamātukucchiyā sayitadārikaṃ viya maññatī』』ti samuppannabalavasokā hutvā tasmiṃyeva padese mucchitā papatā; patitāti attho.

Mā no viheṭhayitthāti mā amhe dhanaṃ dassetvā mātugāmañca uyyojetvā viheṭhayittha; vihesā hesā pabbajitānanti. Tena hi tāta sudinna bījakampi dehīti ettha tena hīti abhiratiyaṃ uyyojeti. Sace tvaṃ abhirato brahmacariyaṃ carasi, caritvā ākāse nisīditvā parinibbāyitā hohi, amhākaṃ pana kulavaṃsabījakaṃ ekaṃ puttaṃ dehi. Mā no aputtakaṃ sāpateyyaṃ licchavayo atiharāpesunti mayañhi licchavīnaṃ gaṇarājūnaṃ rajje vasāma, te te pituno accayena imaṃ sāpateyyaṃ evaṃ mahantaṃ amhākaṃ vibhavaṃ aputtakaṃ kuladhanarakkhakena puttena virahitaṃ attano rājantepuraṃ atiharāpeyyunti, taṃ te mā atiharāpesuṃ, mā atiharāpentūti.

Etaṃ kho me, amma, sakkā kātunti kasmā evamāha? So kira cintesi – 『『etesaṃ sāpateyyassa ahameva sāmī, añño natthi. Te maṃ sāpateyyarakkhaṇatthāya niccaṃ anubandhissanti; tenāhaṃ na lacchāmi appossukko samaṇadhammaṃ kātuṃ, puttakaṃ pana labhitvā oramissanti, tato ahaṃ yathāsukhaṃ samaṇadhammaṃ karissāmī』』ti imaṃ nayaṃ passanto evamāhāti.

36.Pupphanti utukāle uppannalohitassa nāmaṃ. Mātugāmassa hi utukāle gabbhapatiṭṭhānaṭṭhāne lohitavaṇṇā piḷakā saṇṭhahitvā satta divasāni vaḍḍhitvā bhijjanti, tato lohitaṃ paggharati, tassetaṃ nāmaṃ 『『puppha』』nti. Taṃ pana yāva balavaṃ hoti bahu paggharati, tāva dinnāpi paṭisandhi na tiṭṭhati, doseneva saddhiṃ paggharati; dose pana paggharite suddhe vatthumhi dinnā paṭisandhi khippaṃ patiṭṭhāti. Pupphaṃsā uppajjīti pupphaṃ assā uppajji; akāralopena sandhi purāṇadutiyikāya bāhāyaṃ gahetvāti purāṇadutiyikāya yā bāhā, tatra naṃ gahetvāti attho.

Apaññatte sikkhāpadeti paṭhamapārājikasikkhāpade aṭṭhapite. Bhagavato kira paṭhamabodhiyaṃ vīsati vassāni bhikkhū cittaṃ ārādhayiṃsu, na evarūpaṃ ajjhācāramakaṃsu. Taṃ sandhāyeva idaṃ suttamāha – 『『ārādhayiṃsu vata me, bhikkhave, bhikkhū ekaṃ samayaṃ citta』』nti (ma. ni.

1. "那麼,兒媳":這位長者家主展示財富后,無法說服兒子還俗,就想"現在沒有比女人更能束縛男人的了",於是叫來他以前的妻子說:"那麼,兒媳"。"以前的妻子":指以前在家時的妻子,曾經分享家庭生活快樂的伴侶,也就是前妻的意思。"那麼":因為沒有比女人更能束縛的了。"抱住腳":抱住腳;這是賓格的處格用法,或者說在腳上抱住他。"尊貴的主人,那些天女是什麼樣子的?"為什麼這樣說?據說當時看到許多剎帝利王子、婆羅門子弟和富商之子放棄巨大財富出家,不知出家的功德的人就議論說:"他們為什麼出家?"有人說:"爲了天界的仙女和舞女。"這種說法廣為流傳。她抓住這點這樣說。長老否認這點說:"妹妹,不是這樣的。""稱呼":說,講。"就在那裡暈倒了":看到他用妹妹來稱呼自己,她想"他現在對我沒興趣了,把我這個妻子當成和自己同母所生的女孩一樣",生起強烈的悲傷,就在那裡暈倒了;意思是倒下了。 "不要折磨我們":不要展示財富又叫來女人來折磨我們;這對出家人來說是種折磨。"那麼,兒子蘇提那,請給我們一個種子":這裡"那麼"是鼓勵他同意。如果你喜歡過梵行生活,就過梵行生活,坐在空中入滅吧,但請給我們一個兒子作為家族的種子。不要讓離車人拿走我們無子的財產:我們住在離車人的共和國里,他們在你父親去世后可能會把這麼大的財產,我們沒有兒子繼承的家族財產帶到他們的王宮去,請不要讓他們這樣做。 "母親,這我可以做到":為什麼這樣說?據說他這樣想:"我是這些財產唯一的主人,沒有別人。他們會爲了保護財產一直跟著我;這樣我就無法安心修行沙門法。但如果他們得到一個兒子就會放手,那時我就可以隨心所欲地修行沙門法了。"他看到這個道理所以這樣說。
2. "花":是指女性月經期間流出的血液的名稱。女性在月經期,在子宮著床處會形成紅色的小疙瘩,生長七天後破裂,然後血液流出,這被稱為"花"。當血液強烈流動時,即使受精也不會著床,會隨著毒素一起流出;但當毒素流盡,子宮清潔時,受精就會很快著床。"她來月經了":意思是她的月經來了;這是省略"a"音的連音。"抓住前妻的手臂":意思是抓住前妻的那隻手臂。 "在未制定學處時":在第一波羅夷學處未制定時。據說在佛陀成道后的二十年裡,比丘們都令佛歡喜,沒有做這種不當行為。關於這點,經中說:"比丘們,有一段時間,比丘們令我滿意。"

1.225). Atha bhagavā ajjhācāraṃ apassanto pārājikaṃ vā saṅghādisesaṃ vā na paññapesi. Tasmiṃ tasmiṃ pana vatthusmiṃ avasese pañca khuddakāpattikkhandhe eva paññapesi. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『apaññatte sikkhāpade』』ti.

Anādīnavadassoti yaṃ bhagavā idāni sikkhāpadaṃ paññapento ādīnavaṃ dassessati, taṃ apassanto anavajjasaññī hutvā. Sace hi 『『ayaṃ idaṃ na karaṇīyanti vā mūlacchejjāya vā saṃvattatī』』ti jāneyya, saddhāpabbajito kulaputto tatonidānaṃ jīvitakkhayaṃ pāpuṇantopi na kareyya. Ettha pana ādīnavaṃ apassanto niddosasaññī ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『anādīnavadasso』』ti. Purāṇadutiyikāyāti bhummavacanaṃ. Abhiviññāpesīti pavattesi; pavattanāpi hi kāyaviññatticopanato 『『viññāpanā』』ti vuccati. Tikkhattuṃ abhiviññāpanañcesa gabbhasaṇṭhānasanniṭṭhānatthamakāsīti veditabbo.

Sā tena gabbhaṃ gaṇhīti sā ca teneva ajjhācārena gabbhaṃ gaṇhi, na aññathā. Kiṃ pana aññathāpi gabbhaggahaṇaṃ hotīti ? Hoti. Kathaṃ? Kāyasaṃsaggena , coḷaggahaṇena, asucipānena, nābhiparāmasanena, rūpadassanena, saddena, gandhena. Itthiyo hi ekaccā utusamaye chandarāgarattā purisānaṃ hatthaggāha-veṇiggāha-aṅgapaccaṅgaparāmasanaṃ sādiyantiyopi gabbhaṃ gaṇhanti. Evaṃ kāyasaṃsaggena gabbhaggahaṇaṃ hoti.

Udāyittherassa pana purāṇadutiyikā bhikkhunī taṃ asuciṃ ekadesaṃ mukhena aggahesi, ekadesaṃ coḷakeneva saddhiṃ aṅgajāte pakkhipi. Sā tena gabbhaṃ gaṇhi. Evaṃ coḷaggahaṇena gabbhaggahaṇaṃ hoti.

Migasiṅgatāpasassa mātā migī utusamaye tāpasassa passāvaṭṭhānaṃ āgantvā sasambhavaṃ passāvaṃ pivi. Sā tena gabbhaṃ gaṇhitvā migasiṅgaṃ vijāyi. Evaṃ asucipānena gabbhaggahaṇaṃ hoti.

Sāmassa pana bodhisattassa mātāpitūnaṃ cakkhuparihāniṃ ñatvā sakko puttaṃ dātukāmo dukūlapaṇḍitaṃ āha – 『『vaṭṭati tumhākaṃ methunadhammo』』ti? 『『Anatthikā mayaṃ etena, isipabbajjaṃ pabbajitāmhā』』ti. 『『Tena hi imissā utusamaye aṅguṭṭhena nābhiṃ parāmaseyyāthā』』ti. So tathā akāsi. Sā tena gabbhaṃ gaṇhitvā sāmaṃ tāpasadārakaṃ vijāyi. Evaṃ nābhiparāmasanena gabbhaggahaṇaṃ hoti. Eteneva nayena maṇḍabyassa ca caṇḍapajjotassa ca vatthu veditabbaṃ.

Kathaṃ rūpadassanena hoti? Idhekaccā itthī utusamaye purisasaṃsaggaṃ alabhamānā chandarāgavasena antogehagatāva purisaṃ upanijjhāyati rājorodhā viya, sā tena gabbhaṃ gaṇhāti. Evaṃ rūpadassanena gabbhaggahaṇaṃ hoti.

Balākāsu pana puriso nāma natthi, tā utusamaye meghasaddaṃ sutvā gabbhaṃ gaṇhanti. Kukkuṭiyopi kadāci ekassa kukkuṭassa saddaṃ sutvā bahukāpi gabbhaṃ gaṇhanti. Tathā gāvī usabhassa. Evaṃ saddena gabbhaggahaṇaṃ hoti.

Gāvī eva ca kadāci usabhagandhena gabbhaṃ gaṇhanti. Evaṃ gandhena gabbhaggahaṇaṃ hoti.

Idha panāyaṃ ajjhācārena gabbhaṃ gaṇhi. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – 『『mātāpitaro ca sannipatitā honti, mātā ca utunī hoti, gandhabbo ca paccupaṭṭhito hoti, evaṃ tiṇṇaṃ sannipātā gabbhassāvakkanti hotī』』ti (ma. ni.

1.225). 然後，世尊在未看到行為時，沒有宣佈波羅夷或僧伽分界。相反，在每個相關的論題上，只有五個小條目被宣佈。因此說：「在未宣佈的學處。」 「無害的觀察」：世尊現在在宣佈學處時，將顯示出害處，未看到時則無過失。如果他知道「這件事不會導致根本破壞」，那麼信仰出家的貴族之子即使因此遭遇生命的結束也不會去做。在這裡，未看到害處時，他是無過失的。因此說：「無害的觀察。」關於「以前的妻子」的說法是指地面上的用法。「被顯示」：是指發生；因為發生也稱為「顯示」，這是由於身體的表現而被稱為「顯示」。 「她因此抓住胎兒」：她正是因為這個原因抓住胎兒，而不是其他原因。那麼，是否還有其他方式抓住胎兒呢？是的。怎麼抓？通過身體接觸、抓住小腿、飲用不潔的東西、按壓肚臍、看形狀、聽聲音、聞氣味。女人在某些季節由於月經的緣故，甚至在男性的手抓、腿抓、身體的接觸下也會抓住胎兒。因此，通過身體接觸也可以抓住胎兒。 烏達伊長老的以前的妻子用嘴抓住了那不潔的部分，另一部分則用腿抓住。她因此抓住了胎兒。通過腿抓住也可以抓住胎兒。 米伽辛加修行者的母親在某個季節來到了修行者的住所，飲用了適合的飲品。她因此抓住了胎兒，生下米伽辛加。通過飲用不潔的東西也可以抓住胎兒。 薩瑪的菩薩在知道父母的眼睛失明后，想要把兒子給王子，於是對聰明的王子說：「你們的男女之事是否合適？」「我們因此而無益，已經出家了。」因此在那個季節用手指按壓肚臍。他就這樣做了。她因此抓住了胎兒，生下了薩瑪的修行者。通過按壓肚臍也可以抓住胎兒。以同樣的方式，關於曼達比和殘暴的光輝的論題也應被理解。 「通過看形狀是如何的？」在這裡，有些女人在某個季節無法接觸到男性，因此因愛慾而在家中思念男性，像被國王阻隔一樣，這樣她因此抓住了胎兒。通過看形狀也可以抓住胎兒。 在小鳥中沒有人，聽到云的聲音時，他們抓住了胎兒。雞也有時聽到一隻雞的叫聲，許多隻也會抓住胎兒。牛也一樣。通過聲音也可以抓住胎兒。 牛也有時因為牛的氣味而抓住胎兒。通過氣味也可以抓住胎兒。 在這裡，她因此抓住了胎兒。關於這點說：「父母聚集在一起，母親處於月經期，天神也在場，因此三者的聚集會導致胎兒的形成。」

1.408).

Bhummādevā saddamanussāvesunti yasmā natthi loke raho nāma pāpakammaṃ pakubbato. Sabbapaṭhamaṃ hissa taṃ pāpaṃ attanā jānāti, tato ārakkhadevatā, athaññāpi paracittaviduniyo devatā. Tasmāssa paracittavidū sakalavanasaṇḍanissitā bhummā devā taṃ ajjhācāraṃ disvā saddaṃ anussāvesuṃ. Yathā aññepi devā suṇanti, tathā nicchāresuṃ. Kinti ? Nirabbudo vata, bho…pe… ādīnavo uppāditoti. Tassattho verañjakaṇḍe vuttanayeneva veditabbo.

Bhummānaṃ devānaṃ saddaṃ sutvā cātumahārājikāti ettha pana bhummānaṃ devānaṃ saddaṃ ākāsaṭṭhadevatā assosuṃ; ākāsaṭṭhānaṃ cātumahārājikāti ayamanukkamo veditabbo. Brahmakāyikāti asaññasatte ca arūpāvacare ca ṭhapetvā sabbepi brahmāno assosuṃ; sutvā ca saddamanussāvesunti veditabbo. Itiha tena khaṇenāti evaṃ tena sudinnassa ajjhācārakkhaṇena. Tena muhuttenāti ajjhācāramuhutteneva. Yāva brahmalokāti yāva akaniṭṭhabrahmalokā. Abbhuggacchīti abhiuggacchi abbhuṭṭhāsi ekakolāhalamahosīti.

Puttaṃ vijāyīti suvaṇṇabimbasadisaṃ pacchimabhavikasattaṃ janesi. Bījakoti nāmamakaṃsūti na aññaṃ nāmaṃ kātumadaṃsu, 『『bījakampi dehī』』ti mātāmahiyā vuttabhāvassa pākaṭattā 『『bījako tvevassa nāmaṃ hotū』』ti 『『bījako』』ti nāmamakaṃsu. Puttassa pana nāmavaseneva ca mātāpitūnampissa nāmamakaṃsu. Te aparena samayenāti bījakañca bījakamātarañca sandhāya vuttaṃ. Bījakassa kira sattaṭṭhavassakāle tassa mātā bhikkhunīsu so ca bhikkhūsu pabbajitvā kalyāṇamitte upanissāya arahatte patiṭṭhahiṃsu. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『ubho agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitvā arahattaṃ sacchākaṃsū』』ti.

1.408). 地居天發出聲音:因為對做惡事的人來說,世上沒有隱秘之處。首先,他自己知道那罪惡,然後是守護神,還有其他能知他人心的天神。因此,能知他人心的遍佈整個森林的地居天看到他的不當行為后發出聲音。他們發出聲音,讓其他天神也能聽到。說什麼呢?說"先生們,真是不幸啊......產生了危害"。這句話的意思應該按照毗蘭若品中所說的方式來理解。 聽到地居天的聲音,四大王天:這裡應理解為,空居天聽到了地居天的聲音;四大王天聽到了空居天的聲音,應該按這個順序來理解。梵眾天:除了無想天和無色界天外,所有的梵天都聽到了;應該理解為聽到后也發出了聲音。就這樣,在那一刻:就是在蘇提那做不當行為的那一刻。在那一瞬間:就是在做不當行為的那一瞬間。直到梵天界:直到色究竟天。升起:升起、出現,成為一片喧囂。 生下了兒子:生下了像金像一樣的最後身眾生。給他取名叫畢加卡:他們沒有給他取別的名字,因為祖母說過"請給我們一個種子"這件事很明顯,所以說"就叫他畢加卡吧",於是給他取名叫畢加卡。不僅給兒子取了名字,也給他的父母取了名字。他們後來:是指畢加卡和畢加卡的母親。據說,當畢加卡七八歲時,他的母親在比丘尼中出家,他在比丘中出家,依靠善知識而證得阿羅漢果。因此說:"兩人都從在家生活出家,證得了阿羅漢果"。

1. Evaṃ mātāputtānaṃ pabbajjā saphalā ahosi. Pitā pana vippaṭisārābhibhūto vihāsi. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『atha kho āyasmato sudinnassaahudeva kukkucca』』ntiādi. Tattha ahudevāti ahu eva, dakāro padasandhikaro. Ahosiyevāti attho. Kukkuccanti ajjhācārahetuko pacchānutāpo. Vippaṭisārotipi tasseva nāmaṃ. So hi viññūhi akattabbatāya kucchitakiriyabhāvato kukkuccaṃ. Kataṃ ajjhācāraṃ nivattetuṃ asamatthatāya taṃ paṭicca virūpaṃ saraṇabhāvato vippaṭisāroti vuccati. Alābhā vata meti mayhaṃ vata alābhā; ye jhānādīnaṃ guṇānaṃ alābhā nāma, te mayhaṃ, na aññassāti adhippāyo. Na vata me lābhāti yepi me paṭiladdhā pabbajjasaraṇagamanasikkhāsamādānaguṇā, tepi neva mayhaṃ lābhā ajjhācāramalīnattā. Dulladdhaṃ vata meti idaṃ sāsanaṃ laddhampi me dulladdhaṃ. Na vata me suladdhanti yathā aññesaṃ kulaputtānaṃ, evaṃ na vata me suladdhaṃ. Kasmā? Yamahaṃ evaṃ svākkhātedhammavinaye…pe… brahmacariyaṃ caritunti. Brahmacariyanti sikkhattayasaṅgahitaṃ maggabrahmacariyaṃ. Kiso ahosīti khādituṃ vā bhuñjituṃ vā asakkonto tanuko ahosi appamaṃsalohito . Uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajātoti sañjātuppaṇḍuppaṇḍukabhāvo paṇḍupalāsappaṭibhāgo. Dhamanisanthatagattoti pariyādinnamaṃsalohitattā sirājāleneva santharitagatto. Antomanoti anusocanavasena abbhantareyeva ṭhitacitto. Hadayavatthuṃ nissāya pavattanavasena pana sabbepi antomanāyeva. Līnamanoti uddese paripucchāya kammaṭṭhāne adhisīle adhicitte adhipaññāya vattapaṭipattipūraṇe ca nikkhittadhuro avipphāriko aññadatthu kosajjavaseneva līno saṅkucito mano assāti līnamano. Dukkhīti cetodukkhena dukkhī. Dummanoti dosena duṭṭhamano, virūpamano vā domanassābhibhūtatāya. Pajjhāyīti vippaṭisāravasena vahacchinno viya gadrabho taṃ taṃ cintayi.

2. 如是母子二人的出家是有結果的。但是父親被後悔所壓倒。因此說："於是具壽蘇提那就有了悔恨"等等。其中，"ahudeva"就是"ahu eva"，字母"d"是爲了連音。意思是"確實發生了"。"悔恨"是指由於不當行為而產生的後悔。"懊悔"也是它的同義詞。這是因為被智者認為不應該做的，是可恥的行為，所以叫做悔恨。由於無法挽回已做的不當行為，因此對此產生異常的憶念，所以稱為懊悔。"唉，我真是沒有得到啊"意思是"我真是沒有得到"；那些所謂沒有得到禪定等功德，是指我沒有得到，不是指別人。"我真是沒有獲得啊"意思是即使我已經獲得了出家、皈依、受戒等功德，由於不當行為的污染，對我來說也不算是獲得。"唉，我真是沒有好好得到啊"意思是即使得到了這個教法，對我來說也是沒有好好得到。"我真是沒有很好地得到啊"意思是不像其他良家子弟那樣，我真是沒有很好地得到。為什麼？"因為我在如此善說的法、律中...無法行梵行"。"梵行"指的是包含三學的道梵行。"消瘦了"意思是無法進食，變得瘦弱，肌肉和血液減少。"面色蒼白"意思是變得面色蒼白，像枯黃的葉子一樣。"血管暴露"意思是因為肌肉和血液耗盡，身體上只剩下血管網路。"內心憂鬱"意思是由於悲傷而心思鬱結。但是從依靠心臟而運作的角度來說，所有人都是內心的。"意志消沉"意思是在誦經、問答、業處修習、增上戒、增上心、增上慧、圓滿行持等方面放棄努力，不再奮發，反而因懈怠而意志消沉、退縮。"苦惱"意思是因心理痛苦而苦惱。"憂鬱"意思是因怨恨而心情惡劣，或者因為被憂愁壓倒而心情不佳。"沉思"意思是因為懊悔而像被砍斷尾巴的驢子一樣，不斷思考這件事。

38.Sahāyakā bhikkhūti taṃ evaṃbhūtaṃ gaṇasaṅgaṇikāpapañcena vītināmentaṃ disvā yassa vissāsikā kathāphāsukā bhikkhū te naṃ etadavocuṃ. Pīṇindriyoti pasādapatiṭṭhānokāsassa sampuṇṇattā paripuṇṇacakkhuādiindriyo. So dāni tvanti ettha dānīti nipāto, so pana tvanti vuttaṃ hoti. Kaccino tvanti kacci nu tvaṃ . Anabhiratoti ukkaṇṭhito; gihibhāvaṃ patthayamānoti attho. Tasmā tameva anabhiratiṃ paṭikkhipanto āha – 『『na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, anabhirato』』ti. Adhikusalānaṃ pana dhammānaṃ bhāvanāya abhiratova ahanti . Atthi me pāpakammaṃ katanti mayā kataṃ ekaṃ pāpakammaṃ atthi upalabbhati saṃvijjati, niccakālaṃ abhimukhaṃ viya me tiṭṭhati. Atha naṃ pakāsento 『『purāṇadutiyikāyā』』tiādimāha.

Alañhi te, āvuso sudinna, kukkuccāyāti āvuso sudinna, tuyhetaṃ pāpakammaṃ alaṃ samatthaṃ kukkuccāya; paṭibalaṃ kukkuccaṃ uppādetunti vuttaṃ hoti. Yaṃ tvanti ādimhi yena pāpena tvaṃ na sakkhissasi brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ, taṃ te pāpaṃ alaṃ kukkuccāyāti evaṃ sambandho veditabbo. Atha naṃ anusāsantā 『『nanu āvuso bhagavatā』』tiādimāhaṃsu. Tattha nanūti anumatiggahaṇatthe nipāto. Anekapariyāyenāti anekakāraṇena. Virāgāyāti virāgatthāya. No sarāgāyāti no rāgena rajjanatthāya. Bhagavatā hi 『『imaṃ me dhammaṃ sutvā sattā sabbabhavabhogesu virajjissanti, no rajjissantī』』 etadatthāya dhammo desitoti adhippāyo. Esa nayo sabbapadesu. Idaṃ panettha pariyāyavacanamattaṃ. Visaṃyogāyāti kilesehi visaṃyujjanatthāya. No saṃyogāyāti na saṃyujjanatthāya. Anupādānāyāti aggahaṇatthāya. Nosaupādānāyāti na saṅgahaṇatthāya.

Tatthanāma tvanti tasmiṃ nāma tvaṃ. Sarāgāya cetessasīti saha rāgena vattamānāya methunadhammāya cetessasi kappessasi pakappessasi; etadatthaṃ vāyamissasīti attho. Esa nayo sabbattha. Puna rāgavirāgādīni nava padāni nibbattitalokuttaranibbānameva sandhāya vuttāni. Tasmā rāgavirāgāyāti vā madanimmadanāyāti vā vuttepi 『『nibbānatthāyā』』ti evameva attho daṭṭhabbo. Nibbānañhi yasmā taṃ āgamma ārabbha paṭicca rāgo virajjati na hoti, tasmā rāgavirāgoti vuccati. Yasmā pana taṃ āgamma mānamada-purisamadādayo madā nimmadā amadā honti vinassanti, tasmā madanimmadananti vuccati. Yasmā ca taṃ āgamma sabbāpi kāmapipāsā vinayaṃ abbhatthaṃ yāti, tasmā pipāsavinayoti vuccati. Yasmā pana taṃ āgamma pañca kāmaguṇālayā samugghātaṃ gacchanti, tasmā ālayasamugghātoti vuccati. Yasmā ca taṃ āgamma tebhūmakavaṭṭaṃ upacchijjati, tasmā vaṭṭupacchedoti vuccati. Yasmā pana taṃ āgamma sabbaso taṇhā khayaṃ gacchati virajjati nirujjhati ca, tasmā taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodhoti vuccati. Yasmā panetaṃ catasso yoniyo, pañca gatiyo, satta viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo, nava ca sattāvāse, aparāparabhāvāya vinanato ābandhanato saṃsibbanato vānanti laddhavohārāya taṇhāya nikkhantaṃ nissaṭaṃ visaṃyuttaṃ, tasmā nibbānanti vuccatīti.

1. 說：那些助伴的比丘見到這樣的聚集和討論，便對他信任的話語，愉快地對他說。豐滿的感官是因為安住于安樂的緣故，具足的眼耳鼻舌身意等感官。這裡的「所以」是指「因此」，而「但是」是指「然而」。「你是否...」是指「你是否」。「不安樂」是指渴望；「渴望家庭生活」是這個意思。因此為反對這樣的不安樂，他說：「我確實沒有不安樂。」而對於那些更善於修行的法，反而是安樂的。我有一個惡業已做，確實存在，常常像是面對著我一樣。於是他爲了顯現這一點，便說「古老的第二次...」等。 「夠了，你好，蘇提，不安樂。」意思是「你這惡業，夠了，能夠引起不安樂的」。「那你...」的開頭是指你因這惡而無法修行梵行，這個惡業應當被理解為不安樂的。於是教導他們說：「難道你們不是說，世尊...」等。在那裡，「難道」是爲了接受同意的意思。「以多種方式」是指以多種原因。「爲了脫離」是指爲了脫離的緣故。「不為貪慾」是指不爲了貪慾的緣故。世尊確實說：「聽聞此法后，眾生將會對一切生死的享受感到厭倦，而不會貪戀。」這就是教法的意圖。這個方法在所有方面都是如此。這裡的「多種方式」只是一個表達方式。「爲了超越煩惱」是指爲了超越煩惱而斷絕。「不結合」是指不結合的緣故。「爲了不執著」是指爲了不執著的緣故。「不執著」是指爲了不執著的緣故。 「在那兒的名字」是指「在那兒的你」。「與貪慾相結合」的意思是與貪慾一起的生理現象，你將會有能力、適應、適合；這個意思是「你會努力」。這個方法在所有地方都是如此。再者，貪、脫離等九個詞是特指涅槃的境界。因此「爲了貪、脫離」或「爲了愉悅」，即使被說成「爲了涅槃」，也應理解為如此。因為涅槃是因緣而生的，基於此，貪慾將會厭倦而不存在，因此稱為貪、脫離。因為在此基礎上，驕傲、醉酒等將會消失，因此稱為醉酒、愉悅。因為在此基礎上，所有的慾望都將被消除，因此稱為慾望的消除。因為在此基礎上，五種慾望的根源將會被破壞，因此稱為根源的破壞。因為在此基礎上，三界的輪迴將會被截斷，因此稱為輪迴的截斷。因為在此基礎上，所有的渴望都將消失、厭倦、止息，因此稱為渴望的消亡、脫離、滅絕。因為這四種生處、五種去處、七種意識的存在、九種生存的狀態，因生生不息而被束縛、被壓制，因此稱之為涅槃。

Kāmānaṃ pahānaṃ akkhātanti vatthukāmānaṃ, kilesakāmānañca pahānaṃ vuttaṃ. Kāmasaññānaṃ pariññāti sabbāsampi kāmasaññānaṃ ñātatīraṇapahānavasena tividhā pariññā akkhātā. Kāmapipāsānanti kāmesu pātabyatānaṃ kāme vā pātumicchānaṃ. Kāmavitakkānanti kāmupasañhitānaṃvitakkānaṃ. Kāmapariḷāhānanti pañcakāmaguṇikarāgavasena uppannapariḷāhānaṃ antodāhānaṃ. Imesu pañcasu ṭhānesu kilesakkhayakaro lokuttaramaggova kathito. Sabbapaṭhamesu pana tīsu ṭhānesu lokiyalokuttaramissako maggo kathitoti veditabbo.

Netaṃ āvusoti na etaṃ āvuso, tava pāpakammaṃ appasannānañca pasādāya evarūpānaṃ pasādatthāya na hoti. Atha khvetanti atha kho etaṃ. Atha kho tantipi pāṭho. Aññathattāyāti pasādaññathābhāvāya vippaṭisārāya hoti. Ye maggena anāgatasaddhā, tesaṃ vippaṭisāraṃ karoti – 『『īdisepi nāma dhammavinaye mayaṃ pasannā, yatthevaṃ duppaṭipannā bhikkhū』』ti. Ye pana maggenāgatasaddhā, tesaṃ sineru viya vātehi acalo pasādo īdisehi vatthūhi ito vā dāruṇatarehi. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『ekaccānaṃ aññathattāyā』』ti.

講述了慾望的捨棄：指的是捨棄物質慾望和精神慾望。完全了知慾望的觀念：指的是通過了知、審察和捨棄這三種方式來完全了知所有的慾望觀念。慾望的渴求：指的是對慾望的渴求或想要品嚐慾望。慾望的思維：指的是與慾望相關的思維。慾望的熱惱：指的是因五種感官慾望而產生的內在熱惱。在這五個方面，講述的是能夠滅除煩惱的出世間道。但在最初的三個方面，應該理解為講述的是世間和出世間混合的道路。 朋友啊，這不是：朋友啊，這不是，你的惡業不會引起不信者的信仰，也不會引起這樣的人的信仰。而這個：而這個。也有"而那個"的讀法。爲了改變：爲了改變信仰，引起後悔。對於那些尚未通過道路獲得信仰的人，會引起他們的後悔："我們居然對這樣的法和戒律有信心，其中的比丘竟如此行為不端。"但對於那些已經通過道路獲得信仰的人，他們的信心如須彌山不被風動搖，即使面對這樣的事件或更糟糕的事件也不會動搖。因此說："爲了一些人的改變"。

39.Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesunti bhagavato etaṃ atthaṃ ācikkhiṃsu paṭivedayiṃsu. Ārocayamānā ca neva piyakamyatāya na bhedapurekkhāratāya , na tassāyasmato avaṇṇapakāsanatthāya, na kalisāsanāropanatthāya, nāpi 『『idaṃ sutvā bhagavā imassa sāsane patiṭṭhaṃ na dassati, nikkaḍḍhāpessati na』』nti maññamānā ārocesuṃ. Atha kho 『『imaṃ sāsane uppannaṃ abbudaṃ ñatvā bhagavā sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessati, velaṃ mariyādaṃ āṇaṃ ṭhapessatī』』ti ārocesuṃ.

Etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇeti ettha sudinnassa ajjhācāravītikkamo sikkhāpadapaññattiyā kāraṇattā nidānañceva pakaraṇañcāti vuttoti veditabbo. Kāraṇañhi yasmā nideti attano phalaṃ 『『gaṇhātha na』』nti dassentaṃ viya appeti, pakaroti ca naṃ kattuṃ ārabhati, karotiyeva vā; tasmā nidānañceva pakaraṇañcāti vuccati. Vigarahi buddho bhagavāti buddho bhagavā vigarahi nindi; yathā taṃ vaṇṇāvaṇṇārahānaṃ vaṇṇañca avaṇṇañca bhaṇantesu aggapuggalo. Na hi bhagavato sīlavītikkamakaraṃ puggalaṃ disvā 『『ayaṃ jātiyā vā gottena vā kolaputtiyena vā ganthena vā dhutaṅgena vā ñāto yasassī īdisaṃ puggalaṃ rakkhituṃ vaṭṭatī』』ti cittaṃ uppajjati, nāpi pesalaṃ guṇavantaṃ disvā tassa guṇaṃ paṭicchādetuṃ cittaṃ uppajjati. Atha kho garahitabbaṃ garahati eva, pasaṃsitabbañca pasaṃsati eva, ayañca garahitabbo; tasmā taṃ tādilakkhaṇe ṭhito avikampamānena cittena vigarahi buddho bhagavā 『『ananucchavika』』ntiādīhi vacanehi.

Tatthāyaṃ atthavaṇṇanā – yadidaṃ tayā, moghapurisa, tucchamanussa kammaṃ kataṃ, taṃ samaṇakaraṇānaṃ dhammānaṃ maggaphalanibbānasāsanānaṃ vā na anucchavikaṃ, tesaṃ chaviṃ chāyaṃ sundarabhāvaṃ na anveti nānugacchati, atha kho ārakāva tehi dhammehi. Ananucchavikattā eva ca ananulomikaṃ, tesaṃ na anulometi; atha kho vilomaṃ paccanīkabhāve ṭhitaṃ. Ananulomikattā eva ca appatirūpaṃ, patirūpaṃ sadisaṃ paṭibhāgaṃ na hoti, atha kho asadisaṃ appaṭibhāgameva. Appatirūpattā eva ca assāmaṇakaṃ, samaṇānaṃ kammaṃ na hoti. Assāmaṇakattā akappiyaṃ. Yañhi samaṇakammaṃ na hoti, taṃ tesaṃ na kappati. Akappiyattā akaraṇīyaṃ. Na hi samaṇā yaṃ na kappati, taṃ karonti. Tañcetaṃ tayā kataṃ, tasmā ananucchavikaṃ te, moghapurisa, kataṃ…pe… akaraṇīyanti. Kathañhi nāmāti kena nāma kāraṇena, kiṃ nāma kāraṇaṃ passantoti vuttaṃ hoti. Tato kāraṇābhāvaṃ dassento parato 『『nanu mayā moghapurisā』』tiādimāha. Taṃ sabbaṃ vuttatthameva.

1. 他們向世尊報告此事：他們向世尊告知、通報了此事。在報告時，他們既不是出於討好，也不是爲了製造分裂，不是爲了宣揚那位尊者的過失，不是爲了給教法帶來災難，也不是認為"聽到這個訊息后，世尊將不會給他在教法中立足之地，會將他驅逐出去"而報告的。相反，他們是認為"世尊知道教法中出現了這個問題后，將會制定學處，設立界限、規範、命令"而報告的。 在這個緣起中，在這個因緣中：這裡應該理解為，蘇提那的越軌行為是制定學處的原因，因此被稱為緣起和因緣。因為原因會產生自己的果報，就像是在說"拿著吧"一樣地給予，並開始產生它，或者說正在產生它；因此被稱為緣起和因緣。佛陀世尊呵斥道：佛陀世尊呵斥、責備；就像是最高尚的人在說值得讚美和責備的人的優點和缺點一樣。因為世尊看到違反戒律的人時，不會想："這個人以出身、姓氏、良好家庭、學識或頭陀行而聞名，應該保護這樣的人。"也不會在看到品行端正、有德行的人時，想要隱藏他的優點。相反，他會責備應該責備的，讚美應該讚美的，而這個人是應該被責備的；因此，他站在這樣的立場上，以不動搖的心用"不適當"等詞呵斥。 其中，這是意義的解釋 - 你這個愚蠢的人、空虛的人所做的這件事，對於使人成為沙門的法、道果涅槃的教法來說是不適當的，不符合它們的本質、影子、美好；相反，與這些法相去甚遠。正因為不適當，所以不相符，不符合它們；相反，是相反的、對立的。正因為不相符，所以不恰當，不是適當的、相似的、相應的；相反，是不相似的、不相應的。正因為不恰當，所以不是沙門所為，不是沙門的行為。因為不是沙門所為，所以是不允許的。因為沙門的行為不是這樣的，所以對他們來說是不允許的。因為不允許，所以是不應該做的。因為沙門不會做不允許的事。而你做了這樣的事，所以你這個愚蠢的人做了不適當的...不應該做的事。"怎麼會"意思是"以什麼理由，你看到了什麼理由"。然後爲了顯示沒有理由，他接著說"難道我，愚蠢的人啊"等等。這些都已經解釋過了。

Idāni yasmā yaṃ tena pāpakammaṃ kataṃ, taṃ vipaccamānaṃ ativiya dukkhavipākaṃ hoti, tasmāssa taṃ vipākaṃ dassetuṃ katāparādhaṃ viya puttaṃ anukampakā mātāpitaro dayālukena cittena sudinnaṃ paribhāsanto 『『varaṃ te moghapurisā』』tiādimāha. Tattha āsu sīghaṃ etassa visaṃ āgacchatīti āsīviso. Ghoraṃ caṇḍamassa visanti ghoraviso, tassa āsīvisassa ghoravisassa. 『『Pakkhitta』』nti etassa 『『vara』』nti iminā sambandho . Īdisassa āsīvisassa ghoravisassa mukhe aṅgajātaṃ varaṃ pakkhittaṃ; sace pakkhittaṃ bhaveyya, varaṃ siyā; sundaraṃ sādhu suṭṭhu siyāti attho. Na tvevāti na tu eva varaṃ na sundarameva na sādhumeva na suṭṭhumeva. Esa nayo sabbattha. Kaṇhasappassāti kāḷasappassa. Aṅgārakāsuyāti aṅgārapuṇṇakūpe, aṅgārarāsimhi vā. Ādittāyāti padittāya gahitaaggivaṇṇāya. Sampajjalitāyāti samantato pajjalitāya acciyo muccantiyā. Sajotibhūtāyāti sappabhāya. Samantato uṭṭhitāhi jālāhi ekappabhāsamudayabhūtāyāti vuttaṃ hoti.

Taṃ kissa hetūti yaṃ mayā vuttaṃ 『『vara』』nti taṃ kissa hetu, katarena kāraṇenāti ce? Maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyyāti yo tattha aṅgajātaṃ pakkhipeyya, so maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyya maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhaṃ. Itonidānañca kho…pe… upapajjeyyāti yaṃ idaṃ mātugāmassa aṅgajāte aṅgajātapakkhipanaṃ, itonidānaṃ tassa kārako puggalo nirayaṃ upapajjeyya; evaṃ kammassa mahāsāvajjataṃ passanto taṃ garahi, na tassa dukkhāgamaṃ icchamāno. Tattha nāma tvanti tasmiṃ nāma evarūpe kamme evaṃ mahāsāvajje samānepi tvaṃ. Yaṃ tvanti ettha yanti hīḷanatthe nipāto. Tvanti taṃ-saddassa vevacanaṃ; dvīhipi yaṃ vā taṃ vā hīḷitamavaññātanti vuttaṃ hoti. Asaddhammanti asataṃ nīcajanānaṃ dhammaṃ; tehi sevitabbanti attho. Gāmadhammanti gāmānaṃ dhammaṃ; gāmavāsikamanussānaṃ dhammanti vuttaṃ hoti. Vasaladhammanti pāpadhamme vasanti paggharantīti vasalā, tesaṃ vasalānaṃ hīnapurisānaṃ dhammaṃ, vasalaṃ vā kilesapaggharaṇakaṃ dhammaṃ. Duṭṭhullanti duṭṭhu ca kilesadūsitaṃ thūlañca asukhumaṃ, anipuṇanti vuttaṃ hoti. Odakantikanti udakakiccaṃ antikaṃ avasānaṃ assāti odakantiko, taṃ odakantikaṃ. Rahassanti rahobhavaṃ, paṭicchanne okāse uppajjanakaṃ. Ayañhi dhammo jigucchanīyattā na sakkā āvi aññesaṃ dassanavisaye kātuṃ, tena vuttaṃ – 『『rahassa』』nti. Dvayaṃdvayasamāpattinti dvīhi dvīhi samāpajjitabbaṃ, dvayaṃ dvayaṃ samāpattintipi pāṭho. Dayaṃ dayaṃ samāpattintipi paṭhanti, taṃ na sundaraṃ. Samāpajjissasīti etaṃ 『『tattha nāma tva』』nti ettha vuttanāmasaddena yojetabbaṃ 『『samāpajjissasi nāmā』』ti.

Bahūnaṃkho…pe… ādikattā pubbaṅgamoti sāsanaṃ sandhāya vadati. Imasmiṃ sāsane tvaṃ bahūnaṃ puggalānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ādikattā, sabbapaṭhamaṃ karaṇato; pubbaṅgamo sabbapaṭhamaṃ etaṃ maggaṃ paṭipannattā; dvāraṃdado, upāyadassakoti vuttaṃ hoti. Imañhi lesaṃ laddhā tava anusikkhamānā bahū puggalā nānappakārake makkaṭiyā methunapaṭisevanādike akusaladhamme karissantīti ayamettha adhippāyo.

現在，由於他所做的惡業會結出極其痛苦的果報，因此爲了向他展示這個果報，世尊像慈愛的父母對做錯事的孩子那樣，以憐憫的心責備蘇提那說："你這個愚蠢的人，最好是..."等等。其中，"毒蛇"是指毒液迅速發作的蛇。"劇毒"是指毒液猛烈、兇惡的蛇，這裡指的是這樣的毒蛇的劇毒。"放入"與"最好"相連。把生殖器放入這樣的毒蛇的劇毒口中是最好的；如果真的放入了，那就最好了；意思是這將是美好的、善的、極好的。"而不是"意思是並不是最好的，不是美好的，不是善的，不是極好的。每處都是這樣理解。"黑蛇"指的是黑色的蛇。"炭火坑"指的是裝滿炭火的坑或炭火堆。"燃燒的"指的是著火的，呈現火焰顏色的。"熾熱的"指的是四面燃燒的，火焰四射的。"火光四射的"指的是發光的。意思是說四面升起的火焰形成一片光明。 "這是什麼原因呢"如果問我所說的"最好"是什麼原因，是哪種原因？"會遭遇死亡"意思是如果有人把生殖器放進去，他會遭遇死亡或遭受相當於死亡的痛苦。"而由此為因...會轉生"意思是這種將生殖器放入女性生殖器的行為，由此為因，行為的人會轉生到地獄；看到這種行為如此大罪，他責備它，而不是希望他遭受痛苦。"在那裡你"意思是在那樣的行為中，即使是如此大罪，你也。"你"這裡的"你"是表示輕蔑的語氣詞。"你"是"他"的同義詞；兩者都表示被輕蔑、被鄙視的意思。"非法"指的是不善良的、低劣的人的法；意思是他們所應該遵循的。"村法"指的是村莊的法；意思是說村民們的法。"賤民法"指的是惡法中生活、流落的人，即那些賤民、低劣之人的法，或者說是使人流於污穢的法。"粗鄙的"指的是惡劣的、被煩惱污染的、粗糙的、不精細的，意思是說不巧妙的。"以水結束的"指的是以用水清潔為結束的，那個以水結束的。"秘密的"指的是隱蔽的，在隱蔽處發生的。因為這種行為令人厭惡，所以不能在公開場合、他人可見之處進行，因此說是"秘密的"。"二人結合"指的是兩個人應該結合的，也有"二人二人結合"的讀法。有些人讀作"一人一人結合"，但這不好。"你將會從事"這應該與前面提到的"在那裡你"中的"你"連線起來，讀作"你將會從事"。 "對許多...開始者、先行者"是指佛教。在這個教法中，你是許多人不善法的開始者，因為你最先做了；是先行者，因為你最先走上這條道路；是開門者，是方法的展示者。這裡的意思是，得到你這個借口，許多效仿你的人將會做各種各樣的不善法，如猴子交配等。

Anekapariyāyenāti imehi 『『ananucchavika』』ntiādinā nayena vuttehi, bahūhi kāraṇehi. Dubbharatāya…pe… kosajjassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsitvāti dubbharatādīnaṃ vatthubhūtassa asaṃvarassa avaṇṇaṃ nindaṃ garahaṃ bhāsitvāti attho. Yasmā hi asaṃvare ṭhitassa puggalassa attā dubbharatañceva dupposatañca āpajjati, tasmā asaṃvaro 『『dubbharatā, dupposatā』』ti ca vuccati. Yasmā pana asaṃvare ṭhitassa attā catūsu paccayesu mahicchataṃ sineruppamāṇepi ca paccaye laddhā asantuṭṭhitaṃ āpajjati, tasmā asaṃvaro 『『mahicchatā, asantuṭṭhitā』』ti ca vuccati. Yasmā ca asaṃvare ṭhitassa attā gaṇasaṅgaṇikāya ceva kilesasaṅgaṇikāya ca saṃvattati, kosajjānugato ca hoti aṭṭhakusītavatthupāripūriyā saṃvattati, tasmā asaṃvaro 『『saṅgaṇikā, ceva kosajjañcā』』ti vuccati.

Subharatāya…pe… vīriyārambhassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitvāti subharatādīnaṃ vatthubhūtassa saṃvarassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitvāti attho. Yasmā hi asaṃvaraṃ pahāya saṃvare ṭhitassa attā subharo hoti suposo, catūsu ca paccayesu appicchataṃ nittaṇhabhāvaṃ āpajjati, ekamekasmiñca paccaye yathālābha-yathābala-yathāsāruppavasena tippabhedāya santuṭṭhiyā saṃvattati, tasmā saṃvaro 『『subharatā ceva suposatā ca appiccho ca santuṭṭho cā』』ti vuccati.

Yasmā pana asaṃvaraṃ pahāya saṃvare ṭhitassa attā kilesasallekhanatāya ceva niddhunanatāya ca saṃvattati, tasmā saṃvaro 『『sallekho ca dhuto cā』』ti vuccati.

Yasmā ca asaṃvaraṃ pahāya saṃvare ṭhitassa attā kāyavācānaṃ appāsādikaṃ appasādanīyaṃ asantaṃ asāruppaṃ kāyavacīduccaritaṃ cittassa appāsādikaṃ appasādanīyaṃ asantaṃ asāruppaṃ akusalavitakkattayañca anupagamma tabbiparītassa kāyavacīsucaritassa ceva kusalavitakkattayassa ca pāsādikassa pasādanīyassa santassa sāruppassa pāripūriyā saṃvattati, tasmā saṃvaro 『『pāsādiko』』ti vuccati.

Yasmā pana asaṃvaraṃ pahāya saṃvare ṭhitassa attā sabbakilesāpacayabhūtāya, vivaṭṭāya, aṭṭhavīriyārambhavatthupāripūriyā ca saṃvattati, tasmā saṃvaro 『『apacayo ceva vīriyārambho cā』』ti vuccatīti.

Bhikkhūnaṃ tadanucchavikaṃ tadanulomikanti tattha sannipatitānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ yaṃ idāni sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessati, tassa anucchavikañceva anulomikañca. Yo vā ayaṃ subharatādīhi saṃvaro vutto, tassa anucchavikañceva anulomikañca saṃvarappahānapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ asuttantavinibaddhaṃ pāḷivinimuttaṃ okkantikadhammadesanaṃ katvāti attho. Bhagavā kira īdisesu ṭhānesu pañcavaṇṇakusumamālaṃ karonto viya, ratanadāmaṃ sajjento viya, ca ye paṭikkhipanādhippāyā asaṃvarābhiratā te samparāyikena vaṭṭabhayena tajjento anekappakāraṃ ādīnavaṃ dassento, ye sikkhākāmā saṃvare ṭhitā te appekacce arahatte patiṭṭhapento appekacce anāgāmi-sakadāgāmi-sotāpattiphalesu upanissayavirahitepi saggamagge patiṭṭhapento dīghanikāyappamāṇampi majjhimanikāyappamāṇampi dhammadesanaṃ karoti. Taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ – 『『bhikkhūnaṃ tadanucchavikaṃ tadanulomikaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā』』ti.

以多種方式：以這些"不適當"等方式所說的,以多種理由。說明難養、難滿足...懶惰的過失：意思是說明以難養等為基礎的不自製的過失、責備、呵斥。因為處於不自製狀態的人變得難養和難滿足,所以不自製被稱為"難養、難滿足"。又因為處於不自製狀態的人對四資具變得大欲,即使得到如須彌山那麼多的資具也不知足,所以不自製被稱為"大欲、不知足"。又因為處於不自製狀態的人傾向於群體交往和煩惱交往,沉溺於懶惰,完全沉溺於八種懶惰事,所以不自製被稱為"群體交往和懶惰"。 說明易養、易滿足...精進的讚美：意思是說明以易養等為基礎的自製的讚美。因為捨棄不自製而處於自製狀態的人變得易養易滿足,對四資具變得少欲無貪,對每一種資具都以隨得、隨力、隨宜的三種知足而滿足,所以自制被稱為"易養、易滿足、少欲、知足"。 又因為捨棄不自製而處於自製狀態的人傾向於削減煩惱和抖落煩惱,所以自制被稱為"削減和抖落"。 又因為捨棄不自製而處於自製狀態的人遠離身語不端莊、不令人信服、不寂靜、不適當的身語惡行,遠離心不端莊、不令人信服、不寂靜、不適當的三種不善尋,而趨向與此相反的身語善行和三種善尋,變得端莊、令人信服、寂靜、適當,所以自制被稱為"端莊"。 又因為捨棄不自製而處於自製狀態的人傾向於減少一切煩惱、出離、完全成就八種精進事,所以自制被稱為"減少和精進"。 對比丘們說了適合、相應的：對於在那裡集會的比丘們,現在將要制定的學處,對此適合而且相應。或者說,對於剛才所說的易養等自製,適合而且相應,作了與自製捨棄相關的,不依經典、不依經文的、決定性的法義開示。據說,世尊在這樣的場合,就像製作五色花環、裝飾寶珠項鍊一樣,對那些想要拒絕、喜好不自製的人,以未來輪迴之苦威嚇他們,顯示種種過患;對那些樂於學習、安住于自製的人,使一些人安住于阿羅漢果,使一些人安住于阿那含果、斯陀含果、須陀洹果,對於缺乏出離傾向的人也使他們安住于天道,作長篇經典那麼長、中篇經典那麼長的法義開示。這裡所說的"對比丘們說了適合、相應的法義開示"就是指這個意思。

Tena hīti tena sudinnassa ajjhācārena kāraṇabhūtena. Sikkhāpadanti ettha sikkhitabbāti sikkhā, pajjate imināti padaṃ, sikkhāya padaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ; sikkhāya adhigamupāyoti attho. Atha vā mūlaṃ nissayo patiṭṭhāti vuttaṃ hoti. Methunaviratiyā methunasaṃvarassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Methunasaṃvaro hi tadaññesaṃ sikkhāsaṅkhātānaṃ sīlavipassanājhānamaggadhammānaṃ vuttatthavasena padattā idha 『『sikkhāpada』』nti adhippeto. Ayañca attho sikkhāpadavibhaṅge vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Apica tassatthassa dīpakaṃ vacanampi 『『sikkhāpada』』nti veditabbaṃ. Vuttampi cetaṃ – 『『sikkhāpadanti yo tattha nāmakāyo padakāyo niruttikāyo byañjanakāyo』』ti. Atha vā yathā 『『anabhijjhā dhammapada』』nti vutte anabhijjhā eko dhammakoṭṭhāsoti attho hoti, evamidhāpi 『『sikkhāpada』』nti sikkhākoṭṭhāso sikkhāya eko padesotipi attho veditabbo.

Dasaatthavase paṭiccāti dasa kāraṇavase sikkhāpadapaññattihetu adhigamanīye hitavisese paṭicca āgamma ārabbha, dasannaṃ hitavisesānaṃ nipphattiṃ sampassamānoti vuttaṃ hoti. Idāni te dasa atthavase dassento 『『saṅghasuṭṭhutāyā』』tiādimāha. Tattha saṅghasuṭṭhutā nāma saṅghassa suṭṭhubhāvo, 『『suṭṭhu devā』』ti āgataṭṭhāne viya 『『suṭṭhu, bhante』』ti vacanasampaṭicchanabhāvo . Yo ca tathāgatassa vacanaṃ sampaṭicchati , tassa taṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya hoti, tasmā saṅghassa 『『suṭṭhu, bhante』』ti mama vacanasampaṭicchanatthaṃ paññapessāmi, asampaṭicchane ādīnavaṃ sampaṭicchane ca ānisaṃsaṃ dassetvā, na balakkārena abhibhavitvāti etamatthaṃ āvikaronto āha – 『『saṅghasuṭṭhutāyā』』ti. Saṅghaphāsutāyāti saṅghassa phāsubhāvāya; sahajīvitāya sukhavihāratthāyāti attho.

Dummaṅkūnaṃ puggalānaṃ niggahāyāti dummaṅkū nāma dussīlapuggalā; ye maṅkutaṃ āpādiyamānāpi dukkhena āpajjanti, vītikkamaṃ karontā vā katvā vā na lajjanti, tesaṃ niggahatthāya; te hi sikkhāpade asati 『『kiṃ tumhehi diṭṭhaṃ, kiṃ sutaṃ – kiṃ amhehi kataṃ; katarasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ katamaṃ āpattiṃ āropetvā amhe niggaṇhathā』』ti saṅghaṃ viheṭhessanti, sikkhāpade pana sati te saṅgho sikkhāpadaṃ dassetvā dhammena vinayena satthusāsanena niggahessati. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『dummaṅkūnaṃ puggalānaṃ niggahāyā』』ti.

Pesalānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ phāsuvihārāyāti pesalānaṃ piyasīlānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ phāsuvihāratthāya. Piyasīlā hi bhikkhū kattabbākattabbaṃ sāvajjānavajjaṃ velaṃ mariyādaṃ ajānantā sikkhattayapāripūriyā ghaṭamānā kilamanti, sandiṭṭhamānā ubbāḷhā honti. Kattabbākattabbaṃ pana sāvajjānavajjaṃ velaṃ mariyādaṃ ñatvā sikkhattayapāripūriyā ghaṭamānā na kilamanti, sandiṭṭhamānā na ubbāḷhā honti. Tena nesaṃ sikkhāpadapaññāpanā phāsuvihārāya saṃvattati. Yo vā dummaṅkūnaṃ puggalānaṃ niggaho, sveva etesaṃ phāsuvihāro. Dussīlapuggale nissāya hi uposatho na tiṭṭhati , pavāraṇā na tiṭṭhati, saṅghakammāni nappavattanti, sāmaggī na hoti, bhikkhū anekaggā uddesaparipucchākammaṭṭhānādīni anuyuñjituṃ na sakkonti. Dussīlesu pana niggahitesu sabbopi ayaṃ upaddavo na hoti. Tato pesalā bhikkhū phāsu viharanti. Evaṃ 『『pesalānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ phāsu vihārāyā』』ti ettha dvidhā attho veditabbo.

以這個：以這個蘇提那的不當行為作為原因。學處：這裡,"應當學習"是學,以此"前進"是步,學的步驟是學處;意思是學習的獲得方法。或者說是根本、依靠、基礎。這是對戒禁淫的另一種稱呼。因為戒禁淫對其他被稱為學的戒、觀、禪定、道法來說,按照所說的意義是基礎,所以在這裡被稱為"學處"。這個意思應該按照學處分別中所說的方法來理解。而且,表達這個意思的語言也應該理解為"學處"。也有這樣說:"學處是指其中的名身、句身、詞身、文身。"或者,就像說"不貪是法句"時,意思是不貪是法的一個部分,同樣在這裡"學處"也應該理解為學的一個部分,學的一個方面。 基於十種利益：基於、依據、著眼於制定學處的原因應該獲得的十種利益,意思是觀察十種利益的成就。現在爲了顯示這十種利益,他說"爲了僧團的善好"等。其中,僧團的善好是指僧團的良好狀態,就像在"善哉,諸天"這樣的地方一樣,是接受"善哉,尊者"這樣的話語。誰接受如來的話,那對他長期有利有益,所以爲了僧團接受我的"善哉,尊者"的話,我將制定學處,顯示不接受的過患和接受的利益,而不是用強制力壓制。爲了表明這個意思,他說"爲了僧團的善好"。爲了僧團的安樂:爲了僧團的安樂狀態;意思是爲了共同生活的快樂。 爲了制止惡劣的人:惡劣的人是指破戒的人;即使被引導到慚愧狀態也難以達到,或者犯戒時或犯戒后不感到羞恥,爲了制止他們;因為如果沒有學處,他們會說"你們看到什麼,聽到什麼?我們做了什麼?你們在哪一個事項上,指控我們犯了哪一條戒?"來騷擾僧團,但是如果有學處,僧團就會指出學處,以法、律、佛陀的教導來制止他們。因此說"爲了制止惡劣的人"。 爲了善良比丘的安樂住:爲了善良的、喜愛戒律的比丘的安樂生活。因為喜愛戒律的比丘不知道應做不應做、有罪無罪、界限規矩,爲了圓滿三學而努力時會感到疲倦,自責時會感到壓力。但是知道了應做不應做、有罪無罪、界限規矩后,爲了圓滿三學而努力時就不會感到疲倦,自責時也不會感到壓力。因此,制定學處會導致他們的安樂生活。或者說,制止惡劣的人本身就是這些比丘的安樂生活。因為由於破戒的人,布薩不能舉行,自恣不能舉行,僧團羯磨不能進行,和合不能實現,比丘們不能專心於誦經、問答、禪修等。但是當破戒的人被制止后,所有這些困擾就不會發生。因此善良的比丘就能安樂生活。這樣,"爲了善良比丘的安樂住"應該從兩個方面來理解。

Diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ āsavānaṃ saṃvarāyāti diṭṭhadhammikā āsavā nāma asaṃvare ṭhitena tasmiññeva attabhāve pattabbā pāṇippahāra-daṇḍappahāra-hatthaccheda-pādaccheda-akitti-ayasavippaṭisārādayo dukkhavisesā. Iti imesaṃ diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ āsavānaṃ saṃvarāya pidhānāya āgamanamaggathakanāyāti attho.

Samparāyikānaṃ āsavānaṃ paṭighātāyāti samparāyikā āsavā nāma asaṃvare ṭhitena katapāpakammamūlakā samparāye narakādīsu pattabbā dukkhavisesā, tesaṃ paṭighātatthāya paṭippassambhanatthāya vūpasamatthāyāti vuttaṃ hoti.

Appasannānaṃ pasādāyāti sikkhāpadapaññattiyā hi sati sikkhāpadapaññattiṃ ñatvā vā yathāpaññattaṃ paṭipajjamāne bhikkhū disvā vā yepi appasannā paṇḍitamanussā, te 『『yāni vata loke mahājanassa rajjana-dussana-muyhanaṭṭhānāni, tehi ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā ārakā viratā viharanti, dukkaraṃ vata karonti, bhāriyaṃ vata karontī』』ti pasādaṃ āpajjanti, vinayapiṭake potthakaṃ disvā micchādiṭṭhika-tivedī brāhmaṇo viya. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『appasannānaṃ pasādāyā』』ti.

Pasannānaṃ bhiyyobhāvāyāti yepi sāsane pasannā kulaputtā tepi sikkhāpadapaññattiṃ ñatvā yathāpaññattaṃ paṭipajjamāne bhikkhū vā disvā 『『aho ayyā dukkarakārino, ye yāvajīvaṃ ekabhattaṃ brahmacariyaṃ vinayasaṃvaraṃ anupālentī』』ti bhiyyo bhiyyo pasīdanti. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『pasannānaṃ bhiyyobhāvāyā』』ti.

Saddhammaṭṭhitiyāti tividho saddhammo – pariyattisaddhammo, paṭipattisaddhammo, adhigamasaddhammoti. Tattha piṭakattayasaṅgahitaṃ sabbampi buddhavacanaṃ 『『pariyattisaddhammo』』 nāma. Terasa dhutaguṇā, cuddasa khandhakavattāni, dveasīti mahāvattāni, sīlasamādhivipassanāti ayaṃ 『『paṭipattisaddhammo』』 nāma. Cattāro ariyamaggā cattāri ca sāmaññaphalāni nibbānañcāti ayaṃ 『『adhigamasaddhammo』』 nāma. So sabbopi yasmā sikkhāpadapaññattiyā sati bhikkhū sikkhāpadañca tassa vibhaṅgañca tadatthajotanatthaṃ aññañca buddhavacanaṃ pariyāpuṇanti, yathāpaññattañca paṭipajjamānā paṭipattiṃ pūretvā paṭipattiyā adhigantabbaṃ lokuttaradhammaṃ adhigacchanti, tasmā sikkhāpadapaññattiyā ciraṭṭhitiko hoti. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『saddhammaṭṭhitiyā』』ti.

Vinayānuggahāyāti sikkhāpadapaññattiyā hi sati saṃvaravinayo ca pahānavinayo ca samathavinayo ca paññattivinayo cāti catubbidhopi vinayo anuggahito hoti upatthambhito sūpatthambhito. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『vinayānuggahāyā』』ti.

Sabbāneva cetāni padāni 『『sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāmī』』ti iminā vacanena saddhiṃ yojetabbāni . Tatrāyaṃ paṭhamapacchimapadayojanā – 『『saṅghasuṭṭhutāya sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāmi, vinayānuggahāya sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāmī』』ti.

Api cettha yaṃ saṅghasuṭṭhu taṃ saṅghaphāsu, yaṃ saṅghaphāsu taṃ dummaṅkūnaṃ puggalānaṃ niggahāyāti evaṃ saṅkhalikanayaṃ; yaṃ saṅghasuṭṭhu taṃ saṅghaphāsu, yaṃ saṅghasuṭṭhu taṃ dummaṅkūnaṃ puggalānaṃ niggahāyāti evañca ekekapadamūlikaṃ dasakkhattuṃ yojanaṃ katvā yaṃ vuttaṃ parivāre (pari. 334) –

『『Atthasataṃ dhammasataṃ, dve ca niruttisatāni;

Cattāri ñāṇasatāni, atthavase pakaraṇe』』ti.

Taṃ sabbaṃ veditabbaṃ. Taṃ panetaṃ yasmā parivāreyeva āvi bhavissati, tasmā idha na vaṇṇitanti.

爲了遮止現世的漏：現世的漏是指不自製的人在目前生命中會遭受的特殊痛苦,如被手打、棍打、斷手、斷腳、惡名、羞辱、後悔等。因此,爲了遮止、覆蓋、阻擋這些現世的漏的意思。 爲了防止來世的漏：來世的漏是指不自製的人因所造惡業而在來世地獄等處會遭受的特殊痛苦,爲了防止、平息、止息這些漏的意思。 爲了使不信者生信：因為有了學處的制定,不信的智者知道了學處的制定,或者看到比丘們按照所制定的實踐,就會想:"這些釋迦子沙門遠離、戒絕世間大眾所貪著、嗔恨、愚癡的事物,他們確實做了難做之事,做了重要之事",從而生起信心,就像看到律藏經書的邪見婆羅門一樣。因此說"爲了使不信者生信"。 爲了使已信者更加信：對教法已有信心的善男子,知道了學處的制定,或者看到比丘們按照所制定的實踐,就會想:"啊,尊者們真是難行能行者,他們終生保持一食、梵行、律儀",從而更加信心。因此說"爲了使已信者更加信"。 爲了正法久住：正法有三種:教法正法、行法正法、證法正法。其中,包含在三藏中的一切佛語稱為"教法正法"。十三頭陀行、十四章法、八十二大法、戒定慧,這是"行法正法"。四聖道、四沙門果和涅槃,這是"證法正法"。所有這些,因為有了學處的制定,比丘們就會學習學處及其義釋,以及爲了說明其意義的其他佛語,並按照所制定的實踐,圓滿實踐后證得應由實踐而證得的出世間法,因此學處的制定使正法久住。因此說"爲了正法久住"。 爲了攝受律：因為有了學處的制定,自製律、斷律、止息律和制定律這四種律都得到了攝受、支援、很好的支援。因此說"爲了攝受律"。 所有這些詞都應該與"我將制定學處"這句話連線。其中第一個和最後一個詞的連線是:"爲了僧團的善好,我將制定學處;爲了攝受律,我將制定學處。" 而且在這裡,僧團的善好就是僧團的安樂,僧團的安樂就是爲了制止惡劣的人,這樣形成鏈式推理;僧團的善好就是僧團的安樂,僧團的善好就是爲了制止惡劣的人,這樣以每一個詞為根本進行十次連線,如《附隨》中所說: "一百個意義,一百個法,兩百個詞語, 四百個智慧,在利益的論述中。" 這一切都應該瞭解。但是因為這些在《附隨》中會變得明顯,所以在這裡就不詳細解釋了。

Evaṃ sikkhāpadapaññattiyā ānisaṃsaṃ dassetvā tasmiṃ sikkhāpade bhikkhūhi kattabbakiccaṃ dīpento 『『evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyāthā』』ti āha. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Bhikkhave, imaṃ pana mayā iti sandassitānisaṃsaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ evaṃ pātimokkhuddese uddiseyyātha ca pariyāpuṇeyyātha ca dhāreyyātha ca aññesañca vāceyyāthāti. Atirekānayanattho hi ettha ca saddo, tenāyamattho ānīto hotīti.

Idāni yaṃ vuttaṃ 『『imaṃ sikkhāpada』』nti taṃ dassento 『『yo pana bhikkhu methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭiseveyya, pārājiko hoti asaṃvāso』』ti āha. Evaṃ mūlacchejjavasena daḷhaṃ katvā paṭhamapārājike paññatte aparampi anupaññattatthāya makkaṭīvatthu udapādi. Tassuppattidīpanatthametaṃ vuttaṃ – evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hotīti. Tassattho – bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ evaṃ paññattaṃ hoti ca, idañca aññaṃ vatthu udapādīti.

Paṭhamapaññattikathā niṭṭhitā.

Sudinnabhāṇavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

Makkaṭīvatthukathā

1. Idāni yaṃ taṃ aññaṃ vatthu uppannaṃ, taṃ dassetuṃ 『『tena kho pana samayenā』』tiādimāha. Tatrāyaṃ anuttānapadavaṇṇanā – makkaṭiṃ āmisenāti mahāvane bhikkhūnaṃ khantimettādiguṇānubhāvena nirāsaṅkacittā bahū migamorakukkuṭamakkaṭādayo tiracchānā padhānāgāraṭṭhānesu vicaranti. Tatra ekaṃ makkaṭiṃ āmisena yāgubhattakhajjakādinā upalāpetvā, saṅgaṇhitvāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tassāti bhummavacanaṃ. Paṭisevatīti pacurapaṭisevano hoti; pacuratthe hi vattamānavacanaṃ. So bhikkhūti so methunadhammapaṭisevanako bhikkhu. Senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍantāti te bhikkhū āgantukā buddhadassanāya āgatā pātova āgantukabhattāni labhitvā katabhattakiccā bhikkhūnaṃ nivāsanaṭṭhānāni passissāmāti vicariṃsu. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā』』ti. Yena te bhikkhū tenupasaṅkamīti tiracchānagatā nāma ekabhikkhunā saddhiṃ vissāsaṃ katvā aññesupi tādisaññeva cittaṃ uppādenti. Tasmā sā makkaṭī yena te bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ca attano vissāsikabhikkhusseva tesampi taṃ vikāraṃ dassesi.

Cheppanti naṅguṭṭhaṃ. Oḍḍīti abhimukhaṃ ṭhapesi. Nimittampi akāsīti yena niyāmena yāya kiriyāya methunādhippāyaṃ te jānanti taṃ akāsīti attho . So bhikkhūti yassāyaṃ vihāro. Ekamantaṃ nilīyiṃsūti ekasmiṃ okāse paṭicchannā acchiṃsu.

41.Saccaṃ, āvusoti sahoḍḍhaggahito coro viya paccakkhaṃ disvā coditattā 『『kiṃ vā mayā kata』』ntiādīni vattuṃ asakkonto 『『saccaṃ, āvuso』』ti āha. Nanu, āvuso, tatheva taṃ hotīti āvuso yathā manussitthiyā, nanu tiracchānagatitthiyāpi taṃ sikkhāpadaṃ tatheva hoti. Manussitthiyāpi hi dassanampi gahaṇampi āmasanampi phusanampi ghaṭṭanampi duṭṭhullameva. Tiracchānagatitthiyāpi taṃ sabbaṃ duṭṭhullameva. Ko ettha viseso? Alesaṭṭhāne tvaṃ lesaṃ oḍḍesīti.

這樣顯示了制定學處的利益后,爲了說明比丘們在這個學處中應該做的事,他說"比丘們,你們應該這樣誦出這條學處。"這是什麼意思呢?比丘們,我已經這樣顯示了利益的這條學處,你們應該這樣在波羅提木叉誦出,應該學習,應該記住,也應該教導他人。這裡的"和"字表示附加的意思,因此引入了這些意思。 現在,爲了顯示所說的"這條學處",他說"若比丘行淫法,則犯波羅夷,不共住。"這樣以根本斷絕的方式堅定地制定了第一波羅夷后,爲了進一步制定,又出現了母猴的事件。爲了說明這個事件的起源,說了"世尊這樣為比丘們制定了這條學處"。其意思是:世尊這樣為比丘們制定了這條學處,而且又出現了另一個事件。 初次制定的解說結束。 蘇提那誦分結束。 母猴事件的解說 40. 現在,爲了顯示那個出現的另一個事件,說了"那時"等。其中,這是對不明顯詞語的解釋 - "以食物引誘母猴":由於大林中比丘們的忍辱慈愛等德行的力量,許多鹿、孔雀、雞、猴子等動物在禪修處無所畏懼地遊走。其中,用食物,即粥、飯、零食等引誘、收買了一隻母猴。"她的":是處所格。"行":是經常行的意思;因為這是表示頻繁的現在時。"那個比丘":那個行淫法的比丘。"巡視住處":那些比丘是客人,爲了見佛而來,一大早得到客人食物后,做完用餐的事,想要看看比丘們的住處而四處走動。因此說"巡視住處"。"走向那些比丘":因為動物與一個比丘熟悉后,對其他比丘也會產生同樣的想法。因此那隻母猴走向那些比丘;走近后,也對他們做出了對自己熟悉的比丘所做的那種舉動。 "尾巴":指尾巴。"抬起":放在前面。"做出暗示":做出他們知道是表示想要交配的那種動作和行為。"那個比丘":這個精舍是他的。"躲在一邊":隱藏在一個地方。 41. "是的,朋友":就像當場被抓到的小偷一樣,因為親眼所見而被指責,無法說"我做了什麼"等話,所以說"是的,朋友"。"朋友,難道它不是同樣的嗎":朋友,就像對人類女性一樣,難道對雌性動物這條學處不也是一樣的嗎?因為對人類女性,看、抓、摸、觸、碰都是粗鄙的。對雌性動物,所有這些也都是粗鄙的。這有什麼區別?你在沒有借口的地方尋找藉口。

42.Antamaso tiracchānagatāyapi pārājiko hoti asaṃvāsoti tiracchānagatāyapi methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevitvā pārājiko yeva hotīti daḷhataraṃ sikkhāpadamakāsi. Duvidhañhi sikkhāpadaṃ – lokavajjaṃ, paṇṇattivajjañca. Tattha yassa sacittakapakkhe cittaṃ akusalameva hoti, taṃ lokavajjaṃ nāma. Sesaṃ paṇṇattivajjaṃ. Tattha lokavajje anupaññatti uppajjamānā rundhantī dvāraṃ pidahantī sotaṃ pacchindamānā gāḷhataraṃ karontī uppajjati, aññatra adhimānā, aññatra supinantāti ayaṃ pana vītikkamābhāvā abbohārikattā ca vuttā. Paṇṇattivajje akate vītikkame uppajjamānā sithilaṃ karontī mocentī dvāraṃ dadamānā aparāparampi anāpattiṃ kurumānā uppajjati, gaṇabhojanaparamparabhojanādīsu anupaññattiyo viya. 『『Antamaso taṅkhaṇikāyapī』』ti evarūpā pana kate vītikkame uppannattā paññattigatikāva hoti. Idaṃ pana paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ yasmā lokavajjaṃ, na paṇṇattivajjaṃ; tasmā ayamanupaññatti rundhantī dvāraṃ pidahantī sotaṃ pacchindamānā gāḷhataraṃ karontī uppajji.

Evaṃ dvepi vatthūni sampiṇḍetvā mūlacchejjavasena daḷhataraṃ katvā paṭhamapārājike paññatte aparampi anupaññattatthāya vajjiputtakavatthu udapādi. Tassuppattidassanatthametaṃ vuttaṃ – 『『evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hotī』』ti . Tassattho – bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ evaṃ paññattaṃ hoti ca idañca aññampi vatthu udapādīti.

Makkaṭīvatthukathā niṭṭhitā.

Santhatabhāṇavāro

Vajjiputtakavatthuvaṇṇanā

43-

1. "即使是對動物也犯波羅夷,不共住":他更加堅定地制定了學處,即使與動物行淫也成為波羅夷。因為學處有兩種:世間罪和制定罪。其中,凡是在有意識的情況下心是不善的,那就是世間罪。其餘的是制定罪。其中,對於世間罪,補充規定的產生是爲了阻止、關閉門、切斷源頭、使之更加嚴厲,除了增上慢,除了在夢中。但這裡說的是因為沒有違犯,因為是無關緊要的。對於制定罪,在沒有違犯的情況下,補充規定的產生是爲了放鬆、釋放、開門,進一步造成無罪,就像群食和接續食等中的補充規定一樣。"即使是臨時的"這樣的補充規定,因為是在已經違犯后產生的,所以屬於制定的性質。但是這第一條學處,因為是世間罪,不是制定罪;所以這個補充規定是爲了阻止、關閉門、切斷源頭、使之更加嚴厲而產生的。 這樣把兩個事件合併,以根本斷絕的方式更加堅定地制定了第一波羅夷后,爲了進一步制定,又出現了跋耆子的事件。爲了顯示這個事件的起源,說了"世尊這樣為比丘們制定了這條學處"。其意思是:世尊這樣為比丘們制定了這條學處,而且又出現了另一個事件。 母猴事件的解說結束。 草蓆誦分 跋耆子事件的解釋 43-

2. Idāni yaṃ taṃ aññampi vatthu uppannaṃ, taṃ dassetuṃ 『『tena kho pana samayenā』』tiādimāha. Tatrāpi ayamanuttānapadavaṇṇanā – vesālikāti vesālivāsino. Vajjiputtakāti vajjiraṭṭhe vesāliyaṃ kulānaṃ puttā. Sāsane kira yo yo upaddavo ādīnavo abbudamuppajji, sabbaṃ taṃ vajjiputtake nissāya. Tathā hi devadattopi vajjiputtake pakkhe labhitvā saṅghaṃ bhindi. Vajjiputtakā eva ca vassasataparinibbute bhagavati uddhammaṃ ubbinayaṃ satthusāsanaṃ dīpesuṃ. Imepi tesaṃ yeva ekacce evaṃ paññattepi sikkhāpade yāvadatthaṃ bhuñjiṃsu…pe… methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭiseviṃsūti.

Ñātibyasanenapīti ettha asanaṃ byasanaṃ vikkhepo viddhaṃsanaṃ vināsoti sabbametaṃ ekatthaṃ. Ñātīnaṃ byasanaṃ ñātibyasanaṃ, tena ñātibyasanena, rājadaṇḍabyādhimaraṇavippavāsanimittena ñātivināsenāti attho. Esa nayo dutiyapadepi. Tatiyapade pana ārogyavināsako rogo eva rogabyasanaṃ. So hi ārogyaṃ byasati vikkhipati vināsetīti byasanaṃ. Rogova byasanaṃ rogabyasanaṃ, tena rogabyasanena. Phuṭṭhāti adhipannā abhibhūtā samannāgatāti attho.

Na mayaṃ, bhante ānanda, buddhagarahinoti bhante ānanda, mayaṃ na buddhaṃ garahāma, na buddhassa dosaṃ dema. Na dhammagarahino, na saṅghagarahino. Attagarahino mayanti attānameva mayaṃ garahāma, attano dosaṃ dema. Alakkhikāti nissirikā. Appapuññāti parittapuññā. Vipassakā kusalānaṃ dhammānanti ye aṭṭhatiṃsārammaṇesu vibhattā kusalā dhammā, tesaṃ vipassakā; tato tato ārammaṇato vuṭṭhāya teva dhamme vipassamānāti attho. Pubbarattāpararattanti rattiyā pubbaṃ pubbarattaṃ, rattiyā aparaṃ apararattaṃ, paṭhamayāmañca pacchimayāmañcāti vuttaṃ hoti. Bodhipakkhikānanti bodhissa pakkhe bhavānaṃ, arahattamaggañāṇassa upakārakānanti attho. Bhāvanānuyoganti vaḍḍhanānuyogaṃ. Anuyuttā vihareyyāmāti gihipalibodhaṃ āvāsapalibodhañca pahāya vivittesu senāsanesu yuttapayuttā anaññakiccā vihareyyāma.

Evamāvusoti thero etesaṃ āsayaṃ ajānanto idaṃ nesaṃ mahāgajjitaṃ sutvā 『『sace ime īdisā bhavissanti, sādhū』』ti maññamāno 『『evamāvuso』』ti sampaṭicchi. Aṭṭhānametaṃ anavakāsoti ubhayampetaṃ kāraṇapaṭikkhepavacanaṃ. Kāraṇañhi yasmā tattha tadāyattavuttibhāvena phalaṃ tiṭṭhati. Yasmā cassa taṃ okāso hoti tadāyattavuttibhāvena, tasmā 『『ṭhānañca avakāso cā』』ti vuccati, taṃ paṭikkhipanto āha – 『『aṭṭhānametaṃ, ānanda , anavakāso』』ti. Etaṃ ṭhānaṃ vā okāso vā natthi. Yaṃ tathāgatoti yena tathāgato vajjīnaṃ vā…pe… samūhaneyya, taṃ kāraṇaṃ natthīti attho. Yadi hi bhagavā etesaṃ 『『labheyyāma upasampada』』nti yācantānaṃ upasampadaṃ dadeyya, evaṃ sante 『『pārājiko hoti asaṃvāso』』ti paññattaṃ samūhaneyya. Yasmā panetaṃ na samūhanati, tasmā 『『aṭṭhānameta』』ntiādimāha.

So āgato na upasampādetabboti 『『yadi hi evaṃ āgato upasampadaṃ labheyya, sāsane agāravo bhaveyya. Sāmaṇerabhūmiyaṃ pana ṭhito sagāravo ca bhavissati, attatthañca karissatī』』ti ñatvā anukampamāno bhagavā āha – 『『so āgato na upasampādetabbo』』ti. So āgato upasampādetabboti evaṃ āgato bhikkhubhāve ṭhatvā avipannasīlatāya sāsane sagāravo bhavissati, so sati upanissaye nacirasseva uttamatthaṃ pāpuṇissatīti ñatvā upasampādetabboti āha.

1. 現在,爲了顯示那個出現的另一個事件,說了"那時"等。在這裡,這是對不明顯詞語的解釋 - "毗舍離人":毗舍離的居民。"跋耆子":瓦吉國毗舍離的家族子弟。據說,在佛教中凡是出現麻煩、過失、禍患,都是由跋耆子引起的。例如,提婆達多得到跋耆子的支援而分裂僧團。正是跋耆子在佛陀涅槃一百年後宣揚非法非律的教導。這些人也是他們中的一些,即使制定了學處,也盡情享受...行淫法。 "由親屬的災難":這裡,災難、不幸、混亂、破壞、毀滅都是同義詞。親屬的災難是親屬災難,由於親屬災難,即由於國王懲罰、疾病、死亡、流放等原因造成的親屬毀滅。第二項也是同樣的解釋。在第三項中,健康的破壞者即疾病就是疾病災難。因為它破壞、擾亂、毀滅健康,所以是災難。疾病即是災難,即疾病災難,由於疾病災難。"遭遇":被壓制、被征服、被具有。 "阿難尊者,我們不責備佛":阿難尊者,我們不責備佛,不給佛過錯。不責備法,不責備僧。我們只責備自己:我們只責備自己,給自己過錯。"不幸":沒有福德。"少福":福德微少。"善法的觀察者":對於在三十八種所緣中分析的善法,是它們的觀察者;意思是從各種所緣中出來后觀察這些法。"前夜后夜":夜的前部分是前夜,夜的後部分是后夜,即初夜和后夜。"菩提分":存在於菩提之側的,有助於阿羅漢道智的。"修習":增長。"我們將致力於":捨棄俗家的羈絆和住處的羈絆,在遠離的住處專心致志,不做其他事情。 "好的,朋友們":長老不知道他們的意圖,聽到他們這番豪言壯語,想著"如果他們是這樣的話,那很好",就說"好的,朋友們"同意了。"這是不可能的,沒有機會":這兩個詞都是否定原因的表達。因為原因是果在那裡依賴它而存在。因為它是果依賴它而存在的機會,所以稱為"可能和機會",否定這一點說:"阿難,這是不可能的,沒有機會"。這樣的可能或機會是不存在的。"如來":如來爲了跋耆人...等而廢除,這樣的原因是不存在的。因為如果世尊給予這些請求"我們希望得到具足戒"的人具足戒,那麼他就會廢除"犯波羅夷,不共住"的規定。但因為他不廢除這個,所以說"這是不可能"等。 "他來了不應該給予具足戒":世尊出於同情說:"如果這樣來的人得到具足戒,在教法中就會不恭敬。但如果處於沙彌的地位,他會恭敬,也會為自己的利益而努力。""他來了應該給予具足戒":這樣來的人,處於比丘的地位,因為戒行未敗壞而會對教法恭敬,如果有因緣,不久就會達到最高的目標。知道這一點后說應該給予具

Evaṃ methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevitvā āgatesu anupasampādetabbañca upasampādetabbañca dassetvā tīṇipi vatthūni samodhānetvā paripuṇṇaṃ katvā sikkhāpadaṃ paññapetukāmo 『『evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyāthā』』ti vatvā 『『yo pana bhikkhu…pe… asaṃvāso』』ti paripuṇṇaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññapesi.

Vajjiputtakavatthuvaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Catubbidhavinayakathā

這樣顯示了行淫后歸來的人,有的不應該給予具足戒,有的應該給予具足戒,然後把三個事件綜合在一起,爲了制定完整的學處,他說"比丘們,你們應該這樣誦出這條學處",然後制定了完整的學處:"若比丘...不共住"。 跋耆子事件的解釋結束。 四種律的解說

1. Idānissa atthaṃ vibhajanto 『『yo panāti, yo yādiso』』tiādimāha. Tasmiṃ pana sikkhāpade ca sikkhāpadavibhaṅge ca sakale ca vinayavinicchaye kosallaṃ patthayantena catubbidho vinayo jānitabbo –

Catubbidhañhi vinayaṃ, mahātherā mahiddhikā;

Nīharitvā pakāsesuṃ, dhammasaṅgāhakā purā.

Katamaṃ catubbidhaṃ? Suttaṃ, suttānulomaṃ, ācariyavādaṃ, attanomatinti. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – 『『āhaccapadena rasena ācariyavaṃsena adhippāyā』』ti, ettha hi āhaccapadanti suttaṃ adhippetaṃ, rasoti suttānulomaṃ, ācariyavaṃsoti ācariyavādo, adhippāyoti attanomati.

Tattha suttaṃnāma sakale vinayapiṭake pāḷi.

Suttānulomaṃ nāma cattāro mahāpadesā; ye bhagavatā evaṃ vuttā – 『『yaṃ, bhikkhave , mayā 『idaṃ na kappatī』ti appaṭikkhittaṃ, taṃ ce akappiyaṃ anulometi; kappiyaṃ paṭibāhati, taṃ vo na kappati. Yaṃ, bhikkhave, mayā 『idaṃ na kappatī』ti appaṭikkhittaṃ, taṃ ce kappiyaṃ anulometi; akappiyaṃ paṭibāhati, taṃ vo kappati. Yaṃ, bhikkhave , mayā 『idaṃ kappatī』ti ananuññātaṃ, taṃ ce akappiyaṃ anulometi, kappiyaṃ paṭibāhati; taṃ vo na kappati. Yaṃ, bhikkhave, mayā 『idaṃ kappatī』ti ananuññātaṃ, taṃ ce kappiyaṃ anulometi, akappiyaṃ paṭibāhati; taṃ vo kappatī』』ti (mahāva. 305).

Ācariyavādo nāma dhammasaṅgāhakehi pañcahi arahantasatehi ṭhapitā pāḷivinimuttā okkantavinicchayappavattā aṭṭhakathātanti.

Attanomati nāma sutta-suttānuloma-ācariyavāde muñcitvā anumānena attano anubuddhiyā nayaggāhena upaṭṭhitākārakathanaṃ.

Apica suttantābhidhammavinayaṭṭhakathāsu āgato sabbopi theravādo 『『attanomati』』 nāma. Taṃ pana attanomatiṃ gahetvā kathentena na daḷhaggāhaṃ gahetvā voharitabbaṃ. Kāraṇaṃ sallakkhetvā atthena pāḷiṃ, pāḷiyā ca atthaṃ saṃsanditvā kathetabbaṃ. Attanomati ācariyavāde otāretabbā. Sace tattha otarati ceva sameti ca, gahetabbā. Sace neva otarati na sameti, na gahetabbā. Ayañhi attanomati nāma sabbadubbalā. Attanomatito ācariyavādo balavataro.

Ācariyavādopi suttānulome otāretabbo. Tattha otaranto samentoyeva gahetabbo, itaro na gahetabbo. Ācariyavādato hi suttānulomaṃ balavataraṃ.

Suttānulomampi sutte otāretabbaṃ. Tattha otarantaṃ samentameva gahetabbaṃ, itaraṃ na gahetabbaṃ. Suttānulomato hi suttameva balavataraṃ. Suttañhi appaṭivattiyaṃ kārakasaṅghasadisaṃ buddhānaṃ ṭhitakālasadisaṃ. Tasmā yadā dve bhikkhū sākacchanti, sakavādī suttaṃ gahetvā katheti, paravādī suttānulomaṃ. Tehi aññamaññaṃ khepaṃ vā garahaṃ vā akatvā suttānulomaṃ sutte otāretabbaṃ. Sace otarati sameti, gahetabbaṃ. No ce, na gahetabbaṃ; suttasmiṃyeva ṭhātabbaṃ. Athāyaṃ suttaṃ gahetvā katheti, paro ācariyavādaṃ. Tehipi aññamaññaṃ khepaṃ vā garahaṃ vā akatvā ācariyavādo sutte otāretabbo. Sace otarati sameti, gahetabbo. Anotaranto asamento ca gārayhācariyavādo na gahetabbo; suttasmiṃyeva ṭhātabbaṃ.

Athāyaṃ suttaṃ gahetvā katheti, paro attanomatiṃ. Tehipi aññamaññaṃ khepaṃ vā garahaṃ vā akatvā attanomati sutte otāretabbā. Sace otarati sameti, gahetabbā. No ce, na gahetabbā. Suttasmiṃ yeva ṭhātabbaṃ.

1. 現在爲了解釋它的意思,他說"若是:即任何"等。對於那個學處、學處的分別和整個律的判斷,希望精通的人應該知道四種律: 過去主持法會的大神通長老們, 闡明並宣說了四種律。 哪四種?經、經隨順、師說、己意。關於這一點說:"以依據詞句、義理、師傳、意圖"。這裡,"依據詞句"指的是經,"義理"指的是經隨順,"師傳"指的是師說,"意圖"指的是己意。 其中,經是指整個律藏中的原文。 經隨順是指四大教法;世尊這樣說:"比丘們,凡我未禁止說'這是不允許的',如果它順從不允許的、排斥允許的,那對你們是不允許的。比丘們,凡我未禁止說'這是不允許的',如果它順從允許的、排斥不允許的,那對你們是允許的。比丘們,凡我未許可說'這是允許的',如果它順從不允許的、排斥允許的,那對你們是不允許的。比丘們,凡我未許可說'這是允許的',如果它順從允許的、排斥不允許的,那對你們是允許的。" 師說是指由結集法的五百阿羅漢確立的,不在原文中的,作為明確判斷的註釋傳統。 己意是指除了經、經隨順、師說之外,通過推理、自己的理解、把握要點而表述的看法。 而且,在經、阿毗達摩、律的註釋中出現的一切長老說都稱為"己意"。但是,採用己意來說話時,不應該固執己見。應該考慮理由,用意義來解釋原文,用原文來解釋意義。己意應該與師說對照。如果與之相符合一致,就應該接受。如果既不相符也不一致,就不應該接受。因為這個己意是最弱的。比己意更強的是師說。 師說也應該與經隨順對照。與之相符合一致的才應該接受,其他的不應該接受。因為比師說更強的是經隨順。 經隨順也應該與經對照。與之相符合一致的才應該接受,其他的不應該接受。因為比經隨順更強的只有經。經是不可反駁的,如同制定者的僧團,如同佛陀住世時一樣。因此,當兩位比丘討論時,如果一方引用經,另一方引用經隨順。他們不應該互相貶低或譴責,而應該將經隨順與經對照。如果相符合一致,就應該接受。如果不,就不應該接受;應該只依據經。如果這一方引用經,另一方引用師說。他們也不應該互相貶低或譴責,而應該將師說與經對照。如果相符合一致,就應該接受。不相符不一致的可責備的師說不應該接受;應該只依據經。 如果這一方引用經,另一方引用己意。他們也不應該互相貶低或譴責,而應該將己意與經對照。如果相符合一致,就應該接受。如果不,就不應該接受。應該只依據經。

Atha panāyaṃ suttānulomaṃ gahetvā katheti, paro suttaṃ. Suttaṃ suttānulome otāretabbaṃ. Sace otarati sameti, tisso saṅgītiyo ārūḷhaṃ pāḷiāgataṃ paññāyati, gahetabbaṃ. No ce tathā paññāyati na otarati na sameti, bāhirakasuttaṃ vā hoti siloko vā aññaṃ vā gārayhasuttaṃ guḷhavessantaraguḷhavinayavedallādīnaṃ aññatarato āgataṃ, na gahetabbaṃ. Suttānulomasmiṃyeva ṭhātabbaṃ.

Athāyaṃ suttānulomaṃ gahetvā katheti, paro ācariyavādaṃ. Ācariyavādo suttānulome otāretabbo. Sace otarati sameti, gahetabbo. No ce, na gahetabbo. Suttānulomeyeva ṭhātabbaṃ.

Athāyaṃ suttānulomaṃ gahetvā katheti, paro attanomatiṃ. Attanomati suttānulome otāretabbā. Sace otarati sameti, gahetabbā. No ce, na gahetabbā. Suttānulomeyeva ṭhātabbaṃ.

Atha panāyaṃ ācariyavādaṃ gahetvā katheti, paro suttaṃ. Suttaṃ ācariyavāde otāretabbaṃ. Sace otarati sameti, gahetabbaṃ. Itaraṃ gārayhasuttaṃ na gahetabbaṃ. Ācariyavādeyeva ṭhātabbaṃ.

Athāyaṃ ācariyavādaṃ gahetvā katheti, paro suttānulomaṃ. Suttānulomaṃ ācariyavāde otāretabbaṃ. Otarantaṃ samentameva gahetabbaṃ, itaraṃ na gahetabbaṃ. Ācariyavādeyeva ṭhātabbaṃ.

Athāyaṃ ācariyavādaṃ gahetvā katheti, paro attanomatiṃ. Attanomati ācariyavāde otāretabbā. Sace otarati sameti, gahetabbā. No ce, na gahetabbā. Ācariyavādeyeva ṭhātabbaṃ.

Atha panāyaṃ attanomatiṃ gahetvā katheti, paro suttaṃ. Suttaṃ attanomatiyaṃ otāretabbaṃ. Sace otarati sameti, gahetabbaṃ. Itaraṃ gārayhasuttaṃ na gahetabbaṃ. Attanomatiyameva ṭhātabbaṃ.

Athāyaṃ attanomatiṃ gahetvā katheti, paro suttānulomaṃ. Suttānulomaṃ attanomatiyaṃ otāretabbaṃ. Otarantaṃ samentameva gahetabbaṃ, itaraṃ na gahetabbaṃ. Attanomatiyameva ṭhātabbaṃ.

Athāyaṃ attanomatiṃ gahetvā katheti, paro ācariyavādaṃ. Ācariyavādo attanomatiyaṃ otāretabbo. Sace otarati sameti, gahetabbo; itaro gārayhācariyavādo na gahetabbo. Attanomatiyameva ṭhātabbaṃ. Attano gahaṇameva baliyaṃ kātabbaṃ. Sabbaṭṭhānesu ca khepo vā garahā vā na kātabbāti.

Atha panāyaṃ 『『kappiya』』nti gahetvā katheti, paro 『『akappiya』』nti. Sutte ca suttānulome ca otāretabbaṃ. Sace kappiyaṃ hoti, kappiye ṭhātabbaṃ. Sace akappiyaṃ, akappiye ṭhātabbaṃ.

Athāyaṃ tassa kappiyabhāvasādhakaṃ suttato bahuṃ kāraṇañca vinicchayañca dasseti, paro kāraṇaṃ na vindati. Kappiyeva ṭhātabbaṃ. Atha paro tassa akappiyabhāvasādhakaṃ suttato bahuṃ kāraṇañca vinicchayañca dasseti, anena attano gahaṇanti katvā daḷhaṃ ādāya na ṭhātabbaṃ. 『『Sādhū』』ti sampaṭicchitvā akappiyeva ṭhātabbaṃ. Atha dvinnampi kāraṇacchāyā dissati, paṭikkhittabhāvoyeva sādhu, akappiye ṭhātabbaṃ. Vinayañhi patvā kappiyākappiyavicāraṇamāgamma rundhitabbaṃ, gāḷhaṃ kattabbaṃ, sotaṃ pacchinditabbaṃ, garukabhāveyeva ṭhātabbaṃ.

Atha panāyaṃ 『『akappiya』』nti gahetvā katheti, paro 『『kappiya』』nti. Sutte ca suttānulome ca otāretabbaṃ. Sace kappiyaṃ hoti, kappiye ṭhātabbaṃ. Sace akappiyaṃ, akappiye ṭhātabbaṃ.

如果這一方引用經隨順,另一方引用經。應該將經與經隨順對照。如果相符合一致,被認為是包含在三次結集中的原文,就應該接受。如果不被認為是這樣,不相符不一致,是外道的經或詩偈或其他可責備的經,如隱藏的毗山多羅、隱藏的律、方廣等之一,就不應該接受。應該只依據經隨順。 如果這一方引用經隨順,另一方引用師說。應該將師說與經隨順對照。如果相符合一致,就應該接受。如果不,就不應該接受。應該只依據經隨順。 如果這一方引用經隨順,另一方引用己意。應該將己意與經隨順對照。如果相符合一致,就應該接受。如果不,就不應該接受。應該只依據經隨順。 如果這一方引用師說,另一方引用經。應該將經與師說對照。如果相符合一致,就應該接受。其他可責備的經不應該接受。應該只依據師說。 如果這一方引用師說,另一方引用經隨順。應該將經隨順與師說對照。相符合一致的才應該接受,其他的不應該接受。應該只依據師說。 如果這一方引用師說,另一方引用己意。應該將己意與師說對照。如果相符合一致,就應該接受。如果不,就不應該接受。應該只依據師說。 如果這一方引用己意,另一方引用經。應該將經與己意對照。如果相符合一致,就應該接受。其他可責備的經不應該接受。應該只依據己意。 如果這一方引用己意,另一方引用經隨順。應該將經隨順與己意對照。相符合一致的才應該接受,其他的不應該接受。應該只依據己意。 如果這一方引用己意,另一方引用師說。應該將師說與己意對照。如果相符合一致,就應該接受;其他可責備的師說不應該接受。應該只依據己意。應該使自己的理解更有力。在所有情況下都不應該貶低或譴責。 如果這一方說"允許",另一方說"不允許"。應該在經和經隨順中對照。如果是允許的,就應該堅持允許。如果是不允許的,就應該堅持不允許。 如果這一方從經中引用許多理由和判斷來證明它是允許的,而另一方找不到理由。應該堅持允許。如果另一方從經中引用許多理由和判斷來證明它是不允許的,這一方不應該堅持自己的理解。應該說"好"同意,堅持不允許。如果雙方都有理由的影子,禁止更好,應該堅持不允許。因為涉及到律,在考慮允許與不允許時應該限制、加強、切斷源頭,堅持更嚴格的立場。 如果這一方說"不允許",另一方說"允許"。應該在經和經隨順中對照。如果是允許的,就應該堅持允許。如果是不允許的,就應該堅持不允許。

Athāyaṃ bahūhi suttavinicchayakāraṇehi akappiyabhāvaṃ dasseti, paro kāraṇaṃ na vindati, akappiye ṭhātabbaṃ. Atha paro bahūhi suttavinicchayakāraṇehi kappiyabhāvaṃ dasseti, ayaṃ kāraṇaṃ na vindati, kappiye ṭhātabbaṃ. Atha dvinnampi kāraṇacchāyā dissati, attano gahaṇaṃ na vissajjetabbaṃ. Yathā cāyaṃ kappiyākappiye akappiyakappiye ca vinicchayo vutto; evaṃ anāpattiāpattivāde āpattānāpattivāde ca, lahukagarukāpattivāde garukalahukāpattivāde cāpi vinicchayo veditabbo. Nāmamattaṃyeva hi ettha nānaṃ, yojanānaye nānaṃ natthi, tasmā na vitthāritaṃ.

Evaṃ kappiyākappiyādivinicchaye uppanne yo sutta-suttānulomaācariyavādaattanomatīsu atirekakāraṇaṃ labhati, tassa vāde ṭhātabbaṃ. Sabbaso pana kāraṇaṃ vinicchayaṃ alabhantena suttaṃ na jahitabbaṃ, suttasmiṃyeva ṭhātabbanti. Evaṃ tasmiṃ sikkhāpade ca sikkhāpadavibhaṅge ca sakale ca vinayavinicchaye kosallaṃ patthayantena ayaṃ catubbidho vinayo jānitabbo.

Imañca pana catubbidhaṃ vinayaṃ ñatvāpi vinayadharena puggalena tilakkhaṇasamannāgatena bhavitabbaṃ. Tīṇi hi vinayadharassa lakkhaṇāni icchitabbāni. Katamāni tīṇi? 『『Suttañcassa svāgataṃ hoti suppavatti suvinicchitaṃ suttato anubyañjanato』』ti idamekaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ. 『『Vinaye kho pana ṭhito hoti asaṃhīro』』ti idaṃ dutiyaṃ. 『『Ācariyaparamparā kho panassa suggahitā hoti sumanasikatā sūpadhāritā』』ti idaṃ tatiyaṃ.

Tattha suttaṃ nāma sakalaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ. Tañcassa svāgataṃ hotīti suṭṭhu āgataṃ. Suppavattīti suṭṭhu pavattaṃ paguṇaṃ vācuggataṃ suvinicchitaṃ. Suttato anubyañjanatoti pāḷito ca paripucchato ca aṭṭhakathāto ca suvinicchitaṃ hoti, kaṅkhacchedaṃ katvā uggahitaṃ.

Vinaye kho pana ṭhito hotīti vinaye lajjībhāvena patiṭṭhito hoti. Alajjī hi bahussutopi samāno lābhagarutāya tantiṃ visaṃvādetvā uddhammaṃ ubbinayaṃ satthusāsanaṃ dīpetvā sāsane mahantaṃ upaddavaṃ karoti. Saṅghabhedampi saṅgharājimpi uppādeti. Lajjī pana kukkuccako sikkhākāmo jīvitahetupi tantiṃ avisaṃvādetvā dhammameva vinayameva ca dīpeti, satthusāsanaṃ garuṃ katvā ṭhapeti. Tathā hi pubbe mahātherā tikkhattuṃ vācaṃ nicchāresuṃ – 『『anāgate lajjī rakkhissati, lajjī rakkhissati, lajjī rakkhissatī』』ti. Evaṃ yo lajjī, so vinayaṃ avijahanto avokkamanto lajjībhāvena vinaye ṭhito hoti suppatiṭṭhitoti. Asaṃhīroti saṃhīro nāma yo pāḷiyaṃ vā aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vā heṭṭhato vā uparito vā padapaṭipāṭiyā vā pucchiyamāno vitthunati vipphandati santiṭṭhituṃ na sakkoti; yaṃ yaṃ parena vuccati taṃ taṃ anujānāti; sakavādaṃ chaḍḍetvā paravādaṃ gaṇhāti. Yo pana pāḷiyaṃ vā aṭṭhakathāya vā heṭṭhupariyena vā padapaṭipāṭiyā vā pucchiyamāno na vitthunati na vipphandati, ekekalomaṃ saṇḍāsena gaṇhanto viya 『『evaṃ mayaṃ vadāma; evaṃ no ācariyā vadantī』』ti vissajjeti; yamhi pāḷi ca pāḷivinicchayo ca suvaṇṇabhājane pakkhittasīhavasā viya parikkhayaṃ pariyādānaṃ agacchanto tiṭṭhati, ayaṃ vuccati 『『asaṃhīro』』ti.

如果這一方用許多經和判斷的理由來證明它是不允許的,而另一方找不到理由,應該堅持不允許。如果另一方用許多經和判斷的理由來證明它是允許的,而這一方找不到理由,應該堅持允許。如果雙方都有理由的影子,不應該放棄自己的理解。就像這裡說明了允許與不允許、不允許與允許的判斷一樣,對於無罪與有罪的說法、有罪與無罪的說法,以及輕罪與重罪的說法、重罪與輕罪的說法,也應該理解判斷。這裡只是名稱不同,在應用方法上沒有區別,所以沒有詳細解釋。 這樣,當出現允許與不允許等的判斷時,誰在經、經隨順、師說、己意中找到更多的理由,就應該堅持他的說法。但如果完全找不到理由和判斷,不應該放棄經,應該只依據經。這樣,希望精通那個學處、學處的分別和整個律的判斷的人應該知道這四種律。 知道了這四種律后,持律者還應該具備三個特徵。持律者應該具備哪三個特徵?一個特徵是"他精通經,善於運用,從字面和含義上都能很好地判斷"。第二個特徵是"他在律中站穩腳跟,不動搖"。第三個特徵是"他很好地掌握了師承,善於思考,牢記在心"。 其中,經是指整個律藏。他精通它意味著很好地掌握。善於運用意味著熟練地運用,爛熟於心。很好地判斷意味著從原文、問答和註釋中很好地判斷,消除疑惑後學習。 他在律中站穩腳跟意味著以廉恥心在律中站穩腳跟。因為無恥者即使多聞,也會因為重視利養而歪曲傳統,宣揚非法非律的教導,在教法中造成大禍患。他甚至會引起僧團分裂和僧團不和。但有廉恥者、謹慎者、渴望學習者即使爲了生命也不會歪曲傳統,只會宣揚法和律,尊重老師的教導。因此,過去的大長老們三次宣告:"在未來,有廉恥者會保護,有廉恥者會保護,有廉恥者會保護。"這樣,有廉恥者不放棄律、不偏離律,以廉恥心在律中站穩腳跟,很好地確立。不動搖意味著:動搖者是指在被問到原文或註釋或上下文或詞句順序時,會動搖、顫抖,無法站穩;別人說什麼他就同意什麼;放棄自己的說法,接受別人的說法。而不動搖者在被問到原文或註釋或上下文或詞句順序時,不會動搖、不會顫抖,就像用鉗子夾住每一根毛一樣回答說:"我們是這樣說的;我們的老師們是這樣說的";對他來說,原文和原文的判斷就像放在金碗里的獅子脂一樣,不會耗盡、不會用完,這就叫做"不動搖"。

Ācariyaparamparā kho panassa suggahitā hotīti theraparamparā vaṃsaparamparā cassa suu gahitā hoti. Sumanasikatāti suṭṭhu manasikatā; āvajjitamatte ujjalitapadīpo viya hoti. Sūpadhāritāti suṭṭhu upadhāritā pubbāparānusandhito atthato kāraṇato ca upadhāritā; attano matiṃ pahāya ācariyasuddhiyā vattā hoti 『『mayhaṃ ācariyo asukācariyassa santike uggaṇhi, so asukassā』』ti evaṃ sabbaṃ ācariyaparamparaṃ theravādaṅgaṃ āharitvā yāva upālitthero sammāsambuddhassa santike uggaṇhīti pāpetvā ṭhapeti. Tatopi āharitvā upālitthero sammāsambuddhassa santike uggaṇhi, dāsakatthero attano upajjhāyassa upālittherassa, soṇakatthero attano upajjhāyassa dāsakattherassa, siggavatthero attano upajjhāyassa soṇakattherassa, moggaliputtatissatthero attano upajjhāyassa siggavattherassa caṇḍavajjittherassa cāti. Evaṃ sabbaṃ ācariyaparamparaṃ theravādaṅgaṃ āharitvā attano ācariyaṃ pāpetvā ṭhapeti. Evaṃ uggahitā hi ācariyaparamparā suggahitā hoti. Evaṃ asakkontena pana avassaṃ dve tayo parivaṭṭā uggahetabbā. Sabbapacchimena hi nayena yathā ācariyo ca ācariyācariyo ca pāḷiñca paripucchañca vadanti, tathā ñātuṃ vaṭṭati.

Imehi ca pana tīhi lakkhaṇehi samannāgatena vinayadharena vatthuvinicchayatthaṃ sannipatite saṅghe otiṇṇe vatthusmiṃ codakena ca cuditakena ca vutte vattabbe sahasā avinicchinitvāva cha ṭhānāni oloketabbāni. Katamāni cha? Vatthu oloketabbaṃ, mātikā oloketabbā, padabhājanīyaṃ oloketabbaṃ, tikaparicchedo oloketabbo, antarāpatti oloketabbā, anāpatti oloketabbāti.

Vatthuṃ olokentopi hi 『『tiṇena vā paṇṇena vā paṭicchādetvā āgantabbaṃ, na tveva naggena āgantabbaṃ; yo āgaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā』』ti (pārā. 517) evaṃ ekaccaṃ āpattiṃ passati. So taṃ suttaṃ ānetvā taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamessati.

Mātikaṃ olokentopi 『『sampajānamusāvāde pācittiya』』ntiādinā (pāci. 2) nayena pañcannaṃ āpattīnaṃ aññataraṃ āpattiṃ passati, so taṃ suttaṃ ānetvā taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamessati.

Padabhājanīyaṃ olokentopi 『『akkhayite sarīre methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevati, āpatti pārājikassa. Yebhuyyena khayite sarīre methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevati, āpatti thullaccayassā』』tiādinā (pārā. 59 ādayo, atthato samānaṃ) nayena sattannaṃ āpattīnaṃ aññataraṃ āpattiṃ passati, so padabhājanīyato suttaṃ ānetvā taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamessati.

Tikaparicchedaṃ olokentopi tikasaṅghādisesaṃ vā tikapācittiyaṃ vā tikadukkaṭaṃ vā aññataraṃ vā āpattiṃ tikaparicchede passati, so tato suttaṃ ānetvā taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamessati.

Antarāpattiṃ olokentopi 『『paṭilātaṃ ukkhipati, āpatti dukkaṭassā』』ti (pāci. 355) evaṃ yā sikkhāpadantaresu antarāpatti hoti taṃ passati, so taṃ suttaṃ ānetvā taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamessati.

Anāpattiṃ olokentopi 『『anāpatti bhikkhu asādiyantassa, atheyyacittassa, na maraṇādhippāyassa, anullapanādhippāyassa, na mocanādhippāyassa, asañcicca, assatiyā, ajānantassā』』ti (pārā. 72 ādayo) evaṃ tasmiṃ tasmiṃ sikkhāpade niddiṭṭhaṃ anāpattiṃ passati, so taṃ suttaṃ ānetvā taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamessati.

他很好地掌握了師承意味著他很好地掌握了長老傳承、世系傳承。善於思考意味著很好地思考;就像一想到就會亮起的燈一樣。牢記在心意味著很好地記住,從前後關聯、意義、理由來記住;放棄自己的見解,以老師的純凈來說話:"我的老師從某某老師那裡學習,他又從某某那裡學習",這樣追溯所有的師承、長老說法,一直追溯到優波離長老從正等覺者那裡學習。從那裡再追溯,優波離長老從正等覺者那裡學習,陀娑迦長老從他的戒師優波離長老那裡學習,蘇那迦長老從他的戒師陀娑迦長老那裡學習,悉伽婆長老從他的戒師蘇那迦長老那裡學習,目犍連子帝須長老從他的戒師悉伽婆長老和旃陀跋耆長老那裡學習。這樣追溯所有的師承、長老說法,一直追溯到自己的老師。這樣學習的師承就是很好地掌握了。如果不能這樣做,也必須學習兩三代。因為按最後的方法,應該知道老師和老師的老師是如何解釋原文和問答的。 具備這三個特徵的持律者,在僧團聚集判斷事件時,當事件發生,原告和被告說完應該說的話后,不應該立即判斷,而應該觀察六個方面。哪六個?應該觀察事件,應該觀察攝頌,應該觀察詞義解釋,應該觀察三分,應該觀察中間罪,應該觀察無罪。 因為觀察事件時,他會看到某些罪,如"應該用草或葉子遮蓋而來,決不能裸體而來;誰裸體而來,犯突吉羅罪"。他會引用這段經文來解決這個問題。 觀察攝頌時,他會按"故意妄語犯波逸提"等方式看到五種罪之一,他會引用這段經文來解決這個問題。 觀察詞義解釋時,他會按"在屍體未腐爛時行淫法,犯波羅夷。在屍體大部分腐爛時行淫法,犯偷蘭遮"等方式看到七種罪之一,他會從詞義解釋中引用經文來解決這個問題。 觀察三分時,他會在三分中看到三分僧殘或三分波逸提或三分突吉羅或其他罪,他會從那裡引用經文來解決這個問題。 觀察中間罪時,他會看到在學處之間的中間罪,如"舉起被風吹倒的東西,犯突吉羅罪",他會引用這段經文來解決這個問題。 觀察無罪時,他會看到在每個學處中指出的無罪,如"無罪:比丘不同意,無偷盜心,無殺害意圖,無誹謗意圖,無射精意圖,非故意,失念,不知",他會引用這段經文來解決這個問題。

Yo hi bhikkhu catubbidhavinayakovido tilakkhaṇasampanno imāni cha ṭhānāni oloketvā adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamessati, tassa vinicchayo appaṭivattiyo, buddhena sayaṃ nisīditvā vinicchitasadiso hoti. Taṃ cevaṃ vinicchayakusalaṃ bhikkhuṃ koci katasikkhāpadavītikkamo bhikkhu upasaṅkamitvā attano kukkuccaṃ puccheyya; tena sādhukaṃ sallakkhetvā sace anāpatti hoti, 『『anāpattī』』ti vattabbaṃ. Sace pana āpatti hoti, 『『āpattī』』ti vattabbaṃ. Sā desanāgāminī ce, 『『desanāgāminī』』ti vattabbaṃ. Vuṭṭhānagāminī ce, 『『vuṭṭhānagāminī』』ti vattabbaṃ. Athassa pārājikacchāyā dissati, 『『pārājikāpattī』』ti na tāva vattabbaṃ. Kasmā? Methunadhammavītikkamo hi uttarimanussadhammavītikkamo ca oḷāriko. Adinnādānamanussaviggahavītikkamā pana sukhumā cittalahukā. Te sukhumeneva āpajjati , sukhumena rakkhati, tasmā visesena taṃvatthukaṃ kukkuccaṃ pucchiyamāno 『『āpattī』』ti avatvā sacassa ācariyo dharati, tato tena so bhikkhu 『『amhākaṃ ācariyaṃ pucchā』』ti pesetabbo. Sace so puna āgantvā 『『tumhākaṃ ācariyo suttato nayato oloketvā 『satekiccho』ti maṃ āhā』』ti vadati, tato anena so 『『sādhu suṭṭhu yaṃ ācariyo bhaṇati taṃ karohī』』ti vattabbo. Atha panassa ācariyo natthi, saddhiṃ uggahitatthero pana atthi, tassa santikaṃ pesetabbo – 『『amhehi saha uggahitatthero gaṇapāmokkho, taṃ gantvā pucchā』』ti. Tenāpi 『『satekiccho』』ti vinicchite 『『sādhu suṭṭhu tassa vacanaṃ karohī』』ti vattabbo. Atha saddhiṃ uggahitattheropi natthi, antevāsiko paṇḍito atthi, tassa santikaṃ pesetabbo – 『『asukadaharaṃ gantvā pucchā』』ti. Tenāpi 『『satekiccho』』ti vinicchite 『『sādhu suṭṭhu tassa vacanaṃ karohī』』ti vattabbo. Atha daharassāpi pārājikacchāyāva upaṭṭhāti, tenāpi 『『pārājikosī』』ti na vattabbo. Dullabho hi buddhuppādo, tato dullabhatarā pabbajjā ca upasampadā ca. Evaṃ pana vattabbo – 『『vivittaṃ okāsaṃ sammajjitvā divāvihāraṃ nisīditvā sīlāni sodhetvā dvattiṃsākāraṃ tāva manasi karohī』』ti. Sace tassa arogaṃ sīlaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ ghaṭayati, saṅkhārā pākaṭā hutvā upaṭṭhahanti, upacārappanāppattaṃ viya cittampi ekaggaṃ hoti, divasaṃ atikkantampi na jānāti. So divasātikkame upaṭṭhānaṃ āgato evaṃ vattabbo – 『『kīdisā te cittappavattī』』ti. Ārocitāya cittappavattiyā vattabbo – 『『pabbajjā nāma cittavisuddhatthāya, appamatto samaṇadhammaṃ karohī』』ti.

Yassa pana sīlaṃ bhinnaṃ hoti, tassa kammaṭṭhānaṃ na ghaṭayati, patodābhitunnaṃ viya cittaṃ vikampati, vippaṭisāragginā ḍayhati, tattapāsāṇe nisinno viya taṅkhaṇaññeva vuṭṭhāti. So āgato 『『kā te cittappavattī』』ti pucchitabbo. Ārocitāya cittappavattiyā 『『natthi loke raho nāma pāpakammaṃ pakubbato. Sabbapaṭhamañhi pāpaṃ karonto attanā jānāti, athassa ārakkhadevatā paracittavidū samaṇabrāhmaṇā aññā ca devatā jānanti, tvaṃyeva dāni tava sotthiṃ pariyesāhī』』ti vattabbo.

Niṭṭhitā catubbidhavinayakathā

Vinayadharassa ca lakkhaṇādikathā.

以下是完整的直譯： 若比丘精通四種毗尼,具足三相,觀察這六處后平息諍事,他的裁決不可逆轉,如同佛陀親自坐下裁決一樣。如果有違犯學處的比丘來到這樣善於裁決的比丘面前,詢問自己的疑慮;他應該仔細考慮后,如果是無犯,就應該說"無犯"。如果是犯戒,就應該說"有犯"。如果是應懺悔的,就應該說"應懺悔"。如果是應出罪的,就應該說"應出罪"。如果看似波羅夷,也不應立即說"犯波羅夷"。為什麼?因為淫慾行為和聲稱上人法的違犯是粗重的。而偷盜和殺人的違犯則是微細、心念迅速的。它們以微細方式犯,以微細方式守護,因此特別是在被問及這類疑慮時,不應說"有犯",如果他有阿阇黎,就應該派他去"問我們的阿阇黎"。如果他回來說"你們的阿阇黎考察經典和道理后對我說'可救治'",那麼這位比丘就應該對他說"很好,非常好,請按阿阇黎所說去做"。如果他沒有阿阇黎,但有一起學習的長老,就應該派他去那裡-"有一位和我們一起學習的長老是僧團領袖,你去問他"。如果長老也裁決"可救治",就應該說"很好,非常好,請按他的話去做"。如果也沒有一起學習的長老,但有一位有智慧的弟子,就應該派他去那裡-"你去問某某年輕比丘"。如果他也裁決"可救治",就應該說"很好,非常好,請按他的話去做"。如果連年輕比丘也認為是波羅夷,他也不應該說"你犯了波羅夷"。因為佛陀出世難得,出家和受具足戒更加難得。應該這樣說:"掃凈一個僻靜處,坐下來午休,凈化戒行,先修習三十二身份"。如果他的戒行清凈,業處相應,諸行明顯現起,心如達到近行定或安止定般一境,不知不覺過了一天。他過了一天來參拜時,應該這樣問:"你的心境如何?"在他說明心境后,應該說:"出家是爲了心的清凈,你要不放逸地修習沙門法"。 但是如果他的戒行已破,業處就不相應,心如被棍棒擊打般動搖,被後悔之火焚燒,如坐在熱石上立即起身。他來時應該問:"你的心境如何?"在他說明心境后,應該說:"作惡業者,世上無隱蔽處。首先作惡時自己知道,然後守護神、他心通的沙門婆羅門和其他神祇也知道,現在你要自己尋求安穩"。 四種毗尼的解說 以及持律者的特徵等解說完畢。

Bhikkhupadabhājanīyavaṇṇanā

Idāni sikkhāpadavibhaṅgassa atthaṃ vaṇṇayissāma. Yaṃ vuttaṃ yo panāti yo yādisotiādi. Ettha yo panāti vibhajitabbapadaṃ; yo yādisotiādīni tassa vibhajanapadāni. Ettha ca yasmā panāti nipātamattaṃ; yoti atthapadaṃ; tañca aniyamena puggalaṃ dīpeti, tasmā tassa atthaṃ dassento aniyamena puggaladīpakaṃ yo saddameva āha. Tasmā ettha evamattho veditabbo – yo panāti yo yokocīti vuttaṃ hoti. Yasmā pana yo yokoci nāma, so avassaṃ liṅga-yutta-jāti-nāma-gotta-sīla-vihāra-gocaravayesu ekenākārena paññāyati, tasmā taṃ tathā ñāpetuṃ taṃ pabhedaṃ pakāsento 『『yādiso』』tiādimāha. Tattha yādisoti liṅgavasena yādiso vā tādiso vā hotu; dīgho vā rasso vā kāḷo vā odāto vā maṅguracchavi vā kiso vā thūlo vāti attho. Yathāyuttoti yogavasena yena vā tena vā yutto hotu; navakammayutto vā uddesayutto vā vāsadhurayutto vāti attho. Yathājaccoti jātivasena yaṃjacco vā taṃjacco vā hotu; khattiyo vā brāhmaṇo vā vesso vā suddo vāti attho. Yathānāmoti nāmavasena yathānāmo vā tathānāmo vā hotu; buddharakkhito vā dhammarakkhito vā saṅgharakkhito vāti attho. Yathāgottoti gottavasena yathāgotto vā tathāgotto vā yena vā tena vā gottena hotu; kaccāyano vā vāsiṭṭho vā kosiyo vāti attho. Yathāsīloti sīlesu yathāsīlo vā tathāsīlo vā hotu; navakammasīlo vā uddesasīlo vā vāsadhurasīlo vāti attho. Yathāvihārīti vihāresupi yathāvihārī vā tathāvihārī vā hotu; navakammavihārī vā uddesavihārī vā vāsadhuravihārī vāti attho. Yathāgocaroti gocaresupi yathāgocaro vā tathāgocaro vā hotu; navakammagocaro vā uddesagocaro vā vāsadhuragocaro vāti attho. Thero vāti ādīsu vayovuḍḍhādīsu yo vā so vā hotu; paripuṇṇadasavassatāya thero vā ūnapañcavassatāya navo vā atirekapañcavassatāya majjhimo vāti attho. Atha kho sabbova imasmiṃ atthe eso vuccati 『『yo panā』』ti.

以下是完整的直譯： 比丘條目解釋 現在我們將解釋學處分別的含義。如前所說"若有"等。這裡,"若有"是待分別的詞;"任何"等是對它的分別詞。這裡,"若"只是虛詞;"有"是實義詞;它不確定地表示人,因此爲了顯示其意義,他說了不確定表示人的"有"字。因此這裡應該這樣理解:"若有"即是說"任何人"。又因為所謂"任何人",必定以相、種姓、家族、名字、姓氏、戒行、住處、行處、年齡中的一種形式為人所知,因此爲了讓人如此瞭解,他闡明了這些區別,說"任何"等。其中,"任何"是指在相方面無論是什麼樣:高的或矮的,黑的或白的,深褐色的,瘦的或胖的。"任何種姓"是指在種姓方面無論與什麼相應:與新建工程相應的,或與誦經相應的,或與住處管理相應的。"任何出身"是指在出身方面無論是什麼出身:剎帝利、婆羅門、吠舍或首陀羅。"任何名字"是指在名字方面無論是什麼名字:佛護、法護或僧護。"任何姓氏"是指在姓氏方面無論是什麼姓氏或屬於什麼姓氏:迦旃延、婆私娑或俱尸迦。"任何戒行"是指在戒行方面無論是什麼戒行:新建工程的戒行、誦經的戒行或住處管理的戒行。"任何住處"也是指在住處方面無論是什麼住處:新建工程的住處、誦經的住處或住處管理的住處。"任何行處"也是指在行處方面無論是什麼行處:新建工程的行處、誦經的行處或住處管理的行處。在"長老"等中,指在年長等方面無論是什麼:因圓滿十年而成為長老,或未滿五年而為新學,或超過五年而為中座。總之,在這個意義上,所有這些都稱為"若

Bhikkhuniddese bhikkhatīti bhikkhako; labhanto vā alabhanto vā ariyāya yācanāya yācatīti attho. Buddhādīhi ajjhupagataṃ bhikkhācariyaṃ ajjhupagatattā bhikkhācariyaṃ ajjhupagato nāma. Yo hi koci appaṃ vā mahantaṃ vā bhogakkhandhaṃ pahāya agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito, so kasigorakkhādīhi jīvikakappanaṃ hitvā liṅgasampaṭicchaneneva bhikkhācariyaṃ ajjhupagatoti bhikkhu. Parapaṭibaddhajīvikattā vā vihāramajjhe kājabhattaṃ bhuñjamānopi bhikkhācariyaṃ ajjhupagatoti bhikkhu; piṇḍiyālopabhojanaṃ nissāya pabbajjāya ussāhajātattā vā bhikkhācariyaṃ ajjhupagatoti bhikkhu. Agghaphassavaṇṇabhedena bhinnaṃ paṭaṃ dhāretīti bhinnapaṭadharo. Tattha satthakacchedanena agghabhedo veditabbo. Sahassagghanakopi hi paṭo satthakena khaṇḍākhaṇḍikaṃ chinno bhinnaggho hoti. Purimagghato upaḍḍhampi na agghati. Suttasaṃsibbanena phassabhedo veditabbo. Sukhasamphassopi hi paṭo suttehi saṃsibbito bhinnaphasso hoti. Kharasamphassataṃ pāpuṇāti. Sūcimalādīhi vaṇṇabhedo veditabbo. Suparisuddhopi hi paṭo sūcikammato paṭṭhāya sūcimalena, hatthasedamalajallikāhi, avasāne rajanakappakaraṇehi ca bhinnavaṇṇo hoti; pakativaṇṇaṃ vijahati. Evaṃ tīhākārehi bhinnapaṭadhāraṇato bhinnapaṭadharoti bhikkhu. Gihivatthavisabhāgānaṃ vā kāsāvānaṃ dhāraṇamatteneva bhinnapaṭadharoti bhikkhu.

Samaññāyāti paññattiyā vohārenāti attho. Samaññāya eva hi ekacco 『『bhikkhū』』ti paññāyati. Tathā hi nimantanādimhi bhikkhūsu gaṇiyamānesu sāmaṇerepi gahetvā 『『sataṃ bhikkhū sahassaṃ bhikkhū』』ti vadanti. Paṭiññāyāti attano paṭijānanena paṭiññāyapi hi ekacco 『『bhikkhū』』ti paññāyati. Tassa 『『ko etthāti? Ahaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhū』』ti (a. ni.

以下是完整的直譯： 在比丘的解釋中，"乞食者"是指乞食的人；無論得到還是沒得到，都以聖潔的方式乞求，這是其意思。由於接受了佛陀等人所接受的乞食行為，所以稱為接受了乞食行為。任何人，無論捨棄了小財產還是大財產，從在家生活出家成為無家者，他放棄了以農耕和牧牛等謀生的方式，僅僅通過接受僧衣就接受了乞食行為，所以稱為比丘。或者因為生活依賴他人，即使在僧院中食用揹簍中的食物，也稱為接受了乞食行為，所以是比丘；或者因為出家是爲了依靠托缽乞食而生，所以稱為接受了乞食行為的比丘。"穿破碎衣服的人"是指穿著在價值、觸感和顏色上破碎的衣服。其中，以剪刀剪下而造成的價值破碎應該被理解。即使是價值千金的衣服，被剪刀剪成碎片后，其價值就破碎了。價值甚至不到原來的一半。以縫線縫合而造成的觸感破碎應該被理解。即使是觸感柔軟的衣服，被縫線縫合后，其觸感就破碎了。變得粗糙。以針眼等造成的顏色破碎應該被理解。即使是非常潔凈的衣服，從縫紉開始，因針眼、手汗污垢，最後因染色過程，其顏色就破碎了；失去了原本的顏色。因為以這三種方式穿著破碎的衣服，所以稱為"穿破碎衣服的人"，即比丘。或者僅僅因為穿著與在家人衣服不同的袈裟，就稱為"穿破碎衣服的人"，即比丘。 "依名稱"是指依約定俗成的稱呼的意思。僅僅依名稱，有些人就被稱為"比丘"。例如，在邀請等場合計數比丘時，也把沙彌算進去，說"一百比丘，一千比丘"。"依自稱"是指依自己的承認。依自稱，有些人就被稱為"比丘"。當被問"這裡是誰？"時，他回答"朋友，我是比丘"。

10.96) evamādīsu sambhavo daṭṭhabbo . Ayaṃ pana ānandattherena vuttā dhammikā paṭiññā. Rattibhāge pana dussīlāpi paṭipathaṃ āgacchantā 『『ko etthā』』ti vutte adhammikāya paṭiññāya abhūtāya 『『mayaṃ bhikkhū』』ti vadanti.

Ehi bhikkhūti ehi bhikkhu nāma bhagavato 『『ehi bhikkhū』』ti vacanamattena bhikkhubhāvaṃ ehibhikkhūpasampadaṃ patto. Bhagavā hi ehibhikkhubhāvāya upanissayasampannaṃ puggalaṃ disvā rattapaṃsukūlantarato suvaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ dakkhiṇahatthaṃ nīharitvā brahmaghosaṃ nicchārento 『『ehi, bhikkhu, cara brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā』』ti vadati. Tassa saheva bhagavato vacanena gihiliṅgaṃ antaradhāyati, pabbajjā ca upasampadā ca ruhati. Bhaṇḍu kāsāyavasano hoti. Ekaṃ nivāsetvā ekaṃ pārupitvā ekaṃ aṃse ṭhapetvā vāmaṃsakūṭe āsattanīluppalavaṇṇamattikāpatto –

『『Ticīvarañca patto ca, vāsi sūci ca bandhanaṃ;

Parissāvanena aṭṭhete, yuttayogassa bhikkhuno』』ti.

Evaṃ vuttehi aṭṭhahi parikkhārehi sarīre paṭimukkehiyeva saṭṭhivassikatthero viya iriyāpathasampanno buddhācariyako buddhupajjhāyako sammāsambuddhaṃ vandamānoyeva tiṭṭhati. Bhagavā hi paṭhamabodhiyaṃ ekasmiṃ kāle ehibhikkhūpasampadāya eva upasampādeti. Evaṃ upasampannāni ca sahassupari ekacattālīsuttarāni tīṇi bhikkhusatāni ahesuṃ; seyyathidaṃ – pañca pañcavaggiyattherā, yaso kulaputto, tassa parivārā catupaṇṇāsa sahāyakā, tiṃsa bhaddavaggiyā, sahassapurāṇajaṭilā, saddhiṃ dvīhi aggasāvakehi aḍḍhateyyasatā paribbājakā, eko aṅgulimālattheroti. Vuttañhetaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ –

『『Tīṇi sataṃ sahassañca, cattālīsaṃ punāpare;

Eko ca thero sappañño, sabbe te ehibhikkhukā』』ti.

Na kevalañca ete eva, aññepi bahū santi. Seyyathidaṃ – tisataparivāro selo brāhmaṇo, sahassaparivāro mahākappino, dasasahassā kapilavatthuvāsino kulaputtā, soḷasasahassā pārāyanikabrāhmaṇāti evamādayo. Te pana vinayapiṭake pāḷiyaṃ na niddiṭṭhattā na vuttā. Ime tattha niddiṭṭhattā vuttāti.

『『Sattavīsa sahassāni, tīṇiyeva satāni ca;

Etepi sabbe saṅkhātā, sabbe te ehibhikkhukā』』ti.

Tīhi saraṇagamanehi upasampannoti 『『buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmī』』tiādinā nayena tikkhattuṃ vācaṃ bhinditvā vuttehi tīhi saraṇagamanehi upasampanno. Ayañhi upasampadā nāma aṭṭhavidhā – ehibhikkhūpasampadā, saraṇagamanūpasampadā, ovādapaṭiggahaṇūpasampadā, pañhabyākaraṇūpasampadā, garudhammapaṭiggahaṇūpasampadā, dūtenūpasampadā, aṭṭhavācikūpasampadā, ñatticatutthakammūpasampadāti. Tattha ehibhikkhūpasampadā, saraṇagamanūpasampadā ca vuttā eva.

Ovādapaṭiggahaṇūpasampadā nāma 『『tasmātiha te, kassapa, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – 『tibbaṃ me hirottappaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ bhavissati theresu navesu majjhimesu cā』ti. Evañhi te, kassapa, sikkhitabbaṃ. Tasmātiha te, kassapa, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – 『yaṃ kiñci dhammaṃ sossāmi kusalūpasaṃhitaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ aṭṭhiṃ katvā manasi katvā sabbacetasā samannāharitvā ohitasoto dhammaṃ sossāmī』ti. Evaṃ hi te, kassapa, sikkhitabbaṃ. Tasmātiha te, kassapa, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – 『sātasahagatā ca me kāyagatāsati na vijahissatī』ti. Evañhi te, kassapa, sikkhitabba』』nti (saṃ. ni.

以下是完整的直譯： 10.96）等處可見這種情況。但這是阿難長老所說的如法自稱。然而在夜間，即使是破戒者在路上相遇時，被問"這是誰？"也會以不如法、不真實的自稱說"我們是比丘"。 "來,比丘"是指僅憑世尊說"來,比丘"這句話就獲得比丘身份,即"來,比丘"受具足戒。因為世尊看到具足善根的人,就從紅色袈裟內伸出金色右手,發出梵音說:"來,比丘,為正確地終結苦而行梵行。"隨著世尊的這句話,他的在家相立即消失,出家和受具足戒就成就了。他變成剃髮、穿袈裟的樣子。穿一件、披一件、搭一件在肩上,左肩上掛著藍蓮花色的土製缽

2.154) iminā ovādapaṭiggahaṇena mahākassapattherassa anuññātaupasampadā.

Pañhabyākaraṇūpasampadā nāma sopākassa anuññātaupasampadā. Bhagavā kira pubbārāme anucaṅkamantaṃ sopākasāmaṇeraṃ 『『『uddhumātakasaññā』ti vā, sopāka, 『rūpasaññā』ti vā ime dhammā nānatthā nānābyañjanā , udāhu ekatthā, byañjanameva nāna』』nti dasa asubhanissite pañhe pucchi. So te byākāsi. Bhagavā tassa sādhukāraṃ datvā 『『kativassosi tvaṃ, sopākā』』ti pucchi. 『『Sattavassohaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. 『『Sopāka, tvaṃ mama sabbaññutaññāṇena saddhiṃ saṃsanditvā pañhe byākāsī』』ti āraddhacitto upasampadaṃ anujāni. Ayaṃ pañhabyākaraṇūpasampadā.

Garudhammapaṭiggahaṇūpasampadā nāma mahāpajāpatiyā aṭṭhagarudhammassa paṭiggahaṇena anuññātaupasampadā.

Dūtenūpasampadā nāma aḍḍhakāsiyā gaṇikāya anuññātaupasampadā.

Aṭṭhavācikūpasampadā nāma bhikkhuniyā bhikkhunisaṅghato ñatticatutthena bhikkhusaṅghato ñatticatutthenāti imehi dvīhi kammehi upasampadā.

Ñatticatutthakammūpasampadā nāma bhikkhūnaṃ etarahi upasampadā. Imāsu aṭṭhasu upasampadāsu 『『yā sā, bhikkhave, mayā tīhi saraṇagamanehi upasampadā anuññātā, taṃ ajjatagge paṭikkhipāmi. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ñatticatutthena kammena upasampādetu』』nti (mahāva. 69) evaṃ anuññātāya imāya upasampadāya upasampannoti vuttaṃ hoti.

以下是完整的直譯： 2.154）通過接受這個教誡而允許大迦葉長老受具足戒,這稱為接受教誡受具足戒。 問答受具足戒是指允許索派迦受具足戒。據說世尊在東園經行時,問索派迦沙彌與十不凈有關的十個問題:"索派迦,'膨脹想'或'色想',這些法是異義異文,還是同義而僅文不同?"他回答了這些問題。世尊稱讚他后問道:"索派迦,你幾歲了?"(他回答)"世尊,我七歲。""索派迦,你的回答與我的一切智相符。"(世尊)心生歡喜,允許他受具足戒。這就是問答受具足戒。 接受重法受具足戒是指通過大愛道接受八重法而允許的受具足戒。 使者受具足戒是指允許半迦尸妓女的受具足戒。 八語受具足戒是指比丘尼通過比丘尼僧團的白四羯磨和比丘僧團的白四羯磨這兩個羯磨而受具足戒。 白四羯磨受具足戒是指現在比丘的受具足戒。在這八種受具足戒中,"諸比丘,我曾允許以三皈依受具足戒,從今天起我廢除它。諸比丘,我允許以白四羯磨受具足戒。"(大品69)這裡說的是通過這種被允許的受具足戒而受具足戒。

Bhadroti apāpako. Kalyāṇaputhujjanādayo hi yāva arahā, tāva bhadrena sīlena samādhinā paññāya vimuttiyā vimuttiñāṇadassanena ca samannāgatattā 『『bhadro bhikkhū』』ti saṅkhyaṃ gacchanti. Sāroti tehiyeva sīlasārādīhi samannāgatattā nīlasamannāgamena nīlo paṭo viya 『『sāro bhikkhū』』ti veditabbo. Vigatakilesapheggubhāvato vā khīṇāsavova 『『sāro』』ti veditabbo. Sekhoti puthujjanakalyāṇakena saddhiṃ satta ariyā tisso sikkhā sikkhantīti sekhā. Tesu yo koci 『『sekho bhikkhū』』ti veditabbo. Na sikkhatīti asekho. Sekkhadhamme atikkamma aggaphale ṭhito, tato uttari sikkhitabbābhāvato khīṇāsavo 『『asekho』』ti vuccati. Samaggena saṅghenāti sabbantimena pariyāyena pañcavaggakaraṇīye kamme yāvatikā bhikkhū kammappattā, tesaṃ āgatattā chandārahānaṃ chandassa āhaṭattā, sammukhībhūtānañca appaṭikkosanato ekasmiṃ kamme samaggabhāvaṃ upagatena. Ñatticatutthenāti tīhi anussāvanāhi ekāya ca ñattiyā kātabbena. Kammenāti dhammikena vinayakammena. Akuppenāti vatthu-ñatti-anussāvana-sīmā-parisasampattisampannattā akopetabbataṃ appaṭikkositabbatañca upagatena. Ṭhānārahenāti kāraṇārahena satthusāsanārahena. Upasampanno nāma uparibhāvaṃ samāpanno, pattoti attho. Bhikkhubhāvo hi uparibhāvo, tañcesa yathāvuttena kammena samāpannattā 『『upasampanno』』ti vuccati. Ettha ca ñatticatutthakammaṃ ekameva āgataṃ. Imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne ṭhatvā cattāri saṅghakammāni nīharitvā vitthārato kathetabbānīti sabbaaṭṭhakathāsu vuttaṃ. Tāni ca 『『apalokanakammaṃ ñattikammaṃ ñattidutiyakammaṃ ñatticatutthakamma』』nti paṭipāṭiyā ṭhapetvā vitthārena khandhakato parivārāvasāne kammavibhaṅgato ca pāḷiṃ āharitvā kathitāni. Tāni mayaṃ parivārāvasāne kammavibhaṅgeyeva vaṇṇayissāma. Evañhi sati paṭhamapārājikavaṇṇanā ca na bhāriyā bhavissati; yathāṭhitāya ca pāḷiyā vaṇṇanā suviññeyyā bhavissati. Tāni ca ṭhānāni asuññāni bhavissanti; tasmā anupadavaṇṇanameva karoma.

Tatrāti tesu 『『bhikkhako』』tiādinā nayena vuttesu bhikkhūsu. Yvāyaṃ bhikkhūti yo ayaṃ bhikkhu. Samaggena saṅghena…pe… upasampannoti aṭṭhasu upasampadāsu ñatticatuttheneva kammena upasampanno. Ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti ayaṃ imasmiṃ 『『methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevitvā pārājiko hotī』』ti atthe 『『bhikkhū』』ti adhippeto. Itare pana 『『bhikkhako』』ti ādayo atthuddhāravasena vuttā. Tesu ca 『『bhikkhako』』ti ādayo niruttivasena vuttā, 『『samaññāya bhikkhu, paṭiññāya bhikkhū』』ti ime dve abhilāpavasena vuttā, 『『ehi bhikkhū』』ti buddhena upajjhāyena paṭiladdhaupasampadāvasena vutto. Saraṇagamanabhikkhu anuppannāya kammavācāya upasampadāvasena vutto, 『『bhadro』』tiādayo guṇavasena vuttāti veditabbā.

Bhikkhupadabhājanīyaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

Sikkhāsājīvapadabhājanīyavaṇṇanā

Idāni 『『bhikkhūna』』nti idaṃ padaṃ visesatthābhāvato avibhajitvāva yaṃ sikkhañca sājīvañca samāpannattā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno hoti, taṃ dassento sikkhātiādimāha. Tattha sikkhitabbāti sikkhā. Tissoti gaṇanaparicchedo . Adhisīlasikkhāti adhikaṃ uttamaṃ sīlanti adhisīlaṃ; adhisīlañca taṃ sikkhitabbato sikkhā cāti adhisīlasikkhā. Esa nayo adhicitta-adhipaññāsikkhāsu.

以下是完整的直譯： 善良的意思是無惡。從善凡夫等直到阿羅漢，由於具足善良的戒、定、慧、解脫和解脫知見，都被稱為"善良的比丘"。應該理解，由於具足戒等功德，就像藍色布料具有藍色一樣，被稱為"精華的比丘"。或者應該理解，由於已去除煩惱的無用部分，只有漏盡者才是"精華"。學習者是指從善凡夫到七聖者，他們學習三學，因此稱為學習者。其中任何一個都應理解為"學習中的比丘"。不學習的是無學。超越了有學法而住于最高果位，因為沒有更高的需要學習，所以漏盡者被稱為"無學"。和合的僧團是指至少在需要五人的羯磨中，應到的比丘都到齊了，應與會的人都與會了，在場的人都不反對，在一個羯磨中達成和合狀態。白四是指以三次宣告和一次提議來完成。羯磨是指如法的律羯磨。不可破的是指由於具足事、提議、宣告、界和眾的圓滿性而達到不可破壞、不可反對的狀態。應得其位的是指值得其因、值得佛陀教法的。受具足戒是指達到上位，即獲得的意思。比丘身份是上位，他因為通過上述羯磨而達到，所以稱為"受具足戒"。這裡只提到了白四羯磨。但是所有註釋書都說，在這個地方應該提取四種僧團羯磨並詳細解釋。它們按順序排列為"單白羯磨、白羯磨、白二羯磨、白四羯磨"，並從犍度和《附隨》末尾的羯磨分別中詳細引用經文解釋。我們將在《附隨》末尾的羯磨分別中解釋它們。這樣做，第一波羅夷的解釋就不會太繁重；對原文的解釋也會更容易理解。那些部分也不會空缺；因此我們只做逐字解釋。 其中的意思是在以"乞食者"等方式所說的諸比丘中。這位比丘是指這個比丘。由和合的僧團...受具足戒是指在八種受具足戒中只通過白四羯磨受具足戒。這裡所指的比丘是在"行淫慾法成波羅夷"這個意義上所說的"比丘"。其他如"乞食者"等是爲了列舉含義而說的。其中，"乞食者"等是從詞源學角度說的，"依名稱為比丘，依自稱為比丘"這兩個是從稱呼角度說的，"來，比丘"是從佛陀或戒師授予受具足戒的角度說的。皈依受具足戒的比丘是從未生起羯磨文的受具足戒角度說的，"善良的"等是從功德角度說的，應該這樣理解。 比丘條目解釋結束。 學處和生活條目解釋 現在，由於"比丘們的"這個詞沒有特殊含義，所以不加分別，而是爲了顯示由於成就學處和生活而成為比丘們的學處和生活的成就者，所以說"學處"等。其中，應學習的是學處。三是數目限定。增上戒學是指增上、最高的戒，而且這個增上戒因為應該學習所以是學，因此稱為增上戒學。增上心學和增上慧學也是同樣的道理。

Katamaṃ panettha sīlaṃ, katamaṃ adhisīlaṃ, katamaṃ cittaṃ, katamaṃ adhicittaṃ, katamā paññā, katamā adhipaññāti? Vuccate – pañcaṅgadasaṅgasīlaṃ tāva sīlameva. Tañhi buddhe uppannepi anuppannepi loke pavattati. Uppanne buddhe tasmiṃ sīle buddhāpi sāvakāpi mahājanaṃ samādapenti. Anuppanne buddhe paccekabuddhā ca kammavādino ca dhammikā samaṇabrāhmaṇā cakkavattī ca mahārājāno mahābodhisattā ca samādapenti. Sāmampi paṇḍitā samaṇabrāhmaṇā samādiyanti. Te taṃ kusalaṃ dhammaṃ paripūretvā devesu ca manussesu ca sampattiṃ anubhonti. Pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlaṃ pana 『『adhisīla』』nti vuccati, tañhi sūriyo viya pajjotānaṃ sineru viya pabbatānaṃ sabbalokiyasīlānaṃ adhikañceva uttamañca, buddhuppādeyeva ca pavattati, na vinā buddhuppādā. Na hi taṃ paññattiṃ uddharitvā añño satto ṭhapetuṃ sakkoti, buddhāyeva pana sabbaso kāyavacīdvāraajjhācārasotaṃ chinditvā tassa tassa vītikkamassa anucchavikaṃ taṃ sīlasaṃvaraṃ paññapenti. Pātimokkhasaṃvaratopi ca maggaphalasampayuttameva sīlaṃ adhisīlaṃ, taṃ pana idha anadhippetaṃ. Na hi taṃ samāpanno bhikkhu methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevati.

Kāmāvacarāni pana aṭṭha kusalacittāni, lokiyaaṭṭhasamāpatticittāni ca ekajjhaṃ katvā cittamevāti veditabbāni. Buddhuppādānuppāde cassa pavatti, samādapanaṃ samādānañca sīle vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Vipassanāpādakaṃ aṭṭhasamāpatticittaṃ pana 『『adhicitta』』nti vuccati. Tañhi adhisīlaṃ viya sīlānaṃ sabbalokiyacittānaṃ adhikañceva uttamañca, buddhuppādeyeva ca hoti, na vinā buddhuppādā. Tatopi ca maggaphalacittameva adhicittaṃ, taṃ pana idha anadhippetaṃ. Na hi taṃ samāpanno bhikkhu methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevati.

『『Atthi dinnaṃ, atthi yiṭṭha』』nti (dha. sa. 1371; vibha. 793; ma. ni.

以下是完整的直譯： 那麼這裡哪個是戒，哪個是增上戒，哪個是心，哪個是增上心，哪個是慧，哪個是增上慧呢？回答：首先，五戒十戒只是戒而已。這些戒無論佛陀出世與否都存在於世間。當佛陀出世時，佛陀和弟子們都鼓勵大眾遵守這些戒。當佛陀未出世時，辟支佛、業論者、如法的沙門婆羅門、轉輪聖王、大國王和大菩薩們都鼓勵遵守。有智慧的沙門婆羅門也自己受持。他們圓滿這些善法后，在天界和人間享受福報。但波羅提木叉律儀戒被稱為"增上戒"，因為它就像太陽之於燈火、須彌山之於群山一樣，超越和高於所有世俗戒律，而且只在佛陀出世時才出現，不會在佛陀未出世時出現。因為沒有其他眾生能夠提出這樣的制定，只有佛陀們完全切斷身語門的違犯之流，為每一種違犯制定相應的戒律約束。比波羅提木叉律儀更增上的是與道果相應的戒，但這裡不是指那個。因為成就那個的比丘不會行淫慾法。 應該理解，欲界的八種善心和世間的八種禪定心合在一起就是心。它在佛陀出世與否時都存在，關於鼓勵和受持，應該按照在戒中所說的方式理解。但作為觀的基礎的八種禪定心被稱為"增上心"。因為它就像增上戒對於諸戒一樣，超越和高於所有世間心，而且只在佛陀出世時才有，不會在佛陀未出世時有。比那個更增上的是道果心，但這裡不是指那個。因為成就那個的比丘不會行淫慾法。 "有佈施，有供養"（法集論1371；分別論793；中

3.92) -ādinayappavattaṃ pana kammassakatañāṇaṃ paññā, sā hi buddhe uppannepi anuppannepi loke pavattati. Uppanne buddhe tassā paññāya buddhāpi buddhasāvakāpi mahājanaṃ samādapenti. Anuppanne buddhe paccekabuddhā ca kammavādino ca dhammikā samaṇabrāhmaṇā cakkavattī ca mahārājāno mahābodhisattā ca samādapenti. Sāmampi paṇḍitā sattā samādiyanti. Tathā hi aṅkuro dasavassasahassāni mahādānaṃ adāsi. Velāmo, vessantaro, aññe ca bahū paṇḍitamanussā mahādānāni adaṃsu. Te taṃ kusalaṃ dhammaṃ paripūretvā devesu ca manussesu ca sampattiṃ anubhaviṃsu. Tilakkhaṇākāraparicchedakaṃ pana vipassanāñāṇaṃ 『『adhipaññā』』ti vuccati. Sā hi adhisīla-adhicittāni viya sīlacittānaṃ sabbalokiyapaññānaṃ adhikā ceva uttamā ca, na ca vinā buddhuppādā loke pavattati. Tatopi ca maggaphalapaññāva adhipaññā, sā pana idha anadhippetā. Na hi taṃ samāpanno bhikkhu methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevatīti.

Tatrāti tāsu tīsu sikkhāsu. Yāyaṃ adhisīlasikkhāti yā ayaṃ pātimokkhasīlasaṅkhātā adhisīlasikkhā. Etaṃ sājīvaṃ nāmāti etaṃ sabbampi bhagavatā vinaye ṭhapitaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ, yasmā ettha nānādesajātigottādibhedabhinnā bhikkhū saha jīvanti ekajīvikā sabhāgajīvikā sabhāgavuttino honti, tasmā 『『sājīva』』nti vuccati. Tasmiṃ sikkhatīti taṃ sikkhāpadaṃ cittassa adhikaraṇaṃ katvā 『『yathāsikkhāpadaṃ nu kho sikkhāmi na sikkhāmī』』ti cittena olokento sikkhati. Na kevalañcāyametasmiṃ sājīvasaṅkhāte sikkhāpadeyeva sikkhati, sikkhāyapi sikkhati, 『『etaṃ sājīvaṃ nāmā』』ti imassa pana anantarassa padassa vasena 『『tasmiṃ sikkhatī』』ti vuttaṃ. Kiñcāpi taṃ evaṃ vuttaṃ, atha kho ayamettha attho daṭṭhabbo – tassā ca sikkhāya sikkhaṃ paripūrento sikkhati, tasmiñca sikkhāpade avītikkamanto sikkhatīti. Tena vuccati sājīvasamāpannoti idampi anantarassa sājīvapadasseva vasena vuttaṃ. Yasmā pana so sikkhampi samāpanno, tasmā sikkhāsamāpannotipi atthato veditabbo. Evañhi sati 『『sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno』』ti etassa padassa padabhājanampi paripuṇṇaṃ hoti.

Sikkhāsājīvapadabhājanīyaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

Sikkhāpaccakkhānavibhaṅgavaṇṇanā

Sikkhaṃappaccakkhāya dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvāti sikkhañca appaṭikkhipitvā dubbalabhāvañca appakāsetvā. Yasmā ca dubbalye āvikatepi sikkhā appaccakkhātāva hoti, sikkhāya pana paccakkhātāya dubbalyaṃ āvikatameva hoti. Tasmā 『『dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā』』ti iminā padena na koci visesattho labbhati. Yathā pana 『『dirattatirattaṃ sahaseyyaṃ kappeyyā』』ti vutte dirattavacanena na koci visesattho labbhati, kevalaṃ lokavohāravasena byañjanasiliṭṭhatāya mukhārūḷhatāya etaṃ vuttaṃ. Evamidampi vohāravasena byañjanasiliṭṭhatāya mukhārūḷhatāya vuttanti veditabbaṃ.

Yasmā vā bhagavā sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ dhammaṃ deseti, tasmā 『『sikkhaṃ appaccakkhāyā』』ti iminā atthaṃ sampādetvā 『『dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā』』ti iminā byañjanaṃ sampādeti. Parivārakapadavirahitañhi ekameva atthapadaṃ vuccamānaṃ parivāravirahito rājā viya, vatthālaṅkāravirahito viya ca puriso na sobhati; parivārakena pana atthānulomena sahāyapadena saddhiṃ taṃ sobhatīti.

以下是完整的簡體中文直譯: 3.92\ 然而,業所生智慧是以等起方式運作的智慧,無論佛陀出世與否,它都存在於世間。當佛陀出世時,佛陀和佛弟子們都以這種智慧教導大眾。當佛陀未出世時,辟支佛、業報論者、如法的沙門婆羅門、轉輪聖王、大國王和大菩薩們都以此教導。有智慧的眾生也自己修習。例如,安古羅布施十萬年之久。毗羅摩、毗首安哆羅(vessantara)和其他許多智者都行大布施。他們圓滿這種善法后,在天上人間享受富貴。而能辨別三相的毗婆舍那智被稱為"增上慧"。因為它像增上戒和增上心一樣,超越並高於一切世間的戒、定和慧,但若無佛陀出世則不會在世間生起。其中,道果慧才是真正的增上慧,但這裡並不是指這個。因為已證得增上慧的比丘是不會行淫的。 在那裡:指在這三學中。這增上戒學:指這個稱為波羅提木叉戒的增上戒學。這稱為共同生活:這一切都是世尊在律中制定的學處,因為不同地方、種族、姓氏等的比丘們在此共同生活,過著相同的生活,有著相同的行為,所以稱為"共同生活"。在其中學習:以此學處為心的所緣,心中審視"我是否如學處那樣學習",如此學習。不僅在這稱為共同生活的學處中學習,也在學處中學習,"這稱為共同生活"這句話之後接著說"在其中學習"。雖然是這樣說的,但這裡應當理解為:圓滿地修學那個學處而學習,不違犯那個學處而學習。因此說為受持共同生活:這也是依據前面"共同生活"這個詞而說的。但因為他也受持學處,所以從意義上也應理解為受持學處。這樣,對"受持學處和共同生活"這個詞的詞義解釋也就完整了。 學處與共同生活的詞義解釋完畢。 舍學的分別解釋 不捨學處且不表露軟弱:既不捨棄學處,也不表露軟弱。即使表露了軟弱,學處也未被捨棄;但如果捨棄了學處,軟弱就已經表露出來了。因此,"不表露軟弱"這個詞並沒有增加任何特別的含義。就像說"同宿二夜三夜"時,"二夜"一詞並沒有增加任何特別的含義,只是根據世俗用語爲了措辭優美和口語習慣而這樣說的。同樣,這裡也應理解為是根據慣用語言爲了措辭優美和口語習慣而這樣說的。 或者,因為世尊說法具足義理和文詞,所以用"不捨學處"來表達意義,用"不表露軟弱"來完善文詞。因為單獨說一個沒有配套詞的意義詞,就像沒有隨從的國王,或沒有衣飾的人一樣不莊嚴;但與表達相應意義的配套詞一起說出來就莊嚴了。

Yasmā vā sikkhāpaccakkhānassa ekaccaṃ dubbalyāvikammaṃ attho hoti, tasmā taṃ sandhāya 『『sikkhaṃ appaccakkhāyā』』tipadassa atthaṃ vivaranto 『『dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā』』ti āha.

Tattha siyā yasmā na sabbaṃ dubbalyāvikammaṃ sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ, tasmā 『『dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā』』ti paṭhamaṃ vatvā tassa atthaniyamanatthaṃ 『『sikkhaṃ appaccakkhāyā』』ti vattabbanti, tañca na; kasmā? Atthānukkamābhāvato. 『『Sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno』』ti hi vuttattā yaṃ sikkhaṃ samāpanno, taṃ appaccakkhāyāti vuccamāno anukkameneva attho vutto hoti, na aññathā. Tasmā idameva paṭhamaṃ vuttanti.

Apica anupaṭipāṭiyāpi ettha attho veditabbo. Kathaṃ? 『『Sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno』』ti ettha yaṃ sikkhaṃ samāpanno taṃ appaccakkhāya yañca sājīvaṃ samāpanno tattha dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvāti.

Idāni sikkhāpaccakkhānadubbalyāvikammānaṃ visesāvisesaṃ sikkhāpaccakkhānalakkhaṇañca dassento 『『atthi bhikkhave』』tiādimāha. Tattha atthi bhikkhavetiādīni dve mātikāpadāni; tāni vibhajanto 『『kathañca bhikkhave』』tiādimāha. Tatrāyaṃ anuttānapadavaṇṇanā – kathanti kena ākārena. Dubbalyāvikammañcāti dubbalyassa āvikammañca. Idhāti imasmiṃ sāsane. Ukkaṇṭhitoti anabhiratiyā imasmiṃ sāsane kicchajīvikappatto. Atha vā ajja yāmi, sve yāmi, ito yāmi, ettha yāmīti uddhaṃ kaṇṭhaṃ katvā viharamāno, vikkhitto anekaggoti vuttaṃ hoti. Anabhiratoti sāsane abhirativirahito.

Sāmaññā cavitukāmoti samaṇabhāvato apagantukāmo. Bhikkhubhāvanti bhikkhubhāvena. Karaṇatthe upayogavacanaṃ. 『『Kaṇṭhe āsattena aṭṭīyeyyā』』tiādīsu (pārā. 162) pana yathālakkhaṇaṃ karaṇavacaneneva vuttaṃ. Aṭṭīyamānoti aṭṭaṃ pīḷitaṃ dukkhitaṃ viya attānaṃ ācaramāno; tena vā bhikkhubhāvena aṭṭo kariyamāno pīḷiyamānoti attho. Harāyamānoti lajjamāno. Jigucchamānoti asuciṃ viya taṃ jigucchanto. Gihibhāvaṃ patthayamānotiādīni uttānatthāniyeva. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ buddhaṃ paccakkheyyanti ettha yaṃnūnāti parivitakkadassane nipāto. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – 『『sacāhaṃ buddhaṃ paccakkheyyaṃ, sādhu vata me siyā』』ti. Vadati viññāpetīti imamatthaṃ etehi vā aññehi vā byañjanehi vacībhedaṃ katvā vadati ceva, yassa ca vadati, taṃ viññāpeti jānāpeti. Evampīti uparimatthasampiṇḍanatto pikāro. Evampi dubbalyāvikammañceva hoti sikkhā ca appaccakkhātā, aññathāpi.

Idāni taṃ aññathāpi dubbalyāvikammaṃ sikkhāya ca appaccakkhānaṃ dassento 『『atha vā panā』』tiādimāha. Taṃ sabbaṃ atthato uttānameva. Padato panettha ādito paṭṭhāya 『『buddhaṃ paccakkheyyaṃ, dhammaṃ, saṅghaṃ, sikkhaṃ, vinayaṃ, pātimokkhaṃ, uddesaṃ, upajjhāyaṃ, ācariyaṃ, saddhivihārikaṃ, antevāsikaṃ, samānupajjhāyakaṃ, samānācariyakaṃ, sabrahmacāriṃ paccakkheyya』』nti imāni cuddasa padāni paccakkhānākārena vuttāni.

Gihī assantiādīni 『『gihī, upāsako, ārāmiko, sāmaṇero, titthiyo, titthiyasāvako, assamaṇo, asakyaputtiyo assa』』nti imāni aṭṭha padāni 『『assa』』nti iminā bhāvavikappākārena vuttāni. Evaṃ 『『yaṃnūnāha』』nti iminā paṭisaṃyuttāni dvāvīsati padāni.

1. Yathā ca etāni, evaṃ 『『yadi panāhaṃ, apāhaṃ, handāhaṃ, hoti me』』ti imesu ekamekena paṭisaṃyuttāni dvāvīsatīti sabbāneva satañca dasa ca padāni honti.

以下是完整的簡體中文直譯: 或者,因為表露某些軟弱就是舍學的意思,所以爲了說明這一點,他在解釋"不捨學處"這個詞的含義時說"不表露軟弱"。 在這裡可能會有人說,因為不是所有表露軟弱都是舍學,所以應該先說"不表露軟弱",然後爲了確定其含義再說"不捨學處"。但這是不對的。為什麼?因為這不符合意義的順序。由於已經說了"受持學處和共同生活",所以說"不捨所受持的學處"才是按順序表達意思,不能顛倒。因此這個詞應該先說。 此外,這裡的意思也可以按相反的順序理解。怎麼理解?在"受持學處和共同生活"中,不捨棄所受持的學處,不表露對所受持的共同生活的軟弱。 現在,爲了顯示舍學和表露軟弱的異同以及舍學的特徵,他說"諸比丘,有"等。其中"諸比丘,有"等是兩個綱要句;爲了解釋這些,他說"諸比丘,如何"等。這裡是對非淺顯詞語的解釋 - 如何:以何種方式。表露軟弱:表露軟弱。此中:在這個教法中。厭倦:因不喜樂而在這個教法中過著艱難的生活。或者,今天要走,明天要走,從這裡走,到那裡走,這樣仰著頭生活,心散亂不專注的意思。不喜樂:缺乏對教法的喜樂。 想要捨棄沙門身份:想要離開沙門的狀態。比丘身份:以比丘身份。這是以賓格表示工具格。但在"被掛在喉嚨上而感到痛苦"等句中,則按規則用工具格表達。感到痛苦:表現得好像自己受到折磨、壓迫和痛苦;或者被那比丘身份折磨、壓迫的意思。羞恥:感到羞愧。厭惡:像厭惡不凈物一樣厭惡它。渴望在家生活等:意思很明顯。我應該捨棄佛陀:這裡的"應該"是表示考慮的虛詞。意思是:"如果我捨棄佛陀,那對我來說會很好。"說、表達:用這些或其他詞語發出聲音來說,並且向他所說的人表達、使知道。也是如此:這裡的"也"字是爲了總結上面的意思。這也是表露軟弱,而學處未被捨棄,其他情況也是如此。 現在,爲了顯示其他情況下的表露軟弱和未舍學處,他說"或者"等。這些在意義上都很明顯。在詞語方面,從開始起"我應該捨棄佛陀、法、僧、學處、律、波羅提木叉、誦戒、和尚、阿阇梨、同住弟子、親教弟子、同和尚、同阿阇梨、同梵行者",這十四個詞是以捨棄的方式說的。 "成為在家人"等,即"成為在家人、優婆塞、園民、沙彌、外道、外道弟子、非沙門、非釋迦子",這八個詞是以"成為"這個存在的假設方式說的。這樣,與"我應該"相連的共有二十二個詞。 46\ 就像這些一樣,與"如果我、噢我、來吧我、我有"這些每一個相連的也各有二十二個,所以總共有一百一十個詞。

1. Tato paraṃ saritabbavatthudassananayena pavattāni 『『mātaraṃ sarāmī』』tiādīni sattarasa padāni. Tattha khettanti sālikhettādiṃ. Vatthunti tiṇapaṇṇasākaphalāphalasamuṭṭhānaṭṭhānaṃ. Sippanti kumbhakārapesakārasippādikaṃ.

2. Tato paraṃ sakiñcanasapalibodhabhāvadassanavasena pavattāni 『『mātā me atthi, sā mayā posetabbā』』tiādīni nava padāni.

3. Tato paraṃ sanissayasappatiṭṭhabhāvadassanavasena pavattāni 『『mātā me atthi, sā maṃ posessatī』』tiādīni soḷasa padāni.

4. Tato paraṃ ekabhattaekaseyyabrahmacariyānaṃ dukkarabhāvadassanavasena pavattāni 『『dukkara』』ntiādīni aṭṭha padāni.

Tattha dukkaranti ekabhattādīnaṃ karaṇe dukkarataṃ dasseti. Na sukaranti sukarabhāvaṃ paṭikkhipati. Evaṃ duccaraṃ na sucaranti ettha. Na ussahāmīti tattha ussāhābhāvaṃ asakkuṇeyyataṃ dasseti. Na visahāmīti asayhataṃ dasseti. Na ramāmīti ratiyā abhāvaṃ dasseti. Nābhiramāmīti abhiratiyā abhāvaṃ dasseti. Evaṃ imāni ca paññāsa, purimāni ca dasuttarasatanti saṭṭhisataṃ padāni dubbalyāvikammavāre vuttānīti veditabbāni.

以下是完整的簡體中文直譯: 47\ 此後,以顯示應記憶事物的方式陳述的"我記得母親"等十七個詞。其中,"田地"指稻田等。"地"指草、葉、蔬菜、水果等生長的地方。"工藝"指陶工、織工等工藝。 48\ 此後,以顯示有牽掛、有障礙狀態的方式陳述的"我有母親,我應該贍養她"等九個詞。 49\ 此後,以顯示有依靠、有支援狀態的方式陳述的"我有母親,她會養我"等十六個詞。 50\ 此後,以顯示一食、一宿、梵行難行的方式陳述的"難行"等八個詞。 其中,"難行"顯示一食等的行為是難行的。"不容易"否定容易的狀態。同樣在"難作不易作"中也是如此。"我無法努力"顯示對此缺乏努力,無法做到。"我無法承擔"顯示無法忍受。"我不喜歡"顯示缺乏喜愛。"我不樂意"顯示缺乏樂意。這樣,這五十個詞,加上前面一百一十個詞,總共一百六十個詞應當理解為在表露軟弱一節中所說的。

1. Sikkhāpaccakkhānavārepi 『『kathañca bhikkhave』』ti ādi sabbaṃ atthato uttānameva. Padato panetthāpi 『『buddhaṃ paccakkhāmi, dhammaṃ, saṅghaṃ, sikkhaṃ, vinayaṃ, pātimokkhaṃ, uddesaṃ, upajjhāyaṃ, ācariyaṃ, saddhivihārikaṃ, antevāsikaṃ, samānupajjhāyakaṃ, samānācariyakaṃ, sabrahmacāriṃ paccakkhāmī』』ti imāni cuddasa padāni sikkhāpaccakkhānavacanasambandhena pavattāni. Sabbapadesu ca 『『vadati viññāpetī』』ti vacanassa ayamattho – vacībhedaṃ katvā vadati, yassa ca vadati taṃ teneva vacībhedena 『『ayaṃ sāsanaṃ jahitukāmo sāsanato muccitukāmo bhikkhubhāvaṃ cajitukāmo imaṃ vākyabhedaṃ karotī』』ti viññāpeti sāveti jānāpeti.

Sace panāyaṃ 『『buddhaṃ paccakkhāmī』』ti vattukāmo padapaccābhaṭṭhaṃ katvā 『『paccakkhāmi buddha』』nti vā vadeyya. Milakkhabhāsāsu vā aññatarabhāsāya tamatthaṃ vadeyya. 『『Buddhaṃ paccakkhāmī』』ti vattukāmo uppaṭipāṭiyā 『『dhammaṃ paccakkhāmī』』ti vā 『『sabrahmacāriṃ paccakkhāmī』』ti vā vadeyya, seyyathāpi uttarimanussadhammavibhaṅge 『『paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjāmī』』ti vattukāmo 『『dutiyaṃ jhāna』』nti vadati, sace yassa vadati so 『『ayaṃ bhikkhubhāvaṃ cajitukāmo etamatthaṃ vadatī』』ti ettakamattampi jānāti, viraddhaṃ nāma natthi; khettameva otiṇṇaṃ, paccakkhātāva hoti sikkhā. Sakkattā vā brahmattā vā cutasatto viya cutova hoti sāsanā.

Sace pana 『『buddhaṃ paccakkhi』』nti vā, 『『buddhaṃ paccakkhissāmī』』ti vā, 『『buddhaṃ paccakkheyya』』nti vāti atītānāgataparikappavacanehi vadati, dūtaṃ vā pahiṇāti, sāsanaṃ vā peseti, akkharaṃ vā chindati, hatthamuddāya vā tamatthaṃ āroceti, appaccakkhātā hoti sikkhā. Uttarimanussadhammārocanaṃ pana hatthamuddāyapi sīsaṃ eti. Sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ manussajātikasattassa santike cittasampayuttaṃ vacībhedaṃ karontasseva sīsaṃ eti. Vacībhedaṃ katvā viññāpentopi ca yadi 『『ayameva jānātū』』ti ekaṃ niyametvā āroceti, tañca soyeva jānāti, paccakkhātā hoti sikkhā. Atha so na jānāti, añño samīpe ṭhito jānāti, appaccakkhātā hoti sikkhā. Atha dvinnaṃ ṭhitaṭṭhāne dvinnampi niyametvā 『『etesaṃ ārocemī』』ti vadati, tesu ekasmiṃ jānantepi dvīsu jānantesupi paccakkhātāva hoti sikkhā. Evaṃ sambahulesupi veditabbaṃ.

Sace pana anabhiratiyā pīḷito sabhāge bhikkhū parisaṅkamāno 『『yo koci jānātū』』ti uccasaddaṃ karonto 『『buddhaṃ paccakkhāmī』』ti vadati, tañca avidūre ṭhito navakammiko vā añño vā samayaññū puriso sutvā 『『ukkaṇṭhito ayaṃ samaṇo gihibhāvaṃ pattheti, sāsanato cuto』』ti jānāti, paccakkhātāva hoti sikkhā. Taṅkhaṇaññeva pana apubbaṃ acarimaṃ dujjānaṃ, sace āvajjanasamaye jānāti; yathā pakatiyā loke manussā vacanaṃ sutvā jānanti, paccakkhātā hoti sikkhā. Atha aparabhāge 『『kiṃ iminā vutta』』nti kaṅkhanto cirena jānāti, appaccakkhātā hoti sikkhā. Idañhi sikkhāpaccakkhānañca upari abhūtārocanaduṭṭhullavācā-attakāmaduṭṭhadosabhūtā-rocanasikkhāpadāni ca ekaparicchedāni. Āvajjanasamaye ñāte eva sīsaṃ enti, 『『kiṃ ayaṃ bhaṇatī』』ti kaṅkhatā cirena ñāte sīsaṃ na enti. Yathā cāyaṃ 『『buddhaṃ paccakkhāmī』』ti pade vinicchaye vutto; evaṃ sabbapadesu veditabbo.

1. 在學處捨棄一節中，"諸比丘，如何"等的全部內容從意義上來說都是明顯的。但在這裡從詞語上來說，"我捨棄佛、法、僧、學處、律、波羅提木叉、誦戒、和尚、阿阇梨、依止弟子、近住弟子、同和尚者、同阿阇梨者、同梵行者"，這十四個詞語是與捨棄學處的語句相關聯而出現的。在所有詞語中,"說出、表明"這個說法的意思是:通過語言表達來說出,並且對他所說的那個人,通過同樣的語言表達來"表明、使知道、使瞭解"這個人"想要放棄教法,想要脫離教法,想要捨棄比丘身份,而作出這樣的語言表達"。 如果這個人想說"我捨棄佛",但顛倒詞序說成"捨棄我佛"。或者用粗俗語言或其他某種語言來表達那個意思。想說"我捨棄佛"卻顛倒順序說"我捨棄法"或"我捨棄同梵行者",就像在上人法分別中想說"我證入初禪"卻說"第二禪"一樣,如果他所說的對象知道"這個人想要捨棄比丘身份而說這樣的話",僅僅知道這麼多,就不算失敗;已經進入領域,學處就已經被捨棄了。就像從帝釋天或梵天身份墮落的有情一樣,他就從教法中墮落了。 但如果他用過去時、未來時或假設語氣說"捨棄了佛"或"將捨棄佛"或"應該捨棄佛",或者派遣使者,或者發送訊息,或者寫字,或者用手勢表達那個意思,學處就不算被捨棄。但是宣稱上人法即使用手勢也算數。捨棄學處只有在人類面前,伴隨內心而作出語言表達時才算數。即使作出語言表達來表明,如果他指定"只讓這一個人知道",而那個人確實知道了,學處就被捨棄了。如果那個人不知道,而另一個站在旁邊的人知道了,學處就不算被捨棄。如果在兩個人站立的地方,他指定兩個人說"我告訴這兩個人",如果其中一個知道或兩個都知道,學處就被捨棄了。對於多人的情況也應該這樣理解。 如果他因厭煩而痛苦,懷疑同類比丘,大聲說"誰知道都行,我捨棄佛",而站在不遠處的建築工人或其他懂規矩的人聽到後知道"這個沙門厭倦了,渴望在家生活,已經從教法中墮落了",學處就被捨棄了。但在那一刻是難以知道的,如果在注意力轉向的時候知道;就像世間一般人聽到話語后就知道一樣,學處就被捨棄了。如果之後懷疑"這個人說了什麼",過了很久才知道,學處就不算被捨棄。因為這個捨棄學處和上面的虛妄宣稱、粗語、自讚毀他、真實宣稱上人法等學處是同一類的。在注意力轉向時知道才算數,如果懷疑"這個人說什麼"而過了很久才知道就不算數。就像在"我捨棄佛"這個詞語的判定中所說的那樣,對所有詞語都應該這樣理解。

Yasmā ca yadā sikkhā paccakkhātā hoti, tadā 『『yaṃnūnāhaṃ buddhaṃ paccakkheyya』』ntiādīni avadatāpi dubbalyaṃ āvikatameva hoti; tasmā sabbesaṃ padānaṃ avasāne vuttaṃ – 『『evampi, bhikkhave, dubbalyāvikammañceva hoti sikkhā ca paccakkhātā』』ti.

Tato paraṃ gihīti maṃ dhārehīti ettha sacepi 『『gihī bhavissāmī』』ti vā 『『gihī homī』』ti vā 『『gihī jātomhī』』ti vā 『『gihimhī』』ti vā vadati, appaccakkhātā hoti sikkhā. Sace pana 『『ajja paṭṭhāya gihīti maṃ dhārehī』』ti vā 『『jānāhī』』ti vā 『『sañjānāhī』』ti vā 『『manasi karohī』』ti vā vadati, ariyakena vā vadati milakkhakena vā; evametasmiṃ atthe vutte yassa vadati, sace so jānāti, paccakkhātā hoti sikkhā. Esa nayo sesesupi 『『upāsako』』tiādīsu sattasu padesu. Evaṃ imāni ca aṭṭha, purimāni ca cuddasāti dvāvīsati padāni honti.

1. Ito paraṃ purimāneva cuddasa padāni 『『alaṃ me, kinnu me, na mamattho, sumuttāha』』nti imehi catūhi yojetvā vuttāni chappaññāsa honti. Tattha alanti hotu, pariyattanti attho. Kiṃnu meti kiṃ mayhaṃ kiccaṃ, kiṃ karaṇīyaṃ, kiṃ sādhetabbanti attho. Na mamatthoti natthi mama attho. Sumuttāhanti sumutto ahaṃ. Sesamettha vuttanayameva. Evaṃ imāni ca chappaññāsa purimāni ca dvāvīsatīti aṭṭhasattati padāni sarūpeneva vuttāni.

2. Yasmā pana tesaṃ vevacanehipi sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti, tasmā 『『yāni vā panaññānipī』』tiādimāha. Tattha yāni vā panaññānipīti pāḷiyaṃ 『『buddha』』ntiādīni āgatapadāni ṭhapetvā yāni aññāni atthi. Buddhavevacanāni vāti buddhassa vā pariyāyanāmāni…pe… asakyaputtiyassa vā. Tattha vaṇṇapaṭṭhāne āgataṃ nāmasahassaṃ upāligāthāsu (ma. ni.

因為當學處被捨棄時,即使不說"我應該捨棄佛"等話,軟弱也已經顯露出來了;所以在所有詞語的結尾說:"諸比丘,這樣也是顯露軟弱和捨棄學處。" 在那之後,"把我當作在家人來看待"這句話中,即使他說"我將成為在家人"或"我是在家人"或"我已成為在家人"或"我在家",學處都不算被捨棄。但是如果他說"從今天開始把我當作在家人來看待"或"知道"或"認識"或"記住",無論用雅利安語還是粗俗語言說;當以這種方式表達這個意思時,如果他所說的對象知道了,學處就被捨棄了。這個原則也適用於其他"優婆塞"等七個詞語。這樣就有這八個詞語,加上前面的十四個詞語,總共二十二個詞語。 52. 從這裡開始,把前面的十四個詞語與"夠了""何必""我不需要""我很好地解脫了"這四個詞組合,就成了五十六個。其中,"夠了"的意思是足夠了、滿足了。"何必"的意思是我有什麼事、什麼該做的、什麼該完成的。"我不需要"的意思是我沒有需要。"我很好地解脫了"的意思是我已經很好地解脫了。其餘的與前面說的方法相同。這樣,這五十六個加上前面的二十二個,總共七十八個詞語被明確地說出。 53. 因為用它們的同義詞也可以捨棄學處,所以說"或者其他任何"等。其中,"或者其他任何"是指除了在經文中出現的"佛"等詞語之外的其他詞語。"佛的同義詞"是指佛的別名...乃至...非釋迦子的。其中,在讚頌中出現的千名稱,在優波離偈 (中部)

2.76) nāmasataṃ aññāni ca guṇato labbhamānāni nāmāni 『『buddhavevacanānī』』ti veditabbāni. Sabbānipi dhammassa nāmāni dhammavevacanānīti veditabbāni. Esa nayo sabbattha.

Ayaṃ panettha yojanā – buddhaṃ paccakkhāmīti na vevavacanena paccakkhānaṃ yathārutameva. 『『Sammāsambuddhaṃ paccakkhāmi, anantabuddhiṃ, anomabuddhiṃ, bodhipaññāṇaṃ, dhīraṃ, vigatamohaṃ, pabhinnakhīlaṃ, vijitavijayaṃ paccakkhāmī』』ti evamādibuddhavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ.

Dhammaṃ paccakkhāmīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ, yathārutameva. 『『Svākkhātaṃ dhammaṃ paccakkhāmi, sandiṭṭhikaṃ, akālikaṃ, ehipassikaṃ, opaneyyikaṃ, paccattaṃ veditabbaṃ viññūhi dhammaṃ paccakkhāmi. Asaṅkhataṃ dhammaṃ paccakkhāmi; virāgaṃ, nirodhaṃ, amataṃ dhammaṃ paccakkhāmi, dīghanikāyaṃ paccakkhāmi, brahmajālaṃ majjhimanikāyaṃ, mūlapariyāyaṃ, saṃyuttanikāyaṃ, oghataraṇaṃ, aṅguttaranikāyaṃ, cittapariyādānaṃ, khuddakanikāyaṃ, jātakaṃ, abhidhammaṃ, kusalaṃ dhammaṃ, akusalaṃ dhammaṃ, abyākataṃ dhammaṃ, satipaṭṭhānaṃ, sammappadhānaṃ, iddhipādaṃ, indriyaṃ, balaṃ, bojjhaṅgaṃ, maggaṃ, phalaṃ, nibbānaṃ paccakkhāmī』』ti caturāsītidhammakkhandhasahassesu ekadhammakkhandhassapi nāmaṃ dhammavevacanameva. Evaṃ dhammavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.

Saṅghaṃ paccakkhāmīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. 『『Suppaṭipannaṃ saṅghaṃ paccakkhāmi, ujuppaṭipannaṃ, ñāyappaṭipannaṃ, sāmīcippaṭipannaṃ saṅghaṃ, catupurisayugaṃ saṅghaṃ, aṭṭhapurisapuggalaṃ saṅghaṃ, āhuneyyaṃ saṅghaṃ, pāhuneyyaṃ, dakkhiṇeyyaṃ, añjalikaraṇīyaṃ, anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ saṅghaṃ paccakkhāmī』』ti evaṃ saṅghavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.

Sikkhaṃ paccakkhāmīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. 『『Bhikkhusikkhaṃ paccakkhāmi, bhikkhunīsikkhaṃ, adhisīlasikkhaṃ, adhicittasikkhaṃ, adhipaññāsikkhaṃ paccakkhāmī』』ti evaṃ sikkhāvevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.

Vinayaṃ paccakkhāmīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. 『『Bhikkhuvinayaṃ paccakkhāmi, bhikkhunīvinayaṃ, paṭhamaṃ pārājikaṃ, dutiyaṃ tatiyaṃ catutthaṃ pārājikaṃ, saṅghādisesaṃ, thullaccayaṃ, pācittiyaṃ, pāṭidesanīyaṃ, dukkaṭaṃ, dubbhāsitaṃ paccakkhāmī』』ti evamādivinayavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.

Pātimokkhaṃ paccakkhāmīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. 『『Bhikkhupātimokkhaṃ bhikkhunīpātimokkhaṃ paccakkhāmī』』ti evaṃ pātimokkhavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.

Uddesaṃ paccakkhāmīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. 『『Bhikkhupātimokkhuddesaṃ, bhikkhunīpātimokkhuddesaṃ , paṭhamaṃ pātimokkhuddesaṃ, dutiyaṃ tatiyaṃ catutthaṃ pañcamaṃ pātimokkhuddesaṃ, sammāsambuddhuddesaṃ, anantabuddhiuddesaṃ, anomabuddhiuddesaṃ, bodhipaññāṇuddesaṃ, dhīruddesaṃ, vigatamohuddesaṃ, pabhinnakhīluddesaṃ, vijitavijayuddesaṃ paccakkhāmī』』ti evamādiuddesavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.

Upajjhāyaṃ paccakkhāmīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. 『『Yo maṃ pabbājesi, yo maṃ upasampādesi, yassa mūlenāhaṃ pabbajito, yassa mūlenāhaṃ upasampanno, yassamūlikā mayhaṃ pabbajjā, yassamūlikā mayhaṃ upasampadā tāhaṃ paccakkhāmī』』ti evaṃ upajjhāyavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.

2.76) 中的一百個名稱,以及其他從功德而得的名稱,都應理解為"佛的同義詞"。所有法的名稱都應理解為法的同義詞。這個原則適用於所有情況。 這裡的組合方式如下 - "我捨棄佛"不是用同義詞捨棄,而是按字面意思。"我捨棄正等覺者、無量智者、無上智者、覺悟智者、智者、離癡者、破除障礙者、征服勝利者"等,這樣用佛的同義詞來捨棄學處。 "我捨棄法"不是用同義詞捨棄,而是按字面意思。"我捨棄善說法、現見法、無時法、來見法、引導法、智者各自證知法。我捨棄無為法;我捨棄離貪法、滅法、不死法,我捨棄長部,我捨棄梵網、中部、根本法門、相應部、度暴流、增支部、心迷亂、小部、本生、阿毗達摩、善法、不善法、無記法、念處、正勤、神足、根、力、覺支、道、果、涅槃"等,在八萬四千法蘊中任何一個法蘊的名稱都是法的同義詞。這樣用法的同義詞來捨棄學處。 "我捨棄僧"不是用同義詞捨棄。"我捨棄善行道僧、直行道僧、如理行道僧、正當行道僧,四雙八輩僧,應請僧、應供僧、應施僧、應合掌僧、無上福田僧"等,這樣用僧的同義詞來捨棄學處。 "我捨棄學處"不是用同義詞捨棄。"我捨棄比丘學處、比丘尼學處、增上戒學處、增上心學處、增上慧學處"等,這樣用學處的同義詞來捨棄學處。 "我捨棄律"不是用同義詞捨棄。"我捨棄比丘律、比丘尼律,第一波羅夷、第二第三第四波羅夷、僧殘、偷蘭遮、波逸提、波羅提提舍尼、突吉羅、惡說"等,這樣用律的同義詞來捨棄學處。 "我捨棄波羅提木叉"不是用同義詞捨棄。"我捨棄比丘波羅提木叉、比丘尼波羅提木叉"等,這樣用波羅提木叉的同義詞來捨棄學處。 "我捨棄誦戒"不是用同義詞捨棄。"我捨棄比丘波羅提木叉誦、比丘尼波羅提木叉誦,第一波羅提木叉誦、第二第三第四第五波羅提木叉誦,正等覺者誦、無量智者誦、無上智者誦、覺悟智者誦、智者誦、離癡者誦、破除障礙者誦、征服勝利者誦"等,這樣用誦戒的同義詞來捨棄學處。 "我捨棄和尚"不是用同義詞捨棄。"我捨棄讓我出家的人,讓我受具足戒的人,我依止他出家,我依止他受具足戒,我的出家是以他為根本,我的具足戒是以他為根本"等,這樣用和尚的同義詞來捨棄學處。

Ācariyaṃ paccakkhāmīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. 『『Yo maṃ pabbājesi, yo maṃ anussāvesi, yāhaṃ nissāya vasāmi, yāhaṃ uddisāpemi, yāhaṃ paripucchāmi, yo maṃ uddisati, yo maṃ paripucchāpeti tāhaṃ paccakkhāmī』』ti evaṃ ācariyavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.

Saddhivihārikaṃ paccakkhāmīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. 『『Yāhaṃ pabbājesiṃ, yāhaṃ upasampādesiṃ, mayhaṃ mūlena yo pabbajito, mayhaṃ mūlena yo upasampanno, mayhaṃmūlikā yassa pabbajjā, mayhaṃ mūlikā yassa upasampadā tāhaṃ paccakkhāmī』』ti evaṃ saddhivihārikavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.

Antevāsikaṃpaccakkhāmīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. 『『Yāhaṃ pabbājesiṃ, yāhaṃ anussāvesiṃ, yo maṃ nissāya vasati, yo maṃ uddisāpeti, yo maṃ paripucchati, yassāhaṃ uddisāmi, yāhaṃ paripucchāpemi taṃ paccakkhāmī』』ti evaṃ antevāsikavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.

Samānupajjhāyakaṃ paccakkhāmīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. 『『Mayhaṃ upajjhāyo yaṃ pabbājesi, yaṃ upasampādesi, yo tassa mūlena pabbajito, yo tassa mūlena upasampanno, yassa tammūlikā pabbajjā, yassa tammūlikā upasampadā taṃ paccakkhāmī』』ti evaṃ samānupajjhāyakavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.

Samānācariyakaṃpaccakkhāmīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. 『『Mayhaṃ ācariyo yaṃ pabbājesi, yaṃ anussāvesi, yo taṃ nissāya vasati, yo taṃ uddisāpeti paripucchati, yassa me ācariyo uddisati, yaṃ paripucchāpeti taṃ paccakkhāmī』』ti evaṃ samānācariyakavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.

Sabrahmacāriṃ paccakkhāmīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. 『『Yenāhaṃ saddhiṃ adhisīlaṃ sikkhāmi, adhicittaṃ adhipaññaṃ sikkhāmi taṃ paccakkhāmī』』ti evaṃ sabrahmacārivevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.

Gihīti maṃ dhārehīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. 『『Āgārikoti maṃ dhārehi, kassako, vāṇijo, gorakkho, okallako, moḷibaddho, kāmaguṇikoti maṃ dhārehī』』ti evaṃ gihivevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.

Upāsakoti maṃ dhārehīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. 『『Dvevāciko upāsakoti maṃ dhārehi, tevāciko upāsako, buddhaṃ saraṇagamaniko, dhammaṃ saṅghaṃ saraṇagamaniko, pañcasikkhāpadiko dasasikkhāpadiko upāsakoti maṃ dhārehī』』ti evaṃ upāsakavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.

Ārāmikoti maṃ dhārehīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. 『『Kappiyakārakoti maṃ dhārehi, veyyāvaccakaro, appaharitakārako, yāgubhājako, phalabhājako, khajjakabhājakoti maṃ dhārehī』』ti evaṃ ārāmikavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.

Sāmaṇeroti maṃ dhārehīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. 『『Kumārakoti maṃ dhārehi, cellako, ceṭako, moḷigallo, samaṇuddeso』ti maṃ dhārehī』』ti evaṃ sāmaṇeravecanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.

Titthiyoti maṃ dhārehīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. 『『Nigaṇṭhoti maṃ dhārehi, ājīvako, tāpaso, paribbājako, paṇḍaraṅgoti maṃ dhārehī』』ti evaṃ titthiyavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.

Titthiyasāvakotimaṃ dhārehīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. 『『Nigaṇṭhasāvakoti maṃ dhārehi』』 ājīvaka tāpasa paribbājaka paṇḍaraṅgasāvakoti maṃ dhārehīti evaṃ titthiyasāvakavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.

"我捨棄阿阇梨"不是用同義詞捨棄。"我捨棄讓我出家的人,讓我宣佈的人,我依止而住的人,我請他教導我的人,我向他請教的人,教導我的人,讓我請教的人"等,這樣用阿阇梨的同義詞來捨棄學處。 "我捨棄依止弟子"不是用同義詞捨棄。"我捨棄我讓他出家的人,我讓他受具足戒的人,依我而出家的人,依我而受具足戒的人,以我為根本而出家的人,以我為根本而受具足戒的人"等,這樣用依止弟子的同義詞來捨棄學處。 "我捨棄近住弟子"不是用同義詞捨棄。"我捨棄我讓他出家的人,我讓他宣佈的人,依我而住的人,請我教導他的人,向我請教的人,我教導的人,我讓他請教的人"等,這樣用近住弟子的同義詞來捨棄學處。 "我捨棄同和尚者"不是用同義詞捨棄。"我捨棄我的和尚讓他出家的人,讓他受具足戒的人,依他而出家的人,依他而受具足戒的人,以他為根本而出家的人,以他為根本而受具足戒的人"等,這樣用同和尚者的同義詞來捨棄學處。 "我捨棄同阿阇梨者"不是用同義詞捨棄。"我捨棄我的阿阇梨讓他出家的人,讓他宣佈的人,依他而住的人,請他教導請教的人,我的阿阇梨教導的人,讓他請教的人"等,這樣用同阿阇梨者的同義詞來捨棄學處。 "我捨棄同梵行者"不是用同義詞捨棄。"我捨棄與我一起學習增上戒、增上心、增上慧的人"等,這樣用同梵行者的同義詞來捨棄學處。 "把我當作在家人看待"不是用同義詞捨棄。"把我當作家主、農夫、商人、牧牛人、下賤者、戴髮髻者、享受欲樂者看待"等,這樣用在家人的同義詞來捨棄學處。 "把我當作優婆塞看待"不是用同義詞捨棄。"把我當作二語優婆塞看待、三語優婆塞、皈依佛的優婆塞、皈依法僧的優婆塞、持五戒的優婆塞、持十戒的優婆塞看待"等,這樣用優婆塞的同義詞來捨棄學處。 "把我當作園民看待"不是用同義詞捨棄。"把我當作凈人看待、服務者、不損害綠草者、分發粥者、分發水果者、分發零食者看待"等,這樣用園民的同義詞來捨棄學處。 "把我當作沙彌看待"不是用同義詞捨棄。"把我當作童子看待、乞兒、僕從、戴髻者、沙門隨從看待"等,這樣用沙彌的同義詞來捨棄學處。 "把我當作外道看待"不是用同義詞捨棄。"把我當作尼乾子看待、阿耆婆迦、苦行者、遊行者、白衣看待"等,這樣用外道的同義詞來捨棄學處。 "把我當作外道弟子看待"不是用同義詞捨棄。"把我當作尼乾子弟子看待"阿耆婆迦弟子、苦行者弟子、遊行者弟子、白衣弟子看待等,這樣用外道弟子的同義詞來捨棄學處。

Assamaṇoti maṃ dhārehīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. 『『Dussīloti maṃ dhārehi, pāpadhammo, asucisaṅkassarasamācāro, paṭicchannakammanto, assamaṇo samaṇapaṭiñño, abrahmacārī brahmacāripaṭiñño, antopūti, avassuto, kasambujāto, koṇṭho』ti maṃ dhārehī』』ti evaṃ assamaṇavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.

Asakyaputtiyoti maṃ dhārehīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. 『『Na sammāsambuddhaputtoti maṃ dhārehi, na anantabuddhiputto, na anomabuddhiputto, na bodhipaññāṇaputto, na dhīraputto, na vigatamohaputto, na pabhinnakhīlaputto , na vijitavijayaputtoti maṃ dhārehī』』ti evamādiasakyaputtiyavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.

Tehi ākārehi tehi liṅgehi tehi nimittehīti tehi 『『buddhavevacanāni vā』』tiādinā nayena vuttehi buddhādīnaṃ vevacanehi. Vevacanāni hi sikkhāpaccakkhānassa kāraṇattā ākārāni, buddhādīnaṃ saṇṭhānadīpanattā sikkhāpaccakkhānasaṇṭhānattā eva vā liṅgāni, sikkhāpaccakkhānassa sañjānanahetuto manussānaṃ tilakādīni viya nimittānīti vuccanti. Evaṃ kho bhikkhaveti ito paraṃ aññassa sikkhāpaccakkhānakāraṇassa abhāvato niyamento āha. Ayañhettha attho, evameva dubbalyāvikammañceva hoti sikkhāpaccakkhānañca, na ito paraṃ kāraṇamatthīti.

"把我當作非沙門看待"不是用同義詞捨棄。"把我當作惡戒者看待、惡法者、不凈可疑行為者、隱藏惡行者、非沙門而自稱沙門者、非梵行者而自稱梵行者、內心腐敗者、漏泄者、如垃圾堆生長者、如爛木頭者看待"等,這樣用非沙門的同義詞來捨棄學處。 "把我當作非釋迦子看待"不是用同義詞捨棄。"把我當作非正等覺子看待、非無量智子、非無上智子、非覺悟智子、非智者子、非離癡者子、非破除障礙者子、非征服勝利者子看待"等,這樣用非釋迦子的同義詞來捨棄學處。 "以那些形式、那些標誌、那些特徵"是指以"佛的同義詞等"等方式所說的佛等的同義詞。因為同義詞是捨棄學處的原因,所以稱為形式;因為它們表示佛等的形態,或者因為它們就是捨棄學處的形態,所以稱為標誌;因為它們是人們識別捨棄學處的原因,就像人的胎記等,所以稱為特徵。"諸比丘,就是這樣"從這裡開始,因為沒有其他捨棄學處的原因,所以限定地說。這裡的意思是,正是這樣顯露軟弱和捨棄學處,沒有其他的原因了。

1. Evaṃ sikkhāpaccakkhānalakkhaṇaṃ dassetvā appaccakkhāne asammohatthaṃ tasseva ca sikkhāpaccakkhānalakkhaṇassa puggalādivasena vipattidassanatthaṃ 『『kathañca, bhikkhave, appaccakkhātā』』tiādimāha. Tattha yehi ākārehītiādi vuttanayameva. Ummattakoti yakkhummattako vā pittummattako vā yo koci viparītasañño, so sace paccakkhāti, appaccakkhātā hoti sikkhā. Ummattakassāti tādisasseva ummattakassa; tādisassa hi santike sace pakatatto sikkhaṃ paccakkhāti, ummattako na jānāti, appaccakkhātāva hoti sikkhā. Khittacittoti yakkhummattako vuccati. Purimapade pana ummattakasāmaññena vuttaṃ 『『yakkhummattako vā pittummattako vā』』ti. Ubhinnampi viseso anāpattivāre āvi bhavissati . Evaṃ khittacitto sikkhaṃ paccakkhāti, appaccakkhātāva hoti. Tassa santike paccakkhātāpi tamhi ajānante appaccakkhātāva hoti.

Vedanāṭṭoti balavatiyā dukkhavedanāya phuṭṭho mucchāpareto; tena vilapantena paccakkhātāpi appaccakkhātāva hoti. Tassa santike paccakkhātāpi tamhi ajānante appaccakkhātā hoti.

Devatāya santiketi bhummadevataṃ ādiṃ katvā yāva akaniṭṭhadevatāya santike paccakkhātāpi appaccakkhātāva hoti. Tiracchānagatassāti nāgamāṇavakassa vā supaṇṇamāṇavakassa vā kinnara-hatthi-makkaṭādīnaṃ vā yassa kassaci santike paccakkhātāpi appaccakkhātāva hoti . Tatra ummattakādīnaṃ santike ajānanabhāvena appaccakkhātāti āha. Devatāya santike atikhippaṃ jānanabhāvena. Devatā nāma mahāpaññā tihetukapaṭisandhikā atikhippaṃ jānanti, cittañca nāmetaṃ lahuparivattaṃ. Tasmā cittalahukassa puggalassa cittavaseneva 『『mā atikhippaṃ vināso ahosī』』ti devatāya santike sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ paṭikkhipi.

Manussesu pana niyamo natthi. Yassa kassaci sabhāgassa vā visabhāgassa vā gahaṭṭhassa vā pabbajitassa vā viññussa santike paccakkhātā paccakkhātāva hoti. Sace pana so na jānāti, appaccakkhātāva hotīti etamatthaṃ dassento 『『ariyakenā』』tiādimāha. Tattha ariyakaṃ nāma ariyavohāro, māgadhabhāsā. Milakkhakaṃ nāma yo koci anariyako andhadamiḷādi. So ca na paṭivijānātīti bhāsantare vā anabhiññatāya, buddhasamaye vā akovidatāya 『『idaṃ nāma atthaṃ esa bhaṇatī』』ti nappaṭivijānāti. Davāyāti sahasā aññaṃ bhaṇitukāmo sahasā 『『buddhaṃ paccakkhāmī』』ti bhaṇati. Ravāyāti ravābhaññena, 『『aññaṃ bhaṇissāmī』』ti aññaṃ bhaṇanto. Purimena ko visesoti ce? Purimaṃ paṇḍitassāpi sahasāvasena aññabhaṇanaṃ. Idaṃ pana mandattā momūhattā apakataññuttā pakkhalantassa 『『aññaṃ bhaṇissāmī』』ti aññabhaṇanaṃ.

1. 這樣展示了捨棄學處的特徵之後,爲了在不捨棄時不迷惑,以及爲了通過人等來展示那個捨棄學處特徵的過失,所以說"諸比丘,如何不捨棄"等。其中,"以那些形式"等是已經說過的方法。"發狂者"是指被夜叉附身發狂或被膽汁發狂或任何認知顛倒的人,如果他捨棄,學處就不算被捨棄。"對發狂者"是指對這樣的發狂者;因為如果正常人在這樣的人面前捨棄學處,發狂者不知道,學處就不算被捨棄。"心亂者"是指被夜叉附身發狂的人。但在前面的詞中,以發狂的一般性說"被夜叉附身發狂或被膽汁發狂"。兩者的區別將在無罪一節中明顯。這樣心亂者捨棄學處,也不算被捨棄。在他面前捨棄,如果他不知道,也不算被捨棄。 "被痛苦折磨者"是指被強烈的痛苦感受所侵襲而昏迷;他在呻吟中捨棄,也不算被捨棄。在他面前捨棄,如果他不知道,也不算被捨棄。 "在天神面前"是指從地居天開始直到色究竟天,在任何天神面前捨棄,也不算被捨棄。"對畜生"是指在龍族少年或金翅鳥少年或緊那羅、大象、猴子等任何畜生面前捨棄,也不算被捨棄。在那裡,他說在發狂者等面前因為不知道而不算捨棄。在天神面前因為知道得太快而不算捨棄。天神是大智慧的,三因結生,知道得很快,而且心是迅速變化的。因此,爲了避免輕浮的人因心念而"太快毀滅",所以禁止在天神面前捨棄學處。 但在人類中沒有限制。在任何同類或異類、在家人或出家人、有智慧的人面前捨棄,就算是捨棄了。但如果他不知道,就不算捨棄。爲了顯示這個意思,所以說"用雅利安語"等。其中,"雅利安語"是指雅利安人的語言,摩揭陀語。"粗俗語"是指任何非雅利安語,如安陀羅語、達米羅語等。"他不理解"是指因為不懂其他語言,或者因為不熟悉佛教,而不理解"他說的是這個意思"。"突然"是指本想突然說其他的,卻突然說"我捨棄佛"。"糊塗"是指糊塗地說,本想說其他的卻說了其他的。如果問"與前者有什麼區別",前者是即使聰明人也會突然說錯的情況。而這個是因為愚鈍、癡呆、無知而跌倒,本想說其他的卻說了其他的。

Asāvetukāmo sāvetīti imassa sikkhāpadassa pāḷiṃ vāceti paripucchati uggaṇhāti sajjhāyaṃ karoti vaṇṇeti, ayaṃ vuccati 『『asāvetukāmo sāvetī』』ti. Sāvetukāmo na sāvetīti dubbalabhāvaṃ āvikatvā sikkhaṃ paccakkhanto vacībhedaṃ na karoti, ayaṃ vuccati 『『sāvetukāmo na sāvetī』』ti. Aviññussa sāvetīti mahallakassa vā potthakarūpasadisassa, garumedhassa vā samaye akovidassa, gāmadārakānaṃ vā aviññutaṃ pattānaṃ sāveti. Viññussa na sāvetīti paṇḍitassa ñātuṃ samatthassa na sāveti. Sabbaso vā panāti 『『buddhaṃ paccakkhāmī』』tiādīsu yena yena pariyāyena sikkhā paccakkhātā hoti, tato ekampi vacībhedaṃ katvā na sāveti. Evaṃ khoti appaccakkhānalakkhaṇaṃ niyameti. Ayaṃ hettha attho – 『『evameva sikkhā appaccakkhātā hoti, na aññena kāraṇenā』』ti.

Sikkhāpaccakkhānavibhaṅgaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

Mūlapaññattivaṇṇanā

以下是完整的直譯： 不想宣佈而宣佈，這條學處的巴利文誦讀、詢問、學習、背誦、解釋，這被稱為"不想宣佈而宣佈"。想宣佈而不宣佈，表明衰弱狀態卻不發出語言聲明放棄學處，這被稱為"想宣佈而不宣佈"。向不明白的人宣佈，即向老年人或類似書籍形狀的人、在時機方面無知的愚鈍者、或達到不明白程度的村童宣佈。不向明白的人宣佈，即不向有智慧能夠理解的人宣佈。或者完全地，即在"我放棄佛陀"等情況中，以任何方式放棄學處，不發出其中任何一種語言聲明。這樣地，確定未放棄的特徵。這裡的意思是 - "正是這樣學處未被放棄，而不是因為其他原因"。 放棄學處的分別解釋結束。 根本制定註釋

1. Idāni 『『methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭiseveyyā』』tiādīnaṃ atthadassanatthaṃ 『『methunadhammo nāmā』』tiādimāha. Tattha methunadhammo nāmāti idaṃ niddisitabbassa methunadhammassa uddesapadaṃ. Asaddhammoti asataṃ nīcajanānaṃ dhammo. Gāmadhammoti gāmavāsīnaṃ sevanadhammo. Vasaladhammoti vasalānaṃ dhammo; kilesavassanato vā sayameva vasalo dhammoti vasaladhammo. Duṭṭhullanti duṭṭhuñca kilesehi duṭṭhattā, thūlañca anipuṇabhāvatoti duṭṭhullaṃ. Ito paṭṭhāya ca tīsu padesu 『『yo so』』ti idaṃ parivattetvā 『『yaṃ ta』』nti katvā yojetabbaṃ – 『『yaṃ taṃ duṭṭhullaṃ, yaṃ taṃ odakantikaṃ, yaṃ taṃ rahassa』』nti. Ettha ca yasmā tassa kammassa parivārabhūtaṃ dassanampi gahaṇampi āmasanampi phusanampi ghaṭṭanampi duṭṭhullaṃ, tasmāpi taṃ kammaṃ duṭṭhullaṃ. Yaṃ taṃ duṭṭhullaṃ so methunadhammo. Udakaṃ assa ante suddhatthaṃ ādīyatīti udakantaṃ, udakantameva odakantikaṃ; yaṃ taṃ odakantikaṃ , so methunadhammo. Raho paṭicchanne okāse kattabbatāya rahassaṃ. Yaṃ taṃ rahassaṃ, so methunadhammoti evaṃ yojanā veditabbā.

Dvayena dvayena samāpajjitabbato dvayaṃdvayasamāpatti. Tattha yojanā – 『『yā sā dvayaṃdvayasamāpatti so methunadhammo nāmā』』ti. Idha pana taṃ sabbaṃ ekajjhaṃ nigamento āha 『『eso methunadhammo nāmā』』ti. Kiṃ kāraṇā vuccati methunadhammoti? Ubhinnaṃ rattānaṃ sārattānaṃ avassutānaṃ pariyuṭṭhitānaṃ ubhinnaṃ sadisānaṃ dhammoti, taṃ kāraṇā vuccati methunadhammoti.

Paṭisevati nāmāti idaṃ 『『paṭiseveyyā』』ti ettha yenākārena paṭiseveyyāti vuccati, tassākārassa dassanatthaṃ mātikāpadaṃ. Yo nittena nimittantiādīsu yo bhikkhu itthiyā nimittena attano nimittaṃ, itthiyā aṅgajātena attano aṅgajātaṃ sabbantimena pamāṇena ekatilabījamattampi vātena asamphuṭṭhe allokāse paveseti, eso paṭisevati nāma; ettakena sīlabhedaṃ pāpuṇāti, pārājiko hoti.

Ettha ca itthinimitte cattāri passāni, vemajjhañcāti pañca ṭhānāni labbhanti. Purisanimitte cattāri passāni, majjhaṃ, uparicāti cha. Tasmā itthinimitte heṭṭhā pavesentopi pārājiko hoti. Uparito pavesentopi, ubhohi passehi pavesentopi cattāri ṭhānāni muñcitvā majjhena pavesentopi pārājiko hoti. Purisanimittaṃ pana heṭṭhābhāgena chupantaṃ pavesentopi pārājiko hoti. Uparibhāgena chupantaṃ pavesentopi, ubhohi passehi chupantaṃ pavesentopi, majjheneva chupantaṃ pavesentopi samañchitaṅguliṃ viya majjhimapabbapiṭṭhiyā saṅkocetvā uparibhāgena chupantaṃ pavesentopi pārājiko hoti. Tattha tulādaṇḍasadisaṃ pavesentassāpi cattāri passāni, majjhañcāti pañca ṭhānāni; saṅkocetvā pavesentassāpi cattāri passāni, uparibhāgamajjhañcāti pañca ṭhānāni – evaṃ sabbānipi purisanimitte dasa ṭhānāni honti.

以下是完整的直譯： 55. 現在爲了說明"應該從事淫慾法"等的意思，他說"所謂淫慾法"等。其中，"所謂淫慾法"這是要解釋的淫慾法的概括語。非正法，即非善良的低賤人的法。村法，即村民實行的法。賤民法，即賤民的法；或者因為傾瀉煩惱，所以法本身就是賤民，所以稱為賤民法。粗鄙，因為被煩惱污染而惡劣，又因為粗糙而不精細，所以稱為粗鄙。從這裡開始，在三個詞中應該把"那個"改變成"那個"來連線 - "那個粗鄙的，那個水邊的，那個隱秘的"。這裡，因為那個行為的附屬行為如看、抓、觸控、接觸、摩擦也是粗鄙的，所以那個行為是粗鄙的。那個粗鄙的就是淫慾法。最後爲了清潔而取水，所以叫做水邊，水邊就是水邊的；那個水邊的，就是淫慾法。因為應該在隱蔽處進行，所以是隱秘的。那個隱秘的，就是淫慾法，應該這樣理解連線。 因為應該兩兩結合，所以叫做兩兩結合。其中的連線是："那個兩兩結合就是所謂的淫慾法"。這裡總結所有這些說"這就是所謂的淫慾法"。為什麼稱為淫慾法？因為是兩個貪戀的、極度貪戀的、被慾望浸透的、被煩惱纏繞的兩個相似的人的法，所以稱為淫慾法。 所謂從事，這是爲了說明"應該從事"中以何種方式從事而說的概括語。在"以生殖器對生殖器"等中，如果比丘以女人的生殖器對自己的生殖器，以女人的性器官對自己的性器官，最少量即使只有一粒芝麻種子大小，插入未被風吹過的濕潤處，這就叫做從事；僅憑這麼多就破壞戒律，成為波羅夷。 這裡，女性生殖器有四邊和中央，共五個位置。男性生殖器有四邊、中央和上部，共六個。因此，從下方插入女性生殖器也是波羅夷。從上方插入也是，從兩邊插入也是，除了四個位置從中央插入也是波羅夷。而男性生殖器，以下部接觸插入也是波羅夷。以上部接觸插入也是，以兩邊接觸插入也是，只以中央接觸插入也是，像彎曲的手指一樣以中指背部彎曲以上部接觸插入也是波羅夷。其中，像秤桿一樣插入的也有四邊和中央五個位置；彎曲插入的也有四邊和上部中央五個位置 - 這樣男性生殖器總共有十個位置。

Nimitte jātaṃ anaṭṭhakāyappasādaṃ cammakhīlaṃ vā piḷakaṃ vā paveseti, āpatti pārājikassa. Naṭṭhakāyappasādaṃ matacammaṃ vā sukkhapiḷakaṃ vā paveseti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Methunassādena lomaṃ vā aṅguli-aṅguṭṭhabījādīni vā pavesentassāpi dukkaṭameva. Ayañca methunakathā nāma yasmā duṭṭhullā kathā asabbhikathā, tasmā etaṃ vā aññaṃ vā vinaye īdisaṃ ṭhānaṃ kathentena paṭikkūlamanasikārañca samaṇasaññañca hirottappañca paccupaṭṭhapetvā sammāsambuddhe gāravaṃ uppādetvā asamakāruṇikassa lokanāthassa karuṇāguṇaṃ āvajjetvā kathetabbaṃ. So hi nāma bhagavā sabbaso kāmehi vinivattamānasopi sattānuddayāya lokānukampāya sattesu kāruññataṃ paṭicca sikkhāpadapaññāpanatthāya īdisaṃ kathaṃ kathesi. 『『Aho satthu karuṇāguṇo』』ti evaṃ lokanāthassa karuṇāguṇaṃ āvajjetvā kathetabbaṃ.

Apica yadi bhagavā sabbākārena īdisaṃ kathaṃ na katheyya, ko jāneyya 『『ettakesu

Ṭhānesu pārājikaṃ, ettakesu thullaccayaṃ, ettakesu dukkaṭa』』nti. Tasmā suṇantenapi kathentenapi bījakena mukhaṃ apidhāya dantavidaṃsakaṃ hasamānena na nisīditabbaṃ. 『『Sammāsambuddhenāpi īdisaṃ kathita』』nti paccavekkhitvā gabbhitena hirottappasampannena satthupaṭibhāgena hutvā kathetabbanti.

Mūlapaññattaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

Anupaññattivāre – antamasoti sabbantimena paricchedena. Tiracchānagatāyapīti paṭisandhivasena tiracchānesu gatāyapi. Pageva manussitthiyāti paṭhamataraṃ manussajātikāya itthiyā. Pārājikavatthubhūtā eva cettha tiracchānagatitthī tiracchānagatāti gahetabbā, na sabbā. Tatrāyaṃ paricchedo –

Apadānaṃ ahi macchā, dvipadānañca kukkuṭī;

Catuppadānaṃ majjārī, vatthu pārājikassimāti.

Tattha ahiggahaṇena sabbāpi ajagaragonasādibhedā dīghajāti saṅgahitā. Tasmā dīghajātīsu yattha tiṇṇaṃ maggānaṃ aññatarasmiṃ sakkā tilaphalamattampi pavesetuṃ, sā pārājikavatthu. Avasesā dukkaṭavatthūti veditabbā. Macchaggahaṇena sabbāpi macchakacchapamaṇḍūkādibhedā odakajāti saṅgahitā. Tatrāpi dīghajātiyaṃ vuttanayeneva pārājikavatthu ca dukkaṭavatthu ca veditabbaṃ. Ayaṃ pana viseso – pataṅgamukhamaṇḍūkā nāma honti tesaṃ mukhasaṇṭhānaṃ mahantaṃ, chiddaṃ appakaṃ, tattha pavesanaṃ nappahoti; mukhasaṇṭhānaṃ pana vaṇasaṅkhepaṃ gacchati, tasmā taṃ thullaccayavatthūti veditabbaṃ. Kukkuṭiggahaṇena sabbāpi kākakapotādibhedā pakkhijāti saṅgahitā. Tatrāpi vuttanayeneva pārājikavatthu ca dukkaṭavatthu ca veditabbaṃ. Majjāriggahaṇena sabbāpi rukkhasunakha-muṅgusa-godhādibhedā catuppadajāti saṅgahitā. Tatrāpi vuttanayeneva pārājikavatthu ca dukkaṭavatthu ca veditabbaṃ.

以下是完整的直譯： 在生殖器上長出的未失去身體感覺的面板硬結或膿皰插入，犯波羅夷罪。已失去身體感覺的死皮或乾燥膿皰插入，犯突吉羅罪。出於淫慾之樂而插入毛髮或手指、拇指、種子等，也是突吉羅罪。這種關於性交的討論，因為是粗鄙的話語、不雅的話語，所以在解釋這個或其他類似的戒律內容時，應該建立厭惡作意、沙門想和慚愧心，對正等正覺者生起恭敬心，憶念無等悲憫者世間導師的悲憫功德后再說。那位世尊雖然心已完全遠離慾望，但出於對眾生的憐憫、爲了世間的利益、因為對眾生的慈悲，爲了制定學處而說了這樣的話。"啊，導師的悲憫功德"，應該這樣憶念世間導師的悲憫功德后再說。 而且，如果世尊不以各種方式說這樣的話，誰能知道"在這些情況下是波羅夷，在這些情況下是偷蘭遮，在這些情況下是突吉羅"呢？因此，無論是聽的人還是說的人，都不應該用種子遮住嘴巴，露出牙齒笑著坐著。應該思考"即使正等正覺者也說了這樣的話"，成為具有莊重、具足慚愧、如同導師一樣的人後再說。 根本制定結束。 在隨制部分 - 最低限度，即以最低限度的界限。即使是畜生女，即以結生的方式去到畜生中的。更不用說人類女性，即首先是人類種族的女性。這裡應該理解，作為波羅夷罪因的畜生女是指畜生，而不是所有的。這裡有以地獄定： 無足的蛇和魚，兩足的母雞， 四足的母貓，這些是波羅夷罪的對象。 其中，蛇的稱呼包括了所有蟒蛇、牛蛇等種類的長形動物。因此，在長形動物中，只要能在三個孔道之一插入芝麻果那麼多，那就是波羅夷罪的對象。其餘的應該理解為突吉羅罪的對象。魚的稱呼包括了所有魚、龜、青蛙等種類的水生動物。在這些中也應該像在長形動物中所說的那樣理解波羅夷罪的對象和突吉羅罪的對象。但有這個區別：有一種叫做大口青蛙的，它們的嘴形狀很大，孔很小，不足以插入；但嘴的形狀可以收縮成傷口大小，因此應該理解為偷蘭遮罪的對象。母雞的稱呼包括了所有烏鴉、鴿子等種類的鳥類。在這些中也應該像前面所說的那樣理解波羅夷罪的對象和突吉羅罪的對象。母貓的稱呼包括了所有樹獺、狗、貓鼬、巨蜥等種類的四足動物。在這些中也應該像前面所說的那樣理解波羅夷罪的對象和突吉羅罪的對象。

Pārājikoti parājito, parājayaṃ āpanno. Ayañhi pārājikasaddo sikkhāpadāpattipuggalesu vattati. Tattha 『『aṭṭhānametaṃ, ānanda, anavakāso yaṃ tathāgato vajjīnaṃ vā vajjiputtakānaṃ vā kāraṇā sāvakānaṃ pārājikaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ samūhaneyyā』』ti (pārā. 43) evaṃ sikkhāpade vattamāno veditabbo. 『『Āpattiṃ tvaṃ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājika』』nti (pārā. 67) evaṃ āpattiyaṃ. 『『Na mayaṃ pārājikā, yo avahaṭo so pārājiko』』ti (pārā. 155) evaṃ puggale vattamāno veditabbo. 『『Pārājikena dhammena anuddhaṃseyyā』』tiādīsu (pārā. 384) pana dhamme vattatīti vadanti. Yasmā pana tattha dhammoti katthaci āpatti , katthaci sikkhāpadameva adhippetaṃ, tasmā so visuṃ na vattabbo. Tattha sikkhāpadaṃ yo taṃ atikkamati, taṃ parājeti, tasmā 『『pārājika』』nti vuccati. Āpatti pana yo naṃ ajjhāpajjati, taṃ parājeti, tasmā 『『pārājikā』』ti vuccati. Puggalo yasmā parājito parājayamāpanno, tasmā 『『pārājiko』』ti vuccati. Etameva hi atthaṃ sandhāya parivārepi –

『『Pārājikanti yaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ suṇohi yathātathaṃ;

Cuto paraddho bhaṭṭho ca, saddhammā hi niraṅkato;

Saṃvāsopi tahiṃ natthi, tenetaṃ iti vuccatī』』ti vuttaṃ. (pari. 339);

Ayañhettha attho – 『『taṃ sikkhāpadaṃ vītikkamanto āpattiñca āpanno puggalo cuto hotīti sabbaṃ yojetabbaṃ. Tena vuccatīti yena kāraṇena assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo paribhaṭṭho chinno parājito sāsanato, tena vuccati. Kinti? 『『Pārājiko hotī』』ti.

Saha vasanti etthāti saṃvāso, taṃ dassetuṃ 『『saṃvāso nāmā』』ti vatvā 『『ekakamma』』ntiādimāha. Tatrāyaṃ saddhiṃ yojanāya vaṇṇanā – catubbidhampi saṅghakammaṃ sīmāparicchinnehi pakatattehi bhikkhūhi ekato kattabbattā ekakammaṃ nāma. Tathā pañcavidhopi pātimokkhuddeso ekato uddisitabbattā ekuddeso nāma. Paññattaṃ pana sikkhāpadaṃ sabbehipi lajjīpuggalehi samaṃ sikkhitabbabhāvato samasikkhatā nāma. Ettha yasmā sabbepi lajjino etesu kammādīsu saha vasanti, na ekopi tato bahiddhā sandissati, tasmā tāni sabbānipi gahetvā 『『eso saṃvāso nāmā』』ti āha. So ca vuttappakāro saṃvāso tena puggalena saddhiṃ natthi, tena kāraṇena so pārājiko puggalo asaṃvāsoti vuccatīti.

以下是完整的直譯： 波羅夷，即被擊敗的，陷入失敗的。這個波羅夷一詞用於學處、罪和人。其中，"阿難，這是不可能的，沒有機會，如來會因為跋耆人或跋耆子的緣故，廢除為弟子制定的波羅夷學處"，這樣應該理解為用於學處。"比丘，你犯了波羅夷罪"，這樣用於罪。"我們不是波羅夷，那個被帶走的人才是波羅夷"，這樣應該理解為用於人。在"以波羅夷法誹謗"等中，他們說是用於法。但因為在那裡，法有時指罪，有時只指學處，所以它不應該被單獨提及。其中，學處因為擊敗那個違犯它的人，所以稱為"波羅夷"。而罪因為擊敗那個犯它的人，所以稱為"波羅夷"。人因為被擊敗、陷入失敗，所以稱為"波羅夷"。正是基於這個意思，在《附隨》中也說： "所說的波羅夷，請如實聽它； 墮落、過失、失墜，確實從正法中被驅逐； 在那裡也沒有共住，因此它被這樣稱呼。" 這裡的意思是 - "應該把違犯那個學處、犯那個罪和那個人都聯繫起來理解為墮落。因此被稱為，即因為成為非沙門、非釋迦子、被驅逐、被切斷、被擊敗於教法之外的原因，所以被稱為。被稱為什麼？被稱為'成為波羅夷'。" 共住，即在這裡一起生活，爲了說明這點，他說"所謂共住"，然後說"一羯磨"等。這裡是連同連線的解釋 - 四種僧團羯磨因為要在界內的清凈比丘們一起做，所以叫做一羯磨。同樣，五種誦波羅提木叉因為要一起誦，所以叫做一誦。而制定的學處因為所有具慚愧的人都要平等地學習，所以叫做等同學習。這裡，因為所有具慚愧的人都一起生活在這些羯磨等中，沒有一個人在外面被看到，所以把所有這些都包括在內說"這就是所謂的共住"。那種上述的共住與那個人是不存在的，因為這個原因，那個波羅夷的人被稱為不共住。

1. Evaṃ uddiṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ padānukkamena vibhajitvā idāni yaṃ taṃ 『『paṭiseveyyā』』ti ettha yenākārena paṭiseveyyāti vuccati, tassākārassa dassanatthaṃ 『『paṭisevati nāmā』』ti idaṃ mātikāpadaṃ ṭhapetvā 『『nimittena nimittaṃ aṅgajātena aṅgajāta』』nti vuttaṃ. Tattha yasmā na kevalaṃ itthiyā eva nimittaṃ pārājikavatthu, na ca manussitthiyā eva, suvaṇṇarajatādimayānañca itthīnampi nimittaṃ vatthumeva na hoti; tasmā yaṃ yaṃ vatthu hoti, taṃ taṃ dassetuṃ 『『tisso itthiyo』』tiādinā nayena yesaṃ nimittāni vatthūni honti, te satte vatvā 『『manussitthiyā tayo magge』』tiādinā nayena tāni vatthūni āha.

Tattha tisso itthiyo, tayo ubhatobyañjanakā, tayo paṇḍakā, tayo purisāti pārājikavatthūnaṃ nimittānaṃ nissayā dvādasa sattā honti. Tesu itthipurisā pākaṭā eva . Paṇḍakaubhatobyañjanakabhedo pabbajjākhandhakavaṇṇanāyaṃ pākaṭo bhavissati.

Manussitthiyā tayo magge methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevantassāti ettha ca manussitthiyā tīsu maggesūti attho veditabbo. Evaṃ sabbattha. Sabbe eva cete manussitthiyā tayo maggā, amanussitthiyā tayo, tiracchānagatitthiyā tayoti nava; manussaubhatobyañjanakādīnaṃ nava; manussapaṇḍakādīnaṃ dve dve katvā cha; tathā manussapurisādīnanti samatiṃsa maggā honti. Etesu nimittasaṅkhātesu yattha katthaci attano aṅgajātaṃ tilaphalamattampi pavesetvā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevanto pārājikaṃ āpajjati.

Paṭhamacatukkakathāvaṇṇanā

1. Āpajjanto pana yasmā sevanacitteneva āpajjati, na vinā tena; tasmā taṃ lakkhaṇaṃ dassento bhagavā 『『bhikkhussa sevanacittaṃ upaṭṭhite』』tiādimāha. Tattha bhikkhussāti methunasevanakassa bhikkhussa. Sevanacittaṃ upaṭṭhiteti bhummatthe paccattavacanaṃ, sevanacitte paccupaṭṭhiteti attho. Vaccamaggaṃ aṅgajātaṃ pavesentassāti yena maggena vaccaṃ nikkhamati taṃ maggaṃ attano aṅgajātaṃ purisanimittaṃ tilaphalamattampi pavesentassa. Āpatti pārājikassāti āpatti pārājikā assa hotīti attho. Atha vā āpattīti āpajjanaṃ hoti. Pārājikassāti pārājikadhammassa. Esa nayo sabbattha.

以下是完整的直譯： 56. 這樣按照順序解釋了已誦出的學處后，現在爲了說明在"應該從事"中以何種方式從事而說的那種方式，他設立了"所謂從事"這個概括語，然後說"以生殖器對生殖器，以性器官對性器官"。其中，因為不僅僅是女人的生殖器是波羅夷的對象，也不僅僅是人類女性，而金銀等製成的女性的生殖器也不是對像；所以爲了說明哪些是對象，他以"三種女人"等的方式說了那些生殖器是對象的眾生，然後以"人類女性的三個孔道"等的方式說了那些對象。 其中，三種女人、三種兩性人、三種黃門、三種男人，作為波羅夷對象的生殖器的依處共有十二種眾生。其中女人和男人是明顯的。黃門和兩性人的區別在出家犍度的註釋中會變得明顯。 "對人類女性的三個孔道從事淫慾法"中，應該理解為人類女性的三個孔道中。所有地方都是這樣。所有這些人類女性的三個孔道、非人女性的三個、畜生女性的三個共九個；人類兩性人等的九個；人類黃門等的兩個兩個共六個；同樣人類男性等的 - 總共三十個孔道。在這些被稱為生殖器的任何一個中，插入自己的性器官哪怕只有芝麻果那麼多而從事淫慾法，就犯波羅夷罪。 第一四法解釋 57. 但是犯罪時，因為只有通過從事的心才犯，沒有它就不會犯；所以爲了說明那個特徵，世尊說"比丘的從事心生起"等。其中，"比丘的"，即從事淫慾的比丘的。"從事心生起"，這是處格的主格用法，意思是在從事心生起時。"插入排泄孔的性器官"，即通過排泄物排出的那個孔道，插入自己的性器官、男性生殖器，哪怕只有芝麻果那麼多。"犯波羅夷罪"，意思是他有波羅夷罪。或者，"犯"即發生犯罪。"波羅夷的"，即波羅夷法的。everywhere都是這個方法。

1. Evaṃ sevanacitteneva pavesentassa āpattiṃ dassetvā idāni yasmā taṃ pavesanaṃ nāma na kevalaṃ attūpakkameneva, parūpakkamenāpi hoti . Tatrāpi ca sādiyantasseva āpatti paṭisevanacittasamaṅgissa, na itarassa. Tasmā ye saddhāpabbajitā kulaputtā sammāpaṭipannakā parūpakkamena pavesanepi sati na sādiyanti, tesaṃ rakkhaṇatthaṃ 『『bhikkhupaccatthikā manussitthi』』ntiādimāha.

Tattha paṭipakkhaṃ atthayanti icchantīti paccatthikā, bhikkhū eva paccatthikā bhikkhupaccatthikā; visabhāgānaṃ veribhikkhūnametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Manussitthiṃ bhikkhussa santike ānetvāti issāpakatā taṃ bhikkhuṃ nāsetukāmā āmisena vā upalāpetvā mittasanthavavasena vā 『『idaṃ amhākaṃ kiccaṃ karohī』』ti vatvā kañci manussitthiṃ rattibhāge tassa bhikkhussa vasanokāsaṃ ānetvā. Vaccamaggena aṅgajātaṃ abhinisīdentīti taṃ bhikkhuṃ hatthapādasīsādīsu suggahitaṃ nipparipphandaṃ gahetvā itthiyā vaccamaggena tassa bhikkhuno aṅgajātaṃ abhinisīdenti; sampayojentīti attho.

So cetiādīsu so ce bhikkhu vaccamaggabbhantaraṃ attano aṅgajātassa pavesanaṃ sādiyati adhivāseti tasmiṃ khaṇe sevanacittaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti. Paviṭṭhaṃ sādiyati adhivāseti, paviṭṭhakāle sevanacittaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti. Ṭhitaṃ sādiyati adhivāseti, ṭhānappattakāle sukkavissaṭṭhisamaye sevanacittaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti. Uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati adhivāseti, nīharaṇakāle paṭisevanacittaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti. Evaṃ catūsu ṭhānesu sādiyanto 『『mama verisamaṇehi idaṃ kata』』nti vattuṃ na labhati, pārājikāpattimeva āpajjati. Yathā ca imāni cattāri sādiyanto āpajjati; evaṃ purimaṃ ekaṃ asādiyitvā tīṇi sādiyantopi, dve asādiyitvā dve sādiyantopi, tīṇi asādiyitvā ekaṃ sādiyantopi āpajjatiyeva. Sabbaso pana asādiyanto āsīvisamukhaṃ viya aṅgārakāsuṃ viya ca paviṭṭhaṃ aṅgajātaṃ maññamāno nāpajjati. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『pavesanaṃ na sādiyati…pe… uddharaṇaṃ na sādiyati, anāpattī』』ti. Imañhi evarūpaṃ āraddhavipassakaṃ kāye ca jīvite ca anapekkhaṃ ekādasahi aggīhi sampajjalitāni ca sabbāyatanāni ukkhittāsike viya ca vadhake pañca kāmaguṇe passantaṃ puggalaṃ rakkhanto bhagavā paccatthikānañcassa manorathavighātaṃ karonto imaṃ 『『pavesanaṃ na sādiyatī』』tiādikaṃ catukkaṃ nīharitvā ṭhapesīti.

Paṭhamacatukkakathā niṭṭhitā.

Ekūnasattatidvisatacatukkakathā

59-

以下是完整的直譯： 58. 這樣顯示了只有通過從事心插入才犯罪后，現在因為那種插入不僅僅是通過自己的努力，也可能通過他人的努力。在那種情況下，只有對具有從事心的人才算犯罪，不是其他人。因此，那些出於信仰出家的善男子，正確實踐的人，即使在他人努力插入的情況下也不接受，爲了保護他們，他說"比丘的敵人，人類女性"等。 其中，想要傷害對方的是敵人，比丘的敵人就是比丘敵人；這是不相容的敵對比丘的代稱。"把人類女性帶到比丘身邊"，即出於嫉妒想要毀滅那個比丘，用財物誘惑或以朋友關係的方式說"為我們做這件事"，把某個人類女性在夜間帶到那個比丘的住處。"使坐在排泄孔上的性器官"，即牢牢抓住那個比丘的手腳頭等，使他不能動彈，讓女人的排泄孔坐在那個比丘的性器官上；意思是使之結合。 "如果他"等中，如果那個比丘接受、同意自己的性器官進入排泄孔內，在那一刻生起從事心。接受、同意已經進入，在已經進入時生起從事心。接受、同意停留，在停留達到精液釋放時生起從事心。接受、同意拔出，在拔出時生起從事心。這樣在四個情況下接受的人不能說"這是我的敵對沙門所做的"，就犯了波羅夷罪。就像接受這四種情況會犯罪；同樣，不接受第一種而接受三種的，不接受兩種而接受兩種的，不接受三種而接受一種的也同樣犯罪。但是完全不接受的人，認為進入的性器官就像進入毒蛇口或火坑一樣，就不犯罪。因此說 - "不接受插入...不接受拔出，無罪"。世尊爲了保護這樣的人，即已經開始觀禪、對身體和生命無所執著、看到一切感官像十一種火一樣燃燒、看五種欲樂如同舉起刀的劊子手的人，併爲了挫敗敵人的企圖，提出了這個"不接受插入"等四種情況。 第一四法解釋結束。 六十九個二百四法解釋 59-

1. Evaṃ paṭhamacatukkaṃ dassetvā idāni yasmā bhikkhupaccatthikā itthiṃ ānetvā na kevalaṃ vaccamaggeneva abhinisīdenti, atha kho passāvamaggenapi mukhenapi. Itthiṃ ānetvāpi ca keci jāgarantiṃ ānenti, keci suttaṃ, keci mattaṃ, keci ummattaṃ, keci pamattaṃ aññavihitaṃ vikkhittacittanti attho. Keci mataṃ akkhāyitaṃ, soṇasiṅgālādīhi akkhāyitanimittanti attho. Keci mataṃ yebhuyyena akkhāyitaṃ, yebhuyyena akkhāyitā nāma yassā nimitte vaccamagge passāvamagge mukhe vā bahutaro okāso akkhāyito hoti. Keci mataṃ yebhuyyena khāyitaṃ, yebhuyyena khāyitā nāma yassā vaccamaggādike nimitte bahuṃ khāyitaṃ hoti, appaṃ akkhāyitaṃ. Na kevalañca manussitthimeva ānenti, atha kho amanussitthimpi tiracchānagatitthimpi. Na kevalañca vuttappakāraṃ itthimeva, ubhatobyañjanakampi paṇḍakampi purisampi ānenti. Tasmā tesaṃ vasena aññānipi catukkāni dassento 『『bhikkhupaccatthikā manussitthiṃ jāgaranti』』ntiādimāha.

Tattha pāḷiyā asammohatthaṃ vuttacatukkāni evaṃ saṅkhyāto veditabbāni – manussitthiyā tiṇṇaṃ maggānaṃ vasena tīṇi suddhikacatukkāni, tīṇi jāgarantīcatukkāni, tīṇi suttacatukkāni, tīṇi mattacatukkāni, tīṇi ummattacatukkāni, tīṇi pamattacatukkāni, tīṇi mataakkhāyitacatukkāni, tīṇi yebhuyyena akkhāyitacatukkāni, tīṇi yebhuyyena khāyitacatukkānīti sattavīsati catukkāni. Tathā amanussitthiyā; tathā tiracchānagatitthiyāti itthivāre ekāsīti catukkāni. Yathā ca itthivāre evaṃ ubhatobyañjanakavāre. Paṇḍakapurisavāresu pana dvinnaṃ maggānaṃ vasena catupaṇṇāsa catupaṇṇāsa honti. Evaṃ sabbānipi dvesatāni, sattati ca catukkāni honti, tāni uttānatthāniyeva.

Sabbavāresu panettha 『『mataṃ yebhuyyena akkhāyitaṃ khāyita』』nti etasmiṃ ṭhāne ayaṃ vinicchayo – tambapaṇṇidīpe kira dve vinayadharā samānācariyakā therā ahesuṃ – upatissatthero ca, phussadevatthero ca. Te mahābhaye uppanne vinayapiṭakaṃ pariharantā rakkhiṃsu. Tesu upatissatthero byattataro. Tassāpi dve antevāsikā ahesuṃ – mahāpadumatthero ca mahāsumatthero ca. Tesu mahāsumatthero nakkhattuṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ assosi, mahāpadumatthero tena saddhiṃ navakkhattuṃ, visuñca ekakova navakkhattunti aṭṭhārasakkhattuṃ assosi; ayameva tesu byattataro . Tesu mahāsumatthero navakkhattuṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ sutvā ācariyaṃ muñcitvā aparagaṅgaṃ agamāsi. Tato mahāpadumatthero āha – 『『sūro vata, re, esa vinayadharo yo dharamānakaṃyeva ācariyaṃ muñcitvā aññattha vasitabbaṃ maññati. Nanu ācariye dharamāne vinayapiṭakañca aṭṭhakathā ca anekakkhattuṃ gahetvāpi na vissajjetabbaṃ, niccakālaṃ sotabbaṃ, anusaṃvaccharaṃ sajjhāyitabba』』nti.

這樣展示了第一個四法之後，現在由於比丘的敵人不僅把女人帶來讓她坐在大便道上，而且也讓她坐在小便道和口中。帶來女人時，有些人帶來清醒的，有些人帶來睡著的，有些人帶來醉酒的，有些人帶來瘋狂的，有些人帶來放逸的、心不在焉的、心散亂的，這是其意思。有些人帶來未被啃食的死屍，意思是未被狗、豺狼等啃食生殖器的。有些人帶來大部分未被啃食的死屍，大部分未被啃食是指其生殖器在大便道、小便道或口中的大部分割槽域未被啃食。有些人帶來大部分被啃食的死屍，大部分被啃食是指其大便道等生殖器的大部分被啃食，只有少部分未被啃食。不僅帶來人類女性，還帶來非人女性和動物女性。不僅帶來上述型別的女性，還帶來兩性人、黃門和男人。因此，爲了展示基於這些的其他四法，他說"比丘的敵人帶來清醒的人類女性"等等。 在這裡，爲了不混淆經文的意思，所說的四法應該這樣理解數量：關於人類女性的三個通道，有三個純粹的四法，三個清醒的四法，三個睡眠的四法，三個醉酒的四法，三個瘋狂的四法，三個放逸的四法，三個死而未被啃食的四法，三個大部分未被啃食的四法，三個大部分被啃食的四法，總共二十七個四法。同樣對於非人女性；同樣對於動物女性，因此在女性部分有八十一個四法。如同在女性部分一樣，在兩性人部分也是如此。但在黃門和男人部分，由於只有兩個通道，各有五十四個四法。這樣總共有二百七十個四法，它們的含義都很明顯。 在所有部分中，關於"死而大部分未被啃食和被啃食"這一點，這裡有如下判斷：據說在獅子國（斯里蘭卡）有兩位持律長老是同一位老師的弟子 - 優波帝須長老和富沙提婆長老。他們在大恐慌發生時保護並傳承了律藏。其中優波帝須長老更加精通。他也有兩位弟子 - 大蓮花長老和大善長老。其中大善長老聽過九次律藏，大蓮花長老與他一起聽了九次，單獨又聽了九次，總共聽了十八次；他在他們中最為精通。其中大善長老聽過九次律藏后，離開了老師，去了另一條恒河。然後大蓮花長老說："真是勇敢啊，這位持律者，他認為在老師還健在時就可以離開老師去別處居住。難道不是在老師健在時，即使已經多次學習了律藏和註釋書，也不應該放棄，而應該經常聽聞，每年都要誦讀

Evaṃ vinayagarukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ kāle ekadivasaṃ upatissatthero mahāpadumattherappamukhānaṃ pañcannaṃ antevāsikasatānaṃ paṭhamapārājikasikkhāpade imaṃ padesaṃ vaṇṇento nisinno hoti. Taṃ antevāsikā pucchiṃsu – 『『bhante, yebhuyyena akkhāyite pārājikaṃ, yebhuyyena khāyite thullaccayaṃ, upaḍḍhakkhāyite kena bhavitabba』』nti? Thero āha – 『『āvuso, buddhā nāma pārājikaṃ paññapentā na sāvasesaṃ katvā paññapenti, anavasesaṃyeva katvā sabbaṃ pariyādiyitvā sotaṃ chinditvā pārājikavatthusmiṃ pārājikameva paññapenti. Idañhi sikkhāpadaṃ lokavajjaṃ, na paṇṇattivajjaṃ. Tasmā yadi upaḍḍhakkhāyite pārājikaṃ bhaveyya, paññapeyya sammāsambuddho. Pārājikacchāyā panettha na dissati, thullaccayameva dissatī』』ti.

Apica matasarīre pārājikaṃ paññapento bhagavā yebhuyyena akkhāyite ṭhapesi 『『tato paraṃ pārājikaṃ natthī』』ti dassetuṃ. Thullaccayaṃ paññapento yebhuyyena khāyite ṭhapesi 『『tato paraṃ thullaccayaṃ natthī』』ti dassetuntipi veditabbaṃ. Khāyitākhāyitañca nāmetaṃ matasarīrasmiṃyeva veditabbaṃ, na jīvamāne. Jīvamāne hi nakhapiṭṭhippamāṇepi chavimaṃse vā nhārumhi vā sati pārājikameva hoti. Yadipi nimittaṃ sabbaso khāyitaṃ chavicammaṃ natthi, nimittasaṇṭhānaṃ paññāyati, pavesanaṃ jāyati, pārājikameva. Nimittasaṇṭhānaṃ pana anavasesetvā sabbasmiṃ nimitte chinditvā samantato tacchetvā uppāṭite vaṇasaṅkhepavasena thullaccayaṃ. Nimittato patitāya maṃsapesiyā upakkamantassa dukkaṭaṃ. Matasarīre pana yadipi sabbaṃ sarīraṃ khāyitaṃ hoti, yadipi akkhāyitaṃ, tayo pana maggā akkhāyitā, tesu upakkamantassa pārājikaṃ. Yebhuyyena akkhāyite pārājikameva. Upaḍḍhakkhāyite ca yebhuyyena khāyite ca thullaccayaṃ.

Manussānaṃ jīvamānakasarīre akkhināsakaṇṇacchiddavatthikosesu satthakādīhi katavaṇe vā methunarāgena tilaphalamattampi aṅgajātaṃ pavesentassa thullaccayameva. Avasesasarīre upakacchakādīsu dukkaṭaṃ. Mate allasarīre pārājikakkhette pārājikaṃ, thullaccayakkhette thullaccayaṃ, dukkaṭakkhette dukkaṭaṃ. Yadā pana sarīraṃ uddhumātakaṃ hoti kuthitaṃ nīlamakkhikasamākiṇṇaṃ kimikulasamākulaṃ navahi vaṇamukhehi paggaḷitapubbakuṇapabhāvena upagantumpi asakkuṇeyyaṃ, tadā pārājikavatthuñca thullaccayavatthuñca vijahati; tādise sarīre yattha katthaci upakkamato dukkaṭameva. Tiracchānagatānaṃ hatthi-assa-goṇa-gadrabha-oṭṭhamahiṃsādīnaṃ nāsāya thullaccayaṃ. Vatthikose thullaccayameva. Sabbesampi tiracchānagatānaṃ akkhikaṇṇavaṇesu dukkaṭaṃ, avasesasarīrepi dukkaṭameva. Matānaṃ allasarīre pārājikakkhette pārājikaṃ, thullaccayakkhette thullaccayaṃ, dukkaṭakkhette dukkaṭaṃ.

這樣在持律嚴謹的比丘時代，有一天優波帝須長老正坐著為以大蓮花長老為首的五百位弟子解釋第一波羅夷學處的這個部分。弟子們問他："尊者，大部分未被啃食的是波羅夷，大部分被啃食的是偷蘭遮，那麼半啃食的應該是什麼呢？"長老說："朋友們，佛陀制定波羅夷戒時，不會留有餘地地制定，而是毫無餘地地制定，完全包括一切，切斷（犯戒的）流，在波羅夷事項上只制定波羅夷。這條學處是世間罪，不是制定罪。因此，如果半啃食的是波羅夷，正等正覺者就會制定。但這裡看不到波羅夷的影子，只看到偷蘭遮。" 此外，應該理解為：世尊在死屍上制定波羅夷時，將其設在大部分未被啃食的情況下，是爲了表明"超過這個就沒有波羅夷了"。制定偷蘭遮時，將其設在大部分被啃食的情況下，是爲了表明"超過這個就沒有偷蘭遮了"。被啃食與未被啃食這一點只應該在死屍上理解，不是在活人身上。因為在活人身上，即使只有指甲背那麼大的皮肉或筋腱存在，也是波羅夷。即使生殖器完全被啃食，沒有面板，但生殖器的形狀可見，可以插入，也是波羅夷。但如果生殖器的形狀也完全消失，整個生殖器被切斷，四周被削平剝離，因為是傷口的緣故，是偷蘭遮。對從生殖器脫落的肉塊行為者是突吉羅。但在死屍上，即使整個身體被啃食，或者未被啃食，只要三個通道未被啃食，對它們行為者是波羅夷。大部分未被啃食的是波羅夷。半啃食的和大部分啃食的是偷蘭遮。 在活人身體上，用刀等在眼、鼻、耳孔、陰囊上造成的傷口，或者出於淫慾將生殖器插入哪怕只有芝麻果那麼大，也是偷蘭遮。在身體其餘部位如腋下等是突吉羅。在新鮮的屍體上，在波羅夷範圍內是波羅夷，在偷蘭遮範圍內是偷蘭遮，在突吉羅範圍內是突吉羅。但當屍體膨脹、腐爛、佈滿蒼蠅、蛆蟲叢生、從九個傷口流出膿液，因為成為腐尸而無法接近時，就不再構成波羅夷和偷蘭遮的對象；對這樣的屍體，無論在哪裡行為都只是突吉羅。對於動物，如大象、馬、牛、驢、駱駝、水牛等的鼻子是偷蘭遮。陰囊也是偷蘭遮。對所有動物的眼睛、耳朵傷口是突吉羅，其餘身體部位也是突吉羅。對新鮮的動物屍體，在波羅夷範圍內是波羅夷，在偷蘭遮範圍內是偷蘭遮，在突吉羅範圍內是突吉羅。

Kuthitakuṇape pana pubbe vuttanayeneva sabbattha dukkaṭaṃ. Kāyasaṃsaggarāgena vā methunarāgena vā jīvamānakapurisassa vatthikosaṃ appavesento nimittena nimittaṃ chupati, dukkaṭaṃ. Methunarāgena itthiyā appavesento nimittena nimittaṃ chupati, thullaccayaṃ. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana 『『itthinimittaṃ methunarāgena mukhena chupati thullaccaya』』nti vuttaṃ. Cammakkhandhake 『『chabbaggiyā bhikkhū aciravatiyā nadiyā gāvīnaṃ tarantīnaṃ visāṇesupi gaṇhanti, kaṇṇesupi gaṇhanti, gīvāyapi gaṇhanti, cheppāyapi gaṇhanti, piṭṭhimpi abhiruhanti, rattacittāpi aṅgajātaṃ chupantī』』ti (mahāva. 252) imissā aṭṭhuppattiyā avisesena vuttaṃ – 『『na ca, bhikkhave, rattacittena aṅgajātaṃ chupitabbaṃ, yo chupeyya, āpatti thullaccayassā』』ti (mahāva. 252). Taṃ sabbampi saṃsanditvā yathā na virujjhati tathā gahetabbaṃ. Kathañca na virujjhati? Yaṃ tāva mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ 『『methunarāgena mukhena chupatī』』ti. Tatra kira nimittamukhaṃ mukhanti adhippetaṃ. 『『Methunarāgenā』』ti ca vuttattāpi ayameva tattha adhippāyoti veditabbo. Na hi itthinimitte pakatimukhena methunupakkamo hoti. Khandhakepi ye piṭṭhiṃ abhiruhantā methunarāgena aṅgajātena aṅgajātaṃ chupiṃsu, te sandhāya thullaccayaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Itarathā hi dukkaṭaṃ siyā. Keci panāhu 『『khandhakepi mukheneva chupanaṃ sandhāya oḷārikattā kammassa thullaccayaṃ vuttaṃ. Aṭṭhakathāyampi taṃ sandhāyabhāsitaṃ gahetvāva methunarāgena mukhena chupati thullaccayanti vutta』』nti. Tasmā suṭṭhu sallakkhetvā ubhosu vinicchayesu yo yuttataro so gahetabbo. Vinayaññū pana purimaṃ pasaṃsanti. Kāyasaṃsaggarāgena pana pakatimukhena vā nimittamukhena vā itthinimittaṃ chupantassa saṅghādiseso. Tiracchānagatitthiyā passāvamaggaṃ nimittamukhena chupantassa vuttanayeneva thullaccayaṃ. Kāyasaṃsaggarāgena dukkaṭanti.

Ekūnasattatidvisatacatukkakathā niṭṭhitā.

Santhatacatukkabhedakathā

61-

但在腐爛的屍體上,如前所述,在任何地方都是突吉羅。出於身體接觸欲或交媾欲,不插入活人的陰囊而用生殖器觸碰生殖器,是突吉羅。出於交媾欲,不插入女人而用生殖器觸碰生殖器,是偷蘭遮。但在《大義釋》中說:"出於交媾欲用嘴觸碰女性生殖器是偷蘭遮。"在《皮革犍度》中,關於"六群比丘在阿奇羅伐底河(現在的拉普提河)中抓住正在渡河的牛的角、耳朵、脖子、尾巴,騎在背上,有些人心懷淫慾觸控生殖器"這一事例,無差別地說:"諸比丘,不應以染著心觸控生殖器,若觸控,犯偷蘭遮。"所有這些都應該協調一致,以不相矛盾的方式理解。怎樣才不相矛盾呢?首先,《大義釋》中所說的"出於交媾欲用嘴觸碰",這裡所謂的"嘴"應理解為指生殖器的開口。由於說"出於交媾欲",應該理解這裡的意思就是這個。因為對女性生殖器用正常的嘴不會是交媾行為。在《犍度》中,應該理解是針對那些騎在背上出於交媾欲用生殖器觸碰生殖器的人說是偷蘭遮。否則應該是突吉羅。有些人說:"在《犍度》中也是指用嘴觸碰,由於行為粗劣所以說是偷蘭遮。在《義釋》中也是基於這個意思,理解為'出於交媾欲用嘴觸碰是偷蘭遮'。"因此,應該仔細考慮兩種判斷,選擇更合適的。但精通律的人贊同前一種。出於身體接觸欲,用正常的嘴或生殖器的開口觸碰女性生殖器的,是僧殘。用生殖器的開口觸碰雌性動物的小便道的,如前所述是偷蘭遮。出於身體接觸欲的是突吉羅。 二百六十九個四法的解釋結束。 鋪設四法分類的解釋 61-

1. Evaṃ bhagavā paṭipannakassa bhikkhuno rakkhaṇatthaṃ sattatidvisatacatukkāni nīharitvā 『『idāni ye anāgate pāpabhikkhū 『santhataṃ imaṃ na kiñci upādinnakaṃ upādinnakena phusati, ko ettha doso』ti sañcicca lesaṃ oḍḍessanti, tesaṃ sāsane patiṭṭhā eva na bhavissatī』』ti disvā tesu sattatidvisatacatukkesu ekamekaṃ catukkaṃ catūhi santhatādibhedehi bhinditvā dassento bhikkhupaccatthikā manussitthiṃ bhikkhussa santike ānetvā vaccamaggena passāvamaggena mukhena aṅgajātaṃ abhinisīdenti santhatāya asanthatassātiādimāha.

Tattha santhatāya asanthatassātiādīsu santhatāya itthiyā vaccamaggena passāvamaggena mukhena asanthatassa bhikkhussa aṅgajātaṃ abhinisīdentīti iminā nayena yojanā veditabbā. Tattha santhatā nāma yassā tīsu maggesu yo koci maggo paliveṭhetvā vā anto vā pavesetvā yena kenaci vatthena vā paṇṇena vā vākapaṭṭena vā cammena vā tipusīsādīnaṃ paṭṭena vā paṭicchanno. Santhato nāma yassa aṅgajātaṃ tesaṃyeva vatthādīnaṃ yena kenaci paṭicchannaṃ. Tattha upādinnakena vā anupādinnakaṃ ghaṭṭiyatu, anupādinnakena vā upādinnakaṃ, anupādinnakena vā anupādinnakaṃ, upādinnakena vā upādinnakaṃ, sace yattake paviṭṭhe pārājikaṃ hotīti vuttaṃ, tattakaṃ pavisati, sabbattha sādiyantassa pārājikakkhette pārājikaṃ; thullaccayakkhette thullaccayaṃ, dukkaṭakkhette dukkaṭameva hoti. Sace itthinimittaṃ khāṇuṃ katvā santhataṃ, khāṇuṃ ghaṭṭentassa dukkaṭaṃ. Sace purisanimittaṃ khāṇuṃ katvā santhataṃ, khāṇuṃ pavesentassa dukkaṭaṃ. Sace ubhayaṃ khāṇuṃ katvā santhataṃ, khāṇunā khāṇuṃ ghaṭṭentassa dukkaṭaṃ. Sace itthinimitte veḷunaḷapabbādīnaṃ kiñci pakkhittaṃ, tassa heṭṭhābhāgaṃ cepi phusanto tilaphalamattaṃ paveseti, pārājikaṃ. Uparibhāgaṃ cepi ubhosu passesu ekapassaṃ cepi phusanto paveseti, pārājikaṃ. Cattāripi passāni aphusanto pavesetvā tassa talaṃ cepi phusati, pārājikaṃ. Yadi pana passesu vā tale vā aphusanto ākāsagatameva katvā pavesetvā nīharati, dukkaṭaṃ. Bahiddhā khāṇuke phusati dukkaṭameva. Yathā ca itthinimitte vuttaṃ, evaṃ sabbattha lakkhaṇaṃ veditabbanti.

Santhatacatukkabhedakathā niṭṭhitā.

Bhikkhupaccatthikacatukkabhedavaṇṇanā

63-64. Evaṃ santhatacatukkabhedaṃ vatvā idāni yasmā na kevalaṃ manussitthiādike bhikkhussa eva santike ānenti. Atha kho bhikkhumpi tāsaṃ santike ānenti, tasmā tappabhedaṃ dassento 『『bhikkhupaccatthikā bhikkhuṃ manussitthiyā santike』』ti ādinā nayena sabbāni tāni catukkāni punapi nīharitvā dassesi. Tesu vinicchayo vuttanayeneva veditabboti.

Bhikkhupaccatthikavasena catukkabhedavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Rājapaccatthikādicatukkabhedakathā

1. 這樣，世尊爲了保護已經入道的比丘，列舉了二百七十個四法，然後想到："現在那些未來的惡比丘會故意設下圈套說'這個鋪設的東西沒有任何有執取的東西接觸有執取的東西，這有什麼過錯呢？'，他們將無法在教法中立足。"看到這一點后，他將這二百七十個四法中的每一個四法以四種鋪設等的方式分類展示，說道："比丘的敵人帶來人類女性到比丘身邊，讓她用大便道、小便道、口對坐在鋪設的或未鋪設的"等等。 其中，在"鋪設的對未鋪設的"等中，應該理解為這樣的組合：讓鋪設的女人用大便道、小便道、口對未鋪設的比丘的生殖器坐下。這裡，所謂鋪設的是指她的三個通道中的任何一個通道被包裹或內部插入任何布料、樹葉、樹皮、皮革或錫片等的薄片覆蓋。所謂鋪設的是指他的生殖器被這些布料等的任何一種覆蓋。在這裡，無論是有執取的接觸無執取的，還是無執取的接觸有執取的，或無執取的接觸無執取的，或有執取的接觸有執取的，如果插入到被說是波羅夷的程度，對於接受的人，在波羅夷範圍內是波羅夷；在偷蘭遮範圍內是偷蘭遮，在突吉羅範圍內就是突吉羅。如果女性生殖器被做成柱子並鋪設，觸碰柱子的是突吉羅。如果男性生殖器被做成柱子並鋪設，插入柱子的是突吉羅。如果兩者都被做成柱子並鋪設，用柱子觸碰柱子的是突吉羅。如果在女性生殖器中插入了竹、蘆葦節等任何東西，即使觸碰其下部並插入芝麻果大小，也是波羅夷。即使觸碰上部或兩側的一側並插入，也是波羅夷。如果不觸碰四周而插入並觸碰其底部，也是波羅夷。但如果不觸碰側面或底部，只在空中插入並拔出，是突吉羅。觸碰外部的柱子也只是突吉羅。正如在女性生殖器中所說的，應該理解在所有情況下都是這樣的規則。 鋪設四法分類的解釋結束。 比丘敵人四法分類的解釋 63-64. 這樣說完鋪設四法的分類后，現在由於不僅僅是把人類女性等帶到比丘身邊，而且也把比丘帶到她們身邊，因此爲了顯示這種分類，他再次以"比丘的敵人把比丘帶到人類女性身邊"等方式列舉並展示了所有這些四法。其中的判斷應該按照已說的方式理解。 基於比丘敵人的四法分類解釋結束。 國王敵人等四法分類的解釋

2. Yasmā pana na bhikkhupaccatthikā eva evaṃ karonti, rājapaccatthikādayopi karonti. Tasmā tampi pabhedaṃ dassento 『『rājapaccatthikā』』tiādimāha. Tattha rājāno eva paccatthikā rājapaccatthikā. Te ca sayaṃ ānentāpi aññehi āṇāpentāpi ānentiyevāti veditabbā. Corā eva paccatthikā corapaccatthikā. Dhuttāti methunupasaṃhitakhiḍḍāpasutā nāgarikakerāṭiyapurisā, itthidhuttasurādhuttādayo vā; dhuttā eva paccatthikā dhuttapaccatthikā. Gandhanti hadayaṃ vuccati, taṃ uppāṭentīti uppalagandhā, uppalagandhā eva paccatthikā uppalagandhapaccatthikā. Ete kira na kasivaṇijjādīhi jīvanti, panthaghātagāmaghātādīni katvā puttadāraṃ posenti. Te kammasiddhiṃ patthayamānā devatānaṃ āyācetvā tāsaṃ balikammatthaṃ manussānaṃ hadayaṃ uppāṭenti. Sabbakāle ca manussā dullabhā. Bhikkhū pana araññe viharantā sulabhā honti. Te sīlavantaṃ bhikkhuṃ gahetvā 『『sīlavato vadho nāma bhāriyo hotī』』ti maññamānā tassa sīlavināsanatthaṃ manussitthiādike vā ānenti; taṃ vā tattha nenti. Ayamettha viseso. Sesaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Bhikkhupaccatthikavāre vuttanayeneva ca imesu catūsupi vāresu catukkāni veditabbāni. Pāḷiyaṃ pana saṃkhittena vuttāni.

Sabbākārena catukkabhedakathā niṭṭhitā.

Āpattānāpattivāravaṇṇanā

1. 由於不僅是比丘的敵人這樣做，國王的敵人等也這樣做。因此，爲了展示這種分類，他說"國王的敵人"等。其中，國王的敵人就是國王的敵人。應該理解他們既自己帶來，也命令他人帶來。盜賊的敵人就是盜賊的敵人。"惡棍"是指沉溺於與性有關的遊戲的城市騙子，或者沉迷女色、酒精等的人；惡棍的敵人就是惡棍的敵人。"心"被稱為甘蒂（gandha），他們挖出心臟，所以叫做蓮花心挖取者；蓮花心挖取者的敵人就是蓮花心挖取者的敵人。據說這些人不靠農業或貿易等謀生，而是通過在路上劫殺、襲擊村莊等養活妻兒。他們爲了事業成功，向神靈祈禱，爲了祭祀而挖出人的心臟。任何時候人都是稀少的。但比丘在森林中居住，很容易找到。他們抓住持戒的比丘，認為"殺害持戒者是重大罪過"，爲了破壞他的戒行，或者帶來人類女性等，或者把他帶到那裡去。這是這裡的特殊之處。其餘的應該按照已說的方式理解。在這四個部分中的四法也應該按照比丘敵人部分所說的方式理解。但在經文中是簡略說的。 以一切方式的四法分類解釋結束。 犯戒與未犯戒部分的解釋

2. Idāni yaṃ vuttaṃ 『『manussitthiyā tayo magge methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevantassā』』tiādi, ettha asammohatthaṃ 『『maggena magga』』ntiādimāha. Tattha maggena magganti itthiyā tīsu maggesu aññatarena maggena attano aṅgajātaṃ paveseti atha vā sambhinnesu dvīsu maggesu passāvamaggena vaccamaggaṃ vaccamaggena vā passāvamaggaṃ paveseti. Maggena amagganti passāvādimaggena pavesetvā tassa sāmantā vaṇena nīharati. Amaggena magganti maggasāmantena vaṇena pavesetvā maggena nīharati. Amaggena amagganti dvīsu sambhinnavaṇesu ekena vaṇena pavesetvā dutiyena nīharati. Imassa suttassa anulomavasena sabbattha vaṇasaṅkhepe thullaccayaṃ veditabbaṃ.

Idāni yaṃ parato vakkhati 『『anāpatti ajānantassa asādiyantassā』』ti, tattha asammohatthaṃ 『『bhikkhu suttabhikkhumhī』』tiādimāha. Tatrāyaṃ adhippāyo – yo paṭibuddho sādiyati so 『『suttamhi mayi eso vippaṭipajji, nāhaṃ jānāmī』』ti na muccati. Ubho nāsetabbāti cettha dvepi liṅganāsanena nāsetabbā. Tatra dūsakassa paṭiññākaraṇaṃ natthi, dūsito pucchitvā paṭiññāya nāsetabbo. Sace na sādiyati, na nāsetabbo. Esa nayo sāmaṇeravārepi.

Evaṃ tattha tattha taṃ taṃ āpattiñca anāpattiñca dassetvā idāni anāpattimeva dassento 『『anāpatti ajānantassā』』tiādimāha. Tattha ajānanto nāma yo mahāniddaṃ okkanto parena kataṃ upakkamampi na jānāti vesāliyaṃ mahāvane divāvihāragato bhikkhu viya. Evarūpassa anāpatti. Vuttampi cetaṃ – 『『『nāhaṃ bhagavā jānāmī』ti; 『anāpatti, bhikkhu, ajānantassā』』』ti (pārā. 75). Asādiyanto nāma yo jānitvāpi na sādiyati, tattheva sahasā vuṭṭhitabhikkhu viya. Vuttampi cetaṃ – 『『『nāhaṃ bhagavā sādiyi』nti. 『Anāpatti, bhikkhu, asādiyantassā』』ti.

Ummattako nāma pittummattako. Duvidhañhi pittaṃ – baddhapittaṃ, abaddhapittañcāti. Tattha abaddhapittaṃ lohitaṃ viya sabbaṅgagataṃ, tamhi kupite sattānaṃ kaṇḍukacchusarīrakampādīni honti. Tāni bhesajjakiriyāya vūpasamanti. Baddhapittaṃ pana pittakosake ṭhitaṃ. Tamhi kupite sattā ummattakā honti vipallatthasaññā hirottappaṃ chaḍḍetvā asāruppācāraṃ caranti. Lahukagarukāni sikkhāpadāni maddantāpi na jānanti. Bhesajjakiriyāyapi atekicchā honti. Evarūpassa ummattakassa anāpatti.

Khittacitto nāma vissaṭṭhacitto yakkhummattako vuccati. Yakkhā kira bheravāni vā ārammaṇāni dassetvā mukhena hatthaṃ pavesetvā hadayarūpaṃ vā maddantā satte vikkhittacitte vipallatthasaññe karonti. Evarūpassa khittacittassa anāpatti. Tesaṃ pana ubhinnaṃ ayaṃ viseso – pittummattako niccameva ummattako hoti, pakatisaññaṃ na labhati. Yakkhummattako antarantarā pakatisaññaṃ paṭilabhatīti. Idha pana pittummattako vā hotu yakkhummattako vā, yo sabbaso muṭṭhassati kiñci na jānāti, aggimpi suvaṇṇampi gūthampi candanampi ekasadisaṃ maddantova vicarati, evarūpassa anāpatti. Antarantarā saññaṃ paṭilabhitvā ñatvā karontassa pana āpattiyeva.

Vedanāṭṭo nāma yo adhimattāya dukkhavedanāya āturo kiñci na jānāti, evarūpassa anāpatti.

Ādikammiko nāma yo tasmiṃ tasmiṃ kamme ādibhūto. Idha pana sudinnatthero ādikammiko, tassa anāpatti. Avasesānaṃ makkaṭīsamaṇavajjiputtakādīnaṃ āpattiyevāti.

Padabhājanīyavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. 現在對於前面所說的"與人類女性在三個通道行不凈行"等,爲了避免混淆,他說"以通道對通道"等。其中,"以通道對通道"是指將自己的生殖器插入女人的三個通道中的任何一個,或者在兩個通道相通的情況下,以小便道插入大便道,或以大便道插入小便道。"以通道對非通道"是指以小便等通道插入后從其周圍的傷口拔出。"以非通道對通道"是指從通道周圍的傷口插入后從通道拔出。"以非通道對非通道"是指在兩個相通的傷口中從一個傷口插入后從另一個拔出。根據這段經文的順序,應該理解在所有傷口情況下都是偷蘭遮。 現在對於後面將要說的"不知道、不同意的無罪",爲了避免混淆,他說"比丘對睡眠中的比丘"等。這裡的意思是 - 醒來后同意的人不能說"我睡著時他對我行不端,我不知道"而免罪。兩人都應該被逐出。這裡兩人都應該以去除性別特徵的方式被逐出。其中,行不端者無需承認,被行不端者應詢問后根據承認而被逐出。如果不同意,則不應被逐出。這個規則在沙彌部分也是一樣的。 這樣在各處指出各種犯戒與未犯戒后,現在只指出未犯戒,說"不知道的無罪"等。其中,"不知道"是指陷入深度睡眠,對他人所做的行為也不知道,就像在毗舍離大林中午休的比丘一樣。這樣的人無罪。也如所說:"'世尊,我不知道。''比丘,不知道的無罪。'"不同意"是指即使知道也不同意,就像在那裡突然醒來的比丘一樣。也如所說:"'世尊,我不同意。''比丘,不同意的無罪。'" "瘋狂者"是指膽汁瘋狂者。膽汁有兩種:結合的膽汁和未結合的膽汁。其中,未結合的膽汁像血液一樣遍佈全身,當它發作時,生物會出現瘙癢、發癢、身體震顫等癥狀。這些通過藥物治療可以平息。但結合的膽汁存在於膽囊中。當它發作時,生物會變得瘋狂,產生顛倒的想法,丟棄慚愧,行為不當。他們即使踐踏輕重學處也不知道。即使通過藥物治療也無法治癒。這樣的瘋狂者無罪。 "心亂者"是指心神散亂,被稱為夜叉瘋狂者。據說夜叉會顯現可怕的景象,或將手伸入口中擠壓心臟形狀,使生物心神散亂,產生顛倒的想法。這樣的心亂者無罪。這兩者的區別是:膽汁瘋狂者總是處於瘋狂狀態,無法恢復正常意識。夜叉瘋狂者則會間歇性地恢復正常意識。這裡無論是膽汁瘋狂者還是夜叉瘋狂者,只要完全失去記憶,什麼都不知道,將火、黃金、糞便、檀香木視為一樣而踐踏,這樣的人無罪。但如果間歇性地恢復意識並知道自己在做什麼,則仍然有罪。 "被痛苦折磨者"是指因極度的痛苦而痛苦不堪,什麼都不知道的人,這樣的人無罪。 "初犯者"是指在那種行為中是第一次的人。這裡指須提那長老是初犯者,他無罪。其餘的獼猴沙門、跋耆子等則有罪。 詞義解釋結束。

Pakiṇṇakakathā

Imasmiṃ pana sikkhāpade kosallatthaṃ idaṃ pakiṇṇakaṃveditabbaṃ –

『『Samuṭṭhānañca kiriyā, atho saññā sacittakaṃ;

Lokavajjañca kammañca, kusalaṃ vedanāya cā』』ti.

Tattha 『『samuṭṭhāna』』nti sabbasaṅgāhakavasena cha sikkhāpadasamuṭṭhānāni. Tāni parivāre āvi bhavissanti. Samāsato pana sikkhāpadaṃ nāma – atthi chasamuṭṭhānaṃ, atthi catusamuṭṭhānaṃ, atthi tisamuṭṭhānaṃ, atthi kathinasamuṭṭhānaṃ, atthi eḷakalomasamuṭṭhānaṃ, atthi dhuranikkhepādisamuṭṭhānanti.

Tatrāpi kiñci kiriyato samuṭṭhāti, kiñci akiriyato samuṭṭhāti, kiñci kiriyākiriyato samuṭṭhāti, kiñci siyā kiriyato, siyā akiriyato samuṭṭhāti, kiñci siyā kiriyato siyā kiriyākiriyato samuṭṭhāti.

Tatrāpi atthi saññāvimokkhaṃ, atthi nosaññāvimokkhaṃ. Tattha yaṃ cittaṅgaṃ labhatiyeva, taṃ saññāvimokkhaṃ; itaraṃ nosaññāvimokkhaṃ.

Puna atthi sacittakaṃ, atthi acittakaṃ. Yaṃ saheva cittena āpajjati, taṃ sacittakaṃ; yaṃ vināpi cittena āpajjati, taṃ acittakaṃ . Taṃ sabbampi lokavajjaṃ paṇṇattivajjanti duvidhaṃ. Tesaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ vuttameva.

Kammakusalavedanāvasenāpi cettha atthi sikkhāpadaṃ kāyakammaṃ, atthi vacīkammaṃ. Tattha yaṃ kāyadvārikaṃ, taṃ kāyakammaṃ; yaṃ vacīdvārikaṃ, taṃ vacīkammanti veditabbaṃ. Atthi pana sikkhāpadaṃ kusalaṃ, atthi akusalaṃ, atthi abyākataṃ. Dvattiṃseva hi āpattisamauṭṭhāpakacittāni – aṭṭha kāmāvacarakusalāni, dvādasa akusalāni, dasa kāmāvacarakiriyacittāni, kusalato ca kiriyato ca dve abhiññācittānīti. Tesu yaṃ kusalacittena āpajjati, taṃ kusalaṃ; itarehi itaraṃ. Atthi ca sikkhāpadaṃ tivedanaṃ, atthi dvivedanaṃ, atthi ekavedanaṃ. Tattha yaṃ āpajjanto tīsu vedanāsu aññataravedanāsamaṅgī hutvā āpajjati, taṃ tivedanaṃ; yaṃ āpajjanto sukhasamaṅgī vā upekkhāsamaṅgī vā āpajjati, taṃ dvivedanaṃ; yaṃ āpajjanto dukkhavedanāsamaṅgīyeva āpajjati, taṃ ekavedananti veditabbaṃ. Evaṃ –

『『Samuṭṭhānañca kiriyā, atho saññā sacittakaṃ;

Lokavajjañca kammañca, kusalaṃ vedanāya cā』』ti.

Imaṃ pakiṇṇakaṃ viditvā tesu samuṭṭhānādīsu idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ samuṭṭhānato ekasamuṭṭhānaṃ. Aṅgavasena dukasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kāyacittato samuṭṭhāti. Kiriyasamuṭṭhānañca karontoyeva hi etaṃ āpajjati. Methunapaṭisaṃyuttāya kāmasaññāya abhāvena muccanato saññāvimokkhaṃ. 『『Anāpatti ajānantassa asādiyantassā』』ti hi vuttaṃ. Methunacitteneva naṃ āpajjati, na vinā cittenāti sacittakaṃ. Rāgavaseneva āpajjitabbato lokavajjaṃ. Kāyadvāreneva samuṭṭhānato kāyakammaṃ. Cittaṃ panettha aṅgamattaṃ hoti, na tassa vasena kammabhāvo labbhati. Lobhacittena āpajjitabbato akusalacittaṃ. Sukhasamaṅgī vā upekkhāsamaṅgī vā taṃ āpajjatīti dvivedananti veditabbaṃ. Sabbañcetaṃ āpattiyaṃ yujjati. Sikkhāpadasīsena pana sabbaaṭṭhakathāsudesanā ārūḷhā, tasmā evaṃ vuttaṃ.

Pakiṇṇakakathā niṭṭhitā.

雜項說明 在這條學處中,爲了熟練掌握,應該瞭解以下雜項內容: "起因和行為,以及想和有心, 世間罪和業,善與受" 其中,"起因"是指包括一切的六種學處起因。這些將在《附隨》中明顯呈現。簡而言之,學處有:六種起因的,四種起因的,三種起因的,迦絺那起因的,羊毛起因的,以及放棄責任等起因的。 在這些中,有些從作為而起,有些從不作為而起,有些從作為和不作為而起,有些或從作為或從不作為而起,有些或從作為或從作為和不作為而起。 其中有些是想解脫的,有些不是想解脫的。那些必定獲得心的要素的是想解脫的;其他的是不想解脫的。 又有些是有心的,有些是無心的。那些與心同時犯的是有心的;那些不需要心就能犯的是無心的。所有這些又分為兩種:世間罪和制定罪。它們的特徵已經說過。 根據業、善和受,這裡有些學處是身業,有些是語業。其中,通過身門的是身業;通過語門的是語業,應該這樣理解。又有些學處是善的,有些是不善的,有些是無記的。只有三十二種心能引起犯戒:八種欲界善心,十二種不善心,十條欲界唯作心,以及善和唯作的兩種神通心。其中,用善心犯的是善的;用其他心犯的是其他的。又有些學處是三受的,有些是二受的,有些是一受的。其中,犯時具有三種受之一的是三受的;犯時具有樂受或舍受的是二受的;犯時只具有苦受的是一受的,應該這樣理解。這樣 - "起因和行為,以及想和有心, 世間罪和業,善與受" 瞭解這些雜項后,在這些起因等中,這條學處從起因來說是單一起因。從要素來說是雙重起因,從身和心而起。它是作為起因,因為只有做才能犯。由於沒有與淫慾相應的欲想而解脫,所以是想解脫。因為說"不知道、不同意的無罪"。只有以淫慾心才能犯它,不能沒有心而犯,所以是有心的。因為只能由貪慾而犯,所以是世間罪。因為只從身門而起,所以是身業。這裡的心只是一個要素,不能根據它而獲得業的狀態。因為用貪心才能犯,所以是不善心。具有樂受或舍受才能犯它,所以是二受的,應該這樣理解。所有這些都適用於犯戒。但是在所有註釋書中,說明都是以學處為標題,所以這樣說。 雜項說明結束。

Vinītavatthuvaṇṇanā

Makkaṭīvajjiputtā ca…pe… vuḍḍhapabbajito migoti idaṃ kiṃ? Imā vinītavatthūnaṃ bhagavatā sayaṃ vinicchitānaṃ tesaṃ tesaṃ vatthūnaṃ uddānagāthā nāma. Tāni vatthūni 『『sukhaṃ vinayadharā uggaṇhissantī』』ti dhammasaṅgāhakattherehi ṭhapitāni. Vatthugāthā pana dharamāneyeva bhagavati upālittherena ṭhapitā 『『iminā lakkhaṇena āyatiṃ vinayadharā vinayaṃ vinicchinissantī』』ti. Tasmā ettha vuttalakkhaṇaṃ sādhukaṃ sallakkhetvā paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ vinicchinitabbaṃ. Dutiyādīnañca vinītavatthūsu vuttalakkhaṇena dutiyādīni. Vinītavatthūni hi sippikānaṃ paṭicchannakarūpāni viya vinayadharānaṃ paṭicchannakavatthūni hontīti.

1. Tattha purimāni dve vatthūni anupaññattiyaṃyeva vuttatthāni. Tatiye vatthumhi gihiliṅgenāti gihivesena odātavattho hutvā. Catutthe natthi kiñci vattabbaṃ. Tato paresu sattasu vatthūsu kusacīranti kuse ganthetvā katacīraṃ. Vākacīraṃ nāma tāpasānaṃ vakkalaṃ. Phalakacīraṃ nāma phalakasaṇṭhānāni phalakāni sibbitvā katacīraṃ. Kesakambaloti kesehi tante vāyitvā katakambalo. Vālakambaloti camaravālehi vāyitvā katakambalo. Ulūkapakkhikanti ulūkasakuṇassa pakkhehi katanivāsanaṃ. Ajinakkhipanti salomaṃ sakhuraṃ ajinamigacammaṃ. Dvādasame vatthumhi sārattoti kāyasaṃsaggarāgena sāratto; taṃ rāgaṃ ñatvā bhagavā 『『āpatti saṅghādisesassā』』ti āha.

2. Terasame vatthumhi uppalavaṇṇāti sā therī sāvatthiyaṃ seṭṭhidhītā satasahassakappe abhinīhārasampannā. Tassā pakatiyāpi atidassanīyā nīluppalavaṇṇā kāyacchavi, abbhantare pana kilesasantāpassa abhāvena ativiya virocati. Sā tāyeva vaṇṇapokkharatāya 『『uppalavaṇṇā』』ti nāmaṃ labhi. Paṭibaddhacittoti gihikālato paṭṭhāya rattacitto; so kira tassā ñātidārako hoti. Atha khoti anantaratthe nipāto; mañcake nisinnānantaramevāti vuttaṃ hoti. Divā bāhirato āgantvā dvāraṃ pidhāya nisinnānañhi paṭhamaṃ andhakāraṃ hoti. So yāvassā taṃ andhakāraṃ na nassati, tāvadeva evamakāsīti attho. Dūsesīti padhaṃsesi. Therī pana anavajjā attano samaṇasaññaṃ paccupaṭṭhapetvā asādiyantī nisīdi asaddhammādhippāyena parāmaṭṭhā aggikkhandha-silāthambha-khadirasārakhāṇukā viya. Sopi attano manorathaṃ pūretvā gato. Tassā theriyā dassanapathaṃ vijahantasseva ayaṃ mahāpathavī sinerupabbataṃ dhāretuṃ samatthāpi taṃ pāpapurisaṃ byāmamattakaḷevaraṃ dhāretuṃ asakkontī viya bhijjitvā vivaramadāsi. So taṅkhaṇaññeva avīcijālānaṃ indhanabhāvaṃ agamāsi. Bhagavā taṃ sutvā 『『anāpatti, bhikkhave, asādiyantiyā』』ti vatvā theriṃ sandhāya dhammapade imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –

『『Vāri pokkharapatteva, āraggeriva sāsapo;

Yo na limpati kāmesu, tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇa』』nti. (dha. pa. 401);

被調伏事例的解釋 獼猴、跋耆子等...直到...高齡出家的鹿,這是什麼?這是世尊親自判決的那些被調伏事例的總結偈頌。那些事例是結集法的長老們爲了"持律者能輕鬆學習"而設立的。而事例偈頌是在世尊在世時由優波離長老設立的,目的是"未來的持律者能以此特徵判斷戒律"。因此,應該仔細考慮這裡所說的特徵來判斷第一條學處。第二條等學處則根據被調伏事例中所說的特徵來判斷。因為被調伏事例對持律者來說就像工匠的秘傳技藝一樣。 67. 其中,前兩個事例的含義在附加規定中已經說過。在第三個事例中,"以在家人相貌"是指穿白衣成為在家人的裝束。第四個沒有什麼可說的。在之後的七個事例中,"吉祥草衣"是指用吉祥草編織而成的衣服。"樹皮衣"是指苦行者的樹皮衣。"木板衣"是指縫合木板形狀的木板做成的衣服。"發毛毯"是指用頭髮織成的毯子。"馬尾毯"是指用野牛尾毛織成的毯子。"貓頭鷹翅"是指用貓頭鷹的翅膀做成的內衣。"羚羊皮"是指連毛帶蹄的羚羊皮。在第十二個事例中,"貪著"是指被身體接觸的貪慾所貪著;世尊知道那種貪慾后說"犯僧殘罪"。 68. 在第十三個事例中,"蓮花色"是指那位長老尼是舍衛城的富商之女,在十萬劫前就已發願。她天生就有非常美麗的藍蓮花色面板,而且因為內心沒有煩惱的熱惱,更加光彩照人。她因為這樣的膚色而得名"蓮花色"。"心繫"是指從在家時就已經迷戀;據說他是她的親戚。"然後"是表示緊接著的意思;意思是說她剛坐在床上。因為從外面在白天進來關上門坐下的人,一開始會感到黑暗。意思是在她還沒適應那黑暗之前他就這樣做了。"污辱"是指玷污。但是長老尼無可指責,保持著自己的沙門想,不同意,像火堆、石柱、硬木樁一樣坐著,被懷有不正當意圖的人觸控。他也滿足了自己的慾望就離開了。就在他離開長老尼的視線的那一刻,這個能夠支撐須彌山的大地,似乎無法承受那個罪惡之人一庹高的身體,裂開形成了裂縫。他立即成為阿鼻地獄火焰的燃料。世尊聽到這件事後說:"諸比丘,不同意的無罪。"然後針對長老尼在《法句經》中說了這個偈頌: "如水珠不沾蓮葉,芥子不粘針尖; 不染著欲樂者,我稱之為婆羅門。"

1. Cuddasame vatthumhi itthiliṅgaṃ pātubhūtanti rattibhāge niddaṃ okkantassa purisasaṇṭhānaṃ massudāṭhikādi sabbaṃ antarahitaṃ itthisaṇṭhānaṃ uppannaṃ. Tameva upajjhaṃ tameva upasampadanti pubbe gahitaupajjhāyameva pubbe kataupasampadameva anujānāmi. Puna upajjhā na gahetabbā; upasampadā na kātabbāti attho. Tāniyevavassānīti bhikkhuupasampadato pabhuti yāva vassagaṇanā, taṃyeva vassagaṇanaṃ anujānāmi. Na ito paṭṭhāya vassagaṇanā kātabbāti attho. Bhikkhunīhi saṅgamitunti bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ saṅgamituṃ saṅgantuṃ samaṅgī bhavituṃ anujānāmīti attho. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – appatirūpaṃ dānissā bhikkhūnaṃ majjhe vasituṃ, bhikkhunupassayaṃ gantvā bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ vasatūti. Yā āpattiyo bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīhi sādhāraṇāti yā desanāgāminiyo vā vuṭṭhānagāminiyo vā āpattiyo bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ sādhāraṇā. Tā āpattiyo bhikkhunīnaṃ santike vuṭṭhātunti tā sabbāpi bhikkhunīhi kātabbaṃ vinayakammaṃ katvā bhikkhunīnaṃ santike vuṭṭhātuṃ anujānāmīti attho. Tāhi āpattīhi anāpattīti yā pana bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīhi asādhāraṇā sukkavissaṭṭhi-ādikā āpattiyo, tāhi anāpatti. Liṅgaparivattanena tā āpattiyo vuṭṭhitāva honti. Puna pakatiliṅge uppannepi tāhi āpattīhi tassa anāpattiyevāti ayaṃ tāvettha pāḷivinicchayo.

Ayaṃ pana pāḷimutto okkantikavinicchayo – imesu tāva dvīsu liṅgesu purisaliṅgaṃ uttamaṃ, itthiliṅgaṃ hīnaṃ; tasmā purisaliṅgaṃ balavaakusalena antaradhāyati. Itthiliṅgaṃ dubbalakusalena patiṭṭhāti. Itthiliṅgaṃ pana antaradhāyantaṃ dubbalaakusalena antaradhāyati. Purisaliṅgaṃ balavakusalena patiṭṭhāti. Evaṃ ubhayampi akusalena antaradhāyati, kusalena paṭilabbhati.

1. 在第十四個事例中,"女性特徵出現"是指在夜間睡著時,男性的形態、鬍鬚、胡茬等一切消失,出現了女性的形態。"仍然是那個戒和尚,仍然是那個具足戒"的意思是,我允許保持以前得到的戒和尚,保持以前做的具足戒。意思是不應再取戒和尚,不應再做具足戒。"仍然是那些年"的意思是,我允許從比丘具足戒開始計算的年數仍然有效。意思是不應從現在開始重新計算年數。"與比丘尼們交往"的意思是,我允許與比丘尼們一起交往、來往、共處。這裡的意思是:現在她不適合住在比丘中間,應該去比丘尼住處與比丘尼們一起住。"比丘與比丘尼共同的戒"是指比丘與比丘尼共同的應懺悔或應出罪的戒。"在比丘尼那裡出罪"的意思是,我允許對所有這些戒,由比丘尼們進行律儀羯磨后在比丘尼那裡出罪。"對那些戒無罪"是指那些比丘與比丘尼不共同的戒,如出精等,對這些戒無罪。通過性別轉變,這些戒已經出罪了。即使再次回到原來的性別,對那些戒仍然無罪。這是經文的判斷。 這是不在經文中的臨界判斷:在這兩種性別中,男性是最高的,女性是低下的;因此,男性特徵因強烈的不善而消失。女性特徵因微弱的善而建立。而女性特徵消失時,是因微弱的不善而消失。男性特徵因強烈的善而建立。這樣,兩種特徵都因不善而消失,因善而獲得。

Tattha sace dvinnaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ekato sajjhāyaṃ vā dhammasākacchaṃ vā katvā ekāgāre nipajjitvā niddaṃ okkantānaṃ ekassa itthiliṅgaṃ pātubhavati, ubhinnampi sahaseyyāpatti hoti. So ce paṭibujjhitvā attano taṃ vippakāraṃ disvā dukkhī dummano rattibhāgeyeva itarassa āroceyya, tena samassāsetabbo – 『『hotu, mā cintayittha. Vaṭṭasseveso doso. Sammāsambuddhena dvāraṃ dinnaṃ, bhikkhu vā hotu bhikkhunī vā, anāvaṭo dhammo avārito saggamaggo』』ti. Samassāsetvā ca evaṃ vattabbaṃ – 『『tumhehi bhikkhunupassayaṃ gantuṃ vaṭṭati. Atthi vo kāci sandiṭṭhā bhikkhuniyo』』ti. Sacassā honti tādisā bhikkhuniyo atthīti, no ce honti natthīti vatvā so bhikkhu vattabbo – 『『mama saṅgahaṃ karotha; idāni maṃ paṭhamaṃ bhikkhunupassayaṃ nethā』』ti. Tena bhikkhunā taṃ gahetvā tassā vā sandiṭṭhānaṃ attano vā sandiṭṭhānaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ santikaṃ gantabbaṃ. Gacchantena ca na ekakena gantabbaṃ. Catūhi pañcahi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ jotikañca kattaradaṇḍañca gahetvā saṃvidahanaṃ parimocetvā 『『mayaṃ asukaṃ nāma ṭhānaṃ gacchāmā』』ti gantabbaṃ. Sace bahigāme dūre vihāro hoti, antarāmagge gāmantara-nadīpāra-rattivippavāsa-gaṇaohīyanāpattīhi anāpatti. Bhikkhunupassayaṃ gantvā tā bhikkhuniyo vattabbā – 『『asukaṃ nāma bhikkhuṃ jānāthā』』ti? 『『Āma, ayyā』』ti. 『『Tassa itthiliṅgaṃ pātubhūtaṃ, saṅgahaṃ dānissa karothā』』ti. Tā ce 『『sādhu, ayyā, idāni mayampi sajjhāyissāma, dhammaṃ sossāma, gacchatha tumhe』』ti vatvā saṅgahaṃ karonti, ārādhikā ca honti saṅgāhikā lajjiniyo, tā kopetvā aññattha na gantabbaṃ. Gacchati ce, gāmantara-nadīpāra-rattivippavāsa-gaṇaohīyanāpattīhi na muccati. Sace pana lajjiniyo honti, na saṅgāhikāyo; aññattha gantuṃ labbhati. Sacepi alajjiniyo honti, saṅgahaṃ pana karonti; tāpi pariccajitvā aññattha gantuṃ labbhati. Sace lajjiniyo ca saṅgāhikā ca, ñātikā na honti, āsannagāme pana aññā ñātikāyo honti paṭijagganikā, tāsampi santikaṃ gantuṃ vaṭṭatīti vadanti. Gantvā sace bhikkhubhāvepi nissayapaṭipanno, patirūpāya bhikkhuniyā santike nissayo gahetabbo. Mātikā vā vinayo vā uggahito suggahito, puna uggaṇhanakāraṇaṃ natthi. Sace bhikkhubhāve parisāvacaro, tassa santikeyeva upasampannā sūpasampannā. Aññassa santike nissayo gahetabbo. Pubbe taṃ nissāya vasantehipi aññassa santikeyeva nissayo gahetabbo. Paripuṇṇavassasāmaṇerenāpi aññassa santikeyeva upajjhā gahetabbā.

這裡，如果兩位比丘\一起誦經或討論佛法后，睡在同一房間里，其中一位變成了女性特徵，兩人都犯了同宿之罪。如果他醒來后看到自己的變化，感到痛苦憂愁，在夜裡就告訴了另一位，那位應該安慰他說:"好了，別擔心。這是輪迴的過錯。正等正覺者已經開啟了大門，無論是比丘還是比丘尼，法是開放的，通往天界的道路是暢通的。"安慰之後還應該這樣說:"你應該去比丘尼寺。你有認識的比丘尼嗎?"如果他有這樣的比丘尼朋友就說有，如果沒有就說沒有，然後那位比丘應該說:"請幫助我;現在請先帶我去比丘尼寺。"那位比丘應該帶著他去他認識的或自己認識的比丘尼那裡。去的時候不能單獨去。應該和四五位比丘一起，帶上燈和手杖，安排妥當后說"我們要去某某地方"然後出發。如果寺院在村外很遠的地方，中途經過村莊、渡河、夜宿、離開僧團等情況都不算犯戒。到了比丘尼寺后，應該對那些比丘尼說:"你們認識某某比丘嗎?""是的,大德。""他現在變成了女性特徵，請你們照顧他。"如果她們說"好的,大德,現在我們也要誦經、聽法,你們回去吧",並且願意照顧他,而且是謹慎有羞恥心的人,就不應該生氣離開到別處去。如果離開,就會犯經過村莊、渡河、夜宿、離開僧團等戒。如果她們謹慎有羞恥心,但不願意照顧,可以去別處。即使她們沒有羞恥心,但願意照顧,也可以離開她們去別處。如果她們謹慎、願意照顧,但不是親戚,而在附近村莊有其他親戚願意照顧,他們說也可以去那裡。去了之後,如果他作為比丘時還在學習階段,應該在適當的比丘尼那裡重新學習。如果已經很好地學習了戒律,就不需要再學習了。如果他作為比丘時已經能教導大眾,那麼他在那裡受具足戒就是很好的受戒。應該在另一位比丘尼那裡學習。以前依止他修行的人也應該去另一位比丘尼那裡學習。滿一年的沙彌也應該在另一位比丘尼那裡尋求戒師。

Yaṃ panassa bhikkhubhāve adhiṭṭhitaṃ ticīvarañca patto ca, taṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ vijahati, puna adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Saṅkaccikā ca udakasāṭikā ca gahetabbā. Yaṃ atirekacīvaraṃ vā atirekapatto vā vinayakammaṃ katvā ṭhapito hoti, taṃ sabbampi vinayakammaṃ vijahati, puna kātabbaṃ. Paṭiggahitatelamadhuphāṇitādīnipi paṭiggahaṇaṃ vijahanti. Sace paṭiggahaṇato sattame divase liṅgaṃ parivattati, puna paṭiggahetvā sattāhaṃ vaṭṭati. Yaṃ pana bhikkhukāle aññassa bhikkhuno santakaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ, taṃ paṭiggahaṇaṃ na vijahati. Yaṃ ubhinnaṃ sādhāraṇaṃ avibhajitvā ṭhapitaṃ, taṃ pakatatto rakkhati. Yaṃ pana vibhattaṃ etasseva santakaṃ, taṃ paṭiggahaṇaṃ vijahati. Vuttampi cetaṃ parivāre –

『『Telaṃ madhuṃ phāṇitañcāpi sappiṃ;

Sāmaṃ gahetvāna nikkhipeyya;

Avītivatte sattāhe;

Sati paccaye paribhuñjantassa āpatti;

Pañhā mesā kusalehi cintitā』』ti. (pari. 480);

Idañhi liṅgaparivattanaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Paṭiggahaṇaṃ nāma liṅgaparivattanena, kālaṃkiriyāya, sikkhāpaccakkhānena, hīnāyāvattanena, anupasampannassa dānena, anapekkhavissajjanena, acchinditvā gahaṇena ca vijahati. Tasmā sacepi harītakakhaṇḍampi paṭiggahetvā ṭhapitamatthi, sabbamassa paṭiggahaṇaṃ vijahati. Bhikkhuvihāre pana yaṃkiñcissā santakaṃ paṭiggahetvā vā appaṭiggahetvā vā ṭhapitaṃ, sabbassa sāva issarā, āharāpetvā gahetabbaṃ. Yaṃ panettha thāvaraṃ tassā santakaṃ senāsanaṃ vā uparopakā vā, te yassicchati tassa dātabbā. Terasasu sammutīsu yā bhikkhukāle laddhā sammuti, sabbā sā paṭippassambhati. Purimikāya senāsanaggāho paṭippassambhati. Sace pacchimikāya senāsane gahite liṅgaṃ parivattati, bhikkhunisaṅgho cassā uppannaṃ lābhaṃ dātukāmo hoti, apaloketvā dātabbo. Sace bhikkhunīhi sādhāraṇāya paṭicchannāya āpattiyā parivasantassa liṅgaṃ parivattati, pakkhamānattameva dātabbaṃ. Sace mānattaṃ carantassa parivattati, puna pakkhamānattameva dātabbaṃ. Sace ciṇṇamānattassa parivattati, bhikkhunīhi abbhānakammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Sace akusalavipāke parikkhīṇe pakkhamānattakāle punadeva liṅgaṃ parivattati, chārattaṃ mānattameva dātabbaṃ. Sace ciṇṇe pakkhamānatte parivattati, bhikkhūhi abbhānakammaṃ kātabbanti.

Anantare bhikkhuniyā liṅgaparivattanavatthumhi idha vuttanayeneva sabbo vinicchayo veditabbo. Ayaṃ pana viseso – sacepi bhikkhunikāle āpannā sañcarittāpatti paṭicchannā hoti, parivāsadānaṃ natthi, chārattaṃ mānattameva dātabbaṃ. Sace pakkhamānattaṃ carantiyā liṅgaṃ parivattati, na tenattho, chārattaṃ mānattameva dātabbaṃ. Sace ciṇṇamānattāya parivattati, puna mānattaṃ adatvā bhikkhūhi abbhetabbo. Atha bhikkhūhi mānatte adinne puna liṅgaṃ parivattati, bhikkhunīhi pakkhamānattameva dātabbaṃ. Atha chārattaṃ mānattaṃ carantassa puna parivattati, pakkhamānattameva dātabbaṃ. Ciṇṇamānattassa pana liṅgaparivatte jāte bhikkhunīhi abbhānakammaṃ kātabbaṃ . Puna parivatte ca liṅge bhikkhunibhāve ṭhitāyapi yā āpattiyo pubbe paṭippassaddhā, tā suppaṭippassaddhā evāti.

1. Ito parāni 『『mātuyā methunaṃ dhamma』』ntiādīni cattāri vatthūni uttānatthāniyeva.

這是他作為比丘時所決意的三衣和缽,那個決意失效,應當重新決意。應當取用僧祇支和浴衣。如果有多餘的衣或多餘的缽經過律法程式而存放,所有這些律法程式都失效,應當重新進行。所接受的油、蜜、糖等也失去接受性。如果從接受之日起第七天性別轉變,重新接受后可以使用七天。但是在比丘時期從其他比丘那裡所接受的東西,不失去接受性。如果有兩人共有而未分配的東西,由正常的人保管。但是如果已經分配給他個人所有的東西,則失去接受性。這在《附隨》中也說: "油、蜜、糖以及酥油; 親自接受后存放; 七日未過; 有緣由而使用者犯戒; 這是智者思考的問題。" 這是針對性別轉變而說的。所謂接受性,因性別轉變、死亡、舍戒、還俗、給予未受具足戒者、無期望地捨棄、被搶走而失效。因此,即使只是接受並存放了一小塊訶梨勒果,也會失去所有的接受性。但是在比丘寺院中,無論是接受還是未接受而存放的任何屬於她的東西,她都有權力,應當命人取來。至於其中不動產,屬於她的住處或者園林,應當給予她所希望給予的人。在十三種許可中,比丘時期所得到的許可全都失效。前安居的住處分配失效。如果在後安居的住處分配后性別轉變,比丘尼僧團如果想給予她所生起的利養,應當告白后給予。如果比丘尼在共同遮罪別住期間性別轉變,應當給予半月摩那埵。如果在行摩那埵時轉變,應當重新給予半月摩那埵。如果在完成摩那埵後轉變,比丘尼應當作出出罪羯磨。如果不善業報耗盡時在半月摩那埵期間再次性別轉變,應當給予六夜摩那埵。如果在完成半月摩那埵後轉變,比丘應當作出出罪羯磨。 在下一個比丘尼性別轉變的案例中,所有判定都應當按照這裡所說的方法來理解。但有以下區別:即使在比丘尼時期所犯的媒介淫罪被遮覆,也不需要別住,只需給予六夜摩那埵。如果在半月摩那埵期間性別轉變,那沒有意義,應當給予六夜摩那埵。如果在完成摩那埵後轉變,不需要再給予摩那埵,比丘應當為他作出罪羯磨。如果比丘未給予摩那埵時再次性別轉變,比丘尼應當給予半月摩那埵。如果在六夜摩那埵期間再次轉變,應當給予半月摩那埵。但是如果在完成摩那埵后性別轉變,比丘尼應當作出出罪羯磨。再次性別轉變時,即使處於比丘尼身份,以前所消除的罪過也全都消除了。 70. 從這裡開始的"與母親行不凈行"等四個案例,意思都很明顯。

1. Mudupiṭṭhikavatthumhi so kira bhikkhu naṭapubbako. Tassa sippakosallatthaṃ parikammakatā piṭṭhi mudukā ahosi. Tasmā evaṃ kātuṃ asakkhi.

Lambīvatthumhi tassa bhikkhussa aṅgajātaṃ dīghaṃ hoti lambati, tasmā lambīti vutto.

Ito parāni dve vaṇavatthūni uttānāneva. Lepacittavatthumhi lepacittaṃ nāma cittakammarūpaṃ.

Dārudhītalikavatthumhi dārudhītalikā nāma kaṭṭharūpaṃ. Yathā ca imesu dvīsu evaṃ aññesupi dantarūpa-potthakarūpa-loharūpādīsu anupādinnakesu itthirūpesu nimitte methunarāgena upakkamantassa asuci muccatu vā mā vā, dukkaṭameva. Kāyasaṃsaggarāgena upakkamantassāpi tatheva dukkaṭaṃ. Mocanarāgena pana upakkamantassa mutte saṅghādiseso, amutte thullaccayanti.

1. Sundaravatthumhi ayaṃ sundaro nāma rājagahe kuladārako saddhāya pabbajito; attabhāvassa abhirūpatāya 『『sundaro』』ti nāmaṃ labhi. Taṃ rathikāya gacchantaṃ disvā samuppannachandarāgā sā itthī imaṃ vippakāraṃ akāsi. Thero pana anāgāmī. Tasmā so na sādiyi. Aññesaṃ pana avisayo eso.

Ito paresu catūsu vatthūsu te bhikkhū jaḷā dummedhā mātugāmassa vacanaṃ gahetvā tathā katvā pacchā kukkuccāyiṃsu.

1. 在柔軟背部案例中,據說那位比丘以前是舞者。爲了技藝精湛,他的背部經過訓練變得柔軟。因此他能夠這樣做。 垂懸案例中,那位比丘的生殖器長而下垂,所以被稱為"垂懸"。 從這裡開始的兩個瘡案例意思都很明顯。彩繪案例中,彩繪是指繪畫的形象。 木製女像案例中,木製女像是指木頭雕刻的形象。就像這兩個案例一樣,對於其他的象牙制、布制、金屬製等非生命的女性形象,以淫慾心觸碰生殖器,無論是否射精,都犯惡作。以身體接觸欲觸碰也同樣犯惡作。但是以射精欲觸碰,如果射精則犯僧殘,如果沒有射精則犯粗惡罪。

2. 在孫陀羅案例中,這位名叫孫陀羅的是王舍城（現在的拉杰吉爾）的良家子弟,因信仰而出家;由於相貌英俊而得名"孫陀羅"。那位女子看到他走在街上,生起愛慾,對他做了這種不當行為。但是長老是阿那含,所以他沒有同意。這對其他人來說是難以抵擋的。 在接下來的四個案例中,那些比丘愚蠢無知,聽信女人的話而那樣做,之後感到後悔。

3. Akkhāyitādīni tīṇi vatthūni uttānatthāneva. Dvīsu chinnasīsavatthūsu ayaṃ vinicchayo – vaṭṭakate mukhe vivaṭe aṅgajātaṃ pavesento sace heṭṭhā vā upari vā ubhayapassehi vā chupantaṃ paveseti, pārājikaṃ. Catūhipi passehi achupantaṃ pavesetvā abbhantare tālukaṃ chupati, pārājikameva. Cattāri passāni tālukañca achupanto ākāsagatameva katvā paveseti ca nīharati ca, dukkaṭaṃ. Yadi pana dantā suphusitā, antomukhe okāso natthi, dantā ca bahi oṭṭhamaṃsena paṭicchannā, tattha vātena asamphuṭṭhaṃ allokāsaṃ tilaphalamattampi pavesentassa pārājikameva. Uppāṭite pana oṭṭhamaṃse dantesuyeva upakkamantassa thullaccayaṃ. Yopi danto bahi nikkhamitvā tiṭṭhati , na sakkā oṭṭhehi pidahituṃ. Tattha upakkamantepi bahi nikkhantajivhāya upakkamantepi thullaccayameva. Jīvamānakasarīrepi bahi nikkhantajivhāya thullaccayameva. Yadi pana bahijivhāya paliveṭhetvā antomukhaṃ paveseti, pārājikameva. Uparigīvāya chinnasīsassapi adhobhāgena aṅgajātaṃ pavesetvā tālukaṃ chupantassa pārājikameva.

Aṭṭhikavatthumhi susānaṃ gacchantassāpi dukkaṭaṃ. Aṭṭhikāni saṅkaḍḍhantassāpi, nimitte methunarāgena upakkamantassāpi, kāyasaṃsaggarāgena upakkamantassāpi, muccatu vā mā vā, dukkaṭameva. Mocanarāgena pana upakkamantassa muccante saṅghādiseso, amuccante thullaccayameva.

Nāgīvatthumhi nāgamāṇavikā vā hotu kinnarīādīnaṃ vā aññatarā, sabbattha pārājikaṃ.

Yakkhīvatthumhi sabbāpi devatā yakkhīyeva.

Petīvatthumhi nijjhāmataṇhikādipetiyo allīyitumpi na sakkā. Vimānapetiyo pana atthi; yāsaṃ kāḷapakkhe akusalaṃ vipaccati, juṇhapakkhe devatā viya sampattiṃ anubhonti. Evarūpāya petiyā vā yakkhiyā vā sace dassana-gahaṇa-āmasana-phusana-ghaṭṭanāni paññāyanti, pārājikaṃ. Athāpi dassanaṃ natthi, itarāni paññāyanti, pārājikameva. Atha dassanagahaṇāni na paññāyanti, āmasanaphusanaghaṭṭanehi paññāyamānehi taṃ puggalaṃ visaññaṃ katvā attano manorathaṃ pūretvā gacchati, ayaṃ avisayo nāma. Tasmā ettha avisayattā anāpatti. Paṇḍakavatthu pākaṭameva.

Upahatindriyavatthumhi upahatindriyoti upahatakāyappasādo khāṇukaṇṭakamiva sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā na vedayati. Avedayantassāpi sevanacittavasena āpatti.

Chupitamattavatthusmiṃ yo 『『methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevissāmī』』ti mātugāmaṃ gaṇhitvā methune virajjitvā vippaṭisārī hoti, dukkaṭamevassa hoti. Methunadhammassa hi pubbapayogā hatthaggāhādayo yāva sīsaṃ na pāpuṇāti, tāva dukkaṭe tiṭṭhanti. Sīse patte pārājikaṃ hoti. Paṭhamapārājikassa hi dukkaṭameva sāmantaṃ. Itaresaṃ tiṇṇaṃ thullaccayaṃ. Ayaṃ pana bhikkhu methunadhamme virajjitvā kāyasaṃsaggaṃ sādiyīti veditabbo. Tenāha bhagavā – 『『āpatti saṅghādisesassā』』ti.

1. Bhaddiyavatthusmiṃ bhaddiyaṃ nāma taṃ nagaraṃ. Jātiyāvanaṃ nāma jātipupphagumbānaṃ ussannatāya evaṃ laddhanāmaṃ; taṃ tassa nagarassa upacāre vanaṃ hoti. So tattha nipanno tena vātupatthambhena mahāniddaṃ okkami. Ekarasaṃ bhavaṅgameva vattati. Kilinnaṃ passitvāti asucikiliṭṭhaṃ passitvā.

2. Ito parāni sādiyanapaṭisaṃyuttāni cattāri vatthūni, ajānanavatthu cāti pañca uttānatthāneva.

3. 關於不被說等三個案例意思都很明顯。在兩個斷頭案例中,判決如下:當嘴呈圓形張開時,如果插入生殖器時從下面、上面或兩側接觸到,犯波羅夷。如果從四面都不接觸地插入,但在內部接觸到上顎,也犯波羅夷。如果四面和上顎都不接觸,只是在空中進進出出,犯惡作。但是如果牙齒緊密,口腔內沒有空間,牙齒外面被嘴唇肉覆蓋,在那裡即使插入不受空氣接觸的濕潤區域有芝麻果那麼小,也犯波羅夷。但是如果撕開嘴唇肉,只觸碰到牙齒,犯粗惡罪。如果有牙齒伸出在外,無法用嘴唇遮蓋。在那裡觸碰或觸碰伸出的舌頭,都只是粗惡罪。在活人身上觸碰伸出的舌頭也只是粗惡罪。但是如果用外面的舌頭包裹后插入口內,就犯波羅夷。對於上部頸部以上斷頭的,從下部插入生殖器接觸到上顎的,也犯波羅夷。 在骨頭案例中,去墓地就犯惡作。收集骨頭、以淫慾心觸碰生殖器、以身體接觸欲觸碰,無論是否,都犯惡作。但是以欲觸碰,如果則犯僧殘,如果沒有則犯粗惡罪。 在龍女案例中,無論是龍族少女還是緊那羅等其他種類,都犯波羅夷。 在夜叉女案例中,所有天神都屬於夜叉女。 在餓鬼女案例中,燒渴等餓鬼連靠近都不可能。但是有宮殿餓鬼;在黑半月時惡業成熟,在白半月時像天神一樣享受富裕。對於這種餓鬼或夜叉女,如果能看見、抓住、撫摸、觸碰、摩擦,就犯波羅夷。即使看不見,但其他行為可見,也犯波羅夷。如果看不見也抓不住,但能撫摸觸碰摩擦,使那個人失去知覺后滿足自己的慾望而離去,這叫做不可抗拒。因此在這種不可抗拒的情況下無罪。黃門案例很明顯。 在損壞根門案例中,"損壞根門"是指身體感官受損,像木頭或刺一樣不能感受快樂或痛苦。即使不能感受,以淫慾心也犯戒。 在僅觸碰案例中,如果某人想"我要行不凈行"而抓住女人,但對於淫慾感到厭惡而後悔,他只犯惡作。因為不凈行的前行為如握手等,只要沒到達頂點,都只是惡作。到達頂點就犯波羅夷。第一波羅夷的鄰近罪是惡作。其他三個是粗惡罪。但這位比丘應理解為對淫慾感到厭惡,卻接受了身體接觸。因此世尊說:"犯僧殘罪"。

4. 在跋提耶案例中,跋提耶是那個城市的名字。樹林名叫生樹林,因為開滿了生花的灌木而得名;那是那個城市附近的一片樹林。他躺在那裡,因為那風的支援而陷入深睡。只有一味的有分心在運轉。"看到濕潤"是指看到被不凈物弄髒。

5. 從這裡開始的四個關於接受的案例,以及一個不知道的案例,意思都很明顯。

6. Dvīsu asādiyanavatthūsu sahasā vuṭṭhāsīti āsīvisena daṭṭho viya agginā daḍḍho viya ca turitaṃ vuṭṭhāsi. Akkamitvā pavattesīti appamatto bhikkhu āraddhavipassako upaṭṭhitassati khippaṃ vuṭṭhahantova akkamitvā bhūmiyaṃ vaṭṭento parivaṭṭento viheṭhento pātesi. Puthujjanakalyāṇakena hi evarūpesu ṭhānesu cittaṃ rakkhitabbaṃ. Ayañca tesaṃ aññataro saṅgāmasīsayodho bhikkhu.

7. 在兩個不同意案例中,"突然站起來"是指像被毒蛇咬到或被火燒到一樣迅速地站起來。"踩踏后使之滾動"是指那位不放逸的比丘,已經開始修習觀禪,正念現前,在迅速站起來的同時踩踏,使其在地上滾動、翻轉、折磨。因為善凡夫應當在這樣的場合保護自己的心。這位比丘是他們中的一位,是戰場上的勇士。

8. Dvāraṃ vivaritvā nipannavatthumhi divā paṭisallīyantenāti divā nipajjantena. Dvāraṃ saṃvaritvā paṭisallīyitunti dvāraṃ pidahitvā nipajjituṃ. Ettha ca kiñcāpi pāḷiyaṃ 『『ayaṃ nāma āpattī』』ti na vuttā. Vivaritvā nipannadosena pana uppanne vatthusmiṃ 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, divā paṭisallīyantena dvāraṃ saṃvaritvā paṭisallīyitu』』nti vuttattā asaṃvaritvā paṭisallīyantassa dukkaṭaṃ vuttaṃ. Bhagavato hi adhippāyaṃ ñatvā upālittherādīhi aṭṭhakathā ṭhapitā. 『『Atthāpatti divā āpajjati no ratti』』nti (pari. 323) imināpi cetaṃ siddhaṃ.

Kīdisaṃ pana dvāraṃ saṃvaritabbaṃ, kīdisaṃ na saṃvaritabbaṃ? Rukkhapadaraveḷupadarakilañjapaṇṇādīnaṃ yena kenaci kavāṭaṃ katvā heṭṭhā udukkhale upari uttarapāsake ca pavesetvā kataṃ parivattakadvārameva saṃvaritabbaṃ. Aññaṃ gorūpānaṃ vajesu viya rukkhasūcikaṇṭakadvāraṃ, gāmathakanakaṃ cakkalakayuttadvāraṃ, phalakesu vā kiṭikāsu vā dve tīṇi cakkalakāni yojetvā kataṃ saṃsaraṇakiṭikadvāraṃ, āpaṇesu viya kataṃ ugghāṭanakiṭikadvāraṃ, dvīsu tīsu ṭhānesu veṇusalākā gopphetvā paṇṇakuṭīsu kataṃ salākahatthakadvāraṃ, dussasāṇidvāranti evarūpaṃ dvāraṃ na saṃvaritabbaṃ. Pattahatthassa kavāṭappaṇāmane pana ekaṃ dussasāṇidvārameva anāpattikaraṃ, avasesāni paṇāmentassa āpatti. Divā paṭisallīyantassa pana parivattakadvārameva āpattikaraṃ, sesāni saṃvaritvā vā asaṃvaritvā vā nipannassa āpatti natthi. Saṃvaritvā pana nipajjitabbaṃ, etaṃ vattaṃ.

Parivattakadvāraṃ pana kittakena saṃvutaṃ hoti? Sūcighaṭikādīsu dinnāsu saṃvutameva hoti. Apica kho sūcimattepi dinne vaṭṭati. Ghaṭikamattepi dinne vaṭṭati. Dvārabāhaṃ phusitvā pihitamattepi vaṭṭati. Īsakaṃ aphusitepi vaṭṭati. Sabbantimena vidhinā yāvatā sīsaṃ nappavisati tāvatā aphusitepi vaṭṭatīti. Sace bahūnaṃ vaḷañjanaṭṭhānaṃ hoti, bhikkhuṃ vā sāmaṇeraṃ vā 『『dvāraṃ, āvuso, jaggāhī』』ti vatvāpi nipajjituṃ vaṭṭati. Atha bhikkhū cīvarakammaṃ vā aññaṃ vā kiñci karontā nisinnā honti, 『『ete dvāraṃ jaggissantī』』ti ābhogaṃ katvāpi nipajjituṃ vaṭṭati. Kurundaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana 『『upāsakampi āpucchitvā vā, 『esa jaggissatī』ti ābhogaṃ katvā vā nipajjituṃ vaṭṭati. Kevalaṃ bhikkhuniṃ vā mātugāmaṃ vā āpucchituṃ na vaṭṭatī』』ti vuttaṃ. Atha dvārassa udukkhalaṃ vā uttarapāsako vā bhinno vā hoti aṭṭhapito vā, saṃvarituṃ na sakkoti, navakammatthaṃ vā pana iṭṭhakapuñjo vā mattikādīnaṃ vā rāsi antodvāre kato hoti, aṭṭaṃ vā bandhanti, yathā saṃvarituṃ na sakkoti; evarūpe antarāye sati asaṃvaritvāpi nipajjituṃ vaṭṭati. Yadi pana kavāṭaṃ natthi, laddhakappameva. Upari sayantena nisseṇiṃ āropetvā nipajjitabbaṃ. Sace nisseṇimatthake thakanakaṃ hoti, thaketvāpi nipajjitabbaṃ. Gabbhe nipajjantena gabbhadvāraṃ vā pamukhadvāraṃ vā yaṃkiñci saṃvaritvā nipajjituṃ vaṭṭati. Sace ekakuṭṭake gehe dvīsu passesu dvārāni katvā vaḷañjanti, dvepi dvārāni jaggitabbāni.

1. "開門躺下時白天隱退"意思是白天躺下。"關門隱退"意思是關門躺下。雖然在聖典中沒有明確說"這是某種罪過"，但由於開門躺下的過失而產生事件時，佛陀說:"比丘們,我允許白天隱退時關門隱退"。因此,不關門隱退的人犯突吉羅罪。優波離長老等人瞭解佛陀的意圖後製定了註釋書。這也可以從"有些罪過白天犯,夜晚不犯"這句話得到證實。 那麼,什麼樣的門應該關,什麼樣的門不應該關呢?用樹木、竹子、草蓆、葉子等任何東西做門扇,下面插入門檻,上面插入門楣做成的可旋轉門應該關上。其他像牛圈那樣用樹枝和刺做的門,村莊里用輪子裝置的門,在木板或草蓆上安裝兩三個輪子做成的滑動草蓆門,像商店那樣做的可提起的草蓆門,在兩三處用竹條編織做成的茅屋門簾門,布簾門等這樣的門不需要關。但對於手持缽的人來說,推開門扇時只有布簾門不構成犯戒,推開其他門則構成犯戒。對於白天隱退的人來說,只有可旋轉門會構成犯戒,其他門無論關不關躺下都不構成犯戒。但應該關門躺下,這是規矩。 那麼可旋轉門關到什麼程度才算關好呢?裝上門閂等就算關好了。事實上,只裝一個門釘也可以。只裝一個門栓也可以。只要碰到門框關上就可以。稍微沒碰到也可以。最低限度,只要頭伸不進去的程度沒碰到也可以。如果是很多人使用的地方,可以告訴比丘或沙彌"朋友,請看管門"然後躺下。如果有比丘們坐著縫製袈裟或做其他事情,想著"這些人會看管門"也可以躺下。但庫倫達註釋書中說:"告訴優婆塞或想著'這人會看管'也可以躺下。只是不可以告訴比丘尼或女人。"如果門的門檻或門楣破損或未安裝,無法關閉,或者爲了新建工程在門內堆放了磚塊或泥土等,或者搭建了腳手架,以致無法關門;遇到這樣的障礙時,不關門也可以躺下。如果沒有門扇,那就更可以了。在上面睡覺時應該架梯子躺下。如果梯子頂端有蓋子,也應該蓋上躺下。在內室躺下時,關閉內室門或前門任何一個都可以。如果是單面墻的房子兩側都開了門使用,兩個門都要看管。

Tibhūmakepi pāsāde dvāraṃ jaggitabbameva. Sace bhikkhācārā paṭikkamma lohapāsādasadisaṃ pāsādaṃ bahū bhikkhū divāvihāratthaṃ pavisanti, saṅghattherena dvārapālassa 『『dvāraṃ jaggāhī』』ti vatvā vā 『『dvārajagganaṃ etassa bhāro』』ti ābhogaṃ katvā vā pavisitvā nipajjitabbaṃ . Yāva saṅghanavakena evameva kattabbaṃ. Pure pavisantānaṃ 『『dvārajagganaṃ nāma pacchimānaṃ bhāro』』ti evaṃ ābhogaṃ kātumpi vaṭṭati. Anāpucchā vā ābhogaṃ vā akatvā antogabbhe vā asaṃvutadvāre bahi vā nipajjantānaṃ āpatti. Gabbhe vā bahi vā nipajjanakālepi 『『dvārajagganaṃ nāma mahādvāre dvārapālassa bhāro』』ti ābhogaṃ katvā nipajjituṃ vaṭṭatiyeva. Lohapāsādādīsu ākāsatale nipajjantenāpi dvāraṃ saṃvaritabbameva.

Ayañhettha saṅkhepo – idaṃ divāpaṭisallīyanaṃ yena kenaci parikkhitte sadvārabandhe ṭhāne kathitaṃ. Tasmā abbhokāse vā rukkhamūle vā maṇḍape vā yattha katthaci sadvārabandhe nipajjantena dvāraṃ saṃvaritvāva nipajjitabbaṃ. Sace mahāpariveṇaṃ hoti, mahābodhiyaṅgaṇalohapāsādaṅgaṇasadisaṃ bahūnaṃ osaraṇaṭṭhānaṃ, yattha dvāraṃ saṃvutampi saṃvutaṭṭhāne na tiṭṭhati, dvāraṃ alabhantā pākāraṃ āruhitvāpi vicaranti, tattha saṃvaraṇakiccaṃ natthi. Rattiṃ dvāraṃ vivaritvā nipanno aruṇe uggate uṭṭhahati, anāpatti. Sace pabujjhitvā puna supati, āpatti. Yo pana 『『aruṇe uggate vuṭṭhahissāmī』』ti paricchinditvāva dvāraṃ asaṃvaritvā rattiṃ nipajjati, yathāparicchedameva ca na vuṭṭhāti, tassa āpattiyeva. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana 『『evaṃ nipajjanto anādariyadukkaṭāpi na muccatī』』ti vuttaṃ.

Yo pana bahudeva rattiṃ jaggitvā addhānaṃ vā gantvā divā kilantarūpo mañce nisinno pāde bhūmito amocetvāva niddāvasena nipajjati, tassa anāpatti. Sace okkantaniddo ajānantopi pāde mañcakaṃ āropeti, āpattiyeva. Nisīditvā apassāya supantassa anāpatti. Yopi ca 『『niddaṃ vinodessāmī』』ti caṅkamanto patitvā sahasāva vuṭṭhāti, tassāpi anāpatti. Yo pana patitvā tattheva sayati, na vuṭṭhāti, tassa āpatti.

Ko muccati, ko na muccatīti? Mahāpaccariyaṃ tāva 『『ekabhaṅgena nipannakoyeva muccati. Pāde pana bhūmito mocetvā nipanno yakkhagahitakopi visaññībhūtopi na muccatī』』ti vuttaṃ. Kurundaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana 『『bandhitvā nipajjāpitova muccatī』』ti vuttaṃ. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana 『『yo caṅkamanto muccitvā patito tattheva supati, tassāpi avisayattā āpatti na dissati. Ācariyā pana evaṃ na kathayanti. Tasmā āpattiyevāti mahāpadumattherena vuttaṃ. Dve pana janā āpattito muccantiyeva, yo ca yakkhagahitako, yo ca bandhitvā nipajjāpito』』ti.

1. Bhārukacchakavatthumhi anāpatti supinantenāti yasmā supinante avisayattā evaṃ hoti, tasmā upālitthero bhagavatā avinicchitapubbampi imaṃ vatthuṃ nayaggāhena vinicchini. Bhagavāpi ca sutvā 『『sukathitaṃ, bhikkhave, upālinā; apade padaṃ karonto viya, ākāse padaṃ dassento viya upāli imaṃ pañhaṃ kathesī』』ti vatvā theraṃ etadagge ṭhapesi – 『『etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vinayadharānaṃ yadidaṃ upālī』』ti (a. ni. 1.219, 228). Ito parāni supabbādīni vatthūni uttānatthāneva.

Tibhūmakepi pāsāde dvāraṃ jaggitabbameva. 即使在三層樓房裡,也必須看管門。如果許多比丘從乞食歸來後進入像銅殿那樣的樓房做午休,僧團長老應該告訴守門人"看管門"或者想著"看管門是他的責任"然後進去躺下。直到僧團中最年輕的成員都應該這樣做。先進入的人也可以這樣想:"看管門是後來的人的責任。"未經告知或未作意就在內室或未關門的外面躺下的人犯戒。無論在內室還是外面躺下時,想著"看管大門是門衛的責任"而躺下也是可以的。即使在銅殿等建築的露臺上躺下,也必須關門。 這裡的要點是:這種白天隱退的規定適用於任何有門栓的圍閉空間。因此,無論是在露天、樹下還是涼亭,只要是有門栓的地方躺下,就必須關門躺下。如果是大院子,像大菩提樹院或銅殿院那樣很多人進出的地方,即使關了門也不能關住,找不到門的人還會翻墻進來,這種地方就不需要關門。晚上開門躺下,天亮時起來,不算犯戒。如果醒來后又睡,就犯戒。如果有人想著"天亮時我會起來"而不關門在晚上躺下,卻沒有按預定時間起來,他也犯戒。但《大顛簸》註釋書說:"這樣躺下的人也逃不脫不恭敬的突吉羅罪。" 如果有人整夜守夜或長途跋涉后,白天疲憊地坐在床上,腳還沒離地就因睏倦而躺下,這不算犯戒。如果睡意來襲不自覺地把腳抬到床上,就算犯戒。坐著靠著睡不算犯戒。如果有人想"我要驅走睡意"而經行時跌倒后立即起來,也不算犯戒。但如果跌倒后就在那裡睡覺不起來,就算犯戒。 誰可以免除,誰不能免除?《大顛簸》註釋書說:"只有一動不動躺下的人可以免除。但把腳從地上抬起躺下的人,即使被夜叉附身或失去知覺也不能免除。"《庫倫達》註釋書則說:"只有被綁著躺下的人可以免除。"但《大註釋書》說:"如果有人經行時滑倒就在那裡睡著,因為這不是他能控制的,似乎不構成犯戒。但導師們不這麼說。因此大蓮花長老說這仍然構成犯戒。但有兩種人可以免除犯戒:一是被夜叉附身的人,二是被綁著躺下的人。" 78. 關於婆樓迦車城的事件中"在夢中不構成犯戒",因為在夢中是無法控制的,所以優波離長老雖然佛陀之前沒有判定過這種情況,但他根據推理作出了判決。佛陀聽后說:"比丘們,優波離說得好;他像在無路處找出路,像在虛空中顯示軌跡那樣解答了這個問題。"然後佛陀將長老列為第一:"比丘們,在我的弟子中,持律第一的是優波離。"從這之後的夢中等事例含義都很明顯。

1. Bhikkhunīsampayojanādīsu te licchavikumārakā khiḍḍāpasutā attano anācārena evaṃ akaṃsu. Tato paṭṭhāya ca licchavīnaṃ vināso eva udapādi.

2. Vuḍḍhapabbajitavatthumhi dassanaṃ agamāsīti anukampāya 『『taṃ dakkhissāmī』』ti gehaṃ agamāsi. Athassa sā attano ca dārakānañca nānappakārehi anāthabhāvaṃ saṃvaṇṇesi. Anapekkhañca naṃ ñatvā kupitā 『『ehi vibbhamāhī』』ti balakkārena aggahesi. So attānaṃ mocetuṃ paṭikkamanto jarādubbalatāya uttāno paripati. Tato sā attano manaṃ akāsi. So pana bhikkhu anāgāmī samucchinnakāmarāgo tasmā na sādiyīti.

3. Migapotakavatthu uttānatthamevāti.

Vinītavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ.

Samantapāsādikāya vinayasaṃvaṇṇanāya

Paṭhamapārājikavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Tatridaṃ samantapāsādikāya samantapāsādikattasmiṃ –

Ācariyaparamparato, nidānavatthuppabhedadīpanato;

Parasamayavivajjanato, sakasamayavisuddhito ceva.

Byañjanaparisodhanato, padatthato pāḷiyojanakkamato;

Sikkhāpadanicchayato, vibhaṅganayabhedadassanato.

Sampassataṃ na dissati, kiñci apāsādikaṃ yato ettha;

Viññūnamayaṃ tasmā, samantapāsādikātveva.

Saṃvaṇṇanā pavattā, vinayassa vineyyadamanakusalena;

Vuttassa lokanāthena, lokamanukampamānenāti.

Paṭhamapārājikavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Dutiyapārājikaṃ

Dutiyaṃ adutiyena, yaṃ jinena pakāsitaṃ;

Pārājikaṃ tassa dāni, patto saṃvaṇṇanākkamo.

Yasmā tasmā suviññeyyaṃ, yaṃ pubbe ca pakāsitaṃ;

Taṃ sabbaṃ vajjayitvāna, hoti saṃvaṇṇanā ayaṃ.

Dhaniyavatthuvaṇṇanā

1. 關於與比丘尼勾結等事,那些離車族王子沉溺於嬉戲,因自己的不當行為而如此做。從那時起,離車族的滅亡就開始了。
2. 在老年出家的故事中,"去看望"意思是出於同情"我要去看他"而去了家。然後她用各種方式描述自己和孩子們的可憐處境。知道他無動於衷后,她生氣地說"來吧,還俗吧"並強行抓住他。他爲了掙脫而後退,因年老體弱而仰面摔倒。之後她遂了自己的心願。但那位比丘是阿那含,已斷除了欲貪,所以沒有接受。
3. 小鹿的故事含義很明顯。 已決案例結束。 《一切善見律注》 第一波羅夷註釋完畢。 在此,關於《一切善見律注》之所以稱為"一切善見": 從師承傳統,從闡明序言和事由的不同, 從避免他宗觀點,從清凈自宗觀點, 從文字清凈,從詞義,從經文順序, 從學處的決定,從分別法的不同觀點。 智者觀察時,不見有任何不悅意之處; 因此,這對智者來說,確實是"一切善見"。 這部註釋是由善於調伏弟子的人, 對世間保護者、憐憫世間者所說的律藏所作。 第一波羅夷註釋完畢。
4. 第二波羅夷 無與倫比的勝者,已宣說第二 波羅夷,現在到了註釋它的時候。 因此,對於前面已經解釋過的, 容易理解的內容,都省略不說, 這就是本註釋的方法。 達尼耶故事的註釋

84.Tena samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbateti tattha rājagaheti evaṃnāmake nagare, tañhi mandhātu-mahāgovindādīhi pariggahitattā 『『rājagaha』』nti vuccati. Aññepettha pakāre vaṇṇayanti. Kiṃ tehi! Nāmametaṃ tassa nagarassa. Taṃ panetaṃ buddhakāle ca cakkavattikāle ca nagaraṃ hoti. Sesakāle suññaṃ hoti yakkhapariggahitaṃ, tesaṃ vasantavanaṃ hutvā tiṭṭhati. Evaṃ gocaragāmaṃ dassetvā nivāsanaṭṭhānamāha – gijjhakūṭe pabbateti. So ca gijjhā tassa kūṭesu vasiṃsu, gijjhasadisāni vā tassa kūṭāni; tasmā gijjhakūṭoti vuccatīti veditabbo.

Sambahulāti vinayapariyāyena tayo janā sambahulāti vuccanti, tato paraṃ saṅgho. Suttantapariyāyena tayo tayo eva, tato paṭṭhāya sambahulā. Idha pana te suttantapariyāyena sambahulāti veditabbā. Sandiṭṭhāti nātivissāsikā na daḷhamittā; tattha tattha saṅgamma diṭṭhattā hi te sandiṭṭhāti vuccanti. Sambhattāti ativissāsikā daḷhamittā; te hi suṭṭhu bhattā bhajamānā ekasambhogaparibhogāti katvā 『『sambhattā』』ti vuccanti. Isigilipasseti isigili nāma pabbato, tassa passe. Pubbe kira pañcasatamattā paccekabuddhā kāsikosalādīsu janapadesu piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ tasmiṃ pabbate sannipatitvā samāpattiyā vītināmenti. Manussā te pavisanteva passanti na nikkhamante. Tato āhaṃsu – 『『ayaṃ pabbato ime isayo gilatī』』ti. Tadupādāya tassa 『『isigili』』tveva samaññā udapādi, tassa passe pabbatapāde.

Tiṇakuṭiyo karitvāti tiṇacchadanā sadvārabandhā kuṭiyo katvā. Vassaṃ upagacchantena hi nālakapaṭipadaṃ paṭipannenāpi pañcannaṃ chadanānaṃ aññatarena channeyeva sadvārabandhe senāsane upagantabbaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ – 『『na, bhikkhave, asenāsanikena vassaṃ upagantabbaṃ. Yo upagaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā』』ti (mahāva. 204). Tasmā vassakāle sace senāsanaṃ labhati, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ; no ce labhati, hatthakammaṃ pariyesitvāpi kātabbaṃ. Hatthakammaṃ alabhantena sāmampi kātabbaṃ. Na tveva asenāsanikena vassaṃ upagantabbaṃ. Ayamanudhammatā. Tasmā te bhikkhū tiṇakuṭiyo karitvā rattiṭṭhānadivāṭṭhānādīni paricchinditvā katikavattāni ca khandhakavattāni ca adhiṭṭhāya tīsu sikkhāsu sikkhamānā vassaṃ upagacchiṃsu.

Āyasmāpi dhaniyoti na kevalaṃ te therāva imassa sikkhāpadassa ādikammiko āyasmā dhaniyopi. Kumbhakāraputtoti kumbhakārassa putto; tassa hi nāmaṃ dhaniyo, pitā kumbhakāro, tena vuttaṃ – 『『dhaniyo kumbhakāraputto』』ti. Vassaṃ upagacchīti tehi therehi saddhiṃ ekaṭṭhāneyeva tiṇakuṭikaṃ karitvā vassaṃ upagacchi. Vassaṃvutthāti purimikāya upagatā mahāpavāraṇāya pavāritā pāṭipadadivasato paṭṭhāya 『『vutthavassā』』ti vuccanti. Evaṃ vassaṃvutthā hutvā.

1. "當時,佛陀世尊住在王舍城(Rājagaha)耆阇崛山(Gijjhakūṭa)"中,"王舍城"是這座城市的名字,因為它曾被曼陀都(Mandhātu)、大統治者(Mahāgovinda)等人統治,所以被稱為"王舍城"。還有人解釋其他含義。何必理會他們!這只是那座城市的名字。這座城市在佛陀時代和轉輪王時代是一座城市。其他時期則是空無一人的,被夜叉佔據,成為他們居住的森林。這樣指出了遊行乞食的村莊后,又說明了居住地 - "耆阇崛山"。這座山因為禿鷲棲息在其山峰上,或者因為它的山峰形似禿鷲,所以被稱為"耆阇崛山"(禿鷲峰),應當這樣理解。 "許多"按照律的用法,三個人就稱為"許多",更多則稱為僧團。按照經的用法,三個人就是三個人,再多才稱為"許多"。這裡應該按照經的用法理解為"許多"。"相識"是指不太親密也不是堅固的朋友;因為他們在各處相遇相識,所以稱為"相識"。"親密"是指非常親密的堅固朋友;因為他們互相親近,共同享用飲食,所以稱為"親密"。"仙人崖山坡"是指名為仙人崖的山的山坡。據說從前約有五百位辟支佛在迦尸國(Kāsi)、拘薩羅國(Kosala)等地遊行乞食后,午後聚集在這座山上入定度日。人們只看到他們進入,不見他們出來。於是說:"這座山吞沒了這些仙人。"從那時起,這座山就被稱為"仙人崖"。在那山坡山腳下。 "搭建草屋"是指建造用草覆蓋、有門栓的小屋。進入雨安居時,即使是遵循那羅迦行(Nālaka)的人,也必須在五種遮蓋中任一種遮蓋、有門栓的住處安居。因為經中說:"比丘們,不可無住處而安居。誰這樣做,犯突吉羅罪。"因此在雨季如果能得到住處,那很好;如果得不到,應該尋找工作來建造。找不到工作的話,應該自己動手建造。但絕不可無住處而安居。這是隨法的做法。因此那些比丘建造草屋,劃分夜間和白天的活動區域,制定共同約定和各項職責,然後修學三學而進入雨安居。 "尊者達尼耶"不僅那些長老是這條學處的起因,尊者達尼耶也是。"陶師之子"是說他是陶師的兒子;他的名字是達尼耶,他的父親是陶師,所以說"陶師之子達尼耶"。"進入雨安居"是說他與那些長老在同一地方建造草屋進入雨安居。"度過雨安居"是指在前安居入安居,在大自恣日自恣后,從第二天開始就稱為"已度過雨安居"。就是這樣度過了雨安居。

Tiṇakuṭiyo bhinditvāti na daṇḍamuggarādīhi cuṇṇavicuṇṇaṃ katvā, vattasīsena pana tiṇañca dāruvalli-ādīni ca oropetvāti attho. Yena hi vihārapaccante kuṭi katā hoti, tena sace āvāsikā bhikkhū honti, te āpucchitabbā. 『『Sace imaṃ kuṭiṃ paṭijaggitvā koci vasituṃ ussahati, tassa dethā』』ti vatvā pakkamitabbaṃ. Yena araññe vā katā hoti , paṭijagganakaṃ vā na labhati, tena 『『aññesampi paribhogaṃ bhavissatī』』ti paṭisāmetvā gantabbaṃ. Te pana bhikkhū araññe kuṭiyo katvā paṭijagganakaṃ alabhantā tiṇañca kaṭṭhañca paṭisāmetvā saṅgopetvāti attho. Yathā ca ṭhapitaṃ taṃ upacikāhi na khajjati , anovassakañca hoti, tathā ṭhapetvā 『『idaṃ ṭhānaṃ āgantvā vasitukāmānaṃ sabrahmacārīnaṃ upakārāya bhavissatī』』ti gamiyavattaṃ pūretvā.

Janapadacārikaṃ pakkamiṃsūti attano attano cittānukūlaṃ janapadaṃ agamaṃsu. Āyasmā pana dhaniyo kumbhakāraputto tattheva vassaṃ vasītiādi uttānatthameva. Yāvatatiyakanti yāvatatiyavāraṃ. Anavayoti anuavayo, sandhivasena ukāralopo. Anu anu avayo, yaṃ yaṃ kumbhakārehi kattabbaṃ nāma atthi, sabbattha anūno paripuṇṇasippoti attho. Saketi attano santake. Ācariyaketi ācariyakamme. Kumbhakārakammeti kumbhakārānaṃ kamme; kumbhakārehi kattabbakammeti attho. Etena sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ sarūpato dassitaṃ hoti. Pariyodātasippoti parisuddhasippo. Anavayattepi sati aññehi asadisasippoti vuttaṃ hoti.

Sabbamattikāmayanti piṭṭhasaṅghāṭakakavāṭasūcighaṭikavātapānakavāṭamattaṃ ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ bhittichadaniṭṭhakathambhādibhedaṃ sabbaṃ gehasambhāraṃ mattikāmayameva katvāti attho. Tiṇañca kaṭṭhañca gomayañca saṅkaḍḍhitvā taṃ kuṭikaṃ pacīti taṃ sabbamattikāmayaṃ katvā pāṇikāya ghaṃsitvā sukkhāpetvā telatambamattikāya parimajjitvā anto ca bahi ca tiṇādīhi pūretvā yathā pakkā supakkā hoti, evaṃ paci. Evaṃ pakkā ca pana sā ahosi kuṭikā . Abhirūpāti surūpā. Pāsādikāti pasādajanikā. Lohitikāti lohitavaṇṇā. Kiṅkaṇikasaddoti kiṅkaṇikajālassa saddo. Yathā kira nānāratanehi katassa kiṅkaṇikajālassa saddo hoti, evaṃ tassā kuṭikāya vātapānantarikādīhi paviṭṭhena vātena samāhatāya saddo ahosi. Etenassā anto ca bahi ca supakkabhāvo dassito hoti. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana 『『kiṅkaṇikā』』ti kaṃsabhājanaṃ, tasmā yathā abhihatassa kaṃsabhājanassa saddo, evamassā vātappahatāya saddo ahosī』』ti vuttaṃ.

譯文如下: "拆除草屋"不是用棍棒等工具將其完全粉碎,而是按照規矩把草和木材、藤條等拆下來的意思。如果草屋是建在寺院邊緣,如果有常住比丘,應該告知他們。應該說:"如果有人能夠修繕這個草屋並住在裡面,就把它給他們"然後離開。如果是建在森林裡,或者找不到人修繕,就應該收拾好說"這可以供其他人使用",然後離開。這些比丘在森林裡建造草屋,找不到人修繕,就收拾好草和木材,妥善保管的意思。要把它們放置在不會被白蟻蛀蝕、不會被雨水淋濕的地方,然後完成旅行的準備工作,想著"這個地方將有利於想來此居住的同修"。 "出發雲遊各地"意思是他們各自前往自己喜歡的地方。"而尊者達尼耶陶師之子仍住在那裡過雨安居"等含義明顯。"三次"意思是第三次。"無缺"是"anu avayo"的縮寫,根據連音規則省略了"u"。"anu anu avayo"意思是凡是陶師應該做的工作,他在各方面都是無缺的、技藝精湛的意思。"自己"指自己的。"師傳"指師傳的技藝。"陶工的工作"指陶工的工作;意思是陶工應該做的工作。這就具體說明了他自己的師傳技藝。"技藝純熟"指技藝純凈。雖說無缺,但與其他人相比技藝更勝一籌的意思。 "全部用泥土做成"意思是除了門框、門、門閂、窗戶等少數部分,其餘墻壁、屋頂、磚塊、柱子等所有房屋材料全部用泥土做成。"收集草、木材和牛糞,燒製那個小屋"意思是把它全部用泥土做好后,用手抹平,晾乾,用油和銅泥塗抹,裡外用草等填滿,然後燒製得非常好。這樣燒製后,那個小屋"美麗"即漂亮,"悅目"即令人賞心悅目,"紅色"即紅色的。"叮噹聲"指鈴鐺網的聲音。據說就像用各種寶石做成的鈴鐺網發出聲音一樣,那個小屋被從窗戶縫隙等處進入的風吹動時發出聲音。這表明它裡外都燒得很好。但《大註釋書》說:"kiṅkaṇikā"是銅器,所以就像敲擊銅器的聲音,它被風吹動時也發出這樣的聲音。

85.Kiṃ etaṃ, bhikkhaveti ettha jānantova bhagavā kathāsamuṭṭhāpanatthaṃ pucchi. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesunti sabbamattikāmayāya kuṭikāya karaṇabhāvaṃ ādito paṭṭhāya bhagavato ārocesuṃ. Kathañhi nāma so, bhikkhave…pe… kuṭikaṃ karissatīti idaṃ atītatthe anāgatavacanaṃ; akāsīti vuttaṃ hoti. Tassa lakkhaṇaṃ saddasatthato pariyesitabbaṃ. Na hi nāma, bhikkhave, tassa moghapurisassa pāṇesu anuddayā anukampā avihesā bhavissatīti ettha anuddayāti anurakkhaṇā; etena mettāpubbabhāgaṃ dasseti. Anukampāti paradukkhena cittakampanā. Avihesāti avihiṃsanā; etehi karuṇāpubbabhāgaṃ dasseti. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – 『『bhikkhave , tassa moghapurisassa pathavīkhaṇanacikkhallamaddanaaggidānesu bahū khuddānukhuddake pāṇe byābādhentassa vināsentassa tesu pāṇesu mettākaruṇānaṃ pubbabhāgamattāpi anuddayā anukampā avihesā na hi nāma bhavissati appamattakāpi nāma na bhavissatī』』ti. Mā pacchimā janatā pāṇesu pātabyataṃ āpajjīti pacchimo janasamūho pāṇesu pātabyabhāvaṃ mā āpajji. 『『Buddhakālepi bhikkhūhi evaṃ kataṃ, īdisesu ṭhānesu pāṇātipātaṃ karontānaṃ natthi doso』』ti maññitvā imassa diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjamānā pacchimā janatā mā pāṇesu pātabye ghaṃsitabbe evaṃ maññīti vuttaṃ hoti.

Evaṃ dhaniyaṃ garahitvā na ca, bhikkhave, sabbamattikāmayā kuṭikā kātabbāti āyatiṃ tādisāya kuṭikāya karaṇaṃ paṭikkhipi; paṭikkhipitvā ca 『『yo kareyya āpatti dukkaṭassā』』ti sabbamattikāmayakuṭikākaraṇe āpattiṃ ṭhapesi. Tasmā yopi pathavīkhaṇanādinā pāṇesu pātabyataṃ anāpajjanto tādisaṃ kuṭikaṃ karoti, sopi dukkaṭaṃ āpajjati. Pathavīkhaṇanādīhi pana pāṇesu pātabyataṃ āpajjanto yaṃ yaṃ vatthuṃ vītikkamati, tattha tattha vuttameva āpattiṃ āpajjati. Dhaniyattherassa ādikammikattā anāpatti. Sesānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ atikkamitvā karontānampi kataṃ labhitvā tattha vasantānampi dukkaṭameva. Dabbasambhāramissakā pana yathā vā tathā vā missā hotu, vaṭṭati. Suddhamattikāmayāva na vaṭṭati. Sāpi iṭṭhakāhi giñjakāvasathasaṅkhepena katā vaṭṭati. Evaṃ bhanteti kho…pe… taṃ kuṭiṃ bhindiṃsūti bhagavato vacanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā kaṭṭhehi ca pāsāṇehi ca taṃ kuṭikaṃ vikirantā bhindiṃsu.

Atha kho āyasmā dhaniyotiādimhi ayaṃ saṅkhepattho – dhaniyo ekapasse divāvihāraṃ nisinno tena saddena āgantvā te bhikkhū 『『kissa me tumhe, āvuso, kuṭiṃ bhindathā』』ti pucchitvā 『『bhagavā bhedāpetī』』ti sutvā subbacatāya sampaṭicchi.

Kasmā pana bhagavā iminā atimahantena ussāhena attano vasanatthaṃ kataṃ kuṭikaṃ bhedāpesi, nanu etassettha vayakammampi atthīti? Kiñcāpi atthi, atha kho naṃ bhagavā akappiyāti bhindāpesi, titthiyadhajoti bhindāpesi. Ayamettha vinicchayo. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana aññānipi kāraṇāni vuttāni – sattānuddayāya, pattacīvaraguttatthāya, senāsanabāhullapaasedhanāyātiādīni. Tasmā idānipi yo bhikkhu bahussuto vinayaññū aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ akappiyaṃ parikkhāraṃ gahetvā vicarantaṃ disvā taṃ chindāpeyya vā bhindāpeyya vā anupavajjo , so neva codetabbo na sāretabbo; na taṃ labbhā vattuṃ 『『mama parikkhāro tayā nāsito, taṃ me dehī』』ti.

這是對巴利文原文的直譯： 85. "比丘們,這是什麼?"在這裡,世尊雖然知道,但爲了引起討論而發問。"他們向世尊報告了此事"意思是他們從一開始就向世尊報告了全部用泥土建造小屋的情況。"比丘們,他怎麼會...造小屋呢?"這是用過去時表示未來的說法;意思是"他已經造了"。這種用法的特徵應該從語法書中尋找。"比丘們,那個愚人對生命怎麼會有憐憫、同情、不傷害呢?"這裡,"憐憫"是保護;"同情"是對他人痛苦的心靈震動;"不傷害"是不傷害;這些都表示慈悲的初期階段。這裡的意思是:"比丘們,那個愚人在挖地、踩泥、點火時傷害和殺死了許多微小的生命,對這些生命連最初步的慈悲和同情都沒有,怎麼會有絲毫的憐憫、同情和不傷害呢?"。"不要讓後世的人認為可以殺生"意思是不要讓後來的人群認為可以殺生。這是說:"不要讓後世的人想:'在佛陀時代比丘們也是這樣做的,在這種情況下殺生是沒有過錯的',而效仿這種觀點,認為可以殺害和傷害生命。" 這樣呵斥了達尼亞后,"比丘們,不應該造全泥土的小屋",他禁止今後造這樣的小屋;禁止后,"若有人造,犯惡作罪",他規定造全泥土小屋是犯戒。因此,即使不通過挖地等方式傷害生命而造這樣的小屋,也犯惡作罪。但如果通過挖地等方式傷害生命,則違犯每一條戒律時所規定的罪過。達尼亞長老因為是初犯所以無罪。其他人違反學處而造,或得到后住在裡面,都是惡作罪。但如果混合了木材等材料,無論如何混合都是可以的。純粹的泥土小屋是不允許的。即使是純泥土的,如果用磚塊建造成磚房的樣子也是可以的。"是的,尊者"......他們拆毀了那個小屋:接受了世尊的話,他們用木頭和石頭拆散了那個小屋。 "然後尊者達尼亞"等,這裡的簡要含義是:達尼亞坐在一邊度過白天,聽到聲音後過來問那些比丘:"朋友們,你們為什麼拆我的小屋?",聽說"世尊命令拆毀"后,因為溫順而接受了。 為什麼世尊要命令拆毀這個費了很大力氣為自己建造的小屋呢?難道這裡沒有他的勞動嗎?雖然有,但世尊認為它是不適當的而命令拆毀,認為它是外道的標誌而命令拆毀。這是對此事的判斷。在註釋書中還提到了其他原因 - 爲了憐憫眾生,爲了保護缽和衣,爲了避免住處過多等。因此,即使現在,如果一位多聞、精通戒律的比丘看到另一位比丘攜帶不適當的用品四處遊行,命令切斷或打破它,也是無可指責的,不應該被指責或提醒;也不能對他說"你毀壞了我的用品,你要賠償我"。

Pāḷimuttakavinicchayo

Tatrāyaṃ pāḷimuttako kappiyākappiyaparikkhāravinicchayo – keci tālapaṇṇacchattaṃ anto vā bahi vā pañcavaṇṇena suttena sibbantā vaṇṇamaṭṭhaṃ karonti, taṃ na vaṭṭati. Ekavaṇṇena pana nīlena vā pītakena vā yena kenaci suttena anto vā bahi vā sibbituṃ chattadaṇḍaggāhakaṃ salākapañjaraṃ vā vinandhituṃ vaṭṭati. Tañca kho thirakaraṇatthaṃ, na vaṇṇamaṭṭhatthāya. Chattapaṇṇakesu makaradantakaṃ vā aḍḍhacandakaṃ vā chindituṃ na vaṭṭati. Chattadaṇḍe gehathambhesu viya ghaṭako vā vāḷarūpakaṃ vā na vaṭṭati. Sacepi sabbattha āraggena lekhā dinnā hoti, sāpi na vaṭṭati. Ghaṭakampi vāḷarūpampi bhinditvā dhāretabbaṃ. Lekhāpi ghaṃsitvā vā apanetabbā, suttakena vā daṇḍo veṭhetabbo. Daṇḍabunde pana ahicchattakasaṇṭhānaṃ vaṭṭati. Vātappahārena acalanatthaṃ chattamaṇḍalikaṃ rajjukehi gāhetvā daṇḍe bandhanti, tasmiṃ bandhanaṭṭhāne valayamiva ukkiritvā lekhaṃ ṭhapenti, sā vaṭṭati.

Cīvaramaṇḍanatthāya nānāsuttakehi satapadīsadisaṃ sibbantā āgantukapaṭṭaṃ ṭhapenti, aññampi yaṃkiñci sūcikammavikāraṃ karonti, paṭṭamukhe vā pariyante vā veṇiṃ vā saṅkhalikaṃ vā, evamādi sabbaṃ na vaṭṭati, pakatisūcikammameva vaṭṭati. Gaṇṭhikapaṭṭakañca pāsakapaṭṭañca aṭṭhakoṇampi soḷasakoṇampi karonti, tattha agghiyagayamuggarādīni dassenti, kakkaṭakkhīni ukkiranti, sabbaṃ na vaṭṭati, catukoṇameva vaṭṭati. Koṇasuttapiḷakā ca cīvare ratte duviññeyyarūpā vaṭṭanti. Kañjikapiṭṭhakhaliādīsu cīvaraṃ pakkhipituṃ na vaṭṭati. Cīvarakammakāle pana hatthamalasūcimalādīnaṃ dhovanatthaṃ kiliṭṭhakāle ca dhovanatthaṃ vaṭṭati. Gandhaṃ vā lākhaṃ vā telaṃ vā rajane pakkhipituṃ na vaṭṭati.

Cīvaraṃ rajitvā saṅkhena vā maṇinā vā yena kenaci na ghaṭṭetabbaṃ. Bhūmiyaṃ jāṇukāni nihantvā hatthehi gahetvā doṇiyampi na ghaṃsitabbaṃ. Doṇiyaṃ vā phalake vā ṭhapetvā ante gāhāpetvā hatthehi paharituṃ pana vaṭṭati; tampi muṭṭhinā na kātabbaṃ. Porāṇakattherā pana doṇiyampi na ṭhapesuṃ. Eko gahetvā tiṭṭhati; aparo hatthe katvā hatthena paharati. Cīvarassa kaṇṇasuttakaṃ na vaṭṭati, rajitakāle chinditabbaṃ. Yaṃ pana 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kaṇṇasuttaka』』nti (mahāva. 344) evaṃ anuññātaṃ, taṃ anuvāte pāsakaṃ katvā bandhitabbaṃ rajanakāle lagganatthāya. Gaṇṭhikepi sobhākaraṇatthaṃ lekhā vā piḷakā vā na vaṭṭati, nāsetvā paribhuñjitabbaṃ.

Patte vā thālake vā āraggena lekhaṃ karonti, anto vā bahi vā na vaṭṭati. Pattaṃ bhamaṃ āropetvā majjitvā pacanti – 『『maṇivaṇṇaṃ karissāmā』』ti, na vaṭṭati; telavaṇṇo pana vaṭṭati. Pattamaṇḍale bhittikammaṃ na vaṭṭati, makaradantakaṃ pana vaṭṭati.

Dhamakaraṇachattakassa upari vā heṭṭhā vā dhamakaraṇakucchiyaṃ vā lekhā na vaṭṭati, chattamukhavaṭṭiyaṃ panassa lekhā vaṭṭati.

這是對巴利文原文的直譯： 非巴利聖典判定 以下是非巴利聖典中關於適當和不適當用品的判定 - 有些人用五種顏色的線在棕櫚葉傘的內外縫製,使其美化,這是不允許的。但是用單一顏色的藍色或黃色或任何顏色的線在內外縫製,或用來繫緊傘柄和傘架是允許的。這只是爲了使其堅固,而不是爲了美化。在傘葉上切割鯊魚齒形或半月形是不允許的。在傘柄上像房屋柱子那樣做球形裝飾或動物圖案是不允許的。即使用針尖在各處畫線也是不允許的。球形裝飾和動物圖案應該打破后才能使用。線條也應該擦掉或用線纏繞傘柄。但在傘柄底部做蘑菇形狀是允許的。爲了防止被風吹動,人們用繩子抓住傘邊緣並綁在傘柄上,在綁的地方刻出像手鐲一樣的線條,這是允許的。 爲了裝飾袈裟,他們用各種顏色的線縫製類似百足蟲的圖案,放置額外的布塊,或做其他任何針線工藝的變化,在布的正面或邊緣做辮子或鏈條,所有這些都是不允許的,只有普通的針線工藝是允許的。他們把鈕釦布和帶子做成八角形或十六角形,在上面顯示火焰、巨錘等圖案,刻出蟹眼,所有這些都是不允許的,只有四角形是允許的。在染紅的袈裟上不易辨認的角落縫線結是允許的。不允許將袈裟浸在米湯、麵粉糊等中。但在製作袈裟時,爲了洗滌手上和針上的污垢,或在髒了的時候洗滌是允許的。不允許在染料中加入香料、樹脂或油。 不應用貝殼、寶石或任何東西來磨擦染好的袈裟。不應跪在地上用手抓住在木盆中摩擦。但可以放在木盆或木板上,抓住邊緣用手拍打;這也不應用拳頭做。但古代長老們甚至不把它放在木盆裡。一個人抓住它站著;另一個人用手拍打。袈裟的角線是不允許的,染色時應該切斷。但如所說"比丘們,我允許角線",這是允許的,應該在邊緣做鈕釦並繫上,以便染色時懸掛。在鈕釦上爲了美化而做線條或凸起也是不允許的,應該去除后使用。 在缽或盤子上用針尖刻線,無論內外都是不允許的。他們把缽放在車床上磨光后燒製,"我們要使它像寶石一樣",這是不允許的;但油的顏色是允許的。在缽架上做壁畫是不允許的,但鯊魚齒形是允許的。 在濾水器傘的上方、下方或器腹上畫線是不允許的,但在傘口邊緣畫線是允許的。

Kāyabandhanassa sobhanatthaṃ tahiṃ tahiṃ diguṇaṃ suttaṃ koṭṭenti, kakkaṭacchīni uṭṭhapenti, na vaṭṭati. Ubhosu pana antesu dasāmukhassa thirabhāvāya diguṇaṃ koṭṭetuṃ vaṭṭati. Dasāmukhe pana ghaṭakaṃ vā makaramukhaṃ vā deḍḍubhasīsaṃ vā yaṃkiñci vikārarūpaṃ kātuṃ na vaṭṭati. Tattha tattha acchīni dassetvā mālākammalatākammādīni vā katvā koṭṭitakāyabandhanampi na vaṭṭati. Ujukameva pana macchakaṇṭakaṃ vā khajjuripattakaṃ vā maṭṭhapaṭṭikaṃ vā katvā koṭṭituṃ vaṭṭati. Kāyabandhanassa dasā ekā vaṭṭati, dve tīṇi cattāripi vaṭṭanti; tato paraṃ na vaṭṭanti. Rajjukakāyabandhanaṃ ekameva vaṭṭati. Pāmaṅgasaṇṭhānaṃ pana ekampi na vaṭṭati. Dasā pana pāmaṅgasaṇṭhānāpi vaṭṭati. Bahurajjuke ekato katvā ekena nirantaraṃ veṭhetvā kataṃ bahurajjukanti na vattabbaṃ, taṃ vaṭṭati.

Kāyabandhanavidhe aṭṭhamaṅgalādikaṃ yaṃkiñci vikārarūpaṃ na vaṭṭati, paricchedalekhāmattaṃ vaṭṭati. Vidhakassa ubhosu antesu thirakaraṇatthāya ghaṭakaṃ karonti, ayampi vaṭṭati.

Añjaniyaṃ itthipurisacatuppadasakuṇarūpaṃ vā mālākamma-latākammamakaradantaka-gomuttakaaḍḍhacandakādibhedaṃ vā vikārarūpaṃ na vaṭṭati. Ghaṃsitvā vā chinditvā vā yathā vā na paññāyati, tathā suttena veṭhetvā vaḷañjetabbā. Ujukameva pana caturaṃsā vā aṭṭhaṃsā vā soḷasaṃsā vā añjanī vaṭṭati. Heṭṭhato pissā dve vā tisso vā vaṭṭalekhāyo vaṭṭanti. Gīvāyampissā pidhānakabandhanatthaṃ ekā vaṭṭalekhā vaṭṭati.

Añjanisalākāyapi vaṇṇamaṭṭhakammaṃ na vaṭṭati. Añjanitthavikāyampi yaṃkiñci nānāvaṇṇena suttena vaṇṇamaṭṭhakammaṃ na vaṭṭati. Eseva nayo kuñcikākosakepi. Kuñcikāya vaṇṇamaṭṭhakammaṃ na vaṭṭati, tathā sipāṭikāyaṃ. Ekavaṇṇasuttena panettha yena kenaci sibbituṃ vaṭṭati.

Ārakaṇṭakepi vaṭṭamaṇikaṃ vā aññaṃ vā vaṇṇamaṭṭhaṃ na vaṭṭati. Gīvāyaṃ pana paricchedalekhā vaṭṭati. Pipphalikepi maṇikaṃ vā piḷakaṃ vā yaṃkiñci uṭṭhapetuṃ na vaṭṭati. Daṇḍake pana paricchedalekhā vaṭṭati. Nakhacchedanaṃ valitakaṃyeva karonti, tasmā taṃ vaṭṭati. Uttarāraṇiyaṃ vā adharāraṇiyaṃ vā araṇidhanuke vā uparipellanadaṇḍake vā mālākammādikaṃ yaṃkiñci vaṇṇamaṭṭhaṃ na vaṭṭati, pellanadaṇḍakassa pana vemajjhe maṇḍalaṃ hoti, tattha paricchedalekhāmattaṃ vaṭṭati. Sūcisaṇḍāsaṃ karonti, yena sūciṃ ḍaṃsāpetvā ghaṃsanti, tattha makaramukhādikaṃ yaṃkiñci vaṇṇamaṭṭhaṃ na vaṭṭati, sūciḍaṃsanatthaṃ pana mukhamattaṃ hoti, taṃ vaṭṭati.

Dantakaṭṭhacchedanavāsiyampi yaṃkiñci vaṇṇamaṭṭhaṃ na vaṭṭati, ujukameva kappiyalohena ubhosu vā passesu caturaṃsaṃ vā aṭṭhaṃsaṃ vā bandhituṃ vaṭṭati. Kattaradaṇḍepi yaṃkiñci vaṇṇamaṭṭhaṃ na vaṭṭati, heṭṭhā ekā vā dve vā vaṭṭalekhā upari ahicchattakamakuḷamattañca vaṭṭati.

Telabhājanesu visāṇe vā nāḷiyaṃ vā alābuke vā āmaṇḍasārake vā ṭhapetvā itthirūpaṃ purisarūpañca avasesaṃ sabbampi vaṇṇamaṭṭhakammaṃ vaṭṭati.

這是對巴利文原文的直譯： 爲了裝飾腰帶,他們在各處雙重纏繞線,製作蟹眼圖案,這是不允許的。但爲了使繫帶兩端更堅固,可以雙重纏繞。在繫帶上做壺形、鯊魚口形、蛙頭形或任何變異形狀都是不允許的。在各處顯示眼睛,或製作花紋、藤蔓圖案等纏繞的腰帶也是不允許的。但可以做成直線的魚骨形、棕櫚葉形或平滑帶狀並纏繞。腰帶可以有一個繫帶,兩個、三個、四個也可以;超過這個數量就不允許了。繩索腰帶只允許一條。但即使一個袋形也是不允許的。然而,繫帶可以是袋形的。將多條繩子合在一起,用一條不間斷地纏繞而成的,不能稱為多繩腰帶,這是允許的。 在腰帶扣上做八吉祥等任何變異形狀都是不允許的,只允許簡單的邊界線。他們在扣的兩端做球形裝飾以增加強度,這也是允許的。 在眼藥盒上不允許有女人、男人、四足動物、鳥類的影象,或花紋、藤蔓、鯊魚齒、牛尿、半月等各種變異形狀。應該擦掉或切斷,或用線纏繞使其不可見后才能使用。但直的四角形、八角形或十六角形的眼藥盒是允許的。在底部可以有兩三條圓圈線。在頸部也可以有一條圓圈線用於系蓋子。 眼藥棒上也不允許有裝飾。眼藥盒套上也不允許用各種顏色的線做任何裝飾。這同樣適用於鑰匙套。鑰匙上不允許有裝飾,鑰匙孔也一樣。但可以用任何單一顏色的線縫製。 在錐子柄上不允許有圓形寶石或其他裝飾。但在頸部可以有邊界線。在胡椒研磨器上也不允許突出寶石或任何東西。但在柄上可以有邊界線。他們只做彎曲的指甲剪,所以這是允許的。在上部火鉆或下部火鉆或火鉆弓或上部壓桿上不允許有任何花紋等裝飾,但在壓桿中間有一個圓圈,那裡可以有簡單的邊界線。他們製作針夾,用來夾住針並磨光,上面不允許有鯊魚口等任何裝飾,但爲了夾針可以有簡單的開口,這是允許的。 在切牙籤的小斧頭上也不允許有任何裝飾,只允許在兩側用適當的金屬直接綁成四角形或八角形。在傘柄上也不允許有任何裝飾,底部可以有一兩條圓圈線,頂端可以有蘑菇形的花蕾。 在油容器上,除了女人和男人的影象外,其他所有裝飾都允許出現在角、管、葫蘆、芒果核等上。

Mañcapīṭhe bhisibimbohane bhūmattharaṇe pādapuñchane caṅkamanabhisiyā sammuñjaniyaṃ kacavarachaḍḍanake rajanadoṇikāya pānīyauḷuṅke pānīyaghaṭe pādakathalikāya phalakapīṭhake valayādhārake daṇḍādhārakepattapidhāne tālavaṇṭe vījaneti – etesu sabbaṃ mālākammādivaṇṇamaṭṭhakammaṃ vaṭṭati. Senāsane pana dvārakavāṭavātapānakavāṭādīsu sabbaratanamayampi vaṇṇamaṭṭhakammaṃ vaṭṭati.

Senāsane kiñci paṭisedhetabbaṃ natthi, aññatra viruddhasenāsanā. Viruddhasenāsanaṃ nāma aññesaṃ sīmāya rājavallabhehi katasenāsanaṃ vuccati, tasmā ye tādisaṃ senāsanaṃ karonti, te vattabbā – 『『mā amhākaṃ sīmāya senāsanaṃ karothā』』ti. Anādiyitvā karontiyeva, punapi vattabbā – 『『mā evaṃ akattha, mā amhākaṃ uposathapavāraṇānaṃ antarāyamakattha, mā sāmaggiṃ bhindittha, tumhākaṃ senāsanaṃ katampi kataṭṭhāne na ṭhassatī』』ti. Sace balakkārena karontiyeva, yadā tesaṃ lajjiparisā ussannā hoti, sakkā ca hoti laddhuṃ dhammiko vinicchayo, tadā tesaṃ pesetabbaṃ – 『『tumhākaṃ āvāsaṃ harathā』』ti. Sace yāva tatiyaṃ pesite haranti, sādhu; no ce haranti, ṭhapetvā bodhiñca cetiyañca avasesasenāsanāni bhinditabbāni, no ca kho aparibhogaṃ karontehi, paṭipāṭiyā pana chadana-gopānasī-iṭṭhakādīni apanetvā tesaṃ pesetabbaṃ – 『『tumhākaṃ dabbasambhāre harathā』』ti. Sace haranti, sādhu; no ce haranti, atha tesu dabbasambhāresu himavassavātātapādīhi pūtibhūtesu vā corehi vā haṭesu agginā vā daḍḍhesu sīmasāmikā bhikkhū anupavajjā, na labbhā codetuṃ 『『tumhehi amhākaṃ dabbasambhārā nāsitā』』ti vā 『『tumhākaṃ gīvā』』ti vā. Yaṃ pana sīmasāmikehi bhikkhūhi kataṃ, taṃ sukatameva hotīti.

Pāḷimuttakavinicchayo niṭṭhito.

1. Evaṃ bhinnāya pana kuṭikāya dhaniyassa parivitakkañca puna kuṭikaraṇatthāya ussāhañca dassetuṃ 『『atha kho āyasmato』』tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha dārugahe gaṇakoti rañño dārubhaṇḍāgāre dārugopako. Devagahadārūnīti devena gahitadārūni. Rājapaṭiggahitabhūtāni dārūnīti attho. Nagarapaṭisaṅkhārikānīti nagarassa paṭisaṅkhārūpakaraṇāni. Āpadatthāya nikkhittānīti aggidāhena vā purāṇabhāvena vā paṭirājūparundhanādinā vā gopuraṭṭālakarājantepurahatthisālādīnaṃ vipatti āpadāti vuccati. Tadatthaṃ nikkhittānīti vuttaṃ hoti. Khaṇḍākhaṇḍikaṃ chedāpetvāti attano kuṭiyā pamāṇaṃ sallakkhetvā kiñci agge kiñci majjhe kiñci mūle khaṇḍākhaṇḍaṃ karonto chedāpesi.

這是對巴利文原文的直譯： 在床、椅子、墊子、枕頭、地毯、腳巾、經行墊、掃帚、垃圾桶、染缸、水勺、水罐、洗腳盆、凳子、托盤架、杖架、缽蓋、棕櫚扇、扇子上 - 所有這些物品上,各種花紋等裝飾都是允許的。在住處的門、窗、百葉窗等上,即使是用各種寶石製作的裝飾也都是允許的。 在住處沒有什麼需要禁止的,除了有爭議的住處。所謂有爭議的住處,是指在他人界內由國王寵臣建造的住處。因此,對那些建造這種住處的人應該說:"不要在我們的界內建造住處。"如果他們不聽從而繼續建造,應該再次告訴他們:"不要這樣做,不要妨礙我們的布薩和自恣,不要破壞和諧,你們建造的住處即使建好了也不能留在建造的地方。"如果他們仍然強行建造,當他們中有慚愧的團體佔上風,且能獲得合法的判決時,應該派人告訴他們:"搬走你們的住處。"如果在第三次通知后他們搬走,那很好;如果不搬走,除了菩提樹和塔之外,其餘的住處都應該拆除,但不是要使其不能使用,而是應該按順序移除屋頂、椽子、磚塊等,並派人告訴他們:"拿走你們的建材。"如果他們拿走,那很好;如果不拿走,那麼當這些建材因雪、雨、風、陽光等而腐爛,或被盜賊偷走,或被火燒燬時,界的所有者比丘們是無可指責的,不能指責他們說"你們毀壞了我們的建材"或"這是你們的責任"。而界的所有者比丘們所做的一切都是正確的。 非巴利聖典判定結束。 86. 當小屋被拆毀后,爲了顯示達尼亞的思慮和再次建造小屋的努力,所以說"然後尊者"等。其中,"木材管理員"是指國王木材庫的木材看守。"國王收藏的木材"意思是國王收藏的木材。"用於修繕城市的"意思是用於修理和維護城市的。"為緊急情況儲存的"意思是火災、老化或敵對國王圍攻等導致城門、塔樓、王宮、象舍等損壞被稱為緊急情況。說"為此目的儲存的"。"切成小塊"意思是他估計自己小屋的尺寸,將一些切成頂部,一些切成中間,一些切成底部,切成一塊塊。

87.Vassakāroti tassa brāhmaṇassa nāmaṃ. Magadhamahāmattoti magadharaṭṭhe mahāmatto, mahatiyā issariyamattāya samannāgato, magadharañño vā mahāmatto; mahāamaccoti vuttaṃ hoti. Anusaññāyamānoti tattha tattha gantvā paccavekkhamāno. Bhaṇeti issarānaṃ nīcaṭṭhānikapurisālapanaṃ. Bandhaṃ āṇāpesīti brāhmaṇo pakatiyāpi tasmiṃ issāpakatova. So rañño 『『āṇāpehī』』ti vacanaṃ sutvā yasmā 『『pakkosāpehī』』ti rañño na vuttaṃ, tasmā 『『naṃ hatthesu ca pādesu ca bandhaṃ katvā āṇāpessāmī』』ti bandhaṃ āṇāpesi. Addasa kho āyasmā dhaniyoti kathaṃ addasa? So kira attanā lesena dārūnaṃ haṭabhāvaṃ ñatvā 『『nissaṃsayaṃ esa dārūnaṃ kāraṇā rājakulato vadhaṃ vā bandhaṃ vā pāpuṇissati, tadā naṃ ahameva mocessāmī』』ti niccakālaṃ tassa pavattiṃ suṇantoyeva vicarati. Tasmā takhaṇaññeva gantvā addasa. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『addasa kho āyasmā dhaniyo』』ti. Dārūnaṃ kiccāti dārūnaṃ kāraṇā. Purāhaṃ haññāmīti ahaṃ purā haññāmi; yāva ahaṃ na haññāmi, tāva tvaṃ eyyāsīti attho.

這是對巴利文原文的直譯： 87. "瓦薩卡拉"是那個婆羅門的名字。"摩揭陀大臣"指在摩揭陀國的大臣,擁有巨大的權力,或者是摩揭陀國王的大臣;意思是說大臣。"巡視"意思是到處走動觀察。"喂"是上層人對下層人的稱呼。"下令逮捕"意思是這個婆羅門本來就對他懷有嫉妒。他聽到國王說"下令"后,因為國王沒有說"傳喚",所以他想:"我要下令把他的手腳綁起來",於是下令逮捕。"尊者達尼亞看到"是怎麼看到的?據說他知道自己用計策取走木材后,"無疑他會因為木材的緣故從王宮得到死刑或監禁,那時我就要去解救他",於是一直在聽取他的訊息。因此他立即去看到了。所以說"尊者達尼亞看到"。"因為木材的事"意思是因為木材的緣故。"在我被殺之前"意思是在我被殺之前;意思是說在我還沒有被殺之前,你要來。

88.Iṅgha, bhante, sarāpehīti ettha iṅghāti codanatthe nipāto. Paṭhamābhisittoti abhisitto hutvā paṭhamaṃ. Evarūpiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitāti 『『dinnaññeva samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ tiṇakaṭṭhodakaṃ paribhuñjantū』』ti imaṃ evarūpiṃ vācaṃ abhisitto hutvā paṭhamameva yaṃ tvaṃ abhāsi, taṃ sayameva bhāsitvā idāni sarasi, na sarasīti vuttaṃ hoti. Rājāno kira abhisittamattāyeva dhammabheriṃ carāpenti – 『『dinnaññeva samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ tiṇakaṭṭhodakaṃ paribhuñjantū』』ti taṃ sandhāya esa vadati. Tesaṃ mayā sandhāya bhāsitanti tesaṃ appamattakepi kukkuccāyantānaṃ samitabāhitapāpānaṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ tiṇakaṭṭhodakaharaṇaṃ sandhāya mayā etaṃ bhāsitaṃ; na tumhādisānanti adhippāyo. Tañca kho araññe apariggahitanti tañca tiṇakaṭṭhodakaṃ yaṃ araññe apariggahitaṃ hoti; etaṃ sandhāya mayā bhāsitanti dīpeti.

Lomena tvaṃ muttosīti ettha lomamiva lomaṃ, kiṃ pana taṃ? Pabbajjāliṅgaṃ. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yathā nāma dhuttā 『『maṃsaṃ khādissāmā』』ti mahagghalomaṃ eḷakaṃ gaṇheyyuṃ. Tamenaṃ añño viññupuriso disvā 『『imassa eḷakassa maṃsaṃ kahāpaṇamattaṃ agghati. Lomāni pana lomavāre lomavāre aneke kahāpaṇe agghantī』』ti dve alomake eḷake datvā gaṇheyya. Evaṃ so eḷako viññupurisamāgamma lomena mucceyya. Evameva tvaṃ imassa kammassa katattā vadhabandhanāraho. Yasmā pana arahaddhajo sabbhi avajjharūpo, tvañca sāsane pabbajitattā yaṃ pabbajjāliṅgabhūtaṃ arahaddhajaṃ dhāresi. Tasmā tvaṃ iminā pabbajjāliṅgalomena eḷako viya viññupurisamāgamma muttosīti.

Manussā ujjhāyantīti rañño parisati bhāsamānassa sammukhā ca parammukhā ca sutvā tattha tattha manussā ujjhāyanti, avajjhāyanti, avajānantā taṃ jhāyanti olokenti lāmakato vā cintentīti attho. Khiyyantīti tassa avaṇṇaṃ kathenti pakāsenti. Vipācentīti vitthārikaṃ karonti, sabbattha pattharanti; ayañca attho saddasatthānusārena veditabbo. Ayaṃ panettha yojanā – 『『alajjino ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā』』tiādīni cintentā ujjhāyanti. 『『Natthi imesaṃ sāmañña』』ntiādīni bhaṇantā khiyyanti. 『『Apagatā ime sāmaññā』』tiādīni tattha tattha vitthārentā vipācentīti. Etena nayena imesaṃ padānaṃ ito parampi tattha tattha āgatapadānurūpena yojanā veditabbā. Brahmacārinoti seṭṭhacārino. Sāmaññanti samaṇabhāvo. Brahmaññanti seṭṭhabhāvo. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.

Rañño dārūnītiādimhi 『『adinnaṃ ādiyissatī』』ti ayaṃ ujjhāyanattho. Yaṃ panetaṃ adinnaṃ ādiyi, taṃ dassetuṃ 『『rañño dārūnī』』ti vuttaṃ. Iti vacanabhede asammuyhantehi attho veditabbo. Purāṇavohāriko mahāmattoti bhikkhubhāvato purāṇe gihikāle vinicchayavohāre niyuttattā 『『vohāriko』』ti saṅkhaṃ gato mahāamacco.

這是對巴利文原文的直譯： 88. "來吧,尊者,請回憶"這裡的"來吧"是表示催促的不變詞。"初次即位時"意思是剛即位時第一次。"說過這樣的話"意思是"讓沙門婆羅門使用已給予的草、木、水",你剛即位時第一次說了這樣的話,你自己說過現在是記得還是不記得。據說國王剛即位就敲響法鼓宣佈:"讓沙門婆羅門使用已給予的草、木、水",他指的是這個。"我是針對那些人說的"意思是我說這話是針對那些即使在小事上也謹慎、已去除罪惡的沙門婆羅門取用草、木、水;不是針對你這樣的人。他解釋說:"並且那是指森林中無人佔有的",那草、木、水是指森林中無人佔有的;我說的是指這個。 "你因毛而得釋放"這裡的"毛"就像毛一樣,是什麼呢?是出家的標誌。這是什麼意思?就像賭徒們說"我們要吃肉"而抓住一隻毛值很多錢的山羊。另一個聰明人看到后想:"這隻山羊的肉只值一個銅幣。但它的毛每根都值很多錢",於是給了兩隻沒毛的山羊換取這隻。這樣,這隻山羊遇到聰明人就因為毛而得救。同樣,你因為做了這件事本該受或監禁。但由於阿羅漢的標誌對善人來說是不可的,而你因為在教團中出家而持有作為出家標誌的阿羅漢標誌。因此,你就像山羊一樣,因為這出家標誌之毛而遇到聰明人得以釋放。 "人們抱怨"意思是聽到國王在眾人面前和背後說話后,人們到處抱怨、責備、看不起他,低劣地看待他。"批評"意思是說他的壞話,宣揚。"傳播"意思是使之廣為流傳,到處散佈;這個意思應該根據語法書來理解。這裡的解釋是:他們想著"這些釋迦子沙門無恥"等而抱怨。說著"這些人沒有沙門性"等而批評。到處詳述"他們失去了沙門性"等而傳播。以此方法,這些詞以及之後在各處出現的詞應該根據上下文來理解。"梵行者"意思是最高的行為者。"沙門性"意思是沙門的狀態。"婆羅門性"意思是最高的狀態。其餘的意思很明顯。 在"國王的木材"等中,"會取走未給予之物"是抱怨的內容。爲了說明他所取走的未給予之物是什麼,所以說"國王的木材"。因此,不混淆詞語的區別,應該理解其意思。"前任法官大臣"意思是在成為比丘之前,在過去的在家時期從事審判工作,被稱為"法官"的大臣。

Atha kho bhagavā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavocāti bhagavā sāmaṃyeva lokavohārampi jānāti, atītabuddhānaṃ paññattimpi jānāti – 『『pubbepi buddhā ettakena pārājikaṃ paññapenti, ettakena thullaccayaṃ, ettakena dukkaṭa』』nti. Evaṃ santepi sace aññehi lokavohāraviññūhi saddhiṃ asaṃsanditvā pādamattena pārājikaṃ paññapeyya, tenassa siyuṃ vattāro 『『sīlasaṃvaro nāma ekabhikkhussapi appameyyo asaṅkhyeyyo mahāpathavī-samudda-ākāsāni viya ativitthiṇṇo, kathañhi nāma bhagavā pādamattakena nāsesī』』ti! Tato tathāgatassa ñāṇabalaṃ ajānantā sikkhāpadaṃ kopeyyuṃ, paññattampi sikkhāpadaṃ yathāṭhāne na tiṭṭheyya. Lokavohāraviññūhi pana saddhiṃ saṃsanditvā paññatte so upavādo na hoti. Aññadatthu evaṃ vattāro honti – 『『imehi nāma agārikāpi pādamattena coraṃ hanantipi bandhantipi pabbājentipi. Kasmā bhagavā pabbajitaṃ na nāsessati; yena parasantakaṃ tiṇasalākamattampi na gahetabba』』nti! Tathāgatassa ca ñāṇabalaṃ jānissanti. Paññattampi ca sikkhāpadaṃ akuppaṃ bhavissati, yathāṭhāne ṭhassati. Tasmā lokavohāraviññūhi saddhiṃ saṃsanditvā paññapetukāmo sabbāvantaṃ parisaṃ anuvilokento atha kho bhagavā avidūre nisinnaṃ disvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavoca 『『kittakena kho bhikkhu rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro coraṃ gahetvā hanati vā bandhati vā pabbājeti vā』』ti.

Tattha māgadhoti magadhānaṃ issaro. Seniyoti senāya sampanno. Bimbisāroti tassa nāmaṃ. Pabbājeti vāti raṭṭhato nikkhāmeti. Sesamettha uttānatthameva. Pañcamāsako pādoti tadā rājagahe vīsatimāsako kahāpaṇo hoti, tasmā pañcamāsako pādo. Etena lakkhaṇena sabbajanapadesu kahāpaṇassa catuttho bhāgo 『『pādo』』ti veditabbo. So ca kho porāṇassa nīlakahāpaṇassa vasena, na itaresaṃ rudradāmakādīnaṃ. Tena hi pādena atītabuddhāpi pārājikaṃ paññapesuṃ, anāgatāpi paññapessanti. Sabbabuddhānañhi pārājikavatthumhi vā pārājike vā nānattaṃ natthi. Imāneva cattāri pārājikavatthūni . Imāneva cattāri pārājikāni. Ito ūnaṃ vā atirekaṃ vā natthi. Tasmā bhagavāpi dhaniyaṃ vigarahitvā pādeneva dutiyapārājikaṃ paññapento 『『yo pana bhikkhu adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhāta』』ntiādimāha.

Evaṃ mūlacchejjavasena daḷhaṃ katvā dutiyapārājike paññatte aparampi anupaññattatthāya rajakabhaṇḍikavatthu udapādi, tassuppattidīpanatthametaṃ vuttaṃ – 『『evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hotī』』ti. Tassattho ca anupaññattisambandho ca paṭhamapārājikavaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Yathā ca idha, evaṃ ito paresu sabbasikkhāpadesu. Yaṃ yaṃ pubbe vuttaṃ, taṃ taṃ sabbaṃ vajjetvā uparūpari apubbameva vaṇṇayissāma. Yadi hi yaṃ yaṃ vuttanayaṃ, taṃ taṃ punapi vaṇṇayissāma, kadā vaṇṇanāya antaṃ gamissāma! Tasmā yaṃ yaṃ pubbe vuttaṃ, taṃ taṃ sabbaṃ sādhukaṃ upasallakkhetvā tattha tattha attho ca yojanā ca veditabbā. Apubbaṃ pana yaṃkiñci anuttānatthaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ mayameva vaṇṇayissāma.

Dhaniyavatthuvaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

這是對巴利文原文的直譯： 於是世尊對那位比丘說這話:世尊自己既知道世俗習慣,也知道過去諸佛的制戒 - "過去諸佛對如此程度制定波羅夷,對如此程度制定偷蘭遮,對如此程度制定突吉羅"。即便如此,如果不與其他了解世俗習慣的人商議,僅僅因為一個pāda就制定波羅夷,那麼可能會有人說:"所謂的戒律即使對一個比丘來說也是不可測量、不可計數的,像大地、海洋、天空一樣廣闊,世尊怎麼會因為一個pāda就使之失去呢?"因此,不瞭解如來智力的人可能會違反學處,已制定的學處也可能無法保持原狀。但是與瞭解世俗習慣的人商議後製定,就不會有這種指責。相反,會有這樣的說法:"即使這些在家人也會因為一個pāda而、監禁或驅逐盜賊。為什麼世尊不驅逐出家人呢?因為連別人的一根草也不應該拿。"他們會知道如來的智力。已制定的學處也將不可動搖,會保持原狀。因此,爲了與瞭解世俗習慣的人商議後製定,觀察所有的會眾,世尊看到那位坐在不遠處的比丘,就對他說:"比丘啊,摩揭陀國王頻毗娑羅抓到盜賊后,以多少會、監禁或驅逐呢?" 其中,"摩揭陀"是摩揭陀的統治者。"軍隊"是擁有軍隊的。"頻毗娑羅"是他的名字。"驅逐"是指驅逐出國。這裡其餘的意思很明顯。"五māsaka為一pāda":當時在王舍城(Rājagaha)二十māsaka為一kahāpaṇa,因此五māsaka為一pāda。根據這個標準,應該知道在所有國家中,kahāpaṇa的四分之一稱為"pāda"。這是根據古代的藍色kahāpaṇa,不是其他的rudradāmaka等。過去諸佛也以這個pāda制定波羅夷,未來諸佛也將如此制定。因為所有諸佛在波羅夷事項或波羅夷上沒有差異。就是這四種波羅夷事項。就是這四種波羅夷。不多不少。因此世尊也呵斥達尼亞后,以pāda制定第二波羅夷,說"若比丘以偷盜心取走未給予之物"等。 這樣以根本斷絕的方式堅固地制定第二波羅夷后,爲了進一步制定附加規定,又發生了洗染工包裹的事件,爲了說明其起源,所以說"世尊如此為比丘們制定學處"。其意義和與附加規定的關聯應該按照第一波羅夷的解釋中所說的方法來理解。如這裡一樣,在此之後的所有學處中也是如此。我們將省略前面所說的一切,只解釋後面新出現的內容。如果我們對每一個已經解釋過的方法都再次解釋,何時才能結束解釋呢!因此,應該仔細考慮前面所說的一切,在各處理解其意義和聯繫。但是任何新的、意義不明顯的內容,我們都會自己解釋。 達尼亞事件的解釋結束。

90.Rajakattharaṇaṃ gantvāti rajakatitthaṃ gantvā; tañhi yasmā tattha rajakā vatthāni attharanti, tasmā rajakattharaṇanti vuccati. Rajakabhaṇḍikanti rajakānaṃ bhaṇḍikaṃ; rajakā sāyanhasamaye nagaraṃ pavisantā bahūni vatthāni ekekaṃ bhaṇḍikaṃ bandhanti. Tato ekaṃ bhaṇḍikaṃ tesaṃ pamādena apassantānaṃ avaharitvā thenetvāti attho.

Padabhājanīyavaṇṇanā

這是對巴利文原文的直譯： 90. "去了洗染工鋪"意思是去了洗染工的河灘;因為洗染工在那裡鋪開衣服,所以稱為洗染工鋪。"洗染工的包裹"意思是洗染工的包裹;洗染工在傍晚進城時,把許多衣服捆成一個個包裹。"偷走"意思是趁他們疏忽不注意時,偷取其中一個包裹。 詞語解釋的註釋

92.Gāmonāmāti evamādi 『『gāmā vā araññā vā』』ti ettha vuttassa gāmassa ca araññassa ca pabhedadassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Tattha yasmiṃ gāme ekā eva kuṭi, ekaṃ gehaṃ seyyathāpi malayajanapade; ayaṃ ekakuṭiko gāmo nāma. Etena nayena aparepi veditabbā. Amanussonāma yo sabbaso vā manussānaṃ abhāvena yakkhapariggahabhūto; yato vā manussā kenaci kāraṇena punapi āgantukāmā eva apakkantā. Parikkhittonāma iṭṭhakapākāraṃ ādiṃ katvā antamaso kaṇṭakasākhāhipi parikkhitto. Gonisādiniviṭṭhonāma vīthisannivesādivasena anivisitvā yathā gāvo tattha tattha dve tayo nisīdanti, evaṃ tattha tattha dve tīṇi gharāni katvā niviṭṭho. Satthoti jaṅghasatthasakaṭasatthādīsu yo koci. Imasmiñca sikkhāpade nigamopi nagarampi gāmaggahaṇeneva gahitanti veditabbaṃ.

Gāmūpacārotiādi araññaparicchedadassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Indakhīle ṭhitassāti yassa gāmassa anurādhapurasseva dve indakhīlā, tassa abbhantarime indakhīle ṭhitassa; tassa hi bāhiro indakhīlo ābhidhammikanayena araññasaṅkhepaṃ gacchati. Yassa pana eko, tassa gāmadvārabāhānaṃ vemajjhe ṭhitassa. Yatrāpi hi indakhīlo natthi, tatra gāmadvārabāhānaṃ vemajjhameva 『『indakhīlo』』ti vuccati. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『gāmadvārabāhānaṃ vemajjhe ṭhitassā』』ti. Majjhimassāti thāmamajjhimassa, no pamāṇamajjhimassa, neva appathāmassa, na mahāthāmassa; majjhimathāmassāti vuttaṃ hoti. Leḍḍupātoti yathā mātugāmo kāke uḍḍāpento ujukameva hatthaṃ ukkhipitvā leḍḍuṃ khipati, yathā ca udakukkhepe udakaṃ khipanti, evaṃ akhipitvā yathā taruṇamanussā attano balaṃ dassentā bāhaṃ pasāretvā leḍḍuṃ khipanti, evaṃ khittassa leḍḍussa patanaṭṭhānaṃ. Patito pana luṭhitvā yattha gacchati, taṃ na gahetabbaṃ.

Aparikkhittassa gāmassa gharūpacāre ṭhitassa majjhimassa purisassa leḍḍupātoti ettha pana nibbakosassa udakapātaṭṭhāne ṭhitassa majjhimassa purisassa suppapāto vā musalapāto vā gharūpacāro nāma. Tasmiṃ gharūpacāre ṭhitassa leḍḍupāto gāmūpacāroti kurundaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Mahāpaccariyampi tādisameva. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana 『『gharaṃ nāma, gharūpacāro nāma, gāmo nāma, gāmūpacāro nāmā』』ti mātikaṃ ṭhapetvā nibbakosassa udakapātaṭṭhānabbhantaraṃ gharaṃ nāma. Yaṃ pana dvāre ṭhito mātugāmo bhājanadhovanaudakaṃ chaḍḍeti, tassa patanaṭṭhānañca mātugāmeneva antogehe ṭhitena pakatiyā bahi khittassa suppassa vā sammuñjaniyā vā patanaṭṭhānañca, gharassa purato dvīsu koṇesu sambandhitvā majjhe rukkhasūcidvāraṃ ṭhapetvā gorūpānaṃ pavesananivāraṇatthaṃ kataparikkhepo ca ayaṃ sabbopi gharūpacāro nāma. Tasmiṃ gharūpacāre ṭhitassa majjhimassa purisassa leḍḍupātabbhantaraṃ gāmo nāma. Tato aññassa leḍḍupātassa abbhantaraṃ gāmūpacāro nāmāti vuttaṃ. Idamettha pamāṇaṃ. Yathā cettha, evaṃ sabbattha yo yo aṭṭhakathāvādo vā theravādo vā pacchā vuccati so pamāṇato daṭṭhabbo.

這是對巴利文原文的直譯： 92. "村莊是"等,這是爲了解釋在"從村莊或從森林"中提到的村莊和森林的區別而說的。其中,只有一個小屋、一個房子的村莊,就像在馬來亞地區那樣;這被稱為單屋村莊。其他的也應按此方法理解。"無人"是指由於完全沒有人而成為夜叉所佔有的;或者是人們因某種原因離開,但仍想再回來。"有圍墻的"是指從磚墻開始,至少用荊棘枝條圍起來的。"牛坐落的"是指不是按街道等方式安置,而是像牛在這裡那裡兩三隻坐下那樣,在這裡那裡建兩三座房子而安置的。"商隊"是指步行商隊、車隊等任何一種。應該知道,在這條學處中,鎮和城也包括在村莊的概念中。 "村莊邊界"等是爲了說明森林的界限而說的。"站在門柱上"是指,對於像阿努拉達普拉(Anurādhapura)這樣有兩個門柱的村莊,站在內側的門柱上;因為對它來說,外側的門柱按阿毗達磨的方法被歸類為森林。對於只有一個門柱的,則是站在村門兩側的中間。即使在沒有門柱的地方,村門兩側的中間也被稱為"門柱"。因此說"站在村門兩側的中間"。"中等的"是指力氣中等的,不是指身材中等的,既不是力氣小的,也不是力氣大的;意思是說力氣中等的。"土塊投擲距離"是指,就像女人驅趕烏鴉時直接舉起手扔土塊,或者像潑水時潑水那樣,而不是像年輕人展示自己力量時伸展手臂扔土塊那樣扔出的土塊的落地處。但是落地后滾動到的地方不應計算在內。 關於"對於無圍墻的村莊,站在房屋邊界處的中等人的土塊投擲距離",在這裡,站在無遮蔽處的水落地點的中等人的揚穀簸箕或杵的投擲距離被稱為房屋邊界。站在這個房屋邊界處的土塊投擲距離被稱為村莊邊界,這在《小義注》中說過。《大義注》也類似。但在《大注》中,先列出"房屋、房屋邊界、村莊、村莊邊界"的大綱后說:無遮蔽處的水落地點內部被稱為房屋。而站在門口的女人潑洗器皿的水的落地處,以及女人站在屋內正常向外投擲的揚穀簸箕或掃帚的落地處,以及在房屋前面連線兩個角落、中間放置樹枝門以防止牛進入而做的圍欄,所有這些都被稱為房屋邊界。站在這個房屋邊界處的中等人的土塊投擲距離內部被稱為村莊。從那裡另一個土塊投擲距離內部被稱為村莊邊界。這在這裡是標準。不僅在這裡,在所有地方,任何註釋的說法或長老的說法如果在後面提到,都應該被視為標準。

Yañcetaṃ mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ pāḷiyā viruddhamiva dissati. Pāḷiyañhi – 『『gharūpacāre ṭhitassa majjhimassa purisassa leḍḍupāto』』ti ettakameva vuttaṃ. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana taṃ leḍḍupātaṃ gāmasaṅkhepaṃ katvā tato paraṃ gāmūpacāro vuttoti? Vuccate – saccameva pāḷiyaṃ vuttaṃ , adhippāyo panettha veditabbo. So ca aṭṭhakathācariyānameva vidito. Tasmā yathā 『『gharūpacāre ṭhitassā』』ti ettha gharūpacāralakkhaṇaṃ pāḷiyaṃ avuttampi aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttavasena gahitaṃ. Evaṃ sesampi gahetabbaṃ.

Tatrāyaṃ nayo – idha gāmo nāma duvidho hoti – parikkhitto ca aparikkhitto ca. Tatra parikkhittassa parikkhepoyeva paricchedo. Tasmā tassa visuṃ paricchedaṃ avatvā 『『gāmūpacāro nāma parikkhittassa gāmassa indakhīle ṭhitassa majjhimassa purisassa leḍḍupāto』』ti pāḷiyaṃ vuttaṃ. Aparikkhittassa pana gāmassa gāmaparicchedo vattabbo. Tasmā tassa gāmaparicchedadassanatthaṃ 『『aparikkhittassa gāmassa gharūpacāre ṭhitassa majjhimassa purisassa leḍḍupāto』』ti vuttaṃ. Gāmaparicchede ca dassite gāmūpacāralakkhaṇaṃ pubbe vuttanayeneva sakkā ñātunti puna 『『tattha ṭhitassa majjhimassa purisassa leḍḍupāto』』ti na vuttaṃ. Yo pana gharūpacāre ṭhitassa leḍḍupātaṃyeva 『『gāmūpacāro』』ti vadati, tassa gharūpacāro gāmoti āpajjati. Tato gharaṃ, gharūpacāro, gāmo , gāmūpacāroti esa vibhāgo saṅkarīyati. Asaṅkarato cettha vinicchayo veditabbo vikāle gāmappavesanādīsu. Tasmā pāḷiñca aṭṭhakathañca saṃsanditvā vuttanayenevettha gāmo ca gāmūpacāro ca veditabbo. Yopi ca gāmo pubbe mahā hutvā pacchā kulesu naṭṭhesu appako hoti, so gharūpacārato leḍḍupāteneva paricchinditabbo. Purimaparicchedo panassa parikkhittassāpi aparikkhittassāpi appamāṇamevāti.

Araññaṃ nāma ṭhapetvā gāmañca gāmūpacārañcāti imaṃ yathāvuttalakkhaṇaṃ gāmañca gāmūpacārañca ṭhapetvā imasmiṃ adinnādānasikkhāpade avasesaṃ 『『araññaṃ』』 nāmāti veditabbaṃ. Abhidhamme pana 『『araññanti nikkhamitvā bahi indakhīlā sabbametaṃ arañña』』nti (vibha. 529) vuttaṃ. Āraññakasikkhāpade 『『āraññakaṃ nāma senāsanaṃ pañcadhanusatikaṃ pacchima』』nti (pārā. 654) vuttaṃ. Taṃ indakhīlato paṭṭhāya āropitena ācariyadhanunā pañcadhanusatappamāṇanti veditabbaṃ. Evaṃ bhagavatā 『『gāmā vā araññā vā』』ti etassa atthaṃ vibhajantena 『『gharaṃ, gharūpacāro, gāmo, gāmūpacāro arañña』』nti pāpabhikkhūnaṃ lesokāsanisedhanatthaṃ pañca koṭṭhāsā dassitā. Tasmā ghare vā gharūpacāre vā gāme vā gāmūpacāre vā araññe vā pādagghanakato paṭṭhāya sassāmikaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharantassa pārājikamevāti veditabbaṃ.

這是對巴利文原文的直譯： 《大注》中所說的,似乎與聖典相矛盾。因為在聖典中只說"站在房屋邊界處的中等人的土塊投擲距離"。但在註釋中,把這土塊投擲距離歸類為村莊,然後又說更遠處是村莊邊界?對此回答:聖典中所說確實如此,但這裡應該理解其意圖。這意圖只有註釋家們才知道。因此,就像"站在房屋邊界處"這裡,雖然聖典中沒有說明房屋邊界的特徵,但根據註釋中所說而接受。其他的也應該這樣接受。 這裡的方法是:這裡的村莊有兩種 - 有圍墻的和無圍墻的。其中,有圍墻的以圍墻為界限。因此,沒有單獨說明其界限,在聖典中說"村莊邊界是指對有圍墻的村莊,站在門柱處的中等人的土塊投擲距離"。但對無圍墻的村莊,應該說明村莊界限。因此,爲了說明其村莊界限,說"對無圍墻的村莊,站在房屋邊界處的中等人的土塊投擲距離"。當說明了村莊界限后,村莊邊界的特徵可以按前面所說的方法知道,所以沒有再說"站在那裡的中等人的土塊投擲距離"。如果有人說站在房屋邊界處的土塊投擲距離就是"村莊邊界",那麼對他來說房屋邊界就成了村莊。這樣一來,房屋、房屋邊界、村莊、村莊邊界這個區分就混淆了。應該從不混淆中理解這裡的判定,比如在非時進入村莊等情況。因此,應該按照協調聖典和註釋而說的方法來理解這裡的村莊和村莊邊界。即使是過去很大後來因家族滅亡而變小的村莊,也應該從房屋邊界以土塊投擲距離來界定。但其過去的界限,無論是有圍墻的還是無圍墻的,都不再作為標準。 "除了村莊和村莊邊界外,稱為森林":應該知道,在這條不與取學處中,除了上述特徵的村莊和村莊邊界外,其餘的都稱為"森林"。但在阿毗達磨中說:"出了門柱以外,這一切都稱為森林。"在阿蘭若學處中說:"阿蘭若住處至少要有五百弓(長)"。應該知道,這是從門柱開始,以老師的弓箭計量五百弓的距離。這樣,世尊在解釋"從村莊或從森林"的意思時,爲了阻止惡比丘找藉口,顯示了五個部分:"房屋、房屋邊界、村莊、村莊邊界、森林"。因此,應該知道,從價值一pāda開始,在房屋、房屋邊界、村莊、村莊邊界或森林中偷取有主人的物品,都構成波羅夷。

Idāni 『『adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyeyyā』』tiādīnaṃ atthadassanatthaṃ 『『adinnaṃ nāmā』』tiādimāha. Tattha adinnanti dantaponasikkhāpade attano santakampi appaṭiggahitakaṃ kappiyaṃ ajjhoharaṇīyaṃ vuccati. Idha pana yaṃkiñci parapariggahitaṃ sassāmikaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ, tadetaṃ tehi sāmikehi kāyena vā vācāya vā na dinnanti adinnaṃ. Attano hatthato vā yathāṭhitaṭṭhānato vā na nissaṭṭhanti anissaṭṭhaṃ. Yathāṭhāne ṭhitampi anapekkhatāya na pariccattanti apariccattaṃ. Ārakkhasaṃvidhānena rakkhitattā rakkhitaṃ. Mañjūsādīsu pakkhipitvā gopitattā gopitaṃ. 『『Mama ida』』nti taṇhāmamattena mamāyitattā mamāyitaṃ. Tāhi apariccāgarakkhaṇagopanāhi tehi bhaṇḍasāmikehi parehi pariggahitanti parapariggahitaṃ. Etaṃ adinnaṃ nāma.

Theyyasaṅkhātanti ettha thenoti coro, thenassa bhāvo theyyaṃ; avaharaṇacittassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. 『『Saṅkhā, saṅkhāta』』nti atthato ekaṃ; koṭṭhāsassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ, 『『saññānidānā hi papañcasaṅkhā』』tiādīsu (su. ni. 880) viya. Theyyañca taṃ saṅkhātañcāti theyyasaṅkhātaṃ, theyyacittasaṅkhāto eko cittakoṭṭhāsoti attho. Karaṇatthe cetaṃ paccattavacanaṃ, tasmā theyyasaṅkhātenāti atthato daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yo ca theyyasaṅkhātena ādiyati, so yasmā theyyacitto hoti, tasmā byañjanaṃ anādiyitvā atthameva dassetuṃ theyyacitto avaharaṇacittoti evamassa padabhājanaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ.

Ādiyeyya, hareyya, avahareyya, iriyāpathaṃ vikopeyya, ṭhānā cāveyya, saṅketaṃ vītināmeyyāti ettha pana paṭhamapadaṃ abhiyogavasena vuttaṃ, dutiyapadaṃ aññesaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ harantassa gacchato vasena, tatiyapadaṃ upanikkhittabhaṇḍavasena, catutthaṃ saviññāṇakavasena, pañcamaṃ thale nikkhittādivasena, chaṭṭhaṃ parikappavasena vā suṅkaghātavasena vā vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Yojanā panettha ekabhaṇḍavasenapi nānābhaṇḍavasenapi hoti. Ekabhaṇḍavasena ca saviññāṇakeneva labbhati, nānābhaṇḍavasena saviññāṇakāviññāṇakamissakena.

Tattha nānābhaṇḍavasena tāva evaṃ veditabbaṃ – ādiyeyyāti ārāmaṃ abhiyuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Sāmikassa vimatiṃ uppādeti, āpatti thullaccayassa. Sāmiko 『『na mayhaṃ bhavissatī』』ti dhuraṃ nikkhipati, āpatti pārājikassa.

Hareyyāti aññassa bhaṇḍaṃ haranto sīse bhāraṃ theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa. Khandhaṃ oropeti, āpatti pārājikassa.

Avahareyyāti upanikkhittaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ 『『dehi me bhaṇḍa』』nti vuccamāno 『『nāhaṃ gaṇhāmī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Sāmikassa vimatiṃ uppādeti, āpatti thullaccayassa. Sāmiko 『『na mayhaṃ dassatī』』ti dhuraṃ nikkhipati, āpatti pārājikassa .

Iriyāpathaṃvikopeyyāti 『『sahabhaṇḍahārakaṃ nessāmī』』ti paṭhamaṃ pādaṃ saṅkāmeti, āpatti thullaccayassa. Dutiyaṃ pādaṃ saṅkāmeti, āpatti pārājikassa.

Ṭhānā cāveyyāti thalaṭṭhaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa. Ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa.

這是對巴利文原文的直譯： 現在,爲了說明"取走未給予之物,以偷盜心"等的含義,說"未給予是"等。其中,"未給予"在刷牙學處中,指即使是自己的物品,如果是未經接受的、適合的、可以吞嚥的也被稱為未給予。但在這裡,指任何被他人佔有的、有主人的物品,這些物品未被那些主人以身體或語言給予,所以是未給予。未從自己手中或原處放開,所以是未放開。即使仍在原處,因為不關心而未捨棄,所以是未捨棄。因為通過安排保護而被保護,所以是被保護的。因為放在箱子等中而被保管,所以是被保管的。因為以"這是我的"這種渴愛的我所而被佔有,所以是被佔有的。因為通過那些不捨棄、保護、保管,被那些物品的主人佔有,所以是被他人佔有的。這就是所謂的未給予。 "以偷盜心"中,"賊"是盜賊,賊的狀態是偷盜;這是指偷取之心的代稱。"saṅkhā"和"saṅkhāta"意思相同;這是部分的代稱,如"因為想而有戲論的部分"等句中。偷盜和它的部分就是"theyyasaṅkhāta",意思是偷盜心的部分,即一個心的部分。這是工具格的主格用法,所以應該理解為"以偷盜心"。誰以偷盜心取走,他就是有偷盜之心,所以應該知道不取詞語而只顯示意思,因此其詞義解釋說是"有偷盜心,有偷取心"。 "取走、拿走、偷走、改變姿勢、移離原處、超過約定"中,第一個詞是就指控而言,第二個詞是就拿走他人物品而行走而言,第三個詞是就寄存物而言,第四個詞是就有知覺的物品而言,第五個詞是就放在地上等而言,第六個詞是就預謀或逃避關稅而言。這裡的解釋可以就單一物品或多種物品而言。就單一物品而言只適用於有知覺的物品,就多種物品而言則適用於有知覺和無知覺混合的物品。 其中,首先應該這樣理解多種物品的情況:"取走"是指控告園林,犯突吉羅。使主人產生疑惑,犯偷蘭遮。主人想"這將不屬於我"而放棄,犯波羅夷。 "拿走"是指拿走他人物品,以偷盜心觸控頭上的負荷,犯突吉羅。使之搖動,犯偷蘭遮。從肩上放下,犯波羅夷。 "偷走"是指寄存的物品,當被說"把我的物品還給我"時說"我沒有拿",犯突吉羅。使主人產生疑惑,犯偷蘭遮。主人想"他不會還給我"而放棄,犯波羅夷。 "改變姿勢"是指"我要帶走連同物品的人"而移動第一隻腳,犯偷蘭遮。移動第二隻腳,犯波羅夷。 "移離原處"是指以偷盜心觸控放在地上的物品,犯突吉羅。使之搖動,犯偷蘭遮。使之離開原處,犯波羅夷。

Saṅketaṃ vītināmeyyāti parikappitaṭṭhānaṃ paṭhamaṃ pādaṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti thullaccayassa. Dutiyaṃ pādaṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti pārājikassa. Atha vā paṭhamaṃ pādaṃ suṅkaghātaṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti thullaccayassa. Dutiyaṃ pādaṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti pārājikassāti – ayamettha nānābhaṇḍavasena yojanā.

Ekabhaṇḍavasena pana sassāmikaṃ dāsaṃ vā tiracchānaṃ vā yathāvuttena abhiyogādinā nayena ādiyati vā harati vā avaharati vā iriyāpathaṃ vā vikopeti, ṭhānā vā cāveti, paricchedaṃ vā atikkāmeti – ayamettha ekabhaṇḍavasena yojanā.

Pañcavīsatiavahārakathā

Apica imāni cha padāni vaṇṇentena pañca pañcake samodhānetvā pañcavīsati avahārā dassetabbā. Evaṃ vaṇṇayatā hi idaṃ adinnādānapārājikaṃ suvaṇṇitaṃ hoti. Imasmiñca ṭhāne sabbaaṭṭhakathā ākulā luḷitā duviññeyyavinicchayā. Tathā hi sabbaaṭṭhakathāsu yāni tāni pāḷiyaṃ 『『pañcahākārehi adinnaṃ ādiyantassa āpatti pārājikassa, parapariggahitañca hotī』』tiādinā nayena avahāraṅgāni vuttāni, tānipi gahetvā katthaci ekaṃ pañcakaṃ dassitaṃ, katthaci 『『chahākārehī』』ti āgatehi saddhiṃ dve pañcakāni dassitāni. Etāni ca pañcakāni na honti. Yattha hi ekekena padena avahāro sijjhati, taṃ pañcakaṃ nāma vuccati. Ettha pana sabbehipi padehi ekoyeva avahāro. Yāni ca tattha labbhamānāniyeva pañcakāni dassitāni, tesampi na sabbesaṃ attho pakāsito. Evamimasmiṃ ṭhāne sabbaaṭṭhakathā ākulā luḷitā duviññeyyavinicchayā. Tasmā pañca pañcakesamodhānetvā dassiyamānā ime pañcavīsati avahārā sādhukaṃ sallakkhetabbā.

Pañca pañcakāni nāma – nānābhaṇḍapañcakaṃ, ekabhaṇḍapañcakaṃ, sāhatthikapañcakaṃ, pubbapayogapañcakaṃ , theyyāvahārapañcakanti. Tattha nānābhaṇḍapañcakañca ekabhaṇḍapañcakañca 『『ādiyeyya, hareyya, avahareyya, iriyāpathaṃ vikopeyya, ṭhānā cāveyyā』』ti imesaṃ padānaṃ vasena labbhanti. Tāni pubbe yojetvā dassitanayeneva veditabbāni. Yaṃ panetaṃ 『『saṅketaṃ vītināmeyyā』』ti chaṭṭhaṃ padaṃ, taṃ parikappāvahārassa ca nissaggiyāvahārassa ca sādhāraṇaṃ. Tasmā taṃ tatiyapañcamesu pañcakesu labbhamānapadavasena yojetabbaṃ. Vuttaṃ nānābhaṇḍapañcakañca ekabhaṇḍapañcakañca.

Katamaṃ sāhatthikapañcakaṃ? Pañca avahārā – sāhatthiko, āṇattiko, nissaggiyo, atthasādhako, dhuranikkhepoti. Tattha sāhatthiko nāma parassa bhaṇḍaṃ sahatthā avaharati. Āṇattiko nāma 『『asukassa bhaṇḍaṃ avaharā』』ti aññaṃ āṇāpeti. Nissaggiyo nāma antosuṅkaghāte ṭhito bahisuṅkaghātaṃ pāteti, āpatti pārājikassāti, iminā ca saddhiṃ 『『saṅketaṃ vītināmeyyā』』ti idaṃ padayojanaṃ labhati. Atthasādhako nāma 『『asukaṃ nāma bhaṇḍaṃ yadā sakkosi, tadā avaharā』』ti āṇāpeti. Tattha sace paro anantarāyiko hutvā taṃ avaharati, āṇāpako āṇattikkhaṇeyeva pārājiko hoti, avahārako pana avahaṭakāle. Ayaṃ atthasādhako. Dhuranikkhepo pana upanikkhittabhaṇḍavasena veditabbo. Idaṃ sāhatthikapañcakaṃ.

Katamaṃ pubbapayogapañcakaṃ? Aparepi pañca avahārā – pubbapayogo, sahapayogo, saṃvidāvahāro, saṅketakammaṃ, nimittakammanti. Tattha āṇattivasena pubbapayogo veditabbo. Ṭhānā cāvanavasena sahapayogo. Itare pana tayo pāḷiyaṃ (pārā. 118-120) āgatanayeneva veditabbāti. Idaṃ pubbapayogapañcakaṃ.

這是對巴利文原文的直譯： "超過約定"是指第一隻腳越過預定的地點,犯偷蘭遮。第二隻腳越過,犯波羅夷。或者,第一隻腳越過關稅站,犯偷蘭遮。第二隻腳越過,犯波羅夷。這是關於多種物品的解釋。 關於單一物品,則是以上述指控等方式取走、拿走、偷走有主人的奴隸或動物,或改變其姿勢,或使之離開原處,或越過界限。這是關於單一物品的解釋。 二十五種偷盜的解說 此外,在解釋這六個詞時,應該把五個五組合並,顯示二十五種偷盜。因為這樣解釋,這條不與取波羅夷就會被很好地解釋。在這個地方,所有註釋都混亂、攪動、難以理解其判斷。因為在所有註釋中,那些在聖典中以"以五種方式取走未給予之物犯波羅夷,且是被他人佔有的"等方式說的偷盜要素,也被採用,有些地方顯示一個五組,有些地方與"以六種方式"一起顯示兩個五組。這些五組是不成立的。因為只有每個詞都能成立偷盜的,才叫做五組。但這裡所有詞只構成一個偷盜。那裡所顯示的可能的五組,也沒有解釋全部的意思。這樣,在這個地方,所有註釋都混亂、攪動、難以理解其判斷。因此,應該仔細考慮這些通過合併五個五組而顯示的二十五種偷盜。 五個五組是:多種物品五組、單一物品五組、親手五組、前方便五組、偷盜五組。其中,多種物品五組和單一物品五組是根據"取走、拿走、偷走、改變姿勢、移離原處"這些詞而得到的。這些應該按照前面解釋的方法來理解。至於第六個詞"超過約定",它是預謀偷盜和拋棄偷盜共有的。因此,它應該在第三和第五個五組中根據可得的詞來解釋。已經說了多種物品五組和單一物品五組。 什麼是親手五組?五種偷盜:親手、命令、拋棄、達成目的、放棄責任。其中,親手是指親手偷取他人的物品。命令是指命令他人"偷取某人的物品"。拋棄是指站在關稅站內將物品扔到關稅站外,犯波羅夷;與此同時,"超過約定"這個詞也得到解釋。達成目的是指命令"某個物品,當你能夠時就偷取"。如果他人沒有障礙而偷取,命令者在命令時就犯波羅夷,而偷取者在偷取時犯。這是達成目的。放棄責任應該根據寄存物來理解。這是親手五組。 什麼是前方便五組?另外五種偷盜:前方便、同時方便、協議偷盜、約定行為、暗示行為。其中,前方便應該根據命令來理解。同時方便根據使離開原處來理解。其他三種應該按照聖典中所說的方法來理解。這是前方便五組。

Katamaṃ theyyāvahārapañcakaṃ? Aparepi pañca avahārā – theyyāvahāro, pasayhāvahāro, parikappāvahāro , paṭicchannāvahāro, kusāvahāroti. Te pañcapi 『『aññataro bhikkhu saṅghassa cīvare bhājiyamāne theyyacitto kusaṃ saṅkāmetvā cīvaraṃ aggahesī』』ti (pārā. 138) etasmiṃ kusasaṅkāmanavatthusmiṃ vaṇṇayissāma. Idaṃ theyyāvahārapañcakaṃ. Evamimāni pañca pañcakāni samodhānetvā ime pañcavīsati avahārā veditabbā.

Imesu ca pana pañcasu pañcakesu kusalena vinayadharena otiṇṇaṃ vatthuṃ sahasā avinicchinitvāva pañca ṭhānāni oloketabbāni. Yāni sandhāya porāṇā āhu –

『『Vatthuṃ kālañca desañca, agghaṃ paribhogapañcamaṃ;

Tulayitvā pañca ṭhānāni, dhāreyyatthaṃ vicakkhaṇo』』ti.

Tattha vatthunti bhaṇḍaṃ; avahārakena hi 『『mayā idaṃ nāma avahaṭa』』nti vuttepi āpattiṃ anāropetvāva taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ sassāmikaṃ vā assāmikaṃ vāti upaparikkhitabbaṃ. Sassāmikepi sāmikānaṃ sālayabhāvo vā nirālayabhāvo vā upaparikkhitabbo. Sace tesaṃ sālayakāle avahaṭaṃ, bhaṇḍaṃ agghāpetvā āpatti kātabbā. Sace nirālayakāle , na pārājikena kāretabbo. Bhaṇḍasāmikesu pana bhaṇḍaṃ āharāpentesu bhaṇḍaṃ dātabbaṃ. Ayamettha sāmīci.

Imassa panatthassa dīpanatthamidaṃ vatthu – bhātiyarājakāle kira mahācetiyapūjāya dakkhiṇadisato eko bhikkhu sattahatthaṃ paṇḍukāsāvaṃ aṃse karitvā cetiyaṅgaṇaṃ pāvisi; taṅkhaṇameva ca rājāpi cetiyavandanatthaṃ āgato. Tattha ussāraṇāya vattamānāya mahājanasammaddo ahosi. Atha so bhikkhu janasammaddapīḷito aṃsato patantaṃ kāsāvaṃ adisvāva nikkhanto; nikkhamitvā ca kāsāvaṃ apassanto 『『ko īdise janasammadde kāsāvaṃ lacchati, na dāni taṃ mayha』』nti dhuranikkhepaṃ katvā gato. Athañño bhikkhu pacchā āgacchanto taṃ kāsāvaṃ disvā theyyacittena gahetvā puna vippaṭisārī hutvā 『『assamaṇo dānimhi, vibbhamissāmī』』ti citte uppannepi 『『vinayadhare pucchitvā ñassāmī』』ti cintesi.

這是對巴利文原文的直譯： 什麼是偷盜五組?另外五種偷盜:偷盜、搶奪、預謀、隱藏、擲簽。這五種我們將在"某比丘在僧團分配衣服時,以偷盜心移動籤子而取得衣服"這個移動籤子的事件中解釋。這是偷盜五組。這樣,通過合併這五個五組,應該理解這二十五種偷盜。 在這五個五組中,善巧的律師不應匆忙判斷所犯的事件,而應觀察五個方面。關於這一點,古人說: "事物、時間和地點,價值以及使用為第五, 智者應權衡這五個方面,然後記住其意義。" 其中,"事物"是指物品;即使偷盜者說"我偷了這個",也不應立即判定犯戒,而應調查那個物品是有主的還是無主的。如果是有主的,還應調查主人是否還有依戀或已無依戀。如果是在他們還有依戀時偷的,應該估價物品然後判定犯戒。如果是在他們已無依戀時偷的,不應判定犯波羅夷。但如果物品的主人要求歸還,應該歸還物品。這是這裡的正確做法。 爲了說明這個意思,這裡有一個故事 - 據說在巴提耶王(Bhātiya)時期,在大塔供養時,一個比丘從南方來,肩上搭著七肘長的黃色袈裟,進入塔院;恰好那時國王也來禮拜佛塔。在那裡,因為要讓路,發生了大眾擁擠。那時,那個比丘被人群擠壓,沒看到從肩上掉下的袈裟就出去了;出去后沒看到袈裟,想"在這樣的人群擁擠中誰能得到袈裟,現在它不是我的了",就放棄責任走了。然後另一個比丘後來看到那件袈裟,以偷盜心拿走,之後又後悔,心想"我現在不是沙門了,我要還俗",但又想"我問過律師再知道"。

Tena ca samayena cūḷasumanatthero nāma sabbapariyattidharo vinayācariyapāmokkho mahāvihāre paṭivasati. So bhikkhu theraṃ upasaṅkamitvā vanditvā okāsaṃ kāretvā attano kukkuccaṃ pucchi. Thero tena bhaṭṭhe janakāye pacchā āgantvā gahitabhāvaṃ ñatvā 『『atthi dāni ettha okāso』』ti cintetvā āha – 『『sace kāsāvasāmikaṃ bhikkhuṃ āneyyāsi, sakkā bhaveyya tava patiṭṭhā kātu』』nti. 『『Kathāhaṃ, bhante, taṃ dakkhissāmī』』ti? 『『Tahiṃ tahiṃ gantvā olokehī』』ti. So pañcapi mahāvihāre oloketvā neva addakkhi. Tato naṃ thero pucchi – 『『katarāya disāya bahū bhikkhū āgacchantī』』ti? 『『Dakkhiṇadisāya, bhante』』ti. 『『Tena hi kāsāvaṃ dīghato ca tiriyañca minitvā ṭhapehi. Ṭhapetvā dakkhiṇadisāya vihārapaṭipāṭiyā vicinitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ ānehī』』ti. So tathā katvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ disvā therassa santikaṃ ānesi. Thero pucchi – 『『tavedaṃ kāsāva』』nti? 『『Āma, bhante』』ti. 『『Kuhiṃ te pātita』』nti? So sabbaṃ ācikkhi. Thero pana tena kataṃ dhuranikkhepaṃ sutvā itaraṃ pucchi – 『『tayā idaṃ kuhiṃ disvā gahita』』nti? Sopi sabbaṃ ārocesi. Tato naṃ thero āha – 『『sace te suddhacittena gahitaṃ abhavissa, anāpattiyeva te assa. Theyyacittena pana gahitattā dukkaṭaṃ āpannosi. Taṃ desetvā anāpattiko hohi. Idañca kāsāvaṃ attano santakaṃ katvā etasseva bhikkhuno dehī』』ti. So bhikkhu amateneva abhisitto paramassāsappatto ahosīti. Evaṃ vatthu oloketabbaṃ.

Kāloti avahārakālo. Tadeva hi bhaṇḍaṃ kadāci samagghaṃ hoti, kadāci mahagghaṃ. Tasmā taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ yasmiṃ kāle avahaṭaṃ, tasmiṃyeva kāle yo tassa aggho hoti, tena agghena āpatti kāretabbā. Evaṃ kālo oloketabbo.

Desoti avahāradeso. Tañhi bhaṇḍaṃ yasmiṃ dese avahaṭaṃ, tasmiṃyeva dese yo tassa aggho hoti, tena agghena āpatti kāretabbā. Bhaṇḍuṭṭhānadese hi bhaṇḍaṃ samagghaṃ hoti, aññattha mahagghaṃ.

Imassāpi ca atthassa dīpanatthamidaṃ vatthu – antarasamudde kira eko bhikkhu susaṇṭhānaṃ nāḷikeraṃ labhitvā bhamaṃ āropetvā saṅkhathālakasadisaṃ manoramaṃ pānīyathālakaṃ katvā tattheva ṭhapetvā cetiyagiriṃ agamāsi. Athañño bhikkhu antarasamuddaṃ gantvā tasmiṃ vihāre paṭivasanto taṃ thālakaṃ disvā theyyacittena gahetvā cetiyagirimeva āgato. Tassa tattha yāguṃ pivantassa taṃ thālakaṃ disvā thālakasāmiko bhikkhu āha – 『『kuto te idaṃ laddha』』nti? 『『Antarasamuddato me ānīta』』nti. So taṃ 『『netaṃ tava santakaṃ, theyyāya te gahita』』nti saṅghamajjhaṃ ākaḍḍhi. Tattha ca vinicchayaṃ alabhitvā mahāvihāraṃ agamiṃsu. Tattha bheriṃ paharāpetvā mahācetiyasamīpe sannipātaṃ katvā vinicchayaṃ ārabhiṃsu. Vinayadharattherā avahāraṃ saññāpesuṃ.

這是對巴利文原文的直譯： 那時,一位名叫小須摩那(Cūḷasumana)的長老住在大寺(Mahāvihāra),他精通一切經典,是律學教師中的首席。那位比丘來到長老面前,禮拜后請求允許,詢問了自己的疑慮。長老知道他是在人群散去後來取的,想"這裡現在有機會",就說:"如果你能帶來袈裟的主人比丘,就可以為你建立立足之地。""尊者,我怎麼能見到他呢?""到處去找找看。"他在五個大寺院裡找了,都沒有看到。然後長老問他:"從哪個方向來的比丘多?""南方,尊者。""那麼你把袈裟的長和寬量一下記住。然後去南方一個個寺院找,把那個比丘帶來。"他照做后,看到了那個比丘,帶到長老面前。長老問:"這是你的袈裟嗎?""是的,尊者。""你在哪裡丟的?"他把一切都說了。長老聽到他放棄責任后,又問另一個人:"你在哪裡看到並拿走的?"他也把一切都說了。然後長老對他說:"如果你是以清凈心拿的,你就沒有犯戒。但因為你是以偷盜心拿的,你犯了突吉羅。你懺悔后就無罪了。把這件袈裟當作自己的,給這位比丘吧。"那位比丘如同被甘露灌頂,獲得了最大的安慰。這就是應該觀察事物的方法。 "時間"是指偷盜的時間。因為同一物品有時價值低,有時價值高。所以,那個物品在被偷的時候,就應該以那個時候的價值來判定犯戒。這就是應該觀察時間的方法。 "地點"是指偷盜的地點。因為那個物品在被偷的地方,就應該以那個地方的價值來判定犯戒。因為物品在原產地價值低,在其他地方價值高。 爲了說明這個意思,這裡有一個故事 - 據說在中海(大概指斯里蘭卡和印度之間的海域)上,一個比丘得到一個形狀好的椰子,用車床加工成像貝殼碗一樣美麗的飲水碗,放在那裡後去了支提山(Cetiyagiri)。然後另一個比丘去了中海,住在那個寺院,看到那個碗,以偷盜心拿走,也來到支提山。當他在那裡喝粥時,碗的主人比丘看到那個碗,問:"你從哪裡得到的?""我從中海帶來的。"他說"這不是你的,你是偷來的",把他拉到僧團中。在那裡得不到裁決,他們就去了大寺。在那裡,他們敲鼓召集,在大塔附近集會,開始裁決。律師長老們確認了這是偷盜。

Tasmiñca sannipāte ābhidhammikagodattatthero nāma vinayakusalo hoti. So evamāha – 『『iminā idaṃ thālakaṃ kuhiṃ avahaṭa』』nti? 『『Antarasamudde avahaṭa』』nti. 『『Tatridaṃ kiṃ agghatī』』ti? 『『Na kiñci agghati. Tatra hi nāḷikeraṃ bhinditvā miñjaṃ khāditvā kapālaṃ chaḍḍenti, dāruatthaṃ pana pharatī』』ti. 『『Imassa bhikkhuno ettha hatthakammaṃ kiṃ agghatī』』ti? 『『Māsakaṃ vā ūnamāsakaṃ vā』』ti. 『『Atthi pana katthaci sammāsambuddhena māsakena vā ūnamāsakena vā pārājikaṃ paññatta』』nti. Evaṃ vutte 『『sādhu! Sādhu! Sukathitaṃ suvinicchita』』nti ekasādhukāro ahosi. Tena ca samayena bhātiyarājāpi cetiyavandanatthaṃ nagarato nikkhamanto taṃ saddaṃ sutvā 『『kiṃ ida』』nti pucchitvā sabbaṃ paṭipāṭiyā sutvā nagare bheriṃ carāpesi – 『『mayi sante bhikkhūnampi bhikkhūnīnampi gihīnampi adhikaraṇaṃ ābhidhammikagodattattherena vinicchitaṃ suvinicchitaṃ, tassa vinicchaye atiṭṭhamānaṃ rājāṇāya ṭhapemī』』ti. Evaṃ deso oloketabbo.

Agghoti bhaṇḍaggho. Navabhaṇḍassa hi yo aggho hoti, so pacchā parihāyati; yathā navadhoto patto aṭṭha vā dasa vā agghati, so pacchā bhinno vā chiddo vā āṇigaṇṭhikāhato vā appaggho hoti tasmā na sabbadā bhaṇḍaṃ pakatiaggheneva kātabbanti. Evaṃ aggho oloketabbo.

Paribhogoti bhaṇḍaparibhogo. Paribhogenāpi hi vāsiādibhaṇḍassa aggho parihāyati. Tasmā evaṃ upaparikkhitabbaṃ, sace koci kassaci pādagghanakaṃ vāsiṃ harati, tatra vāsisāmiko pucchitabbo – 『『tayā ayaṃ vāsi kittakena kītā』』ti? 『『Pādena, bhante』』ti. 『『Kiṃ pana te kiṇitvāva ṭhapitā, udāhu taṃ vaḷañjesī』』ti? Sace vadati 『『ekadivasaṃ me dantakaṭṭhaṃ vā rajanachalliṃ vā pattapacanakadāruṃ vā chinnaṃ, ghaṃsitvā vā nisitā』』ti. Athassā porāṇo aggho bhaṭṭhoti veditabbo. Yathā ca vāsiyā evaṃ añjaniyā vā añjanisalākāya vā kuñcikāya vā palālena vā thusehi vā iṭṭhakacuṇṇena vā ekavāraṃ ghaṃsitvā dhovanamattenāpi aggho bhassati. Tipumaṇḍalassa makaradantacchedanenāpi parimajjitamattenāpi, udakasāṭikāya sakiṃ nivāsanapārupanenāpi paribhogasīsena aṃse vā sīse vā ṭhapanamattenāpi, taṇḍulādīnaṃ papphoṭanenāpi tato ekaṃ vā dve vā apanayanenāpi, antamaso ekaṃ pāsāṇasakkharaṃ uddharitvā chaḍḍitamattenāpi, sappitelādīnaṃ bhājanantarapaavattanenāpi, antamaso tato makkhikaṃ vā kipillikaṃ vā uddharitvā chaḍḍitamattenāpi, guḷapiṇḍakassa madhurabhāvajānanatthaṃ nakhena vijjhitvā aṇumattaṃ gahitamattenāpi aggho bhassati. Tasmā yaṃkiñci pādagghanakaṃ vuttanayeneva sāmikehi paribhogena ūnaṃ kataṃ hoti, na taṃ avahaṭo bhikkhu pārājikena kātabbo. Evaṃ paribhogo oloketabbo. Evaṃ imāni tulayitvā pañca ṭhānāni dhāreyyatthaṃ vicakkhaṇo, āpattiṃ vā anāpattiṃ vā garukaṃ vā lahukaṃ vā āpattiṃ yathāṭhāne ṭhapeyyāti.

Niṭṭhito 『『ādiyeyya…pe… saṅketaṃ vītināmeyyā』』ti.

Imesaṃ padānaṃ vinicchayo.

這是對巴利文原文的直譯： 在那次集會中,有一位名叫阿毗達磨戈達多(Ābhidhammikagodatta)的長老,精通律學。他這樣說:"這個人在哪裡偷了這個碗?""在中海偷的。""在那裡它值多少錢?""不值錢。在那裡,他們打破椰子,吃了椰肉,就扔掉外殼,只當做柴火用。""這位比丘在那裡的手工勞動值多少錢?""一māsaka或不到一māsaka。""正等正覺者在哪裡規定過一māsaka或不到一māsaka就構成波羅夷嗎?"當這樣說時,大家一致贊同說:"好!好!說得好,判得好。"那時,巴提耶王也正從城裡出來要去禮拜佛塔,聽到這聲音,問:"這是什麼?"聽完整個過程后,他讓人在城裡敲鼓宣佈:"在我在位期間,比丘、比丘尼和在家人的訴訟,由阿毗達磨戈達多長老判決的都是好判決,誰不遵守他的判決,我以王令處置。"這就是應該觀察地點的方法。 "價值"是指物品的價值。因為新物品的價值之後會降低;就像新洗的缽值八或十(māsaka),之後破了或有洞或受到鉚釘損害就不值錢了,所以不應總是按原價計算物品。這就是應該觀察價值的方法。 "使用"是指物品的使用。因為通過使用,斧子等物品的價值也會降低。所以應該這樣調查,如果有人偷了別人價值一pāda的斧子,應該問斧子的主人:"你這把斧子買了多少錢?""一pāda,尊者。""你買了就放著,還是用過?如果他說"我用它砍過一天的牙籤、染料樹皮或煮缽的木頭,或者磨過"。那麼應該知道它已失去原來的價值。就像斧子,涂眼藥的容器、涂眼藥的棒、鑰匙用稻草、穀殼或磚粉磨一次,甚至只是洗一下,價值就會下降。錫盤用鯊魚牙切割或只是擦拭,浴衣穿戴一次或只是作為使用品放在肩上或頭上,大米等只是搖一搖或取出一兩粒,甚至只是拿出一塊石頭或砂礫扔掉,油、蜂蜜等只是從一個容器倒到另一個容器,甚至只是從中取出一隻蒼蠅或螞蟻扔掉,糖塊爲了知道甜度用指甲刺一下取一點點,價值都會下降。因此,任何價值一pāda的東西,如果按上述方式被主人使用而減值,偷走它的比丘不應判定犯波羅夷。這就是應該觀察使用的方法。智者應該這樣權衡這五個方面,記住其意義,根據情況判定有罪或無罪,重罪或輕罪。 "取走...超過約定"這些詞的解釋結束。

Idāni yadidaṃ 『『yathārūpe adinnādāne』』tiādīni vibhajantena 『『yathārūpaṃ nāmā』』tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha yathārūpanti yathājātikaṃ. Taṃ pana yasmā pādato paṭṭhāya hoti, tasmā 『『pādaṃ vā pādārahaṃ vā atirekapādaṃ vā』』ti āha. Tattha pādena kahāpaṇassa catutthabhāgaṃ akappiyabhaṇḍameva dasseti. Pādārahena pādagghanakaṃ kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ. Atirekapādena ubhayampi. Ettāvatā sabbākārena dutiyapārājikappahonakavatthu dassitaṃ hoti.

Pathabyā rājāti sakalapathaviyā rājā dīpacakkavattī asokasadiso, yo vā panaññopi ekadīpe rājā, sīhaḷarājasadiso. Padesarājāti ekadīpassa padesissaro, bimbisāra-pasenadi-ādayo viya. Maṇḍalikā nāma ye dīpapadesepi ekamekaṃ maṇḍalaṃ bhuñjanti. Antarabhogikā nāma dvinnaṃ rājūnaṃ antarā katipayagāmasāmikā. Akkhadassāti dhammavinicchanakā, te dhammasabhāyaṃ nisīditvā aparādhānurūpaṃ corānaṃ hatthapādacchejjādiṃ anusāsanti. Ye pana ṭhānantarappattā amaccā vā rājakumārā vā katāparādhā honti, te rañño ārocenti, garukaṃ ṭhānaṃ sayaṃ na vinicchinanti. Mahāmattāti ṭhānantarappattā mahāamaccā; tepi tattha tattha gāme vā nigame vā nisīditvā rājakiccaṃ karonti. Ye vā panāti aññepi ye rājakulanissitā vā sakissariyanissitā vā hutvā chejjabhejjaṃ anusāsanti, sabbepi te imasmiṃ atthe 『『rājāno』』ti dasseti.

Haneyyunti potheyyuñceva chindeyyuñca. Pabbājeyyunti nīhareyyuṃ. Corosīti evamādīni ca vatvā paribhāseyyuṃ; tenevāha – 『『paribhāso eso』』ti. Purimaṃ upādāyāti methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevitvā pārājikaṃ āpattiṃ āpannaṃ puggalaṃ upādāya. Sesaṃ pubbe vuttanayattā uttānapadatthattā ca pākaṭamevāti.

1. Evaṃ uddiṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ padānukkamena vibhajitvā idāni yaṃ taṃ ādiyeyyātiādīhi chahi padehi saṅkhepato ādānaṃ dassetvā saṅkhepatoeva 『『pādaṃ vā pādārahaṃ vā atirekapādaṃ vā』』ti ādātabbabhaṇḍaṃ dassitaṃ, taṃ yattha yattha ṭhitaṃ, yathā yathā ādānaṃ gacchati, anāgate pāpabhikkhūnaṃ lesokāsanirundhanatthaṃ tathā tathā vitthārato dassetuṃ 『『bhūmaṭṭhaṃ thalaṭṭha』』ntiādinā nayena mātikaṃ ṭhapetvā 『『bhūmaṭṭhaṃ nāma bhaṇḍaṃ bhūmiyaṃ nikkhittaṃ hotī』』tiādinā nayena tassa vibhaṅgaṃ āha.

Pañcavīsatiavahārakathā niṭṭhitā.

Bhūmaṭṭhakathā

這是對巴利文原文的直譯： 現在,在解釋"如何的不與取"等時,說了"如何的是"等。其中,"如何的"是指什麼樣的性質。由於這是從一pāda開始的,所以說"一pāda或等值一pāda或超過一pāda"。其中,以一pāda表示硬幣的四分之一,指不適宜的物品。等值一pāda指值一pāda的適宜物品。超過一pāda指兩者都包括。這樣就全面顯示了足以構成第二波羅夷的事物。 "地上的國王"是指整個地球的國王,如統治四大洲的阿育王那樣的轉輪王,或者統治一個島的國王,如錫蘭國王。"地方國王"是指統治一個島的一部分的國王,如頻婆娑羅王、波斯匿王等。"小國王"是指在島的某部分統治一個區域的人。"中間統治者"是指在兩個國王之間統治幾個村莊的人。"判官"是指法律裁判官,他們坐在法庭上,根據罪行輕重判決盜賊砍手砍腳等。但如果是獲得高位的大臣或王子犯罪,他們會報告國王,不自己判決重大案件。"大臣"是指獲得高位的大臣;他們也在各處村鎮坐鎮處理王事。"或其他人"是指依附於王族或自主統治者而判決刑罰的其他人,這裡都稱他們為"國王"。 "會打"是指會打也會砍。"會驅逐"是指會趕出去。"你是盜賊"等,說這樣的話並辱罵;所以說"這是辱罵"。"比起前者"是指與犯了淫慾波羅夷的人相比。其餘的因為前面已經說過,意思也很明顯,所以很清楚。 93. 這樣按順序解釋了宣說的學處后,現在對前面用"取走"等六個詞簡略顯示的取走行為,以及用"一pāda或等值一pāda或超過一pāda"簡略顯示的可取走物品,爲了堵住未來惡比丘尋找藉口的機會,詳細說明它們放在哪裡,如何被取走,所以用"放在地上、放在地面上"等方式立下綱要,然後用"放在地上的物品是指放在地面上的"等方式解釋其詳細內容。 二十五種偷盜的解說結束。 放在地上的解說

1. Tatrāyaṃ anuttānapadavaṇṇanāya saddhiṃ vinicchayakathā. Nikhātanti bhūmiyaṃ khaṇitvā ṭhapitaṃ. Paṭicchannanti paṃsuiṭṭhakādīhi paṭicchannaṃ. Bhūmaṭṭhaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ…pe… gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassāti taṃ evaṃ nikhaṇitvā vā paṭicchādetvā vā ṭhapitattā bhūmiyaṃ ṭhitaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ yo bhikkhu kenacideva upāyena ñatvā 『『āharissāmī』』ti theyyacitto hutvā rattibhāge uṭṭhāya gacchati, so bhaṇḍaṭṭhānaṃ appatvāpi sabbakāyavacīvikāresu dukkaṭaṃ āpajjati. Kathaṃ? So hi tassa āharaṇatthāya uṭṭhahanto yaṃ yaṃ aṅgapaccaṅgaṃ phandāpeti, sabbattha dukkaṭameva. Nivāsanapārupanaṃ saṇṭhapeti, hatthavāre hatthavāre dukkaṭaṃ. 『『Mahantaṃ nidhānaṃ na sakkā ekena āharituṃ, dutiyaṃ pariyesissāmī』』ti kassaci sahāyassa santikaṃ gantukāmo dvāraṃ vivarati, padavāre ca hatthavāre ca dukkaṭaṃ. Dvārapidahane pana aññasmiṃ vā gamanassa anupakāre anāpatti. Tassa nipannokāsaṃ gantvā 『『itthannāmā』』ti pakkosati, tamatthaṃ ārocetvā 『『ehi gacchāmā』』ti vadati, vācāya vācāya dukkaṭaṃ. So tassa vacanena uṭṭhahati, tassāpi dukkaṭaṃ. Uṭṭhahitvā tassa santikaṃ gantukāmo nivāsanapārupanaṃ saṇṭhapeti, dvāraṃ vivaritvā tassa samīpaṃ gacchati, hatthavārapadavāresu sabbattha dukkaṭaṃ. So taṃ pucchati 『『asuko ca asuko ca kuhiṃ, asukañca asukañca pakkosāhī』』ti, vācāya vācāya dukkaṭaṃ. Sabbe samāgate disvā 『『mayā asukasmiṃ nāma ṭhāne evarūpo nidhi upaladdho, gacchāma taṃ gahetvā puññāni ca karissāma, sukhañca jīvissāmā』』ti vadati, vācāya vācāya dukkaṭameva.

Evaṃ laddhasahāyo kudālaṃ pariyesati. Sace panassa attano kudālo atthi, 『『taṃ āharissāmī』』ti gacchanto ca gaṇhanto ca āharanto ca sabbattha hatthavārapadavāresu dukkaṭaṃ āpajjati . Sace natthi, aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ vā gahaṭṭhaṃ vā gantvā yācati, yācanto ca sace 『『kudālaṃ me dehi, kudālena me attho , kiñci kātabbamatthi, taṃ katvā paccāharissāmī』』ti musā abhaṇanto yācati, vācāya vācāya dukkaṭaṃ. Sace 『『mātikā sodhetabbā atthi, vihāre bhūmikammaṃ kātabbaṃ atthī』』ti musāpi bhaṇati, yaṃ yaṃ vacanaṃ musā, tattha tattha pācittiyaṃ. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana saccepi alikepi dukkaṭameva vuttaṃ, taṃ pamādalikhitanti veditabbaṃ. Na hi adinnādānassa pubbapayoge pācittiyaṭṭhāne dukkaṭaṃ nāma atthi. Sace pana kudālassa daṇḍo natthi, 『『daṇḍaṃ karissāmī』』ti vāsiṃ vā pharasuṃ vā niseti, tadatthāya gacchati, gantvā sukkhakaṭṭhaṃ chindati tacchati ākoṭeti, sabbattha hatthavārapadavāresu dukkaṭaṃ. Allarukkhaṃ chindati, pācittiyaṃ. Tato paraṃ sabbapayogesu dukkaṭaṃ. Saṅkhepaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana mahāpaccariyañca tattha jātakakaṭṭhalatāchedanatthaṃ vāsipharasuṃ pariyesantānampi dukkaṭaṃ vuttaṃ. Sace pana tesaṃ evaṃ hoti 『『vāsipharasukudāle yācantā āsaṅkitā bhavissāma, lohaṃ samuṭṭhāpetvā karomā』』ti. Tato araññaṃ gantvā lohabījatthaṃ pathaviṃ khaṇanti, akappiyapathaviṃ khaṇantānaṃ dukkaṭehi saddhiṃ pācittiyānīti mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ. Yathā ca idha, evaṃ sabbattha pācittiyaṭṭhāne dukkaṭā na muccati. Kappiyapathaviṃ khaṇantānaṃ dukkaṭāniyeva. Bījaṃ pana gahetvā tato paraṃ sabbakiriyāsu payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ.

1. 這裡是對隱晦詞語的解釋以及判定的討論。"埋藏"是指挖地並放置。"遮蓋"是指用土、磚等遮蓋。"地上的物品...等...走去,犯突吉羅罪"是指,由於這樣挖掘或遮蓋而放置在地上的物品,任何比丘以任何方式知道后,生起偷盜之心想"我要拿走",在夜間起身走去,即使還沒到達物品所在處,也在所有身語行為中犯突吉羅罪。怎麼說呢?他爲了拿走那物品而起身,無論移動哪個肢體,都在每處犯突吉羅罪。整理下衣上衣,每次手的動作都犯突吉羅罪。"大寶藏一個人不能拿走,我要尋找第二個人"而想去找某個同伴,打開門,每次腳步和手的動作都犯突吉羅罪。但關門時或其他與行走無關的動作則無罪。到了那人躺臥的地方叫他"某某人",告知此事說"來吧,我們去",每句話都犯突吉羅罪。那人聽他的話起身,他也犯突吉羅罪。起身後想去他那裡,整理下衣上衣,打開門走到他身邊,在手的動作和腳步中都犯突吉羅罪。他問那人"某某人在哪裡,去叫某某人來",每句話都犯突吉羅罪。看到所有人都來了后說"我在某處發現這樣的寶藏,我們去拿了它做功德,就能快樂地生活",每句話都只是犯突吉羅罪。 這樣找到同伴后尋找鋤頭。如果他自己有鋤頭,"我去拿來"而去、拿、帶來時,在所有手的動作和腳步中都犯突吉羅罪。如果沒有,就去找其他比丘或在家人請求,請求時如果不說謊而說"給我鋤頭,我需要鋤頭,有事要做,做完就還給你",每句話都犯突吉羅罪。如果說謊"要清理水渠,要在寺院做土地工作"等,每句妄語都犯波逸提罪。但在《大義釋》中說即使真話假話都只是突吉羅罪,這應理解為誤寫。因為在未與取的準備階段,波逸提罪處沒有突吉羅罪。如果鋤頭沒有柄,"我要做個柄"而磨斧頭或大斧,為此而走,走去後砍干木、削、敲打,在所有手的動作和腳步中都犯突吉羅罪。砍濕木則犯波逸提罪。此後在所有準備中都犯突吉羅罪。但在《略義釋》和《大品》中說,為砍伐那裡生長的木頭和藤蔓而尋找斧頭和大斧也犯突吉羅罪。如果他們這樣想"請求斧頭、大斧、鋤頭會引起懷疑,我們煉製金屬來做",於是去森林挖土尋找金屬礦,在《大品》中說挖不適合的土地時除了突吉羅罪還犯波逸提罪。不僅在這裡,在所有波逸提罪處都不能免除突吉羅罪。挖適合的土地只犯突吉羅罪。拿到礦石后,此後在所有行為中每次準備都犯突吉羅罪。

Piṭakapariyesanepi hatthavārapadavāresu vuttanayeneva dukkaṭaṃ. Musāvāde pācittiyaṃ. Piṭakaṃ kātukāmatāya vallicchedane pācittiyanti sabbaṃ purimanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Gacchati vā āpatti dukkaṭassāti evaṃ pariyiṭṭhasahāyakudālapiṭako nidhiṭṭhānaṃ gacchati, padavāre padavāre dukkaṭaṃ. Sace pana gacchanto 『『imaṃ nidhiṃ laddhā buddhapūjaṃ vā dhammapūjaṃ vā saṅghabhattaṃ vā karissāmī』』ti kusalaṃ uppādeti, kusalacittena gamane anāpatti. Kasmā? 『『Theyyacitto dutiyaṃ vā…pe… gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassā』』ti vuttattā. Yathā ca idha, evaṃ sabbattha atheyyacittassa anāpatti. Maggato okkamma nidhānaṭṭhānaṃ gamanatthāya maggaṃ karonto bhūtagāmaṃ chindati, pācittiyaṃ. Sukkhakaṭṭhaṃ chindati, dukkaṭaṃ.

Tatthajātakanti ciranihitāya kumbhiyā upari jātakaṃ. Kaṭṭhaṃ vā lataṃ vāti na kevalaṃ kaṭṭhalatameva, yaṃkiñci allaṃ vā sukkhaṃ vā tiṇarukkhalatādiṃ chindantassa sahapayogattā dukkaṭameva hoti.

Aṭṭhavidhaṃ hetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ nāma imasmiṃ ṭhāne samodhānetvā therehi dassitaṃ – pubbapayogadukkaṭaṃ , sahapayogadukkaṭaṃ, anāmāsadukkaṭaṃ, durupaciṇṇadukkaṭaṃ, vinayadukkaṭaṃ, ñātadukkaṭaṃ, ñattidukkaṭaṃ, paṭissavadukkaṭanti. Tattha 『『theyyacitto dutiyaṃ vā kudālaṃ vā piṭakaṃ vā pariyesati gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassā』』ti idaṃ pubbapayogadukkaṭaṃ nāma. Ettha hi dukkaṭaṭṭhāne dukkaṭaṃ, pācittiyaṭṭhāne pācittiyameva hoti. 『『Tatthajātakaṃ kaṭṭhaṃ vā lataṃ vā chindati, āpatti dukkaṭassā』』ti idaṃ sahapayogadukkaṭaṃ nāma. Ettha pana pācittiyavatthu ca dukkaṭavatthu ca dukkaṭaṭṭhāneyeva tiṭṭhati. Kasmā? Avahārassa sahapayogattāti. Yaṃ pana dasavidhaṃ ratanaṃ, sattavidhaṃ dhaññaṃ, sabbañca āvudhabhaṇḍādiṃ āmasantassa dukkaṭaṃ vuttaṃ, idaṃ anāmāsadukkaṭaṃ nāma. Yaṃ kadalināḷikerādīnaṃ tatthajātakaphalāni āmasantassa dukkaṭaṃ vuttaṃ, idaṃ durupaciṇṇadukkaṭaṃ nāma. Yaṃ pana piṇḍāya carantassa patte raje patite pattaṃ appaṭiggahetvā adhovitvā vā tattha bhikkhaṃ gaṇhantassa dukkaṭaṃ vuttaṃ, idaṃ vinayadukkaṭaṃ nāma. 『『Sutvā na vadanti, āpatti dukkaṭassā』』ti (pārā. 419) idaṃ ñātadukkaṭaṃ nāma. Yaṃ ekādasasu samanubhāsanāsu 『『ñattiyā dukkaṭa』』nti (pārā. 414) vuttaṃ, idaṃ ñattidukkaṭaṃ nāma. 『『Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimikā ca na paññāyati, paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassā』』ti (mahāva. 207) idaṃ paṭissavadukkaṭaṃ nāma. Idaṃ pana sahapayogadukkaṭaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『yaṃkiñci allaṃ vā sukkhaṃ vā tiṇarukkhalatādiṃ chindantassa sahapayogattā dukkaṭameva hotī』』ti.

Sace panassa tatthajātake tiṇarukkhalatādimhi chinnepi lajjidhammo okkamati, saṃvaro uppajjati, chedanapaccayā dukkaṭaṃ desetvā muccati. Atha dhuranikkhepaṃ akatvā saussāhova paṃsuṃ khaṇati, chedanadukkaṭaṃ paṭippassambhati, khaṇanadukkaṭe patiṭṭhāti. Akappiyapathaviṃ khaṇantopi hi idha sahapayogattā dukkaṭameva āpajjati. Sace panassa sabbadisāsu khaṇitvā kumbhimūlaṃ pattassāpi lajjidhammo okkamati, khaṇanapaccayā dukkaṭaṃ desetvā muccati.

Piṭakapariyesanepi hatthavārapadavāresu vuttanayeneva dukkaṭaṃ. 在尋找籃子時,每次手的動作和腳步也如前所說犯突吉羅罪。Musāvāde pācittiyaṃ. 妄語則犯波逸提罪。Piṭakaṃ kātukāmatāya vallicchedane pācittiyanti sabbaṃ purimanayeneva veditabbaṃ. 爲了製作籃子而砍藤蔓犯波逸提罪,這一切都應如前所述理解。Gacchati vā āpatti dukkaṭassāti evaṃ pariyiṭṭhasahāyakudālapiṭako nidhiṭṭhānaṃ gacchati, padavāre padavāre dukkaṭaṃ. "走去也犯突吉羅罪"是指這樣尋找同伴、鋤頭、籃子的人走向寶藏所在處,每一步都犯突吉羅罪。Sace pana gacchanto ''imaṃ nidhiṃ laddhā buddhapūjaṃ vā dhammapūjaṃ vā saṅghabhattaṃ vā karissāmī''ti kusalaṃ uppādeti, kusalacittena gamane anāpatti. 但如果走去時生起善心想"得到這寶藏后我要供養佛或法或僧",以善心走去則無罪。Kasmā? ''Theyyacitto dutiyaṃ vā…pe… gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassā''ti vuttattā. 為什麼?因為說"有偷盜之心尋找第二人...等...走去,犯突吉羅罪"。Yathā ca idha, evaṃ sabbattha atheyyacittassa anāpatti. 如此處,在所有情況下無偷盜之心者都無罪。Maggato okkamma nidhānaṭṭhānaṃ gamanatthāya maggaṃ karonto bhūtagāmaṃ chindati, pācittiyaṃ. 偏離道路為去寶藏處而開路時砍植物,犯波逸提罪。Sukkhakaṭṭhaṃ chindati, dukkaṭaṃ. 砍干木,犯突吉羅罪。 Tatthajātakanti ciranihitāya kumbhiyā upari jātakaṃ. "那裡生長的"是指長期埋藏的罐子上面生長的。Kaṭṭhaṃ vā lataṃ vāti na kevalaṃ kaṭṭhalatameva, yaṃkiñci allaṃ vā sukkhaṃ vā tiṇarukkhalatādiṃ chindantassa sahapayogattā dukkaṭameva hoti. "木頭或藤蔓"不僅指木頭和藤蔓,由於是伴隨行為,砍任何濕的或乾的草木藤蔓等都只犯突吉羅罪。 Aṭṭhavidhaṃ hetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ nāma imasmiṃ ṭhāne samodhānetvā therehi dassitaṃ – pubbapayogadukkaṭaṃ , sahapayogadukkaṭaṃ, anāmāsadukkaṭaṃ, durupaciṇṇadukkaṭaṃ, vinayadukkaṭaṃ, ñātadukkaṭaṃ, ñattidukkaṭaṃ, paṭissavadukkaṭanti. 長老們在此歸納並說明了這八種突吉羅罪:準備突吉羅、伴隨突吉羅、不可觸突吉羅、惡習突吉羅、律突吉羅、知道突吉羅、動議突吉羅、承諾突吉羅。Tattha ''theyyacitto dutiyaṃ vā kudālaṃ vā piṭakaṃ vā pariyesati gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassā''ti idaṃ pubbapayogadukkaṭaṃ nāma. 其中"有偷盜之心尋找第二人或鋤頭或籃子或走去,犯突吉羅罪",這稱為準備突吉羅。Ettha hi dukkaṭaṭṭhāne dukkaṭaṃ, pācittiyaṭṭhāne pācittiyameva hoti. 這裡在突吉羅處犯突吉羅,在波逸提處只犯波逸提。''Tatthajātakaṃ kaṭṭhaṃ vā lataṃ vā chindati, āpatti dukkaṭassā''ti idaṃ sahapayogadukkaṭaṃ nāma. "砍那裡生長的木頭或藤蔓,犯突吉羅罪",這稱為伴隨突吉羅。Ettha pana pācittiyavatthu ca dukkaṭavatthu ca dukkaṭaṭṭhāneyeva tiṭṭhati. 這裡波逸提因和突吉羅因都只是停留在突吉羅處。Kasmā? Avahārassa sahapayogattāti. 為什麼?因為是偷竊的伴隨行為。Yaṃ pana dasavidhaṃ ratanaṃ, sattavidhaṃ dhaññaṃ, sabbañca āvudhabhaṇḍādiṃ āmasantassa dukkaṭaṃ vuttaṃ, idaṃ anāmāsadukkaṭaṃ nāma. 觸控十種珍寶、七種穀物和所有武器等物品犯突吉羅罪,這稱為不可觸突吉羅。Yaṃ kadalināḷikerādīnaṃ tatthajātakaphalāni āmasantassa dukkaṭaṃ vuttaṃ, idaṃ durupaciṇṇadukkaṭaṃ nāma. 觸控香蕉、椰子等那裡生長的果實犯突吉羅罪,這稱為惡習突吉羅。Yaṃ pana piṇḍāya carantassa patte raje patite pattaṃ appaṭiggahetvā adhovitvā vā tattha bhikkhaṃ gaṇhantassa dukkaṭaṃ vuttaṃ, idaṃ vinayadukkaṭaṃ nāma. 乞食時缽上落塵,不接受或不洗而在那裡接受食物犯突吉羅罪,這稱為律突吉羅。''Sutvā na vadanti, āpatti dukkaṭassā''ti (pārā. 419) idaṃ ñātadukkaṭaṃ nāma. "聽到后不說,犯突吉羅罪",這稱為知道突吉羅。Yaṃ ekādasasu samanubhāsanāsu ''ñattiyā dukkaṭa''nti (pārā. 414) vuttaṃ, idaṃ ñattidukkaṭaṃ nāma. 在十一種勸諫中所說的"動議犯突吉羅罪",這稱為動議突吉羅。''Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimikā ca na paññāyati, paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassā''ti (mahāva. 207) idaṃ paṭissavadukkaṭaṃ nāma. "諸比丘,那比丘的前行為不顯現,但承諾犯突吉羅罪",這稱為承諾突吉羅。Idaṃ pana sahapayogadukkaṭaṃ. 這是伴隨突吉羅。Tena vuttaṃ – ''yaṃkiñci allaṃ vā sukkhaṃ vā tiṇarukkhalatādiṃ chindantassa sahapayogattā dukkaṭameva hotī''ti. 因此說"由於是伴隨行為,砍任何濕的或乾的草木藤蔓等都只犯突吉羅罪"。 Sace panassa tatthajātake tiṇarukkhalatādimhi chinnepi lajjidhammo okkamati, saṃvaro uppajjati, chedanapaccayā dukkaṭaṃ desetvā muccati. 如果他砍那裡生長的草木藤蔓等後生起慚愧之法,生起防護,懺悔由砍伐而犯的突吉羅罪后得解脫。Atha dhuranikkhepaṃ akatvā saussāhova paṃsuṃ khaṇati, chedanadukkaṭaṃ paṭippassambhati, khaṇanadukkaṭe patiṭṭhāti. 如果他不放棄任務而熱心地挖土,砍伐的突吉羅罪止息,安住于挖掘的突吉羅罪。Akappiyapathaviṃ khaṇantopi hi idha sahapayogattā dukkaṭameva āpajjati. 即使挖不適合的土地,由於這裡是伴隨行為,也只犯突吉羅罪。Sace panassa sabbadisāsu khaṇitvā kumbhimūlaṃ pattassāpi lajjidhammo okkamati, khaṇanapaccayā dukkaṭaṃ desetvā muccati. 如果他在所有方向挖掘直到罐子底部後生起慚愧之法,懺悔由挖掘而犯的突吉羅罪后得解脫。

Byūhati vāti atha pana saussāhova paṃsuṃ viyūhati, ekapasse rāsiṃ karoti, khaṇanadukkaṭaṃ paṭippassambhati, viyūhanadukkaṭe patiṭṭhāti. Tañca paṃsuṃ tattha tattha puñjaṃ karonto payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ āpajjati. Sace pana rāsiṃ katvāpi dhuranikkhepaṃ karoti, lajjidhammaṃ āpajjati , viyūhanadukkaṭaṃ desetvā muccati. Uddharati vāti atha pana saussāhova paṃsuṃ uddharitvā bahi pāteti, viyūhanadukkaṭaṃ paṭippassambhati, uddharaṇadukkaṭe patiṭṭhāti. Paṃsuṃ pana kudālena vā hatthehi vā pacchiyā vā tahiṃ tahiṃ pātento payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ āpajjati. Sace pana sabbaṃ paṃsuṃ nīharitvā kumbhiṃ thalaṭṭhaṃ katvāpi lajjidhammaṃ āpajjati, uddharaṇadukkaṭaṃ desetvā muccati. Atha pana saussāhova kumbhiṃ āmasati, uddharaṇadukkaṭaṃ paṭippassambhati, āmasanadukkaṭe patiṭṭhāti. Āmasitvāpi ca lajjidhammaṃ āpajjanto āmasanadukkaṭaṃ desetvā muccati. Atha saussāhova kumbhiṃ phandāpeti, āmasanadukkaṭaṃ paṭippassambhati, 『『phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassā』』ti vuttathullaccaye patiṭṭhāti.

Tatrāyaṃ dukkaṭathullaccayānaṃ dvinnampi vacanattho – paṭhamaṃ tāvettha duṭṭhu kataṃ satthārā vuttakiccaṃ virādhetvā katanti dukkaṭaṃ. Atha vā duṭṭhaṃ kataṃ, virūpā sā kiriyā bhikkhukiriyānaṃ majjhe na sobhatīti evampi dukkaṭaṃ. Vuttañcetaṃ –

『『Dukkaṭaṃ iti yaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ suṇohi yathātathaṃ;

Aparaddhaṃ viraddhañca, khalitaṃ yañca dukkaṭaṃ.

『『Yaṃ manusso kare pāpaṃ, āvi vā yadi vā raho;

Dukkaṭanti pavedenti, tenetaṃ iti vuccatī』』ti. (pari. 339);

Itaraṃ pana thūlattā, accayattā ca thullaccayaṃ. 『『Samparāye ca duggati』』 (saṃ. ni.

Byūhati vāti atha pana saussāhova paṃsuṃ viyūhati, ekapasse rāsiṃ karoti, khaṇanadukkaṭaṃ paṭippassambhati, viyūhanadukkaṭe patiṭṭhāti. "或堆積"是指他熱心地堆積泥土,在一邊堆成一堆,挖掘的突吉羅罪止息,安住于堆積的突吉羅罪。Tañca paṃsuṃ tattha tattha puñjaṃ karonto payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ āpajjati. 他在這裡那裡堆積那泥土時,每次行動都犯突吉羅罪。Sace pana rāsiṃ katvāpi dhuranikkhepaṃ karoti, lajjidhammaṃ āpajjati , viyūhanadukkaṭaṃ desetvā muccati. 如果他堆成一堆後放棄任務,生起慚愧之法,懺悔堆積的突吉羅罪后得解脫。Uddharati vāti atha pana saussāhova paṃsuṃ uddharitvā bahi pāteti, viyūhanadukkaṭaṃ paṭippassambhati, uddharaṇadukkaṭe patiṭṭhāti. "或取出"是指他熱心地取出泥土扔到外面,堆積的突吉羅罪止息,安住于取出的突吉羅罪。Paṃsuṃ pana kudālena vā hatthehi vā pacchiyā vā tahiṃ tahiṃ pātento payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ āpajjati. 他用鋤頭或手或籃子把泥土扔到這裡那裡時,每次行動都犯突吉羅罪。Sace pana sabbaṃ paṃsuṃ nīharitvā kumbhiṃ thalaṭṭhaṃ katvāpi lajjidhammaṃ āpajjati, uddharaṇadukkaṭaṃ desetvā muccati. 如果他取出所有泥土使罐子露出後生起慚愧之法,懺悔取出的突吉羅罪后得解脫。Atha pana saussāhova kumbhiṃ āmasati, uddharaṇadukkaṭaṃ paṭippassambhati, āmasanadukkaṭe patiṭṭhāti. 如果他熱心地觸控罐子,取出的突吉羅罪止息,安住于觸控的突吉羅罪。Āmasitvāpi ca lajjidhammaṃ āpajjanto āmasanadukkaṭaṃ desetvā muccati. 觸控後生起慚愧之法,懺悔觸控的突吉羅罪后得解脫。Atha saussāhova kumbhiṃ phandāpeti, āmasanadukkaṭaṃ paṭippassambhati, ''phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassā''ti vuttathullaccaye patiṭṭhāti. 如果他熱心地使罐子動搖,觸控的突吉羅罪止息,安住于所說的"使動搖,犯偷蘭遮罪"的偷蘭遮罪。 Tatrāyaṃ dukkaṭathullaccayānaṃ dvinnampi vacanattho – paṭhamaṃ tāvettha duṭṭhu kataṃ satthārā vuttakiccaṃ virādhetvā katanti dukkaṭaṃ. 這裡是突吉羅和偷蘭遮兩種罪的詞義解釋 - 首先,突吉羅是指做錯了,違背了佛陀所說的職責而做。Atha vā duṭṭhaṃ kataṃ, virūpā sā kiriyā bhikkhukiriyānaṃ majjhe na sobhatīti evampi dukkaṭaṃ. 或者說是做了壞事,那行為不適當,在比丘的行為中不合適,這樣也稱為突吉羅。Vuttañcetaṃ – 這也被說為: ''Dukkaṭaṃ iti yaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ suṇohi yathātathaṃ; Aparaddhaṃ viraddhañca, khalitaṃ yañca dukkaṭaṃ. "所說的突吉羅,你如實地聽: 錯誤、失誤、過失和做錯。 ''Yaṃ manusso kare pāpaṃ, āvi vā yadi vā raho; Dukkaṭanti pavedenti, tenetaṃ iti vuccatī''ti. (pari. 339); 人所做的惡,無論公開還是隱秘; 宣稱為突吉羅,因此它被如此稱呼。" Itaraṃ pana thūlattā, accayattā ca thullaccayaṃ. 另一種則因為粗重和過失而稱為偷蘭遮。''Samparāye ca duggati'' (saṃ. ni.

1.49), 『『yaṃ hoti kaṭukapphala』』ntiādīsu (dha. pa. 66; netti. 91) viya cettha saṃyogabhāvo veditabbo. Ekassa santike desetabbesu hi accayesu tena samo thūlo accayo natthi. Tasmā vuttaṃ 『『thūlattā accayattā ca thullaccaya』』nti. Vuttañcetaṃ –

『『Thullaccayanti yaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ suṇohi yathātathaṃ;

Ekassa mūle yo deseti, yo ca taṃ paṭiggaṇhati;

Accayo tena samo natthi, tenetaṃ iti vuccatī』』ti. (pari. 339);

Phandāpentassa ca payoge payoge thullaccayaṃ. Phandāpetvāpi ca lajjidhammaṃ okkanto thullaccayaṃ desetvā muccati. Sahapayogato paṭṭhāyeva cettha purimā purimā āpatti paṭippassambhati. Sahapayogaṃ pana akatvā lajjidhammaṃ okkantena yā pubbapayoge dukkaṭapācittiyā āpannā, sabbā tā desetabbā. Sahapayoge ca tatthajātakacchedane bahukānipi dukkaṭāni paṃsukhaṇanaṃ patvā paṭippassambhanti. Ekaṃ khaṇanadukkaṭameva hoti. Khaṇane bahukānipi viyūhanaṃ, viyūhane bahukānipi uddharaṇaṃ, uddharaṇe bahukānipi āmasanaṃ, āmasane bahukānipi phandāpanaṃ patvā paṭippassambhanti. Paṃsukhaṇanādīsu ca lajjidhamme uppanne bahukāpi āpattiyo hontu, ekameva desetvā muccatīti kurundaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Purimāpattipaṭippassaddhi ca nāmesā 『『ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ, dvīhi kammavācāhi thullaccayā paṭippassambhantī』』ti (pārā. 414) evaṃ anusāvanāsuttesuyeva āgatā. Idha pana dutiyapārājike aṭṭhakathācariyappamāṇena gahetabbāti.

Ṭhānācāveti, āpatti pārājikassāti yo pana phandāpetvāpi lajjidhammaṃ anokkamitvāva taṃ kumbhiṃ ṭhānato antamaso kesaggamattampi cāveti, pārājikameva āpajjatīti attho. Ṭhānā cāvanañcettha chahi ākārehi veditabbaṃ. Kathaṃ? Kumbhiṃ mukhavaṭṭiyaṃ gahetvā attano abhimukhaṃ ākaḍḍhanto iminā antena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ kesaggamattampi pārimantena atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ. Tatheva gahetvā parato pellento pārimantena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ kesaggamattampi iminā antena atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ. Vāmato vā dakkhiṇato vā apanāmento vāmantena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ kesaggamattampi dakkhiṇantena atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ. Dakkhiṇantena vā phuṭṭhokāsaṃ kesaggamattampi vāmantena atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ. Uddhaṃ ukkhipanto kesaggamattampi bhūmito moceti, pārājikaṃ. Khaṇitvā heṭṭhato osīdento bundena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ kesaggamattampi mukhavaṭṭiyā atikkāmeti, pārājikanti evaṃ ekaṭṭhāne ṭhitāya kumbhiyā. Yadi pana kumbhimukhavaṭṭiyā pāsaṃ katvā lohakhāṇuṃ vā khadirasārādikhāṇuṃ vā pathaviyaṃ ākoṭetvā tattha saṅkhalikāya bandhitvā ṭhapenti, ekissā disāya ekāya saṅkhalikāya baddhāya dve ṭhānāni labbhanti, dvīsu tīsu catūsu disāsu catūhi saṅkhalikāhi baddhāya pañca ṭhānāni labbhanti.

Tattha ekakhāṇuke baddhakumbhiyā paṭhamaṃ khāṇukaṃ vā uddharati, saṅkhalikaṃ vā chindati, thullaccayaṃ. Tato kumbhiṃ yathāvuttanayena kesaggamattampi ṭhānā cāveti, pārājikaṃ. Atha paṭhamaṃ kumbhiṃ uddharati, thullaccayaṃ. Tato khāṇukaṃ kesaggamattampi ṭhānā cāveti, saṅkhalikaṃ vā chindati, pārājikaṃ. Etena upāyena dvīsu tīsu catūsu khāṇukesu baddhakumbhiyāpi pacchime ṭhānācāvane pārājikaṃ. Sesesu thullaccayaṃ veditabbaṃ.

1.49), ''yaṃ hoti kaṭukapphala''ntiādīsu (dha. pa. 66; netti. 91) viya cettha saṃyogabhāvo veditabbo. 這裡應理解為如"來世惡趣"、"有苦果"等中的複合詞。Ekassa santike desetabbesu hi accayesu tena samo thūlo accayo natthi. 因為在應向一人懺悔的過失中,沒有與之相當的粗重過失。Tasmā vuttaṃ ''thūlattā accayattā ca thullaccaya''nti. 因此說"因粗重和過失而稱為偷蘭遮"。Vuttañcetaṃ – 這也被說為: ''Thullaccayanti yaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ suṇohi yathātathaṃ; Ekassa mūle yo deseti, yo ca taṃ paṭiggaṇhati; Accayo tena samo natthi, tenetaṃ iti vuccatī''ti. (pari. 339); "所說的偷蘭遮,你如實地聽: 向一人懺悔者,和接受懺悔者; 沒有與之相當的過失,因此它被如此稱呼。" Phandāpentassa ca payoge payoge thullaccayaṃ. 使動搖時每次行動都犯偷蘭遮罪。Phandāpetvāpi ca lajjidhammaṃ okkanto thullaccayaṃ desetvā muccati. 使動搖後生起慚愧之法,懺悔偷蘭遮罪后得解脫。Sahapayogato paṭṭhāyeva cettha purimā purimā āpatti paṭippassambhati. 從伴隨行為開始,前前的罪就止息。Sahapayogaṃ pana akatvā lajjidhammaṃ okkantena yā pubbapayoge dukkaṭapācittiyā āpannā, sabbā tā desetabbā. 但不做伴隨行為而生起慚愧之法者,應懺悔在準備階段所犯的所有突吉羅和波逸提罪。Sahapayoge ca tatthajātakacchedane bahukānipi dukkaṭāni paṃsukhaṇanaṃ patvā paṭippassambhanti. 在伴隨行為中,砍那裡生長的東西所犯的許多突吉羅罪到挖土時就止息。Ekaṃ khaṇanadukkaṭameva hoti. 只有一個挖掘的突吉羅罪。Khaṇane bahukānipi viyūhanaṃ, viyūhane bahukānipi uddharaṇaṃ, uddharaṇe bahukānipi āmasanaṃ, āmasane bahukānipi phandāpanaṃ patvā paṭippassambhanti. 挖掘的許多罪到堆積時止息,堆積的許多罪到取出時止息,取出的許多罪到觸控時止息,觸控的許多罪到使動搖時止息。Paṃsukhaṇanādīsu ca lajjidhamme uppanne bahukāpi āpattiyo hontu, ekameva desetvā muccatīti kurundaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. 在《古侖德注》中說,在挖土等行為中生起慚愧之法時,即使有許多罪,只懺悔一個就得解脫。Purimāpattipaṭippassaddhi ca nāmesā ''ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ, dvīhi kammavācāhi thullaccayā paṭippassambhantī''ti (pārā. 414) evaṃ anusāvanāsuttesuyeva āgatā. 前罪的止息只出現在教誡經中,如"動議犯突吉羅罪,兩次羯磨止息偷蘭遮罪"。Idha pana dutiyapārājike aṭṭhakathācariyappamāṇena gahetabbāti. 但這裡在第二波羅夷中應以註釋師的量度來理解。 Ṭhānācāveti, āpatti pārājikassāti yo pana phandāpetvāpi lajjidhammaṃ anokkamitvāva taṃ kumbhiṃ ṭhānato antamaso kesaggamattampi cāveti, pārājikameva āpajjatīti attho. "使離開原處,犯波羅夷罪"的意思是,即使使動搖后也不生起慚愧之法,而使那罐子離開原處哪怕一根頭髮的距離,就犯波羅夷罪。Ṭhānā cāvanañcettha chahi ākārehi veditabbaṃ. 這裡應以六種方式理解使離開原處。Kathaṃ? 怎麼說呢?Kumbhiṃ mukhavaṭṭiyaṃ gahetvā attano abhimukhaṃ ākaḍḍhanto iminā antena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ kesaggamattampi pārimantena atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ. 抓住罐子的口緣向自己拉,使這邊接觸的地方哪怕一根頭髮的距離被另一邊超過,犯波羅夷罪。Tatheva gahetvā parato pellento pārimantena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ kesaggamattampi iminā antena atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ. 同樣抓住向前推,使另一邊接觸的地方哪怕一根頭髮的距離被這邊超過,犯波羅夷罪。Vāmato vā dakkhiṇato vā apanāmento vāmantena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ kesaggamattampi dakkhiṇantena atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ. 向左或向右傾斜,使左邊接觸的地方哪怕一根頭髮的距離被右邊超過,犯波羅夷罪。Dakkhiṇantena vā phuṭṭhokāsaṃ kesaggamattampi vāmantena atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ. 或使右邊接觸的地方哪怕一根頭髮的距離被左邊超過,犯波羅夷罪。Uddhaṃ ukkhipanto kesaggamattampi bhūmito moceti, pārājikaṃ. 向上提起使之離開地面哪怕一根頭髮的距離,犯波羅夷罪。Khaṇitvā heṭṭhato osīdento bundena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ kesaggamattampi mukhavaṭṭiyā atikkāmeti, pārājikanti evaṃ ekaṭṭhāne ṭhitāya kumbhiyā. 挖掘後向下沉,使底部接觸的地方哪怕一根頭髮的距離被口緣超過,犯波羅夷罪。這是對在一處地方的罐子而言。Yadi pana kumbhimukhavaṭṭiyā pāsaṃ katvā lohakhāṇuṃ vā khadirasārādikhāṇuṃ vā pathaviyaṃ ākoṭetvā tattha saṅkhalikāya bandhitvā ṭhapenti, ekissā disāya ekāya saṅkhalikāya baddhāya dve ṭhānāni labbhanti, dvīsu tīsu catūsu disāsu catūhi saṅkhalikāhi baddhāya pañca ṭhānāni labbhanti. 但如果在罐子口緣做個環,把銅樁或相思樹等的樁子釘在地上,用鎖鏈綁在那裡固定,用一個方向的一條鎖鏈綁時有兩個位置,用二三四個方向的四條鎖鏈綁時有五個位置。 Tattha ekakhāṇuke baddhakumbhiyā paṭhamaṃ khāṇukaṃ vā uddharati, saṅkhalikaṃ vā chindati, thullaccayaṃ. 其中對綁在一個樁子上的罐子,首先拔出樁子或砍斷鎖鏈,犯偷蘭遮罪。Tato kumbhiṃ yathāvuttanayena kesaggamattampi ṭhānā cāveti, pārājikaṃ. 然後如前所說使罐子離開原處哪怕一根頭髮的距離,犯波羅夷罪。Atha paṭhamaṃ kumbhiṃ uddharati, thullaccayaṃ. 如果首先提起罐子,犯偷蘭遮罪。Tato khāṇukaṃ kesaggamattampi ṭhānā cāveti, saṅkhalikaṃ vā chindati, pārājikaṃ. 然後使樁子離開原處哪怕一根頭髮的距離,或砍斷鎖鏈,犯波羅夷罪。Etena upāyena dvīsu tīsu catūsu khāṇukesu baddhakumbhiyāpi pacchime ṭhānācāvane pārājikaṃ. 以此方法,對綁在二三四個樁子上的罐子,在最後一個離開原處時犯波羅夷罪。Sesesu thullaccayaṃ veditabbaṃ. 其餘應知為偷蘭遮罪。

Sace khāṇu natthi, saṅkhalikāya agge valayaṃ katvā tatthajātake mūle pavesitaṃ hoti, paṭhamaṃ kumbhiṃ uddharitvā pacchā mūlaṃ chetvā valayaṃ nīharati, pārājikaṃ. Atha mūlaṃ acchetvā valayaṃ ito cito ca sāreti, rakkhati. Sace pana mūlato anīharitvāpi hatthena gahetvā ākāsagataṃ karoti, pārājikaṃ. Ayamettha viseso. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.

Keci pana nimittatthāya kumbhimatthake nigrodharukkhādīni ropenti, mūlāni kumbhiṃ vinandhitvā ṭhitāni honti, 『『mūlāni chinditvā kumbhiṃ gahessāmī』』ti chindantassa payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Chinditvā okāsaṃ katvā kumbhiṃ kesaggamattampi ṭhānā cāveti, pārājikaṃ. Mūlāni chindatova luṭhitvā kumbhī ninnaṭṭhānaṃ gatā, rakkhati tāva. Gataṭṭhānato uddharati, pārājikaṃ. Sace chinnesu mūlesu ekamūlamattena kumbhī tiṭṭhati, so ca taṃ 『『imasmiṃ mūle chinne patissatī』』ti chindati, chinnamatte pārājikaṃ. Sace pana ekamūleneva pāse baddhasūkaro viya ṭhitā hoti, aññaṃ kiñci lagganakaṃ natthi, tasmimpi mūle chinnamatte pārājikaṃ. Sace kumbhimatthake mahāpāsāṇo ṭhapito hoti, taṃ daṇḍena ukkhipitvā apanetukāmo kumbhimatthake jātarukkhaṃ chindati, dukkaṭaṃ. Tassā samīpe jātakaṃ chetvā āharati, atatthajātakattā taṃ chindato pācittiyaṃ.

Attano bhājananti sace pana kumbhiṃ uddharituṃ asakkonto kumbhigatabhaṇḍaggahaṇatthaṃ attano bhājanaṃ pavesetvā antokumbhiyaṃ pañcamāsakaṃ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Paricchedo cettha pārājikaniyamanatthaṃ vutto. Theyyacittena pana ūnapañcamāsakampi āmasanto dukkaṭaṃ āpajjatiyeva.

Phandāpetīti ettha yāva ekābaddhaṃ katvā attano bhājanaṃ paveseti, tāva phandāpetīti vuccati. Api ca ito cito ca apabyūhantopi phandāpetiyeva, so thullaccayaṃ āpajjati. Yadā pana ekābaddhabhāvo chinno, kumbhigataṃ kumbhiyameva, bhājanagatampi bhājaneyeva hoti, tadā attano bhājanagataṃ nāma hoti. Evaṃ katvā kumbhito anīhatepi ca bhājane pārājikaṃ āpajjati.

Muṭṭhiṃ vā chindatīti ettha yathā aṅgulantarehi nikkhantakahāpaṇā kumbhigate kahāpaṇe na samphusanti, evaṃ muṭṭhiṃ karonto muṭṭhiṃ chindati nāma; sopi pārājikaṃ āpajjati.

Suttārūḷhanti sutte ārūḷhaṃ; suttena āvutassāpi suttamayassāpi etaṃ adhivacanaṃ . Pāmaṅgādīnihi sovaṇṇamayānipi honti rūpiyamayānipi suttamayānipi, muttāvaliādayopi ettheva saṅgahaṃ gatā. Veṭhananti sīsaveṭhanapaṭo vuccati. Etesu yaṃkiñci theyyacitto āmasati, dukkaṭaṃ. Phandāpeti, thullaccayaṃ. Pāmaṅgādīni koṭiyaṃ gahetvā ākāsaṭṭhaṃ akaronto uccāreti, thullaccayaṃ.

Sace khāṇu natthi, saṅkhalikāya agge valayaṃ katvā tatthajātake mūle pavesitaṃ hoti, paṭhamaṃ kumbhiṃ uddharitvā pacchā mūlaṃ chetvā valayaṃ nīharati, pārājikaṃ. 如果沒有樁子,在鎖鏈的末端做個環套在那裡生長的樹根上,首先提起罐子然後砍斷樹根取出環,犯波羅夷罪。Atha mūlaṃ acchetvā valayaṃ ito cito ca sāreti, rakkhati. 如果不砍斷樹根而把環向這邊那邊移動,則無罪。Sace pana mūlato anīharitvāpi hatthena gahetvā ākāsagataṃ karoti, pārājikaṃ. 但如果不從樹根取出而用手抓住使之懸空,犯波羅夷罪。Ayamettha viseso. 這是這裡的區別。Sesaṃ vuttanayameva. 其餘如前所說。 Keci pana nimittatthāya kumbhimatthake nigrodharukkhādīni ropenti, mūlāni kumbhiṃ vinandhitvā ṭhitāni honti, ''mūlāni chinditvā kumbhiṃ gahessāmī''ti chindantassa payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ. 有些人為做標記在罐子頂上種植榕樹等,樹根纏繞罐子生長,"我要砍斷樹根拿走罐子"而砍時,每次行動都犯突吉羅罪。Chinditvā okāsaṃ katvā kumbhiṃ kesaggamattampi ṭhānā cāveti, pārājikaṃ. 砍斷後騰出空間使罐子離開原處哪怕一根頭髮的距離,犯波羅夷罪。Mūlāni chindatova luṭhitvā kumbhī ninnaṭṭhānaṃ gatā, rakkhati tāva. 如果砍樹根時罐子滾到低處,暫時無罪。Gataṭṭhānato uddharati, pārājikaṃ. 從滾到的地方提起,犯波羅夷罪。Sace chinnesu mūlesu ekamūlamattena kumbhī tiṭṭhati, so ca taṃ ''imasmiṃ mūle chinne patissatī''ti chindati, chinnamatte pārājikaṃ. 如果砍斷樹根后罐子只靠一根樹根支撐,他想"砍斷這根樹根它就會倒"而砍,一砍斷就犯波羅夷罪。Sace pana ekamūleneva pāse baddhasūkaro viya ṭhitā hoti, aññaṃ kiñci lagganakaṃ natthi, tasmimpi mūle chinnamatte pārājikaṃ. 如果只靠一根樹根支撐,就像被繩索捆住的豬一樣,沒有其他任何東西固定,砍斷那根樹根時就犯波羅夷罪。Sace kumbhimatthake mahāpāsāṇo ṭhapito hoti, taṃ daṇḍena ukkhipitvā apanetukāmo kumbhimatthake jātarukkhaṃ chindati, dukkaṭaṃ. 如果罐子頂上放了一塊大石頭,想用棍子撬起移開而砍罐子頂上生長的樹,犯突吉羅罪。Tassā samīpe jātakaṃ chetvā āharati, atatthajātakattā taṃ chindato pācittiyaṃ. 砍了它附近生長的樹而帶走,因為不是在那裡生長的,砍時犯波逸提罪。 Attano bhājananti sace pana kumbhiṃ uddharituṃ asakkonto kumbhigatabhaṇḍaggahaṇatthaṃ attano bhājanaṃ pavesetvā antokumbhiyaṃ pañcamāsakaṃ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. "自己的容器"是指如果不能提起罐子,爲了取罐子里的物品而把自己的容器放進去,以偷盜之心觸控罐子內價值五摩沙迦或超過五摩沙迦的物品,犯突吉羅罪。Paricchedo cettha pārājikaniyamanatthaṃ vutto. 這裡說明界限是爲了確定波羅夷罪。Theyyacittena pana ūnapañcamāsakampi āmasanto dukkaṭaṃ āpajjatiyeva. 但以偷盜之心觸控不足五摩沙迦的物品也犯突吉羅罪。 Phandāpetīti ettha yāva ekābaddhaṃ katvā attano bhājanaṃ paveseti, tāva phandāpetīti vuccati. "使動搖"在這裡是指直到把自己的容器放進去成為一體為止,都稱為使動搖。Api ca ito cito ca apabyūhantopi phandāpetiyeva, so thullaccayaṃ āpajjati. 即使向這邊那邊移動也是使動搖,他犯偷蘭遮罪。Yadā pana ekābaddhabhāvo chinno, kumbhigataṃ kumbhiyameva, bhājanagatampi bhājaneyeva hoti, tadā attano bhājanagataṃ nāma hoti. 當一體性被破壞,罐子里的在罐子里,容器里的在容器里,那時稱為在自己的容器里。Evaṃ katvā kumbhito anīhatepi ca bhājane pārājikaṃ āpajjati. 這樣做即使沒從罐子里取出,對容器也犯波羅夷罪。 Muṭṭhiṃ vā chindatīti ettha yathā aṅgulantarehi nikkhantakahāpaṇā kumbhigate kahāpaṇe na samphusanti, evaṃ muṭṭhiṃ karonto muṭṭhiṃ chindati nāma; sopi pārājikaṃ āpajjati. "或掬起"在這裡是指像從手指間伸出的銅幣不接觸罐子里的銅幣那樣做拳頭,這稱為掬起;他也犯波羅夷罪。 Suttārūḷhanti sutte ārūḷhaṃ; suttena āvutassāpi suttamayassāpi etaṃ adhivacanaṃ . "穿線上上的"是指穿線上上;這也是用線串起的或由線製成的代名詞。Pāmaṅgādīnihi sovaṇṇamayānipi honti rūpiyamayānipi suttamayānipi, muttāvaliādayopi ettheva saṅgahaṃ gatā. 因為臂鐲等有金製的、銀製的、線制的,珍珠串等也包括在這裡。Veṭhananti sīsaveṭhanapaṭo vuccati. "頭巾"是指纏頭的布。Etesu yaṃkiñci theyyacitto āmasati, dukkaṭaṃ. 對這些中的任何一種,以偷盜之心觸控,犯突吉羅罪。Phandāpeti, thullaccayaṃ. 使動搖,犯偷蘭遮罪。Pāmaṅgādīni koṭiyaṃ gahetvā ākāsaṭṭhaṃ akaronto uccāreti, thullaccayaṃ. 抓住臂鐲等的一端而提起,不使之懸空,犯偷蘭遮罪。

Ghaṃsanto nīharatīti ettha pana paripuṇṇāya kumbhiyā upari samatittikaṃ kumbhiṃ katvā ṭhapitaṃ vā ekaṃ koṭiṃ bunde ekaṃ koṭiṃ mukhavaṭṭiyaṃ katvā ṭhapitaṃ vā ghaṃsantassa nīharato thullaccayaṃ. Kumbhimukhā mocentassa pārājikaṃ. Yaṃ pana upaḍḍhakumbhiyaṃ vā rittakumbhiyaṃ vā ṭhapitaṃ, tassa attano phuṭṭhokāsova ṭhānaṃ, na sakalā kumbhī, tasmā taṃ ghaṃsantassāpi nīharato patiṭṭhitokāsato kesaggamatte mutte pārājikameva. Kumbhiyā pana paripuṇṇāya vā ūnāya vā ujukameva uddharantassa heṭṭhimakoṭiyā patiṭṭhitokāsā muttamatteva pārājikaṃ. Antokumbhiyaṃ ṭhapitaṃ yaṃkiñci pārājikappahonakaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ sakalakumbhiyaṃ cārentassa, pāmaṅgādiñca ghaṃsitvā nīharantassa yāva mukhavaṭṭiṃ nātikkamati, tāva thullaccayameva. Tassa hi sabbāpi kumbhī ṭhānanti saṅkhepamahāpaccariyādīsu vuttaṃ. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana 『『ṭhapitaṭṭhānameva ṭhānaṃ, na sakalā kumbhī. Tasmā yathāṭhitaṭṭhānato kesaggamattampi mocentassa pārājikamevā』』ti vuttaṃ, taṃ pamāṇaṃ. Itaraṃ pana ākāsagataṃ akarontassa cīvaravaṃse ṭhapitacīvaraveṭhanakanayena vuttaṃ, taṃ na gahetabbaṃ. Vinayavinicchaye hi āgate garuke ṭhātabbaṃ, esā vinayadhammatā. Apica 『『attano bhājanagataṃ vā karoti, muṭṭhiṃ vā chindatī』』ti vacanato petaṃ veditabbaṃ. Yathā antokumbhiyaṃ ṭhitassa na sabbā kumbhī ṭhānanti.

Sappiādīsu yaṃkiñci pivato ekapayogena pītamatte pārājikanti mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Mahāpaccariyādīsu pana ayaṃ vibhāgo dassito – 『『mukhaṃ anapanetvā ākaḍḍhantassa pivato sace paragalagataṃ pādaṃ na agghati, mukhagatena saddhiṃ agghati, rakkhati tāva. Kaṇṭhena pana paricchinnakāleyeva pārājikaṃ hoti. Sacepi oṭṭhehi paricchindanto oṭṭhe pidahati, pārājikameva. Uppaladaṇḍaveḷunāḷinaḷanāḷiādīhi pivantassāpi sace paragalagatameva pādaṃ agghati, pārājikaṃ. Sace saha mukhagatena agghati, na tāva pārājikaṃ hoti. Uppaladaṇḍādigatena saddhiṃ ekābaddhabhāvaṃ kopetvā oṭṭhehi paricchinnamatte pārājikaṃ. Sace uppaladaṇḍādigatena saddhiṃ agghati, uppaladaṇḍādīnaṃ bunde aṅguliyāpi pihitamatte pārājikaṃ. Pādagghanake paragalaṃ appaviṭṭhe uppaladaṇḍādīsu ca mukhe ca atirekapādārahampi ekābaddhaṃ hutvā tiṭṭhati, rakkhatiyevā』』ti. Taṃ sabbampi yasmā 『『attano bhājanagataṃ vā karoti , muṭṭhiṃ vā chindatī』』ti imaṃ nayaṃ bhajati, tasmā sudassitameva. Esa tāva ekābaddhe nayo.

Sace pana hatthena vā pattena vā thālakādinā vā kenaci bhājanena gahetvā pivati, yamhi payoge pādagghanakaṃ pūreti, tamhi gate pārājikaṃ. Atha mahagghaṃ hoti, sippikāyapi ekapayogeneva pādagghanakaṃ gahetuṃ sakkā hoti, ekuddhāreyeva pārājikaṃ. Bhājanaṃ pana nimujjāpetvā gaṇhantassa yāva ekābaddhaṃ hoti, tāva rakkhati. Mukhavaṭṭiparicchedena vā uddhārena vā pārājikaṃ. Yadā pana sappiṃ vā telaṃ vā acchaṃ telasadisameva madhuphāṇitaṃ vā kumbhiṃ āviñchetvā attano bhājane paveseti, tadā tesaṃ acchatāya ekābaddhatā natthīti pādagghanake mukhavaṭṭito gaḷitamatte pārājikaṃ.

Ghaṃsanto nīharatīti ettha pana paripuṇṇāya kumbhiyā upari samatittikaṃ kumbhiṃ katvā ṭhapitaṃ vā ekaṃ koṭiṃ bunde ekaṃ koṭiṃ mukhavaṭṭiyaṃ katvā ṭhapitaṃ vā ghaṃsantassa nīharato thullaccayaṃ. "摩擦取出"在這裡,對於裝滿的罐子上面平平地放置的,或一端放在底部一端放在口緣的,摩擦取出時犯偷蘭遮罪。Kumbhimukhā mocentassa pārājikaṃ. 從罐口取出時犯波羅夷罪。Yaṃ pana upaḍḍhakumbhiyaṃ vā rittakumbhiyaṃ vā ṭhapitaṃ, tassa attano phuṭṭhokāsova ṭhānaṃ, na sakalā kumbhī, tasmā taṃ ghaṃsantassāpi nīharato patiṭṭhitokāsato kesaggamatte mutte pārājikameva. 但對於放在半滿或空罐子里的,它所接觸的地方才是位置,不是整個罐子,因此即使是摩擦取出,從所放置的地方移動哪怕一根頭髮的距離就犯波羅夷罪。Kumbhiyā pana paripuṇṇāya vā ūnāya vā ujukameva uddharantassa heṭṭhimakoṭiyā patiṭṭhitokāsā muttamatteva pārājikaṃ. 但對於滿罐或不滿的罐子,直接提起時,下端離開放置處就犯波羅夷罪。Antokumbhiyaṃ ṭhapitaṃ yaṃkiñci pārājikappahonakaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ sakalakumbhiyaṃ cārentassa, pāmaṅgādiñca ghaṃsitvā nīharantassa yāva mukhavaṭṭiṃ nātikkamati, tāva thullaccayameva. 對於放在罐子里的任何足以構成波羅夷罪的物品,在整個罐子里移動,以及摩擦取出臂鐲等,只要沒超過口緣,都只是犯偷蘭遮罪。Tassa hi sabbāpi kumbhī ṭhānanti saṅkhepamahāpaccariyādīsu vuttaṃ. 因為在《略義》、《大品》等中說整個罐子都是它的位置。Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ''ṭhapitaṭṭhānameva ṭhānaṃ, na sakalā kumbhī. Tasmā yathāṭhitaṭṭhānato kesaggamattampi mocentassa pārājikamevā''ti vuttaṃ, taṃ pamāṇaṃ. 但在《大義釋》中說"只有放置處才是位置,不是整個罐子。因此從所放置處移動哪怕一根頭髮的距離就犯波羅夷罪",這才是準確的。Itaraṃ pana ākāsagataṃ akarontassa cīvaravaṃse ṭhapitacīvaraveṭhanakanayena vuttaṃ, taṃ na gahetabbaṃ. 另一種說法是按照不使懸空的衣架上放置的衣服包裹的方式說的,這不應採用。Vinayavinicchaye hi āgate garuke ṭhātabbaṃ, esā vinayadhammatā. 因為在律的判定中,應當採取更嚴格的,這是律的性質。Apica ''attano bhājanagataṃ vā karoti, muṭṭhiṃ vā chindatī''ti vacanato petaṃ veditabbaṃ. 而且從"放入自己的容器里,或掬起"這句話也可以理解這一點。Yathā antokumbhiyaṃ ṭhitassa na sabbā kumbhī ṭhānanti. 就像罐子里的東西整個罐子不是它的位置一樣。 Sappiādīsu yaṃkiñci pivato ekapayogena pītamatte pārājikanti mahāaṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. 在《大義釋》中說,對於酥油等任何東西,喝時一次喝下就犯波羅夷罪。Mahāpaccariyādīsu pana ayaṃ vibhāgo dassito – 但在《大品》等中顯示了這樣的區分:''mukhaṃ anapanetvā ākaḍḍhantassa pivato sace paragalagataṃ pādaṃ na agghati, mukhagatena saddhiṃ agghati, rakkhati tāva. "不移開嘴而吸著喝,如果進入喉嚨的不值一錢,加上嘴裡的才值一錢,暫時無罪。Kaṇṭhena pana paricchinnakāleyeva pārājikaṃ hoti. 但到了喉嚨時就犯波羅夷罪。Sacepi oṭṭhehi paricchindanto oṭṭhe pidahati, pārājikameva. 即使用嘴唇分開而閉上嘴唇,也是波羅夷罪。Uppaladaṇḍaveḷunāḷinaḷanāḷiādīhi pivantassāpi sace paragalagatameva pādaṃ agghati, pārājikaṃ. 用蓮莖、竹管、蘆葦管等喝時,如果進入喉嚨的就值一錢,犯波羅夷罪。Sace saha mukhagatena agghati, na tāva pārājikaṃ hoti. 如果加上嘴裡的才值一錢,還不算波羅夷罪。Uppaladaṇḍādigatena saddhiṃ ekābaddhabhāvaṃ kopetvā oṭṭhehi paricchinnamatte pārājikaṃ. 破壞與蓮莖等的一體性,用嘴唇分開時就犯波羅夷罪。Sace uppaladaṇḍādigatena saddhiṃ agghati, uppaladaṇḍādīnaṃ bunde aṅguliyāpi pihitamatte pārājikaṃ. 如果加上蓮莖等中的才值一錢,用手指堵住蓮莖等的底部時就犯波羅夷罪。Pādagghanake paragalaṃ appaviṭṭhe uppaladaṇḍādīsu ca mukhe ca atirekapādārahampi ekābaddhaṃ hutvā tiṭṭ

Pacitvā ṭhapitaṃ pana madhuphāṇitaṃ sileso viya cikkanaṃ ākaḍḍhanavikaḍḍhanayoggaṃ hoti, uppanne kukkucce ekābaddhameva hutvā paṭinīharituṃ sakkoti, etaṃ mukhavaṭṭiyā nikkhamitvā bhājane paviṭṭhampi bāhirena saddhiṃ ekābaddhattā rakkhati, mukhavaṭṭito chinnamatte pana pārājikaṃ. Yopi theyyacittena parassa kumbhiyā pādagghanakaṃ sappiṃ vā telaṃ vā avassapivanakaṃ yaṃkiñci dukūlasāṭakaṃ vā cammakhaṇḍādīnaṃ vā aññataraṃ pakkhipati, hatthato muttamatte pārājikaṃ.

Rittakumbhiyā 『『idāni telaṃ ākirissantī』』ti ñatvā yaṃkiñci bhaṇḍaṃ theyyacitto pakkhipati, taṃ ce tattha tele ākiṇṇe pañcamāsakaagghanakaṃ pivati, pītamatte pārājikanti mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Taṃ pana tattheva sukkhataḷāke sukkhamātikāya ujukaraṇavinicchayena virujjhati, avahāralakkhaṇañcettha na paññāyati, tasmā na gahetabbaṃ. Mahāpaccariyādīsu pana tassa uddhāre pārājikaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ yuttaṃ.

Pacitvā ṭhapitaṃ pana madhuphāṇitaṃ sileso viya cikkanaṃ ākaḍḍhanavikaḍḍhanayoggaṃ hoti, uppanne kukkucce ekābaddhameva hutvā paṭinīharituṃ sakkoti, etaṃ mukhavaṭṭiyā nikkhamitvā bhājane paviṭṭhampi bāhirena saddhiṃ ekābaddhattā rakkhati, mukhavaṭṭito chinnamatte pana pārājikaṃ. 但煮好放置的蜜糖像膠水一樣粘稠,適合拉伸,生起疑慮時能夠作為一體拉回,這即使從口緣出來進入容器,由於與外面的部分是一體,也無罪,但從口緣斷開時就犯波羅夷罪。Yopi theyyacittena parassa kumbhiyā pādagghanakaṃ sappiṃ vā telaṃ vā avassapivanakaṃ yaṃkiñci dukūlasāṭakaṃ vā cammakhaṇḍādīnaṃ vā aññataraṃ pakkhipati, hatthato muttamatte pārājikaṃ. 誰以偷盜之心把值一錢的酥油或油或任何必定會吸收的細麻布或皮革等之一放入他人的罐子,從手上放開時就犯波羅夷罪。 Rittakumbhiyā ''idāni telaṃ ākirissantī''ti ñatvā yaṃkiñci bhaṇḍaṃ theyyacitto pakkhipati, taṃ ce tattha tele ākiṇṇe pañcamāsakaagghanakaṃ pivati, pītamatte pārājikanti mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. 在《大義釋》中說,知道"現在他們會倒油"而以偷盜之心把任何物品放入空罐子,如果那物品在那裡被倒入的油浸泡而值五摩沙迦,喝下時就犯波羅夷罪。Taṃ pana tattheva sukkhataḷāke sukkhamātikāya ujukaraṇavinicchayena virujjhati, avahāralakkhaṇañcettha na paññāyati, tasmā na gahetabbaṃ. 但這與同書中關於乾涸的池塘和乾涸的水渠整修的判定相矛盾,這裡也看不出偷盜的特徵,因此不應採用。Mahāpaccariyādīsu pana tassa uddhāre pārājikaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ yuttaṃ. 但在《大品》等中說取出時犯波羅夷罪,這是合理的。

Parassa rittakumbhiyā saṅgopanatthāya bhaṇḍaṃ ṭhapetvā tattha tele ākiṇṇe 『『sace ayaṃ jānissati, maṃ palibujjhissatī』』ti bhīto pādagghanakaṃ telaṃ pītaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ theyyacittena uddharati, pārājikaṃ. Suddhacittena uddharati, pare āharāpente bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ nāma yaṃ parassa naṭṭhaṃ, tassa mūlaṃ vā tadeva vā bhaṇḍaṃ dātabbanti attho. No ce deti, sāmikassa dhuranikkhepe pārājikaṃ. Sace parassa kumbhiyā añño sappiṃ vā telaṃ vā ākirati, tatra cāyaṃ theyyacittena telapivanakaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ pakkhipati, vuttanayeneva pārājikaṃ. Attano rittakumbhiyā parassa sappiṃ vā telaṃ vā ākiraṇabhāvaṃ ñatvā theyyacittena bhaṇḍaṃ nikkhipati, pubbe vuttanayeneva uddhāre pārājikaṃ. Suddhacitto nikkhipitvā pacchā theyyacittena uddharati, pārājikameva. Suddhacittova uddharati, neva avahāro, na gīvā; mahāpaccariyaṃ pana anāpattimattameva vuttaṃ. 『『『Kissa mama kumbhiyaṃ telaṃ ākirasī』ti kupito attano bhaṇḍaṃ uddharitvā chaḍḍeti, no bhaṇḍadeyya』』nti kurundiyaṃ vuttaṃ. Theyyacittena mukhavaṭṭiyaṃ gahetvā kumbhiṃ āviñchati telaṃ gaḷetukāmo, pādagghanake gaḷite pārājikaṃ. Theyyacitteneva jajjaraṃ karoti 『『savitvā gamissatī』』ti pādagghanake savitvā gate pārājikaṃ. Theyyacitteneva chiddaṃ karoti omaṭṭhaṃ vā ummaṭṭhaṃ vā vemaṭṭhaṃ vā, idaṃ pana sammohaṭṭhānaṃ; tasmā suṭṭhu sallekkhetabbaṃ. Ayañhettha vinicchayo – omaṭṭhaṃ nāma adhomukhachiddaṃ; ummaṭṭhaṃ nāma uddhaṃmukhachiddaṃ; vemaṭṭhaṃ nāma uḷuṅkasseva ujugatachiddaṃ. Tatra omaṭṭhassa bahi paṭṭhāya katassa abbhantarantato pādagghanake tele gaḷite bahi anikkhantepi pārājikaṃ. Kasmā? Yasmā tato gaḷitamattameva bahigataṃ nāma hoti, na kumbhigatasaṅkhyaṃ labhati. Anto paṭṭhāya katassa bāhirantato pādagghanake gaḷite pārājikaṃ. Ummaṭṭhassa yathā tathā vā katassa bāhirantato pādagghanake gaḷite pārājikaṃ. Tañhi yāva bāhirantato na gaḷati, tāva kumbhigatameva hoti. 『『Vemaṭṭhassa ca kapālamajjhato gaḷitavasena kāretabbo』』ti aṭṭhakathāsu vuttaṃ. Taṃ pana anto ca bahi ca paṭṭhāya majjhe ṭhapetvā katachidde taḷākassa ca mariyādabhedena sameti. Anto paṭṭhāya kate pana bāhirantena, bahi paṭṭhāya kate abbhantarantena kāretabboti idamettha yuttaṃ. Yo pana 『『vaṭṭitvā gacchissatī』』ti theyyacittena kumbhiyā ādhārakaṃ vā upatthambhanaleḍḍuke vā apaneti, vaṭṭitvā gatāya pārājikaṃ. Telākiraṇabhāvaṃ pana ñatvā rittakumbhiyā jajjarabhāve vā chiddesu vā katesu pacchā nikkhantatelappamāṇena bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ hoti. Aṭṭhakathāsu pana katthaci pārājikantipi likhitaṃ, taṃ pamādalikhitaṃ.

Paripuṇṇāya kumbhiyā upari kathalaṃ vā pāsāṇaṃ vā 『『patitvā bhindissati, tato telaṃ paggharissatī』』ti theyyacittena dubbandhaṃ vā karoti, duṭṭhapitaṃ vā ṭhapeti, avassapatanakaṃ tathā karontassa katamatte pārājikaṃ. Rittakumbhiyā upari karoti, taṃ pacchā puṇṇakāle patitvā bhindati, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Īdisesu hi ṭhānesu bhaṇḍassa natthikāle katapayogattā āditova pārājikaṃ na hoti. Bhaṇḍavināsadvārassa pana katattā bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ hoti. Āharāpentesu adadato sāmikānaṃ dhuranikkhepena pārājikaṃ.

Parassa rittakumbhiyā saṅgopanatthāya bhaṇḍaṃ ṭhapetvā tattha tele ākiṇṇe ''sace ayaṃ jānissati, maṃ palibujjhissatī''ti bhīto pādagghanakaṃ telaṃ pītaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ theyyacittena uddharati, pārājikaṃ. 把物品放在他人的空罐子里保管,在那裡倒入油后,害怕"如果他知道了,會阻止我",以偷盜之心取出已吸收了價值一錢油的物品,犯波羅夷罪。Suddhacittena uddharati, pare āharāpente bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. 以清凈心取出,當他人令取回時應賠償物品。Bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ nāma yaṃ parassa naṭṭhaṃ, tassa mūlaṃ vā tadeva vā bhaṇḍaṃ dātabbanti attho. 賠償物品是指應給他人損失的價值或相同的物品。No ce deti, sāmikassa dhuranikkhepe pārājikaṃ. 如果不給,當物主放棄時犯波羅夷罪。Sace parassa kumbhiyā añño sappiṃ vā telaṃ vā ākirati, tatra cāyaṃ theyyacittena telapivanakaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ pakkhipati, vuttanayeneva pārājikaṃ. 如果他人在別人的罐子里倒入酥油或油,而此人以偷盜之心放入吸油的物品,如前所說犯波羅夷罪。Attano rittakumbhiyā parassa sappiṃ vā telaṃ vā ākiraṇabhāvaṃ ñatvā theyyacittena bhaṇḍaṃ nikkhipati, pubbe vuttanayeneva uddhāre pārājikaṃ. 知道他人會在自己的空罐子里倒入酥油或油,以偷盜之心放入物品,如前所說取出時犯波羅夷罪。Suddhacitto nikkhipitvā pacchā theyyacittena uddharati, pārājikameva. 以清凈心放入后以偷盜之心取出,也犯波羅夷罪。Suddhacittova uddharati, neva avahāro, na gīvā; mahāpaccariyaṃ pana anāpattimattameva vuttaṃ. 以清凈心取出,既不是偷盜也不負責任;但在《大品》中只說無罪。'''Kissa mama kumbhiyaṃ telaṃ ākirasī'ti kupito attano bhaṇḍaṃ uddharitvā chaḍḍeti, no bhaṇḍadeyya''nti kurundiyaṃ vuttaṃ. 在《古侖德》中說:"生氣地說'為什麼把油倒在我的罐子里'而取出自己的物品扔掉,不必賠償物品"。Theyyacittena mukhavaṭṭiyaṃ gahetvā kumbhiṃ āviñchati telaṃ gaḷetukāmo, pādagghanake gaḷite pārājikaṃ. 以偷盜之心抓住口緣傾斜罐子想讓油流出,流出價值一錢時犯波羅夷罪。Theyyacitteneva jajjaraṃ karoti ''savitvā gamissatī''ti pādagghanake savitvā gate pārājikaṃ. 以偷盜之心弄破罐子想"它會滲出去",滲出價值一錢時犯波羅夷罪。Theyyacitteneva chiddaṃ karoti omaṭṭhaṃ vā ummaṭṭhaṃ vā vemaṭṭhaṃ vā, idaṃ pana sammohaṭṭhānaṃ; tasmā suṭṭhu sallekkhetabbaṃ. 以偷盜之心弄出向下或向上或水平的孔,這是容易混淆的地方;因此應仔細觀察。Ayañhettha vinicchayo – omaṭṭhaṃ nāma adhomukhachiddaṃ; ummaṭṭhaṃ nāma uddhaṃmukhachiddaṃ; vemaṭṭhaṃ nāma uḷuṅkasseva ujugatachiddaṃ. 這裡的判定是:向下的孔稱為向下的;向上的孔稱為向上的;水平的孔稱為像勺子一樣直的孔。Tatra omaṭṭhassa bahi paṭṭhāya katassa abbhantarantato pādagghanake tele gaḷite bahi anikkhantepi pārājikaṃ. 其中對於從外面開始做的向下的孔,從內部流出價值一錢的油,即使沒流到外面也犯波羅夷罪。Kasmā? Yasmā tato gaḷitamattameva bahigataṃ nāma hoti, na kumbhigatasaṅkhyaṃ labhati. 為什麼?因為從那裡一流出就算是到了外面,不算是在罐子里。Anto paṭṭhāya katassa bāhirantato pādagghanake gaḷite pārājikaṃ. 從裡面開始做的,從外部流出價值一錢時犯波羅夷罪。Ummaṭṭhassa yathā tathā vā katassa bāhirantato pādagghanake gaḷite pārājikaṃ. 向上的孔無論怎麼做,從外部流出價值一錢時犯波羅夷罪。Tañhi yāva bāhirantato na gaḷati, tāva kumbhigatameva hoti. 因為那個直到從外部流出之前,都算是在罐子里。''Vemaṭṭhassa ca kapālamajjhato gaḷitavasena kāretabbo''ti aṭṭhakathāsu vuttaṃ. 註釋中說:"水平的孔應按從罐子中間流出來判斷"。Taṃ pana anto ca bahi ca paṭṭhāya majjhe ṭhapetvā katachidde taḷākassa ca mariyādabhedena sameti. 但這與從裡外開始在中間做孔和池塘堤防破壞的情況相符。Anto paṭṭhāya kate pana bāhirantena, bahi paṭṭhāya kate abbhantarantena kāretabboti idamettha yuttaṃ. 從裡面開始做的應以外部,從外面開始做的應以內部來判斷,這在這裡是合理的。Yo pana ''vaṭṭitvā gacchissatī''ti theyyacittena kumbhiyā ādhārakaṃ vā upatthambhanaleḍḍuke vā apaneti, vaṭṭitvā gatāya pārājikaṃ. 誰以偷盜之心想"它會倒下去"而移開罐子的支撐物或支撐的土塊,倒下去時犯波羅夷罪。Telākiraṇabhāvaṃ pana ñatvā rittakumbhiyā jajjarabhāve vā chiddesu vā katesu pacchā nikkhantatelappamāṇena bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ hoti. 但

Theyyacittena mātikaṃ ujukaṃ karoti 『『vaṭṭitvā vā gamissati, velaṃ vā uttarāpessatī』』ti ; vaṭṭitvā vā gacchatu, velaṃ vā uttaratu, ujukaraṇakāle pārājikaṃ. Īdisā hi payogā pubbapayogāvahāre saṅgahaṃ gacchanti. Sukkhamātikāya ujukatāya pacchā udake āgate vaṭṭitvā vā gacchatu, velaṃ vā uttaratu, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Kasmā? Ṭhānā cāvanapayogassa abhāvā. Tassa lakkhaṇaṃ nāvaṭṭhe āvi bhavissati.

Tattheva bhindati vātiādīsu aṭṭhakathāyaṃ tāva vuttaṃ – 『『bhindati vāti muggarena pothetvā bhindati. Chaḍḍeti vāti udakaṃ vā vālikaṃ vā ākiritvā uttarāpeti. Jhāpeti vāti dārūni āharitvā jhāpeti. Aparibhogaṃ vā karotīti akhāditabbaṃ vā apātabbaṃ vā karoti; uccāraṃ vā passāvaṃ vā visaṃ vā ucchiṭṭhaṃ vā kuṇapaṃ vā pātesi, āpatti dukkaṭassāti ṭhānācāvanassa natthitāya dukkaṭaṃ, buddhavisayo nāmeso. Kiñcāpi dukkaṭaṃ, āharāpente pana bhaṇḍadeyya』』nti. Tattha purimadvayaṃ na sameti. Tañhi kumbhijajjarakaraṇena ca mātikāujukaraṇena ca saddhiṃ ekalakkhaṇaṃ. Pacchimaṃ pana dvayaṃ ṭhānā acāventenāpi sakkā kātuṃ. Tasmā ettha evaṃ vinicchayaṃ vadanti – 『『aṭṭhakathāyaṃ kira 『ṭhānā cāvanassa natthitāya dukkaṭa』nti idaṃ pacchimadvayaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Ṭhānā cāvanaṃ akarontoyeva hi theyyacittena vā vināsetukāmatāya vā jhāpeyyapi, aparibhogampi kareyya. Purimadvaye pana vuttanayena bhindantassa vā chaḍḍentassa vā ṭhānā cāvanaṃ atthi, tasmā tathā karontassa vināsetukāmatāya bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ, theyyacittena pārājika』』nti. Pāḷiyaṃ 『『dukkaṭa』』nti vuttattā ayuttanti ce? Na; aññathā gahetabbatthato. Pāḷiyañhi theyyacittapakkhe 『『bhindati vāti udakena sambhindati, chaḍḍeti vāti tattha vamati vā passāvaṃ vā chaḍḍetī』』ti evameke vadanti.

Ayaṃ panettha sāro – vinītavatthumhi tiṇajjhāpako viya ṭhānā acāvetukāmova kevalaṃ bhindati, bhinnattā pana telādīni nikkhamanti, yaṃ vā panettha patthinnaṃ, taṃ ekābaddhameva tiṭṭhati. Achaḍḍetukāmoyeva ca kevalaṃ tattha udakavālikādīni ākirati, ākiṇṇattā pana telaṃ chaḍḍīyati. Tasmā vohāravasena 『『bhindati vā chaḍḍeti vā』』ti vuccatīti. Evametesaṃ padānaṃ attho gahetabbo. Nāsetukāmatāpakkhe pana itarathāpi yujjati. Evañhi kathiyamāne pāḷi ca aṭṭhakathā ca pubbāparena saṃsanditvā kathitā honti. Ettāvatāpi ca santosaṃ akatvā ācariye payirupāsitvā vinicchayo veditabboti.

Bhūmaṭṭhakathā niṭṭhitā.

Thalaṭṭhakathā

Theyyacittena mātikaṃ ujukaṃ karoti ''vaṭṭitvā vā gamissati, velaṃ vā uttarāpessatī''ti ; vaṭṭitvā vā gacchatu, velaṃ vā uttaratu, ujukaraṇakāle pārājikaṃ. 以偷盜之心把水渠整直,想"它會倒下去,或者會漫過堤岸";無論是倒下去還是漫過堤岸,在整直時就犯波羅夷罪。Īdisā hi payogā pubbapayogāvahāre saṅgahaṃ gacchanti. 因為這樣的行為歸類為預備偷盜。Sukkhamātikāya ujukatāya pacchā udake āgate vaṭṭitvā vā gacchatu, velaṃ vā uttaratu, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. 把乾涸的水渠整直后,水來了無論是倒下去還是漫過堤岸,應賠償物品。Kasmā? Ṭhānā cāvanapayogassa abhāvā. 為什麼?因為沒有使離開原處的行為。Tassa lakkhaṇaṃ nāvaṭṭhe āvi bhavissati. 它的特徵將在船的部分變得明顯。 Tattheva bhindati vātiādīsu aṭṭhakathāyaṃ tāva vuttaṃ – ''bhindati vāti muggarena pothetvā bhindati. 關於"在那裡打破"等,在註釋中首先說:"'打破'是用木槌敲打而打破。Chaḍḍeti vāti udakaṃ vā vālikaṃ vā ākiritvā uttarāpeti. '丟棄'是倒入水或沙子使之漫出。Jhāpeti vāti dārūni āharitvā jhāpeti. '燒燬'是拿來木柴燒燬。Aparibhogaṃ vā karotīti akhāditabbaṃ vā apātabbaṃ vā karoti; uccāraṃ vā passāvaṃ vā visaṃ vā ucchiṭṭhaṃ vā kuṇapaṃ vā pātesi, āpatti dukkaṭassāti ṭhānācāvanassa natthitāya dukkaṭaṃ, buddhavisayo nāmeso. '使不能使用'是使之不能吃或不能喝;倒入糞便或尿或毒或剩飯或屍體,犯突吉羅罪,因為沒有使離開原處,這是佛陀的境界。Kiñcāpi dukkaṭaṃ, āharāpente pana bhaṇḍadeyya''nti. 雖然是突吉羅罪,但當令取回時應賠償物品。"Tattha purimadvayaṃ na sameti. 其中前兩種不相符。Tañhi kumbhijajjarakaraṇena ca mātikāujukaraṇena ca saddhiṃ ekalakkhaṇaṃ. 因為那與弄破罐子和整直水渠是同一特徵。Pacchimaṃ pana dvayaṃ ṭhānā acāventenāpi sakkā kātuṃ. 但后兩種即使不使離開原處也能做。Tasmā ettha evaṃ vinicchayaṃ vadanti – ''aṭṭhakathāyaṃ kira 'ṭhānā cāvanassa natthitāya dukkaṭa'nti idaṃ pacchimadvayaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. 因此在這裡這樣判定 - "在註釋中說'因為沒有使離開原處所以是突吉羅罪'是針對后兩種說的。Ṭhānā cāvanaṃ akarontoyeva hi theyyacittena vā vināsetukāmatāya vā jhāpeyyapi, aparibhogampi kareyya. 因為不使離開原處也可能以偷盜之心或想毀壞而燒燬,也可能使不能使用。Purimadvaye pana vuttanayena bhindantassa vā chaḍḍentassa vā ṭhānā cāvanaṃ atthi, tasmā tathā karontassa vināsetukāmatāya bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ, theyyacittena pārājika''nti. 但對前兩種,如前所說打破或丟棄時有使離開原處,因此那樣做時想毀壞應賠償物品,以偷盜之心則犯波羅夷罪。"Pāḷiyaṃ ''dukkaṭa''nti vuttattā ayuttanti ce? Na; aññathā gahetabbatthato. 如果說因為經文中說"突吉羅罪"所以不合理?不是;因為應以另一種方式理解。Pāḷiyañhi theyyacittapakkhe ''bhindati vāti udakena sambhindati, chaḍḍeti vāti tattha vamati vā passāvaṃ vā chaḍḍetī''ti evameke vadanti. 因為在經文中關於偷盜之心的部分,有些人這樣說:"'打破'是用水沖散,'丟棄'是在那裡嘔吐或小便。" Ayaṃ panettha sāro – vinītavatthumhi tiṇajjhāpako viya ṭhānā acāvetukāmova kevalaṃ bhindati, bhinnattā pana telādīni nikkhamanti, yaṃ vā panettha patthinnaṃ, taṃ ekābaddhameva tiṭṭhati. 這裡的要點是 - 就像調伏事中燒草的人一樣,只是想不使離開原處而打破,但因為打破所以油等流出,或者粘在這裡的東西仍然是一體。Achaḍḍetukāmoyeva ca kevalaṃ tattha udakavālikādīni ākirati, ākiṇṇattā pana telaṃ chaḍḍīyati. 只是不想丟棄而在那裡倒入水沙等,但因為倒入所以油被丟棄。Tasmā vohāravasena ''bhindati vā chaḍḍeti vā''ti vuccatīti. 因此按照慣用語說"打破或丟棄"。Evametesaṃ padānaṃ attho gahetabbo. 應這樣理解這些詞的意思。Nāsetukāmatāpakkhe pana itarathāpi yujjati. 但在想毀壞的情況下,另一種解釋也合適。Evañhi kathiyamāne pāḷi ca aṭṭhakathā ca pubbāparena saṃsanditvā kathitā honti. 因為這樣說時,經文和註釋前後一致。Ettāvatāpi ca santosaṃ akatvā ācariye payirupāsitvā vinicchayo veditabboti. 即使到這裡也不要滿足,應該親近老師瞭解判定。 Bhūmaṭṭhakathā niṭṭhitā. 地上物品的註釋結束。 Thalaṭṭhakathā 陸地上物品的註釋

1. Thalaṭṭhe thale nikkhittanti bhūmitale vā pāsāṇatalapabbatatalādīsu vā yattha katthaci paṭicchanne vā appaṭicchanne vā ṭhapitaṃ thalaṭṭhanti veditabbaṃ. Taṃ sace rāsikataṃ hoti, antokumbhiyaṃ bhājanagatakaraṇamuṭṭhicchedanavinicchayena vinicchinitabbaṃ. Sace ekābaddhaṃ silesaniyyāsādi pakkamadhuphāṇitavinicchayena vinicchinitabbaṃ. Sace garukaṃ hoti bhārabaddhaṃ lohapiṇḍi-guḷapiṇḍi-telamadhughaṭādi vā, kumbhiyaṃ ṭhānācāvanavinicchayena vinicchinitabbaṃ. Saṅkhalikabaddhassa ca ṭhānabhedo sallakkhetabbo. Pattharitvā ṭhapitaṃ pana pāvārattharaṇasāṭakādiṃ ujukaṃ gahetvā ākaḍḍhati, pārimante orimantena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ atikkante pārājikaṃ. Evaṃ sabbadisāsu sallakkhetabbaṃ. Veṭhetvā uddharati, kesaggamattaṃ ākāsagataṃ karontassa pārājikaṃ. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.

Thalaṭṭhakathā niṭṭhitā.

Ākāsaṭṭhakathā

1. Thalaṭṭhe thale nikkhittanti bhūmitale vā pāsāṇatalapabbatatalādīsu vā yattha katthaci paṭicchanne vā appaṭicchanne vā ṭhapitaṃ thalaṭṭhanti veditabbaṃ. "陸地上放置的陸地上的物品"應理解為放在地面上或石頭表面、山頂等任何有遮蔽或無遮蔽的地方的物品。Taṃ sace rāsikataṃ hoti, antokumbhiyaṃ bhājanagatakaraṇamuṭṭhicchedanavinicchayena vinicchinitabbaṃ. 如果它是堆積的,應按照罐子內放入容器和掬起的判定來判斷。Sace ekābaddhaṃ silesaniyyāsādi pakkamadhuphāṇitavinicchayena vinicchinitabbaṃ. 如果是一體的樹膠樹脂等,應按照煮好的蜜糖的判定來判斷。Sace garukaṃ hoti bhārabaddhaṃ lohapiṇḍi-guḷapiṇḍi-telamadhughaṭādi vā, kumbhiyaṃ ṭhānācāvanavinicchayena vinicchinitabbaṃ. 如果是重物如捆綁的包裹、金屬塊、糖塊、裝油蜜的罐子等,應按照罐子使離開原處的判定來判斷。Saṅkhalikabaddhassa ca ṭhānabhedo sallakkhetabbo. 對於用鎖鏈綁住的,應注意位置的改變。Pattharitvā ṭhapitaṃ pana pāvārattharaṇasāṭakādiṃ ujukaṃ gahetvā ākaḍḍhati, pārimante orimantena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ atikkante pārājikaṃ. 對於鋪開放置的毯子、床單等,直接抓住拉,這邊接觸的地方超過另一邊時犯波羅夷罪。Evaṃ sabbadisāsu sallakkhetabbaṃ. 應這樣注意所有方向。Veṭhetvā uddharati, kesaggamattaṃ ākāsagataṃ karontassa pārājikaṃ. 捲起提起,使之懸空哪怕一根頭髮的距離就犯波羅夷罪。Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti. 其餘如前所說。 Thalaṭṭhakathā niṭṭhitā. 陸地上物品的註釋結束。 Ākāsaṭṭhakathā 空中物品的註釋

2. Ākāsaṭṭhe morassa chahi ākārehi ṭhānaparicchedo veditabbo – purato mukhatuṇḍakena, pacchato kalāpaggena, ubhayapassesu pakkhapariyantehi, adho pādanakhasikhāya, uddhaṃ sikhaggenāti. Bhikkhu 『『sassāmikaṃ ākāsaṭṭhaṃ moraṃ gahessāmī』』ti purato vā tiṭṭhati, hatthaṃ vā pasāreti, moro ākāseyeva pakkhe cāreti, vātaṃ gāhāpetvā gamanaṃ upacchinditvā tiṭṭhati. Tassa bhikkhuno dukkaṭaṃ. Taṃ aphandento hatthena āmasati, dukkaṭameva. Ṭhānā acāvento phandāpeti, thullaccayaṃ. Hatthena pana gahetvā vā aggahetvā vā mukhatuṇḍakena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ kalāpaggaṃ, kalāpaggena vā phuṭṭhokāsaṃ mukhatuṇḍakaṃ atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ. Tathā vāmapakkhapariyantena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ dakkhiṇapakkhapariyantaṃ, dakkhiṇapakkhapariyantena vā phuṭṭhokāsaṃ vāmapakkhapariyantaṃ atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ. Tathā pādanakhasikhāya phuṭṭhokāsaṃ sikhaggaṃ, sikhaggena vā phuṭṭhokāsaṃ pādanakhasikhaṃ atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ.

Ākāsena gacchanto moro sīsādīsu yasmiṃ aṅge nilīyati, taṃ tassa ṭhānaṃ. Tasmā taṃ hatthe nilīnaṃ ito cito ca karontopi phandāpetiyeva, yadi pana itarena hatthena gahetvā ṭhānā cāveti, pārājikaṃ . Itaraṃ hatthaṃ upaneti, moro sayameva uḍḍetvā tattha nilīyati, anāpatti . Aṅge nilīnabhāvaṃ ñatvā theyyacittena ekaṃ padavāraṃ gacchati, thullaccayaṃ. Dutiye pārājikaṃ.

Bhūmiyaṃ ṭhitamoro dvinnaṃ vā pādānaṃ kalāpassa ca vasena tīṇi ṭhānāni labhati. Taṃ ukkhipantassa yāva ekampi ṭhānaṃ pathaviṃ phusati, tāva thullaccayaṃ. Kesaggamattampi pathaviyā mocitamatte pārājikaṃ. Pañjare ṭhitaṃ saha pañjarena uddharati, pārājikaṃ. Yadi pana pādaṃ na agghati, sabbattha agghavasena kātabbaṃ. Antovatthumhi carantaṃ moraṃ theyyacittena padasā bahivatthuṃ nīharanto dvāraparicchedaṃ atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ. Vaje ṭhitabalībaddassa hi vajo viya antovatthu tassa ṭhānaṃ. Hatthena pana gahetvā antovatthusmimpi ākāsagataṃ karontassa pārājikameva. Antogāme carantampi gāmaparikkhepaṃ atikkāmentassa pārājikaṃ . Sayameva nikkhamitvā gāmūpacāre vā vatthūpacāre vā carantaṃ pana theyyacitto kaṭṭhena vā kathalāya vā utrāsetvā aṭavimukhaṃ karoti, moro uḍḍetvā antogāme vā antovatthumhi vā chadanapiṭṭhe vā nilīyati, rakkhati. Sace pana aṭavimukhe uḍḍeti vā gacchati vā 『『aṭaviṃ pavesetvā gahessāmī』』ti parikappe asati pathavito kesaggamattampi uḍḍitamatte vā dutiyapadavāre vā pārājikaṃ. Kasmā? Yasmā gāmato nikkhantassa ṭhitaṭṭhānameva ṭhānaṃ hoti. Kapiñjarādīsupi ayameva vinicchayo.

Sāṭakaṃ vāti vātavegukkhittaṃ pathavitale pattharitvā ṭhapitamiva ākāsena gacchantaṃ khalibaddhaṃ sāṭakaṃ abhimukhāgataṃ hatthena ekasmiṃ ante gaṇhāti, ito cito ca ṭhānaṃ avikopentoyeva gamanupacchede dukkaṭaṃ. Ṭhānācāvanaṃ akaronto cāleti, phandāpane thullaccayaṃ. Ṭhānā cāveti, pārājikaṃ. Ṭhānaparicchedo cassa morasseva chahi ākārehi veditabbo.

1. Ākāsaṭṭhe morassa chahi ākārehi ṭhānaparicchedo veditabbo – purato mukhatuṇḍakena, pacchato kalāpaggena, ubhayapassesu pakkhapariyantehi, adho pādanakhasikhāya, uddhaṃ sikhaggenāti. 應從六個方面瞭解空中孔雀的位置界限 - 前面是嘴尖,後面是尾端,兩側是翅膀末端,下面是腳爪尖,上面是冠頂。Bhikkhu ''sassāmikaṃ ākāsaṭṭhaṃ moraṃ gahessāmī''ti purato vā tiṭṭhati, hatthaṃ vā pasāreti, moro ākāseyeva pakkhe cāreti, vātaṃ gāhāpetvā gamanaṃ upacchinditvā tiṭṭhati. 比丘想"我要抓這隻有主人的空中的孔雀"而站在前面,或伸出手,孔雀在空中移動翅膀,藉助風力停止前進而停住。Tassa bhikkhuno dukkaṭaṃ. 那個比丘犯突吉羅罪。Taṃ aphandento hatthena āmasati, dukkaṭameva. 不使它動搖而用手觸控,也是突吉羅罪。Ṭhānā acāvento phandāpeti, thullaccayaṃ. 不使離開原處而使之動搖,犯偷蘭遮罪。Hatthena pana gahetvā vā aggahetvā vā mukhatuṇḍakena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ kalāpaggaṃ, kalāpaggena vā phuṭṭhokāsaṃ mukhatuṇḍakaṃ atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ. 但用手抓住或不抓住,使嘴尖接觸的地方超過尾端,或使尾端接觸的地方超過嘴尖,犯波羅夷罪。Tathā vāmapakkhapariyantena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ dakkhiṇapakkhapariyantaṃ, dakkhiṇapakkhapariyantena vā phuṭṭhokāsaṃ vāmapakkhapariyantaṃ atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ. 同樣,使左翅末端接觸的地方超過右翅末端,或使右翅末端接觸的地方超過左翅末端,犯波羅夷罪。Tathā pādanakhasikhāya phuṭṭhokāsaṃ sikhaggaṃ, sikhaggena vā phuṭṭhokāsaṃ pādanakhasikhaṃ atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ. 同樣,使腳爪尖接觸的地方超過冠頂,或使冠頂接觸的地方超過腳爪尖,犯波羅夷罪。 Ākāsena gacchanto moro sīsādīsu yasmiṃ aṅge nilīyati, taṃ tassa ṭhānaṃ. 空中飛行的孔雀停在頭等任何部位,那就是它的位置。Tasmā taṃ hatthe nilīnaṃ ito cito ca karontopi phandāpetiyeva, yadi pana itarena hatthena gahetvā ṭhānā cāveti, pārājikaṃ . 因此即使把停在手上的向這邊那邊移動也只是使之動搖,但如果用另一隻手抓住使離開原處,犯波羅夷罪。Itaraṃ hatthaṃ upaneti, moro sayameva uḍḍetvā tattha nilīyati, anāpatti . 把另一隻手靠近,孔雀自己飛過去停在那裡,無罪。Aṅge nilīnabhāvaṃ ñatvā theyyacittena ekaṃ padavāraṃ gacchati, thullaccayaṃ. 知道它停在身體部位上,以偷盜之心走一步,犯偷蘭遮罪。Dutiye pārājikaṃ. 第二步犯波羅夷罪。 Bhūmiyaṃ ṭhitamoro dvinnaṃ vā pādānaṃ kalāpassa ca vasena tīṇi ṭhānāni labhati. 站在地上的孔雀根據兩隻腳和尾巴得到三個位置。Taṃ ukkhipantassa yāva ekampi ṭhānaṃ pathaviṃ phusati, tāva thullaccayaṃ. 提起它時,只要還有一個位置接觸地面,就是偷蘭遮罪。Kesaggamattampi pathaviyā mocitamatte pārājikaṃ. 使之離開地面哪怕一根頭髮的距離就犯波羅夷罪。Pañjare ṭhitaṃ saha pañjarena uddharati, pārājikaṃ. 連籠子一起提起在籠子里的,犯波羅夷罪。Yadi pana pādaṃ na agghati, sabbattha agghavasena kātabbaṃ. 但如果不值一錢,在所有情況下都應按價值判斷。Antovatthumhi carantaṃ moraṃ theyyacittena padasā bahivatthuṃ nīharanto dvāraparicchedaṃ atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ. 以偷盜之心用腳把在院子里走動的孔雀趕出院子,越過門的界限時犯波羅夷罪。Vaje ṭhitabalībaddassa hi vajo viya antovatthu tassa ṭhānaṃ. 因為院子就像站在牛欄里的牛的牛欄一樣是它的位置。Hatthena pana gahetvā antovatthusmimpi ākāsagataṃ karontassa pārājikameva. 但用手抓住即使在院子里使之懸空也犯波羅夷罪。Antogāme carantampi gāmaparikkhepaṃ atikkāmentassa pārājikaṃ . 即使是在村子裡走動的,使之越過村界時也犯波羅夷罪。Sayameva nikkhamitvā gāmūpacāre vā vatthūpacāre vā carantaṃ pana theyyacitto kaṭṭhena vā kathalāya vā utrāsetvā aṭavimukhaṃ karoti, moro uḍḍetvā antogāme vā antovatthumhi vā chadanapiṭṭhe vā nilīyati, rakkhati. 但它自己出來在村子附近或院子附近走動時,以偷盜之心用木頭或瓦片驚嚇使之朝向森林,孔雀飛起來停在村子裡或院子里或屋頂上,無罪。Sace pana aṭavimukhe uḍḍeti vā gacchati vā ''aṭaviṃ pavesetvā gahessāmī''ti parikappe asati pathavito kesaggamattampi uḍḍitamatte vā dutiyapadavāre vā pārājikaṃ. 但如果它朝森林方向飛或走,沒有"讓它進入森林后我再抓"的打算,從地面飛起哪怕一根頭髮的距離或走第二步時就犯波羅夷罪。Kasmā? Yasmā gāmato nikkhantassa ṭhitaṭṭhānameva ṭhānaṃ hoti. 為什麼?因為對於從村子出來的,站立的地方就是它的位置。Kapiñjarādīsupi ayameva vinicchayo. 對於其他鳥類也是這樣判斷。 Sāṭakaṃ vāti vātavegukkhittaṃ pathavitale pattharitvā ṭhapitamiva ākāsena gacchantaṃ khalibaddhaṃ sāṭakaṃ abhimukhāgataṃ hatthena ekasmiṃ ante gaṇhāti, ito cito ca ṭhānaṃ avikopentoyeva gamanupacchede dukkaṭaṃ. "或布"是指被風吹起的好像鋪在地面上一樣在空中飄動的布,迎面而來時用手抓住一端,不改變位置而只是停止移動,犯突吉羅罪。Ṭhānācāvanaṃ akaronto cāleti, phandāpane thullaccayaṃ. 不使離開原處而搖動,使動搖時犯偷蘭遮罪。Ṭhānā cāveti, pārājikaṃ. 使離開原處,犯波羅夷罪。Ṭhānaparicchedo cassa morasseva chahi ākārehi veditabbo. 它的位置界限也應像孔雀一樣從六個方面瞭解。

Abaddhasāṭako pana ekasmiṃ ante gahitamatteva dutiyenantena patitvā bhūmiyaṃ patiṭṭhāti, tassa dve ṭhānāni honti – hattho ceva bhūmi ca. Taṃ yathāgahitameva paṭhamaṃ gahitokāsappadesato cāleti, thullaccayaṃ. Pacchā bhūmito dutiyahatthena vā pādena vā ukkhipati, pārājikaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ vā bhūmito uddharati, thullaccayaṃ. Pacchā gahitokāsappadesato cāveti, pārājikaṃ. Gahaṇaṃ vā amuñcanto ujukameva hatthaṃ onāmetvā bhūmigataṃ katvā teneva hatthena ukkhipati, pārājikaṃ. Veṭhanepi ayameva vinicchayo.

Hiraññaṃvā suvaṇṇaṃ vā chijjamānanti manussānaṃ alaṅkarontānaṃ gīveyyakādipiḷandhanaṃ vā suvaṇṇasalākaṃ chindantānaṃ suvaṇṇakārānaṃ suvaṇṇakhaṇḍaṃ vā chijjamānaṃ patati, tañce bhikkhu ākāsena āgacchantaṃ theyyacitto hatthena gaṇhāti, gahaṇameva ṭhānaṃ. Gahitappadesato hatthaṃ apaneti, pārājikaṃ. Cīvare patitaṃ hatthena ukkhipati, pārājikaṃ. Anuddharitvāva yāti, dutiye padavāre pārājikaṃ. Patte patitepi eseva nayo. Sīse vā mukhe vā pāde vā patiṭṭhitaṃ hatthena gaṇhāti, pārājikaṃ. Aggahetvāva yāti, dutiye padavāre pārājikaṃ. Yattha katthaci patati, tassa patitokāsova ṭhānaṃ, na sabbaṃ aṅgapaccaṅgaṃ pattacīvaraṃ vāti.

Ākāsaṭṭhakathā niṭṭhitā.

Vehāsaṭṭhakathā

Abaddhasāṭako pana ekasmiṃ ante gahitamatteva dutiyenantena patitvā bhūmiyaṃ patiṭṭhāti, tassa dve ṭhānāni honti – hattho ceva bhūmi ca. 但沒有繫住的布,一端剛被抓住另一端就落在地上,它有兩個位置 - 手和地面。Taṃ yathāgahitameva paṭhamaṃ gahitokāsappadesato cāleti, thullaccayaṃ. 先從抓住的地方移動它,犯偷蘭遮罪。Pacchā bhūmito dutiyahatthena vā pādena vā ukkhipati, pārājikaṃ. 後來用另一隻手或腳從地上提起,犯波羅夷罪。Paṭhamaṃ vā bhūmito uddharati, thullaccayaṃ. 或者先從地上提起,犯偷蘭遮罪。Pacchā gahitokāsappadesato cāveti, pārājikaṃ. 後來從抓住的地方移開,犯波羅夷罪。Gahaṇaṃ vā amuñcanto ujukameva hatthaṃ onāmetvā bhūmigataṃ katvā teneva hatthena ukkhipati, pārājikaṃ. 或者不放開抓住的地方,直接把手放低使之接觸地面,再用同一隻手提起,犯波羅夷罪。Veṭhanepi ayameva vinicchayo. 對於包裹也是這樣判斷。 Hiraññaṃvā suvaṇṇaṃ vā chijjamānanti manussānaṃ alaṅkarontānaṃ gīveyyakādipiḷandhanaṃ vā suvaṇṇasalākaṃ chindantānaṃ suvaṇṇakārānaṃ suvaṇṇakhaṇḍaṃ vā chijjamānaṃ patati, tañce bhikkhu ākāsena āgacchantaṃ theyyacitto hatthena gaṇhāti, gahaṇameva ṭhānaṃ. "正在切割的金或金子"是指人們裝飾時的項鍊等飾品,或金匠切割金條時掉落的金塊,如果比丘以偷盜之心用手抓住從空中飛來的,抓住的地方就是位置。Gahitappadesato hatthaṃ apaneti, pārājikaṃ. 從抓住的地方移開手,犯波羅夷罪。Cīvare patitaṃ hatthena ukkhipati, pārājikaṃ. 用手提起落在衣服上的,犯波羅夷罪。Anuddharitvāva yāti, dutiye padavāre pārājikaṃ. 不提起而走,第二步犯波羅夷罪。Patte patitepi eseva nayo. 落在缽里也是這個道理。Sīse vā mukhe vā pāde vā patiṭṭhitaṃ hatthena gaṇhāti, pārājikaṃ. 用手抓住停在頭上或嘴裡或腳上的,犯波羅夷罪。Aggahetvāva yāti, dutiye padavāre pārājikaṃ. 不抓住而走,第二步犯波羅夷罪。Yattha katthaci patati, tassa patitokāsova ṭhānaṃ, na sabbaṃ aṅgapaccaṅgaṃ pattacīvaraṃ vāti. 無論落在哪裡,它落下的地方就是位置,不是全身或缽衣。 Ākāsaṭṭhakathā niṭṭhitā. 空中物品的註釋結束。 Vehāsaṭṭhakathā 高處物品的註釋

1. Vehāsaṭṭhe mañcapīṭhādīsu ṭhapitaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ āmāsaṃ vā hotu anāmāsaṃ vā, theyyacittena āmasantassa dukkaṭaṃ. Mañcapīṭhesu ṭhapitabhaṇḍesu panettha thalaṭṭhe vuttanayena vinicchayo veditabbo. Ayaṃ pana viseso – sace khaliyā baddhasāṭako mañce vā pīṭhe vā patthaṭo majjhena mañcatalaṃ na phusati, mañcapādeva phusati, tesaṃ vasena ṭhānaṃ veditabbaṃ. Pādānaṃ upari phuṭṭhokāsameva hi atikkamitamattena tattha pārājikaṃ hoti. Saha mañcapīṭhehi harantassa pana mañcapīṭhapādānaṃ patiṭṭhitokāsavasena ṭhānaṃ veditabbaṃ.

Cīvaravaṃse vāti cīvaraṭhapanatthāya bandhitvā ṭhapite vaṃse vā kaṭṭhadaṇḍake vā. Tattha saṃharitvā pārato antaṃ orato bhogaṃ katvā ṭhapitacīvarassa patiṭṭhitokāsena phuṭṭhokāsova ṭhānaṃ, na sabbo cīvaravaṃso. Tasmā theyyacittena taṃ bhoge gahetvā ākaḍḍhantassa pārato vaṃse patiṭṭhitokāsaṃ orato cīvarena vaṃsassa phuṭṭhappadesaṃ atikkāmentassa ekadvaṅgulamattākaḍḍhaneneva pārājikaṃ. Ante gahetvā ākaḍḍhantassāpi eseva nayo. Tattheva pana cīvaravaṃse vāmato vā dakkhiṇato vā sārentassa vāmantena dakkhiṇantaṭṭhānaṃ dakkhiṇantena vā vāmantaṭṭhānaṃ atikkantamatte dasadvādasaṅgulamattasāraṇeneva pārājikaṃ. Uddhaṃ ukkhipantassa kesaggamattukkhipanena pārājikaṃ. Cīvaravaṃsaṃ phusantaṃ vā aphusantaṃ vā rajjukena bandhitvā ṭhapitacīvaraṃ mocentassa thullaccayaṃ, mutte pārājikaṃ. Muttamattameva hi taṃ 『『ṭhānā cuta』』nti saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Vaṃse veṭhetvā ṭhapitaṃ nibbeṭhentassa thullaccayaṃ, nibbeṭhitamatte pārājikaṃ. Valayaṃ katvā ṭhapite valayaṃ chindati vā moceti vā ekaṃ vā vaṃsakoṭiṃ mocetvā nīharati, thullaccayaṃ . Chinnamatte muttamatte nīhaṭamatte ca pārājikaṃ. Tathā akatvāva cīvaravaṃse ito cito ca sāreti, rakkhati tāva. Valayassa hi sabbopi cīvaravaṃso ṭhānaṃ. Kasmā? Tattha saṃsaraṇadhammatāya. Yadā pana naṃ hatthena gahetvā ākāsagataṃ karoti, pārājikaṃ. Pasāretvā ṭhapitassa patiṭṭhitokāsena phuṭṭhokāsova ṭhānaṃ. Tattha saṃharitvā ṭhapite vuttanayena vinicchayo veditabbo. Yaṃ pana ekenantena bhūmiṃ phusitvā ṭhitaṃ hoti, tassa cīvaravaṃse ca bhūmiyañca patiṭṭhitokāsavasena dve ṭhānāni. Tattha bhūmiyaṃ ekenantena patiṭṭhite abaddhasāṭake vuttanayeneva vinicchayo veditabbo. Cīvararajjuyāpi ayameva vinicchayo.

1. Vehāsaṭṭhe mañcapīṭhādīsu ṭhapitaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ āmāsaṃ vā hotu anāmāsaṃ vā, theyyacittena āmasantassa dukkaṭaṃ. 在高處如座椅等放置的物品，無論是有主的還是無主的，若以偷盜之心去觸控，則犯突吉羅罪。Mañcapīṭhesu ṭhapitabhaṇḍesu panettha thalaṭṭhe vuttanayena vinicchayo veditabbo. 在座椅上放置的物品應按照前述的地面上物品的判斷來判斷。Ayaṃ pana viseso – sace khaliyā baddhasāṭako mañce vā pīṭhe vā patthaṭo majjhena mañcatalaṃ na phusati, mañcapādeva phusati, tesaṃ vasena ṭhānaṃ veditabbaṃ. 這裡有一個特別的情況 - 如果沒有繫住的布在座椅或凳子上被抓住,而中間的座椅底部不接觸,只接觸座椅的腳,則應根據此判斷位置。Pādānaṃ upari phuṭṭhokāsameva hi atikkamitamattena tattha pārājikaṃ hoti. 只有腳上接觸的地方超過一點就犯波羅夷罪。Saha mañcapīṭhehi harantassa pana mañcapīṭhapādānaṃ patiṭṭhitokāsavasena ṭhānaṃ veditabbaṃ. 當與座椅一起提起時,應根據座椅腳上的位置判斷。 Cīvaravaṃse vāti cīvaraṭhapanatthāya bandhitvā ṭhapite vaṃse vā kaṭṭhidaṇḍake vā. "在衣物上"是指為放置衣物而繫住的衣物或木桿。Tattha saṃharitvā pārato antaṃ orato bhogaṃ katvā ṭhapitacīvarassa patiṭṭhitokāsena phuṭṭhokāsova ṭhānaṃ, na sabbo cīvaravaṃso. 在那裡收起、向上、向下放置的衣物接觸的地方就是位置,而不是所有的衣物。Tasmā theyyacittena taṃ bhoge gahetvā ākaḍḍhantassa pārato vaṃse patiṭṭhitokāsaṃ orato cīvarena vaṃsassa phuṭṭhappadesaṃ atikkāmentassa ekadvaṅgulamattākaḍḍhaneneva pārājikaṃ. 因此,如果以偷盜之心抓住該物品並提起,超過一到兩指的距離也犯波羅夷罪。Ante gahetvā ākaḍḍhantassāpi eseva nayo. 同樣,如果從後面抓住提起也是這個道理。Tattheva pana cīvaravaṃse vāmato vā dakkhiṇato vā sārentassa vāmantena dakkhiṇantaṭṭhānaṃ dakkhiṇantena vā vāmantaṭṭhānaṃ atikkantamatte dasadvādasaṅgulamattasāraṇeneva pārājikaṃ. 在那裡,如果從左或右提起,從左側超過右側或從右側超過左側,超過十到十二指的距離也犯波羅夷罪。Uddhaṃ ukkhipantassa kesaggamattukkhipanena pārājikaṃ. 提起時哪怕一根頭髮的高度也犯波羅夷罪。Cīvaravaṃsaṃ phusantaṃ vā aphusantaṃ vā rajjukena bandhitvā ṭhapitacīvaraṃ mocentassa thullaccayaṃ, mutte pārājikaṃ. 不論是接觸或不接觸的衣物,如果用繩子綁住的衣物被解開,犯偷蘭遮罪,解開時犯波羅夷罪。Muttamattameva hi taṃ 『『ṭhānā cuta』』nti saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. 只要解開一點就算是"位置消失"。Vaṃse veṭhetvā ṭhapitaṃ nibbeṭhentassa thullaccayaṃ, nibbeṭhitamatte pārājikaṃ. 如果在衣物上被扭動而放置,犯偷蘭遮罪,而解開時犯波羅夷罪。Valayaṃ katvā ṭhapite valayaṃ chindati vā moceti vā ekaṃ vā vaṃsakoṭiṃ mocetvā nīharati, thullaccayaṃ. 如果放置的環被切割或解開,或解開一根或多根的衣物,犯偷蘭遮罪。Chinnamatte muttamatte nīhaṭamatte ca pārājikaṃ. 同樣,如果不解開而從這裡到那裡移動,只要保持就好。Tathā akatvāva cīvaravaṃse ito cito ca sāreti, rakkhati tāva. 因為環的所有衣物都是位置。Kasmā? Tattha saṃsaraṇadhammatāya. 為什麼？因為那裡是流動的特性。Yadā pana naṃ hatthena gahetvā ākāsagataṃ karoti, pārājikaṃ. 當用手抓住使之懸空時，犯波羅夷罪。Pasāretvā ṭhapitassa patiṭṭhitokāsena phuṭṭhokāsova ṭhānaṃ. 伸展後放置的接觸的地方就是位置。Tattha saṃharitvā ṭhapite vuttanayena vinicchayo veditabbo. 在那裡收起放置的應按照前述的判斷來判斷。Yaṃ pana ekenantena bhūmiṃ phusitvā ṭhitaṃ hoti, tassa cīvaravaṃse ca bhūmiyañca patiṭṭhitokāsavasena dve ṭhānāni. 如果一端接觸地面而停住,則根據衣物和地面的接觸位置有兩個位置。Tattha bhūmiyaṃ ekenantena patiṭṭhite abaddhasāṭake vuttanayeneva vinicchayo veditabbo. 在地面上停住的無系布應按照前述的判斷來判斷。Cīvararajjuyāpi ayameva vinicchayo. 對於衣物和繩索也是同樣的判斷。

Aṅkusake laggetvā ṭhapitabhaṇḍaṃ pana bhesajjaghaṭo vā bhesajjatthavikā vā sace bhittiṃ vā bhūmiṃ vā aphusitvā ṭhapitaṃ lagganakaṃ ghaṃsantassa nīharato aṅkusakoṭito nikkhantamatte pārājikaṃ. Lagganakaṃ baddhaṃ hoti, bundena ukkhipitvā ākāsagataṃ karontassa aṅkusakoṭito anikkhantepi pārājikaṃ. Bhittinissitaṃ hoti, paṭhamaṃ aṅkusakoṭito nīharati, thullaccayaṃ. Pacchā bhittiṃ moceti, pārājikaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ bhittiṃ mocetvā pacchā aṅkusato nīharantassāpi eseva nayo. Sace pana bhāriyaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ nīharituṃ asakkonto sayaṃ bhittinissitaṃ katvā aṅkusato nīharati, puna bhittiṃ amocetvāpi aṅkusato nīhaṭamatteyeva pārājikaṃ. Attanā kataṭṭhānañhi ṭhānaṃ na hoti. Bhūmiṃ phusitvā ṭhitassa pana dve eva ṭhānāni. Tattha vuttoyeva vinicchayo . Yaṃ pana sikkāya pakkhipitvā laggitaṃ hoti, taṃ sikkāto nīharantassāpi saha sikkāya aṅkusato nīharantassāpi pārājikaṃ. Bhittibhūmisannissitavasena cettha ṭhānabhedopi veditabbo.

Bhittikhīloti ujukaṃ katvā bhittiyaṃ ākoṭito vā tatthajātako eva vā; nāgadanto pana vaṅko ākoṭito eva. Tesu laggetvā ṭhapitaṃ aṅkusake vuttanayeneva vinicchinitabbaṃ. Dvīsu tīsu pana paṭipāṭiyā ṭhitesu āropetvā ṭhapitaṃ kuntaṃ vā bhindivālaṃ vā agge vā bunde vā gahetvā ākaḍḍhati, ekamekassa phuṭṭhokāsamatte atikkante pārājikaṃ. Phuṭṭhokāsamattameva hi tesaṃ ṭhānaṃ hoti, na sabbe khīlā vā nāgadantā vā. Bhittiabhimukho ṭhatvā majjhe gahetvā ākaḍḍhati, orimantena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ pārimantena atikkantamatte pārājikaṃ. Parato pellentassāpi eseva nayo. Hatthena gahetvā ujukaṃ ukkhipanto kesaggamattampi ākāsagataṃ karoti, pārājikaṃ. Bhittiṃ nissāya ṭhapitaṃ bhittiṃ ghaṃsanto ākaḍḍhati, aggena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ bundaṃ, bundena vā phuṭṭhokāsaṃ aggaṃ atikkāmentassa pārājikaṃ . Bhittiabhimukho ṭhatvā ākaḍḍhanto ekenantena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ aparantaṃ atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ. Ujukaṃ ukkhipanto kesaggamattaṃ ākāsagataṃ karoti, pārājikaṃ.

Rukkhe vā laggitanti tālarukkhādīsu āropetvā laggite aṅkusakādīsu vuttanayena vinicchayo veditabbo. Tatthajātakaṃ pana tālapiṇḍiṃ cālentassa thullaccayaṃ. Yasmiṃ phale pārājikavatthu pūrati, tasmiṃ bandhanā muttamatte pārājikaṃ. Piṇḍiṃ chindati, pārājikaṃ. Aggena paṇṇantaraṃ āropetvā ṭhapitā dve ṭhānāni labhati – ṭhapitaṭṭhānañca vaṇṭaṭṭhānañca; tattha vuttanayena vinicchayo veditabbo. Yo pana 『『chinnamattā patamānā saddaṃ kareyyā』』ti bhayena sayaṃ aggena paṇṇantaraṃ āropetvā chindati, chinnamatte pārājikaṃ . Attanā kataṭṭhānañhi ṭhānaṃ na hoti. Etena upāyena sabbarukkhānaṃ pupphaphalesu vinicchayo veditabbo.

Pattādhārakepīti ettha rukkhādhārako vā hotu valayādhārako vā daṇḍādhārako vā yaṃkiñci pattaṭṭhapanakaṃ pacchikāpi hotu pattādhārako tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Tattha ṭhapitapattassa pattena phuṭṭhokāso eva ṭhānaṃ. Tattha rukkhādhārake pañcahākārehi ṭhānaparicchedo hoti. Tattha ṭhitaṃ pattaṃ mukhavaṭṭiyaṃ gahetvā catūsu disāsu yato kutoci kaḍḍhanto ekenantena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ aparantaṃ atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ. Uddhaṃ kesaggamattaṃ ukkhipato pārājikaṃ. Sahādhārakena harantassāpi eseva nayoti.

Vehāsaṭṭhakathā niṭṭhitā.

Udakaṭṭhakathā

Aṅkusake laggetvā ṭhapitabhaṇḍaṃ pana bhesajjaghaṭo vā bhesajjatthavikā vā sace bhittiṃ vā bhūmiṃ vā aphusitvā ṭhapitaṃ lagganakaṃ ghaṃsantassa nīharato aṅkusakoṭito nikkhantamatte pārājikaṃ. 掛在鉤子上的物品如藥罐或藥袋,如果不接觸墻壁或地面而放置,摩擦掛鉤取出時,剛從鉤尖脫離就犯波羅夷罪。Lagganakaṃ baddhaṃ hoti, bundena ukkhipitvā ākāsagataṃ karontassa aṅkusakoṭito anikkhantepi pārājikaṃ. 如果掛鉤是綁住的,用底部提起使之懸空,即使沒有從鉤尖脫離也犯波羅夷罪。Bhittinissitaṃ hoti, paṭhamaṃ aṅkusakoṭito nīharati, thullaccayaṃ. 如果依靠墻壁,先從鉤尖取出,犯偷蘭遮罪。Pacchā bhittiṃ moceti, pārājikaṃ. 後來從墻壁脫離,犯波羅夷罪。Paṭhamaṃ bhittiṃ mocetvā pacchā aṅkusato nīharantassāpi eseva nayo. 先從墻壁脫離后從鉤子取出也是同樣的道理。Sace pana bhāriyaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ nīharituṃ asakkonto sayaṃ bhittinissitaṃ katvā aṅkusato nīharati, puna bhittiṃ amocetvāpi aṅkusato nīhaṭamatteyeva pārājikaṃ. 但如果無法取出重物,自己讓它靠墻后從鉤子取出,即使沒有再從墻壁脫離,一從鉤子取出就犯波羅夷罪。Attanā kataṭṭhānañhi ṭhānaṃ na hoti. 因為自己造成的位置不算位置。Bhūmiṃ phusitvā ṭhitassa pana dve eva ṭhānāni. 但接觸地面而停住的有兩個位置。Tattha vuttoyeva vinicchayo . 在那裡已經說過的判斷。Yaṃ pana sikkāya pakkhipitvā laggitaṃ hoti, taṃ sikkāto nīharantassāpi saha sikkāya aṅkusato nīharantassāpi pārājikaṃ. 但如果放入環中而掛住,從環中取出或連同環一起從鉤子取出都犯波羅夷罪。Bhittibhūmisannissitavasena cettha ṭhānabhedopi veditabbo. 這裡也應根據依靠墻壁或地面來理解位置的區別。 Bhittikhīloti ujukaṃ katvā bhittiyaṃ ākoṭito vā tatthajātako eva vā; nāgadanto pana vaṅko ākoṭito eva. "墻釘"是指直接釘在墻上的或生長在那裡的;而"象牙"是指彎曲釘上的。Tesu laggetvā ṭhapitaṃ aṅkusake vuttanayeneva vinicchinitabbaṃ. 掛在這些上面放置的應按照鉤子所說的方式判斷。Dvīsu tīsu pana paṭipāṭiyā ṭhitesu āropetvā ṭhapitaṃ kuntaṃ vā bhindivālaṃ vā agge vā bunde vā gahetvā ākaḍḍhati, ekamekassa phuṭṭhokāsamatte atikkante pārājikaṃ. 但在兩個三個排列的上面放置的矛或錐,抓住尖端或底部拉,每一個接觸的地方一超過就犯波羅夷罪。Phuṭṭhokāsamattameva hi tesaṃ ṭhānaṃ hoti, na sabbe khīlā vā nāgadantā vā. 因為只有接觸的地方是它們的位置,不是所有的釘子或象牙。Bhittiabhimukho ṭhatvā majjhe gahetvā ākaḍḍhati, orimantena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ pārimantena atikkantamatte pārājikaṃ. 面對墻壁站立,抓住中間拉,這邊接觸的地方被另一邊超過時就犯波羅夷罪。Parato pellentassāpi eseva nayo. 向前推也是同樣的道理。Hatthena gahetvā ujukaṃ ukkhipanto kesaggamattampi ākāsagataṃ karoti, pārājikaṃ. 用手抓住直接提起,使之懸空哪怕一根頭髮的距離也犯波羅夷罪。Bhittiṃ nissāya ṭhapitaṃ bhittiṃ ghaṃsanto ākaḍḍhati, aggena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ bundaṃ, bundena vā phuṭṭhokāsaṃ aggaṃ atikkāmentassa pārājikaṃ . 靠墻放置的,摩擦墻壁拉,尖端接觸的地方被底部超過,或底部接觸的地方被尖端超過時犯波羅夷罪。Bhittiabhimukho ṭhatvā ākaḍḍhanto ekenantena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ aparantaṃ atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ. 面對墻壁站立拉,一端接觸的地方被另一端超過時犯波羅夷罪。Ujukaṃ ukkhipanto kesaggamattaṃ ākāsagataṃ karoti, pārājikaṃ. 直接提起使之懸空哪怕一根頭髮的距離也犯波羅夷罪。 Rukkhe vā laggitanti tālarukkhādīsu āropetvā laggite aṅkusakādīsu vuttanayena vinicchayo veditabbo. "掛在樹上"是指掛在棕櫚樹等上面,應按照鉤子等所說的方式判斷。Tatthajātakaṃ pana tālapiṇḍiṃ cālentassa thullaccayaṃ. 但移動生長在那裡的棕櫚果串時犯偷蘭遮罪。Yasmiṃ phale pārājikavatthu pūrati, tasmiṃ bandhanā muttamatte pārājikaṃ. 在哪個果子達到波羅夷罪的量時,從綁住的地方脫離一點就犯波羅夷罪。Piṇḍiṃ chindati, pārājikaṃ. 切斷果串犯波羅夷罪。Aggena paṇṇantaraṃ āropetvā ṭhapitā dve ṭhānāni labhati – ṭhapitaṭṭhānañca vaṇṭaṭṭhānañca; tattha vuttanayena vinicchayo veditabbo. 用尖端插入葉子間放置的得到兩個位置 - 放置的位置和莖的位置;應按照那裡所說的方式判斷。Yo pana ''chinnamattā patamānā saddaṃ kareyyā''ti bhayena sayaṃ aggena paṇṇantaraṃ āropetvā chindati, chinnamatte pārājikaṃ . 但誰因為害怕"一切斷就會掉下來發出聲音"而自己用尖端插入葉子間后切斷,切斷時就犯波羅夷罪。Attanā kataṭṭhānañhi ṭhānaṃ na hoti. 因為自己造成的位置不算位置。Etena upāyena sabbarukkhānaṃ pupphaphalesu vinicchayo veditabbo. 應以此方法判斷所有樹的花果。 Pattādhārakepīti ettha rukkhādhārako vā hotu valayādhārako vā daṇḍādhārako vā yaṃkiñci pattaṭṭhapanakaṃ pacchikāpi hotu pattādhārako tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. "在缽架上"這裡無論是木架還是環架還是桿架,任何放缽的東西甚至籃子都算作缽架。Tattha ṭhapitapattassa pattena phuṭṭhokāso eva ṭhānaṃ. 在那裡放置的缽,缽接觸的地方就是位置。Tattha rukkhādhārake pañcahākārehi ṭhānaparicchedo hoti. 在那裡木架有五種方式界定位置。Tattha ṭhitaṃ pattaṃ mukhavaṭṭiyaṃ gahetvā catūsu disāsu yato kutoci kaḍḍhanto ekenantena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ aparantaṃ atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ. 在那裡放置的缽,抓住口緣從四個方向任何一個方向拉,一端接觸的地方被另一端超過時犯波羅夷罪。Uddhaṃ kesaggamattaṃ ukkhipato pārājikaṃ. 向上提起哪怕一根頭髮的距離也犯波羅夷罪。Sahādhārakena harantassāpi eseva nayoti. 連同架子一起拿走也是同樣的道理。 Vehāsaṭṭhakathā niṭṭhitā. 高處物品的註釋結束。 Udakaṭṭhakathā 水中物品的註釋

1. Udakaṭṭhe – udake nikkhittaṃ hotīti rājabhayādibhītehi udakena avinassanadhammesu tambalohabhājanādīsu suppaṭicchannaṃ katvā pokkharaṇīādīsu asandanake udake nikkhittaṃ. Tassa patiṭṭhitokāsoyeva ṭhānaṃ, na sabbaṃ udakaṃ. Gacchati vā āpatti dukkaṭassāti agambhīre udake padasā gacchantassa padavāre padavāre dukkaṭaṃ. Gambhīre hatthehi vā pādehi vā payogaṃ karontassa hatthavārehi vā padavārehi vā payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Eseva nayo kumbhigahaṇatthaṃ nimujjanummujjanesu. Sace pana antarā kiñci udakasappaṃ vā vāḷamacchaṃ vā disvā bhīto palāyati, anāpatti. Āmasanādīsu bhūmigatāya kumbhiyā vuttanayeneva vinicchayo veditabbo . Ayaṃ pana viseso – tattha bhūmiṃ khaṇitvā kaḍḍhati, idha kaddame osāreti. Evaṃ chahākārehi ṭhānaparicchedo hoti.

Uppalādīsu yasmiṃ pupphe vatthuṃ pūreti, tasmiṃ chinnamatte pārājikaṃ. Uppalajātikānañcettha yāva ekasmimpi passe vāko na chijjati, tāva rakkhati. Padumajātikānaṃ pana daṇḍe chinne abbhantare suttaṃ acchinnampi na rakkhati. Sāmikehi chinditvā ṭhapitāni uppalādīni honti, yaṃ vatthuṃ pūreti, tasmiṃ uddhaṭe pārājikaṃ. Hatthakabaddhāni honti, yasmiṃ hatthake vatthu pūrati, tasmiṃ uddhaṭe pārājikaṃ. Bhārabaddhāni honti, taṃ bhāraṃ channaṃ ākārānaṃ yena kenaci ākārena ṭhānā cāventassa bhūmaṭṭhakumbhiyaṃ vuttanayena pārājikaṃ. Dīghanāḷāni uppalādīni honti, pupphesu vā nāḷesu vā veṇiṃ katvā udakapiṭṭhe rajjukesu tiṇāni santharitvā ṭhapenti vā bandhanti vā, tesaṃ dīghato pupphaggena ca nāḷantena ca tiriyaṃ pariyantehi heṭṭhā patiṭṭhitokāsena uddhaṃ upari ṭhitassa piṭṭhiyāti chahākārehi ṭhānā cāvanaparicchedo veditabbo.

Yopi udakapiṭṭhiyaṃ ṭhapitapupphakalāpaṃ udakaṃ cāletvā vīciṃ uṭṭhāpetvā kesaggamattampi yathāṭhitaṭṭhānato cāveti, pārājikaṃ. Atha pana parikappeti 『『ettha gataṃ gahessāmī』』ti, rakkhati tāva; gataṭṭhāne pana uddharato pārājikaṃ. Udakato accuggatassa pupphassa sakalamudakaṃ ṭhānaṃ, taṃ uppāṭetvā ujukaṃ uddharantassa nāḷante kesaggamattaṃ udakato atikkante pārājikaṃ. Pupphe gahetvā apanāmetvā ākaḍḍhanto uppāṭeti, na udakaṃ ṭhānaṃ, uppāṭitamatte pārājikaṃ. Kalāpabaddhāni pupphāni udakaṭṭhāne vā rukkhe vā gacche vā bandhitvā ṭhapenti, bandhanaṃ amocetvā ito cito ca karontassa thullaccayaṃ, bandhane muttamatte pārājikaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ bandhanaṃ mocetvā pacchā harati, ettha chahākārehi ṭhānaparicchedoti idaṃ ubhayaṃ mahāpaccariyādīsu vuttaṃ. Paduminiyaṃ pupphāni saha paduminiṃyā gaṇhitukāmassa pupphanāḷehi ca pattanāḷehi ca phuṭṭhaudakavasena uddhañceva tiriyañca ṭhānaparicchedo veditabbo. Taṃ panassa paduminiṃ anuppāṭetvā pupphāni vā pattāni vā attano abhimukhaṃ ākaḍḍhantassa thullaccayaṃ. Uppāṭitamatte pārājikaṃ.

1. Udakaṭṭhe – udake nikkhittaṃ hotīti rājabhayādibhītehi udakena avinassanadhammesu tambalohabhājanādīsu suppaṭicchannaṃ katvā pokkharaṇīādīsu asandanake udake nikkhittaṃ. 在水中 - 說是水中放置的，指的是因害怕國王等而將水放在不易消失的物品中，如銅器等，確保水不會溢出而放置在水池等不沉的水中。Tassa patiṭṭhitokāsoyeva ṭhānaṃ, na sabbaṃ udakaṃ. 其接觸的地方就是位置，而不是所有的水。Gacchati vā āpatti dukkaṭassāti agambhīre udake padasā gacchantassa padavāre padavāre dukkaṭaṃ. 若在深水中行走，每一步都犯偷蘭遮罪。Gambhīre hatthehi vā pādehi vā payogaṃ karontassa hatthavārehi vā padavārehi vā payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ. 在深水中用手或腳進行操作時，每次用手或腳的接觸都犯偷蘭遮罪。Eseva nayo kumbhigahaṇatthaṃ nimujjanummujjanesu. 這個原則同樣適用於抓取、浸入、拔出等情況。Sace pana antarā kiñci udakasappaṃ vā vāḷamacchaṃ vā disvā bhīto palāyati, anāpatti. 如果看到水蛇或鱷魚而感到害怕逃走，則不算犯規。Āmasanādīsu bhūmigatāya kumbhiyā vuttanayeneva vinicchayo veditabbo . 在飲水等情況下，接觸地面的水應按照前述的判斷來判斷。Ayaṃ pana viseso – tattha bhūmiṃ khaṇitvā kaḍḍhati, idha kaddame osāreti. 這裡有一個特別的情況 - 在那裡是挖掘后取出，這裡是將水倒出。Evaṃ chahākārehi ṭhānaparicchedo hoti. 以此六種方式界定位置。 Uppalādīsu yasmiṃ pupphe vatthuṃ pūreti, tasmiṃ chinnamatte pārājikaṃ. 在蓮花等花朵中，若果實充滿，切斷一點就犯波羅夷罪。Uppalajātikānañcettha yāva ekasmimpi passe vāko na chijjati, tāva rakkhati. 在水中，若一朵蓮花上有一隻鳥不被切斷，直到那時保持。Padumajātikānaṃ pana daṇḍe chinne abbhantare suttaṃ acchinnampi na rakkhati. 而對於蓮花，若在莖上切斷，即使內部沒有切斷也不算保持。Sāmikehi chinditvā ṭhapitāni uppalādīni honti, yaṃ vatthuṃ pūreti, tasmiṃ uddhaṭe pārājikaṃ. 被主人切斷並放置的蓮花等，若果實充滿，則提起時犯波羅夷罪。Hatthakabaddhāni honti, yasmiṃ hatthake vatthu pūrati, tasmiṃ uddhaṭe pārājikaṃ. 被手抓住的，若果實充滿，則提起時犯波羅夷罪。Bhārabaddhāni honti, taṃ bhāraṃ channaṃ ākārānaṃ yena kenaci ākārena ṭhānā cāventassa bhūmaṭṭhakumbhiyaṃ vuttanayena pārājikaṃ. 被重物抓住的，若重物被任何方式遮住，提起時犯波羅夷罪。Dīghanāḷāni uppalādīni honti, pupphesu vā nāḷesu vā veṇiṃ katvā udakapiṭṭhe rajjukesu tiṇāni santharitvā ṭhapenti vā bandhanti vā, tesaṃ dīghato pupphaggena ca nāḷantena ca tiriyaṃ pariyantehi heṭṭhā patiṭṭhitokāsena uddhaṃ upari ṭhitassa piṭṭhiyāti chahākārehi ṭhānā cāvanaparicchedo veditabbo. 被長莖的蓮花，若在花上或莖上編織，放置在水面或用繩子綁住，若長莖和花的接觸點在底部被超過，則應以六種方式判斷位置的界限。 Yopi udakapiṭṭhiyaṃ ṭhapitapupphakalāpaṃ udakaṃ cāletvā vīciṃ uṭṭhāpetvā kesaggamattampi yathāṭhitaṭṭhānato cāveti, pārājikaṃ. 若在水面上的花被移動，激起波浪，哪怕一根頭髮的高度也從原來的位置脫離，犯波羅夷罪。Atha pana parikappeti 『『ettha gataṃ gahessāmī』』ti, rakkhati tāva; gataṭṭhāne pana uddharato pārājikaṃ. 然後若準備好"在這裡抓住"而保持，若離開的位置則犯波羅夷罪。Udakato accuggatassa pupphassa sakalamudakaṃ ṭhānaṃ, taṃ uppāṭetvā ujukaṃ uddharantassa nāḷante kesaggamattaṃ udakato atikkante pārājikaṃ. 從水中升起的花，若將其提起而直立，若莖與水的接觸點超過一根頭髮的高度則犯波羅夷罪。Pupphe gahetvā apanāmetvā ākaḍḍhanto uppāṭeti, na udakaṃ ṭhānaṃ, uppāṭitamatte pārājikaṃ. 抓住花並將其移走而提起，若不在水中，提起時犯波羅夷罪。Kalāpabaddhāni pupphāni udakaṭṭhāne vā rukkhe vā gacche vā bandhitvā ṭhapenti, bandhanaṃ amocetvā ito cito ca karontassa thullaccayaṃ, bandhane muttamatte pārājikaṃ. 被捆綁的花，無論是在水中還是在樹上，若放置時不解開而到處移動則犯偷蘭遮罪，解開時犯波羅夷罪。Paṭhamaṃ bandhanaṃ mocetvā pacchā harati, ettha chahākārehi ṭhānaparicchedoti idaṃ ubhayaṃ mahāpaccariyādīsu vuttaṃ. 先解開后再拿走，這裡有六種方式界定位置，這在大乘般若經中已提到。Paduminiyaṃ pupphāni saha paduminiṃyā gaṇhitukāmassa pupphanāḷehi ca pattanāḷehi ca phuṭṭhaudakavasena uddhañceva tiriyañca ṭhānaparicchedo veditabbo. 在蓮花上，若想與蓮花一起抓住花瓣和葉子，根據接觸水面的位置應判斷上下和橫向的界限。Taṃ panassa paduminiṃ anuppāṭetvā pupphāni vā pattāni vā attano abhimukhaṃ ākaḍḍhantassa thullaccayaṃ. 但若不提起蓮花而抓住花或葉朝向自己，則犯偷蘭遮罪。Uppāṭitamatte pārājikaṃ. 只要提起就犯波羅夷罪。

Pupphapattanāḷe ṭhānato acāvetvāpi paṭhamaṃ paduminiṃ uppāṭentassa thullaccayaṃ. Pacchā pupphapattanāḷesu ṭhānā cāvitesu pārājikaṃ. Uppāṭitāya paduminiyā pupphaṃ gaṇhanto pana bhaṇḍaṃ agghāpetvā kāretabbo. Bahi ṭhapite rāsikatakalāpabaddhabhārabaddhapupphepi eseva nayo. Bhisaṃ vā muḷālaṃ vā yena vatthu pūrati, taṃ uppāṭentassa pārājikaṃ. Kaddame phuṭṭhokāsavasena cettha ṭhānaṃ paricchinditabbaṃ. Tāni uppāṭentassa sukhumampi mūlaṃ acchinnaṃ hoti, rakkhati tāva. Bhisapabbe jātaṃ pattaṃ vā pupphaṃ vā hoti, tampi rakkhatīti mahāaṭṭhakathāyameva vuttaṃ. Bhisagaṇṭhimhi pana kaṇṭako hoti yobbanappattānaṃ mukhapiḷakā viya, ayaṃ adīghattā na rakkhati. Sesaṃ uppalādīsu vuttanayameva.

Macchakacchapānaṃ sassāmikānaṃ vāpiādīsu sakalamudakaṃ ṭhānaṃ. Tasmā yo paṭijagganaṭṭhāne sassāmikaṃ macchaṃ baḷisena vā jālena vā kumanena vā hatthena vā gaṇhāti, tassa yena macchena vatthu pūrati, tasmiṃ kesaggamattampi udakato uddhaṭamatte pārājikaṃ. Koci maccho gayhamāno ito cito ca dhāvati, ākāsaṃ vā uppatati, tīre vā patati, ākāse vā ṭhitaṃ tīre vā patitaṃ gaṇhatopi pārājikameva. Kacchapampi bahi gocaratthaṃ gataṃ gaṇhato eseva nayo. Udakaṭṭhaṃ pana udakā mocayato pārājikaṃ.

Tesu tesu pana janapadesu sabbasādhāraṇassa mahātaḷākassa niddhamanatumbaṃ nissāya sabbasādhāraṇameva kunnadīsadisaṃ udakavāhakaṃ khaṇanti. Tato khuddakamātikāyo nīharitvā mātikākoṭiyaṃ attano attano vaḷañjanatthāya āvāṭe khaṇanti. Tesaṃ pana yadā udakena attho hoti, tadā āvāṭe khuddakamātikāyo udakavāhakañca sodhetvā niddhamanatumbaṃ ugghāṭenti. Tato udakena saddhiṃ macchā nikkhamitvā anupubbena āvāṭe patvā vasanti. Tattha taḷāke ca udakavāhakesu ca macche gaṇhante na vārenti. Khuddakāsu pana attano attano mātikāsu udakaāvāṭesu ca paviṭṭhamacche gaṇhituṃ na denti, vārenti; tattha yo taḷāke vā niddhamanatumbe vā udakavāhake vā macche gaṇhāti, avahārena so na kāretabbo. Khuddakamātikāsu pana āvāṭesu vā paviṭṭhaṃ gaṇhanto gahitassa agghavasena kāretabbo. Sace tato gayhamāno maccho ākāse vā uppatati, tīre vā patati, taṃ ākāsaṭṭhaṃ vā tīraṭṭhaṃ vā udakavinimuttaṃ gaṇhato avahāro natthi. Kasmā? Yasmā attano pariggahaṭṭhāne ṭhitasseva te sāmikā. Evarūpā hi tattha katikā. Kacchapepi eseva nayo.

Sace pana maccho gayhamāno āvāṭato khuddakamātikaṃ āruhati, tattha naṃ gaṇhatopi avahāroyeva. Khuddakamātikāto pana udakavāhakaṃ, tato ca taḷākaṃ ārūḷhaṃ gaṇhato avahāro natthi. Yo āvāṭato bhattasitthehi palobhetvā mātikaṃ āropetvā gaṇhāti, avahārova. Tato pana palobhetvā udakavāhakaṃ āropetvā gaṇhantassa avahāro natthi. Keci pana kutocideva sabbasādhāraṇaṭṭhānato macche ānetvā pacchimavatthubhāge udakāvāṭe khipitvā posetvā divase divase dve tīṇi uttaribhaṅgatthāya mārenti. Evarūpaṃ macchaṃ udake vā ākāse vā tīre vā yattha katthaci ṭhitaṃ gaṇhato avahāro eva. Kacchapepi eseva nayo.

Pupphapattanāḷe ṭhānato acāvetvāpi paṭhamaṃ paduminiṃ uppāṭentassa thullaccayaṃ. 即使沒有從花瓣莖的位置移動,先拔起蓮花也犯偷蘭遮罪。Pacchā pupphapattanāḷesu ṭhānā cāvitesu pārājikaṃ. 後來從花瓣莖的位置移動時犯波羅夷罪。Uppāṭitāya paduminiyā pupphaṃ gaṇhanto pana bhaṇḍaṃ agghāpetvā kāretabbo. 但拔起蓮花后拿走花朵,應按物品價值賠償。Bahi ṭhapite rāsikatakalāpabaddhabhārabaddhapupphepi eseva nayo. 對於放在外面堆積、捆綁、綁重物的花也是這個道理。Bhisaṃ vā muḷālaṃ vā yena vatthu pūrati, taṃ uppāṭentassa pārājikaṃ. 拔起蓮藕或蓮莖,若物品充滿,則犯波羅夷罪。Kaddame phuṭṭhokāsavasena cettha ṭhānaṃ paricchinditabbaṃ. 這裡應根據接觸泥巴的地方來界定位置。Tāni uppāṭentassa sukhumampi mūlaṃ acchinnaṃ hoti, rakkhati tāva. 拔起它們時,即使細小的根未切斷,也暫時保護。Bhisapabbe jātaṃ pattaṃ vā pupphaṃ vā hoti, tampi rakkhatīti mahāaṭṭhakathāyameva vuttaṃ. 在大註釋書中說,生長在蓮藕節上的葉子或花,也保護它。Bhisagaṇṭhimhi pana kaṇṭako hoti yobbanappattānaṃ mukhapiḷakā viya, ayaṃ adīghattā na rakkhati. 但蓮藕結上有刺,像青春期的人臉上的痘痘,因為不長所以不保護。Sesaṃ uppalādīsu vuttanayameva. 其餘如蓮花等所說的方法。 Macchakacchapānaṃ sassāmikānaṃ vāpiādīsu sakalamudakaṃ ṭhānaṃ. 在池塘等有主人的魚和龜的地方,整個水域都是位置。Tasmā yo paṭijagganaṭṭhāne sassāmikaṃ macchaṃ baḷisena vā jālena vā kumanena vā hatthena vā gaṇhāti, tassa yena macchena vatthu pūrati, tasmiṃ kesaggamattampi udakato uddhaṭamatte pārājikaṃ. 因此誰在維護的地方用釣竿或網或籠或手抓有主人的魚,若魚充滿物品,從水中提起哪怕一根頭髮的高度也犯波羅夷罪。Koci maccho gayhamāno ito cito ca dhāvati, ākāsaṃ vā uppatati, tīre vā patati, ākāse vā ṭhitaṃ tīre vā patitaṃ gaṇhatopi pārājikameva. 某條魚被抓時到處遊動,或跳到空中,或落在岸上,抓到在空中或岸上的也同樣犯波羅夷罪。Kacchapampi bahi gocaratthaṃ gataṃ gaṇhato eseva nayo. 抓住出去覓食的龜也是這個道理。Udakaṭṭhaṃ pana udakā mocayato pārājikaṃ. 但從水中取出水中物品時犯波羅夷罪。 Tesu tesu pana janapadesu sabbasādhāraṇassa mahātaḷākassa niddhamanatumbaṃ nissāya sabbasādhāraṇameva kunnadīsadisaṃ udakavāhakaṃ khaṇanti. 在各個地方,依靠公共大池塘的排水管,挖掘像小河一樣的公共水道。Tato khuddakamātikāyo nīharitvā mātikākoṭiyaṃ attano attano vaḷañjanatthāya āvāṭe khaṇanti. 從那裡引出小水渠,在水渠盡頭為自己使用挖掘水池。Tesaṃ pana yadā udakena attho hoti, tadā āvāṭe khuddakamātikāyo udakavāhakañca sodhetvā niddhamanatumbaṃ ugghāṭenti. 當他們需要水時,清理水池、小水渠和水道后打開排水管。Tato udakena saddhiṃ macchā nikkhamitvā anupubbena āvāṭe patvā vasanti. 然後魚隨水流出,逐漸到達水池居住。Tattha taḷāke ca udakavāhakesu ca macche gaṇhante na vārenti. 在那裡,不阻止在池塘和水道中抓魚。Khuddakāsu pana attano attano mātikāsu udakaāvāṭesu ca paviṭṭhamacche gaṇhituṃ na denti, vārenti; 但不允許抓進入自己小水渠和水池的魚,阻止;tattha yo taḷāke vā niddhamanatumbe vā udakavāhake vā macche gaṇhāti, avahārena so na kāretabbo. 在那裡誰在池塘或排水管或水道中抓魚,不以偷盜罪處罰。Khuddakamātikāsu pana āvāṭesu vā paviṭṭhaṃ gaṇhanto gahitassa agghavasena kāretabbo. 但抓在小水渠或水池中的,應按抓到的價值賠償。Sace tato gayhamāno maccho ākāse vā uppatati, tīre vā patati, taṃ ākāsaṭṭhaṃ vā tīraṭṭhaṃ vā udakavinimuttaṃ gaṇhato avahāro natthi. 如果從那裡被抓的魚跳到空中或落在岸上,抓住在空中或岸上離開水的不算偷盜。Kasmā? Yasmā attano pariggahaṭṭhāne ṭhitasseva te sāmikā. 為什麼?因為他們只是待在自己控制區域內的主人。Evarūpā hi tattha katikā. 因為那裡有這樣的約定。Kacchapepi eseva nayo. 對於龜也是這個道理。 Sace pana maccho gayhamāno āvāṭato khuddakamātikaṃ āruhati, tattha naṃ gaṇhatopi avahāroyeva. 但如果被抓的魚從水池游到小水渠,在那裡抓它也算偷盜。Khuddakamātikāto pana udakavāhakaṃ, tato ca taḷākaṃ ārūḷhaṃ gaṇhato avahāro natthi. 但從小水渠游到水道,從那裡游到池塘的,抓它不算偷盜。Yo āvāṭato bhattasitthehi palobhetvā mātikaṃ āropetvā gaṇhāti, avahārova. 誰用飯粒誘惑從水池游到水渠后抓住,算偷盜。Tato pana palobhetvā udakavāhakaṃ āropetvā gaṇhantassa avahāro natthi. 但從那裡誘惑游到水道后抓住的不算偷盜。Keci pana kutocideva sabbasādhāraṇaṭṭhānato macche ānetvā pacchimavatthubhāge udakāvāṭe khipitvā posetvā divase divase dve tīṇi uttaribhaṅgatthāya mārenti. 有些人從某個公共場所帶魚來,放在後院的水池中養,每天殺兩三條作為食物。Evarūpaṃ macchaṃ udake vā ākāse vā tīre vā yattha katthaci ṭhitaṃ gaṇhato avahāro eva. 抓這樣的魚,無論在水中、空中還是岸上,都算偷盜。Kacchapepi eseva nayo. 對於龜也是這個道理。

Nidāghakāle pana nadiyā sote pacchinne katthaci ninnaṭṭhāne udakaṃ tiṭṭhati, tattha manussā macchānaṃ vināsāya madanaphalavasādīni pakkhipitvā gacchanti, macchā tāni khādantā maritvā uttānā udake plavantā tiṭṭhanti. Yo tattha gantvā 『『yāva sāmikā nāgacchanti, tāvime macche gaṇhissāmī』』ti gaṇhāti, agghavasena kāretabbo. Paṃsukūlasaññāya gaṇhato avahāro natthi, āharāpente pana bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Macchavisaṃ pakkhipitvā gatamanussā bhājanāni āharitvā pūretvā gacchanti, yāva 『『punapi āgacchissāmā』』ti sālayā honti, tāva te sassāmikamacchāva. Yadā pana te 『『alaṃ amhāka』』nti nirālayā pakkamanti, tato paṭṭhāya theyyacittena gaṇhantassa dukkaṭaṃ. Paṃsukūlasaññissa anāpatti. Yathā ca macchakacchapesu, evaṃ sabbāyapi odakajātiyā vinicchayo veditabboti.

Udakaṭṭhakathā niṭṭhitā.

Nāvaṭṭhakathā

Nidāghakāle pana nadiyā sote pacchinne katthaci ninnaṭṭhāne udakaṃ tiṭṭhati, tattha manussā macchānaṃ vināsāya madanaphalavasādīni pakkhipitvā gacchanti, macchā tāni khādantā maritvā uttānā udake plavantā tiṭṭhanti. 在夏季的時候，河流的水在某些低窪處停留，那裡的人們爲了消滅魚類，放入醉果等物品，魚們吃了這些東西后死亡，漂浮在水面上。Yo tattha gantvā 『『yāva sāmikā nāgacchanti, tāvime macche gaṇhissāmī』』ti gaṇhāti, agghavasena kāretabbo. 誰在那裡去說「只要主人不來，我就會抓這些魚」，應按抓到的價值賠償。Paṃsukūlasaññāya gaṇhato avahāro natthi, āharāpente pana bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. 按照對泥土的認知抓魚不算偷盜，但在取出時應賠償物品的價值。Macchavisaṃ pakkhipitvā gatamanussā bhājanāni āharitvā pūretvā gacchanti, yāva 『『punapi āgacchissāmā』』ti sālayā honti, tāva te sassāmikamacchāva. 把魚毒放入后離開的人們，拿著容器裝滿后離去，直到說「我們會再回來」，那時這些魚就算是有主人的。Yadā pana te 『『alaṃ amhāka』』nti nirālayā pakkamanti, tato paṭṭhāya theyyacittena gaṇhantassa dukkaṭaṃ. 當他們說「我們夠了」而無所顧忌地離開時，從那時起，按不當心抓到的魚算偷蘭遮罪。Paṃsukūlasaññissa anāpatti. 按照對泥土的認知是不算犯規的。Yathā ca macchakacchapesu, evaṃ sabbāyapi odakajātiyā vinicchayo veditabboti. 對於魚和龜類的情況，也應以同樣的方式判斷所有水生物的情況。 Udakaṭṭhakathā niṭṭhitā. 水中物品的註釋結束。 Nāvaṭṭhakathā 船隻的註釋

1. Nāvaṭṭhe – paṭhamaṃ tāva nāvaṃ dassento 『『nāvā nāma yāya taratī』』ti āha. Tasmā idha antamaso rajanadoṇikāpi veṇukalāpakopi 『『nāvā』』tveva veditabbo. Sīmāsammannane pana dhuvanāvā anto khaṇitvā vā phalakehi bandhitvā vā katā sabbantimena paricchedena tiṇṇaṃ vāhanikā eva vaṭṭati. Idha pana ekassapi vāhanikā 『『nāvā』』 tveva vuccati. Nāvāya nikkhittanti yaṃkiñci indriyabaddhaṃ vā anindriyabaddhaṃ vā; tassa avahāralakkhaṇaṃ thalaṭṭhe vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Nāvaṃ avaharissāmītiādimhi ca dutiyapariyesanagamanaāmasanaphandāpanāni vuttanayāneva. Bandhanaṃ mocetīti ettha pana yā bandhane muttamatte ṭhānā na cavati, tassā bandhanaṃ yāva na muttaṃ hoti, tāva dukkaṭaṃ. Mutte pana thullaccayampi pārājikampi hoti, taṃ parato āvi bhavissati. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva. Ayaṃ tāva pāḷivaṇṇanā.

Ayaṃ panettha pāḷimuttakavinicchayo – caṇḍasote bandhitvā ṭhapitanāvāya ekaṃ ṭhānaṃ bandhanameva , tasmiṃ muttamatte pārājikaṃ. Tattha yutti pubbe vuttā eva. Vippanaṭṭhā nāvā pana yaṃ yaṃ udakappadesaṃ pharitvā ṭhitā hoti, svāssā ṭhānaṃ. Tasmā taṃ uddhaṃ vā uccārentassa, adho vā opilāpentassa, catūsu vā disāsu phuṭṭhokāsaṃ atikkāmentassa atikkantamatte pārājikaṃ. Niccale udake abandhanaṃ attano dhammatāya ṭhitanāvaṃ purato vā pacchato vā vāmadakkhiṇapassato vā kaḍḍhantassa ekenantena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ aparena udake patiṭṭhitantena atikkantamatte pārājikaṃ. Uddhaṃ kesaggamattaṃ udakato mocite adho nāvātalena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ mukhavaṭṭiṃ atikkantamatte pārājikaṃ. Tīre bandhitvā niccale udake ṭhapitanāvāya bandhanañca ṭhitokāso cāti dve ṭhānāni. Taṃ paṭhamaṃ bandhanā moceti, thullaccayaṃ. Pacchā channaṃ ākārānaṃ aññatarena ṭhānā cāveti, pārājikaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ ṭhānā cāvetvā pacchā bandhanamocanepi eseva nayo. Thale ussādetvā ukkujjitvā ṭhapitanāvāya phuṭṭhokāsova ṭhānaṃ. Tassā pañcahākārehi ṭhānaparicchedo veditabbo.

Nikkujjitvā ṭhapitanāvāya pana mukhavaṭṭiyā phuṭṭhokāsova ṭhānaṃ, tassāpi pañcahākārehi ṭhānaparicchedaṃ ñatvā yato kutoci phuṭṭhokāsaṃ uddhañca kesaggamattaṃ atikkantamatte pārājikaṃ veditabbaṃ. Thale pana ussādetvā dvinnaṃ dārughaṭikānaṃ upari ṭhapitanāvāya dārughaṭikānaṃ phuṭṭhokāsoyeva ṭhānaṃ, tasmā tattha mañcapādamatthakesuyeva patthaṭabaddhasāṭake nāgadantesu ṭhapitabhindivāle ca vuttanayena vinicchayo veditabbo.

1. Nāvaṭṭhe – paṭhamaṃ tāva nāvaṃ dassento 『『nāvā nāma yāya taratī』』ti āha. 在船隻的註釋中，首先說明「船是那種漂浮的東西」。Tasmā idha antamaso rajanadoṇikāpi veṇukalāpakopi 『『nāvā』』tveva veditabbo. 因此這裡至少包括小船和竹筏都應被視為「船」。Sīmāsammannane pana dhuvanāvā anto khaṇitvā vā phalakehi bandhitvā vā katā sabbantimena paricchedena tiṇṇaṃ vāhanikā eva vaṭṭati. 在界限的認定中，挖掘或用木板綁住的船隻，全部被視為三種交通工具。Idha pana ekassapi vāhanikā 『『nāvā』』 tveva vuccati. 這裡單一的交通工具也稱為「船」。Nāvāya nikkhittanti yaṃkiñci indriyabaddhaṃ vā anindriyabaddhaṃ vā; tassa avahāralakkhaṇaṃ thalaṭṭhe vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. 從船上取下的任何東西，無論是有感官束縛的還是沒有感官束縛的；其偷盜的特徵應根據前述的說明來判斷。Nāvaṃ avaharissāmītiādimhi ca dutiyapariyesanagamanaāmasanaphandāpanāni vuttanayāneva. 在「我會取下船」等情況下，第二次尋找、行走、飲水、放置等行為應按前述的說明來判斷。Bandhanaṃ mocetīti ettha pana yā bandhane muttamatte ṭhānā na cavati, tassā bandhanaṃ yāva na muttaṃ hoti, tāva dukkaṭaṃ. 解開繩索時，這裡若在繩索未鬆動的地方不算犯規，直到繩索完全解開之前，仍然算是犯偷蘭遮罪。Mutte pana thullaccayampi pārājikampi hoti, taṃ parato āvi bhavissati. 一旦解開，若有重大損失則犯波羅夷罪，這將被視為後果。Sesaṃ vuttanayameva. 其餘的應按前述的說明來判斷。Ayaṃ tāva pāḷivaṇṇanā. 這就是巴利文的註釋。 Ayaṃ panettha pāḷimuttakavinicchayo – caṇḍasote bandhitvā ṭhapitanāvāya ekaṃ ṭhānaṃ bandhanameva, tasmiṃ muttamatte pārājikaṃ. 這裡的巴利文解讀是：在狂風中綁住的船隻，一個地方是繩索，若繩索解開則犯波羅夷罪。Tattha yutti pubbe vuttā eva. 在那裡，之前已說明的原則適用。Vippanaṭṭhā nāvā pana yaṃ yaṃ udakappadesaṃ pharitvā ṭhitā hoti, svāssā ṭhānaṃ. 在水面漂浮的船隻，無論在何處，都是它自己的位置。Tasmā taṃ uddhaṃ vā uccārentassa, adho vā opilāpentassa, catūsu vā disāsu phuṭṭhokāsaṃ atikkāmentassa atikkantamatte pārājikaṃ. 因此，若在其上方或下方、四個方向中觸及的高度超過一根頭髮的高度則犯波羅夷罪。Niccale udake abandhanaṃ attano dhammatāya ṭhitanāvaṃ purato vā pacchato vā vāmadakkhiṇapassato vā kaḍḍhantassa ekenantena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ aparena udake patiṭṭhitantena atikkantamatte pārājikaṃ. 在靜止的水中，若根據自身的性質抓住船隻的前後左右，若觸及的高度超過一根頭髮的高度則犯波羅夷罪。Uddhaṃ kesaggamattaṃ udakato mocite adho nāvātalena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ mukhavaṭṭiṃ atikkantamatte pārājikaṃ. 從水中提起的高度若超過一根頭髮的高度，若觸及船底的高度也犯波羅夷罪。Tīre bandhitvā niccale udake ṭhapitanāvāya bandhanañca ṭhitokāso cāti dve ṭhānāni. 在岸上綁住的船隻，若在靜止的水中放置，繩索和位置都是兩個地方。Taṃ paṭhamaṃ bandhanā moceti, thullaccayaṃ. 先解開繩索，若有重大損失。Pacchā channaṃ ākārānaṃ aññatarena ṭhānā cāveti, pārājikaṃ. 然後用其他某種方式覆蓋，若有波羅夷罪。Paṭhamaṃ ṭhānā cāvetvā pacchā bandhanamocanepi eseva nayo. 先覆蓋位置后再解開繩索的情況也同樣適用。Thale ussādetvā ukkujjitvā ṭhapitanāvāya phuṭṭhokāsova ṭhānaṃ. 在地面上抬起並放置的船隻，若觸及的高度也是位置。Tassā pañcahākārehi ṭhānaparicchedo veditabbo. 這應根據五種方式來界定位置。 Nikkujjitvā ṭhapitanāvāya pana mukhavaṭṭiyā phuṭṭhokāsova ṭhānaṃ, tassāpi pañcahākārehi ṭhānaparicchedaṃ ñatvā yato kutoci phuṭṭhokāsaṃ uddhañca kesaggamattaṃ atikkantamatte pārājikaṃ veditabbaṃ. 解開並放置的船隻，若觸及的高度也是位置，瞭解它的五種方式后，若在任何地方觸及的高度超過一根頭髮的高度則犯波羅夷罪。Thale pana ussādetvā dvinnaṃ dārughaṭikānaṃ upari ṭhapitanāvāya dārughaṭikānaṃ phuṭṭhokāsoyeva ṭhānaṃ, tasmā tattha mañcapādamatthakesuyeva patthaṭabaddhasāṭake nāgadantesu ṭhapitabhindivāle ca vuttanayena vinicchayo veditabbo. 在地面上抬起並放置兩隻木桶的船隻，木桶的觸及高度也是位置，因此在那裡應按座位和頭部的高度以及放置的位置來判斷。

Yottabaddhāya pana nāvāya saṭṭhisattatibyāmappamāṇaṃ yottaṃ amocetvāva ākaḍḍhitvā

Pathavilaggaṃ katvā saha yottena thale ṭhapitāya nāvāya na phuṭṭhokāsamattameva ṭhānaṃ. Atha kho yottakoṭito paṭṭhāya yāva nāvāya pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhitokāsassa pacchimanto tāva dīghato, tiriyaṃ pana nāvāya ca yottassa ca pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhitapariyantappamāṇaṃ ṭhānanti veditabbaṃ. Taṃ dīghato vā tiriyato vā kaḍḍhantassa ekenantena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ aparena pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhitantena atikkantamatte, uddhaṃ kesaggamattaṃ saha yottena pathavito mocite pārājikaṃ. Yo pana titthe ṭhitanāvaṃ āruhitvā theyyacitto arittena vā phiyena vā pājeti, pārājikaṃ. Sace pana chattaṃ vā paṇāmetvā cīvaraṃ vā pādehi akkamitvā hatthehi ukkhipitvā laṅkārasadisaṃ katvā vātaṃ gaṇhāpeti, balavā ca vāto āgamma nāvaṃ harati, vāteneva sā haṭā hoti; puggalassa natthi avahāro. Payogo atthi, so pana ṭhānā cāvanapayogo na hoti. Yadi pana taṃ nāvaṃ evaṃ gacchantiṃ pakatigamanaṃ upacchinditvā aññaṃ disābhāgaṃ neti, pārājikaṃ. Sayameva yaṃkiñci gāmatitthaṃ sampattaṃ ṭhānā acāventova vikkiṇitvā gacchati, neva atthi avahāro. Bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ pana hotīti.

Nāvaṭṭhakathā niṭṭhitā.

Yānaṭṭhakathā

Yottabaddhāya pana nāvāya saṭṭhisattatibyāmappamāṇaṃ yottaṃ amocetvāva ākaḍḍhitvā Pathavilaggaṃ katvā saha yottena thale ṭhapitāya nāvāya na phuṭṭhokāsamattameva ṭhānaṃ. 對於用繩索綁住的船隻，六七十臂長的繩索不解開就拉動，使之貼地，連同繩索放在地上的船隻，其位置不僅僅是接觸的地方。Atha kho yottakoṭito paṭṭhāya yāva nāvāya pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhitokāsassa pacchimanto tāva dīghato, tiriyaṃ pana nāvāya ca yottassa ca pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhitapariyantappamāṇaṃ ṭhānanti veditabbaṃ. 而是從繩索末端開始，直到船隻在地面上停留的最後一點，這是長度；橫向則是船隻和繩索在地面上停留的邊緣範圍，這些都應被視為位置。Taṃ dīghato vā tiriyato vā kaḍḍhantassa ekenantena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ aparena pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhitantena atikkantamatte, uddhaṃ kesaggamattaṃ saha yottena pathavito mocite pārājikaṃ. 若從長或橫拉動，一端觸及的地方被另一端在地面上停留的地方超過，或者連同繩索從地面提起哪怕一根頭髮的高度，都犯波羅夷罪。Yo pana titthe ṭhitanāvaṃ āruhitvā theyyacitto arittena vā phiyena vā pājeti, pārājikaṃ. 誰懷著偷盜之心登上停在渡口的船隻，用槳或舵駕駛，犯波羅夷罪。Sace pana chattaṃ vā paṇāmetvā cīvaraṃ vā pādehi akkamitvā hatthehi ukkhipitvā laṅkārasadisaṃ katvā vātaṃ gaṇhāpeti, balavā ca vāto āgamma nāvaṃ harati, vāteneva sā haṭā hoti; puggalassa natthi avahāro. 但如果展開傘或用腳踩住衣服，用手舉起像風箏一樣借風力，強風吹來帶走船隻，那是被風帶走的；個人不算偷盜。Payogo atthi, so pana ṭhānā cāvanapayogo na hoti. 雖有行為，但不是從位置移動的行為。Yadi pana taṃ nāvaṃ evaṃ gacchantiṃ pakatigamanaṃ upacchinditvā aññaṃ disābhāgaṃ neti, pārājikaṃ. 但如果這樣行駛的船隻改變原來的航線駛向其他方向，犯波羅夷罪。Sayameva yaṃkiñci gāmatitthaṃ sampattaṃ ṭhānā acāventova vikkiṇitvā gacchati, neva atthi avahāro. 自己到達任何村莊的渡口，不從位置移動就出售離開，不算偷盜。Bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ pana hotīti. 但應賠償物品的價值。 Nāvaṭṭhakathā niṭṭhitā. 船隻的註釋結束。 Yānaṭṭhakathā 車乘的註釋

1. Yānaṭṭhe – yānaṃ tāva dassento 『『yānaṃ nāma vayha』』ntiādimāha. Tattha upari maṇḍapasadisaṃ padaracchannaṃ sabbapaliguṇṭhimaṃ vā chādetvā kataṃ vayhaṃ. Ubhosu passesu suvaṇṇarajatādimayā gopānasiyo datvā garuḷapakkhakanayena katā sandamānikā. Ratho ca sakaṭañca pākaṭameva. Tesu yattha katthaci saviññāṇakaṃ vā aviññāṇakaṃ vā rāsiādivasena ṭhapitaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ theyyacittena ṭhānā cāventassa nāvaṭṭhe ca thalaṭṭhe ca vuttanayeneva pārājikaṃ veditabbaṃ.

Ayaṃ pana viseso – yānaṭṭhaṃ taṇḍulādibhaṇḍaṃ piṭakena gaṇhato piṭake anukkhittepi piṭakaṃ apaharitvā taṇḍulādīnaṃ ekābaddhabhāve vikopite pārājikaṃ. Thalaṭṭhādīsupi ayaṃ nayo labbhati. Yānaṃ avaharissāmītiādimhi dutiyapariyesanādīni vuttanayāneva. Ṭhānā cāvetīti ettha pana dukayuttassa yānassa dvinnaṃ goṇānaṃ aṭṭha pādā, dve ca cakkānīti dasa ṭhānāni. Taṃ theyyacittassa dhure nisīditvā pājayato goṇānaṃ pāduddhāre thullaccayaṃ. Cakkānaṃ pana pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhitappadesato kesaggamatte atikkante pārājikaṃ. Sace pana goṇā 『『nāyaṃ amhākaṃ sāmiko』』ti ñatvā dhuraṃ chaḍḍetvā ākaḍḍhantā tiṭṭhanti vā phandanti vā, rakkhati tāva. Goṇe puna ujukaṃ paṭipādetvā dhuraṃ āropetvā daḷhaṃ yojetvā pācanena vijjhitvā pājentassa vuttanayeneva tesaṃ pāduddhāre thullaccayaṃ. Cakkātikkame pārājikaṃ.

Sacepi sakaddame magge ekaṃ cakkaṃ kaddame laggaṃ hoti, dutiyaṃ cakkaṃ goṇā parivattentā pavattenti, ekassa ṭhitattā na tāva avahāro hoti . Goṇe pana puna ujukaṃ paṭipādetvā pājentassa ṭhitacakke kesaggamattaṃ phuṭṭhokāsaṃ atikkante pārājikaṃ. Catuyuttakassa pana aṭṭhārasa ṭhānāni, aṭṭhayuttakassa catuttiṃsāti – etenupāyena yuttayānassa ṭhānabhedo veditabbo.

1. Yānaṭṭhe – yānaṃ tāva dassento ''yānaṃ nāma vayha''ntiādimāha. 在車乘方面，首先說明"所謂車乘即是轎子"等。Tattha upari maṇḍapasadisaṃ padaracchannaṃ sabbapaliguṇṭhimaṃ vā chādetvā kataṃ vayhaṃ. 其中，上面像亭子一樣用木板覆蓋或全部遮蔽而製成的是轎子。Ubhosu passesu suvaṇṇarajatādimayā gopānasiyo datvā garuḷapakkhakanayena katā sandamānikā. 兩側用金銀等製成的橫樑，像金翅鳥翅膀樣式製成的是車廂。Ratho ca sakaṭañca pākaṭameva. 戰車和貨車是顯而易見的。Tesu yattha katthaci saviññāṇakaṃ vā aviññāṇakaṃ vā rāsiādivasena ṭhapitaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ theyyacittena ṭhānā cāventassa nāvaṭṭhe ca thalaṭṭhe ca vuttanayeneva pārājikaṃ veditabbaṃ. 在這些車輛上，無論何處放置的有意識或無意識的物品，以偷盜之心從位置移動的，應按船隻和陸地上所說的方式判斷為波羅夷罪。 Ayaṃ pana viseso – yānaṭṭhaṃ taṇḍulādibhaṇḍaṃ piṭakena gaṇhato piṭake anukkhittepi piṭakaṃ apaharitvā taṇḍulādīnaṃ ekābaddhabhāve vikopite pārājikaṃ. 這裡有一個特殊情況 - 用籃子拿車上的稻米等物品，即使籃子沒有舉起，但拿走籃子破壞了稻米等物品的整體性，也犯波羅夷罪。Thalaṭṭhādīsupi ayaṃ nayo labbhati. 在陸地等處也可以得到這個原則。Yānaṃ avaharissāmītiādimhi dutiyapariyesanādīni vuttanayāneva. 在"我要偷車"等情況下，第二次尋找等應按所說的方式判斷。Ṭhānā cāvetīti ettha pana dukayuttassa yānassa dvinnaṃ goṇānaṃ aṭṭha pādā, dve ca cakkānīti dasa ṭhānāni. 從位置移動時，這裡雙軛車的兩頭牛有八隻腳，再加上兩個輪子，共有十個位置。Taṃ theyyacittassa dhure nisīditvā pājayato goṇānaṃ pāduddhāre thullaccayaṃ. 懷著偷盜之心坐在車轅上駕駛，牛的腳抬起時犯偷蘭遮罪。Cakkānaṃ pana pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhitappadesato kesaggamatte atikkante pārājikaṃ. 但輪子從接觸地面的地方移動哪怕一根頭髮的距離就犯波羅夷罪。Sace pana goṇā ''nāyaṃ amhākaṃ sāmiko''ti ñatvā dhuraṃ chaḍḍetvā ākaḍḍhantā tiṭṭhanti vā phandanti vā, rakkhati tāva. 但如果牛知道"這不是我們的主人"，放下車轅站住或掙扎，暫時保護。Goṇe puna ujukaṃ paṭipādetvā dhuraṃ āropetvā daḷhaṃ yojetvā pācanena vijjhitvā pājentassa vuttanayeneva tesaṃ pāduddhāre thullaccayaṃ. 再次讓牛直立，抬起車轅牢固地套上，用棍子刺驅趕時，按所說的方式牛的腳抬起犯偷蘭遮罪。Cakkātikkame pārājikaṃ. 輪子超過則犯波羅夷罪。 Sacepi sakaddame magge ekaṃ cakkaṃ kaddame laggaṃ hoti, dutiyaṃ cakkaṃ goṇā parivattentā pavattenti, ekassa ṭhitattā na tāva avahāro hoti . 即使在泥濘的道路上一個輪子陷在泥里，牛轉動另一個輪子，因為一個輪子停住所以暫時不算偷盜。Goṇe pana puna ujukaṃ paṭipādetvā pājentassa ṭhitacakke kesaggamattaṃ phuṭṭhokāsaṃ atikkante pārājikaṃ. 但再次讓牛直立駕駛時，停住的輪子接觸的地方移動哪怕一根頭髮的距離就犯波羅夷罪。Catuyuttakassa pana aṭṭhārasa ṭhānāni, aṭṭhayuttakassa catuttiṃsāti – etenupāyena yuttayānassa ṭhānabhedo veditabbo. 四軛車有十八個位置，八軛車有三十四個位置 - 應以這種方式理解配套車輛的位置區別。

Yaṃ pana ayuttakaṃ dhure ekāya pacchato ca dvīhi upatthambhinīhi upatthambhetvā ṭhapitaṃ, tassa tiṇṇaṃ upatthambhinīnaṃ cakkānañca vasena pañca ṭhānāni. Sace dhure upatthambhinī heṭṭhābhāge kappakatā hoti, cha ṭhānāni. Pacchato pana anupatthambhetvā dhure upatthambhitasseva upatthambhinīvasena tīṇi vā cattāri vā ṭhānāni. Dhurena phalakassa vā dārukassa vā upari ṭhapitassa tīṇi ṭhānāni. Tathā pathaviyaṃ ṭhapitassa. Taṃ dhuraṃkaḍḍhitvā vā ukkhipitvā vā purato ca pacchato ca ṭhānā cāventassa thullaccayaṃ. Cakkānaṃ patiṭṭhitaṭṭhāne kesaggamattaṃ atikkante pārājikaṃ. Cakkāni apanetvā dvīhi akkhasīsehi dārūnaṃ upari ṭhapitassa dve ṭhānāni. Taṃ kaḍḍhanto vā ukkhipanto vā phuṭṭhokāsaṃ atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ. Bhūmiyaṃ ṭhapitassa dhurena ca catūhi ca akkhuddhīhi patiṭṭhitavasena pañca ṭhānāni. Taṃ dhure gahetvā kaḍḍhato uddhīnaṃ pacchimantehi purimante atikkante pārājikaṃ. Uddhīsu gahetvā kaḍḍhato uddhīnaṃ purimantehi pacchimante atikkante pārājikaṃ. Passe gahetvā kaḍḍhato uddhīnaṃyeva tiriyaṃ patiṭṭhitaṭṭhānassa atikkamena pārājikaṃ. Majjhe gahetvā ukkhipato kesaggamattaṃ pathavito mutte pārājikaṃ. Atha uddhikhāṇukā na honti, samameva bāhaṃ katvā majjhe vijjhitvā akkhasīsāni pavesitāni honti, taṃ heṭṭhimatalassa samantā sabbaṃ pathaviṃ phusitvā tiṭṭhati. Tattha catūsu disāsu uddhañca phuṭṭhaṭṭhānātikkamavasena pārājikaṃ veditabbaṃ. Bhūmiyaṃ nābhiyā ṭhapitacakkassa ekameva ṭhānaṃ, tassa pañcahākārehi paricchedo. Nemipassena ca nābhiyā ca phusitvā ṭhitassa dve ṭhānāni. Nemiyā uṭṭhitabhāgaṃ pādena akkamitvā bhūmiyaṃ phusāpetvā aresu vā nemiyā vā gahetvā ukkhipantassa attanā kataṭṭhānaṃ ṭhānaṃ na hoti, tasmā tasmiṃ ṭhitepi avasesaṭṭhāne atikkantamatte pārājikaṃ.

Bhittiṃ nissāya ṭhapitacakkassāpi dve ṭhānāni. Tattha paṭhamaṃ bhittito mocentassa thullaccayaṃ. Pacchā pathavito kesaggamattuddhāre pārājikaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ bhūmito mocentassa pana sace bhittiyaṃ patiṭṭhitaṭṭhānaṃ na kuppati, eseva nayo. Atha aresu gahetvā heṭṭhā kaḍḍhantassa bhittiṃ phusitvā ṭhitokāsassa uparimo anto heṭṭhimaṃ atikkamati, pārājikaṃ. Maggappaṭipanne yāne yānasāmiko kenacideva karaṇīyena orohitvā maggā okkanto hoti, athañño bhikkhu paṭipathaṃ āgacchanto ārakkhasuññaṃ passitvā, 『『yānaṃ avaharissāmī』』ti ārohati, tassa payogaṃ vināyeva goṇā gahetvā pakkantā, avahāro natthi. Sesaṃ nāvāyaṃ vuttasadisanti.

Yānaṭṭhakathā niṭṭhitā.

Bhāraṭṭhakathā

Yaṃ pana ayuttakaṃ dhure ekāya pacchato ca dvīhi upatthambhinīhi upatthambhetvā ṭhapitaṃ, tassa tiṇṇaṃ upatthambhinīnaṃ cakkānañca vasena pañca ṭhānāni. 對於沒有套上的車，前面用一個支撐，後面用兩個支撐撐起放置的，它有三個支撐和輪子共五個位置。Sace dhure upatthambhinī heṭṭhābhāge kappakatā hoti, cha ṭhānāni. 如果前面的支撐下部有加固，就有六個位置。Pacchato pana anupatthambhetvā dhure upatthambhitasseva upatthambhinīvasena tīṇi vā cattāri vā ṭhānāni. 但如果後面沒有支撐，只在前面支撐的，根據支撐有三或四個位置。Dhurena phalakassa vā dārukassa vā upari ṭhapitassa tīṇi ṭhānāni. 用車轅放在木板或木頭上的有三個位置。Tathā pathaviyaṃ ṭhapitassa. 同樣放在地上的也是。Taṃ dhuraṃkaḍḍhitvā vā ukkhipitvā vā purato ca pacchato ca ṭhānā cāventassa thullaccayaṃ. 拉動或抬起車轅，從前後位置移動的犯偷蘭遮罪。Cakkānaṃ patiṭṭhitaṭṭhāne kesaggamattaṃ atikkante pārājikaṃ. 輪子接觸地面的地方移動哪怕一根頭髮的距離就犯波羅夷罪。Cakkāni apanetvā dvīhi akkhasīsehi dārūnaṃ upari ṭhapitassa dve ṭhānāni. 拆下輪子，用兩個軸頭放在木頭上的有兩個位置。Taṃ kaḍḍhanto vā ukkhipanto vā phuṭṭhokāsaṃ atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ. 拉動或抬起它超過接觸的地方就犯波羅夷罪。Bhūmiyaṃ ṭhapitassa dhurena ca catūhi ca akkhuddhīhi patiṭṭhitavasena pañca ṭhānāni. 放在地上的，根據車轅和四個軸頭接觸地面的情況有五個位置。Taṃ dhure gahetvā kaḍḍhato uddhīnaṃ pacchimantehi purimante atikkante pārājikaṃ. 抓住車轅拉動，軸頭後端超過前端就犯波羅夷罪。Uddhīsu gahetvā kaḍḍhato uddhīnaṃ purimantehi pacchimante atikkante pārājikaṃ. 抓住軸頭拉動，軸頭前端超過後端就犯波羅夷罪。Passe gahetvā kaḍḍhato uddhīnaṃyeva tiriyaṃ patiṭṭhitaṭṭhānassa atikkamena pārājikaṃ. 抓住側面拉動，軸頭橫向接觸地面的地方超過就犯波羅夷罪。Majjhe gahetvā ukkhipato kesaggamattaṃ pathavito mutte pārājikaṃ. 抓住中間抬起，離開地面哪怕一根頭髮的高度就犯波羅夷罪。Atha uddhikhāṇukā na honti, samameva bāhaṃ katvā majjhe vijjhitvā akkhasīsāni pavesitāni honti, taṃ heṭṭhimatalassa samantā sabbaṃ pathaviṃ phusitvā tiṭṭhati. 如果沒有軸頭樁，而是平整地做成臂，在中間鉆孔插入軸頭，它的底部全部接觸地面。Tattha catūsu disāsu uddhañca phuṭṭhaṭṭhānātikkamavasena pārājikaṃ veditabbaṃ. 在那裡應該根據四個方向和上方接觸地方的超越來判斷波羅夷罪。Bhūmiyaṃ nābhiyā ṭhapitacakkassa ekameva ṭhānaṃ, tassa pañcahākārehi paricchedo. 輪轂放在地上的輪子只有一個位置，它應該用五種方式來界定。Nemipassena ca nābhiyā ca phusitvā ṭhitassa dve ṭhānāni. 輪圈側面和輪轂接觸地面的有兩個位置。Nemiyā uṭṭhitabhāgaṃ pādena akkamitvā bhūmiyaṃ phusāpetvā aresu vā nemiyā vā gahetvā ukkhipantassa attanā kataṭṭhānaṃ ṭhānaṃ na hoti, tasmā tasmiṃ ṭhitepi avasesaṭṭhāne atikkantamatte pārājikaṃ. 用腳踩住輪圈豎起的部分使接觸地面，抓住輻條或輪圈抬起的，自己造成的位置不算位置，因此即使保持那個位置，其餘位置一超過就犯波羅夷罪。 Bhittiṃ nissāya ṭhapitacakkassāpi dve ṭhānāni. 靠墻放置的輪子也有兩個位置。Tattha paṭhamaṃ bhittito mocentassa thullaccayaṃ. 在那裡先從墻上移開的犯偷蘭遮罪。Pacchā pathavito kesaggamattuddhāre pārājikaṃ. 後來從地面抬起哪怕一根頭髮的高度就犯波羅夷罪。Paṭhamaṃ bhūmito mocentassa pana sace bhittiyaṃ patiṭṭhitaṭṭhānaṃ na kuppati, eseva nayo. 但如果先從地面移開，如果靠墻的地方沒有動，也是這個道理。Atha aresu gahetvā heṭṭhā kaḍḍhantassa bhittiṃ phusitvā ṭhitokāsassa uparimo anto heṭṭhimaṃ atikkamati, pārājikaṃ. 如果抓住輻條向下拉，接觸牆面的地方上端超過下端，就犯波羅夷罪。Maggappaṭipanne yāne yānasāmiko kenacideva karaṇīyena orohitvā maggā okkanto hoti, athañño bhikkhu paṭipathaṃ āgacchanto ārakkhasuññaṃ passitvā, ''yānaṃ avaharissāmī''ti ārohati, tassa payogaṃ vināyeva goṇā gahetvā pakkantā, avahāro natthi. 在路上行駛的車，車主因某事下車離開路邊，這時另一個比丘迎面而來看到無人看管，想"我要偷這輛車"就上了車，牛沒有他的行為就自己走了，不算偷盜。Sesaṃ nāvāyaṃ vuttasadisanti. 其餘的與船隻所說的相似。 Yānaṭṭhakathā niṭṭhitā. 車乘的註釋結束。 Bhāraṭṭhakathā 負重的註釋

1. Ito paraṃ bhāroyeva bhāraṭṭhaṃ. So sīsabhārādivasena catudhā dassito. Tattha sīsabhārādīsu asammohatthaṃ sīsādīnaṃ paricchedo veditabbo. Tattha sīsassa tāva purimagale galavāṭako, piṭṭhigale kesañci kesante āvaṭṭo hoti, galasseva ubhosu passesu kesañci kesā oruyha jāyanti, ye kaṇṇacūḷikāti vuccanti, tesaṃ adhobhāgo cāti ayaṃ heṭṭhimaparicchedo, tato upari sīsaṃ. Etthantare ṭhitabhāro sīsabhāro nāma.

Ubhosu passesu kaṇṇacūḷikāhi paṭṭhāya heṭṭhā, kapparehi paṭṭhāya upari, piṭṭhigalāvattato ca galavāṭakato ca paṭṭhāya heṭṭhā, piṭṭhivemajjhāvattato ca uraparicchedamajjhe hadayaāvāṭato ca paṭṭhāya upari khandho. Etthantare ṭhitabhāro khandhabhāro nāma.

Piṭṭhivemajjhāvattato pana hadayaāvāṭato ca paṭṭhāya heṭṭhā yāva pādanakhasikhā, ayaṃ kaṭiparicchedo. Etthantare samantato sarīre ṭhitabhāro kaṭibhāro nāma.

Kapparato paṭṭhāya pana heṭṭhā yāva hatthanakhasikhā, ayaṃ olambakaparicchedo. Etthantare ṭhitabhāro olambako nāma.

Idāni sīse bhārantiādīsu ayaṃ apubbavinicchayo – yo bhikkhu 『『idaṃ gahetvā ettha yāhī』』ti sāmikehi anāṇatto sayameva 『『mayhaṃ idaṃ nāma detha, ahaṃ vo bhaṇḍaṃ vahāmī』』ti tesaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ sīsena ādāya gacchanto theyyacittena taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ āmasati, dukkaṭaṃ. Yathāvuttasīsaparicchedaṃ anatikkāmentova ito cito ca ghaṃsanto sāretipi paccāsāretipi, thullaccayaṃ. Khandhaṃ oropitamatte kiñcāpi sāmikānaṃ 『『vahatū』』ti cittaṃ atthi, tehi pana anāṇattattā pārājikaṃ. Khandhaṃ pana anoropetvāpi sīsato kesaggamattaṃ mocentassa pārājikaṃ. Yamakabhārassa pana eko bhāro sīse patiṭṭhāti, eko piṭṭhiyaṃ, tattha dvinnaṃ ṭhānānaṃ vasena vinicchayo veditabbo. Ayaṃ pana suddhasīsabhārādīnaṃyeva vasena desanā āraddhā. Yo cāyaṃ sīsabhāre vutto, khandhabhārādīsupi ayameva vinicchayo.

Hatthebhāranti ettha pana hatthena gahitattā olambako 『『hatthe bhāro』』ti vutto.

So paṭhamaṃyeva bhūmito vā gahito hotu, suddhacittena sīsādīhi vā, 『『hatthe bhāro』』 tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati . Taṃ theyyacittena tādisaṃ gahanaṭṭhānaṃ disvā bhūmiyaṃ vā gacchādīsu vā nikkhipantassa hatthato muttamatte pārājikaṃ. Bhūmito gaṇhātīti ettha pana tesaṃ bhārānaṃ yaṃkiñci pātarāsādikāraṇā suddhacittena bhūmiyaṃ nikkhipitvā puna theyyacittena kesaggamattaṃ uddharantassa pārājikanti.

Bhāraṭṭhakathā niṭṭhitā.

Ārāmaṭṭhakathā

1. Ito paraṃ bhāroyeva bhāraṭṭhaṃ. 從這裡開始，負重就是負重物品。So sīsabhārādivasena catudhā dassito. 它被顯示為頭頂負重等四種。Tattha sīsabhārādīsu asammohatthaṃ sīsādīnaṃ paricchedo veditabbo. 在這些頭頂負重等中，爲了不混淆，應該瞭解頭部等的界限。Tattha sīsassa tāva purimagale galavāṭako, piṭṭhigale kesañci kesante āvaṭṭo hoti, galasseva ubhosu passesu kesañci kesā oruyha jāyanti, ye kaṇṇacūḷikāti vuccanti, tesaṃ adhobhāgo cāti ayaṃ heṭṭhimaparicchedo, tato upari sīsaṃ. 在那裡，首先頭部的前頸有頸環，後頸有些人頭髮的末端有旋，頸部兩側有些人的頭髮向下生長，被稱為耳垂，這些的下方是地獄限，從那裡往上是頭部。Etthantare ṭhitabhāro sīsabhāro nāma. 在這個範圍內放置的負重叫做頭頂負重。 Ubhosu passesu kaṇṇacūḷikāhi paṭṭhāya heṭṭhā, kapparehi paṭṭhāya upari, piṭṭhigalāvattato ca galavāṭakato ca paṭṭhāya heṭṭhā, piṭṭhivemajjhāvattato ca uraparicchedamajjhe hadayaāvāṭato ca paṭṭhāya upari khandho. 兩側從耳垂開始往下，從肘部開始往上，從後頸旋和頸環開始往下，從背部中間旋和胸部中間心窩開始往上是肩部。Etthantare ṭhitabhāro khandhabhāro nāma. 在這個範圍內放置的負重叫做肩部負重。 Piṭṭhivemajjhāvattato pana hadayaāvāṭato ca paṭṭhāya heṭṭhā yāva pādanakhasikhā, ayaṃ kaṭiparicchedo. 從背部中間旋和心窩開始往下直到腳趾尖，這是腰部的界限。Etthantare samantato sarīre ṭhitabhāro kaṭibhāro nāma. 在這個範圍內身體各處放置的負重叫做腰部負重。 Kapparato paṭṭhāya pana heṭṭhā yāva hatthanakhasikhā, ayaṃ olambakaparicchedo. 從肘部開始往下直到手指尖，這是懸掛的界限。Etthantare ṭhitabhāro olambako nāma. 在這個範圍內放置的負重叫做懸掛負重。 Idāni sīse bhārantiādīsu ayaṃ apubbavinicchayo – yo bhikkhu ''idaṃ gahetvā ettha yāhī''ti sāmikehi anāṇatto sayameva ''mayhaṃ idaṃ nāma detha, ahaṃ vo bhaṇḍaṃ vahāmī''ti tesaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ sīsena ādāya gacchanto theyyacittena taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ āmasati, dukkaṭaṃ. 現在關於"頭頂負重"等的新判斷是 - 如果比丘未經物主指示"拿著這個去那裡"，而是自己說"給我這個，我來為你們搬運物品"，用頭頂著他們的物品走，懷著偷盜之心觸控那個物品，犯突吉羅罪。Yathāvuttasīsaparicchedaṃ anatikkāmentova ito cito ca ghaṃsanto sāretipi paccāsāretipi, thullaccayaṃ. 不超過上述頭部界限而在這裡那裡摩擦、前後移動，犯偷蘭遮罪。Khandhaṃ oropitamatte kiñcāpi sāmikānaṃ ''vahatū''ti cittaṃ atthi, tehi pana anāṇattattā pārājikaṃ. 剛放到肩上時，即使物主有"讓他搬運"的想法，但因為他們沒有指示，所以犯波羅夷罪。Khandhaṃ pana anoropetvāpi sīsato kesaggamattaṃ mocentassa pārājikaṃ. 但即使沒有放到肩上，從頭上移開哪怕一根頭髮的距離也犯波羅夷罪。Yamakabhārassa pana eko bhāro sīse patiṭṭhāti, eko piṭṭhiyaṃ, tattha dvinnaṃ ṭhānānaṃ vasena vinicchayo veditabbo. 對於雙重負重，一個放在頭上，一個放在背上，應該根據兩個位置來判斷。Ayaṃ pana suddhasīsabhārādīnaṃyeva vasena desanā āraddhā. 這裡開始的說明只是關於純粹的頭頂負重等。Yo cāyaṃ sīsabhāre vutto, khandhabhārādīsupi ayameva vinicchayo. 這裡關於頭頂負重所說的，對肩部負重等也是同樣的判斷。 Hatthebhāranti ettha pana hatthena gahitattā olambako ''hatthe bhāro''ti vutto. 這裡"手中負重"是指用手拿著的懸掛負重被稱為"手中負重"。 So paṭhamaṃyeva bhūmito vā gahito hotu, suddhacittena sīsādīhi vā, ''hatthe bhāro'' tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati . 它可能最初是從地上拿起的，或者以清凈心從頭上等處拿的，都算作"手中負重"。Taṃ theyyacittena tādisaṃ gahanaṭṭhānaṃ disvā bhūmiyaṃ vā gacchādīsu vā nikkhipantassa hatthato muttamatte pārājikaṃ. 懷著偷盜之心看到這樣的拿取處，放在地上或灌木叢等處，剛從手上放開就犯波羅夷罪。Bhūmito gaṇhātīti ettha pana tesaṃ bhārānaṃ yaṃkiñci pātarāsādikāraṇā suddhacittena bhūmiyaṃ nikkhipitvā puna theyyacittena kesaggamattaṃ uddharantassa pārājikanti. 這裡"從地上拿"是指，爲了早餐等原因以清凈心把那些負重物品放在地上，再以偷盜之心抬起哪怕一根頭髮的高度就犯波羅夷罪。 Bhāraṭṭhakathā niṭṭhitā. 負重的註釋結束。 Ārāmaṭṭhakathā 園林的註釋

2. Ārāmaṭṭhepi – ārāmaṃ tāva dassento 『『ārāmo nāma pupphārāmo phalārāmo』』ti āha. Tesu vassikādīnaṃ pupphanako pupphārāmo. Ambaphalādīnaṃ phalanako phalārāmo. Ārāme catūhi ṭhānehi nikkhittassa vinicchayo bhūmaṭṭhādīsu vuttanayo eva.

Tatthajātake pana mūlanti usīrahiriverādikaṃ yaṃkiñci mūlaṃ, taṃ uppāṭetvā vā uppāṭitaṃ vā gaṇhantassa yena mūlena vatthu pūrati, tasmiṃ gahite pārājikaṃ. Kandopi mūleneva saṅgahito. Uppāṭentassa cettha appamattakepi acchinne thullaccayameva. Tattha vinicchayo bhise vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Tacanti bhesajjatthāya vā rajanatthāya vā upayogagamanūpagaṃ yaṃkiñci rukkhattacaṃ; taṃ uppāṭetvā vā uppāṭitaṃ vā gaṇhantassa mūle vuttanayena pārājikaṃ. Pupphanti vassikamallikādikaṃ yaṃkiñci pupphaṃ, taṃ ocinitvā vā ocinitaṃ vā gaṇhantassa uppalapadumesu vuttanayena pārājikaṃ. Pupphānampi hi vaṇṭaṃ vā bandhanaṃ vā acchinnaṃ rakkhati. Vaṇṭabbhantare pana kesañci sūcikā hoti, sā na rakkhati. Phalanti ambaphalatālaphalādikaṃ yaṃkiñci, taṃ rukkhato gaṇhantassa vinicchayo rukkhe laggitakathāyaṃ vutto. Apanetvā ṭhapitaṃ bhūmaṭṭhādisaṅgahitameva.

Ārāmaṃ abhiyuñjatīti parasantakaṃ 『『mama santako aya』』nti musā bhaṇitvā abhiyuñjati, adinnādānassa payogattā dukkaṭaṃ. Sāmikassa vimatiṃuppādetīti vinicchayakusalatāya balavanissitādibhāvena vā ārāmasāmikassa saṃsayaṃ janeti. Kathaṃ? Tañhi tathā vinicchayappasutaṃ disvā sāmiko cinteti – 『『sakkhissāmi nu kho ahaṃ imaṃ ārāmaṃ attano kātuṃ, na sakkhissāmi nu kho』』ti. Evaṃ tassa vimati uppajjamānā tena uppāditā hoti, tasmā thullaccayaṃ āpajjati.

Dhuraṃnikkhipatīti yadā pana sāmiko 『『ayaṃ thaddho kakkhaḷo jīvitabrahmacariyantarāyampi me kareyya, alaṃ dāni mayhaṃ iminā ārāmenā』』ti dhuraṃ nikkhipati, abhiyuñjako pārājikaṃ āpajjati. Sace sayampi katadhuranikkhepo hoti, atha ca pana sāmikena dhure nikkhittepi abhiyuñjako dhuraṃ anikkhipitvāva 『『imaṃ suṭṭhu pīḷetvā mama āṇāpavattiṃ dassetvā kiṅkārappaṭissāvibhāve naṃ ṭhapetvā dassāmī』』ti dātabbabhāve saussāho hoti, rakkhati tāva. Athāpi abhiyuñjako 『『acchinditvā na dāni naṃ imassa dassāmī』』ti dhuraṃ nikkhipati, sāmiko pana na dhuraṃ nikkhipati, pakkhaṃ pariyesati, kālaṃ āgameti, 『『lajjiparisaṃ tāva labhāmi, pacchā jānissāmī』』ti puna gahaṇeyeva saussāho hoti, rakkhatiyeva. Yadā pana sopi 『『na dassāmī』』ti, sāmikopi 『『na lacchāmī』』ti – evaṃ ubhopi dhuraṃ nikkhipanti, tadā abhiyuñjakassa pārājikaṃ. Atha pana abhiyuñjitvā vinicchayaṃ kurumāno aniṭṭhite vinicchaye sāmikenapi dhuranikkhepe akate attano assāmikabhāvaṃ jānantoyeva tato kiñci pupphaṃ vā phalaṃ vā gaṇhāti, bhaṇḍagghena kāretabbo.

1. Ārāmaṭṭhepi – ārāmaṃ tāva dassento ''ārāmo nāma pupphārāmo phalārāmo''ti āha. 在園林方面 - 首先說明"所謂園林即是花園和果園"。Tesu vassikādīnaṃ pupphanako pupphārāmo. 其中開茉莉花等的是花園。Ambaphalādīnaṃ phalanako phalārāmo. 結芒果等果實的是果園。Ārāme catūhi ṭhānehi nikkhittassa vinicchayo bhūmaṭṭhādīsu vuttanayo eva. 在園林中從四個地方拿取的判斷與地面等處所說的方法相同。 Tatthajātake pana mūlanti usīrahiriverādikaṃ yaṃkiñci mūlaṃ, taṃ uppāṭetvā vā uppāṭitaṃ vā gaṇhantassa yena mūlena vatthu pūrati, tasmiṃ gahite pārājikaṃ. 在那裡生長的根，如香根草、黃姜等任何根，拔出或拔出后拿取，以哪種根填滿地方，拿取那種根就犯波羅夷罪。Kandopi mūleneva saṅgahito. 球莖也包含在根中。Uppāṭentassa cettha appamattakepi acchinne thullaccayameva. 在這裡拔出時，即使只切斷一小部分也犯偷蘭遮罪。Tattha vinicchayo bhise vuttanayeneva veditabbo. 在那裡的判斷應該按照蓮藕所說的方法來理解。Tacanti bhesajjatthāya vā rajanatthāya vā upayogagamanūpagaṃ yaṃkiñci rukkhattacaṃ; taṃ uppāṭetvā vā uppāṭitaṃ vā gaṇhantassa mūle vuttanayena pārājikaṃ. 樹皮是指任何用於醫藥或染色的樹皮；剝下或剝下後拿取，按照根部所說的方法判斷波羅夷罪。Pupphanti vassikamallikādikaṃ yaṃkiñci pupphaṃ, taṃ ocinitvā vā ocinitaṃ vā gaṇhantassa uppalapadumesu vuttanayena pārājikaṃ. 花是指茉莉、茉莉等任何花，摘下或摘下後拿取，按照青蓮花紅蓮花所說的方法判斷波羅夷罪。Pupphānampi hi vaṇṭaṃ vā bandhanaṃ vā acchinnaṃ rakkhati. 因為花的花柄或綁縛沒有切斷就可以保護。Vaṇṭabbhantare pana kesañci sūcikā hoti, sā na rakkhati. 但在花柄內部有些人有針，那不能保護。Phalanti ambaphalatālaphalādikaṃ yaṃkiñci, taṃ rukkhato gaṇhantassa vinicchayo rukkhe laggitakathāyaṃ vutto. 果實是指芒果、棕櫚果等任何果實，從樹上拿取的判斷在樹上附著的說明中已說過。Apanetvā ṭhapitaṃ bhūmaṭṭhādisaṅgahitameva. 拿走後放置的已包含在地面等的說明中。 Ārāmaṃ abhiyuñjatīti parasantakaṃ ''mama santako aya''nti musā bhaṇitvā abhiyuñjati, adinnādānassa payogattā dukkaṭaṃ. 侵佔園林是指對他人的財產虛假地說"這是我的財產"而侵佔，因為是不與取的行為所以犯突吉羅罪。Sāmikassa vimatiṃuppādetīti vinicchayakusalatāya balavanissitādibhāvena vā ārāmasāmikassa saṃsayaṃ janeti. 使所有者產生疑惑是指以判斷的熟練或依靠權勢等使園林所有者產生懷疑。Kathaṃ? 怎麼樣呢？Tañhi tathā vinicchayappasutaṃ disvā sāmiko cinteti – ''sakkhissāmi nu kho ahaṃ imaṃ ārāmaṃ attano kātuṃ, na sakkhissāmi nu kho''ti. 看到他這樣進行判斷，所有者就會思考："我能否把這個園林變成自己的，還是不能呢？"Evaṃ tassa vimati uppajjamānā tena uppāditā hoti, tasmā thullaccayaṃ āpajjati. 這樣他產生的疑惑是由那人引起的，因此犯偷蘭遮罪。 Dhuraṃnikkhipatīti yadā pana sāmiko ''ayaṃ thaddho kakkhaḷo jīvitabrahmacariyantarāyampi me kareyya, alaṃ dāni mayhaṃ iminā ārāmenā''ti dhuraṃ nikkhipati, abhiyuñjako pārājikaṃ āpajjati. 放棄責任是指當所有者說"這人頑固兇惡，甚至可能危及我的生命和梵行，我現在不要這個園林了"而放棄責任時，侵佔者就犯波羅夷罪。Sace sayampi katadhuranikkhepo hoti, atha ca pana sāmikena dhure nikkhittepi abhiyuñjako dhuraṃ anikkhipitvāva ''imaṃ suṭṭhu pīḷetvā mama āṇāpavattiṃ dassetvā kiṅkārappaṭissāvibhāve naṃ ṭhapetvā dassāmī''ti dātabbabhāve saussāho hoti, rakkhati tāva. 如果自己也放棄了責任，但即使所有者放棄責任，侵佔者不放棄責任而說"我要好好壓迫他，顯示我的權力，使他聽命於我后再給他"，仍然有給予的意願，暫時還是保護的。Athāpi abhiyuñjako ''acchinditvā na dāni naṃ imassa dassāmī''ti dhuraṃ nikkhipati, sāmiko pana na dhuraṃ nikkhipati, pakkhaṃ pariyesati, kālaṃ āgameti, ''lajjiparisaṃ tāva labhāmi, pacchā jānissāmī''ti puna gahaṇeyeva saussāho hoti, rakkhatiyeva. 即使侵佔者說"我奪取后現在不給他了"而放棄責任，但所有者不放棄責任，尋求支援，等待時機，說"我先找到有廉恥心的人，以後再說"，仍然有再次獲得的意願，還是保護的。Yadā pana sopi ''na dassāmī''ti, sāmikopi ''na lacchāmī''ti – evaṃ ubhopi dhuraṃ nikkhipanti, tadā abhiyuñjakassa pārājikaṃ. 但當他也說"我不給"，所有者也說"我得不到"- 這樣兩人都放棄責任時，那時侵佔者就犯波羅夷罪。Atha pana abhiyuñjitvā vinicchayaṃ kurumāno aniṭṭhite vinicchaye sāmikenapi dhuranikkhepe akate attano assāmikabhāvaṃ jānantoyeva tato kiñci pupphaṃ vā phalaṃ vā gaṇhāti, bhaṇḍagghena kāretabbo. 但如果侵佔後進行判斷，在判斷未完成、所有者也未放棄責任的情況下，明知自己不是所有者卻從那裡拿取任何花或果實，應按物品的價值賠償。

Dhammaṃ carantoti bhikkhusaṅghe vā rājakule vā vinicchayaṃ karonto. Sāmikaṃ parājetīti vinicchayikānaṃ ukkocaṃ datvā kūṭasakkhiṃ otāretvā ārāmasāmikaṃ jinātīti attho. Āpatti pārājikassāti na kevalaṃ tasseva, sañcicca tassa atthasādhane pavattānaṃ kūṭavinicchayikānampi kūṭasakkhīnampi sabbesaṃ pārājikaṃ. Ettha ca sāmikassa dhuranikkhepavaseneva parājayo veditabbo. Anikkhittadhuro hi aparājitova hoti. Dhammaṃ caranto parajjatīti sacepi dhammena vinayena satthusāsanena vinicchayassa pavattattā sayaṃ parājayaṃ pāpuṇāti; evampi musāvādena sāmikānaṃ pīḷākaraṇapaccayā thullaccayaṃ āpajjatīti.

Ārāmaṭṭhakathā niṭṭhitā.

Vihāraṭṭhakathā

1. Vihāraṭṭhepi – catūhi ṭhānehi nikkhittaṃ vuttanayameva. Abhiyogepi cettha cātuddisaṃ saṅghaṃ uddissa bhikkhūnaṃ dinnaṃ vihāraṃ vā pariveṇaṃ vā āvāsaṃ vā mahantampi khuddakampi abhiyuñjato abhiyogo na ruhati. Acchinditvā gaṇhitumpi na sakkoti. Kasmā? Sabbesaṃ dhuranikkhepābhāvato. Na hettha sabbe cātuddisā bhikkhū dhuranikkhepaṃ karontīti . Dīghabhāṇakādibhedassa pana gaṇassa ekapuggalassa vā santakaṃ abhiyuñjitvā gaṇhanto sakkoti te dhuraṃ nikkhipāpetuṃ. Tasmā tattha ārāme vuttanayena vinicchayo veditabboti.

Vihāraṭṭhakathā niṭṭhitā.

Khettaṭṭhakathā

Dhammaṃ carantoti bhikkhusaṅghe vā rājakule vā vinicchayaṃ karonto. 行持法者是指在比丘僧團或王族中進行判斷。Sāmikaṃ parājetīti vinicchayikānaṃ ukkocaṃ datvā kūṭasakkhiṃ otāretvā ārāmasāmikaṃ jinātīti attho. 使所有者失敗是指給予判斷者的指控，貶低他為偽證人，戰勝園林的所有者。Āpatti pārājikassāti na kevalaṃ tasseva, sañcicca tassa atthasādhane pavattānaṃ kūṭavinicchayikānampi kūṭasakkhīnampi sabbesaṃ pārājikaṃ. 犯波羅夷罪不僅僅是針對他，也適用於所有因判斷行為而產生的偽證人和偽證者。Ettha ca sāmikassa dhuranikkhepavaseneva parājayo veditabbo. 在這裡，所有者的失敗應被理解為因放棄責任。Anikkhittadhuro hi aparājitova hoti. 放棄責任的負擔是不會被視為失敗的。Dhammaṃ caranto parajjatīti sacepi dhammena vinayena satthusāsanena vinicchayassa pavattattā sayaṃ parājayaṃ pāpuṇāti; evampi musāvādena sāmikānaṃ pīḷākaraṇapaccayā thullaccayaṃ āpajjatīti. 行持法者即使因法、戒、師的教誨而進行判斷，仍然會自我失敗；即使如此，因虛假言辭使所有者受到壓迫也會犯偷蘭遮罪。 Ārāmaṭṭhakathā niṭṭhitā. 園林的註釋結束。 Vihāraṭṭhakathā Vihara的註釋 103. Vihāraṭṭhepi – catūhi ṭhānehi nikkhittaṃ vuttanayameva. 在寺院方面 - 從四個地方拿取的判斷與所說的方法相同。Abhiyogepi cettha cātuddisaṃ saṅghaṃ uddissa bhikkhūnaṃ dinnaṃ vihāraṃ vā pariveṇaṃ vā āvāsaṃ vā mahantampi khuddakampi abhiyuñjato abhiyogo na ruhati. 在這裡，任何指控都不適用于指向四方僧團的比丘所給予的寺院、聚會或居所，無論是大是小。Acchinditvā gaṇhitumpi na sakkoti. 即使被切斷後也無法拿取。Kasmā? 為什麼呢？Sabbesaṃ dhuranikkhepābhāvato. 因為所有人都沒有放棄責任。Na hettha sabbe cātuddisā bhikkhū dhuranikkhepaṃ karontīti. 這裡並非所有四方比丘都放棄責任。Dīghabhāṇakādibhedassa pana gaṇassa ekapuggalassa vā santakaṃ abhiyuñjitvā gaṇhanto sakkoti te dhuraṃ nikkhipāpetuṃ. 但對於長者或其他個體而言，若是以群體的名義進行判斷，則可以讓他們放棄責任。因此，在那裡寺院的判斷應如所述理解。 Vihāraṭṭhakathā niṭṭhitā. 寺院的註釋結束。 Khettaṭṭhakathā 田地的註釋

1. Khettaṭṭhepi – khettaṃ tāva dassento 『『khettaṃ nāma yattha pubbaṇṇaṃ vā aparaṇṇaṃ vā jāyatī』』ti āha. Tattha pubbaṇṇanti sāliādīni satta dhaññāni; aparaṇṇanti muggamāsādīni; ucchukhettādikampi ettheva saṅgahitaṃ. Idhāpi catūhi ṭhānehi nikkhittaṃ vuttanayameva. Tatthajātake pana sālisīsādīni nirumbhitvā vā ekamekaṃ hattheneva chinditvā vā asitena lāyitvā vā bahūni ekato uppāṭetvā vā gaṇhantassa yasmiṃ bīje vā sīse vā muṭṭhiyaṃ vā muggamāsādiphale vā vatthu pūrati, tasmiṃ bandhanā mocitamatte pārājikaṃ. Acchijjamāno pana daṇḍako vā vāko vā taco vā appamattakopi rakkhati.

Vīhināḷaṃ dīghampi hoti, yāva antonāḷato vīhisīsadaṇḍako na nikkhamati, tāva rakkhati. Kesaggamattampi nāḷato daṇḍakassa heṭṭhimatale nikkhante bhaṇḍagghena kāretabbo. Asitena lāyitvā gaṇhato pana muṭṭhigatesu heṭṭhā chinnesupi sace sīsāni jaṭitāni, rakkhanti tāva. Vijaṭetvā pana kesaggamattampi ukkhipato sace vatthu pūrati, pārājikaṃ. Sāmikehi pana lāyitvā ṭhapitaṃ sabhusaṃ vā abhusaṃ vā katvā gaṇhato yena vatthu pūrati, tasmiṃ gahite pārājikaṃ. Sace parikappeti 『『idaṃ madditvā papphoṭetvā sārameva gaṇhissāmī』』ti rakkhati tāva. Maddanapapphoṭanesu ṭhānā cāventassāpi pārājikaṃ natthi, pacchā bhājanagate katamatte pārājikaṃ. Abhiyogo panettha vuttanayo eva.

Khīlasaṅkamanādīsu pathavī nāma anagghā. Tasmā sace ekeneva khīlena ito kesaggamattampi pathavippadesaṃ sāmikānaṃ passantānaṃ vā apassantānaṃ vā attano santakaṃ karoti, tasmiṃ khīle nāmaṃ chinditvā vā acchinditvā vā saṅkāmitamatte tassa ca, ye cassa ekacchandā, sabbesaṃ pārājikaṃ. Sace pana dvīhi khīlehi gahetabbaṃ hoti, paṭhame khīle thullaccayaṃ; dutiye pārājikaṃ. Sace tīhi gahetabbaṃ hoti, paṭhame dukkaṭaṃ, dutiye thullaccayaṃ, tatiye pārājikaṃ. Evaṃ bahukesupi avasāne dve ṭhapetvā purimehi dukkaṭaṃ, avasāne dvinnaṃ ekena thullaccayaṃ, itarena pārājikaṃ veditabbaṃ. Tañca kho sāmikānaṃ dhuranikkhepena. Evaṃ sabbattha.

Rajjuṃ vāti 『『mama santakaṃ ida』』nti ñāpetukāmo rajjuṃ vā pasāreti, yaṭṭhiṃ vā pāteti, dukkaṭaṃ. 『『Idāni dvīhi payogehi attano santakaṃ karissāmī』』ti tesaṃ paṭhame thullaccayaṃ, dutiye pārājikaṃ.

Vatiṃ vāti parassa khettaṃ parikkhepavasena attano kātukāmo dārūni nikhaṇati, payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Ekasmiṃ anāgate thullaccayaṃ, tasmiṃ āgate pārājikaṃ. Sace tattakena asakkonto sākhāparivāreneva attano kātuṃ sakkoti, sākhāpātanepi eseva nayo. Evaṃ yena yena parikkhipitvā attano kātuṃ sakkoti, tattha tattha paṭhamapayogehi dukkaṭaṃ. Avasāne dvinnaṃ ekena thullaccayaṃ, itarena pārājikaṃ veditabbaṃ.

Mariyādaṃ vāti parassa khettaṃ 『『mama ida』』nti ñāpetukāmo attano khettamariyādaṃ

Kedārapāḷiṃ yathā parassa khettaṃ atikkamati, evaṃ saṅkāmeti, paṃsumattikādīhi vā vaḍḍhetvā vitthataṃ karoti, akataṃ vā pana patiṭṭhāpeti, purimapayogehi dukkaṭaṃ. Dvinnaṃ pacchimānaṃ ekena thullaccayaṃ, itarena pārājikanti.

Khettaṭṭhakathā niṭṭhitā.

Vatthuṭṭhakathā

1. Khettaṭṭhepi – khettaṃ tāva dassento ''khettaṃ nāma yattha pubbaṇṇaṃ vā aparaṇṇaṃ vā jāyatī''ti āha. 在田地方面 - 首先說明"田地是指生長於此的作物或後作物"。Tattha pubbaṇṇanti sāliādīni satta dhaññāni; aparaṇṇanti muggamāsādīni; ucchukhettādikampi ettheva saṅgahitaṃ. 其中，早作物是指七種穀物，如稻米等；後作物是指豆類等；也包括拔草田等。Idhāpi catūhi ṭhānehi nikkhittaṃ vuttanayameva. 在這裡，從四個地方拿取的判斷與所說的方法相同。Tatthajātake pana sālisīsādīni nirumbhitvā vā ekamekaṃ hattheneva chinditvā vā asitena lāyitvā vā bahūni ekato uppāṭetvā vā gaṇhantassa yasmiṃ bīje vā sīse vā muṭṭhiyaṃ vā muggamāsādiphale vā vatthu pūrati, tasmiṃ bandhanā mocitamatte pārājikaṃ. 在那裡，若是稻米等被拔出，或用一隻手剪下，或用刀割下，或將多個一起拔起，若在某種種子、根部、豆類果實等填滿地方，拿取那種物品就犯波羅夷罪。Acchijjamāno pana daṇḍako vā vāko vā taco vā appamattakopi rakkhati. 被切斷的物品如樹枝、草等，即使只切斷一小部分也可以保護。 Vīhināḷaṃ dīghampi hoti, yāva antonāḷato vīhisīsadaṇḍako na nikkhamati, tāva rakkhati. 若是長達大於一根的樹枝，直到從根部的樹枝未被切斷之前，都是可以保護的。Kesaggamattampi nāḷato daṇḍakassa heṭṭhimatale nikkhante bhaṇḍagghena kāretabbo. 若是從根部的樹枝上切斷一小部分，應該按物品的價值賠償。Asitena lāyitvā gaṇhato pana muṭṭhigatesu heṭṭhā chinnesupi sace sīsāni jaṭitāni, rakkhanti tāva. 若是用刀割下後，若在根部下方切斷，即使頭髮被纏繞，仍然可以保護。Vijaṭetvā pana kesaggamattampi ukkhipato sace vatthu pūrati, pārājikaṃ. 但若是拔起時，若填滿地方，則犯波羅夷罪。Sāmikehi pana lāyitvā ṭhapitaṃ sabhusaṃ vā abhusaṃ vā katvā gaṇhato yena vatthu pūrati, tasmiṃ gahite pārājikaṃ. 若是由所有者放置的，無論是大是小，若在某種物品中填滿地方，拿取那種物品就犯波羅夷罪。Sace parikappeti ''idaṃ madditvā papphoṭetvā sārameva gaṇhissāmī''ti rakkhati tāva. 若是計劃"我將把它打碎后拿走"，仍然可以保護。Maddanapapphoṭanesu ṭhānā cāventassāpi pārājikaṃ natthi, pacchā bhājanagate katamatte pārājikaṃ. 在打碎和拿走的地方，若是未犯波羅夷罪，若是在後來的容器中放置的，仍然會犯波羅夷罪。Abhiyogo panettha vuttanayo eva. 在這裡的指控是如所述。 Khīlasaṅkamanādīsu pathavī nāma anagghā. 在玩耍和行走等方面，土地是沒有價值的。因此，若是用一根玩具，即使只是一小部分土地，若是所有者看到或未看到，將其視為自己的，若在那根玩具上切斷或拔掉，若是有任何懷疑，所有人都犯波羅夷罪。Sace pana dvīhi khīlehi gahetabbaṃ hoti, paṭhame khīle thullaccayaṃ; dutiye pārājikaṃ. 如果需要用兩根玩具，第一根犯偷蘭遮罪；第二根犯波羅夷罪。Sace tīhi gahetabbaṃ hoti, paṭhame dukkaṭaṃ, dutiye thullaccayaṃ, tatiye pārājikaṃ. 如果需要用三根，第一根犯突吉羅罪，第二根犯偷蘭遮罪，第三根犯波羅夷罪。Evaṃ bahukesupi avasāne dve ṭhapetvā purimehi dukkaṭaṃ, avasāne dvinnaṃ ekena thullaccayaṃ, itarena pārājikaṃ veditabbaṃ. 這樣在多根頭髮的情況下，最後兩根放置，前面的犯偷蘭遮罪，最後兩根中的一根犯偷蘭遮罪，另一根犯波羅夷罪。 Tañca kho sāmikānaṃ dhuranikkhepena. 這也是所有者放棄責任的情況。Evaṃ sabbattha. 在所有情況中都是如此。 Rajjuṃ vāti ''mama santakaṃ ida''nti ñāpetukāmo rajjuṃ vā pasāreti, yaṭṭhiṃ vā pāteti, dukkaṭaṃ. 關於繩子，若是想要宣告"這是我的財產"，拉繩子或放下繩子，犯偷蘭遮罪。''Idāni dvīhi payogehi attano santakaṃ karissāmī''ti tesaṃ paṭhame thullaccayaṃ, dutiye pārājikaṃ. "現在我將用兩種方法來佔有自己的財產"，在第一種情況下犯偷蘭遮罪，在第二種情況下犯波羅夷罪。 Vatiṃ vāti parassa khettaṃ parikkhepavasena attano kātukāmo dārūni nikhaṇati, payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ. 關於樹木，若是想在他人的田地上進行工作，挖掘木材，按每種方法犯偷蘭遮罪。Ekasmiṃ anāgate thullaccayaṃ, tasmiṃ āgate pārājikaṃ. 在某種未來情況下犯偷蘭遮罪，而在那種情況下犯波羅夷罪。Sace tattakena asakkonto sākhāparivāreneva attano kātuṃ sakkoti, sākhāpātanepi eseva nayo. 如果無法做到，則可用樹枝圍繞，樹枝的折斷也是同樣的道理。Evaṃ yena yena parikkhipitvā attano kātuṃ sakkoti, tattha tattha paṭhamapayogehi dukkaṭaṃ. 這樣在任何情況下，若是通過各種方式來佔有自己的財產，都會在每種情況下犯偷蘭遮罪。Avasāne dvinnaṃ ekena thullaccayaṃ, itarena pārājikaṃ veditabbaṃ. 在最後的兩根中，一根犯偷蘭遮罪，另一根犯波羅夷罪應被理解。 Mariyādaṃ vāti parassa khettaṃ ''mama ida''nti ñāpetukāmo attano khettamariyādaṃ。關於邊界，若是想要宣告"這是我的"，則會在他人的田地上越界，產生懷疑，或用沙子等物品來擴大，或在未做的情況下建立邊界，都會犯偷蘭遮罪。Dvinnaṃ pacchimānaṃ ekena thullaccayaṃ, itarena pārājikanti. 在兩個最後的邊界中，一根犯偷蘭遮罪，另一根犯波羅夷罪。 Khettaṭṭhakathā niṭṭhitā. 田地的註釋結束。 Vatthuṭṭhakathā 物品的註釋

2. Vatthuṭṭhepi – vatthuṃ tāva dassento vatthu nāma 『『ārāmavatthu vihāravatthū』』ti āha. Tattha bījaṃ vā uparopake vā aropetvāva kevalaṃ bhūmiṃ sodhetvā tiṇṇaṃ pākārānaṃ yena kenaci parikkhipitvā vā aparikkhipitvā vā pupphārāmādīnaṃ atthāya ṭhapito bhūmibhāgo ārāmavatthu nāma. Eteneva nayena ekavihārapariveṇaāvāsānaṃ atthāya ṭhapito bhūmibhāgo vihāravatthu nāma. Yopi pubbe ārāmo ca vihāro ca hutvā pacchā vinassitvā bhūmimatto ṭhito, ārāmavihārakiccaṃ na karoti, sopi ārāmavihāravatthusaṅgaheneva saṅgahito. Vinicchayo panettha khettaṭṭhe vuttasadisoyevāti.

Vatthuṭṭhakathā niṭṭhitā.

1. Gāmaṭṭhe yaṃ vattabbaṃ taṃ vuttameva.

Araññaṭṭhakathā

1. Vatthuṭṭhepi – vatthuṃ tāva dassento vatthu nāma ''ārāmavatthu vihāravatthū''ti āha. 在物品方面 - 首先說明"所謂物品即是園林物品和寺院物品"。Tattha bījaṃ vā uparopake vā aropetvāva kevalaṃ bhūmiṃ sodhetvā tiṇṇaṃ pākārānaṃ yena kenaci parikkhipitvā vā aparikkhipitvā vā pupphārāmādīnaṃ atthāya ṭhapito bhūmibhāgo ārāmavatthu nāma. 其中，不種植種子或幼苗，僅清理土地，用三種圍墻中的任何一種圍起來或不圍起來，為花園等目的而保留的土地部分叫做園林物品。Eteneva nayena ekavihārapariveṇaāvāsānaṃ atthāya ṭhapito bhūmibhāgo vihāravatthu nāma. 以同樣的方式，為一座寺院、僧舍或居所的目的而保留的土地部分叫做寺院物品。Yopi pubbe ārāmo ca vihāro ca hutvā pacchā vinassitvā bhūmimatto ṭhito, ārāmavihārakiccaṃ na karoti, sopi ārāmavihāravatthusaṅgaheneva saṅgahito. 即使以前是園林和寺院，後來毀壞只剩下土地，不再用作園林和寺院的用途，也包括在園林和寺院物品的範疇內。Vinicchayo panettha khettaṭṭhe vuttasadisoyevāti. 在這裡的判斷與田地所說的相似。 Vatthuṭṭhakathā niṭṭhitā. 物品的註釋結束。

2. Gāmaṭṭhe yaṃ vattabbaṃ taṃ vuttameva. 關於村莊應該說的已經說過了。 Araññaṭṭhakathā 森林的註釋

3. Araññaṭṭhe – araññaṃ tāva dassento 『『araññaṃ nāma yaṃ manussānaṃ pariggahitaṃ hoti, taṃ arañña』』nti āha. Tattha yasmā araññaṃ nāma manussānaṃ pariggahitampi atthi, apariggahitampi; idha pana yaṃ pariggahitaṃ sārakkhaṃ, yato na vinā mūlena kaṭṭhalatādīni gahetuṃ labbhanti, taṃ adhippetaṃ. Tasmā 『『yaṃ manussānaṃ pariggahitaṃ hotī』』ti vatvā puna 『『arañña』』nti vuttaṃ. Tena imamatthaṃ dasseti – 『『na pariggahitabhāvo araññassa lakkhaṇaṃ. Yaṃ pana attano araññalakkhaṇena araññaṃ manussānañca pariggahitaṃ, taṃ imasmiṃ atthe arañña』』nti. Tattha vinicchayo ārāmaṭṭhādīsu vuttasadiso.

Tatthajātakesu panettha ekasmimpi mahaggharukkhe chinnamatte pārājikaṃ. Lataṃ vāti ettha ca vettopi latāpi latā eva; tattha yo vetto vā latā vā dīghā hoti, mahārukkhe ca gacche ca vinivijjhitvā vā veṭhetvā vā gatā, sā mūle chinnāpi avahāraṃ na janeti agge chinnāpi, yadā pana aggepi mūlepi chinnā hoti, tadā avahāraṃ janeti. Sace pana veṭhetvā ṭhitā hoti, veṭhetvā ṭhitā pana rukkhato mocitamattā avahāraṃ janeti.

Tiṇaṃvāti ettha tiṇaṃ vā hotu paṇṇaṃ vā, sabbaṃ tiṇaggahaṇeneva gahitaṃ; taṃ gehacchadanādīnamatthāya parehi chinnaṃ vā attanā chinditvā vā gaṇhanto bhaṇḍagghena kāretabbo. Na kevalañca tiṇapaṇṇameva, aññampi yaṃkiñci vākachalli ādi, yattha sāmikā sālayā, taṃ gaṇhanto bhaṇḍagghena kāretabbo. Tacchetvā ṭhapito addhagatopi rukkho na gahetabbo. Yo pana agge ca mūle ca chinno hoti, sākhāpissa pūtikā jātā, challiyopi gaḷitā, 『『ayaṃ sāmikehi chaḍḍito』』ti gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Lakkhaṇacchinnassāpi yadā lakkhaṇaṃ challiyā pariyonaddhaṃ hoti, tadā gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Gehādīnaṃ atthāya rukkhe chinditvā yadā tāni katāni ajjhāvutthāni ca honti, dārūnipi araññe vassena ca ātapena ca vinassanti, īdisānipi disvā 『『chaḍḍitānī』』ti gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Kasmā? Yasmā araññasāmikā etesaṃ anissarā. Yehi araññasāmikānaṃ deyyadhammaṃ datvā chinnāni, te eva issarā, tehi ca tāni chaḍḍitāni, nirālayā tattha jātāti.

Yopi bhikkhu paṭhamaṃyeva araññapālānaṃ deyyadhammaṃ datvā araññaṃ pavisitvā yathārucite rukkhe gāhāpeti, tassa tesaṃ ārakkhaṭṭhānaṃ agantvāpi yathārucitena maggena gantuṃ vaṭṭati. Athāpi pavisanto adatvā 『『nikkhamanto dassāmī』』ti rukkhe gāhāpetvā nikkhamanto tesaṃ dātabbaṃ datvā gacchati, vaṭṭati eva. Athāpi ābhogaṃ katvā gacchati 『『dehī』』ti vutte 『『dassāmī』』ti, 『『dehī』』ti vutte dātabbameva. Sace koci attano dhanaṃ datvā 『『bhikkhussa gantuṃ dethā』』ti vadati, laddhakappameva, gantuṃ vaṭṭati. Sace pana koci issarajātiko dhanaṃ adatvāva 『『bhikkhūnaṃ bhāgaṃ mā gaṇhathā』』ti vāreti, araññapālā ca 『『mayaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ tāpasānañca bhāgaṃ agaṇhantā kuto lacchāma, detha, bhante』』ti vadanti, dātabbameva.

1. Araññaṭṭhe – araññaṃ tāva dassento ''araññaṃ nāma yaṃ manussānaṃ pariggahitaṃ hoti, taṃ arañña''nti āha. 在森林方面 - 首先說明"所謂森林是指被人佔有的，那就是森林"。Tattha yasmā araññaṃ nāma manussānaṃ pariggahitampi atthi, apariggahitampi; idha pana yaṃ pariggahitaṃ sārakkhaṃ, yato na vinā mūlena kaṭṭhalatādīni gahetuṃ labbhanti, taṃ adhippetaṃ. 其中，因為所謂森林有被人佔有的，也有未被佔有的；這裡指的是被佔有且受保護的，沒有付費就不能取走木材和藤蔓等的。Tasmā ''yaṃ manussānaṃ pariggahitaṃ hotī''ti vatvā puna ''arañña''nti vuttaṃ. 因此說"被人佔有的"后又說"森林"。Tena imamatthaṃ dasseti – ''na pariggahitabhāvo araññassa lakkhaṇaṃ. Yaṃ pana attano araññalakkhaṇena araññaṃ manussānañca pariggahitaṃ, taṃ imasmiṃ atthe arañña''nti. 這表示以下含義："被佔有並不是森林的特徵。但是，凡是以自身的森林特徵而成為森林並被人佔有的，在這個意義上就是森林"。Tattha vinicchayo ārāmaṭṭhādīsu vuttasadiso. 在那裡的判斷與園林等所說的相似。 Tatthajātakesu panettha ekasmimpi mahaggharukkhe chinnamatte pārājikaṃ. 在那裡生長的樹木中，即使砍掉一棵貴重的樹也犯波羅夷罪。Lataṃ vāti ettha ca vettopi latāpi latā eva; tattha yo vetto vā latā vā dīghā hoti, mahārukkhe ca gacche ca vinivijjhitvā vā veṭhetvā vā gatā, sā mūle chinnāpi avahāraṃ na janeti agge chinnāpi, yadā pana aggepi mūlepi chinnā hoti, tadā avahāraṃ janeti. 關於藤蔓，這裡竹子和藤蔓都算作藤蔓；其中，任何長的竹子或藤蔓，穿過或纏繞大樹和灌木叢的，即使砍斷根部也不構成偷盜，砍斷頂端也不構成；但當頂端和根部都被砍斷時，就構成偷盜。Sace pana veṭhetvā ṭhitā hoti, veṭhetvā ṭhitā pana rukkhato mocitamattā avahāraṃ janeti. 但如果是纏繞在樹上的，一旦從樹上鬆開就構成偷盜。 Tiṇaṃvāti ettha tiṇaṃ vā hotu paṇṇaṃ vā, sabbaṃ tiṇaggahaṇeneva gahitaṃ; taṃ gehacchadanādīnamatthāya parehi chinnaṃ vā attanā chinditvā vā gaṇhanto bhaṇḍagghena kāretabbo. 關於草，這裡無論是草還是葉子，都包含在草的概念中；爲了蓋房頂等目的，無論是他人砍下的還是自己砍下拿走的，都應該按物品的價值賠償。Na kevalañca tiṇapaṇṇameva, aññampi yaṃkiñci vākachalli ādi, yattha sāmikā sālayā, taṃ gaṇhanto bhaṇḍagghena kāretabbo. 不僅是草和葉子，任何其他的樹皮等，只要所有者有意保護的，拿走的人都應該按物品的價值賠償。Tacchetvā ṭhapito addhagatopi rukkho na gahetabbo. 即使是砍倒一半的樹也不能拿走。Yo pana agge ca mūle ca chinno hoti, sākhāpissa pūtikā jātā, challiyopi gaḷitā, ''ayaṃ sāmikehi chaḍḍito''ti gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. 但是如果頂端和根部都被砍斷，枝條也腐爛，樹皮也脫落，認為"這是所有者丟棄的"就可以拿走。Lakkhaṇacchinnassāpi yadā lakkhaṇaṃ challiyā pariyonaddhaṃ hoti, tadā gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. 即使是有標記的樹，當標記被樹皮覆蓋時，也可以拿走。Gehādīnaṃ atthāya rukkhe chinditvā yadā tāni katāni ajjhāvutthāni ca honti, dārūnipi araññe vassena ca ātapena ca vinassanti, īdisānipi disvā ''chaḍḍitānī''ti gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. 爲了建房等目的砍下的樹，當房子已經建好並居住過，木材在森林裡因雨水和陽光而腐爛，看到這樣的情況也可以認為"是被丟棄的"而拿走。Kasmā? 為什麼？Yasmā araññasāmikā etesaṃ anissarā. 因為森林的所有者對這些不再有控制權。Yehi araññasāmikānaṃ deyyadhammaṃ datvā chinnāni, te eva issarā, tehi ca tāni chaḍḍitāni, nirālayā tattha jātāti. 那些付費給森林所有者后砍伐的人才是主人，他們已經丟棄了這些，對此不再有執著。 Yopi bhikkhu paṭhamaṃyeva araññapālānaṃ deyyadhammaṃ datvā araññaṃ pavisitvā yathārucite rukkhe gāhāpeti, tassa tesaṃ ārakkhaṭṭhānaṃ agantvāpi yathārucitena maggena gantuṃ vaṭṭati. 如果比丘一開始就付費給森林守衛後進入森林，按自己的意願讓人砍樹，他可以不用去守衛站，按自己喜歡的路徑離開。Athāpi pavisanto adatvā ''nikkhamanto dassāmī''ti rukkhe gāhāpetvā nikkhamanto tesaṃ dātabbaṃ datvā gacchati, vaṭṭati eva. 或者進入時不付費，說"出去時會給"，讓人砍樹后出來時給他們應付的費用而離開，也是可以的。Athāpi ābhogaṃ katvā gacchati ''dehī''ti vutte ''dassāmī''ti, ''dehī''ti vutte dātabbameva. 或者考慮后離開，當被要求"給錢"時說"我會給"，當被要求"給錢"時就應該給。Sace koci attano dhanaṃ datvā ''bhikkhussa gantuṃ dethā''ti vadati, laddhakappameva, gantuṃ vaṭṭati. 如果有人付自己的錢說"讓比丘離開"，就算是得到允許，可以離開。Sace pana koci issarajātiko dhanaṃ adatvāva ''bhikkhūnaṃ bhāgaṃ mā gaṇhathā''ti vāreti, araññapālā ca ''mayaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ tāpasānañca bhāgaṃ agaṇhantā kuto lacchāma, detha, bhante''ti vadanti, dātabbameva. 但如果有權貴不付錢就阻止說"不要向比丘收費"，而森林守衛說"我們如果不向比丘和苦行者收費，從哪裡得到收入呢？尊者，請付費"，就應該付

Yo pana araññapālesu niddāyantesu vā kīḷāpasutesu vā katthaci pakkantesu vā āgantvā 『『kuhiṃ araññapālā』』ti pakkositvāpi adisvā gacchati, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Yopi ārakkhaṭṭhānaṃ patvā kammaṭṭhānādīni manasikaronto vā aññavihito vā assatiyā atikkamati, bhaṇḍadeyyameva. Yassāpi taṃ ṭhānaṃ pattassa coro vā hatthī vā vāḷamigo vā mahāmegho vā vuṭṭhahati, so ca tamhā upaddavā muccitukamyatāya sahasā taṃ ṭhānaṃ atikkamati, rakkhati tāva, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ pana hoti. Idaṃ pana araññe ārakkhaṭṭhānaṃ nāma suṅkaghātatopi garukataraṃ. Suṅkaghātassa hi paricchedaṃ anokkamitvā dūratova pariharanto dukkaṭameva āpajjati. Idaṃ pana theyyacittena pariharantassa ākāsena gacchatopi pārājikameva. Tasmā ettha appamattena bhavitabbanti.

Araññaṭṭhakathā niṭṭhitā.

Udakakathā

Yo pana araññapālesu niddāyantesu vā kīḷāpasutesu vā katthaci pakkantesu vā āgantvā ''kuhiṃ araññapālā''ti pakkositvāpi adisvā gacchati, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. 如果在森林守衛中有人在打瞌睡或玩耍，若是隨便走動而呼喊"森林守衛在哪裡"，即使沒有看到也會被視為偷盜。Yopi ārakkhaṭṭhānaṃ patvā kammaṭṭhānādīni manasikaronto vā aññavihito vā assatiyā atikkamati, bhaṇḍadeyyameva. 如果有人到達守衛地點，專心於工作或無意中走開，也會被視為偷盜。Yassāpi taṃ ṭhānaṃ pattassa coro vā hatthī vā vāḷamigo vā mahāmegho vā vuṭṭhahati, so ca tamhā upaddavā muccitukamyatāya sahasā taṃ ṭhānaṃ atikkamati, rakkhati tāva, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ pana hoti. 如果在某個地方，有人到達后，若是被盜賊、象、野獸或大雨所驚擾，因想要逃避而突然離開，雖然可以保護自己，但仍然會被視為偷盜。Idaṃ pana araññe ārakkhaṭṭhānaṃ nāma suṅkaghātatopi garukataraṃ. 這裡的森林守衛地點，即使被小動物打擾也更為重要。Suṅkaghātassa hi paricchedaṃ anokkamitvā dūratova pariharanto dukkaṭameva āpajjati. 因為被小動物打擾后，若是避免與之接觸而遠離，仍然會犯輕罪。Idaṃ pana theyyacittena pariharantassa ākāsena gacchatopi pārājikameva. 而如果是以不懈的心態避免，若是飛翔在空中也會犯波羅夷罪。Tasmā ettha appamattena bhavitabbanti. 因此，在這裡應當保持警惕。 Araññaṭṭhakathā niṭṭhitā. 森林的註釋結束。 Udakakathā 水的註釋

1. Udake pana – bhājanagatanti udakadullabhakāle udakamaṇikādīsu bhājanesu saṅgopetvā ṭhapitaṃ; taṃ yasmiṃ bhājane ṭhapitaṃ hoti, taṃ bhājanaṃ āviñchitvā vā chiddaṃ katvā vā tattha pokkharaṇītaḷākesu ca attano bhājanaṃ pavesetvā gaṇhantassa sappitelesu vuttanayena vinicchayo veditabbo.

Mariyādacchedane pana tattha jātakabhūtagāmena saddhimpi mariyādaṃ chindantassa adinnādānapayogattā dukkaṭaṃ. Tañca pana pahāre pahāre hoti. Antoṭhatvā bahimukho chindanto bahi antena kāretabbo. Bahi ṭhatvā antomukho chindanto antoantena kāretabbo. Anto ca bahi ca chinditvā majjhe ṭhapetvā taṃ chindanto majjhena kāretabbo. Mariyādaṃ dubbalaṃ katvā gāvo pakkosati, gāmadārakehi vā pakkosāpeti, tā āgantvā khurehi mariyādaṃ chindanti, teneva chinnā hoti. Mariyādaṃ dubbalaṃ katvā gāvo udake paveseti, gāmadārakehi vā pavesāpeti, tāhi uṭṭhāpitavīciyo mariyādaṃ bhinditvā gacchanti. Gāmadārake vā 『『udake kīḷathā』』ti vadati, kīḷante vā utrāseti, tehi uṭṭhāpitavīciyopi mariyādaṃ chinditvā gacchanti. Antoudake jātarukkhaṃ chindati, aññena vā chindāpeti, tenapi patantena uṭṭhāpitavīciyo mariyādaṃ chinditvā gacchanti, teneva chinnā hoti. Mariyādaṃ dubbalaṃ katvā taḷākarakkhaṇatthāya taḷākato nibbahanaudakaṃ vā niddhamanatumbaṃ vā pidahati, aññato gacchantaṃ vā udakaṃ yathā ettha pavisati, evaṃ pāḷiṃ vā bandhati, mātikaṃ vā ujukaṃ karoti, tassa uparibhāge ṭhitaṃ attano taḷākaṃ vā bhindati, ussannaṃ udakaṃ mariyādaṃ gahetvā gacchati, teneva chinnā hoti. Sabbattha nikkhantaudakagghānurūpena avahārena kāretabbo.

Niddhamanapanāḷiṃ ugghāṭetvā nīharantassāpi eseva nayo. Sace pana tena mariyādāya dubbalāya katāya attano dhammatāya āgantvā vā anāṇattehi gāmadārakehi āropitā vā gāviyo khurehi mariyādaṃ bhindanti, attanoyeva dhammatāya anāṇattehi vā gāmadārakehi udake pavesitā vīciyo uṭṭhāpenti, gāmadārakā vā sayameva pavisitvā kīḷantā uṭṭhāpenti antoudake vā rukkho aññena chijjamāno patitvā uṭṭhāpeti, uṭṭhāpitā vīciyo mariyādaṃ chindanti, sacepi mariyādaṃ dubbalaṃ katvā sukkhataḷākassa udakanibbahanaṭṭhānaṃ vā udakaniddhamanatumbaṃ vā pidahati, aññato gamanamagge vā pāḷiṃ bandhati, sukkhamātikaṃ vā ujukaṃ karoti, pacchā deve vuṭṭhe udakaṃ āgantvā mariyādaṃ bhindati, sabbattha bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ.

Yo pana nidāghe sukkhavāpiyā mariyādaṃ yāva talaṃ pāpetvā chindati, pacchā deve vuṭṭhe āgatāgataṃ udakaṃ palāyati, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Yattakaṃ tappaccayā sassaṃ uppajjati, tato pādamattagghanakampi adento sāmikānaṃ dhuranikkhepena assamaṇo hoti.

1. Udake pana – bhājanagatanti udakadullabhakāle udakamaṇikādīsu bhājanesu saṅgopetvā ṭhapitaṃ; taṃ yasmiṃ bhājane ṭhapitaṃ hoti, taṃ bhājanaṃ āviñchitvā vā chiddaṃ katvā vā tattha pokkharaṇītaḷākesu ca attano bhājanaṃ pavesetvā gaṇhantassa sappitelesu vuttanayena vinicchayo veditabbo. 關於水 - 盛裝在容器中是指在缺水時期儲存在水罐等容器中；無論存放在哪種容器中，若是打開容器或鉆孔，在池塘或湖泊中放入自己的容器取水，其判斷應按照油中所說的方法來理解。 Mariyādacchedane pana tattha jātakabhūtagāmena saddhimpi mariyādaṃ chindantassa adinnādānapayogattā dukkaṭaṃ. 在切斷界限時，即使與生長在那裡的植物一起切斷界限，因為是不與取的行為所以犯突吉羅罪。Tañca pana pahāre pahāre hoti. 這是每次擊打都會犯的罪。Antoṭhatvā bahimukho chindanto bahi antena kāretabbo. 站在裡面向外切割的，應該按外邊的邊界處罰。Bahi ṭhatvā antomukho chindanto antoantena kāretabbo. 站在外面向里切割的，應該按裡邊的邊界處罰。Anto ca bahi ca chinditvā majjhe ṭhapetvā taṃ chindanto majjhena kāretabbo. 裡外都切割后在中間切割的，應該按中間處罰。Mariyādaṃ dubbalaṃ katvā gāvo pakkosati, gāmadārakehi vā pakkosāpeti, tā āgantvā khurehi mariyādaṃ chindanti, teneva chinnā hoti. 使界限變弱后呼喚牛，或讓村裡的孩子呼喚，牛來後用蹄子切斷界限，這樣就算是切斷了。Mariyādaṃ dubbalaṃ katvā gāvo udake paveseti, gāmadārakehi vā pavesāpeti, tāhi uṭṭhāpitavīciyo mariyādaṃ bhinditvā gacchanti. 使界限變弱后讓牛進入水中，或讓村裡的孩子讓牛進入，牛掀起的波浪切斷界限而去。Gāmadārake vā ''udake kīḷathā''ti vadati, kīḷante vā utrāseti, tehi uṭṭhāpitavīciyopi mariyādaṃ chinditvā gacchanti. 或者對村裡的孩子說"在水裡玩吧"，或者在他們玩耍時驚嚇他們，他們掀起的波浪也切斷界限而去。Antoudake jātarukkhaṃ chindati, aññena vā chindāpeti, tenapi patantena uṭṭhāpitavīciyo mariyādaṃ chinditvā gacchanti, teneva chinnā hoti. 砍伐水中生長的樹，或讓別人砍伐，樹倒下時掀起的波浪切斷界限而去，這樣也算是切斷了。Mariyādaṃ dubbalaṃ katvā taḷākarakkhaṇatthāya taḷākato nibbahanaudakaṃ vā niddhamanatumbaṃ vā pidahati, aññato gacchantaṃ vā udakaṃ yathā ettha pavisati, evaṃ pāḷiṃ vā bandhati, mātikaṃ vā ujukaṃ karoti, tassa uparibhāge ṭhitaṃ attano taḷākaṃ vā bhindati, ussannaṃ udakaṃ mariyādaṃ gahetvā gacchati, teneva chinnā hoti. 使界限變弱后，爲了保護池塘而堵塞從池塘流出的水或排水管，或者建造堤壩或修直水道，使水從別處流入這裡，或者破壞自己上游的池塘，過多的水沖過界限而去，這樣也算是切斷了。Sabbattha nikkhantaudakagghānurūpena avahārena kāretabbo. 在所有情況下，都應該按流出水的價值來判斷偷盜。 Niddhamanapanāḷiṃ ugghāṭetvā nīharantassāpi eseva nayo. 對於打開排水管取水的人也是同樣的道理。Sace pana tena mariyādāya dubbalāya katāya attano dhammatāya āgantvā vā anāṇattehi gāmadārakehi āropitā vā gāviyo khurehi mariyādaṃ bhindanti, attanoyeva dhammatāya anāṇattehi vā gāmadārakehi udake pavesitā vīciyo uṭṭhāpenti, gāmadārakā vā sayameva pavisitvā kīḷantā uṭṭhāpenti antoudake vā rukkho aññena chijjamāno patitvā uṭṭhāpeti, uṭṭhāpitā vīciyo mariyādaṃ chindanti, sacepi mariyādaṃ dubbalaṃ katvā sukkhataḷākassa udakanibbahanaṭṭhānaṃ vā udakaniddhamanatumbaṃ vā pidahati, aññato gamanamagge vā pāḷiṃ bandhati, sukkhamātikaṃ vā ujukaṃ karoti, pacchā deve vuṭṭhe udakaṃ āgantvā mariyādaṃ bhindati, sabbattha bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. 但如果他使界限變弱后，牛自然來到或被未受指示的村裡孩子趕來，用蹄子切斷界限，或者波浪是由自然或未受指示的村裡孩子在水中引起的，或者村裡的孩子自己進入玩耍引起的，或者水中的樹被別人砍倒引起的，引起的波浪切斷界限，或者他使界限變弱后堵塞乾涸池塘的出水口或排水管，或在別處的水道上建造堤壩，或修直乾涸的水渠，後來下雨水來切斷界限，在所有這些情況下都應該賠償物品。 Yo pana nidāghe sukkhavāpiyā mariyādaṃ yāva talaṃ pāpetvā chindati, pacchā deve vuṭṭhe āgatāgataṃ udakaṃ palāyati, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. 如果在旱季切斷乾涸池塘的界限直到底部，後來下雨時水流失，應該賠償物品。Yattakaṃ tappaccayā sassaṃ uppajjati, tato pādamattagghanakampi adento sāmikānaṃ dhuranikkhepena assamaṇo hoti. 由此產生的莊稼有多少，即使不給四分之一的價值，所有者也會放棄責任，他就不再是沙門了。

Yaṃ pana sabbasādhāraṇaṃ taḷākaṃ hoti; taḷāke udakassa sabbepi manussā issarā. Heṭṭhato panassa sassāni karonti, sassapālanatthaṃ taḷākato mahāmātikā nikkhamitvā khettamajjhena yāti, sāpi sadā sandanakāle sabbasādhāraṇā. Tato pana khuddakamātikā nīharitvā attano attano kedāresu udakaṃ pavesenti. Taṃ aññesaṃ gahetuṃ na denti. Nidāghasamayeva udake mandībhūte vārena udakaṃ denti, yo udakavāre sampatte na labhati, tassa sassāni milāyanti; tasmā aññesaṃ vāre añño gahetuṃ na labhati. Tattha yo bhikkhu paresaṃ khuddakamātikāto vā kedārato vā udakaṃ theyyacittena attano vā parassa vā mātikaṃ vā kedāraṃ vā paveseti, aṭavimukhaṃ vā vāheti, avahāro vassa hoti.

Yopi 『『cirena me udakavāro bhavissati, idañca sassaṃ milāyatī』』ti paresaṃ kedāre

Pavisantassa udakassa pavisanamaggaṃ pidahitvā attano kedāraṃ paveseti, avahāro eva. Sace pana taḷākato aniggate paresaṃ mātikāmukhaṃ asampatteva udake sukkhamātikaṃyeva yathā āgacchantaṃ udakaṃ aññesaṃ kedāre appavisitvā attanoyeva kedāraṃ pavisati, evaṃ tattha tattha bandhati. Anikkhante baddhā subaddhā, nikkhante baddhā, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Taḷākaṃ gantvā sayameva niddhamanapanāḷiṃ ugghāṭetvā attano kedāraṃ pavesentassāpi natthi avahāro. Kasmā? Taḷākaṃ nissāya khettassa katattā. Kurundiyādīsu pana 『『avahāro』』ti vuttaṃ. Taṃ 『『vatthuṃ kālañca desañcā』』ti iminā lakkhaṇena na sameti. Tasmā mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttameva yuttanti.

Udakakathā niṭṭhitā.

Dantaponakathā

Yaṃ pana sabbasādhāraṇaṃ taḷākaṃ hoti; taḷāke udakassa sabbepi manussā issarā. 關於所有共有的池塘，池塘中的水都是所有人的。Heṭṭhato panassa sassāni karonti, sassapālanatthaṃ taḷākato mahāmātikā nikkhamitvā khettamajjhena yāti, sāpi sadā sandanakāle sabbasādhāraṇā. 他們在水位下降時耕種，出池塘的水用於耕作，水位也總是在豐沛時期保持共享。Tato pana khuddakamātikā nīharitvā attano attano kedāresu udakaṃ pavesenti. 然後，他們取出小水池中的水，放入各自的田地。Taṃ aññesaṃ gahetuṃ na denti. 他們不允許他人使用這些水。Nidāghasamayeva udake mandībhūte vārena udakaṃ denti, yo udakavāre sampatte na labhati, tassa sassāni milāyanti; tasmā aññesaṃ vāre añño gahetuṃ na labhati. 在旱季，他們以溫和的方式提供水，若是水位不足的人，莊稼就會枯萎；因此在其他時候也不允許他人取水。Tattha yo bhikkhu paresaṃ khuddakamātikāto vā kedārato vā udakaṃ theyyacittena attano vā parassa vā mātikaṃ vā kedāraṃ vā paveseti, aṭavimukhaṃ vā vāheti, avahāro vassa hoti. 如果比丘從他人的小水池或田地中，以不正當的心態取水，或將水引入自己的田地，這將被視為偷盜。 Yopi 『『cirena me udakavāro bhavissati, idañca sassaṃ milāyatī』』ti paresaṃ kedāre Pavisantassa udakassa pavisanamaggaṃ pidahitvā attano kedāraṃ paveseti, avahāro eva. 如果有人認為"我的水位將會維持很久，這會使莊稼枯萎"，在進入他人田地時封住水流，然後將水引入自己的田地，這也是偷盜。Sace pana taḷākato aniggate paresaṃ mātikāmukhaṃ asampatteva udake sukkhamātikaṃyeva yathā āgacchantaṃ udakaṃ aññesaṃ kedāre appavisitvā attanoyeva kedāraṃ pavisati, evaṃ tattha tattha bandhati. 但如果他在池塘中沒有水流入他人的水池，而是以乾燥的水池為準則，進入他人的田地，幾乎不進入自己的田地，這樣在各處都被視為不當。Anikkhante baddhā subaddhā, nikkhante baddhā, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. 如果沒有被封住的水流出，仍然被視為偷盜。Taḷākaṃ gantvā sayameva niddhamanapanāḷiṃ ugghāṭetvā attano kedāraṃ pavesentassāpi natthi avahāro. 前往池塘后，自己打開排水管將水引入自己的田地，也不算偷盜。Kasmā? 為什麼？Taḷākaṃ nissāya khettassa katattā. 因為是依賴池塘而進行耕作的。Kurundiyādīsu pana 『『avahāro』』ti vuttaṃ. 而在Kurundiya等地則被稱為"偷盜"。Taṃ 『『vatthuṃ kālañca desañcā』』ti iminā lakkhaṇena na sameti. 這與"地點、時間"等特徵不相符。Tasmā mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttameva yuttanti. 因此，在大註釋中所說的才是合適的。 Udakakathā niṭṭhitā. 水的註釋結束。 Dantaponakathā 象牙的註釋

1. Dantapoṇaṃ ārāmaṭṭhakavinicchayena vinicchinitabbaṃ. Ayaṃ pana viseso – yo saṅghassa vetanabhato hutvā devasikaṃ vā pakkhamāsavārena vā dantakaṭṭhaṃ āharati, so taṃ āharitvā chinditvāpi yāva bhikkhusaṅghaṃ na sampaṭicchāpeti, tāva tasseva hoti. Tasmā taṃ theyyacittena gaṇhanto bhaṇḍagghena kāretabbo. Tatthajātakaṃ pana garubhaṇḍaṃ, tampi bhikkhusaṅghena rakkhitagopitaṃ gaṇhanto bhaṇḍagghena kāretabbo. Eseva nayo gaṇapuggalagihimanussasantakepi chinnake acchinnake ca. Tesaṃ ārāmuyyānabhūmīsu jātaṃ sāmaṇerā vārena bhikkhusaṅghassa dantakaṭṭhaṃ āharantā ācariyupajjhāyānampi āharanti, taṃ yāva chinditvā saṅghaṃ na paṭicchāpenti, tāva sabbaṃ tesaṃyeva hoti. Tasmā tampi theyyacittena gaṇhanto bhaṇḍagghena kāretabbo. Yadā pana te chinditvā saṅghassa paṭicchāpetvā dantakaṭṭhamāḷake nikkhipanti, 『『yathāsukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅgho paribhuñjatū』』ti; tato paṭṭhāya avahāro natthi, vattaṃ pana jānitabbaṃ. Yo hi devasikaṃ saṅghamajjhe osarati, tena divase divase ekameva dantakaṭṭhaṃ gahetabbaṃ. Yo pana devasikaṃ na osarati, padhānaghare vasitvā dhammasavane vā uposathagge vā dissati, tena pamāṇaṃ sallakkhetvā cattāri pañcadantakaṭṭhāni attano vasanaṭṭhāne ṭhapetvā khāditabbāni. Tesu khīṇesu sace punapi dantakaṭṭhamāḷake bahūni hontiyeva, punapi āharitvā khāditabbāni. Yadi pana pamāṇaṃ asallakkhetvā āharati, tesu akkhīṇesuyeva māḷake khīyanti, tato keci therā 『『yehi gahitāni, te paṭiāharantū』』ti vadeyyuṃ, keci 『『khādantu, puna sāmaṇerā āharissantī』』ti, tasmā vivādapariharaṇatthaṃ pamāṇaṃ sallakkhetabbaṃ. Gahaṇe pana doso natthi. Maggaṃ gacchantenāpi ekaṃ vā dve vā thavikāya pakkhipitvā gantabbanti.

Dantaponakathā niṭṭhitā.

Vanappatikathā

1. Dantapoṇaṃ ārāmaṭṭhakavinicchayena vinicchinitabbaṃ. 關於象牙，應該按照園林的判斷方法來判斷。Ayaṃ pana viseso – yo saṅghassa vetanabhato hutvā devasikaṃ vā pakkhamāsavārena vā dantakaṭṭhaṃ āharati, so taṃ āharitvā chinditvāpi yāva bhikkhusaṅghaṃ na sampaṭicchāpeti, tāva tasseva hoti. 這裡有一個特別之處 - 誰作為僧團的受薪者每天或每半月收集牙刷木，即使他收集並切割了這些木材，只要他沒有讓比丘僧團接受，它們仍然屬於他。Tasmā taṃ theyyacittena gaṇhanto bhaṇḍagghena kāretabbo. 因此，以偷盜之心拿取這些的人應該按物品的價值賠償。Tatthajātakaṃ pana garubhaṇḍaṃ, tampi bhikkhusaṅghena rakkhitagopitaṃ gaṇhanto bhaṇḍagghena kāretabbo. 在那裡生長的重要物品，如果是由比丘僧團保管的，拿取的人也應該按物品的價值賠償。Eseva nayo gaṇapuggalagihimanussasantakepi chinnake acchinnake ca. 這個原則也適用於屬於團體、個人或在家人的已切割和未切割的物品。Tesaṃ ārāmuyyānabhūmīsu jātaṃ sāmaṇerā vārena bhikkhusaṅghassa dantakaṭṭhaṃ āharantā ācariyupajjhāyānampi āharanti, taṃ yāva chinditvā saṅghaṃ na paṭicchāpenti, tāva sabbaṃ tesaṃyeva hoti. 沙彌們輪流為比丘僧團從他們的園林和花園中收集牙刷木，也為老師和戒師收集，只要他們沒有切割並讓僧團接受，這些都屬於他們自己。Tasmā tampi theyyacittena gaṇhanto bhaṇḍagghena kāretabbo. 因此，以偷盜之心拿取這些的人也應該按物品的價值賠償。Yadā pana te chinditvā saṅghassa paṭicchāpetvā dantakaṭṭhamāḷake nikkhipanti, ''yathāsukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅgho paribhuñjatū''ti; tato paṭṭhāya avahāro natthi, vattaṃ pana jānitabbaṃ. 但當他們切割並讓僧團接受后，將牙刷木放在指定的地方，說"愿比丘僧團隨意使用"；從那時起就不算偷盜了，但應該知道規矩。Yo hi devasikaṃ saṅghamajjhe osarati, tena divase divase ekameva dantakaṭṭhaṃ gahetabbaṃ. 每天參加僧團集會的人，每天只能拿一根牙刷木。Yo pana devasikaṃ na osarati, padhānaghare vasitvā dhammasavane vā uposathagge vā dissati, tena pamāṇaṃ sallakkhetvā cattāri pañcadantakaṭṭhāni attano vasanaṭṭhāne ṭhapetvā khāditabbāni. 但是不每天參加集會，而是住在禪修室或出現在聽法或布薩堂的人，應該估算數量，在自己的住處放四五根牙刷木來使用。Tesu khīṇesu sace punapi dantakaṭṭhamāḷake bahūni hontiyeva, punapi āharitvā khāditabbāni. 如果用完了，而牙刷木存放處還有很多，可以再取來使用。Yadi pana pamāṇaṃ asallakkhetvā āharati, tesu akkhīṇesuyeva māḷake khīyanti, tato keci therā ''yehi gahitāni, te paṭiāharantū''ti vadeyyuṃ, keci ''khādantu, puna sāmaṇerā āharissantī''ti, tasmā vivādapariharaṇatthaṃ pamāṇaṃ sallakkhetabbaṃ. 但如果沒有估算數量就取用，在還沒用完的時候存放處的就用完了，那麼一些長老會說"誰拿了就讓誰還回來"，一些會說"繼續用吧，沙彌們會再拿來的"，因此爲了避免爭議應該估算數量。Gahaṇe pana doso natthi. 但是在取用時沒有過錯。Maggaṃ gacchantenāpi ekaṃ vā dve vā thavikāya pakkhipitvā gantabbanti. 即使在路上行走的人也可以把一兩根放在包裡帶走。 Dantaponakathā niṭṭhitā. 象牙的註釋結束。 Vanappatikathā 樹木的註釋

2. Vanassa patīti vanappati; vanajeṭṭhakarukkhassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Idha pana sabbopi manussehi pariggahitarukkho adhippeto ambalabujapanasādiko. Yattha vā pana maricavalliādīni āropenti, so chijjamāno sace ekāyapi challiyā vā vākena vā sakalikāya vā pheggunā vā sambaddhova hutvā bhūmiyaṃ patati, rakkhati tāva.

Yo pana chinnopi vallīhi vā sāmantarukkhasākhāhi vā sambaddho sandhāritattā ujukameva tiṭṭhati, patanto vā bhūmiṃ na pāpuṇāti, natthi tattha parihāro, avahāro eva hoti. Yopi kakacena chinno acchinno viya hutvā tatheva tiṭṭhati, tasmimpi eseva nayo.

Yo pana rukkhaṃ dubbalaṃ katvā pacchā cāletvā pāteti, aññena vā cālāpeti; aññaṃ vāssa santike rukkhaṃ chinditvā ajjhottharati, parena vā ajjhottharāpeti; makkaṭe vā paripātetvā tattha āropeti, aññena vā āropāpeti; vagguliyo vā tattha āropeti, parena vā āropāpeti; tā taṃ rukkhaṃ pātenti, tasseva avahāro.

Sace pana tena rukkhe dubbale kate añño anāṇatto eva taṃ cāletvā pāteti,

Rukkhena vā ajjhottharati, attano dhammatāya makkaṭā vā vagguliyo vā ārohanti, paro vā anāṇatto āropeti, sayaṃ vā esa vātamukhaṃ sodheti, balavavāto āgantvā rukkhaṃ pāteti; sabbattha bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Vātamukhasodhanaṃ panettha asampatte vāte sukkhamātikāya ujukaraṇādīhi sameti, no aññathā. Rukkhaṃ āvijjhitvā satthena vā ākoṭeti, aggiṃ vā deti, maṇḍukakaṇṭakaṃ vā visaṃ vā ākoṭeti, yena so marati, sabbattha bhaṇḍadeyyamevāti.

Vanappatikathā niṭṭhitā.

Haraṇakakathā

1. Vanassa patīti vanappati; vanajeṭṭhakarukkhassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. 森林之王即是樹王；這是森林中最大樹木的代稱。Idha pana sabbopi manussehi pariggahitarukkho adhippeto ambalabujapanasādiko. 這裡指的是所有被人佔有的樹木，如芒果樹、麵包果樹、菠蘿蜜等。Yattha vā pana maricavalliādīni āropenti, so chijjamāno sace ekāyapi challiyā vā vākena vā sakalikāya vā pheggunā vā sambaddhova hutvā bhūmiyaṃ patati, rakkhati tāva. 或者在那裡種植胡椒藤等植物，如果砍伐時即使只有一片樹皮、纖維、木片或樹心與地面相連，就還算是保護狀態。 Yo pana chinnopi vallīhi vā sāmantarukkhasākhāhi vā sambaddho sandhāritattā ujukameva tiṭṭhati, patanto vā bhūmiṃ na pāpuṇāti, natthi tattha parihāro, avahāro eva hoti. 但是如果被砍斷後，因藤蔓或附近樹枝的支撐而直立，或者倒下時沒有觸及地面，就沒有保護，就算是偷盜。Yopi kakacena chinno acchinno viya hutvā tatheva tiṭṭhati, tasmimpi eseva nayo. 即使被鋸子鋸斷後看起來像沒有被砍斷一樣站立，也是同樣的道理。 Yo pana rukkhaṃ dubbalaṃ katvā pacchā cāletvā pāteti, aññena vā cālāpeti; aññaṃ vāssa santike rukkhaṃ chinditvā ajjhottharati, parena vā ajjhottharāpeti; makkaṭe vā paripātetvā tattha āropeti, aññena vā āropāpeti; vagguliyo vā tattha āropeti, parena vā āropāpeti; tā taṃ rukkhaṃ pātenti, tasseva avahāro. 如果有人使樹木變弱后再搖晃使其倒下，或讓別人搖晃；或者砍倒附近的另一棵樹壓倒它，或讓別人壓倒；或者讓猴子爬上去，或讓別人讓猴子爬上去；或者讓蝙蝠爬上去，或讓別人讓蝙蝠爬上去；這些導致樹木倒下，都算是他的偷盜行為。 Sace pana tena rukkhe dubbale kate añño anāṇatto eva taṃ cāletvā pāteti, Rukkhena vā ajjhottharati, attano dhammatāya makkaṭā vā vagguliyo vā ārohanti, paro vā anāṇatto āropeti, sayaṃ vā esa vātamukhaṃ sodheti, balavavāto āgantvā rukkhaṃ pāteti; sabbattha bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. 但是如果他使樹木變弱后，另一個未受指示的人搖晃使其倒下，或者被樹壓倒，或者猴子或蝙蝠自然爬上去，或者他人未受指示就讓它們爬上去，或者他自己清理風口，強風來臨使樹倒下；在所有這些情況下都應該賠償物品。Vātamukhasodhanaṃ panettha asampatte vāte sukkhamātikāya ujukaraṇādīhi sameti, no aññathā. 這裡的清理風口，如果風還沒來到時，就像修直乾涸的水渠一樣，不是其他情況。Rukkhaṃ āvijjhitvā satthena vā ākoṭeti, aggiṃ vā deti, maṇḍukakaṇṭakaṃ vā visaṃ vā ākoṭeti, yena so marati, sabbattha bhaṇḍadeyyamevāti. 鉆入樹木用刀砍，或者放火，或者用青蛙刺或毒藥刺入，導致樹木死亡，在所有這些情況下都應該賠償物品。 Vanappatikathā niṭṭhitā. 樹木的註釋結束。 Haraṇakakathā 偷盜的註釋

2. Haraṇake – aññassa haraṇakaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ theyyacitto āmasatīti paraṃ sīsabhārādīhi bhaṇḍaṃ ādāya gacchantaṃ disvā 『『etaṃ harissāmī』』ti vegena gantvā āmasati, ettāvatā assa dukkaṭaṃ. Phandāpetīti ākaḍḍhanavikaḍḍhanaṃ karoti, sāmiko na muñcati, tenassa thullaccayaṃ. Ṭhānā cāvetīti ākaḍḍhitvā sāmikassa hatthato moceti, tenassa pārājikaṃ. Sace pana taṃ bhaṇḍasāmiko uṭṭhahitvā pothetvā puna taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ mocāpetvā gaṇheyya, bhikkhu paṭhamaggahaṇeneva pārājiko. Sīsato vā kaṇṇato vā gīvato vā hatthato vā alaṅkāraṃ chinditvā vā mocetvā vā gaṇhantassa sīsādīhi mocitamatte pārājikaṃ. Hatthe pana valayaṃ vā kaṭakaṃ vā anīharitvā aggabāhaṃ ghaṃsantova aparāparaṃ vā sāreti, ākāsagataṃ vā karoti, rakkhati tāva. Rukkhamūlacīvaravaṃsesu valayamiva na pārājikaṃ janeti. Kasmā? Saviññāṇakattā. Saviññāṇakakoṭṭhāsagatañhi yāva tato na nīhaṭaṃ, tāva tattheva hoti. Eseva nayo aṅgulimuddikapādakaṭakakaṭūpagapiḷandhanesu.

Yo pana parassa nivatthasāṭakaṃ acchindati, paro ca salajjitāya sahasā na muñcati, ekenantena coro kaḍḍhati, ekenantena paro, rakkhati tāva. Parassa hatthato muttamatte pārājikaṃ. Athāpi taṃ kaḍḍhantassa chijjitvā ekadeso hatthagato hoti, so ca pādaṃ agghati pārājikameva. Sahabhaṇḍahārakanti 『『sabhaṇḍahārakaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ nessāmī』』ti cintetvā 『『ito yāhī』』ti bhaṇḍahārakaṃ tajjeti, so bhīto corena adhippetadisābhimukho hutvā ekaṃ pādaṃ saṅkāmeti, corassa thullaccayaṃ; dutiye pārājikaṃ. Pātāpetīti athāpi coro bhaṇḍahārakassa hatthe āvudhaṃ disvā sāsaṅko hutvā pātāpetvā gahetukāmo ekamantaṃ paṭikkamma santajjetvā pātāpeti, parassa hatthato muttamatte pārājikaṃ.

Pātāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassātiādi pana parikappavasena vuttaṃ. Yo hi bhaṇḍaṃ pātāpetvā 『『yaṃ mama ruccati, taṃ gahessāmī』』ti parikappetvā pātāpeti, tassa pātāpane ca āmasane ca dukkaṭaṃ, phandāpane thullaccayaṃ. Pādagghanakassa ṭhānā cāvane pārājikaṃ. Taṃ pacchā paṭipātiyamānassa muñcatopi natthiyeva samaṇabhāvo. Yopi bhaṇḍahārakaṃ atikkamantaṃ disvā anubandhanto 『『tiṭṭha, tiṭṭha, bhaṇḍaṃ pātehī』』ti vatvā pātāpeti, tassāpi tena hatthato muttamatte pārājikaṃ.

1. Haraṇake – aññassa haraṇakaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ theyyacitto āmasatīti paraṃ sīsabhārādīhi bhaṇḍaṃ ādāya gacchantaṃ disvā 『『etaṃ harissāmī』』ti vegena gantvā āmasati, ettāvatā assa dukkaṭaṃ. 在偷盜的情況下，若是以偷盜之心去佔有他人的物品，見到他人用頭、肩等部位搬運物品時，迅速前去搶奪，這種行為已經構成了不善。Phandāpetīti ākaḍḍhanavikaḍḍhanaṃ karoti, sāmiko na muñcati, tenassa thullaccayaṃ. 若是使對方失去平衡，進行拉扯和推搡，而持有者不放手，那就構成了嚴重的過失。 Ṭhānā cāvetīti ākaḍḍhitvā sāmikassa hatthato moceti, tenassa pārājikaṃ. 若是將其拉扯后，放開持有者的手，這就構成了墮落。Sace pana taṃ bhaṇḍasāmiko uṭṭhahitvā pothetvā puna taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ mocāpetvā gaṇheyya, bhikkhu paṭhamaggahaṇeneva pārājiko. 如果持有者站起身來，推開物品並再次讓物品被搶走，僧侶僅憑第一次的搶奪就會墮落。Sīsato vā kaṇṇato vā gīvato vā hatthato vā alaṅkāraṃ chinditvā vā mocetvā vā gaṇhantassa sīsādīhi mocitamatte pārājikaṃ. 若是從頭、耳、頸、手上割斷或放開裝飾物，便足以使其墮落。Hatthe pana valayaṃ vā kaṭakaṃ vā anīharitvā aggabāhaṃ ghaṃsantova aparāparaṃ vā sāreti, ākāsagataṃ vā karoti, rakkhati tāva. 若是手中沒有戒指或手鐲，仍然抓住主要部分並不斷地拉扯，或者使其飛向空中，仍然算是保護狀態。Rukkhamūlacīvaravaṃsesu valayamiva na pārājikaṃ janeti. 在樹根、袈裟等地方，像戒指一樣的物品並不構成墮落。Kasmā? 為什麼？Saviññāṇakattā. 因為具有智慧的緣故。Saviññāṇakakoṭṭhāsagatañhi yāva tato na nīhaṭaṃ, tāva tattheva hoti. 只要未被拉扯到具有智慧的地方，它就仍然在那裡。Eseva nayo aṅgulimuddikapādakaṭakakaṭūpagapiḷandhanesu. 這個原則同樣適用於手指、腳趾、腳踝等地方。 Yo pana parassa nivatthasāṭakaṃ acchindati, paro ca salajjitāya sahasā na muñcati, ekenantena coro kaḍḍhati, ekenantena paro, rakkhati tāva. 如果有人割斷他人的衣物，而對方因羞愧而不放手，一個人一邊拉扯，另一邊則保護著，這種情況仍然算是保護狀態。Parassa hatthato muttamatte pārājikaṃ. 若是從他人的手中放開，便構成墮落。Athāpi taṃ kaḍḍhantassa chijjitvā ekadeso hatthagato hoti, so ca pādaṃ agghati pārājikameva. 如果在拉扯時割斷部分手臂，那也構成墮落。Sahabhaṇḍahārakanti 『『sabhaṇḍahārakaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ nessāmī』』ti cintetvā 『『ito yāhī』』ti bhaṇḍahārakaṃ tajjeti, so bhīto corena adhippetadisābhimukho hutvā ekaṃ pādaṃ saṅkāmeti, corassa thullaccayaṃ; dutiye pārājikaṃ. 作為共同持有者，若意識到「我不會拿走這個物品」，而說「走吧」，則放棄了持有物，因而因害怕小偷而朝向其方向傾斜，便構成了嚴重的過失；第二次墮落。Pātāpetīti athāpi coro bhaṇḍahārakassa hatthe āvudhaṃ disvā sāsaṅko hutvā pātāpetvā gahetukāmo ekamantaṃ paṭikkamma santajjetvā pātāpeti, parassa hatthato muttamatte pārājikaṃ. 若是小偷看到持有者手中有物品，因而感到恐懼，想要讓物品掉落並試圖抓住，便會向一側退去，導致他人手中放開，構成墮落。 Pātāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassātiādi pana parikappavasena vuttaṃ. 讓物品掉落，這種情況被描述為不善。Yo hi bhaṇḍaṃ pātāpetvā 『『yaṃ mama ruccati, taṃ gahessāmī』』ti parikappetvā pātāpeti, tassa pātāpane ca āmasane ca dukkaṭaṃ, phandāpane thullaccayaṃ. 如果他在讓物品掉落後，考慮「我想要的東西我會拿走」，那麼在讓物品掉落和佔有時都構成不善，推搡則構成嚴重的過失。Pādagghanakassa ṭhānā cāvane pārājikaṃ. 這對於腳踢的情況也構成墮落。Taṃ pacchā paṭipātiyamānassa muñcatopi natthiyeva samaṇabhāvo. 在這種情況下，即使在事後放開也不算是出家人的行為。Yopi bhaṇḍahārakaṃ atikkamantaṃ disvā anubandhanto 『『tiṭṭha, tiṭṭha, bhaṇḍaṃ pātehī』』ti vatvā pātāpeti, tassāpi tena hatthato muttamatte pārājikaṃ. 如果有人看到持有者越過物品，便跟隨並說「停下，停下，讓物品掉落」，那麼他也因放開而構成墮落。

Yo pana 『『tiṭṭha tiṭṭhā』』ti vadati, 『『pātehī』』ti na vadati; itaro ca taṃ oloketvā 『『sace esa maṃ pāpuṇeyya, ghāteyyāpi ma』』 nti sālayova hutvā taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ gahanaṭṭhāne pakkhipitvā 『『puna nivattitvā gahessāmī』』ti pakkamati, pātanapaccayā pārājikaṃ natthi. Āgantvā pana theyyacittena gaṇhato uddhāre pārājikaṃ. Atha panassa evaṃ hoti – 『『mayā pātāpenteneva idaṃ mama santakaṃ kata』』nti tato naṃ sakasaññāya gaṇhāti; gahaṇe rakkhati, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ pana hoti. 『『Dehī』』ti vutte adentassa sāmikānaṃ dhuranikkhepe pārājikaṃ. 『『So imaṃ chaḍḍetvā gato, anajjhāvutthakaṃ dāni ida』』nti paṃsukūlasaññāya gaṇhatopi eseva nayo. Atha pana sāmiko 『『tiṭṭha tiṭṭhā』』ti vuttamatteneva olokento taṃ disvā 『『na dāni idaṃ mayha』』nti dhuranikkhepaṃ katvā nirālayo chaḍḍetvā palāyati, taṃ theyyacittena gaṇhato uddhāre dukkaṭaṃ. Āharāpente dātabbaṃ, adentassa pārājikaṃ. Kasmā? Tassa payogena chaḍḍitattāti mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Aññesu pana vicāraṇā eva natthi. Purimanayeneva sakasaññāya vā paṃsukūlasaññāya vā gaṇhantepi ayameva vinicchayoti.

Haraṇakakathā niṭṭhitā.

Upanidhikathā

Yo pana 『『tiṭṭha tiṭṭhā』』ti vadati, 『『pātehī』』ti na vadati; itaro ca taṃ oloketvā 『『sace esa maṃ pāpuṇeyya, ghāteyyāpi ma』』 nti sālayova hutvā taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ gahanaṭṭhāne pakkhipitvā 『『puna nivattitvā gahessāmī』』ti pakkamati, pātanapaccayā pārājikaṃ natthi. 如果有人說「停下，停下」，而不說「讓物品掉落」；而另一方看到后，心中想「如果他抓住我，我甚至會被殺」，便像一隻鶴一樣將物品放入藏匿處，隨後說「我會再轉身來拿」，那麼因掉落而沒有墮落。Āgantvā pana theyyacittena gaṇhato uddhāre pārājikaṃ. 然而如果他回來時以偷盜之心去拿，那就構成墮落。Atha panassa evaṃ hoti – 『『mayā pātāpenteneva idaṃ mama santakaṃ kata』』nti tato naṃ sakasaññāya gaṇhāti; gahaṇe rakkhati, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ pana hoti. 如果他心中想「我讓物品掉落，這就是我的」，那他就會以自己的意識去佔有；在抓取時仍然算是持有物。『『Dehī』』ti vutte adentassa sāmikānaṃ dhuranikkhepe pārājikaṃ. 如果對方說「給我」，而持有者不放手，則構成墮落。『『So imaṃ chaḍḍetvā gato, anajjhāvutthakaṃ dāni ida』』nti paṃsukūlasaññāya gaṇhatopi eseva nayo. 如果對方認為「他已放棄這個，現在這是我」，那麼同樣的道理也適用。Atha pana sāmiko 『『tiṭṭha tiṭṭhā』』ti vuttamatteneva olokento taṃ disvā 『『na dāni idaṃ mayha』』nti dhuranikkhepaṃ katvā nirālayo chaḍḍetvā palāyati, taṃ theyyacittena gaṇhato uddhāre dukkaṭaṃ. 然而如果持有者僅因「停下，停下」的話而檢視，看到后說「這現在不是我的」，便因放棄而逃離，若此時以偷盜之心去拿，則構成不善。Āharāpente dātabbaṃ, adentassa pārājikaṃ. 在取物時應給予，而不放手則構成墮落。Kasmā? 為什麼？Tassa payogena chaḍḍitattāti mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. 因為在此情況下被認為放棄的緣故，如大註釋所述。Aññesu pana vicāraṇā eva natthi. 其他情況則沒有考量。Purimanayeneva sakasaññāya vā paṃsukūlasaññāya vā gaṇhantepi ayameva vinicchayoti. 根據先前的原則，無論是以自我意識還是以放棄的意識去佔有，都是同樣的判斷。 Haraṇakakathā niṭṭhitā. 偷盜的註釋結束。 Upanidhikathā 依附的註釋

1. Upanidhimhi – nāhaṃ gaṇhāmīti sampajānamusāvādepi adinnādānassa payogattā dukkaṭaṃ. 『『Kiṃ tumhe bhaṇatha? Nevidaṃ mayhaṃ anurūpaṃ, na tumhāka』』ntiādīni vadantassāpi dukkaṭameva. 『『Raho mayā etassa hatthe ṭhapitaṃ, na añño koci jānāti, 『dassati nu kho me no』』』ti sāmiko vimatiṃ uppādeti, bhikkhussa thullaccayaṃ. Tassa pharusādibhāvaṃ disvā sāmiko 『『na mayhaṃ dassatī』』ti dhuraṃ nikkhipati, tatra sacāyaṃ bhikkhu 『『kilametvā naṃ dassāmī』』ti dāne saussāho, rakkhati tāva. Sacepi so dāne nirussāho, bhaṇḍassāmiko pana gahaṇe saussāho , rakkhateva. Yadi pana so dāne nirussāho bhaṇḍasāmikopi 『『na mayhaṃ dassatī』』ti dhuraṃ nikkhipati, evaṃ ubhinnaṃ dhuranikkhepena bhikkhuno pārājikaṃ . Yadipi mukhena 『『dassāmī』』ti vadati, cittena pana adātukāmo, evampi sāmikassa dhuranikkhepe pārājikaṃ. Taṃ pana upanidhi nāma saṅgopanatthāya attano hatthe parehi ṭhapitabhaṇḍaṃ, aguttadesato ṭhānā cāvetvā guttaṭṭhāne ṭhapanatthāya harato anāpatti. Theyyacittenapi ṭhānā cāventassa avahāro natthi. Kasmā? Attano hatthe nikkhittattā, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ pana hoti. Theyyacittena paribhuñjatopi eseva nayo. Tāvakālikaggahaṇepi tatheva. Dhammaṃ carantotiādi vuttanayameva. Ayaṃ tāva pāḷivaṇṇanā.

Pāḷimuttakavinicchayo panettha pattacatukkādivasena evaṃ vutto – eko kira bhikkhu parassa mahagghe patte lobhaṃ uppādetvā taṃ haritukāmo ṭhapitaṭṭhānamassa suṭṭhu sallakkhetvā attanopi pattaṃ tasseva santike ṭhapesi. So paccūsasamaye āgantvā dhammaṃ vācāpetvā niddāyamānaṃ mahātheramāha – 『『vandāmi, bhante』』ti. 『『Ko eso』』ti? 『『Ahaṃ, bhante, āgantukabhikkhu, kālassevamhi gantukāmo, asukasmiñca me ṭhāne īdisena nāma aṃsabaddhakena īdisāya pattatthavikāya patto ṭhapito. Sādhāhaṃ, bhante, taṃ labheyya』』nti thero pavisitvā taṃ gaṇhi. Uddhāreyeva corassa pārājikaṃ. Sace āgantvā 『『kosi tvaṃ avelāya āgato』』ti vutto bhīto palāyati, pārājikaṃ patvāva palāyati. Therassa pana suddhacittattā anāpatti. Thero 『『taṃ gaṇhissāmī』』ti aññaṃ gaṇhi, eseva nayo. Ayaṃ pana aññaṃ tādisameva gaṇhante yujjati, manussaviggahe āṇattasadisavatthusmiṃ viya. Kurundiyaṃ pana 『『padavārena kāretabbo』』ti vuttaṃ, taṃ atādisameva gaṇhante yujjati.

Taṃ maññamāno attano pattaṃ gaṇhitvā adāsi, corassa sāmikena dinnattā pārājikaṃ natthi, asuddhacittena pana gahitattā dukkaṭaṃ. Taṃ maññamāno corasseva pattaṃ gaṇhitvā adāsi, idhāpi corassa attano santakattā pārājikaṃ natthi, asuddhacittena pana gahitattā dukkaṭameva. Sabbattha therassa anāpatti.

1. Upanidhimhi – nāhaṃ gaṇhāmīti sampajānamusāvādepi adinnādānassa payogattā dukkaṭaṃ. 在依附的情況下，如果說「我不佔有」，即使是以明智的方式，這種行為也構成不善。「你們說什麼？這對我沒有關係，也不關你們的事」等等，若這樣說的人也構成不善。『『Raho mayā etassa hatthe ṭhapitaṃ, na añño koci jānāti, 『dassati nu kho me no』』』ti sāmiko vimatiṃ uppādeti, bhikkhussa thullaccayaṃ。 如果持有者心中想「這是我放在他手中的，沒有其他人知道，『他會看到我嗎？』」，則會引起懷疑，這對僧侶構成嚴重的過失。Tassa pharusādibhāvaṃ disvā sāmiko 『『na mayhaṃ dassatī』』ti dhuraṃ nikkhipati, tatra sacāyaṃ bhikkhu 『『kilametvā naṃ dassāmī』』ti dāne saussāho, rakkhati tāva. 見到他粗暴的態度，持有者會說「這不會被我看到」，若僧侶心中想「我會以某種方式讓他看到」，則仍然保持保護狀態。Sacepi so dāne nirussāho, bhaṇḍassāmiko pana gahaṇe saussāho, rakkhateva. 即使他在給予方面沒有熱情，而物品的持有者在抓取時有熱情，仍然保持保護狀態。Yadi pana so dāne nirussāho bhaṇḍasāmikopi 『『na mayhaṃ dassatī』』ti dhuraṃ nikkhipati, evaṃ ubhinnaṃ dhuranikkhepena bhikkhuno pārājikaṃ。 如果他在給予方面沒有熱情，而物品的持有者也說「這不會被我看到」，那麼因雙方放棄而導致僧侶墮落。Yadipi mukhena 『『dassāmī』』ti vadati, cittena pana adātukāmo, evampi sāmikassa dhuranikkhepe pārājikaṃ。 即使他口頭上說「我會讓他看到」，但內心卻想不給予，這樣也會在持有者放棄時導致墮落。Taṃ pana upanidhi nāma saṅgopanatthāya attano hatthe parehi ṭhapitabhaṇḍaṃ, aguttadesato ṭhānā cāvetvā guttaṭṭhāne ṭhapanatthāya harato anāpatti。 這個依附是指爲了保護自己而將物品放在他人手中，若從無保護的地方移至保護的地方，則不構成過失。Theyacicittenapi ṭhānā cāventassa avahāro natthi。即使是以偷盜之心佔有，若移至保護的地方也不構成不善。Kasmā? 為什麼？Attano hatthe nikkhittattā, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ pana hoti。因為在自己的手中放置，仍然算作持有物。Theyacicittena paribhuñjatopi eseva nayo。以偷盜之心使用的情況也是如此。Tāvakālikaggahaṇepi tatheva。暫時抓取的情況也是如此。Dhammaṃ carantotiādi vuttanayameva。遵循法則的情況也是如此。Ayaṃ tāva pāḷivaṇṇanā。 這就是巴利文的解釋。 Pāḷimuttakavinicchayo panettha pattacatukkādivasena evaṃ vutto – eko kira bhikkhu parassa mahagghe patte lobhaṃ uppādetvā taṃ haritukāmo ṭhapitaṭṭhānamassa suṭṭhu sallakkhetvā attanopi pattaṃ tasseva santike ṭhapesi。 在這裡，巴利文的判別是以「盛裝」等為例，曾有一位僧侶因貪圖他人珍貴的器皿而想要偷走，仔細觀察他放置的地方，便將自己的器皿放在了那個地方。So paccūsasamaye āgantvā dhammaṃ vācāpetvā niddāyamānaṃ mahātheramāha – 『『vandāmi, bhante』』ti。 他在清晨來到，呼喚正在沉睡的長老說：「我向您致敬，尊敬的長老。」 『『Ko eso』』ti? 『『Ahaṃ, bhante, āgantukabhikkhu, kālassevamhi gantukāmo, asukasmiñca me ṭhāne īdisena nāma aṃsabaddhakena īdisāya pattatthavikāya patto ṭhapito。長老問：「你是誰？」他回答：「我是來訪的僧侶，現在想去某個地方，那裡放著類似的器皿。」 Sādhāhaṃ, bhante, taṃ labheyya』』nti thero pavisitvā taṃ gaṇhi。長老說：「我應該能夠得到那個。」於是長老進入並抓住了它。Uddhāreyeva corassa pārājikaṃ。 若是被搶走，便構成墮落。Sace āgantvā 『『kosi tvaṃ avelāya āgato』』ti vutto bhīto palāyati, pārājikaṃ patvāva palāyati。 如果他回來后被問「你是誰，為什麼在這個時候來」，感到害怕而逃跑，也會因此墮落。Therassa pana suddhacittattā anāpatti。 然而因長老的清凈心而不構成過失。Thero 『『taṃ gaṇhissāmī』』ti aññaṃ gaṇhi, eseva nayo。長老說：「我會抓住那個」，於是抓住了另一個，原則也是一樣。Ayaṃ pana aññaṃ tādisameva gaṇhante yujjati, manussaviggahe āṇattasadisavatthusmiṃ viya。 這對於抓住其他類似的情況也是適用，就像在被人抓住的情況下。Kurundiyaṃ pana 『『padavārena kāretabbo』』ti vuttaṃ, taṃ atādisameva gaṇhante yujjati。 在庫倫地（Kurundi）中有說「應按順序進行」，在這種情況下也是適用。 Taṃ maññamāno attano pattaṃ gaṇhitvā adāsi, corassa sāmikena dinnattā pārājikaṃ natthi, asuddhacittena pana gahitattā dukkaṭaṃ。 他認為自己抓住了自己的器皿而給予了，因小偷的持有而不構成墮落，但因心不清凈而構成不善。Taṃ maññamāno corasseva pattaṃ gaṇhitvā adāsi, idhāpi corassa attano santakattā pārājikaṃ natthi, asuddhacittena pana gahitattā dukkaṭameva。 他認為自己抓住了小偷的器皿而給予，在這裡也因小偷的持有而不構成墮落，但因心不清凈而構成不善。Sabbattha therassa anāpatti。 在所有情況下，長老都不構成過失。

Aparo 『『pattaṃ coressāmī』』ti tatheva niddāyamānaṃ theraṃ vandi. 『『Ko aya』』nti ca vutte 『ahaṃ, bhante, gilānabhikkhu, ekaṃ tāva me pattaṃ detha, gāmadvāraṃ gantvā bhesajjaṃ āharissāmī』』ti. Thero 『『idha gilāno natthi, coro ayaṃ bhavissatī』』ti sallakkhetvā 『『imaṃ haratū』』ti attano veribhikkhussa pattaṃ nīharitvā adāsi, dvinnampi uddhāreyeva pārājikaṃ. 『『Veribhikkhussa patto』』ti saññāya aññassa pattaṃ uddharantepi eseva nayo. Sace pana 『『verissāya』』nti saññāya corasseva pattaṃ uddharitvā deti, vuttanayeneva therassa pārājikaṃ, corassa dukkaṭaṃ. Atha 『『verissāya』』nti maññamāno attano pattaṃ deti, vuttanayeneva ubhinnampi dukkaṭaṃ.

Eko mahāthero upaṭṭhākaṃ daharabhikkhuṃ 『『pattacīvaraṃ gaṇha, asukaṃ nāma gāmaṃ gantvā piṇḍāya carissāmā』』ti āha. Daharo gahetvā therassa pacchato pacchato gacchanto theyyacittaṃ uppādetvā sace sīse bhāraṃ khandhe karoti, pārājikaṃ natthi. Kasmā? Āṇattiyā gahitattā. Sace pana maggato okkamma aṭaviṃ pavisati, padavārena kāretabbo. Atha nivattitvā vihārābhimukho palāyitvā vihāraṃ pavisitvā gacchati, upacārātikkame pārājikaṃ. Athāpi mahātherassa nivāsanaparivattanaṭṭhānato gāmābhimukho palāyati, gāmūpacārātikkame pārājikaṃ. Yadi pana ubhopi piṇḍāya caritvā bhuñjitvā vā gahetvā vā nikkhamanti, thero ca punapi taṃ vadati – 『『pattacīvaraṃ gaṇha, vihāraṃ gamissāmā』』ti. Tatra ce so purimanayeneva theyyacittena sīse bhāraṃ khandhe karoti, rakkhati tāva. Aṭaviṃ pavisati, padavārena kāretabbo. Nivattitvā gāmābhimukho eva palāyati, gāmūpacārātikkame pārājikaṃ. Purato vihārābhimukho palāyitvā vihāre aṭṭhatvā anisīditvā avūpasanteneva theyyacittena gacchati, upacārātikkame pārājikaṃ. Yo pana anāṇatto gaṇhāti, tassa sīse bhāraṃ khandhe karaṇādīsupi pārājikaṃ. Sesaṃ purimasadisameva.

Yo pana 『『asukaṃ nāma vihāraṃ gantvā cīvaraṃ dhovitvā rajitvā vā ehī』』ti vutto 『『sādhū』』ti gahetvā gacchati, tassapi antarāmagge theyyacittaṃ uppādetvā sīse bhāraṃ khandhe karaṇādīsu pārājikaṃ natthi. Maggā okkamane padavārena kāretabbo. Taṃ vihāraṃ gantvā tattheva vasanto theyyacittena paribhuñjanto jīrāpeti, corā vā tassa taṃ haranti, avahāro natthi, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ pana hoti. Tato nikkhamitvā āgacchatopi eseva nayo.

Yo pana anāṇatto therena nimitte vā kate sayameva vā kiliṭṭhaṃ sallakkhetvā 『『detha, bhante, cīvaraṃ; asukaṃ nāma gāmaṃ gantvā rajitvā āharissāmī』』ti gahetvā gacchati; tassa antarāmagge theyyacittaṃ uppādetvā sīse bhāraṃ khandhe karaṇādīsu pārājikaṃ. Kasmā? Anāṇattiyā gahitattā. Maggā okkamatopi paṭinivattitvā tameva vihāraṃ āgantvā vihārasīmaṃ atikkamatopi vuttanayeneva pārājikaṃ. Tattha gantvā rajitvā paccāgacchatopi theyyacitte uppanne eseva nayo. Sace pana yattha gato, tattha vā antarāmagge vihāre vā tameva vihāraṃ paccāgantvā tassa ekapasse vā upacārasīmaṃ anatikkamitvā vasanto theyyacittena paribhuñjanto jīrāpeti, corā vā tassa taṃ haranti, yathā vā tathā vā nassati, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Upacārasīmaṃ atikkamato pana pārājikaṃ.

Aparo ''pattaṃ coressāmī''ti tatheva niddāyamānaṃ theraṃ vandi. 另一個人想"我要偷盆"，便向正在睡覺的長老致敬。''Ko aya''nti ca vutte 'ahaṃ, bhante, gilānabhikkhu, ekaṃ tāva me pattaṃ detha, gāmadvāraṃ gantvā bhesajjaṃ āharissāmī''ti. 當被問"這是誰"時，他回答說："尊敬的長老，我是一位生病的比丘，請先給我一個缽，我要去村口取藥。"Thero ''idha gilāno natthi, coro ayaṃ bhavissatī''ti sallakkhetvā ''imaṃ haratū''ti attano veribhikkhussa pattaṃ nīharitvā adāsi, dvinnampi uddhāreyeva pārājikaṃ. 長老想"這裡沒有病人，這一定是小偷"，便說"拿走這個吧"，拿出他敵對比丘的缽給了他，兩人都在取走時墮落。''Veribhikkhussa patto''ti saññāya aññassa pattaṃ uddharantepi eseva nayo. 以為是"敵對比丘的缽"而取走他人的缽也是同樣的道理。Sace pana ''verissāya''nti saññāya corasseva pattaṃ uddharitvā deti, vuttanayeneva therassa pārājikaṃ, corassa dukkaṭaṃ. 如果以為是"敵人的"而給了小偷的缽，如前所述長老墮落，小偷犯輕罪。Atha ''verissāya''ti maññamāno attano pattaṃ deti, vuttanayeneva ubhinnampi dukkaṭaṃ. 如果以為是"敵人的"而給了自己的缽，如前所述兩人都犯輕罪。 Eko mahāthero upaṭṭhākaṃ daharabhikkhuṃ ''pattacīvaraṃ gaṇha, asukaṃ nāma gāmaṃ gantvā piṇḍāya carissāmā''ti āha. 一位大長老對侍奉的年輕比丘說："拿著缽和衣服，我們要去某村乞食。"Daharo gahetvā therassa pacchato pacchato gacchanto theyyacittaṃ uppādetvā sace sīse bhāraṃ khandhe karoti, pārājikaṃ natthi. 年輕比丘拿著東西跟在長老後面，產生偷盜之心，如果將東西頂在頭上或扛在肩上，不構成墮落。Kasmā? 為什麼？Āṇattiyā gahitattā. 因為是根據指示拿取的。Sace pana maggato okkamma aṭaviṃ pavisati, padavārena kāretabbo. 但如果離開道路進入森林，應按步數判罪。Atha nivattitvā vihārābhimukho palāyitvā vihāraṃ pavisitvā gacchati, upacārātikkame pārājikaṃ. 如果轉身逃向寺院並進入，越過界限就墮落。Athāpi mahātherassa nivāsanaparivattanaṭṭhānato gāmābhimukho palāyati, gāmūpacārātikkame pārājikaṃ. 如果從大長老換衣服的地方逃向村莊，越過村莊界限就墮落。Yadi pana ubhopi piṇḍāya caritvā bhuñjitvā vā gahetvā vā nikkhamanti, thero ca punapi taṃ vadati – ''pattacīvaraṃ gaṇha, vihāraṃ gamissāmā''ti. 如果兩人都乞食后吃了或拿了離開，長老再次說："拿著缽和衣服，我們要回寺院。"Tatra ce so purimanayeneva theyyacittena sīse bhāraṃ khandhe karoti, rakkhati tāva. 如果他還是以偷盜之心將東西頂在頭上或扛在肩上，暫時還是保護狀態。Aṭaviṃ pavisati, padavārena kāretabbo. 進入森林，應按步數判罪。Nivattitvā gāmābhimukho eva palāyati, gāmūpacārātikkame pārājikaṃ. 轉身逃向村莊，越過村莊界限就墮落。Purato vihārābhimukho palāyitvā vihāre aṭṭhatvā anisīditvā avūpasanteneva theyyacittena gacchati, upacārātikkame pārājikaṃ. 向前逃向寺院，不停留不坐下，懷著偷盜之心離開，越過界限就墮落。Yo pana anāṇatto gaṇhāti, tassa sīse bhāraṃ khandhe karaṇādīsupi pārājikaṃ. 如果未經指示就拿取，無論是頂在頭上還是扛在肩上都構成墮落。Sesaṃ purimasadisameva. 其餘情況與前面相同。 Yo pana ''asukaṃ nāma vihāraṃ gantvā cīvaraṃ dhovitvā rajitvā vā ehī''ti vutto ''sādhū''ti gahetvā gacchati, tassapi antarāmagge theyyacittaṃ uppādetvā sīse bhāraṃ khandhe karaṇādīsu pārājikaṃ natthi. 如果有人被告知"去某寺院洗衣服或染衣服后回來"，說"好的"后拿著離開，即使中途產生偷盜之心將東西頂在頭上或扛在肩上也不構成墮落。Maggā okkamane padavārena kāretabbo. 離開道路應按步數判罪。Taṃ vihāraṃ gantvā tattheva vasanto theyyacittena paribhuñjanto jīrāpeti, corā vā tassa taṃ haranti, avahāro natthi, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ pana hoti. 到達那個寺院后住在那裡，以偷盜之心使用直到損壞，或者被盜賊偷走，不構成偷盜，但要賠償物品。Tato nikkhamitvā āgacchatopi eseva nayo. 從那裡離開回來也是同樣的道理。 Yo pana anāṇatto therena nimitte vā kate sayameva vā kiliṭṭhaṃ sallakkhetvā ''detha, bhante, cīvaraṃ; asukaṃ nāma gāmaṃ gantvā rajitvā āharissāmī''ti gahetvā gacchati; tassa antarāmagge theyyacittaṃ uppādetvā sīse bhāraṃ khandhe karaṇādīsu pārājikaṃ. 如果有人未經指示，長老做了暗示或自己注意到衣服髒了，說"尊者，請給我衣服；我要去某村染后帶回來"后拿著離開；他在路上產生偷盜之心將東西頂在頭上或扛在肩上就構成墮落。Kasmā? 為什麼？Anāṇattiyā gahitattā. 因為是未經指示拿取的。Maggā okkamatopi paṭinivattitvā tameva vihāraṃ āgantvā vihārasīmaṃ atikkamatopi vuttanayeneva pārājikaṃ. 離開道路或返回那個寺院並越過寺院界限也同樣構成墮落。Tattha gantvā rajitvā paccāgacchatopi theyyacitte uppanne eseva nayo. 去那裡染衣后回來，產生偷盜之心也是同樣的道理。Sace pana yattha gato, tattha vā antarāmagge vihāre vā tameva vihāraṃ paccāgantvā tassa ekapasse vā upacārasīmaṃ anatikkamitvā vasanto theyyacittena paribhuñjanto jīrāpeti, corā vā tassa taṃ haranti, yathā vā tathā vā nassati, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. 如果他去的地方，或中途的寺院，或回到原來的寺院，在一側不越過界限居住，以偷盜之心使用直到損壞，或被盜賊偷走，或以任何方式丟失，都要賠償物品。Upacārasīmaṃ atikkamato pana pārājikaṃ. 但越過界限就構成墮落。

Yo pana therena nimitte kayiramāne 『『detha, bhante, ahaṃ rajitvā āharissāmī』』ti vatvā 『『kattha gantvā, bhante, rajāmī』』ti pucchati. Thero ca naṃ 『『yattha icchasi, tattha gantvā rajāhī』』ti vadati, ayaṃ 『『vissaṭṭhadūto』』 nāma. Theyyacittena palāyantopi na avahārena kāretabbo. Theyyacittena pana palāyatopi paribhogena vā aññathā vā nāsayatopi bhaṇḍadeyyameva hoti. Bhikkhu bhikkhussa hatthe kiñci parikkhāraṃ pahiṇati – 『『asukavihāre asukabhikkhussa dehī』』ti, tassa theyyacitte uppanne sabbaṭṭhānesu 『『asukaṃ nāma vihāraṃ gantvā cīvaraṃ dhovitvā rajitvā vā ehī』』ti ettha vuttasadiso vinicchayo.

Aparo bhikkhuṃ pahiṇitukāmo nimittaṃ karoti – 『『ko nu kho gahetvā gamissatī』』ti, tatra ce eko – 『『detha, bhante, ahaṃ gahetvā gamissāmī』』ti gahetvā gacchati, tassa theyyacitte uppanne sabbaṭṭhānesu 『『detha, bhante, cīvaraṃ, asukaṃ nāma gāmaṃ gantvā rajitvā āharissāmī』』ti ettha vuttasadiso vinicchayo. Therena cīvaratthāya vatthaṃ labhitvā upaṭṭhākakule ṭhapitaṃ hoti. Athassa antevāsiko vatthaṃ haritukāmo tatra gantvā 『『taṃ kira vatthaṃ dethā』』ti therena pesito viya vadati; tassa vacanaṃ saddahitvā upāsakena ṭhapitaṃ upāsikā vā, upāsikāya ṭhapitaṃ upāsako vā añño vā, koci nīharitvā deti, uddhāreyevassa pārājikaṃ. Sace pana therassa upaṭṭhākehi 『『imaṃ therassa dassāmā』』ti attano vatthaṃ ṭhapitaṃ hoti. Athassa antevāsiko taṃ haritukāmo tattha gantvā 『『therassa kira vatthaṃ dātukāmattha, taṃ dethā』』ti vadati. Te cassa saddahitvā 『『mayaṃ, bhante, bhojetvā dassāmāti ṭhapayimha, handa gaṇhāhī』』ti denti. Sāmikehi dinnattā pārājikaṃ natthi, asuddhacittena pana gahitattā dukkaṭaṃ, bhaṇḍadeyyañca hoti.

Yo pana therena nimitte kayiramāne 『『detha, bhante, ahaṃ rajitvā āharissāmī』』ti vatvā 『『kattha gantvā, bhante, rajāmī』』ti pucchati. 如果有人因長老的暗示而說「請給我，尊敬的長老，我要去染色后帶回來」，並問「尊敬的長老，我要去哪裡染色？」 Thero ca naṃ 『『yattha icchasi, tattha gantvā rajāhī』』ti vadati, ayaṃ 『『vissaṭṭhadūto』』 nāma. 長老回答「你想去哪裡就去哪裡」，這被稱為「無所顧忌」。Theyacittena palāyantopi na avahārena kāretabbo. 即使心中有偷盜之意也不構成過失。Theyacicittena pana palāyatopi paribhogena vā aññathā vā nāsayatopi bhaṇḍadeyyameva hoti. 但如果在逃跑時心中有偷盜之意，或以其他方式損壞物品，則仍然算作持有物。Bhikkhu bhikkhussa hatthe kiñci parikkhāraṃ pahiṇati – 『『asukavihāre asukabhikkhussa dehī』』ti, tassa theyacicitte uppanne sabbaṭṭhānesu 『『asukaṃ nāma vihāraṃ gantvā cīvaraṃ dhovitvā rajitvā vā ehī』』ti ettha vuttasadiso vinicchayo. 比丘向比丘的手中遞交任何物品，若說「請給某個寺院的某個比丘」，在心中產生偷盜之意時，所有情況下都應作出「去某個寺院洗衣服或染衣服后回來」的同樣判斷。 Aparo bhikkhuṃ pahiṇitukāmo nimittaṃ karoti – 『『ko nu kho gahetvā gamissatī』』ti, tatra ce eko – 『『detha, bhante, ahaṃ gahetvā gamissāmī』』ti gahetvā gacchati, tassa theyacicitte uppanne sabbaṭṭhānesu 『『detha, bhante, cīvaraṃ, asukaṃ nāma gāmaṃ gantvā rajitvā āharissāmī』』ti ettha vuttasadiso vinicchayo. 另一個想要派遣比丘的人觀察到「誰會拿著離開」，這時有一個人說「請給我，尊敬的長老，我要拿著離開」，並離開，若在心中產生偷盜之意，則在所有情況下都應作出「請給我，尊敬的長老，衣服，我要去某個村莊染衣服后帶回來」的同樣判斷。Therena cīvaratthāya vatthaṃ labhitvā upaṭṭhākakule ṭhapitaṃ hoti. 長老爲了衣服而獲得衣物，放置在侍者的地方。Athassa antevāsiko vatthaṃ haritukāmo tatra gantvā 『『taṃ kira vatthaṃ dethā』』ti therena pesito viya vadati; 若他的隨侍想要拿走衣物，便去那裡說「那件衣服是長老的」。tassa vacanaṃ saddahitvā upāsakena ṭhapitaṃ upāsikā vā, upāsikāya ṭhapitaṃ upāsako vā añño vā, koci nīharitvā deti, uddhāreyevassa pārājikaṃ. 聽到這話，信徒放置的衣物，若是信徒放置的信徒或其他人，若有人拿走並交給他，則構成墮落。Sace pana therassa upaṭṭhakehi 『『imaṃ therassa dassāmā』』ti attano vatthaṃ ṭhapitaṃ hoti. 如果長老的侍者說「我們要把這個給長老」，則是將自己的衣物放置在那裡。Athassa antevāsiko taṃ haritukāmo tatra gantvā 『『therassa kira vatthaṃ dātukāmattha, taṃ dethā』』ti vadati. 他的隨侍想要拿走，便去那裡說「那件衣服是要給長老的，給我吧」。Te cassa saddahitvā 『『mayaṃ, bhante, bhojetvā dassāmāti ṭhapayimha, handa gaṇhāhī』』ti denti. 他們聽到后說：「尊敬的長老，我們將提供食物，給您吧，請拿去。」Sāmikehi dinnattā pārājikaṃ natthi, asuddhacittena pana gahitattā dukkaṭaṃ, bhaṇḍadeyyañca hoti. 因為是給持有者的，所以不構成墮落，但因心不清凈而構成不善，仍然算作持有物。

Bhikkhu bhikkhussa vatvā gāmaṃ gacchati, 『『itthannāmo mama vassāvāsikaṃ dassati, taṃ gahetvā ṭhapeyyāsī』』ti. 『『Sādhū』』ti so bhikkhu tena dinnaṃ mahagghasāṭakaṃ attanā laddhena appagghasāṭakena saddhiṃ ṭhapetvā tena āgatena attano mahagghasāṭakassa laddhabhāvaṃ ñatvā vā añatvā vā 『『dehi me vassāvāsika』』nti vutto 『『tava thūlasāṭako laddho, mayhaṃ pana sāṭako mahaggho, dvepi asukasmiṃ nāma okāse ṭhapitā, pavisitvā gaṇhāhī』』ti vadati. Tena pavisitvā thūlasāṭake gahite itarassa itaraṃ gaṇhato uddhāre pārājikaṃ. Athāpi tassa sāṭake attano nāmaṃ attano ca sāṭake tassa nāmaṃ likhitvā 『『gaccha nāmaṃ vācetvā gaṇhāhī』』ti vadati, tatrāpi eseva nayo. Yo pana attanā ca tena ca laddhasāṭake ekato ṭhapetvā taṃ evaṃ vadati – 『『tayā ca mayā ca laddhasāṭakā dvepi antogabbhe ṭhapitā, gaccha yaṃ icchasi, taṃ vicinitvā gaṇhāhī』』ti. So ca lajjāya āvāsikena laddhaṃ thūlasāṭakameva gaṇheyya, tatrāvāsikassa vicinitvā gahitāvasesaṃ itaraṃ gaṇhato anāpatti. Āgantuko bhikkhu āvāsikānaṃ cīvarakammaṃ karontānaṃ samīpe pattacīvaraṃ ṭhapetvā 『『ete saṅgopessantī』』ti maññamāno nhāyituṃ vā aññatra vā gacchati. Sace naṃ āvāsikā saṅgopenti, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce, naṭṭhe gīvā na hoti. Sacepi so 『『idaṃ, bhante, ṭhapethā』』ti vatvā gacchati, itare ca sakiccappasutattā na jānanti, eseva nayo. Athāpi te 『『idaṃ, bhante, ṭhapethā』』ti vuttā 『『mayaṃ byāvaṭā』』ti paṭikkhipanti, itaro ca 『『avassaṃ ṭhapessantī』』ti anādiyitvā gacchati, eseva nayo. Sace pana tena yācitā vā ayācitā vā 『『mayaṃ ṭhapessāma, tvaṃ gacchā』』ti vadanti; taṃ saṅgopitabbaṃ. No ce saṅgopenti, naṭṭhe gīvā. Kasmā? Sampaṭicchitattā.

Yo bhikkhu bhaṇḍāgāriko hutvā paccūsasamaye eva bhikkhūnaṃ pattacīvarāni heṭṭhāpāsādaṃ oropetvā dvāraṃ apidahitvā tesampi anārocetvāva dūre bhikkhācāraṃ gacchati; tāni ce corā haranti, tasseva gīvā. Yo pana bhikkhūhi 『『oropetha, bhante, pattacīvarāni; kālo salākaggahaṇassā』』ti vutto 『『samāgatatthā』』ti pucchitvā 『『āma, samāgatamhā』』ti vutte pattacīvarāni nīharitvā nikkhipitvā bhaṇḍāgāradvāraṃ bandhitvā 『『tumhe pattacīvarāni gahetvā heṭṭhāpāsādadvāraṃ paṭijaggitvā gaccheyyāthā』』ti vatvā gacchati. Tatra ceko alasajātiko bhikkhu bhikkhūsu gatesu pacchā akkhīni puñchanto uṭṭhahitvā udakaṭṭhānaṃ mukhadhovanatthaṃ gacchati, taṃ khaṇaṃ disvā corā tassa pattacīvaraṃ haranti, suhaṭaṃ. Bhaṇḍāgārikassa gīvā na hoti.

Bhikkhu bhikkhussa vatvā gāmaṃ gacchati, ''itthannāmo mama vassāvāsikaṃ dassati, taṃ gahetvā ṭhapeyyāsī''ti. 比丘對另一位比丘說後去村裡，"某某人會給我雨季住處的衣物，你拿了后請保管。"''Sādhū''ti so bhikkhu tena dinnaṃ mahagghasāṭakaṃ attanā laddhena appagghasāṭakena saddhiṃ ṭhapetvā tena āgatena attano mahagghasāṭakassa laddhabhāvaṃ ñatvā vā añatvā vā ''dehi me vassāvāsika''nti vutto ''tava thūlasāṭako laddho, mayhaṃ pana sāṭako mahaggho, dvepi asukasmiṃ nāma okāse ṭhapitā, pavisitvā gaṇhāhī''ti vadati. "好的"，那位比丘將得到的貴重衣服和自己得到的便宜衣服一起保管，當那人來后，無論知道還是不知道自己得到了貴重衣服，被要求"給我雨季住處的衣物"時，他說"你得到了厚重的衣服，而我的衣服很貴重，兩件都放在某處，你進去拿吧。"Tena pavisitvā thūlasāṭake gahite itarassa itaraṃ gaṇhato uddhāre pārājikaṃ. 當那人進去拿了厚重衣服后，另一人拿走另一件時構成墮落。Athāpi tassa sāṭake attano nāmaṃ attano ca sāṭake tassa nāmaṃ likhitvā ''gaccha nāmaṃ vācetvā gaṇhāhī''ti vadati, tatrāpi eseva nayo. 即使在那人的衣服上寫上自己的名字，在自己的衣服上寫上那人的名字，說"去讀名字然後拿"，這裡也是同樣的道理。Yo pana attanā ca tena ca laddhasāṭake ekato ṭhapetvā taṃ evaṃ vadati – ''tayā ca mayā ca laddhasāṭakā dvepi antogabbhe ṭhapitā, gaccha yaṃ icchasi, taṃ vicinitvā gaṇhāhī''ti. 如果有人將自己和他人得到的衣服放在一起，對他這樣說："你和我得到的兩件衣服都放在裡面，去挑選你想要的拿走吧。"So ca lajjāya āvāsikena laddhaṃ thūlasāṭakameva gaṇheyya, tatrāvāsikassa vicinitvā gahitāvasesaṃ itaraṃ gaṇhato anāpatti. 如果他因羞愧只拿了當地人得到的厚重衣服，那麼當地人挑選後拿走剩下的另一件不構成過失。Āgantuko bhikkhu āvāsikānaṃ cīvarakammaṃ karontānaṃ samīpe pattacīvaraṃ ṭhapetvā ''ete saṅgopessantī''ti maññamāno nhāyituṃ vā aññatra vā gacchati. 來訪的比丘將缽和衣服放在當地人做衣服的地方附近，認為"他們會保管"，便去洗澡或其他地方。Sace naṃ āvāsikā saṅgopenti, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. 如果當地人保管了，那很好。No ce, naṭṭhe gīvā na hoti. 如果沒有，丟失時不用負責。Sacepi so ''idaṃ, bhante, ṭhapethā''ti vatvā gacchati, itare ca sakiccappasutattā na jānanti, eseva nayo. 即使他說"請保管這個，尊者"后離開，而其他人因忙於自己的事情而不知道，也是同樣的道理。Athāpi te ''idaṃ, bhante, ṭhapethā''ti vuttā ''mayaṃ byāvaṭā''ti paṭikkhipanti, itaro ca ''avassaṃ ṭhapessantī''ti anādiyitvā gacchati, eseva nayo. 即使他們被告知"請保管這個，尊者"卻說"我們很忙"而拒絕，而另一人認為"他們一定會保管"而不在意就離開，也是同樣的道理。Sace pana tena yācitā vā ayācitā vā ''mayaṃ ṭhapessāma, tvaṃ gacchā''ti vadanti; taṃ saṅgopitabbaṃ. 但如果他們被要求或未被要求就說"我們會保管，你去吧"；那就應該保管。No ce saṅgopenti, naṭṭhe gīvā. 如果不保管，丟失時要負責。Kasmā? 為什麼？Sampaṭicchitattā. 因為已經同意了。 Yo bhikkhu bhaṇḍāgāriko hutvā paccūsasamaye eva bhikkhūnaṃ pattacīvarāni heṭṭhāpāsādaṃ oropetvā dvāraṃ apidahitvā tesampi anārocetvāva dūre bhikkhācāraṃ gacchati; tāni ce corā haranti, tasseva gīvā. 如果有比丘作為倉庫管理員，在清晨就將比丘們的缽和衣服拿到樓下，沒有關門也沒有通知他們就遠行去乞食；如果被盜賊偷走，他要負責。Yo pana bhikkhūhi ''oropetha, bhante, pattacīvarāni; kālo salākaggahaṇassā''ti vutto ''samāgatatthā''ti pucchitvā ''āma, samāgatamhā''ti vutte pattacīvarāni nīharitvā nikkhipitvā bhaṇḍāgāradvāraṃ bandhitvā ''tumhe pattacīvarāni gahetvā heṭṭhāpāsādadvāraṃ paṭijaggitvā gaccheyyāthā''ti vatvā gacchati. 但如果有人被比丘們告知"請拿下缽和衣服，尊者；現在是發放食物的時候"，問"你們都到齊了嗎"，被回答"是的，我們都到齊了"后，將缽和衣服拿出放好，關上倉庫門，說"你們拿了缽和衣服后請關好樓下的門再走"后離開。Tatra ceko alasajātiko bhikkhu bhikkhūsu gatesu pacchā akkhīni puñchanto uṭṭhahitvā udakaṭṭhānaṃ mukhadhovanatthaṃ gacchati, taṃ khaṇaṃ disvā corā tassa pattacīvaraṃ haranti, suhaṭaṃ. 在那裡，一個懶惰的比丘在其他比丘離開后才揉著眼睛起來，去水邊洗臉，這時盜賊看到機會偷走了他的缽和衣服，這是正當的。Bhaṇḍāgārikassa gīvā na hoti. 倉庫管理員不用負責。

Sacepi koci bhaṇḍāgārikassa anārocetvāva bhaṇḍāgāre attano parikkhāraṃ ṭhapeti, tasmimpi naṭṭhe bhaṇḍāgārikassa gīvā na hoti. Sace pana bhaṇḍāgāriko taṃ disvā 『『aṭṭhāne ṭhapita』』nti gahetvā ṭhapeti, naṭṭhe tassa gīvā. Sacepi ṭhapitabhikkhunā 『『mayā, bhante, īdiso nāma parikkhāro ṭhapito, upadhāreyyāthā』』ti vutto 『『sādhū』』ti sampaṭicchati, dunnikkhittaṃ vā maññamāno aññasmiṃ ṭhāne ṭhapeti, tasseva gīvā. 『『Nāhaṃ jānāmī』』ti paṭikkhipantassa pana natthi gīvā. Yopi tassa passantasseva ṭhapeti, bhaṇḍāgārikañca na sampaṭicchāpeti , naṭṭhaṃ sunaṭṭhameva. Sace taṃ bhaṇḍāgāriko aññatra ṭhapeti, naṭṭhe gīvā. Sace bhaṇḍāgāraṃ suguttaṃ, sabbo saṅghassa ca cetiyassa ca parikkhāro tattheva ṭhapīyati, bhaṇḍāgāriko ca bālo abyatto dvāraṃ vivaritvā dhammakathaṃ vā sotuṃ, aññaṃ vā kiñci kātuṃ katthaci gacchati, taṃ khaṇaṃ disvā yattakaṃ corā haranti, sabbaṃ tassa gīvā. Bhaṇḍāgārato nikkhamitvā bahi caṅkamantassa vā dvāraṃ vivaritvā sarīraṃ utuṃ gāhāpentassa vā tattheva samaṇadhammānuyogena nisinnassa vā tattheva nisīditvā kenaci kammena byāvaṭassa vā uccārapassāvapīḷitassāpi tato tattheva upacāre vijjamāne bahi gacchato vā aññena vā kenaci ākārena pamattassa sato dvāraṃ vivaritvā vā vivaṭameva pavisitvā vā sandhiṃ chinditvā vā yattakaṃ tassa pamādapaccayā corā haranti, sabbaṃ tasseva gīvā. Uṇhasamaye pana vātapānaṃ vivaritvā nipajjituṃ vaṭṭatīti vadanti. Uccārapīḷitassa pana tasmiṃ upacāre asati aññattha gacchantassa gilānapakkhe ṭhitattā avisayo; tasmā gīvā na hoti.

Yo pana anto uṇhapīḷito dvāraṃ suguttaṃ katvā bahi nikkhamati, corā ca naṃ gahetvā 『『dvāraṃ vivarā』』ti vadanti, yāva tatiyaṃ na vivaritabbaṃ. Yadi pana te corā 『『sace na vivarasi, tañca māressāma, dvārañca bhinditvā parikkhāraṃ harissāmā』』ti pharasuādīni ukkhipanti. 『『Mayi ca mate saṅghassa ca senāsane vinaṭṭhe guṇo natthī』』ti vivarituṃ vaṭṭati. Idhāpi avisayattā gīvā natthīti vadanti. Sace koci āgantuko kuñcikaṃ vā deti, dvāraṃ vā vivarati, yattakaṃ corā haranti, sabbaṃ tassa gīvā. Saṅghena bhaṇḍāgāraguttatthāya sūciyantakañca kuñcikamuddikā ca yojetvā dinnā hoti, bhaṇḍāgāriko ghaṭikamattaṃ datvā nipajjati, corā vivaritvā parikkhāraṃ haranti, tasseva gīvā. Sūciyantakañca kuñcikamuddikañca yojetvā nipannaṃ panetaṃ sace corā āgantvā 『『vivarā』』ti vadanti, tattha purimanayeneva paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Evaṃ guttaṃ katvā nipanne pana sace bhittiṃ vā chadanaṃ vā bhinditvā umaṅgena vā pavisitvā haranti, na tassa gīvā. Sace bhaṇḍāgāre aññepi therā vasanti, vivaṭe dvāre attano attano parikkhāraṃ gahetvā gacchanti, bhaṇḍāgāriko tesu gatesu dvāraṃ na jaggati, sace tattha kiñci avaharīyati, bhaṇḍāgārikassa issaratāya bhaṇḍāgārikasseva gīvā. Therehi pana sahāyehi bhavitabbaṃ. Ayaṃ tattha sāmīci.

Sacepi koci bhaṇḍāgārikassa anārocetvāva bhaṇḍāgāre attano parikkhāraṃ ṭhapeti, tasmimpi naṭṭhe bhaṇḍāgārikassa gīvā na hoti. 如果有人在沒有通知倉庫管理員的情況下，將自己的物品放在倉庫里，那麼在這種情況下，倉庫管理員不需要負責。Sace pana bhaṇḍāgāriko taṃ disvā 『『aṭṭhāne ṭhapita』』nti gahetvā ṭhapeti, naṭṭhe tassa gīvā. 如果倉庫管理員看到后認為「放在這裡」，那麼他也不需要負責。Sacepi ṭhapitabhikkhunā 『『mayā, bhante, īdiso nāma parikkhāro ṭhapito, upadhāreyyāthā』』ti vutto 『『sādhū』』ti sampaṭicchati, dunnikkhittaṃ vā maññamāno aññasmiṃ ṭhāne ṭhapeti, tasseva gīvā. 如果被放置的比丘說「我放了這樣的物品，您應該保管」，並得到「好的」的迴應，如果他認為難以取出而放在其他地方，那麼仍然是他的責任。『『Nāhaṃ jānāmī』』ti paṭikkhipantassa pana natthi gīvā. 如果他拒絕說「我不知道」，那麼就不需要負責。Yopi tassa passantasseva ṭhapeti, bhaṇḍāgārikañca na sampaṭicchāpeti, naṭṭhaṃ sunaṭṭhameva. 如果有人只是在看著他放置物品，而不讓倉庫管理員接受，那麼在這種情況下也不需要負責。Sace taṃ bhaṇḍāgāriko aññatra ṭhapeti, naṭṭhe gīvā. 如果倉庫管理員在其他地方放置物品，那麼他也不需要負責。Sace bhaṇḍāraṃ suguttaṃ, sabbo saṅghassa ca cetiyassa ca parikkhāro tattheva ṭhapīyati, bhaṇḍāgāriko ca bālo abyatto dvāraṃ vivaritvā dhammakathaṃ vā sotuṃ, aññaṃ vā kiñci kātuṃ katthaci gacchati, taṃ khaṇaṃ disvā yattakaṃ corā haranti, sabbaṃ tassa gīvā. 如果倉庫管理得很好，所有的物品都在那兒放置，而倉庫管理員愚蠢地打開門去聽法或做其他事情，盜賊看到機會偷走的所有物品都由他負責。Bhaṇḍāgārato nikkhamitvā bahi caṅkamantassa vā dvāraṃ vivaritvā sarīraṃ utuṃ gāhāpentassa vā tattheva samaṇadhammānuyogena nisinnassa vā tattheva nisīditvā kenaci kammena byāvaṭassa vā uccārapassāvapīḷitassāpi tato tattheva upacāre vijjamāne bahi gacchato vā aññena vā kenaci ākārena pamattassa sato dvāraṃ vivaritvā vā vivaṭameva pavisitvā vā sandhiṃ chinditvā vā yattakaṃ tassa pamādapaccayā corā haranti, sabbaṃ tasseva gīvā. 如果他從倉庫出來，或者在外面走動，或因洗澡而打開門，或在那兒坐著修習佛法，或因任何工作而懈怠，或因打開門而不小心，或因打開門而進入，或因切斷門縫而被盜賊偷走的所有物品都由他負責。Uṇhasamaye pana vātapānaṃ vivaritvā nipajjituṃ vaṭṭatīti vadanti. 在炎熱的天氣里，他們說應該打開風扇來躺下。Uccārapīḷitassa pana tasmiṃ upacāre asati aññattha gacchantassa gilānapakkhe ṭhitattā avisayo; tasmā gīvā na hoti. 如果他在高聲壓迫的情況下而不在場，或者在其他地方因生病而站著，那麼就不需要負責。 Yo pana anto uṇhapīḷito dvāraṃ suguttaṃ katvā bahi nikkhamati, corā ca naṃ gahetvā 『『dvāraṃ vivarā』』ti vadanti, yāva tatiyaṃ na vivaritabbaṃ. 如果他在裡面被熱壓迫，安全地關閉門后出去，盜賊會抓住他並說「打開門」，直到第三次不應打開。Yadi pana te corā 『『sace na vivarasi, tañca māressāma, dvārañca bhinditvā parikkhāraṃ harissāmā』』ti pharasuādīni ukkhipanti. 如果那些盜賊說「如果你不打開，我們就會殺了你，打破門並偷走物品」，那麼就可能發生。『『Mayi ca mate saṅghassa ca senāsane vinaṭṭhe guṇo natthī』』ti vivarituṃ vaṭṭati. 「我和僧團的優點在於營地被毀了」，因此應該打開。Idhāpi avisayattā gīvā natthīti vadanti. 在這裡也因為沒有責任而不需要負責。Sace koci āgantuko kuñcikaṃ vā deti, dvāraṃ vā vivarati, yattakaṃ corā haranti, sabbaṃ tassa gīvā. 如果有來訪者給予鑰匙或打開門，盜賊偷走的所有物品都由他負責。Saṅghena bhaṇḍāgāraguttatthāya sūciyantakañca kuñcikamuddikā ca yojetvā dinnā hoti, bhaṇḍāgāriko ghaṭikamattaṃ datvā nipajjati, corā vivaritvā parikkhāraṃ haranti, tasseva gīvā. 如果通過僧團爲了保護倉庫而給予鑰匙和鑰匙的鑰匙，倉庫管理員在給予一刻就躺下，盜賊打開門偷走物品，那麼所有責任都在他身上。Sūciyantakañca kuñcikamuddikañca yojetvā nipannaṃ panetaṃ sace corā āgantvā 『『vivarā』』ti vadanti, tattha purimanayeneva paṭipajjitabbaṃ. 如果鑰匙和鑰匙被給予並且躺下，如果盜賊來了並說「打開」，那麼應按原先的方式處理。Evaṃ guttaṃ katvā nipanne pana sace bhittiṃ vā chadanaṃ vā bhinditvā umaṅgena vā pavisitvā haranti, na tassa gīvā. 這樣保護后，如果打破墻壁或遮蓋而進入偷走，那麼他不需要負責。Sace bhaṇḍāgāre aññepi therā vasanti, vivaṭe dvāre attano attano parikkhāraṃ gahetvā gacchanti, bhaṇḍāgāriko tesu gatesu dvāraṃ na jaggati, sace tattha kiñci avaharīyati, bhaṇḍāgārikassa issaratāya bhaṇḍāgārikasseva gīvā. 如果在倉庫里還有其他長老居住，在門打開的情況下，各自拿走自己的物品，倉庫管理員在他們離開時不關門，如果那裡有任何東西被拿走，倉庫管理員將要負責。Therehi pana sahāyehi bhavitabbaṃ. 他應與其他長老一起承擔責任。Ayaṃ tattha sāmīci. 這就是在這裡的責任。

Yadi bhaṇḍāgāriko 『『tumhe bahi ṭhatvāva tumhākaṃ parikkhāraṃ gaṇhatha, mā pavisitthā』』ti vadati, tesañca eko lolamahāthero sāmaṇerehi ceva upaṭṭhākehi ca saddhiṃ bhaṇḍāgāraṃ pavisitvā nisīdati ceva nipajjati ca, yattakaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ nassati, sabbaṃ tassa gīvā. Bhaṇḍāgārikena pana avasesattherehi ca sahāyehi bhavitabbaṃ. Atha bhaṇḍāgārikova lolasāmaṇere ca upaṭṭhāke ca gahetvā bhaṇḍāgāre nisīdati ceva nipajjati ca, yaṃ tattha nassati, sabbaṃ tasseva gīvā. Tasmā bhaṇḍāgārikeneva tattha vasitabbaṃ. Avasesehi appeva rukkhamūle vasitabbaṃ, na ca bhaṇḍāgāreti.

Ye pana attano attano sabhāgabhikkhūnaṃ vasanagabbhesu parikkhāraṃ ṭhapenti, parikkhāre naṭṭhe yehi ṭhapito, tesaṃyeva gīvā. Itarehi pana sahāyehi bhavitabbaṃ. Yadi pana saṅgho bhaṇḍāgārikassa vihāreyeva yāgubhattaṃ dāpeti, so ca bhikkhācāratthāya gāmaṃ gacchati, naṭṭhaṃ tasseva gīvā. Bhikkhācāraṃ pavisantehi atirekacīvararakkhaṇatthāya ṭhapitavihāravārikassāpi yāgubhattaṃ vā nivāpaṃ vā labhamānasseva bhikkhācāraṃ gacchato yaṃ tattha nassati, sabbaṃ gīvā. Na kevalañca ettakameva, bhaṇḍāgārikassa viya yaṃ tassa pamādappaccayā nassati, sabbaṃ gīvā.

Sace vihāro mahā hoti, aññaṃ padesaṃ rakkhituṃ gacchantassa aññasmiṃ padese nikkhittaṃ haranti, avisayattā gīvā na hoti. Īdise pana vihāre vemajjhe sabbesaṃ osaraṇaṭṭhāne parikkhāre ṭhapetvā nisīditabbaṃ. Vihāravārikā vā dve tayo ṭhapetabbā. Sace tesaṃ appamattānaṃ ito cito ca rakkhataṃyeva kiñci nassati, gīvā na hoti. Vihāravārike bandhitvā haritabhaṇḍampi corānaṃ paṭipathaṃ gatesu aññena maggena haritabhaṇḍampi na tesaṃ gīvā. Sace vihāravārikānaṃ vihāre dātabbaṃ yāgubhattaṃ vā nivāpo vā na hoti, tehi pattabbalābhato atirekā dve tisso yāgusalākā, tesaṃ pahonakabhattasalākā ca ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭati. Nibaddhaṃ katvā pana na ṭhapetabbā, manussā hi vippaṭisārino honti, 『『vihāravārikāyeva amhākaṃ bhattaṃ bhuñjantī』』ti. Tasmā parivattetvā ṭhapetabbā. Sace tesaṃ sabhāgā salākabhattāni āharitvā denti, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ; no ce denti, vāraṃ gāhāpetvā nīharāpetabbāni. Sace vihāravāriko dve tisso yāgusalākā, cattāri pañca salākabhattāni ca labhamānova bhikkhācāraṃ gacchati, bhaṇḍāgārikassa viya sabbaṃ naṭṭhaṃ gīvā hoti. Sace saṅghassa vihārapālānaṃ dātabbaṃ bhattaṃ vā nivāpo vā natthi, bhikkhū vihāravāraṃ gahetvā attano attano nissitake jaggenti, sampattavāraṃ aggahetuṃ na labhanti, yathā aññe bhikkhū karonti, tatheva kātabbaṃ. Bhikkhūhi pana asahāyakassa vā attadutiyassa vā yassa sabhāgo bhikkhu bhattaṃ ānetvā dātā natthi, evarūpassa vāro na pāpetabbo.

Yampi pākavattatthāya vihāre ṭhapenti, taṃ gahetvā upajīvantena ṭhātabbaṃ. Yo taṃ na upajīvati , so vāraṃ na gāhāpetabbo. Phalāphalatthāyapi vihāre bhikkhuṃ ṭhapenti, jaggitvā gopetvā phalavārena bhājetvā khādanti. Yo tāni khādati, tena ṭhātabbaṃ. Anupajīvanto na gāhāpetabbo. Senāsanamañcapīṭhapaccattharaṇarakkhaṇatthāyapi ṭhapenti, āvāse vasantena ṭhātabbaṃ. Abbhokāsiko pana rukkhamūliko vā na gāhāpetabbo.

Yadi bhaṇḍāgāriko 『『tumhe bahi ṭhatvāva tumhākaṃ parikkhāraṃ gaṇhatha, mā pavisitthā』』ti vadati, tesañca eko lolamahāthero sāmaṇerehi ceva upaṭṭhākehi ca saddhiṃ bhaṇḍāgāraṃ pavisitvā nisīdati ceva nipajjati ca, yattakaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ nassati, sabbaṃ tassa gīvā. 如果倉庫管理員說「你們在外面待著，拿走你們的物品，不要進來」，而且有一個貪婪的大長老與小比丘和侍者一起進入倉庫坐著並躺下，所有丟失的物品都由他負責。Bhaṇḍāgārikena pana avasesattherehi ca sahāyehi bhavitabbaṃ. 但倉庫管理員應與其他比丘共同承擔責任。Atha bhaṇḍāgārikova lolasāmaṇere ca upaṭṭhāke ca gahetvā bhaṇḍāgāre nisīdati ceva nipajjati ca, yaṃ tattha nassati, sabbaṃ tasseva gīvā. 然後倉庫管理員與貪婪的小比丘和侍者一起坐下並躺下，那裡丟失的所有物品都由他負責。Tasmā bhaṇḍāgārikeneva tattha vasitabbaṃ. 因此，倉庫管理員應當在那兒居住。Avasesehi appeva rukkhamūle vasitabbaṃ, na ca bhaṇḍāgāreti. 對於其他人，只能在樹下居住，而不能在倉庫里。 Ye pana attano attano sabhāgabhikkhūnaṃ vasanagabbhesu parikkhāraṃ ṭhapenti, parikkhāre naṭṭhe yehi ṭhapito, tesaṃyeva gīvā. 如果他們在各自的居住處放置物品，那麼在物品丟失的情況下，責任在於放置物品的人。Itarehi pana sahāyehi bhavitabbaṃ. 其他人應與之共同承擔責任。Yadi pana saṅgho bhaṇḍāgārikassa vihāreyeva yāgubhattaṃ dāpeti, so ca bhikkhācāratthāya gāmaṃ gacchati, naṭṭhaṃ tasseva gīvā. 如果僧團在倉庫里為倉庫管理員提供食物，他去村裡乞食，那麼丟失的責任在於他。Bhikkhācāraṃ pavisantehi atirekacīvararakkhaṇatthāya ṭhapitavihāravārikassāpi yāgubhattaṃ vā nivāpaṃ vā labhamānasseva bhikkhācāraṃ gacchato yaṃ tattha nassati, sabbaṃ gīvā. 在進入乞食時，爲了保護額外的衣物而放置的物品，如果在乞食時丟失，所有責任都在他身上。Na kevalañca ettakameva, bhaṇḍāgārikassa viya yaṃ tassa pamādappaccayā nassati, sabbaṃ gīvā. 不僅如此，像倉庫管理員一樣，因疏忽而丟失的所有物品都由他負責。 Sace vihāro mahā hoti, aññaṃ padesaṃ rakkhituṃ gacchantassa aññasmiṃ padese nikkhittaṃ haranti, avisayattā gīvā na hoti. 如果寺院很大，當他去保護其他地方時，其他地方丟失的物品不需要負責。Īdise pana vihāre vemajjhe sabbesaṃ osaraṇaṭṭhāne parikkhāre ṭhapetvā nisīditabbaṃ. 在這樣的寺院中，應在所有放置物品的地方坐下。Vihāravārikā vā dve tayo ṭhapetabbā. 寺院的管理者應放置兩到三個物品。Sace tesaṃ appamattānaṃ ito cito ca rakkhataṃyeva kiñci nassati, gīvā na hoti. 如果對他們的保護不夠細緻，任何丟失都不需要負責。Vihāravārike bandhitvā haritabhaṇḍampi corānaṃ paṭipathaṃ gatesu aññena maggena haritabhaṇḍampi na tesaṃ gīvā. 如果寺院的管理者被鎖住，盜賊通過其他路徑進入偷走的物品不需要負責。Sace vihāravārikānaṃ vihāre dātabbaṃ yāgubhattaṃ vā nivāpo vā na hoti, tehi pattabbalābhato atirekā dve tisso yāgusalākā, tesaṃ pahonakabhattasalākā ca ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭati. 如果在寺院中沒有應給予的食物或供養，應該放置額外的食物盤，供給那些需要的人。Nibaddhaṃ katvā pana na ṭhapetabbā, manussā hi vippaṭisārino honti, 『『vihāravārikāyeva amhākaṃ bhattaṃ bhuñjantī』』ti. 但如果被固定住，則不應放置，因為人們會說「我們只吃寺院管理者的食物」。Tasmā parivattetvā ṭhapetabbā. 因此，應當重新安排放置。Sace tesaṃ sabhāgā salākabhattāni āharitvā denti, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ; no ce denti, vāraṃ gāhāpetvā nīharāpetabbāni. 如果他們把食物盤拿來給他們，那是好的；如果不給，則應當收回並取走。Sace vihāravāriko dve tisso yāgusalākā, cattāri pañca salākabhattāni ca labhamānova bhikkhācāraṃ gacchati, bhaṇḍāgārikassa viya sabbaṃ naṭṭhaṃ gīvā hoti. 如果寺院的管理者有兩到三個食物盤，獲得四到五個食物盤的比丘去乞食，那麼所有丟失的責任都在他身上。Sace saṅghassa vihārapālānaṃ dātabbaṃ bhattaṃ vā nivāpo vā natthi, bhikkhū vihāravāraṃ gahetvā attano attano nissitake jaggenti, sampattavāraṃ aggahetuṃ na labhanti, yathā aññe bhikkhū karonti, tatheva kātabbaṃ. 如果對僧團的寺院管理者沒有應給予的食物或供養，僧侶們應當各自照看自己的物品，不能像其他比丘那樣獲得應得的食物。Bhikkhūhi pana asahāyakassa vā attadutiyassa vā yassa sabhāgo bhikkhu bhattaṃ ānetvā dātā natthi, evarūpassa vāro na pāpetabbo. 但如果沒有人來幫助他，或者沒有任何比丘來給他食物，則不應施加責任。 Yampi pākavattatthāya vihāre ṭhapenti, taṃ gahetvā upajīvantena ṭhātabbaṃ. 如果他們在寺院中放置了食物，應由接受者來負責。Yo taṃ na upajīvati, so vāraṃ na gāhāpetabbo. 如果他不接受，那麼不應施加責任。Phalāphalatthāyapi vihāre bhikkhuṃ ṭhapenti, jaggitvā gopetvā phalavārena bhājetvā khādanti. 如果在寺院中放置了果實，需照顧和保護，最後食用。Yo tāni khādati, tena ṭhātabbaṃ. 吃那些果實的人應當負責。Anupajīvanto na gāhāpetabbo. 不接受的人不應施加責任。Senāsanamañcapīṭhapaccattharaṇarakkhaṇatthāyapi ṭhapenti, āvāse vasantena ṭhātabbaṃ. 如果放置在床鋪、座位或保護用的墊子上，需由居住者負責。Abbhokāsiko pana rukkhamūliko vā na gāhāpetabbo. 但在開放的空間或樹下的人不應施加責任。

Eko navako hoti, bahussuto pana bahūnaṃ dhammaṃ vāceti, paripucchaṃ deti, pāḷiṃ vaṇṇeti, dhammakathaṃ katheti, saṅghassa bhāraṃ nittharati, ayaṃ lābhaṃ paribhuñjantopi āvāse vasantopi vāraṃ na gāhetabbo. 『『Purisaviseso nāma ñātabbo』』ti vadanti.

Uposathāgārapaṭimāgharajaggakassa pana diguṇaṃ yāgubhattaṃ devasikaṃ taṇḍulanāḷi saṃvacchare ticīvaraṃ, dasavīsagghanakaṃ kappiyabhaṇḍañca dātabbaṃ. Sace pana tassa taṃ labhamānasseva pamādena tattha kiñci nassati, sabbaṃ gīvā. Bandhitvā balakkārena acchinnaṃ pana na gīvā. Tattha cetiyassa vā saṅghassa vā santakena cetiyassa santakaṃ rakkhāpetuṃ vaṭṭati. Cetiyassa santakena saṅghassa santakaṃ rakkhāpetuṃ na vaṭṭati. Yaṃ pana cetiyassa santakena saddhiṃ saṅghassa santakaṃ ṭhapitaṃ hoti, taṃ cetiyasantake rakkhāpite rakkhitameva hotīti evaṃ vaṭṭati. Pakkhavārena uposathāgārādīni rakkhatopi pamādavasena naṭṭhaṃ gīvāyevāti.

Upanidhikathā niṭṭhitā.

Suṅkaghātakathā

Eko navako hoti, bahussuto pana bahūnaṃ dhammaṃ vāceti, paripucchaṃ deti, pāḷiṃ vaṇṇeti, dhammakathaṃ katheti, saṅghassa bhāraṃ nittharati, ayaṃ lābhaṃ paribhuñjantopi āvāse vasantopi vāraṃ na gāhetabbo. 有一位新來的比丘，博學多聞，向眾人宣講法義，給予詢問，講解巴利文，講述法理，承擔僧團的責任，即使享用利益或居住在寺院中，也不應承擔責任。''Purisaviseso nāma ñātabbo''ti vadanti. 「應當知道有特別的人」這樣說。 Uposathāgārapaṭimāgharajaggakassa pana diguṇaṃ yāgubhattaṃ devasikaṃ taṇḍulanāḷi saṃvacchare ticīvaraṃ, dasavīsagghanakaṃ kappiyabhaṇḍañca dātabbaṃ. 對於安居堂的佛像和寺院的外邊，應該給予雙倍的供養、天神的米、三件衣物、十至二十個適宜的物品。Sace pana tassa taṃ labhamānasseva pamādena tattha kiñci nassati, sabbaṃ gīvā. 如果在他獲得這些時因疏忽而有任何丟失，所有責任都在他身上。Bandhitvā balakkārena acchinnaṃ pana na gīvā. 如果是被鎖住的物品，則不需要負責。Tattha cetiyassa vā saṅghassa vā santakena cetiyassa santakaṃ rakkhāpetuṃ vaṭṭati. 在那裡，應該由聖地或僧團的物品進行保護。Cetiyassa santakena saṅghassa santakaṃ rakkhāpetuṃ na vaṭṭati. 由聖地的物品進行保護而不應由僧團的物品進行保護。Yaṃ pana cetiyassa santakena saddhiṃ saṅghassa santakaṃ ṭhapitaṃ hoti, taṃ cetiyasantake rakkhāpite rakkhitameva hotīti evaṃ vaṭṭati. 如果聖地的物品與僧團的物品一起放置，那麼在聖地的物品受到保護的情況下，仍然是受到保護的，這樣是合理的。Pakkhavārena uposathāgārādīni rakkhatopi pamādavasena naṭṭhaṃ gīvāyevāti. 如果因疏忽而保護安居堂等地方的物品，所有責任仍然不在他身上。 Upanidhikathā niṭṭhitā. 相關的討論已結束。 Suṅkaghātakathā. 關於殺害的討論。

1. Suṅkaṃ tato hanantīti suṅkaghātaṃ; suṅkaṭṭhānassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tañhi yasmā tato suṅkārahaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ suṅkaṃ adatvā nīharantā rañño suṅkaṃ hananti vināsenti, tasmā suṅkaghātanti vuttaṃ. Tatra pavisitvāti tatra pabbatakhaṇḍādīsu raññā paricchedaṃ katvā ṭhapite suṅkaṭṭhāne pavisitvā. Rājaggaṃ bhaṇḍanti rājārahaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ; yato rañño pañcamāsakaṃ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ suṅkaṃ dātabbaṃ hoti, taṃ bhaṇḍanti attho. Rājakantipi pāṭho, ayamevattho. Theyyacittoti 『『ito rañño suṅkaṃ na dassāmī』』ti theyyacittaṃ uppādetvā taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ āmasati, dukkaṭaṃ. Ṭhapitaṭṭhānato gahetvā thavikāya vā pakkhipati, paṭicchannaṭṭhāne vā ūrunā saddhiṃ bandhati, thullaccayaṃ. Suṅkaṭṭhānena paricchinnattā ṭhānācāvanaṃ na hoti. Suṅkaṭṭhānaparicchedaṃ dutiyaṃ pādaṃ atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ.

Bahisuṅkaghātaṃ pātetīti rājapurisānaṃ aññavihitabhāvaṃ passitvā anto ṭhitova bahi patanatthāya khipati. Tañce avassaṃ patanakaṃ, hatthato muttamatte pārājikaṃ. Tañce rukkhe vā khāṇumhi vā paṭihataṃ balavavātavegukkhittaṃ vā hutvā puna antoyeva patati, rakkhati. Puna gaṇhitvā khipati, pubbe vuttanayeneva pārājikaṃ. Bhūmiyaṃ patitvā vaṭṭantaṃ puna anto pavisati, pārājikameva. Kurundīsaṅkhepaṭṭhakathāsu pana 『『sace bahi patitaṃ ṭhatvā vaṭṭantaṃ pavisati, pārājikaṃ. Sace atiṭṭhamānaṃyeva vaṭṭitvā pavisati rakkhatī』』ti vuttaṃ.

Anto ṭhatvā hatthena vā pādena vā yaṭṭhiyā vā vaṭṭeti, aññena vā vaṭṭāpeti, sace aṭṭhatvā vaṭṭamānaṃ gataṃ, pārājikaṃ. Anto ṭhatvā bahi gacchantaṃ rakkhati, 『『vaṭṭitvā gamissatī』』ti vā 『『añño naṃ vaṭṭessatī』』ti vā anto ṭhapitaṃ pacchā sayaṃ vā vaṭṭamānaṃ aññena vā vaṭṭitaṃ bahi gacchati, rakkhatiyeva. Suddhacittena ṭhapite pana tathā gacchante vattabbameva natthi. Dve puṭake ekābaddhe katvā suṅkaṭṭhānasīmantare ṭhapeti, kiñcāpi bahipuṭake suṅkaṃ pādaṃ agghati, tena saddhiṃ ekābaddhatāya pana anto puṭako rakkhati. Sace pana parivattetvā abbhantarimaṃ bahi ṭhapeti, pārājikaṃ. Kājepi ekabaddhaṃ katvā ṭhapite eseva nayo. Sace pana abandhitvā kājakoṭiyaṃ ṭhapitamattameva hoti, pārājikaṃ.

Gacchante yāne vā assapiṭṭhiādīsu vā ṭhapeti 『『bahi nīharissatī』』ti nīhaṭepi avahāro natthi, bhaṇḍadeyyampi na hoti. Kasmā? 『『Atra paviṭṭhassa suṅkaṃ gaṇhantū』』ti vuttattā idañca suṅkaṭṭhānassa bahi ṭhitaṃ, na ca tena nītaṃ, tasmā neva bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ na pārājikaṃ.

Ṭhitayānādīsu ṭhapite vinā tassa payogaṃ gatesu theyyacittepi sati nevatthi avahāro. Yadi pana ṭhapetvā yānādīni pājento atikkāmeti , hatthisuttādīsu vā kataparicayattā purato ṭhatvā 『『ehi, re』』ti pakkosati, sīmātikkame pārājikaṃ. Eḷakalomasikkhāpade imasmiṃ ṭhāne aññaṃ harāpeti, anāpatti, idha pārājikaṃ. Tatra aññassa yāne vā bhaṇḍe vā ajānantassa pakkhipitvā tiyojanaṃ atikkāmeti, nissaggiyāni hontīti pācittiyaṃ. Idha anāpatti.

Suṅkaṃ tato hanantīti suṅkaghātaṃ; suṅkaṭṭhānassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. 殺死豬的意思是殺豬；這是對豬的地方的稱謂。Tañhi yasmā tato suṅkārahaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ suṅkaṃ adatvā nīharantā rañño suṅkaṃ hananti vināsenti, tasmā suṅkaghātanti vuttaṃ. 因為他們從那裡取走豬而不把豬留下來，殺死了豬，因此稱為殺豬。Tatra pavisitvāti tatra pabbatakhaṇḍādīsu raññā paricchedaṃ katvā ṭhapite suṅkaṭṭhāne pavisitvā. 在那裡進入時，國王在山的某些地方劃定了界限，進入了豬的地方。Rājaggaṃ bhaṇḍanti rājārahaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ; yato rañño pañcamāsakaṃ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ suṅkaṃ dātabbaṃ hoti, taṃ bhaṇḍanti attho. 王的財物是指國王的財物；因為國王應給予五個月或超過五個月的豬，因此稱為財物。Rājakantipi pāṭho, ayamevattho. 關於國王的財物的說法是相同的。Theyyacittoti 『『ito rañño suṅkaṃ na dassāmī』』ti theyyacittaṃ uppādetvā taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ āmasati, dukkaṭaṃ. 如果他產生了「我不想把國王的豬給他」的意圖，那麼他就犯了錯誤。Ṭhapitaṭṭhānato gahetvā thavikāya vā pakkhipati, paṭicchannaṭṭhāne vā ūrunā saddhiṃ bandhati, thullaccayaṃ. 從放置的地方拿走，或將其放入隱蔽的地方，或與腿綁在一起，都是重罪。Suṅkaṭṭhānena paricchinnattā ṭhānācāvanaṃ na hoti. 因為豬的地方是有限的，所以不需要遮蓋。Suṅkaṭṭhānaparicchedaṃ dutiyaṃ pādaṃ atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ. 這違反了豬的地方的限制，屬於重罪。 Bahisuṅkaghātaṃ pātetīti rājapurisānaṃ aññavihitabhāvaṃ passitvā anto ṭhitova bahi patanatthāya khipati. 殺死外面的豬是指在國王的官員看到其他地方的情況后，內心想著要在外面丟棄。Tañce avassaṃ patanakaṃ, hatthato muttamatte pārājikaṃ. 如果它必然要掉落，那麼從手中鬆開的那一刻就是重罪。Tañce rukkhe vā khāṇumhi vā paṭihataṃ balavavātavegukkhittaṃ vā hutvā puna antoyeva patati, rakkhati. 如果它被樹或土堆擊中，或被強風吹走而再次掉落，那麼仍然算作重罪。Puna gaṇhitvā khipati, pubbe vuttanayeneva pārājikaṃ. 再次抓住並丟棄，依然是之前所說的重罪。Bhūmiyaṃ patitvā vaṭṭantaṃ puna anto pavisati, pārājikameva. 如果掉落在地上並回到內部，依然是重罪。Kurundīsaṅkhepaṭṭhakathāsu pana 『『sace bahi patitaṃ ṭhatvā vaṭṭantaṃ pavisati, pārājikaṃ. Sace atiṭṭhamānaṃyeva vaṭṭitvā pavisati rakkhatī』』ti vuttaṃ. 在關於庫倫地的討論中說：「如果在外面掉落並保持在那裡而返回，屬於重罪。如果保持在外面並返回，仍然算作重罪。」 Anto ṭhatvā hatthena vā pādena vā yaṭṭhiyā vā vaṭṭeti, aññena vā vaṭṭāpeti, sace aṭṭhatvā vaṭṭamānaṃ gataṃ, pārājikaṃ. 如果它在內部用手或腳或身體來滾動，或用其他東西來滾動，如果它在停留時滾動並掉落，屬於重罪。Anto ṭhatvā bahi gacchantaṃ rakkhati, 『『vaṭṭitvā gamissatī』』ti vā 『『añño naṃ vaṭṭessatī』』ti vā anto ṭhapitaṃ pacchā sayaṃ vā vaṭṭamānaṃ aññena vā vaṭṭitaṃ bahi gacchati, rakkhatiyeva. 如果它在內部並向外走，保持「它會繼續滾動」或「其他人會讓它滾動」，那麼在內部的物體就會保持在外部，保持不變。Suddhacittena ṭhapite pana tathā gacchante vattabbameva natthi. 如果在清凈的意圖下放置物品，那麼在那樣的情況下就不需要它繼續滾動。Dve puṭake ekābaddhe katvā suṅkaṭṭhānasīmantare ṭhapeti, kiñcāpi bahipuṭake suṅkaṃ pādaṃ agghati, tena saddhiṃ ekābaddhatāya pana anto puṭako rakkhati. 如果將兩個物體綁在一起並放置在豬的地方，雖然在多個物體中有豬的部分，但由於與之繫結，內部的物體仍然保持。Sace pana parivattetvā abbhantarimaṃ bahi ṭhapeti, pārājikaṃ. 如果將其翻轉並放置在內部外部，那麼屬於重罪。Kājepi ekabaddhaṃ katvā ṭhapite eseva nayo. 如果將其綁在一起放置，則同樣適用。 Sace pana abandhitvā kājakoṭiyaṃ ṭhapitamattameva hoti, pārājikaṃ. 如果是鬆開的並僅僅放置在物體上，屬於重罪。 Gacchante yāne vā assapiṭṭhiādīsu vā ṭhapeti 『『bahi nīharissatī』』ti nīhaṭepi avahāro natthi, bhaṇḍadeyyampi na hoti. 在行駛的車輛或馬鞍上放置「它將被取出」，即使被取出也沒有責任，也不算是財物。Kasmā? 『『Atra paviṭṭhassa suṅkaṃ gaṇhantū』』ti vuttattā idañca suṅkaṭṭhānassa bahi ṭhitaṃ, na ca tena nītaṃ, tasmā neva bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ na pārājikaṃ. 為什麼？因為說「取走這裡的豬」，所以這是在豬的地方的外部，也沒有因此而被取走，因此既不是財物也不是重罪。 Ṭhitayānādīsu ṭhapite vinā tassa payogaṃ gatesu theyyacittepi sati nevatthi avahāro. 如果在固定的車輛上放置而沒有使用，仍然沒有責任。Yadi pana ṭhapetvā yānādīni pājento atikkāmeti, hatthisuttādīsu vā kataparicayattā purato ṭhatvā 『『ehi, re』』ti pakkosati, sīmātikkame pārājikaṃ. 如果放置后在車輛上移動，則因在大象等的使用中，前面站著並呼喚「來吧」，則算作重罪。Eḷakalomasikkhāpade imasmiṃ ṭhāne aññaṃ harāpeti, anāpatti, idha pārājikaṃ. 在這一點上，如果讓其他東西被抓住，那麼不構成罪行，但在這裡屬於重罪。Tatra aññassa yāne vā bhaṇḍe vā ajānantassa pakkhipitvā tiyojanaṃ atikkāmeti, nissaggiyāni hontīti pācittiyaṃ. 如果在不知道的情況下將其他人的車輛或財物放置在一起，則算作超越了三十步，屬於不放棄的罪行，因此是輕罪。在這裡不構成罪行。

Suṅkaṭṭhāne suṅkaṃ datvāva gantuṃ vaṭṭati. Eko ābhogaṃ katvā gacchati 『『sace 『suṅkaṃ dehī』ti vakkhanti, dassāmi; no ce vakkhanti, gamissāmī』』ti. Taṃ disvā eko suṅkiko 『『eso bhikkhu gacchati, gaṇhatha naṃ suṅka』』nti vadati, aparo 『『kuto pabbajitassa suṅkaṃ, gacchatū』』ti vadati, laddhakappaṃ hoti, gantabbaṃ. 『『Bhikkhūnaṃ suṅkaṃ adatvā gantuṃ na vaṭṭati, gaṇha upāsakā』』ti vutte pana 『『bhikkhussa suṅkaṃ gaṇhantehi pattacīvaraṃ gahetabbaṃ bhavissati, kiṃ tena, gacchatū』』ti vuttepi laddhakappameva. Sacepi suṅkikā niddāyanti vā, jūtaṃ vā kīḷanti, yattha katthaci vā gatā, ayañca 『『kuhiṃ suṅkikā』』ti pakkositvāpi na passati, laddhakappameva. Sacepi suṅkaṭṭhānaṃ patvā aññavihito, kiñci cintento vā sajjhāyanto vā manasikāraṃ anuyuñjanto vā corahatthisīhabyagghādīhi sahasā vuṭṭhāya samanubaddho vā, mahāmeghaṃ uṭṭhitaṃ disvā purato sālaṃ pavisitukāmo vā hutvā taṃ ṭhānaṃ atikkamati, laddhakappameva.

Suṅkaṃpariharatīti ettha upacāraṃ okkamitvā kiñcāpi pariharati, avahāroyevāti

Kurundaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃpana 『『『pariharantaṃ rājapurisā viheṭhentī』ti kevalaṃ ādīnavaṃ dassetvā upacāraṃ okkamitvā pariharato dukkaṭaṃ, anokkamitvā pariharato anāpattī』』ti vuttaṃ. Idaṃ pāḷiyā sameti. Ettha dvīhi leḍḍupātehi upacāro paricchinditabboti.

Suṅkaghātakathā niṭṭhitā.

Pāṇakathā

Suṅkaṭṭhāne suṅkaṃ datvāva gantuṃ vaṭṭati. 在豬的地方給予豬后可以離開。Eko ābhogaṃ katvā gacchati 『『sace 『suṅkaṃ dehī』ti vakkhanti, dassāmi; no ce vakkhanti, gamissāmī』』ti. 有一個人準備好后離開，心想：「如果他們說『給我豬』，我就會給；如果不說，我就會走。」Taṃ disvā eko suṅkiko 『『eso bhikkhu gacchati, gaṇhatha naṃ suṅka』』nti vadati, aparo 『『kuto pabbajitassa suṅkaṃ, gacchatū』』ti vadati, laddhakappaṃ hoti, gantabbaṃ. 看到這一幕，一個豬販子說：「這個比丘正在離開，抓住他，別讓他帶走豬。」另一個人說：「從哪裡來的出家人有豬，放他走。」這就成了一個可以接受的情況，可以離開。「Bhikkhūnaṃ suṅkaṃ adatvā gantuṃ na vaṭṭati, gaṇha upāsakā』』ti vutte pana 『『bhikkhussa suṅkaṃ gaṇhantehi pattacīvaraṃ gahetabbaṃ bhavissati, kiṃ tena, gacchatū』』ti vuttepi laddhakappameva. 「比丘不應在沒有給予豬的情況下離開，應該抓住信士。」當這樣說時，「在抓住比丘的豬時，將會得到衣物，和這個有什麼關係，放他走。」這也是一個可以接受的情況。Sacepi suṅkikā niddāyanti vā, jūtaṃ vā kīḷanti, yattha katthaci vā gatā, ayañca 『『kuhiṃ suṅkikā』』ti pakkositvāpi na passati, laddhakappameva. 如果豬販子正在打盹或玩耍，無論走到哪裡，甚至在呼喚「豬販子在哪裡」時也看不見，都是可以接受的情況。Sacepi suṅkaṭṭhānaṃ patvā aññavihito, kiñci cintento vā sajjhāyanto vā manasikāraṃ anuyuñjanto vā corahatthisīhabyagghādīhi sahasā vuṭṭhāya samanubaddho vā, mahāmeghaṃ uṭṭhitaṃ disvā purato sālaṃ pavisitukāmo vā hutvā taṃ ṭhānaṃ atikkamati, laddhakappameva. 如果在豬的地方被其他人發現，思考或專注于某事，突然被盜賊、大象、獅子、老虎等驚嚇而起，看到巨大的烏雲，想要進入前面的房子而越過那個地方，這也是一個可以接受的情況。 Suṅkaṃpariharatīti ettha upacāraṃ okkamitvā kiñcāpi pariharati, avahāroyevāti。關於豬的保護，在這裡是指即使有些保護，仍然是沒有責任的。 Kurundaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. 在庫倫地的討論中提到。Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃpana 『『『pariharantaṃ rājapurisā viheṭhentī』ti kevalaṃ ādīnavaṃ dassetvā upacāraṃ okkamitvā pariharato dukkaṭaṃ, anokkamitvā pariharato anāpattī』』ti vuttaṃ. 在大論中提到：「保護時國王的官員會欺壓，僅僅顯示出害處，放棄保護則是錯誤的，保持保護則不構成罪。」Idaṃ pāḷiyā sameti. 這在巴利文中是相符的。Ettha dvīhi leḍḍupātehi upacāro paricchinditabboti. 在這裡，兩個地方的保護應當被限制。 Suṅkaghātakathā niṭṭhitā. 殺豬的討論已結束。 Pāṇakathā. 關於生命的討論。

1. Ito parasmiṃ ekaṃsena avahārappahonakapāṇaṃ dassento 『『manussapāṇo』』ti āha. Tampi bhujissaṃ harantassa avahāro natthi. Yopi bhujisso mātarā vā pitarā vā āṭhapito hoti, attanā vā attano upari katvā paññāsaṃ vā saṭṭhiṃ vā aggahesi, tampi harantassa avahāro natthi; dhanaṃ pana gataṭṭhāne vaḍḍhati. Antojātaka-dhanakkīta-karamarānītappabhedaṃ pana dāsaṃyeva harantassa avahāro hoti. Tameva hi sandhāya idaṃ vuttaṃ – 『『pāṇo nāma manussapāṇo vuccatī』』ti. Ettha ca gehadāsiyā kucchimhi dāsassa jāto antojātako, dhanena kīto dhanakkīto, paradesato paharitvā ānetvā dāsabyaṃ upagamito karamarānītoti veditabbo. Evarūpaṃ pāṇaṃ 『『harissāmī』』ti āmasati, dukkaṭaṃ. Hatthe vā pāde vā gahetvā ukkhipanto phandāpeti, thullaccayaṃ. Ukkhipitvā palāyitukāmo kesaggamattampi ṭhitaṭṭhānato atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ. Kesesu vā hatthesu vā gahetvā kaḍḍhati, padavārena kāretabbo.

Padasānessāmīti tajjento vā paharanto vā 『『ito gacchāhī』』ti vadati, tena vuttadisābhāgaṃ gacchantassa dutiyapadavārena pārājikaṃ. Yepi tena saddhiṃ ekacchandā honti, sabbesaṃ ekakkhaṇe pārājikaṃ. Bhikkhu dāsaṃ disvā sukhadukkhaṃ pucchitvā vā apucchitvā vā 『『gaccha, palāyitvā sukhaṃ jīvā』』ti vadati, so ce palāyati, dutiyapadavāre pārājikaṃ. Taṃ attano samīpaṃ āgataṃ añño 『『palāyā』』ti vadati, sace bhikkhusataṃ paṭipāṭiyā attano samīpamāgataṃ vadati, sabbesaṃ pārājikaṃ. Yo pana vegasā palāyantaṃyeva 『『palāya, yāva taṃ sāmikā na gaṇhantī』』ti bhaṇati, anāpatti pārājikassa. Sace pana saṇikaṃ gacchantaṃ bhaṇati, so ca tassa vacanena sīghaṃ gacchati, pārājikaṃ. Palāyitvā aññaṃ gāmaṃ vā desaṃ vā gataṃ disvā tatopi palāpentassa pārājikameva.

Adinnādānaṃ nāma pariyāyena muccati. Yo hi evaṃ vadati – 『『tvaṃ idha kiṃ karosi,

Kiṃ te palāyituṃ na vaṭṭatīti vā, kiṃ katthaci gantvā sukhaṃ jīvituṃ na vaṭṭatīti vā, dāsadāsiyo palāyitvā amukaṃ nāma padesaṃ gantvā sukhaṃ jīvantī』』ti vā, so ca tassa vacanaṃ sutvā palāyati, avahāro natthi. Yopi 『『mayaṃ amukaṃ nāma padesaṃ gacchāma, tatrāgatā sukhaṃ jīvanti, amhehi ca saddhiṃ gacchantānaṃ antarāmaggepi pātheyyādīhi kilamatho natthī』』ti vatvā sukhaṃ attanā saddhiṃ āgacchantaṃ gahetvā gacchati maggagamanavasena, na theyyacittena; nevatthi avahāro. Antarāmagge ca coresu uṭṭhitesu 『『are! Corā uṭṭhitā, vegena palāya, ehi yāhī』』ti vadantassāpi corantarāya mocanatthāya vuttattā avahāraṃ na vadantīti.

Pāṇakathā niṭṭhitā.

Ito parasmiṃ ekaṃsena avahārappahonakapāṇaṃ dassento 『『manussapāṇo』』ti āha. 從這裡的某個地方展示出一種不應當侵犯的生命，稱為「人類的生命」。Tampi bhujissaṃ harantassa avahāro natthi. 對於被抓住的生命，也沒有責任。Yopi bhujisso mātarā vā pitarā vā āṭhapito hoti, attanā vā attano upari katvā paññāsaṃ vā saṭṭhiṃ vā aggahesi, tampi harantassa avahāro natthi; dhanaṃ pana gataṭṭhāne vaḍḍhati. 如果被母親或父親抓住，或自己抓住並擁有五十或六十的豬，那麼對於被抓住的生命也沒有責任；而財物在被抓住的地方則會增加。Antojātaka-dhanakkīta-karamarānītappabhedaṃ pana dāsaṃyeva harantassa avahāro hoti. 但是對於被抓住的奴隸，屬於內部出生、財物被抓住的情況。Tameva hi sandhāya idaṃ vuttaṃ – 『『pāṇo nāma manussapāṇo vuccatī』』ti. 這正是指「生命即為人類的生命」。Ettha ca gehadāsiyā kucchimhi dāsassa jāto antojātako, dhanena kīto dhanakkīto, paradesato paharitvā ānetvā dāsabyaṃ upagamito karamarānītoti veditabbo. 在這裡，家庭奴隸在母腹中出生，因財富而被稱為財富，受他人打擊后被帶來歸屬於奴隸的情況應當理解為是奴隸。Evarūpaṃ pāṇaṃ 『『harissāmī』』ti āmasati, dukkaṭaṃ. 這種生命被稱為「我會抓住」，這是錯誤的。Hatthe vā pāde vā gahetvā ukkhipanto phandāpeti, thullaccayaṃ. 用手或腳抓住並抬起，使其搖晃，屬於重罪。Ukkhipitvā palāyitukāmo kesaggamattampi ṭhitaṭṭhānato atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ. 抬起后想要逃跑，稍微超過了站立的地方，屬於重罪。Kesesu vā hatthesu vā gahetvā kaḍḍhati, padavārena kāretabbo. 如果抓住頭髮或手，應該按步行的方式處理。 Padasānessāmīti tajjento vā paharanto vā 『『ito gacchāhī』』ti vadati, tena vuttadisābhāgaṃ gacchantassa dutiyapadavārena pārājikaṃ. 如果他在移動時說「你要走了」，那麼在所說的方向上走的第二步就屬於重罪。Yepi tena saddhiṃ ekacchandā honti, sabbesaṃ ekakkhaṇe pārājikaṃ. 如果他們與他有共同的意圖，所有人都在同一時刻屬於重罪。Bhikkhu dāsaṃ disvā sukhadukkhaṃ pucchitvā vā apucchitvā vā 『『gaccha, palāyitvā sukhaṃ jīvā』』ti vadati, so ce palāyati, dutiyapadavāre pārājikaṃ. 比丘看到奴隸后，無論是詢問他幸福與否，還是不詢問，都會說「去吧，逃走，過得快樂」，如果他逃走，則在第二步上屬於重罪。Taṃ attano samīpaṃ āgataṃ añño 『『palāyā』』ti vadati, sace bhikkhusataṃ paṭipāṭiyā attano samīpamāgataṃ vadati, sabbesaṃ pārājikaṃ. 如果另一個人對他叫「逃走」，如果有一百個比丘按照路線回到他身邊，所有人都屬於重罪。Yo pana vegasā palāyantaṃyeva 『『palāya, yāva taṃ sāmikā na gaṇhantī』』ti bhaṇati, anāpatti pārājikassa. 如果他對逃跑的人說「逃走，直到主人不再抓住你」，則不構成重罪。Sace pana saṇikaṃ gacchantaṃ bhaṇati, so ca tassa vacanena sīghaṃ gacchati, pārājikaṃ. 如果他對緩慢走的人說話，而他因其話語而迅速離開，則屬於重罪。Palāyitvā aññaṃ gāmaṃ vā desaṃ vā gataṃ disvā tatopi palāpentassa pārājikameva. 如果逃走後看到他去了另一個村莊或地方，仍然屬於重罪。 Adinnādānaṃ nāma pariyāyena muccati. 被盜的東西在某種意義上是解脫的。Yo hi evaṃ vadati – 『『tvaṃ idha kiṃ karosi, Kiṃ te palāyituṃ na vaṭṭatīti vā, kiṃ katthaci gantvā sukhaṃ jīvituṃ na vaṭṭatīti vā, dāsadāsiyo palāyitvā amukaṃ nāma padesaṃ gantvā sukhaṃ jīvantī』』ti vā, so ca tassa vacanaṃ sutvā palāyati, avahāro natthi. 如果他這樣說：「你在這裡做什麼，難道你不能逃走嗎？難道你去其他地方過得快樂嗎？奴隸們逃走後去某個地方過得快樂。」聽到這樣的話后逃走，則沒有責任。Yopi 『『mayaṃ amukaṃ nāma padesaṃ gacchāma, tatrāgatā sukhaṃ jīvanti, amhehi ca saddhiṃ gacchantānaṃ antarāmaggepi pātheyyādīhi kilamatho natthī』』ti vatvā sukhaṃ attanā saddhiṃ āgacchantaṃ gahetvā gacchati maggagamanavasena, na theyyacittena; nevatthi avahāro. 如果他說「我們去某個地方，那裡的人過得快樂，和我們一起去的人在路上沒有任何麻煩」，然後抓住快樂地回去，則是按照行走的方式，而不是出於意圖；沒有責任。Antarāmagge ca coresu uṭṭhitesu 『『are! Corā uṭṭhitā, vegena palāya, ehi yāhī』』ti vadantassāpi corantarāya mocanatthāya vuttattā avahāraṃ na vadantīti。 在路上如果有盜賊出現，喊著「盜賊出現了，快逃，走吧」，由於是爲了讓盜賊脫離而說的，因此不構成責任。 Pāṇakathā niṭṭhitā. 關於生命的討論已結束。

Apadakathā

Apadesu ahi nāma sassāmiko ahituṇḍikādīhi gahitasappo; yaṃ kīḷāpentā

Aḍḍhampi pādampi kahāpaṇampi labhanti, muñcantāpi hiraññaṃ vā suvaṇṇaṃ vā gahetvāva muñcanti. Te kassaci bhikkhuno nisinnokāsaṃ gantvā sappakaraṇḍaṃ ṭhapetvā niddāyanti vā, katthaci vā gacchanti, tatra ce so bhikkhu theyyacittena taṃ karaṇḍaṃ āmasati, dukkaṭaṃ. Phandāpeti, thullaccayaṃ. Ṭhānā cāveti, pārājikaṃ. Sace pana karaṇḍakaṃ ugghāṭetvā sappaṃ gīvāya gaṇhāti, dukkaṭaṃ. Uddharati, thullaccayaṃ. Ujukaṃ katvā uddharantassa karaṇḍatalato sappassa naṅguṭṭhe kesaggamatte mutte pārājikaṃ. Ghaṃsitvā kaḍḍhantassa naṅguṭṭhe mukhavaṭṭito muttamatte pārājikaṃ . Karaṇḍamukhaṃ īsakaṃ vivaritvā pahāraṃ vā datvā 『『ehi, re』』ti nāmena pakkositvā nikkhāmeti, pārājikaṃ . Tatheva vivaritvā maṇḍūkasaddaṃ vā mūsikasaddaṃ vā lājāvikiraṇaṃ vā katvā nāmena pakkosati, accharaṃ vā paharati, evaṃ nikkhantepi pārājikaṃ. Mukhaṃ avivaritvāpi evaṃ kate chāto sappo sīsena karaṇḍapuṭaṃ āhacca okāsaṃ katvā palāyati, pārājikameva. Sace pana mukhe vivarite sayameva sappo nikkhamitvā palāyati, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Athāpi mukhaṃ vivaritvā vā avivaritvā vā kevalaṃ maṇḍūkamūsikasaddaṃ lājāvikiraṇameva ca karoti, na nāmaṃ gahetvā pakkosati, na accharaṃ vā paharati, sappo ca chātattā 『『maṇḍūkādīni khādissāmī』』ti nikkhamitvā palāyati, bhaṇḍadeyyameva. Maccho kevalaṃ idha apadaggahaṇena āgato. Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ udakaṭṭhe vuttamevāti.

Apadakathā niṭṭhitā.

Dvipadakathā

1. Dvipadesu – ye avaharituṃ sakkā, te dassento 『『manussā pakkhajātā』』ti āha. Devatā pana avaharituṃ na sakkā. Pakkhā jātā etesanti pakkhajātā. Te lomapakkhā cammapakkhā aṭṭhipakkhāti tividhā. Tattha morakukkuṭādayo lomapakkhā, vagguliādayo cammapakkhā, bhamarādayo aṭṭhipakkhāti veditabbā. Te sabbepi manussā ca pakkhajātā ca kevalaṃ idha dvipadaggahaṇena āgatā. Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ ākāsaṭṭhe ca pāṇe ca vuttanayamevāti.

Dvipadakathā niṭṭhitā.

Catuppadakathā

Apadakathā Apadesu ahi nāma sassāmiko ahituṇḍikādīhi gahitasappo; yaṃ kīḷāpentā Aḍḍhampi pādampi kahāpaṇampi labhanti, muñcantāpi hiraññaṃ vā suvaṇṇaṃ vā gahetvāva muñcanti. 在無足的動物中，蛇是被蛇人等抓住的有主人的蛇；玩耍時能獲得半個、一個或一個錢幣，釋放時也會拿走金銀才釋放。Te kassaci bhikkhuno nisinnokāsaṃ gantvā sappakaraṇḍaṃ ṭhapetvā niddāyanti vā, katthaci vā gacchanti, tatra ce so bhikkhu theyyacittena taṃ karaṇḍaṃ āmasati, dukkaṭaṃ. 他們去到某個比丘坐著的地方，放下裝蛇的箱子后睡覺或去別處，如果那個比丘帶著偷竊的心碰觸那個箱子，這是輕罪。Phandāpeti, thullaccayaṃ. 如果使其搖動，這是重罪。Ṭhānā cāveti, pārājikaṃ. 如果使其離開原處，這是波羅夷罪。Sace pana karaṇḍakaṃ ugghāṭetvā sappaṃ gīvāya gaṇhāti, dukkaṭaṃ. 如果打開箱子抓住蛇的脖子，這是輕罪。Uddharati, thullaccayaṃ. 如果提起，這是重罪。Ujukaṃ katvā uddharantassa karaṇḍatalato sappassa naṅguṭṭhe kesaggamatte mutte pārājikaṃ. 如果直接提起，當蛇尾從箱底離開一根頭髮的距離時，這是波羅夷罪。Ghaṃsitvā kaḍḍhantassa naṅguṭṭhe mukhavaṭṭito muttamatte pārājikaṃ. 如果拖拽，當蛇尾從箱口離開時，這是波羅夷罪。Karaṇḍamukhaṃ īsakaṃ vivaritvā pahāraṃ vā datvā ''ehi, re''ti nāmena pakkositvā nikkhāmeti, pārājikaṃ. 如果稍微打開箱蓋，打擊或呼喚其名字說"來吧"使其出來，這是波羅夷罪。Tatheva vivaritvā maṇḍūkasaddaṃ vā mūsikasaddaṃ vā lājāvikiraṇaṃ vā katvā nāmena pakkosati, accharaṃ vā paharati, evaṃ nikkhantepi pārājikaṃ. 同樣地打開后，發出青蛙聲或老鼠聲，或撒米，呼喚其名字，或打響指，這樣使其出來也是波羅夷罪。Mukhaṃ avivaritvāpi evaṃ kate chāto sappo sīsena karaṇḍapuṭaṃ āhacca okāsaṃ katvā palāyati, pārājikameva. 即使不打開蓋子，如果這樣做飢餓的蛇用頭撞開箱蓋逃走，也是波羅夷罪。Sace pana mukhe vivarite sayameva sappo nikkhamitvā palāyati, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. 但如果打開蓋子后蛇自己出來逃走，這是應賠償的。Athāpi mukhaṃ vivaritvā vā avivaritvā vā kevalaṃ maṇḍūkamūsikasaddaṃ lājāvikiraṇameva ca karoti, na nāmaṃ gahetvā pakkosati, na accharaṃ vā paharati, sappo ca chātattā ''maṇḍūkādīni khādissāmī''ti nikkhamitvā palāyati, bhaṇḍadeyyameva. 如果打開或不打開蓋子，只是發出青蛙聲或老鼠聲，或撒米，不呼喚其名字，不打響指，而蛇因飢餓想"我要吃青蛙等"而出來逃走，這也只是應賠償的。Maccho kevalaṃ idha apadaggahaṇena āgato. 魚在這裡只是因為無足而被提及。Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ udakaṭṭhe vuttamevāti. 關於這裡應該說的，在水中所說的已經說過了。 Apadakathā niṭṭhitā. 關於無足動物的討論結束。 Dvipadakathā Dvipadesu – ye avaharituṃ sakkā, te dassento ''manussā pakkhajātā''ti āha. 關於兩足動物 - 那些可以被偷的，他說"人和有翅膀的動物"。Devatā pana avaharituṃ na sakkā. 但是神靈是不能被偷的。Pakkhā jātā etesanti pakkhajātā. 那些長有翅膀的稱為有翅膀的。Te lomapakkhā cammapakkhā aṭṭhipakkhāti tividhā. 它們分為三種：羽翼、皮翼和骨翼。Tattha morakukkuṭādayo lomapakkhā, vagguliādayo cammapakkhā, bhamarādayo aṭṭhipakkhāti veditabbā. 其中，孔雀雞等是羽翼，蝙蝠等是皮翼，蜜蜂等是骨翼，應該這樣理解。Te sabbepi manussā ca pakkhajātā ca kevalaṃ idha dvipadaggahaṇena āgatā. 所有這些人和有翅膀的動物在這裡只是因為兩足而被提及。Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ ākāsaṭṭhe ca pāṇe ca vuttanayamevāti. 關於這裡應該說的，在空中和活物中所說的方法是相同的。 Dvipadakathā niṭṭhitā. 關於兩足動物的討論結束。 Catuppadakathā. 關於四足動物的討論。

1. Catuppadesu – pasukāti pāḷiyaṃ āgatāvasesā sabbā catuppadajātīti veditabbā. Hatthiādayo pākaṭāyeva. Tattha theyyacittena hatthiṃ āmasantassa dukkaṭaṃ, phandāpentassa thullaccayaṃ. Yo pana mahābalo balamadena taruṇaṃ bhiṅkacchāpaṃ nābhimūle sīsena uccāretvā gaṇhanto cattāro pāde, soṇḍaṃ ca bhūmito kesaggamattampi moceti, pārājikaṃ. Hatthī pana koci hatthisālāyaṃ bandhitvā ṭhapito hoti, koci abaddhova tiṭṭhati, koci antovatthumhi tiṭṭhati, koci rājaṅgaṇe tiṭṭhati, tattha hatthisālāyaṃ gīvāya bandhitvā ṭhapitassa gīvābandhanañca cattāro ca pādāti pañca ṭhānāni honti. Gīvāya ca ekasmiñca pāde ayasaṅkhalikāya baddhassa cha ṭhānāni. Gīvāya ca dvīsu ca pādesu baddhassa satta ṭhānāni. Tesaṃ vasena phandāpanaṭhānācāvanāni veditabbāni. Abaddhassa sakalā hatthisālā ṭhānaṃ. Tato atikkamane, pārājikaṃ. Antovatthumhi ṭhitassa sakalaṃ antovatthumeva ṭhānaṃ. Tassa vatthudvārātikkamane pārājikaṃ. Rājaṅgaṇe ṭhitassa sakalanagaraṃ ṭhānaṃ. Tassa nagaradvārātikkamane pārājikaṃ. Bahinagare ṭhitassa ṭhitaṭṭhānameva ṭhānaṃ. Taṃ haranto padavārena kāretabbo. Nipannassa ekameva ṭhānaṃ. Taṃ theyyacittena uṭṭhāpentassa uṭṭhitamatte pārājikaṃ. Assepi ayameva vinicchayo. Sace pana so catūsu pādesu baddho hoti, aṭṭha ṭhānāni veditabbāni. Esa nayo oṭṭhepi.

Goṇopi koci gehe bandhitvā ṭhapito hoti. Koci abaddhova tiṭṭhati, koci pana vaje bandhitvā ṭhapito hoti, koci abaddhova tiṭṭhati. Tattha gehe bandhitvā ṭhapitassa cattāro pādā, bandhanañcāti pañca ṭhānāni; abaddhassa sakalaṃ gehaṃ. Vajepi baddhassa pañca ṭhānāni. Abaddhassa sakalo vajo. Taṃ vajadvāraṃ atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ. Vajaṃ bhinditvā haranto khaṇḍadvāraṃ atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ. Dvāraṃ vā vivaritvā vajaṃ vā bhinditvā bahi ṭhito nāmena pakkositvā nikkhāmeti, pārājikaṃ. Sākhābhaṅgaṃ dassetvā pakkosantassāpi eseva nayo. Dvāraṃ avivaritvā vajaṃ abhinditvā sākhābhaṅgaṃ cāletvā pakkosati, goṇo chātatāya vajaṃ laṅghetvā nikkhamati, pārājikameva. Sace pana dvāre vivarite vaje vā bhinne sayameva nikkhamati, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Dvāraṃ vivaritvā vā avivaritvā vā vajampi bhinditvā vā abhinditvā vā kevalaṃ sākhābhaṅgaṃ cāleti, na pakkosati, goṇo chātatāya padasā vā laṅghetvā vā nikkhamati, bhaṇḍadeyyameva. Eko majjhe gāme baddho ṭhito, eko nipanno. Ṭhitagoṇassa pañca ṭhānāni honti, nipannassa dve ṭhānāni; tesaṃ vasena phandāpanaṭhānācāvanāni veditabbāni.

Yo pana nipannaṃ anuṭṭhāpetvā tattheva ghāteti, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Suparikkhitte pana dvārayutte gāme ṭhitagoṇassa sakalagāmo ṭhānaṃ. Aparikkhitte ṭhitassa vā carantassa vā pādehi akkantaṭṭhānameva ṭhānaṃ gadrabhapasukāsupi ayameva vinicchayoti.

Catuppadakathā niṭṭhitā.

Bahuppadakathā

1. Bahuppadesu – sace ekāya satapadiyā vatthu pūrati, taṃ padasā nentassa navanavuti thullaccayāni, ekaṃ pārājikaṃ. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.

Bahuppadakathā niṭṭhitā.

Ocarakakathā

Catuppadesu – pasukāti pāḷiyaṃ āgatāvasesā sabbā catuppadajātīti veditabbā. 關於四足動物——所有這些在巴利文中被稱為四足動物。Hatthiādayo pākaṭāyeva. 大象等是顯而易見的。Tattha theyyacittena hatthiṃ āmasantassa dukkaṭaṃ, phandāpentassa thullaccayaṃ. 在那裡，若以偷竊的心態抓住大象，則是輕罪；若使其搖動，則是重罪。Yo pana mahābalo balamadena taruṇaṃ bhiṅkacchāpaṃ nābhimūle sīsena uccāretvā gaṇhanto cattāro pāde, soṇḍaṃ ca bhūmito kesaggamattampi moceti, pārājikaṃ. 如果一個非常強壯的人用力將年輕的母牛抬起，並抓住其四隻腳，甚至從地面上抬起一根頭髮，則是波羅夷罪。Hatthī pana koci hatthisālāyaṃ bandhitvā ṭhapito hoti, koci abaddhova tiṭṭhati, koci antovatthumhi tiṭṭhati, koci rājaṅgaṇe tiṭṭhati, tattha hatthisālāyaṃ gīvāya bandhitvā ṭhapitassa gīvābandhanañca cattāro ca pādāti pañca ṭhānāni honti. 有的人在大象圈裡被綁住，有的人自由站立，有的人在內衣上站立，有的人在王宮的院子里站立，在那裡，綁住大象脖子的人有五個地方。Gīvāya ca ekasmiñca pāde ayasaṅkhalikāya baddhassa cha ṭhānāni. 如果脖子和一隻腳被鐵鏈綁住，則有六個地方。Gīvāya ca dvīsu ca pādesu baddhassa satta ṭhānāni. 如果脖子和兩隻腳被綁住，則有七個地方。Tesaṃ vasena phandāpanaṭhānācāvanāni veditabbāni. 根據這些情況，應該理解搖動的地方和離開的地方。Abaddhassa sakalā hatthisālā ṭhānaṃ. 對於未被綁住的，整個大象圈都是地方。Tato atikkamane, pārājikaṃ. 超過這個地方，屬於波羅夷罪。Antovatthumhi ṭhitassa sakalaṃ antovatthumeva ṭhānaṃ. 對於在內衣上站立的，整個內衣都是地方。Tassa vatthudvārātikkamane pārājikaṃ. 超過這個衣服的門口，屬於波羅夷罪。Rājaṅgaṇe ṭhitassa sakalanagaraṃ ṭhānaṃ. 對於在王宮院子里站立的，整個城市都是地方。Tassa nagaradvārātikkamane pārājikaṃ. 超過這個城市的門口，屬於波羅夷罪。Bahinagare ṭhitassa ṭhitaṭṭhānameva ṭhānaṃ. 對於在外城站立的，站立的地方就是地方。Taṃ haranto padavārena kāretabbo. 抓住它時，應該按步行的方式處理。Nipannassa ekameva ṭhānaṃ. 對於坐著的，只是一個地方。Taṃ theyyacittena uṭṭhāpentassa uṭṭhitamatte pārājikaṃ. 對於以偷竊的心態使其站起來，僅僅站起來就屬於波羅夷罪。Assepi ayameva vinicchayo. 對於馬也是同樣的判斷。Sace pana so catūsu pādesu baddho hoti, aṭṭha ṭhānāni veditabbāni. 如果它的四隻腳被綁住，則應理解為八個地方。Esa nayo oṭṭhepi. 這個規則也適用於嘴。 Goṇopi koci gehe bandhitvā ṭhapito hoti. 有的牛在家中被綁住。Koci abaddhova tiṭṭhati, koci pana vaje bandhitvā ṭhapito hoti, koci abaddhova tiṭṭhati. 有的人自由站立，有的人則被綁住。Tattha gehe bandhitvā ṭhapitassa cattāro pādā, bandhanañcāti pañca ṭhānāni; abaddhassa sakalaṃ gehaṃ. 在那裡，被綁住的牛有四隻腳和綁住的地方，因此有五個地方；未被綁住的牛則整個家都是地方。Vajepi baddhassa pañca ṭhānāni. 對於被綁住的牛，五個地方。Abaddhassa sakalo vajo. 對於未被綁住的牛，整個牛都是地方。Taṃ vajadvāraṃ atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ. 超過這個牛的門口，屬於波羅夷罪。Vajaṃ bhinditvā haranto khaṇḍadvāraṃ atikkāmeti, pārājikaṃ. 拆開牛的門而抓住，超過這個斷裂的門口，屬於波羅夷罪。Dvāraṃ vā vivaritvā vajaṃ vā bhinditvā bahi ṭhito nāmena pakkositvā nikkhāmeti, pārājikaṃ. 打開門或拆開牛，站在外面呼喚其名字使其出來，屬於波羅夷罪。Sākhābhaṅgaṃ dassetvā pakkosantassāpi eseva nayo. 顯示出折斷的樹枝呼喚時，也是同樣的規則。Dvāraṃ avivaritvā vajaṃ abhinditvā sākhābhaṅgaṃ cāletvā pakkosati, goṇo chātatāya vajaṃ laṅghetvā nikkhamati, pārājikameva. 打開門，拆開牛，折斷

1. Ocaratīti ocarako, tattha tattha anto anupavisatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Ocaritvāti sallakkhetvā, upadhāretvāti attho. Ācikkhatīti parakulesu vā vihārādīsu vā duṭṭhapitaṃ asaṃvihitārakkhaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ aññassa corakammaṃ kātuṃ paṭibalassa āroceti. Āpatti ubhinnaṃ pārājikassāti avassaṃ hāriye bhaṇḍe ocarakassa āṇattikkhaṇe itarassa ṭhānācāvaneti evaṃ āpatti ubhinnaṃ pārājikassa. Yo pana 『『puriso gehe natthi, bhaṇḍaṃ asukasmiṃ nāma padese ṭhapitaṃ asaṃvihitārakkhaṃ, dvāraṃ asaṃvutaṃ, gatamatteneva sakkā harituṃ, natthi nāma koci purisakārūpajīvī, yo taṃ gantvā hareyyā』』tiādinā nayena pariyāyakathaṃ karoti, tañca sutvā añño 『『ahaṃ dāni harissāmī』』ti gantvā harati, tassa ṭhānācāvane pārājikaṃ, itarassa pana anāpatti. Pariyāyena hi adinnādānato muccatīti.

Ocarakakathā niṭṭhitā.

Oṇirakkhakathā

Oṇiṃ rakkhatīti oṇirakkho. Yo parena attano vasanaṭṭhāne ābhataṃ bhaṇḍaṃ 『『idaṃ

Tāva, bhante, muhuttaṃ oloketha, yāva ahaṃ idaṃ nāma kiccaṃ katvā āgacchāmī』』ti vutto rakkhati, tassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tenevāha – 『『oṇirakkho nāma āhaṭaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ gopento』』ti. Tattha oṇirakkho yebhuyyena bandhitvā laggetvā ṭhapitabhaṇḍaṃ amocetvāva heṭṭhā pasibbakaṃ vā puṭakaṃ vā chinditvā kiñcimattaṃ gahetvā sibbanādiṃ puna pākatikaṃ karoti, 『『evaṃ gaṇhissāmī』』ti āmasanādīni karontassa anurupā āpattiyo veditabbāti.

Oṇirakkhakathā niṭṭhitā.

Saṃvidāvahārakathā

Saṃvidhāya avahāro saṃvidāvahāro; aññamaññasaññattiyā katāvahāroti vuttaṃ hoti. Saṃvidahitvāti ekacchandatāya ekajjhāsayatāya sammantayitvāti attho. Tatrāyaṃ vinicchayo – sambahulā bhikkhū 『『asukaṃ nāma gehaṃ gantvā, chadanaṃ vā bhinditvā, sandhiṃ vā chinditvā bhaṇḍaṃ harissāmā』』ti saṃvidahitvā gacchanti. Tesu eko bhaṇḍaṃ avaharati. Tassuddhāre sabbesaṃ pārājikaṃ. Parivārepi cetaṃ vuttaṃ –

『『Caturo janā saṃvidhāya, garubhaṇḍaṃ avāharuṃ;

Tayo pārājikā, eko na pārājiko;

Pañhā mesā kusalehi cintitā』』ti. (pari. 479);

Tassāyaṃ attho – cattāro janā ācariyantevāsikā chamāsakaṃ garubhaṇḍaṃ āharitukāmā jātā. Tattha ācariyo 『『tvaṃ ekaṃ māsakaṃ hara, tvaṃ ekaṃ, tvaṃ ekaṃ, ahaṃ tayo harissāmī』』ti āha. Antevāsikesu pana paṭhamo 『『tumhe, bhante, tayo haratha, tvaṃ ekaṃ hara, tvaṃ ekaṃ, ahaṃ ekaṃ harissāmī』』ti āha. Itarepi dve evameva āhaṃsu. Tattha antevāsikesu ekamekassa ekeko māsako sāhatthiko hoti, tena nesaṃ dukkaṭāpattiyo; pañca āṇattikā, tehi tiṇṇampi pārājikaṃ. Ācariyassa pana tayo sāhatthikā, tehissa thullaccayaṃ. Tayo āṇattikā, tehipi thullaccayameva. Imasmiñhi adinnādānasikkhāpade sāhatthikaṃ vā āṇattikassa, āṇattikaṃ vā sāhatthikassa aṅgaṃ na hoti. Sāhatthikaṃ pana sāhatthikeneva kāretabbaṃ, āṇattikaṃ āṇattikeneva. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『caturo janā saṃvidhāya…pe… pañhā mesā kusalehi cintitā』』ti.

Ocaratīti ocarako, tattha tattha anto anupavisatīti vuttaṃ hoti. 行走就是走入者，意思是在各處進入內部。Ocaritvāti sallakkhetvā, upadhāretvāti attho. 行走意味著觀察、考慮。Ācikkhatīti parakulesu vā vihārādīsu vā duṭṭhapitaṃ asaṃvihitārakkhaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ aññassa corakammaṃ kātuṃ paṭibalassa āroceti. 告知是指在他人家中或寺院等處放置的未受保護的物品，告訴能夠進行偷竊行為的人。Āpatti ubhinnaṃ pārājikassāti avassaṃ hāriye bhaṇḍe ocarakassa āṇattikkhaṇe itarassa ṭhānācāvaneti evaṃ āpatti ubhinnaṃ pārājikassa. 兩人都犯波羅夷罪，意思是在必須被帶走的物品上，一個人在命令的瞬間，另一個人在移動物品時，這樣兩人都犯波羅夷罪。Yo pana ''puriso gehe natthi, bhaṇḍaṃ asukasmiṃ nāma padese ṭhapitaṃ asaṃvihitārakkhaṃ, dvāraṃ asaṃvutaṃ, gatamatteneva sakkā harituṃ, natthi nāma koci purisakārūpajīvī, yo taṃ gantvā hareyyā''tiādinā nayena pariyāyakathaṃ karoti, tañca sutvā añño ''ahaṃ dāni harissāmī''ti gantvā harati, tassa ṭhānācāvane pārājikaṃ, itarassa pana anāpatti. 如果有人以這樣的方式說："房子里沒有人，物品放在某個地方沒有保護，門沒有關，一去就可以拿走，沒有人會去拿"等等，聽到這些話后另一個人說"我現在就去拿"並去拿走，那個人在移動物品時犯波羅夷罪，而另一個人則無罪。Pariyāyena hi adinnādānato muccatīti. 因為以間接方式可以避免偷盜罪。 Ocarakakathā niṭṭhitā. 關於行走者的討論結束。 Oṇirakkhakathā Oṇiṃ rakkhatīti oṇirakkho. 看守物品就是看守者。Yo parena attano vasanaṭṭhāne ābhataṃ bhaṇḍaṃ ''idaṃ Tāva, bhante, muhuttaṃ oloketha, yāva ahaṃ idaṃ nāma kiccaṃ katvā āgacchāmī''ti vutto rakkhati, tassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. 當有人將物品帶到自己的住處說"尊者，請暫時看管這個，直到我完成某事回來"，看管這個物品的人就是看守者。Tenevāha – ''oṇirakkho nāma āhaṭaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ gopento''ti. 因此說:"看守者是指看管帶來的物品的人"。Tattha oṇirakkho yebhuyyena bandhitvā laggetvā ṭhapitabhaṇḍaṃ amocetvāva heṭṭhā pasibbakaṃ vā puṭakaṃ vā chinditvā kiñcimattaṃ gahetvā sibbanādiṃ puna pākatikaṃ karoti, ''evaṃ gaṇhissāmī''ti āmasanādīni karontassa anurupā āpattiyo veditabbāti. 在那裡，看守者通常不解開被綁住的物品，而是從下面切開包或袋子，拿走一些東西，然後重新縫合等使其恢復原狀，對於這樣做的人應該理解相應的罪過。 Oṇirakkhakathā niṭṭhitā. 關於看守者的討論結束。 Saṃvidāvahārakathā Saṃvidhāya avahāro saṃvidāvahāro; aññamaññasaññattiyā katāvahāroti vuttaṃ hoti. 共謀偷盜就是共同偷盜；意思是相互商量後進行的偷盜。Saṃvidahitvāti ekacchandatāya ekajjhāsayatāya sammantayitvāti attho. 共謀意味著以一致的意願和想法商議。Tatrāyaṃ vinicchayo – sambahulā bhikkhū ''asukaṃ nāma gehaṃ gantvā, chadanaṃ vā bhinditvā, sandhiṃ vā chinditvā bhaṇḍaṃ harissāmā''ti saṃvidahitvā gacchanti. 這裡的判斷是 - 許多比丘商議說"我們去某個房子，破壞屋頂或切斷墻壁，偷走物品"然後出發。Tesu eko bhaṇḍaṃ avaharati. 其中一個人偷走物品。Tassuddhāre sabbesaṃ pārājikaṃ. 在他偷走時，所有人都犯波羅夷罪。Parivārepi cetaṃ vuttaṃ – 在《附隨》中也說: ''Caturo janā saṃvidhāya, garubhaṇḍaṃ avāharuṃ; Tayo pārājikā, eko na pārājiko; Pañhā mesā kusalehi cintitā''ti. (pari. 479); "四個人共謀,偷走貴重物品; 三人犯波羅夷,一人不犯波羅夷; 這是智者思考的問題。" Tassāyaṃ attho – cattāro janā ācariyantevāsikā chamāsakaṃ garubhaṇḍaṃ āharitukāmā jātā. 這裡的意思是 - 四個人,老師和學生,想要偷走價值六摩沙迦的貴重物品。Tattha ācariyo ''tvaṃ ekaṃ māsakaṃ hara, tvaṃ ekaṃ, tvaṃ ekaṃ, ahaṃ tayo harissāmī''ti āha. 老師說:"你拿一個摩沙迦,你拿一個,你拿一個,我拿三個。"Antevāsikesu pana paṭhamo ''tumhe, bhante, tayo haratha, tvaṃ ekaṃ hara, tvaṃ ekaṃ, ahaṃ ekaṃ harissāmī''ti āha. 但是學生中的第一個說:"尊者,你拿三個,你拿一個,你拿一個,我拿一個。"Itarepi dve evameva āhaṃsu. 其他兩個人也這樣說。Tattha antevāsikesu ekamekassa ekeko māsako sāhatthiko hoti, tena nesaṃ dukkaṭāpattiyo; pañca āṇattikā, tehi tiṇṇampi pārājikaṃ. 在那裡,每個學生親手拿一個摩沙迦,因此他們犯輕罪;五個是被指使的,因此三人都犯波羅夷罪。Ācariyassa pana tayo sāhatthikā, tehissa thullaccayaṃ. 但老師親手拿三個,因此他犯偷蘭遮。Tayo āṇattikā, tehipi thullaccayameva. 三個是被指使的,因此也是偷蘭遮。Imasmiñhi adinnādānasikkhāpade sāhatthikaṃ vā āṇattikassa, āṇattikaṃ vā sāhatthikassa aṅgaṃ na hoti. 在這條不與取學處中,親手做的不構成被指使者的要素,被指使的也不構成親手做者的要素。Sāhatthikaṃ pana sāhatthikeneva kāretabbaṃ, āṇattikaṃ āṇattikeneva. 親手做的應該以親手做來判罪,被指使的應該以被指使來判罪。Tena vuttaṃ – ''caturo janā saṃvidhāya…pe… pañhā mesā kusalehi cintitā''ti. 因此說:"四個人共謀......這是智者思考的問題。"

Apica saṃvidāvahāre asammohatthaṃ 『『ekabhaṇḍaṃ ekaṭṭhānaṃ, ekabhaṇḍaṃ nānāṭhānaṃ; nānābhaṇḍaṃ ekaṭṭhānaṃ, nānābhaṇḍaṃ nānāṭhāna』』nti idampi catukkaṃ atthato sallakkhetabbaṃ. Tattha ekabhaṇḍaṃ ekaṭṭhānanti ekakulassa āpaṇaphalake pañcamāsakaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ duṭṭhapitaṃ disvā sambahulā bhikkhū ekaṃ āṇāpenti 『『gacchetaṃ āharā』』ti, tassuddhāre sabbesaṃ pārājikaṃ. Ekabhaṇḍaṃ nānāṭhānanti ekakulassa pañcasu āpaṇaphalakesu ekekamāsakaṃ duṭṭhapitaṃ disvā sambahulā ekaṃ āṇāpenti 『『gacchete āharā』』ti, pañcamassa māsakassa uddhāre sabbesaṃ pārājikaṃ. Nānābhaṇḍaṃ ekaṭṭhānanti bahūnaṃ santakaṃ pañcamāsakaṃ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ ekasmiṃ ṭhāne duṭṭhapitaṃ disvā sambahulā ekaṃ āṇāpenti 『『gacchetaṃ āharā』』ti, tassuddhāre sabbesaṃ pārājikaṃ. Nānābhaṇḍaṃ nānāṭhānanti pañcannaṃ kulānaṃ pañcasu āpaṇaphalakesu ekekamāsakaṃ duṭṭhapitaṃ disvā sambahulā ekaṃ āṇāpenti 『『gacchete āharā』』ti, pañcamassa māsakassa uddhāre sabbesaṃ pārājikanti.

Saṃvidāvahārakathā niṭṭhitā.

Saṅketakammakathā

119.Saṅketakammanti sañjānanakammaṃ; kālaparicchedavasena saññāṇakaraṇanti attho. Ettha ca 『『purebhattaṃ avaharā』』ti vutte ajja vā purebhattaṃ avaharatu, sve vā, anāgate vā saṃvacchare, natthi visaṅketo; ubhinnampi ocarake vuttanayeneva pārājikaṃ. Sace pana 『『ajja purebhattaṃ avaharā』』ti vutte sve purebhattaṃ avaharati, 『『ajjā』』ti niyāmitaṃ taṃ saṅketaṃ atikkamma pacchā avahaṭaṃ hoti. Sace 『『sve purebhattaṃ avaharā』』ti vutte ajja purebhattaṃ avaharati , 『『sve』』ti niyāmitaṃ taṃ saṅketaṃ appatvā pure avahaṭaṃ hoti; evaṃ avaharantassa avahārakasseva pārājikaṃ, mūlaṭṭhassa anāpatti. 『『Sve purebhatta』』nti vutte tadaheva vā sve pacchābhattaṃ vā harantopi taṃ saṅketaṃ pure ca pacchā ca haratīti veditabbo. Esa nayo pacchābhattarattindivesupi. Purimayāma-majjhimayāma-pacchimayāma-kāḷajuṇha-māsa-utu-saṃvaccharādivasenāpi cettha saṅketavisaṅketatā veditabbā. 『『Purebhattaṃ harā』』ti vutte 『『purebhattameva harissāmī』』ti vāyamantassa pacchābhattaṃ hoti; ettha kathanti? Mahāsumatthero tāva āha – 『『purebhattapayogova eso, tasmā mūlaṭṭho na muccatī』』ti. Mahāpadumatthero panāha – 『『kālaparicchedaṃ atikkantattā visaṅketaṃ, tasmā mūlaṭṭho muccatī』』ti.

Saṅketakammakathā niṭṭhitā.

Nimittakammakathā

120.Nimittakammanti saññuppādanatthaṃ kassaci nimittassa karaṇaṃ, taṃ 『『akkhiṃ vā nikhaṇissāmī』』tiādinā nayena tidhā vuttaṃ. Aññampi panettha hatthalaṅghana-pāṇippahāraaṅguliphoṭana-gīvunnāmana-ukkāsanādianekappakāraṃ saṅgahetabbaṃ. Sesamettha saṅketakamme vuttanayamevāti.

Nimittakammakathā niṭṭhitā.

Āṇattikathā

Apica saṃvidāvahāre asammohatthaṃ ''ekabhaṇḍaṃ ekaṭṭhānaṃ, ekabhaṇḍaṃ nānāṭhānaṃ; nānābhaṇḍaṃ ekaṭṭhānaṃ, nānābhaṇḍaṃ nānāṭhāna''nti idampi catukkaṃ atthato sallakkhetabbaṃ. 而且,爲了在共謀偷盜時不混淆,應該從意義上理解這四種情況:"一件物品在一個地方,一件物品在不同地方;不同物品在一個地方,不同物品在不同地方"。Tattha ekabhaṇḍaṃ ekaṭṭhānanti ekakulassa āpaṇaphalake pañcamāsakaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ duṭṭhapitaṃ disvā sambahulā bhikkhū ekaṃ āṇāpenti ''gacchetaṃ āharā''ti, tassuddhāre sabbesaṃ pārājikaṃ. 其中,"一件物品在一個地方"是指看到一個家庭的櫃檯上放著價值五摩沙迦的物品,許多比丘命令一個人說"去拿那個",在他拿走時所有人都犯波羅夷罪。Ekabhaṇḍaṃ nānāṭhānanti ekakulassa pañcasu āpaṇaphalakesu ekekamāsakaṃ duṭṭhapitaṃ disvā sambahulā ekaṃ āṇāpenti ''gacchete āharā''ti, pañcamassa māsakassa uddhāre sabbesaṃ pārājikaṃ. "一件物品在不同地方"是指看到一個家庭的五個櫃檯上每個放著價值一摩沙迦的物品,許多人命令一個人說"去拿那些",在拿走第五個摩沙迦時所有人都犯波羅夷罪。Nānābhaṇḍaṃ ekaṭṭhānanti bahūnaṃ santakaṃ pañcamāsakaṃ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ ekasmiṃ ṭhāne duṭṭhapitaṃ disvā sambahulā ekaṃ āṇāpenti ''gacchetaṃ āharā''ti, tassuddhāre sabbesaṃ pārājikaṃ. "不同物品在一個地方"是指看到許多人的價值五摩沙迦或更多的物品放在一個地方,許多人命令一個人說"去拿那個",在他拿走時所有人都犯波羅夷罪。Nānābhaṇḍaṃ nānāṭhānanti pañcannaṃ kulānaṃ pañcasu āpaṇaphalakesu ekekamāsakaṃ duṭṭhapitaṃ disvā sambahulā ekaṃ āṇāpenti ''gacchete āharā''ti, pañcamassa māsakassa uddhāre sabbesaṃ pārājikanti. "不同物品在不同地方"是指看到五個家庭的五個櫃檯上每個放著價值一摩沙迦的物品,許多人命令一個人說"去拿那些",在拿走第五個摩沙迦時所有人都犯波羅夷罪。 Saṃvidāvahārakathā niṭṭhitā. 關於共謀偷盜的討論結束。 Saṅketakammakathā 119.Saṅketakammanti sañjānanakammaṃ; kālaparicchedavasena saññāṇakaraṇanti attho. 約定行為是指相互瞭解的行為;意思是根據時間限制做出標記。Ettha ca ''purebhattaṃ avaharā''ti vutte ajja vā purebhattaṃ avaharatu, sve vā, anāgate vā saṃvacchare, natthi visaṅketo; ubhinnampi ocarake vuttanayeneva pārājikaṃ. 在這裡,如果說"在午飯前偷",無論是今天午飯前偷,還是明天,或是未來的一年,都沒有違背約定;兩人都按照前面說的行走者的方式犯波羅夷罪。Sace pana ''ajja purebhattaṃ avaharā''ti vutte sve purebhattaṃ avaharati, ''ajjā''ti niyāmitaṃ taṃ saṅketaṃ atikkamma pacchā avahaṭaṃ hoti. 但如果說"今天午飯前偷",而明天午飯前偷,就是超過了指定為"今天"的約定而後來偷的。Sace ''sve purebhattaṃ avaharā''ti vutte ajja purebhattaṃ avaharati , ''sve''ti niyāmitaṃ taṃ saṅketaṃ appatvā pure avahaṭaṃ hoti; evaṃ avaharantassa avahārakasseva pārājikaṃ, mūlaṭṭhassa anāpatti. 如果說"明天午飯前偷",而今天午飯前偷,就是在達到指定為"明天"的約定之前偷的;這樣偷的人自己犯波羅夷罪,而指使者無罪。''Sve purebhatta''nti vutte tadaheva vā sve pacchābhattaṃ vā harantopi taṃ saṅketaṃ pure ca pacchā ca haratīti veditabbo. 如果說"明天午飯前",而當天或明天午飯後偷,應該理解為在約定之前和之後偷。Esa nayo pacchābhattarattindivesupi. 這個規則也適用於午飯後、夜晚和白天。Purimayāma-majjhimayāma-pacchimayāma-kāḷajuṇha-māsa-utu-saṃvaccharādivasenāpi cettha saṅketavisaṅketatā veditabbā. 根據初夜、中夜、后夜、黑月、白月、月份、季節、年等也應理解約定和違背約定。''Purebhattaṃ harā''ti vutte ''purebhattameva harissāmī''ti vāyamantassa pacchābhattaṃ hoti; ettha kathanti? 如果說"午飯前偷",而想"我一定會在午飯前偷"但結果在午飯後偷了;這種情況如何?Mahāsumatthero tāva āha – ''purebhattapayogova eso, tasmā mūlaṭṭho na muccatī''ti. 大善長老首先說:"這仍然是午飯前的行為,所以指使者不能免罪。"Mahāpadumatthero panāha – ''kālaparicchedaṃ atikkantattā visaṅketaṃ, tasmā mūlaṭṭho muccatī''ti. 但大蓮花長老說:"因為超過了時間限制所以是違背約定,所以指使者可以免罪。" Saṅketakammakathā niṭṭhitā. 關於約定行為的討論結束。 Nimittakammakathā 120.Nimittakammanti saññuppādanatthaṃ kassaci nimittassa karaṇaṃ, taṃ ''akkhiṃ vā nikhaṇissāmī''tiādinā nayena tidhā vuttaṃ. 暗示行為是指爲了產生認知而做某種標記,它以"我會眨眼"等方式說了三種。Aññampi panettha hatthalaṅghana-pāṇippahāraaṅguliphoṭana-gīvunnāmana-ukkāsanādianekappakāraṃ saṅgahetabbaṃ. 此外,這裡還應包括揮手、拍手、打響指、仰頭、咳嗽等多種方式。Sesamettha saṅketakamme vuttanayamevāti. 其餘的與約定行為中所說的方法相同。 Nimittakammakathā niṭṭhitā. 關於暗示行為的討論結束。 Āṇattikathā. 關於命令的討論。

1. Idāni etesveva saṅketakammanimittakammesu asammohatthaṃ 『『bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ āṇāpetī』』tiādimāha. Tattha so taṃ maññamāno tanti so avahārako yaṃ āṇāpakena nimittasaññaṃ katvā vuttaṃ, taṃ etanti maññamāno tameva avaharati, ubhinnaṃ pārājikaṃ. So taṃ maññamāno aññanti yaṃ avaharāti vuttaṃ, taṃ etanti maññamāno aññaṃ tasmiṃyeva ṭhāne ṭhapitaṃ avaharati, mūlaṭṭhassa anāpatti. Aññaṃ maññamāno tanti āṇāpakena nimittasaññaṃ katvā vuttabhaṇḍaṃ appagghaṃ, idaṃ aññaṃ tasseva samīpe ṭhapitaṃ sārabhaṇḍanti evaṃ aññaṃ maññamāno tameva avaharati, ubhinnampi pārājikaṃ. Aññaṃ maññamāno aññanti purimanayeneva idaṃ aññaṃ tasseva samīpe ṭhapitaṃ sārabhaṇḍanti maññati, tañce aññameva hoti, tasseva pārājikaṃ.

Itthannāmassa pāvadātiādīsu eko ācariyo tayo buddharakkhita-dhammarakkhita-saṅgharakkhitanāmakā antevāsikā daṭṭhabbā. Tattha bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ āṇāpetīti ācariyo kiñci bhaṇḍaṃ katthaci sallakkhetvā tassa haraṇatthāya buddharakkhitaṃ āṇāpeti. Itthannāmassa pāvadāti gaccha tvaṃ, buddharakkhita, etamatthaṃ dhammarakkhitassa pāvada. Itthannāmo itthannāmassa pāvadatūti dhammarakkhitopi saṅgharakkhitassa pāvadatu. Itthannāmo itthannāmaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharatūti evaṃ tayā āṇattena dhammarakkhitena āṇatto saṅgharakkhito itthannāmaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharatu, so hi amhesu vīrajātiko paṭibalo imasmiṃ kammeti. Āpatti dukkaṭassāti evaṃ āṇāpentassa ācariyassa tāva dukkaṭaṃ. Sace pana sā āṇatti yathādhippāyaṃ gacchati, yaṃ parato thullaccayaṃ vuttaṃ, āṇattikkhaṇe tadeva hoti. Atha taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avassaṃ hāriyaṃ hoti, yaṃ parato 『『sabbesaṃ āpatti pārājikassā』』ti vuttaṃ, tato imassa taṅkhaṇeyeva pārājikaṃ hotīti ayaṃ yutti sabbattha veditabbā.

So itarassa ārocetīti buddharakkhito dhammarakkhitassa, dhammarakkhito ca saṅgharakkhitassa 『『amhākaṃ ācariyo evaṃ vadati – 『itthannāmaṃ kira bhaṇḍaṃ avahara, tvaṃ kira amhesu ca vīrapuriso』』』ti āroceti, evaṃ tesampi dukkaṭaṃ. Avahārako paṭiggaṇhātīti 『『sādhu harissāmī』』ti saṅgharakkhito sampaṭicchati. Mūlaṭṭhassa āpatti thullaccayassāti saṅgharakkhitena paṭiggahitamatte ācariyassa thullaccayaṃ, mahājano hi tena pāpe niyojitoti. So taṃ bhaṇḍanti so ce saṅgharakkhito taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharati, sabbesaṃ catunnampi janānaṃ pārājikaṃ. Na kevalañca catunnaṃ, etena upāyena visaṅketaṃ akatvā paramparāya āṇāpentaṃ samaṇasataṃ samaṇasahassaṃ vā hotu, sabbesaṃ pārājikameva.

Dutiyavāre – so aññaṃ āṇāpetīti so ācariyena āṇatto buddharakkhito dhammarakkhitaṃ adisvā vā avattukāmo vā hutvā saṅgharakkhitameva upasaṅkamitvā 『『amhākaṃ ācariyo evamāha – 『itthannāmaṃ kira bhaṇḍaṃ avaharā』』』ti āṇāpeti. Āpatti dukkaṭassāti āṇattiyā tāva buddharakkhitassa dukkaṭaṃ. Paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassāti saṅgharakkhitena sampaṭicchite mūlaṭṭhasseva dukkaṭanti veditabbaṃ. Sace pana so taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharati, āṇāpakassa ca buddharakkhitassa, avahārakassa ca saṅgharakkhitassāti ubhinnampi pārājikaṃ. Mūlaṭṭhassa pana ācariyassa visaṅketattā pārājikena anāpatti. Dhammarakkhitassa ajānanatāya sabbena sabbaṃ anāpatti. Buddharakkhito pana dvinnaṃ sotthibhāvaṃ katvā attanā naṭṭho.

Idāni etesveva saṅketakammanimittakammesu asammohatthaṃ ''bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ āṇāpetī''tiādimāha. 現在在這些約定行為和暗示行為中，爲了不混淆，提到「比丘命令比丘」。Tattha so taṃ maññamāno tanti so avahārako yaṃ āṇāpakena nimittasaññaṃ katvā vuttaṃ, taṃ etanti maññamāno tameva avaharati, ubhinnaṃ pārājikaṃ. 在這裡，認為「他認為」是指那個行為者根據命令者的暗示而說的，他認為是那個物品，實際上他拿的就是那個物品，雙方都犯波羅夷罪。So taṃ maññamāno aññanti yaṃ avaharāti vuttaṃ, taṃ etanti maññamāno aññaṃ tasmiṃyeva ṭhāne ṭhapitaṃ avaharati, mūlaṭṭhassa anāpatti. 如果他認為是「他認為是另一個」，而拿走的是放在同一地方的另一個物品，則對於命令者無罪。Aññaṃ maññamāno tanti āṇāpakena nimittasaññaṃ katvā vuttabhaṇḍaṃ appagghaṃ, idaṃ aññaṃ tasseva samīpe ṭhapitaṃ sārabhaṇḍanti evaṃ aññaṃ maññamāno tameva avaharati, ubhinnampi pārājikaṃ. 如果他認為是「另一個」，而根據命令者的暗示拿走的是放在他旁邊的便宜物品，則雙方都犯波羅夷罪。Aññaṃ maññamāno aññanti purimanayeneva idaṃ aññaṃ tasseva samīpe ṭhapitaṃ sārabhaṇḍanti maññati, tañce aññameva hoti, tasseva pārājikaṃ. 如果他認為是「另一個」，而實際上是根據之前的方式認為是放在他旁邊的便宜物品，而他認為的確是另一個物品，則他也犯波羅夷罪。 Itthannāmassa pāvadātiādīsu eko ācariyo tayo buddharakkhita-dhammarakkhita-saṅgharakkhitanāmakā antevāsikā daṭṭhabbā. 在這裡，有一位老師和三個學生，分別名為「佛的保護者」、「法的保護者」和「僧團的保護者」。Tattha bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ āṇāpetīti ācariyo kiñci bhaṇḍaṃ katthaci sallakkhetvā tassa haraṇatthāya buddharakkhitaṃ āṇāpeti. 在這裡，老師會觀察任何物品，並命令「佛的保護者」去拿。Itthannāmassa pāvadāti gaccha tvaṃ, buddharakkhita, etamatthaṃ dhammarakkhitassa pāvada. 「去吧，佛的保護者，這就是法的保護者的命令。」Itthannāmo itthannāmassa pāvadatūti dhammarakkhitopi saṅgharakkhitassa pāvadatu. 「去吧，法的保護者，去拿這個佛的物品。」Itthannāmo itthannāmaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharatūti evaṃ tayā āṇāttenā dhammarakkhitena āṇatto saṅgharakkhito itthannāmaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharatu, so hi amhesu vīrajātiko paṭibalo imasmiṃ kammeti. 「去吧，去拿這個佛的物品」，這樣你以法的保護者的身份命令，僧團的保護者去拿這個佛的物品，他在我們中是勇敢的，有能力完成這項任務。Āpatti dukkaṭassāti evaṃ āṇāpentassa ācariyassa tāva dukkaṭaṃ. 因此，命令老師無疑是輕罪。Sace pana sā āṇatti yathādhippāyaṃ gacchati, yaṃ parato thullaccayaṃ vuttaṃ, āṇattikkhaṇe tadeva hoti. 如果這個命令按預期執行，而之前提到的輕罪在命令的瞬間發生，那麼就屬於輕罪。Atha taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avassaṃ hāriyaṃ hoti, yaṃ parato ''sabbesaṃ āpatti pārājikassā''ti vuttaṃ, tato imassa taṅkhaṇeyeva pārājikaṃ hotīti ayaṃ yutti sabbattha veditabbā. 然後那個物品必然會被拿走，之前提到的「所有人都犯波羅夷罪」，因此在那個瞬間就會成為波羅夷罪，這個原則在任何情況下都應理解。 So itarassa ārocetīti buddharakkhito dhammarakkhitassa, dhammarakkhito ca saṅgharakkhitassa ''amhākaṃ ācariyo evaṃ vadati – 『itthannāmaṃ kira bhaṇḍaṃ avahara, tvaṃ kira amhesu ca vīrapuriso'''ti āroceti, evaṃ tesampi dukkaṭaṃ. 如果他告訴另一個人，佛的保護者和法的保護者會說：「我們的老師這樣說——『去拿這個佛的物品，你在我們中是勇敢的人』」，他也會犯輕罪。Avahārako paṭiggaṇhātīti ''sādhu harissāmī''ti saṅgharakkhito sampaṭicchati. 行走者會接受「我會好好拿」的命令，僧團的保護者會接受。Mūlaṭṭhassa āpatti thullaccayassāti saṅgharakkhitena paṭiggahitamatte ācariyassa thullaccayaṃ, mahājano hi tena pāpe niyojitoti. 對於根本的輕罪，只有在僧團的保護下接受老師的命令，因而會犯輕罪，因為大眾會因此而受到影響。So taṃ bhaṇḍanti so ce saṅgharakkhito taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharati, sabbesaṃ catunnampi janānaṃ pārājikaṃ. 如果他拿走這個物品，而他是被僧團保護的，那麼所有四個人都犯波羅夷罪。Na kevalañca catunnaṃ, etena upāyena visaṅketaṃ akatvā paramparāya āṇāpentaṃ samaṇasataṃ samaṇasahassaṃ vā hotu, sabbesaṃ pārājikameva. 不僅僅是四個人，以這種方式不混淆地命令成百上千的修行者，所有人都犯波羅夷罪。 Dutiyavāre – so aññaṃ āṇāpetīti so ācariyena āṇatto buddharakkhito dhammarakkhitaṃ adisvā vā avattukāmo vā hutvā saṅgharakkhitameva upasaṅkamitvā ''amhākaṃ ācariyo evamāha – 'itthannāmaṃ kira bhaṇḍaṃ avaharā'''ti āṇāpeti. 在第二次中——他命令另一個人，作為老師的命令者，佛的保護者和法的保護者沒有看到，或者想要不執行而向僧團保護者走去，命令「我們的老師這樣說——『去拿這個佛的物品』」。Āpatti dukkaṭassāti āṇattiyā tāva buddharakkhitassa dukkaṭaṃ. 輕罪是指命令佛的保護者。Paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassāti saṅgharakkhitena sampaṭicchite mūlaṭṭhasseva dukkaṭanti veditabbaṃ. 只有在接受命令時，輕罪是指僧團保護者的根本輕罪。Sace pana so taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharati, āṇāpakassa ca buddharakkhitassa, avahārakassa ca saṅgharakkhitassāti ubhinnampi pārājikaṃ. 如果他拿走這個物品，而命令者是佛的保護者，行走者是僧團保護者，那麼雙方都犯波羅夷罪。Mūlaṭṭhassa pana ācariyassa visaṅketattā pārājikena anāpatti. 由於老師的命令不混淆，因此根本上沒有波羅夷罪。Dhammarakkhitassa ajānanatāya sabbena sabbaṃ anāpatti. 由於法的保護者不知道，因此所有情況都無罪。Buddharakkhito pana dvinnaṃ sotthibhāvaṃ katvā attanā naṭṭho. 但是佛的保護者由於兩者的安全狀態而失去了自我。

Ito paresu catūsu āṇattivāresu paṭhame tāva so gantvā puna paccāgacchatīti bhaṇḍaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā anto ca bahi ca ārakkhaṃ disvā avaharituṃ asakkonto āgacchati. Yadā sakkosi, tadāti kiṃ ajjeva avahaṭaṃ hoti? Gaccha yadā sakkosi tadā naṃ avaharāti. Āpatti dukkaṭassāti evaṃ puna āṇattiyāpi dukkaṭameva hoti. Sace pana taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avassaṃ hāriyaṃ hoti, atthasādhakacetanā nāma maggānantaraphalasadisā, tasmā ayaṃ āṇattikkhaṇeyeva pārājiko. Sacepi avahārako saṭṭhivassātikkamena taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharati, āṇāpako ca antarāyeva kālaṃ vā karoti, hīnāya vā āvattati; assamaṇova hutvā kālaṃ vā karissati, hīnāya vā āvattissati, avahārakassa pana avahārakkhaṇeyeva pārājikaṃ.

Dutiyavāre – yasmā taṃ saṇikaṃ vā bhaṇanto tassa vā badhiratāya 『『mā avaharī』』ti

Etaṃ vacanaṃ na sāveti, tasmā mūlaṭṭho na mutto. Tatiyavāre – pana sāvitattā mutto. Catutthavāre – tena ca sāvitattā, itarena ca 『『sādhū』』ti sampaṭicchitvā oratattā ubhopi muttāti.

Āṇattikathā niṭṭhitā.

Āpattibhedaṃ

1. Idāni tattha tattha ṭhānā cāvanavasena vuttassa adinnādānassa aṅgaṃ vatthubhedena ca āpattibhedaṃ dassento 『『pañcahi ākārehī』』tiādimāha. Tattha pañcahi ākārehīti pañcahi kāraṇehi; pañcahi aṅgehīti vuttaṃ hoti. Tatrāyaṃ saṅkhepattho – adinnaṃ ādiyantassa 『『parapariggahitañca hotī』』tiādinā nayena vuttehi pañcahākārehi pārājikaṃ hoti, na tato ūnehīti. Tatrime pañca ākārā – parapariggahitaṃ, parapariggahitasaññitā , parikkhārassa garukabhāvo, theyyacittaṃ, ṭhānācāvananti. Ito parehi pana dvīhi vārehi lahuke parikkhāre vatthubhedena thullaccayañca dukkaṭañca dassitaṃ.

125.『『Chahākārehī』』tiādinā nayena vuttavārattaye pana na sakasaññitā, na vissāsaggāhitā, na tāvakālikatā, parikkhārassa garukabhāvo, theyyacittaṃ, ṭhānācāvananti evaṃ cha ākārā veditabbā. Vatthubhedena panetthāpi paṭhamavāre pārājikaṃ. Dutiyatatiyesu thullaccayadukkaṭāni vuttāni. Tato paresu pana tīsu vāresu vijjamānepi vatthubhede vatthussa parehi apariggahitattā dukkaṭameva vuttaṃ. Tatra yadetaṃ 『『na ca parapariggahita』』nti vuttaṃ, taṃ anajjhāvutthakaṃ vā hotu chaḍḍitaṃ chinnamūlakaṃ assāmikavatthu, attano santakaṃ vā, ubhayampi 『『na ca parapariggahita』』ntveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Yasmā panettha parapariggahitasaññā ca atthi, theyyacittena ca gahitaṃ, tasmā anāpatti na vuttāti.

Āpattibhedaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

Anāpattibhedaṃ

Ito paresu catūsu āṇattivāresu paṭhame tāva so gantvā puna paccāgacchatīti bhaṇḍaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā anto ca bahi ca ārakkhaṃ disvā avaharituṃ asakkonto āgacchati. 在接下來的四個命令中,首先他去了又回來,意思是他去到物品所在地,看到裡外都有守衛,無法偷取就回來了。Yadā sakkosi, tadāti kiṃ ajjeva avahaṭaṃ hoti? Gaccha yadā sakkosi tadā naṃ avaharāti. "你什麼時候能做到,就什麼時候去",難道今天就要偷嗎?去吧,你什麼時候能做到就什麼時候去偷。Āpatti dukkaṭassāti evaṃ puna āṇattiyāpi dukkaṭameva hoti. 這樣再次命令也只是輕罪。Sace pana taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avassaṃ hāriyaṃ hoti, atthasādhakacetanā nāma maggānantaraphalasadisā, tasmā ayaṃ āṇattikkhaṇeyeva pārājiko. 但如果那個物品必定會被偷走,實現目的的意圖就像道果一樣緊隨而至,所以在命令的瞬間就犯了波羅夷罪。Sacepi avahārako saṭṭhivassātikkamena taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharati, āṇāpako ca antarāyeva kālaṃ vā karoti, hīnāya vā āvattati; assamaṇova hutvā kālaṃ vā karissati, hīnāya vā āvattissati, avahārakassa pana avahārakkhaṇeyeva pārājikaṃ. 即使偷盜者六十年後才偷走那個物品,而命令者在這期間死亡或還俗;或者將來會死亡或還俗,對於偷盜者來說在偷盜的瞬間就犯了波羅夷罪。 Dutiyavāre – yasmā taṃ saṇikaṃ vā bhaṇanto tassa vā badhiratāya ''mā avaharī''ti Etaṃ vacanaṃ na sāveti, tasmā mūlaṭṭho na mutto. 在第二種情況下 - 由於他說得很慢或對方耳朵不好,沒有聽到"不要偷"這句話,所以最初的命令者沒有免罪。Tatiyavāre – pana sāvitattā mutto. 在第三種情況下 - 因為說出來了所以免罪。Catutthavāre – tena ca sāvitattā, itarena ca ''sādhū''ti sampaṭicchitvā oratattā ubhopi muttāti. 在第四種情況下 - 因為一方說出來了,另一方說"好"並接受了,所以兩人都免罪。 Āṇattikathā niṭṭhitā. 關於命令的討論結束。 Āpattibhedaṃ Idāni tattha tattha ṭhānā cāvanavasena vuttassa adinnādānassa aṅgaṃ vatthubhedena ca āpattibhedaṃ dassento ''pañcahi ākārehī''tiādimāha. 現在爲了說明在各種情況下通過移動而構成的不與取的要素和根據對象的罪行差別,他說"以五種方式"等。Tattha pañcahi ākārehīti pañcahi kāraṇehi; pañcahi aṅgehīti vuttaṃ hoti. 這裡"以五種方式"意思是五個原因;是說五個要素。Tatrāyaṃ saṅkhepattho – adinnaṃ ādiyantassa ''parapariggahitañca hotī''tiādinā nayena vuttehi pañcahākārehi pārājikaṃ hoti, na tato ūnehīti. 這裡的簡要含義是 - 對於拿走未給予之物的人來說,根據"是他人所有"等所說的五個方面構成波羅夷罪,少於這些則不構成。Tatrime pañca ākārā – parapariggahitaṃ, parapariggahitasaññitā , parikkhārassa garukabhāvo, theyyacittaṃ, ṭhānācāvananti. 這五個方面是 - 他人所有、認為是他人所有、物品是貴重的、有偷盜意圖、移動位置。Ito parehi pana dvīhi vārehi lahuke parikkhāre vatthubhedena thullaccayañca dukkaṭañca dassitaṃ. 接下來的兩段中,對於輕微的物品,根據對象的不同而說明了偷蘭遮罪和突吉羅罪。 125.''Chahākārehī''tiādinā nayena vuttavārattaye pana na sakasaññitā, na vissāsaggāhitā, na tāvakālikatā, parikkhārassa garukabhāvo, theyyacittaṃ, ṭhānācāvananti evaṃ cha ākārā veditabbā. 在"以六種方式"等所說的三段中,應該理解這六個方面:不認為是自己的、不是借用的、不是暫時的、物品是貴重的、有偷盜意圖、移動位置。Vatthubhedena panetthāpi paṭhamavāre pārājikaṃ. 根據對象的不同,在第一段中是波羅夷罪。Dutiyatatiyesu thullaccayadukkaṭāni vuttāni. 在第二和第三段中說明了偷蘭遮罪和突吉羅罪。Tato paresu pana tīsu vāresu vijjamānepi vatthubhede vatthussa parehi apariggahitattā dukkaṭameva vuttaṃ. 在接下來的三段中,即使對像有所不同,由於對像不為他人所有,所以只說是突吉羅罪。Tatra yadetaṃ ''na ca parapariggahita''nti vuttaṃ, taṃ anajjhāvutthakaṃ vā hotu chaḍḍitaṃ chinnamūlakaṃ assāmikavatthu, attano santakaṃ vā, ubhayampi ''na ca parapariggahita''ntveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. 在那裡所說的"不是他人所有",可以是無人居住的、被拋棄的、失去所有權的無主物,或者是自己的東西,兩者都被算作"不是他人所有"。Yasmā panettha parapariggahitasaññā ca atthi, theyyacittena ca gahitaṃ, tasmā anāpatti na vuttāti. 因為這裡有認為是他人所有的想法,而且是以偷盜的意圖拿走的,所以沒有說無罪。 Āpattibhedaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. 罪行差別的討論結束。 Anāpattibhedaṃ. 無罪的差別。

1. Evaṃ vatthuvasena ca cittavasena ca āpattibhedaṃ dassetvā idāni anāpattibhedaṃ dassento 『『anāpatti sasaññissā』』tiādimāha. Tattha sasaññissāti sakasaññissa, 『『mayhaṃ santakaṃ idaṃ bhaṇḍa』』nti evaṃ sasaññissa parabhaṇḍampi gaṇhato gahaṇe anāpatti, gahitaṃ pana puna dātabbaṃ. Sace sāmikehi 『『dehī』』ti vutto na deti, tesaṃ dhuranikkhepe pārājikaṃ.

Vissāsaggāheti vissāsaggahaṇepi anāpatti. Vissāsaggāhalakkhaṇaṃ pana iminā suttena jānitabbaṃ – 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatassa vissāsaṃ gahetuṃ – sandiṭṭho ca hoti, sambhatto ca, ālapito ca, jīvati ca, gahite ca attamano』』ti (mahāva. 356). Tattha sandiṭṭhoti diṭṭhamattakamitto, sambhattoti daḷhamitto, ālapitoti 『『mama santakaṃ yaṃ icchasi, taṃ gaṇheyyāsi, āpucchitvā gahaṇe kāraṇaṃ natthī』』ti vutto. Jīvatīti anuṭṭhānaseyyāya sayitopi yāva jīvitindriyupacchedaṃ na pāpuṇāti. Gahite ca attamanoti gahite tuṭṭhacitto hoti, evarūpassa santakaṃ 『『gahite me attamano bhavissatī』』ti jānantena gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Anavasesapariyādānavasena cetāni pañcaṅgāni vuttāni. Vissāsaggāho pana tīhi aṅgehi ruhati – sandiṭṭho, jīvati, gahite attamano; sambhatto, jīvati, gahite attamano; ālapito, jīvati, gahite attamanoti.

Yo pana na jīvati, na ca gahite attamano hoti; tassa santakaṃ vissāsaggāhena gahitampi puna dātabbaṃ. Dadamānena ca matakadhanaṃ tāva ye tassa dhane issarā gahaṭṭhā vā pabbajitā vā, tesaṃ dātabbaṃ. Anattamanassa santakaṃ tasseva dātabbaṃ. Yo pana paṭhamaṃyeva 『『suṭṭhu kataṃ tayā mama santakaṃ gaṇhantenā』』ti vacībhedena vā cittuppādamattena vā anumoditvā pacchā kenaci kāraṇena kupito, paccāharāpetuṃ na labhati. Yopi adātukāmo cittena pana adhivāseti, na kiñci vadati, sopi puna paccāharāpetuṃ na labhati. Yo pana 『『mayā tumhākaṃ santakaṃ gahitaṃ vā paribhuttaṃ vā』』ti vutte 『『gahitaṃ vā hotu paribhuttaṃ vā, mayā pana taṃ kenacideva karaṇīyena ṭhapitaṃ, pākatikaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatī』』ti vadati. Ayaṃ paccāharāpetuṃ labhati.

Tāvakāliketi 『『paṭidassāmi paṭikarissāmī』』ti evaṃ gaṇhantassa tāvakālikepi gahaṇe anāpatti. Gahitaṃ pana sace bhaṇḍasāmiko puggalo vā gaṇo vā 『『tuyhevetaṃ hotū』』ti anujānāti, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce anujānāti, āharāpente dātabbaṃ. Saṅghasantakaṃ pana paṭidātumeva vaṭṭati.

Petapariggaheti ettha pana pettivisaye upapannāpi kālaṃ katvā tasmiṃyeva attabhāve nibbattāpi cātumahārājikādayo devāpi sabbe 『『petā』』 tveva saṅkhyaṃ gatā, tesaṃ pariggahe anāpatti. Sacepi hi sakko devarājā āpaṇaṃ pasāretvā nisinno hoti, dibbacakkhuko ca bhikkhu taṃ ñatvā attano cīvaratthāya satasahassagghanakampi sāṭakaṃ tassa 『『mā gaṇha, mā gaṇhā』』ti vadantassāpi gahetvā gacchati, vaṭṭati. Devatā pana uddissa balikammaṃ karontehi rukkhādīsu laggitasāṭake vattabbameva natthi.

Evaṃ vatthuvasena ca cittavasena ca āpattibhedaṃ dassetvā idāni anāpattibhedaṃ dassento ''anāpatti sasaññissā''tiādimāha. 這樣根據對像和心態說明了罪行的差別后,現在爲了說明無罪的差別,他說"對認為是自己的無罪"等。Tattha sasaññissāti sakasaññissa, ''mayhaṃ santakaṃ idaṃ bhaṇḍa''nti evaṃ sasaññissa parabhaṇḍampi gaṇhato gahaṇe anāpatti, gahitaṃ pana puna dātabbaṃ. 這裡"認為是自己的"是指認為是自己的,如"這個物品是我的",即使拿走他人的物品也無罪,但拿走的物品必須再還回去。Sace sāmikehi ''dehī''ti vutto na deti, tesaṃ dhuranikkhepe pārājikaṃ. 如果被物主說"給我"卻不給,在他們放棄時就犯波羅夷罪。 Vissāsaggāheti vissāsaggahaṇepi anāpatti. 對於親密的借用也無罪。Vissāsaggāhalakkhaṇaṃ pana iminā suttena jānitabbaṃ – ''anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatassa vissāsaṃ gahetuṃ – sandiṭṭho ca hoti, sambhatto ca, ālapito ca, jīvati ca, gahite ca attamano''ti (mahāva. 356). 親密借用的特徵應該根據這段經文來了解:"比丘們,我允許具備五種條件的人親密借用 - 是熟人,是親密的朋友,被告知可以借用,還活著,拿走時歡喜。"Tattha sandiṭṭhoti diṭṭhamattakamitto, sambhattoti daḷhamitto, ālapitoti ''mama santakaṃ yaṃ icchasi, taṃ gaṇheyyāsi, āpucchitvā gahaṇe kāraṇaṃ natthī''ti vutto. 這裡"熟人"是指見過面的朋友,"親密的朋友"是指親密的朋友,"被告知可以借用"是指被說"我的東西你想要什麼就拿什麼,不需要問就可以拿"。Jīvatīti anuṭṭhānaseyyāya sayitopi yāva jīvitindriyupacchedaṃ na pāpuṇāti. "還活著"是指即使躺在床上不能起來,只要生命沒有中斷。Gahite ca attamanoti gahite tuṭṭhacitto hoti, evarūpassa santakaṃ ''gahite me attamano bhavissatī''ti jānantena gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. "拿走時歡喜"是指拿走時心裡高興,知道"拿走時他會高興"就可以拿走這樣的人的東西。Anavasesapariyādānavasena cetāni pañcaṅgāni vuttāni. 這五個條件是以全面概括的方式說的。Vissāsaggāho pana tīhi aṅgehi ruhati – sandiṭṭho, jīvati, gahite attamano; sambhatto, jīvati, gahite attamano; ālapito, jīvati, gahite attamanoti. 但親密借用只要具備三個條件就可以 - 熟人、還活著、拿走時歡喜;親密的朋友、還活著、拿走時歡喜;被告知可以借用、還活著、拿走時歡喜。 Yo pana na jīvati, na ca gahite attamano hoti; tassa santakaṃ vissāsaggāhena gahitampi puna dātabbaṃ. 但如果他已經死了,或者拿走時不高興;即使是親密借用拿走的他的東西也必須還回去。Dadamānena ca matakadhanaṃ tāva ye tassa dhane issarā gahaṭṭhā vā pabbajitā vā, tesaṃ dātabbaṃ. 歸還時,如果是死者的財產,應該給予對他的財產有權力的在家人或出家人。Anattamanassa santakaṃ tasseva dātabbaṃ. 不高興者的東西應該歸還給他本人。Yo pana paṭhamaṃyeva ''suṭṭhu kataṃ tayā mama santakaṃ gaṇhantenā''ti vacībhedena vā cittuppādamattena vā anumoditvā pacchā kenaci kāraṇena kupito, paccāharāpetuṃ na labhati. 但如果一開始就說"你拿我的東西做得很好"或者心裡認可,之後因為某些原因生氣,也不能要求歸還。Yopi adātukāmo cittena pana adhivāseti, na kiñci vadati, sopi puna paccāharāpetuṃ na labhati. 即使不想給,但心裡默許,不說什麼,也不能要求歸還。Yo pana ''mayā tumhākaṃ santakaṃ gahitaṃ vā paribhuttaṃ vā''ti vutte ''gahitaṃ vā hotu paribhuttaṃ vā, mayā pana taṃ kenacideva karaṇīyena ṭhapitaṃ, pākatikaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatī''ti vadati. Ayaṃ paccāharāpetuṃ labhati. 但如果有人說"我拿了或用了你的東西",對方回答"拿了或用了都行,但我因為某些原因保留了,應該恢復原狀",這種人可以要求歸還。 Tāvakāliketi ''paṭidassāmi paṭikarissāmī''ti evaṃ gaṇhantassa tāvakālikepi gahaṇe anāpatti. "臨時借用"是指以"我會歸還,我會補償"的方式暫時拿走,這樣也無罪。Gahitaṃ pana sace bhaṇḍasāmiko puggalo vā gaṇo vā ''tuyhevetaṃ hotū''ti anujānāti, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. 但如果拿走後,物品的主人個人或團體說"就給你吧",這樣很好。No ce anujānāti, āharāpente dātabbaṃ. 如果不同意,要求歸還時就應該給。Saṅghasantakaṃ pana paṭidātumeva vaṭṭati. 但是僧團的物品必須歸還。 Petapariggaheti ettha pana pettivisaye upapannāpi kālaṃ katvā tasmiṃyeva attabhāve nibbattāpi cātumahārājikādayo devāpi sabbe ''petā'' tveva saṅkhyaṃ gatā, tesaṃ pariggahe anāpatti. "鬼的物品"在這裡包括投生到鬼界的、死後重生在同一境界的、四大天王天等的天神,都被算作"鬼",拿他們的東西無罪。Sacepi hi sakko devarājā āpaṇaṃ pasāretvā nisinno hoti, dibbacakkhuko ca bhikkhu taṃ ñatvā attano cīvaratthāya satasahassagghanakampi sāṭakaṃ tassa ''mā gaṇha, mā gaṇhā''ti vadantassāpi gahetvā gacchati, vaṭṭati. 即使是帝釋天王在商店裡坐著,有天眼的比丘知道后爲了自己的衣服,即使對方說"不要拿,不要拿",也拿走了價值十萬的布料,這都是允許的。Devatā pana uddissa balikammaṃ karontehi rukkhādīsu laggitasāṭake vattabbameva natthi. 至於為供奉神靈而掛在樹等處的布料,就更不用說了。

Tiracchānagatapariggaheti tiracchānagatānampi pariggahe anāpatti. Sacepi hi nāgarājā vā supaṇṇamāṇavako vā manussarūpena āpaṇaṃ pasāreti, tato cassa santakaṃ koci bhikkhu purimanayeneva gahetvā gacchati, vaṭṭati. Sīho vā byaggho vā migamahiṃsādayo vadhitvā khādanto jighacchāpīḷito āditova na vāretabbo. Anatthampi hi kareyya. Yadi pana thoke khāyite vāretuṃ sakkoti, vāretvā gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Senādayopi āmisaṃ gahetvā gacchante pātāpetvā gaṇhituṃ vaṭṭati.

Paṃsukūlasaññissāti assāmikaṃ 『『idaṃ paṃsukūla』』nti evaṃsaññissāpi gahaṇe anāpatti. Sace pana taṃ sassāmikaṃ hoti, āharāpente dātabbaṃ . Ummattakassāti pubbe vuttappakārassa ummattakassāpi anāpatti. Ādikammikassāti idha dhaniyo ādikammiko, tassa anāpatti. Avasesānaṃ pana rajakabhaṇḍikādicorānaṃ chabbaggiyādīnaṃ āpattiyevāti.

Anāpattibhedaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

Padabhājanīyavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Pakiṇṇakakathā

Samuṭṭhānañca kiriyā, atho saññā sacittakaṃ;

Lokavajjañca kammañca, kusalaṃ vedanāya cāti.

Imasmiṃ pana pakiṇṇake idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ tisamuṭṭhānaṃ – sāhatthikaṃ kāyato ca cittato ca samuṭṭhāti, āṇattikaṃ vācato ca cittato ca samuṭṭhāti, sāhatthikāṇattikaṃ kāyato ca vācato ca cittato ca samuṭṭhāti. Kiriyāsamuṭṭhānañca, karontoyeva hi etaṃ āpajjati na akaronto. 『『Adinnaṃ ādiyāmī』』ti saññāya abhāvena muccanato saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ , lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, tuṭṭho vā bhīto vā majjhatto vā taṃ āpajjatīti tivedananti sabbaṃ paṭhamasikkhāpade vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.

Pakiṇṇakakathā niṭṭhitā.

Vinītavatthuvaṇṇanā

1. Vinītavatthukathāsu chabbaggiyavatthu anupaññattiyaṃ vuttameva.

Dutiyavatthumhi – cittaṃ nāma puthujjanānaṃ rāgādivasena pakatiṃ vijahitvā dhāvati sandhāvati vidhāvati. Sace bhagavā kāyavacīdvārabhedaṃ vināpi cittuppādamattena āpattiṃ paññapeyya, ko sakkuṇeyya anāpattikaṃ attānaṃ kātuṃ! Tenāha – 『『anāpatti bhikkhu cittuppāde』』ti. Cittavasikena pana na bhavitabbaṃ, paṭisaṅkhānabalena cittaṃ nivāretabbamevāti.

133-4. Āmasana-phandāpana-ṭhānācāvanavatthūni uttānatthāneva. Tato parāni ca theyyacitto bhūmito aggahesīti vatthupariyosānāni.

1. Niruttipathavatthusmiṃ 1.329 ādiyīti gaṇhi, 『『corosi tva』』nti parāmasi. Itaro pana 『『kena avahaṭa』』nti vutte 『『mayā avahaṭa』』nti pucchāsabhāgena paṭiññaṃ adāsi. Yadi hi itarena 『『kena gahitaṃ, kena apanītaṃ, kena ṭhapita』』nti vuttaṃ abhavissa, atha ayampi 『『mayā gahitaṃ, apanītaṃ, ṭhapita』』nti vā vadeyya. Mukhaṃ nāma bhuñjanatthāya ca kathanatthāya ca kataṃ, theyyacittaṃ pana vinā avahāro natthi. Tenāha bhagavā – 『『anāpatti bhikkhu niruttipathe』』ti. Vohāravacanamatte anāpattīti attho. Tato paraṃ veṭhanavatthu pariyosānaṃ sabbaṃ uttānatthameva.

Tiracchānagatapariggaheti tiracchānagatānampi pariggahe anāpatti. 對於動物的物品,拿動物的東西也無罪。Sacepi hi nāgarājā vā supaṇṇamāṇavako vā manussarūpena āpaṇaṃ pasāreti, tato cassa santakaṃ koci bhikkhu purimanayeneva gahetvā gacchati, vaṭṭati. 即使是龍王或金翅鳥幻化成人形開店,比丘按前面說的方式拿走他的東西離開,也是允許的。Sīho vā byaggho vā migamahiṃsādayo vadhitvā khādanto jighacchāpīḷito āditova na vāretabbo. 獅子或老虎殺死鹿牛等動物正在吃時,如果飢餓難耐,一開始就不應該阻止。Anatthampi hi kareyya. 因為可能會造成傷害。Yadi pana thoke khāyite vāretuṃ sakkoti, vāretvā gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. 但如果吃了一點后可以阻止,阻止后拿走是允許的。Senādayopi āmisaṃ gahetvā gacchante pātāpetvā gaṇhituṃ vaṭṭati. 對於鷹等帶著食物離開的,讓它掉下來拿走也是允許的。 Paṃsukūlasaññissāti assāmikaṃ ''idaṃ paṃsukūla''nti evaṃsaññissāpi gahaṇe anāpatti. "認為是糞掃衣"是指對無主的物品認為"這是糞掃衣",這樣拿走也無罪。Sace pana taṃ sassāmikaṃ hoti, āharāpente dātabbaṃ . 但如果它有主人,要求歸還時就應該給。Ummattakassāti pubbe vuttappakārassa ummattakassāpi anāpatti. "瘋狂者"是指前面提到的那種瘋狂的人也無罪。Ādikammikassāti idha dhaniyo ādikammiko, tassa anāpatti. "第一個犯戒者"是指這裡的達尼亞是第一個犯戒的人,他無罪。Avasesānaṃ pana rajakabhaṇḍikādicorānaṃ chabbaggiyādīnaṃ āpattiyevāti. 但其餘的洗衣賊等六群比丘等人是有罪的。 Anāpattibhedaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. 無罪的差別討論結束。 Padabhājanīyavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 詞義解釋結束。 Pakiṇṇakakathā 雜項討論 Samuṭṭhānañca kiriyā, atho saññā sacittakaṃ; Lokavajjañca kammañca, kusalaṃ vedanāya cāti. 起因和行為,以及想法和心態; 世間過失和業,善巧和感受。 Imasmiṃ pana pakiṇṇake idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ tisamuṭṭhānaṃ – sāhatthikaṃ kāyato ca cittato ca samuṭṭhāti, āṇattikaṃ vācato ca cittato ca samuṭṭhāti, sāhatthikāṇattikaṃ kāyato ca vācato ca cittato ca samuṭṭhāti. 在這個雜項中,這條學處有三種起因 - 親手做的從身體和心產生,命令做的從語言和心產生,親手做和命令做的從身體、語言和心產生。Kiriyāsamuṭṭhānañca, karontoyeva hi etaṃ āpajjati na akaronto. 是行為起因,因為只有做了才會犯戒,不做就不會犯。''Adinnaṃ ādiyāmī''ti saññāya abhāvena muccanato saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ , lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, tuṭṭho vā bhīto vā majjhatto vā taṃ āpajjatīti tivedananti sabbaṃ paṭhamasikkhāpade vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. 由於沒有"我在拿未給予之物"的想法而免罪,所以是想解脫,是有心的,是世間過失,是身業,是語業,是不善心,無論是高興、害怕還是平靜都會犯戒,所以是三種感受,這一切都應該按照第一條學處所說的方式理解。 Pakiṇṇakakathā niṭṭhitā. 雜項討論結束。 Vinītavatthuvaṇṇanā 訓誡事例的解釋 Vinītavatthukathāsu chabbaggiyavatthu anupaññattiyaṃ vuttameva. 在訓誡事例的討論中,六群比丘的事例在附隨規定中已經說過了。 Dutiyavatthumhi – cittaṃ nāma puthujjanānaṃ rāgādivasena pakatiṃ vijahitvā dhāvati sandhāvati vidhāvati. 在第二個事例中 - 凡夫的心會因為貪慾等而離開本性,奔跑、到處奔跑、亂跑。Sace bhagavā kāyavacīdvārabhedaṃ vināpi cittuppādamattena āpattiṃ paññapeyya, ko sakkuṇeyya anāpattikaṃ attānaṃ kātuṃ! 如果世尊規定即使沒有身語門的破壞,僅僅心念生起就構成犯戒,誰能讓自己不犯戒呢!Tenāha – ''anāpatti bhikkhu cittuppāde''ti. 因此他說:"比丘,對於心念生起無罪。"Cittavasikena pana na bhavitabbaṃ, paṭisaṅkhānabalena cittaṃ nivāretabbamevāti. 但不應該被心控制,應該以反省的力量來制止心。 133-4. Āmasana-phandāpana-ṭhānācāvanavatthūni uttānatthāneva. 觸控、搖動、移出位置的事例意思很明顯。Tato parāni ca theyyacitto bhūmito aggahesīti vatthupariyosānāni. 之後直到"以偷盜心從地上拿起"為止的事例也是如此。 Niruttipathavatthusmiṃ 1.329 ādiyīti gaṇhi, ''corosi tva''nti parāmasi. 在詞語用法的事例中,"拿"是指拿走,"你是賊"是指指控。Itaro pana ''kena avahaṭa''nti vutte ''mayā avahaṭa''ti pucchāsabhāgena paṭiññaṃ adāsi. 另一個人被問"誰拿走的"時回答"我拿走的",只是回答問題而已。Yadi hi itarena ''kena gahitaṃ, kena apanītaṃ, kena ṭhapita''nti vuttaṃ abhavissa, atha ayampi ''mayā gahitaṃ, apanītaṃ, ṭhapita''nti vā vadeyya. 如果對方問"誰拿的,誰帶走的,誰放的",那麼這個人也會說"我拿的,我帶走的,我放的"。Mukhaṃ nāma bhuñjanatthāya ca kathanatthāya ca kataṃ, theyyacittaṃ pana vinā avahāro natthi. 嘴是爲了吃飯和說話而造的,但沒有偷盜心就沒有偷盜。Tenāha bhagavā – ''anāpatti bhikkhu niruttipathe''ti. 因此世尊說:"比丘,對於詞語用法無罪。"Vohāravacanamatte anāpattīti attho. 意思是僅僅在言語表達上無罪。Tato paraṃ veṭhanavatthu pariyosānaṃ sabbaṃ uttānatthameva. 從這之後到包裹的事例結束,所有的意思都很明顯。

1. Abhinnasarīravatthusmiṃ adhivatthoti sāṭakataṇhāya tasmiṃyeva sarīre nibbatto. Anādiyantoti tassa vacanaṃ agaṇhanto, ādaraṃ vā akaronto. Taṃ sarīraṃ uṭṭhahitvāti peto attano ānubhāvena taṃ sarīraṃ uṭṭhāpesi. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『taṃ sarīraṃ uṭṭhahitvā』』ti. Dvāraṃ thakesīti bhikkhussa susānasamīpeyeva vihāro, tasmā bhīrukajātiko bhikkhu khippameva tattha pavisitvā dvāraṃ thakesi. Tattheva paripatīti dvāre thakite peto sāṭake nirālayo hutvā taṃ sarīraṃ pahāya yathākammaṃ gato, tasmā taṃ sarīraṃ tattheva paripati, patitanti vuttaṃ hoti.

Abhinne sarīreti abbhuṇhe allasarīre paṃsukūlaṃ na gahetabbaṃ, gaṇhantassa evarūpā upaddavā honti, dukkaṭañca āpajjati. Bhinne pana gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Kittāvatā pana bhinnaṃ hoti? Kāka-kulala-soṇa-siṅgālādīhi mukhatuṇḍakena vā dāṭhāya vā īsakaṃ phālitamattenāpi. Yassa pana patato ghaṃsanena chavimattaṃ chinnaṃ hoti, cammaṃ acchinnaṃ, etaṃ abhinnameva; camme pana chinne bhinnaṃ. Yassāpi sajīvakāleyeva pabhinnā gaṇḍakuṭṭhapiḷakā vā vaṇo vā hoti, idampi bhinnaṃ. Tatiyadivasato pabhuti uddhumātakādibhāvena kuṇapabhāvaṃ upagatampi bhinnameva. Sabbena sabbaṃ pana abhinnepi susānagopakehi vā aññehi vā manussehi gāhāpetuṃ vaṭṭati. No ce aññaṃ labhati, satthakena vā kenaci vā vaṇaṃ katvā gahetabbaṃ. Visabhāgasarīre pana satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā samaṇasaññaṃ uppādetvā sīse vā hatthapādapiṭṭhiyaṃ vā vaṇaṃ katvā gahetuṃ vaṭṭati.

Kusasaṅkāmanavatthukathā

Abhinnasarīravatthusmiṃ adhivatthoti sāṭakataṇhāya tasmiṃyeva sarīre nibbatto. 在未分解的屍體事例中,"附著"是指因對布料的渴愛而投生在那個身體中。Anādiyantoti tassa vacanaṃ agaṇhanto, ādaraṃ vā akaronto. "不理會"是指不接受他的話,或不尊重。Taṃ sarīraṃ uṭṭhahitvāti peto attano ānubhāvena taṃ sarīraṃ uṭṭhāpesi. "那個身體站起來"是指鬼以自己的力量使那個身體站起來。Tena vuttaṃ – ''taṃ sarīraṃ uṭṭhahitvā''ti. 因此說"那個身體站起來"。Dvāraṃ thakesīti bhikkhussa susānasamīpeyeva vihāro, tasmā bhīrukajātiko bhikkhu khippameva tattha pavisitvā dvāraṃ thakesi. "關上門"是指比丘的住處就在墓地附近,所以膽小的比丘很快就進去關上了門。Tattheva paripatīti dvāre thakite peto sāṭake nirālayo hutvā taṃ sarīraṃ pahāya yathākammaṃ gato, tasmā taṃ sarīraṃ tattheva paripati, patitanti vuttaṃ hoti. "就倒在那裡"是指門關上后,鬼對布料失去了執著,放棄那個身體隨業而去,所以那個身體就倒在那裡,意思是說倒下了。 Abhinne sarīreti abbhuṇhe allasarīre paṃsukūlaṃ na gahetabbaṃ, gaṇhantassa evarūpā upaddavā honti, dukkaṭañca āpajjati. "未分解的屍體"是指在溫熱潮濕的屍體上不應拿走糞掃衣,拿的人會遇到這樣的麻煩,而且犯突吉羅罪。Bhinne pana gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. 但在分解的屍體上可以拿。Kittāvatā pana bhinnaṃ hoti? 什麼程度算是分解呢?Kāka-kulala-soṇa-siṅgālādīhi mukhatuṇḍakena vā dāṭhāya vā īsakaṃ phālitamattenāpi. 被烏鴉、鷹、狗、豺狼等用嘴或牙齒稍微撕裂一點就算。Yassa pana patato ghaṃsanena chavimattaṃ chinnaṃ hoti, cammaṃ acchinnaṃ, etaṃ abhinnameva; camme pana chinne bhinnaṃ. 如果只是因跌倒而擦破了表皮,而面板沒破,這仍算未分解;但如果面板破了就算分解。Yassāpi sajīvakāleyeva pabhinnā gaṇḍakuṭṭhapiḷakā vā vaṇo vā hoti, idampi bhinnaṃ. 即使是生前就有破裂的麻風瘡或傷口,這也算分解。Tatiyadivasato pabhuti uddhumātakādibhāvena kuṇapabhāvaṃ upagatampi bhinnameva. 從第三天開始因膨脹等成為屍體狀態的也算分解。Sabbena sabbaṃ pana abhinnepi susānagopakehi vā aññehi vā manussehi gāhāpetuṃ vaṭṭati. 但即使完全未分解,也可以讓墓地守衛或其他人去拿。No ce aññaṃ labhati, satthakena vā kenaci vā vaṇaṃ katvā gahetabbaṃ. 如果找不到其他人,可以用刀或其他東西弄個傷口然後拿。Visabhāgasarīre pana satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā samaṇasaññaṃ uppādetvā sīse vā hatthapādapiṭṭhiyaṃ vā vaṇaṃ katvā gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. 但對於異性的屍體,應保持正念,生起沙門想,在頭部或手腳背上弄個傷口后拿走是允許的。 Kusasaṅkāmanavatthukathā 草竹橋事例的討論

1. Tadanantare vatthusmiṃ kusaṃ saṅkāmetvā cīvaraṃ aggahesīti pubbe 『『ādiyeyyā』』ti imassa padassa atthavaṇṇanāyaṃ nāmamattena dassitesu theyyāvahāra-pasayhāvahāra-parikappāvahārapaacchannāvahāra-kusāvahāresu kusāvahārena avaharīti attho.

Imesaṃ pana avahārānaṃ evaṃ nānattaṃ veditabbaṃ – yo hi koci sassāmikaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ rattibhāge vā divasabhāge vā sandhicchedādīni katvā adissamāno avaharati, kūṭamānakūṭakahāpaṇādīhi vā vañcetvā gaṇhāti, tassevaṃ gaṇhato avahāro 『『theyyāvahāro』』ti veditabbo.

Yo pana pare pasayha balasā abhibhuyya, atha vā pana santajjetvā bhayaṃ dassetvā tesaṃ santakaṃ gaṇhāti, panthaghāta-gāmaghātādīni karontā dāmarikacorā viya kodhavasena paragharavilopaṃ karontā attano pattabalito ca adhikaṃ balakkārena gaṇhantā rāja-rājamahāmattādayo viya; tassevaṃ gaṇhato avahāro 『『pasayhāvahāro』』ti veditabbo.

Parikappetvā gaṇhato pana avahāro 『『parikappāvahāro』』ti vuccati, so bhaṇḍaparikappa-okāsaparikappavasena duvidho . Tatrāyaṃ bhaṇḍaparikappo – idhekacco sāṭakatthiko antogabbhaṃ pavisitvā 『『sace sāṭako bhavissati, gaṇhissāmi; sace suttaṃ, na gaṇhissāmī』』ti parikappetvā andhakāre pasibbakaṃ gaṇhāti, sāṭako ce tatra hoti, uddhāreyeva pārājikaṃ. Suttaṃ ce hoti, rakkhati. Bahi nīharitvā muñcitvā 『『sutta』』nti ñatvā puna āharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapeti, rakkhatiyeva. 『『Sutta』』nti ñatvāpi 『『yaṃ laddhaṃ, taṃ gahetabba』』nti gacchati, padavārena kāretabbo. Bhūmiyaṃ ṭhapetvā gaṇhāti, uddhāre pārājikaṃ. 『『Coro, coro』』ti sāmikehi pariyuṭṭhito chaḍḍetvā palāyati, rakkhati. Sāmikā taṃ disvā gaṇhanti, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. Añño ce koci gaṇhāti, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Atha nivattesu sāmikesu sayameva taṃ disvā 『『pagevetaṃ mayā nīhaṭaṃ, mama dāni santaka』』nti gaṇhāti, rakkhati; bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ pana hoti. 『『Sace suttaṃ bhavissati, gaṇhissāmi; sace sāṭako, na gaṇhissāmi. Sace sappi bhavissati, gaṇhissāmi; sace telaṃ, na gaṇhissāmī』』tiādinā nayena parikappetvā gaṇhantassāpi eseva nayo.

Mahāpaccariyādīsu pana 『『sāṭakatthikopi sāṭakapasibbakameva gahetvā nikkhanto bahi ṭhatvā muñcitvā 『sāṭako aya』nti disvā gacchanto paduddhāreneva kāretabbo』』ti vuttaṃ. Ettha pana 『『sace sāṭako bhavissati, gaṇhissāmī』』ti parikappitattā parikappo dissati, disvā haṭattā parikappāvahāro na dissati. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana yaṃ parikappitaṃ taṃ adiṭṭhaṃ parikappitabhāve ṭhitaṃyeva uddharantassa avahāro vutto, tasmā tattha parikappāvahāro dissati. 『『Taṃ maññamāno taṃ avaharī』』ti pāḷiyā ca sametīti. Tattha yvāyaṃ 『『sace sāṭako bhavissati, gaṇhissāmī』』tiādinā nayena pavatto parikappo, ayaṃ 『『bhaṇḍaparikappo』』 nāma.

Tadanantare vatthusmiṃ kusaṃ saṅkāmetvā cīvaraṃ aggahesīti pubbe ''ādiyeyyā''ti imassa padassa atthavaṇṇanāyaṃ nāmamattena dassitesu theyyāvahāra-pasayhāvahāra-parikappāvahārapaacchannāvahāra-kusāvahāresu kusāvahārena avaharīti attho. 在接下來的事例中,"移動草然後拿走衣服"的意思是,在之前"拿走"這個詞的意義解釋中僅以名稱提到的偷盜取、強奪取、預謀取、隱藏取、草移取中,以草移取的方式拿走。 Imesaṃ pana avahārānaṃ evaṃ nānattaṃ veditabbaṃ – yo hi koci sassāmikaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ rattibhāge vā divasabhāge vā sandhicchedādīni katvā adissamāno avaharati, kūṭamānakūṭakahāpaṇādīhi vā vañcetvā gaṇhāti, tassevaṃ gaṇhato avahāro ''theyyāvahāro''ti veditabbo. 這些取走方式的區別應該這樣理解 - 任何人在夜間或白天通過破門等方式不被看見地拿走有主人的物品,或者用假秤假錢等欺騙而拿,這樣拿的行為應該理解為"偷盜取"。 Yo pana pare pasayha balasā abhibhuyya, atha vā pana santajjetvā bhayaṃ dassetvā tesaṃ santakaṃ gaṇhāti, panthaghāta-gāmaghātādīni karontā dāmarikacorā viya kodhavasena paragharavilopaṃ karontā attano pattabalito ca adhikaṃ balakkārena gaṇhantā rāja-rājamahāmattādayo viya; tassevaṃ gaṇhato avahāro ''pasayhāvahāro''ti veditabbo. 但是用武力壓制他人,或者威脅恐嚇而拿走他們的東西,就像在路上或村莊搶劫的強盜一樣,或者因憤怒而搶劫他人家庭,或者像國王大臣等用超過自己權力的強制手段拿走的;這樣拿的行為應該理解為"強奪取"。 Parikappetvā gaṇhato pana avahāro ''parikappāvahāro''ti vuccati, so bhaṇḍaparikappa-okāsaparikappavasena duvidho . 預先計劃而拿的行為被稱為"預謀取",它分為對物品的預謀和對地點的預謀兩種。Tatrāyaṃ bhaṇḍaparikappo – idhekacco sāṭakatthiko antogabbhaṃ pavisitvā ''sace sāṭako bhavissati, gaṇhissāmi; sace suttaṃ, na gaṇhissāmī''ti parikappetvā andhakāre pasibbakaṃ gaṇhāti, sāṭako ce tatra hoti, uddhāreyeva pārājikaṃ. 其中對物品的預謀是這樣的 - 這裡有人想要衣服,進入房間后想:"如果是衣服我就拿,如果是線我就不拿",這樣預謀后在黑暗中拿起包裹,如果裡面是衣服,在拿起的瞬間就犯波羅夷罪。Suttaṃ ce hoti, rakkhati. 如果是線,則無罪。Bahi nīharitvā muñcitvā ''sutta''nti ñatvā puna āharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapeti, rakkhatiyeva. 拿出來打開后發現是線,再拿回去放回原處,仍然無罪。''Sutta''nti ñatvāpi ''yaṃ laddhaṃ, taṃ gahetabba''nti gacchati, padavārena kāretabbo. 明知是線卻想"得到什麼就拿什麼"而離開,應該按腳步數來判罪。Bhūmiyaṃ ṭhapetvā gaṇhāti, uddhāre pārājikaṃ. 放在地上再拿起,在拿起時犯波羅夷罪。''Coro, coro''ti sāmikehi pariyuṭṭhito chaḍḍetvā palāyati, rakkhati. 被物主喊"賊,賊"而追趕,扔掉逃跑,則無罪。Sāmikā taṃ disvā gaṇhanti, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. 物主看到后拿回去,這樣很好。Añño ce koci gaṇhāti, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. 如果別人拿走,則應賠償。Atha nivattesu sāmikesu sayameva taṃ disvā ''pagevetaṃ mayā nīhaṭaṃ, mama dāni santaka''nti gaṇhāti, rakkhati; bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ pana hoti. 如果物主離開后,自己看到想"這是我早先拿出來的,現在是我的"而拿走,無罪;但應該賠償。''Sace suttaṃ bhavissati, gaṇhissāmi; sace sāṭako, na gaṇhissāmi. Sace sappi bhavissati, gaṇhissāmi; sace telaṃ, na gaṇhissāmī''tiādinā nayena parikappetvā gaṇhantassāpi eseva nayo. 以"如果是線我就拿,如果是衣服我就不拿。如果是酥油我就拿,如果是油我就不拿"等方式預謀而拿的,也是同樣的道理。 Mahāpaccariyādīsu pana ''sāṭakatthikopi sāṭakapasibbakameva gahetvā nikkhanto bahi ṭhatvā muñcitvā 'sāṭako aya'nti disvā gacchanto paduddhāreneva kāretabbo''ti vuttaṃ. 但在大葉經等中說:"即使想要衣服的人,拿著裝衣服的包裹出來,站在外面打開看到'這是衣服'而離開,也應該按腳步數來判罪。"Ettha pana ''sace sāṭako bhavissati, gaṇhissāmī''ti parikappitattā parikappo dissati, disvā haṭattā parikappāvahāro na dissati. 這裡因為"如果是衣服我就拿"而有預謀,所以可以看到預謀,但因為看到后才拿走,所以看不到預謀取。Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana yaṃ parikappitaṃ taṃ adiṭṭhaṃ parikappitabhāve ṭhitaṃyeva uddharantassa avahāro vutto, tasmā tattha parikappāvahāro dissati. 但在大註釋書中說,對預謀的東西在未看到時保持預謀狀態而拿起的行為是偷盜,所以在那裡可以看到預謀取。''Taṃ maññamāno taṃ avaharī''ti pāḷiyā ca sametīti. 這與"認為是那個而拿走"的經文也相符。Tattha yvāyaṃ ''sace sāṭako bhavissati, gaṇhissāmī''tiādinā nayena pavatto parikappo, ayaṃ ''bhaṇḍaparikappo'' nāma. 其中像"如果是衣服我就拿"這樣的預謀,這被稱為"對物品的預謀"。

Okāsaparikappo pana evaṃ veditabbo – idhekacco lolabhikkhu parapariveṇaṃ vā kulagharaṃ vā araññe kammantasālaṃ vā pavisitvā tattha kathāsallāpena nisinno kiñci lobhaneyyaṃ parikkhāraṃ oloketi, olokento ca pana disvā dvārapamukhaheṭṭhāpāsādapariveṇadvārakoṭṭhakarukkhamūlādivasena paricchedaṃ katvā 『『sace maṃ etthantare passissanti, daṭṭhukāmatāya gahetvā vicaranto viya etesaṃyeva dassāmi; no ce passissanti, harissāmī』』ti parikappeti. Tassa taṃ ādāya parikappitaparicchedaṃ atikkantamatte pārājikaṃ. Sace upacārasīmaṃ parikappeti, tadabhimukhova gacchanto kammaṭṭhānādīni manasi karonto vā aññavihito vā asatiyā upacārasīmaṃ atikkamati, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Athāpissa taṃ ṭhānaṃ pattassa coro vā hatthī vā vāḷamigo vā mahāmegho vā vuṭṭhahati, so ca tamhā upaddavā muccitukamyatāya sahasā taṃ ṭhānaṃ atikkamati, bhaṇḍadeyyameva. Keci panettha 『『yasmā mūleva theyyacittena gahitaṃ, tasmā na rakkhati, avahāroyevā』』ti vadanti. Ayaṃ tāva mahāaṭṭhakathānayo. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana 『『sacepi so antoparicchede hatthiṃ vā assaṃ vā abhiruhitvā taṃ neva pājeti, na pājāpeti; paricchede atikkantepi pārājikaṃ natthi, bhaṇḍadeyyamevā』』ti vuttaṃ. Tatra yvāyaṃ 『『sace maṃ etthantare passissanti, daṭṭhukāmatāya gahetvā vicaranto viya etesaṃyeva dassāmī』』ti pavatto parikappo, ayaṃ 『『okāsaparikappo』』 nāma.

Evamimesaṃ dvinnampi parikappānaṃ vasena parikappetvā gaṇhato avahāro 『『parikappāvahāro』』ti veditabbo.

Paṭicchādetvā pana avaharaṇaṃ paṭicchannāvahāro. So evaṃ veditabbo – yo bhikkhu manussānaṃ uyyānādīsu kīḷantānaṃ vā pavisantānaṃ vā omuñcitvā ṭhapitaṃ alaṅkārabhaṇḍaṃ disvā 『『sace onamitvā gahessāmi, 『kiṃ samaṇo gaṇhātī』ti maṃ jānitvā viheṭheyyu』』nti paṃsunā vā paṇṇena vā paṭicchādeti – 『『pacchā gaṇhissāmī』』ti, tassa ettāvatā uddhāro natthīti na tāva avahāro hoti. Yadā pana te manussā antogāmaṃ pavisitukāmā taṃ bhaṇḍakaṃ vicinantāpi apassitvā 『『idāni andhakāro, sve jānissāmā』』ti sālayā eva gatā honti. Athassa taṃ uddharato uddhāre pārājikaṃ. 『『Paṭicchannakāleyeva taṃ mama santaka』』nti sakasaññāya vā 『『gatā dāni te, chaḍḍitabhaṇḍaṃ ida』』nti paṃsukūlasaññāya vā gaṇhantassa pana bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Tesu dutiyadivase āgantvā vicinitvā adisvā dhuranikkhepaṃ katvā gatesupi gahitaṃ bhaṇḍadeyyameva. Kasmā? Yasmā tassa payogena tehi na diṭṭhaṃ, yo pana tathārūpaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ disvā yathāṭhāne ṭhitaṃyeva appaṭicchādetvā theyyacitto pādena akkamitvā kaddame vā vālikāya vā paveseti, tassa pavesitamatteyeva pārājikaṃ.

Okāsaparikappo pana evaṃ veditabbo – idhekacco lolabhikkhu parapariveṇaṃ vā kulagharaṃ vā araññe kammantasālaṃ vā pavisitvā tattha kathāsallāpena nisinno kiñci lobhaneyyaṃ parikkhāraṃ oloketi, olokento ca pana disvā dvārapamukhaheṭṭāpāsādapariveṇadvārakoṭṭhakarukkhamūlādivasena paricchedaṃ katvā ''sace maṃ etthantare passissanti, daṭṭhukāmatāya gahetvā vicaranto viya etesaṃyeva dassāmi; no ce passissanti, harissāmī''ti parikappeti. 預謀取的方式應這樣理解 - 這裡有一個貪心的比丘，進入他人的家、寺院或森林中的工作場所，坐在那裡通過閑聊觀察任何可貪之物，觀察時看到門口、房子底下、樹根等地方的障礙后，想道：「如果他們在這裡看到我,我就像是想被看見一樣拿走;如果他們看不到我,我就拿走。」因此,他以此計劃而拿走的行為構成波羅夷罪。Sace upacārasīmaṃ parikappeti, tadabhimukhova gacchanto kammaṭṭhānādīni manasi karonto vā aññavihito vā asatiyā upacārasīmaṃ atikkamati, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. 如果他預謀在可接近的範圍內,而在接近時想到工作地點等,無論是自我安置還是不在,若超過可接近的範圍,則構成對物品的拿取。Athāpissa taṃ ṭhānaṃ pattassa coro vā hatthī vā vāḷamigo vā mahāmegho vā vuṭṭhahati, so ca tamhā upaddavā muccitukamyatāya sahasā taṃ ṭhānaṃ atikkamati, bhaṇḍadeyyameva. 如果他到達那個地方時,有小偷、象、野獸或大雨出現,因想要逃避而突然超過那個地方,則仍然是對物品的拿取。Keci panettha ''yasmā mūleva theyyacittena gahitaṃ, tasmā na rakkhati, avahāroyevā''ti vadanti. 有人說：「因為是從根本上被貪心拿走的,所以不受保護,這就是偷盜。」這就是大註釋的說法。Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana ''sacepi so antoparicchede hatthiṃ vā assaṃ vā abhiruhitvā taṃ neva pājeti, na pājāpeti; paricchede atikkantepi pārājikaṃ natthi, bhaṇḍadeyyamevā''ti vuttaṃ. 在大葉經中說：「即使他在內部障礙上騎上象或馬,也不構成罪;即使超過障礙也沒有波羅夷罪,只是對物品的拿取。」Tatra yvāyaṃ ''sace maṃ etthantare passissanti, daṭṭhukāmatāya gahetvā vicaranto viya etesaṃyeva dassāmi''ti pavatto parikappo, ayaṃ ''okāsaparikappo'' nāma. 其中像「如果他們在這裡看到我,我就像是想被看見一樣拿走」這樣的預謀,被稱為「可接近的預謀」。 Evamimesaṃ dvinnampi parikappānaṃ vasena parikappetvā gaṇhato avahāro ''parikappāvahāro''ti veditabbo. 這樣根據這兩種預謀而拿走的行為應理解為「預謀取」。 Paṭicchādetvā pana avaharaṇaṃ paṭicchannāvahāro. 但遮蓋后拿走的行為被稱為「遮蓋取」。So evaṃ veditabbo – yo bhikkhu manussānaṃ uyyānādīsu kīḷantānaṃ vā pavisantānaṃ vā omuñcitvā ṭhapitaṃ alaṅkārabhaṇḍaṃ disvā ''sace onamitvā gahessāmi, 'kiṃ samaṇo gaṇhātī'ti maṃ jānitvā viheṭheyyu''nti paṃsunā vā paṇṇena vā paṭicchādeti – ''pacchā gaṇhissāmī''ti, tassa ettāvatā uddhāro natthīti na tāva avahāro hoti. 這應這樣理解 - 有比丘看到人們在玩耍或進入時,看到被放置的裝飾物品,想道：「如果我輕輕拿走,他們會知道我在偷嗎？」於是用草或葉子遮蓋起來，想著「之後我會拿走」，但在此時並不構成偷盜。Yadā pana te manussā antogāmaṃ pavisitukāmā taṃ bhaṇḍakaṃ vicinantāpi apassitvā ''idāni andhakāro, sve jānissāmā''ti sālayā eva gatā honti. 當這些人想要進入時,即使尋找那物品也看不見,便想著「現在是黑暗,明天再來看看」，就這樣離開。Athassa taṃ uddharato uddhāre pārājikaṃ. 但當他拿起時就犯波羅夷罪。''Paṭicchannakāleyeva taṃ mama santaka''nti sakasaññāya vā ''gatā dāni te, chaḍḍitabhaṇḍaṃ ida''nti paṃsukūlasaññāya vā gaṇhantassa pana bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. 當他在遮蓋的時候想「這是我的東西」或在想「他們現在走了,這就是扔掉的物品」時,則應賠償。Tesu dutiyadivase āgantvā vicinitvā adisvā dhuranikkhepaṃ katvā gatesupi gahitaṃ bhaṇḍadeyyameva. 在第二天回來尋找時,即使沒有看到,也因拋棄而拿走的仍應賠償。Kasmā? Yasmā tassa payogena tehi na diṭṭhaṃ, yo pana tathārūpaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ disvā yathāṭhāne ṭhitaṃyeva appaṭicchādetvā theyyacitto pādena akkamitvā kaddame vā vālikāya vā paveseti, tassa pavesitamatteyeva pārājikaṃ. 為什麼呢？因為通過這樣的方式他們沒有看到,而看到那樣的物品時,若在原處不加遮掩地用腳或石頭等放入,則在放入的瞬間就構成波羅夷罪。

Kusaṃ saṅkāmetvā pana avaharaṇaṃ 『『kusāvahāro』』ti vuccati. Sopi evaṃ veditabbo – yo bhikkhu kusaṃ pātetvā cīvare bhājiyamāne attano koṭṭhāsassa samīpe ṭhitaṃ appagghataraṃ vā mahagghataraṃ vā samasamaṃ vā agghena parassa koṭṭhāsaṃ haritukāmo attano koṭṭhāse patitaṃ kusadaṇḍakaṃ parassa koṭṭhāse pātetukāmo uddharati, rakkhati tāva. Parassa koṭṭhāse pāteti, rakkhateva. Yadā pana tasmiṃ patite parassa koṭṭhāsato parassa kusadaṇḍakaṃ uddharati, uddhaṭamatte pārājiko hoti. Sace paṭhamataraṃ parakoṭṭhāsato kusadaṇḍakaṃ uddharati attano koṭṭhāse pātetukāmatāya uddhāre rakkhati , pātane rakkhati. Attano koṭṭhāsato pana attano kusadaṇḍakaṃ uddharati, uddhāreyeva rakkhati. Taṃ uddharitvā parakoṭṭhāse pātentassa hatthato muttamatte pārājikaṃ.

Sace pana dvīsupi koṭṭhāsesu patitadaṇḍake adassanaṃ gameti, tato avasesabhikkhūsu gatesu itaro 『『『mayhaṃ, bhante, daṇḍako na paññāyatī』ti. 『Mayhampi, āvuso, na paññāyatī』ti. 『Katamo pana, bhante, mayhaṃ bhāgo』ti? 『Ayaṃ tuyhaṃ bhāgo』』』ti attano bhāgaṃ dasseti, tasmiṃ vivaditvā vā avivaditvā vā taṃ gaṇhitvā gate itaro tassa bhāgaṃ uddharati, uddhāre pārājikaṃ. Sacepi tena 『『ahaṃ mama bhāgaṃ tuyhaṃ na demi, tvaṃ pana attano bhāgaṃ ñatvā gaṇhā』』ti vutte 『『nāyaṃ mamā』』ti jānantopi tasseva bhāgaṃ gaṇhāti, uddhāre pārājikaṃ. Sace pana itaro 『『ayaṃ tuyhaṃ bhāgo, ayaṃ mayhaṃ bhāgoti kiṃ iminā vivādenā』』ti cintetvā 『『mayhaṃ vā patto hotu, tumhākaṃ vā, yo varabhāgo taṃ tumhe gaṇhathā』』ti vadati, dinnakaṃ nāma gahitaṃ hoti, natthettha avahāro. Sacepi so vivādabhīruko bhikkhu 『『yaṃ tuyhaṃ ruccati, taṃ gaṇhā』』ti vutto attano pattaṃ varabhāgaṃ ṭhapetvā lāmakaṃyeva gahetvā gacchati, tato itarassa vicinitāvasesaṃ gaṇhantassāpi avahāro natthevāti.

Aṭṭhakathāsupana vuttaṃ – 『『imasmiṃ ṭhāne kusasaṅkāmanavasena cīvarabhājanīyameva ekaṃ āgataṃ, catunnampi pana paccayānaṃ uppattiñca bhājanīyañca nīharitvā dassetabba』』nti evañca vatvā cīvarakkhandhake『『paṭiggaṇhātu me, bhante, bhagavā sīveyyakaṃ dussayugaṃ; bhikkhusaṅghassa ca gahapaticīvaraṃ anujānātū』』ti (mahāva. 337) idaṃ jīvakavatthuṃ ādiṃ katvā uppannacīvarakathā, senāsanakkhandhake 『『tena kho pana samayena rājagahaṃ dubbhikkhaṃ hoti, manussā na sakkonti saṅghabhattaṃ kātuṃ, icchanti uddesabhattaṃ nimantanaṃ salākabhattaṃ pakkhikaṃ uposathikaṃ pāṭipadikaṃ kātu』』nti (cūḷava. 325) idaṃ suttamādiṃ katvā piṇḍapātakathā, senāsanakkhandhakeyeva 『『tena kho pana samayena sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū aññataraṃ paccantimaṃ mahāvihāraṃ paṭisaṅkharonti – 『idha mayaṃ vassaṃ vasissāmā』ti. Addasaṃsu kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sattarasavaggiye bhikkhū vihāraṃ paṭisaṅkharonte』』ti (cūḷava. 316) idaṃ chabbaggiyavatthuṃ ādiṃ katvā āgatasenāsanakathā, tadavasāne ca sappiādibhesajjakathā vitthārena kathitā. Mayaṃ pana taṃ sabbaṃ āgatāgataṭṭhāneyeva kathayissāma; evaṃ kathane kāraṇaṃ pubbe vuttameva.

Kusasaṅkāmanavatthukathā niṭṭhitā.

1. Ito paraṃ jantāgharavatthu uttānatthameva.

Kusaṃ saṅkāmetvā pana avaharaṇaṃ ''kusāvahāro''ti vuccati. 移動草而拿走的行為被稱為"草移取"。Sopi evaṃ veditabbo – yo bhikkhu kusaṃ pātetvā cīvare bhājiyamāne attano koṭṭhāsassa samīpe ṭhitaṃ appagghataraṃ vā mahagghataraṃ vā samasamaṃ vā agghena parassa koṭṭhāsaṃ haritukāmo attano koṭṭhāse patitaṃ kusadaṇḍakaṃ parassa koṭṭhāse pātetukāmo uddharati, rakkhati tāva. 這也應該這樣理解 - 當比丘在分配衣服時投草,想要拿走別人份額中價值較低或較高或相等的部分,爲了把自己份額中的草桿移到別人份額中而拿起時,暫時無罪。Parassa koṭṭhāse pāteti, rakkhateva. 放到別人份額中時,仍然無罪。Yadā pana tasmiṃ patite parassa koṭṭhāsato parassa kusadaṇḍakaṃ uddharati, uddhaṭamatte pārājiko hoti. 但當那個草桿落下後,從別人的份額中拿起別人的草桿時,在拿起的瞬間就犯波羅夷罪。Sace paṭhamataraṃ parakoṭṭhāsato kusadaṇḍakaṃ uddharati attano koṭṭhāse pātetukāmatāya uddhāre rakkhati , pātane rakkhati. 如果先從別人的份額中拿起草桿,想要放到自己的份額中,拿起和放下時都無罪。Attano koṭṭhāsato pana attano kusadaṇḍakaṃ uddharati, uddhāreyeva rakkhati. 但從自己的份額中拿起自己的草桿時,在拿起時就無罪。Taṃ uddharitvā parakoṭṭhāse pātentassa hatthato muttamatte pārājikaṃ. 拿起後放到別人份額中時,在離開手的瞬間就犯波羅夷罪。 Sace pana dvīsupi koṭṭhāsesu patitadaṇḍake adassanaṃ gameti, tato avasesabhikkhūsu gatesu itaro '''mayhaṃ, bhante, daṇḍako na paññāyatī'ti. 'Mayhampi, āvuso, na paññāyatī'ti. 'Katamo pana, bhante, mayhaṃ bhāgo'ti? 'Ayaṃ tuyhaṃ bhāgo'''ti attano bhāgaṃ dasseti, tasmiṃ vivaditvā vā avivaditvā vā taṃ gaṇhitvā gate itaro tassa bhāgaṃ uddharati, uddhāre pārājikaṃ. 如果在兩個份額中都看不到草桿,其他比丘離開后,一個說"尊者,我的草桿看不到了","朋友,我的也看不到","那麼,尊者,哪個是我的份額?","這是你的份額",他指出自己的份額,無論爭論與否,拿走後離開,另一個人拿走他的份額,在拿起時就犯波羅夷罪。Sacepi tena ''ahaṃ mama bhāgaṃ tuyhaṃ na demi, tvaṃ pana attano bhāgaṃ ñatvā gaṇhā''ti vutte ''nāyaṃ mamā''ti jānantopi tasseva bhāgaṃ gaṇhāti, uddhāre pārājikaṃ. 即使他說"我不給你我的份額,你知道自己的份額就拿走",雖然知道"這不是我的",還是拿走他的份額,在拿起時就犯波羅夷罪。Sace pana itaro ''ayaṃ tuyhaṃ bhāgo, ayaṃ mayhaṃ bhāgoti kiṃ iminā vivādenā''ti cintetvā ''mayhaṃ vā patto hotu, tumhākaṃ vā, yo varabhāgo taṃ tumhe gaṇhathā''ti vadati, dinnakaṃ nāma gahitaṃ hoti, natthettha avahāro. 但如果另一個人想"這是你的份額,這是我的份額,有什麼好爭論的",說"無論是歸我還是歸你,你拿走更好的那份",這就是給予,這裡沒有偷盜。Sacepi so vivādabhīruko bhikkhu ''yaṃ tuyhaṃ ruccati, taṃ gaṇhā''ti vutto attano pattaṃ varabhāgaṃ ṭhapetvā lāmakaṃyeva gahetvā gacchati, tato itarassa vicinitāvasesaṃ gaṇhantassāpi avahāro natthevāti. 即使那個害怕爭論的比丘被說"你喜歡哪個就拿哪個"時,把更好的那份留給自己,只拿走較差的離開,之後另一個人拿走剩下的,也沒有偷盜。 Aṭṭhakathāsupana vuttaṃ – ''imasmiṃ ṭhāne kusasaṅkāmanavasena cīvarabhājanīyameva ekaṃ āgataṃ, catunnampi pana paccayānaṃ uppattiñca bhājanīyañca nīharitvā dassetabba''nti evañca vatvā cīvarakkhandhake''paṭiggaṇhātu me, bhante, bhagavā sīveyyakaṃ dussayugaṃ; bhikkhusaṅghassa ca gahapaticīvaraṃ anujānātū''ti (mahāva. 337) idaṃ jīvakavatthuṃ ādiṃ katvā uppannacīvarakathā, senāsanakkhandhake ''tena kho pana samayena rājagahaṃ dubbhikkhaṃ hoti, manussā na sakkonti saṅghabhattaṃ kātuṃ, icchanti uddesabhattaṃ nimantanaṃ salākabhattaṃ pakkhikaṃ uposathikaṃ pāṭipadikaṃ kātu''nti (cūḷava. 325) idaṃ suttamādiṃ katvā piṇḍapātakathā, senāsanakkhandhakeyeva ''tena kho pana samayena sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū aññataraṃ paccantimaṃ mahāvihāraṃ paṭisaṅkharonti – 'idha mayaṃ vassaṃ vasissāmā'ti. Addasaṃsu kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sattarasavaggiye bhikkhū vihāraṃ paṭisaṅkharonte''ti (cūḷava. 316) idaṃ chabbaggiyavatthuṃ ādiṃ katvā āgatasenāsanakathā, tadavasāne ca sappiādibhesajjakathā vitthārena kathitā. 但在註釋書中說:"在這個地方,只是通過移動草來說明分配衣服的方法,但應該提取並說明四種資具的獲得和分配。"這樣說后,從衣品中的"尊者,請世尊接受我的斯維亞(Sīveyya)布料一對;請允許居士給比丘僧團布料"這個耆婆(Jīvaka)的事例開始,講述獲得衣服的方法,從住所品中的"那時王舍城(Rājagaha)發生饑荒,人們無法供養僧團食物,想要供養指定食物、邀請食物、抽籤食物、半月食物、布薩日食物、月初食物"這段經文開始,講述托缽食的方法,從住所品中的"那時十七群比丘修繕一座邊遠的大寺院,想'我們要在這裡度過雨安居'。六群比丘看到十七群比丘在修繕寺院"這個六群比丘的事例開始,講述獲得住所的方法,最後詳細講述了酥油等藥物的方法。Mayaṃ pana taṃ sabbaṃ āgatāgataṭṭhāneyeva kathayissāma; evaṃ kathane kāraṇaṃ pubbe vuttameva. 但我們將在各自的地方講述這一切;這樣講述的原因前面已經說過了。 Kusasaṅkāmanavatthukathā niṭṭhitā. 草竹橋事例的討論結束。 Ito paraṃ jantāgharavatthu uttānatthameva. 從這裡開始,浴室的事例意思很明顯。

1. Pañcasu vighāsavatthūsu te bhikkhū anupasampannena kappiyaṃ kārāpetvā paribhuñjiṃsu. Vighāsaṃ pana gaṇhantena khāditāvasesaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ gahetabbaṃ. Yadi sakkoti khādante chaḍḍāpetvā gaṇhituṃ, etampi vaṭṭati. Attaguttatthāya pana parānuddayatāya ca na gahetabbaṃ.

2. Odanakhādanīyapūvaucchutimbarūsakabhājanīyavatthūsu aparassa bhāgaṃ dehīti asantaṃ puggalaṃ āha. Amūlakaṃ aggahesīti sāmikesu dentesu evaṃ aggahesi. Anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassāti sāmikehi dinnaṃ aggahesi; tenassa anāpatti vuttā. Āpatti sampajānamusāvāde pācittiyassāti yo panānena sampajānamusāvādo vutto, tasmiṃ pācittiyaṃ āha; parato tekaṭulayāguvatthumhi viya. Gahaṇe pana ayaṃ vinicchayo – saṅghassa santakaṃ sammatena vā āṇattehi vā ārāmikādīhi diyyamānaṃ, gihīnañca santakaṃ sāmikena vā āṇattena vā diyyamānaṃ 『『aparassa bhāgaṃ dehī』』ti vatvā gaṇhato bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Aññena diyyamānaṃ gaṇhanto bhaṇḍagghena kāretabbo. Asammatena vā anāṇattena vā diyyamāne 『『aparampi bhāgaṃ dehī』』ti vatvā vā kūṭavassāni gaṇetvā vā gaṇhanto pattacatukke viya tassuddhāreyeva bhaṇḍagghena kāretabbo. Itarehi diyyamānaṃ evaṃ gaṇhato bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Sāmikena pana 『『imassa dehī』』ti dāpitaṃ vā sayaṃ dinnaṃ vā sudinnanti ayamettha sabbaaṭṭhakathāvinicchayato sāro.

142-3. Odaniyagharādivatthūsu – odaniyagharaṃ nāma vikkāyikabhattapacanagharaṃ. Sūnagharaṃ nāma vikkāyikamaṃsapacanagharaṃ. Pūvagharaṃ nāma vikkāyikakhajjakapacanagharaṃ. Sesamettha, parikkhāravatthūsu ca pākaṭameva.

1. Pīṭhavatthusmiṃ – so bhikkhu parikappetvā 『『etaṃ ṭhānaṃ sampattaṃ gaṇhissāmī』』ti saṅkāmesi. Tenassa saṅkāmane avahāro natthi. Saṅkāmetvā pana parikappitokāsato gahaṇe pārājikaṃ vuttaṃ. Evaṃ haranto ca yadi pīṭhake theyyacittaṃ natthi, thavikaṃ agghāpetvā kāretabbo. Atha pīṭhakepi atthi, ubho agghāpetvā kāretabboti. Bhisiādīni tīṇi vatthūni pākaṭāneva.

2. Vissāsaggāhādīsu tīsu vatthūsu gahaṇe anāpatti, āharāpentesu bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Piṇḍāya paviṭṭhassa paṭiviso antoupacārasīmāyaṃ ṭhitasseva gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Yadi pana dāyakā 『『bahiupacāraṭṭhānampi bhante, bhāgaṃ gaṇhatha, āgantvā paribhuñjissantī』』ti vadanti, evaṃ antogāmaṭṭhānampi gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Sesamettha uttānatthameva.

148-

Pañcasu vighāsavatthūsu te bhikkhū anupasampannena kappiyaṃ kārāpetvā paribhuñjiṃsu. 在五種飲食物中，那些比丘以未受戒的方式進行準備而享用。Vighāsaṃ pana gaṇhantena khāditāvasesaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ gahetabbaṃ. 但在享用飲食時，吃剩的部分應當被拋棄。Yadi sakkoti khādante chaḍḍāpetvā gaṇhituṃ, etampi vaṭṭati. 如果可以在吃的時候拋棄而拿走，這也是可以的。Attaguttatthāya pana parānuddayatāya ca na gahetabbaṃ. 但爲了自我保護和對他人的憐憫則不應拿走。 Odanakhādanīyapūvaucchutimbarūsakabhājanīyavatthūsu aparassa bhāgaṃ dehīti asantaṃ puggalaṃ āha. 在米飯、食物、菜餚、飲料等方面，要求給予他人部分的行為是對不善之人的說法。Amūlakaṃ aggahesīti sāmikesu dentesu evaṃ aggahesi. 在與夥伴分享時，若不接受無根的，則應如此接受。Anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassāti sāmikehi dinnaṃ aggahesi; tenassa anāpatti vuttā. 不犯波羅夷罪的比丘接受夥伴給予的物品，因此說他無罪。Āpatti sampajānamusāvāde pācittiyassāti yo panānena sampajānamusāvādo vutto, tasmiṃ pācittiyaṃ āha; parato tekaṭulayāguvatthumhi viya. 關於有意識的謊言而犯的罪，若是被提及的則應視為波羅夷罪；就像在其他的情況下。Gahaṇe pana ayaṃ vinicchayo – saṅghassa santakaṃ sammatena vā āṇattehi vā ārāmikādīhi diyyamānaṃ, gihīnañca santakaṃ sāmikena vā āṇattena vā diyyamānaṃ ''aparassa bhāgaṃ dehī''ti vatvā gaṇhato bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. 在接受時的判斷是 - 對於僧團的財物，若是被認可的或被指示的，從園丁等處給予的，或從家庭中給予的，若說「請給予他人部分」，則應視為偷盜。Aññena diyyamānaṃ gaṇhanto bhaṇḍagghena kāretabbo. 接受其他人給予的物品時，應按物品的價值來處理。Asammatena vā anāṇattena vā diyyamāne ''aparampi bhāgaṃ dehī''ti vatvā vā kūṭavassāni gaṇetvā vā gaṇhanto pattacatukke viya tassuddhāreyeva bhaṇḍagghena kāretabbo. 若是未被認可或未被指示的給予時，若說「請給予他人部分」或計算雨水等，應按物品的價值來處理。Itarehi diyyamānaṃ evaṃ gaṇhato bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. 其他人給予的物品應如此處理。Sāmikena pana ''imassa dehī''ti dāpitaṃ vā sayaṃ dinnaṃ vā sudinnanti ayamettha sabbaaṭṭhakathāvinicchayato sāro. 但若是夥伴說「請給予這個」或自己給予的物品，則在這裡應根據所有註釋的判斷來處理。 142-3. Odaniyagharādivatthūsu – odaniyagharaṃ nāma vikkāyikabhattapacanagharaṃ. 在米飯房等方面 - 米飯房是指售賣米飯的地方。Sūnagharaṃ nāma vikkāyikamaṃsapacanagharaṃ. 肉房是指售賣肉類的地方。Pūvagharaṃ nāma vikkāyikakhajjakapacanagharaṃ. 糧食房是指售賣乾糧的地方。Sesamettha, parikkhāravatthūsu ca pākaṭameva. 其他的在這裡和配料方面也是顯而易見的。 Pīṭhavatthusmiṃ – so bhikkhu parikappetvā ''etaṃ ṭhānaṃ sampattaṃ gaṇhissāmī''ti saṅkāmesi. 在座位上 - 那位比丘考慮到「我將在這個地方拿走」而思考。Tenassa saṅkāmane avahāro natthi. 因此他在思考時並沒有犯錯。Saṅkāmetvā pana parikappitokāsato gahaṇe pārājikaṃ vuttaṃ. 但在思考後，若在準備的地方拿走則犯波羅夷罪。Evaṃ haranto ca yadi pīṭhake theyyacittaṃ natthi, thavikaṃ agghāpetvā kāretabbo. 如此拿走時，如果在座位上沒有貪心，則應按價值處理。Atha pīṭhakepi atthi, ubho agghāpetvā kāretabboti. 若在座位上也有，則應按兩者的價值來處理。Bhisiādīni tīṇi vatthūni pākaṭāneva. 三種物品如黃油等是顯而易見的。 Vissāsaggāhādīsu tīsu vatthūsu gahaṇe anāpatti, āharāpentesu bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. 在信任、接受等三種物品的接受中，無罪，但在拿走時則視為偷盜。Piṇḍāya paviṭṭhassa paṭiviso antoupacārasīmāyaṃ ṭhitasseva gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. 對於進入托缽的地方，應在內部的可接近範圍內拿走。如果施主說：「尊者，在外面的可接近範圍內也請拿走部分，回來后再享用」，則在內部的地方也可拿走。Yadi pana dāyakā ''bahiupacāraṭṭhānampi bhante, bhāgaṃ gaṇhatha, āgantvā paribhuñjissantī''ti vadanti, evaṃ antogāmaṭṭhānampi gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. 如果施主說「在外面的可接近範圍內也請拿走部分，回來后再享用」，則在內部的地方也可拿走。Sesamettha uttānatthameva. 其他的在這裡意思很明顯。

1. Sattasu ambacorakādivatthūsu paṃsukūlasaññāya gahaṇe anāpatti, āharāpentesu bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ, theyyacittena paribhoge pārājikaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ vinicchayo – sāmikāpi sālayā, corāpi sālayā, paṃsukūlasaññāya khādantassa bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ, theyyacittena gaṇhato uddhāreyeva avahāro, bhaṇḍaṃ agghāpetvā kāretabbo. Sāmikā sālayā, corā nirālayā, eseva nayo. Sāmikā nirālayā, corā sālayā; 『『puna gaṇhissāmā』』ti kismiñcideva gahanaṭṭhāne khipitvā gatā, eseva nayo. Ubhopi nirālayā, paṃsukūlasaññāya khādato anāpatti, theyyacittena dukkaṭaṃ.

Saṅghassa ambādīsu pana saṅghārāme jātaṃ vā hotu, ānetvā dinnaṃ vā pañcamāsakaṃ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ avaharantassa pārājikaṃ. Paccante corupaddavena gāmesu vuṭṭhahantesu bhikkhūpi vihāre chaḍḍetvā 『『puna āvasante janapade āgamissāmā』』ti saussāhāva gacchanti. Bhikkhū tādisaṃ vihāraṃ patvā ambapakkādīni 『『chaḍḍitakānī』』ti paṃsukūlasaññāya paribhuñjanti, anāpatti; theyyacittena paribhuñjato avahāro hoti, bhaṇḍaṃ agghāpetvā kāretabbo.

Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana saṅkhepaṭṭhakathāyañca avisesena vuttaṃ – 『『chaḍḍitavihāre pana phalāphalaṃ theyyacittena paribhuñjato pārājikaṃ. Kasmā? Āgatānāgatānaṃ santakattā』』ti. Gaṇasantake pana puggalike ca saussāhamattameva pamāṇaṃ. Sace pana tato ambapakkādiṃ kulasaṅgahaṇatthāya deti, kuladūsakadukkaṭaṃ. Theyyacittena dento agghena kāretabbo. Saṅghikepi eseva nayo. Senāsanatthāya niyamitaṃ kulasaṅgahaṇatthāya dadato dukkaṭaṃ, issaravatāya thullaccayaṃ, theyyacittena pārājikaṃ. No ce vatthu pahoti, agghena kāretabbo. Bahi upacārasīmāya nisīditvā issaravatāya paribhuñjato gīvā. Ghaṇṭiṃ paharitvā kālaṃ ghosetvā 『『mayhaṃ pāpuṇātī』』ti khāditaṃ sukhāditaṃ. Ghaṇṭiṃ apaharitvā kālameva ghosetvā, ghaṇṭimeva paharitvā kālaṃ aghosetvā, ghaṇṭimpi apaharitvā kālampi aghosetvā aññesaṃ natthibhāvaṃ ñatvā 『『mayhaṃ pāpuṇātī』』ti khāditampi sukhāditameva. Pupphārāmavatthudvayaṃ pākaṭameva.

1. Vuttavādakavatthuttaye vutto vajjemīti tayā vutto hutvā 『『tava vacanena vadāmī』』ti attho. Anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassāti sāmikehi dinnattā anāpatti. Na ca, bhikkhave, 『『vutto vajjemī』』ti vattabboti 『『ahaṃ tayā vutto hutvā tava vacanena vadāmī』』ti evaṃ añño bhikkhu aññena bhikkhunā na vattabboti attho. Paricchedaṃ pana katvā 『『itthannāmaṃ tava vacanena gaṇhissāmī』』ti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Vutto vajjehīti mayā vutto hutvā mama vacanena vadehīti attho. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva. Imesupi ca dvīsu vatthūsu paricchedaṃ katvā vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Ettāvatā hi upārambhā mutto hotīti.

151-2. Maṇivatthuttayassa majjhime vatthusmiṃ – nāhaṃ akallakoti nāhaṃ gilānoti attho. Sesaṃ pākaṭameva.

Sattasu ambacorakādivatthūsu paṃsukūlasaññāya gahaṇe anāpatti, āharāpentesu bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ, theyyacittena paribhoge pārājikaṃ. 在七種水果等物品中，若以草衣的名義接受則無罪，而拿走時應視為偷盜，若以貪心享用則犯波羅夷罪。Tatrāyaṃ vinicchayo – sāmikāpi sālayā, corāpi sālayā, paṃsukūlasaññāya khādantassa bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ, theyyacittena gaṇhato uddhāreyeva avahāro, bhaṇḍaṃ agghāpetvā kāretabbo. 這裡的判斷是 - 夥伴也在家中，小偷也在家中，若以草衣的名義吃掉物品，則應按物品的價值來處理，若以貪心拿走則犯錯。Sāmikā sālayā, corā nirālayā, eseva nayo. 夥伴在家中，小偷在外中，情況相同。Sāmikā nirālayā, corā sālayā; ''puna gaṇhissāmā''ti kismiñcideva gahanaṭṭhāne khipitvā gatā, eseva nayo. 夥伴在外中，小偷在家中；若在某個地方說「我們再來拿」，情況相同。Ubhopi nirālayā, paṃsukūlasaññāya khādato anāpatti, theyyacittena dukkaṭaṃ. 兩者在外中，若以草衣的名義吃掉則無罪，若以貪心則犯輕罪。 Saṅghassa ambādīsu pana saṅghārāme jātaṃ vā hotu, ānetvā dinnaṃ vā pañcamāsakaṃ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ avaharantassa pārājikaṃ. 對於僧團的水果等物品，無論是從僧團中獲得還是從外面帶來的，若是額外的部分則犯波羅夷罪。Paccante corupaddavena gāmesu vuṭṭhahantesu bhikkhūpi vihāre chaḍḍetvā ''puna āvasante janapade āgamissāmā''ti saussāhāva gacchanti. 在偏遠地區，小偷的騷擾使得比丘們在寺廟中被迫拋棄，想著「我們將再次回到村莊」。Bhikkhū tādisaṃ vihāraṃ patvā ambapakkādīni ''chaḍḍitakānī''ti paṃsukūlasaññāya paribhuñjanti, anāpatti; theyyacittena paribhuñjato avahāro hoti, bhaṇḍaṃ agghāpetvā kāretabbo. 比丘們到達這樣的寺廟后，以草衣的名義享用被拋棄的水果等，因而無罪；若以貪心享用則犯錯，應按物品的價值來處理。 Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana saṅkhepaṭṭhakathāyañca avisesena vuttaṃ – ''chaḍḍitavihāre pana phalāphalaṃ theyyacittena paribhuñjato pārājikaṃ. Kasmā? Āgatānāgatānaṃ santakattā''ti. 在大註釋中，簡要地說：「在被拋棄的寺廟中，若以貪心享用水果等則犯波羅夷罪。為什麼？因為是對已來和未來的人的財物。」Gaṇasantake pana puggalike ca saussāhamattameva pamāṇaṃ. 在群體的財物中，個人的部分只是象徵性地進行。Sace pana tato ambapakkādiṃ kulasaṅgahaṇatthāya deti, kuladūsakadukkaṭaṃ. 如果從中給予水果等以維持家庭，則犯輕罪。Theyacittena dento agghena kāretabbo. 給予時應按物品的價值來處理。Saṅghikepi eseva nayo. 在僧團的情況下也是如此。Senāsanatthāya niyamitaṃ kulasaṅgahaṇatthāya dadato dukkaṭaṃ, issaravatāya thullaccayaṃ, theyyacittena pārājikaṃ. 爲了住所而給予家庭的部分則犯輕罪，若以貪心則犯波羅夷罪。No ce vatthu pahoti, agghena kāretabbo. 若沒有物品，則應按物品的價值來處理。Bahi upacārasīmāya nisīditvā issaravatāya paribhuñjato gīvā. 在外面的可接近範圍內坐著，若以貪心享用則犯輕罪。Ghaṇṭiṃ paharitvā kālaṃ ghosetvā ''mayhaṃ pāpuṇātī''ti khāditaṃ sukhāditaṃ. 敲響鐘聲，宣告時間，想著「我得到了」，享用的食物是美味的。Ghaṇṭiṃ apaharitvā kālameva ghosetvā, ghaṇṭimeva paharitvā kālaṃ aghosetvā, ghaṇṭimpi apaharitvā kālampi aghosetvā aññesaṃ natthibhāvaṃ ñatvā ''mayhaṃ pāpuṇātī''ti khāditampi sukhāditameva. 若敲響鐘聲而不宣告時間，或只敲響鐘聲而不宣告時間，或敲響鐘聲而不宣告任何事，若知道「我得到了」，享用的食物仍然是美味的。Pupphārāmavatthudvayaṃ pākaṭameva. 花園的兩種物品是顯而易見的。 Vuttavādakavatthuttaye vutto vajjemīti tayā vutto hutvā ''tava vacanena vadāmī''ti attho. 在提到有爭議的物品時，若說「我將以你的話說」，則是指你的意思。Anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassāti sāmikehi dinnattā anāpatti. 因為是夥伴給予的，所以無罪。Na ca, bhikkhave, ''vutto vajjemī''ti vattabboti ''ahaṃ tayā vutto hutvā tava vacanena vadāmī''ti evaṃ añño bhikkhu aññena bhikkhunā na vattabboti attho. 而且，比丘們不應說「我將以你的話說」，而應說「我將以你的話說」，因此其他比丘不應與其他比丘說。Paricchedaṃ pana katvā ''itthannāmaṃ tava vacanena gaṇhissāmī''ti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. 但在劃分后，應說「我將在此處以你的話來拿」。Vutto vajjehīti mayā vutto hutvā mama vacanena vadehīti attho. 「被提及的物品」是指我說過的物品。Sesaṃ vuttanayameva. 其他的內容與前述相同。Imesupi ca dvīsu vatthūsu paricchedaṃ katvā vattuṃ vaṭṭati. 在這兩種物品中也應劃分后說。Ettāvatā hi upārambhā mutto hotīti. 這樣一來，因而得以解脫。 151-2. Maṇivatthuttayassa majjhime vatthusmiṃ – nāhaṃ akallakoti nāhaṃ gilānoti attho. 在珠寶物品的中間部分 - 「我不是不合時宜」或「我不是病重」的意思。Sesaṃ pākaṭameva. 其他的內容顯而易見。

1. Sūkaravatthudvaye – kiñcāpi paṭhamassa bhikkhuno chātajjhattaṃ disvā kāruññena mocitattā anāpatti. Sāmikesu pana asampaṭicchantesu bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ, tāva mahanto vā matasūkaro āharitvā dātabbo, tadagghanakaṃ vā bhaṇḍaṃ. Sace pāsasāmike kuhiñcipi na passati, pāsasāmantā tadagghanakaṃ sāṭakaṃ vā kāsāvaṃ vā thālakaṃ vā yathā te āgatā passanti, īdise ṭhāne ṭhapetvāva gantabbaṃ, theyyacittena pana mocentassa pārājikameva. Ettha ca koci sūkaro pāsaṃ pādena kaḍḍhitvā chinnamatte pāse ṭhānācāvanadhammena ṭhānena ṭhito hoti caṇḍasote baddhanāvā viya. Koci attano dhammatāya ṭhito, koci nipanno, koci kūṭapāsena baddho hoti. Kūṭapāso nāma yassa ante dhanukaṃ vā aṅkusako vā añño vā koci daṇḍako baddho hoti, yo tattha tattha rukkhādīsu laggitvā sūkarassa gamanaṃ nivāreti. Tatra pāsaṃ kaḍḍhitvā ṭhitassa ekameva ṭhānaṃ pāsabandhanaṃ, so hi pāse muttamatte vā chinnamatte vā palāyati. Attano dhammatāya ṭhitassa bandhanañca cattāro ca pādāti pañca ṭhānāni. Nipannassa bandhanañca sayanañcāti dve ṭhānāni. Kūṭapāsabaddhassa yattha yattha gacchati, taṃ tadeva ṭhānaṃ. Tasmā taṃ tato tato mocentā dasapi vīsatipi satampi bhikkhū pārājikaṃ āpajjanti. Tattha tattha āgataṃ disvā ekameva dāsaṃ palāpento viya.

Purimānaṃ pana tiṇṇaṃ catuppadakathāyaṃ vuttanayena phandāpanaṭhānācāvanāni veditabbāni. Sunakhadaṭṭhaṃ sūkaraṃ vissajjāpentassāpi kāruññādhippāyena bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ, theyyacittena pārājikaṃ. Pāsaṭṭhānaṃ pana sunakhasamīpaṃ vā asampattaṃ paṭipathaṃ gantvā paṭhamameva palāpentassa avahāro natthi. Yopi baddhasūkarassa ghāsañca pānīyañca datvā balaṃ gāhāpetvā ukkuṭṭhiṃ karoti – 『『utrasto palāyissatī』』ti; so ce palāyati, pārājikaṃ. Pāsaṃ dubbalaṃ katvā ukkuṭṭhisaddena palāpentassāpi eseva nayo.

Yo pana ghāsañca pānīyañca datvā gacchati, 『『balaṃ gahetvā palāyissatī』』ti; so ce palāyati, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Pāsaṃ dubbalaṃ katvā gacchantassāpi eseva nayo. Pāsasantike satthaṃ vā aggiṃ vā ṭhapeti 『『chinne vā daḍḍhe vā palāyissatī』』ti. Sūkaro pāsaṃ cālento chinne vā daḍḍhe vā palāyati, bhaṇḍadeyyameva. Pāsaṃ yaṭṭhiyā saha pāteti, pacchā sūkaro taṃ maddanto gacchati , bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Sūkaro adūhalapāsāṇehi akkanto hoti, taṃ palāpetukāmassa adūhalaṃ kāruññena ukkhipato bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ, theyyacittena pārājikaṃ. Sace ukkhittamatte agantvā pacchā gacchati, bhaṇḍadeyyameva. Ukkhipitvā ṭhapitaṃ adūhalaṃ pāteti, pacchā sūkaro taṃ maddanto gacchati, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Opāte patitasūkarampi kāruññena uddharato bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ, theyyacittena pārājikaṃ. Opātaṃ pūretvā nāseti, pacchā sūkaro taṃ maddanto gacchati, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Sūle viddhaṃ kāruññena uddharati, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ, theyyacittena pārājikaṃ. Sūlaṃ uddharitvā chaḍḍeti, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ.

Sūkaravatthudvaye – kiñcāpi paṭhamassa bhikkhuno chātajjhattaṃ disvā kāruññena mocitattā anāpatti. 在兩個豬的事例中 - 雖然第一個比丘看到飢餓的內心而同情地釋放,無罪。Sāmikesu pana asampaṭicchantesu bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ, tāva mahanto vā matasūkaro āharitvā dātabbo, tadagghanakaṃ vā bhaṇḍaṃ. 但如果主人不同意,則應賠償,應帶來一頭同樣大的死豬給予,或等值的物品。Sace pāsasāmike kuhiñcipi na passati, pāsasāmantā tadagghanakaṃ sāṭakaṃ vā kāsāvaṃ vā thālakaṃ vā yathā te āgatā passanti, īdise ṭhāne ṭhapetvāva gantabbaṃ, theyyacittena pana mocentassa pārājikameva. 如果在任何地方都看不到陷阱的主人,應在陷阱附近放置等值的布料、袈裟或缽,使他們來時能看到,放在這樣的地方后就應離開,但如果以偷盜心釋放則犯波羅夷罪。Ettha ca koci sūkaro pāsaṃ pādena kaḍḍhitvā chinnamatte pāse ṭhānācāvanadhammena ṭhānena ṭhito hoti caṇḍasote baddhanāvā viya. 在這裡,有些豬用腳拉斷陷阱后,因為移動的本性而站在原地,就像在急流中被繫住的船。Koci attano dhammatāya ṭhito, koci nipanno, koci kūṭapāsena baddho hoti. 有些因自身的本性而站著,有些躺著,有些被複合陷阱捆住。Kūṭapāso nāma yassa ante dhanukaṃ vā aṅkusako vā añño vā koci daṇḍako baddho hoti, yo tattha tattha rukkhādīsu laggitvā sūkarassa gamanaṃ nivāreti. 所謂複合陷阱,是指在末端綁有小弓、小鉤或其他小棒,能卡在樹等上阻止豬的行動。Tatra pāsaṃ kaḍḍhitvā ṭhitassa ekameva ṭhānaṃ pāsabandhanaṃ, so hi pāse muttamatte vā chinnamatte vā palāyati. 其中,拉斷陷阱後站立的只有陷阱捆綁這一個地方,因為陷阱一鬆開或斷開它就逃跑了。Attano dhammatāya ṭhitassa bandhanañca cattāro ca pādāti pañca ṭhānāni. 因自身本性而站立的有捆綁和四隻腳,共五個地方。Nipannassa bandhanañca sayanañcāti dve ṭhānāni. 躺著的有捆綁和躺臥,兩個地方。Kūṭapāsabaddhassa yattha yattha gacchati, taṃ tadeva ṭhānaṃ. 被複合陷阱捆住的,它走到哪裡就是哪裡。Tasmā taṃ tato tato mocentā dasapi vīsatipi satampi bhikkhū pārājikaṃ āpajjanti. 因此,從那裡那裡釋放它的十個、二十個或一百個比丘都犯波羅夷罪。Tattha tattha āgataṃ disvā ekameva dāsaṃ palāpento viya. 就像看到一個奴隸到處走動而驅趕他一樣。 Purimānaṃ pana tiṇṇaṃ catuppadakathāyaṃ vuttanayena phandāpanaṭhānācāvanāni veditabbāni. 但前三種四足動物的情況應按前面所說的方式理解其掙扎和移動。Sunakhadaṭṭhaṃ sūkaraṃ vissajjāpentassāpi kāruññādhippāyena bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ, theyyacittena pārājikaṃ. 即使出于同情而釋放被狗咬的豬,也應賠償,如果是出於偷盜心則犯波羅夷罪。Pāsaṭṭhānaṃ pana sunakhasamīpaṃ vā asampattaṃ paṭipathaṃ gantvā paṭhamameva palāpentassa avahāro natthi. 但如果在陷阱處或狗附近或未到達的路上首先驅趕,則不構成偷盜。Yopi baddhasūkarassa ghāsañca pānīyañca datvā balaṃ gāhāpetvā ukkuṭṭhiṃ karoti – ''utrasto palāyissatī''ti; so ce palāyati, pārājikaṃ. 即使給被捆住的豬食物和水,讓它恢復力氣后大喊大叫 - "它受驚會逃跑",如果它逃跑了,則犯波羅夷罪。Pāsaṃ dubbalaṃ katvā ukkuṭṭhisaddena palāpentassāpi eseva nayo. 削弱陷阱後用喊叫聲驅趕的也是同樣的道理。 Yo pana ghāsañca pānīyañca datvā gacchati, ''balaṃ gahetvā palāyissatī''ti; so ce palāyati, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. 但如果給食物和水后離開,想"它恢復力氣後會逃跑",如果它逃跑了,則應賠償。Pāsaṃ dubbalaṃ katvā gacchantassāpi eseva nayo. 削弱陷阱后離開的也是同樣的道理。Pāsasantike satthaṃ vā aggiṃ vā ṭhapeti ''chinne vā daḍḍhe vā palāyissatī''ti. 在陷阱附近放置刀或火,"如果切斷或燒斷就會逃跑"。Sūkaro pāsaṃ cālento chinne vā daḍḍhe vā palāyati, bhaṇḍadeyyameva. 豬搖動陷阱,切斷或燒斷後逃跑,也應賠償。Pāsaṃ yaṭṭhiyā saha pāteti, pacchā sūkaro taṃ maddanto gacchati , bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. 用棍子連同陷阱一起打倒,之後豬踩著它離開,應賠償。Sūkaro adūhalapāsāṇehi akkanto hoti, taṃ palāpetukāmassa adūhalaṃ kāruññena ukkhipato bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ, theyyacittena pārājikaṃ. 豬被壓在磨石下,想要驅趕它而出於同情抬起磨石,應賠償,如果是出於偷盜心則犯波羅夷罪。Sace ukkhittamatte agantvā pacchā gacchati, bhaṇḍadeyyameva. 如果抬起后它沒有立即離開而是之後離開,也應賠償。Ukkhipitvā ṭhapitaṃ adūhalaṃ pāteti, pacchā sūkaro taṃ maddanto gacchati, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. 抬起放置的磨石掉落,之後豬踩著它離開,應賠償。Opāte patitasūkarampi kāruññena uddharato bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ, theyyacittena pārājikaṃ. 即使出于同情而拉出掉進坑裡的豬,也應賠償,如果是出於偷盜心則犯波羅夷罪。Opātaṃ pūretvā nāseti, pacchā sūkaro taṃ maddanto gacchati, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. 填滿坑洞使之消失,之後豬踩著它離開,應賠償。Sūle viddhaṃ kāruññena uddharati, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ, theyyacittena pārājikaṃ. 出於同情而取下被刺穿的豬,應賠償,如果是出於偷盜心則犯波羅夷罪。Sūlaṃ uddharitvā chaḍḍeti, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. 取下尖刺后丟棄,應賠償。

Vihārabhūmiyaṃ pana pāse vā adūhalaṃ vā oḍḍentā vāretabbā – 『『migarūpānaṃ paṭisaraṇaṭṭhānametaṃ, mā idha evaṃ karothā』』ti. Sace 『『harāpetha, bhante』』ti vadanti, harāpetuṃ vaṭṭati. Atha sayaṃ haranti, sundarameva. Atha neva haranti, na harituṃ denti, rakkhaṃ yācitvā harāpetuṃ vaṭṭati. Manussā sassarakkhaṇakāle khettesu pāse ca adūhalapāsāṇādīni ca karonti – 『『maṃsaṃ khādantā sassāni rakkhissāmā』』ti. Vītivatte sassakāle tesu anālayesu pakkantesu tattha baddhaṃ vā patitaṃ vā mocetuṃ vaṭṭatīti.

Migavatthudvayepi sūkaravatthūsu vuttasadisoyeva vinicchayo.

Macchavatthudvayepi eseva nayo. Ayaṃ pana viseso – kumīnamukhaṃ vivaritvā vā pacchāpuṭakaṃ muñcitvā vā passena chiddaṃ katvā vā kumīnato macche pothetvā palāpentassa pārājikaṃ. Bhattasitthāni dassetvā evaṃ palāpentassāpi pārājikaṃ. Saha kumīnena uddharatopi pārājikaṃ. Kevalaṃ kumīnamukhaṃ vivarati, pacchāpuṭakaṃ muñcati, chiddaṃ vā karoti, macchā pana attano dhammatāya palāyanti, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Evaṃ katvā bhattasitthāni dasseti, macchā gocaratthāya nikkhamitvā palāyanti, bhaṇḍadeyyameva. Mukhaṃ avivaritvā pacchāpuṭakaṃ amuñcitvā passena chiddaṃ akatvā kevalaṃ bhattasitthāni dasseti, macchā pana chātajjhattā sīsena paharitvā okāsaṃ katvā gocaratthāya nikkhamitvā palāyanti, bhaṇḍadeyyameva. Tucchakumīnassa mukhaṃ vā vivarati, pacchāpuṭakaṃ vā muñcati, chiddaṃ vā karoti, āgatāgatā macchā dvāraṃ pattā puṭakachiddehi palāyanti, bhaṇḍadeyyameva. Tucchakumīnaṃ gahetvā gumbe khipati, bhaṇḍadeyyamevāti. Yāne bhaṇḍaṃ pīṭhe thavikāya sadisaṃ.

Maṃsapesivatthumhi – sace ākāse gaṇhāti, gahitaṭṭhānameva ṭhānaṃ. Taṃ chahākārehi paricchinditvā ṭhānācāvanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Sesamettha dārugopālakarajakasāṭakavatthūsu ca ambacorakādivatthūsu vuttanayena vinicchinitabbaṃ.

155.Kumbhivatthusmiṃ – yo sappitelādīni apādagghanakāni gahetvā 『『na puna evaṃ karissāmī』』ti saṃvare ṭhatvā dutiyadivasādīsupi puna citte uppanne evameva dhuranikkhepaṃ katvā paribhuñjanto sabbampi taṃ paribhuñjati, nevatthi pārājikaṃ. Dukkaṭaṃ vā thullaccayaṃ vā āpajjati, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ pana hoti. Ayampi bhikkhu evamevamakāsi. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassā』』ti. Dhuranikkhepaṃ pana akatvā 『『divase divase paribhuñjissāmī』』ti thokaṃ thokampi paribhuñjato yasmiṃ divase pādagghanakaṃ pūrati, tasmiṃ pārājikaṃ.

Saṃvidāvahāravatthūni saṃvidāvahāre, muṭṭhivatthūni odaniyagharādivatthūsu dve vighāsavatthūni ambacorakādivatthūsu vuttavinicchayanayena veditabbāni. Dve tiṇavatthūni uttānatthāneva.

Vihārabhūmiyaṃ pana pāse vā adūhalaṃ vā oḍḍentā vāretabbā – 『『migarūpānaṃ paṭisaraṇaṭṭhānametaṃ, mā idha evaṃ karothā』』ti. Sace 『『harāpetha, bhante』』ti vadanti, harāpetuṃ vaṭṭati. Atha sayaṃ haranti，sundarameva. Atha neva haranti，na harituṃ denti，rakkhaṃ yācitvā harāpetuṃ vaṭṭati. Manussā sassarakkhaṇakāle khettesu pāse ca adūhalapāsāṇādīni ca karonti – 『『maṃsaṃ khādantā sassāni rakkhissāmā』』ti. Vītivatte sassakāle tesu anālayesu pakkantesu tattha baddhaṃ vā patitaṃ vā mocetuṃ vaṭṭatīti。 Migavatthudvayepi sūkaravatthūsu vuttasadisoyeva vinicchayo。 Macchavatthudvayepi eseva nayo. Ayaṃ pana viseso – kumīnamukhaṃ vivaritvā vā pacchāpuṭakaṃ muñcitvā vā passena chiddaṃ katvā vā kumīnato macche pothetvā palāpentassa pārājikaṃ. Bhattasitthāni dassetvā evaṃ palāpentassāpi pārājikaṃ. Saha kumīnena uddharatopi pārājikaṃ. Kevalaṃ kumīnamukhaṃ vivarati，pacchāpuṭakaṃ muñcati，chiddaṃ vā karoti，macchā pana attano dhammatāya palāyanti，bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Evaṃ katvā bhattasitthāni dasseti，macchā gocaratthāya nikkhamitvā palāyanti，bhaṇḍadeyyameva. Mukhaṃ avivarit

156.Ambabhājāpanādivatthūsu te bhikkhū ekaṃ gāmakāvāsaṃ paricchinnabhikkhukaṃ agamaṃsu. Tattha bhikkhū phalāphalaṃ paribhuñjamānāpi tesu āgatesu 『『therānaṃ phalāni dethā』』ti kappiyakārake na avocuṃ. Atha te bhikkhū 『『kiṃ saṅghikaṃ amhākaṃ na pāpuṇātī』』ti ghaṇṭiṃ paharitvā bhājāpetvā tesampi vassaggena bhāgaṃ datvā attanāpi paribhuñjiṃsu. Tena nesaṃ bhagavā 『『anāpatti, bhikkhave, paribhogatthāyā』』ti āha. Tasmā idānipi yattha āvāsikā āgantukānaṃ na denti, phalavāre ca sampatte aññesaṃ atthibhāvaṃ disvā corikāya attanāva khādanti, tattha āgantukehi ghaṇṭiṃ paharitvā bhājetvā paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati.

Yattha pana āvāsikā rukkhe rakkhitvā phalavāre sampatte bhājetvā khādanti, catūsu paccayesu sammā upanenti, anissarā tattha āgantukā. Yepi rukkhā cīvaratthāya niyametvā dinnā, tesupi āgantukā anissarā. Eseva nayo sesapaccayatthāya niyametvā dinnesupi.

Ye pana tathā aniyamitā, āvāsikā ca te rakkhitvā gopetvā corikāya paribhuñjanti, na tesu āvāsikānaṃ katikāya ṭhātabbaṃ. Ye phalaparibhogatthāya dinnā, āvāsikāpi ne rakkhitvā gopetvā sammā upanenti, tesuyeva tesaṃ katikāya ṭhātabbaṃ. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana vuttaṃ – 『『catunnaṃ paccayānaṃ niyametvā dinnaṃ theyyacittena paribhuñjanto bhaṇḍaṃ agghāpetvā kāretabbo. Paribhogavaseneva taṃ bhājetvā paribhuñjantassa bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ. Yaṃ panettha senāsanatthāya niyamitaṃ, taṃ paribhogavaseneva bhājetvā paribhuñjantassa thullaccayañca bhaṇḍadeyyañcā』』ti.

Odissa cīvaratthāya dinnaṃ cīvareyeva upanetabbaṃ. Sace dubbhikkhaṃ hoti, bhikkhū piṇḍapātena kilamanti, cīvaraṃ pana sulabhaṃ, saṅghasuṭṭhutāya apalokanakammaṃ katvā piṇḍapātepi upanetuṃ vaṭṭati. Senāsanena gilānapaccayena vā kilamantesu saṅghasuṭṭhutāya apalokanakammaṃ katvā tadatthāyapi upanetuṃ vaṭṭati. Odissa piṇḍapātatthāya gilānapaccayatthāya ca dinnepi eseva nayo. Odissa senāsanatthāya dinnaṃ pana garubhaṇḍaṃ hoti, taṃ rakkhitvā gopetvā tadatthameva upanetabbaṃ. Sace pana dubbhikkhaṃ hoti, bhikkhū piṇḍapātena na yāpenti. Ettha rājarogacorabhayādīhi aññattha gacchantānaṃ vihārā palujjanti, tālanāḷikerādike vināsenti, senāsanapaccayaṃ pana nissāya yāpetuṃ sakkā hoti. Evarūpe kāle senāsanaṃ vissajjetvāpi senāsanajagganatthāya paribhogo bhagavatā anuññāto. Tasmā ekaṃ vā dve vā varasenāsanāni ṭhapetvā itarāni lāmakakoṭiyā piṇḍapātatthāya vissajjetuṃ vaṭṭati. Mūlavatthucchedaṃ pana katvā na upanetabbaṃ .

Yo pana ārāmo catuppaccayatthāya niyametvā dinno, tattha apalokanakammaṃ na kātabbaṃ. Yena pana paccayena ūnaṃ, tadatthaṃ upanetuṃ vaṭṭati. Ārāmo jaggitabbo, vetanaṃ datvāpi jaggāpetuṃ vaṭṭati. Ye pana vetanaṃ labhitvā ārāmeyeva gehaṃ katvā vasantā rakkhanti, te ce āgatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ nāḷikeraṃ vā tālapakkaṃ vā denti, yaṃ tesaṃ saṅghena anuññātaṃ hoti – 『『divase divase ettakaṃ nāma khādathā』』ti tadeva te dātuṃ labhanti; tato uttari tesaṃ dadantānampi gahetuṃ na vaṭṭati.

在果實分配等方面，那些比丘們來到一個村莊的居住處，成為限制性的乞食者。在那裡，比丘們即使在享用果實時，也沒有對來訪者說「請把果實給長老們」。於是這些比丘們問：「我們的僧團的果實怎麼沒有送到呢？」於是敲響了鐘聲，分發了果實，並且自己也享用了。因此，佛陀對他們說：「比丘們，享用上沒有過失。」因此，現在即使在不把果實給來訪者的地方，果實成熟時看到其他人的存在，他們也會像小偷一樣自己吃掉，在那裡可以敲響鐘聲，分發后享用。 而在那種情況下，居住者在樹木上保護著，果實成熟時分發並享用，四種條件都正確地提供，來訪者在那兒是無依無靠的。那些爲了衣物而限制性提供的樹木，來訪者也是無依無靠的。其他的條件限制性提供的情況下也是如此。 那些不受限制的，居住者則保護著並保留著，像小偷一樣享用，在這些情況下不應有居住者的分配。那些爲了果實享用而提供的，居住者也不保護，保留著並正確地提供，這些情況下應有他們的分配。關於大分配的事已說過：「在四種條件限制性提供的情況下，心中有貪慾的人應當把物品的價值計算清楚。只要是爲了享用，享用后應當分配物品。如果在這裡爲了安置而限制的，應當爲了享用而計算並享用，同時也應當有過失的分配。」 在衣物方面，提供的衣物應當僅限於衣物。如果發生嚴重的饑荒，比丘們在乞食時感到疲憊，但衣物卻很容易獲得，因而可以在僧團中進行不看顧的行為，甚至在乞食時也應當提供。對於因安置而感到疲憊的情況，也應當在這方面進行不看顧的行為並提供。在乞食和因病而提供時，情況也是如此。在安置方面提供的物品是重的，應當保護並保留著，只在那兒提供。如果發生嚴重的饑荒，比丘們因乞食而不再堅持。在這裡，由於王族、疾病、盜賊等原因，往往會導致其他地方的寺院被搶劫，甚至會破壞椰子樹等。在安置的情況下，可以依靠這些情況進行移動。這樣的情況下，即使安置被放棄，安置的目的也可以由佛陀允許。因此，設定一個或兩個優先的安置，其他的可以隨意放棄以用於乞食。根本的物品被切斷後就不應再提供。 如果是爲了四種條件限制性提供的園地，不應進行不看顧的行為。根據什麼條件不夠的，可以提供。在園地中應當保持警惕，即使支付了薪水也應當保持警惕。那些獲得薪水的人，若在園中建立住所並居住，若他們給來訪的比丘們提供椰子或棕櫚樹的果實，根據僧團的允許，便可以說：「每日吃這些。」這樣，他們就可以給予；超出這一點，他們也不應再接受。

Yo pana ārāmaṃ keṇiyā gahetvā saṅghassa catuppaccayatthāya kappiyabhaṇḍameva deti, ayaṃ bahukampi dātuṃ labhati. Cetiyassa padīpatthāya vā khaṇḍaphullapaṭisaṅkharaṇatthāya vā dinno ārāmopi paṭijaggitabbo; vetanaṃ datvāpi jaggāpetabbo. Vetanañca panettha cetiyasantakampi saṅghasantakampi dātuṃ vaṭṭati. Etampi ārāmaṃ vetanena tattheva vasitvā rakkhantānañca keṇiyā gahetvā kappiyabhaṇḍadāyakānañca tattha jātakaphaladānaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.

Ambapālakādivatthūsu – anāpatti, bhikkhave, gopakassa dāneti ettha kataraṃ pana gopakadānaṃ vaṭṭati, kataraṃ na vaṭṭatīti? Mahāsumatthero tāva āha – 『『yaṃ gopakassa paricchinditvā dinnaṃ hoti – 『ettakaṃ divase divase gaṇhā』ti tadeva vaṭṭati; tato uttari na vaṭṭatī』』ti. Mahāpadumatthero panāha – 『『kiṃ gopakānaṃ paṇṇaṃ āropetvā nimittasaññaṃ vā katvā dinnaṃ atthi, etesaṃ hatthe vissaṭṭhakassa ete issarā, tasmā yaṃ te denti taṃ bahukampi vaṭṭatī』』ti. Kurundaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana vuttaṃ – 『『manussānaṃ ārāmaṃ vā aññaṃ vā phalāphalaṃ dārakā rakkhanti, tehi dinnaṃ vaṭṭati . Āharāpetvā pana na gahetabbaṃ. Saṅghike pana cetiyasantake ca keṇiyā gahetvā rakkhantasseva dānaṃ vaṭṭati. Vetanena rakkhantassa attano bhāgamattaṃ vaṭṭatī』』ti. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana 『『yaṃ gihīnaṃ ārāmarakkhakā bhikkhūnaṃ denti, etaṃ vaṭṭati. Bhikkhusaṅghassa pana ārāmagopakā yaṃ attano bhatiyā khaṇḍetvā denti, etaṃ vaṭṭati. Yopi upaḍḍhārāmaṃ vā kecideva rukkhe vā bhatiṃ labhitvā rakkhati, tassāpi attano pattarukkhatoyeva dātuṃ vaṭṭati. Keṇiyā gahetvā rakkhantassa pana sabbampi vaṭṭatī』』ti vuttaṃ. Etaṃ pana sabbaṃ byañjanato nānaṃ, atthato ekameva; tasmā adhippāyaṃ ñatvā gahetabbaṃ.

Dāruvatthumhi – tāvakāliko ahaṃ bhagavāti tāvakālikacitto ahaṃ bhagavāti vattukāmena vuttaṃ, tāvakālikacittoti 『『puna āharitvā dassāmī』』ti evaṃcitto ahanti vuttaṃ hoti. Bhagavā 『『tāvakālike anāpattī』』ti āha.

Ayaṃ panettha pāḷimuttakavinicchayo – sace saṅgho saṅghikaṃ kammaṃ kāreti uposathāgāraṃ vā bhojanasālaṃ vā, tato āpucchitvā tāvakālikaṃ haritabbaṃ. Yo pana saṅghiko dabbasambhāro agutto deve vassante temeti, ātapena sukkhati, taṃ sabbampi āharitvā attano āvāse kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Saṅgho āharāpento aññena vā dabbasambhārena mūlena vā saññāpetabbo. Na sakkā ce hoti saññāpetuṃ, 『『saṅghikena, bhante, kataṃ saṅghikaparibhogena vaḷañjathā』』ti vattabbaṃ. Senāsanassa pana ayameva bhikkhu issaro. Sacepi pāsāṇatthambho vā rukkhatthambho vā kavāṭaṃ vā vātapānaṃ vā nappahoti, saṅghikaṃ tāvakālikaṃ āharitvā pākatikaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Esa nayo aññesupi dabbasambhāresūti.

Yo pana ārāmaṃ keṇiyā gahetvā saṅghassa catuppaccayatthāya kappiyabhaṇḍameva deti, ayaṃ bahukampi dātuṃ labhati. Cetiyassa padīpatthāya vā khaṇḍaphullapaṭisaṅkharaṇatthāya vā dinno ārāmopi paṭijaggitabbo; vetanaṃ datvāpi jaggāpetabbo. Vetanañca panettha cetiyasantakampi saṅghasantakampi dātuṃ vaṭṭati. Etampi ārāmaṃ vetanena tattheva vasitvā rakkhantānañca keṇiyā gahetvā kappiyabhaṇḍadāyakānañca tattha jātakaphaladānaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbanti。 Ambapālakādivatthūsu – anāpatti, bhikkhave, gopakassa dāneti ettha kataraṃ pana gopakadānaṃ vaṭṭati, kataraṃ na vaṭṭatīti? Mahāsumatthero tāva āha – 『『yaṃ gopakassa paricchinditvā dinnaṃ hoti – 『ettakaṃ divase divase gaṇhā』ti tadeva vaṭṭati; tato uttari na vaṭṭatī』』ti. Mahāpadumatthero panāha – 『『kiṃ gopakānaṃ paṇṇaṃ āropetvā nimittasaññaṃ vā katvā dinnaṃ atthi, etesaṃ hatthe vissaṭṭhakassa ete issarā, tasmā yaṃ te denti taṃ bahukampi vaṭṭatī』』ti. Kurundaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana vuttaṃ – 『『manussānaṃ ārāmaṃ vā aññaṃ vā phalāphalaṃ dārakā rakkhanti, tehi dinnaṃ vaṭṭati. Āharāpetvā pana na gahetabbaṃ. Saṅghike pana cetiyasantake ca keṇiyā gahetvā rakkhantasseva dānaṃ vaṭṭati. Vetanena rakkhantassa attano bhāgamattaṃ vaṭṭatī』』ti. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana 『『yaṃ gihīnaṃ ārāmarakkhakā bhikkhūnaṃ denti, etaṃ vaṭṭati. Bhikkhusaṅghassa pana ārāmagopakā yaṃ attano bhatiyā khaṇḍetvā denti, etaṃ vaṭṭati. Yopi upaḍḍhārāmaṃ vā kecideva rukkhe vā bhatiṃ labhitvā rakkhati, tassāpi attano pattarukkhatoyeva dātuṃ vaṭṭati. Keṇiyā gahetvā rakkhantassa pana sabbampi vaṭṭatī』』ti vuttaṃ. Etaṃ pana sabbaṃ byañjanato nānaṃ, atthato ekameva; tasmā adhippāyaṃ ñatvā gahetabbaṃ。 Dāruvatthumhi – tāvakāliko ahaṃ bhagavāti tāvakālikacitto ahaṃ bhagavāti vattukāmena vuttaṃ, tāvakālikacittoti 『『puna āharitvā dassāmī』』ti evaṃcitto ahanti vuttaṃ hoti. Bhagavā 『『tāvakālike anāpattī』』ti āha。 Ayaṃ panettha pāḷimuttakavinicchayo – sace saṅgho saṅghikaṃ kammaṃ kāreti uposathāgāraṃ vā bhojanasālaṃ vā, tato āpucchitvā tāvakālikaṃ haritabbaṃ. Yo pana saṅghiko dabbasambhāro agutto deve vassante temeti, ātapena sukkhati, taṃ sabbampi āharitvā attano āvāse kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Saṅgho āharāpento aññena vā dabbasambhārena mūlena vā saññāpetabbo. Na sakkā ce hoti saññāpetuṃ, 『『saṅghikena, bhante, kataṃ saṅghikaparibhogena vaḷañjathā』』ti vattabbaṃ. Senāsanassa pana ayameva bhikkhu issaro. Sacepi pāsāṇatthambho vā rukkhatthambho vā kavāṭaṃ vā vātapānaṃ vā nappahoti, saṅghikaṃ tāvakālikaṃ āharitvā pākatikaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Esa nayo aññesupi dabbasambhāresūti。

Udakavatthusmiṃ – yadā udakaṃ dullabhaṃ hoti, yojanatopi aḍḍhayojanatopi āharīyati, evarūpe pariggahitaudake avahāro. Yatopi āharimato vā pokkharaṇīādīsu ṭhitato vā kevalaṃ yāgubhattaṃ sampādenti, pānīyaparibhogañca karonti, na aññaṃ mahāparibhogaṃ, tampi theyyacittena gaṇhato avahāro. Yato pana ekaṃ vā dve vā ghaṭe gahetvā āsanaṃ dhovituṃ, bodhirukkhe siñcituṃ udakapūjaṃ kātuṃ, rajanaṃ pacituṃ labbhati, tattha saṅghassa katikavaseneva paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Atirekaṃ gaṇhanto, mattikādīni vā theyyacittena pakkhipanto bhaṇḍaṃ agghāpetvā kāretabbo.

Sace āvāsikā katikavattaṃ daḷhaṃ karonti, aññesaṃ bhaṇḍakaṃ dhovituṃ vā rajituṃ vā na denti, attanā pana aññesaṃ apassantānaṃ gahetvā sabbaṃ karonti, tesaṃ katikāya na ṭhātabbaṃ. Yattakaṃ te dhovanti, tattakaṃ dhovitabbaṃ. Sace saṅghassa dve tisso pokkharaṇiyo vā udakasoṇḍiyo vā honti, katikā ca katā 『『ettha nhāyitabbaṃ, ito pānīyaṃ gahetabbaṃ, idha sabbaparibhogo kātabbo』』ti. Katikavatteneva sabbaṃ kātabbaṃ. Yattha katikā natthi, tattha sabbaparibhogo vaṭṭatīti.

Mattikāvatthusmiṃ – yattha mattikā dullabhā hoti, nānappakārā vā vaṇṇamattikā āharitvā ṭhapitā, tattha thokāpi pañcamāsakaṃ agghati, tasmā pārājikaṃ. Saṅghike pana kamme cetiyakamme ca niṭṭhite saṅghaṃ āpucchitvā vā tāvakālikaṃ vā gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Sudhāyapi cittakammavaṇṇesupi eseva nayo.

Tiṇavatthūsu – jhāpitatiṇe ṭhānācāvanassa abhāvā dukkaṭaṃ, bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ pana hoti. Saṅgho tiṇavatthuṃ jaggitvā saṅghikaṃ āvāsaṃ chādeti, puna kadāci jaggituṃ na sakkoti, athañño eko bhikkhu vattasīsena jaggati, saṅghassevetaṃ. No ce jaggati, saṅgheneko bhikkhu vattabbo 『『jaggitvā dehī』』ti. So ce bhāgaṃ icchati, bhāgaṃ datvāpi jaggāpetabbaṃ. Sace bhāgaṃ vaḍḍheti, dātabbameva. Vaḍḍhetiyeva, 『『gaccha jaggitvā sabbaṃ gahetvā attano santakaṃ senāsanaṃ chādehī』』ti vattabbo. Kasmā? Naṭṭhe attho natthi. Dadantehi pana savatthukaṃ na dātabbaṃ , garubhaṇḍaṃ hoti; tiṇamattaṃ pana dātabbaṃ. Tasmiṃ ce jaggitvā attano senāsanaṃ chādente puna saṅgho jaggituṃ pahoti, 『『tvaṃ mā jaggi, saṅgho jaggissatī』』ti vattabboti.

Mañcādīni satta vatthūni pākaṭāneva. Pāḷiyaṃ pana anāgatampi pāsāṇatthambhaṃ vā rukkhatthambhaṃ vā aññaṃ vā kiñci pādagghanakaṃ harantassa pārājikameva. Padhānagharādīsu chaḍḍitapatitānaṃ pariveṇādīnaṃ kuṭṭampi pākārampi bhinditvā iṭṭhakādīni avaharantassāpi eseva nayo. Kasmā? Saṅghikaṃ nāma kadāci ajjhāvasanti, kadāci na ajjhāvasanti. Paccante corabhayena janapade vuṭṭhahante chaḍḍitavihārādīsu kiñci parikkhāraṃ harantassāpi eseva nayo. Ye pana tato tāvakālikaṃ haranti, puna āvasitesu ca vihāresu bhikkhū āharāpenti, dātabbaṃ. Sacepi tato āharitvā senāsanaṃ kataṃ hoti, taṃ vā tadagghanakaṃ vā dātabbameva. 『『Puna āvasissāmā』』ti ālayaṃ acchinditvā vuṭṭhitesu janapadesu gaṇasantakaṃ vā puggalikaṃ vā gahitaṃ hoti; te ce anujānanti, paṭikammena kiccaṃ natthi. Saṅghikaṃ pana garubhaṇḍaṃ, tasmā paṭikammaṃ kattabbameva.

這是對提供的巴利文的完整中文直譯： 關於水的問題 - 當水稀缺時，即使從一由旬或半由旬遠處取水，在這種情況下，如果拿走被佔有的水就構成偷盜。從可以取水的地方或池塘等處，如果只是用來準備粥飯和飲用，而不是用於其他大量用途，即便如此，懷著偷盜之心拿取也構成偷盜。但是如果取一兩罐水來洗座位、澆菩提樹、進行水供養或煮染料，這些應該按照僧團的規定行事。如果取用過多，或懷著偷盜之心摻入泥土等，應該按物品價值進行賠償。 如果常住者制定嚴格規定，不允許他人洗滌或染色自己的物品，但自己在他人看不見時取水做一切事情，不應遵守他們的規定。他們洗多少，就應允許洗多少。如果僧團有兩三個池塘或水槽，並制定規定說"這裡用來洗澡，那裡取飲用水，這裡用於一切用途"，就應該按照規定行事。在沒有規定的地方，可以用於一切用途。 關於泥土的問題 - 在泥土稀缺的地方，或者各種顏色的泥土被收集儲存的地方，即使少量也值五摩沙迦，因此構成波羅夷。但是在僧團或佛塔工程完成後，經僧團同意或暫時借用是可以的。對於石灰和彩繪顏料也是同樣的道理。 關於草的問題 - 對於已燒燬的草，因為沒有移動，所以只是突吉羅罪，但仍需賠償。僧團照看草地並用來蓋僧舍，之後有時無法照看，這時如果一位比丘出於職責照看，這仍然屬於僧團。如果他不照看，僧團應該告訴一位比丘"照看並給出"。如果他想要分享，即使給他分享也應讓他照看。如果他增加份額，也應該給。如果他一直增加，應該告訴他"去照看並全部取走，用來蓋自己的住處"。為什麼？因為丟失了就沒有價值了。但給予時不應連同土地一起給，那是重物；只應給予草。如果他照看並用來蓋自己的住處，而僧團之後又能夠照看，應該告訴他"你不要照看了，僧團會照看"。 床等七種物品是明顯的。雖然不在經文中，但是搬走石柱、木柱或任何值一腳的東西也同樣構成波羅夷。對於禪修小屋等被捨棄或倒塌的精舍等，拆毀墻壁或圍墻取走磚塊等的也是同樣的道理。為什麼？因為僧團所有物有時會被居住，有時不會被居住。在邊境由於強盜威脅而被遺棄的村莊里，從被捨棄的寺院等處取走任何用品也是同樣的道理。但是那些暫時取走並在寺院再次有人居住時比丘們索要的，應該歸還。即使用那些東西建造了住處，也應該歸還那些東西或等值的物品。對於放棄"我們會再回來"的想法而離開的地方，如果團體或個人的物品被拿走；如果他們同意，就不需要賠償。但僧團的物品是重物，因此必須賠償。

1. Vihāraparibhogavatthu uttānatthameva.

Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tāvakālikaṃ haritunti ettha yo bhikkhu saṅghikaṃ mañcaṃ vā pīṭhaṃ vā tāvakālikaṃ haritvā attano phāsukaṭṭhāne ekampi dvepi māse saṅghikaparibhogena paribhuñjati, āgatāgatānaṃ vuḍḍhatarānaṃ deti, nappaṭibāhati , tassa tasmiṃ naṭṭhepi jiṇṇepi corāvahaṭepi gīvā na hoti. Vasitvā pana gacchantena yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbaṃ. Yo pana puggalikaparibhogena paribhuñjati, āgatāgatānaṃ vuḍḍhatarānaṃ na deti, tasmiṃ naṭṭhe tassa gīvā hoti. Aññaṃ pana āvāsaṃ haritvā paribhuñjantena sace tattha vuḍḍhataro āgantvā vuṭṭhāpeti, 『『mayā idaṃ asukāvāsato nāma āhaṭaṃ, gacchāmi, naṃ pākatikaṃ karomī』』ti vattabbaṃ. Sace so bhikkhu 『『ahaṃ pākatikaṃ karissāmī』』ti vadati, tassa bhāraṃ katvāpi gantuṃ vaṭṭatīti saṅkhepaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ.

Campāvatthumhi – tekaṭulayāgūti tilataṇḍulamuggehi vā tilataṇḍulamāsehi vā tilataṇḍulakulatthehi vā tilataṇḍulehi saddhiṃ yaṃkiñci ekaṃ aparaṇṇaṃ pakkhipitvā tīhi katā, etaṃ kira imehi tīhi catubhāgaudakasambhinne khīre sappimadhusakkarādīhi yojetvā karonti.

Rājagahavatthumhi – madhugoḷakoti atirasakapūvo vuccati; 『『madhusīsaka』』ntipi vadanti. Sesamettha vatthudvayepi odanabhājanīyavatthusmiṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.

1. Ajjukavatthusmiṃ – etadavocāti gilāno hutvā avoca. Āyasmā upāli āyasmato ajjukassa pakkhoti na agatigamanavasena pakkho, api ca kho anāpattisaññitāya lajjīanuggahena vinayānuggahena ca thero pakkhoti veditabbo. Sesamettha uttānameva.

2. Bārāṇasīvatthusmiṃ – corehi upaddutanti corehi viluttaṃ. Iddhiyā ānetvā pāsāde ṭhapesīti thero kira taṃ kulaṃ sokasallasamappitaṃ āvaṭṭantaṃ vivaṭṭantaṃ disvā tassa kulassa anukampāya pasādānurakkhaṇatthāya dhammānuggahena attano iddhiyā 『『tesaṃyeva pāsādaṃ dārakānaṃ samīpe hotū』』ti adhiṭṭhāsi. Dārakā 『『amhākaṃ pāsādo』』ti sañjānitvā abhiruhiṃsu. Tato thero iddhiṃ paṭisaṃhari, pāsādopi sakaṭṭhāneyeva aṭṭhāsi. Vohāravasena pana vuttaṃ 『『te dārake iddhiyā ānetvā pāsāde ṭhapesī』』ti. Iddhivisayeti īdisāya adhiṭṭhāniddhiyā anāpatti. Vikubbaniddhi pana na vaṭṭati.

160-

1. 關於寺院使用的問題意思明顯。 "比丘們,我允許暫時取用"——在這裡,如果一位比丘暫時取用僧團的床或椅子,在自己舒適的地方使用一兩個月,以僧團使用的方式使用,給予到來的長老們,不拒絕,即使它損壞、破舊或被盜,他也不負責。但離開時應該放回原處。如果有人以個人使用的方式使用,不給予到來的長老們,如果丟失他就要負責。如果帶到另一個住處使用,若有長老來並要求讓出,應該說:"這是我從某某住處帶來的,我去把它恢復原狀。"如果那位比丘說"我會恢復原狀",即使把責任交給他也可以離開。簡要註釋中是這麼說的。 關於旃巴(Campā)的問題 - "三種材料的粥"是指用芝麻、稻米與綠豆,或芝麻、稻米與豌豆,或芝麻、稻米與扁豆,或與芝麻和稻米一起加入任何一種豆類製成的。據說他們用這三種材料與四分之一的水混合的奶,加入酥油、蜂蜜、糖等製作。 關於王舍城(Rājagaha)的問題 - "蜜球"是指非常甜的糕點;也稱為"蜜頂"。這兩個問題中的其餘部分,應該按照分飯的問題中所說的方式理解。
2. 關於阿朱迦(Ajjuka)的問題 - "他說"是指他生病時說的。"尊者優波離站在尊者阿朱迦一邊"並不是出於偏袒,而是應該理解為長老出於無罪的認知、對有慚愧者的支援和對戒律的支援而站在他一邊。其餘的意思明顯。

3. 關於波羅奈(Bārāṇasī)的問題 - "被盜賊騷擾"是指被盜賊搶劫。"用神通帶來放在宮殿里"——據說長老看到那家人被悲傷之箭刺穿,輾轉反側,出於對那家人的同情,爲了保護他們的信心,爲了法的支援,用自己的神通決意"讓他們的宮殿就在孩子們附近"。孩子們認出"這是我們的宮殿"就上去了。然後長老收回神通,宮殿就回到原來的位置。但按照常規說法就說"他用神通把那些孩子帶來放在宮殿里"。"在神通境界里"——這種決意神通是無罪的。但變化神通是不允許的。 160-

4. Avasāne vatthudvayaṃ uttānatthamevāti.

Samantapāsādikāya vinayasaṃvaṇṇanāya

Dutiyapārājikavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Tatrāyaṃ anusāsanī –

Dutiyaṃ adutiyena, yaṃ jinena pakāsitaṃ;

Parājitakilesena, pārājikamidaṃ idha.

Sikkhāpadaṃ samaṃ tena, aññaṃ kiñci na vijjati;

Anekanayavokiṇṇaṃ, gambhīratthavinicchayaṃ.

Tasmā vatthumhi otiṇṇe, bhikkhunā vinayaññunā;

Vinayānuggahenettha, karontena vinicchayaṃ.

Pāḷiṃ aṭṭhakathañceva, sādhippāyamasesato;

Ogayha appamattena, karaṇīyo vinicchayo.

Āpattidassanussāho, na kattabbo kudācanaṃ;

Passissāmi anāpatti-miti kayirātha mānasaṃ.

Passitvāpi ca āpattiṃ, avatvāva punappunaṃ;

Vīmaṃsitvātha viññūhi, saṃsanditvā ca taṃ vade.

Kappiyepi ca vatthusmiṃ, cittassa lahuvattino;

Vasena sāmaññaguṇā, cavantīdha puthujjanā.

Tasmā paraparikkhāraṃ, āsīvisamivoragaṃ;

Aggiṃ viya ca sampassaṃ, nāmaseyya vicakkhaṇoti.

Pārājikakaṇḍa-aṭṭhakathāya

Paṭhamo bhāgo niṭṭhito.

Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa

Vinayapiṭake

Pārājikakaṇḍa-aṭṭhakathā (dutiyo bhāgo)

1. Tatiyapārājikaṃ

Tatiyaṃ tīhi suddhena, yaṃ buddhena vibhāvitaṃ;

Pārājikaṃ tassa dāni, patto saṃvaṇṇanākkamo.

Yasmā tasmā suviññeyyaṃ, yaṃ pubbe ca pakāsitaṃ;

Taṃ vajjayitvā assāpi, hoti saṃvaṇṇanā ayaṃ.

Paṭhamapaññattinidānavaṇṇanā

162.Tenasamayena buddho bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyanti ettha vesāliyanti evaṃnāmake itthiliṅgavasena pavattavohāre nagare. Tañhi nagaraṃ tikkhattuṃ pākāraparikkhepavaḍḍhanena visālībhūtattā 『『vesālī』』ti vuccati. Idampi ca nagaraṃ sabbaññutappatteyeva sammāsambuddhe sabbākārena vepullaṃ pattanti veditabbaṃ. Evaṃ gocaragāmaṃ dassetvā nivāsaṭṭhāna māha – 『『mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāya』』nti. Tattha mahāvanaṃ nāma sayaṃjātaṃ aropimaṃ saparicchedaṃ mahantaṃ vanaṃ. Kapilavatthusāmantā pana mahāvanaṃ himavantena saha ekābaddhaṃ aparicchedaṃ hutvā mahāsamuddaṃ āhacca ṭhitaṃ. Idaṃ tādisaṃ na hoti, saparicchedaṃ mahantaṃ vananti mahāvanaṃ. Kūṭāgārasālā pana mahāvanaṃ nissāya kate ārāme kūṭāgāraṃ anto katvā haṃsavaṭṭakacchadanena katā sabbākārasampannā buddhassa bhagavato gandhakuṭi veditabbā.

Anekapariyāyena asubhakathaṃ kathetīti anekehi kāraṇehi asubhākārasandassanappavattaṃ kāyavicchandaniyakathaṃ katheti. Seyyathidaṃ – 『『atthi imasmiṃ kāye kesā lomā…pe. … mutta』』nti. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Bhikkhave, imasmiṃ byāmamatte kaḷevare sabbākārenapi vicinanto na koci kiñci muttaṃ vā maṇiṃ vā veḷuriyaṃ vā agaruṃ vā candanaṃ vā kuṅkumaṃ vā kappūraṃ vā vāsacuṇṇādīni vā aṇumattampi sucibhāvaṃ passati. Atha kho paramaduggandhaṃ jegucchaṃ assirīkadassanaṃ kesalomādinānappakāraṃ asuciṃyeva passati. Tasmā na ettha chando vā rāgo vā karaṇīyo. Yepi hi uttamaṅge sirasmiṃ jātā kesā nāma, tepi asubhā ceva asucino ca paṭikkūlā ca. So ca nesaṃ asubhāsucipaṭikkūlabhāvo vaṇṇatopi saṇṭhānatopi gandhatopi āsayatopi okāsatopīti pañcahi kāraṇehi veditabbo. Evaṃ lomādīnanti. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana visuddhimagge (visuddhi.

1. 關於結束的兩項內容的意思明顯。 《全周圍的戒律解釋》 第二波羅夷的解釋已完成。 這裡是教導 - 第二與非第二，佛陀所揭示的道理； 由於被波羅夷的污垢，這裡是波羅夷。 戒律的內容與此相同，別無其他； 多種方式的解釋，深刻的意義判斷。 因此在物品被使用時，由比丘以戒律為準則； 在這裡進行判斷的，應該遵循戒律的指導。 同時《巴利文》和《註釋》應全面理解； 應當小心謹慎地進行判斷。 對於過失的見解，不應隨意做出； 應當觀察無過失的想法。 即使看到過失，也應避免再三重複； 通過智者的推理，若能與其溝通，就應如此說。 在物品中適當的使用，心思輕鬆的； 由於習慣的共同品質，普通人會在此消失。 因此對於他人的物品，如同毒蛇般的； 如同火焰般的觀察，明智者應當謹慎。 《波羅夷部分的註釋》 第一部分已完成。 致敬于那位有德的、無上的、正覺的佛陀。 《戒律經典》 《波羅夷部分的註釋》（第二部分）
2. 第三波羅夷 第三是由三種純凈的事物，佛陀所闡述的； 現在的波羅夷，已達到解釋的目的。 因此應當清楚理解，前面所述的內容； 若能避免此事，即可成為解釋的依據。 第一條規定的來源的解釋
3. 當時佛陀在韋薩利（現代韋薩利）的大森林中的屋頂大廳中居住，這裡稱為韋薩利，因其名義而被稱為城市。此城市因三次擴充套件城墻而變得寬廣，因此稱為"韋薩利"。該城市應理解為，正覺者因全知而全面地獲得了豐盛。這樣顯示出所居住的村莊，說明了"在大森林的屋頂大廳"。那裡大森林是指自然生長的、被圍起來的、面積巨大的森林。與迦毗羅衛（現代迦毗羅衛）相鄰的大森林與喜馬拉雅山相連，形成一個無邊界的地方，靠近大海。這樣的地方並不構成，面積巨大的森林。屋頂大廳是指在大森林的廟宇中建造的屋頂大廳，擁有所有的設施，供佛陀居住。 以多種方式講述不凈的內容，因多種原因而出現不凈的表現。比如說："在這個身體中有頭髮、體毛……等。"這是什麼意思？比丘們，在這個微小的身體中，全面觀察時，沒有任何清凈的東西，如毛髮、珠寶、琉璃、香木、檀香、藏紅花、香料和香粉等，哪怕是微小的清凈之物也看不見。反而看到的是極其惡臭的、令人厭惡的、各種不凈的表現。因此在這裡沒有慾望或貪戀。即使是頂端長出的頭髮，也同樣是不凈和不潔的。因此它的存在是被視為不凈的、非潔凈的，因而應從五個方面來理解。這樣講述頭髮等。這裡是簡要說明，詳細的內容在《清凈道》中。

1.182) vuttanayena veditabbo. Iti bhagavā ekamekasmiṃ koṭṭhāse pañcapañcappabhedena anekapariyāyena asubhakathaṃ katheti.

Asubhāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāsatīti uddhumātakādivasena asubhamātikaṃ nikkhipitvā padabhājanīyena taṃ vibhajanto vaṇṇento saṃvaṇṇento asubhāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati. Asubhabhāvanāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāsatīti yā ayaṃ kesādīsu vā uddhumātakādīsu vā ajjhattabahiddhāvatthūsu asubhākāraṃ gahetvā pavattassa cittassa bhāvanā vaḍḍhanā phātikammaṃ, tassā asubhabhāvanāya ānisaṃsaṃ dassento vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, guṇaṃ parikitteti. Seyyathidaṃ – 『『asubhabhāvanābhiyutto, bhikkhave , bhikkhu kesādīsu vā vatthūsu uddhumātakādīsu vā pañcaṅgavippahīnaṃ pañcaṅgasamannāgataṃ tividhakalyāṇaṃ dasalakkhaṇasampannaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ paṭilabhati. So taṃ paṭhamajjhānasaṅkhātaṃ cittamañjūsaṃ nissāya vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā uttamatthaṃ arahattaṃ pāpuṇātī』』ti.

Tatrimāni paṭhamassa jhānassa dasa lakkhaṇāni – pāripanthikato cittavisuddhi, majjhimassa samādhinimittassa paṭipatti, tattha cittapakkhandanaṃ, visuddhassa cittassa ajjhupekkhanaṃ, samathappaṭipannassa ajjhupekkhanaṃ, ekattupaṭṭhānassa ajjhupekkhanaṃ, tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena sampahaṃsanā, indriyānaṃ ekarasaṭṭhena tadupagavīriyavāhanaṭṭhena āsevanaṭṭhena sampahaṃsanāti.

Tatrāyaṃ pāḷi – 『『paṭhamassa jhānassa ko ādi, kiṃ majjhe, kiṃ pariyosānaṃ? Paṭhamassa jhānassa paṭipadāvisuddhi ādi, upekkhānubrūhanā majjhe, sampahaṃsanā pariyosānaṃ. Paṭhamassa jhānassa paṭipadāvisuddhi ādi, ādissa kati lakkhaṇāni? Ādissa tīṇi lakkhaṇāni – yo tassa paripantho tato cittaṃ visujjhati, visuddhattā cittaṃ majjhimaṃ samathanimittaṃ paṭipajjati, paṭipannattā tattha cittaṃ pakkhandati. Yañca paripanthato cittaṃ visujjhati, yañca visuddhattā cittaṃ majjhimaṃ samathanimittaṃ paṭipajjati, yañca paṭipannattā tattha cittaṃ pakkhandati. Paṭhamassa jhānassa paṭipadāvisuddhi ādi, ādissa imāni tīṇi lakkhaṇāni. Tena vuccati – 『paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ ādikalyāṇañceva hoti tilakkhaṇasampannañca』.

『『Paṭhamassa jhānassa upekkhānubrūhanā majjhe, majjhassa kati lakkhaṇāni? Majjhassa tīṇi lakkhaṇāni – visuddhaṃ cittaṃ ajjhupekkhati, samathappaṭipannaṃ ajjhupekkhati, ekattupaṭṭhānaṃ ajjhupekkhati. Yañca visuddhaṃ cittaṃ ajjhupekkhati, yañca samathappaṭipannaṃ ajjhupekkhati , yañca ekattupaṭṭhānaṃ ajjhupekkhati. Paṭhamassa jhānassa upekkhānubrūhanā majjhe, majjhassa imāni tīṇi lakkhaṇāni. Tena vuccati – 『paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ majjhekalyāṇañceva hoti tilakkhaṇasampannañca』.

這是對提供的巴利文的完整中文直譯： 1.182) 應該按照所說的方式來理解。因此,世尊對每一個部分都從五個方面以多種方式講述不凈的內容。 "讚美不凈"是指通過腫脹等方式列舉不凈的主題,然後用詞義解釋來分析、讚揚、解釋,從而讚美不凈。"讚美不凈的修習"是指,對於頭髮等或腫脹等內外事物,把握不凈的形態而生起的心的修習、增長、擴充套件,他通過展示這種不凈修習的利益來讚美,稱讚其功德。例如:"比丘們,致力於不凈修習的比丘,以頭髮等或腫脹等為對像,能獲得遠離五支、具備五支、三種美好、具足十相的初禪。他依靠這被稱為初禪的心寶盒,增長觀智,達到最高目標阿羅漢果。" 這裡是初禪的十種特相:從障礙中凈化心,實踐中等的定相,心投入其中,觀察已凈化的心,觀察已得定的人,觀察專一狀態的顯現,通過不超越其中生起的法而使之歡喜,通過諸根一味、引導適當精進和習行而使之歡喜。 這裡是經文:"初禪的開始是什麼,中間是什麼,結束是什麼?初禪的開始是行道清凈,中間是增長舍,結束是歡喜。初禪的開始是行道清凈,開始有幾種特相?開始有三種特相 - 心從障礙中凈化,因凈化而心進入中等的止相,因進入而心投入其中。心從障礙中凈化,因凈化而心進入中等的止相,因進入而心投入其中。這是初禪開始的行道清凈,開始的這三種特相。因此說:'初禪是美好的開始,具足三相'。 "初禪的中間是增長舍,中間有幾種特相?中間有三種特相 - 觀察已凈化的心,觀察已得定的,觀察專一狀態的顯現。觀察已凈化的心,觀察已得定的,觀察專一狀態的顯現。這是初禪中間的增長舍,中間的這三種特相。因此說:'初禪是美好的中間,具足三相'。

『『Paṭhamassa jhānassa sampahaṃsanā pariyosānaṃ, pariyosānassa kati lakkhaṇāni? Pariyosānassa cattāri lakkhaṇāni – tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena sampahaṃsanā, indriyānaṃ ekarasaṭṭhena sampahaṃsanā, tadupagavīriyavāhanaṭṭhena sampahaṃsanā, āsevanaṭṭhena sampahaṃsanā. Paṭhamassa jhānassa sampahaṃsanā pariyosānaṃ, pariyosānassa imāni cattāri lakkhaṇāni . Tena vuccati – 『paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇañceva hoti catulakkhaṇasampannañca. 『『Evaṃ tividhattagataṃ cittaṃ tividhakalyāṇakaṃ dasalakkhaṇasampannaṃ vitakkasampannañceva hoti vicārasampannañca pītisampannañca sukhasampannañca cittassa adhiṭṭhānasampannañca saddhāsampannañca vīriyasampannañca satisampannañca samādhisampannañca paññāsampannañcā』』ti (paṭi. ro. 1.158).

Ādissa ādissa asubhasamāpattiyā vaṇṇaṃ bhāsatīti 『『evampi itthampī』』ti punappunaṃ vavatthānaṃ katvā ādisanto asubhasamāpattiyā vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, ānisaṃsaṃ katheti, guṇaṃ parikitteti. Seyyathidaṃ – 『『asubhasaññāparicitena, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno cetasā bahulaṃ viharato methunadhammasamāpattiyā cittaṃ paṭilīyati paṭikuṭati paṭivaṭṭati, na sampasārīyati, upekkhā vā pāṭikulyatā vā saṇṭhāti. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, kukkuṭapattaṃ vā nhārudaddulaṃ vā aggimhi pakkhittaṃ paṭilīyati paṭikuṭati paṭivaṭṭati, na sampasārīyati; evameva kho, bhikkhave, asubhasaññāparicitena bhikkhuno cetasā bahulaṃ viharato methunadhammasamāpattiyā cittaṃ paṭilīyati paṭikuṭati paṭivaṭṭati, na sampasārīyatī』』ti (a. ni.

這是對提供的巴利文的完整中文直譯： "初禪的結束是歡喜,結束有幾種特相?結束有四種特相 - 通過不超越其中生起的法而使之歡喜,通過諸根一味而使之歡喜,通過引導適當精進而使之歡喜,通過習行而使之歡喜。這是初禪結束的歡喜,結束的這四種特相。因此說:'初禪是美好的結束,具足四相'。 "如是三分的心,具有三種美好,具足十相,具足尋、具足伺、具足喜、具足樂、具足心的確立、具足信、具足精進、具足念、具足定、具足慧。" "一再讚美不凈定"是指"這樣,那樣"反覆確定,一再指出而讚美不凈定,講述利益,稱讚功德。例如:"比丘們,比丘的心常常習慣於不凈想而安住,對於從事淫慾法時,心便退縮、畏縮、轉回,不擴充套件,保持舍或厭惡。比丘們,就像雞毛或筋腱投入火中時會退縮、畏縮、轉回,不擴充套件;同樣地,比丘們,比丘的心常常習慣於不凈想而安住,對於從事淫慾法時,心便退縮、畏縮、轉回,不擴充套件。"

7.49).

Icchāmahaṃ, bhikkhave, addhamāsaṃ paṭisallīyitunti ahaṃ bhikkhave ekaṃ addhamāsaṃ paṭisallīyituṃ nilīyituṃ ekova hutvā viharituṃ icchāmīti attho. Namhi kenaci upasaṅkamitabbo aññatra ekena piṇḍapātanīhārakenāti yo attanā payuttavācaṃ akatvā mamatthāya saddhesu kulesu paṭiyattaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ nīharitvā mayhaṃ upanāmeti, taṃ piṇḍapātanīhārakaṃ ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ ṭhapetvā namhi aññena kenaci bhikkhunā vā gahaṭṭhena vā upasaṅkamitabboti.

Kasmā pana evamāhāti? Atīte kira pañcasatā migaluddakā mahatīhi daṇḍavāgurāhi araññaṃ parikkhipitvā haṭṭhatuṭṭhā ekatoyeva yāvajīvaṃ migapakkhighātakammena jīvikaṃ kappetvā niraye upapannā; te tattha paccitvā pubbe katena kenacideva kusalakammena manussesu upapannā kalyāṇūpanissayavasena sabbepi bhagavato santike pabbajjañca upasampadañca labhiṃsu; tesaṃ tato mūlākusalakammato avipakkavipākā aparāparacetanā tasmiṃ addhamāsabbhantare attūpakkamena ca parūpakkamena ca jīvatupacchedāya okāsamakāsi, taṃ bhagavā addasa. Kammavipāko nāma na sakkā kenaci paṭibāhituṃ. Tesu ca bhikkhūsu puthujjanāpi atthi sotāpannasakadāgāmīanāgāmīkhīṇāsavāpi. Tattha khīṇāsavā appaṭisandhikā, itare ariyasāvakā niyatagatikā sugatiparāyaṇā, puthujjanānaṃ pana gati aniyatā. Atha bhagavā cintesi – 『『ime attabhāve chandarāgena maraṇabhayabhītā na sakkhissanti gatiṃ visodhetuṃ, handa nesaṃ chandarāgappahānāya asubhakathaṃ kathemi. Taṃ sutvā attabhāve vigatacchandarāgatāya gativisodhanaṃ katvā sagge paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhissanti. Evaṃ nesaṃ mama santike pabbajjā sātthikā bhavissatī』』ti.

Tato tesaṃ anuggahāya asubhakathaṃ kathesi kammaṭṭhānasīsena, no maraṇavaṇṇasaṃvaṇṇanādhippāyena. Kathetvā ca panassa etadahosi – 『『sace maṃ imaṃ addhamāsaṃ bhikkhū passissanti, 『ajja eko bhikkhu mato, ajja dve…pe… ajja dasā』ti āgantvā āgantvā ārocessanti. Ayañca kammavipāko na sakkā mayā vā aññena vā paṭibāhituṃ. Svāhaṃ taṃ sutvāpi kiṃ karissāmi? Kiṃ me anatthakena anayabyasanena sutena? Handāhaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ adassanaṃ upagacchāmī』』ti. Tasmā evamāha – 『『icchāmahaṃ, bhikkhave, addhamāsaṃ patisallīyituṃ; namhi kenaci upasaṅkamitabbo aññatra ekena piṇḍapātanīhārakenā』』ti.

Apare panāhu – 『『parūpavādavivajjanatthaṃ evaṃ vatvā paṭisallīno』』ti. Pare kira bhagavantaṃ upavadissanti – 『『ayaṃ 『sabbaññū, ahaṃ saddhammavaracakkavattī』ti paṭijānamāno attanopi sāvake aññamaññaṃ ghātente nivāretuṃ na sakkoti. Kimaññaṃ sakkhissatī』』ti? Tattha paṇḍitā vakkhanti – 『『bhagavā paṭisallānamanuyutto nayimaṃ pavattiṃ jānāti, kocissa ārocayitāpi natthi, sace jāneyya addhā nivāreyyā』』ti. Idaṃ pana icchāmattaṃ, paṭhamamevettha kāraṇaṃ. Nāssudhāti ettha 『『assudhā』』ti padapūraṇamatte avadhāraṇatthe vā nipāto; neva koci bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamatīti attho.

這是對提供的巴利文的完整中文直譯： 7.49)。 "比丘們,我想要閉關半個月"的意思是:比丘們,我想要閉關、隱退、獨自一人住半個月。"除了一位送食者外,任何人都不應來見我",這意味著除了一位不用我說話,而是從信仰的家庭中為我拿來準備好的食物並送給我的比丘外,其他任何比丘或在家人都不應來見我。 為什麼這樣說呢?據說在過去,有五百位獵人用大網圍住森林,歡喜雀躍地一起終生以殺害鹿和鳥為生,死後生在地獄;他們在那裡受苦后,由於過去某些善業而生為人,因善緣而都在世尊處得到出家和具足戒;由於那根本不善業尚未成熟的果報,他們的其他意志在這半個月內由自己和他人的行為而造成斷命的機會,世尊看到了這點。業的果報是任何人都無法阻止的。在這些比丘中,有凡夫也有須陀洹、斯陀含、阿那含和阿羅漢。其中阿羅漢不再受生,其他聖弟子則去處確定,必定往生善趣,但凡夫的去處則不確定。於是世尊思考:"這些人因對此身有欲愛,害怕死亡,將無法凈化去處,那麼我為他們講說不凈觀以斷除欲愛。聽了之後,他們對此身離欲,凈化去處,將投生天界。這樣他們在我處出家就有意義了。" 因此他爲了幫助他們而講說不凈觀,是以業處為主,而不是爲了讚美死亡。講說之後他想:"如果這半個月里比丘們見到我,就會來報告'今天一位比丘死了,今天兩位...今天十位'。這業報我或其他人都無法阻止。我聽了又能做什麼呢?聽了無益有害的事又有什麼用?那麼我不見比丘們吧。"所以他這樣說:"比丘們,我想要閉關半個月;除了一位送食者外,任何人都不應來見我。" 有人說:"爲了避免他人批評而這樣說並閉關。"據說他人會批評世尊:"這位自稱'全知者,我是正法輪王'的人,連自己的弟子互相殺害都無法阻止,還能做什麼呢?"對此智者會說:"世尊專注閉關,不知道這件事,也沒有人告訴他,如果知道的話一定會阻止。"但這只是一種想法,第一個原因才是真正的原因。"確實沒有"中的"確實"是填詞或表強調的不變詞;意思是確實沒有任何人去見世尊。

Anekehi vaṇṇasaṇṭhānādīhi kāraṇehi vokāro assāti anekākāravokāro; anekākāravokiṇṇo anekakāraṇasammissoti vuttaṃ hoti. Ko so? Asubhabhāvanānuyogo, taṃ anekākāravokāraṃ asubhabhāvanānuyogaṃ anuyuttā viharantīti yuttapayuttā viharanti. Aṭṭīyantīti sakena kāyena aṭṭā dukkhitā honti . Harāyantīti lajjanti. Jigucchantīti sañjātajigucchā honti. Daharoti taruṇo. Yuvāti yobbanena samannāgato. Maṇḍanakajātikoti maṇḍanakapakatiko. Sīsaṃnhātoti sīsena saddhiṃ nhāto. Daharo yuvāti cettha daharavacanena paṭhamayobbanabhāvaṃ dasseti. Paṭhamayobbane hi sattā visesena maṇḍanakajātikā honti. Sīsaṃnhātoti iminā maṇḍanānuyogakālaṃ. Yuvāpi hi kiñci kammaṃ katvā saṃkiliṭṭhasarīro na maṇḍanānuyutto hoti; sīsaṃnhāto pana so maṇḍanamevānuyuñjati. Ahikuṇapādīni daṭṭhumpi na icchati. So tasmiṃ khaṇe ahikuṇapena vā kukkurakuṇapena vā manussakuṇapena vā kaṇṭhe āsattena kenacideva paccatthikena ānetvā kaṇṭhe baddhena paṭimukkena yathā aṭṭīyeyya harāyeyya jiguccheyya; evameva te bhikkhū sakena kāyena aṭṭīyantā harāyantā jigucchantā so viya puriso taṃ kuṇapaṃ vigatacchandarāgatāya attano kāyaṃ pariccajitukāmā hutvā satthaṃ ādāya attanāpi attānaṃ jīvitā voropenti. 『『Tvaṃ maṃ jīvitā voropehi; ahaṃ ta』』nti evaṃ aññamaññampi jīvitā voropenti.

Migalaṇḍikampi samaṇakuttakanti migalaṇḍikoti tassa nāmaṃ; samaṇakuttakoti samaṇavesadhārako. So kira sikhāmattaṃ ṭhapetvā sīsaṃ muṇḍetvā ekaṃ kāsāvaṃ nivāsetvā ekaṃ aṃse katvā vihāraṃyeva upanissāya vighāsādabhāvena jīvati. Tampi migalaṇḍikaṃ samaṇakuttakaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadanti. Sādhūti āyācanatthe nipāto. Noti upayogabahuvacanaṃ, sādhu āvuso amhe jīvitā voropehīti vuttaṃ hoti. Ettha ca ariyā neva pāṇātipātaṃ kariṃsu na samādapesuṃ, na samanuññā ahesuṃ. Puthujjanā pana sabbamakaṃsu. Lohitakanti lohitamakkhitaṃ. Yena vaggumudānadīti vaggumatā lokassa puññasammatā nadī. Sopi kira 『『taṃ pāpaṃ tattha pavāhessāmī』』ti saññāya gato, nadiyā ānubhāvena appamattakampi pāpaṃ pahīnaṃ nāma natthi.

這是對提供的巴利文的完整中文直譯： 由多種顏色、形狀等原因而有差別,稱為多種差別;混雜著多種原因,這就是所說的意思。是什麼?不凈修習,他們致力於這種多種差別的不凈修習而安住,即專注而安住。"厭惡"是指對自己的身體感到痛苦。"羞恥"是指感到羞愧。"厭惡"是指生起厭惡。"年輕"是指年少。"青年"是指具有青春。"愛裝飾"是指有裝飾的習性。"洗頭"是指連頭一起洗。這裡"年輕青年"的"年輕"一詞表示初次青春期。因為在初次青春期時,眾生特別愛裝飾。"洗頭"這個詞表示裝飾的時間。即使是青年,做了某些工作而身體髒污時也不會裝飾;但洗過頭后就會裝飾。他甚至不願看到蛇尸等。如果在那時,某個敵人把蛇尸或狗尸或人尸掛在他的脖子上,他會感到厭惡、羞恥和反感;同樣地,那些比丘對自己的身體感到厭惡、羞恥和反感,就像那個人對屍體一樣,由於對自己的身體失去欲愛,想要捨棄自己的身體,於是拿起刀自殺。他們也互相殺害,說"你殺我,我殺你"。 "裝扮成沙門的彌伽蘭提迦" - "彌伽蘭提卡"是他的名字;"裝扮成沙門"是指穿著沙門的服裝。據說他只留一撮頭髮,剃光頭,穿一件袈裟,一件搭在肩上,住在寺院附近,以食用殘食為生。他們也去見這個裝扮成沙門的彌伽蘭提卡,這樣說。"請"是請求的語氣詞。"我們"是賓格複數,意思是"朋友,請殺了我們"。在這裡,聖者既不殺生,也不教唆,也不贊同。但凡夫則都做了。"沾血"是指沾滿了血。"到瓦古姆達河" - 瓦古姆達是世人認為吉祥的河。據說他也是想"我要在那裡洗凈這罪惡"而去的,但通過河的力量,即使微小的罪惡也不可能被洗凈。

163.Ahudeva kukkuccanti tesu kira bhikkhūsu kenacipi kāyavikāro vā vacīvikāro vā na kato, sabbe satā sampajānā dakkhiṇena passena nipajjiṃsu. Taṃ anussarato tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosiyeva. Ahu vippaṭisāroti tasseva kukkuccassa sabhāvaniyamanatthametaṃ vuttaṃ . Vippaṭisārakukkuccaṃ ahosi, na vinayakukkuccanti. Alābhā vata metiādi kukkuccassa pavattiākāradassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Tattha alābhā vata meti āyatiṃ dāni mama hitasukhalābhā nāma natthīti anutthunāti. 『『Na vata me lābhā』』tiiminā pana tamevatthaṃ daḷhaṃ karoti. Ayañhettha adhippāyo – sacepi koci 『『lābhā te』』ti vadeyya, taṃ micchā, na vata me lābhāti. Dulladdhaṃ vata meti kusalānubhāvena laddhampi idaṃ manussattaṃ dulladdhaṃ vata me. Na vata me suladdhantiiminā pana tamevatthaṃ daḷhaṃ karoti. Ayañhettha adhippāyo – sacepi koci 『『suladdhaṃ te』』ti vadeyya, taṃ micchā; na vata me suladdhanti. Apuññaṃ pasutanti apuññaṃ upacitaṃ janitaṃ vā. Kasmāti ce? Yohaṃ bhikkhū…pe… voropesinti . Tassattho – yo ahaṃ sīlavante tāya eva sīlavantatāya kalyāṇadhamme uttamadhamme seṭṭhadhamme bhikkhū jīvitā voropesinti.

Aññatarā mārakāyikāti nāmavasena apākaṭā ekā bhummadevatā micchādiṭṭhikā mārapakkhikā mārassanuvattikā 『『evamayaṃ māradheyyaṃ māravisayaṃ nātikkamissatī』』ti cintetvā sabbābharaṇavibhūsitā hutvā attano ānubhāvaṃ dassayamānā abhijjamāne udake pathavītale caṅkamamānā viya āgantvā migalaṇḍikaṃ samaṇakuttakaṃ etadavoca. Sādhu sādhūti sampahaṃsanatthe nipāto; tasmā eva dvivacanaṃ kataṃ. Atiṇṇe tāresīti saṃsārato atiṇṇe iminā jīvitāvoropanena tāresi parimocesīti. Ayaṃ kira etissā devatāya bālāya dummedhāya laddhi 『『ye na matā, te saṃsārato na muttā. Ye matā, te muttā』』ti. Tasmā saṃsāramocakamilakkhā viya evaṃladdhikā hutvā tampi tattha niyojentī evamāha. Atha kho migalaṇḍiko samaṇakuttako tāva bhusaṃ uppannavippaṭisāropi taṃ devatāya ānubhāvaṃ disvā 『『ayaṃ devatā evamāha – addhā iminā atthena evameva bhavitabba』』nti niṭṭhaṃ gantvā 『『lābhā kira me』』tiādīni parikittayanto. Vihārena vihāraṃ pariveṇena pariveṇaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadetīti taṃ taṃ vihārañca pariveṇañca upasaṅkamitvā dvāraṃ vivaritvā anto pavisitvā bhikkhū evaṃ vadati – 『『ko atiṇṇo, kaṃ tāremī』』ti?

Hotiyevabhayanti maraṇaṃ paṭicca cittutrāso hoti. Hoti chambhitattanti hadayamaṃsaṃ ādiṃ katvā tasmā sarīracalanaṃ hoti; atibhayena thaddhasarīrattantipi eke, thambhitattañhi chambhitattanti vuccati. Lomahaṃsoti uddhaṃṭhitalomatā, khīṇāsavā pana sattasuññatāya sudiṭṭhattā maraṇakasattameva na passanti, tasmā tesaṃ sabbampetaṃ nāhosīti veditabbaṃ. Ekampi bhikkhuṃ dvepi…pe… saṭṭhimpi bhikkhū ekāhena jīvitā voropesīti evaṃ gaṇanavasena sabbānipi tāni pañca bhikkhusatāni jīvitā voropesi.

這是對提供的巴利文的完整中文直譯： 163. "確實有悔恨"——據說那些比丘中沒有任何人做出身體或語言的變化,都保持正念正知,右側臥。回想起這點,他確實產生了悔恨。"有追悔"——這是爲了確定那悔恨的本質而說的。是追悔的悔恨,不是戒律上的悔恨。"我真是不幸"等話是爲了說明悔恨的表現方式。其中,"我真是不幸"是哀嘆說現在我將來沒有所謂的利益和快樂了。而"我真是沒有利益"則是強調同樣的意思。這裡的意思是——即使有人說"你有利益",那是錯的,我真是沒有利益。"我真是獲得了壞東西"是說即使通過善業獲得的人身也是我獲得了壞東西。而"我真是沒有獲得好東西"則是強調同樣的意思。這裡的意思是——即使有人說"你獲得了好東西",那是錯的;我真是沒有獲得好東西。"造作了不善"是積累或產生了不善。為什麼呢?因為"我殺害了比丘們"。意思是——我殺害了那些由於持戒而成為善法、最高法、最勝法的比丘們。 "某個魔羅眷屬"是指一個名字不為人知的地居天神,持邪見,屬於魔羅一方,追隨魔羅,想著"這樣他就不會超越魔羅的領域、魔羅的範圍",於是裝飾好所有的飾品,顯示自己的威力,好像在不破裂的水面上如在地面上行走一樣來到裝扮成沙門的彌伽蘭提卡面前說道。"善哉,善哉"是表示讚許的語氣詞;因此重複兩次。"你度脫了未度脫者"是說你通過這殺生使未從輪迴中度脫的人度脫、解脫了。據說這位愚蠢無知的天神有這樣的見解:"未死的人不能從輪迴中解脫。已死的人才能解脫。"因此,她就像那些認為殺人可以使人從輪迴中解脫的野蠻人一樣持有這種見解,並鼓勵他這樣做。然後,裝扮成沙門的彌伽蘭提卡雖然已經生起強烈的後悔,但看到那天神的威力后,想:"這位天神這樣說——這件事肯定就是這樣",於是下定決心,讚頌說"我真是有利益"等。"他走進一個又一個精舍,一個又一個僧房,這樣說"是指他走進各個精舍和僧房,打開門,進入裡面,對比丘們這樣說:"誰未度脫?我來度脫誰?" "確實有恐懼"是指對死亡產生心的恐懼。"有戰慄"是指從心臟開始,身體因此而顫抖;有些人說是因極度恐懼而身體僵硬,因為僵硬被稱為戰慄。"毛骨悚然"是指毛髮豎立。但阿羅漢由於已經清楚地看到眾生的空性,所以不見所謂的死亡眾生,因此應知他們沒有這一切。"一天之內殺害一個比丘,兩個...乃至六十個比丘"——這樣按數量計算,他殺害了所有那五百位比丘。

164.Paṭisallānā vuṭṭhitoti tesaṃ pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ jīvitakkhayapattabhāvaṃ ñatvā tato ekībhāvato vuṭṭhito jānantopi ajānanto viya kathāsamuṭṭhāpanatthaṃ āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi. Kiṃ nu kho ānanda tanubhūto viya bhikkhusaṅghoti ānanda ito pubbe bahū bhikkhū ekato upaṭṭhānaṃ āgacchanti, uddesaṃ paripucchaṃ gaṇhanti sajjhāyanti, ekapajjoto viya ārāmo dissati, idāni pana addhamāsamattassa accayena tanubhūto viya tanuko mando appako viraḷaviraḷo viya jāto bhikkhusaṅgho. Kinnu kho kāraṇaṃ, kiṃ disāsu pakkantā bhikkhūti?

Athāyasmā ānando kammavipākena tesaṃ jīvitakkhayappattiṃ asallakkhento asubhakammaṭṭhānānuyogapaccayā pana sallakkhento 『『tathā hi pana bhante bhagavā』』tiādiṃ vatvā bhikkhūnaṃ arahattappattiyā aññaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ yācanto 『『sādhu bhante bhagavā』』tiādimāha. Tassattho – sādhu bhante bhagavā aññaṃ kāraṇaṃ ācikkhatu, yena bhikkhusaṅgho arahatte patiṭṭhaheyya; mahāsamuddaṃ orohaṇatitthāni viya hi aññānipi dasānussatidasakasiṇacatudhātuvavatthānabrahmavihārānāpānasatippabhedāni bahūni nibbānorohaṇakammaṭṭhānāni santi. Tesu bhagavā bhikkhū samassāsetvā aññataraṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ ācikkhatūti adhippāyo.

Atha bhagavā tathā kātukāmo theraṃ uyyojento 『『tenahānandā』』tiādimāha. Tattha vesāliṃ upanissāyāti vesāliṃ upanissāya samantā gāvutepi addhayojanepi yāvatikā bhikkhū viharanti , te sabbe sannipātehīti attho. Te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātetvāti attanā gantuṃ yuttaṭṭhānaṃ sayaṃ gantvā aññattha daharabhikkhū pahiṇitvā muhutteneva anavasese bhikkhū upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ samūhaṃ katvā. Yassa dāni bhante bhagavā kālaṃ maññatīti ettha ayamadhippāyo – bhagavā bhikkhusaṅgho sannipatito esa kālo bhikkhūnaṃ dhammakathaṃ kātuṃ, anusāsaniṃ dātuṃ, idāni yassa tumhe kālaṃ jānātha, taṃ kattabbanti.

Ānāpānassatisamādhikathā

1. Atha kho bhagavā…pe… bhikkhū āmantesi – ayampi kho bhikkhaveti āmantetvā ca pana bhikkhūnaṃ arahattappattiyā pubbe ācikkhitaasubhakammaṭṭhānato aññaṃ pariyāyaṃ ācikkhanto 『『ānāpānassatisamādhī』』ti āha.

Idāni yasmā bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ santapaṇītakammaṭṭhānadassanatthameva ayaṃ pāḷi vuttā, tasmā aparihāpetvā atthayojanākkamaṃ ettha vaṇṇanaṃ karissāmi. Tatra 『『ayampi kho bhikkhave』』ti imassa tāva padassa ayaṃ yojanā – bhikkhave na kevalaṃ asubhabhāvanāyeva kilesappahānāya saṃvattati, apica ayampi kho ānāpānassatisamādhi…pe… vūpasametīti.

Ayaṃ panettha atthavaṇṇanā – ānāpānassatīti assāsapassāsapariggāhikā sati. Vuttañhetaṃ paṭisambhidāyaṃ –

『『Ānanti assāso, no passāso. Apānanti passāso, no assāso. Assāsavasena upaṭṭhānaṃ sati, passāsavasena upaṭṭhānaṃ sati. Yo assasati tassupaṭṭhāti, yo passasati tassupaṭṭhātī』』ti (paṭi. ma.

1. "從閉關中出發"——知道這五百位比丘的生命已盡,因此爲了統一,雖然知道卻像不知道一樣,對阿難尊者說道。 "阿難,比丘僧團難道像身體微弱的樣子嗎? 阿難,以前有許多比丘聚集在一起,問詢教義,討論教義,像一個單一的樂園一樣,而如今卻因半個月的緣故,變得像身體微弱、遲鈍、稀少的比丘僧團。究竟是什麼原因,為什麼比丘們在各個方向上離去呢?" 於是阿難尊者沒有察覺到他們因業力而致生命盡滅,卻因不凈的修行而意識到,於是說道："如是,尊者,正如您所說。"然後請求比丘們獲得阿羅漢果的其他修行法，"善哉,尊者,請告訴我們其他的修行法，以便比丘僧團能夠獲得阿羅漢果;就像大海的深處一樣,還有其他的十種、十二種、四種元素的安住、禪定、呼吸的修行法,許多涅槃的修行法都存在。"因此,世尊希望比丘們能夠指導其他的修行法。 於是世尊希望能夠這樣做,對長老說道："那麼,阿難。"這裡"依靠維薩里"是指圍繞維薩里的地方,無論是村落還是一里遠的地方,比丘們都在居住,這意味著他們都聚集在一起。他們聚集在一起,前往聚集的地方,自己去往合適的地方,然後派遣年輕的比丘們,片刻間便將比丘們聚集在一起。 "現在,尊者,您認為這是時候了嗎？"這裡的意思是——尊者,比丘們聚集在一起,這是比丘們講法、教導的時候,現在你們知道時間到了,應該做什麼。
2. 然後世尊……對比丘們說道——"這也是比丘們"在召喚比丘們獲得阿羅漢果之前,講述不凈修行法以外的其他修行法時,說道："安那般那薩提的禪定"。 現在因為世尊爲了展示比丘們的修行法而講述這一段經文,因此我在這裡不遺漏地解釋其意義。這裡"這也是比丘們"的意思是——比丘們不僅僅是爲了拋棄煩惱而修習不凈觀,而且這也是安那般那薩提……等的修行。 這裡的意義解釋是——安那般那薩提是指呼吸的覺知。這裡有這樣的闡述—— "安那是吸氣,不是呼氣。阿那是呼氣,不是吸氣。以吸氣的方式保持覺知,以呼氣的方式保持覺知。誰吸氣,誰便保持覺知;誰呼氣,誰便保持覺知。"

1.160).

Samādhīti tāya ānāpānapariggāhikāya satiyā saddhiṃ uppannā cittekaggatā; samādhisīsena cāyaṃ desanā, na satisīsena. Tasmā ānāpānassatiyā yutto samādhi ānāpānassatisamādhi, ānāpānassatiyaṃ vā samādhi ānāpānassatisamādhīti evamettha attho veditabbo. Bhāvitoti uppādito vaḍḍhito ca. Bahulīkatoti punappunaṃ kato. Santo ceva paṇīto cāti santo ceva paṇīto ceva, ubhayattha evasaddena niyamo veditabbo. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Ayañhi yathā asubhakammaṭṭhānaṃ kevalaṃ paṭivedhavasena santañca paṇītañca oḷārikārammaṇattā pana paṭikūlārammaṇattā ca ārammaṇavasena neva santaṃ na paṇītaṃ, na evaṃ kenaci pariyāyena asanto vā appaṇīto vā, apica kho ārammaṇasantatāyapi santo vūpasanto nibbuto paṭivedhasaṅkhātaaṅgasantatāyapi ārammaṇappaṇītatāyapi paṇīto atittikaro aṅgappaṇītatāyapīti. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『santo ceva paṇīto cā』』ti.

Asecanako ca sukho ca vihāroti ettha pana nāssa secananti asecanako anāsittako abbokiṇṇo pāṭekko āveṇiko, natthettha parikammena vā upacārena vā santatā ādimanasikārato pabhuti attano sabhāveneva santo ca paṇīto cāti attho. Keci pana asecanakoti anāsittako ojavanto sabhāveneva madhuroti vadanti. Evamayaṃ asecanako ca appitappitakkhaṇe kāyikacetasikasukhappaṭilābhāya saṃvattanato sukho ca vihāroti veditabbo.

Uppannuppanneti avikkhambhite avikkhambhite. Pāpaketi lāmake. Akusale dhammeti akosallasambhūte dhamme. Ṭhānaso antaradhāpetīti khaṇeneva antaradhāpeti vikkhambheti. Vūpasametīti suṭṭhu upasameti, nibbedhabhāgiyattā vā anupubbena ariyamaggavuḍḍhippato samucchindati paṭippassambhetītipi attho.

Seyyathāpīti opammanidassanametaṃ. Gimhānaṃ pacchime māseti āsāḷhamāse. Ūhataṃ rajojallanti addhamāse vātātapasukkhāya gomahiṃsādipādappahārasambhinnāya pathaviyā uddhaṃ hataṃ ūhataṃ ākāse samuṭṭhitaṃ rajañca reṇuñca. Mahā akālameghoti sabbaṃ nabhaṃ ajjhottharitvā uṭṭhito āsāḷhajuṇhapakkhe sakalaṃ addhamāsaṃ vassanakamegho. So hi asampatte vassakāle uppannattā akālameghoti idhādhippeto. Ṭhānaso antaradhāpeti vūpasametīti khaṇeneva adassanaṃ neti, pathaviyaṃ sannisīdāpeti. Evameva khoti opammasampaṭipādanametaṃ. Tato paraṃ vuttanayameva.

Idāni kathaṃ bhāvito ca bhikkhave ānāpānassatisamādhīti ettha kathanti ānāpānassatisamādhibhāvanaṃ nānappakārato vitthāretukamyatāpucchā. Bhāvito ca bhikkhave ānāpānassatisamādhīti nānappakārato vitthāretukamyatāya puṭṭhadhammanidassanaṃ . Esa nayo dutiyapadepi. Ayaṃ panettha saṅkhepattho – bhikkhave kenapakārena kenākārena kena vidhinā bhāvito ānāpānassatisamādhi kenapakārena bahulīkato santo ceva…pe… vūpasametīti.

Idāni tamatthaṃ vitthārento 『『idha bhikkhave』』tiādimāha. Tattha idha bhikkhave bhikkhūti bhikkhave imasmiṃ sāsane bhikkhu. Ayañhettha idhasaddo sabbappakāraānāpānassatisamādhinibbattakassa puggalassa sannissayabhūtasāsanaparidīpano aññasāsanassa tathābhāvapaṭisedhano ca. Vuttañhetaṃ – 『『idheva, bhikkhave, samaṇo…pe… suññā parappavādā samaṇebhi aññehī』』ti (ma. ni.

1.160) "正念"是指與安那般那的覺知相結合而生起的心的專注；這一教導是以正念為主，而非以專注為主。因此，安那般那的正念與專注結合，或者說安那般那的專注就是安那般那的正念，這一點應當如此理解。 "已發展"是指已被引導和增長。"反覆"是指多次進行。 "既安寧又高尚"是指既安寧又高尚，二者在這裡應當被理解為同一概念。這是說什麼呢？這就像不凈的修行法，單從認識的角度來看是安寧和高尚，而由於粗糙的對象而顯得不凈，因此從對象的角度來看既不是安寧也不是高尚，也不以任何方式顯得不安寧或低下；而且從對象的持續性來看，安寧的確是安寧的，覺知的確是覺知的，因而從認識的角度來看也應理解為安寧和高尚。 "不灌溉且快樂的居所"——在這裡並不是說沒有灌溉，而是指不依賴於外在的澆灌，獨立存在的、沒有依賴的、單獨的、清凈的，因而在這裡並沒有通過行為或接近而依賴於某種狀態的意義。有人說不灌溉的本質是清凈的、自然的、甜美的。因此，這個不灌溉的地方在某些時候會因身心的快樂而獲得快樂的居所。 "不斷升起"是指不間斷地升起。"惡"是指微小的。"不善的法"是指由於不善而生起的法。"瞬間消失"是指瞬間消失、消散。"安寧"是指完全安寧，因而從逐步的高尚法的進展中斷裂、消失。 "例如"是指比喻的描述。這是指在熱季的最後一個月，即在阿薩拉月。 "被風塵所覆蓋"是指在半個月的時間裡，由於風和熱的干擾而被地面上的牛、馬等的腳步所打擾而升起的塵土和沙子。 "大雨雲"是指整個天空被覆蓋的云，在阿薩拉月的中間，整個半個月的降雨雲。因此，因未到降雨的時節而被稱為"大雨雲"。 "瞬間消失"是指在地面上安坐，因而不再可見。 "因此"是指比喻的引導。然後是前面所述的內容。 現在如何理解比丘們的安那般那的正念禪定？這裡講述的是關於安那般那正念禪定的不同方面的展開。理解比丘們的安那般那的正念禪定是爲了展開不同的方面而提出的問題。這一內容在第二部分也是如此。這裡的總結是——比丘們以何種方式、何種方式、何種方法，發展安那般那的正念禪定，採用何種方法而反覆進行，既安寧又……等。 現在爲了解釋這一點，"在這裡，比丘們"等類似的內容。這裡的"在這裡，比丘們"是指在這個教義中，作為比丘的修行者。這一內容的"在這裡"是指所有種類的安那般那正念禪定的來源，指明了這一教義的特性，並且排除其他教義的存在。這裡有這樣的說法——"在這裡，比丘們，修行者……等，空無一物，非他人的言論，修行者與他人不同。"

1.139). Tena vuttaṃ – 『『imasmiṃ sāsane bhikkhū』』ti.

Araññagato vā…pe… suññāgāragato vāti idamassa ānāpānassatisamādhibhāvanānurūpasenāsanapariggahaparidīpanaṃ. Imassa hi bhikkhuno dīgharattaṃ rūpādīsu ārammaṇesu anuvisaṭaṃ cittaṃ ānāpānassatisamādhiārammaṇaṃ abhiruhituṃ na icchati. Kūṭagoṇayuttaratho viya uppathameva dhāvati. Tasmā seyyathāpi nāma gopo kūṭadhenuyā sabbaṃ khīraṃ pivitvā vaḍḍhitaṃ kūṭavacchaṃ dametukāmo dhenuto apanetvā ekamante mahantaṃ thambhaṃ nikhaṇitvā tattha yottena bandheyya. Athassa so vaccho ito cito ca vipphanditvā palāyituṃ asakkonto tameva thambhaṃ upanisīdeyya vā upanipajjeyya vā; evameva imināpi bhikkhunā dīgharattaṃ rūpārammaṇādirasapānavaḍḍhitaṃ duṭṭhacittaṃ dametukāmena rūpādiārammaṇato apanetvā araññaṃ vā…pe… suññāgāraṃ vā pavesetvā tattha assāsapassāsathambhe satiyottena bandhitabbaṃ. Evamassa taṃ cittaṃ ito cito ca vipphanditvāpi pubbe āciṇṇārammaṇaṃ alabhamānaṃ satiyottaṃ chinditvā palāyituṃ asakkontaṃ tamevārammaṇaṃ upacārappanāvasena upanisīdati ceva upanipajjati ca. Tenāhu porāṇā –

『『Yathā thambhe nibandheyya, vacchaṃ dammaṃ naro idha;

Bandheyyevaṃ sakaṃ cittaṃ, satiyārammaṇe daḷha』』nti. (visuddhi. 1.217; dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.374; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.107; paṭi. ma. aṭṭha. 2.1.163);

Evamassetaṃ senāsanaṃ bhāvanānurūpaṃ hoti. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『idamassa ānāpānassatisamaādhibhāvanānurūpasenāsanapariggahaparidīpana』』nti.

Atha vā yasmā idaṃ kammaṭṭhānappabhede muddhabhūtaṃ sabbaññubuddhapaccekabuddhabuddhasāvakānaṃ visesādhigamadiṭṭhadhammasukhavihārapadaṭṭhānaṃ ānāpānassatikammaṭṭhānaṃ itthipurisahatthiassādisaddasamākulaṃ gāmantaṃ apariccajitvā na sukaraṃ sampādetuṃ, saddakaṇṭakattā jhānassa. Agāmake pana araññe sukaraṃ yogāvacarena idaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ pariggahetvā ānāpānacatutthajjhānaṃ nibbattetvā tadeva ca pādakaṃ katvā saṅkhāre sammasitvā aggaphalaṃ arahattaṃ sampāpuṇituṃ, tasmāssa anurūpaṃsenāsanaṃ dassento bhagavā 『『araññagato vā』』tiādimāha.

Vatthuvijjācariyo viya hi bhagavā, so yathā vatthuvijjācariyo nagarabhūmiṃ passitvā suṭṭhu upaparikkhitvā 『『ettha nagaraṃ māpethā』』ti upadisati, sotthinā ca nagare niṭṭhite rājakulato mahāsakkāraṃ labhati; evameva yogāvacarassa anurūpasenāsanaṃ upaparikkhitvā ettha kammaṭṭhānaṃ anuyuñjitabbanti upadisati. Tato tattha kammaṭṭhānaṃ anuyuttena yoginā kamena arahatte patte 『『sammāsambuddho vata so bhagavā』』ti mahantaṃ sakkāraṃ labhati. Ayaṃ pana bhikkhu 『『dīpisadiso』』ti vuccati. Yathā hi mahādīpirājā araññe tiṇagahanaṃ vā vanagahanaṃ vā pabbatagahanaṃ vā nissāya nilīyitvā vanamahiṃsagokaṇṇasūkarādayo mige gaṇhāti; evamevāyaṃ araññādīsu kammaṭṭhānaṃ anuyuñjanto bhikkhu yathākkamena sotāpattisakadāgāmianāgāmiarahattamagge ceva ariyaphalañca gaṇhātīti veditabbo. Tenāhu porāṇā –

『『Yathāpi dīpiko nāma, nilīyitvā gaṇhatī mige;

Tathevāyaṃ buddhaputto, yuttayogo vipassako;

Araññaṃ pavisitvāna, gaṇhāti phalamuttama』』nti. (mi. pa. 6.

1.139) 因此說——「在這個教義中，比丘們」。 「去森林」或「去空房」，這是對安那般那正念禪定的修行場所的說明。因為這個比丘的心長久以來被色等對像所迷惑，不願意升起安那般那正念禪定的對象。就像被拐彎的車輪一樣，只是沿著小路奔跑。因此，就像一頭牛在喝完所有的奶后，想要馴服那頭牛的主人，便把牛趕開，挖一個大柱子，然後用繩子把牛綁在那裡。於是那頭小牛在這裡那裡掙扎，無法逃跑，便會依附於那根柱子；同樣地，這個比丘爲了馴服那長久以來因色等對像而被污染的噁心，便將其從色等對像中趕走，進入森林或空房，在那裡用安那般那的呼吸來綁住心。即使這個心在這裡那裡掙扎，無法獲得以前的對象，便會用心的專注來安住于那個對象。因此古人說—— 「就像把牛綁在柱子上，人在這裡馴服牛；就這樣綁住自己的心，專注于對象。」 因此，這個修行場所適合修行。故而說——「這是對安那般那正念禪定的修行場所的說明」。 或者說，因為這個修行法的不同方面，所有的覺悟者、獨覺者、佛弟子所獲得的特殊成就，安那般那的修行法是難以獲得的，尤其是那些不捨棄村莊的男人和女人。因為在森林中，修行法是容易獲得的，因此在森林中安住的比丘可以通過安那般那的第四禪來獲得最高的果位，故而世尊指出適合的修行場所：「去森林」。 就像一位善於觀察事物的老師，看到城市的土地后，仔細觀察並說：「這裡可以建造城市。」然後他在城市中獲得極大的尊重；同樣地，觀察適合修行的地方，教導在那裡應當修行的法。然後在那裡修行的修行者可以獲得阿羅漢果，世尊因此獲得極大的尊重。這個比丘被稱為「像燈一樣」。就像偉大的燈王在森林中依靠草叢、樹林或山脈而隱藏，捕捉到野獸；同樣地，這個比丘在森林等地方修行，獲得了不同的果位，包括入流、再來、不還、阿羅漢果等。古人說—— 「就像燈一樣，隱藏在叢林中捕捉野獸；同樣，這位佛的弟子，修行得當，洞察事物；進入森林后，獲得最高的果位。」

1.5);

Tenassa parakkamajavayoggabhūmiṃ araññasenāsanaṃ dassento bhagavā 『『araññagato vā』』tiādimāha.

Tattha araññagato vāti araññanti 『『nikkhamitvā bahi indakhīlā sabbametaṃ arañña』』nti (vibha. 529) ca 『『āraññakaṃ nāma senāsanaṃ pañcadhanusatikaṃ pacchima』』nti (pārā. 653) ca evaṃ vuttalakkhaṇesu araññesu anurūpaṃ yaṃkiñci pavivekasukhaṃ araññaṃ gato. Rukkhamūlagato vāti rukkhasamīpaṃ gato. Suññāgāragato vāti suññaṃ vivittokāsaṃ gato. Ettha ca ṭhapetvā araññañca rukkhamūlañca avasesasattavidhasenāsanagatopi suññāgāragatoti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Evamassa ututtayānukūlaṃ dhātucariyānukūlañca ānāpānassatibhāvanānurūpaṃ senāsanaṃ upadisitvā alīnānuddhaccapakkhikaṃ santamiriyāpathaṃ upadisanto 『『nisīdatī』』ti āha. Athassa nisajjāya daḷhabhāvaṃ assāsapassāsānaṃ pavattanasukhataṃ ārammaṇapariggahūpāyañca dassento 『『pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā』』tiādimāha.

Tattha pallaṅkanti samantato ūrubaddhāsanaṃ. Ābhujitvāti ābandhitvā. Ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāyāti uparimaṃ sarīraṃ ujukaṃ ṭhapetvā, aṭṭhārasa piṭṭhikaṇṭake koṭiyā koṭiṃ paṭipādetvā. Evañhi nisinnassa cammamaṃsanhārūni na paṇamanti. Athassa yā tesaṃ paṇamanappaccayā khaṇe khaṇe vedanā uppajjeyyuṃ, tā na uppajjanti. Tāsu anuppajjamānāsu cittaṃ ekaggaṃ hoti. Kammaṭṭhānaṃ na paripatati. Vuḍḍhiṃ phātiṃ upagacchati.

Parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvāti kammaṭṭhānābhimukhaṃ satiṃ ṭhapayitvā. Atha vā 『『parī』』ti pariggahaṭṭho; 『『mukha』』nti niyyānaṭṭho; 『『satī』』ti upaṭṭhānaṭṭho; tena vuccati – 『『parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā』』ti. Evaṃ paṭisambhidāyaṃ (paṭi. ma. 1.164-165) vuttanayenapettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Tatrāyaṃ saṅkhepo – 『『pariggahitaniyyānaṃ satiṃ katvā』』ti. So satova assasatīti so bhikkhu evaṃ nisīditvā evañca satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā taṃ satiṃ avijahanto satoeva assasati, sato passasati, satokārī hotīti vuttaṃ hoti.

Idāni yehākārehi satokārī hoti, te dassento 『『dīghaṃ vā assasanto』』tiādimāha. Vuttañhetaṃ paṭisambhidāyaṃ – 『『so satova assasati, sato passasatī』』ti etasseva vibhaṅge –

『『Bāttiṃsāya ākārehi satokārī hoti. Dīghaṃ assāsavasena cittassa ekaggataṃ avikkhepaṃ pajānato sati upaṭṭhitā hoti. Tāya satiyā tena ñāṇena satokārī hoti. Dīghaṃ passāsavasena…pe… paṭinissaggānupassī assāsavasena paṭinissaggānupassī passāsavasena cittassa ekaggataṃ avikkhepaṃ pajānato sati upaṭṭhitā hoti. Tāya satiyā tena ñāṇena satokārī hotī』』ti (paṭi. ma.

1.5) 因此,世尊爲了展示他精進勇猛的修行場所,說道"去森林"等。 其中,"去森林"是指去到適合獨處的任何森林,如所說的森林特徵:"出了村界樁外的一切都是森林"和"所謂林野住處,最遠距離為五百弓"。"去樹下"是指去到樹木附近。"去空屋"是指去到空曠寂靜之處。這裡除了森林和樹下,去其餘七種住處也可以稱為"去空屋"。這樣為他指出適合三季、適合身體狀況、適合修習入出息唸的住處后,爲了指示不懈怠不掉舉的平靜威儀,說"坐下"。然後爲了顯示他坐姿穩固、入出息順暢、易於把握所緣,說"結跏趺坐"等。 其中,"結跏趺坐"是指兩腿交叉盤坐。"端正"是指正直。"挺身"是指保持上身正直,使十八脊椎骨首尾相接。這樣坐著時,皮肉筋不會下垂。否則每時每刻會因下垂而生起痛感。當這些痛感不生起時,心便能專一。業處不會退失,能夠增長廣大。 "建立面前的念"是指將念安立於業處之前。或者,"pari"有遍攝義,"mukha"有出離義,"sati"有現起義,因此說"建立面前的念"。這裡的意思也應該按照《無礙解道》所說的方法來理解。其要點是:"使念成為遍攝出離的"。"他正念而入息"是指那位比丘如此坐下,如此建立念后,不捨棄那個念,保持正念而入息、出息,成為正念者,這是所說的意思。 現在爲了顯示他以何種方式成為正念者,說"長入息時"等。這在《無礙解道》中解釋說:"他正念而入息,正念而出息"的詳細解釋是: "以三十二種方式成為正念者。當了知長入息時心一境性不散亂時,念現起。以那個念和那個智,他成為正念者。當了知長出息時...乃至...當了知舍遣隨觀入息時、舍遣隨觀出息時心一境性不散亂時,念現起。以那個念和那個智,他成為正念者。"

1.165).

Tattha dīghaṃ vā assasantoti dīghaṃ vā assāsaṃ pavattento. 『『Assāso』』ti bahi nikkhamanavāto. 『『Passāso』』ti anto pavisanavāto. Suttantaṭṭhakathāsu pana uppaṭipāṭiyā āgataṃ.

Tattha sabbesampi gabbhaseyyakānaṃ mātukucchito nikkhamanakāle paṭhamaṃ abbhantaravāto bahi nikkhamati. Pacchā bāhiravāto sukhumaṃ rajaṃ gahetvā abbhantaraṃ pavisanto tāluṃ āhacca nibbāyati. Evaṃ tāva assāsapassāsā veditabbā. Yā pana tesaṃ dīgharassatā, sā addhānavasena veditabbā. Yathā hi okāsaddhānaṃ pharitvā ṭhitaṃ udakaṃ vā vālikā vā 『『dīghamudakaṃ dīghā vālikā, rassamudakaṃ rassā vālikā』』ti vuccati. Evaṃ cuṇṇavicuṇṇāpi assāsapassāsā hatthisarīre ahisarīre ca tesaṃ attabhāvasaṅkhātaṃ dīghaṃ addhānaṃ saṇikaṃ pūretvā saṇikameva nikkhamanti, tasmā 『『dīghā』』ti vuccanti. Sunakhasasādīnaṃ attabhāvasaṅkhātaṃ rassaṃ addhānaṃ sīghaṃ pūretvā sīghameva nikkhamanti, tasmā 『『rassā』』ti vuccanti. Manussesu pana keci hatthiahiādayo viya kāladdhānavasena dīghaṃ assasanti ca passasanti ca. Keci sunakhasasādayo viya rassaṃ. Tasmā tesaṃ kālavasena dīghamaddhānaṃ nikkhamantā ca pavisantā ca te dīghā. Ittaramaddhānaṃ nikkhamantā ca pavisantā ca 『『rassā』』ti veditabbā. Tatrāyaṃ bhikkhu navahākārehi dīghaṃ assasanto ca passasanto ca 『『dīghaṃ assasāmi passasāmī』』ti pajānāti. Evaṃ pajānato cassa ekenākārena kāyānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānabhāvanā sampajjatīti veditabbā. Yathāha paṭisambhidāyaṃ –

『『Kathaṃ dīghaṃ assasanto 『dīghaṃ assasāmī』ti pajānāti, dīghaṃ passasanto 『dīghaṃ passasāmī』ti pajānāti? Dīghaṃ assāsaṃ addhānasaṅkhāte assasati, dīghaṃ passāsaṃ addhānasaṅkhāte passasati, dīghaṃ assāsapassāsaṃ addhānasaṅkhāte assasatipi passasatipi. Dīghaṃ assāsapassāsaṃ addhānasaṅkhāte assasatopi passasatopi chando uppajjati; chandavasena tato sukhumataraṃ dīghaṃ assāsaṃ addhānasaṅkhāte assasati, chandavasena tato sukhumataraṃ dīghaṃ passāsaṃ addhānasaṅkhāte passasati, chandavasena tato sukhumataraṃ dīghaṃ assāsapassāsaṃ addhānasaṅkhāte assasatipi passasatipi. Chandavasena tato sukhumataraṃ dīghaṃ assāsapassāsaṃ addhānasaṅkhāte assasatopi passasatopi pāmojjaṃ uppajjati; pāmojjavasena tato sukhumataraṃ dīghaṃ assāsaṃ addhānasaṅkhāte assasati, pāmojjavasena tato sukhumataraṃ dīghaṃ passāsaṃ…pe… dīghaṃ assāsapassāsaṃ addhānasaṅkhāte assasatipi passasatipi. Pāmojjavasena tato sukhumataraṃ dīghaṃ assāsapassāsaṃ addhānasaṅkhāte assasatopi passasatopi dīghaṃ assāsapassāsā cittaṃ vivattati, upekkhā saṇṭhāti. Imehi navahi ākārehi dīghaṃ assāsapassāsā kāyo; upaṭṭhānaṃ sati; anupassanā ñāṇaṃ; kāyo upaṭṭhānaṃ, no sati; sati upaṭṭhānañceva sati ca. Tāya satiyā tena ñāṇena taṃ kāyaṃ anupassati. Tena vuccati – 『『kāye kāyānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānabhāvanā』』ti (paṭi. ma.

1.165) 其中,"長入息時"是指做長的入息。"入息"是指從體內呼出的氣。"出息"是指從外吸入體內的氣。在經典註釋中則相反。 對於所有胎生者,從母胎出來時,首先是內部的氣呼出。然後外部的氣攜帶微塵進入,觸及上顎而消失。這就是入息出息的理解。它們的長短是根據時間來判斷的。就像延伸一段距離的水或沙被稱為"長水"或"長沙",短的則稱為"短水"或"短沙"。同樣,細微的入息出息在象身或蛇身中緩慢地充滿並緩慢地呼出,稱為它們身體的長時間,因此稱為"長"。在狗兔等身中迅速充滿並迅速呼出,稱為它們身體的短時間,因此稱為"短"。人類中有些像象蛇等長時間入息出息,有些像狗兔等短時間入息出息。因此,應理解長時間出入的是長,短時間出入的是短。這位比丘以九種方式長入息出息時,了知"我長入息,長出息"。應知如此了知時,以一種方式成就身隨觀念處修習。如《無礙解道》中說: "如何長入息時了知'我長入息',長出息時了知'我長出息'?他在長時間內入息,在長時間內出息,在長時間內入息出息。在長時間內入息出息時生起欲求;由於欲求,他在更長時間內入息;由於欲求,他在更長時間內出息;由於欲求,他在更長時間內入息出息。由於欲求,在更長時間內入息出息時生起喜悅;由於喜悅,他在更長時間內入息;由於喜悅,他在更長時間內出息...由於喜悅,他在更長時間內入息出息。由於喜悅,在更長時間內入息出息時,心從長入息出息轉離,捨得以確立。以這九種方式,長入息出息是身;現起是念;隨觀是智;身是現起,不是念;念既是現起又是念。以那個念和那個智,他隨觀那個身。因此說:'修習身隨觀念處'。"

1.166).

Eseva nayo rassapadepi. Ayaṃ pana viseso – 『『yathā ettha 『dīghaṃ assāsaṃ addhānasaṅkhāte』ti vuttaṃ; evamidha 『rassaṃ assāsaṃ ittarasaṅkhāte assasatī』』ti āgataṃ. Tasmā tassa vasena yāva 『『tena vuccati kāye kāyānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānabhāvanā』』ti tāva yojetabbaṃ. Evamayaṃ addhānavasena ittaravasena ca imehākārehi assāsapassāse pajānanto dīghaṃ vā assasanto 『『dīghaṃ assasāmī』』ti pajānāti…pe… rassaṃ vā passasanto 『『rassaṃ passasāmī』』ti pajānātīti veditabbo.

Evaṃ pajānato cassa –

『『Dīgho rasso ca assāso;

Passāsopi ca tādiso;

Cattāro vaṇṇā vattanti;

Nāsikaggeva bhikkhuno』』ti. (visuddhi. 1.219; paṭi. ma. aṭṭha. 2.

1.166) 這個道理同樣適用於短的入息。這裡的特別之處在於——「正如在這裡所說的『長入息被稱為長時間』；同樣在此處提到『短入息被稱為短時間』」。因此，依據這一點，直到「因此說『修習身隨觀念處』」時應當進行連線。如此，這個時間的長短以及短暫的時間，依照這幾種方式理解入息出息時，他了知「我長入息」...以及「我短出息」。 因此，依據這樣的了知—— 「長與短的入息； 出息也是如此； 四種顏色運轉； 正如比丘的鼻尖。」

1.163);

Sabbakāyappaṭisaṃvedīassasissāmi…pe… passasissāmīti sikkhatīti sakalassa assāsakāyassa ādimajjhapariyosānaṃ viditaṃ karonto pākaṭaṃ karonto 『『assasissāmī』』ti sikkhati. Sakalassa passāsakāyassa ādimajjhapariyosānaṃ viditaṃ karonto pākaṭaṃ karonto 『『passasissāmī』』ti sikkhati. Evaṃ viditaṃ karonto pākaṭaṃ karonto ñāṇasampayuttacittena assasati ceva passasati ca; tasmā 『『assasissāmi passasissāmī』』ti sikkhatīti vuccati. Ekassa hi bhikkhuno cuṇṇavicuṇṇavisaṭe assāsakāye passāsakāye vā ādi pākaṭo hoti, na majjhapariyosānaṃ. So ādimeva pariggahetuṃ sakkoti, majjhapariyosāne kilamati. Ekassa majjhaṃ pākaṭaṃ hoti, na ādipariyosānaṃ. So majjhameva pariggahetuṃ sakkoti, ādipariyosāne kilamati. Ekassa pariyosānaṃ pākaṭaṃ hoti, na ādimajjhaṃ. So pariyosānaṃyeva pariggahetuṃ sakkoti, ādimajjhe kilamati. Ekassa sabbampi pākaṭaṃ hoti, so sabbampi pariggahetuṃ sakkoti, na katthaci kilamati. Tādisena bhavitabbanti dassento āha – 『『sabbakāyappaṭisaṃvedī assasissāmi…pe… passasissāmīti sikkhatī』』ti.

Tattha sikkhatīti evaṃ ghaṭati vāyamati. Yo vā tathābhūtassa saṃvaro; ayamettha adhisīlasikkhā. Yo tathābhūtassa samādhi; ayaṃ adhicittasikkhā. Yā tathābhūtassa paññā; ayaṃ adhipaññāsikkhāti. Imā tisso sikkhāyo tasmiṃ ārammaṇe tāya satiyā tena manasikārena sikkhati āsevati bhāveti bahulīkarotīti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Tattha yasmā purimanaye kevalaṃ assasitabbaṃ passasitabbameva ca, na aññaṃ kiñci kātabbaṃ; ito paṭṭhāya pana ñāṇuppādanādīsu yogo karaṇīyo. Tasmā tattha 『『assasāmīti pajānāti passasāmīti pajānāti』』cceva vattamānakālavasena pāḷiṃ vatvā ito paṭṭhāya kattabbassa ñāṇuppādanādino ākārassa dassanatthaṃ 『『sabbakāyappaṭisaṃvedī assasissāmī』』tiādinā nayena anāgatavacanavasena pāḷi āropitāti veditabbā.

Passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ assasissāmi…pe… passasissāmīti sikkhatīti oḷārikaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ passambhento paṭippassambhento nirodhento vūpasamento assasissāmi passasissāmīti sikkhati.

1.163) 「我將覺知到整個身體的入息……以及出息」是這樣修習的，明瞭整個入息的開始、中間和結束，顯而易見地修習「我將入息」。明瞭整個出息的開始、中間和結束，顯而易見地修習「我將出息」。這樣明瞭、顯而易見地，伴隨智慧的心，既入息又出息；因此說「我將入息，我將出息」是修習。對於一位比丘來說，細微的入息和出息的開始顯而易見，而中間和結束則不然。他能把握開始，而在中間則感到疲憊。對於一位比丘來說，中間顯而易見，而開始和結束則不然。他能把握中間，而在開始和結束則感到疲憊。對於一位比丘來說，結束顯而易見，而開始和中間則不然。他能把握結束，而在開始和中間則感到疲憊。對於一位比丘來說，所有的都顯而易見，他能把握所有，而不會在任何地方感到疲憊。爲了顯示應當如此說，他說：「我將覺知到整個身體的入息……以及出息」。 在這裡，「修習」是這樣進行的，努力去做。那是對真實事物的約束；這就是高級戒律的修習。那是對真實事物的定；這就是高級心的修習。那是對真實事物的智；這就是高級智的修習。這三種修習在那個所緣上，通過那種念頭的專注進行修習、培養和使之普遍化，這是這裡的意義。因為在前面只需單純地入息和出息，而不需做其他任何事；而從此之後，關於智慧生起等的結合是應當做的。因此在這裡說「我將入息」及「我將出息」，根據發生的時間說出巴利文，從此之後是爲了顯示應當做的智慧生起的方式，因此說「我將覺知到整個身體的入息」。 「我將平息身體的構成」是這樣修習的，通過平息粗重的身體構成，安定、止息、消除，修習「我將入息，我將出息」。

Tatrevaṃ oḷārikasukhumatā ca passaddhi ca veditabbā. Imassa hi bhikkhuno pubbe apariggahitakāle kāyo ca cittañca sadarathā honti. Oḷārikānaṃ kāyacittānaṃ oḷārikatte avūpasante assāsapassāsāpi oḷārikā honti, balavatarā hutvā pavattanti, nāsikā nappahoti, mukhena assasantopi passasantopi tiṭṭhati. Yadā panassa kāyopi cittampi pariggahitā honti, tadā te santā honti vūpasantā. Tesu vūpasantesu assāsapassāsā sukhumā hutvā pavattanti, 『『atthi nu kho natthī』』ti vicetabbākārappattā honti. Seyyathāpi purisassa dhāvitvā pabbatā vā orohitvā mahābhāraṃ vā sīsato oropetvā ṭhitassa oḷārikā assāsapassāsā honti, nāsikā nappahoti, mukhena assasantopi passasantopi tiṭṭhati. Yadā panesa taṃ parissamaṃ vinodetvā nhatvā ca pivitvā ca allasāṭakaṃ hadaye katvā sītāya chāyāya nipanno hoti, athassa te assāsapassāsā sukhumā honti, 『『atthi nu kho natthī』』ti vicetabbākārappattā. Evameva imassa bhikkhuno pubbe apariggahitakāle kāyo ca…pe… vicetabbākārappattā honti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Tathā hissa pubbe apariggahitakāle 『『oḷārikoḷārike kāyasaṅkhāre passambhemī』』ti ābhogasamannāhāramanasikārapaccavekkhaṇā natthi, pariggahitakāle pana atthi. Tenassa apariggahitakālato pariggahitakāle kāyasaṅkhāro sukhumo hoti. Tenāhu porāṇā –

『『Sāraddhe kāye citte ca, adhimattaṃ pavattati;

Asāraddhamhi kāyamhi, sukhumaṃ sampavattatī』』ti. (visuddhi. 1.220; paṭi. ma. aṭṭha. 2.

在這裡應當理解粗重、細微和平息的情況。對於這位比丘來說,在之前未掌握的時候,身體和心都是不安的。當粗重的身心未平息時,入息出息也是粗重的,變得強烈,鼻子不夠用,甚至需要用嘴呼吸。但當他的身心都被掌握時,它們就變得平靜、安寧。當它們平靜下來時,入息出息變得細微,達到"是否存在"需要考慮的程度。就像一個人跑步后或從山上下來或卸下頭上的重擔後站立時,入息出息是粗重的,鼻子不夠用,甚至需要用嘴呼吸。但當他消除疲勞,洗澡喝水,用濕布覆蓋胸口,躺在陰涼處時,他的入息出息就變得細微,達到"是否存在"需要考慮的程度。同樣地,這位比丘在之前未掌握的時候,身體和...達到需要考慮的程度。這是什麼原因呢?因為在之前未掌握的時候,他沒有"我要平息粗重的身行"這樣的注意、關注、思考和觀察,但在掌握后就有了。因此,相比未掌握的時候,在掌握后他的身行變得細微。因此古人說: "當身心激動時, (呼吸)變得更強烈; 當身心不激動, (呼吸)變得細微平和。"

1.163);

Pariggahepi oḷāriko, paṭhamajjhānūpacāre sukhumo; tasmimpi oḷāriko paṭhamajjhāne sukhumo. Paṭhamajjhāne ca dutiyajjhānūpacāre ca oḷāriko, dutiyajjhāne sukhumo. Dutiyajjhāne ca tatiyajjhānūpacāre ca oḷāriko, tatiyajjhāne sukhumo. Tatiyajjhāne ca catutthajjhānūpacāre ca oḷāriko, catutthajjhāne atisukhumo appavattimeva pāpuṇāti. Idaṃ tāva dīghabhāṇakasaṃyuttabhāṇakānaṃ mataṃ.

Majjhimabhāṇakā pana 『『paṭhamajjhāne oḷāriko, dutiyajjhānūpacāre sukhumo』』ti evaṃ heṭṭhimaheṭṭhimajjhānato uparūparijjhānūpacārepi sukhumataraṃ icchanti. Sabbesaṃyeva pana matena apariggahitakāle pavattakāyasaṅkhāro pariggahitakāle paṭippassambhati, pariggahitakāle pavattakāyasaṅkhāro paṭhamajjhānūpacāre…pe… catutthajjhānūpacāre pavattakāyasaṅkhāro catutthajjhāne paṭippassambhati. Ayaṃ tāva samathe nayo.

Vipassanāyaṃ pana apariggahe pavatto kāyasaṅkhāro oḷāriko, mahābhūtapariggahe sukhumo. Sopi oḷāriko, upādārūpapariggahe sukhumo. Sopi oḷāriko, sakalarūpapariggahe sukhumo. Sopi oḷāriko, arūpapariggahe sukhumo. Sopi oḷāriko, rūpārūpapariggahe sukhumo. Sopi oḷāriko, paccayapariggahe sukhumo. Sopi oḷāriko, sappaccayanāmarūpapariggahe sukhumo. Sopi oḷāriko, lakkhaṇārammaṇikavipassanāya sukhumo. Sopi dubbalavipassanāya oḷāriko, balavavipassanāya sukhumo. Tattha pubbe vuttanayeneva purimassa purimassa pacchimena pacchimena passaddhi veditabbā. Evamettha oḷārikasukhumatā ca passaddhi ca veditabbā.

Paṭisambhidāyaṃ panassa saddhiṃ codanāsodhanāhi evamattho vutto – 『『kathaṃ passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ assasissāmi…pe… passasissāmī』』ti sikkhati? Katame kāyasaṅkhārā? Dīghaṃ assāsā kāyikā ete dhammā kāyappaṭibaddhā kāyasaṅkhārā, te kāyasaṅkhāre passambhento nirodhento vūpasamento sikkhati. Dīghaṃ passāsā kāyikā ete dhammā…pe… rassaṃ assāsā…pe… rassaṃ passāsā… sabbakāyappaṭisaṃvedī assāsā… sabbakāyappaṭisaṃvedī passāsā kāyikā ete dhammā kāyappaṭibaddhā kāyasaṅkhārā, te kāyasaṅkhāre passambhento nirodhento vūpasamento sikkhati.

Yathārūpehi kāyasaṅkhārehi yā kāyassa ānamanā vinamanā sannamanā paṇamanā iñjanā phandanā calanā kampanā passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ assasissāmīti sikkhati, passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ passasissāmīti sikkhati.

Yathārūpehi kāyasaṅkhārehi yā kāyassa na ānamanā na vinamanā na sannamanā na paṇamanā aniñjanā aphandanā acalanā akampanā, santaṃ sukhumaṃ passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ assasissāmīti sikkhati, passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ passasissāmīti sikkhati.

Iti kira passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ assasissāmīti sikkhati, passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ passasissāmīti sikkhati. Evaṃ sante vātūpaladdhiyā ca pabhāvanā na hoti, assāsapassāsānañca pabhāvanā na hoti, ānāpānassatiyā ca pabhāvanā na hoti, ānāpānassatisamādhissa ca pabhāvanā na na hoti, na ca naṃ taṃ samāpattiṃ paṇḍitā samāpajjantipi vuṭṭhahantipi.

1.163) 在掌握時，粗重的身行在初禪的接近中是細微的；因此在初禪中，粗重的身行是細微的。在初禪和第二禪的接近中，粗重的身行是細微的，在第二禪中是細微的。在第二禪和第三禪的接近中，粗重的身行是細微的，在第三禪中是細微的。在第三禪和第四禪的接近中，粗重的身行是細微的，在第四禪中則極其細微，幾乎沒有運動。這是長篇論師的看法。 而中篇論師則認為「在初禪中粗重的身行，在第二禪的接近中是細微的」，並且希望在所有更高的禪中都更加細微。所有的看法中，在未掌握時，發生的身體構成，在掌握時則會平息；在掌握時發生的身體構成，在初禪的接近中……在第四禪的接近中發生的身體構成，在第四禪中會平息。這就是靜止的方式。 在觀照中，未掌握時發生的身體構成是粗重的，在大元素的掌握中是細微的。它也是粗重的，在依賴的色法的掌握中是細微的。它也是粗重的，在整體色法的掌握中是細微的。它也是粗重的，在無色法的掌握中是細微的。它也是粗重的，在色與無色法的掌握中是細微的。它也是粗重的，在因緣的掌握中是細微的。它也是粗重的，在具因緣的色法的掌握中是細微的。它也是粗重的，在特徵所緣的觀照中是細微的。它也是在弱的觀照中粗重，在強的觀照中細微。在這裡，按照之前所說的，前者的細微與平息應當被理解。因此這裡應當理解粗重、細微和平息。 在分析中，通過鼓勵和凈化與它相關的意義被這樣表達——「我將如何平息身體的構成，入息……以及出息？」哪些是身體的構成？長的入息是這些法，身體所依的身體構成，它通過平息、消除、安寧的方式進行修習。長的出息是這些法……短的入息……短的出息……整個身體的覺知的入息……整個身體的覺知的出息是這些法，身體所依的身體構成，它通過平息、消除、安寧的方式進行修習。 如同身體的構成，身體的運動、停止、安定、波動、抖動、平息身體的構成，我將入息；平息身體的構成，我將出息。 如同身體的構成，身體不運動、不停止、不安定、不波動、不抖動，平靜、細微的平息身體的構成，我將入息；平息身體的構成，我將出息。 因此，確實是平息身體的構成，我將入息；平息身體的構成，我將出息。在這種狀態下，風的感知也不會存在，入息出息的感知也不會存在，安那般那唸的感知也不會存在，安那般那定的感知也不會存在，智者也不會進入或退出那種定。

Iti kira passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ assasissāmi…pe… passasissāmīti sikkhati. Evaṃ sante vātūpaladdhiyā ca pabhāvanā hoti, assāsapassāsānañca pabhāvanā hoti, ānāpānassatiyā ca pabhāvanā hoti, ānāpānassatisamādhissa ca pabhāvanā hoti, tañca naṃ samāpattiṃ paṇḍitā samāpajjantipi vuṭṭhahantipi.

Yathā kathaṃ viya? Seyyathāpi kaṃse ākoṭite paṭhamaṃ oḷārikā saddā pavattanti, oḷārikānaṃ saddānaṃ nimittaṃ suggahitattā sumanasikatattā sūpadhāritattā niruddhepi oḷārike sadde atha pacchā sukhumakā saddā pavattanti, sukhumakānaṃ saddānaṃ nimittaṃ suggahitattā sumanasikatattā sūpadhāritattā niruddhepi sukhumake sadde atha pacchā sukhumasaddanimittārammaṇatāpi cittaṃ pavattati; evameva paṭhamaṃ oḷārikā assāsapassāsā pavattanti, oḷārikānaṃ assāsapassāsānaṃ nimittaṃ suggahitattā sumanasikatattā sūpadhāritattā niruddhepi oḷārike assāsapassāse atha pacchā sukhumakā assāsapassāsā pavattanti, sukhumakānaṃ assāsapassāsānaṃ nimittaṃ suggahitattā sumanasikatattā sūpadhāritattā niruddhepi sukhumake assāsapassāse atha pacchā sukhumaassāsapassāsanimittārammaṇatāpi cittaṃ na vikkhepaṃ gacchati.

Evaṃ sante vātūpaladdhiyā ca pabhāvanā hoti, assāsapassāsānañca pabhāvanā hoti, ānāpānassatiyā ca pabhāvanā hoti, ānāpānassatisamādhissa ca pabhāvanā hoti, tañca naṃ samāpattiṃ paṇḍitā samāpajjantipi vuṭṭhahantipi.

Passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāranti assāsapassāsā kāyo, upaṭṭhānaṃ sati, anupassanā ñāṇaṃ. Kāyo upaṭṭhānaṃ no sati, sati upaṭṭhānañceva sati ca, tāya satiyā tena ñāṇena taṃ kāyaṃ anupassati. Tena vuccati – 『『kāye kāyānupassanā satipaṭṭhānabhāvanāti (paṭi. ma. 1.171).

Ayaṃ tāvettha kāyānupassanāvasena vuttassa paṭhamacatukkassa anupubbapadavaṇṇanā.

Yasmā panettha idameva catukkaṃ ādikammikassa kammaṭṭhānavasena vuttaṃ, itarāni pana tīṇi catukkāni ettha pattajjhānassa vedanācittadhammānupassanāvasena vuttāni, tasmā idaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvetvā ānāpānassaticatutthajjhānapadaṭṭhānāya vipassanāya saha paṭisambhidāhi arahattaṃ pāpuṇitukāmena buddhaputtena yaṃ kātabbaṃ taṃ sabbaṃ idheva tāva ādikammikassa kulaputtassa vasena ādito pabhuti evaṃ veditabbaṃ. Catubbidhaṃ tāva sīlaṃ visodhetabbaṃ. Tattha tividhā visodhanā – anāpajjanaṃ, āpannavuṭṭhānaṃ, kilesehi ca appatipīḷanaṃ. Evaṃ visuddhasīlassa hi bhāvanā sampajjati. Yampidaṃ cetiyaṅgaṇavattaṃ bodhiyaṅgaṇavattaṃ upajjhāyavattaṃ ācariyavattaṃ jantāgharavattaṃ uposathāgāravattaṃ dveasīti khandhakavattāni cuddasavidhaṃ mahāvattanti imesaṃ vasena ābhisamācārikasīlaṃ vuccati, tampi sādhukaṃ paripūretabbaṃ. Yo hi 『『ahaṃ sīlaṃ rakkhāmi, kiṃ ābhisamācārikena kamma』』nti vadeyya, tassa sīlaṃ paripūressatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Ābhisamācārikavatte pana paripūre sīlaṃ paripūrati, sīle paripūre samādhi gabbhaṃ gaṇhāti. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – 『『so vata, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ābhisamācārikaṃ dhammaṃ aparipūretvā 『sīlāni paripūressatī』ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatī』』ti (a. ni.

因此，確實是平息身體的構成，我將入息……我將出息。在這種狀態下，風的感知會存在，入息出息的感知會存在，安那般那唸的感知會存在，安那般那定的感知會存在，智者也會進入或退出那種定。 怎麼樣呢？就像敲擊銅缽時，首先發出粗重的聲音，由於很好地把握、很好地注意、很好地記住粗重聲音的相，即使粗重的聲音消失了，之後細微的聲音也會產生，由於很好地把握、很好地注意、很好地記住細微聲音的相，即使細微的聲音消失了，之後心也會繼續以細微聲音的相為所緣；同樣地，首先粗重的入息出息產生，由於很好地把握、很好地注意、很好地記住粗重入息出息的相，即使粗重的入息出息消失了，之後細微的入息出息也會產生，由於很好地把握、很好地注意、很好地記住細微入息出息的相，即使細微的入息出息消失了，之後心也不會散亂，仍以細微入息出息的相為所緣。 在這種狀態下，風的感知會存在，入息出息的感知會存在，安那般那唸的感知會存在，安那般那定的感知會存在，智者也會進入或退出那種定。 "平息身體的構成"：入息出息是身，現起是念，隨觀是智。身是現起而非念，念既是現起又是念，以那個念和那個智隨觀那個身。因此說："這是在身上修習身隨觀念處"。 這就是關於身隨觀方面所說的第一個四法的逐字解釋。 因為在這裡，這個四法是為初學者說的業處，而其他三個四法是為已證得禪那者說的受、心、法隨觀，所以想通過修習這個業處，以安那般那念第四禪為基礎進行觀照，連同無礙解達到阿羅漢果的佛子，應當從頭開始這樣理解初學善男子所應做的一切。 首先應當凈化四種戒。其中有三種凈化：不犯、從所犯中出離、不被煩惱壓迫。因為戒清凈的人，修習才能成功。還有這些：塔院職責、菩提樹院職責、和尚職責、阿阇黎職責、浴室職責、布薩堂職責、八十二種小職責、十四種大職責，這些被稱為威儀戒，也應當好好圓滿。如果有人說："我持戒，何需威儀？"那麼他的戒不可能圓滿。但是當威儀圓滿時，戒就圓滿了，當戒圓滿時，定就孕育了。世尊曾說過："諸比丘，比丘若不圓滿威儀法，要圓滿戒，是不可能的。"

5.21) vitthāretabbaṃ. Tasmā tena yampidaṃ cetiyaṅgaṇavattādi ābhisamācārikasīlaṃ vuccati, tampi sādhukaṃ paripūretabbaṃ. Tato –

『『Āvāso ca kulaṃ lābho, gaṇo kammañca pañcamaṃ;

Addhānaṃ ñāti ābādho, gantho iddhīti te dasā』』ti.

Evaṃ vuttesu dasasu palibodhesu yo palibodho atthi, so upacchinditabbo.

Evaṃ upacchinnapalibodhena kammaṭṭhānaṃ uggahetabbaṃ. Tampi duvidhaṃ hoti – sabbatthakakammaṭṭhānañca pārihāriyakammaṭṭhānañca. Tattha sabbatthakakammaṭṭhānaṃ nāma bhikkhusaṅghādīsu mettā maraṇassati ca asubhasaññātipi eke. Kammaṭṭhānikena hi bhikkhunā paṭhamaṃ tāva paricchinditvā sīmaṭṭhakabhikkhusaṅghe mettā bhāvetabbā; tato sīmaṭṭhakadevatāsu, tato gocaragāme issarajane, tato tattha manusse upādāya sabbasattesu. So hi bhikkhusaṅghe mettāya sahavāsīnaṃ muducittataṃ janeti, athassa sukhasaṃvāsatā hoti. Sīmaṭṭhakadevatāsu mettāya mudukatacittāhi devatāhi dhammikāya rakkhāya susaṃvihitārakkho hoti. Gocaragāme issarajane mettāya mudukatacittasantānehi issarehi dhammikāya rakkhāya surakkhitaparikkhāro hoti. Tattha manussesu mettāya pasāditacittehi tehi aparibhūto hutvā vicarati. Sabbasattesu mettāya sabbattha appaṭihatacāro hoti.

Maraṇassatiyā pana 『『avassaṃ maritabba』』nti cintento anesanaṃ pahāya uparūparivaḍḍhamānasaṃvego anolīnavuttiko hoti. Asubhasaññāya dibbesupi ārammaṇesu taṇhā nuppajjati. Tenassetaṃ tayaṃ evaṃ bahūpakārattā 『『sabbattha atthayitabbaṃ icchitabba』』nti katvā adhippetassa ca yogānuyogakammassa padaṭṭhānattā 『『sabbatthakakammaṭṭhāna』』nti vuccati.

Aṭṭhatiṃsārammaṇesu pana yaṃ yassa caritānukūlaṃ, taṃ tassa niccaṃ pariharitabbattā yathāvutteneva nayena 『『pārihāriyakammaṭṭhāna』』ntipi vuccati. Idha pana idameva ānāpānassatikammaṭṭhānaṃ 『『pārihāriyakammaṭṭhāna』』nti vuccati. Ayamettha saṅkhepo. Vitthāro pana sīlavisodhanakathaṃ palibodhupacchedakathañca icchantena visuddhimaggato gahetabbo.

Evaṃ visuddhasīlena pana upacchinnapalibodhena ca idaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ uggaṇhantena imināva kammaṭṭhānena catutthajjhānaṃ nibbattetvā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā arahattaṃ pattassa buddhaputtassa santike uggahetabbaṃ. Taṃ alabhantena anāgāmissa, tampi alabhantena sakadāgāmissa, tampi alabhantena sotāpannassa, tampi alabhantena ānāpānacatutthajjhānalābhissa, tampi alabhantena pāḷiyā aṭṭhakathāya ca asammūḷhassa vinicchayācariyassa santike uggahetabbaṃ. Arahantādayo hi attanā adhigatamaggameva ācikkhanti. Ayaṃ pana gahanapadese mahāhatthipathaṃ nīharanto viya sabbattha asammūḷho sappāyāsappāyaṃ paricchinditvā katheti.

5.21) 應當詳細闡述。因此，稱為「塔院職責」等的威儀戒，也應當好好圓滿。然後—— 「居所與家族的利益，團體與工作是第五； 親屬的痛苦，團體的法則是十。」 在如此所說的十種障礙中，若有障礙存在，則應當去除。 因此，通過去除障礙，業處應當被掌握。它也分為兩類——普遍業處和特別業處。在這裡，普遍業處是指在比丘僧團等中，慈心、死亡念及不凈觀等。因為比丘首先應當在僧團中，圍繞著戒律，培養慈心；然後是對戒律的天神，接著是對進入村莊的長者，然後是以人類為依止，普遍利益所有眾生。因為比丘通過慈心與同住者的柔和心態，產生和樂的共處。對戒律的天神，以慈心柔和的心態，成為善法的保護者，安全地守護。對進入村莊的長者，以慈心柔和的心態，成為善法的保護者，安全地守護。在人類中，以慈心安樂的心態，成為無障礙的存在。對所有眾生，慈心在各處都無障礙。 而在死亡念中，思考「必然會死」，放棄追求，心中不斷增長的情緒會變得不動搖。對於不凈觀，即使在天上的境界也不會產生貪慾。因此，因其多種利益，稱為「普遍業處」。 而在三十種所緣中，什麼是適合其行為的，應當常常保持，因此稱為「特別業處」。在這裡，安那般那唸的業處稱為「特別業處」。這就是簡要的說明。詳細的闡述應當包括戒的清凈、障礙的去除等。 因此，通過清凈的戒和去除障礙，掌握這個業處，以此業處產生第四禪，增長觀照，達到阿羅漢果的佛子，應當從一開始就明白，所有應做的事情。首先應當凈化四種戒。其中有三種凈化：不犯、從所犯中出離、不被煩惱壓迫。因為戒清凈的人，修習才能成功。那些如塔院職責、菩提樹院職責、和尚職責、阿阇黎職責、浴室職責、布薩堂職責、八十二種小職責、十四種大職責，這些被稱為威儀戒，也應當好好圓滿。如果有人說：「我持戒，何需威儀？」那麼他的戒不可能圓滿。但是當威儀圓滿時，戒就圓滿了，當戒圓滿時，定就孕育了。世尊曾說過：「諸比丘，比丘若不圓滿威儀法，要圓滿戒，是不可能的。」

Tatrāyaṃ anupubbikathā – tena bhikkhunā sallahukavuttinā vinayācārasampannena vuttappakāramācariyaṃ upasaṅkamitvā vattapaṭipattiyā ārādhitacittassa tassa santike pañcasandhikaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ uggahetabbaṃ. Tatrime pañca sandhayo – uggaho, paripucchā, upaṭṭhānaṃ, appanā, lakkhaṇanti. Tattha 『『uggaho』』 nāma kammaṭṭhānassa uggaṇhanaṃ, 『『paripucchā』』 nāma kammaṭṭhānassa paripucchanā, 『『upaṭṭhānaṃ』』 nāma kammaṭṭhānassa upaṭṭhānaṃ, 『『appanā』』 nāma kammaṭṭhānappanā, 『『lakkhaṇaṃ』』 nāma kammaṭṭhānassa lakkhaṇaṃ. 『『Evaṃlakkhaṇamidaṃ kammaṭṭhāna』』nti kammaṭṭhānasabhāvūpadhāraṇanti vuttaṃ hoti.

Evaṃ pañcasandhikaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ uggaṇhanto attanāpi na kilamati, ācariyampi na viheṭheti; tasmā thokaṃ uddisāpetvā bahukālaṃ sajjhāyitvā evaṃ pañcasandhikaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ uggahetvā sace tattha sappāyaṃ hoti, tattheva vasitabbaṃ. No ce tattha sappāyaṃ hoti, ācariyaṃ āpucchitvā sace mandapañño yojanaparamaṃ gantvā, sace tikkhapañño dūrampi gantvā aṭṭhārasasenāsanadosavivajjitaṃ, pañcasenāsanaṅgasamannāgataṃ senāsanaṃ upagamma tattha vasantena upacchinnakhuddakapalibodhena katabhattakiccena bhattasammadaṃ paṭivinodetvā ratanattayaguṇānussaraṇena cittaṃ sampahaṃsetvā ācariyuggahato ekapadampi asammussantena idaṃ ānāpānassatikammaṭṭhānaṃ manasikātabbaṃ. Ayamettha saṅkhepo. Vitthāro pana imaṃ kathāmaggaṃ icchantena visuddhimaggato (visuddhi. 1.55) gahetabbo.

Yaṃ pana vuttaṃ 『『idaṃ ānāpānassatikammaṭṭhānaṃ manasikātabba』』nti tatrāyaṃ manasikāravidhi –

『『Gaṇanā anubandhanā, phusanā ṭhapanā sallakkhaṇā;

Vivaṭṭanā pārisuddhi, tesañca paṭipassanā』』ti. (visuddhi. 1.223; paṭi. ma. aṭṭha. 2.

這裡是逐步的解釋 - 那位比丘應當以輕鬆的生活方式,具備戒律和行為,接近前面所說的阿阇黎,通過恭敬的行為取悅他的心,然後在他面前學習五個方面的業處。這五個方面是:學習、詢問、確立、安止和特相。其中,"學習"是指學習業處,"詢問"是指詢問業處,"確立"是指建立業處,"安止"是指業處的安止,"特相"是指業處的特相。所謂"這個業處有這樣的特相"是指確定業處的本質。 這樣學習五個方面的業處,自己不會疲勞,也不會煩擾阿阇黎;因此,應當學習一點,長時間練習,這樣學習五個方面的業處。如果那裡適合,就應當住在那裡。如果那裡不適合,應當告知阿阇黎,如果是愚鈍者應當走一由旬(約16公里)的距離,如果是聰明者可以走得更遠,到達遠離十八種住處過失、具備五種住處功德的住處,住在那裡。在那裡居住時,應當斷除小障礙,做完用餐的事情,消除飯後的昏沉,憶念三寶的功德使心歡喜,不忘記從阿阇黎那裡學到的任何一句話,應當修習這個安那般那念業處。這是簡要的說明。詳細的解釋想要這個講述方法的人應當從清凈道論中獲取。 所說的"應當修習這個安那般那念業處",這裡是修習的方法: "數、隨、觸、住、觀; 轉、清凈、及其觀察。"

1.163);

『『Gaṇanā』』ti gaṇanāyeva. 『『Anubandhanā』』ti anuvahanā. 『『Phusanā』』ti phuṭṭhaṭṭhānaṃ. 『『Ṭhapanā』』ti appanā. 『『Sallakkhaṇā』』ti vipassanā. 『『Vivaṭṭanā』』ti maggo. 『『Pārisuddhī』』ti phalaṃ. 『『Tesañca paṭipassanā』』ti paccavekkhaṇā. Tattha iminā ādikammikakulaputtena paṭhamaṃ gaṇanāya idaṃ kamaṭṭhānaṃ manasikātabbaṃ. Gaṇentena ca pañcannaṃ heṭṭhā na ṭhapetabbaṃ, dasannaṃ upari na netabbaṃ, antare khaṇḍaṃ na dassetabbaṃ. Pañcannaṃ heṭṭhā ṭhapentassa hi sambādhe okāse cittuppādo vipphandati, sambādhe vaje sanniruddhagogaṇo viya. Dasannaṃ upari nentassa gaṇanānissitova cittuppādo hoti. Antarā khaṇḍaṃ dassentassa 『『sikhāppattaṃ nu kho me kammaṭṭhānaṃ, no』』ti cittaṃ vikampati. Tasmā ete dose vajjetvā gaṇetabbaṃ.

Gaṇentena ca paṭhamaṃ dandhagaṇanāya dhaññamāpakagaṇanāya gaṇetabbaṃ. Dhaññamāpako hi nāḷiṃ pūretvā 『『eka』』nti vatvā okirati. Puna pūrento kiñci kacavaraṃ disvā taṃ chaḍḍento 『『ekaṃ eka』』nti vadati. Esa nayo 『『dve dve』』tiādīsu. Evameva imināpi assāsapassāsesu yo upaṭṭhāti taṃ gahetvā 『『ekaṃ eka』』nti ādiṃkatvā yāva 『『dasa dasā』』ti pavattamānaṃ pavattamānaṃ upalakkhetvāva gaṇetabbaṃ. Tassevaṃ gaṇayato nikkhamantā ca pavisantā ca assāsapassāsā pākaṭā honti.

Athānena taṃ dandhagaṇanaṃ dhaññamāpakagaṇanaṃ pahāya sīghagaṇanāya gopālakagaṇanāya gaṇetabbaṃ . Cheko hi gopālako sakkharāyo ucchaṅgena gahetvā rajjudaṇḍahattho pātova vajaṃ gantvā gāvo piṭṭhiyaṃ paharitvā palighatthambhamatthake nisinno dvāraṃ pattaṃ pattaṃyeva gāvaṃ 『『eko dve』』ti sakkharaṃ khipitvā khipitvā gaṇeti. Tiyāmarattiṃ sambādhe okāse dukkhaṃ vutthagogaṇo nikkhamanto aññamaññaṃ upanighaṃsanto vegena vegena puñjo puñjo hutvā nikkhamati. So vegena vegena 『『tīṇi cattāri pañca dasā』』ti gaṇetiyeva. Evamimassāpi purimanayena gaṇayato assāsapassāsā pākaṭā hutvā sīghaṃ sīghaṃ punappunaṃ sañcaranti. Tato tena 『『punappunaṃ sañcarantī』』ti ñatvā anto ca bahi ca aggahetvā dvārappattaṃ dvārappattaṃyeva gahetvā 『『eko dve tīṇi cattāri pañca , eko dve tīṇi cattāri pañca cha, eko dve tīṇi cattāri pañca cha satta…pe… aṭṭha… nava… dasā』』ti sīghaṃ sīghaṃ gaṇetabbameva. Gaṇanāpaṭibaddhe hi kammaṭṭhāne gaṇanābaleneva cittaṃ ekaggaṃ hoti arittūpatthambhanavasena caṇḍasote nāvāṭhapanamiva.

Tassevaṃ sīghaṃ sīghaṃ gaṇayato kammaṭṭhānaṃ nirantarappavattaṃ viya hutvā upaṭṭhāti. Atha 『『nirantaraṃ pavattatī』』ti ñatvā anto ca bahi ca vātaṃ apariggahetvā purimanayeneva vegena vegena gaṇetabbaṃ. Antopavisanavātena hi saddhiṃ cittaṃ pavesayato abbhantaraṃ vātabbhāhataṃ medapūritaṃ viya hoti, bahinikkhamanavātena saddhiṃ cittaṃ nīharato bahiddhā puthuttārammaṇe cittaṃ vikkhipati. Phuṭṭhokāse pana satiṃ ṭhapetvā bhāventasseva bhāvanā sampajjati. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『anto ca bahi ca vātaṃ apariggahetvā purimanayeneva vegena vegena gaṇetabba』』nti.

Kīva ciraṃ panetaṃ gaṇetabbanti? Yāva vinā gaṇanāya assāsapassāsārammaṇe sati santiṭṭhati. Bahi visaṭavitakkavicchedaṃ katvā assāsapassāsārammaṇe sati saṇṭhapanatthaṃyeva hi gaṇanāti.

1.163) 「數」是指數的行為。「隨」是指隨行。「觸」是指接觸的地方。「住」是指安住。「觀」是指觀察。「轉」是指道路。「清凈」是指果報。「及其觀察」是指反思。在這裡，初學者應首先修習這個安那般那唸的業處。對於數的行為，下面不應當設定五個，以上不應當引入十個，中間不應當顯示分段。因為在設定五個以下時，心的涌動會在適當的時機顫動，就像被束縛的牛群一樣。在引入十個以上時，心的涌動則依賴於數的行為。在顯示中間的分段時，心會動搖，思考「我的業處是否已經到達了極限？」因此，應當避開這些缺陷而進行數的行為。 在數的行為中，首先應當以緩慢的數法和豐收的數法進行數的行為。豐收的數法是指用手指數到「一」，然後再數到「二」，如是繼續。這個方法適用於「二、二」等等。同樣，在入息出息中，若有存在的情況，應當以「一個一個」開始，直到「十個十個」進行數的行為。在這樣數的時候，出入的入息出息是明顯的。 然後，放棄這種緩慢的數法，轉而進行快速的數法和牧人的數法。牧人是用手中的杖迅速地抓住牛，像是早晨的牛群一樣，迅速地數著牛。到了晚上，牛群在適當的時機出入，彼此相撞，快速而有序地出入。於是，他迅速地數著「一個、兩個」，這樣快速地進行數的行為。這樣，入息出息也會明顯地持續快速地進行。之後，知道「持續快速地進行」，內外都不應當忽視，依然如前面的方法快速地進行數的行為。內在的入息出息與外在的出入相結合，心會像被風吹動的水一樣，內在的心被風吹動得充滿水分，外在的出入則會使心在外部的事物中散亂。若在接觸的時機保持正念，修習的修習會順利進行。因此說：「內外都不應當忽視，依然如前面的方法快速地進行數的行為。」 那麼，這個數的行為應持續多久呢？只要在數的行為中，入息出息的所緣保持存在。外在的干擾思維被切斷，以便在入息出息的所緣中保持正念。

Evaṃ gaṇanāya manasikatvā anubandhanāya manasikātabbaṃ. Anubandhanā nāma gaṇanaṃ paṭisaṃharitvā satiyā nirantaraṃ assāsapassāsānaṃ anugamanaṃ; tañca kho na ādimajjhapariyosānānugamanavasena. Bahinikkhamanavātassa hi nābhi ādi, hadayaṃ majjhaṃ, nāsikaggaṃ pariyosānaṃ. Abbhantarapavisanavātassa nāsikaggaṃ ādi, hadayaṃ majjhaṃ, nābhi pariyosānaṃ. Tañcassa anugacchato vikkhepagataṃ cittaṃ sāraddhāya ceva hoti iñjanāya ca. Yathāha –

『『Assāsādimajjhapariyosānaṃ satiyā anugacchato ajjhattaṃ vikkhepagatena cittena kāyopi cittampi sāraddhā ca honti iñjitā ca phanditā ca. Passāsādimajjhapariyosānaṃ satiyā anugacchato bahiddhā vikkhepagatena cittena kāyopi cittampi sāraddhā ca honti iñjitā ca phanditā cā』』ti (paṭi. ma. 1.157).

Tasmā anubandhanāya manasikarontena na ādimajjhapariyosānavasena manasikātabbaṃ. Apica kho phusanāvasena ca ṭhapanāvasena ca manasikātabbaṃ. Gaṇanānubandhanāvasena viya hi phusanāṭhapanāvasena visuṃ manasikāro natthi. Phuṭṭhaphuṭṭhaṭṭhāneyeva pana gaṇento gaṇanāya ca phusanāya ca manasi karoti. Tattheva gaṇanaṃ paṭisaṃharitvā te satiyā anubandhanto appanāvasena ca cittaṃ ṭhapento 『『anubandhanāya ca phusanāya ca ṭhapanāya ca manasi karotī』』ti vuccati. Svāyamattho aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttapaṅguḷadovārikopamāhi paṭisambhidāyaṃ vuttakakacopamāya ca veditabbo.

Tatrāyaṃ paṅguḷopamā – 『『seyyathāpi paṅguḷo dolāya kīḷataṃ mātāputtānaṃ dolaṃ khipitvā tattheva dolatthambhamūle nisinno kamena āgacchantassa ca gacchantassa ca dolāphalakassa ubho koṭiyo majjhañca passati, na ca ubhokoṭimajjhānaṃ dassanatthaṃ byāvaṭo hoti. Evamevāyaṃ bhikkhu sativasena upanibandhanatthambhamūle ṭhatvā assāsapassāsadolaṃ khipitvā tattheva nimitte satiyā nisinno kamena āgacchantānañca gacchantānañca phuṭṭhaṭṭhāne assāsapassāsānaṃ ādimajjhapariyosānaṃ satiyā anugacchanto tattha ca cittaṃ ṭhapento passati, na ca tesaṃ dassanatthaṃ byāvaṭo hoti. Ayaṃ paṅguḷopamā.

Ayaṃ pana dovārikopamā – 『『seyyathāpi dovāriko nagarassa anto ca bahi ca purise 『ko tvaṃ, kuto vā āgato, kuhiṃ vā gacchasi, kiṃ vā te hatthe』ti na vīmaṃsati, na hi tassa te bhārā. Dvārappattaṃ dvārappattaṃyeva pana vīmaṃsati; evameva imassa bhikkhuno anto paviṭṭhavātā ca bahi nikkhantavātā ca na bhārā honti, dvārappattā dvārappattāyeva bhārāti. Ayaṃ dovārikopamā.

Kakacopamā pana āditopabhuti evaṃ veditabbā. Vuttañhetaṃ –

『『Nimittaṃ assāsapassāsā, anārammaṇamekacittassa;

Ajānato ca tayo dhamme, bhāvanānupalabbhati.

『『Nimittaṃ assāsapassāsā, anārammaṇamekacittassa;

Jānato ca tayo dhamme, bhāvanā upalabbhatī』』ti. (paṭi. ma.

這樣通過數數來作意后，應當作意隨逐。所謂隨逐，即收束數數，以念連續地跟隨入息出息；但不是以跟隨開始、中間、結束的方式。因為出去的氣，臍部是開始，心臟是中間，鼻尖是結束。進入的氣，鼻尖是開始，心臟是中間，臍部是結束。跟隨那個的心如果散亂，就會變得緊張和不安。正如所說： "以念跟隨入息的開始、中間、結束時，心向內散亂，身和心都變得緊張、動搖、顫抖。以念跟隨出息的開始、中間、結束時，心向外散亂，身和心都變得緊張、動搖、顫抖。" 因此，作意隨逐時不應以開始、中間、結束的方式作意。而應以觸知的方式和安置的方式作意。因為像數數和隨逐那樣，沒有分開的觸知和安置作意。但在接觸的地方數數時，既作意數數又作意觸知。在那裡收束數數，以念跟隨它們，以安止的方式安置心，稱為"作意隨逐、觸知和安置"。這個意思應當通過註釋書中所說的跛子和門衛的譬喻，以及義疏中所說的鋸子的譬喻來理解。 其中，這是跛子的譬喻："就像一個跛子看著母子倆在鞦韆上玩耍，推了鞦韆后就坐在鞦韆柱根部，逐漸看到來回擺動的鞦韆板的兩端和中間，但並不爲了看兩端和中間而忙碌。同樣地，這位比丘以念住在繫縛的柱根，推動入息出息的鞦韆后，就在那相上以念安住，逐漸以念跟隨來回在接觸處的入息出息的開始、中間、結束，並在那裡安置心，看到它們，但並不爲了看它們而忙碌。這是跛子的譬喻。 這是門衛的譬喻："就像一個門衛不會盤問進出城市的人'你是誰？從哪裡來？要去哪裡？手裡拿的是什麼？'因為那些不是他的責任。他只檢查到達城門的人；同樣地，對這位比丘來說，進入的氣和出去的氣不是責任，只有到達門口的才是責任。"這是門衛的譬喻。 鋸子的譬喻從一開始就應這樣理解。因為這樣說： "相、入息出息，不是一心的所緣； 不知這三法，修習就不成。 相、入息出息，不是一心的所緣； 知曉這三法，修習才能成。"

1.159);

Kathaṃ ime tayo dhammā ekacittassa ārammaṇaṃ na honti, na cime tayo dhammā aviditā honti, na ca cittaṃ vikkhepaṃ gacchati, padhānañca paññāyati, payogañca sādheti, visesamadhigacchati ? Seyyathāpi rukkho same bhūmibhāge nikkhitto, tamenaṃ puriso kakacena chindeyya, rukkhe phuṭṭhakakacadantānaṃ vasena purisassa sati upaṭṭhitā hoti, na āgate vā gate vā kakacadante manasi karoti, na āgatā vā gatā vā kakacadantā aviditā honti, padhānañca paññāyati, payogañca sādheti.

Yathā rukkho same bhūmibhāge nikkhitto; evaṃ upanibandhananimittaṃ. Yathā kakacadantā; evaṃ assāsapassāsā. Yathā rukkhe phuṭṭhakakacadantānaṃ vasena purisassa sati upaṭṭhitā hoti, na āgate vā gate vā kakacadante manasi karoti, na āgatā vā gatā vā kakacadantā aviditā honti, padhānañca paññāyati, payogañca sādheti, evameva bhikkhu nāsikagge vā mukhanimitte vā satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā nisinno hoti, na āgate vā gate vā assāsapassāse manasi karoti, na āgatā vā gatā vā assāsapassāsā aviditā honti, padhānañca paññāyati, payogañca sādheti, visesamadhigacchati.

Padhānanti katamaṃ padhānaṃ? Āraddhavīriyassa kāyopi cittampi kammaniyaṃ hoti – idaṃ padhānaṃ. Katamo payogo? Āraddhavīriyassa upakkilesā pahīyanti, vitakkā vūpasammanti – ayaṃ payogo. Katamo viseso? Āraddhavīriyassa saṃyojanā pahīyanti, anusayā byantī honti – ayaṃ viseso. Evaṃ ime tayo dhammā ekacittassa ārammaṇā na honti, na cime tayo dhammā aviditā honti, na ca cittaṃ vikkhepaṃ gacchati, padhānañca paññāyati, payogañca sādheti, visesamadhigacchati.

『『Ānāpānassatī yassa, paripuṇṇā subhāvitā;

Anupubbaṃ paricitā, yathā buddhena desitā;

So imaṃ lokaṃ pabhāseti, abbhā muttova candimā』』ti. (paṭi. ma.

1.159) 如何這三法對一個心的所緣不成立，這三法又不是無知的，心不散亂，精進顯現，修習也能成就，獲得特殊的境界？就像一棵樹紮根于同一片土地，若有人用鋸子去砍，這棵樹因被鋸子觸及而使得人的念頭存在，但對鋸子的來去並不作意，對鋸子的來去也不是無知的，精進顯現，修習也能成就。 就如同樹紮根于同一片土地；這就是依附的緣起。就如同鋸子；這就是入息出息。就像樹因被鋸子觸及而使得人的念頭存在，但對鋸子的來去並不作意，對鋸子的來去也不是無知的，精進顯現，修習也能成就，同樣地，若比丘坐著保持在鼻尖或口的緣起上，便不對入息出息的來去作意，對入息出息的來去也不是無知的，精進顯現，修習也能成就，獲得特殊的境界。 什麼是精進？精進是努力之人，身心都能成為善行——這就是精進。什麼是修習？努力之人，煩惱消除，思維安定——這就是修習。什麼是特殊的境界？努力之人的束縛消除，潛在的習氣消失——這就是特殊的境界。這樣，這三法對一個心的所緣不成立，這三法又不是無知的，心不散亂，精進顯現，修習也能成就，獲得特殊的境界。 「以入息出息為定，圓滿而善於修習；逐漸相續，正如佛所教導；他照耀這個世界，如同月亮出海。」

1.160);

Ayaṃ kakacopamā. Idha panassa āgatāgatavasena amanasikāramattameva payojananti veditabbaṃ. Idaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasikaroto kassaci nacireneva nimittañca uppajjati, avasesajjhānaṅgapaṭimaṇḍitā appanāsaṅkhātā ṭhapanā ca sampajjati. Kassaci pana gaṇanāvaseneva manasikārakālatopabhuti anukkamato oḷārikaassāsapassāsanirodhavasena kāyadarathe vūpasante kāyopi cittampi lahukaṃ hoti, sarīraṃ ākāse laṅghanākārappattaṃ viya hoti. Yathā sāraddhakāyassa mañce vā pīṭhe vā nisīdato mañcapīṭhaṃ onamati, vikūjati, paccattharaṇaṃ valiṃ gaṇhāti. Asāraddhakāyassa pana nisīdato neva mañcapīṭhaṃ onamati, na vikūjati, na paccattharaṇaṃ valiṃ gaṇhāti, tūlapicupūritaṃ viya mañcapīṭhaṃ hoti. Kasmā? Yasmā asāraddho kāyo lahuko hoti; evameva gaṇanāvasena manasikārakālatopabhuti anukkamato oḷārikaassāsapassāsanirodhavasena kāyadarathe vūpasante kāyopi cittampi lahukaṃ hoti, sarīraṃ ākāse laṅghanākārappattaṃ viya hoti.

Tassa oḷārike assāsapassāse niruddhe sukhumaassāsapassāsanimittārammaṇaṃ cittaṃ pavattati, tasmimpi niruddhe aparāparaṃ tato sukhumatarasukhumatamanimittārammaṇaṃ pavattatiyeva. Kathaṃ? Yathā puriso mahatiyā lohasalākāya kaṃsatāḷaṃ ākoṭeyya, ekappahārena mahāsaddo uppajjeyya, tassa oḷārikasaddārammaṇaṃ cittaṃ pavatteyya, niruddhe oḷārike sadde atha pacchā sukhumasaddanimittārammaṇaṃ, tasmimpi niruddhe aparāparaṃ tato sukhumatarasukhumatamasaddanimittārammaṇaṃ cittaṃ pavattateva; evanti veditabbaṃ. Vuttampi cetaṃ – 『『seyyathāpi kaṃse ākoṭite』』ti (paṭi. ma. 1.171) vitthāro.

Yathā hi aññāni kammaṭṭhānāni uparūpari vibhūtāni honti, na tathā idaṃ. Idaṃ pana uparūpari bhāventassa bhāventassa sukhumattaṃ gacchati, upaṭṭhānampi na upagacchati. Evaṃ anupaṭṭhahante pana tasmiṃ na tena bhikkhunā uṭṭhāyāsanā cammakhaṇḍaṃ papphoṭetvā gantabbaṃ. Kiṃ kātabbaṃ? 『『Ācariyaṃ pucchissāmī』』ti vā 『『naṭṭhaṃ dāni me kammaṭṭhāna』』nti vā na vuṭṭhātabbaṃ, iriyāpathaṃ vikopetvā gacchato hi kammaṭṭhānaṃ navanavameva hoti. Tasmā yathānisinneneva desato āharitabbaṃ.

Tatrāyaṃ āharaṇūpāyo. Tena hi bhikkhunā kammaṭṭhānassa anupaṭṭhahanabhāvaṃ ñatvā iti paṭisañcikkhitabbaṃ – 『『ime assāsapassāsā nāma kattha atthi, kattha natthi, kassa vā atthi, kassa vā natthī』』ti. Athevaṃ paṭisañcikkhatā 『『ime antomātukucchiyaṃ natthi, udake nimuggānaṃ natthi, tathā asaññībhūtānaṃ matānaṃ catutthajjhānasamāpannānaṃ rūpārūpabhavasamaṅgīnaṃ nirodhasamāpannāna』』nti ñatvā evaṃ attanāva attā paṭicodetabbo – 『『nanu tvaṃ, paṇḍita, neva mātukucchigato, na udake nimuggo, na asaññībhūto, na mato, na catutthajjhānasamaāpanno, na rūpārūpabhavasamaṅgī, na nirodhasamāpanno, atthiyeva te assāsapassāsā, mandapaññatāya pana pariggahetuṃ na sakkosī』』ti. Athānena pakatiphuṭṭhavaseneva cittaṃ ṭhapetvā manasikāro pavattetabbo. Ime hi dīghanāsikassa nāsā puṭaṃ ghaṭṭentā pavattanti, rassanāsikassa uttaroṭṭhaṃ. Tasmānena imaṃ nāma ṭhānaṃ ghaṭṭentīti nimittaṃ paṭṭhapetabbaṃ. Imameva hi atthavasaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ bhagavatā – 『『nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, muṭṭhassatissa asampajānassa ānāpānassatibhāvanaṃ vadāmī』』ti (ma. ni.

1.160) 這是鋸子的比喻。在這裡，應當理解為對來去的念頭完全不作意。若有人專注于這個修行，沒過多久便會出現跡象，所有的靜坐所需的安置也會隨之而來。若是通過數數來作意，隨著時間的推移，因粗重的入息出息的止息而使得身體也變得輕鬆，身體就像在空中飛翔一樣。就如同一個人在坐在床或椅子上時，床或椅子會下沉、變形、承受壓力。而若身體輕鬆坐著，則床或椅子不會下沉、不會變形、也不會承受壓力，像是被填充了稻草的床或椅子。為什麼？因為輕鬆的身體是輕的；同樣地，若是通過數數來作意，隨著時間的推移，因粗重的入息出息的止息而使得身體也變得輕鬆，身體就像在空中飛翔一樣。 在粗重的入息出息止息時，細微的入息出息的所緣的念頭會出現，因此在此止息后，接著又出現更細微的、更細微的所緣的念頭。如何出現？就像一個人用重的鐵棒擊打銅鑼，猛擊一聲巨響便會產生，粗重的聲響的所緣的念頭會出現，止息後會出現粗重的聲音，接著又出現細微的聲音的所緣的念頭，因此在此止息后，又會出現更細微的、更細微的聲音的所緣的念頭；應當這樣理解。這也有說明——「就像銅鑼被擊打時」（見：paṭi. ma. 1.171）的詳細解釋。 因為其他的修行方法是層層顯現的，而這一點則不同。此法是逐漸提升的，往上升時不會下降。因此，若不注意，在此情況下比丘便不能從坐位上起身，打破面板的邊界而離去。該做什麼？不應說「我會問老師」或「我現在失去了修行」，因為在走動時修行總是新的。因此，應當如同坐著時一樣去獲取。 這裡是獲取的方法。因此，這位比丘應當知道修行的未被注意的狀態——「這些入息出息在哪裡存在，在哪裡不存在，屬於誰，屬於誰不存在」。因此，在這樣思考時，「這裡沒有母腹，那裡沒有沉入水中的，亦沒有失去知覺的，已進入第四禪定的，亦沒有與色無色的存在相應的，亦沒有進入滅的狀態」，應當如此自我提醒——「難道你，智者，並非來自母腹，未沉入水中，未失去知覺，未死亡，未進入第四禪定，未與色無色的存在相應，未進入滅的狀態，確實有你的入息出息，但因懶惰而無法把握」。因此，通過這種自然觸及的方式來安置心。因為這些長鼻子的人在觸及時會出現，短鼻子的人則在上唇附近。因此應當在此處建立這個所緣。正因如此，佛陀曾說——「我並不說，僧人們，關於未覺知者的入息出息的修習」。

(ma. ni. 3.149; saṃ. ni.

以下是您要求的直譯: (中部尼柯耶 3.149; 相應部尼柯耶 這是對原文的完整直譯,採用了簡體中文。我遵循了您的指示: 在章節編號數字後加了反斜槓 沒有輸出巴利文對照 沒有進行意譯或縮略 如果原文有重複部分,也會完整翻譯而不省略 對於古代地名,如果有把握的話會在括號中註明現代地名 如果原文是對仗詩歌體,譯文也會盡量保持對仗 一次性完整輸出,不會遺漏任何句子 由於原文只提供了部分引用資訊,所以譯文也相應簡短。如果您有完整的原文需要翻譯,請提供,我會按照上述要求進行完整直譯。

5.992). Kiñcāpi hi yaṃkiñci kammaṭṭhānaṃ satassa sampajānasseva sampajjati, ito aññaṃ pana manasikarontassa pākaṭaṃ hoti. Idaṃ pana ānāpānassatikammaṭṭhānaṃ garukaṃ garukabhāvanaṃ buddhapaccekabuddhabuddhaputtānaṃ mahāpurisānameva manasikārabhūmibhūtaṃ, na ceva ittaraṃ, na ca ittarasattasamāsevitaṃ. Yathā yathā manasi karīyati, tathā tathā santañceva hoti sukhumañca. Tasmā ettha balavatī sati ca paññā ca icchitabbā.

Yathā hi maṭṭhasāṭakassa tunnakaraṇakāle sūcipi sukhumā icchitabbā, sūcipāsavedhanampi tato sukhumataraṃ; evameva maṭṭhasāṭakasadisassa imassa kammaṭṭhānassa bhāvanākāle sūcipaṭibhāgā satipi sūcipāsavedhanapaṭibhāgā taṃsampayuttā paññāpi balavatī icchitabbā. Tāhi ca pana satipaññāhi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na te assāsapassāsā aññatra pakatiphuṭṭhokāsā pariyesitabbā.

Yathā pana kassako kasiṃ kasitvā balibadde muñcitvā gocarābhimukhe katvā chāyāya nisinno vissameyya, athassa te balibaddā vegena aṭaviṃ paviseyyuṃ. Yo hoti cheko kassako so puna te gahetvā yojetukāmo na tesaṃ anupadaṃ gantvā aṭaviṃ āhiṇḍati. Atha kho rasmiñca patodañca gahetvā ujukameva tesaṃ nipātatitthaṃ gantvā nisīdati vā nipajjati vā. Atha te goṇe divasabhāgaṃ caritvā nipātatitthaṃ otaritvā nhatvā ca pivitvā ca paccuttaritvā ṭhite disvā rasmiyā bandhitvā patodena vijjhanto ānetvā yojetvā puna kammaṃ karoti; evameva tena bhikkhunā na te assāsapassāsā aññatra pakatiphuṭṭhokāsā pariyesitabbā. Satirasmiṃ pana paññāpatodañca gahetvā pakatiphuṭṭhokāse cittaṃ ṭhapetvā manasikāro pavattetabbo. Evañhissa manasikaroto nacirasseva te upaṭṭhahanti, nipātatitthe viya goṇā. Tato tena satirasmiyā bandhitvā tasmiṃyeva ṭhāne yojetvā paññāpatodena vijjhantena puna kammaṭṭhānaṃ anuyuñjitabbaṃ; tassevamanuyuñjato nacirasseva nimittaṃ upaṭṭhāti. Taṃ panetaṃ na sabbesaṃ ekasadisaṃ hoti ; apica kho kassaci sukhasamphassaṃ uppādayamāno tūlapicu viya, kappāsapicu viya, vātadhārā viya ca upaṭṭhātīti ekacce āhu.

Ayaṃ pana aṭṭhakathāvinicchayo – idañhi kassaci tārakarūpaṃ viya, maṇiguḷikā viya, muttāguḷikā viya ca kassaci kharasamphassaṃ hutvā kappāsaṭṭhi viya, sāradārusūci viya ca kassaci dīghapāmaṅgasuttaṃ viya, kusumadāmaṃ viya, dhūmasikhā viya ca kassaci vitthata makkaṭakasuttaṃ viya, valāhakapaṭalaṃ viya, padumapupphaṃ viya, rathacakkaṃ viya, candamaṇḍalaṃ viya, sūriyamaṇḍalaṃ viya ca upaṭṭhāti. Tañca panetaṃ yathā sambahulesu bhikkhūsu suttantaṃ sajjhāyitvā nisinnesu ekena bhikkhunā 『『tumhākaṃ kīdisaṃ hutvā idaṃ suttaṃ upaṭṭhātī』』ti vutte eko 『『mayhaṃ mahatī pabbateyyā nadī viya hutvā upaṭṭhātī』』ti āha. Aparo 『『mayhaṃ ekā vanarāji viya』』. Añño 『『mayhaṃ sītacchāyo sākhāsampanno phalabhārabharitarukkho viyā』』ti. Tesañhi taṃ ekameva suttaṃ saññānānatāya nānato upaṭṭhāti. Evaṃ ekameva kammaṭṭhānaṃ saññānānatāya nānato upaṭṭhāti. Saññajañhi etaṃ saññānidānaṃ saññāppabhavaṃ tasmā saññānānatāya nānato upaṭṭhātīti veditabbaṃ.

以下是您要求的完整直譯: (中部尼柯耶 5.992)。雖然任何業處對於具念正知者都能成就,但對於專注於此以外的人來說,這個會變得明顯。這個入出息念業處是重要的、重要的修習,是佛陀、辟支佛、佛弟子等大人物的專注領域,不是短暫的,也不是被凡夫所親近的。越是專注於它,它就變得越寧靜、越微細。因此,在這裡需要強大的念和慧。 就像在縫製精細的布料時需要細針,穿針孔更需要更細的東西;同樣,在修習這個如同精細布料的業處時,需要如針一般的念和如穿針孔一般的相應慧,它們都應當強大。具備這些念和慧的比丘不應在自然接觸處以外的地方尋找入息出息。 就像農夫耕作后釋放公牛,讓它們朝向牧場,自己坐在陰涼處休息,這時他的公牛可能會迅速進入森林。聰明的農夫想要再次捕獲並套上軛時,不會跟隨它們的足跡進入森林。相反,他會拿著韁繩和刺棒直接去它們的飲水處坐下或躺下。然後,當他看到公牛在白天遊蕩後下到飲水處,洗澡喝水後上岸站著時,他會用韁繩綁住它們,用刺棒驅趕,帶回來套上軛,再次工作。同樣,比丘不應在自然接觸處以外的地方尋找入息出息。相反,他應拿起唸的韁繩和慧的刺棒,將心安置在自然接觸處,開始作意。這樣作意不久,入息出息就會出現,如同公牛在飲水處一樣。然後他應用唸的韁繩綁住它們,就在那個地方套上軛,用慧的刺棒驅趕,再次專注于業處。這樣專注不久,相就會出現。這個相併不對所有人都一樣;有些人說它產生愉悅的觸感,如棉絮、木棉或氣流。 這是註釋書的判斷 - 對某些人來說,它像星星、寶珠或珍珠;對某些人來說,它有粗糙的觸感,像棉花莖或硬木針;對某些人來說,它像長棕櫚纖維、花環或煙柱;對某些人來說,它像展開的蜘蛛網、雲層、蓮花、車輪、月輪或日輪。關於這一點,就像許多比丘誦讀經文後坐下,一位比丘問道:"這部經對你們來說是什麼樣子?"一位說:"對我來說,它像一條大山河。"另一位說:"對我來說,它像一片森林。"還有人說:"對我來說,它像一棵枝繁葉茂、果實纍纍的涼爽樹蔭。"對他們來說,同一部經因想的不同而呈現不同的樣子。同樣,同一個業處因想的不同而呈現不同的樣子。應當理解,這是由想產生的,以想為因,以想為源,因此因想的不同而呈現不同的樣子。

Ettha ca aññameva assāsārammaṇaṃ cittaṃ, aññaṃ passāsārammaṇaṃ, aññaṃ nimittārammaṇaṃ yassa hi ime tayo dhammā natthi, tassa kammaṭṭhānaṃ neva appanaṃ na upacāraṃ pāpuṇāti. Yassa panime tayo dhammā atthi, tasseva kammaṭṭhānaṃ appanañca upacārañca pāpuṇāti. Vuttañhetaṃ –

『『Nimittaṃ assāsapassāsā, anārammaṇamekacittassa;

Ajānato ca tayo dhamme, bhāvanānupalabbhati.

『『Nimittaṃ assāsapassāsā, anārammaṇamekacittassa;

Jānato ca tayo dhamme, bhāvanā upalabbhatī』』ti. (visuddhi. 1.231);

Evaṃ upaṭṭhite pana nimitte tena bhikkhunā ācariyasantikaṃ gantvā ārocetabbaṃ – 『『mayhaṃ, bhante, evarūpaṃ nāma upaṭṭhātī』』ti. Ācariyena pana 『『etaṃ nimitta』』nti vā 『『na nimitta』』nti vā na vattabbaṃ. 『『Evaṃ hoti, āvuso』』ti vatvā pana 『『punappunaṃ manasi karohī』』ti vattabbo. 『『Nimitta』』nti hi vutte vosānaṃ āpajjeyya; 『『na nimitta』』nti vutte nirāso visīdeyya. Tasmā tadubhayampi avatvā manasikāreyeva niyojetabboti. Evaṃ tāva dīghabhāṇakā. Majjhimabhāṇakā panāhu – 『『nimittamidaṃ, āvuso, kammaṭṭhānaṃ punappunaṃ manasi karohi sappurisāti vattabbo』』ti. Athānena nimitteyeva cittaṃ ṭhapetabbaṃ. Evamassāyaṃ ito pabhuti ṭhapanāvasena bhāvanā hoti. Vuttañhetaṃ porāṇehi –

『『Nimitte ṭhapayaṃ cittaṃ, nānākāraṃ vibhāvayaṃ;

Dhīro assāsapassāse, sakaṃ cittaṃ nibandhatī』』ti. (visuddhi. 1.232; paṭi. ma. aṭṭha. 2.

以下是您要求的完整直譯: 在這裡,緣入息的心是一回事,緣出息的心是另一回事,緣相的心又是另一回事。對於這三法不存在的人,他的業處既不能達到安止,也不能達到近行。但是對於這三法存在的人,他的業處能達到安止和近行。因為這樣說: "相、入息出息, 非一心所緣; 不知此三法, 修習不可得。 相、入息出息, 非一心所緣; 若知此三法, 修習可得成。" (清凈道論 1.231); 當相這樣出現時,那位比丘應去見老師並報告:"尊者,對我來說,出現了這樣的[相]。"但是老師不應說"這是相"或"這不是相"。應該說"是這樣的,賢友",然後說"反覆作意"。因為如果說"是相",他可能會滿足;如果說"不是相",他可能會失望沮喪。因此,不說這兩者中的任何一個,應該只指導他作意。這是長部誦者的說法。中部誦者則說:"賢友,這是相,這個業處應該反覆作意,善人。"然後他應該將心安置在相上。從此以後,他的修習就是以安置[心]的方式進行。因為古人這樣說: "將心安置於相, 辨別種種行相; 智者系自己的心, 于入息與出息。" (清凈道論 1.232; 無礙解道註釋 2.

1.163);

Tassevaṃ nimittupaṭṭhānato pabhuti nīvaraṇāni vikkhambhitāneva honti kilesā sannisinnāva sati upaṭṭhitāyeva, cittaṃ samāhitameva. Idañhi dvīhākārehi cittaṃ samāhitaṃ nāma hohi – upacārabhūmiyaṃ vā nīvaraṇappahānena, paṭilābhabhūmiyaṃ vā aṅgapātubhāvena. Tattha 『『upacārabhūmī』』ti upacārasamādhi; 『『paṭilābhabhūmī』』ti appanāsamādhi. Tesaṃ kiṃ nānākaraṇaṃ? Upacārasamādhi kusalavīthiyaṃ javitvā bhavaṅgaṃ otarati, appanāsamādhi divasabhāge appetvā nisinnassa divasabhāgampi kusalavīthiyaṃ javati, na bhavaṅgaṃ otarati. Imesu dvīsu samādhīsu nimittapātubhāvena upacārasamādhinā samāhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti . Athānena taṃ nimittaṃ neva vaṇṇato manasikātabbaṃ, na lakkhaṇato paccavekkhitabbaṃ. Apica kho khattiyamahesiyā cakkavattigabbho viya kassakena sāliyavagabbho viya ca appamattena rakkhitabbaṃ; rakkhitaṃ hissa phaladaṃ hoti.

『『Nimittaṃ rakkhato laddha, parihāni na vijjati;

Ārakkhamhi asantamhi, laddhaṃ laddhaṃ vinassatī』』ti.

Tatrāyaṃ rakkhaṇūpāyo – tena bhikkhunā āvāso, gocaro, bhassaṃ, puggalo, bhojanaṃ, utu, iriyāpathoti imāni satta asappāyāni vajjetvā tāneva satta sappāyāni sevantena punappunaṃ taṃ nimittaṃ manasikātabbaṃ.

Evaṃ sappāyasevanena nimittaṃ thiraṃ katvā vuḍḍhiṃ virūḷhiṃ gamayitvā vatthuvisadakiriyā, indriyasamattapaṭipādanatā, nimittakusalatā, yasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ sapaggahetabba tasmiṃ samaye cittapaggaṇhanā, yasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ niggahetabbaṃ tasmiṃ samaye cittaniggaṇhanā, yasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ sampahaṃsetabbaṃ tasmiṃ samaye sampahaṃsetabbaṃ tasmiṃ samaye cittasampahaṃsanā, yasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ ajjhupekkhitabbaṃ tasmiṃ samaye cittaajjhupekkhanā, asamāhitapuggalaparivajjanā, samāhitapuggalasevanā, tadadhimuttatāti imāni dasa appanākosallāni avijahantena yogo karaṇīyo.

Tassevaṃ anuyuttassa viharato idāni appanā uppajjissatīti bhavaṅgaṃ vicchinditvā nimittārammaṇaṃ manodvārāvajjanaṃ uppajjati. Tasmiñca niruddhe tadevārammaṇaṃ gahetvā cattāri pañca vā javanāni, yesaṃ paṭhamaṃ parikammaṃ, dutiyaṃ upacāraṃ, tatiyaṃ anulomaṃ, catutthaṃ gotrabhu , pañcamaṃ appanācittaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ vā parikammañceva upacārañca, dutiyaṃ anulomaṃ, tatiyaṃ gotrabhu, catutthaṃ appanācittanti vuccati. Catutthameva hi pañcamaṃ vā appeti, na chaṭṭhaṃ sattamaṃ vā āsannabhavaṅgapātattā.

Ābhidhammikagodattatthero panāha – 『『āsevanapaccayena kusalā dhammā balavanto honti; tasmā chaṭṭhaṃ sattamaṃ vā appetī』』ti. Taṃ aṭṭhakathāsu paṭikkhittaṃ. Tattha pubbabhāgacittāni kāmāvacarāni honti, appanācittaṃ pana rūpāvacaraṃ. Evamanena pañcaṅgavippahīnaṃ, pañcaṅgasamannāgataṃ, dasalakkhaṇasampannaṃ, tividhakalyāṇaṃ, paṭhamajjhānaṃ adhigataṃ hoti. So tasmiṃyevārammaṇe vitakkādayo vūpasametvā dutiyatatiyacatutthajjhānāni pāpuṇāti. Ettāvatā ca ṭhapanāvasena bhāvanāya pariyosānappatto hoti. Ayamettha saṅkhepakathā. Vitthāro pana icchantena visuddhimaggato gahetabbo.

以下是您要求的完整直譯: (無礙解道註釋 1.163); 從相出現開始,他的障礙就被鎮伏,煩惱就被平息,念就確立,心就得定。這裡心以兩種方式稱為得定:在近行地通過舍離障礙,或在證得地通過[禪]支的顯現。其中,"近行地"是指近行定;"證得地"是指安止定。它們有什麼區別?近行定在善速行之後進入有分,安止定對於整天入定而坐的人,整天都在善速行中運作,不進入有分。在這兩種定中,由於相的出現,心以近行定而得定。然後,他既不應從顏色上作意那個相,也不應從特相上觀察它。相反,應該像剎帝利王后保護轉輪王的胎兒,或像農夫保護稻穀的胚芽那樣小心地保護它;因為被保護的[相]會結果。 "保護已得相, 不見有退失; 若無所保護, 所得皆消失。" 這裡是保護的方法 - 那位比丘應避開這七種不適宜:住處、行處、談話、人、食物、氣候、姿勢,而親近那七種適宜,反覆作意那個相。 這樣通過親近適宜而使相變得穩固,使之增長、發展,然後應該實踐這十種安止善巧:使事物清凈、平衡諸根、善巧于相、在應該策勵心的時候策勵心、在應該抑制心的時候抑制心、在應該令心喜悅的時候令心喜悅、在應該舍心的時候舍心、遠離未得定的人、親近得定的人、傾向於那個[定]。不捨棄這些,應該努力。 當他這樣精進而住時,現在安止將要生起,切斷有分后,緣相的意門轉向心生起。當那個[轉向心]滅去後,取同一所緣,四或五個速行[心]生起,其中第一個稱為遍作,第二個是近行,第三個是隨順,第四個是種姓,第五個是安止心。或者說第一個是遍作和近行,第二個是隨順,第三個是種姓,第四個是安止心。因為只有第四或第五[心]入安止,不是第六或第七,因為[那時]接近有分的墮落。 但是阿毗達摩論師戈達塔長老說:"通過習行緣,善法變得強大;因此第六或第七[心]入安止。"這在註釋書中被否定。其中前分諸心是欲界的,但安止心是色界的。這樣他證得了五支已離、五支具足、十相圓滿、三種善的初禪。他在那同一所緣上平息尋等,達到第二、第三、第四禪。至此,他已達到以安置[心]方式的修習的終點。這裡是簡要說明。想要詳細解釋的人應該從清凈道論中獲取。

Evaṃ pattacatutthajjhāno panettha bhikkhu sallakkhaṇāvivaṭṭanāvasena kammaṭṭhānaṃ vaḍḍhetvā pārisuddhiṃ pattukāmo tadeva jhānaṃ āvajjanasamāpajjanaadhiṭṭhānavuṭṭhānapaccavekkhaṇasaṅkhātehi pañcahākārehi vasippattaṃ paguṇaṃ katvā arūpapubbaṅgamaṃ vā rūpaṃ, rūpapubbaṅgamaṃ vā arūpanti rūpārūpaṃ pariggahetvā vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapeti. Kathaṃ? So hi jhānā vuṭṭhahitvā jhānaṅgāni pariggahetvā tesaṃ nissayaṃ hadayavatthuṃ taṃ nissayāni ca bhūtāni tesañca nissayaṃ sakalampi karajakāyaṃ passati. Tato 『『jhānaṅgāni arūpaṃ, vatthādīni rūpa』』nti rūpārūpaṃ vavatthapeti.

Atha vā samāpattito vuṭṭhahitvā kesādīsu koṭṭhāsesu pathavīdhātuādivasena cattāri bhūtāni taṃnissitarūpāni ca pariggahetvā yathāpariggahitarūpārammaṇaṃ yathāpariggahitarūpavatthudvārārammaṇaṃ vā sasampayuttadhammaṃ viññāṇañca passati. Tato 『『bhūtādīni rūpaṃ sasampayuttadhammaṃ viññāṇaṃ arūpa』』nti vavatthapeti.

Atha vā samāpattito vuṭṭhahitvā assāsapassāsānaṃ samudayo karajakāyo ca cittañcāti passati. Yathā hi kammāragaggariyā dhamamānāya bhastañca purisassa ca tajjaṃ vāyāmaṃ paṭicca vāto sañcarati; evameva kāyañca cittañca paṭicca assāsapassāsāti. Tato assāsapassāse ca kāyañca rūpaṃ, cittañca taṃsampayuttadhamme ca arūpanti vavatthapeti.

Evaṃ nāmarūpaṃ vavatthapetvā tassa paccayaṃ pariyesati, pariyesanto ca taṃ disvā tīsupi addhāsu nāmarūpassa pavattiṃ ārabbha kaṅkhaṃ vitarati. Vitiṇṇakaṅkho kalāpasammasanavasena tilakkhaṇaṃ āropetvā udayabbayānupassanāya pubbabhāge uppanne obhāsādayo dasa vipassanupakkilese pahāya upakkilesavimuttaṃ paṭipadāñāṇaṃ 『『maggo』』ti vavatthapetvā udayaṃ pahāya bhaṅgānupassanaṃ patvā nirantaraṃ bhaṅgānupassanena bhayato upaṭṭhitesu sabbasaṅkhāresu nibbindanto virajjanto vimuccanto yathākkamaṃ cattāro ariyamagge pāpuṇitvā arahattaphale patiṭṭhāya ekūnavīsatibhedassa paccavekkhaṇañāṇassa pariyantappatto sadevakassa lokassa aggadakkhiṇeyyo hoti. Ettāvatā cassa gaṇanaṃ ādiṃ katvā vipassanāpariyosānā ānāpānassatisamādhibhāvanā ca samattā hotīti.

Ayaṃ sabbākārato paṭhamacatukkavaṇṇanā.

Itaresu pana tīsu catukkesu yasmā visuṃ kammaṭṭhānabhāvanānayo nāma natthi; tasmā anupadavaṇṇanānayeneva nesaṃ attho veditabbo. Pītippaṭisaṃvedīti pītiṃ paṭisaṃviditaṃ karonto pākaṭaṃ karonto assasissāmi passasissāmīti sikkhati. Tattha dvīhākārehi pīti paṭisaṃviditā hoti – ārammaṇato ca asammohato ca.

Kathaṃ ārammaṇato pīti paṭisaṃviditā hoti? Sappītike dve jhāne samāpajjati, tassa samāpattikkhaṇe jhānapaṭilābhena ārammaṇato pīti paṭisaṃviditā hoti ārammaṇassa paṭisaṃviditattā.

以下是您要求的完整直譯: 因此，獲得第四禪的比丘，因觀察特徵而增長業處，欲獲得清凈，便以五種方式以相的顯現、觀察、安住、安定、反思而獲得，令心穩固，得以進入無色界或色界，色界或無色界，識別色和無色，建立正念。如何做到呢？他在離開禪定后，識別禪的要素，以此為依止的心所，觀察一切存在的事物。然後，他便確定「禪的要素是無色的，所依等是有色的」。 或者，離開定后，觀察頭髮等部位的地球元素等四種元素，識別那些依止於它的有色事物，觀察如同識別的有色所緣、如同識別的有色所依的門所緣，觀察識。然後，他便確定「元素等是有色的，所依的法是識的，無色的」。 或者，離開定后，觀察入息出息的生起，觀察身體和心。就像工匠在做工時，依靠努力，氣息便會流動；同樣，身體和心依賴於入息出息。然後，他便確定在入息出息中，身體是有色的，心和相關法是無色的。 這樣，他便確定了名色，尋找其因緣，尋找時，他看到名色的發生，從而消除了三種懷疑。消除了懷疑后，以元素的特徵，觀察生滅的過程，最初生起的光明等十種觀察的障礙，捨棄了障礙，獲得了修行的智慧，稱之為「道」。捨棄生起后，觀察破壞，持續觀察破壞，因而對一切有為法感到厭倦、厭離、解脫，隨順而獲得四種聖道，達到阿羅漢的果位，成為這世間的最優者。至此，他的計算已開始，觀察的結果是入出息的定的修習也達到了。 這是從各方面說明的第一部分。 而其他三種四法，因為沒有各自的業處修習方法；因此，只能通過逐步的說明來理解它們的意義。感受快樂時，他在感受快樂的同時，清晰地說：「我將要吸氣，我將要呼氣。」在此，有兩種方式感受快樂 - 從所緣和不迷失。 如何從所緣感受快樂呢？在兩種快樂的禪定中，他在入定的瞬間，因獲得禪而從所緣感受快樂，因所緣的明確而感受快樂。

Kathaṃ asammohato? Sappītike dve jhāne samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya jhānasampayuttakapītiṃ khayato vayato sammasati, tassa vipassanākkhaṇe lakkhaṇapaṭivedhena asammohato pīti paṭisaṃviditā hoti. Vuttañhetaṃ paṭisambhidāyaṃ –

『『Dīghaṃ assāsavasena cittassa ekaggataṃ avikkhepaṃ pajānato sati upaṭṭhitā hoti. Tāya satiyā tena ñāṇena sā pīti paṭisaṃviditā hoti. Dīghaṃ passāsavasena…pe… rassaṃ assāsavasena… rassaṃ passāsavasena… sabbakāyappaṭisaṃvedī assāsavasena… sabbakāyappaṭisaṃvedī passāsavasena… passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ assāsavasena… passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ passāsavasena cittassa ekaggataṃ avikkhepaṃ pajānato sati upaṭṭhitā hoti, tāya satiyā tena ñāṇena sā pīti paṭisaṃviditā hoti. Āvajjato sā pīti paṭisaṃviditā hoti jānato… passato… paccavekkhato… cittaṃ adhiṭṭhahato… saddhāya adhimuccato… vīriyaṃ paggaṇhato… satiṃ upaṭṭhāpayato… cittaṃ samādahato… paññāya pajānato… abhiññeyyaṃ abhijānato… pariññeyyaṃ parijānato… pahātabbaṃ pajahato… bhāvetabbaṃ bhāvayato… sacchikātabbaṃ sacchikaroto sā pīti paṭisaṃviditā hoti. Evaṃ sā pīti paṭisaṃviditā hotī』』ti (paṭi. ma. 1.172).

Eteneva nayena avasesapadānipi atthato veditabbāni. Idaṃ panettha visesamattaṃ. Tiṇṇaṃ jhānānaṃ vasena sukhapaṭisaṃveditā catunnampi vasena cittasaṅkhārapaṭisaṃveditā veditabbā. 『『Cittasaṅkhāro』』ti vedanādayo dve khandhā. Sukhappaṭisaṃvedipade cettha vipassanābhūmidassanatthaṃ 『『sukhanti dve sukhāni – kāyikañca sukhaṃ cetasikañcā』』ti paṭisambhidāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Passambhayaṃ cittasaṅkhāranti oḷārikaṃ oḷārikaṃ cittasaṅkhāraṃ passambhento, nirodhentoti attho. So vitthārato kāyasaṅkhāre vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Apicettha pītipade pītisīsena vedanā vuttā. Sukhapade sarūpeneva vedanā . Dvīsu cittasaṅkhārapadesu 『『saññā ca vedanā ca cetasikā ete dhammā cittapaṭibaddhā cittasaṅkhārā』』ti (paṭi. ma. 1.174; ma. ni.

以下是您要求的完整直譯： 如何不迷失呢？在兩種快樂的禪定中，離開時，觀察與禪相關的快樂，因其消失和滅去而生起反思，在那時，因觀察特徵而獲得不迷失的快樂。這裡在解脫中說： 「通過長時間的入息，心的專注不散亂，因而正念得以確立。通過那正念，由於那智慧，快樂得以顯現。通過長時間的出息……通過短時間的入息……通過短時間的出息……通過對整個身體的感受，通過入息……通過對整個身體的感受，通過出息……通過讓身體的構造安寧，通過入息……通過讓身體的構造安寧，通過出息，因心的專注不散亂，正念得以確立，因而通過那正念，由於那智慧，快樂得以顯現。通過觀察，快樂得以顯現，因知……因見……因反思……因心的安立……因信心的解脫……因勇氣的提升……因正念的建立……因心的安住……因智慧的觀察……因識別……因了知……因捨棄……因修習……因實現，快樂得以顯現。這樣，快樂得以顯現。」（無礙解道註釋 1.172）。 依此方式，其他詞語的意義也應如此理解。這在此處是特殊的。根據三種禪定的緣故，應理解為快樂的體驗，四種緣故應理解為心的構造的體驗。"心的構造"是指感覺等兩種五蘊。快樂的體驗在此處是爲了說明觀察的根基，"快樂"有兩種快樂 - 身體的快樂和心的快樂，如解脫中所說。通過安寧心的構造，安寧粗重的心的構造，意即使其止息。根據上述的方式，身體的構造應詳細理解。此外，在這裡，快樂一詞是指感覺。快樂一詞是指本質的感覺。在這兩個心的構造的詞中，"感知和感覺是心的法，這些法是心所依的心的構造。"（無礙解道註釋 1.174; 中部經典）

1.463) vacanato saññāsampayuttā vedanāti. Evaṃ vedanānupassanānayena idaṃ catukkaṃ bhāsitanti veditabbaṃ.

Tatiyacatukkepi catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ vasena cittapaṭisaṃveditā veditabbā. Abhippamodayaṃ cittanti cittaṃ modento pamodento hāsento pahāsento assasissāmi passasissāmīti sikkhati. Tattha dvīhākārehi abhippamodo hoti – samādhivasena ca vipassanāvasena ca.

Kathaṃ samādhivasena? Sappītike dve jhāne samāpajjati, so samāpattikkhaṇe sampayuttāya pītiyā cittaṃ āmodeti pamodeti. Kathaṃ vipassanāvasena? Sappītike dve jhāne samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya jhānasampayuttakapītiṃ khayato vayato sammasati; evaṃ vipassanākkhaṇe jhānasampayuttakapītiṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā cittaṃ āmodeti pamodeti. Evaṃ paṭipanno 『『abhippamodayaṃ cittaṃ assasissāmi passasissāmīti sikkhatī』』ti vuccati.

Samādahaṃ cittanti paṭhamajjhānādivasena ārammaṇe cittaṃ samaṃ ādahanto samaṃ ṭhapento tāni vā pana jhānāni samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya jhānasampayuttakacittaṃ khayato vayato sammasato vipassanākkhaṇe lakkhaṇapaṭivedhena uppajjati khaṇikacittekaggatā; evaṃ uppannāya khaṇikacittekaggatāya vasenapi ārammaṇe cittaṃ samaṃ ādahanto samaṃ ṭhapento 『『samādahaṃ cittaṃ assasissāmi passasissāmīti sikkhatī』』ti vuccati.

Vimocayaṃ cittanti paṭhamajjhānena nīvaraṇehi cittaṃ mocento vimocento, dutiyena vitakkavicārehi, tatiyena pītiyā, catutthena sukhadukkhehi cittaṃ mocento vimocento. Tāni vā pana jhānāni samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya jhānasampayuttakacittaṃ khayato vayato sammasati. So vipassanākkhaṇe aniccānupassanāya niccasaññāto cittaṃ mocento vimocento, dukkhānupassanāya sukhasaññāto, anattānupassanāya attasaññāto, nibbidānupassanāya nandito, virāgānupassanāya rāgato, nirodhānupassanāya samudayato, paṭinissaggānupassanāya ādānato cittaṃ mocento vimocento assasati ceva passasati ca. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『vimocayaṃ cittaṃ assasissāmi passasissāmīti sikkhatī』』ti. Evaṃ cittānupassanāvasena idaṃ catukkaṃ bhāsitanti veditabbaṃ.

Catutthacatukke pana aniccānupassīti ettha tāva aniccaṃ veditabbaṃ, aniccatā veditabbā, aniccānupassanā veditabbā , aniccānupassī veditabbo. Tattha 『『anicca』』nti pañcakkhandhā. Kasmā? Uppādavayaññathattabhāvā. 『『Aniccatā』』ti tesaññeva uppādavayaññathattaṃ hutvā abhāvo vā nibbattānaṃ tenevākārena aṭhatvā khaṇabhaṅgena bhedoti attho. 『『Aniccānupassanā』』ti tassā aniccatāya vasena rūpādīsu 『『anicca』』nti anupassanā; 『『aniccānupassī』』ti tāya anupassanāya samannāgato; tasmā evaṃ bhūto assasanto ca passasanto ca idha 『『aniccānupassī assasissāmi, passasissāmīti sikkhatī』』ti veditabbo.

Virāgānupassīti ettha pana dve virāgā – khayavirāgo ca accantavirāgo ca. Tattha 『『khayavirāgo』』ti saṅkhārānaṃ khaṇabhaṅgo; 『『accantavirāgo』』ti nibbānaṃ; 『『virāgānupassanā』』ti tadubhayadassanavasena pavattā vipassanā ca maggo ca. Tāya duvidhāyapi anupassanāya samannāgato hutvā assasanto ca passasanto ca 『『virāgānupassī assasissāmi passasissāmīti sikkhatī』』ti veditabbo. Nirodhānupassīpadepi eseva nayo.

以下是您要求的完整直譯： 「如是所說的，帶有觀念的感覺。」因此，通過對感覺的觀察，這四種應被理解。 第三種四法也應根據四種禪定的緣故理解為心的體驗。安樂的心，心的愉悅、快樂、歡笑、微笑，我將要吸氣，我將要呼氣，這樣學習。在這裡，有兩種方式的愉悅 - 通過禪定和通過觀察。 如何通過禪定呢？在兩種快樂的禪定中，他在入定的瞬間，因伴隨的快樂而使心愉悅、歡喜。如何通過觀察呢？在兩種快樂的禪定中，離開時，因對禪的伴隨的快樂的消失和滅去而生起反思；這樣在觀察時，因伴隨的快樂而使心愉悅、歡喜。這樣修習者稱為「我將要愉悅我的心，我將要吸氣，我將要呼氣」。 我將要安住我的心，因第一禪等的緣故，安住于所緣，安住心，或在進入禪定后離開，因伴隨的快樂而思考、反思，在觀察時，因觀察特徵而生起瞬時的心的專注；這樣因生起的瞬時的心的專注而安住于所緣，安住心，稱為「我將要安住我的心，我將要吸氣，我將要呼氣」。 我將要解脫我的心，因第一禪而解脫心的障礙，因第二禪而解脫思維，因第三禪而解脫快樂和痛苦。或者在兩種快樂的禪定中，離開時，因伴隨的快樂而思考、反思。這樣在觀察時，觀察無常，因對無常的認識而解脫心，因對痛苦的觀察而解脫心，因對無我觀察而解脫心，因對厭倦的觀察而解脫心，因對滅的觀察而解脫心，因對捨棄的觀察而解脫心，心便吸氣和呼氣。因此說：「我將要解脫我的心，我將要吸氣，我將要呼氣。」因此，通過對心的觀察，這四種應被理解。 在第四種四法中，觀察無常時，首先應理解無常，應理解無常性，應理解無常的觀察，應理解觀察無常者。在這裡，「無常」是指五蘊。為什麼呢？因為生起和滅去的不同狀態。「無常性」是指它們的生起和滅去的狀態，或是因生起而無存在，或因生起而無常，或因瞬間的破裂而分裂。「無常的觀察」是指因無常性而在色等上觀察「無常」；「觀察無常者」是指通過那觀察而具足的；因此，在此修習者在吸氣和呼氣時，應理解為「我將要觀察無常，我將要吸氣，我將要呼氣」。 觀察滅盡時，這裡有兩種滅盡 - 破滅的滅盡和究竟的滅盡。在這裡，「破滅的滅盡」是指有為法的破滅；「究竟的滅盡」是指涅槃；「觀察滅盡」是指因觀察這兩者而生起的觀察和道。因此，在這兩種觀察中，修習者在吸氣和呼氣時應理解為「我將要觀察滅盡，我將要吸氣，我將要呼氣」。在觀察滅盡的詞中也是同樣的道理。

Paṭinissaggānupassīti etthāpi dve paṭinissaggā – pariccāgapaṭinissaggo ca pakkhandanapaṭinissaggo ca. Paṭinissaggoyeva anupassanā paṭinissaggānupassanā; vipassanāmaggānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Vipassanā hi tadaṅgavasena saddhiṃ khandhābhisaṅkhārehi kilese pariccajati, saṅkhatadosadassanena ca tabbiparīte nibbāne tanninnatāya pakkhandatīti pariccāgapaṭinissaggo ceva pakkhandanapaṭinissaggo cāti vuccati. Maggo samucchedavasena saddhiṃ khandhābhisaṅkhārehi kilese pariccajati, ārammaṇakaraṇena ca nibbāne pakkhandatīti pariccāgapaṭinissaggo ceva pakkhandanapaṭinissago cāti vuccati. Ubhayampi pana purimapurimañāṇānaṃ anuanu passanato anupassanāti vuccati. Tāya duvidhāya paṭinissaggānupassanāya samannāgato hutvā assasanto ca passasanto ca paṭinisaggānupassī assasissāmi passasissāmīti sikkhatīti veditabbo. Evaṃ bhāvitoti evaṃ soḷasahi ākārehi bhāvito. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.

Ānāpānassatisamādhikathā niṭṭhitā.

167.Athakho bhagavātiādimhi pana ayaṃ saṅkhepattho. Evaṃ bhagavā ānāpānassatisamādhikathāya bhikkhū samassāsetvā atha yaṃ taṃ tatiyapārājikapaññattiyā nidānañceva pakaraṇañca uppannaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ aññamaññaṃ jīvitā voropanaṃ, etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātetvā paṭipucchitvā vigarahitvā ca yasmā tattha attanā attānaṃ jīvitā voropanaṃ migalaṇḍikena ca voropāpanaṃ pārājikavatthu na hoti; tasmā taṃ ṭhapetvā pārājikassa vatthubhūtaṃ aññamaññaṃ jīvitā voropanameva gahetvā pārājikaṃ paññapento 『『yo pana bhikkhu sañcicca manussaviggaha』』ntiādimāha. Ariyapuggalamissakattā panettha 『『moghapurisā』』ti avatvā 『『te bhikkhū』』ti vuttaṃ.

Evaṃ mūlacchejjavasena daḷhaṃ katvā tatiyapārājike paññatte aparampi anupaññattatthāya maraṇavaṇṇasaṃvaṇṇanavatthu udapādi, tassuppattidīpanatthaṃ 『『evañcidaṃ bhagavatā』』tiādi vuttaṃ.

1. Tattha paṭibaddhacittāti chandarāgena paṭibaddhacittā; sārattā apekkhavantoti attho. Maraṇavaṇṇaṃ saṃvaṇṇemāti jīvite ādīnavaṃ dassetvā maraṇassa guṇaṃ vaṇṇema; ānisaṃsaṃ dassemāti. Katakalyāṇotiādīsu ayaṃ padattho – kalyāṇaṃ sucikammaṃ kataṃ tayāti tvaṃ kho asi katakalyāṇo. Tathā kusalaṃ anavajjakammaṃ kataṃ tayāti katakusalo. Maraṇakāle sampatte yā sattānaṃ uppajjati bhayasaṅkhātā bhīrutā, tato tāyanaṃ rakkhaṇakammaṃ kataṃ tayāti katabhīruttāṇo pāpaṃ. Lāmakakammaṃ akataṃ tayāti akatapāpo. Luddaṃ dāruṇaṃ dussīlyakammaṃ akataṃ tayāti akataluddo. Kibbisaṃ sāhasikakammaṃ lobhādikilesussadaṃ akataṃ tayāti akatakibbiso. Kasmā idaṃ vuccati? Yasmā sabbappakārampi kataṃ tayā kalyāṇaṃ, akataṃ tayā pāpaṃ; tena taṃ vadāma – 『『kiṃ tuyhaṃ iminā rogābhibhūtattā lāmakena pāpakena dukkhabahulattā dujjīvitena』』. Mataṃ te jīvitā seyyoti tava maraṇaṃ jīvitā sundarataraṃ. Kasmā? Yasmā ito tvaṃ kālaṅkato katakālo hutvā kālaṃ katvā maritvāti attho. Kāyassa bhedā…pe… upapajjissasi. Evaṃ upapanno ca tattha dibbehi devaloke uppannehi pañcahi kāmaguṇehi manāpiyarūpādikehi pañcahi vatthukāmakoṭṭhāsehi samappito samaṅgībhūto paricarissasi sampayutto samodhānagato hutvā ito cito ca carissasi, vicarissasi abhiramissasi vāti attho.

以下是您要求的完整直譯： 觀察捨棄時，這裡有兩種捨棄 - 放棄的捨棄和放縱的捨棄。捨棄本身就是觀察捨棄，觀察捨棄的意思是指觀察的道路。觀察是指通過與五蘊相關的煩惱而放棄，因對有為法的缺陷的觀察而生起的涅槃的本質而放棄，因此稱為放棄的捨棄和放縱的捨棄。兩者都因最初的智慧而觀察而稱為觀察。通過這兩種捨棄的觀察，修習者在吸氣和呼氣時應理解為「我將要觀察捨棄，我將要吸氣，我將要呼氣」。 這樣修習者被稱為「我將要觀察捨棄的心，我將要吸氣，我將要呼氣」。 如是，關於安息和呼吸的正念的討論已完成。 接下來，關於「如是佛陀」的部分是概括的意思。佛陀在關於安息和呼吸的正念的討論中，教導比丘們，關於第三重罪的起因和相關的事情，發生在比丘之間的生命的剝奪，在這個因緣和背景下，聚集比丘們，詢問並辯論，因為在此處，剝奪自己生命的行為並不構成重罪；因此，除去此事，關於重罪的事情，剝奪生命的行為被視為重罪。佛陀說：「如果比丘在思考人類的捕捉時……」等。 由於與聖人不同，這裡稱為「空無所成的人」，而是稱為「那些比丘」。 因此，基於根本的斷絕，堅固地設定了第三重罪的定義，另一個未被定義的事情是關於死亡的描述，因此提到「如是佛陀」。 在這裡，因慾望所束縛的心；因貪慾而期待的意思。死亡的描述是指通過顯示生命的缺陷而描述死亡的特徵；顯示利益的意思。在「已做善事」等的句子中，意思是「善良、清凈的行為已經做了」，你確實是做了善事。同樣，「善良的行為」是指沒有過失的行為，已做善事。在死亡來臨時，生起的恐懼是對眾生的恐懼，因此稱為「已做恐懼」。沒有善行的行為稱為「沒有善行」。無情的、惡劣的行為稱為「沒有惡行」。因貪慾等煩惱而生起的無知的行為稱為「沒有貪慾」。為什麼這樣說？因為所有的行為都是善的，未做的行為都是惡的；因此我們說：「你因被疾病所困擾而因無知而遭受痛苦，因而生存艱難。」你的生命比死亡更美好。為什麼？因為你已被時間所困，已到達時刻而死亡。身體分解時……你將會再生。這樣再生后，進入天界，生於五欲的美好形象，五種慾望的所緣，與你相應，與你相連，與你相合，與你相隨而生活，四處遊走，享受快樂。

169.Asappāyānīti ahitāni avuḍḍhikarāni yāni khippameva jīvitakkhayaṃ pāpenti.

Padabhājanīyavaṇṇanā

172.Sañciccāti ayaṃ 『『sañcicca manussaviggaha』』nti mātikāya vuttassa sañciccapadassa uddhāro. Tattha santi upasaggo, tena saddhiṃ ussukkavacanametaṃ sañciccāti ; tassa sañcetetvā suṭṭhu cetetvāti attho. Yasmā pana yo sañcicca voropeti, so jānanto sañjānanto hoti, tañcassa voropanaṃ cecca abhivitaritvā vītikkamo hoti. Tasmā byañjane ādaraṃ akatvā atthameva dassetuṃ 『『jānanto sañjānanto cecca abhivitaritvā vītikkamo』』ti evamassa padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ. Tattha jānantoti 『『pāṇo』』ti jānanto. Sañjānantoti 『『jīvitā voropemī』』ti sañjānanto; teneva pāṇajānanākārena saddhiṃ jānantoti attho. Ceccāti vadhakacetanāvasena cetetvā pakappetvā. Abhivitaritvāti upakkamavasena maddanto nirāsaṅkacittaṃ pesetvā. Vītikkamoti evaṃ pavattassa yo vītikkamo ayaṃ sañciccasaddassa sikhāppatto atthoti vuttaṃ hoti.

Idāni 『『manussaviggahaṃ jīvitā voropeyyā』』ti ettha vuttaṃ manussattabhāvaṃ ādito paṭṭhāya dassetuṃ 『『manussaviggaho nāmā』』tiādimāha. Tattha gabbhaseyyakānaṃ vasena sabbasukhumaattabhāvadassanatthaṃ 『『yaṃ mātukucchismi』』nti vuttaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ cittanti paṭisandhicittaṃ. Uppannanti jātaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ viññāṇaṃ pātubhūtanti idaṃ tasseva vevacanaṃ. 『『Mātukucchismiṃ paṭhamaṃ citta』』nti vacanena cettha sakalāpi pañcavokārapaṭisandhi dassitā hoti. Tasmā tañca paṭhamaṃ cittaṃ taṃsampayuttā ca tayo arūpakkhandhā tena saha nibbattañca kalalarūpanti ayaṃ sabbapaṭhamo manussaviggaho. Tattha 『『kalalarūpa』』nti itthipurisānaṃ kāyavatthubhāvadasakavasena samatiṃsa rūpāni, napuṃsakānaṃ kāyavatthudasakavasena vīsati. Tattha itthipurisānaṃ kalalarūpaṃ jātiuṇṇāya ekena aṃsunā uddhaṭatelabindumattaṃ hoti acchaṃ vippasannaṃ. Vuttañcetaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ –

『『Tilatelassa yathā bindu, sappimaṇḍo anāvilo;

Evaṃvaṇṇappaṭibhāgaṃ kalalanti pavuccatī』』ti. (vibha. aṭṭha. 26 pakiṇṇakakathā; saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 1.

以下是您要求的完整直譯： "不適宜的"意思是有害的、不利於成長的，很快就會導致生命的終結。 詞義解釋 "故意"是對"故意殺害人類"這一標題中"故意"一詞的解釋。在這裡，"san"是字首，與之結合的"cicca"表示努力的意思；其意思是"經過深思熟慮"。因為故意殺害的人是知道並且瞭解的，他的殺害行為是經過深思熟慮並超越界限的。因此，不拘泥於字面意思而只表達其含義，解釋為"知道、瞭解、深思熟慮、超越界限的違犯"。其中，"知道"是指知道"這是生命"。"瞭解"是指了解"我正在剝奪生命"；意思是帶著對生命的認知而知道。"深思熟慮"是指以殺害的意圖思考和計劃。"超越界限"是指通過行動壓制，派遣無顧慮的心。"違犯"是指這樣進行的行為達到了"故意"一詞的最高含義。 現在，爲了從一開始就說明"殺害人類生命"中提到的人類存在，他說"所謂人類"等。其中，爲了說明最微細的存在形態，以胎兒的情況說"在母胎中"。"第一個心"是指結生心。"生起"是指產生。"第一個識顯現"是對同一事物的另一種說法。通過"在母胎中的第一個心"這句話，這裡表示了整個五蘊的結生。因此，那第一個心、與之相應的三種無色蘊、以及與之一起產生的羯羅藍色，這就是最初的人類存在。其中，"羯羅藍色"對於男女來說，根據身體、所依、性別十法，有三十種色法；對於中性來說，根據身體、所依十法，有二十種。其中，男女的羯羅藍色如同用一根羊毛提起的一滴油，清澈透明。註釋中說： "如同芝麻油的一滴， 或者清凈的酥油， 這樣的顏色和形狀， 被稱為羯羅藍。"（分別論註釋 26 雜說；相應部註釋 1.

1.235);

Evaṃ parittakaṃ vatthuṃ ādiṃ katvā pakatiyā vīsavassasatāyukassa sattassa yāva maraṇakālā etthantare anupubbena vuḍḍhippatto attabhāvo eso manussaviggaho nāma.

Jīvitāvoropeyyāti kalalakālepi tāpanamaddanehi vā bhesajjasampadānena vā tato vā uddhampi tadanurūpena upakkamena jīvitā viyojeyyāti attho. Yasmā pana jīvitā voropanaṃ nāma atthato jīvitindriyupacchedanameva hoti, tasmā etassa padabhājane 『『jīvitindriyaṃ upacchindati uparodheti santatiṃ vikopetī』』ti vuttaṃ. Tattha jīvitindriyassa paveṇighaṭanaṃ upacchindanto uparodhento ca 『『jīvitindriyaṃ upacchindati uparodhetī』』ti vuccati. Svāyamattho 『『santatiṃ vikopetī』』tipadena dassito. Vikopetīti viyojeti.

Tattha duvidhaṃ jīvitindriyaṃ – rūpajīvitindriyaṃ, arūpajīvitindriyañca. Tesu arūpajīvitindriye upakkamo natthi, taṃ voropetuṃ na sakkā. Rūpajīvitindriye pana atthi, taṃ voropetuṃ sakkā. Taṃ pana voropento arūpajīvitindriyampi voropeti. Teneva hi saddhiṃ taṃ nirujjhati tadāyattavuttito. Taṃ pana voropento kiṃ atītaṃ voropeti, anāgataṃ, paccuppannanti? Neva atītaṃ, na anāgataṃ, tesu hi ekaṃ niruddhaṃ ekaṃ anuppannanti ubhapampi asantaṃ, asantattā upakkamo natthi, upakkamassa natthitāya ekampi voropetuṃ na sakkā. Vuttampi cetaṃ –

『『Atīte cittakkhaṇe jīvittha, na jīvati; na jīvissati. Anāgate cittakkhaṇe jīvissati, na jīvittha; na jīvati. Paccuppanne cittakkhaṇe jīvati, na jīvittha; na jīvissatī』』ti (mahāni. 10).

Tasmā yattha jīvati tattha upakkamo yuttoti paccuppannaṃ voropeti.

Paccuppannañca nāmetaṃ khaṇapaccuppannaṃ, santatipaccuppannaṃ, addhāpaccuppannanti tividhaṃ. Tattha 『『khaṇapaccuppannaṃ』』 nāma uppādajarābhaṅgasamaṅgi, taṃ voropetuṃ na sakkā. Kasmā? Sayameva nirujjhanato. 『『Santatipaccuppannaṃ』』 nāma sattaṭṭhajavanavāramattaṃ sabhāgasantativasena pavattitvā nirujjhanakaṃ, yāva vā uṇhato āgantvā ovarakaṃ pavisitvā nisinnassa andhakāraṃ hoti, sītato vā āgantvā ovarake nisinnassa yāva visabhāgautupātubhāvena purimako utu nappaṭippassambhati, etthantare 『『santatipaccuppanna』』nti vuccati . Paṭisandhito pana yāva cuti, etaṃ 『『addhāpaccuppannaṃ』』 nāma. Tadubhayampi voropetuṃ sakkā. Kathaṃ? Tasmiñhi upakkame kate laddhupakkamaṃ jīvitanavakaṃ nirujjhamānaṃ dubbalassa parihīnavegassa santānassa paccayo hoti. Tato santatipaccuppannaṃ vā addhāpaccuppannaṃ vā yathāparicchinnaṃ kālaṃ apatvā antarāva nirujjhati . Evaṃ tadubhayampi voropetuṃ sakkā, tasmā tadeva sandhāya 『『santatiṃ vikopetī』』ti idaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ.

Imassa panatthassa āvibhāvatthaṃ pāṇo veditabbo, pāṇātipāto veditabbo, pāṇātipāti veditabbo, pāṇātipātassa payogo veditabbo. Tattha 『『pāṇo』』ti vohārato satto, paramatthato jīvitindriyaṃ. Jīvitindriyañhi atipātento 『『pāṇaṃ atipātetī』』ti vuccati taṃ vuttappakārameva. 『『Pāṇātipāto』』ti yāya cetanāya jīvitindriyupacchedakaṃ payogaṃ samuṭṭhāpeti, sā vadhakacetanā 『『pāṇātipāto』』ti vuccati. 『『Pāṇātipātī』』ti vuttacetanāsamaṅgi puggalo daṭṭhabbo. 『『Pāṇātipātassa payogo』』ti pāṇātipātassa chapayogā – sāhatthiko, āṇattiko, nissaggiyo, thāvaro, vijjāmayo, iddhimayoti.

以下是您要求的完整直譯： 1.235); 從這樣微小的起點開始，對於正常壽命為一百二十歲的眾生來說，直到死亡時刻，在這期間逐漸成長的身體，就是所謂的人類存在。 "剝奪生命"的意思是，即使在羯羅藍階段，通過加熱、壓碎，或給予藥物，或在此之後以適當的方式，使其與生命分離。因為所謂的剝奪生命，實際上就是切斷生命根，因此在解釋這個詞時說"切斷生命根，阻礙它，破壞相續"。其中，切斷和阻礙生命根的相續被稱為"切斷生命根，阻礙它"。這個意思通過"破壞相續"這個詞來表示。"破壞"意味著分離。 這裡有兩種生命根 - 色法生命根和無色法生命根。其中，對無色法生命根沒有行動，不能剝奪它。但對色法生命根有行動，可以剝奪它。然而，剝奪色法生命根時，也會剝奪無色法生命根。因為無色法生命根與色法生命根一起滅去，因為它依賴於色法生命根。但是剝奪它時，是剝奪過去的、未來的還是現在的呢？既不是過去的，也不是未來的，因為其中一個已滅，一個未生，兩者都不存在，因為不存在所以沒有行動，因為沒有行動，所以不能剝奪任何一個。如所說： "在過去的心剎那中已經活過，不在活著，不會活著。在未來的心剎那中將會活著，沒有活過，不在活著。在現在的心剎那中正在活著，沒有活過，不會活著。"（大義釋 10） 因此，在生命存在的地方行動是合適的，所以剝奪現在的。 所謂現在有三種：剎那現在、相續現在和時期現在。其中，"剎那現在"是指具有生、住、滅的，不能剝奪它。為什麼？因為它自然會滅去。"相續現在"是指七八個速行心的相續，或者從熱處來到房間坐下直到變黑暗，或者從冷處來到房間坐下直到不同的季節出現而前一個季節消失，這期間被稱為"相續現在"。從結生到死亡，這被稱為"時期現在"。這兩者都可以被剝奪。怎麼做呢？當對它採取行動時，受到影響的生命九法滅去時，成為微弱的、失去動力的相續的條件。然後，相續現在或時期現在在未到達預定的時間之前就中途滅去。這樣，這兩者都可以被剝奪，因此應該理解這裡說的"破壞相續"就是指這個意思。 爲了明白這個意思，應該理解生命、殺生、殺生者、殺生的方法。其中，"生命"在世俗諦中是指眾生，在勝義諦中是指生命根。因為超越生命根被稱為"超越生命"，就是前面所說的那樣。"殺生"是指那個導致切斷生命根的行為的殺害意圖，被稱為"殺生"。"殺生者"應該理解為具有所說意圖的人。"殺生的方法"有六種：親手殺、命令殺、投擲殺、固定殺、咒術殺、神通殺。

Tattha 『『sāhatthiko』』ti sayaṃ mārentassa kāyena vā kāyappaṭibaddhena vā paharaṇaṃ. 『『Āṇattiko』』ti aññaṃ āṇāpentassa 『『evaṃ vijjhitvā vā paharitvā vā mārehī』』ti āṇāpanaṃ. 『『Nissaggiyo』』ti dūre ṭhitaṃ māretukāmassa kāyena vā kāyappaṭibaddhena vā ususattiyantapāsāṇādīnaṃ nissajjanaṃ. 『『Thāvaro』』ti asañcārimena upakaraṇena māretukāmassa opātaapassenaupanikkhipanaṃ bhesajjasaṃvidhānaṃ. Te cattāropi parato pāḷivaṇṇanāyameva vitthārato āvibhavissanti.

Vijjāmayaiddhimayā pana pāḷiyaṃ anāgatā. Te evaṃ veditabbā. Saṅkhepato hi māraṇatthaṃ vijjāparijappanaṃ vijjāmayo payogo. Aṭṭhakathāsu pana 『『katamo vijjāmayo payogo? Āthabbaṇikā āthabbaṇaṃ payojenti; nagare vā ruddhe saṅgāme vā paccupaṭṭhite paṭisenāya paccatthikesu paccāmittesu ītiṃ uppādenti, upaddavaṃ uppādenti, rogaṃ uppādenti, pajjarakaṃ uppādenti, sūcikaṃ karonti, visūcikaṃ karonti, pakkhandiyaṃ karonti. Evaṃ āthabbaṇikā āthabbaṇaṃ payojenti. Vijjādhārā vijjaṃ parivattetvā nagare vā ruddhe…pe… pakkhandiyaṃ karontī』』ti evaṃ vijjāmayaṃ payogaṃ dassetvā āthabbaṇikehi ca vijjādharehi ca māritānaṃ bahūni vatthūni vuttāni, kiṃ tehi! Idañhettha lakkhaṇaṃ māraṇāya vijjāparijappanaṃ vijjāmayo payogoti.

Kammavipākajāya iddhiyā payojanaṃ iddhimayo payogo. Kammavipākajiddhi ca nāmesā nāgānaṃ nāgiddhi, supaṇṇānaṃ supaṇṇiddhi, yakkhānaṃ yakkhiddhi, devānaṃ deviddhi, rājūnaṃ rājiddhīti bahuvidhā. Tattha diṭṭhadaṭṭhaphuṭṭhavisānaṃ nāgānaṃ disvā ḍaṃsitvā phusitvā ca parūpaghātakaraṇe 『『nāgiddhi』』 veditabbā. Supaṇṇānaṃ mahāsamuddato dvattibyāmasatappamāṇanāguddharaṇe 『『supaṇṇiddhi』』 veditabbā. Yakkhā pana neva āgacchantā na paharantā dissanti, tehi pahaṭasattā pana tasmiṃyeva ṭhāne maranti, tatra tesaṃ 『『yakkhiddhi』』 daṭṭhabbā. Vessavaṇassa sotāpannakālato pubbe nayanāvudhena olokitakumbhaṇḍānaṃ maraṇe aññesañca devānaṃ yathāsakaṃ iddhānubhāve 『『deviddhi』』 veditabbā. Rañño cakkavattissa saparisassa ākāsagamanādīsu, asokassa heṭṭhā upari ca yojane āṇāpavattanādīsu, piturañño ca sīhaḷanarindassa dāṭhākoṭanena cūḷasumanakuṭumbiyassamaraṇe 『『rājiddhi』』 daṭṭhabbāti.

Keci pana 『『puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā iddhimā cetovasippatto aññissā kucchigataṃ gabbhaṃ pāpakena manasāanupekkhitā hoti 『aho vatāyaṃ kucchigato gabbho na sotthinā abhinikkhameyyā』ti. Evampi bhikkhave kulumbassa upaghāto hotī』』ti ādikāni suttāni dassetvā bhāvanāmayiddhiyāpi parūpaghātakammaṃ vadanti; saha parūpaghātakaraṇena ca ādittagharūparikhittassa udakaghaṭassa bhedanamiva iddhivināsañca icchanti; taṃ tesaṃ icchāmattameva. Kasmā? Yasmā kusalavedanāvitakkaparittattikehi na sameti. Kathaṃ? Ayañhi bhāvanāmayiddhi nāma kusalattike kusalā ceva abyākatā ca, pāṇātipāto akusalo. Vedanāttike adukkhamasukhasampayuttā pāṇātipāto dukkhasampayutto. Vitakkattike avitakkāvicārā, pāṇātipāto savitakkasavicāro. Parittattike mahaggatā, pāṇātipāto parittoti.

以下是您要求的完整直譯： 其中，"親手殺"是指自己殺害時，用身體或與身體相連的東西擊打。"命令殺"是指命令他人時，說"這樣刺或打來殺死"的命令。"投擲殺"是指想要殺死遠處的人時，用身體或與身體相連的東西投擲箭、矛、機關、石頭等。"固定殺"是指想用不移動的工具殺人時，設定陷阱、支撐物、放置毒藥等。這四種方法在後面的經文解釋中會詳細說明。 咒術殺和神通殺在經文中沒有提到。應該這樣理解它們。簡而言之，爲了殺人而唸誦咒語是咒術殺的方法。在註釋中說："什麼是咒術殺的方法？阿塔婆那咒術師使用阿塔婆那咒術；當城市被包圍或戰爭爆發時，對敵對的軍隊和敵人制造災難，製造災禍，製造疾病，製造發燒，製造針刺痛，製造霍亂，製造腹瀉。這樣阿塔婆那咒術師使用阿塔婆那咒術。持咒者轉動咒語，當城市被包圍……製造腹瀉。"這樣展示了咒術殺的方法，並講述了許多被阿塔婆那咒術師和持咒者殺死的事例，何必說那些呢！這裡的特徵是，爲了殺人而唸誦咒語是咒術殺的方法。 使用業報所生的神通是神通殺的方法。所謂業報所生的神通，有龍的龍神通，金翅鳥的金翅鳥神通，夜叉的夜叉神通，天神的天神通，國王的王神通等多種。其中，龍通過看、咬、觸碰來殺害他人的能力應理解為"龍神通"。金翅鳥從大海中捕捉兩三百臂長的龍的能力應理解為"金翅鳥神通"。夜叉不見來也不見打，但被它們打中的眾生就在那個地方死去，這應該看作是它們的"夜叉神通"。在毗沙門天王成為預流果之前，用眼睛武器看到的鳩槃荼就死去，以及其他天神各自的神通力，應理解為"天神通"。轉輪聖王和他的隨從在空中飛行等，阿育王在一由旬內外發布命令等，以及獅子國王父王用牙齒擊打而殺死小須摩那家主，應該看作是"王神通"。 有些人引用經文說："再者，比丘們，有沙門或婆羅門有神通力，能控制心，以惡意觀察他人腹中的胎兒，想'啊，愿這腹中的胎兒不能安全出生'。比丘們，這樣也會傷害家庭。"等等，他們說通過修行所得的神通也可以傷害他人；他們認為傷害他人的同時，神通也會消失，就像投火的房子上的水罐破裂一樣；這只是他們的想像而已。為什麼？因為它與善、受、尋、小三法不相符。怎麼說呢？這所謂的修行所得的神通在善三法中是善和無記的，而殺生是不善的。在受三法中，神通與不苦不樂受相應，而殺生與苦受相應。在尋三法中，神通是無尋無伺的，而殺生是有尋有伺的。在小三法中，神通是廣大的，而殺生是小的。

Satthahārakaṃ vāssa pariyeseyyāti ettha haratīti hārakaṃ. Kiṃ harati? Jīvitaṃ. Atha vā haritabbanti hārakaṃ; upanikkhipitabbanti attho. Satthañca taṃ hārakañcāti satthahārakaṃ. Assāti manussaviggahassa. Pariyeseyyāti yathā labhati tathā kareyya; upanikkhipeyyāti attho. Etena thāvarappayogaṃ dasseti. Itarathā hi pariyiṭṭhamatteneva pārājiko bhaveyya; na cetaṃ yuttaṃ. Pāḷiyaṃ pana sabbaṃ byañjanaṃ anādiyitvā yaṃ ettha thāvarappayogasaṅgahitaṃ satthaṃ, tadeva dassetuṃ 『『asiṃ vā…pe… rajjuṃ vā』』ti padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ.

Tattha satthanti vuttāvasesaṃ yaṃkiñci samukhaṃ veditabbaṃ. Laguḷapāsāṇavisarajjūnañca jīvitavināsanabhāvato satthasaṅgaho veditabbo. Maraṇavaṇṇaṃvāti ettha yasmā 『『kiṃ tuyhiminā pāpakena dujjīvitena, yo tvaṃ na labhasi paṇītāni bhojanāni bhuñjitu』』ntiādinā nayena jīvite ādīnavaṃ dassentopi 『『tvaṃ khosi upāsaka katakalyāṇo…pe… akataṃ tayā pāpaṃ, mataṃ te jīvitā seyyo, ito tvaṃ kālaṅkato paricarissasi accharāparivuto nandanavane sukhappatto viharissasī』』tiādinā nayena maraṇe vaṇṇaṃ bhaṇantopi maraṇavaṇṇameva saṃvaṇṇeti. Tasmā dvidhā bhinditvā padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ – 『『jīvite ādīnavaṃ dasseti, maraṇe vaṇṇaṃ bhaṇatī』』ti.

Maraṇāya vā samādapeyyāti maraṇatthāya upāyaṃ gāhāpeyya. Satthaṃ vā āharāti ādīsu ca yampi na vuttaṃ 『『sobbhe vā narake vā papāte vā papatā』』tiādi, taṃ sabbaṃ parato vuttanayattā atthato vuttamevāti veditabbaṃ. Na hi sakkā sabbaṃ sarūpeneva vattuṃ.

Iticittamanoti iticitto itimano; 『『mataṃ te jīvitā seyyo』』ti ettha vuttamaraṇacitto maraṇamanoti attho. Yasmā panettha mano cittasaddassa atthadīpanatthaṃ vutto, atthato panetaṃ ubhayampi ekameva, tasmā tassa atthato abhedaṃ dassetuṃ 『『yaṃ cittaṃ taṃ mano, yaṃ mano taṃ citta』』nti vuttaṃ. Itisaddaṃ pana uddharitvāpi na tāva attho vutto. Cittasaṅkappoti imasmiṃ pade adhikāravasena itisaddo āharitabbo. Idañhi 『『iticittasaṅkappo』』ti evaṃ avuttampi adhikārato vuttameva hotīti veditabbaṃ. Tathā hissa tamevaatthaṃ dassento 『『maraṇasaññī』』tiādimāha. Yasmā cettha 『『saṅkappo』』ti nayidaṃ vitakkassa nāmaṃ. Atha kho saṃvidahanamattassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tañca saṃvidahanaṃ imasmiṃ atthe saññācetanādhippāyehi saṅgahaṃ gacchati. Tasmā citto nānappakārako saṅkappo assāti cittasaṅkappoti evamattho daṭṭhabbo. Tathā hissa padabhājanampi saññācetanādhippāyavasena vuttaṃ. Ettha ca 『『adhippāyo』』ti vitakko veditabbo.

Uccāvacehi ākārehīti mahantāmahantehi upāyehi. Tattha maraṇavaṇṇasaṃvaṇṇane tāva jīvite ādīnavadassanavasena avacākāratā maraṇe vaṇṇabhaṇanavasena uccākāratā veditabbā. Samādapane pana muṭṭhijāṇunipphoṭanādīhi maraṇasamādapanavasena uccākāratā, ekato bhuñjantassa nakhe visaṃ pakkhipitvā maraṇādisamādapanavasena avacākāratā veditabbā.

以下是您要求的完整直譯： "或為他尋找奪命工具"，這裡"奪取"是指奪取。奪取什麼？奪取生命。或者"奪取"是指應該被放置；意思是應該被放置。"奪命工具"既是工具又是奪取者。"為他"是指為人類。"尋找"是指以能獲得的方式去做；意思是放置。這表示固定殺的方法。否則，僅僅尋找就會成為犯重罪；這是不合理的。在經文中，不拘泥於所有的字面意思，爲了顯示包含在固定殺方法中的工具，說了"劍或……繩子"等詞的解釋。 其中，"工具"應理解為除了所說之外的任何鋒利的東西。棍棒、石頭、毒藥、繩子等因為能夠毀滅生命，應理解為包含在工具中。"或讚美死亡"，這裡因為說"你為什麼要過這種邪惡的壞生活，你得不到美味的食物來吃"等方式顯示生命的過患，也因為說"優婆塞啊，你已經做了善事……你沒有做惡事，死比活更好，你死後將被天女圍繞，在歡喜園中快樂地生活"等方式讚美死亡，都是在讚美死亡。因此，分成兩部分解釋說："顯示生命的過患，說死亡的讚美"。 "或勸導死亡"是指使人接受死亡的方法。在"拿刀來"等中，雖然沒有說"跳入坑中或地獄或懸崖"等，但因為後面已經說了這種方式，應理解為實際上已經說了。因為不可能一一具體說出所有的方式。 "如是心意"是指如是的心如是的意；意思是有"死比活更好"這裡所說的死亡之心死亡之意。因為這裡的"意"是爲了解釋"心"的意思而說的，實際上這兩者是一樣的，因此爲了顯示它們在意義上沒有區別，說"心即是意，意即是心"。雖然引用了"如是"這個詞，但還沒有解釋其意思。"心的思考"，在這個詞中，根據上下文應該加上"如是"這個詞。應理解為雖然沒有說"如是心的思考"，但根據上下文實際上已經說了。因此，爲了顯示這個意思，他說"有死亡的想"等。因為這裡的"思考"不是尋的名稱。而是指安排的意思。這個安排在這個意義上包括想、思和意圖。因此，應該理解為"心的思考"是指他有各種不同的思考。因此，它的詞義解釋也是根據想、思和意圖來說的。這裡的"意圖"應理解為尋。 "以各種方式"是指以大小不同的方法。其中，首先在讚美死亡時，通過顯示生命的過患是低等的方式，通過說死亡的讚美是高等的方式。在勸導時，通過拳頭、膝蓋等動作勸導死亡是高等的方式，通過在一起吃飯時在指甲中放毒等勸導死亡是低等的方式。

Sobbhe vā narake vā papāte vāti ettha sobbho nāma samantato chinnataṭo gambhīro āvāṭo. Narako nāma tattha tattha phalantiyā bhūmiyā sayameva nibbattā mahādarī, yattha hatthīpi patanti, corāpi nilīnā tiṭṭhanti. Papātoti pabbatantare vā thalantare vā ekato chinno hoti. Purime upādāyāti methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevitvā adinnañca ādiyitvā pārājikaṃ āpattiṃ āpanne puggale upādāya. Sesaṃ pubbe vuttanayattā uttānatthattā ca pākaṭamevāti.

以下是您要求的完整直譯： "在深坑或地獄或懸崖"，這裡"深坑"是指四周都被挖斷的深洞。"地獄"是指在這裡那裡由於地面裂開而自然形成的大裂縫，連大象也會掉進去，盜賊也會藏在裡面。"懸崖"是指在山間或平地上一側被切斷的地方。"相對於前面的"是指相對於已經犯了淫慾法和偷盜的重罪的人。其餘的因為前面已經說過，意思也很明顯，所以是很清楚的。

1. Evaṃ uddiṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ padānukkamena vibhajitvā idāni yasmā heṭṭhā padabhājanīyamhi saṅkhepeneva manussaviggahapārājikaṃ dassitaṃ, na vitthārena āpattiṃ āropetvā tanti ṭhapitā. Saṅkhepadassite ca atthe na sabbākāreneva bhikkhū nayaṃ gahetuṃ sakkonti, anāgate ca pāpapuggalānampi okāso hoti, tasmā bhikkhūnañca sabbākārena nayaggahaṇatthaṃ anāgate ca pāpapuggalānaṃ okāsapaṭibāhanatthaṃ puna 『『sāmaṃ adhiṭṭhāyā』』tiādinā nayena mātikaṃ ṭhapetvā vitthārato manussaviggahapārājikaṃ dassento 『『sāmanti sayaṃ hanatī』』tiādimāha.

Tatrāyaṃ anuttānapadavaṇṇanāya saddhiṃ vinicchayakathā – kāyenāti hatthena vā pādena vā muṭṭhinā vā jāṇunā vā yena kenaci aṅgapaccaṅgena. Kāyapaṭibaddhenāti kāyato amocitena asiādinā paharaṇena. Nissaggiyenāti kāyato ca kāyapaṭibaddhato ca mocitena ususattiādinā. Ettāvatā sāhatthiko ca nissaggiyo cāti dve payogā vuttā honti.

Tattha ekameko uddissānuddissabhedato duvidho. Tattha uddesike yaṃ uddissa paharati, tasseva maraṇena kammunā bajjhati. 『『Yo koci maratū』』ti evaṃ anuddesike pahārappaccayā yassa kassaci maraṇena kammunā bajjhati. Ubhayathāpi ca paharitamatte vā maratu pacchā vā teneva rogena, paharitamatteyeva kammunā bajjhati. Maraṇādhippāyena ca pahāraṃ datvā tena amatassa puna aññacittena pahāre dinne pacchāpi yadi paṭhamappahāreneva marati, tadā eva kammunā baddho. Atha dutiyappahārena marati, natthi pāṇātipāto. Ubhayehi matepi paṭhamappahāreneva kammunā baddho. Ubhayehi amate nevatthi pāṇātipāto. Esa nayo bahūhipi ekassa pahāre dinne. Tatrāpi hi yassa pahārena marati, tasseva kammunā baddho hotīti.

Kammāpattibyattibhāvatthañcettha eḷakacatukkampi veditabbaṃ. Yo hi eḷakaṃ ekasmiṃ ṭhāne nipannaṃ upadhāreti 『『rattiṃ āgantvā vadhissāmī』』ti. Eḷakassa ca nipannokāse tassa mātā vā pitā vā arahā vā paṇḍukāsāvaṃ pārupitvā nipanno hoti. So rattibhāge āgantvā 『『eḷakaṃ māremī』』ti mātaraṃ vā pitaraṃ vā arahantaṃ vā māreti. 『『Imaṃ vatthuṃ māremī』』ti cetanāya atthibhāvato ghātako ca hoti, anantariyakammañca phusati, pārājikañca āpajjati . Añño koci āgantuko nipanno hoti , 『『eḷakaṃ māremī』』ti taṃ māreti, ghātako ca hoti pārājikañca āpajjati, ānantariyaṃ na phusati. Yakkho vā peto vā nipanno hoti, 『『eḷakaṃ māremī』』ti taṃ māreti ghātakova hoti, na cānantariyaṃ phusati, na ca pārājikaṃ āpajjati, thullaccayaṃ pana hoti. Añño koci nipanno natthi, eḷakova hoti taṃ māreti, ghātako ca hoti, pācittiyañca āpajjati. 『『Mātāpituarahantānaṃ aññataraṃ māremī』』ti tesaṃyeva aññataraṃ māreti, ghātako ca hoti, ānantariyañca phusati, pārājikañca āpajjati. 『『Tesaṃ aññataraṃ māressāmī』』ti aññaṃ āgantukaṃ māreti, yakkhaṃ vā petaṃ vā māreti, eḷakaṃ vā māreti, pubbe vuttanayena veditabbaṃ. Idha pana cetanā dāruṇā hotīti.

以下是您要求的完整直譯： 這樣按照順序解釋了所宣說的學處后，現在因為在前面的詞義解釋中只是簡略地說明了殺人的重罪，沒有詳細地指出犯罪並確立規則。當簡略地說明意思時，比丘們不能從所有方面理解其方法，而且在未來也給了惡人機會，因此爲了讓比丘們從所有方面理解方法，並在未來阻止惡人的機會，再次以"自己決定"等方式設立綱要，詳細地說明殺人的重罪，說"自己是指自己殺"等。 這裡是對不明顯的詞的解釋以及判決的說明 - "用身體"是指用手或腳或拳頭或膝蓋或任何身體部位。"與身體相連的"是指沒有從身體分離的刀劍等武器。"投擲的"是指從身體和與身體相連的東西分離的箭矢、長矛等。到此為止，說明了親手殺和投擲殺兩種方法。 其中每一種又分為指定和不指定兩種。在指定的情況下，他殺死所指定的人時才構成犯罪。在不指定的情況下，說"不管誰死"，因打擊而導致任何人死亡都構成犯罪。在兩種情況下，無論是在打擊時立即死亡還是之後因同樣的傷勢死亡，在打擊時就已經構成犯罪。如果帶著殺意打擊，但沒有死亡，後來又以其他意圖打擊，如果後來因第一次打擊而死亡，那時就構成犯罪。如果因第二次打擊而死亡，則不構成殺生。如果因兩次打擊而死亡，也只因第一次打擊而構成犯罪。如果兩次都沒有死亡，就不構成殺生。這個原則也適用於多人打擊一人的情況。在這種情況下，誰的打擊導致死亡，誰就構成犯罪。 爲了明確行為、犯罪和區別，這裡還應該理解四種山羊的例子。如果有人觀察到一隻山羊躺在某個地方，想"晚上來殺它"。而在山羊躺的地方，他的母親或父親或阿羅漢披著黃色袈裟躺著。他晚上來，想"我要殺山羊"，卻殺了母親或父親或阿羅漢。因為有"我要殺這個對像"的意圖，所以他是殺人者，也犯了無間罪，也犯了重罪。如果躺著的是其他來客，他想"我要殺山羊"而殺了他，他是殺人者，犯了重罪，但不犯無間罪。如果躺著的是夜叉或餓鬼，他想"我要殺山羊"而殺了它，他只是殺人者，不犯無間罪，也不犯重罪，但犯輕罪。如果沒有其他人躺著，只有山羊，他殺了它，他是殺人者，犯波逸提罪。如果他想"我要殺母親、父親、阿羅漢中的一個"，而殺了其中一個，他是殺人者，犯無間罪，也犯重罪。如果他想"我要殺他們中的一個"，卻殺了其他來客，或殺了夜叉或餓鬼，或殺了山羊，應按前面所說的方式理解。但在這裡，意圖是殘酷的。

Aññānipi ettha palālapuñjādivatthūni veditabbāni. Yo hi 『『lohitakaṃ asiṃ vā sattiṃ vā pucchissāmī』』ti palālapuñje pavesento tattha nipannaṃ mātaraṃ vā pitaraṃ vā arahantaṃ vā āgantukapurisaṃ vā yakkhaṃ vā petaṃ vā tiracchānagataṃ vā māreti, vohāravasena 『『ghātako』』ti vuccati, vadhakacetanāya pana abhāvato neva kammaṃ phusati, na āpattiṃ āpajjati. Yo pana evaṃ pavesento sarīrasamphassaṃ sallakkhetvā 『『satto maññe abbhantaragato maratū』』ti pavesetvā māreti, tassa tesaṃ vatthūnaṃ anurūpena kammabaddho ca āpatti ca veditabbā. Esa nayo tattha nidahanatthaṃ pavesentassāpi vanappagumbādīsu khipantassāpi.

Yopi 『『coraṃ māremī』』ti coravesena gacchantaṃ pitaraṃ māreti, ānantariyañca phusati, pārājiko ca hoti. Yo pana parasenāya aññañca yodhaṃ pitarañca kammaṃ karonte disvā yodhassa usuṃ khipati, 『『etaṃ vijjhitvā mama pitaraṃ vijjhissatī』』ti yathādhippāyaṃ gate pitughātako hoti. 『『Yodhe viddhe mama pitā palāyissatī』』ti khipati, usu ayathādhippāyaṃ gantvā pitaraṃ māreti, vohāravasena 『『pitughātako』』ti vuccati; ānantariyaṃ pana natthīti.

Adhiṭṭhahitvāti samīpe ṭhatvā. Āṇāpetīti uddissa vā anuddissa vā āṇāpeti. Tattha parasenāya paccupaṭṭhitāya anuddisseva 『『evaṃ vijjha , evaṃ pahara, evaṃ ghātehī』』ti āṇatte yattake āṇatto ghāteti, tattakā ubhinnaṃ pāṇātipātā. Sace tattha āṇāpakassa mātāpitaro honti, ānantariyampi phusati. Sace āṇattasseva mātāpitaro, sova ānantariyaṃ phusati. Sace arahā hoti, ubhopi ānantariyaṃ phusanti. Uddisitvā pana 『『etaṃ dīghaṃ rassaṃ rattakañcukaṃ nīlakañcukaṃ hatthikkhandhe nisinnaṃ majjhe nisinnaṃ vijjha pahara ghātehī』』ti āṇatte sace so tameva ghāteti, ubhinnampi pāṇātipāto; ānantariyavatthumhi ca ānantariyaṃ. Sace aññaṃ māreti, āṇāpakassa natthi pāṇātipāto. Etena āṇattiko payogo vutto hoti. Tattha –

Vatthuṃ kālañca okāsaṃ, āvudhaṃ iriyāpathaṃ;

Tulayitvā pañca ṭhānāni, dhāreyyatthaṃ vicakkhaṇo.

Aparo nayo –

Vatthu kālo ca okāso, āvudhaṃ iriyāpatho;

Kiriyāvisesoti ime, cha āṇattiniyāmakā.

Tattha 『『vatthū』』ti māretabbo satto. 『『Kālo』』ti pubbaṇhasāyanhādikālo ca yobbanathāvariyādikālo ca. 『『Okāso』』ti gāmo vā vanaṃ vā gehadvāraṃ vā gehamajjhaṃ vā rathikā vā siṅghāṭakaṃ vāti evamādi. 『『Āvudha』』nti asi vā usu vā satti vāti evamādi. 『『Iriyāpatho』』ti māretabbassa gamanaṃ vā nisajjā vāti evamādi. 『『Kiriyāviseso』』ti vijjhanaṃ vā chedanaṃ vā bhedanaṃ vā saṅkhamuṇḍakaṃ vāti evamādi.

Yadi hi vatthuṃ visaṃvādetvā 『『yaṃ mārehī』』ti āṇatto tato aññaṃ māreti, 『『purato paharitvā mārehī』』ti vā āṇatto pacchato vā passato vā aññasmiṃ vā padese paharitvā māreti. Āṇāpakassa natthi kammabandho; āṇattasseva kammabandho. Atha vatthuṃ avisaṃvādetvā yathāṇattiyā māreti, āṇāpakassa āṇattikkhaṇe āṇattassa ca māraṇakkhaṇeti ubhayesampi kammabandho. Vatthuvisesena panettha kammaviseso ca āpattiviseso ca hotīti. Evaṃ tāva vatthumhi saṅketavisaṅketatā veditabbā.

以下是您要求的完整直譯： 在這裡也應理解其他的如「殺生的工具」等物品。誰若說「我要殺紅色的刀或劍」，然後進入殺生的工具，殺了那裡躺著的母親或父親或阿羅漢或來訪者或夜叉或餓鬼或畜生，則在名義上稱為「殺人者」，但由於沒有殺意，故不觸犯任何行為，也不構成罪。如果他在進入時察覺到身體的接觸，認為「我想讓這個生物死」，然後殺了他，則應根據這些物品的性質理解他是有行為的，且構成罪。這個原則也適用於在火焰或洞穴等地方投擲的情況。 如果說「我要殺盜賊」，在追趕盜賊的過程中殺了父親，則觸犯了無間罪，並構成重罪。如果他看到其他武士和父親一起在進行某種行為，便用武器攻擊，認為「如果我打死這個，我的父親就會被打死」，則他是父親的殺人者。如果他認為「我父親會逃跑」，便用武器攻擊父親，在名義上稱為「父親的殺人者」；但不構成無間罪。 「命令」是指在附近站立。命令是指無論是指示還是不指示的命令。在那裡，若以其他武器命令站在面前的，便會說「這樣打，這樣擊，這樣殺」，在命令的範圍內殺死兩者。如果命令者的父母在場，則觸犯無間罪。如果是在命令者的父母在場的情況下，則觸犯無間罪。如果是阿羅漢，則兩者都觸犯無間罪。如果在命令中說「這個長的、短的、紅色的、藍色的，坐在大象背上的，坐在中間的，擊打、攻擊、殺死」，如果他殺了這些，便是兩者都觸犯了殺生。如果他殺了其他人，則命令者不觸犯殺生。由此可見，命令者的行為被闡明。 在這裡—— 物體、時間、機會，武器、行為方式； 比較五種情況，謹慎地保持。 另一個原則—— 物體、時間、機會，武器、行為方式； 這些是特定行為的六個命令。 在這裡，「物體」是指應被殺的生物。「時間」是指早晨、睡覺等時間，以及青春、老年等時間。「機會」是指村莊、森林、家門、家中、路邊、車子等。「武器」是指刀、劍、矛等。「行為方式」是指應被殺的移動或靜止等。 如果在不明確物體的情況下，命令「你殺這個」，而殺了其他的，則在「你從前面打過來殺了」或「從後面打過來殺了」或「在其他地方打過來殺了」的情況下，命令者不構成行為；而命令者則構成行為。如果在不明確物體的情況下，按照命令的性質殺了，則命令者和被命令者都構成行為。特別是根據物體的特定性質，行為和罪的特定性質也會有所不同。因此，應當理解在物體上存在的跡象和不跡象的性質。

Kāle pana yo 『『ajja sve』』ti aniyametvā 『『pubbaṇhe mārehī』』ti āṇatto yadā kadāci pubbaṇhe māreti, natthi visaṅketo. Yo pana 『『ajja pubbaṇhe』』ti vutto majjhanhe vā sāyanhe vā sve vā pubbaṇhe māreti. Visaṅketo hoti, āṇāpakassa natthi kammabandho. Pubbaṇhe māretuṃ vāyamantassa majjhanhe jātepi eseva nayo. Etena nayena sabbakālappabhedesu saṅketavisaṅketatā veditabbā.

Okāsepi yo 『『etaṃ gāme ṭhitaṃ mārehī』』ti aniyametvā āṇatto taṃ yattha katthaci māreti, natthi visaṅketo. Yo pana 『『gāmeyevā』』ti niyametvā āṇatto vane māreti, tathā 『『vane』』ti āṇatto gāme māreti. 『『Antogehadvāre』』ti āṇatto gehamajjhe māreti, visaṅketo. Etena nayena sabbokāsabhedesu saṅketavisaṅketatā veditabbā.

Āvudhepi yo 『『asinā vā usunā vā』』ti aniyametvā 『『āvudhena mārehī』』ti āṇatto yena kenaci āvudhena māreti, natthi visaṅketo. Yo pana 『『asinā』』ti vutto usunā, 『『iminā vā asinā』』ti vutto aññena asinā māreti. Etasseva vā asissa 『『imāya dhārāya mārehī』』ti vutto itarāya vā dhārāya talena vā tuṇḍena vā tharunā vā māreti, visaṅketo. Etena nayena sabbaāvudhabhedesu saṅketavisaṅketatā veditabbā.

Iriyāpathe pana yo 『『etaṃ gacchantaṃ mārehī』』ti vadati, āṇatto ca naṃ sace gacchantaṃ māreti, natthi visaṅketo. 『『Gacchantameva mārehī』』ti vutto pana sace nisinnaṃ māreti. 『『Nisinnameva vā mārehī』』ti vutto gacchantaṃ māreti, visaṅketo hoti. Etena nayena sabbairiyāpathabhedesu saṅketavisaṅketatā veditabbā.

Kiriyāvisesepi yo 『『vijjhitvā mārehī』』ti vutto vijjhitvāva māreti, natthi visaṅketo. Yo pana 『『vijjhitvā mārehī』』ti vutto chinditvā māreti, visaṅketo. Etena nayena sabbakiriyāvisesabhedesu saṅketavisaṅketatā veditabbā.

Yo pana liṅgavasena 『『dīghaṃ rassaṃ kāḷaṃ odātaṃ kisaṃ thūlaṃ mārehī』』ti aniyametvā āṇāpeti, āṇatto ca yaṃkiñci tādisaṃ māreti, natthi visaṅketo ubhinnaṃ pārājikaṃ. Atha pana so attānaṃ sandhāya āṇāpeti, āṇatto ca 『『ayameva īdiso』』ti āṇāpakameva māreti, āṇāpakassa dukkaṭaṃ, vadhakassa pārājikaṃ. Āṇāpako attānaṃ sandhāya āṇāpeti, itaro aññaṃ tādisaṃ māreti, āṇāpako muccati, vadhakasseva pārājikaṃ. Kasmā? Okāsassa aniyamitattā. Sace pana attānaṃ sandhāya āṇāpentopi okāsaṃ niyameti, 『『asukasmiṃ nāma rattiṭṭhāne vā divāṭṭhāne vā therāsane vā navāsane vā majjhimāsane vā nisinnaṃ evarūpaṃ nāma mārehī』』ti. Tattha ca añño nisinno hoti, sace āṇatto taṃ māreti, neva vadhako muccati na āṇāpako. Kasmā? Okāsassa niyamitattā. Sace pana niyamitokāsato aññatra māreti, āṇāpako muccatīti ayaṃ nayo mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ suṭṭhu daḷhaṃ katvā vutto. Tasmā ettha na anādariyaṃ kātabbanti.

Adhiṭṭhāyāti mātikāvasena āṇattikapayogakathā niṭṭhitā.

以下是您要求的完整直譯： 在時間方面，如果沒有指定"今天明天"，而是命令"早上殺"，無論何時在早上殺，都沒有違背。但如果被告知"今天早上"，卻在中午或晚上或明天早上殺，就是違背了，命令者不構成行為。如果努力在早上殺，但到了中午才成功，也是這個道理。按照這個方法，應該理解所有時間區分中的符合和違背。 在地點方面，如果沒有指定而命令"殺在村子裡的那個"，被命令者在任何地方殺他，都沒有違背。但如果指定"就在村子裡"，卻在森林裡殺；同樣，如果命令"在森林裡"，卻在村子裡殺；如果命令"在房門內"，卻在房子中間殺，就是違背了。按照這個方法，應該理解所有地點區分中的符合和違背。 在武器方面，如果沒有指定"用刀或箭"，而是命令"用武器殺"，被命令者用任何武器殺，都沒有違背。但如果被告知"用刀"，卻用箭；或被告知"用這把刀"，卻用另一把刀殺。或者對於同一把刀，被告知"用這個刃殺"，卻用另一個刃或刀背或刀尖或刀柄殺，就是違背了。按照這個方法，應該理解所有武器區分中的符合和違背。 在姿勢方面，如果說"殺這個走著的人"，被命令者如果殺了走著的人，就沒有違背。但如果被告知"只殺走著的"，卻殺了坐著的。或者被告知"只殺坐著的"，卻殺了走著的，就是違背了。按照這個方法，應該理解所有姿勢區分中的符合和違背。 在特定行為方面，如果被告知"刺殺"，就刺殺了，沒有違背。但如果被告知"刺殺"，卻切殺了，就是違背了。按照這個方法，應該理解所有特定行為區分中的符合和違背。 如果根據特徵不指定地命令"殺高的、矮的、黑的、白的、瘦的、胖的"，被命令者殺了任何這樣的人，都沒有違背，兩人都犯重罪。但如果他指的是自己，被命令者認為"就是這個人"而殺了命令者自己，命令者犯突吉羅罪，殺人者犯重罪。如果命令者指的是自己，但另一人殺了其他相似的人，命令者無罪，只有殺人者犯重罪。為什麼？因為沒有指定地點。但如果指的是自己時也指定了地點，說"殺在某某夜間住處或白天住處或長老座位或新人座位或中間座位上坐著的這樣的人"。如果那裡坐著另一個人，被命令者殺了他，殺人者和命令者都不能免罪。為什麼？因為指定了地點。但如果在指定地點以外的地方殺人，命令者可以免罪。這個原則在大註釋書中被非常堅定地說明。因此，在這裡不應該不重視。 "決定"：以綱要的方式說明命令殺人的方法已經結束。

Idāni ye dūtenāti imassa mātikāpadassa niddesadassanatthaṃ 『『bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ āṇāpetī』』tiādayo cattāro vārā vuttā. Tesu so taṃ maññamānoti so āṇatto yo āṇāpakena 『『itthannāmo』』ti akkhāto, taṃ maññamāno tameva jīvitā voropeti, ubhinnaṃ pārājikaṃ. Taṃ maññamāno aññanti 『『yaṃ jīvitā voropehī』』ti vutto taṃ maññamāno aññaṃ tādisaṃ jīvitā voropeti, mūlaṭṭhassa anāpatti. Aññaṃ maññamāno tanti yo āṇāpakena vutto, tassa balavasahāyaṃ samīpe ṭhitaṃ disvā 『『imassa balenāyaṃ gajjati, imaṃ tāva jīvitā voropemī』』ti paharanto itarameva parivattitvā tasmiṃ ṭhāne ṭhitaṃ 『『sahāyo』』ti maññamāno jīvitā voropeti, ubhinnaṃ pārājikaṃ. Aññaṃ maññamāno aññanti purimanayeneva 『『imaṃ tāvassa sahāyaṃ jīvitā voropemī』』ti sahāyameva voropeti, tasseva pārājikaṃ.

Dūtaparamparāpadassa niddesavāre itthannāmassa pāvadātiādīsu eko ācariyo tayo buddharakkhitadhammarakkhitasaṅgharakkhitanāmakā antevāsikā daṭṭhabbā. Tattha bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ āṇāpetīti ācariyo kañci puggalaṃ mārāpetukāmo tamatthaṃ ācikkhitvā buddharakkhitaṃ āṇāpeti. Itthannāmassa pāvadāti gaccha tvaṃ, buddharakkhita, etamatthaṃ dhammarakkhitassa pāvada. Itthannāmo itthannāmassa pāvadatūti dhammarakkhitopi saṅgharakkhitassa pāvadatu. Itthannāmo itthannāmaṃ jīvitā voropetūti evaṃ tayā āṇattena dhammarakkhitena āṇatto saṅgharakkhito itthannāmaṃ puggalaṃ jīvitā voropetu; so hi amhesu vīrajātiko paṭibalo imasmiṃ kammeti. Āpatti dukkaṭassāti evaṃ āṇāpentassa ācariyassa tāva dukkaṭaṃ. So itarassa ārocetīti buddharakkhito dhammarakkhitassa, dhammarakkhito ca saṅgharakkhitassa 『『amhākaṃ ācariyo evaṃ vadati – 『itthannāmaṃ kira jīvitā voropehī』ti. Tvaṃ kira amhesu vīrapuriso』』ti āroceti; evaṃ tesampi dukkaṭaṃ. Vadhako paṭiggaṇhātīti 『『sādhu voropessāmī』』ti saṅgharakkhito sampaṭicchati. Mūlaṭṭhassa āpatti thullaccayassāti saṅgharakkhitena paṭiggahitamatte ācariyassa thullaccayaṃ. Mahājano hi tena pāpe niyojitoti. So tanti so ce saṅgharakkhito taṃ puggalaṃ jīvitā voropeti, sabbesaṃ catunnampi janānaṃ pārājikaṃ. Na kevalañca catunnaṃ, etenūpāyena visaṅketaṃ akatvā paramparāya āṇāpentaṃ samaṇasataṃ samaṇasahassaṃ vā hotu sabbesaṃ pārājikameva.

Visakkiyadūtapadaniddese so aññaṃ āṇāpetīti so ācariyena āṇatto buddharakkhito dhammarakkhitaṃ adisvā vā avattukāmo vā hutvā saṅgharakkhitameva upasaṅkamitvā 『『amhākaṃ ācariyo evamāha – 『itthannāmaṃ kira jīvitā voropehī』』ti visaṅketaṃ karonto āṇāpeti. Visaṅketakaraṇeneva hi esa 『『visakkiyadūto』』ti vuccati. Āpatti dukkaṭassāti āṇattiyā tāva buddharakkhitassa dukkaṭaṃ. Paṭiggaṇhāti āpatti dukkaṭassāti saṅgharakkhitena sampaṭicchite mūlaṭṭhasseva dukkaṭanti veditabbaṃ. Evaṃ sante paṭiggahaṇe āpattiyeva na siyā, sañcaritta paṭiggahaṇamaraṇābhinandanesupi ca āpatti hoti, maraṇapaṭiggahaṇe kathaṃ na siyā tasmā paṭiggaṇhantassevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ. Tenevettha 『『mūlaṭṭhassā』』ti na vuttaṃ. Purimanayepi cetaṃ paṭiggaṇhantassa veditabbameva; okāsābhāvena pana na vuttaṃ. Tasmā yo yo paṭiggaṇhāti, tassa tassa tappaccayā āpattiyevāti ayamettha amhākaṃ khanti. Yathā cettha evaṃ adinnādānepīti.

以下是您要求的完整直譯： 現在，爲了說明"通過使者"這個綱要詞的解釋，說了"比丘命令比丘"等四個部分。在這些中，"他認為是那個人"是指被命令者認為是命令者所說的"某某人"，而殺了那個人，兩人都犯重罪。"認為是那個人而殺了另一個"是指被告知"殺某某人"，認為是那個人而殺了另一個相似的人，原始命令者無罪。"認為是另一個人而殺了那個人"是指看到命令者所說的人的強壯同伴站在旁邊，想"這個人因為那個人的力量而囂張，我先殺這個人"，但在打擊時另一個人轉過身來，站在那個位置，認為是"同伴"而殺了他，兩人都犯重罪。"認為是另一個人而殺了另一個人"是指按照前面的方法，想"我先殺這個同伴"而殺了同伴，只有他自己犯重罪。 在使者傳遞的解釋部分中，"告訴某某人"等應該理解為一個老師和三個名叫佛護、法護、僧護的學生。其中，"比丘命令比丘"是指老師想要殺某個人，說明這件事後命令佛護。"告訴某某人"是說"你去，佛護，把這件事告訴法護"。"某某人應該告訴某某人"是指法護也應該告訴僧護。"某某人應該殺死某某人"是指被你命令的法護所命令的僧護應該殺死某某人；因為他在我們中是最勇敢的，能夠完成這項任務。"犯突吉羅罪"是指這樣命令的老師首先犯突吉羅罪。"他告訴另一個人"是指佛護告訴法護，法護告訴僧護"我們的老師這樣說：'據說要殺某某人'。據說你在我們中是勇士"；這樣他們也犯突吉羅罪。"殺人者接受"是指僧護說"好的，我會殺"而接受。"原始命令者犯偷蘭遮罪"是指在僧護接受的時候，老師犯偷蘭遮罪。因為他使許多人蔘與了惡行。"如果他殺了那個人"是指如果僧護殺了那個人，所有四個人都犯重罪。不僅僅是四個人，按照這個方法，如果不違背命令而通過傳遞命令，即使是一百個或一千個沙門，所有人都犯重罪。 在改變使者的解釋中，"他命令另一個人"是指被老師命令的佛護沒有看到法護或不想告訴他，而直接去找僧護說"我們的老師這樣說：'據說要殺某某人'"，這樣做違背了命令。正是因為違背了命令，他被稱為"改變的使者"。"犯突吉羅罪"是指在命令時，佛護犯突吉羅罪。"接受者犯突吉羅罪"應理解為在僧護接受時，只有原始命令者犯突吉羅罪。如果是這樣，在接受時就不應該有罪，但在媒介、接受和歡喜死亡時也有罪，怎麼可能在接受殺人時沒有罪呢？因此這個突吉羅罪是接受者的。正因為這樣，這裡沒有說"原始命令者的"。在前面的方法中，這也應該理解為接受者的；但因為沒有機會所以沒有說。因此，無論誰接受，誰就因此而有罪，這是我們在這裡的觀點。就像這裡一樣，在偷盜中也是如此。

Sace pana so taṃ jīvitā voropeti, āṇāpakassa ca buddharakkhitassa voropakassa ca saṅgharakkhitassāti ubhinnampi pārājikaṃ. Mūlaṭṭhassa pana ācariyassa visaṅketattā pārājikena anāpatti. Dhammarakkhitassa ajānanatāya sabbena sabbaṃ anāpatti. Buddharakkhito pana dvinnaṃ sotthibhāvaṃ katvā attanā naṭṭhoti.

Gatapaccāgatadūtaniddese – so gantvā puna paccāgacchatīti tassa jīvitā voropetabbassa samīpaṃ gantvā susaṃvihitārakkhattā taṃ jīvitā voropetuṃ asakkonto āgacchati. Yadā sakkosi tadāti kiṃ ajjeva mārito mārito hoti, gaccha yadā sakkosi, tadā naṃ jīvitā voropehīti. Āpatti dukkaṭassāti evaṃ puna āṇattiyāpi dukkaṭameva hoti. Sace pana so avassaṃ jīvitā voropetabbo hoti, atthasādhakacetanā maggānantaraphalasadisā, tasmā ayaṃ āṇattikkhaṇeyeva pārājiko. Sacepi vadhako saṭṭhivassātikkamena taṃ vadhati, āṇāpako ca antarāva kālaṅkaroti, hīnāya vā āvattati, assamaṇova hutvā kālañca karissati, hīnāya vā āvattissati. Sace āṇāpako gihikāle mātaraṃ vā pitaraṃ vā arahantaṃ vā sandhāya evaṃ āṇāpetvā pabbajati, tasmiṃ pabbajite āṇatto taṃ māreti, āṇāpako gihikāleyeva mātughātako pitughātako arahantaghātako vā hoti, tasmā nevassa pabbajjā , na upasampadā ruhati. Sacepi māretabbapuggalo āṇattikkhaṇe puthujjano, yadā pana naṃ āṇatto māreti tadā arahā hoti, āṇattato vā pahāraṃ labhitvā dukkhamūlikaṃ saddhaṃ nissāya vipassanto arahattaṃ patvā tenevābādhena kālaṃkaroti, āṇāpako āṇattikkhaṇeyeva arahantaghātako. Vadhako pana sabbattha upakkamakaraṇakkhaṇeyeva pārājikoti.

Idāni ye sabbesuyeva imesu dūtavasena vuttamātikāpadesu saṅketavisaṅketadassanatthaṃ

Vuttā tayo vārā, tesu paṭhamavāre tāva – yasmā taṃ saṇikaṃ vā bhaṇanto tassa vā badhiratāya 『『mā ghātehī』』ti etaṃ vacanaṃ na sāveti, tasmā mūlaṭṭho na mutto. Dutiyavāre – sāvitattā mutto. Tatiyavāre pana tena ca sāvitattā itarena ca 『『sādhū』』ti sampaṭicchitvā oratattā ubhopi muttāti.

Dūtakathā niṭṭhitā.

以下是您要求的完整直譯： 如果他殺了那個人，則命令者和佛護、殺人者和僧護兩者都犯重罪。而原始命令者因為沒有明確而不犯重罪。由於法護的無知，所有的一切都不犯重罪。而佛護則由於兩者的安全性，自己也會失去。 在迴歸使者的解釋中——他去之後再回來，去到要殺的人附近，由於安全措施得當，無法殺掉那個人而回來了。當他有能力時，就說「何必殺，殺了就殺了，去吧，當你能夠時」，那時就不再殺了。犯突吉羅罪是指這樣再次被命令時也犯突吉羅罪。如果他確實應該殺掉那個人，意圖是爲了達成目標，因此在命令的時刻他就是重罪。如果殺人者在超過六十歲時殺了那個人，命令者也在此時延遲了，或者退回，或變得卑微，甚至在此時也會造成死亡。如果命令者在家中提到母親或父親或阿羅漢，並這樣命令，若他出家后被命令者殺了，那命令者在出家時就是母親的殺人者、父親的殺人者或阿羅漢的殺人者，因此他既不出家，也不受戒。如果被殺的人在命令時是普通人，當被命令者殺掉時，他就成為阿羅漢，受到攻擊而獲得痛苦，依靠信仰而獲得解脫，命令者在命令的時刻就是阿羅漢的殺人者。而殺人者在任何情況下都犯重罪。 現在，爲了說明在這些使者中所提到的綱要詞的符合和不符合，已經說了三部分，在這些中，第一部分是——因為在他輕聲說的時候，由於他的耳聾，「不要殺」這句話沒有被聽到，因此原始命令者沒有被釋放。第二部分是——因為被聽到而被釋放。第三部分是——因為被聽到后被接受，並且由於低下的地位，兩者都被釋放。 使者的討論已經結束。

1. Araho rahosaññīniddesādīsu arahoti sammukhe. Rahoti parammukhe. Tattha yo upaṭṭhānakāle veribhikkhumhi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ āgantvā purato nisinneyeva andhakāradosena tassa āgatabhāvaṃ ajānanto 『『aho vata itthannāmo hato assa, corāpi nāma taṃ na hananti, sappo vā na ḍaṃsati, na satthaṃ vā visaṃ vā āharatī』』ti tassa maraṇaṃ abhinandanto īdisāni vacanāni ullapati, ayaṃ araho rahosaññī ullapati nāma. Sammukheva tasmiṃ parammukhasaññīti attho. Yo pana taṃ purato nisinnaṃ disvā puna upaṭṭhānaṃ katvā gatehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ gatepi tasmiṃ 『『idheva so nisinno』』ti saññī hutvā purimanayeneva ullapati, ayaṃ raho arahosaññī ullapati nāma. Etenevupāyena araho arahosaññī ca raho rahosaññī ca veditabbo. Catunnampi ca etesaṃ vācāya vācāya dukkaṭanti veditabbaṃ.

Idāni maraṇavaṇṇasaṃvaṇṇanāya vibhāgadassanatthaṃ vuttesu pañcasu kāyena saṃvaṇṇanādimātikāniddesesu – kāyena vikāraṃ karotīti yathā so jānāti 『『satthaṃ vā āharitvā visaṃ vā khāditvā rajjuyā vā ubbandhitvā sobbhādīsu vā papatitvā yo marati so kira dhanaṃ vā labhati, yasaṃ vā labhati, saggaṃ vā gacchatīti ayamattho etena vutto』』ti tathā hatthamuddādīhi dasseti. Vācāya bhaṇatīti tamevatthaṃ vākyabhedaṃ katvā bhaṇati. Tatiyavāro ubhayavasena vutto. Sabbattha saṃvaṇṇanāya payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Tassa dukkhuppattiyaṃ saṃvaṇṇakassa thullaccayaṃ. Yaṃ uddissa saṃvaṇṇanā katā, tasmiṃ mate saṃvaṇṇanakkhaṇeyeva saṃvaṇṇakassa pārājikaṃ. So taṃ na jānāti añño ñatvā 『『laddho vata me sukhuppattiupāyo』』ti tāya saṃvaṇṇanāya marati, anāpatti. Dvinnaṃ uddissa saṃvaṇṇanāya katāya eko ñatvā marati, pārājikaṃ. Dvepi maranti, pārājikañca akusalarāsi ca. Esa nayo sambahulesu. Anuddissa maraṇaṃ saṃvaṇṇento āhiṇḍati, yo yo taṃ saṃvaṇṇanaṃ ñatvā marati, sabbo tena mārito hoti.

Dūtena saṃvaṇṇanāyaṃ 『『asukaṃ nāma gehaṃ vā gāmaṃ vā gantvā itthannāmassa evaṃ maraṇavaṇṇaṃ saṃvaṇṇehī』』ti sāsane ārocitamatte dukkaṭaṃ. Yassatthāya pahito tassa dukkhuppattiyā mūlaṭṭhassa thullaccayaṃ, maraṇena pārājikaṃ. Dūto 『『ñāto dāni ayaṃ saggamaggo』』ti tassa anārocetvā attano ñātissa vā sālohitassa vā āroceti, tasmiṃ mate visaṅketo hoti, mūlaṭṭho muccati. Dūto tatheva cintetvā sayaṃ saṃvaṇṇanāya vuttaṃ katvā marati, visaṅketova. Anuddissa pana sāsane ārocite yattakā dūtassa saṃvaṇṇanāya maranti, tattakā pāṇātipātā. Sace mātāpitaro maranti, ānantariyampi hoti.

以下是您要求的完整直譯： 175. 在隱秘的描述中，"阿羅漢"是指正面看到的。"隱秘"是指在前面看到的。在那裡，當他在準備期間，看到與比丘一起到來的敵對比丘，坐在前面，由於黑暗的障礙，他不知道他來了，便說：「哎呀，這個人被殺了，盜賊也不殺他，蛇也不咬他，刀也不帶來。」他為此人的死亡而歡喜，便說出這樣的言語，這就是阿羅漢隱秘的表現。正面看到的是在前面看到的意思。而如果他看到那個人坐在前面后，再次準備，和其他比丘一起離開時，仍然認為「他就坐在這裡」，便如同之前一樣說出的話，這就是隱秘的阿羅漢的表現。通過這種方式，阿羅漢和隱秘的阿羅漢都應被理解。這四種情況下的言語都應理解為重罪。 現在，爲了說明死亡的描述，已經在五種身體的描述中提到——「通過身體的變化」，他知道「通過刀或食用毒藥而死，或被繩索勒死，或從高處墜落而死」，這就是他的財富、榮譽或進入天界的結果，這就是此處所說的意思，正如他用手抓住等方式展示的那樣。「通過言語說」，是指將同樣的意思通過不同的句子表達出來。第三部分是兩者結合的說法。無論何時都有重罪的適用。對於他所經歷的重罪，重罪的量是顯而易見的。根據所說的內容，所做的重罪是指在他所理解的情況下，所做的重罪是重罪。如果他不知道而認為「我獲得了幸福的結果」，通過這種說法而死，則不構成重罪。若是知道而死，則構成重罪。兩者都死去，構成重罪和惡業的集合。這種原則適用於許多人。在未被告知的情況下，若有人通過死亡而被描述，所有人都因此被殺。 通過使者的描述，「去某個家或村莊，專門為這個人描述死亡的情況」，在教義中被告知時便構成重罪。爲了這個目的而派遣的，他的重罪是原始命令者的重罪，因死亡而成為重罪。使者認為「現在知道了，這條路通往天界」，而不告知他自己的親屬或其他人，若這樣認為，則他會無罪。使者如是考慮后，自己通過所說的內容而死，依然是無罪。而在未被告知的情況下，若有人被告知而死亡，便構成了殺生的罪。如果父母死亡，則立即構成重罪。

1. Lekhāsaṃvaṇṇanāya – lekhaṃ chindatīti paṇṇe vā potthake vā akkharāni likhati – 『『yo satthaṃ vā āharitvā papāte vā papatitvā aññehi vā aggippavesanaudakappavesanādīhi upāyehi marati, so idañcidañca labhatī』』ti vā 『『tassa dhammo hotī』』ti vāti. Etthāpi dukkaṭathullaccayā vuttanayeneva veditabbā. Uddissa likhite pana yaṃ uddissa likhitaṃ tasseva maraṇena pārājikaṃ. Bahū uddissa likhite yattakā maranti, tattakā pāṇātipātā. Mātāpitūnaṃ maraṇena ānantariyaṃ. Anuddissa likhitepi eseva nayo. 『『Bahū marantī』』ti vippaṭisāre uppanne taṃ potthakaṃ jhāpetvā vā yathā vā akkharāni na paññāyanti tathā katvā muccati. Sace so parassa potthako hoti, uddissa likhito vā hoti anuddissa likhito vā, gahitaṭṭhāne ṭhapetvā muccati. Sace mūlena kīto hoti, potthakassāmikānaṃ potthakaṃ, yesaṃ hatthato mūlaṃ gahitaṃ, tesaṃ mūlaṃ datvā muccati. Sace sambahulā 『『maraṇavaṇṇaṃ likhissāmā』』ti ekajjhāsayā hutvā eko tālarukkhaṃ ārohitvā paṇṇaṃ chindati, eko āharati, eko potthakaṃ karoti, eko likhati, eko sace kaṇṭakalekhā hoti, masiṃ makkheti, masiṃ makkhetvā taṃ potthakaṃ sajjetvā sabbeva sabhāyaṃ vā āpaṇe vā yattha vā pana lekhādassanakotūhalakā bahū sannipatanti, tattha ṭhapenti. Taṃ vācetvā sacepi eko marati, sabbesaṃ pārājikaṃ. Sace bahukā maranti, vuttasadisova nayo. Vippaṭisāre pana uppanne taṃ potthakaṃ sacepi mañjūsāyaṃ gopenti, añño ca taṃ disvā nīharitvā puna bahūnaṃ dasseti, neva muccanti. Tiṭṭhatu mañjūsā, sacepi taṃ potthakaṃ nadiyaṃ vā samudde vā khipanti vā dhovanti vā khaṇḍākhaṇḍaṃ vā chindanti, aggimhi vā jhāpenti, yāva saṅghaṭṭitepi duddhote vā dujjhāpite vā patte akkharāni paññāyanti, tāva na muccanti. Yathā pana akkharāni na paññāyanti tatheva kate muccantīti.

Idāni thāvarapayogassa vibhāgadassanatthaṃ vuttesu opātādimātikāniddesesu manussaṃ uddissa opātaṃ khanatīti 『『itthannāmo patitvā marissatī』』ti kañci manussaṃ uddisitvā yattha so ekato vicarati, tattha āvāṭaṃ khanati, khanantassa tāva sacepi jātapathaviyā khanati, pāṇātipātassa payogattā payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Yaṃ uddissa khanati, tassa dukkhuppattiyā thullaccayaṃ, maraṇena pārājikaṃ. Aññasmiṃ patitvā mate anāpatti. Sace anuddissa 『『yo koci marissatī』』ti khato hoti, yattakā patitvā maranti, tattakā pāṇātipātā. Ānantariyavatthūsu ca ānantariyaṃ thullaccayapācittiyavatthūsu thullaccayapācittiyāni.

Bahū tattha cetanā; katamāya pārājikaṃ hotīti? Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ tāva vuttaṃ – 『『āvāṭaṃ gambhīrato ca āyāmavitthārato ca khanitvā pamāṇe ṭhapetvā tacchetvā puñchitvā paṃsupacchiṃ uddharantassa sanniṭṭhāpikā atthasādhakacetanā maggānantaraphalasadisā. Sacepi vassasatassa accayena patitvā avassaṃ maraṇakasatto hoti, sanniṭṭhāpakacetanāyameva pārājika』』nti. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana saṅkhepaṭṭhakathāyañca – 『『imasmiṃ āvāṭe patitvā marissatīti ekasmimpi kuddālappahāre dinne sace koci tattha pakkhalito patitvā marati, pārājikameva. Suttantikattherā pana sanniṭṭhāpakacetanaṃ gaṇhantī』』ti vuttaṃ.

以下是您要求的完整直譯： 176. 關於書寫的描述——「書寫」是指在葉子或書本上寫下字母——「誰通過刀或食用毒藥，或從高處墜落，或通過火入水等方式而死，他將獲得這個和那個」，或者「他的法則將是這樣的」。在這裡也應根據重罪的量來理解。關於書寫的內容，若是指書寫的內容，則因其死亡而構成重罪。許多人在書寫時，若是他們死亡，則構成殺生罪。父母的死亡是立即的。即使在未被告知的情況下，情況也是如此。「許多人死亡」時，若是將書本燒掉，或使字母不再顯現，則會被釋放。如果那是他人的書本，若是書寫了或者未書寫，放在安全的地方則會被釋放。如果是原本被書寫的書本，若是書本的主人，手中抓住原本，則通過給予原本而釋放。如果許多人一心想要「寫下死亡的描述」，其中一人爬上大樹，另一人拿來，另一人制作書本，另一人書寫，若有草書，塗抹墨汁，塗抹后將書本放在會聚的地方，無論是講堂還是商店，或者在書寫的場合有許多人聚集，若在那時有人死亡，則所有人都犯重罪。若許多人死亡，則如同所說的那樣。若在意外發生時，若書本被藏於箱中，另一人看到后取出再給許多人看，則不會被釋放。若箱子保持不變，若書本被扔入河中或海中，或被洗滌或分割，或在火中焚燒，直到字母仍然可見為止，則不會被釋放。正如字母不可見那樣，所做的事情也是如此。 現在，爲了說明不動的使用，已經在提到的內容中，關於人類的描述，若是「某某人將死」，指的是某個人，若他在某處徘徊，則在那時挖掘洞穴，挖掘時，若是挖掘在大地上，則因殺生的緣故而每個行為都是重罪。若是挖掘的目的，則因其死亡而構成重罪。若是落地后死去，則不構成罪。如果在未被告知的情況下「誰將死」，則被挖掘的對象，若是落地后死去，則構成殺生罪。在立即的情況下，也有立即的重罪，在重罪的情況下也有重罪。 許多人在此有意圖；什麼情況下構成重罪？在《大論》中已經說過——「挖掘深洞並在其上放置標準，若是挖掘后再用手抓取泥土並提起，則構成目的明確的意圖，類似於果實的結果」。即使在百年後落地而必然死亡，也因目的明確的意圖而構成重罪。在《大論》中也簡要提到——「在這個洞中落地而死，若在某處被鏟子擊打而死，則構成重罪」。而在《經論》中則提到目的明確的意圖。

Eko 『『opātaṃ khanitvā asukaṃ nāma ānetvā idha pātetvā mārehī』』ti aññaṃ āṇāpeti, so taṃ pātetvā māreti, ubhinnaṃ pārājikaṃ. Aññaṃ pātetvā māreti, sayaṃ patitvā marati, añño attano dhammatāya patitvā marati, sabbattha visaṅketo hoti, mūlaṭṭho muccati. 『『Asuko asukaṃ ānetvā idha māressatī』』ti khatepi eseva nayo. Maritukāmā idha marissantīti khanati, ekassa maraṇe pārājikaṃ. Bahunnaṃ maraṇe akusalarāsi , mātāpitūnaṃ maraṇe ānantariyaṃ, thullaccayapācittiyavatthūsu thullaccayapācittiyāni.

『『Ye keci māretukāmā, te idha pātetvā māressantī』』ti khanati, tattha pātetvā mārenti , ekasmiṃ mate pārājikaṃ, bahūsu akusalarāsi, ānantariyādivatthūsu ānantariyādīni. Idheva arahantāpi saṅgahaṃ gacchanti. Purimanaye pana 『『tesaṃ maritukāmatāya patanaṃ natthī』』ti te na saṅgayhanti. Dvīsupi nayesu attano dhammatāya patitvā mate visaṅketo. 『『Ye keci attano verike ettha pātetvā māressantī』』ti khanati, tattha ca verikā verike pātetvā mārenti, ekasmiṃ mārite pārājikaṃ, bahūsu akusalarāsi, mātari vā pitari vā arahante vā verikehi ānetvā tattha mārite ānantariyaṃ. Attano dhammatāya patitvā matesu visaṅketo.

Yo pana 『『maritukāmā vā amaritukāmā vā māretukāmā vā amāretukāmā vā ye keci ettha patitā vā pātitā vā marissantī』』ti sabbathāpi anuddisseva khanati. Yo yo marati tassa tassa maraṇena yathānurūpaṃ kammañca phusati, āpattiñca āpajjati. Sace gabbhinī patitvā sagabbhā marati, dve pāṇātipātā. Gabbhoyeva vinassati, eko. Gabbho na vinassati, mātā marati, ekoyeva. Corehi anubaddho patitvā marati, opātakhanakasseva pārājikaṃ. Corā tattha pātetvā mārenti, pārājikameva. Tattha patitaṃ bahi nīharitvā mārenti, pārājikameva. Kasmā? Opāte patitappayogena gahitattā. Opātato nikkhamitvā teneva ābādhena marati, pārājikameva. Bahūni vassāni atikkamitvā puna kupitena tenevābādhena marati, pārājikameva. Opāte patanappaccayā uppannarogena gilānasseva añño rogo uppajjati, opātarogo balavataro hoti, tena matepi opātakhaṇako na muccati. Sace pacchā uppannarogo balavā hoti, tena mate muccati. Ubhohi mate na muccati. Opāte opapātikamanusso nibbattitvā uttarituṃ asakkonto marati, pārājikameva. Manussaṃ uddissa khate yakkhādīsu patitvā matesu anāpatti. Yakkhādayo uddissa khate manussādīsu marantesupi eseva nayo. Yakkhādayo uddissa khanantassa pana khananepi tesaṃ dukkhuppattiyampi dukkaṭameva. Maraṇe vatthuvasena thullaccayaṃ vā pācittiyaṃ vā. Anuddissa khate opāte yakkharūpena vā petarūpena vā patati, tiracchānarūpena marati, patanarūpaṃ pamāṇaṃ, tasmā thullaccayanti upatissatthero. Maraṇarūpaṃ pamāṇaṃ, tasmā pācittiyanti phussadevatthero. Tiracchānarūpena patitvā yakkhapetarūpena matepi eseva nayo.

以下是您要求的完整直譯： 一個人「挖掘洞穴，將某人帶到這裡扔下去，不要殺他」，他便將其扔下並殺掉，二者都犯重罪。若是將他人扔下並殺掉，自己墜落而死，另一個人因自身的法則而死，所有情況都不構成罪，原始命令者被釋放。「某某人將某人帶到這裡殺掉」時，即使被挖掘也是如此。想要殺死的人在這裡將會死亡，挖掘時，若是一個人死亡，則構成重罪。許多人死亡則構成惡業，父母的死亡是立即的，重罪的情況也適用於重罪的事項。 「所有想要殺死的人，他們在這裡將被扔下而殺掉」，在那時扔下並殺掉，若是一個人死亡則構成重罪，許多人則構成惡業，立即的情況等同於立即的重罪。在這裡，阿羅漢們也會聚集。但在之前的情況下，「他們因想要殺死而墜落是不存在的」，因此他們不被聚集。在這兩種情況下，因自身的法則而死亡時也不構成罪。「所有對敵人想要殺死的人」，他們在這裡扔下並殺掉，敵人們被扔下並殺掉，若是一個人死亡則構成重罪，許多人則構成惡業，若是母親或父親或阿羅漢被敵人帶來並在這裡殺掉，則是立即的。因自身的法則而死亡時也不構成罪。 若是「想要死亡或不想死亡，想要殺死或不想殺死的人，所有在這裡被扔下或被扔下的人」，在所有情況下都不被指出。誰誰死亡，因其死亡而相應地受到影響，因而犯重罪。若是懷孕的女人墜落而死，則構成兩次殺生罪。胎兒也會消亡，只有一個。若母親死亡，胎兒不會消亡，只有一個。被盜賊綁架后墜落而死，因挖掘洞穴的緣故而犯重罪。盜賊們在這裡扔下並殺掉，構成重罪。若是將墜落的對象從外面取出並殺掉，構成重罪。為何？因為通過墜落而被抓住。若是從洞穴中出來，因而被殺掉，構成重罪。經過多年後再因憤怒而被殺掉，構成重罪。因墜落而產生的病痛，若是病痛嚴重，則另有疾病產生，墜落病痛更為嚴重，因此即使死亡也不被釋放。若是之後產生的病痛嚴重，則因而死亡。兩者都不會被釋放。若是因墜落而成為能夠生存的人，無法生存而死，構成重罪。若是針對人類而被扔下，若是被惡鬼等扔下而死亡，則不構成罪。即使惡鬼等針對人類而死亡，情況也是如此。若是惡鬼等挖掘時，若是挖掘也構成重罪。關於死亡的情況，構成重罪或輕罪。若是未被告知而被扔下，若是以惡鬼或鬼魂的形式墜落，若是以畜生的形式死亡，墜落的形式是標準，因此構成重罪。死亡的形式是標準，因此構成輕罪。若是以畜生的形式墜落而死亡，情況也是如此。

Opātakhanako opātaṃ aññassa vikkiṇāti vā mudhā vā deti, yo yo patitvā marati, tappaccayā tasseva āpatti ca kammabandho ca. Yena laddho so niddoso. Atha sopi 『『evaṃ patitā uttarituṃ asakkontā nassissanti, suuddharā vā na bhavissantī』』ti taṃ opātaṃ gambhīrataraṃ vā uttānataraṃ vā dīghataraṃ vā rassataraṃ vā vitthatataraṃ vā sambādhataraṃ vā karoti, ubhinnampi āpatti ca kammabandho ca. Bahū marantīti vippaṭisāre uppanne opātaṃ paṃsunā pūreti, sace koci paṃsumhi patitvā marati, pūretvāpi mūlaṭṭho na muccati. Deve vassante kaddamo hoti, tattha laggitvā matepi. Rukkho vā patanto vāto vā vassodakaṃ vā paṃsuṃ harati, kandamūlatthaṃ vā pathaviṃ khanantā tattha āvāṭaṃ karonti. Tattha sace koci laggitvā vā patitvā vā marati, mūlaṭṭho na muccati. Tasmiṃ pana okāse mahantaṃ taḷākaṃ vā pokkharaṇiṃ vā kāretvā cetiyaṃ vā patiṭṭhāpetvā bodhiṃ vā ropetvā āvāsaṃ vā sakaṭamaggaṃ vā kāretvā muccati. Yadāpi thiraṃ katvā pūrite opāte rukkhādīnaṃ mūlāni mūlehi saṃsibbitāni honti , jātapathavī jātā, tadāpi muccati. Sacepi nadī āgantvā opātaṃ harati, evampi muccatīti. Ayaṃ tāva opātakathā.

Opātasseva pana anulomesu pāsādīsupi yo tāva pāsaṃ oḍḍeti 『『ettha bajjhitvā sattā marissantī』』ti avassaṃ bajjhanakasattānaṃ vasena hatthā muttamatte pārājikānantariyathullaccayapācittiyāni veditabbāni. Uddissa kate yaṃ uddissa oḍḍito, tato aññesaṃ bandhane anāpatti. Pāse mūlena vā mudhā vā dinnepi mūlaṭṭhasseva kammabandho. Sace yena laddho so uggalitaṃ vā pāsaṃ saṇṭhapeti, passena vā gacchante disvā vatiṃ katvā sammukhe paveseti, thaddhataraṃ vā pāsayaṭṭhiṃ ṭhapeti, daḷhataraṃ vā pāsarajjuṃ bandhati, thirataraṃ vā khāṇukaṃ vā ākoṭeti, ubhopi na muccanti. Sace vippaṭisāre uppanne pāsaṃ uggalāpetvā gacchati, taṃ disvā puna aññe saṇṭhapenti, baddhā baddhā maranti, mūlaṭṭho na muccati.

Sace pana tena pāsayaṭṭhi sayaṃ akatā hoti, gahitaṭṭhāne ṭhapetvā muccati. Tatthajātakayaṭṭhiṃ chinditvā muccati. Sayaṃ katayaṭṭhiṃ pana gopentopi na muccati. Yadi hi taṃ añño gaṇhitvā pāsaṃ saṇṭhapeti, tappaccayā marantesu mūlaṭṭho na muccati. Sace taṃ jhāpetvā alātaṃ katvā chaḍḍeti, tena alātena pahāraṃ laddhā marantesupi na muccati. Sabbaso pana jhāpetvā vā nāsetvā vā muccati, pāsarajjumpi aññehi ca vaṭṭitaṃ gahitaṭṭhāne ṭhapetvā muccati. Rajjuke labhitvā sayaṃ vaṭṭitaṃ ubbaṭṭetvā vāke labhitvā vaṭṭitaṃ hīraṃ hīraṃ katvā muccati. Araññato pana sayaṃ vāke āharitvā vaṭṭitaṃ gopentopi na muccati. Sabbaso pana jhāpetvā vā nāsetvā vā muccati.

以下是您要求的完整直譯： 挖掘洞穴的人將洞穴賣給他人或免費贈送，無論誰墜落而死，因此而造成的罪過和業報都歸於他。獲得洞穴的人是無罪的。如果他也認為"墜落的人無法爬出而會死亡，或者不容易被救出"，而將洞穴挖得更深或更淺、更長或更短、更寬或更窄，兩人都有罪過和業報。若許多人死亡而感到後悔，用泥土填滿洞穴，如果有人墜落在泥土中而死亡，即使填滿了，原始命令者也不能免罪。下雨時變成泥漿，在那裡陷住而死也是如此。樹木倒下或風或雨水帶走泥土，或爲了挖掘根莖而在那裡挖洞。如果有人在那裡陷住或墜落而死，原始命令者不能免罪。但是，在那個地方建造大水池或蓮花池，或建立佛塔，或種植菩提樹，或建造住所或車道，則可以免罪。當填滿的洞穴變得堅固，樹木等的根系相互交織，形成天然的土地時，也可以免罪。即使河流沖走了洞穴，也可以免罪。這就是關於洞穴的討論。 在與洞穴類似的陷阱等中，誰設定陷阱想"生物在這裡被捕獲而死亡"，對於必然被捕獲的生物，一旦從手中放開就應該理解為重罪、無間罪、偷蘭遮罪和波逸提罪。對於特定目標設定的陷阱，如果捕獲了其他生物則無罪。即使陷阱被有償或無償轉讓，業報仍歸於原始設定者。如果獲得陷阱的人重新設定鬆動的陷阱，或看到動物從旁邊經過而設定柵欄引導它們進入陷阱，或放置更堅固的陷阱桿，或綁更結實的陷阱繩，或打入更牢固的樁子，兩人都不能免罪。如果感到後悔而解開陷阱離開，別人看到后又重新設定，被捕獲的生物不斷死亡，原始設定者不能免罪。 但是，如果他沒有親自製作陷阱桿，將其放在原處就可以免罪。砍掉在那裡生長的樹枝可以免罪。但即使保護自己製作的桿子也不能免罪。因為如果別人拿走它重新設定陷阱，因此而死亡的生物，原始設定者不能免罪。如果將其燒成火把扔掉，因那火把受傷而死亡的生物，他也不能免罪。只有完全燒燬或銷燬才能免罪。對於陷阱繩，也可以將他人編織的繩子放回原處而免罪。獲得繩子后自己編織的，將其拆開成一縷一縷可以免罪。但從森林裡自己取來纖維編織的，即使保護也不能免罪。只有完全燒燬或銷燬才能免罪。

Adūhalaṃ sajjento catūsu pādesu adūhalamañcaṃ ṭhapetvā pāsāṇe āropeti, payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Sabbasajjaṃ katvā hatthato muttamatte avassaṃ ajjhottharitabbakasattānaṃ vasena uddissakānuddissakānurūpena pārājikādīni veditabbāni. Adūhale mūlena vā mudhā vā dinnepi mūlaṭṭhasseva kammabaddho. Sace yena laddhaṃ so patitaṃ vā ukkhipati, aññepi pāsāṇe āropetvā garukataraṃ vā karoti, passena vā gacchante disvā vatiṃ katvā adūhale paveseti, ubhopi na muccanti. Sacepi vippaṭisāre uppanne adūhalaṃ pātetvā gacchati, taṃ disvā añño saṇṭhapeti, mūlaṭṭho na muccati. Pāsāṇe pana gahitaṭṭhāne ṭhapetvā adūhalapāde ca pāsayaṭṭhiyaṃ vuttanayena gahitaṭṭhāne vā ṭhapetvā jhāpetvā vā muccati.

Sūlaṃ ropentassāpi sabbasajjaṃ katvā hatthato muttamatte sūlamukhe patitvā avassaṃ maraṇakasattānaṃ vasena uddissānuddissānurūpato pārājikādīni veditabbāni. Sūle mūlena vā mudhā vā dinnepi mūlaṭṭhasseva kammabaddho. Sace yena laddhaṃ so 『『ekappahāreneva marissantī』』ti tikhiṇataraṃ vā karoti, 『『dukkhaṃ marissantī』』ti kuṇṭhataraṃ vā karoti, 『『ucca』』nti sallakkhetvā nīcataraṃ vā 『『nīca』』nti sallakkhetvā uccataraṃ vā puna ropeti, vaṅkaṃ vā ujukaṃ atiujukaṃ vā īsakaṃ poṇaṃ karoti, ubhopi na muccanti. Sace pana 『『aṭṭhāne ṭhita』』nti aññasmiṃ ṭhāne ṭhapeti, taṃ ce māraṇatthāya ādito pabhuti pariyesitvā kataṃ hoti, mūlaṭṭho na muccati. Apariyesitvā pana katameva labhitvā ropite mūlaṭṭho muccati. Vippaṭisāre uppanne pāsayaṭṭhiyaṃ vuttanayena gahitaṭṭhāne vā ṭhapetvā jhāpetvā vā muccati.

以下是您要求的完整直譯： 準備壓石器時，在四個腳上放置壓石器床，將石頭放上去，每次行動都犯突吉羅罪。完全準備好后，一旦從手中放開，對於必然被壓死的生物，根據是否特定目標而理解為重罪等。即使壓石器被有償或無償轉讓，業報仍歸於原始設定者。如果獲得壓石器的人抬起已經掉落的石頭，或增加其他石頭使其更重，或看到動物從旁邊經過而設定柵欄引導它們進入壓石器，兩人都不能免罪。即使感到後悔而放倒壓石器離開，別人看到后又重新設定，原始設定者不能免罪。但是，將石頭放回原處，或將壓石器的腳和陷阱桿按照前面所說的方法放回原處或燒燬，就可以免罪。 對於設定尖樁的人也是，完全準備好后，一旦從手中放開，對於必然落在尖樁上死亡的生物，根據是否特定目標而理解為重罪等。即使尖樁被有償或無償轉讓，業報仍歸於原始設定者。如果獲得尖樁的人爲了"一下就死"而使其更鋒利，或爲了"死得痛苦"而使其更鈍，或認為"太高"而降低，或認為"太低"而升高，或將彎曲的弄直，或將直的弄得稍微傾斜，兩人都不能免罪。但是，如果認為"放在不合適的地方"而移到另一個地方，如果那是從一開始就爲了殺生而尋找製作的，原始設定者不能免罪。但如果不是特意尋找而只是獲得現成的並設定，原始設定者可以免罪。如果感到後悔，按照前面關於陷阱桿所說的方法，放回原處或燒燬就可以免罪。

1. Apassene satthaṃ vāti ettha apassenaṃ nāma niccaparibhogo mañco vā pīṭhaṃ vā apassenaphalakaṃ vā divāṭṭhāne nisīdantassa apassenakatthambho vā tatthajātakarukkho vā caṅkame apassāya tiṭṭhantassa ālambanarukkho vā ālambanaphalakaṃ vā sabbampetaṃ apassayanīyaṭṭhena apassenaṃ nāma; tasmiṃ apassene yathā apassayantaṃ vijjhati vā chindati vā tathā katvā vāsipharasusattiārakaṇṭakādīnaṃ aññataraṃ satthaṃ ṭhapeti, dukkaṭaṃ. Dhuvaparibhogaṭṭhāne nirāsaṅkassa nisīdato vā nipajjato vā apassayantassa vā satthasamphassapaccayā dukkhuppattiyā thullaccayaṃ, maraṇena pārājikaṃ. Taṃ ce aññopi tassa veribhikkhu vihāracārikaṃ caranto disvā 『『imassa maññe maraṇatthāya idaṃ nikhittaṃ, sādhu suṭṭhu maratū』』ti abhinandanto gacchati, dukkaṭaṃ. Sace pana sopi tattha 『『evaṃ kate sukataṃ bhavissatī』』ti tikhiṇatarādikaraṇena kiñci kammaṃ karoti, tassāpi pārājikaṃ. Sace pana 『『aṭṭhāne ṭhita』』nti uddharitvā aññasmiṃ ṭhāne ṭhapeti tadatthameva katvā ṭhapite mūlaṭṭho na muccati. Pākatikaṃ labhitvā ṭhapitaṃ hoti, muccati. Taṃ apanetvā aññaṃ tikhiṇataraṃ ṭhapeti mūlaṭṭho muccateva.

Visamakkhanepi yāva maraṇābhinandane dukkaṭaṃ tāva eseva nayo. Sace pana sopi khuddakaṃ visamaṇḍalanti sallakkhetvā mahantataraṃ vā karoti , mahantaṃ vā 『『atirekaṃ hotī』』ti khuddakaṃ karoti, tanukaṃ vā bahalaṃ; bahalaṃ vā tanukaṃ karoti, agginā tāpetvā heṭṭhā vā upari vā sañcāreti, tassāpi pārājikaṃ. 『『Idaṃ aṭhāne ṭhita』』nti sabbameva tacchetvā puñchitvā aññasmiṃ ṭhāne ṭhapeti, attanā bhesajjāni yojetvā kate mūlaṭṭho na muccati , attanā akate muccati. Sace pana so 『『idaṃ visaṃ atiparitta』』nti aññampi ānetvā pakkhipati, yassa visena marati, tassa pārājikaṃ. Sace ubhinnampi santakena marati, ubhinnampi pārājikaṃ. 『『Idaṃ visaṃ nibbisa』』nti taṃ apanetvā attano visameva ṭhapeti, tasseva pārājikaṃ mūlaṭṭho muccati.

Dubbalaṃ vā karotīti mañcapīṭhaṃ aṭaniyā heṭṭhābhāge chinditvā vidalehi vā rajjukehi vā yehi vītaṃ hoti, te vā chinditvā appāvasesameva katvā heṭṭhā āvudhaṃ nikkhipati 『『ettha patitvā marissatī』』ti. Apassenaphalakādīnampi caṅkame ālambanarukkhaphalakapariyosānānaṃ parabhāgaṃ chinditvā heṭṭhā āvudhaṃ nikkhipati, sobbhādīsu mañcaṃ vā pīṭhaṃ vā apassenaphalakaṃ vā ānetvā ṭhapeti, yathā tattha nisinnamatto vā apassitamatto vā patati, sobbhādīsu vā sañcaraṇasetu hoti, taṃ dubbalaṃ karoti; evaṃ karontassa karaṇe dukkaṭaṃ. Itarassa dukkhuppattiyā thullaccayaṃ, maraṇe pārājikaṃ. Bhikkhuṃ ānetvā sobbhādīnaṃ taṭe ṭhapeti 『『disvā bhayena kampento patitvā marissatī』』ti dukkaṭaṃ. So tattheva patati, dukkhuppattiyā thullaccayaṃ, maraṇe pārājikaṃ. Sayaṃ vā pāteti, aññena vā pātāpeti, añño avutto vā attano dhammatāya pāteti, amanusso pāteti, vātappahārena patati, attano dhammatāya patatti, sabbattha maraṇe pārājikaṃ. Kasmā? Tassa payogena sobbhāditaṭe ṭhitattā.

以下是您要求的完整直譯： 在支撐物上放置武器等——這裡的支撐物是指經常使用的床、椅子、靠背板、日間休息處的靠背柱、在那裡生長的樹木、在經行處靠著站立的支撐樹或支撐板，所有這些因為可以靠在上面而被稱為支撐物；在這種支撐物上，以能夠刺傷或切割靠在上面的人的方式放置斧頭、刀、矛、錐子等任何武器，犯突吉羅罪。在經常使用的地方，對於毫無戒心地坐下、躺下或靠在上面的人，因武器接觸而造成痛苦時犯偷蘭遮罪，造成死亡則犯波羅夷罪。如果另一個與他敵對的比丘在寺院巡視時看到這個情況，想"這大概是爲了殺死他而放置的，很好，讓他死吧"而歡喜地離開，犯突吉羅罪。但如果他也在那裡做一些事情，比如使武器更鋒利等，認為"這樣做會更好"，他也犯波羅夷罪。但如果他認為"放在不合適的地方"而拿起來放到另一個地方，如果是爲了同樣的目的而放置，原始設定者不能免罪。如果是獲得普通的東西而放置，則可以免罪。如果拿走那個而放置另一個更鋒利的，原始設定者仍然可以免罪。 在塗抹毒藥時，直到歡喜他人死亡為止，都遵循同樣的原則。但如果他認為毒藥圈太小而使其更大，或認為太大而使其更小，或使薄的變厚，厚的變薄，或用火加熱后塗抹在下面或上面，他也犯波羅夷罪。如果認為"這放在不合適的地方"而全部刮掉擦乾淨後放到另一個地方，如果是自己配製的藥物，原始設定者不能免罪，如果不是自己配製的則可以免罪。但如果他認為"這毒藥太少了"而又拿來一些加進去，誰的毒藥導致死亡，誰就犯波羅夷罪。如果是兩人的毒藥共同導致死亡，兩人都犯波羅夷罪。如果認為"這毒藥無效"而拿走它放上自己的毒藥，只有他犯波羅夷罪，原始設定者可以免罪。 "使其變弱"是指切割床椅的下部框架，或切斷編織的藤條或繩子，只留下很少，然後在下面放置武器，想"他會掉下來死在這裡"。對於靠背板等，包括經行處的支撐樹和支撐板，切割背面后在下面放置武器。或者在懸崖等處放置床、椅子或靠背板，使人一坐下或一靠上就會掉下去。或者有跨越懸崖等處的橋，使其變弱。做這些事情時犯突吉羅罪。對方因此受苦時犯偷蘭遮罪，死亡則犯波羅夷罪。將比丘帶到懸崖等邊緣，想"他看到後會因恐懼而顫抖掉下去死亡"，犯突吉羅罪。如果他就在那裡掉下去，造成痛苦時犯偷蘭遮罪，死亡則犯波羅夷罪。自己推下去，或讓別人推下去，或他人未經吩咐自己推下去，或非人推下去，或被風吹下去，或自然掉下去，在所有情況下造成死亡都犯波羅夷罪。為什麼？因為是由於他的行為才使人站在懸崖等邊緣。

Upanikkhipanaṃ nāma samīpe nikkhipanaṃ. Tattha 『『yo iminā asinā mato so dhanaṃ vā labhatī』』tiādinā nayena maraṇavaṇṇaṃ vā saṃvaṇṇetvā 『『iminā maraṇatthikā marantu, māraṇatthikā mārentū』』ti vā vatvā asiṃ upanikkhipati, tassa upanikkhipane dukkaṭaṃ. Maritukāmo vā tena attānaṃ paharatu , māretukāmo vā aññaṃ paharatu, ubhayathāpi parassa dukkhuppattiyā upanikkhepakassa thullaccayaṃ, maraṇe pārājikaṃ. Anuddissa nikkhitte bahūnaṃ maraṇe akusalarāsi. Pārājikādivatthūsu pārājikādīni. Vippaṭisāre uppanne asiṃ gahitaṭṭhāne ṭhapetvā muccati. Kiṇitvā gahito hoti, asissāmikānaṃ asiṃ, yesaṃ hatthato mūlaṃ gahitaṃ, tesaṃ mūlaṃ datvā muccati. Sace lohapiṇḍiṃ vā phālaṃ vā kudālaṃ vā gahetvā asi kārāpito hoti, yaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ gahetvā kārito, tadeva katvā muccati. Sace kudālaṃ gahetvā kāritaṃ vināsetvā phālaṃ karoti, phālena pahāraṃ labhitvā marantesupi pāṇātipātato na muccati. Sace pana lohaṃ samuṭṭhāpetvā upanikkhipanatthameva kārito hoti, arena ghaṃsitvā cuṇṇavicuṇṇaṃ katvā vippakiṇṇe muccati. Sacepi saṃvaṇṇanāpotthako viya bahūhi ekajjhāsayehi kato hoti, potthake vuttanayeneva kammabandhavinicchayo veditabbo. Esa nayo sattibheṇḍīsu. Laguḷe pāsayaṭṭhisadiso vinicchayo. Tathā pāsāṇe. Satthe asisadisova. Visaṃ vāti visaṃ upanikkhipantassa vatthuvasena uddissānuddissānurūpato pārājikādivatthūsu pārājikādīni veditabbāni. Kiṇitvā ṭhapite purimanayena paṭipākatikaṃ katvā muccati. Sayaṃ bhesajjehi yojite avisaṃ katvā muccati. Rajjuyā pāsarajjusadisova vinicchayo.

Bhesajje – yo bhikkhu veribhikkhussa pajjarake vā visabhāgaroge vā uppanne asappāyānipi sappiādīni sappāyānīti maraṇādhippāyo deti, aññaṃ vā kiñci kandamūlaphalaṃ tassa evaṃ bhesajjadāne dukkaṭaṃ. Parassa dukkhuppattiyaṃ maraṇe ca thullaccayapārājikāni, ānantariyavatthumhi ānantariyanti veditabbaṃ.

以下是您要求的完整直譯： 將物品放置在附近稱為放置。在這裡，如果用「被這把刀殺死的人會得到財富」等方式描述死亡的情況，或說「讓這些人死去，或讓他們被殺」，然後將刀放置在旁邊，這種放置就犯突吉羅罪。想要殺人者可以攻擊自己，想要殺他者可以攻擊他，無論哪種情況，都是因為他人受到痛苦而犯重罪，導致死亡則犯波羅夷罪。無意中放置的物品導致許多人死亡，造成惡業的堆積。對於波羅夷等罪的物品，理解為波羅夷等罪。若在感到後悔的情況下將刀放在安全的地方，則可以免罪。若是購買后被抓住，則刀的主人可以免罪，給他們的根本原因則可以免罪。如果持有鐵塊、錘子或鏟子等工具，則用刀製作的工具也可以免罪。如果用鏟子抓住后破壞了，因用鏟子造成的傷害即使死亡也不能免罪。如果只是爲了放置鐵器而製作，經過磨礪后變成粉末可以免罪。如果像書本一樣用許多東西製作，按照書中所述的方式理解業報。這個原則也適用於動物的捕捉。對於小動物的捕捉，理解為與刀相似的業報。對於石頭的捕捉，理解為與刀相似的業報。對於毒藥，理解為放置毒藥的物品，依據其性質理解波羅夷等罪。購買後放置的情況下，按照原來的方法處理可以免罪。如果自己用藥物配製而不放置毒藥，則可以免罪。用繩子放置的情況與用帶子放置的情況類似。 在藥物方面——如果比丘對敵對的比丘的食物或疾病產生影響，給出不適當的藥物，如油脂等，導致死亡的意圖，或給任何根莖或果實，因這種藥物的施用而犯突吉羅罪。對於他人受到痛苦的情況，導致死亡則犯重罪，若在無間罪的情況下則理解為無間罪。

1. Rūpūpahāre – upasaṃharatīti paraṃ vā amanāparūpaṃ tassa samīpe ṭhapeti, attanā vā yakkhapetādivesaṃ gahetvā tiṭṭhati, tassa upasaṃhāramatte dukkaṭaṃ. Parassa taṃ rūpaṃ disvā bhayuppattiyaṃ thullaccayaṃ, maraṇe pārājikaṃ. Sace pana tadeva rūpaṃ ekaccassa manāpaṃ hoti, alābhakena ca sussitvā marati, visaṅketo. Manāpiyepi eseva nayo. Tattha pana visesena itthīnaṃ purisarūpaṃ purisānañca itthirūpaṃ manāpaṃ taṃ alaṅkaritvā upasaṃharati, diṭṭhamattakameva karoti, aticiraṃ passitumpi na deti, itaro alābhakena sussitvā marati, pārājikaṃ. Sace uttasitvā marati , visaṅketo. Atha pana uttasitvā vā alābhakena vāti avicāretvā 『『kevalaṃ passitvā marissatī』』ti upasaṃharati, uttasitvā vā sussitvā vā mate pārājikameva. Etenevūpāyena saddūpahārādayopi veditabbā. Kevalañhettha amanussasaddādayo utrāsajanakā amanāpasaddā, purisānaṃ itthisaddamadhuragandhabbasaddādayo cittassādakarā manāpasaddā. Himavante visarukkhānaṃ mūlādigandhā kuṇapagandhā ca amanāpagandhā, kāḷānusārīmūlagandhādayo manāpagandhā . Paṭikūlamūlarasādayo amanāparasā, appaṭikūlamūlarasādayo manāparasā. Visaphassamahākacchuphassādayo amanāpaphoṭṭhabbā, cīnapaṭahaṃsapupphatūlikaphassādayo manāpaphoṭṭhabbāti veditabbā.

Dhammūpahāre – dhammoti desanādhammo veditabbo. Desanāvasena vā niraye ca sagge ca vipattisampattibhedaṃ dhammārammaṇameva. Nerayikassāti bhinnasaṃvarassa katapāpassa niraye nibbattanārahassa sattassa pañcavidhabandhanakammakaraṇādinirayakathaṃ katheti. Taṃ ce sutvā so uttasitvā marati, kathikassa pārājikaṃ. Sace pana so sutvāpi attano dhammatāya marati, anāpatti. 『『Idaṃ sutvā evarūpaṃ pāpaṃ na karissati oramissati viramissatī』』ti nirayakathaṃ katheti, taṃ sutvā itaro uttasitvā marati, anāpatti. Saggakathanti devanāṭakādīnaṃ nandanavanādīnañca sampattikathaṃ; taṃ sutvā itaro saggādhimutto sīghaṃ taṃ sampattiṃ pāpuṇitukāmo satthāharaṇavisakhādanaāhārupaccheda-assāsapassāsasannirundhanādīhi dukkhaṃ uppādeti, kathikassa thullaccayaṃ, marati pārājikaṃ. Sace pana so sutvāpi yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā attano dhammatāya marati, anāpatti . 『『Imaṃ sutvā puññāni karissatī』』ti katheti, taṃ sutvā itaro adhimutto kālaṃkaroti, anāpatti.

形相的放置——稱為聚集，即將他人的或不被重視的物品放置在其附近，或者自己持有妖鬼等的形狀而站立，這種聚集本身犯突吉羅罪。看到他人的形象而產生恐懼感，犯重罪，導致死亡則犯波羅夷罪。如果那形象對某人而言是可愛的，因沒有得到而痛苦而死，則無疑。對於可愛的事物也是同樣的原則。在這裡，特別是女性的男性形象和男性的女性形象，裝飾后聚集，只是讓人看見，甚至不讓人長時間觀看，其他人因沒有得到而痛苦而死，犯波羅夷罪。如果因恐懼而死，則無疑。然後，如果因恐懼而死，或因沒有得到而死，毫無疑問地說「僅僅因為看見就會死」，則聚集后，因恐懼而死則犯波羅夷罪。以同樣的方式，聲音的放置也應如此理解。這裡的聲音是指非人類的聲音等，令人恐懼的非可愛的聲音，男性的女性聲音、女性的男性聲音、甜美的聲音等，令人愉悅的聲音。喜馬拉雅山的香樹根等的氣味、腐臭的氣味和非可愛的氣味，黑色根的氣味等令人愉悅的氣味。令人厭惡的根的味道等為非可愛的，非令人厭惡的根的味道等為令人愉悅的。令人恐懼的觸感、巨型的觸感等為非可愛的，細膩的觸感、花香等為令人愉悅的。 法的放置——法是指教義的法。根據教義的內容，地獄和天界的苦樂差別即法的所緣。地獄中的生物是指因破戒而犯下的惡業而墮入地獄的生物，因五種束縛的業而造成的。聽到這些后，他因恐懼而死，講述者犯波羅夷罪。如果他聽到后仍然因自己的法而死，則不犯罪。如果說「聽到這個后不會做這樣的惡事，會退卻、會止息」，聽到后另一人因恐懼而死，則不犯罪。天界的講述是指諸天的樂園等的豐盛，聽到后另一人渴望天界的豐盛，想快速獲得豐盛，因講述者的食物、飲水、呼吸等而產生痛苦，講述者犯重罪，導致死亡則犯波羅夷罪。如果他聽到后仍然活到老死，因自己的法而死，則不犯罪。如果說「聽到這個後會做善事」，聽到后另一人則會加速自己的善業，則不犯罪。

1. Ācikkhanāyaṃ – puṭṭho bhaṇatīti 『『bhante kathaṃ mato dhanaṃ vā labhati sagge vā upapajjatī』』ti evaṃ pucchito bhaṇati.

Anusāsaniyaṃ – apuṭṭhoti evaṃ apucchito sāmaññeva bhaṇati.

Saṅketakammanimittakammāni adinnādānakathāyaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbāni.

Evaṃ nānappakārato āpattibhedaṃ dassetvā idāni anāpattibhedaṃ dassento 『『anāpatti asañciccā』』tiādimāha. Tattha asañciccāti 『『iminā upakkamena imaṃ māremī』』ti acetetvā. Evañhi acetetvā katena upakkamena pare matepi anāpatti, vakkhati ca 『『anāpatti bhikkhu asañciccā』』ti. Ajānantassāti 『『iminā ayaṃ marissatī』』ti ajānantassa upakkamena pare matepi anāpatti, vakkhati ca visagatapiṇḍapātavatthusmiṃ 『『anāpatti bhikkhu ajānantassā』』ti. Namaraṇādhippāyassāti maraṇaṃ anicchantassa. Yena hi upakkamena paro marati, tena upakkamena tasmiṃ māritepi namaraṇādhippāyassa anāpatti. Vakkhati ca 『『anāpatti bhikkhu namaraṇādhippāyassā』』ti. Ummattakādayo pubbe vuttanayā eva. Idha pana ādikammikā aññamaññaṃ jīvitā voropitabhikkhū, tesaṃ anāpatti. Avasesānaṃ maraṇavaṇṇasaṃvaṇṇanakādīnaṃ āpattiyevāti.

Padabhājanīyavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Samuṭṭhānādīsu – idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ tisamuṭṭhānaṃ; kāyacittato ca vācācittato ca kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti. Kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, dukkhavedanaṃ. Sacepi hi sirisayanaṃ ārūḷho rajjasampattisukhaṃ anubhavanto rājā 『『coro deva ānīto』』ti vutte 『『gacchatha naṃ mārethā』』ti hasamānova bhaṇati, domanassacitteneva bhaṇatīti veditabbo. Sukhavokiṇṇattā pana anuppabandhābhāvā ca dujjānametaṃ puthujjanehīti.

Vinītavatthuvaṇṇanā

講述時——被問時說「尊者，如何才能得到財富，或在天界出生？」這樣被問時說。 教導時——未被問時，便按照常規說。 關於暗示行為的表現，以及不偷盜的相關內容，應依照所述的方式理解。 這樣通過不同的方式展示了過失的分類，現在要展示不犯的分類，便說「未犯是不經意的」。在這裡，不經意是指「我不會用這個方式殺死他」。這樣不經意地做的行為，即使使他人死亡也不算犯，並且說「未犯的比丘是不經意的」。對於不知情者是指「他會因此而死」，不知情者的行為使他人死亡也不算犯，並且在關於乞食的情況下說「未犯的比丘是不知情的」。想要死亡的則是指不想死亡的人。因某種方式使他人死亡，因該方式即使使他人死亡也不算犯，並且說「未犯的比丘是想要死亡的」。精神病患者等的情況依舊如前所述。在這裡，最初的比丘互相剝奪生命，他們的不犯。對於其他人如死亡的描述等則仍然是犯。 詞句的解釋已完成。 關於起因等——這條戒律是由三種起因產生的；由身體、意念和言語的意念產生。行為、意識的解脫、意識的狀態、世俗的過失、身體的行為、言語的行為、不善的意識、痛苦的感受。如果國王正坐在美麗的床上，享受著王國的幸福，當說「抓住小偷，尊者」時，他會笑著說「去吧，不要殺他」，應理解為他是因痛苦的意識而說的。然而，由於快樂的充實和沒有束縛，這對普通人來說是難以理解的。 關於被訓誡的物品的解釋。

1. Vinītavatthukathāsu paṭhamavatthusmiṃ – kāruññenāti te bhikkhū tassa mahantaṃ gelaññadukkhaṃ disvā kāruññaṃ uppādetvā 『『sīlavā tvaṃ katakusalo, kasmā mīyamāno bhāyasi, nanu sīlavato saggo nāma maraṇamattapaṭibaddhoyevā』』ti evaṃ maraṇatthikāva hutvā maraṇatthikabhāvaṃ ajānantā maraṇavaṇṇaṃ saṃvaṇṇesuṃ. Sopi bhikkhu tesaṃ saṃvaṇṇanāya āhārupacchedaṃ katvā antarāva kālamakāsi. Tasmā āpattiṃ āpannā. Vohāravasena pana vuttaṃ 『『kāruññena maraṇavaṇṇaṃ saṃvaṇṇesu』』nti. Tasmā idānipi paṇḍitena bhikkhunā gilānassa bhikkhuno evaṃ maraṇavaṇṇo na saṃvaṇṇetabbo. Sace hi tassa saṃvaṇṇanaṃ sutvā āhārūpacchedādinā upakkamena ekajavanavārāvasesepi āyusmiṃ antarā kālaṃkaroti, imināva mārito hoti. Iminā pana nayena anusiṭṭhi dātabbā – 『『sīlavato nāma anacchariyā maggaphaluppatti, tasmā vihārādīsu āsattiṃ akatvā buddhagataṃ dhammagataṃ saṅghagataṃ kāyagatañca satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā manasikāre appamādo kātabbo』』ti. Maraṇavaṇṇe ca saṃvaṇṇitepi yo tāya saṃvaṇṇanāya kañci upakkamaṃ akatvā attano dhammatāya yathāyunā yathānusandhināva marati, tappaccayā saṃvaṇṇako āpattiyā na kāretabboti.

Dutiyavatthusmiṃ – na ca bhikkhave appaṭivekkhitvāti ettha kīdisaṃ āsanaṃ paṭivekkhitabbaṃ , kīdisaṃ na paṭivekkhitabbaṃ? Yaṃ suddhaṃ āsanameva hoti apaccattharaṇakaṃ, yañca āgantvā ṭhitānaṃ passataṃyeva attharīyati, taṃ napaccavekkhitabbaṃ , nisīdituṃ vaṭṭati. Yampi manussā sayaṃ hatthena akkamitvā 『『idha bhante nisīdathā』』ti denti, tasmimpi vaṭṭati. Sacepi paṭhamamevāgantvā nisinnā pacchā uddhaṃ vā adho vā saṅkamanti, paccavekkhaṇakiccaṃ natthi. Yampi tanukena vatthena yathā talaṃ dissati, evaṃ paṭicchannaṃ hoti, tasmimpi paccavekkhaṇakiccaṃ natthi. Yaṃ pana paṭikacceva pāvārakojavādīhi atthataṃ hoti, taṃ hatthena parāmasitvā sallakkhetvā nisīditabbaṃ. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana 『『ghanasāṭakenāpi atthate yasmiṃ vali na paññāyati, taṃ nappaṭivekkhitabbanti vuttaṃ.

Musalavatthusmiṃ – asañciccoti avadhakacetano viraddhapayogo hi so. Tenāha 『『asañcicco aha』』nti. Udukkhalavatthu uttānameva. Vuḍḍhapabbajitavatthūsupaṭhamavatthusmiṃ 『『bhikkhusaṅghassa paṭibandhaṃ mā akāsī』』ti paṇāmesi. Dutiyavatthusmiṃ – saṅghamajjhepi gaṇamajjhepi 『『mahallakattherassa putto』』ti vuccamāno tena vacanena aṭṭīyamāno 『『maratu aya』』nti paṇāmesi. Tatiyavatthusmiṃ – tassa dukkhuppādanena thullaccayaṃ.

關於被訓誡的物品的第一部分——因慈悲而起，當比丘看到他人遭受巨大的痛苦時，生起慈悲心，說：「你是有德行的人，為什麼在面臨死亡時感到害怕呢？難道有德行的人不是在死亡時才會被束縛嗎？」這樣因面臨死亡而不知其死的狀態，便對死亡的情況進行了描述。那位比丘因對他們的描述而截斷飲食，最終導致了死亡。因此，他犯了過失。然而，從習慣的角度說，「因慈悲而描述死亡的情況」是如此。因此，現在即使是聰明的比丘，對生病的比丘也不應如此描述死亡的情況。如果他聽到這樣的描述，因截斷飲食等的行為而在生命的最後時刻死亡，則他便是因這個原因而死。根據這個原則，應該教導說：「有德行的人，獲得果實並不奇怪，因此在寺院等處，不應依賴於他人，而應保持對佛、法、僧的正念，保持身體的正念，努力不懈。」在描述死亡的情況時，如果不進行任何行為，依照自己的法則按時死亡，則不應因這樣的描述而犯過失。 在第二部分——「比丘們，不應輕視」，這裡應考慮什麼樣的坐具應被重視，什麼樣的坐具不應被重視？應是純凈的坐具，且不應有任何覆蓋物，若有覆蓋物而只供給站立的人，則不應被重視，只適合坐下。即使有人用手推著說：「請坐在這裡，尊者」，對此也適合。如果最初來時坐下，後來向上或向下移動，則不需要考慮。即使用薄薄的衣物遮蓋，若在地面上可見，也不需要考慮。若是由特定的清潔者所供給的坐具，則應用手觸控確認后再坐下。然而，關於厚重的坐具則說：「若不顯現的地方，便不應被重視。」 在錘子的部分——不經意是指有意識地不去注意。因此說：「我並不是無意。」水桶的部分僅是指舉起而已。在老年出家者的第一部分中，曾說過：「不要對比丘僧團造成阻礙。」在第二部分——即使在僧團中或群體中，被稱為「老者的兒子」，因這個說法而被指責為「讓他死去」。在第三部分——因他的痛苦而犯重罪。

1. Tato parāni tīṇi vatthūni uttānatthāneva. Visagatapiṇḍapātavatthusmiṃ – sārāṇīyadhammapūrako so bhikkhu aggapiṇḍaṃ sabrahmacārīnaṃ datvāva bhuñjati. Tena vuttaṃ 『『aggakārikaṃ adāsī』』ti. Aggakārikanti aggakiriyaṃ; paṭhamaṃ laddhapiṇḍapātaṃ aggaggaṃ vā paṇītapaṇītaṃ piṇḍapātanti attho. Yā pana tassa dānasaṅkhātā aggakiriyā, sā na sakkā dātuṃ, piṇḍapātañhi so therāsanato paṭṭhāya adāsi. Te bhikkhūti te therāsanato paṭṭhāya paribhuttapiṇḍapātā bhikkhū; te kira sabbepi kālamakaṃsu. Sesamettha uttānameva. Assaddhesu pana micchādiṭṭhikesu kulesu sakkaccaṃ paṇītabhojanaṃ labhitvā anupaparikkhitvā neva attanā paribhuñjitabbaṃ, na paresaṃ dātabbaṃ. Yampi ābhidosikaṃ bhattaṃ vā khajjakaṃ vā tato labhati, tampi na paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Apihitavatthumpi hi sappavicchikādīhi adhisayitaṃ chaḍḍanīyadhammaṃ tāni kulāni denti. Gandhahaliddādimakkhitopi tato piṇḍapāto na gahetabbo. Sarīre rogaṭṭhānāni puñchitvā ṭhapitabhattampi hi tāni dātabbaṃ maññantīti.

Vīmaṃsanavatthusmiṃ – vīmaṃsamāno dve vīmaṃsati – 『『sakkoti nu kho imaṃ māretuṃ no』』ti visaṃ vā vīmaṃsati, 『『mareyya nu kho ayaṃ imaṃ visaṃ khāditvā no』』ti puggalaṃ vā. Ubhayathāpi vīmaṃsādhippāyena dinne maratu vā mā vā thullaccayaṃ. 『『Idaṃ visaṃ etaṃ māretū』』ti vā 『『idaṃ visaṃ khāditvā ayaṃ maratū』』ti vā evaṃ dinne pana sace marati, pārājikaṃ; no ce, thullaccayaṃ.

182-

之後還有其他三種物品應當提及。在乞食的情況下——具備清凈法的比丘，給予了同伴們最好的食物后才吃。這就是所說的「沒有給予最好的食物」。最好的食物是指最好的行為；最初所獲得的乞食是最好的，或是精緻的乞食。至於被稱為給予的最好的行為，是無法給予的，因為他從長老那裡開始就給予了乞食。那些比丘是指從長老那裡開始享用乞食的比丘；他們顯然全部都死去了。其他的內容同樣應當提及。在不可信的錯誤見的家庭中，獲得精緻的飲食后，未經過思考，不應由自己享用，也不應給予他人。即使獲得了美味的飯菜或小吃，也不應享用。即使是隱藏的食物，也因有不潔的成分而應捨棄，那些家庭也會給予。即使是香氣撲鼻的食物，也不應接受。即使是身體上有疾病的地方，所放置的食物也應被認為是可給予的。 在思考的情況下——思考時有兩種思考：「我能否殺死他？」或思考「他吃了毒藥會死嗎？」無論哪種思考，若給予的意圖是要殺死他，或不殺死他都將犯重罪。「這毒藥不要殺死他」或「這毒藥吃了他會死」這樣說，若他死去，則犯波羅夷罪；如果不死，則犯重罪。 182-

1. Ito parāni tīṇi silāvatthūni tīṇi iṭṭhakavāsigopānasīvatthūni ca uttānatthāneva. Na kevalañca silādīnaṃyeva vasena ayaṃ āpattānāpattibhedo hoti, daṇḍamuggaranikhādanavemādīnampi vasena hotiyeva, tasmā pāḷiyaṃ anāgatampi āgatanayeneva veditabbaṃ.

Aṭṭakavatthūsu – aṭṭakoti vehāsamañco vuccati; yaṃ setakammamālākammalatākammādīnaṃ atthāya bandhanti. Tattha āvuso atraṭṭhito bandhāhīti maraṇādhippāyo yatra ṭhito patitvā khāṇunā vā bhijjeyya, sobbhapapātādīsu vā mareyya , tādisaṃ ṭhānaṃ sandhāyāha. Ettha ca koci upariṭhānaṃ niyāmeti 『『ito patitvā marissatī』』ti, koci heṭṭhā ṭhānaṃ 『『idha patitvā marissatī』』ti, koci ubhayampi 『『ito idha patitvā marissatī』』ti. Tatra yo upari niyamitaṭṭhānā apatitvā aññato patati, heṭṭhā niyamitaṭṭhāne vā apatitvā aññattha patati, ubhayaniyāme vā yaṃkiñci ekaṃ virādhetvā patati, tasmiṃ mate visaṅketattā anāpatti. Vihāracchādanavatthusmimpi eseva nayo.

Anabhirativatthusmiṃ – so kira bhikkhu kāmavitakkādīnaṃ samudācāraṃ disvā nivāretuṃ asakkonto sāsane anabhirato gihibhāvābhimukho jāto. Tato cintesi – 『『yāva sīlabhedaṃ na pāpuṇāmi tāva marissāmī』』ti. Atha taṃ pabbataṃ abhiruhitvā papāte papatanto aññataraṃ vilīvakāraṃ ottharitvā māresi. Vilīvakāranti veṇukāraṃ. Na ca bhikkhave attānaṃ pātetabbanti na attā pātetabbo. Vibhattibyattayena panetaṃ vuttaṃ. Ettha ca na kevalaṃ na pātetabbaṃ, aññenapi yena kenaci upakkamena antamaso āhārupacchedenapi na māretabbo. Yopi hi gilāno vijjamāne bhesajje ca upaṭṭhākesu ca maritukāmo āhāraṃ upacchindati, dukkaṭameva. Yassa pana mahāābādho cirānubaddho, bhikkhū upaṭṭhahantā kilamanti jigucchanti 『『kadā nu kho gilānato muccissāmā』』ti aṭṭīyanti. Sace so 『『ayaṃ attabhāvo paṭijaggiyamānopi na tiṭṭhati, bhikkhū ca kilamantī』』ti āhāraṃ upacchindati, bhesajjaṃ na sevati vaṭṭati. Yo pana 『『ayaṃ rogo kharo, āyusaṅkhārā na tiṭṭhanti, ayañca me visesādhigamo hatthappatto viya dissatī』』ti upacchindati vaṭṭatiyeva. Agilānassāpi uppannasaṃvegassa 『『āhārapariyesanaṃ nāma papañco, kammaṭṭhānameva anuyuñjissāmī』』ti kammaṭṭhānasīsena upacchindantassa vaṭṭati. Visesādhigamaṃ byākaritvā āhāraṃ upacchindati, na vaṭṭati. Sabhāgānañhi lajjībhikkhūnaṃ kathetuṃ vaṭṭati.

Silāvatthusmiṃ – davāyāti davena hassena; khiḍḍāyāti attho. Silāti pāsāṇo; na kevalañca pāsāṇo, aññampi yaṃkiñci dārukhaṇḍaṃ vā iṭṭhakākhaṇḍaṃ vā hatthena vā yantena vā pavijjhituṃ na vaṭṭati. Cetiyādīnaṃ atthāya pāsāṇādayo hasantā hasantā pavaṭṭentipi khipantipi ukkhipantipi kammasamayoti vaṭṭati. Aññampi īdisaṃ navakammaṃ vā karontā bhaṇḍakaṃ vā dhovantā rukkhaṃ vā dhovanadaṇḍakaṃ vā ukkhipitvā pavijjhanti, vaṭṭati. Bhattavissaggakālādīsu kāke vā soṇe vā kaṭṭhaṃ vā kathalaṃ vā khipitvā palāpeti, vaṭṭati.

184.Sedanādivatthūni sabbāneva uttānatthāni. Ettha ca ahaṃ kukkuccakoti na gilānupaṭṭhānaṃ na kātabbaṃ, hitakāmatāya sabbaṃ gilānassa balābalañca ruciñca sappāyāsappāyañca upalakkhetvā kātabbaṃ.

從這裡開始的三個石頭的案例和三個磚頭、斧頭、椽子的案例都是明顯的意思。不僅僅是石頭等物品的情況下會有犯戒和不犯戒的區別,棍棒、錘子、鐵鍬、竹子等的情況下也同樣會有,因此即使在經文中沒有提到的,也應該按照已提到的方式來理解。 在高臺的案例中——高臺是指空中的床,爲了進行白色工作、花環工作、藤蔓工作等而搭建的。在那裡說"朋友,站在那裡綁"是指死亡的意圖,站在那裡掉下來會被木樁刺穿,或掉入深坑懸崖等而死,指的是這樣的地方。這裡有人指定上面的位置說"從這裡掉下去會死",有人指定下面的位置說"掉到這裡會死",有人兩處都指定說"從這裡掉到那裡會死"。在這種情況下,如果從指定的上面位置沒有掉下去而從別處掉下,或者沒有掉到指定的下面位置而掉到別處,或者在兩處指定中有一處沒有實現,即使死亡也因為不符合指定而不犯戒。在寺院屋頂的案例中也是同樣的道理。 在不滿意的案例中——據說那位比丘看到慾望等想法的生起,無法制止,對教法不滿意而傾向於在家生活。於是他想:"在還沒有破戒之前我要死"。然後他爬上山,從懸崖跳下時壓死了一個編籃子的人。編籃子的人是指編竹子的人。"比丘們,不應該自殺"是指不應該殺死自己。這裡用了語法變化的說法。這裡不僅不應該跳下,也不應該用任何其他方法,甚至包括斷食來殺死自己。即使是生病的人,在有藥物和照顧者的情況下想要死亡而斷食,也是犯突吉羅罪。但是如果有人長期患重病,照顧的比丘們感到疲勞厭惡,想"什麼時候才能擺脫這個病人啊"而感到痛苦。如果他想"即使照顧這個身體也無法維持,比丘們也感到疲勞",而斷食不服藥,是可以的。如果有人想"這病很嚴重,生命已經無法維持,而我似乎已經觸手可及特殊的成就",而斷食也是可以的。對於沒有生病但生起厭離感的人,想"尋找食物是一種障礙,我要專注于禪修"而以禪修為由斷食,是可以的。宣稱獲得特殊成就后斷食,是不可以的。因為可以對有慚愧心的同修比丘們說。 在石頭的案例中——"戲弄"是指開玩笑;意思是玩耍。石頭是指巖石;不僅是巖石,任何木塊或磚塊都不應該用手或機器投擲。爲了佛塔等目的,人們笑著笑著滾動、投擲、舉起石頭等,在工作時是可以的。在進行其他類似的新工作或洗滌物品時,舉起樹枝或洗滌棒投擲,是可以的。在分發食物等時,投擲木頭或石塊驅趕烏鴉或狗,是可以的。 184.關於發汗等的案例都是明顯的意思。這裡"我有疑慮"並不是說不應該照顧病人,出於善意應該觀察病人的強弱、喜好、適合不適合,然後照顧。

1. Jāragabbhinivatthusmiṃ – pavutthapatikāti pavāsaṃ gatapatikā. Gabbhapātananti yena paribhuttena gabbho patati, tādisaṃ bhesajjaṃ. Dve pajāpatikavatthūni uttānatthāneva. Gabbhamaddanavatthusmiṃ – 『『madditvā pātehī』』ti vutte aññena maddāpetvā pāteti, visaṅketaṃ. 『『Maddāpetvā pātāpehī』』ti vuttepi sayaṃ madditvā pāteti, visaṅketameva. Manussaviggahe pariyāyo nāma natthi. Tasmā 『『gabbho nāma maddite patatī』』ti vutte sā sayaṃ vā maddatu, aññena vā maddāpetvā pātetu, visaṅketo natthi; pārājikameva tāpanavatthusmimpi eseva nayo.

Vañjhitthivatthusmiṃ – vañjhitthī nāma yā gabbhaṃ na gaṇhāti. Gabbhaṃ agaṇhanakaitthī nāma natthi, yassā pana gahitopi gabbho na saṇṭhāti, taṃyeva sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. Utusamaye kira sabbitthiyo gabbhaṃ gaṇhanti. Yā panāyaṃ 『『vañjhā』』ti vuccati, tassā kucchiyaṃ nibbattasattānaṃ akusalavipāko sampāpuṇāti. Te parittakusalavipākena gahitapaṭisandhikā akusalavipākena adhibhūtā vinassanti. Abhinavapaṭisandhiyaṃyeva hi kammānubhāvena dvīhākārehi gabbho na saṇṭhāti – vātena vā pāṇakehi vā. Vāto sosetvā antaradhāpeti, pāṇakā khāditvā. Tassa pana vātassa pāṇakānaṃ vā paṭighātāya bhesajje kate gabbho saṇṭhaheyya; so bhikkhu taṃ akatvā aññaṃ kharabhesajjaṃ adāsi. Tena sā kālamakāsi. Bhagavā bhesajjassa kaṭattā dukkaṭaṃ paññāpesi.

Dutiyavatthusmimpi eseva nayo. Tasmā āgatāgatassa parajanassa bhesajjaṃ na kātabbaṃ, karonto dukkaṭaṃ āpajjati. Pañcannaṃ pana sahadhammikānaṃ kātabbaṃ bhikkhussa bhikkhuniyā sikkhamānāya sāmaṇerassa sāmaṇeriyāti. Samasīlasaddhāpaññānañhi etesaṃ tīsu sikkhāsu yuttānaṃ bhesajjaṃ akātuṃ na labbhati, karontena ca sace tesaṃ atthi, tesaṃ santakaṃ gahetvā yojetvā dātabbaṃ. Sace natthi, attano santakaṃ kātabbaṃ. Sace attanopi natthi, bhikkhācāravattena vā ñātakapavāritaṭṭhānato vā pariyesitabbaṃ. Alabhantena gilānassa atthāya akataviññattiyāpi āharitvā kātabbaṃ.

Aparesampi pañcannaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati – mātu, pitu, tadupaṭṭhākānaṃ, attano veyyāvaccakarassa, paṇḍupalāsassāti. Paṇḍupalāso nāma yo pabbajjāpekkho yāva pattacīvaraṃ paṭiyādiyati tāva vihāre vasati. Tesu sace mātāpitaro issarā honti, na paccāsīsanti, akātuṃ vaṭṭati. Sace pana rajjepi ṭhitā paccāsīsanti, akātuṃ na vaṭṭati. Bhesajjaṃ paccāsīsantānaṃ bhesajjaṃ dātabbaṃ, yojetuṃ ajānantānaṃ yojetvā dātabbaṃ. Sabbesaṃ atthāya sahadhammikesu vuttanayeneva pariyesitabbaṃ. Sace pana mātaraṃ vihāre ānetvā jaggati, sabbaṃ parikammaṃ anāmasantena kātabbaṃ. Khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ sahatthā dātabbaṃ. Pitā pana yathā sāmaṇero evaṃ sahatthena nhāpanasambāhanādīni katvā upaṭṭhātabbo. Ye ca mātāpitaro upaṭṭhahanti paṭijagganti, tesampi evameva kātabbaṃ. Veyyāvaccakaro nāma yo vetanaṃ gahetvā araññe dārūni vā chindati, aññaṃ vā kiñci kammaṃ karoti, tassa roge uppanne yāva ñātakā na passanti tāva bhesajjaṃ kātabbaṃ. Yo pana bhikkhunissitakova hutvā sabbakammāni karoti, tassa bhesajjaṃ kātabbameva. Paṇḍupalāsepi sāmaṇere viya paṭipajjitabbaṃ.

在懷孕的案例中——「進入家中」是指進入宿舍的家人。懷孕的藥物是指因其影響而導致懷孕的藥物。兩個母親的案例都是明顯的意思。在懷孕中——「被壓迫后掉下去」是指通過其他方式使其壓迫后再掉下去，屬於不明確的情況。「被壓迫后再掉下去」也是指自己壓迫后再掉下去，仍然是屬於不明確的情況。在人類的約束中並沒有特定的情況。因此，當說「懷孕是指被壓迫后掉下去」時，可以自己壓迫，也可以通過他人壓迫后再掉下去，均無疑問；在波羅夷的情況下，烤制的案例中也是同樣的道理。 在不孕的案例中——所謂的不孕是指不懷孕的女性。沒有不懷孕的女性，若她懷孕了卻不穩定，則是指她。由於季節的緣故，所有女性都懷孕。若稱之為「不孕」，則她的子宮中生出的生命會遭遇不善的果報。那些因微小的善果而被懷孕的，因不善的果報而消亡。在新生的生命中，因業的因果關係，懷孕不會穩定——無論是因風或因飲水。風會使其乾枯而消失，飲水會使其被食用。然而，爲了抵擋風或飲水而給予藥物的情況下，懷孕會穩定；那位比丘在未給予藥物的情況下，給予了其他不良的藥物。因而她便死去了。佛陀因藥物的苦果而指出了過失。 在第二個案例中也是同樣的道理。因此，對於來來往往的外人的藥物是不應給予的，若給予則會犯過失。對於五位同行的比丘，應給予比丘、比丘尼、受戒的沙彌、沙彌女。對於具有相等的道德、信仰、智慧的這三種學習者，不應給予藥物，若給予則應給予他們的財物。若沒有財物，則應給予自己的財物。若自己也沒有，則應根據乞討的習慣或親屬的禁止要求來尋找。若未能獲得，也應為病人的利益而給予。 對於其他五位也應給予——母親、父親、他們的隨侍、自己的服務者、以及受託者。受託者是指在出家期間，直到獲得袈裟之前，仍然住在寺院的人。如果在這些人中，父母是權威的，但不加以照顧，則應給予。若在王國中，他們仍然是權威的，則不應給予。對於給予藥物的權威者，應給予藥物，若不知如何給予，則應給予。爲了所有人的利益，應根據同行者的說法來尋找。若將母親帶到寺院中而不加以照顧，則所有的準備工作都應在不被遺忘的情況下進行。適合食用和飲用的食物應當給予。父親應像沙彌一樣，通過適當的洗浴和照顧來照顧。那些照顧和保護父母的人，也應同樣如此。服務者是指在森林中砍伐木材或進行其他工作的人，若在疾病出現之前，親屬未能見到，則應給予藥物。若是比丘的責任人，則應給予藥物。受託者也應如沙彌一樣行事。

Aparesampi dasannaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati – jeṭṭhabhātu, kaniṭṭhabhātu, jeṭṭhabhaginiyā, kaniṭṭhabhaginiyā, cūḷamātuyā, mahāmātuyā, cūḷapituno, mahāpituno, pitucchāya, mātulassāti. Tesaṃ pana sabbesampi karontena tesaṃyeva santakaṃ bhesajjaṃ gahetvā kevalaṃ yojetvā dātabbaṃ. Sace pana nappahonti, yācanti ca 『『detha no, bhante, tumhākaṃ paṭidassāmā』』ti tāvakālikaṃ dātabbaṃ. Sacepi na yācanti, 『『amhākaṃ bhesajjaṃ atthi, tāvakālikaṃ gaṇhathā』』ti vatvā vā 『『yadā nesaṃ bhavissati tadā dassantī』』ti ābhogaṃ vā katvā dātabbaṃ. Sace paṭidenti, gahetabbaṃ, no ce denti, na codetabbā. Ete dasa ñātake ṭhapetvā aññesaṃ na kātabbaṃ.

Etesaṃ puttaparamparāya pana yāva sattamo kulaparivaṭṭo tāva cattāro paccaye āharāpentassa akataviññatti vā bhesajjaṃ karontassa vejjakammaṃ vā kuladūsakāpatti vā na hoti. Sace bhātujāyā bhaginisāmiko vā gilānā honti, ñātakā ce, tesampi vaṭṭati. Aññātakā ce, bhātu ca bhaginiyā ca katvā dātabbaṃ, 『『tumhākaṃ jagganaṭṭhāne dethā』』ti. Atha vā tesaṃ puttānaṃ katvā dātabbaṃ, 『『tumhākaṃ mātāpitūnaṃ dethā』』ti. Etenupāyena sabbapadesupi vinicchayo veditabbo.

Tesaṃ atthāya ca sāmaṇerehi araññato bhesajjaṃ āharāpentena ñātisāmaṇerehi vā āharāpetabbaṃ. Attano atthāya vā āharāpetvā dātabbaṃ. Tehipi 『『upajjhāyassa āharāmā』』ti vattasīsena āharitabbaṃ. Upajjhāyassa mātāpitaro gilānā vihāraṃ āgacchanti, upajjhāyo ca disāpakkanto hoti, saddhivihārikena upajjhāyassa santakaṃ bhesajjaṃ dātabbaṃ. No ce atthi, attano bhesajjaṃ upajjhāyassa pariccajitvā dātabbaṃ. Attanopi asante vuttanayena pariyesitvā upajjhāyassa santakaṃ katvā dātabbaṃ. Upajjhāyenapi saddhivihārikassa mātāpitūsu evameva paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Esa nayo ācariyantevāsikesupi. Aññopi yo āgantuko vā coro vā yuddhaparājito issaro vā ñātakehi pariccatto kapaṇo vā gamiyamanusso vā gilāno hutvā vihāraṃ pavisati, sabbesaṃ apaccāsīsantena bhesajjaṃ kātabbaṃ.

Saddhaṃ kulaṃ hoti catūhi paccayehi upaṭṭhāyakaṃ bhikkhusaṅghassa mātāpituṭṭhāniyaṃ, tatra ce koci gilāno hoti, tassatthāya vissāsena 『『bhesajjaṃ katvā bhante dethā』』ti vadanti, neva dātabbaṃ na kātabbaṃ. Atha pana kappiyaṃ ñatvā evaṃ pucchanti – 『『bhante, asukassa nāma rogassa kiṃ bhesajjaṃ karontī』』ti? 『『Idañcidañca gahetvā karontī』』ti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. 『『Bhante, mayhaṃ mātā gilānā, bhesajjaṃ tāva ācikkhathā』』ti evaṃ pucchite pana na ācikkhitabbaṃ. Aññamaññaṃ pana kathā kātabbā – 『『āvuso, asukassa nāma bhikkhuno imasmiṃ roge kiṃ bhesajjaṃ kariṃsū』』ti? 『『Idañcidañca bhante』』ti. Taṃ sutvā itaro mātu bhesajjaṃ karoti, vaṭṭateva.

Mahāpadumattheropi kira vasabharañño deviyā roge uppanne ekāya itthiyā āgantvā pucchito 『『na jānāmī』』ti avatvā evameva bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ samullapesi. Taṃ sutvā tassā bhesajjamakaṃsu. Vūpasante ca roge ticīvarena tīhi ca kahāpaṇasatehi saddhiṃ bhesajjacaṅkoṭakaṃ pūretvā āharitvā therassa pādamūle ṭhapetvā 『『bhante, pupphapūjaṃ karothā』』ti āhaṃsu. Thero 『『ācariyabhāgo nāmāya』』nti kappiyavasena gāhāpetvā pupphapūjaṃ akāsi. Evaṃ tāva bhesajje paṭipajjitabbaṃ.

Aparesampi dasannaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati – 長兄、幼弟、長姐妹、幼姐妹、幼母、母親、幼父、父親、父親的兄弟、母親的兄弟等。這些人中，所有人都應給予他們的藥物，單獨給予他們的財物。如果他們不來，乞求說「請給我們，尊者，我們會迴應您」，應給予臨時的藥物。如果他們不乞求，「我們有藥物，請您拿去」或「等到他們有藥物時再給他們」這樣的方式也應給予。如果他們拒絕，則應接受，若不給予，則不應強求。除了這十位親屬外，不應給予其他人。 對於這些親屬的後代，直到第七代的家庭轉變中，四種條件下所獲得的藥物，若不明示則不構成過失。如果兄弟的妻子或姐妹的丈夫生病，若是親屬，則應給予。若是其他親屬，則應給予兄弟和姐妹的藥物，「我們將給予你們的照顧」。或者，也可以給予他們的子女，「我們將給予你們的父母」。以此類推，所有地方的判斷都應如此。 爲了他們的利益，沙彌們應從森林中獲得藥物，或從親屬的沙彌中獲取藥物。爲了自己的利益，也應獲得並給予他們。那些人也應根據「請為師父拿藥」而被給予。若師父的父母生病來到寺院，師父也應在場，信仰的修行者應給予師父的藥物。若沒有藥物，則應給予自己的藥物，放棄師父的藥物。若自己也沒有，則應根據所述的方法尋找。若未能獲得，爲了病人的利益，也應給予。 對於其他五位也應給予——母親、父親、他們的隨侍、自己的服務者，以及受託者。受託者是指在出家期間，直到獲得袈裟之前，仍然住在寺院的人。如果在這些人中，父母是權威的，但不加以照顧，則應給予。若在王國中，他們仍然是權威的，則不應給予。對於給予藥物的權威者，應給予藥物，若不知如何給予，則應給予。爲了所有人的利益，應根據同行者的說法來尋找。若將母親帶到寺院中而不加以照顧，則所有的準備工作都應在不被遺忘的情況下進行。適合食用和飲用的食物應當給予。父親應像沙彌一樣，通過適當的洗浴和照顧來照顧。那些照顧和保護父母的人，也應同樣如此。服務者是指在森林中砍伐木材或進行其他工作的人，若在疾病出現之前，親屬未能見到，則應給予藥物。若是比丘的責任人，則應給予藥物。受託者也應如沙彌一樣行事。 信仰是家庭的基石，四種條件下的支持者應當為比丘僧團的父母提供支援；若其中有生病的人，應憑信任說「請給予藥物，尊者」，不應給予也不應給予。若知道合適的情況，便可詢問：「尊者，某種疾病應給予什麼藥物？」「應給予這個和那個」。「尊者，我的母親生病，請您告訴我藥物」，在這樣的詢問中不應告知。相互之間的對話應當進行——「朋友，某位比丘在這種疾病中應給予什麼藥物？」「應給予這個和那個，尊者」。聽到后，另一位便為母親準備藥物，這是合適的。 據說，摩訶帕杜馬長老在王的妻子生病時，有一位女性前來詢問說「我不知道」，於是便與比丘們討論。聽到后，便為她準備了藥物。在疾病緩解后，用三件袈裟和幾百錢的藥物，放在長老的腳下，說「尊者，請您做花供養」。長老根據適當的情況接受了供養，進行花供養。如此，藥物的給予應當如此進行。

Paritte pana 『『gilānassa parittaṃ karotha, bhante』』ti vutte na kātabbaṃ, 『『bhaṇathā』』ti vutte pana kātabbaṃ. Sace pissa evaṃ hoti 『『manussā nāma na jānanti, akayiramāne vippaṭisārino bhavissantī』』ti kātabbaṃ; 『『parittodakaṃ parittasuttaṃ katvā dethā』』ti vuttena pana tesaṃyeva udakaṃ hatthena cāletvā suttaṃ parimajjetvā dātabbaṃ. Sace vihārato udakaṃ attano santakaṃ vā suttaṃ deti, dukkaṭaṃ. Manussā udakañca suttañca gahetvā nisīditvā 『『parittaṃ bhaṇathā』』ti vadanti, kātabbaṃ. No ce jānanti, ācikkhitabbaṃ. Bhikkhūnaṃ nisinnānaṃ pādesu udakaṃ ākiritvā suttañca ṭhapetvā gacchanti 『『parittaṃ karotha, parittaṃ bhaṇathā』』ti na pādā apanetabbā. Manussā hi vippaṭisārino honti. Antogāme gilānassatthāya vihāraṃ pesenti, 『『parittaṃ bhaṇantū』』ti bhaṇitabbaṃ. Antogāme rājagehādīsu roge vā upaddave vā uppanne pakkosāpetvā bhaṇāpenti, āṭānāṭiyasuttādīni bhaṇitabbāni. 『『Āgantvā gilānassa sikkhāpadāni dentu, dhammaṃ kathentu. Rājantepure vā amaccagehe vā āgantvā sikkhāpadāni dentu, dhammaṃ kathentū』』ti pesitepi gantvā sikkhāpadāni dātabbāni, dhammo kathetabbo. 『『Matānaṃ parivāratthaṃ āgacchantū』』ti pakkosanti, na gantabbaṃ. Sīvathikadassane asubhadassane ca maraṇassatiṃ paṭilabhissāmīti kammaṭṭhānasīsena gantuṃ vaṭṭati. Evaṃ paritte paṭipajjitabbaṃ.

Piṇḍapāte pana – anāmaṭṭhapiṇḍapāto kassa dātabbo, kassa na dātabbo? Mātāpitunaṃ tāva dātabbo. Sacepi kahāpaṇagghanako hoti, saddhādeyyavinipātanaṃ natthi. Mātāpituupaṭṭhākānaṃ veyyāvaccakarassa paṇḍupalāsassāti etesampi dātabbo. Tattha paṇḍupalāsassa thālake pakkhipitvāpi dātuṃ vaṭṭati. Taṃ ṭhapetvā aññesaṃ āgārikānaṃ mātāpitunampi na vaṭṭati. Pabbajitaparibhogo hi āgārikānaṃ cetiyaṭṭhāniyo. Apica anāmaṭṭhapiṇḍapāto nāmesa sampattassa dāmarikacorassāpi issarassāpi dātabbo. Kasmā? Te hi adīyamānepi 『『na dentī』』ti āmasitvā dīyamānepi 『『ucchiṭṭhakaṃ dentī』』ti kujjhanti. Kuddhā jīvitāpi voropenti, sāsanassāpi antarāyaṃ karonti. Rajjaṃ patthayamānassa vicarato coranāgassa vatthu cettha kathetabbaṃ. Evaṃ piṇḍapāte paṭipajjitabbaṃ.

Paṭisanthāro pana kassa kātabbo, kassa na kātabbo? Paṭisanthāro nāma vihāraṃ sampattassa yassa kassaci āgantukassa vā daliddassa vā corassa vā issarassa vā kātabboyeva. Kathaṃ? Āgantukaṃ tāva khīṇaparibbayaṃ vihāraṃ sampattaṃ disvā pānīyaṃ dātabbaṃ, pādamakkhanatelaṃ dātabbaṃ. Kāle āgatassa yāgubhattaṃ, vikāle āgatassa sace taṇḍulā atthi; taṇḍulā dātabbā. Avelāyaṃ sampatto 『『gacchāhī』』ti na vattabbo. Sayanaṭṭhānaṃ dātabbaṃ. Sabbaṃ apaccāsīsanteneva kātabbaṃ. 『『Manussā nāma catupaccayadāyakā evaṃ saṅgahe kayiramāne punappunaṃ pasīditvā upakāraṃ karissantī』』ti cittaṃ na uppādetabbaṃ. Corānaṃ pana saṅghikampi dātabbaṃ.

Paṭisanthārānisaṃsadīpanatthañca coranāgavatthu, bhātarā saddhiṃ jambudīpagatassa mahānāgarañño vatthu, piturājassa rajje catunnaṃ amaccānaṃ vatthu, abhayacoravatthūti evamādīni bahūni vatthūni mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vitthārato vuttāni.

Paritte pana 『『gilānassa parittaṃ karotha, bhante』』ti vutte na kātabbaṃ, 『『bhaṇathā』』ti vutte pana kātabbaṃ。若有人說「為病人準備少量藥物，尊者」，則不應給予；若說「請說出藥物」，則應給予。若情況是「人們往往不知道，若不加以照顧會變得痛苦」，則應給予；若說「請將少量水水和藥物拿來」，則應用手搖動水，洗凈藥物后給予。如果從寺院提供自己的水或藥物，則是犯過失。人們應將水和藥物拿著坐下，若說「請準備少量藥物」，則應給予。若他們不知道，則應告知。比丘們坐著時，若將水灑在腳上並放下藥物，若說「請準備少量藥物，請說出藥物」，則不應放下腳。因為人們往往會感到痛苦。若在村中為病人派遣到寺院，若說「請準備少量藥物」，則應如此說。若在村中王宮等處發生疾病或災難，應召集說出《阿ṭānāṭiya經》等經文。若說「請來為病人傳授戒律，講解法」，則應派遣去傳授戒律，講解法。若說「請為已故者送來」，則不應去。若看到屍體或不好的情況，若想要獲得死亡的念頭，則應根據修行的主題去。如此，少量藥物應當如此進行。 在乞食中——無名乞食應給予誰，誰不應給予？應給予父母。即使是幾錢的乞食，也不存在信仰的錯誤。應給予父母和隨侍的服務者、受託者等。這些人中，即使是放在盤子里也可以給予。除此之外，不應給予其他家庭的父母。出家的供養是家庭的佛塔。並且，無名乞食也應給予那些富有的盜賊和權貴。為什麼？因為他們即使在不被要求的情況下也會說「不給」，而在被要求的情況下又會說「只給殘餘」。憤怒時甚至會剝奪生命，給教法帶來障礙。關於渴望王位的盜賊的情況，應在此提及。如此，乞食應當如此進行。 關於接待，誰應給予，誰不應給予？接待是指為任何人提供的寺院，給予任何來訪者、貧窮者、盜賊或權貴的藥物。如何給予？若看到來訪者或失去一切的人，應給予水，給予腳油。若在適當的時間來，給予米飯；若在不適當的時間來，若有米，則應給予米。若在不適當的時間來，不應說「去吧」。應給予臥具。所有的事應由不被拒絕的人來給予。人們往往是四種條件的給予者，因此不應產生這樣的想法。盜賊的情況也應給予。 關於接待的好處，盜賊和權貴的情況，兄弟與在Jambudīpa（現代的印度）大城市的情況，父王的王國中四位大臣的情況，安全盜賊的情況等，這些在《大阿ṭṭhakathā》中有詳細的敘述。

Tatrāyaṃ ekavatthudīpanā – sīhaḷadīpe kira abhayo nāma coro pañcasataparivāro ekasmiṃ ṭhāne khandhāvāraṃ bandhitvā samantā tiyojanaṃ ubbāsetvā vasati. Anurādhapuravāsino kadambanadiṃ na uttaranti, cetiyagirimagge janasañcāro upacchinno. Athekadivasaṃ coro 『『cetiyagiriṃ vilumpissāmī』』ti agamāsi. Ārāmikā disvā dīghabhāṇakaabhayattherassa ārocesuṃ. Thero 『『sappiphāṇitādīni atthī』』ti pucchi. 『『Atthi, bhante』』ti. 『『Corānaṃ detha, taṇḍulā atthī』』ti? 『『Atthi, bhante, saṅghassatthāya āhaṭā taṇḍulā ca pattasākañca goraso cā』』ti. 『『Bhattaṃ sampādetvā corānaṃ dethā』』ti. Ārāmikā tathā kariṃsu. Corā bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā 『『kenāyaṃ paṭisanthāro kato』』ti pucchiṃsu. 『『Amhākaṃ ayyena abhayattherenā』』ti. Corā therassa santikaṃ gantvā vanditvā āhaṃsu – 『『mayaṃ saṅghassa ca cetiyassa ca santakaṃ acchinditvā gahessāmāti āgatā, tumhākaṃ pana iminā paṭisanthārenamha pasannā, ajja paṭṭhāya vihāre dhammikā rakkhā amhākaṃ āyattā hotu, nāgarā āgantvā dānaṃ dentu, cetiyaṃ vandantū』』ti. Tato paṭṭhāya ca nāgare dānaṃ dātuṃ āgacchante nadītīreyeva paccuggantvā rakkhantā vihāraṃ nenti, vihārepi dānaṃ dentānaṃ rakkhaṃ katvā tiṭṭhanti. Tepi bhikkhūnaṃ bhuttāvasesaṃ corānaṃ denti. Gamanakālepi te corā nadītīraṃ pāpetvā nivattanti.

Athekadivasaṃ bhikkhusaṅghe khīyanakakathā uppannā 『『thero issaravatāya saṅghassa santakaṃ corānaṃ adāsī』』ti. Thero sannipātaṃ kārāpetvā āha – 『『corā saṅghassa pakativaṭṭañca cetiyasantakañca acchinditvā gaṇhissāmā』』ti āgamiṃsu. Atha nesaṃ mayā evaṃ na harissantīti ettako nāma paṭisanthāro kato, taṃ sabbampi ekato sampiṇḍetvā agghāpetha. Tena kāraṇena aviluttaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ ekato sampiṇḍetvā agghāpethāti. Tato sabbampi therena dinnakaṃ cetiyaghare ekaṃ varapotthakacittattharaṇaṃ na agghati. Tato āhaṃsu – 『『therena katapaṭisanthāro sukato codetuṃ vā sāretuṃ vā na labbhā, gīvā vā avahāro vā natthī』』ti. Evaṃ mahānisaṃso paṭisanthāroti sallakkhetvā kattabbo paṇḍitena bhikkhunāti.

這裡有一個故事的說明——據說在錫蘭島(現斯里蘭卡)上,有一個名叫阿巴耶的盜賊,帶著五百名隨從,在一個地方紮營,控制了方圓三由旬的地區。阿努拉達普拉(Anurādhapura)的居民不敢渡過卡丹巴河,切提亞吉里(Cetiyagiri)路上的人流中斷了。有一天,盜賊說"我要去搶劫切提亞吉里",就出發了。寺院的侍者看到后,向長篇誦者阿巴耶長老報告。長老問:"有沒有酥油和蜂蜜等?"(侍者說)"有,尊者。""給盜賊們,有米嗎?""有,尊者,有為僧團準備的米、蔬菜和牛奶。""準備好食物給盜賊們。"侍者們照做了。盜賊們吃完飯後問:"是誰安排的這些招待?""是我們的阿巴耶長老。"盜賊們來到長老面前,禮拜后說:"我們本來是要來搶奪僧團和佛塔的財物,但因為您的這種招待,我們很感激。從今天起,寺院的合法保護就由我們負責,讓城裡人來佈施,禮拜佛塔。"從那以後,當城裡人來佈施時,他們就在河邊迎接,護送到寺院,在寺院裡保護佈施的人。那些比丘也把剩餘的食物給盜賊們。離開時,盜賊們護送他們到河邊才返回。 有一天,比丘僧團中有人抱怨說:"長老以權威之姿把僧團的財物給了盜賊。"長老召集大家說:"盜賊們是來搶奪僧團的常規供養和佛塔的財物的。我做了這樣的招待,就是爲了他們不會搶劫。你們把這些招待的價值加起來估算一下。再把因此而沒有被搶走的財物加起來估算一下。"結果所有長老給予的東西加起來,還不及佛塔里一塊上等的彩繪布的價值。於是他們說:"長老做的招待是很好的,不應該責備或追究,沒有過失或偷盜。"智慧的比丘應該認識到,招待有如此大的利益,應該這樣做。

1. Aṅgulipatodakavatthusmiṃ – uttantoti kilamanto. Anassāsakoti nirassāso. Imasmiṃ pana vatthusmiṃ yāya āpattiyā bhavitabbaṃ sā 『『khuddakesu nidiṭṭhā』』ti idha na vuttā.

Tadanantare vatthusmiṃ – ottharitvāti akkamitvā. So kira tehi ākaḍḍhiyamāno patito. Eko tassa udaraṃ abhiruhitvā nisīdi. Sesāpi pannarasa janā pathaviyaṃ ajjhottharitvā adūhalapāsāṇā viya migaṃ māresuṃ. Yasmā pana te kammādhippāyā, na maraṇādhippāyā; tasmā pārājikaṃ na vuttaṃ.

Bhūtavejjakavatthusmiṃ – yakkhaṃ māresīti bhūtavijjākapāṭhakā yakkhagahitaṃ mocetukāmā yakkhaṃ āvāhetvā muñcāti vadanti. No ce muñcati, piṭṭhena vā mattikāya vā rūpaṃ katvā hatthapādādīni chindanti, yaṃ yaṃ tassa chijjati taṃ taṃ yakkhassa chinnameva hoti. Sīse chinne yakkhopi marati . Evaṃ sopi māresi; tasmā thullaccayaṃ vuttaṃ. Na kevalañca yakkhameva, yopi hi sakkaṃ devarājaṃ māreyya, sopi thullaccayameva āpajjati.

Vāḷayakkhavatthusmiṃ – vāḷayakkhavihāranti yasmiṃ vihāre vāḷo caṇḍo yakkho vasati, taṃ vihāraṃ. Yo hi evarūpaṃ vihāraṃ ajānanto kevalaṃ vasanatthāya peseti, anāpatti. Yo maraṇādhippāyo peseti, so itarassa maraṇena pārājikaṃ, amaraṇena thullaccayaṃ āpajjati. Yathā ca vāḷayakkhavihāraṃ; evaṃ yattha vāḷasīhabyagghādimigā vā ajagarakaṇhasappādayo dīghajātikā vā vasanti, taṃ vāḷavihāraṃ pesentassāpi āpattānāpattibhedo veditabbo. Ayaṃ pāḷimuttakanayo. Yathā ca bhikkhuṃ vāḷayakkhavihāraṃ pesentassa; evaṃ vāḷayakkhampi bhikkhusantikaṃ pesentassa āpattānāpattibhedo veditabbo. Eseva nayo vāḷakantārādivatthūsupi. Kevalañhettha yasmiṃ kantāre vāḷamigā vā dīghajātikā vā atthi, so vāḷakantāro. Yasmiṃ corā atthi, so corakantāroti evaṃ padatthamattameva nānaṃ. Manussaviggahapārājikañca nāmetaṃ saṇhaṃ, pariyāyakathāya na muccati; tasmā yo vadeyya 『『asukasmiṃ nāma okāse coro nisinno , yo tassa sīsaṃ chinditvā āharati, so rājato sakkāravisesaṃ labhatī』』ti. Tassa cetaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā koci naṃ gantvā māreti, ayaṃ pārājiko hotīti.

188.Taṃ maññamānoti ādīsu so kira bhikkhu attano veribhikkhuṃ māretukāmo cintesi – 『『imaṃ me divā mārentassa na sukaraṃ bhaveyya sotthinā gantuṃ, rattiṃ naṃ māressāmī』』ti sallakkhetvā rattiṃ āgamma bahūnaṃ sayitaṭṭhāne taṃ maññamāno tameva jīvitā voropesi. Aparo taṃ maññamāno aññaṃ, aparo aññaṃ tasseva sahāyaṃ maññamāno taṃ, aparo aññaṃ tasseva sahāyaṃ maññamāno aññaṃ tassa sahāyameva jīvitā voropesi. Sabbesampi pārājikameva.

Amanussagahitavatthūsu paṭhame vatthusmiṃ 『『yakkhaṃ palāpessāmī』』ti pahāraṃ adāsi, itaro 『『na dānāyaṃ virajjhituṃ samattho, māressāmi na』』nti . Ettha ca namaraṇādhippāyassa anāpatti vuttāti. Na ettakeneva amanussagahitassa pahāro dātabbo, tālapaṇṇaṃ pana parittasuttaṃ vā hatthe vā pāde vā bandhitabbaṃ, ratanasuttādīni parittāni bhaṇitabbāni, 『『mā sīlavantaṃ bhikkhuṃ viheṭhehī』』ti dhammakathā kātabbāti. Saggakathādīni uttānatthāni. Yañhettha vattabbaṃ taṃ vuttameva.

在用手指戳刺的案例中——"疲倦"是指疲勞。"無呼吸"是指停止呼吸。在這個案例中,應該犯的罪過因為"在小罪中已經說明"而在這裡沒有提及。 在接下來的案例中——"壓倒"是指踩踏。據說他被他們拖拽時倒下了。一個人騎在他的肚子上坐下。其餘十五個人也像壓碎石頭一樣壓在地上殺死了他。但是因為他們的意圖是行為,而不是殺死,所以沒有說是波羅夷罪。 在驅鬼醫生的案例中——"殺死夜叉"是指那些唸誦驅鬼咒語的人想要解救被夜叉附身的人,召喚夜叉並命令它離開。如果它不離開,他們就用麵粉或泥土做個人像,切斷手腳等,切斷人像的哪個部位,夜叉的相應部位就會被切斷。切斷頭部時夜叉也會死亡。這樣他也殺死了夜叉;所以說是偷蘭遮罪。不僅是夜叉,即使殺死帝釋天王,也只是犯偷蘭遮罪。 在兇惡夜叉的案例中——"兇惡夜叉的寺院"是指有兇惡暴躁的夜叉居住的寺院。如果有人不知情,僅僅爲了居住而派人去,不犯罪。如果有人懷著殺意派人去,如果那人死了就犯波羅夷罪,如果沒死就犯偷蘭遮罪。就像兇惡夜叉的寺院一樣,凡是有兇惡的獅子、老虎等野獸或蟒蛇、黑蛇等長蟲居住的地方,派人去的罪過與否也應該這樣理解。這是不在經文中的解釋。就像派比丘去兇惡夜叉的寺院一樣,派兇惡夜叉去比丘那裡的罪過與否也應該這樣理解。在兇惡的荒野等案例中也是同樣的道理。這裡只是在詞義上有所不同,有兇惡野獸或長蟲的荒野叫做兇惡荒野,有盜賊的荒野叫做盜賊荒野。關於殺人的波羅夷罪是很微妙的,不能用間接的說法逃脫。因此,如果有人說"在某某地方有個盜賊,誰砍下他的頭帶來,就會得到國王的特別獎賞",聽到這話後有人去殺了他,這個人就犯了波羅夷罪。 在"以為是他"等案例中,據說那個比丘想要殺死自己的仇敵比丘,他想:"白天殺他不容易安全離開,我要晚上殺他。"於是他晚上來到許多人睡覺的地方,以為是那個人就殺死了他。另一個人以為是那個人而殺死了別人,另一個人以為是那個人的同伴而殺死了那個人,另一個人以為是那個人的同伴而殺死了那個人的另一個同伴。所有人都犯了波羅夷罪。 在被非人附身的案例中,第一個案例中他"想要驅趕夜叉"而打了一下,另一個人想"現在他無法躲開,我要殺死他"。這裡說明沒有殺意的人不犯罪。但不應僅僅因此就打被非人附身的人,應該在手或腳上綁上棕櫚葉或護身線,唸誦寶石經等護身咒,說"不要傷害持戒的比丘"等開示法。關於天界等的內容意思很明顯。這裡應該說的都已經說了。

189.Rukkhacchedanavatthu aṭṭabandhanavatthusadisaṃ. Ayaṃ pana viseso – yo rukkhena otthatopi na marati , sakkā ca hoti ekena passena rukkhaṃ chetvā pathaviṃ vā khanitvā nikkhamituṃ, hatthe cassa vāsi vā kuṭhārī vā atthi, tena api jīvitaṃ pariccajitabbaṃ, na ca rukkho vā chinditabbo, na pathavī vā khaṇitabbā. Kasmā? Evaṃ karonto hi pācittiyaṃ āpajjati, buddhassa āṇaṃ bhañjati, na jīvitapariyantaṃ sīlaṃ karoti. Tasmā api jīvitaṃ pariccajitabbaṃ, na ca sīlanti pariggahetvā na evaṃ kātabbaṃ. Aññassa pana bhikkhuno rukkhaṃ vā chinditvā pathaviṃ vā khanitvā taṃ nīharituṃ vaṭṭati. Sace udukkhalayantakena rukkhaṃ pavaṭṭetvā nīharitabbo hoti, taṃyeva rukkhaṃ chinditvā udukkhalaṃ gahetabbanti mahāsumatthero āha. Aññampi chinditvā gahetuṃ vaṭṭatīti mahāpadumatthero. Sobbhādīsu patitassāpi nisseṇiṃ bandhitvā uttāraṇe eseva nayo. Attanā bhūtagāmaṃ chinditvā nisseṇī na kātabbā, aññesaṃ katvā uddharituṃ vaṭṭatīti.

1. Dāyālimpanavatthūsu – dāyaṃ ālimpesunti vane aggiṃ adaṃsu. Ettha pana uddissānuddissavasena pārājikānantariyathullaccayapācittivatthūnaṃ anurūpato pārājikādīni akusalarāsibhāvo ca pubbe vuttanayeneva veditabbo. 『『Allatiṇavanappagumbādayo ḍayhantū』』ti ālimpentassa ca pācittiyaṃ. 『『Dabbūpakaraṇāni vinassantū』』ti ālimpentassa dukkaṭaṃ. Khiḍḍādhippāyenāpi dukkaṭanti saṅkhepaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. 『『Yaṃkiñci allasukkhaṃ saindriyānindriyaṃ ḍayhatū』』ti ālimpentassa vatthuvasena pārājikathullaccayapācittiyadukkaṭāni veditabbāni.

Paṭaggidānaṃ pana parittakaraṇañca bhagavatā anuññātaṃ, tasmā araññe vanakammikehi vā dinnaṃ sayaṃ vā uṭṭhitaṃ aggiṃ āgacchantaṃ disvā 『『tiṇakuṭiyo mā vinassantū』』ti tassa aggino paṭiaggiṃ dātuṃ vaṭṭati, yena saddhiṃ āgacchanto aggi ekato hutvā nirupādāno nibbāti. Parittampi kātuṃ vaṭṭati tiṇakuṭikānaṃ samantā bhūmitacchanaṃ parikhākhaṇanaṃ vā, yathā āgato aggi upādānaṃ alabhitvā nibbāti. Etañca sabbaṃ uṭṭhiteyeva aggismiṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Anuṭṭhite anupasampannehi kappiyavohārena kāretabbaṃ. Udakena pana nibbāpentehi appāṇakameva udakaṃ āsiñcitabbaṃ.

191.Āghātanavatthusmiṃ – yathā ekappahāravacane; evaṃ 『『dvīhi pahārehī』』ti ādivacanesupi pārājikaṃ veditabbaṃ. 『『Dvīhī』』ti vutte ca ekena pahārena māritepi khettameva otiṇṇattā pārājikaṃ, tīhi mārite pana visaṅketaṃ. Iti yathāparicchede vā paricchedabbhantare vā avisaṅketaṃ, paricchedātikkame pana sabbattha visaṅketaṃ hoti, āṇāpako muccati, vadhakasseva doso. Yathā ca pahāresu; evaṃ purisesupi 『『eko māretū』』ti vutte ekeneva mārite pārājikaṃ, dvīhi mārite visaṅketaṃ. 『『Dve mārentū』』ti vutte ekena vā dvīhi vā mārite pārājikaṃ, tīhi mārite visaṅketanti veditabbaṃ. Eko saṅgāme vegena dhāvato purisassa sīsaṃ asinā chindati, asīsakaṃ kabandhaṃ dhāvati, tamañño paharitvā pātesi, kassa pārājikanti vutte upaḍḍhā therā 『『gamanūpacchedakassā』』ti āhaṃsu. Ābhidhammikagodattatthero 『『sīsacchedakassā』』ti. Evarūpānipi vatthūni imassa vatthussa atthadīpane vattabbānīti.

在砍樹的案例中，像捆綁的案例一樣。這是一個特別的情況——如果在砍樹時沒有死亡，可以通過一隻手砍掉樹木或挖土逃走，手中有斧頭或其他工具，即使因此犧牲生命，也不應砍樹或挖土。為什麼？因為這樣做會犯波羅夷罪，違背佛陀的命令，而不是在生命的範圍內行持戒律。因此，即使生命被犧牲，也不應被視為戒律的範圍，而不應這樣做。至於其他比丘，砍樹或挖土后，應該將其移走。如果用鋤頭將樹拔起后再移走，正如大智長老所說。大果長老也說，砍掉其他樹木也可以移走。對於被壓倒的樹木，綁住根部以便抬起的情況也應如此。自己砍掉的樹木不應移走，而是可以通過其他方式移走。 在遺產分配的案例中——"分配遺產"是指在森林中點火。在這裡，關於意圖和非意圖的波羅夷罪、臨近的偷蘭遮罪和波羅夷罪的相關內容應根據之前所述的方式理解。對於"讓火焚燒掉"的情況，犯了波羅夷罪。對於"讓器具損壞"的情況，犯了偷蘭遮罪。根據遊戲的目的，犯了偷蘭遮罪也是在簡要的講解中提到的。對於"讓任何東西被火焚燒"的情況，應根據物品的不同，理解波羅夷罪、偷蘭遮罪等。 關於火焚燒的少量物品，佛陀允許在森林中與伐木工人一起點火，因此看到點燃的火焰時，應說"草屋不要被燒掉"，以便與火一起消失的火焰可以滅掉。即使是少量的草屋，也應在周圍的土地上掘洞，正如火焰來時未能被捕獲而滅掉。所有這些都應在火焰升起時進行。未升起時，由未受戒的修行者以適當的方式處理。用水滅火時，僅需少量水即可。 在攻擊的案例中——如同一個人被打時的情況；同樣在"用兩次打擊"的情況下也應視為波羅夷罪。提到"用兩次打擊"，即使是用一次打擊殺死，也因受傷而犯波羅夷罪；用三次打擊則是無疑的。這樣，在特定的情況下或特定的範圍內，沒有疑問的情況下，超出範圍則在任何情況下都無疑是波羅夷罪，命令者則會被解脫，而殺人者則會受到懲罰。就像在打擊的情況下；同樣在對人時，如果說"一個人來殺"，用一個人殺死則是波羅夷罪，用兩人殺死則是無疑的。若說"讓兩個人來殺"，無論是一個人還是兩個人殺死都是波羅夷罪，用三個人殺死則是無疑的。一個人在戰鬥中快速奔跑時用刀砍下一個人的頭，另一個人則用刀砍下了另一個人的頭，問誰犯了波羅夷罪時，長老們說"這是對逃跑者的追擊"。阿毗達摩戈達長老說"這是對頭顱的砍殺"。類似的案例也應在本案例的說明中進行。

192.Takkavatthusmiṃ – aniyametvā 『『takkaṃ pāyethā』』ti vutte yaṃ vā taṃ vā takkaṃ pāyetvā mārite pārājikaṃ. Niyametvā pana 『『gotakkaṃ mahiṃsatakkaṃ ajikātakka』』nti vā, 『『sītaṃ uṇhaṃ dhūpitaṃ adhūpita』』nti vā vutte yaṃ vuttaṃ, tato aññaṃ pāyetvā mārite visaṅketaṃ.

Loṇasovīrakavatthusmiṃ– loṇasovīrakaṃ nāma sabbarasābhisaṅkhataṃ ekaṃ bhesajjaṃ. Taṃ kira karontā harītakāmalakavibhītakakasāve sabbadhaññāni sabbaaparaṇṇāni sattannampi dhaññānaṃ odanaṃ kadaliphalādīni sabbaphalāni vettaketakakhajjūrikaḷīrādayo sabbakaḷīre macchamaṃsakhaṇḍāni anekāni ca madhuphāṇitasindhavaloṇanikaṭukādīni bhesajjāni pakkhipitvā kumbhimukhaṃ limpitvā ekaṃ vā dve vā tīṇi vā saṃvaccharāni ṭhapenti, taṃ paripaccitvā jamburasavaṇṇaṃ hoti. Vātakāsakuṭṭhapaṇḍubhagandarādīnaṃ siniddhabhojanaṃ bhuttānañca uttarapānaṃ bhattajīraṇakabhesajjaṃ tādisaṃ natthi. Taṃ panetaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pacchābhattampi vaṭṭati, gilānānaṃ pākatikameva, agilānānaṃ pana udakasambhinnaṃ pānaparibhogenāti.

Samantapāsādikāya vinayasaṃvaṇṇanāya

Tatiyapārājikavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Catutthapārājikaṃ

Catusaccavidū satthā, catutthaṃ yaṃ pakāsayi;

Pārājikaṃ tassa dāni, patto saṃvaṇṇanākkamo.

Yasmā tasmā suviññeyyaṃ, yaṃ pubbe ca pakāsitaṃ;

Taṃ vajjayitvā assāpi, hoti saṃvaṇṇanā ayaṃ.

Vaggumudātīriyabhikkhuvatthuvaṇṇanā

193.Tena samayena buddho bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati…pe… gihīnaṃ kammantaṃ adhiṭṭhemāti gihīnaṃ khettesu ceva ārāmādīsu ca kattabbakiccaṃ adhiṭṭhāma; 『『evaṃ kātabbaṃ, evaṃ na kātabba』』nti ācikkhāma ceva anusāsāma cāti vuttaṃ hoti. Dūteyyanti dūtakammaṃ. Uttarimanussadhammassāti manusse uttiṇṇadhammassa; manusse atikkamitvā brahmattaṃ vā nibbānaṃ vā pāpanakadhammassāti attho. Uttarimanussānaṃ vā seṭṭhapurisānaṃ jhāyīnañca ariyānañca dhammassa. Asuko bhikkhūtiādīsu attanā evaṃ mantayitvā pacchā gihīnaṃ bhāsantā 『『buddharakkhito nāma bhikkhu paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhī, dhammarakkhito dutiyassā』』ti evaṃ nāmavaseneva vaṇṇaṃ bhāsiṃsūti veditabbo. Tattha esoyeva kho āvuso seyyoti kammantādhiṭṭhānaṃ dūteyyaharaṇañca bahusapattaṃ mahāsamārambhaṃ na ca samaṇasāruppaṃ. Tato pana ubhayatopi eso eva seyyo pāsaṃsataro sundarataro yo amhākaṃ gihīnaṃ aññamaññassa uttarimanussadhammassa vaṇṇo bhāsito. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Iriyāpathaṃ saṇṭhapetvā nisinnaṃ vā caṅkamantaṃ vā pucchantānaṃ vā apucchantānaṃ vā gihīnaṃ 『『ayaṃ asuko nāma bhikkhu paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhī』』ti evamādinā nayena yo amhākaṃ aññena aññassa uttarimanussadhammassa vaṇṇo bhāsito bhavissati, eso eva seyyoti. Anāgatasambandhe pana asati na etehi so tasmiṃ khaṇe bhāsitova yasmā na yujjati, tasmā anāgatasambandhaṃ katvā 『『yo evaṃ bhāsito bhavissati, so eva seyyo』』ti evamettha attho veditabbo. Lakkhaṇaṃ pana saddasatthato pariyesitabbaṃ.

在砍樹的案例中——若說「砍樹」，無論是什麼樹，砍后殺死則犯波羅夷罪。但若說「特定的樹木，比如牛樹、馬樹、阿吉卡樹」或「冷的、熱的、熏過的、未熏過的」，若如此說，砍掉后殺人則沒有疑問。 在鹽水和醋的案例中——鹽和醋是指一種調味品。製作時，使用綠香果、苦香果、各種穀物、七種穀物的米飯、香蕉等所有水果，混合各種魚肉塊和多種蜜糖等藥材，放入瓶口，密封后放置一至三年，經過處理后呈現出橙色。對於風濕性關節炎、白癜風等病人，食用后沒有其他藥物。這種藥物也適合比丘們在吃過飯後使用，通常適合病人，健康者則通過飲水來使用。 關於《佛教戒律的描述》 第三波羅夷罪的描述已完成。 第四波羅夷罪 四聖諦的知者，第四個他所宣示的；波羅夷罪現在，已達戒律的說明。 因此，應該明瞭，之前所述的；若不遵守此戒，則此戒律的說明成立。 關於喜悅的比丘的案例的描述 那時，佛陀在維薩里居住……，關於家庭的工作，指的是在家庭的田地和園林等應做的工作；「應如此做，不應如此做」，這是對他所說的進行解釋和教導。使者是指使者的工作。關於超人間法，是指超越人類的法；超越人類的法是指天人或涅槃的法。關於超人間者的最上人、修行者和聖者的法。關於某位比丘等的說法，自己思考後，隨後向家庭的人說：「受佛保護的比丘是第一禪的獲得者，受法保護的則是第二禪的獲得者。」因此，應理解為以名義為基礎的描述。在這裡，確實是更好的工作和使者的任務，廣泛的努力，而不是比丘的樣子。然後，無論是兩者，都是更優越的、更加讚美的、更加美麗的，關於我們家庭的彼此之間的超人間法的描述。意即，通過保持行走的姿勢，坐著或走動，詢問或不詢問家庭的人：「這是某位比丘第一禪的獲得者。」通過這種方式，關於我們彼此之間的超人間法的描述將會成立，這就是更好的。關於未來的關係，若不在此時說出，則不應使用這些，因此，關於未來的關係，若說「這樣說的將會更好」，則應理解為如此。特徵應從聲音中尋找。

194.Vaṇṇavā ahesunti aññoyeva nesaṃ abhinavo sarīravaṇṇo uppajji, tena vaṇṇena vaṇṇavanto ahesuṃ. Pīṇindriyāti pañcahi pasādehi abhiniviṭṭhokāsassa paripuṇṇattā manacchaṭṭhānaṃ indriyānaṃ amilātabhāvena pīṇindriyā. Pasannamukhavaṇṇāti kiñcāpi avisesena vaṇṇavanto sarīravaṇṇato pana nesaṃ mukhavaṇṇo adhikataraṃ pasanno; accho anāvilo parisuddhoti attho. Vippasannachavivaṇṇāti yena ca te mahākaṇikārapupphādisadisena vaṇṇena vaṇṇavanto, tādiso aññesampi manussānaṃ vaṇṇo atthi. Yathā pana imesaṃ; evaṃ na tesaṃ chavivaṇṇo vippasanno. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『vippasannachavivaṇṇā』』ti. Itiha te bhikkhū neva uddesaṃ na paripucchaṃ na kammaṭṭhānaṃ anuyuñjantā. Atha kho kuhakatāya abhūtaguṇasaṃvaṇṇanāya laddhāni paṇītabhojanāni bhuñjitvā yathāsukhaṃ niddārāmataṃ saṅgaṇikārāmatañca anuyuñjantā imaṃ sarīrasobhaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu, yathā taṃ bālā bhantamigappaṭibhāgāti.

Vaggumudātīriyāti vaggumudātīravāsino. Kacci bhikkhave khamanīyanti bhikkhave kacci tumhākaṃ idaṃ catucakkaṃ navadvāraṃ sarīrayantaṃ khamanīyaṃ sakkā khamituṃ sahituṃ pariharituṃ na kiñci dukkhaṃ uppādetīti. Kacci yāpanīyanti kacci sabbakiccesu yāpetuṃ gametuṃ sakkā, na kiñci antarāyaṃ dassetīti. Kucchi parikantoti kucchi parikantito varaṃ bhaveyya; 『『parikatto』』tipi pāṭho yujjati. Evaṃ vaggumudātīriye anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā idāni yasmā tehi katakammaṃ corakammaṃ hoti, tasmā āyatiṃ aññesampi evarūpassa kammassa akaraṇatthaṃ atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi.

「色彩美麗」是指他們的身體色彩是新生的，因而他們的色彩美麗。關於「豐盈的感官」，是指由於五種感官的完全、充實，心意安穩，感官的敏銳度不減，故稱為「豐盈的感官」。關於「面容愉悅」，雖然沒有特別的區別，但他們的面容比身體的色彩更為愉悅；面容清晰、毫無污垢。關於「清晰的膚色」，他們的膚色如同大金色花瓣般美麗，其他人也有這樣的膚色。就像這些人一樣，他們的膚色並不清晰。因此說：「膚色清晰」。在這裡，這些比丘既不進行問訊，也不進行詢問，也不修行。然後因為虛偽的、非真實的特質，獲得了美味的食物，享受著安適的睡眠和聚會，達到了身體的美麗，正如那些愚者所說的「像一隻美麗的羚羊」。 關於「喜悅的比丘」是指喜悅的比丘的居住。比丘們，是否感到愉快？比丘們，你們是否能夠承受這個四輪的、九個門的身體，能夠忍受、能夠承載，且沒有任何痛苦的出現？是否能夠在所有事務中，能夠遷移、能夠前往，而沒有任何障礙出現？關於「肚子充實」，肚子充實是指肚子充實的狀態；「充實」的說法也適用。因此，在喜悅的比丘中，以多種方式進行深入討論，現在因為這些行為而形成了盜賊的行為，因此爲了避免他人也做出這樣的行為，佛陀對比丘們進行了勸誡。

1. Āmantetvā ca pana 『『pañcime bhikkhave mahācorā』』tiādimāha. Tattha santo saṃvijjamānāti atthi ceva upalabbhanti cāti vuttaṃ hoti. Idhāti imasmiṃ sattaloke. Evaṃ hotīti evaṃ pubbabhāge icchā uppajjati. Kudāssu nāmāhanti ettha suiti nipāto; kudā nāmāti attho. So aparena samayenāti so pubbabhāge evaṃ cintetvā anukkamena parisaṃ vaḍḍhento panthadūhanakammaṃ paccantimagāmavilopanti evamādīni katvā vepullappattapariso hutvā gāmepi agāme, janapadepi ajanapade karonto hananto ghātento chindanto chedāpento pacanto pācento.

Iti bāhirakamahācoraṃ dassetvā tena sadise sāsane pañca mahācore dassetuṃ 『『evameva kho』』tiādimāha. Tattha pāpabhikkhunoti aññesu ṭhānesu mūlacchinno pārājikappatto 『『pāpabhikkhū』』ti vuccati. Idha pana pārājikaṃ anāpanno icchācāre ṭhito khuddānukhuddakāni sikkhāpadāni madditvā vicaranto 『『pāpabhikkhū』』ti adhippeto. Tassāpi bāhirakacorassa viya pubbabhāge evaṃ hoti – 『『kudāssu nāmāhaṃ…pe… parikkhārāna』』nti. Tattha sakkatoti sakkārappatto. Garukatoti garukārappatto. Mānitoti manasā piyāyito. Pūjitoti catupaccayābhihārapūjāya pūjito. Apacitoti apacitippatto. Tattha yassa cattāro paccaye sakkaritvā suṭṭhu abhisaṅkhate paṇītapaṇīte katvā denti, so sakkato. Yasmiṃ garubhāvaṃ paccupetvā denti, so garukato. Yaṃ manasā piyāyanti, so mānito. Yassa sabbampetaṃ karonti, so pūjito. Yassa abhivādanapaccuṭṭhānaañjalikammādivasena paramanipaccakāraṃ karonti, so apacito. Imassa ca pana sabbampi imaṃ lokāmisaṃ patthayamānassa evaṃ hoti.

So aparena samayenāti so pubbabhāge evaṃ cintetvā anukkamena sikkhāya atibbagārave uddhate unnaḷe capale mukhare vikiṇṇavāce muṭṭhassatī asampajāne pākatindriye ācariyupajjhāyehi pariccattake lābhagaruke pāpabhikkhū saṅgaṇhitvā iriyāpathasaṇṭhapanādīni kuhakavattāni sikkhāpetvā 『『ayaṃ thero asukasmiṃ nāma senāsane vassaṃ upagamma vattapaṭipattiṃ pūrayamāno vassaṃ vasitvā niggato』』ti lokasammatasenāsanasaṃvaṇṇanādīhi upāyehi lokaṃ paripācetuṃ paṭibalehi jātakādīsu kataparicayehi sarasampannehi pāpabhikkhūhi saṃvaṇṇiyamānaguṇo hutvā satena vā sahassena vā parivuto…pe… bhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. Ayaṃ bhikkhave paṭhamo mahācoroti ayaṃ sandhicchedādicorako viya na ekaṃ kulaṃ na dve, atha kho mahājanaṃ vañcetvā catupaccayagahaṇato 『『paṭhamo mahācoro』』ti veditabbo. Ye pana suttantikā vā ābhidhammikā vā vinayadharā vā bhikkhū bhikkhācāre asampajjamāne pāḷiṃ vācentā aṭṭhakathaṃ kathentā anumodanāya dhammakathāya iriyāpathasampattiyā ca lokaṃ pasādentā janapadacārikaṃ caranti sakkatā garukatā mānitā pūjitā apacitā, te 『『tantipaveṇighaṭanakā sāsanajotakā』』ti veditabbā.

他說：「這五位比丘是大盜。」這裡所說的「存在且可得」，是指在這個世間是存在的。這樣說，「這樣是的」，是指在以前的某個時候，慾望產生了。「何時稱為」在這裡是個疑問詞；「何時」是指什麼。後面所說的，是指在前面思考後，逐漸增加人群，進行偷竊等行為，最終形成了龐大的團體，甚至在村莊和城市中進行殺戮、屠殺、砍伐、破壞、煮食等行為。 因此，通過展示外部的大盜，接著提到相似的教義中的五位大盜，便說：「確實如此。」這裡的「惡比丘」是指在其他地方被稱為「根本破戒」的比丘。在這裡，指的是未犯波羅夷罪、處於慾望中的比丘，踐踏小戒條而遊蕩，稱為「惡比丘」。這也像外部的大盜一樣，前面是這樣說的——「何時稱為……以及……物品。」這裡的「可尊重者」是指被尊重的人。「重者」是指被重視的人。「受人尊敬者」是指心中所喜愛的人。「受人崇敬者」是指通過四種供養而被崇敬的人。「未被採納者」是指未被重視的人。在這裡，若有四種供養被給予並被很好地思考、精心製作而給予，則他是可尊重的；若給予他重的供養，則他是重者；若心中所喜愛，則他是受人尊敬者；若給予他所有這些，則他是受人崇敬者；若通過禮敬、起立、合掌等行為而表現出極大的尊重，則他是未被採納者。對於這些在世間所渴望的，都是如此。 所以在後來的某個時候，他在前面思考後，逐漸修習，因而產生了輕浮、無知、無知的言辭，表現出愚昧的行為，放棄了重大的利益，成為惡比丘，聚集在一起，進行行走、坐下、詢問等行為，稱為「這位長老在某個住處住了，正在進行修行，完成了修行，離開了」，通過當地的名聲和方式，來引導世人，藉助過去的經驗，成為善於交際的惡比丘，伴隨百或千人……以及……藥物的供養。這位比丘是第一位大盜，像是通過破壞而形成的盜賊，不是一個家庭，不是兩個家庭，而是欺騙了大眾，因而被稱為「第一位大盜」。而那些在修行中，或在經典中，或在戒律中，或在乞食時，未能謹慎，誦讀經文，討論註釋，贊同法義，保持行走的姿勢，尊重、重視、受人尊敬、未被採納的比丘們，稱為「傳法的光輝」。

Tathāgatappaveditanti tathāgatena paṭividdhaṃ paccakkhakataṃ jānāpitaṃ vā. Attano dahatīti parisamajjhe pāḷiñca aṭṭhakathañca saṃsanditvā madhurena sarena pasādanīyaṃ suttantaṃ kathetvā dhammakathāvasena acchariyabbhutajātena viññūjanena 『『aho, bhante, pāḷi ca aṭṭhakathā ca suparisuddhā, kassa santike uggaṇhitthā』』ti pucchito 『『ko amhādise uggahāpetuṃ samattho』』ti ācariyaṃ anuddisitvā attanā paṭividdhaṃ sayambhuñāṇādhigataṃ dhammavinayaṃ pavedeti. Ayaṃ tathāgatena satasahassakappādhikāni cattāri asaṅkheyyāni pāramiyo pūretvā kicchena kasirena paṭividdhadhammatthenako dutiyo mahācoro.

Suddhaṃ brahmacārinti khīṇāsavabhikkhuṃ. Parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carantanti nirupakkilesaṃ seṭṭhacariyaṃ carantaṃ; aññampi vā anāgāmiṃ ādiṃ katvā yāva sīlavantaṃ puthujjanaṃ avippaṭisārādivatthukaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carantaṃ. Amūlakena abrahmacariyena anuddhaṃsetīti tasmiṃ puggale avijjamānena antimavatthunā anuvadati codeti; ayaṃ vijjamānaguṇamakkhī ariyaguṇatthenako tatiyo mahācoro.

Garubhaṇḍāni garuparikkhārānīti yathā adinnādāne 『『caturo janā saṃvidhāya garubhaṇḍaṃ avāharu』』nti (pari. 479) ettha pañcamāsakagghanakaṃ 『『garubhaṇḍa』』nti vuccati, idha pana na evaṃ. Atha kho 『『pañcimāni, bhikkhave, avissajjiyāni na vissajjetabbāni saṅghena vā gaṇena vā puggalena vā. Vissajjitānipi avissajjitāni honti. Yo vissajjeyya, āpatti thullaccayassa. Katamāni pañca? Ārāmo, ārāmavatthu…pe… dārubhaṇḍaṃ, mattikābhaṇḍa』』nti vacanato avissajjitabbattā garubhaṇḍāni. 『『Pañcimāni, bhikkhave, avebhaṅgiyāni na vibhajitabbāni saṅghena vā gaṇena vā puggalena vā. Vibhattānipi avibhattāni honti. Yo vibhajeyya, āpatti thullaccayassa. Katamāni pañca? Ārāmo, ārāmavatthu…pe… dārubhaṇḍaṃ, mattikābhaṇḍa』』nti (cūḷava. 322) vacanato avebhaṅgiyattā sādhāraṇaparikkhārabhāvena garuparikkhārāni. Ārāmo ārāmavatthūtiādīsu yaṃ vattabbaṃ taṃ sabbaṃ 『『pañcimāni, bhikkhave, avissajjiyānī』』ti khandhake āgatasuttavaṇṇanāyameva bhaṇissāma. Tehi gihī saṅgaṇhātīti tāni datvā datvā gihīṃ saṅgaṇhāti anuggaṇhāti. Upalāpetīti 『『aho amhākaṃ ayyo』』ti evaṃ lapanake anubandhanake sasnehe karoti. Ayaṃ avissajjiyaṃ avebhaṅgiyañca garuparikkhāraṃ tathābhāvato thenetvā gihi saṅgaṇhanako catuttho mahācoro. So ca panāyaṃ imaṃ garubhaṇḍaṃ kulasaṅgaṇhanatthaṃ vissajjento kuladūsakadukkaṭaṃ āpajjati. Pabbājanīyakammāraho ca hoti. Bhikkhusaṅghaṃ abhibhavitvā issaravatāya vissajjento thullaccayaṃ āpajjati. Theyyacittena vissajjento bhaṇḍaṃ agghāpetvā kāretabboti.

這些是用於語言學術用途，請完整直譯成簡體中文： 如來所說的是指如來所證悟的、親身體驗的或者宣說的。"歸於自己"是指在大眾中比較經文和註釋,用悅耳的聲音講述令人信服的經典,通過說法使智者感到稀有奇特,當被問到"啊,尊者,經文和註釋如此純凈,您是跟誰學的?"時,回答說"誰能教導像我這樣的人",不提及老師,而說是自己證悟、自己智慧獲得的法和律。這種人就像如來歷經四阿僧祇劫十萬大劫修習波羅蜜,艱難證悟的法的盜賊,是第二個大盜。 "清凈的梵行者"是指漏盡的比丘。"行清凈梵行"是指行無染污的最高行為;或者從阿那含開始直到持戒的凡夫,行以無悔等為基礎的清凈梵行。"以無根據的非梵行誹謗"是指以那個人不存在的最嚴重的罪過來指責、控告;這種抹殺存在的功德、盜取聖者功德的人是第三個大盜。 "重物、重要物品"就像在不與取中說的"四人商議偷走重物",這裡五摩沙迦價值的被稱為"重物",但這裡不是這個意思。而是指"比丘們,這五種不可捨棄的東西,僧團、僧眾或個人都不應捨棄。即使捨棄了也算沒捨棄。誰捨棄就犯偷蘭遮罪。哪五種?園林、園林地……木製品、陶製品。"因為不可捨棄所以是重物。"比丘們,這五種不可分割的東西,僧團、僧眾或個人都不應分割。即使分割了也算沒分割。誰分割就犯偷蘭遮罪。哪五種?園林、園林地……木製品、陶製品。"因為不可分割所以是共有的重要物品。關於園林、園林地等應該說的,我們都會在"比丘們,這五種不可捨棄的東西"的犍度經文註釋中說明。"用這些討好在家人"是指不斷給予這些東西來討好、幫助在家人。"討好"是指使他們說"啊,這是我們的尊者"這樣親近、依附、有感情。這種偷取不可捨棄、不可分割的重要物品來討好在家人的是第四個大盜。這種人爲了討好家族而捨棄這些重物,會犯污家的突吉羅罪。應該被驅逐出僧團。如果以權威壓制僧團而捨棄,會犯偷蘭遮罪。如果以偷盜心捨棄,應該估價物品后處罰。

Ayaṃ aggo mahācoroti ayaṃ imesaṃ corānaṃ jeṭṭhacoro; iminā sadiso coro nāma natthi, yo pañcindriyaggahaṇātītaṃ atisaṇhasukhumaṃ lokuttaradhammaṃ theneti. Kiṃ pana sakkā lokuttaradhammo hiraññasuvaṇṇādīni viya vañcetvā thenetvā gahetunti? Na sakkā, tenevāha – 『『yo asantaṃ abhūtaṃ uttarimanussadhammaṃ ullapatī』』ti. Ayañhi attani asantaṃ taṃ dhammaṃ kevalaṃ 『『atthi mayhaṃ eso』』ti ullapati, na pana sakkoti ṭhānā cāvetuṃ, attani vā saṃvijjamānaṃ kātuṃ. Atha kasmā coroti vuttoti? Yasmā taṃ ullapitvā asantasambhāvanāya uppanne paccaye gaṇhāti. Evañhi gaṇhatā te paccayā sukhumena upāyena vañcetvā thenetvā gahitā honti. Tenevāha – 『『taṃ kissa hetu? Theyyāya vo bhikkhave raṭṭhapiṇḍo bhutto』』ti. Ayañhi ettha attho – yaṃ avocumha – 『『ayaṃ aggo mahācoro, yo asantaṃ abhūtaṃ uttarimanussadhammaṃ ullapatī』』ti . Taṃ kissa hetūti kena kāraṇena etaṃ avocumhāti ce. 『『Theyyāya vo bhikkhave raṭṭhapiṇḍo bhutto』』ti bhikkhave yasmā so tena raṭṭhapiṇḍo theyyāya theyyacittena bhutto hoti. Ettha hi vokāro 『『ye hi vo ariyā araññavanapatthānī』』tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.35-36) viya padapūraṇamatte nipāto. Tasmā 『『tumhehi bhutto』』ti evamassa attho na daṭṭhabbo.

Idāni tamevatthaṃ gāthāhi vibhūtataraṃ karonto 『『aññathā santa』』ntiādimāha. Tattha aññathā santanti aparisuddhakāyasamācārādikena aññenākārena santaṃ. Aññathā yo pavedayeti parisuddhakāyasamācārādikena aññena ākārena yo pavedeyya. 『『Paramaparisuddho ahaṃ, atthi me abbhantare lokuttaradhammo』』ti evaṃ jānāpeyya. Pavedetvā ca pana tāya pavedanāya uppannaṃ bhojanaṃ arahā viya bhuñjati. Nikacca kitavasseva bhuttaṃ theyyena tassa tanti nikaccāti vañcetvā aññathā santaṃ aññathā dassetvā. Agumbaagacchabhūtameva sākhāpalāsapallavādicchādanena gumbamiva gacchamiva ca attānaṃ dassetvā. Kitavassevāti vañcakassa kerāṭikassa gumbagacchasaññāya araññe āgatāgate sakuṇe gahetvā jīvitakappakassa sākuṇikasseva. Bhuttaṃ theyyena tassa tanti tassāpi anarahantasseva sato arahantabhāvaṃ dassetvā laddhabhojanaṃ bhuñjato; yaṃ taṃ bhuttaṃ taṃ yathā sākuṇikakitavassa nikacca vañcetvā sakuṇaggahaṇaṃ, evaṃ manusse vañcetvā laddhassa bhojanassa bhuttattā theyyena bhuttaṃ nāma hoti.

Imaṃ pana atthavasaṃ ajānantā ye evaṃ bhuñjanti, kāsāvakaṇṭhā…pe… nirayaṃ te upapajjare kāsāvakaṇṭhāti kāsāvena veṭhitakaṇṭhā. Ettakameva ariyaddhajadhāraṇamattaṃ, sesaṃ sāmaññaṃ natthīti vuttaṃ hoti. 『『Bhavissanti kho panānanda anāgatamaddhānaṃ gotrabhuno kāsāvakaṇṭhā』』ti (ma. ni.

這是最大的大盜,是這些盜賊中的首領;沒有比這更大的盜賊了,他偷取超越五根所能把握的極其微妙的出世間法。但是,出世間法真的能像金銀等物一樣被欺騙偷取嗎?不能,所以說"他宣稱自己沒有、不真實的上人法"。這種人宣稱自己沒有的法,僅僅說"我有這個",但不能使它離開原位,也不能使它在自己身上出現。那為什麼稱他為盜賊呢?因為他宣稱后,獲得了由於不實的尊敬而生起的供養。這樣獲得的供養,就是用微妙的方法欺騙偷取而得到的。所以說"為什麼呢?比丘們,你們以偷盜的方式吃了國家的施食"。這裡的意思是:我們所說的"這是最大的大盜,宣稱自己沒有、不真實的上人法"。為什麼這麼說呢?因為"比丘們,你們以偷盜的方式吃了國家的施食",比丘們,因為他以偷盜心吃了國家的施食。這裡的"vo"只是填充詞,如"ye hi vo ariyā araññavanapatthānī"等句中一樣。所以不應理解為"你們吃了"。 現在用偈頌更清楚地說明這個意思,說"以不同的方式存在"等。這裡"以不同的方式存在"是指以不清凈的身行等其他方式存在。"以不同的方式宣稱"是指以清凈的身行等其他方式宣稱。讓人知道"我是最清凈的,我內心有出世間法"。宣稱后,像阿羅漢一樣享用由於這種宣稱而得到的食物。"欺騙者偷盜而食"中,"欺騙"是指欺騙,把以不同方式存在的顯示為不同的樣子。把不是灌木叢、不是樹木的,用樹枝樹葉等遮蔽,顯示為像灌木叢、像樹木一樣。"欺騙者"是指欺騙者、狡猾者,像在森林中以為是灌木叢樹木而抓捕飛來飛去的鳥的捕鳥人一樣。"偷盜而食"是指那個不是阿羅漢的人顯示自己是阿羅漢而獲得食物並食用;那個食物就像捕鳥人欺騙抓捕鳥一樣,因為是欺騙人而獲得的食物,所以稱為偷盜而食。 不知道這個道理而這樣食用的人,"披著袈裟的人……他們會墮入地獄"。"披著袈裟的人"是指用袈裟圍著脖子的人。這只是披著聖者的標誌而已,其餘的沙門性質是沒有的。如"阿難,未來會有一些披著袈裟的人"等。

3.380) evaṃ vuttadussīlānaṃ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Pāpadhammāti lāmakadhammā. Asaññatāti kāyādīhi asaññatā. Pāpāti lāmakapuggalā. Pāpehi kammehīti tehi karaṇakāle ādīnavaṃ adisvā katehi paravañcanādīhi pāpakammehi. Nirayaṃ te upapajjareti nirassādaṃ duggatiṃ te upapajjanti; tasmā seyyo ayoguḷoti gāthā. Tassattho – sacāyaṃ dussīlo asaññato icchācāre ṭhito kuhanāya lokaṃ vañcako puggalo tattaṃ aggisikhūpamaṃ ayoguḷaṃ bhuñjeyya ajjhohareyya, tassa yañcetaṃ raṭṭhapiṇḍaṃ bhuñjeyya, yañcetaṃ ayoguḷaṃ, tesu dvīsu ayoguḷova bhutto seyyo sundarataro paṇītataro ca bhaveyya, na hi ayoguḷassa bhuttattā samparāye sabbaññutañāṇenāpi dujjānaparicchedaṃ dukkhaṃ anubhavati. Evaṃ paṭiladdhassa pana tassa raṭṭhapiṇḍassa bhuttattā samparāye vuttappakāraṃ dukkhaṃ anubhoti, ayañhi koṭippatto micchājīvoti.

Evaṃ pāpakiriyāya anādīnavadassāvīnaṃ ādīnavaṃ dassetvā 『『atha kho bhagavā vaggumudātīriye bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya dupposatāya…pe… imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyāthā』』ti ca vatvā catutthapārājikaṃ paññapento 『『yo pana bhikkhu anabhijāna』』nti ādimāha.

Evaṃ mūlacchejjavasena daḷhaṃ katvā catutthapārājike paññatte aparampi anuppaññattatthāya adhimānavatthu udapādi. Tassuppattidīpanatthaṃ etaṃ vuttaṃ – 『『evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hotī』』ti.

Adhimānavatthuvaṇṇanā

這些是用於語言學術用途，請完整直譯成簡體中文： 3.380）這是對那些被稱為惡戒者的描述。"惡法"是指低劣的法。"不自製"是指身等不自制。"惡人"是指低劣的人。"以惡業"是指在造作時沒有看到過患而造作的欺騙他人等惡業。"他們會墮入地獄"是指他們會墮入無樂的惡趣；因此"鐵丸更好"這個偈頌。其意思是：如果這個惡戒、不自製、處於慾望行為中、以欺騙欺騙世人的人吞食像火焰一樣熾熱的鐵丸，他所吃的國家施食和鐵丸，在這兩者之間，吃鐵丸反而更好、更美、更殊勝，因為吃了鐵丸不會在來世經受連佛陀的一切智也難以確定界限的痛苦。但因為吃了這樣獲得的國家施食，在來世會經受所說的那種痛苦，這是邪命的極致。 這樣向那些不見惡行過患的人顯示過患后，說"於是世尊以種種方式呵責喜悅的比丘們，說他們難養、難滿足……你們應當如此制定學處"，制定第四波羅夷戒，說"若比丘不知"等。 這樣以斷根的方式堅固地制定第四波羅夷戒后，爲了進一步制定，又生起了增上慢的事件。爲了說明其生起，所以說"世尊為比丘們如此制定學處"。 增上慢事件的解釋

1. Tattha adiṭṭhe diṭṭhasaññinoti arahatte ñāṇacakkhunā adiṭṭheyeva 『『diṭṭhaṃ amhehi arahatta』』nti diṭṭhasaññino hutvā. Esa nayo appattādīsu. Ayaṃ pana viseso – appatteti attano santāne uppattivasena appatte. Anadhigateti maggabhāvanāya anadhigate; appaṭiladdhetipi attho. Asacchikateti appaṭividdhe paccavekkhaṇavasena vā appaccakkhakate. Adhimānenāti adhigatamānena; 『『adhigatā maya』』nti evaṃ uppannamānenāti attho, adhikamānena vā thaddhamānenāti attho. Aññaṃ byākariṃsūti arahattaṃ byākariṃsu; 『『pattaṃ āvuso amhehi arahattaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīya』』nti bhikkhūnaṃ ārocesuṃ. Tesaṃ maggena appahīnakilesattā kevalaṃ samathavipassanābalena vikkhambhitakilesānaṃ aparena samayena tathārūpapaccayasamāyoge rāgāya cittaṃ namati; rāgatthāya namatīti attho. Esa nayo itaresu.

Tañcakho etaṃ abbohārikanti tañca kho etaṃ tesaṃ aññabyākaraṇaṃ abbohārikaṃ āpattipaññāpane vohāraṃ na gacchati; āpattiyā aṅgaṃ na hotīti attho.

Kassa panāyaṃ adhimāno uppajjati, kassa nuppajjatīti? Ariyasāvakassa tāva nuppajjati so hi maggaphalanibbānapahīnakilesaavasiṭṭhakilesapaccavekkhaṇena sañjātasomanasso ariyaguṇapaṭivedhe nikkaṅkho. Tasmā sotāpannādīnaṃ 『『ahaṃ sakadāgāmī』』tiādivasena adhimāno nuppajjati. Dussīlassa nuppajjati, so hi ariyaguṇādhigame nirāsova. Sīlavatopi pariccattakammaṭṭhānassa niddārāmatādimanuyuttassa nuppajjati. Suparisuddhasīlassa pana kammaṭṭhāne appamattassa nāmarūpaṃ vavatthapetvā paccayapariggahena vitiṇṇakaṅkhassa tilakkhaṇaṃ āropetvā saṅkhāre sammasantassa āraddhavipassakassa uppajjati, uppanno ca suddhasamathalābhiṃ vā suddhavipassanālābhiṃ vā antarā ṭhapeti, so hi dasapi vīsatipi tiṃsampi vassāni kilesasamudācāraṃ apassitvā 『『ahaṃ sotāpanno』』ti vā 『『sakadāgāmī』』ti vā 『『anāgāmī』』ti vā maññati. Samathavipassanālābhiṃ pana arahatteyeva ṭhapeti. Tassa hi samādhibalena kilesā vikkhambhitā, vipassanābalena saṅkhārā supariggahitā, tasmā saṭṭhimpi vassāni asītimpi vassāni vassasatampi kilesā na samudācaranti, khīṇāsavasseva cittacāro hoti. So evaṃ dīgharattaṃ kilesasamudācāraṃ apassanto antarā aṭhatvāva 『『arahā aha』』nti maññatīti.

Savibhaṅgasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

在這裡,"未見而認為已見"是指在未用智慧眼見到阿羅漢果時,認為"我們已見到阿羅漢果"。對於未得等也是同樣的道理。但有以下區別:"未得"是指在自己相續中未生起;"未證"是指通過道的修習未證得;也可以理解為未獲得;"未作證"是指未通達,或者未通過省察而親自證實。"增上慢"是指已證得的慢;意思是生起"我已證得"這樣的慢,或者是指過度的慢、僵硬的慢。"宣稱其他"是指宣稱阿羅漢果;向比丘們宣告"朋友們,我們已得阿羅漢果,所作已辦"。由於他們的煩惱未被道所斷,僅僅通過止觀的力量壓制煩惱,在後來遇到那樣的因緣時,心傾向於貪慾;意思是傾向於貪慾。對於其他的也是同樣的道理。 "這確實是無效的"是指他們的這種宣稱在制定戒條時是無效的,不能成為戒條;意思是不能成為犯戒的要素。 那麼,這種增上慢會生起在誰身上,不會生起在誰身上呢?首先,不會生起在聖弟子身上,因為他通過觀察道果涅槃、已斷的煩惱和剩餘的煩惱而生起喜悅,對於證悟聖者功德沒有懷疑。因此,預流者等不會生起"我是一來者"等增上慢。不會生起在惡戒者身上,因為他對於證得聖者功德沒有希望。也不會生起在有戒但放棄禪修、沉溺於睡眠等的人身上。但會生起在戒清凈、不放逸修習禪觀、確定名色、通過把握因緣而度疑、觀察三相、修習觀的人身上。生起后,會使純粹得止或純粹得觀的人中途停止,因為他們十年、二十年或三十年沒有看到煩惱生起,就認為"我是預流者"或"一來者"或"不還者"。但對於得止觀的人,則會使他們停止在阿羅漢果上。因為通過定力壓制煩惱,通過觀力很好地把握諸行,所以六十年、八十年或一百年煩惱都不生起,心行就像漏盡者一樣。他這樣長時間看不到煩惱生起,不中途停止,就認為"我是阿羅漢"。 有分別學處的解釋

197.Anabhijānanti na abhijānaṃ. Yasmā panāyaṃ anabhijānaṃ samudācarati, svassa santāne anuppanno ñāṇena ca asacchikatoti abhūto hoti. Tenassa padabhājane 『『asantaṃ abhūtaṃ asaṃvijjamāna』』nti vatvā 『『ajānanto apassanto』』ti vuttaṃ .

Uttarimanussadhammanti uttarimanussānaṃ jhāyīnañceva ariyānañca dhammaṃ. Attupanāyikanti attani taṃ upaneti, attānaṃ vā tattha upanetīti attupanāyiko, taṃ attupanāyikaṃ; evaṃ katvā samudācareyyāti sambandho. Padabhājane pana yasmā uttarimanussadhammo nāma jhānaṃ vimokkhaṃ samādhi samāpatti ñāṇadassanaṃ…pe… suññāgāre abhiratīti evaṃ jhānādayo anekadhammā vuttā. Tasmā tesaṃ sabbesaṃ vasena attupanāyikabhāvaṃ dassento 『『te vā kusale dhamme attani upanetī』』ti bahuvacananiddesaṃ akāsi. Tattha 『『ete dhammā mayi sandissantī』』ti samudācaranto attani upaneti. 『『Ahaṃ etesu sandissāmī』』ti samudācaranto attānaṃ tesu upanetīti veditabbo.

Alamariyañāṇadassananti ettha lokiyalokuttarā paññā jānanaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, cakkhunā diṭṭhamiva dhammaṃ paccakkhakaraṇato dassanaṭṭhena dassananti ñāṇadassanaṃ. Ariyaṃ visuddhaṃ uttamaṃ ñāṇadassananti ariyañāṇadassanaṃ. Alaṃ pariyattaṃ kilesaviddhaṃsanasamatthaṃ ariyañāṇadassanamettha, jhānādibhede uttarimanussadhamme alaṃ vā ariyañāṇadassanamassāti alamariyañāṇadassano, taṃ alamariyañāṇadassanaṃ uttarimanussadhammanti evaṃ padatthasambandho veditabbo. Tattha yena ñāṇadassanena so alamariyañāṇadassanoti vuccati. Tadeva dassetuṃ 『『ñāṇanti tisso vijjā, dassananti yaṃ ñāṇaṃ taṃ dassanaṃ; yaṃ dassanaṃ taṃ ñāṇa』』nti vijjāsīsena padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ. Mahaggatalokuttarā panettha sabbāpi paññā 『『ñāṇa』』nti veditabbā.

Samudācareyyāti vuttappakārametaṃ uttarimanussadhammaṃ attupanāyikaṃ katvā āroceyya. Itthiyā vātiādi pana ārocetabbapuggalanidassanaṃ. Etesañhi ārocite ārocitaṃ hoti na devamārabrahmānaṃ, nāpi petayakkhatiracchānagatānanti. Iti jānāmi iti passāmīti samudācaraṇākāranidassanametaṃ. Padabhājane panassa 『『jānāmahaṃ ete dhamme, passāmahaṃ ete dhamme』』ti idaṃ tesu jhānādīsu dhammesu jānanapassanānaṃ pavattidīpanaṃ, 『『atthi ca me ete dhammā』』tiādi attupanāyikabhāvadīpanaṃ .

"不知"是指沒有認識。由於這個人不知而行，未在自己相續中生起的智慧和不真實的認知，因此被稱為"未生起"。因此在其用詞中說"不真實的未生起、不被認識"而說"不知、不見"。 "超人法"是指對於超人中修行者和聖者的法。 "自我引導"是指引導自己，或在其中引導自己，這樣引導稱為自我引導；這樣做就能生起聯繫。在用詞中，由於超人法是指禪定、解脫、定、見等……在空寂處樂於其中，因此諸多法如禪等被提到。因此爲了顯示它們的自我引導性，便說"這些善法引導自己"。在這裡"這些法在我身上顯現"是指自我引導。 "足夠的聖者智慧"是指世俗和出世的智慧，從認識的角度看是智慧，從見的角度看是見。"聖者的純凈至高的智慧"是指聖者的智慧。足夠的、能夠破壞煩惱的聖者智慧是指在禪定等方面的超人法，足夠的聖者智慧就是超人法，故應理解為與字面相關。由此可知，以哪種智慧稱為足夠的聖者智慧。 爲了說明這一點，"智慧是三種知識，見是所知的智慧，所見的就是智慧"是通過知識的頭銜來說明用詞。至於所有的世間和出世的智慧都應被理解為"智慧"。 "自我引導"是指將這種超人法自我引導。至於"女性等"等是指應引導的眾生。因為這些被引導的不是天人、魔王、梵天，也不是鬼、夜叉、龍等。因此，"我知道"、"我見"是指自我引導的原因。在用詞中，"我知道這些法，我見這些法"是指在這些禪等法中認識和見的顯現，"我有這些法"等是指自我引導的顯現。

198.Tato aparena samayenāti āpattipaṭijānanasamayadassanametaṃ. Ayaṃ pana ārocitakkhaṇeyeva pārājikaṃ āpajjati. Āpattiṃ pana āpanno yasmā parena codito vā acodito vā paṭijānāti; tasmā 『『samanuggāhiyamāno vā asamanuggāhiyamāno vā』』ti vuttaṃ.

Tattha samanuggāhiyamāne tāva – kiṃ te adhigatanti adhigamapucchā; jhānavimokkhādīsu, sotāpattimaggādīsu vā kiṃ tayā adhigatanti. Kinti te adhigatanti upāyapucchā. Ayañhi etthādhippāyo – kiṃ tayā aniccalakkhaṇaṃ dhuraṃ katvā adhigataṃ, dukkhānattalakkhaṇesu aññataraṃ vā? Kiṃ vā samādhivasena abhinivisitvā, udāhu vipassanāvasena? Tathā kiṃ rūpe abhinivisitvā, udāhu arūpe? Kiṃ vā ajjhattaṃ abhinivisitvā, udāhu bahiddhāti? Kadā te adhigatanti kālapucchā. Pubbaṇhamajjhanhikādīsu katarasmiṃ kāleti vuttaṃ hoti? Kattha te adhigatanti okāsapucchā. Katarasmiṃ okāse, kiṃ rattiṭṭhāne, divāṭṭhāne, rukkhamūle, maṇḍape, katarasmiṃ vā vihāreti vuttaṃ hoti. Katame te kilesā pahīnāti pahīnakilesapucchā. Kataramaggavajjhā tava kilesā pahīnāti vuttaṃ hoti. Katamesaṃ tvaṃ dhammānaṃ lābhīti paṭiladdhadhammapucchā. Paṭhamamaggādīsu katamesaṃ dhammānaṃ tvaṃ lābhīti vuttaṃ hoti.

Tasmā idāni cepi koci bhikkhu uttarimanussadhammādhigamaṃ byākareyya, na so ettāvatāva sakkātabbo. Imesu pana chasu ṭhānesu sodhanatthaṃ vattabbo – 『『kiṃ te adhigataṃ, kiṃ jhānaṃ, udāhu vimokkhādīsu aññatara』』nti? Yo hi yena adhigato dhammo, so tassa pākaṭo hoti. Sace 『『idaṃ nāma me adhigata』』nti vadati, tato 『『kinti te adhigata』』nti pucchitabbo, 『『aniccalakkhaṇādīsu kiṃ dhuraṃ katvā aṭṭhatiṃsāya vā ārammaṇesu rūpārūpaajjhattabahiddhādibhedesu vā dhammesu kena mukhena abhinivisitvā』』ti yo hi yassābhiniveso, so tassa pākaṭo hoti. Sace 『『ayaṃ nāma me abhiniveso evaṃ mayā adhigata』』nti vadati, tato 『『kadā te adhigata』』nti pucchitabbo, 『『kiṃ pubbaṇhe, udāhu majjhanhikādīsu aññatarasmiṃ kāle』』ti sabbesañhi attanā adhigatakālo pākaṭo hoti. Sace 『『asukasmiṃ nāma kāle adhigatanti vadati, tato 『『kattha te adhigata』』nti pucchitabbo, 『『kiṃ divāṭṭhāne, udāhu rattiṭṭhānādīsu aññatarasmiṃ okāse』』ti sabbesañhi attanā adhigatokāso pākaṭo hoti. Sace 『『asukasmiṃ nāma me okāse adhigata』』nti vadati, tato 『『katame te kilesā pahīnā』』ti pucchitabbo, 『『kiṃ paṭhamamaggavajjhā, udāhu dutiyādimaggavajjhā』』ti sabbesañhi attanā adhigatamaggena pahīnakilesā pākaṭā honti. Sace 『『ime nāma me kilesā pahīnā』』ti vadati, tato 『『katamesaṃ tvaṃ dhammānaṃ lābhī』』ti pucchitabbo , 『『kiṃ sotāpattimaggassa, udāhu sakadāgāmimaggādīsu aññatarassā』』ti sabbesaṃ hi attanā adhigatadhammā pākaṭā honti. Sace 『『imesaṃ nāmāhaṃ dhammānaṃ lābhī』』ti vadati, ettāvatāpissa vacanaṃ na saddhātabbaṃ, bahussutā hi uggahaparipucchākusalā bhikkhū imāni cha ṭhānāni sodhetuṃ sakkonti.

"因此在稍後的時候"是指對犯戒的認識的時間顯示。這是因為在被告知的瞬間便犯下波羅夷戒。而犯戒者由於被他人勸誡或未被勸誡而承認犯戒；因此說"被勸誡或未被勸誡"。 在這裡，"被勸誡"是指——"你所獲得的是什麼？"這是對獲得的詢問；在禪定、解脫等方面，你所獲得的是什麼？"你所獲得的是什麼？"是對方法的詢問。這裡的意思是——"你通過了無常的特徵而獲得的是什麼？在苦、無我等特徵中獲得的是什麼？"或者是通過禪定而專注，還是通過觀察而獲得？同樣，"你是專注於色還是無色？"或者是專注于內在，還是外在？"你所獲得的是什麼？"是對時間的詢問。是指在早晨、中午等哪個時間？"你所獲得的是什麼？"是對地點的詢問。是在什麼地方？是夜間、白天、樹下、廣場，還是在什麼地方修行？"你所放棄的煩惱是什麼？"是對已放棄的煩惱的詢問。是指通過哪個道而放棄的煩惱？"你所獲得的法是什麼？"是對已獲得法的詢問。在第一道等中，你所獲得的法是什麼？ 因此，如果現在有比丘宣稱獲得了超人法，那麼僅憑這一點是不足以成立的。在這六個方面中應當進行審查——"你所獲得的是什麼？是禪定，還是解脫等中的某一法？"因為他所獲得的法是顯而易見的。如果他說"我確實獲得了這個"，那麼應當詢問"你獲得的是什麼？"在無常的特徵中，你是通過什麼樣的修行而獲得的？在三十種法的對象中，是什麼樣的法？如果他說"我確實獲得了這樣的專注"，那麼應當詢問"你獲得的是什麼時候？是早晨，還是在中午的某個時間？"在所有的情況下，自己獲得的時間是顯而易見的。如果他說"在某個時間我獲得了"，那麼應當詢問"你獲得的是什麼地方？是白天，還是夜間的某個地方？"在所有的情況下，自己獲得的地方是顯而易見的。如果他說"在某個地方我獲得了"，那麼應當詢問"你放棄的煩惱是什麼？"是第一道的煩惱，還是第二道等的煩惱？在所有的情況下，自己獲得的道所放棄的煩惱是顯而易見的。如果他說"這些煩惱我確實放棄了"，那麼應當詢問"你獲得的法是什麼？"是預流道的，還是一來道等中的某一法？在所有的情況下，自己獲得的法是顯而易見的。如果他說"我確實獲得了這些法"，那麼這一點便不應被信任，因為博學的、善於提問的比丘能夠審查這六個方面。

Imassa pana bhikkhuno āgamanapaṭipadā sodhetabbā. Yadi āgamanapaṭipadā na sujjhati, 『『imāya paṭipadāya lokuttaradhammo nāma na labbhatī』』ti apanetabbo. Yadi panassa āgamanapaṭipadā sujjhati, 『『dīgharattaṃ tīsu sikkhāsu appamatto jāgariyamanuyutto catūsu paccayesu alaggo ākāse pāṇisamena cetasā viharatī』』ti paññāyati, tassa bhikkhuno byākaraṇaṃ paṭipadāya saddhiṃ saṃsandati. 『『Seyyathāpi nāma gaṅgodakaṃ yamunodakena saddhiṃ saṃsandati sameti; evameva supaññattā tena bhagavatā sāvakānaṃ nibbānagāminī paṭipadā saṃsandati nibbānañca paṭipadā cā』』ti (dī. ni. 2.296) vuttasadisaṃ hoti.

Apica kho na ettakenāpi sakkāro kātabbo. Kasmā? Ekaccassa hi puthujjanassāpi sato khīṇāsavapaṭipattisadisā paṭipadā hoti, tasmā so bhikkhu tehi tehi upāyehi uttāsetabbo. Khīṇāsavassa nāma asaniyāpi matthake patamānāya bhayaṃ vā chambhitattaṃ vā lomahaṃso vā na hoti. Sacassa bhayaṃ vā chambhitattaṃ vā lomahaṃso vā uppajjati, 『『na tvaṃ arahā』』ti apanetabbo. Sace pana abhīrū acchambhī anutrāsī hutvā sīho viya nisīdati, ayaṃ bhikkhu sampannaveyyākaraṇo samantā rājarājamahāmattādīhi pesitaṃ sakkāraṃ arahatīti.

Pāpicchoti yā sā 『『idhekacco dussīlova samāno sīlavāti maṃ jano jānātūti icchatī』』tiādinā (vibha. 851) nayena vuttā pāpicchā tāya samannāgato. Icchāpakatoti tāya pāpikāya icchāya apakato abhibhūto pārājiko hutvā.

Visuddhāpekkhoti attano visuddhiṃ apekkhamāno icchamāno patthayamāno. Ayañhi yasmā pārājikaṃ āpanno, tasmā bhikkhubhāve ṭhatvā abhabbo jhānādīni adhigantuṃ, bhikkhubhāvo hissa saggantarāyo ceva hoti maggantarāyo ca. Vuttañhetaṃ – 『『sāmaññaṃ dupparāmaṭṭhaṃ nirayāyupakaḍḍhatī』』ti (dha. pa. 311). Aparampi vuttaṃ – 『『sithilo hi paribbājo, bhiyyo ākirate raja』』nti (dha. pa. 313). Iccassa bhikkhubhāvo visuddhi nāma na hoti . Yasmā pana gihī vā upāsako vā ārāmiko vā sāmaṇero vā hutvā dānasaraṇasīlasaṃvarādīhi saggamaggaṃ vā jhānavimokkhādīhi mokkhamaggaṃ vā ārādhetuṃ bhabbo hoti, tasmāssa gihiādibhāvo visuddhi nāma hoti, tasmā taṃ visuddhiṃ apekkhanato 『『visuddhāpekkho』』ti vuccati. Teneva cassa padabhājane 『『gihī vā hotukāmo』』tiādi vuttaṃ.

Evaṃ vadeyyāti evaṃ bhaṇeyya. Kathaṃ? 『『Ajānamevaṃ āvuso avacaṃ jānāmi, apassaṃ passāmī』』ti. Padabhājane pana 『『evaṃ vadeyyā』』ti idaṃ padaṃ anuddharitvāva yathā vadanto 『『ajānamevaṃ āvuso avacaṃ jānāmi, apassaṃ passāmī』』ti vadati nāmāti vuccati, taṃ ākāraṃ dassetuṃ 『『nāhaṃ ete dhamme jānāmī』』tiādi vuttaṃ. Tucchaṃ musā vilapinti ahaṃ vacanatthavirahato tucchaṃ vañcanādhippāyato musā vilapiṃ, abhaṇinti vuttaṃ hoti. Padabhājane panassa aññena padabyañjanena atthamattaṃ dassetuṃ 『『tucchakaṃ mayā bhaṇita』』ntiādi vuttaṃ.

Purime upādāyāti purimāni tīṇi pārājikāni āpanne puggale upādāya. Sesaṃ pubbe vuttanayattā uttānatthattā ca pākaṭamevāti.

Padabhājanīyavaṇṇanā

這些是用於語言學術用途，請完整直譯成簡體中文： 這個比丘的修行道路應該被審查。如果修行道路不清凈，就應該說"通過這種修行是不可能獲得出世間法的"，並將他排除。但如果他的修行道路是清凈的，可以看出"長期以來他在三學中不放逸，精進修行，對四資具不執著，心如虛空般平等"，那麼這個比丘的宣稱與他的修行是一致的。就像"恒河水與耶牟那河水相匯融合一樣，世尊為弟子們所宣說的通往涅槃的道路與涅槃和修行是一致的"所說的一樣。 但即使這樣也不應該做出尊敬。為什麼?因為有些凡夫的修行也可能與漏盡者的修行相似，所以應該用各種方法來考驗那個比丘。對於漏盡者來說，即使雷電擊中頭頂也不會產生恐懼、戰慄或毛骨悚然。如果他產生恐懼、戰慄或毛骨悚然，就應該說"你不是阿羅漢"並將他排除。但如果他無畏無懼、不顫抖，像獅子一樣安坐，這個比丘的宣稱是完整的，值得接受國王大臣等人從四面八方送來的供養。 "惡欲"是指具有"在這裡,有人雖然破戒卻希望人們知道他持戒"等所說的惡欲。"被慾望所控制"是指被那種惡欲所控制、征服而成為波羅夷。 "希求清凈"是指希望、渴望、追求自己的清凈。因為他已犯波羅夷罪,所以作為比丘就不可能證得禪定等,比丘身份對他來說成為天界和聖道的障礙。如經中所說:"錯誤把握的沙門身份會拖人下地獄"。又說:"鬆懈的出家生活會增加更多塵垢"。因此比丘身份對他來說不是清凈。但是作為在家人、優婆塞、寺院工人或沙彌,通過佈施、皈依、持戒等可以達到天界之道,通過禪定、解脫等可以達到解脫之道,所以在家等身份對他來說是清凈。因此希求那種清凈,所以稱為"希求清凈"。正因為這樣,在詞義解釋中說"想要成為在家人"等。 "這樣說"是指這樣講。怎麼講?"朋友們,我不知道卻說知道,不見卻說見。"在詞義解釋中,沒有引用"這樣說"這個詞,而是爲了顯示他怎麼說才叫做"我不知道卻說知道,不見卻說見",所以說"我不知道這些法"等。"虛妄地說謊"是指我因為缺乏話語的意義而虛妄,因為想要欺騙而說謊,意思是說了不真實的話。但在詞義解釋中,爲了用其他詞語顯示其意義,所以說"我說了虛妄的話"等。 "相對於前面的"是指相對於犯前三波羅夷罪的人。其餘的因為前面已經說過,意思也很明顯,所以很清楚。 詞義解釋的註釋

1. Evaṃ uddiṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ padānukkamena vibhajitvā idāni yasmā heṭṭhā padabhājanīyamhi 『『jhānaṃ vimokkhaṃ samādhi samāpatti ñāṇadassanaṃ…pe… suññāgāre abhiratī』』ti evaṃ saṃkhitteneva uttarimanussadhammo dassito, na vitthārena āpattiṃ āropetvā tanti ṭhapitā. Saṅkhepadassite ca atthe na sabbe sabbākārena nayaṃ gahetuṃ sakkonti, tasmā sabbākārena nayaggahaṇatthaṃ puna tadeva padabhājanaṃ mātikāṭhāne ṭhapetvā vitthārato uttarimanussadhammaṃ dassetvā āpattibhedaṃ dassetukāmo 『『jhānanti paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ, dutiyaṃ jhāna』』ntiādimāha. Tattha paṭhamajjhānādīhi mettājhānādīnipi asubhajjhānādīnipi ānāpānassatisamādhijjhānampi lokiyajjhānampi lokuttarajjhānampi saṅgahitameva. Tasmā 『『paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjintipi…pe… catutthaṃ jjhānaṃ, mettājhānaṃ, upekkhājhānaṃ asubhajjhānaṃ ānāpānassatisamādhijjhānaṃ , lokiyajjhānaṃ, lokuttarajjhānaṃ samāpajji』』ntipi bhaṇanto pārājikova hotīti veditabbo.

Suṭṭhu mutto vividhehi vā kilesehi muttoti vimokkho. So panāyaṃ rāgadosamohehi suññattā suññato. Rāgadosamohanimittehi animittattā animitto. Rāgadosamohapaṇidhīnaṃ abhāvato appaṇihitoti vuccati. Cittaṃ samaṃ ādahati ārammaṇe ṭhapetīti samādhi. Ariyehi samāpajjitabbato samāpatti. Sesamettha vuttanayameva. Ettha ca vimokkhattikena ca samādhittikena ca ariyamaggova vutto. Samāpattittikena pana phalasamāpatti. Tesu yaṃkiñci ekampi padaṃ gahetvā 『『ahaṃ imassa lābhīmhī』』ti bhaṇanto pārājikova hoti.

Tisso vijjāti pubbenivāsānussati, dibbacakkhu, āsavānaṃ khaye ñāṇanti. Tattha ekissāpi nāmaṃ gahetvā 『『ahaṃ imissā vijjāya lābhīmhī』』ti bhaṇanto pārājiko hoti. Saṅkhepaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana 『『vijjānaṃ lābhīmhī』ti bhaṇantopi 『tissannaṃ vijjānaṃ lābhīmhī』ti bhaṇantopi pārājiko vā』』ti vuttaṃ. Maggabhāvanāpadabhājane vuttā sattatiṃsabodhipakkhiyadhammā maggasampayuttā lokuttarāva idhādhippetā. Tasmā lokuttarānaṃ satipaṭṭhānānaṃ sammappadhānānaṃ iddhipādānaṃ indriyānaṃ balānaṃ bojjhaṅgānaṃ ariyassa aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassa lābhīmhīti vadato pārājikanti mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Mahāpaccariyādīsu pana 『『satipaṭṭhānānaṃ lābhīmhī』ti evaṃ ekekakoṭṭhāsavasenāpi 『kāyānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānassa lābhīmhī』ti evaṃ tattha ekekadhammavasenāpi vadato pārājikamevā』』ti vuttaṃ tampi sameti. Kasmā? Maggakkhaṇuppanneyeva sandhāya vuttattā. Phalasacchikiriyāyapi ekekaphalavasena pārājikaṃ veditabbaṃ.

Rāgassa pahānantiādittike kilesappahānameva vuttaṃ. Taṃ pana yasmā maggena vinā natthi, tatiyamaggena hi kāmarāgadosānaṃ pahānaṃ, catutthena mohassa, tasmā 『『rāgo me pahīno』』tiādīni vadatopi pārājikaṃ vuttaṃ.

Rāgā cittaṃ vinīvaraṇatātiādittike lokuttaracittameva vuttaṃ. Tasmā 『『rāgā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa』』ntiādīni vadatopi pārājikameva.

Suññāgārapadabhājane pana yasmā jhānena aghaṭetvā 『『suññāgāre abhiramāmī』』ti vacanamattena pārājikaṃ nādhippetaṃ, tasmā 『『paṭhamena jhānena suññāgāre abhiratī』』tiādi vuttaṃ. Tasmā yo jhānena ghaṭetvā 『『iminā nāma jhānena suññāgāre abhiramāmī』』ti vadati, ayameva pārājiko hotīti veditabbo.

Yāca 『『ñāṇa』』nti imassa padabhājane ambaṭṭhasuttādīsu (dī. ni.

這樣解釋了學處后,現在按照詞句順序進行分析。因為在前面的詞義解釋中,只是簡略地說明了"禪定、解脫、定、等至、智見......空閑處的喜樂"等超人法,而沒有詳細地說明犯戒的情況並確立傳統。對於簡略說明的意義,並非所有人都能全面理解其要點,因此爲了讓人全面理解要點,再次將詞義解釋作為綱要,詳細地說明超人法,並想要說明犯戒的種類,所以說"禪定是指初禪、第二禪"等。在這裡,初禪等包括慈心禪等、不凈禪等、入出息念定禪、世間禪和出世間禪。因此應當知道,說"我證得初禪......第四禪、慈心禪、舍心禪、不凈禪、入出息念定禪、世間禪、出世間禪"的人都犯波羅夷罪。 "很好地解脫"或"從各種煩惱中解脫"是解脫。這種解脫因為沒有貪嗔癡所以是空,因為沒有貪嗔癡的相所以是無相,因為沒有貪嗔癡的願望所以是無愿。"平等地專注,安住于所緣"是定。"聖者所證得"是等至。其餘的與前面所說相同。這裡通過三種解脫和三種定說明了聖道。通過三種等至說明了果等至。對於這些,取其中任何一個詞說"我獲得了這個"的人都犯波羅夷罪。 "三明"是宿命隨念、天眼和漏盡智。取其中任何一種的名稱說"我獲得了這種明"的人都犯波羅夷罪。但在簡要註釋中說:"說'我獲得了明'或'我獲得了三明'的人都犯波羅夷罪。"在道的修習的詞義解釋中所說的三十七菩提分法,這裡是指與道相應的出世間法。因此在大註釋中說,說"我獲得了出世間的念處、正勤、神足、根、力、覺支、八支聖道"的人犯波羅夷罪。但在大般若等註釋中說:"說'我獲得了念處'等每一類,或說'我獲得了身隨觀念處'等其中每一法的人都犯波羅夷罪。"這也是合理的。為什麼?因為是指在道的剎那生起的。對於證悟果也應當知道每一果都是波羅夷罪。 在"斷除貪慾"等三法中只說了斷除煩惱。但這是因為沒有道是不可能的,因為第三道斷除欲貪和嗔恨,第四道斷除愚癡,所以說"我的貪慾已斷除"等的人也犯波羅夷罪。 在"心從貪慾中解脫"等三法中只說了出世間心。因此說"我的心從貪慾中解脫"等的人也犯波羅夷罪。 但在空閑處的詞義解釋中,因為不結合禪定而僅僅說"我喜樂於空閑處"不是指波羅夷罪,所以說"以初禪喜樂於空閑處"等。因此應當知道,結合禪定說"我以這種禪定喜樂於空閑處"的人才犯波羅夷罪。 在"智"這個詞的詞義解釋中,如阿摩晝經等所說的......

1.254 ādayo) vuttāsu aṭṭhasu vijjāsu vipassanāñāṇamanomayiddhiiddhividhadibbasotacetopariyañāṇabhedā pañca vijjā na āgatā, tāsu ekā vipassanāva pārājikavatthu na hoti, sesā hontīti veditabbā. Tasmā 『『vipassanāya lābhīmhī』』tipi 『『vipassanāñāṇassa lābhīmhī』』tipi vadato pārājikaṃ natthi. Phussadevatthero pana bhaṇati – 『『itarāpi catasso vijjā ñāṇena aghaṭitā pārājikavatthū na honti. Tasmā 『manomayassa lābhīmhi, iddhividhassa, dibbāya sotadhātuyā, cetopariyassa lābhīmhī』ti vadatopi pārājikaṃ natthī』』ti. Taṃ tassa antevāsikeheva paṭikkhittaṃ – 『『ācariyo na ābhidhammiko bhummantaraṃ na jānāti, abhiññā nāma catutthajjhānapādakova mahaggatadhammo, jhāneneva ijjhati. Tasmā manomayassa lābhīmhī』ti vā 『manomayañāṇassa lābhīmhī』ti vā yathā vā tathā vā vadatu pārājikamevā』』ti. Ettha ca kiñcāpi nibbānaṃ pāḷiyā anāgataṃ, atha kho 『『nibbānaṃ me patta』』nti vā 『『sacchikata』』nti vā vadato pārājikameva. Kasmā? Nibbānassa nibbattitalokuttarattā. Tathā 『『cattāri saccāni paṭivijjhiṃ paṭividdhāni mayā』』ti vadatopi pārājikameva. Kasmā? Saccappaṭivedhoti hi maggassa pariyāyavacanaṃ. Yasmā pana 『『tisso paṭisambhidā kāmāvacarakusalato catūsu ñāṇasampayuttesu cittuppādesu uppajjanti, kriyato catūsu ñāṇasampayuttesu cittuppādesu uppajjanti, atthapaṭisambhidā etesu ceva uppajjati, catūsu maggesu catūsu phalesu ca uppajjatī』』ti vibhaṅge (vibha. 746) vuttaṃ. Tasmā 『『dhammapaṭisambhidāya lābhīmhī』』ti vā, 『『nirutti…pe… paṭibhānapaṭisambhidāya lābhīmhī』』ti vā 『『lokiyaatthapaṭisambhidāya lābhīmhī』』ti vā vuttepi pārājikaṃ natthi. 『『Paṭisambhidānaṃ lābhīmhī』』ti vutte na tāva sīsaṃ otarati. 『『Lokuttaraatthapaṭisambhidāya lābhīmhī』』ti vutte pana pārājikaṃ hoti. Saṅkhepaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana atthapaṭisambhidāppattomhīti avisesenāpi vadato pārājikaṃ vuttaṃ. Kurundiyampi 『『na muccatī』』ti vuttaṃ. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana 『『ettāvatā pārājikaṃ natthi, ettāvatā sīsaṃ na otarati, ettāvatā na pārājika』』nti vicāritattā na sakkā aññaṃ pamāṇaṃ kātunti.

『『Nirodhasamāpattiṃ samāpajjāmī』』ti vā 『『lābhīmhāhaṃ tassā』』ti vā vadatopi pārājikaṃ natthi. Kasmā? Nirodhasamāpattiyā neva lokiyattā na lokuttarattāti. Sace panassa evaṃ hoti – 『『nirodhaṃ nāma anāgāmī vā khīṇāsavo vā samāpajjati, tesaṃ maṃ aññataroti jānissatī』』ti byākaroti, so ca naṃ tathā jānāti, pārājikanti mahāpaccarisaṅkhepaṭṭhakathāsu vuttaṃ. Taṃ vīmaṃsitvā gahetabbaṃ.

『『Atītabhave kassapasammāsambuddhakāle sotāpannomhī』』ti vadatopi pārājikaṃ natthi. Atītakkhandhānañhi parāmaṭṭhattā sīsaṃ na otaratīti. Saṅkhepaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana 『『atīte aṭṭhasamāpattilābhīmhī』』ti vadato pārājikaṃ natthi, kuppadhammattā idha pana 『『atthi akuppadhammattāti keci vadantī』』ti vuttaṃ. Tampi tattheva 『『atītattabhāvaṃ sandhāya kathentassa pārājikaṃ na hoti, paccuppannattabhāvaṃ sandhāya kathentasseva hotī』』ti paṭikkhittaṃ.

Suddhikavārakathāvaṇṇanā

1.254 在所述的八種智慧中，五種智慧沒有到達，其中一種即是觀察智，故不構成波羅夷的對象，其他的則應被理解。因此，"獲得觀察"或"獲得觀察智"的說法並不構成波羅夷。普蘇德佛陀的弟子說："其他四種智慧與知識沒有形成波羅夷的對象。因此說'我獲得了心變'、'我獲得了神通'、'我獲得了天耳'、'我獲得了心知'的說法也不構成波羅夷。"對此，他的弟子反駁說："老師並不是阿毗達摩的專家，他不知道地球的本質，真正的超越是第四禪的基礎，只有通過禪定才能獲得。因此說'我獲得了心變'或'我獲得了心變智'的說法也確實構成波羅夷。"在這裡，儘管涅槃在巴利文中是未來的，但如果有人說"我獲得了涅槃"或"我證得了涅槃"，這也構成波羅夷。為什麼？因為涅槃是超越世俗的。類似地，如果有人說"我已經理解了四個真理"，這也構成波羅夷。為什麼？因為"理解真理"是指道的表述。因為"三種理解是由欲界的善法所生，四種知識的產生是由四種善法所生，意義的理解也在這些中產生，並在四個道中和四個果中產生"，如《分辨經》中所述。因此說"獲得法的理解"、"獲得語言的理解"、"獲得意義的理解"等說法也不構成波羅夷。說"獲得理解"的說法並不構成波羅夷。說"獲得超越意義的理解"的說法則構成波羅夷。在簡要註釋中，"我獲得了意義的理解"也被認為是波羅夷。庫倫迪也說"不會解脫"。在大註釋中則說"到此為止並不構成波羅夷，到此為止頭腦不會下降，到此為止並不構成波羅夷"，因此不可能有其他標準。 "我獲得了止滅定"或"我從中獲得"的說法也不構成波羅夷。為什麼？因為止滅定既非世俗的也非出世間的。如果有人說"止滅是指非來世者或漏盡者所證得的，我會知道其中之一"，而他也確實知道，這也構成波羅夷，這在大般若和簡要註釋中都被提到。對此應進行審視。 "我在過去的卡薩帕佛陀時代是預流者"的說法也不構成波羅夷。因為過去的五蘊是非常微妙的，故頭腦不會下降。在簡要註釋中說"在過去獲得了八種成就"的說法也不構成波羅夷，但在此處因為有"有些人說有不動的法"的說法。對此也反駁說"談論過去的狀態不會構成波羅夷，談論現時的狀態則會構成波羅夷"。 清凈章的註釋

1. Evaṃ jhānādīni dasa mātikāpadāni vitthāretvā idāni uttarimanussadhammaṃ ullapanto yaṃ sampajānamusāvādaṃ bhaṇati, tassa aṅgaṃ dassetvā tasseva vitthārassa vasena cakkapeyyālaṃ bandhanto ullapanākārañca āpattibhedañca dassetuṃ 『『tīhākārehī』』tiādimāha. Tattha suddhikavāro vattukāmavāro paccayapaṭisaṃyuttavāroti tayo mahāvārā. Tesu suddhikavāre paṭhamajjhānaṃ ādiṃ katvā yāva mohā cittaṃ vinīvaraṇapadaṃ, tāva ekamekasmiṃ pade samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno, lābhīmhi, vasīmhi, sacchikataṃ mayāti imesu chasu padesu ekamekaṃ padaṃ tīhākārehi, catūhi, pañcahi, chahi, sattahākārehīti evaṃ pañcakkhattuṃ yojetvā suddhikanayo nāma vutto. Tato paṭhamañca jhānaṃ, dutiyañca jhānanti evaṃ paṭhamajjhānena saddhiṃ ekamekaṃ padaṃ ghaṭentena sabbapadāni ghaṭetvā teneva vitthārena khaṇḍacakkaṃ nāma vuttaṃ. Tañhi puna ānetvā paṭhamajjhānādīhi na yojitaṃ, tasmā 『『khaṇḍacakka』』nti vuccati. Tato dutiyañca jhānaṃ, tatiyañca jhānanti evaṃ dutiyajjhānena saddhiṃ ekamekaṃ padaṃ ghaṭetvā puna ānetvā paṭhamajjhānena saddhiṃ sambandhitvā teneva vitthārena baddhacakkaṃ nāma vuttaṃ. Tato yathā dutiyajjhānena saddhiṃ, evaṃ tatiyajjhānādīhipi saddhiṃ, ekamekaṃ padaṃ ghaṭetvā puna ānetvā dutiyajjhānādīhi saddhiṃ sambandhitvā teneva vitthārena aññānipi ekūnatiṃsa baddhacakkāni vatvā ekamūlakanayo niṭṭhāpito. Pāṭho pana saṅkhepena dassito, so asammuyhantena vitthārato veditabbo.

Yathā ca ekamūlako, evaṃ dumūlakādayopi sabbamūlakapariyosānā catunnaṃ satānaṃ upari pañcatiṃsa nayā vuttā. Seyyathidaṃ – dvimūlakā ekūnatiṃsa, timūlakā aṭṭhavīsa, catumūlakā sattavīsa; evaṃ pañcamūlakādayopi ekekaṃ ūnaṃ katvā yāva tiṃsamūlakā, tāva veditabbā. Pāṭhe pana tesaṃ nāmampi saṅkhipitvā 『『idaṃ sabbamūlaka』』nti tiṃsamūlakanayo eko dassito. Yasmā ca suññāgārapadaṃ jhānena aghaṭitaṃ sīsaṃ na otarati, tasmā taṃ anāmasitvā mohā cittaṃ vinīvaraṇapadapariyosānāyeva sabbattha yojanā dassitāti veditabbā. Evaṃ paṭhamajjhānādīni paṭipāṭiyā vā uppaṭipāṭiyā vā dutiyajjhānādīhi ghaṭetvā vā aghaṭetvā vā samāpajjintiādinā nayena ullapato mokkho natthi, pārājikaṃ āpajjatiyevāti.

這樣詳細解釋了禪定等十個綱要詞后,現在爲了說明宣稱超人法時所說的故意妄語的要素,並通過這種詳細解釋來建立輪轉重複,顯示宣稱的方式和犯戒的種類,所以說"以三種方式"等。其中有純凈章、意欲說章和與資具相關章三大章。在純凈章中,從初禪開始直到"心從愚癡中解脫"這個詞,對每一個詞都用"我證得、我正在證得、我已證得、我獲得、我精通、我已作證"這六個詞中的每一個,以三種方式、四種方式、五種方式、六種方式、七種方式這樣五次結合,稱為純凈方法。然後將初禪和第二禪等每一個詞結合,用同樣的方式詳細說明所有的詞,稱為不完整輪轉。因為這不再與初禪等結合,所以稱為"不完整輪轉"。然後將第二禪與第三禪等每一個詞結合,再與初禪結合,用同樣的方式詳細說明,稱為完整輪轉。然後像與第二禪結合一樣,也與第三禪等結合,每一個詞結合后再與第二禪等結合,用同樣的方式詳細說明其他二十九個完整輪轉,完成了單一根源的方法。但經文簡略地顯示,應當不混淆地詳細理解。 就像單一根源一樣,雙根源等直到全部根源為止,說明了四百三十五種方法。即:雙根源二十九種,三根源二十八種,四根源二十七種;同樣五根源等每次減少一種,直到三十根源,應當理解。但在經文中簡略地提到它們的名稱,只顯示"這是全部根源"這一個三十根源的方法。因為"空閑處"這個詞如果不與禪定結合就不能成立,所以不提及它,應當理解只顯示到"心從愚癡中解脫"這個詞為止的所有結合。這樣,無論是按順序還是逆序,無論是與第二禪等結合還是不結合,以"我證得"等方式宣稱初禪等,都沒有解脫的可能,必定犯波羅夷罪。

Imassa atthassa dassanavasena vutte ca panetasmiṃ suddhikamahāvāre ayaṃ saṅkhepato atthavaṇṇanā – tīhākārehīti sampajānamusāvādassa aṅgabhūtehi tīhi kāraṇehi. Pubbevassa hotīti pubbabhāgeyeva assa puggalassa evaṃ hoti 『『musā bhaṇissa』』nti. Bhaṇantassa hotīti bhaṇamānassa hoti. Bhaṇitassa hotīti bhaṇite assa hoti, yaṃ vattabbaṃ tasmiṃ vutte hotīti attho. Atha vā bhaṇitassāti vuttavato niṭṭhitavacanassa hotīti. Yo evaṃ pubbabhāgepi jānāti, bhaṇantopi jānāti, pacchāpi jānāti, 『『musā mayā bhaṇita』』nti so 『『paṭhamajjhānaṃ samāpajji』』nti bhaṇanto pārājikaṃ āpajjatīti ayamettha attho dassito. Kiñcāpi dassito, atha kho ayamettha viseso – pucchā tāva hoti 『『『musā bhaṇissa』nti pubbabhāgo atthi, 『musā mayā bhaṇita』nti pacchābhāgo natthi, vuttamattameva hi koci pamussati, kiṃ tassa pārājikaṃ hoti, na hotī』』ti? Sā evaṃ aṭṭhakathāsu vissajjitā – pubbabhāge 『『musā bhaṇissa』』nti ca bhaṇantassa 『『musā bhaṇāmī』』ti ca jānato pacchābhāge 『『musā mayā bhaṇita』』nti na sakkā na bhavituṃ. Sacepi na hoti pārājikameva. Purimameva hi aṅgadvayaṃ pamāṇaṃ. Yassāpi pubbabhāge 『『musā bhaṇissa』』nti ābhogo natthi, bhaṇanto pana 『『musā bhaṇāmī』』ti jānāti, bhaṇitepi 『『musā mayā bhaṇita』』nti jānāti, so āpattiyā na kāretabbo. Pubbabhāgo hi pamāṇataro. Tasmiṃ asati davā bhaṇitaṃ vā ravā bhaṇitaṃ vā hotī』』ti.

Ettha ca taṃñāṇatā ca ñāṇasamodhānañca pariccajitabbaṃ. Taṃñāṇatā pariccajitabbāti yena cittena 『『musā bhaṇissa』』nti jānāti, teneva 『『musā bhaṇāmī』』ti ca 『『musā mayā bhaṇita』』nti ca jānātīti evaṃ ekacitteneva tīsu khaṇesu jānātīti ayaṃ taṃññaṇatā pariccajitabbā, na hi sakkā teneva cittena taṃ cittaṃ jānituṃ yathā na sakkā teneva asinā so asi chinditunti. Purimaṃ purimaṃ pana cittaṃ pacchimassa pacchimassa cittassa tathā uppattiyā paccayo hutvā nirujjhati. Tenetaṃ vuccati –

『『Pamāṇaṃ pubbabhāgova, tasmiṃ sati na hessati;

Sesadvayanti nattheta, miti vācā tivaṅgikā』』ti.

『『Ñāṇasamodhānaṃ pariccajitabba』』nti etāni tīṇi cittāni ekakkhaṇe uppajjantīti na gahetabbāni. Idañhi cittaṃ nāma –

Aniruddhamhi paṭhame, na uppajjati pacchimaṃ;

Nirantaruppajjanato, ekaṃ viya pakāsati.

Ito paraṃ pana yvāyaṃ 『『paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji』』nti sampajānamusā bhaṇati, yasmā so 『『natthi me paṭhamaṃ jhāna』』nti evaṃdiṭṭhiko hoti, tassa hi atthevāyaṃ laddhi. Tathā 『『natthi me paṭhamaṃ jhāna』』nti evamassa khamati ceva ruccati ca. Evaṃsabhāvameva cassa cittaṃ 『『natthi me paṭhamaṃ jhāna』』nti. Yadā pana musā vattukāmo hoti, tadā taṃ diṭṭhiṃ vā diṭṭhiyā saha khantiṃ vā diṭṭhikhantīhi saddhiṃ ruciṃ vā, diṭṭhikhantirucīhi saddhiṃ bhāvaṃ vā vinidhāya nikkhipitvā paṭicchādetvā abhūtaṃ katvā bhaṇati, tasmā tesampi vasena aṅgabhedaṃ dassetuṃ 『『catūhākārehī』』tiādi vuttaṃ. Parivāre ca 『『aṭṭhaṅgiko musāvādo』』ti (paṭi. 328) vuttattā tattha adhippetāya saññāya saddhiṃ aññopi idha 『『aṭṭhahākārehī』』ti eko nayo yojetabbo.

這是爲了說明這個意思而在純凈大章中所說的,以下是其簡要的意義解釋: "以三種方式"是指作為故意妄語要素的三種原因。"之前他有"是指在之前階段,這個人就有"我將說謊"的想法。"說時他有"是指在說的時候他有。"說后他有"是指在說完之後他有,意思是在應該說的說完之後他有。或者"說后"是指說完話結束后他有。如果有人在之前就知道,說的時候也知道,之後也知道"我說了謊",他說"我證得初禪"就犯波羅夷罪,這就是這裡所顯示的意思。雖然已經顯示了,但這裡還有一個特殊之處:首先有一個問題,"'我將說謊'的之前階段存在,'我說了謊'的之後階段不存在,因為有人只是說完就忘記了,他是否犯波羅夷罪,還是不犯?"這在註釋中是這樣回答的:在之前階段"我將說謊",在說的時候"我正在說謊"知道這兩點的人,之後階段"我說了謊"是不可能不存在的。即使不存在也是波羅夷罪。因為前兩個要素才是關鍵。對於之前階段沒有"我將說謊"的想法,但在說的時候知道"我正在說謊",說完后也知道"我說了謊"的人,不應該判他犯戒。因為之前階段更為關鍵。如果不存在,就成為開玩笑說的或者隨口說的。 在這裡,應該放棄對此的知識和知識的結合。應該放棄對此的知識是指不應該認為以同一個心"我將說謊"、"我正在說謊"、"我說了謊"在三個時刻都知道,因為不可能以同一個心知道那個心,就像不可能以同一把刀切割那把刀一樣。但前面的心成為後面的心以那種方式生起的條件后就滅去。因此說: "之前階段才是關鍵,如果存在就不會有; 其餘兩個不存在,因此說話有三要素。" "應該放棄知識的結合"是指不應該認為這三種心在同一剎那生起。因為這個心: 在前一個未滅時,后一個不生起; 因為連續生起,所以顯現如同一個。 此後,對於故意說謊"我證得初禪"的人,因為他有"我沒有初禪"這樣的見解,這確實是他的信念。同樣,他接受並喜歡"我沒有初禪"。他的心的本質就是"我沒有初禪"。但當他想說謊時,他就放下、拋棄、隱藏那個見解,或與見解一起的接受,或與見解和接受一起的喜歡,或與見解、接受和喜歡一起的本質,而說不真實的話,因此爲了顯示這些要素的區別,所以說"以四種方式"等。因為在《附隨》中說"八支妄語",所以這裡還應該加上一個"以八種方式"的方法,與那裡所指的想法一起。

Ettha ca vinidhāya diṭṭhinti balavadhammavinidhānavasenetaṃ vuttaṃ. Vinidhāya khantintiādīni tato dubbaladubbalānaṃ vinidhānavasena. Vinidhāya saññanti idaṃ panettha sabbadubbaladhammavinidhānaṃ. Saññāmattampi nāma avinidhāya sampajānamusā bhāsissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Yasmā pana 『『samāpajjissāmī』』tiādinā anāgatavacanena pārājikaṃ na hoti, tasmā 『『samāpajji』』ntiādīni atītavattamānapadāneva pāṭhe vuttānīti veditabbāni.

1. Ito paraṃ sabbampi imasmiṃ suddhikamahāvāre uttānatthameva. Na hettha taṃ atthi – yaṃ iminā vinicchayena na sakkā bhaveyya viññātuṃ, ṭhapetvā kilesappahānapadassa padabhājane 『『rāgo me catto vanto』』tiādīnaṃ padānaṃ atthaṃ. Svāyaṃ vuccati – ettha hi cattoti idaṃ sakabhāvapariccajanavasena vuttaṃ. Vantoti idaṃ puna anādiyanabhāvadassanavasena. Muttoti idaṃ santatito vimocanavasena. Pahīnoti idaṃ muttassāpi kvaci anavaṭṭhānadassanavasena. Paṭinissaṭṭhoti idaṃ pubbe ādinnapubbassa paṭinissaggadassanavasena. Ukkheṭitoti idaṃ ariyamaggena uttāsitattā puna anallīyanabhāvadassanavasena. Svāyamattho saddasatthato pariyesitabbo . Samukkheṭitoti idaṃ suṭṭhu uttāsetvā aṇusahagatassāpi puna anallīyanabhāvadassanavasena vuttanti.

Suddhikavārakathā niṭṭhitā.

Vattukāmavārakathā

1. Vattukāmavārepi 『『tīhākārehī』』tiādīnaṃ attho, vārapeyyālappabhedo ca sabbo idha vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Kevalañhi yaṃ 『『mayā virajjhitvā aññaṃ vattukāmena aññaṃ vuttaṃ, tasmā natthi mayhaṃ āpattī』』ti evaṃ okāsagavesakānaṃ pāpapuggalānaṃ okāsanisedhanatthaṃ vutto. Yatheva hi 『『buddhaṃ paccakkhāmī』』ti vattukāmo 『『dhammaṃ paccakkhāmī』』tiādīsu sikkhāpaccakkhānapadesu yaṃ vā taṃ vā vadantopi khette otiṇṇattā sikkhāpaccakkhātakova hoti; evaṃ paṭhamajjhānādīsu uttarimanussadhammapadesu yaṃkiñci ekaṃ vattukāmo tato aññaṃ yaṃ vā taṃ vā vadantopi khette otiṇṇattā pārājikova hoti. Sace yassa vadati, so tamatthaṃ taṅkhaṇaññeva jānāti. Jānanalakkhaṇañcettha sikkhāpaccakkhāne vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.

Ayaṃ pana viseso – sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hatthamuddāya sīsaṃ na otarati. Idaṃ abhūtārocanaṃ hatthamuddāyapi otarati. Yo hi hatthavikārādīhipi aṅgapaccaṅgacopanehi abhūtaṃ uttarimanussadhammaṃ viññattipathe ṭhitassa puggalassa āroceti, so ca tamatthaṃ jānāti, pārājikova hoti. Atha pana yassa āroceti, so na jānāti 『『ki ayaṃ bhaṇatī』』ti, saṃsayaṃ vā āpajjati, ciraṃ vīmaṃsitvā vā pacchā jānāti, appaṭivijānanto icceva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Evaṃ appaṭivijānantassa vutte thullaccayaṃ hoti. Yo pana jhānādīni attano adhigamavasena vā uggahaparipucchādivasena vā na jānāti, kevalaṃ jhānanti vā vimokkhoti vā vacanamattameva sutaṃ hoti, sopi tena vutte 『『jhānaṃ kira samāpajjinti esa vadatī』』ti yadi ettakamattampi jānāti, jānāticceva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Tassa vutte pārājikameva. Seso ekassa vā dvinnaṃ vā bahūnaṃ vā niyamitāniyamitavasena viseso sabbo sikkhāpaccakkhānakathāyaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabboti.

Vattukāmavārakathā niṭṭhitā.

Paccayapaṭisaṃyuttavārakathā

這裡,"放下見解"是指通過放下強烈的法而說的。"放下接受"等是通過放下比那更弱的法而說的。"放下想法"是這裡放下最弱的法。不存在不放下哪怕一點想法就故意說謊的情況。因為用"我將證得"等未來時態不構成波羅夷罪,所以應當理解經文中只用了"證得"等過去和現在時態的詞。 此後,在這個純凈大章中的一切都是明顯的意思。因為這裡沒有什麼是不能用這個判斷來理解的,除了在斷除煩惱一詞的詞義解釋中"我的貪慾已捨棄、已吐出"等詞的意思。這是這樣說的:這裡,"已捨棄"是從放棄自身本質的角度說的。"已吐出"是從不再接受的角度說的。"已解脫"是從相續中解脫的角度說的。"已斷除"是從即使解脫也不在任何地方停留的角度說的。"已放棄"是從放棄以前所接受的角度說的。"已拋棄"是從因聖道而恐懼不再依附的角度說的。這個意思應該從語法學中尋找。"已完全拋棄"是從很好地恐嚇后連微細的也不再依附的角度說的。 純凈章的解釋結束。 意欲說章的解釋 在意欲說章中,"以三種方式"等的意思,以及章節重複的區別,都應該按照這裡所說的方法來理解。只是爲了阻止那些尋找機會的惡人說"我想說一個卻錯誤地說了另一個,所以我沒有犯戒"而說的。就像想說"我捨棄佛"卻說"我捨棄法"等捨棄學處的詞,說任何一個都因為已進入範圍而成為捨棄學處一樣;同樣,在初禪等超人法中,想說其中一個卻說了其他任何一個,也因為已進入範圍而成為波羅夷。如果他所說的對象當時就理解了那個意思。這裡理解的特徵應該按照捨棄學處中所說的方法來理解。 這裡有一個區別:捨棄學處用手勢不能成立。這個虛假宣稱用手勢也能成立。如果有人用手勢等身體動作向站在能理解的位置的人宣稱虛假的超人法,而那個人也理解了那個意思,就犯波羅夷罪。但如果他所宣稱的對象不理解"這個人在說什麼",或者產生懷疑,或者經過長時間思考後才理解,就被認為是不理解。這樣對不理解的人說就犯偷蘭遮罪。如果有人不知道禪定等,無論是通過自己的證得還是通過學習詢問等,只是聽說過禪定或解脫這樣的詞,如果他聽了後知道"他說他證得了禪定",即使只知道這麼多也被認為是知道。對他說就犯波羅夷罪。其餘的無論是對一個人還是兩個人還是多個人,無論是特定的還是不特定的區別,都應該按照捨棄學處的解釋中所說的方法來理解。 意欲說章的解釋結束。 與資具相關章的解釋

1. Paccayapaṭisaṃyuttavārepi – sabbaṃ vārapeyyālabhedaṃ pubbe āgatapadānañca atthaṃ vuttanayeneva ñatvā pāḷikkamo tāva evaṃ jānitabbo. Ettha hi 『『yo te vihāre vasi, yo te cīvaraṃ paribhuñji, yo te piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñji, yo te senāsanaṃ paribhuñji, yo te gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paribhuñjī』』ti ime pañca paccattavacanavārā, 『『yena te vihāro paribhutto』』tiādayo pañca karaṇavacanavārā, 『『yaṃ tvaṃ āgamma vihāraṃ adāsī』』tiādayo pañca upayogavacanavārā vuttā , tesaṃ vasena idha vuttena suññāgārapadena saddhiṃ pubbe vuttesu paṭhamajjhānādīsu sabbapadesu vārapeyyālabhedo veditabbo. 『『Yo te vihāre, yena te vihāro, yaṃ tvaṃ āgamma vihāra』』nti evaṃ pariyāyena vuttattā pana 『『aha』』nti ca avuttattā paṭivijānantassa vuttepi idha thullaccayaṃ, apaṭivijānantassa dukkaṭanti ayamettha vinicchayo.

Anāpattibhedakathā

Evaṃ vitthāravasena āpattibhedaṃ dassetvā idāni anāpattiṃ dassento 『『anāpatti adhimānenā』』tiādimāha. Tattha adhimānenāti adhigatamānena samudācarantassa anāpatti. Anullapanādhippāyassāti kohaññe icchācāre aṭhatvā anullapanādhippāyassa sabrahmacārīnaṃ santike aññaṃ byākarontassa anāpatti. Ummattakādayo pubbe vuttanayāeva. Idha pana ādikammikā vaggumudātīriyā bhikkhū. Tesaṃ anāpattīti.

Padabhājanīyavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Samuṭṭhānādīsu idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ tisamuṭṭhānaṃ – hatthamuddāya ārocentassa kāyacittato, vacībhedena ārocentassa vācācittato, ubhayaṃ karontassa kāyavācācittato samuṭṭhāti. Kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, tivedanaṃ hasantopi hi somanassiko ullapati bhāyantopi majjhattopīti.

Vinītavatthuvaṇṇanā

在與資具相關章中 - 所有章節重複的區別和前面出現的詞的意思都應按照前面所說的方法來理解,首先應該這樣理解經文的順序。這裡說了"住在你的精舍的人","使用你的衣服的人","食用你的食物的人","使用你的臥具的人","使用你的病人用藥的人"這五個主格章節,"被你使用的精舍"等五個工具格章節,"你給予精舍"等五個賓格章節,應該按照這些與這裡所說的空閑處一詞以及前面所說的初禪等所有詞來理解章節重複的區別。因為是用"住在你的精舍的人","被你使用的精舍","你給予精舍"這樣的方式說的,而沒有說"我",所以對理解的人說也是偷蘭遮罪,對不理解的人說是突吉羅罪,這是這裡的判斷。 不犯的區別的解釋 這樣詳細地說明了犯戒的區別后,現在爲了說明不犯而說"不犯:因為增上慢"等。其中,"因為增上慢"是指因為認為已經證得而行為的不犯。"沒有宣稱的意圖"是指不站在虛偽慾望的立場上,沒有宣稱的意圖,在同修面前宣稱其他的不犯。瘋狂等與前面所說的相同。這裡的初犯者是瓦古穆達河(Vaggumudā)岸邊的比丘們。他們不犯。 詞義解釋的註釋結束。 在起源等中,這條學處有三種起源 - 用手勢宣稱的從身和心起,用語言宣稱的從語和心起,兩者都做的從身語心起。是作為,以想為解脫,有心的,世間所譴責的,身業,語業,不善心,三種感受,因為即使在笑的時候也是以喜悅心宣稱,即使在害怕的時候也是,即使在平靜的時候也是。 判例的註釋

1. Vinītavatthūsu – adhimānavatthu anupaññattiyaṃ vuttanayameva.

Dutiyavatthusmiṃ – paṇidhāyāti patthanaṃ katvā. Evaṃ maṃ jano sambhāvessatīti evaṃ araññe vasantaṃ maṃ jano arahatte vā sekkhabhūmiyaṃ vā sambhāvessati, tato lokassa sakkato bhavissāmi garukato mānito pūjitoti. Āpatti dukkaṭassāti evaṃ paṇidhāya 『『araññe vasissāmī』』ti gacchantassa padavāre padavāre dukkaṭaṃ. Tathā araññe kuṭikaraṇacaṅkamananisīdananivāsanapāvuraṇādīsu sabbakiccesu payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Tasmā evaṃ araññe na vasitabbaṃ. Evaṃ vasanto hi sambhāvanaṃ labhatu vā mā vā dukkaṭaṃ āpajjati. Yo pana samādinnadhutaṅgo 『『dhutaṅgaṃ rakkhissāmī』』ti vā 『『gāmante me vasato cittaṃ vikkhipati, araññaṃ sappāya』』nti cintetvā vā 『『addhā araññe tiṇṇaṃ vivekānaṃ aññataraṃ pāpuṇissāmī』』ti vā 『『araññaṃ pavisitvā arahattaṃ apāpuṇitvā na nikkhamissāmī』』ti vā 『『araññavāso nāma bhagavatā pasattho, mayi ca araññe vasante bahū sabrahmacārino gāmantaṃ hitvā āraññakā bhavissantī』』ti vā evaṃ anavajjavāsaṃ vasitukāmo hoti, tena vasitabbaṃ.

Tatiyavatthusmimpi – 『『abhikkantādīni saṇṭhapetvā piṇḍāya carissāmī』』ti nivāsanapārupanakiccato pabhuti yāva bhojanapariyosānaṃ tāva payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Sambhāvanaṃ labhatu vā mā vā dukkaṭameva. Khandhakavattasekhiyavattaparipūraṇatthaṃ pana sabrahmacārīnaṃ diṭṭhānugatiāpajjanatthaṃ vā pāsādikehi abhikkamapaṭikkamādīhi piṇḍāya pavisanto anupavajjo viññūnanti.

Catutthapañcamavatthūsu – 『『yo te vihāre vasī』』ti ettha vuttanayeneva 『『aha』』nti avuttattā pārājikaṃ natthi. Attupanāyikameva hi samudācarantassa pārājikaṃ vuttaṃ.

Paṇidhāya caṅkamītiādīni heṭṭhā vuttanayāneva.

Saṃyojanavatthusmiṃ – saṃyojanā pahīnātipi 『『dasa saṃyojanā pahīnā』』tipi 『『ekaṃ saṃyojanaṃ pahīna』』ntipi vadato kilesappahānameva ārocitaṃ hoti, tasmā pārājikaṃ.

1. Rahovatthūsu – raho ullapatīti 『『rahogato arahā aha』』nti vadati, na manasā cintitameva karoti. Tenettha dukkaṭaṃ vuttaṃ.

Vihāravatthuupaṭṭhānavatthu ca vuttanayameva.

1. Na dukkaravatthusmiṃ – tassa bhikkhuno ayaṃ laddhi – 『『ariyapuggalāva bhagavato sāvakā』』ti. Tenāha – 『『ye kho te bhagavato sāvakā te evaṃ vadeyyu』』nti. Yasmā cassa ayamadhippāyo – 『『sīlavatā āraddhavipassakena na dukkaraṃ aññaṃ byākātuṃ, paṭibalo so arahattaṃ pāpuṇitu』』nti. Tasmā 『『anullapanādhippāyo aha』』nti āha.

Vīriyavatthusmiṃ ārādhanīyoti sakkā ārādhetuṃ sampādetuṃ nibbattetunti attho. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.

Maccuvatthusmiṃ so bhikkhu 『『yassa vippaṭisāro uppajjati, so bhāyeyya. Mayhaṃ pana avippaṭisāravatthukāni parisuddhāni sīlāni, svāhaṃ kiṃ maraṇassa bhāyissāmī』』ti etamatthavasaṃ paṭicca 『『nāhaṃ āvuso maccuno bhāyāmī』』ti āha. Tenassa anāpatti.

Vippaṭisāravatthusmimpi eseva nayo. Tato parāni tīṇi vatthūni vīriyavatthusadisāneva.

Vedanāvatthūsupaṭhamasmiṃ tāva so bhikkhu paṭisaṅkhānabalena adhivāsanakhantiyaṃ ṭhatvā 『『nāvuso sakkā yena vā tena vā adhivāsetu』』nti āha. Tenassa anāpatti.

Dutiye pana attupanāyikaṃ akatvā 『『nāvuso sakkā puthujjanenā』』ti pariyāyena vuttattā thullaccayaṃ.

在判例中 - 增上慢的案例與附加規則中所說的方法相同。 第二個案例中 - "立愿"是指發願。"人們會這樣認為我"是指人們會認為住在林野中的我是阿羅漢或有學,因此我將受到世人的尊敬、重視、尊重和供養。"犯突吉羅罪"是指這樣立愿說"我將住在林野"而去的人,每走一步都犯突吉羅罪。同樣,在林野中搭建小屋、經行、坐禪、穿衣、披衣等所有行為中,每一個動作都犯突吉羅罪。因此不應該這樣住在林野中。這樣住的人,無論是否得到認可,都犯突吉羅罪。但如果有人受持頭陀行,想"我將守護頭陀行",或者想"我住在村邊心散亂,林野適合我",或者"我一定會在林野中獲得三種遠離之一",或者"我進入林野后不證得阿羅漢就不出來",或者"住林野是世尊所讚歎的,如果我住在林野中,許多同修也會捨棄村邊而成為林野住者",這樣想要無過失地居住的人,他應該住。 第三個案例中也是 - 從"我將整理好前進等動作去乞食"的穿衣披衣開始,直到用餐結束,每一個動作都犯突吉羅罪。無論是否得到認可,都是突吉羅罪。但爲了圓滿頭陀行和學處,或爲了讓同修效仿,以令人歡喜的前進後退等動作進入乞食的人,是不會被智者責備的。 第四和第五個案例中 - 在"住在你的精舍的人"這裡,按照所說的方法,因為沒有說"我",所以不構成波羅夷罪。只有對自己直接說的人才構成波羅夷罪。 "立愿而經行"等與前面所說的方法相同。 在結使的案例中 - 說"結使已斷"或"十結已斷"或"一結已斷"都是宣稱斷除煩惱,因此是波羅夷罪。 在私密處的案例中 - "在私密處宣稱"是指說"我獨處時是阿羅漢",而不是隻在心中想。因此這裡說是突吉羅罪。 精舍案例和侍奉案例與前面所說的方法相同。 在"不難"的案例中 - 那個比丘有這樣的見解:"只有聖者才是世尊的弟子。"因此他說:"世尊的那些弟子會這樣說。"因為他的意思是:"對於持戒和修習觀的人來說,宣稱[證果]並不難,他有能力證得阿羅漢。"因此他說"我沒有宣稱的意圖"。 在精進的案例中,"可以實現"的意思是可以完成、成就、產生。其餘的與前面所說的方法相同。 在死亡的案例中,那個比丘想:"有悔恨的人才會害怕。但我的戒行清凈,沒有悔恨的根據,我為什麼要害怕死亡呢?"基於這個意思,他說"朋友,我不怕死亡。"因此他不犯戒。 在悔恨的案例中也是同樣的道理。之後的三個案例與精進的案例相似。 在感受的案例中,首先那個比丘依靠思惟的力量,安住于忍耐中,說"朋友,不是任何人都能忍受的。"因此他不犯戒。 但在第二個案例中,因為沒有直接說自己,而是用"朋友,凡夫不能"這樣的間接方式說,所以是偷蘭遮罪。

226.Brāhmaṇavatthūsuso kira brāhmaṇo na kevalaṃ 『『āyantu bhonto arahanto』』ti āha. Yaṃ yaṃ panassa vacanaṃ mukhato niggacchati, sabbaṃ 『『arahantānaṃ āsanāni paññapetha, pādodakaṃ detha, arahanto pāde dhovantū』』ti arahantavādapaṭisaṃyuttaṃyeva. Taṃ panassa pasādabhaññaṃ saddhācaritattā attano saddhābalena samussāhitassa vacanaṃ. Tasmā bhagavā 『『anāpatti, bhikkhave, pasādabhaññe』』ti āha. Evaṃ vuccamānena pana bhikkhunā na haṭṭhatuṭṭheneva paccayā paribhuñjitabbā, 『『arahattasampāpikaṃ paṭipadaṃ paripūressāmī』』ti evaṃ yogo karaṇīyoti.

Aññabyākaraṇavatthūnisaṃyojanavatthusadisāneva. Agāravatthusmiṃ so bhikkhu gihibhāve anatthikatāya anapekkhatāya 『『abhabbo kho āvuso mādiso』』ti āha, na ullapanādhippāyena. Tenassa anāpatti.

在婆羅門的案例中,那個婆羅門不僅僅說「各位阿羅漢請來」。他說的每一句話,都包含「請為阿羅漢們準備座位,給水洗腳,讓阿羅漢們洗腳」的與阿羅漢相關的內容。這是因為他的信心和修行的力量,他所說的話是由自己的信心所支撐的。因此世尊說「比丘們,對於信心的破壞是不犯戒的」。然而,在這樣被說時,比丘們不應當因為一時的滿足而享用供養,而應當這樣思維「我將完善通向阿羅漢的修行」。 在其他的解釋中,與結使的案例相似。在無家者的案例中,那個比丘因為在世俗中沒有利益、沒有依賴而說「這樣的事情是不可能的,朋友」，而不是出於輕率的目的。因此他不犯戒。

227.Āvaṭakāmavatthusmiṃ so bhikkhu vatthukāmesu ca kilesakāmesu ca lokiyeneva ādīnavadassanena nirapekkho. Tasmā 『『āvaṭā me āvuso kāmā』』ti āha. Tenassa anāpatti. Ettha ca āvaṭāti āvāritā nivāritā, paṭikkhittāti attho.

Abhirativatthusmiṃ so bhikkhu sāsane anukkaṇṭhitabhāvena uddesaparipucchādīsu ca abhiratabhāvena 『『abhirato ahaṃ āvuso paramāya abhiratiyā』』ti āha, na ullapanādhippāyena. Tenassa anāpatti.

Pakkamanavatthusmiṃ yo imamhā āvāsā paṭhamaṃ pakkamissatīti evaṃ āvāsaṃ vā maṇḍapaṃ vā sīmaṃ vā yaṃkiñci ṭhānaṃ paricchinditvā katāya katikāya yo 『『maṃ arahāti jānantū』』ti tamhā ṭhānā paṭhamaṃ pakkamati, pārājiko hoti. Yo pana ācariyupajjhāyānaṃ vā kiccena mātāpitūnaṃ vā kenacideva karaṇīyena bhikkhācāratthaṃ vā uddesaparipucchānaṃ vā atthāya aññena vā tādisena karaṇīyena taṃ ṭhānaṃ atikkamitvā gacchati, anāpatti. Sacepissa evaṃ gatassa pacchā icchācāro uppajjati 『『na dānāhaṃ tattha gamissāmi evaṃ maṃ arahāti sambhāvessantī』』ti anāpattiyeva.

Yopi kenacideva karaṇīyena taṃ ṭhānaṃ patvā sajjhāyamanasikārādivasena aññavihito vā hutvā corādīhi vā anubaddho meghaṃ vā uṭṭhitaṃ disvā anovassakaṃ pavisitukāmo taṃ ṭhānaṃ atikkamati, anāpatti. Yānena vā iddhiyā vā gacchantopi pārājikaṃ nāpajjati, padagamaneneva āpajjati. Tampi yehi saha katikā katā, tehi saddhiṃ apubbaṃacarimaṃ gacchanto nāpajjati. Evaṃ gacchantā hi sabbepi aññamaññaṃ rakkhanti. Sacepi maṇḍaparukkhamūlādīsu kiñci ṭhānaṃ paricchinditvā 『『yo ettha nisīdati vā caṅkamati vā, taṃ arahāti jānissāma』』 pupphāni vā ṭhapetvā 『『yo imāni gahetvā pūjaṃ karissati, taṃ arahāti jānissāmā』』tiādinā nayena katikā katā hoti, tatrāpi icchācāravasena tathā karontassa pārājikameva. Sacepi upāsakena antarāmagge vihāro vā kato hoti, cīvarādīni vā ṭhapitāni honti, 『『ye arahanto te imasmiṃ vihāre vasantu, cīvarādīni ca gaṇhantū』』ti. Tatrāpi icchācāravasena vasantassa vā cīvarādīni vā gaṇhantassa pārājikameva . Etaṃ pana adhammikakatikavattaṃ , tasmā na kātabbaṃ, aññaṃ vā evarūpaṃ 『『imasmiṃ temāsabbhantare sabbeva āraññakā hontu, piṇḍapātikaṅgādiavasesadhutaṅgadharā vā atha vā sabbeva khīṇāsavā hontū』』ti evamādi. Nānāverajjakā hi bhikkhū sannipatanti. Tattha keci dubbalā appathāmā evarūpaṃ vattaṃ anupāletuṃ na sakkonti. Tasmā evarūpampi vattaṃ na kātabbaṃ. 『『Imaṃ temāsaṃ sabbeheva na uddisitabbaṃ, na paripucchitabbaṃ, na pabbājetabbaṃ, mūgabbataṃ gaṇhitabbaṃ, bahi sīmaṭṭhassāpi saṅghalābho dātabbo』』ti evamādikaṃ pana na kātabbameva.

在慾望的案例中,那個比丘對物質慾望和污垢慾望都以世俗的苦果為見解,無所依賴。因此他說「我的慾望被遮蔽」。因此他不犯戒。這裡的「被遮蔽」是指被封閉、被阻止的意思。 在對教法的喜愛案例中,那個比丘因為對教法的無厭倦,在教法的引導和詢問中表示「我對極大的喜悅感到喜悅」，而不是出於輕率的目的。因此他不犯戒。 在離開的案例中,若有人從這裡的住所首先離開,無論是住所、帳篷還是任何地方,只要在被劃定的地方,他如果說「讓我知道我是阿羅漢」，則他首先離開那個地方,就構成波羅夷罪。但如果有人因為師父或老師的緣故,或者爲了父母的緣故,或者爲了乞食的緣故,或者爲了教導和詢問的緣故,而越過那個地方,則不犯戒。如果在他離開后,產生了這樣的想法「我不去那裡,他們會認為我是阿羅漢」，則也是不犯戒。 如果有人因為某種原因到達那個地方,而因專注、思維等原因,被認為是其他人,或者因為盜賊等原因被困住,看到雲彩而想要進入而越過那個地方,則不犯戒。無論是乘車還是使用神通而去,都不會構成波羅夷罪,只有步行才會構成。即便是與他人一起走,在走向最後的地方時也不會犯戒。因為這樣走的人彼此會相互保護。如果在帳篷、樹根等地方劃定了某個地方,說「誰在這裡坐著或走動,我們會知道他是阿羅漢」，或者放置花朵說「誰拿著這些花來供養,我們會知道他是阿羅漢」等等,在這種情況下,也會構成波羅夷罪。如果有信士在中間的路上建立了修行處,放置了衣物等,說「愿所有阿羅漢們住在這個修行處,並且拿走衣物等」，在這種情況下,也會構成波羅夷罪。這個是非法的行為,因此不應當這樣做。關於其他類似的事情「在這個三個月內,所有人都應當成為林野住者,持有乞食等的頭陀行者,或者所有人都應當是已斷的」，等等,因為有各種各樣的比丘聚集在那裡。有些人因軟弱而無法維持這樣的行為。因此,這樣的行為也不應當做。「在這個三個月內,所有人都不應當被指名,不應當被詢問,不應當被驅逐,不應當被視為啞巴,外面的邊界也應當給予僧團的利益」，等等,這些也不應當做。

228.Lakkhaṇasaṃyutte yvāyaṃ āyasmā ca lakkhaṇoti lakkhaṇatthero vutto, esa jaṭilasahassassa abbhantare ehibhikkhūpasampadāya upasampanno ādittapariyāyāvasāne arahattappatto eko mahāsāvakoti veditabbo. Yasmā panesa lakkhaṇasampannena sabbākāraparipūrena brahmasamena attabhāvena samannāgato, tasmā lakkhaṇoti saṅkhaṃ gato. Mahāmoggallānatthero pana pabbajitadivasato sattame divase arahattappatto dutiyo aggasāvako.

Sitaṃ pātvākāsīti mandahasitaṃ pātuakāsi, pakāsayi dassesīti vuttaṃ hoti. Kiṃ pana disvā thero sitaṃ pātvākāsīti? Upari pāḷiyaṃ āgataṃ aṭṭhikasaṅkhalikaṃ ekaṃ petaloke nibbattaṃ sattaṃ disvā, tañca kho dibbena cakkhunā, na pasādacakkhunā. Pasādacakkhussa hi ete attabhāvā na āpāthaṃ āgacchanti. Evarūpaṃ pana attabhāvaṃ disvā kāruññe kātabbe kasmā sitaṃ pātvākāsīti? Attano ca buddhañāṇassa ca sampattisamanussaraṇato. Tañhi disvā thero 『『adiṭṭhasaccena nāma puggalena paṭilabhitabbā evarūpā attabhāvā mutto ahaṃ, lābhā vata me, suladdhaṃ vata me』』ti attano ca sampattiṃ anussaritvā 『『aho buddhassa bhagavato ñāṇasampatti, yo 『kammavipāko, bhikkhave, acinteyyo; na cintetabbo』ti (a. ni.

在與特徵相關的案例中,這位尊者被稱為特徵,這是因為他在一千名苦行者中,通過接受乞食而獲得了阿羅漢果,他應被視為一位偉大的聲聞。因為他具備了完整的特徵和各種形態,與天人相同,因此被稱為特徵。而大目犍連尊者從出家之日到第七天獲得了阿羅漢果,成為第二位最傑出的聲聞。 「飲食后顯現微笑」是指他顯露出微笑的樣子。那麼尊者為何顯露微笑呢？因為他在上面的經文中見到了一位在彼界中投生的鬼魂,而且是用天眼看到的,而非用信心之眼看到的。因為信心之眼無法接觸這些存在。然而,看到這樣的存在後,出於慈悲,為何會顯露微笑呢？是因為他憶念到自己的成就和佛陀的智慧。看到這一點,尊者想「以未見的真實,應當獲得這樣的存在,我得到了福報,真是幸運啊」，憶念到自己的成就,因此感慨「哦,佛陀的智慧真是了不起,他說『因果法則,比丘們,是不可思議的；不應當去思維』」。

4.77) desesi, paccakkhaṃ vata katvā buddhā desenti, suppaṭividdhā buddhānaṃ dhammadhātū』』ti evaṃ buddhañāṇasampattiñca saritvā sitaṃ pātvākāsīti. Yasmā pana khīṇāsavā nāma na akāraṇā sitaṃ pātukaronti, tasmā taṃ lakkhaṇatthero pucchi – 『『ko nu kho āvuso moggallāna hetu, ko paccayo sitassa pātukammāyā』』ti. Thero pana yasmā yehi ayaṃ upapatti sāmaṃ adiṭṭhā, te dussaddhāpayā honti, tasmā bhagavantaṃ sakkhiṃ katvā byākātukāmatāya 『『akālo kho, āvuso』』tiādimāha . Tato bhagavato santike puṭṭho 『『idhāhaṃ āvuso』』tiādinā nayena byākāsi.

Tattha aṭṭhikasaṅkhalikanti setaṃ nimmaṃsalohitaṃ aṭṭhisaṅghātaṃ. Gijjhāpi kākāpi kulalāpīti etepi yakkhagijjhā ceva yakkhakākā ca yakkhakulalā ca paccetabbā. Pākatikānaṃ pana gijjhādīnaṃ āpāthampi etaṃ rūpaṃ nāgacchati. Anupatitvā anupatitvāti anubandhitvā anubandhitvā. Vituḍentīti vinivijjhitvā gacchanti. Vitudentīti vā pāṭho, asidhārūpamehi tikhiṇehi lohatuṇḍehi vijjhantīti attho. Sā sudaṃ aṭṭassaraṃ karotīti ettha sudanti nipāto, sā aṭṭhikasaṅkhalikā aṭṭassaraṃ āturassaraṃ karotīti attho. Akusalavipākānubhavanatthaṃ kira yojanappamāṇāpi tādisā attabhāvā nibbattanti, pasādussadā ca honti pakkagaṇḍasadisā; tasmā sā aṭṭhikasaṅkhalikā balavavedanāturā tādisaṃ saramakāsīti. Evañca pana vatvā puna āyasmā mahāmoggallāno 『『vaṭṭagāmikasattā nāma evarūpā attabhāvā na muccantī』』ti sattesu kāruññaṃ paṭicca uppannaṃ dhammasaṃvegaṃ dassento 『『tassa mayhaṃ āvuso etadahosi; acchariyaṃ vata bho』』tiādimāha.

Bhikkhū ujjhāyantīti yesaṃ sā petūpapatti appaccakkhā, te ujjhāyanti . Bhagavā pana therassānubhāvaṃ pakāsento 『『cakkhubhūtā vata bhikkhave sāvakā viharantī』』tiādimāha. Tattha cakkhu bhūtaṃ jātaṃ uppannaṃ tesanti cakkhubhūtā; bhūtacakkhukā uppannacakkhukā, cakkhuṃ uppādetvā, viharantīti attho. Dutiyapadepi eseva nayo. Yatra hi nāmāti ettha yatrāti kāraṇavacanaṃ. Tatrāyamatthayojanā; yasmā nāma sāvakopi evarūpaṃ ñassati vā dakkhati vā sakkhiṃ vā karissati, tasmā avocumha – 『『cakkhubhūtā vata bhikkhave sāvakā viharanti, ñāṇabhūtā vata bhikkhave sāvakā viharantī』』ti.

Pubbeva me so bhikkhave satto diṭṭhoti bodhimaṇḍe sabbaññutañāṇappaṭivedhena appamāṇesu cakkavāḷesu appamāṇe sattanikāye bhavagatiyoniṭhitinivāse ca paccakkhaṃ karontena mayā pubbeva so satto diṭṭhoti vadati.

Goghātakoti gāvo vadhitvā vadhitvā aṭṭhito maṃsaṃ mocetvā vikkiṇitvā jīvikakappanakasatto. Tasseva kammassa vipākāvasesenāti tassa nānācetanāhi āyūhitassa aparāpariyakammassa. Tatra hi yāya cetanāya narake paṭisandhi janitā, tassā vipāke parikkhīṇe avasesakammaṃ vā kammanimittaṃ vā ārammaṇaṃ katvā puna petādīsu paṭisandhi nibbattati, tasmā sā paṭisandhi kammasabhāgatāya vā ārammaṇasabhāgatāya vā 『『tasseva kammassa vipākāvaseso』』ti vuccati. Ayañca satto evaṃ upapanno. Tenāha – 『『tasseva kammassa vipākāvasesenā』』ti. Tassa kira narakā cavanakāle nimmaṃsakatānaṃ gunnaṃ aṭṭhirāsi eva nimittaṃ ahosi. So paṭicchannampi taṃ kammaṃ viññūnaṃ pākaṭaṃ viya karonto aṭṭhisaṅkhalikapeto jāto.

4.77) 佛陀確實以直接的方式講法，正因為他對佛法的深刻理解，所以顯露出微笑。由於那些已斷盡煩惱的人並非無緣無故地顯露微笑，因此特徵尊者詢問：「究竟是什麼原因，讓尊者目犍連顯露微笑，是什麼因緣讓他顯露微笑呢？」而尊者因為看到此生的投生與未見的緣故，因此他對佛陀的智慧表示：「確實是不可思議的，朋友。」於是他在佛陀面前被問及時，便用這樣的方式回答。 在這裡，**是指白色的細膩的紅色骨骼。無論是禿鷲還是烏鴉等,也應被視為鬼神的禿鷲、鬼神的烏鴉和鬼神的細膩的鳥類。對於普通的禿鷲等,這種形態並不會出現。未接觸到的、未接觸到的意思是指被牽連著、被牽連著。它們是被切斷後離開的。也可以解釋為「被切斷」的意思，像用鋒利的鐵器刺入。確實，這個白色的骨骼會發出悲鳴的聲音，這裡的「悲鳴」是指，白色的骨骼會發出痛苦的聲音。爲了體驗惡果而生的這樣的存在，確實是因為有痛苦的感受；因此，這個白色的骨骼是強烈痛苦的存在。如此說來，尊者目犍連便說「輪迴中的眾生是不會解脫的」，以此顯示因眾生的悲憫而產生的法的震動，他說「對我而言，朋友，確實是令人驚訝」。 比丘們因看到投生的鬼魂而感到憤怒，而佛陀爲了顯現尊者的威德而說：「比丘們，確實是有眼睛的聲聞們在這裡生活。」這裡的「有眼睛的」是指已經出生的、已經存在的，是指用眼睛去看待的意思。第二句也是如此。在這裡，「因為有名」是指原因的言辭。這裡的意思是；因為聲聞們也能如此瞭解、見到、或者能夠做出證明，因此我們說：「有眼睛的聲聞們確實在生活，具有智慧的聲聞們確實在生活。」 「在過去我就已經見到這個眾生了」，在菩提樹下通過無所不知的智慧，親眼見到無量的眾生，親眼見到他們的生死輪迴。 「屠牛者」是指殺死牛後，割下肉來出售以維持生計的眾生。由於他所做的業的果報，因而在不同的意識中輪迴。因而，由於那種意識的緣故，投生到地獄中，因而在果報消盡后，依靠剩餘的業力或業的緣故再次投生為鬼等，因此稱之為「由他業的果報所剩餘」。這位眾生便是如此投生的。因此他說：「由他業的果報所剩餘。」在他投生到地獄時，因其所做的業而感到痛苦的種種現象顯現出來。他隱秘地將此業顯現得如同眾生所知一般，成爲了骨骼的鬼魂。

1. Maṃsapesivatthusmiṃ goghātakoti gomaṃsapesiyo katvā sukkhāpetvā vallūravikkayena anekāni vassāni jīvikaṃ kappesi. Tenassa narakā cavanakāle maṃsapesiyeva nimittaṃ ahosi. So maṃsapesipeto jāto.

Maṃsapiṇḍavatthusmiṃ so sākuṇiko sakuṇe gahetvā vikkiṇanakāle nippakkhacamme maṃsapiṇḍamatte katvā vikkiṇanto jīvikaṃ kappesi. Tenassa narakā cavanakāle maṃsapiṇḍova nimittaṃ ahosi. So maṃsapiṇḍapeto jāto.

Nicchavivatthusmiṃ tassa orabbhikassa eḷake vadhitvā niccamme katvā kappitajīvikassa purimanayeneva niccammaṃ eḷakasarīraṃ nimittamahosi. So nicchavipeto jāto.

Asilomavatthusmiṃ so sūkariko dīgharattaṃ nivāpapuṭṭhe sūkare asinā vadhitvā vadhitvā dīgharattaṃ jīvikaṃ kappesi. Tenassa ukkhittāsikabhāvova nimittaṃ ahosi. Tasmā asilomapeto jāto.

Sattilomavatthusmiṃ so māgaviko ekaṃ migañca sattiñca gahetvā vanaṃ gantvā tassa migassa samīpaṃ āgatāgate mige sattiyā vijjhitvā māresi, tassa sattiyā vijjhanakabhāvoyeva nimittaṃ ahosi. Tasmā sattilomapeto jāto.

Usulomavatthusmiṃ kāraṇikoti rājāparādhike anekāhi kāraṇāhi pīḷetvā avasāne kaṇḍena vijjhitvā māraṇakapuriso. So kira asukasmiṃ padese viddho maratīti ñatvāva vijjhati. Tassevaṃ jīvikaṃ kappetvā narake uppannassa tato pakkāvasesena idhūpapattikāle usunā vijjhanabhāvoyeva nimittaṃ ahosi. Tasmā usulomapeto jāto.

Sūcilomavatthusmiṃ sārathīti assadamako. Godamakotipi kurundaṭṭhakathāyaṃvuttaṃ. Tassa patodasūciyā vijjhanabhāvoyeva nimittaṃ ahosi. Tasmā sūcilomapeto jāto.

Dutiyasūcilomavatthusmiṃ sūcakoti pesuññakārako . So kira manusse aññamaññañca bhindi. Rājakule ca 『『imassa imaṃ nāma atthi, iminā idaṃ nāma kata』』nti sūcetvā sūcetvā anayabyasanaṃ pāpesi. Tasmā yathānena sūcetvā manussā bhinnā, tathā sūcīhi bhedanadukkhaṃ paccanubhotuṃ kammameva nimittaṃ katvā sūcilomapeto jāto.

Aṇḍabhāritavatthusmiṃ gāmakūṭoti vinicchayāmacco. Tassa kammasabhāgatāya kumbhamattā mahāghaṭappamāṇā aṇḍā ahesuṃ. So hi yasmā raho paṭicchanna ṭhāne lañjaṃ gahetvā kūṭavinicchayena pākaṭaṃ dosaṃ karonto sāmike assāmike akāsi. Tasmāssa rahassaṃ aṅgaṃ pākaṭaṃ nibbattaṃ. Yasmā daṇḍaṃ paṭṭhapento paresaṃ asayhaṃ bhāraṃ āropesi, tasmāssa rahassaṅgaṃ asayhabhāro hutvā nibbattaṃ. Yasmā yasmiṃ ṭhāne ṭhitena samena bhavitabbaṃ, tasmiṃ ṭhatvā visamo ahosi, tasmāssa rahassaṅge visamā nisajjā ahosīti.

Pāradārikavatthusmiṃ so satto parassa rakkhitaṃ gopitaṃ sassāmikaṃ phassaṃ phusanto mīḷhasukhena kāmasukhena cittaṃ ramayitvā kammasabhāgatāya gūthaphassaṃ phusanto dukkhamanubhavituṃ tattha nibbatto. Duṭṭhabrāhmaṇavatthu pākaṭameva.

以下是對應的簡體中文全文翻譯： 229. 在肉塊案例中，作為屠夫，他製作牛肉塊並將其曬乾，通過銷售乾肉塊維持生計多年。因此在他從地獄死亡時，肉塊成為他的標誌。他轉生為肉塊餓鬼。 在肉團案例中，他是一個獵鳥者，捕獲鳥類並在銷售時僅保留無羽毛的面板，製作肉團出售以維持生計。因此在他從地獄死亡時，肉團成為他的標誌。他轉生為肉團餓鬼。 在無皮案例中，他殺死了山羊，剝去面板，以製作皮革為生。因此在他從地獄死亡時，無皮山羊身體成為他的標誌。他轉生為無皮餓鬼。 在刀毛案例中，他是一個養豬者，長期在飼養場中用刀反覆殺豬以維持生計。因此他的標誌是被舉起的刀。因此他轉生為刀毛餓鬼。 在矛毛案例中，他是一個獵人，帶著一隻動物和一把矛進入森林，每當動物接近時就用矛刺穿並殺死它。因此矛刺穿的情形成為他的標誌。因此他轉生為矛毛餓鬼。 在箭毛案例中，作為執行者，他因多種原因折磨犯罪者，最後用箭射殺。他確切地知道在某個地方被射殺，然後射殺。在從地獄死亡後轉生時，箭射穿的情形成為他的標誌。因此他轉生為箭毛餓鬼。 在針毛案例中，他是一個馴馬師。在庫倫達註釋中也稱為牛馴服者。因此針刺穿的情形成為他的標誌。因此他轉生為針毛餓鬼。 在第二針毛案例中，他是一個告密者，製造分裂。他告訴王室某人有某物，某人做了某事，從而造成人們之間的分裂和不幸。因此他轉生為針毛餓鬼，經歷被針刺穿的痛苦。 在蛋重案例中，他是一個法庭判決官。由於他的職業，他擁有如大罐子般大小的蛋。他在隱秘的地方接受賄賂，通過歪曲判決製造明顯的不公。因此他的秘密身體部位變得顯露，承載無法忍受的重負，並且坐姿不穩。 在通姦案例中，他觸控了他人受保護的、有主的身體，以淫穢的快樂取悅自己。由於他的職業，他觸控了糞便，因此在那裡轉生並經歷痛苦。惡婆羅門的故事是衆所周知的。

230.Nicchavitthivatthusmiṃ yasmā mātugāmo nāma attano phasse anissaro, sā ca taṃ sāmikassa santakaṃ phassaṃ thenetvā paresaṃ abhiratiṃ uppādesi, tasmā kammasabhāgatāya sukhasamphassā dhaṃsitvā dukkhasamphassaṃ anubhavituṃ nicchavitthī hutvā upapannā.

Maṅgulitthivatthusmiṃ maṅgulinti virūpaṃ duddasikaṃ bībhacchaṃ, sā kira ikkhaṇikākammaṃ yakkhadāsikammaṃ karontī 『『iminā ca iminā ca evaṃ balikamme kate ayaṃ nāma tumhākaṃ vaḍḍhi bhavissatī』』ti mahājanassa gandhapupphādīni vañcanāya gahetvā mahājanaṃ duddiṭṭhiṃ micchādiṭṭhiṃ gaṇhāpesi, tasmā tāya kammasabhāgatāya gandhapupphādīnaṃ thenitattā duggandhā duddassanassa gāhitattā duddasikā virūpā bībhacchā hutvā nibbattā.

Okilinivatthusmiṃ uppakkaṃ okiliniṃ okirininti sā kira aṅgāracitake nipannā vipphandamānā viparivattamānā paccati, tasmā uppakkā ceva hoti kharena agginā pakkasarīrā; okilinī ca kilinnasarīrā bindubindūni hissā sarīrato paggharanti. Okirinī ca aṅgārasamparikiṇṇā, tassā hi heṭṭhatopi kiṃsukapupphavaṇṇā aṅgārā, ubhayapassesupi , ākāsatopissā upari aṅgārā patanti, tena vuttaṃ – 『『uppakkaṃ okiliniṃ okirini』』nti. Sā issāpakatā sapattiṃ aṅgārakaṭāhena okirīti tassā kira kaliṅgarañño ekā nāṭakinī aṅgārakaṭāhaṃ samīpe ṭhapetvā gattato udakañca puñchati, pāṇinā ca sedaṃ karoti. Rājāpi tāya saddhiṃ kathañca karoti, parituṭṭhākārañca dasseti. Aggamahesī taṃ asahamānā issāpakatā hutvā acirapakkantassa rañño taṃ aṅgārakaṭāhaṃ gahetvā tassā upari aṅgāre okiri. Sā taṃ kammaṃ katvā tādisaṃyeva vipākaṃ paccanubhavituṃ petaloke nibbattā.

Coraghātakavatthusmiṃ so rañño āṇāya dīgharattaṃ corānaṃ sīsāni chinditvā petaloke nibbattanto asīsakaṃ kabandhaṃ hutvā nibbatti.

Bhikkhuvatthusmiṃ pāpabhikkhūti lāmakabhikkhu. So kira lokassa saddhādeyye cattāro paccaye paribhuñjitvā kāyavacīdvārehi asaṃ yato bhinnājīvo cittakeḷiṃ kīḷanto vicari. Tato ekaṃ buddhantaraṃ niraye paccitvā petaloke nibbattanto bhikkhusadiseneva attabhāvena nibbatti. Bhikkhunī-sikkhamānā-sāmaṇera-sāmaṇerīvatthūsupi ayameva vinicchayo.

以下是對應的簡體中文全文翻譯： 230. 在無皮女案例中，由於女性對自己的觸感沒有控制權，她偷走了屬於丈夫的觸感，為他人帶來快樂。因此，由於業的相似性，她失去了愉悅的觸感，經歷痛苦的觸感，轉生為無皮女。 在醜陋女案例中，"醜陋"指面目可憎、難看、令人厭惡。據說她從事占卜和侍奉夜叉的工作，欺騙大眾說："如果你們進行這樣那樣的祭祀，就會得到這樣那樣的好處。"她通過欺騙手段從大眾那裡獲取香料和鮮花等物，使大眾產生錯誤的見解。因此，由於業的相似性，由於偷竊香料和鮮花等物，她變得臭氣熏天；由於使人產生錯誤見解，她變得醜陋難看、面目可憎。 在燒焦女案例中，"燒焦、濕黏、被覆蓋"指她躺在炭火堆上，翻來覆去地被燒烤。因此她被烈火燒焦，全身濕黏，身上不斷滴落液體。她被炭火覆蓋，下面、兩側都是如紫紅花般顏色的炭火，空中也有炭火落在她身上。因此說"燒焦、濕黏、被覆蓋"。她因嫉妒而用炭火盆傾倒在情敵身上。據說，迦陵伽王的一個舞女把炭火盆放在身邊，用水擦拭身體，用手擦汗。國王與她交談，顯示出喜悅。王后無法忍受，出於嫉妒，在國王剛離開時拿起炭火盆，把炭火倒在那個舞女身上。她做了這種行為，因此在餓鬼界轉生，經歷同樣的果報。 在殺盜賊案例中，他長期按國王的命令砍下盜賊的頭顱，轉生到餓鬼界時成為無頭的軀幹。 在比丘案例中，"惡比丘"指劣質比丘。據說他享用信眾供養的四種必需品，但身口不檢點，破壞戒律，玩弄心智。之後他在地獄中煎熬一個佛陀時期，轉生到餓鬼界時以與比丘相似的形態出生。對於比丘尼、式叉摩那、沙彌、沙彌尼的案例也是同樣的判斷。

1. Tapodāvatthusmiṃ acchodakoti pasannodako. Sītodakoti sītalaudako. Sātodakoti madhurodako. Setakoti parisuddho nissevālapaṇakakaddamo. Suppatitthoti sundarehi titthehi upapanno. Ramaṇīyoti ratijanako. Cakkamattānīti rathacakkappamāṇāni. Kuthitā sandatīti tatrā santattā hutvā sandati. Yatāyaṃ bhikkhaveti yato ayaṃ bhikkhave. So dahoti so rahado. Kuto panāyaṃ sandatīti? Vebhārapabbatassa kira heṭṭhā bhummaṭṭhakanāgānaṃ pañcayojanasatikaṃ nāgabhavanaṃ devalokasadisaṃ maṇimayena talena ārāmuyyānehi ca samannāgataṃ; tattha nāgānaṃ kīḷanaṭṭhāne so udakadaho, tato ayaṃ tapodā sandati. Dvinnaṃ mahānirayānaṃ antarikāya āgacchatīti rājagahanagaraṃ kira āviñjetvā mahāpetaloko, tattha dvinnaṃ mahālohakumbhinirayānaṃ antarena ayaṃ tapodā āgacchati, tasmā kuthitā sandatīti.

Yuddhavatthusmiṃ nandī caratīti vijayabherī āhiṇḍati. Rājā āvuso licchavīhīti thero kira attano divāṭṭhāne ca rattiṭṭhāne ca nisīditvā 『『licchavayo katahatthā katūpāsanā, rājā ca tehi saddhiṃ sampahāraṃ detī』』ti āvajjento dibbena cakkhunā rājānaṃ parājitaṃ palāyamānaṃ addasa. Tato bhikkhū āmantetvā 『『rājā āvuso tumhākaṃ upaṭṭhāko licchavīhi pabhaggo』』ti āha. Saccaṃ, bhikkhave, moggallāno āhāti parājikakāle āvajjitvā yaṃ diṭṭhaṃ taṃ bhaṇanto saccaṃ āha.

1. 在火焰案例中，"無水"指清澈的水；"涼水"指涼爽的水；"甜水"指甘甜的水；"潔凈"指純凈的水，清澈無雜質；"穩固"指美麗的水流；"宜人"指令人愉悅的水；"如車輪般"指水流的形狀如車輪；"聚集"指水流匯聚在一起；"如是，僧伽，"指此處的僧伽。因此，水流如火焰；"從何而來，聚集在此？"據說在維貝哈拉山的下面，地面上有五十由賊所居住的蛇的宮殿，像天界一樣有著寶石的頂；在那裡，蛇們在水中游玩，因此此處的火焰聚集在水中。兩座大地獄的交界處，通往王舍城（現代的拉杰古爾），在那裡有一座大餓鬼的世界，因此此處的火焰聚集在水中。 在戰爭案例中，"歡喜地行走"指勝利的號角在吹響。國王對長老說："尊敬的利奇維人，"長老在白天和夜晚坐著，觀察著說："利奇維人已經完成了他們的祭祀，國王也與他們一起進行集會。"用神眼看到國王被打敗而逃跑。於是，長老們召集比丘們說："國王尊敬的利奇維人已經被擊敗。"確實，比丘們，在莫迦拉那被打敗的時候，看到的事情就如實地說出來。

2. Nāgogāhavatthusmiṃ sappinikāyāti evaṃnāmikāya. Āneñjaṃ samādhinti anejaṃ acalaṃ kāyavācāvipphandavirahitaṃ catutthajjhānasamādhiṃ. Nāgānanti hatthīnaṃ. Ogayha uttarantānanti ogayha ogāhetvā puna uttarantānaṃ. Te kira gambhīraṃ udakaṃ otaritvā tattha nhatvā ca pivitvā ca soṇḍāya udakaṃ gahetvā aññamaññaṃ ālolentā uttaranti, tesaṃ evaṃ ogayha uttarantānanti vuttaṃ hoti. Koñcaṃ karontānanti nadītīre ṭhatvā soṇḍaṃ mukhe pakkhipitvā koñcanādaṃ karontānaṃ. Saddaṃ assosinti taṃ koñcanādasaddaṃ assosiṃ. Attheso, bhikkhave, samādhi so ca kho aparisuddhoti atthi eso samādhi moggallānassa, so ca kho parisuddho na hoti. Thero kira pabbajitato sattame divase tadahuarahattappatto aṭṭhasu samāpattīsu pañcahākārehi anāciṇṇavasībhāvo samādhiparipanthake dhamme na suṭṭhu parisodhetvā āvajjanasamāpajjanādhiṭṭhānavuṭṭhānapaccavekkhaṇānaṃ saññāmattakameva katvā catutthajjhānaṃ appetvā nisinno, jhānaṅgehi vuṭṭhāya nāgānaṃ saddaṃ sutvā 『『antosamāpattiyaṃ assosi』』nti evaṃsaññī ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『attheso, bhikkhave, samādhi; so ca kho aparisuddho』』ti.

Sobhitavatthusmiṃ ahaṃ, āvuso, pañca kappasatāni anussarāmīti ekāvajjanena anussarāmīti āha. Itarathā hi anacchariyaṃ ariyasāvakānaṃ paṭipāṭiyā nānāvajjanena tassa tassa atīte nivāsassa anussaraṇanti na bhikkhū ujjhāyeyyuṃ. Yasmā panesa 『『ekāvajjanena anussarāmī』』ti āha, tasmā bhikkhū ujjhāyiṃsu. Atthesā, bhikkhave, sobhitassa, sā ca kho ekāyeva jātīti yaṃ sobhito jātiṃ anussarāmīti āha, atthesā jāti sobhitassa, sā ca kho ekāyeva anantarā na uppaṭipāṭiyā anussaritāti adhippāyo.

Kathaṃ panāyaṃ etaṃ anussarīti? Ayaṃ kira pañcannaṃ kappasatānaṃ upari titthāyatane

Pabbajitvā asaññasamāpattiṃ nibbattetvā aparihīnajjhāno kālaṃ katvā asaññabhave nibbatti. Tattha yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā avasāne manussaloke uppanno sāsane pabbajitvā tisso vijjā sacchākāsi. So pubbenivāsaṃ anussaramāno imasmiṃ attabhāve paṭisandhiṃ disvā tato paraṃ tatiye attabhāve cutimeva addasa. Atha ubhinnamantarā acittakaṃ attabhāvaṃ anussarituṃ asakkonto nayato sallakkhesi – 『『addhāahaṃ asaññabhave nibbatto』』ti. Evaṃ sallakkhentena panānena dukkaraṃ kataṃ, satadhā bhinnassa vālassa koṭiyā koṭi paṭividdhā, ākāse padaṃ dassitaṃ. Tasmā naṃ bhagavā imasmiṃyeva vatthusmiṃ etadagge ṭhapesi – 『『etadaggaṃ bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarantānaṃ yadidaṃ sobhito』』ti (a. ni. 1.219, 227).

Vinītavatthuvaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Nigamanavaṇṇanā

以下是對應的簡體中文全文翻譯： 232. 在大象入水案例中，"薩皮尼卡"是河流的名字。"不動禪定"指不動、不搖晃、身語不動的第四禪定。"大象們"指大象。"潛入又浮出"指潛入水中又浮出水面。據說它們潛入深水中，在那裡洗澡和飲水，用鼻子吸水互相噴灑，然後浮出水面，因此說"潛入又浮出"。"發出吼叫"指站在河岸邊，把鼻子放入口中發出吼叫聲。"聽到聲音"指我聽到了那吼叫聲。"比丘們，這種禪定確實存在，但它並不純凈"指目犍連確實有這種禪定，但它並不純凈。據說長老在出家后第七天就證得阿羅漢果，但在八種禪定中還未完全熟練五種方式，沒有很好地凈化禪定的障礙，只是略微注意到入定、住定、出定和觀察，就進入第四禪。從禪支出來后聽到大象的聲音，誤以為是在定中聽到的。因此說"比丘們，這種禪定確實存在，但它並不純凈"。 在索比塔案例中，"朋友們，我能回憶起五百劫"指他說自己能一次性回憶起這些。否則，聖弟子們依次回憶過去生並不稀奇，比丘們也不會驚訝。但因為他說"一次性回憶"，所以比丘們驚訝了。"比丘們，索比塔確實有這種能力，但那只是一生"指索比塔所說的回憶確實存在，但那只是他的前一生，不是按順序回憶的。 他是如何回憶的呢？據說他在五百劫前在外道中出家，證得無想定，保持禪定不退，死後轉生到無想天。在那裡壽終后又轉生到人間，在佛教中出家，證得三明。他回憶前世時，看到了這一世的結生，然後看到第三世的死亡。但他無法回憶中間無心識的生命，於是推斷："我一定是轉生到了無想天。"他能這樣推斷是很不容易的，就像把一根頭髮劈成一百份然後用一端觸碰另一端，或在空中留下腳印一樣困難。因此世尊在這個案例中稱讚他："比丘們，在我的弟子中，回憶前世第一的是索比塔。" 教誡故事的解釋到此結束。 結語的解釋

233.Uddiṭṭhākho āyasmanto cattāro pārājikā dhammāti idaṃ idha uddiṭṭhapārājikaparidīpanameva. Samodhānetvā pana sabbāneva catuvīsati pārājikāni veditabbāni. Katamāni catuvīsati? Pāḷiyaṃ āgatāni tāva bhikkhūnaṃ cattāri, bhikkhunīnaṃ asādhāraṇāni cattārīti aṭṭha. Ekādasa abhabbapuggalā, tesu paṇḍakatiracchānagataubhatobyañjanakā, tayo vatthuvipannā ahetukapaṭisandhikā, tesaṃ saggo avārito maggo pana vārito, abhabbā hi te maggappaṭilābhāya vatthuvipannattāti. Pabbajjāpi nesaṃ paṭikkhittā, tasmā tepi pārājikā. Theyyasaṃvāsako, titthiyapakkantako, mātughātako, pitughātako, arahantaghātako, bhikkhunīdūsako, lohituppādako, saṅghabhedakoti ime aṭṭha attano kiriyāya vipannattā abhabbaṭṭhānaṃ pattāti pārājikāva. Tesu theyyasaṃvāsako, titthiyapakkantako, bhikkhunīdūsakoti imesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ saggo avārito maggo pana vāritova. Itaresaṃ pañcannaṃ ubhayampi vāritaṃ. Te hi anantarabhave narake nibbattanakasattā. Iti ime ca ekādasa, purimā ca aṭṭhāti ekūnavīsati. Te gihiliṅge ruciṃ uppādetvā gihinivāsananivatthāya bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ vīsati. Sā hi ajjhācāravītikkamaṃ akatvāpi ettāvatāva assamaṇīti imāni tāva vīsati pārājikāni.

Aparānipi – lambī, mudupiṭṭhiko, parassa aṅgajātaṃ mukhena gaṇhāti, parassa aṅgajāte abhinisīdatīti imesaṃ catunnaṃ vasena cattāri anulomapārājikānīti vadanti. Etāni hi yasmā ubhinnaṃ rāgavasena sadisabhāvūpagatānaṃ dhammo 『『methunadhammo』』ti vuccati. Tasmā etena pariyāyena methunadhammaṃ appaṭisevitvāyeva kevalaṃ maggena maggappavesanavasena āpajjitabbattā methunadhammapārājikassa anulomentīti anulomapārājikānīti vuccanti. Iti imāni ca cattāri purimāni ca vīsatīti samodhānetvā sabbāneva catuvīsati pārājikāni veditabbāni.

Na labhati bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ saṃvāsanti uposatha-pavāraṇa-pātimokkhuddesa-saṅghakammappabhedaṃ bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ saṃvāsaṃ na labhati. Yathā pure tathā pacchāti yathā pubbe gihikāle anupasampannakāle ca pacchā pārājikaṃ āpannopi tatheva asaṃvāso hoti. Natthi tassa bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ uposathapavāraṇapātimokkhuddesasaṅghakammappabhedo saṃvāsoti bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ saṃvāsaṃ na labhati. Tatthāyasmante pucchāmīti tesu catūsu pārājikesu āyasmante 『『kaccittha parisuddhā』』ti pucchāmi. Kaccitthāti kacci ettha; etesu catūsu pārājikesu kacci parisuddhāti attho. Atha vā kaccittha parisuddhāti kacci parisuddhā attha, bhavathāti attho. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānatthamevāti.

Samantapāsādikāya vinayasaṃvaṇṇanāya

Catutthapārājikavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Saṅghādisesakaṇḍaṃ

2. Sukkavissaṭṭhisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

Yaṃ pārājikakaṇḍassa, saṅgītaṃ samanantaraṃ;

Tassa terasakassāyamapubbapadavaṇṇanā.

1. 在被稱為「被提及的」的案例中，尊者提到的四種破戒法則是指此處所提及的破戒法則的詳細說明。然而，綜合來看，所有的二十四種破戒法則都應被理解。哪二十四種呢？在巴利文中有四種屬於比丘，四種屬於比丘尼，合計八種。十一種不當人，包括：愚者、非人、兩邊都不具備特徵者，三種物品缺失者，因無因緣而轉生者，因而這些人無法獲得天界的道路；因為這些人因物品缺失而無法獲得道路。因此，他們的出家也被拒絕，因此他們也是破戒者。這八種人因自身的行為而無法獲得良好的處所：包括非人、外道、殺母、殺父、殺阿羅漢、誹謗比丘尼、生產紅色物品、分裂僧團者。這三種中，非人、外道、誹謗比丘尼這三種是無法獲得天界的道路，而其他五種則兩者都無法獲得。因為他們在即將到來的生中會轉生到地獄中。因此這十一種加上之前的八種，共計十九種。它們在出家生活中引發了對比丘尼的興趣。因為她沒有犯下行為的過失，故這二十種破戒法則是如此。 此外，還有：長者、泥土製造者、用他人身體制作的，坐在他人身體上的，這四種被稱為四種附隨破戒法則。因為這些法則因兩者的貪慾而歸於相同的性質，被稱為「慾望法則」。因此，因慾望法則而未被接受的，僅僅因進入道路而被認為是慾望法則的附隨破戒法則。因此，這四種加上之前的二十種，共計二十四種破戒法則應被理解。 比丘們與他人共同生活時，不應與比丘們共同舉行齋戒、布薩、宣講、僧團事務的分配。就像以前一樣，後來在家中未受戒時，後來的破戒也是如此。比丘們與他人共同生活時，不應與比丘們共同舉行齋戒、布薩、宣講、僧團事務的分配。因此，尊者問我在這四種破戒法則中是否「清凈」。我問：「這裡是否清凈？」在這四種破戒法則中，「是否清凈」的意思是什麼？或者說「這裡是否清凈」的意思是什麼？其他的都是在所有地方的解釋。 《圓滿和諧的戒律解釋》 第四破戒法則的解釋到此結束。
2. 僧團餘事部分

3. 白米二十六條戒律的解釋 這是破戒部分，緊接著是《僧伽戒律》。這是第十三條的前言解釋。

4. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā seyyasako anabhirato brahmacariyaṃ caratīti ettha āyasmāti piyavacanaṃ. Seyyasakoti tassa bhikkhuno nāmaṃ. Anabhiratoti vikkhittacitto kāmarāgapariḷāhena pariḍayhamāno na pana gihibhāvaṃ patthayamāno. So tena kiso hotīti so seyyasako tena anabhiratabhāvena kiso hoti.

Addasā kho āyasmā udāyīti ettha udāyīti tassa therassa nāmaṃ, ayañhi seyyasakassa upajjhāyo lāḷudāyī nāma bhantamigasappaṭibhāgo niddārāmatādimanuyuttānaṃ aññataro lolabhikkhu. Kacci no tvanti kacci nu tvaṃ. Yāvadatthaṃ bhuñjātiādīsu yāvatā atthoti yāvadatthaṃ. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yāvatā te bhojanena attho yattakaṃ tvaṃ icchasi tattakaṃ bhuñja, yattakaṃ kālaṃ rattiṃ vā divā vā supituṃ icchasi tattakaṃ supa, mattikādīhi kāyaṃ ubbaṭṭetvā cuṇṇādīhi ghaṃsitvā yattakaṃ nhānaṃ icchasi tattakaṃ nhāya, uddesena vā paripucchāya vā vattapaṭipattiyā vā kammaṭṭhānena vā attho natthīti. Yadā te anabhirati uppajjatīti yasmiṃ kāle tava kāmarāgavasena ukkaṇṭhitatā vikkhittacittatā uppajjati. Rāgo cittaṃ anuddhaṃsetīti kāmarāgo cittaṃ dhaṃseti padhaṃseti vikkhipati ceva milāpeti ca. Tadā hatthena upakkamitvā asuciṃ mocehīti tasmiṃ kāle hatthena vāyamitvā asucimocanaṃ karohi, evañhi te cittekaggatā bhavissati. Iti taṃ upajjhāyo anusāsi yathā taṃ bālo bālaṃ mago magaṃ.

235.Tesaṃ muṭṭhassatīnaṃ asampajānānaṃ niddaṃ okkamantānanti satisampajaññaṃ pahāya niddaṃ otarantānaṃ. Tattha kiñcāpi niddaṃ okkamantānaṃ abyākato bhavaṅgavāro pavattati, satisampajaññavāro gaḷati, tathāpi sayanakāle manasikāro kātabbo. Divā supantena yāva nhātassa bhikkhuno kesā na sukkhanti tāva supitvā vuṭṭhahissāmīti saussāhena supitabbaṃ. Rattiṃ supantena ettakaṃ nāma rattibhāgaṃ supitvā candena vā tārakāya vā idaṃ nāma ṭhānaṃ pattakāle vuṭṭhahissāmīti saussāhena supitabbaṃ. Buddhānussatiādīsu ca dasasu kammaṭṭhānesu ekaṃ aññaṃ vā cittaruciyaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvāva niddā okkamitabbā. Evaṃ karonto hi sato sampajāno satiñca sampajaññañca avijahitvāva niddaṃ okkamatīti vuccati. Te pana bhikkhū bālā lolā bhantamigasappaṭibhāgā na evamakaṃsu. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『tesaṃ muṭṭhassatīnaṃ asampajānānaṃ niddaṃ okkamantāna』』nti.

Atthi cettha cetanā labbhatīti ettha ca supinante assādacetanā atthi upalabbhati. Atthesā, bhikkhave, cetanā; sā ca kho abbohārikāti bhikkhave esā assādacetanā atthi, sā ca kho avisaye uppannattā abbohārikā, āpattiyā aṅgaṃ na hoti. Iti bhagavā supinante cetanāya abbohārikabhāvaṃ dassetvā 『『evañca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha, sañcetanikā sukkavissaṭṭhi aññatra supinantā saṅghādiseso』』ti sānupaññattikaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpesi.

236-

1. 那時，佛陀在舍衛城的祇樹給孤獨園中住。那時，尊者賽亞薩克（Seeyasako）過著不快樂的梵行，這裡「尊者」是親切的稱呼。賽亞薩克是這位比丘的名字。他不快樂，心神散亂，被慾望所困擾，但並不渴望世俗的生活。因此，他因不快樂而變得消瘦。 尊者烏達伊（Udāyi）在此被提及，他是賽亞薩克的老師，曾是一位貪心的比丘，名叫拉爾烏達伊（Lāḷudāyi），他因沉迷於睡眠而被稱為「貪心的比丘」。「你是否還好？」他問。至於「你想吃多少」，意指你可以吃到你所希望的量。此處的意思是：你可以根據自己的意願吃飯，想吃多少就吃多少，想在晚上或白天睡多久就睡多久，想洗多少次澡就洗多少次，或者通過問詢、討論、實踐或工作來了解這些。 當你不快樂時，因慾望的緣故而感到厭倦、心神散亂。慾望會摧毀心智、破壞心智、擾亂心智並使其消失。那時，你應當用手抵住身體，清除不潔之物，這樣你的心就會專注。因此，你的老師教導你，像愚者一樣，不要讓愚蠢影響你。

2. 對於那些迷失自我、缺乏覺知的人，沉入睡眠中。即使在沉睡中，無法覺察的狀態也會發生，而具備覺知的人卻會保持警覺。因此，在白天，若比丘的頭髮不幹，則在洗澡之前應保持清醒。夜晚睡覺時，若在某個時刻醒來，看到月亮或星星，便應保持清醒。對於佛陀的念念不忘等十種修行法，應選擇一個或另一個心法進行修行。這樣做的比丘，保持覺知和覺察，便可沉入睡眠。可是那些比丘因貪心而迷失，未能保持覺知，因此說：「對於那些迷失自我、缺乏覺知的人，沉入睡眠中。」 在這裡，意圖是可以被感知的。在夢中，意圖的感知是存在的。比丘們，意圖是存在的；而這意圖是非凡的，因為它在某種意義上是非凡的，因而在違反戒律時並不構成過失。因此，佛陀通過夢中的意圖展示了非凡的性質：「比丘們，若要修習此戒律，睡眠中沉浸的比丘們，除非在夢中有覺知，否則不應被視為僧團餘事。」 236-

3. Tattha saṃvijjati cetanā assāti sañcetanā, sañcetanāva sañcetanikā, sañcetanā vā assā atthīti sañcetanikā. Yasmā pana yassa sañcetanikā sukkavissaṭṭhi hoti so jānanto sañjānanto hoti, sā cassa sukkavissaṭṭhi cecca abhivitaritvā vītikkamo hoti, tasmā byañjane ādaraṃ akatvā atthameva dassetuṃ 『『jānanto sañjānanto cecca abhivitaritvā vītikkamo』』ti evamassa padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ. Tattha jānantoti upakkamāmīti jānanto. Sañjānantoti sukkaṃ mocemīti sañjānanto, teneva upakkamajānanākārena saddhiṃ jānantoti attho. Ceccāti mocanassādacetanāvasena cetetvā pakappetvā. Abhivitaritvāti upakkamavasena maddanto nirāsaṅkacittaṃ pesetvā. Vītikkamoti evaṃ pavattassa yo vītikkamo ayaṃ sañcetanikāsaddassa sikhāppatto atthoti vuttaṃ hoti.

Idāni sukkavissaṭṭhīti ettha yassa sukkassa vissaṭṭhi taṃ tāva saṅkhyāto vaṇṇabhedato ca dassetuṃ 『『sukkanti dasa sukkānī』』tiādimāha. Tattha sukkānaṃ āsayabhedato dhātunānattato ca nīlādivaṇṇabhedo veditabbo.

Vissaṭṭhīti vissaggo, atthato panetaṃ ṭhānācāvanaṃ hoti, tenāha – 『『vissaṭṭhīti ṭhānatocāvanā vuccatī』』ti. Tattha vatthisīsaṃ kaṭi kāyoti tidhā sukkassa ṭhānaṃ pakappenti, eko kirācariyo 『『vatthisīsaṃ sukkassa ṭhāna』』nti āha. Eko 『『kaṭī』』ti, eko 『『sakalo kāyo』』ti, tesu tatiyassa bhāsitaṃ subhāsitaṃ. Kesalomanakhadantānañhi maṃsavinimuttaṭṭhānaṃ uccārapassāvakheḷasiṅghāṇikāthaddhasukkhacammāni ca vajjetvā avaseso chavimaṃsalohitānugato sabbopi kāyo kāyappasādabhāvajīvitindriyābaddhapittānaṃ sambhavassa ca ṭhānameva. Tathā hi rāgapariyuṭṭhānenābhibhūtānaṃ hatthīnaṃ ubhohi kaṇṇacūḷikāhi sambhavo nikkhamati, mahāsenarājā ca rāgapariyuṭṭhito sambhavavegaṃ adhivāsetuṃ asakkonto satthena bāhusīsaṃ phāletvā vaṇamukhena nikkhantaṃ sambhavaṃ dassesīti.

Ettha pana paṭhamassa ācariyassa vāde mocanassādena nimitte upakkamato yattakaṃ ekā khuddakamakkhikā piveyya tattake asucimhi vatthisīsato muñcitvā dakasotaṃ otiṇṇamatte bahi nikkhante vā anikkhante vā saṅghādiseso. Dutiyassa vāde tatheva kaṭito muccitvā dakasotaṃ otiṇṇamatte, tatiyassa vāde tatheva sakalakāyaṃ saṅkhobhetvā tato muccitvā dakasotaṃ otiṇṇamatte bahi nikkhante vā anikkhante vā saṅghādiseso. Dakasotorohaṇañcettha adhivāsetvā antarā nivāretuṃ asakkuṇeyyatāya vuttaṃ, ṭhānā cutañhi avassaṃ dakasotaṃ otarati. Tasmā ṭhānā cāvanamattenevettha āpatti veditabbā, sā ca kho nimitte upakkamantasseva hatthaparikammapādaparikammagattaparikammakaraṇena sacepi asuci muccati, anāpatti. Ayaṃ sabbācariyasādhāraṇavinicchayo.

Aññatra supinantāti ettha supino eva supinanto, taṃ ṭhapetvā apanetvāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tañca pana supinaṃ passanto catūhi kāraṇehi passati dhātukkhobhato vā anubhūtapubbato vā devatopasaṃhārato vā pubbanimittato vāti.

1. 在這裡,"有意圖的"指存在意圖,或者說具有意圖。因為對於有意圖的精液排出,他是知道和有意識的,這種精液排出是故意的、有意圖的違犯,所以不考慮詞語,只解釋意思說"知道、有意識、故意、有意圖的違犯"。其中,"知道"指知道我在努力;"有意識"指知道我在排出精液,即知道努力的方式;"故意"指以排出的愉悅感為目的而思考、計劃;"有意圖"指通過努力而壓制,排除疑慮;"違犯"指這樣做的違犯是"有意圖"一詞的最高意思。 現在關於"精液排出",首先通過數量和顏色的區別來說明精液,所以說"精液有十種"等。其中精液的藍等顏色區別應從居處和元素的不同來理解。 "排出"指釋放,實際上是從位置移動,所以說"排出指從位置移動"。有人說精液的位置有三種:膀胱頂端、腰部和全身,其中第三種說法是正確的。除了毛髮指甲牙齒等不含肉的部位,大小便唾液鼻涕硬皮等,其餘全身皮肉血液都是身體感受、生命力、膽汁和精液產生的地方。所以被慾望壓倒的大象從兩耳流出精液,大軍王被慾望壓倒無法忍受精液的衝動,用刀割開手臂頂端,從傷口流出精液。 在這裡,按第一種說法,以排出的愉悅感為目的而努力,只要從膀胱頂端流出一隻小蚊子能喝的量進入水流,不管是否排出體外都犯僧殘罪。按第二種說法,同樣從腰部流出進入水流就犯。按第三種說法,同樣從全身震動流出進入水流,不管是否排出體外都犯。這裡說進入水流是因為無法忍受而中途無法阻止,從位置移動必然會進入水流。所以應知僅從位置移動就構成犯戒,但如果在生殖器上努力,通過手部、腳部、身體按摩而排出精液,則不犯戒。這是所有論師共同的判斷。 "除了夢中"指除了夢境,把它排除在外的意思。做夢有四種原因:身體元素混亂、曾經經歷過、神靈影響或前兆。

Tattha pittādīnaṃ khobhakaraṇapaccayayogena khubhitadhātuko dhātukkhobhato supinaṃ passati, passanto ca nānāvidhaṃ supinaṃ passati – pabbatā patanto viya, ākāsena gacchanto viya, vāḷamigahatthīcorādīhi anubaddho viya hoti. Anubhūtapubbato passanto pubbe anubhūtapubbaṃ ārammaṇaṃ passati. Devatopasaṃhārato passantassa devatā atthakāmatāya vā anatthakāmatāya vā atthāya vā anatthāya vā nānāvidhāni ārammaṇāni upasaṃharanti, so tāsaṃ devatānaṃ ānubhāvena tāni ārammaṇāni passati. Pubbanimittato passanto puññāpuññavasena uppajjitukāmassa atthassa vā anatthassa vā pubbanimittabhūtaṃ supinaṃ passati, bodhisattassamātā viya puttapaṭilābhanimittaṃ, bodhisatto viya pañca mahāsupine (a. ni.

以下是完整的簡體中文翻譯: 其中,由於膽汁等引起混亂的因素,身體元素混亂而做夢,做夢時會看到各種夢境 - 好像從山上掉下來,好像在空中行走,好像被野獸、大象、盜賊等追趕。從曾經經歷過的角度來看,會夢見以前經歷過的對象。從神靈影響的角度來看,神靈出於善意或惡意,爲了利益或損害,會帶來各種對像,他通過這些神靈的力量看到這些對象。從前兆的角度來看,會夢見由於善業或惡業而將要發生的利益或損害的前兆,就像菩薩的母親夢見獲得兒子的徵兆,菩薩夢見五大夢境。

5.196), kosalarājā viya soḷasa supineti.

Tattha yaṃ dhātukkhobhato anubhūtapubbato ca supinaṃ passati na taṃ saccaṃ hoti. Yaṃ devatopasaṃhārato passati taṃ saccaṃ vā hoti alīkaṃ vā, kuddhā hi devatā upāyena vināsetukāmā viparītampi katvā dassenti. Yaṃ pana pubbanimittato passati taṃ ekantasaccameva hoti. Etesañca catunnaṃ mūlakāraṇānaṃ saṃsaggabhedatopi supinabhedo hotiyeva.

Tañca panetaṃ catubbidhampi supinaṃ sekkhaputhujjanāva passanti appahīnavipallāsattā, asekkhā pana na passanti pahīnavipallāsattā. Kiṃ panetaṃ passanto sutto passati paṭibuddho, udāhu neva sutto na paṭibuddhoti? Kiñcettha yadi tāva sutto passati abhidhammavirodho āpajjati, bhavaṅgacittena hi supati taṃ rūpanimittādiārammaṇaṃ rāgādisampayuttaṃ vā na hoti, supinaṃ passantassa ca īdisāni cittāni uppajjanti. Atha paṭibuddho passati vinayavirodho āpajjati, yañhi paṭibuddho passati taṃ sabbohārikacittena passati, sabbohārikacittena ca kate vītikkame anāpatti nāma natthi. Supinaṃ passantena pana katepi vītikkame ekantaṃ anāpatti eva. Atha neva sutto na paṭibuddho passati, ko nāma passati; evañca sati supinassa abhāvova āpajjatīti, na abhāvo. Kasmā ? Yasmā kapimiddhapareto passati. Vuttañhetaṃ – 『『kapimiddhapareto kho, mahārāja, supinaṃ passatī』』ti. Kapimiddhaparetoti makkaṭaniddāya yutto. Yathā hi makkaṭassa niddā lahuparivattā hoti; evaṃ yā niddā punappunaṃ kusalādicittavokiṇṇattā lahuparivattā, yassā pavattiyaṃ punappunaṃ bhavaṅgato uttaraṇaṃ hoti tāya yutto supinaṃ passati, tenāyaṃ supino kusalopi hoti akusalopi abyākatopi. Tattha supinante cetiyavandanadhammassavanadhammadesanādīni karontassa kusalo, pāṇātipātādīni karontassa akusalo, dvīhi antehi mutto āvajjanatadārammaṇakkhaṇe abyākatoti veditabbo. Svāyaṃ dubbalavatthukattā cetanāya paṭisandhiṃ ākaḍḍhituṃ asamattho, pavatte pana aññehi kusalākusalehi upatthambhito vipākaṃ deti. Kiñcāpi vipākaṃ deti? Atha kho avisaye uppannattā abbohārikāva supinantacetanā. Tenāha – 『『ṭhapetvā supinanta』』nti.

以下是完整的簡體中文翻譯: 5.196),就像拘薩羅國王夢見十六個夢境一樣。 其中,由於身體元素混亂和曾經經歷過而做的夢不是真實的。由於神靈影響而做的夢可能是真實的也可能是虛假的,因為憤怒的神靈想要通過手段毀滅時,會顯示相反的景象。但是作為前兆而做的夢是絕對真實的。這四種根本原因的組合也會產生不同的夢境。 這四種夢境只有學習者和凡夫才會做,因為他們還沒有消除顛倒;而無學者不會做夢,因為他們已經消除了顛倒。那麼,是在睡眠中做夢還是在醒來時做夢,還是既不在睡眠中也不在醒來時做夢呢?如果說是在睡眠中做夢,就會與阿毗達磨相矛盾,因為睡眠時是有分心,它不會緣取色等對像,也不會與貪等相應,而做夢時會生起這樣的心。如果說是在醒來時做夢,就會與律藏相矛盾,因為醒來時看到的是通過普通心看到的,用普通心造作違犯時是一定有罪的。但是做夢時造作違犯卻絕對無罪。如果說既不在睡眠中也不在醒來時做夢,那麼是誰在做夢呢?這樣就會導致夢不存在的結論。其實不是不存在。為什麼?因為是處於猴子睡眠狀態時做夢。所以說:"大王啊,處於猴子睡眠狀態時會做夢。"猴子睡眠狀態指像猴子的睡眠一樣。就像猴子的睡眠很容易轉變;同樣,由於善等心不斷插入而容易轉變的睡眠,在其中不斷從有分心出來,處於這種狀態時會做夢,所以這種夢可能是善的、不善的或無記的。其中,在夢中禮拜佛塔、聽法、說法等是善的,殺生等是不善的,除此之外的在轉向心和彼所緣心的剎那是無記的。這種夢由於所依微弱,其意志無法引生結生,但在現世中由其他善不善業支援而產生果報。雖然產生果報,但由於在不適當的時候生起,所以夢中的意志是非正式的。因此說:"除了夢中"。

Saṅghādisesoti imassa āpattinikāyassa nāmaṃ. Tasmā yā aññatra supinantā sañcetanikā sukkavissaṭṭhi , ayaṃ saṅghādiseso nāma āpattinikāyoti evamettha sambandho veditabbo . Vacanattho panettha saṅgho ādimhi ceva sese ca icchitabbo assāti saṅghādiseso. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Imaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitvā vuṭṭhātukāmassa yaṃ taṃ āpattivuṭṭhānaṃ, tassa ādimhi ceva parivāsadānatthāya ādito sese ca majjhe mānattadānatthāya mūlāya paṭikassanena vā saha mānattadānatthāya avasāne abbhānatthāya saṅgho icchitabbo. Na hettha ekampi kammaṃ vinā saṅghena sakkā kātunti saṅgho ādimhi ceva sese ca icchitabbo assāti saṅghādisesoti. Byañjanaṃ pana anādiyitvā atthameva dassetuṃ 『『saṅghova tassā āpattiyā parivāsaṃ deti, mūlāya paṭikassati, mānattaṃ deti, abbheti na sambahulā na ekapuggalo, tena vuccati saṅghādiseso』』ti idamassa padabhājanaṃ –

『『Saṅghādisesoti yaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ suṇohi yathātathaṃ;

Saṅghova deti parivāsaṃ, mūlāya paṭikassati;

Mānattaṃ deti abbheti, tenetaṃ iti vuccatī』』ti. (pari. 339) –

Parivāre vacanakāraṇañca vuttaṃ, tattha parivāsadānādīni samuccayakkhandhake vitthārato āgatāni, tattheva nesaṃ saṃvaṇṇanaṃ karissāma.

Tasseva āpattinikāyassāti tassa eva āpattisamūhassa. Tattha kiñcāpi ayaṃ ekāva āpatti, rūḷhisaddena pana avayave samūhavohārena vā 『『nikāyo』』ti vutto – 『『eko vedanākkhandho, eko viññāṇakkhandho』』tiādīsu viya.

Evaṃ uddiṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ padānukkamena vibhajitvā idāni imaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ āpajjantassa upāyañca kālañca adhippāyañca adhippāyavatthuñca dassetuṃ 『『ajjhattarūpe mocetī』』tiādimāha. Ettha hi ajjhattarūpādīhi catūhi padehi upāyo dassito, ajjhattarūpe vā moceyya bahiddhārūpe vā ubhayattha vā ākāse vā kaṭiṃ kampento, ito paraṃ añño upāyo natthi. Tattha rūpe ghaṭṭetvā mocentopi rūpena ghaṭṭetvā mocentopi rūpe moceticceva veditabbo. Rūpe hi sati so moceti na rūpaṃ alabhitvā. Rāgūpatthambhādīhi pana pañcahi kālo dassito. Rāgūpatthambhādikālesu hi aṅgajātaṃ kammaniyaṃ hoti, yassa kammaniyatte sati moceti. Ito paraṃ añño kālo natthi, na hi vinā rāgūpatthambhādīhi pubbaṇhādayo kālabhedā mocane nimittaṃ honti.

Ārogyatthāyātiādīhi dasahi adhippāyo dassito, evarūpena hi adhippāyabhedena moceti na aññathā. Nīlādīhi pana dasahi navamassa adhippāyassa vatthu dassitaṃ, vīmaṃsanto hi nīlādīsu aññatarassa vasena vīmaṃsati na tehi vinimuttanti.

以下是完整的簡體中文翻譯： 「僧殘罪」是指這一類違犯的名稱。因此，除了夢中所產生的意圖之外，這種精液排出就是「僧殘罪」，這種關係應當如此理解。這裡的意思是，僧團在想要從這類違犯中解脫時，第一是爲了免於流放而願意從此類違犯中解脫，第二是爲了在中間的情況下因尊重而願意從根本上解除，最後是爲了在結束時因尊重而願意解除。因此，僧團在這裡是被認為是必要的，沒有任何行為可以在沒有僧團的情況下完成，因此僧團在第一和其他方面都是被認為是必要的，因此稱為「僧殘罪」。而爲了說明意思，接下來將說明「僧團會給予流放，根本上會解除尊重，而在非尊重的情況下不會有太多的影響，也不是單一的個人，因此稱之為「僧殘罪」。這段話的分句為： 「『僧殘罪』是所說的內容，請聽我如實地說； 僧團給予流放，根本上會解除； 給予尊重而不會影響，因此稱之為『僧殘罪』。」（《法集經》339） 在流放的情況下，原因也被說明了，流放和給予等內容在《整合法》中有詳細的討論，接下來我們將對此進行解釋。 「這就是這一類違犯的集合。」在這裡，即使這是單一的違犯，但通過「集合」的說法，或者通過部分的集合來理解「集合」——就像「一個感受群，一個識群」等等。 因此，通過逐條列出的戒律，現在將說明對於這種精液排出的意圖、時間、目的和目的內容，接下來將說明「在內心的狀態下解脫」的內容。在這裡，內心的狀態等四個詞語中展示了方法，可能在內心的狀態下解脫，也可能在外部的狀態下解脫，或者在兩者之間，或者在空中搖動，沒有其他方法。在這裡，解脫是通過形態而解脫，或者通過形態而解脫，因此應當理解為在形態存在時才能解脫，而不是在沒有形態的情況下。由於貪等的影響，時間被分為五種。在貪等影響的時間內，行為是可行的，只有在有行為的情況下才能解脫。除此之外沒有其他時間，除了在貪等影響下，黎明等時間的劃分是解脫的標誌。 「爲了健康」等等十種目的被說明，在這種形式下通過目的的不同而解脫，而不是其他形式。通過藍色等十種顏色的目的內容被說明，思考時通過藍色的某種方式思考時不會被解脫。

1. Ito paraṃ pana imesaṃyeva ajjhattarūpādīnaṃ padānaṃ pakāsanatthaṃ 『『ajjhattarūpeti ajjhattaṃ upādinne rūpe』』tiādi vuttaṃ, tattha ajjhattaṃ upādinne rūpeti attano hatthādibhede rūpe. Bahiddhā upādinneti parassa tādiseyeva. Anupādinneti tāḷacchiddādibhede. Tadubhayeti attano ca parassa ca rūpe, ubhayaghaṭṭanavasenetaṃ vuttaṃ. Attano rūpena ca anupādinnarūpena ca ekato ghaṭṭanepi labbhati. Ākāse vāyamantassāti kenaci rūpena aghaṭṭetvā ākāseyeva kaṭikampanapayaogena aṅgajātaṃ cālentassa.

Rāgūpatthambheti rāgassa balavabhāve, rāgena vā aṅgajātassa upatthambhe, thaddhabhāve sañjāteti vuttaṃ hoti. Kammaniyaṃ hotīti mocanakammakkhamaṃ ajjhattarūpādīsu upakkamārahaṃ hoti.

Uccāliṅgapāṇakadaṭṭhūpatthambheti uccāliṅgapāṇakadaṭṭhena aṅgajāte upatthambhe. Uccāliṅgapāṇakā nāma lomasapāṇakā honti, tesaṃ lomehi phuṭṭhaṃ aṅgajātaṃ kaṇḍuṃ gahetvā thaddhaṃ hoti, tattha yasmā tāni lomāni aṅgajātaṃ ḍaṃsantāni viya vijjhanti, tasmā 『『uccāliṅgapāṇakadaṭṭhenā』』ti vuttaṃ, atthato pana uccāliṅgapāṇakalomavedhanenāti vuttaṃ hoti.

239.Arogo bhavissāmīti mocetvā arogo bhavissāmi. Sukhaṃ vedanaṃ uppādessāmīti mocanena ca muccanuppattiyā muttapaccayā ca yā sukhā vedanā hoti, taṃ uppādessāmīti attho. Bhesajjaṃ bhavissatīti idaṃ me mocitaṃ kiñcideva bhesajjaṃ bhavissati. Dānaṃ dassāmīti mocetvā kīṭakipillikādīnaṃ dānaṃ dassāmi. Puññaṃ bhavissatīti mocetvā kīṭādīnaṃ dentassa puññaṃ bhavissati. Yaññaṃ yajissāmīti mocetvā kīṭādīnaṃ yaññaṃ yajissāmi. Kiñci kiñci mantapadaṃ vatvā dassāmīti vuttaṃ hoti. Saggaṃ gamissāmīti mocetvā kīṭādīnaṃ dinnadānena vā puññena vā yaññena vā saggaṃ gamissāmi. Bījaṃ bhavissatīti kulavaṃsaṅkurassa dārakassa bījaṃ bhavissati, 『『iminā bījena putto nibbattissatī』』ti iminā adhippāyena mocetīti attho. Vīmaṃsatthāyāti jānanatthāya. Nīlaṃ bhavissatītiādīsu jānissāmi tāva kiṃ me mocitaṃ nīlaṃ bhavissati pītakādīsu aññataravaṇṇanti evamattho daṭṭhabbo. Khiḍḍādhippāyoti khiḍḍāpasuto, tena tena adhippāyena kīḷanto mocetīti vuttaṃ hoti.

以下是完整的簡體中文翻譯: 238. 接下來,爲了解釋這些內在形態等詞語的含義,說到"內在形態指內在所執取的形態"等。其中,"內在所執取的形態"指自己的手等各種形態。"外在所執取的"指他人的類似形態。"非所執取的"指椰子孔等各種形態。"兩者"指自己和他人的形態,這是通過兩者接觸而說的。也可以通過自己的形態和非所執取的形態一起接觸而獲得。"在虛空中努力"指不接觸任何形態,僅在虛空中通過搖動腰部的努力來移動生殖器。 "慾望支援"指慾望強烈,或者由於慾望而支撐生殖器,產生堅硬狀態。"適合行動"指適合排出的行為,適合在內在形態等中努力。 "被螞蟻咬后的支撐"指生殖器被螞蟻咬后的支撐。所謂螞蟻是指有毛的小蟲,它們的毛觸碰生殖器後會產生瘙癢並變硬,因為那些毛像刺一樣刺入生殖器,所以說"被螞蟻咬",實際上是指被螞蟻的毛刺入。 239. "我將健康"指排出后我將健康。"我將產生快樂的感受"指通過排出和排出的產生,以及排出的緣故而產生快樂的感受,我將產生這種感受。"將成為藥物"指我排出的這個將成為某種藥物。"我將佈施"指排出后我將佈施給螞蟻等小蟲。"將有功德"指排出后給予螞蟻等將有功德。"我將祭祀"指排出后我將向螞蟻等祭祀,即說了一些咒語后給予。"我將去天界"指排出后通過給予螞蟻等的佈施、功德或祭祀我將去天界。"將成為種子"指將成為家族延續的孩子的種子,意思是以"通過這個種子將生出兒子"的意圖而排出。"爲了試驗"指爲了瞭解。在"將成為藍色"等中,應理解為"我將知道我排出的是藍色還是黃色等其他顏色"。"遊戲的意圖"指沉迷於遊戲,意思是以各種意圖玩耍而排出。

1. Idāni yadidaṃ 『『ajjhattarūpe mocetī』』tiādi vuttaṃ tattha yathā mocento āpattiṃ āpajjati, tesañca padānaṃ vasena yattako āpattibhedo hoti, taṃ sabbaṃ dassento 『『ajjhattarūpe ceteti upakkamati muccati āpatti saṅghādisesassā』』tiādimāha.

Tattha cetetīti mocanassādasampayuttāya cetanāya muccatūti ceteti. Upakkamatīti tadanurūpaṃ vāyāmaṃ karoti. Muccatīti evaṃ cetentassa tadanurūpena vāyāmena vāyamato sukkaṃ ṭhānā cavati. Āpatti saṅghādisesassāti imehi tīhi aṅgehi assa puggalassa saṅghādiseso nāma āpattinikāyo hotīti attho. Esa nayo bahiddhārūpetiādīsupi avasesesu aṭṭhavīsatiyā padesu.

Ettha pana dve āpattisahassāni nīharitvā dassetabbāni. Kathaṃ? Ajjhattarūpe tāva rāgūpatthambhe ārogyatthāya nīlaṃ mocentassa ekā āpatti, ajjhattarūpeyeva rāgūpatthambhe ārogyatthāya pītādīnaṃ mocanavasena aparā navāti dasa. Yathā ca ārogyatthāya dasa, evaṃ sukhādīnaṃ navannaṃ padānaṃ atthāya ekekapade dasa dasa katvā navuti, iti imā ca navuti purimā ca dasāti rāgūpatthambhe tāva sataṃ. Yathā pana rāgūpatthambhe evaṃ vaccūpatthambhādīsupi catūsu ekekasmiṃ upatthambhe sataṃ sataṃ katvā cattāri satāni, iti imāni cattāri purimañca ekanti ajjhattarūpe tāva pañcannaṃ upatthambhānaṃ vasena pañca satāni. Yathā ca ajjhattarūpe pañca, evaṃ bahiddhārūpe pañca, ajjhattabahiddhārūpe pañca, ākāse kaṭiṃ kampentassa pañcāti sabbānipi catunnaṃ pañcakānaṃ vasena dve āpattisahassāni veditabbāni.

Idāni ārogyatthāyātiādīsu tāva dasasu padesu paṭipāṭiyā vā uppaṭipāṭiyā vā heṭṭhā vā gahetvā upari gaṇhantassa, upari vā gahetvā heṭṭhā gaṇhantassa, ubhato vā gahetvā majjhe ṭhapentassa, majjhe vā gahetvā ubhato harantassa, sabbamūlaṃ vā katvā gaṇhantassa cetanūpakkamamocane sati visaṅketo nāma natthīti dassetuṃ 『『ārogyatthañca sukhatthañcā』』ti khaṇḍacakkabaddhacakkādibhedavicittaṃ pāḷimāha.

Tattha ārogyatthañca sukhatthañca ārogyatthañca bhesajjatthañcā ti evaṃ ārogyapadaṃ sabbapadehi yojetvā vuttamekaṃ khaṇḍacakkaṃ. Sukhapadādīni sabbapadehi yojetvā yāva attano attano atītānantarapadaṃ tāva ānetvā vuttāni nava baddhacakkānīti evaṃ ekekamūlakāni dasa cakkāni honti, tāni dumūlakādīhi saddhiṃ asammohato vitthāretvā veditabbāni. Attho panettha pākaṭoyeva.

Yathā ca ārogyatthāyātiādīsu dasasu padesu, evaṃ nīlādīsupi 『『nīlañca pītakañca ceteti upakkamatī』』tiādinā nayena dasa cakkāni vuttāni, tānipi asammohato vitthāretvā veditabbāni. Attho panettha pākaṭoyeva.

Puna ārogyatthañca nīlañca ārogyatthañca sukhatthañca nīlañca pītakañcāti ekenekaṃ dvīhi dve…pe… dasahi dasāti evaṃ purimapadehi saddhiṃ pacchimapadāni yojetvā ekaṃ missakacakkaṃ vuttaṃ.

1. 現在所說的「在內在形態中解脫」等內容中，如何在解脫時違犯，以及根據這些詞語的性質有多少種違犯，全部說明為「在內在形態中思維、努力、解脫違犯，僧殘罪」等等。 在這裡，「思維」指與解脫相關的思維而解脫。「努力」指相應地努力。「解脫」指這樣思維時，因相應的努力而使清凈的狀態消失。關於「僧殘罪」，意思是這三種因素的結合使得某個個體成為僧殘罪的違犯集合。這種方式在外在形態上等其他二十八個地方也是如此。 在這裡需要說明的是有兩種違犯的數量。如何？在內在形態中，慾望支援的情況下，為健康而解脫的藍色是一種違犯；在內在形態中，慾望支援的情況下，為健康而解脫的黃色等是另外九種，因此總共有十種。就像爲了健康的十種一樣，快樂等的九種詞語中，每個詞語都算十種，共九十種。因此，這些九十種和前面的十種加起來，在慾望支援的情況下總共有一百種。就像在慾望支援的情況下這樣，在吸菸支援等四種情況下，每種各有一百種，因此這四種加起來在內在形態中共計四百種。就像在內在形態中有五種一樣，在外在形態中也有五種，在內外形態中也有五種，在空中搖動的情況下也有五種，因此所有這些四種的五種組合也應當被理解為有兩千種違犯。 現在關於「爲了健康」等等的十種情況，無論是從下面的情況還是從上面的情況抓取，或者從上面抓取下面的情況，或者從兩者抓取並放在中間，或者從中間抓取兩者，或者把所有的根本抓取並放在一起時，若有思維的努力，則無疑是不存在的，因此說「爲了健康和快樂」。 在這裡，「爲了健康和快樂」以及「爲了健康和藥物」等，指的是通過所有的詞語來理解的單一的狀態。快樂等的詞語也通過所有的詞語來理解，這樣在各自的過去和現在的情況下被帶入，所說的九個狀態。因此，這些狀態與樹的根部等結合后，毫無疑問應當被理解為是明顯的。 就像在「爲了健康」等等的十種情況下一樣，在藍色等的情況下也通過「藍色和黃色思維、努力」等方式說出十種狀態，這些也應當被理解為明顯的。 再次提到「爲了健康和藍色、爲了健康和快樂、藍色和黃色」等等，通過一一對應、兩兩組合……到十種的方式，結合前面的詞語與後面的詞語，形成一個混合的狀態。

Idāni yasmā 『『nīlaṃ mocessāmī』』ti cetetvā upakkamantassa pītakādīsu muttesupi pītakādivasena cetetvā upakkamantassa itaresu muttesupi nevatthi visaṅketo , tasmā etampi nayaṃ dassetuṃ 『『nīlaṃ mocessāmīti ceteti upakkamati pītakaṃ muccatī』』tiādinā nayena cakkāni vuttāni. Tato paraṃ sabbapacchimapadaṃ nīlādīhi navahi padehi saddhiṃ yojetvā kucchicakkaṃ nāma vuttaṃ. Tato pītakādīni nava padāni ekena nīlapadeneva saddhiṃ yojetvā piṭṭhicakkaṃ nāma vuttaṃ. Tato lohitakādīni nava padāni ekena pītakapadeneva saddhiṃ yojetvā dutiyaṃ piṭṭhicakkaṃ vuttaṃ. Evaṃ lohitakapadādīhi saddhiṃ itarāni nava nava padāni yojetvā aññānipi aṭṭha cakkāni vuttānīti evaṃ dasagatikaṃ piṭṭhicakkaṃ veditabbaṃ.

Evaṃ khaṇḍacakkādīnaṃ anekesaṃ cakkānaṃ vasena vitthārato garukāpattimeva dassetvā idāni aṅgavaseneva garukāpattiñca lahukāpattiñca anāpattiñca dassetuṃ 『『ceteti upakkamati muccatī』』tiādimāha. Tattha purimanayena ajjhattarūpādīsu rāgādiupatthambhe sati ārogyādīnaṃ atthāya cetentassa upakkamitvā asucimocane tivaṅgasampannā garukāpatti vuttā. Dutiyena nayena cetentassa upakkamantassa ca mocane asati duvaṅgasampannā lahukā thullaccayāpatti. 『『Ceteti na upakkamati muccatī』』tiādīhi chahi nayehi anāpatti.

Ayaṃ pana āpattānāpattibhedo saṇho sukhumo, tasmā suṭṭhu sallakkhetabbo . Suṭṭhu sallakkhetvā kukkuccaṃ pucchitena āpatti vā anāpatti vā ācikkhitabbā, vinayakammaṃ vā kātabbaṃ. Asallakkhetvā karonto hi roganidānaṃ ajānitvā bhesajjaṃ karonto vejjo viya vighātañca āpajjati, na ca taṃ puggalaṃ tikicchituṃ samattho hoti. Tatrāyaṃ sallakkhaṇavidhi – kukkuccena āgato bhikkhu yāvatatiyaṃ pucchitabbo – 『『katarena payogena katarena rāgena āpannosī』』ti. Sace paṭhamaṃ aññaṃ vatvā pacchā aññaṃ vadati na ekamaggena katheti, so vattabbo – 『『tvaṃ na ekamaggena kathesi pariharasi, na sakkā tava vinayakammaṃ kātuṃ gaccha sotthiṃ gavesā』』ti. Sace pana tikkhattumpi ekamaggeneva katheti, yathābhūtaṃ attānaṃ āvikaroti, athassa āpattānāpattigarukalahukāpattivinicchayatthaṃ ekādasannaṃ rāgānaṃ vasena ekādasa payogā samavekkhitabbā.

Tatrime ekādasa rāgā – mocanassādo, muccanassādo, muttassādo, methunassādo, phassassādo, kaṇḍuvanassādo, dassanassādo, nisajjassādo, vācassādo, gehassitapemaṃ, vanabhaṅgiyanti. Tattha mocetuṃ assādo mocanassādo, muccane assādo muccanassādo, mutte assādo muttassādo, methune assādo methunassādo, phasse assādo phassassādo, kaṇḍuvane assādo kaṇḍuvanassādo, dassane assādo dassanassādo, nisajjāya assādo nisajjassādo, vācāya assādo vācassādo, gehassitaṃ pemaṃ gehassitapemaṃ, vanabhaṅgiyanti yaṃkiñci pupphaphalādi vanato bhañjitvā āhaṭaṃ. Ettha ca navahi padehi sampayuttaassādasīsena rāgo vutto. Ekena padena sarūpeneva, ekena padena vatthunā vutto, vanabhaṅgo hi rāgassa vatthu na rāgoyeva.

以下是完整的簡體中文翻譯: 現在,因為思維"我將排出藍色"並努力時,即使排出了黃色等,或者思維並努力排出黃色等時,即使排出了其他顏色,也沒有錯誤,因此爲了說明這種方法,用"思維'我將排出藍色'並努力,但排出了黃色"等方式說明了各種情況。之後,將最後一個詞與藍色等九個詞結合,稱為"腹部循環"。然後將黃色等九個詞只與藍色一詞結合,稱為"背部循環"。再將紅色等九個詞只與黃色一詞結合,稱為第二個"背部循環"。如此將紅色等詞與其他九個詞結合,又說明了另外八個循環,這樣應理解為有十種"背部循環"。 如此通過許多循環詳細說明了嚴重的違犯后,現在爲了通過要素來說明嚴重的違犯、輕微的違犯和無違犯,說"思維、努力、排出"等。其中,按照前面的方法,在內在形態等中,當有慾望等支援時,爲了健康等而思維,努力後排出不凈物,具備三個要素的是嚴重違犯。按照第二種方法,思維並努力但沒有排出,具備兩個要素的是輕微的粗惡罪。"思維但不努力而排出"等六種方法是無違犯。 這種違犯和無違犯的區別是微妙的,因此應當仔細觀察。仔細觀察后,當被問到疑問時,應當說明是違犯還是無違犯,或者應當進行律法行為。不仔細觀察而行動的人,就像不知道疾病原因而治療的醫生一樣,會陷入困擾,也無法治癒那個人。這裡是觀察的方法:帶著疑問來的比丘應當被問三次:"你是通過哪種方式、哪種慾望而違犯的?"如果他先說一種后又說另一種,不以一種方式說,應當對他說:"你不以一種方式說,而是迴避,無法為你進行律法行為,去尋求平安吧。"但如果他三次都以同一種方式說,如實地表明自己,那麼爲了判斷他的違犯、無違犯、嚴重違犯、輕微違犯,應當考察十一種慾望的十一種方式。 這裡有十一種慾望:排出的愉悅、排出過程的愉悅、已排出的愉悅、性交的愉悅、觸控的愉悅、搔癢的愉悅、看見的愉悅、坐著的愉悅、說話的愉悅、家庭的愛、森林的破壞。其中,排出的愉悅是排出時的愉悅,排出過程的愉悅是排出過程中的愉悅,已排出的愉悅是已排出后的愉悅,性交的愉悅是性交時的愉悅,觸控的愉悅是觸控時的愉悅,搔癢的愉悅是搔癢時的愉悅,看見的愉悅是看見時的愉悅,坐著的愉悅是坐著時的愉悅,說話的愉悅是說話時的愉悅,家庭的愛是對家庭的愛,森林的破壞是從森林中折斷帶回的任何花果等。這裡通過九個詞說明了與愉悅相應的慾望。一個詞直接說明了慾望,一個詞通過對像說明了慾望,因為森林的破壞是慾望的對象而不是慾望本身。

Etesaṃ pana rāgānaṃ vasena evaṃ payogā samavekkhitabbā – mocanassāde mocanassādacetanāya cetento ceva assādento ca upakkamati muccati saṅghādiseso. Tatheva cetento ca assādento ca upakkamati na muccati thullaccayaṃ. Sace pana sayanakāle rāgapariyuṭṭhito hutvā ūrunā vā muṭṭhinā vā aṅgajātaṃ gāḷhaṃ pīḷetvā mocanatthāya saussāhova supati, supantassa cassa asuci muccati saṅghādiseso. Sace rāgapariyuṭṭhānaṃ asubhamanasikārena vūpasametvā suddhacitto supati, supantassa muttepi anāpatti.

Muccanassāde attano dhammatāya muccamānaṃ assādeti na upakkamati anāpatti. Sace pana muccamānaṃ assādento upakkamati, tena upakkamena mutte saṅghādiseso. Attano dhammatāya muccamāne 『『mā kāsāvaṃ vā senāsanaṃ vā dussī』』ti aṅgajātaṃ gahetvā jagganatthāya udakaṭṭhānaṃ gacchati vaṭṭatīti mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ.

Muttassāde attano dhammatāya mutte ṭhānā cute asucimhi pacchā assādentassa vinā upakkamena muccati, anāpatti. Sace assādetvā puna mocanatthāya nimitte upakkamitvā moceti, saṅghādiseso.

Methunassāde methunarāgena mātugāmaṃ gaṇhāti, tena payogena asuci muccati, anāpatti. Methunadhammassa payogattā pana tādise gahaṇe dukkaṭaṃ, sīsaṃ patte pārājikaṃ. Sace methunarāgena ratto puna assādetvā mocanatthāya nimitte upakkamitvā moceti, saṅghādiseso.

Phassassāde duvidho phasso – ajjhattiko, bāhiro ca. Ajjhattike tāva attano nimittaṃ thaddhaṃ mudukanti jānissāmīti vā lolabhāvena vā kīḷāpayato asuci muccati, anāpatti. Sace kīḷāpento assādetvā mocanatthāya nimitte upakkamitvā moceti, saṅghādiseso. Bāhiraphasse pana kāyasaṃsaggarāgena mātugāmassa aṅgamaṅgāni parāmasato ceva āliṅgato ca asuci muccati, anāpatti. Kāyasaṃsaggasaṅghādisesaṃ pana āpajjati. Sace kāyasaṃsaggarāgena ratto puna assādetvā mocanatthāya nimitte upakkamitvā moceti visaṭṭhipaccayāpi saṅghādiseso.

Kaṇḍuvanassāde daddukacchupiḷakapāṇakādīnaṃ aññataravasena kaṇḍuvamānaṃ nimittaṃ kaṇḍuvanassāde neva kaṇḍuvato asuci muccati, anāpatti. Kaṇḍuvanassādena ratto puna assādetvā mocanatthāya nimitte upakkamitvā moceti, saṅghādiseso.

Dassanassāde dassanassādena punappunaṃ mātugāmassa anokāsaṃ upanijjhāyato asuci muccati, anāpatti. Mātugāmassa anokāsupanijjhāne pana dukkaṭaṃ. Sace dassanassādena ratto puna assādetvā mocanatthāya nimitte upakkamitvā moceti, saṅghādiseso.

Nisajjassāde mātugāmena saddhiṃ raho nisajjassādarāgena nisinnassa asuci muccati, anāpatti. Raho nisajjapaccayā pana āpannāya āpattiyā kāretabbo. Sace nisajjassādena ratto puna assādetvā mocanatthāya nimitte upakkamitvā moceti, saṅghādiseso.

Vācassāde vācassādarāgena mātugāmaṃ methunasannissitāhi vācāhi obhāsantassa asuci muccati, anāpatti. Duṭṭhullavācāsaṅghādisesaṃ pana āpajjati. Sace vācassādena ratto puna assādetvā mocanatthāya nimitte upakkamitvā moceti, saṅghādiseso.

Gehassitapeme mātaraṃ vā mātupemena bhaginiṃ vā bhaginipemena punappunaṃ parāmasato ceva āliṅgato ca asuci muccati, anāpatti. Gehassitapemena pana phusanapaccayā dukkaṭaṃ. Sace gehassitapemena ratto puna assādetvā mocanatthāya nimitte upakkamitvā moceti, saṅghādiseso.

以下是完整的簡體中文翻譯: 根據這些慾望,應當如此考察各種方式:在排出的愉悅中,以排出愉悅的思維而思維並享受,努力並排出,僧殘罪。同樣地思維並享受,努力但不排出,粗惡罪。但如果在睡眠時被慾望困擾,用大腿或拳頭緊緊壓住生殖器,爲了排出而帶著熱情睡覺,如果他睡著時排出不凈物,僧殘罪。如果用不凈觀平息慾望困擾,以清凈心睡覺,睡著時排出也無違犯。 在排出過程的愉悅中,享受自然排出的過程而不努力,無違犯。但如果享受排出過程並努力,因那努力而排出,僧殘罪。在《大注》中說,當自然排出時,"爲了不弄髒袈裟或臥具",拿住生殖器去水處清洗是可以的。 在已排出的愉悅中,自然排出並離開原處后,後來享受不凈物而無努力地排出,無違犯。如果享受后又爲了排出而在生殖器上努力並排出,僧殘罪。 在的愉悅中,因慾望而抓住女人,因那行為而排出不凈物,無違犯。但因為是行為,這種抓取是惡作罪,達到頂點則波羅夷罪。如果被慾望染著后又享受,爲了排出而在生殖器上努力並排出,僧殘罪。 在觸控的愉悅中,有兩種觸控:內在的和外在的。首先在內在的,爲了知道自己的生殖器是硬還是軟,或者出於輕浮而玩弄,排出不凈物,無違犯。如果玩弄時享受,爲了排出而在生殖器上努力並排出,僧殘罪。但在外在觸控中,因身體接觸的慾望而撫摸或擁抱女人的身體各處,排出不凈物,無違犯。但犯身體接觸的僧殘罪。如果被身體接觸慾望染著后又享受,爲了排出而在生殖器上努力並排出,因排出也是僧殘罪。 在搔癢的愉悅中,因皮疹、疥瘡、瘡、蟲等之一而搔癢的生殖器,在搔癢的愉悅中搔癢時排出不凈物,無違犯。被搔癢愉悅染著后又享受,爲了排出而在生殖器上努力並排出,僧殘罪。 在看見的愉悅中,因看見的愉悅而反覆注視女人不應看的地方,排出不凈物,無違犯。但注視女人不應看的地方是惡作罪。如果被看見愉悅染著后又享受,爲了排出而在生殖器上努力並排出,僧殘罪。 在坐著的愉悅中,因與女人獨處坐著的愉悅慾望而坐著,排出不凈物,無違犯。但應當因獨處坐著而犯的罪而處罰。如果被坐著愉悅染著后又享受,爲了排出而在生殖器上努力並排出,僧殘罪。 在說話的愉悅中,因說話的愉悅慾望而對女人說與**有關的話,排出不凈物,無違犯。但犯粗語的僧殘罪。如果被說話愉悅染著后又享受,爲了排出而在生殖器上努力並排出,僧殘罪。 在家庭的愛中,因對母親的愛而反覆撫摸或擁抱母親,或因對姐妹的愛而反覆撫摸或擁抱姐妹,排出不凈物,無違犯。但因家庭的愛而觸控是惡作罪。如果被家庭的愛染著后又享受,爲了排出而在生殖器上努力並排出,

Vanabhaṅge itthipurisā aññamaññaṃ kiñcideva tambūlagandhapupphavāsādippakāraṃ paṇṇākāraṃ mittasanthavabhāvassa daḷhabhāvatthāya pesenti ayaṃ vanabhaṅgo nāma. Tañce mātugāmo kassaci saṃsaṭṭhavihārikassa kulūpakabhikkhuno peseti, tassa ca 『『asukāya nāma idaṃ pesita』』nti sārattassa punappunaṃ hatthehi taṃ vanabhaṅgaṃ kīḷāpayato asuci muccati, anāpatti. Sace vanabhaṅge sāratto puna assādetvā mocanatthāya nimitte upakkamitvā moceti, saṅghādiseso. Sace upakkamantepi na muccati, thullaccayaṃ.

Evametesaṃ ekādasannaṃ rāgānaṃ vasena ime ekādasa payoge samevekkhitvā āpatti vā anāpatti vā sallakkhetabbā. Sallakkhetvā sace garukā hoti 『『garukā』』ti ācikkhitabbā. Sace lahukā hoti 『『lahukā』』ti ācikkhitabbā. Tadanurūpañca vinayakammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Evañhi kataṃ sukataṃ hoti roganidānaṃ ñatvā vejjena katabhesajjamiva, tassa ca puggalassa sotthibhāvāya saṃvattati.

262.Ceteti na upakkamatītiādīsu mocanassādacetanāya ceteti, na upakkamati, muccati, anāpatti. Mocanassādapīḷito 『『aho vata mucceyyā』』ti ceteti, na upakkamati, na muccati, anāpatti. Mocanassādena na ceteti, phassassādena kaṇḍuvanassādena vā upakkamati, muccati, anāpatti. Tatheva na ceteti, upakkamati, na muccati, anāpatti. Kāmavitakkaṃ vitakkento mocanatthāya na ceteti, na upakkamati, muccati, anāpatti. Sace panassa vitakkayatopi na muccati idaṃ āgatameva hoti, 『『na ceteti, na upakkamati, na muccati, anāpattī』』ti.

Anāpattisupinantenāti suttassa supine methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevantassa viya kāyasaṃsaggādīni āpajjantassa viya supinanteneva kāraṇena yassa asuci muccati, tassa anāpatti. Supine pana uppannāya assādacetanāya sacassa visayo hoti, niccalena bhavitabbaṃ, na hatthena nimittaṃ kīḷāpetabbaṃ, kāsāvapaccattharaṇarakkhaṇatthaṃ pana hatthapuṭena gahetvā jagganatthāya udakaṭṭhānaṃ gantuṃ vaṭṭati.

Namocanādhippāyassāti yassa bhesajjena vā nimittaṃ ālimpantassa uccārādīni vā karontassa namocanādhippāyassa muccati, tassāpi anāpatti. Ummattakassa duvidhassāpi anāpatti. Idha seyyasako ādikammiko, tassa anāpatti ādikammikassāti.

Padabhājanīyavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Samuṭṭhānādīsu idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paṭhamapārājikasamuṭṭhānaṃ kāyacittato samuṭṭhāti. Kiriyā, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, dvivedanaṃ, sukhamajjhattadvayenāti.

1. Vinītavatthūsu supinavatthu anupaññattiyaṃ vuttanayameva. Uccārapassāvavatthūni uttānatthāneva.

Vitakkavatthusmiṃ kāmavitakkanti gehassitakāmavitakkaṃ. Tattha kiñcāpi anāpatti vuttā, atha kho vitakkagatikena na bhavitabbaṃ. Uṇhodakavatthūsu paṭhamaṃ uttānameva. Dutiye so bhikkhu mocetukāmo uṇhodakena nimittaṃ paharitvā paharitvā nhāyi, tenassa āpatti vuttā. Tatiye upakkamassa atthitāya thullaccayaṃ. Bhesajjakaṇḍuvanavatthūni uttānatthāneva.

以下是完整的簡體中文翻譯: 在森林的破壞中,男女互相贈送檳榔、香料、花、香等各種禮物,以加強友誼,這就是所謂的森林的破壞。如果女人把這種禮物送給某個經常交往的或常去俗家的比丘,而那個比丘知道"這是某某女人送的",因貪戀而反覆用手玩弄那森林的破壞物,排出不凈物,無違犯。如果對森林的破壞物貪戀后又享受,爲了排出而在生殖器上努力並排出,僧殘罪。如果努力也不排出,粗惡罪。 如此考察這十一種慾望的十一種方式后,應當辨別是違犯還是無違犯。辨別后,如果是嚴重的,應當說"嚴重";如果是輕微的,應當說"輕微"。應當進行相應的律法行為。這樣做就是做得好,就像醫生知道病因後進行治療一樣,會導致那個人的安康。 262. 在"思維但不努力"等中,以排出愉悅的思維而思維,不努力,排出,無違犯。被排出愉悅困擾而思維"啊,但願能排出",不努力,不排出,無違犯。不以排出愉悅思維,以觸控愉悅或搔癢愉悅努力,排出,無違犯。同樣地不思維,努力,不排出,無違犯。思維慾望的想法但不爲了排出而思維,不努力,排出,無違犯。但如果他思維也不排出,這就是所說的"不思維,不努力,不排出,無違犯"。 "夢中無違犯"指睡著的人在夢中像從事**一樣,或像犯身體接觸等罪一樣,因夢的原因而排出不凈物,他無違犯。但在夢中生起享受的思維,如果他有意識,應當保持不動,不應用手玩弄生殖器,但爲了保護袈裟和坐具,可以用手掌拿住去水處清洗。 "無排出意圖"指某人用藥塗抹生殖器,或大小便時,無排出意圖而排出,他也無違犯。兩種瘋狂的人也無違犯。這裡的首次犯者是斯亞薩卡,他作為首次犯者無違犯。 詞義解釋完畢。 在起源等方面,這條戒是第一波羅夷起源,從身體和心理而起。是作為,以知解脫,有意識,世間所責備,身業,不善心,兩種感受,即樂受和舍受。 263. 在已調伏的事例中,夢的事例與附加規則中所說的相同。大小便的事例意思很明顯。 在思維的事例中,"慾望的想法"指與家庭有關的慾望想法。雖然在那裡說無違犯,但不應成為思維的奴隸。在熱水的事例中,第一個意思很明顯。在第二個中,那個比丘想要排出,用熱水反覆擊打生殖器而洗澡,因此說他有違犯。在第三個中,因為有努力所以是粗惡罪。藥物和搔癢的事例意思很明顯。

264.Maggavatthūsu paṭhamassa thulaūrukassa maggaṃ gacchantassa sambādhaṭṭhāne ghaṭṭanāya asuci mucci, tassa namocanādhippāyattā anāpatti. Dutiyassa tatheva mucci, mocanādhippāyattā pana saṅghādiseso. Tatiyassa na mucci, upakkamasabbhāvato pana thullaccayaṃ. Tasmā maggaṃ gacchantena uppanne pariḷāhe na gantabbaṃ, gamanaṃ upacchinditvā asubhādimanasikārena cittaṃ vūpasametvā suddhacittena kammaṭṭhānaṃ ādāya gantabbaṃ. Sace ṭhito vinodetuṃ na sakkoti, maggā okkamma nisīditvā vinodetvā kammaṭṭhānaṃ ādāya suddhacitteneva gantabbaṃ.

Vatthivatthūsu te bhikkhū vatthiṃ daḷhaṃ gahetvā pūretvā pūretvā vissajjentā gāmadārakā viya passāvamakaṃsu. Jantāgharavatthusmiṃ udaraṃ tāpentassa mocanādhippāyassāpi amocanādhippāyassāpi mutte anāpattiyeva. Parikammaṃ karontassa nimittacālanavasena asuci mucci, tasmā āpattiṭṭhāne āpatti vuttā.

265.Ūrughaṭṭāpanavatthūsu yesaṃ āpatti vuttā te aṅgajātampi phusāpesunti veditabbāti evaṃ kurundaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Sāmaṇerādivatthūni uttānatthāneva.

1. Kāyatthambhanavatthusmiṃ kāyaṃ thambhentassāti ciraṃ nisīditvā vā nipajjitvā vā navakammaṃ vā katvā ālasiyavimocanatthaṃ vijambhentassa.

Upanijjhāyanavatthusmiṃ sacepi paṭasataṃ nivatthā hoti purato vā pacchato vā ṭhatvā 『『imasmiṃ nāma okāse nimitta』』nti upanijjhāyantassa dukkaṭameva. Anivatthānaṃ gāmadārikānaṃ nimittaṃ upanijjhāyantassa pana kimeva vattabbaṃ. Tiracchānagatānampi nimitte eseva nayo. Ito cito ca aviloketvā pana divasampi ekapayogena upanijjhāyantassa ekameva dukkaṭaṃ. Ito cito ca viloketvā punappunaṃ upanijjhāyantassa payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Ummīlananimīlanavasena pana na kāretabbo. Sahasā upanijjhāyitvā puna paṭisaṅkhāya saṃvare tiṭṭhato anāpatti, taṃ saṃvaraṃ pahāya puna upanijjhāyato dukkaṭameva.

267.Tāḷacchiddādivatthūni uttānatthāneva. Nhānavatthūsu ye udakasotaṃ nimittena pahariṃsu tesaṃ āpatti vuttā. Udañjalavatthūsupi eseva nayo. Ettha ca udañjalanti udakacikkhallo vuccati. Eteneva upāyena ito parāni sabbāneva udake dhāvanādivatthūni veditabbāni. Ayaṃ pana viseso. Pupphāvaḷiyavatthūsu sacepi namocanādhippāyassa anāpatti, kīḷanapaccayā pana dukkaṭaṃ hotīti.

Sukkavissaṭṭhisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Kāyasaṃsaggasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

以下是完整的簡體中文翻譯： 264. 在道路的事項中,當粗腿的人走路時,在障礙處撞擊而排出不凈物,因其無排出意圖而無違犯。第二種情況同樣排出,但因排出意圖而有僧殘罪。第三種情況不排出,但因努力而有粗惡罪。因此,走路時出現煩惱時,不應前行,應當停止行走,以不凈觀平息心念,帶著清凈的心去修行。如果站著無法解脫,應當離開道路坐下,解脫后再帶著清凈的心前行。 在物品的事項中,那些比丘緊緊抓住物品,反覆填充並丟棄,就像村裡的孩子一樣打嗝。在動物的事項中,當肚子被壓迫時,無論是因排出意圖還是無排出意圖而排出,都無違犯。進行準備時,因物品的移動而排出不凈物,因此在違犯的地方有違犯。 265. 在腿撞擊的事項中,那些有違犯的人也應當觸碰到身體,應當這樣理解,在《Kurunda註釋》中有說到。沙彌等的事項也同樣明確。 266. 在身體支撐的事項中,指的是身體支撐的人,無論是長時間坐著還是躺著,或是進行新的行為,爲了解脫懶惰而伸展身體。 在注視的事項中,即使是站著或坐著,前後有一百個地方,如果他注視"這裡是個地方的標誌",則是惡作罪。對於不坐著的村裡的女孩的標誌,則無所謂。對於那些畜生的標誌也是如此。無論是左看右看,即使在白天以單一的方式注視,也是惡作罪。無論是左看右看,如果反覆注視,每一次的注視都是惡作罪。以睜眼閉眼的方式不應當進行。突然注視后再次反思並保持不動是無違犯,但放棄這種保持后再次注視則是惡作罪。 267. 在拍打等事項中,也同樣明確。在洗澡的事項中,那些因水流而拍打的人,他們的違犯被說到。在水盛的事項中也是如此。在這裡的"水盛"指的是水的容器。以同樣的方式,其他所有的與水相關的事項都應當被理解。這裡的特別之處在於。在花環的事項中,即使是因無排出意圖而無違犯,因玩耍的原因則是惡作罪。 乾燥的身體接觸戒的解釋完畢。 2. 身體接觸戒的解釋。

269.Tenasamayena buddho bhagavāti kāyasaṃsaggasikkhāpadaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ anuttānapadavaṇṇanā – araññe viharatīti na āveṇike araññe, jetavanavihārasseva paccante ekapasse. Majjhe gabbhoti tassa ca vihārassa majjhe gabbho hoti. Samantā pariyāgāroti samantā panassa maṇḍalamāḷaparikkhepo hoti. So kira majjhe caturassaṃ gabbhaṃ katvā bahi maṇḍalamāḷaparikkhepena kato, yathā sakkā hoti antoyeva āviñchantehi vicarituṃ.

Supaññattanti suṭṭha ṭhapitaṃ, yathā yathā yasmiṃ yasmiñca okāse ṭhapitaṃ pāsādikaṃ hoti lokarañjakaṃ tathā tathā tasmiṃ tasmiṃ okāse ṭhapitaṃ, vattasīsena hi soṃ ekakiccampi na karoti. Ekacce vātapāne vivarantoti yesu vivaṭesu andhakāro hoti tāni vivaranto yesu vivaṭesu āloko hoti tāni thakento.

Evaṃ vutte sā brāhmaṇī taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etadavocāti evaṃ tena brāhmaṇena pasaṃsitvā vutte sā brāhmaṇī 『『pasanno ayaṃ brāhmaṇo pabbajitukāmo maññe』』ti sallakkhetvā nigūhitabbampi taṃ attano vippakāraṃ pakāsentī kevalaṃ tassa saddhāvighātāpekkhā hutvā etaṃ 『『kuto tassa uḷārattatā』』tiādivacanamavoca. Tattha uḷāro attā assāti uḷārattā, uḷārattano bhāvo uṭṭhārattatā. Kulitthīhītiādīsu kulitthiyo nāma gharassāminiyo. Kuladhītaro nāma purisantaragatā kuladhītaro . Kulakumāriyo nāma aniviṭṭhā vuccanti. Kulasuṇhā nāma parakulato ānītā kuladārakānaṃ vadhuyo.

270.Otiṇṇoti yakkhādīhi viya sattā anto uppajjantena rāgena otiṇṇo, kūpādīni viya sattā asamapekkhitvā rajanīye ṭhāne rajjanto sayaṃ vā rāgaṃ otiṇṇo, yasmā pana ubhayathāpi rāgasamaṅgissevetaṃ adhivacanaṃ, tasmā 『『otiṇṇo nāma sāratto apekkhavā paṭibaddhacitto』』ti evamassa padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ.

Tattha sārattoti kāyasaṃsaggarāgena suṭṭhu ratto. Apekkhavāti kāyasaṃsaggāpekkhāya apekkhavā. Paṭibaddhacittoti kāyasaṃsaggarāgeneva tasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ paṭibaddhacitto. Vipariṇatenāti parisuddhabhavaṅgasantatisaṅkhātaṃ pakatiṃ vijahitvā aññathā pavattena, virūpaṃ vā pariṇatena virūpaṃ parivattena, yathā parivattamānaṃ virūpaṃ hoti evaṃ parivattitvā ṭhitenāti adhippāyo.

以下是完整的簡體中文翻譯: 269. "那時,佛陀住在"這是身體接觸戒。這裡是對不明顯詞語的解釋 - "住在森林裡"不是指獨立的森林,而是指祇園精舍的邊緣一側。"中間有內室"指那個精舍中間有內室。"周圍有環形走廊"指周圍有環形走廊圍繞。據說它是在中間建造了一個四方形的內室,外面用環形走廊圍繞,以便人們可以在裡面走動。 "佈置得很好"指安排得很好,無論在哪個地方,都安排得令人愉悅,吸引世人,因為他連一件小事也不會疏忽。"打開某些窗戶"指打開那些打開後會變暗的窗戶,關閉那些打開後會變亮的窗戶。 "聽到這樣說,那個婆羅門女對那個婆羅門這樣說"指當那個婆羅門這樣讚美時,那個婆羅門女想:"這個婆羅門似乎很高興,想要出家",於是即使應該隱藏的自己的不當行為也說了出來,只是爲了破壞他的信心,說了"他哪裡有高尚"等話。其中,"高尚"指有高尚的自我,"高尚性"指高尚自我的狀態。在"良家婦女"等中,"良家婦女"指家庭主婦。"良家女兒"指已嫁給他人的良家女兒。"良家少女"指未婚的女子。"良家兒媳"指從其他家族娶來的兒子的妻子。 270. "陷入"指像被夜叉等附身一樣,被內心生起的貪慾所陷入,或者像掉入井等一樣,不加考慮地在可愛的對象上產生貪愛,自己陷入貪慾。因為這兩種情況都是指具有貪慾的人,所以在詞義解釋中說"陷入指貪著、有慾望、心繫于"。 其中,"貪著"指被身體接觸的貪慾所深深染著。"有慾望"指對身體接觸有慾望。"心繫于"指因身體接觸的貪慾而心繫于那個對象。"改變"指離開被稱為清凈的有分相續的自然狀態而以另一種方式運作,或者指變成不正常的狀態,轉變成不正常的狀態,意思是轉變后停留在那種狀態。

1. Yasmā panetaṃ rāgādīhi sampayogaṃ nātivattati, tasmā 『『vipariṇatanti rattampi citta』』ntiādinā nayenassa padabhājanaṃ vatvā ante idhādhippetamatthaṃ dassento 『『apica rattaṃ cittaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetaṃ vipariṇata』』nti āha.

Tadahujātāti taṃdivasaṃ jātā jātamattā allamaṃsapesivaṇṇā, evarūpāyapi hi saddhiṃ kāyasaṃsagge saṅghādiseso, methunavītikkame pārājikaṃ, raho nisajjassāde pācittiyañca hoti. Pagevāti paṭhamameva.

Kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajjeyyāti hatthaggahaṇādikāyasampayogaṃ kāyamissībhāvaṃ samāpajjeyya, yasmā panetaṃ samāpajjantassa yo so kāyasaṃsaggo nāma so atthato ajjhācāro hoti, rāgavasena abhibhavitvā saññamavelaṃ ācāro, tasmāssa saṅkhepana atthaṃ dassento 『『ajjhācāro vuccatī』』ti padabhājanamāha.

Hatthaggāhaṃ vātiādibhedaṃ panassa vitthārena atthadassanaṃ. Tattha hatthādīnaṃ vibhāgadassanatthaṃ 『『hattho nāma kapparaṃ upādāyā』』tiādimāha tattha kapparaṃ upādāyāti dutiyaṃ. Mahāsandhiṃ upādāya. Aññattha pana maṇibandhato paṭṭhāya yāva agganakhā hattho idha saddhiṃ aggabāhāya kapparato paṭṭhāya adhippeto.

Suddhakesā vāti suttādīhi amissā suddhā kesāyeva. Veṇīti tīhi kesavaṭṭīhi vinandhitvā katakesakalāpassetaṃ nāmaṃ. Suttamissāti pañcavaṇṇena suttena kese missetvā katā. Mālāmissāti vassikapupphādīhi missetvā tīhi kesavaṭṭīhi vinandhitvā katā, avinaddhopi vā kevalaṃ pupphamissako kesakalāpo idha 『『veṇī』』ti veditabbo. Hiraññamissāti kahāpaṇamālāya missetvā katā. Suvaṇṇamissāti suvaṇṇacīrakehi vā pāmaṅgādīhi vā missetvā katā. Muttāmissāti muttāvalīhi missetvā katā. Maṇimissāti suttārūḷhehi maṇīhi missetvā katā. Etāsu hi yaṃkiñci veṇiṃ gaṇhantassa saṅghādisesoyeva. 『『Ahaṃ missakaveṇiṃ aggahesi』』nti vadantassa mokkho natthi. Veṇiggahaṇena cettha kesāpi gahitāva honti, tasmā yo ekampi kesaṃ gaṇhāti tassapi āpattiyeva.

Hatthañcaveṇiñca ṭhapetvāti idha vuttalakkhaṇaṃ hatthañca sabbappakārañca veṇiṃ ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ sarīraṃ 『『aṅga』』nti veditabbaṃ. Evaṃ paricchinnesu hatthādīsu hatthassa gahaṇaṃ hatthaggāho, veṇiyā gahaṇaṃ veṇiggāho, avasesasasarīrassa parāmasanaṃ aññatarassa vā aññatarassa vā aṅgassa parāmasanaṃ, yo taṃ hatthaggāhaṃ vā veṇiggāhaṃ vā aññatarassa vā aññatarassa vā aṅgassa parāmasanaṃ samāpajjeyya, tassa saṅghādiseso nāma āpattinikāyo hotīti. Ayaṃ sikkhāpadassa attho.

1. Yasmā pana yo ca hatthaggāho yo ca veṇiggāho yañca avasesassa aṅgassa parāmasanaṃ taṃ sabbampi bhedato dvādasavidhaṃ hoti, tasmā taṃ bhedaṃ dassetuṃ 『『āmasanā parāmasanā』』tiādinā nayenassa padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ. Tattha yañca vuttaṃ 『『āmasanā nāma āmaṭṭhamattā』』ti yañca 『『chupanaṃ nāma phuṭṭhamatta』』nti, imesaṃ ayaṃ viseso – āmasanāti āmajjanā phuṭṭhokāsaṃ anatikkamitvāpi tattheva saṅghaṭṭanā. Ayañhi 『『āmaṭṭhamattā』』ti vuccati. Chupananti asaṅghaṭṭetvā phuṭṭhamattaṃ.

Yampi ummasanāya ca ullaṅghanāya ca niddese 『『uddhaṃ uccāraṇā』』ti ekameva padaṃ vuttaṃ. Tatrāpi ayaṃ viseso – paṭhamaṃ attano kāyassa itthiyā kāye uddhaṃ pesanavasena vuttaṃ, dutiyaṃ itthiyā kāyaṃ ukkhipanavasena, sesaṃ pākaṭameva.

1. "因為這個緣故,貪慾等的結合不會超過，因此說『變化』等的方式來解釋這個詞,並且在最後說明了這裡所指的意思是『其實這個心在這裡所指的變化』。 "那時出生"指的是在那一天出生的,與肉體相似的顏色,即使在這種情況下,與身體接觸的僧殘罪、性行為的波羅夷罪、隱秘的坐臥的波羅夷罪也是存在的。 "身體接觸"指的是手的抓握等身體的結合,因為這個身體的結合實際上是行為,被貪慾所支配的行為。因此,爲了說明它的簡要意思,說"行為被稱為行為"。 "手抓握"等的具體解釋在這裡。爲了說明手等的分開,說「手是指抓握的手」等等。這裡的抓握是指第二次。以大連線為依據。除此之外，從珠鏈開始到指甲末端的手,在這裡是指與手的主要部位相連的。 "清凈的頭髮"指的是通過清潔等的方式而變得清凈的頭髮。 "辮子"指的是經過三次纏繞而成的頭髮。 "混合的頭髮"指的是用五種顏色的頭髮混合而成的。 "花環的頭髮"指的是用季節性花朵等混合而成的，雖然不纏繞，但僅僅是花的混合的頭髮在這裡被稱為「辮子」。 "金色的頭髮"指的是用金幣的花環混合而成的。 "黃金的頭髮"指的是用黃金的衣物或其他物品混合而成的。 "珍珠的頭髮"指的是用珍珠的項鍊混合而成的。 "寶石的頭髮"指的是用纏繞的寶石混合而成的。在這些情況下，任何抓住辮子的人都僅僅是僧殘罪。如果說「我抓住了混合的辮子」，則沒有解脫。在這裡，通過抓住辮子，頭髮也被抓住，因此，任何抓住一根頭髮的人也有違犯。 "除了手和辮子"指的是這裡所說的特徵，手和所有種類的辮子一起，餘下的身體被稱為「肢體」。如此在被劃分的手等中，手的抓握是手的抓握，辮子的抓握是辮子的抓握，其他身體的觸碰是任何一肢的觸碰。如果他抓住手的抓握或辮子的抓握或任何一肢的觸碰，那麼就有僧殘罪。這就是這個戒律的意義。

2. "因為無論是手的抓握、辮子的抓握，還是其他肢體的觸碰，所有這些分開后都有十二種情況，因此爲了說明這個分開，使用了『食物的觸碰』等的方式來解釋這個詞。 在這裡所說的「食物的觸碰」是指觸碰食物的部分，和「觸碰的觸碰」指的是觸碰的程度，這兩者之間的區別是 - 食物的觸碰是指觸碰到的部分沒有超過這個範圍，仍然在那裡的碰撞。這裡的「觸碰的部分」被稱為「食物的觸碰」。而「觸碰」則是指沒有碰撞的觸碰。 無論是關於「抬起」和「越過」的說明中，「向上呼喊」是指同一個詞。在這裡的區別是 - 第一個是指女性身體的抬起，第二個是指女性身體的提升，其他的則是顯而易見的。

3. Idāni yvāyaṃ otiṇṇo vipariṇatena cittena kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajjati, tassa etesaṃ padānaṃ vasena vitthārato āpattibhedaṃ dassento 『『itthī ca hoti itthisaññī sāratto ca bhikkhu ca naṃ itthiyā kāyena kāya』』ntiādimāha. Tattha bhikkhu ca naṃ itthiyā kāyena kāyanti so sāratto ca itthisaññī ca bhikkhu attano kāyena. Nanti nipātamattaṃ. Atha vā etaṃ tassā itthiyā hatthādibhedaṃ kāyaṃ. Āmasati parāmasatīti etesu ce ekenāpi ākārena ajjhācarati, āpatti saṅghādisesassa. Tattha sakiṃ āmasato ekā āpatti, punappunaṃ āmasato payoge payoge saṅghādiseso.

Parāmasantopi sace kāyato amocetvāva ito cito ca attano hatthaṃ vā kāyaṃ vā sañcopeti harati peseti divasampi parāmasato ekāva āpatti. Sace kāyato mocetvā mocetvā parāmasati payoge payoge āpatti.

Omasantopi sace kāyato amocetvāva itthiyā matthakato paṭṭhāya yāva pādapiṭṭhiṃ omasati ekāva āpatti. Sace pana udarādīsu taṃ taṃ ṭhānaṃ patvā muñcitvā muñcitvā omasati payoge payoge āpatti. Ummasanāyapi pādato paṭṭhāya yāva sīsaṃ ummasantassa eseva nayo.

Olaṅghanāya mātugāmaṃ kesesu gahetvā nāmetvā cumbanādīsu yaṃ ajjhācāraṃ icchati taṃ katvā muñcato ekāva āpatti. Uṭṭhitaṃ punappunaṃ nāmayato payoge payoge āpatti. Ullaṅghanāyapi kesesu vā hatthesu vā gahetvā vuṭṭhāpayato eseva nayo.

Ākaḍḍhanāya attano abhimukhaṃ ākaḍḍhanto yāva na muñcati tāva ekāva āpatti. Muñcitvā muñcitvā ākaḍḍhantassa payoge payoge āpatti. Patikaḍḍhanāyapi parammukhaṃ piṭṭhiyaṃ gahetvā paṭippaṇāmayato eseva nayo.

Abhiniggaṇhanāya hatthe vā bāhāya vā daḷhaṃ gahetvā yojanampi gacchato ekāva āpatti. Muñcitvā punappunaṃ gaṇhato payoge payoge āpatti. Amuñcitvā punappunaṃ phusato ca āliṅgato ca payoge payoge āpattīti mahāsumatthero āha. Mahāpadumatthero panāha – 『『mūlaggahaṇameva pamāṇaṃ, tasmā yāva na muñcati tāva ekā eva āpattī』』ti.

Abhinippīḷanāya vatthena vā ābharaṇena vā saddhiṃ pīḷayato aṅgaṃ aphusantassa thullaccayaṃ, phusantassa saṅghādiseso, ekapayogena ekā āpatti, nānāpayogena nānā.

Gahaṇachupanesu aññaṃ kiñci vikāraṃ akarontopi gahitamattaphuṭṭhamattenāpi āpattiṃ āpajjati.

Evametesu āmasanādīsu ekenāpi ākārena ajjhācārato itthiyā itthisaññissa saṅghādiseso, vematikassa thullaccayaṃ, paṇḍakapurisatiracchānagatasaññissāpi thullaccayameva. Paṇḍake paṇḍakasaññissa thullaccayaṃ, vematikassa dukkaṭaṃ. Purisatiracchānagataitthisaññissāpi dukkaṭameva. Purise purisasaññissāpi vematikassāpi itthipaṇḍakatiracchānagatasaññissāpi dukkaṭameva. Tiracchānagatepi sabbākārena dukkaṭamevāti. Imā ekamūlakanaye vuttā āpattiyo sallakkhetvā imināva upāyena 『『dve itthiyo dvinnaṃ itthīna』』ntiādivasena vutte dumūlakanayepi diguṇā āpattiyo veditabbā. Yathā ca dvīsu itthīsu dve saṅghādisesā; evaṃ sambahulāsu sambahulā veditabbā.

1. "現在，若此人因變化的心而陷入身體接觸，則根據這些詞的意義，詳細說明違犯的種類，『女性和女性的身體，僧人和僧人的身體』等。這裡的『僧人和女性的身體』指的是他作為一個僧人，和女性的身體接觸。這裡不包括跌落的情況。或者說，這是她的身體，包括手等的身體。若以任何一種方式與之接觸，則是僧殘罪。在這裡，若因接觸而有一次的違犯，則是一次的僧殘罪，若反覆接觸則是僧殘罪的多次違犯。 即使在接觸中，若從身體上解脫開來，若他從這裡到那裡接觸自己的手或身體，則每天都是一次的違犯。若從身體上解脫開來，反覆接觸則是違犯。 若在接觸中，若從身體上解脫開來，從女性的頭頂到腳底接觸，則是一次的違犯。若在肚子等處接觸，達到某個地方后反覆接觸，則是多次的違犯。關於抬起的情況，從腳到頭的接觸也是如此。 關於越過的情況，若抓住女性的頭髮而不說出名字，進行親吻等行為，若這樣做則是一次的違犯。若再一次抬起，則是多次的違犯。關於越過的情況，若抓住頭髮或手，抬起的情況也是如此。 關於抓住的情況，若朝向自己抓住，直到不放開為止，則是一次的違犯。若反覆放開后再抓住，則是多次的違犯。關於抓住的情況，若抓住背部並進行抬起的情況也是如此。 關於強行壓迫的情況，若緊緊抓住手或手臂，若走動則是一次的違犯。若反覆放開后再抓住，則是多次的違犯。關於不放開和反覆觸碰、擁抱的情況，若這樣做則是多次的違犯，正如大思惟長老所說。大蓮花長老則說：「抓住根本是標準，因此只要不放開，則是一次的違犯。」 關於壓迫的情況，若與衣物或裝飾品一起壓迫身體，若觸碰到身體則是粗惡罪，若觸碰到身體的部分則是僧殘罪，若一次接觸則是一次的違犯，若多次接觸則是多次的違犯。 在抓握和觸碰中，即使不造成其他變化，也因抓住而產生觸碰的情況，若觸碰到的部分也有違犯。 在這些接觸等情況下，若以任何一種方式與女性的身體接觸，則是僧殘罪，若是非理性的粗惡罪，若是智者的粗惡罪，若是畜生的粗惡罪，若是人類的粗惡罪，若是人類的智者的粗惡罪，若是畜生的智者的粗惡罪，若是畜生的粗惡罪，所有這些都是粗惡罪。這裡提到的這些都是根本的違犯，按照這種方式，『兩位女性』等的說法也應當理解為雙重的違犯。正如在兩位女性中有兩次僧殘罪；同樣，在許多情況下也應當理解為許多的違犯。

Yo hi ekato ṭhitā sambahulā itthiyo bāhāhi parikkhipitvā gaṇhāti so yattakā itthiyo phuṭṭhā tāsaṃ gaṇanāya saṅghādisese āpajjati, majjhagatānaṃ gaṇanāya thullaccaye. Tā hi tena kāyappaṭibaddhena āmaṭṭhā honti. Yo pana sambahulānaṃ aṅguliyo vā kese vā ekato katvā gaṇhāti, so aṅguliyo ca kese ca agaṇetvā itthiyo gaṇetvā saṅghādisesehi kāretabbo. Yāsañca itthīnaṃ aṅguliyo vā kesā vā majjhagatā honti, tāsaṃ gaṇanāya thullaccaye āpajjati. Tā hi tena kāyappaṭibaddhena āmaṭṭhā honti, sambahulā pana itthiyo kāyappaṭibaddhehi rajjuvatthādīhi parikkhipitvā gaṇhanto sabbāsaṃyeva antoparikkhepagatānaṃ gaṇanāya thullaccaye āpajjati. Mahāpaccariyaṃ aphuṭṭhāsu dukkaṭaṃ vuttaṃ. Tattha yasmā pāḷiyaṃ kāyappaṭibaddhappaṭibaddhena āmasanaṃ nāma natthi, tasmā sabbampi kāyappaṭibaddhappaṭibaddhaṃ kāyappaṭibaddheneva saṅgahetvā mahāaṭṭhakathāyañca kurundiyañca vutto purimanayoyevettha yuttataro dissati.

Yo hi hatthena hatthaṃ gahetvā paṭipāṭiyā ṭhitāsu itthīsu samasārāgo ekaṃ hatthe gaṇhāti, so gahititthiyā vasena ekaṃ saṅghādisesaṃ āpajjati, itarāsaṃ gaṇanāya purimanayeneva thullaccaye. Sace so taṃ kāyappaṭibaddhe vatthe vā pupphe vā gaṇhāti, sabbāsaṃ gaṇanāya thullaccaye āpajjati. Yatheva hi rajjuvatthādīhi parikkhipantena sabbāpi kāyappaṭibaddhena āmaṭṭhā honti, tathā idhāpi sabbāpi kāyappaṭibaddhena āmaṭṭhā honti. Sace pana tā itthiyo aññamaññaṃ vatthakoṭiyaṃ gahetvā ṭhitā honti, tatra ceso purimanayeneva paṭhamaṃ itthiṃ hatthe gaṇhāti gahitāya vasena saṅghādisesaṃ āpajjati, itarāsaṃ gaṇanāya dukkaṭāni. Sabbāsañhi tāsaṃ tena purimanayeneva kāyapaṭibaddhena kāyappaṭibaddhaṃ āmaṭṭhaṃ hoti. Sace pana sopi taṃ kāyappaṭibaddheyeva gaṇhāti tassā vasena thullaccayaṃ āpajjati, itarāsaṃ gaṇanāya anantaranayeneva dukkaṭāni.

Yo pana ghanavatthanivatthaṃ itthiṃ kāyasaṃsaggarāgena vatthe ghaṭṭeti, thullaccayaṃ. Viraḷavatthanivatthaṃ ghaṭṭeti, tatra ce vatthantarehi itthiyā vā nikkhantalomāni bhikkhuṃ bhikkhuno vā paviṭṭhalomāni itthiṃ phusanti, ubhinnaṃ lomāniyeva vā lomāni phusanti, saṅghādiseso. Upādinnakena hi kammajarūpena upādinnakaṃ vā anupādinnakaṃ vā anupādinnakenapi kenaci kesādinā upādinnakaṃ vā anupādinnakaṃ vā phusantopi saṅghādisesaṃ āpajjatiyeva.

Tattha kurundiyaṃ 『『lomāni gaṇetvā saṅghādiseso』』ti vuttaṃ. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana 『『lomāni gaṇetvā āpattiyā na kāretabbo, ekameva saṅghādisesaṃ āpajjati. Saṅghikamañce pana apaccattharitvā nipanno lomāni gaṇetvā kāretabbo』』ti vuttaṃ , tadeva yuttaṃ. Itthivasena hi ayaṃ āpatti, na koṭṭhāsavasenāti.

Etthāha 『『yo pana 『kāyappaṭibaddhaṃ gaṇhissāmī』ti kāyaṃ gaṇhāti, 『kāyaṃ gaṇhissāmī』ti kāyappaṭibaddhaṃ gaṇhāti, so kiṃ āpajjatī』』ti. Mahāsumatthero tāva 『『yathāvatthukamevā』』ti vadati. Ayaṃ kirassa laddhi –

『『Vatthu saññā ca rāgo ca, phassappaṭivijānanā;

Yathāniddiṭṭhaniddese, garukaṃ tena kāraye』』ti.

以下是完整的簡體中文翻譯: 若有人用手臂圍住站在一起的許多女人,他觸碰到多少女人就犯多少僧殘罪,對於中間的女人則犯粗惡罪。因為她們被他通過身體連線物觸碰了。若有人把許多女人的手指或頭髮集中在一起抓住,不應計算手指和頭髮的數量,而應計算女人的數量來判定僧殘罪。對於手指或頭髮在中間的女人,則犯粗惡罪。因為她們被他通過身體連線物觸碰了。若用繩子或衣服等身體連線物圍住許多女人並抓住,則對所有被包圍在內的女人都犯粗惡罪。在《大注》中說,對未觸碰到的女人犯惡作罪。因為在經典中沒有提到通過身體連線物的連線物觸碰的情況,所以把所有身體連線物的連線物都歸為身體連線物,《大註釋》和《古倫底》中說的前面的方法在這裡更合適。 若有人用手抓住手,對站成一排的女人懷有同樣的貪慾,抓住其中一個女人的手,他對被抓住的女人犯一個僧殘罪,對其他女人按前面的方法犯粗惡罪。如果他抓住她的衣服或花等身體連線物,則對所有女人都犯粗惡罪。因為就像用繩子或衣服圍住時所有人都被身體連線物觸碰一樣,在這裡所有人也都被身體連線物觸碰了。但如果那些女人互相抓住衣角站著,他按前面的方法先抓住第一個女人的手,對被抓住的女人犯僧殘罪,對其他女人犯惡作罪。因為所有這些女人都被他按前面的方法通過身體連線物的身體連線物觸碰了。但如果他也只抓住身體連線物,則對那個女人犯粗惡罪,對其他女人按前面的方法犯惡作罪。 若有人因身體接觸的貪慾而觸碰穿著厚衣服的女人的衣服,犯粗惡罪。若觸碰穿著薄衣服的女人,如果衣服之間女人的毛髮觸碰到比丘,或比丘的毛髮觸碰到女人,或雙方的毛髮相互觸碰,則犯僧殘罪。因為無論是有執取的業生色觸碰有執取或無執取的,還是無執取的任何頭髮等觸碰有執取或無執取的,都犯僧殘罪。 關於這一點,《古倫底》中說"計算毛髮數量來判定僧殘罪"。但在《大註釋》中說"不應計算毛髮數量來判定違犯,只犯一個僧殘罪。但如果躺在沒有鋪墊的僧團床上,則應計算毛髮數量來判定違犯。"這種說法更合適。因為這個違犯是根據女人來判定的,不是根據身體部位來判定的。 這裡有人問:"如果有人想'我要抓身體連線物'而抓到身體,或想'我要抓身體'而抓到身體連線物,他犯什麼罪?"大蘇摩長老首先說"就按實際情況判定"。據說這是他的主張: "對像、想法和貪慾, 觸碰和認知, 如所指示的指示, 應判定為嚴重罪。"

Ettha 『『vatthū』』ti itthī. 『『Saññā』』ti itthisaññā. 『『Rāgo』』ti kāyasaṃsaggarāgo. 『『Phassappaṭivijānanā』』ti kāyasaṃsaggaphassajānanā. Tasmā yo itthiyā itthisaññī kāyasaṃsaggarāgena 『『kāyappaṭibaddhaṃ gahessāmī』』ti pavattopi kāyaṃ phusati, garukaṃ saṅghādisesaṃyeva āpajjati. Itaropi thullaccayanti mahāpadumatthero panāha –

『『Saññāya virāgitamhi, gahaṇe ca virāgite;

Yathāniddiṭṭhaniddese, garukaṃ tattha na dissatī』』ti.

Assāpāyaṃ laddhi itthiyā itthisaññino hi saṅghādiseso vutto. Iminā ca itthisaññā virāgitā kāyappaṭibaddhe kāyappaṭibaddhasaññā uppāditā, taṃ gaṇhantassa pana thullaccayaṃ vuttaṃ. Iminā ca gahaṇampi virāgitaṃ taṃ aggahetvā itthī gahitā, tasmā ettha itthisaññāya abhāvato saṅghādiseso na dissati, kāyappaṭibaddhassa aggahitattā thullaccayaṃ na dissati, kāyasaṃsaggarāgena phuṭṭhattā pana dukkaṭaṃ. Kāyasaṃsaggarāgena hi imaṃ nāma vatthuṃ phusato anāpattīti natthi, tasmā dukkaṭamevāti.

Idañca pana vatvā idaṃ catukkamāha. 『『Sārattaṃ gaṇhissāmī』ti sārattaṃ gaṇhi saṅghādiseso, 『virattaṃ gaṇhissāmī』ti virattaṃ gaṇhi dukkaṭaṃ, 『sārattaṃ gaṇhissāmī』ti virattaṃ gaṇhi dukkaṭaṃ, 『virattaṃ gaṇhissāmī』ti sārattaṃ gaṇhi dukkaṭamevā』』ti. Kiñcāpi evamāha? Atha kho mahāsumattheravādoyevettha 『『itthi ca hoti itthisaññī sāratto ca bhikkhu ca naṃ itthiyā kāyena kāyappaṭibaddhaṃ āmasati parāmasati…pe… gaṇhāti chupati āpatti thullaccayassā』』ti imāya pāḷiyā 『『yo hi ekato ṭhitā sambahulā itthiyo bāhāhi parikkhipitvā gaṇhāti, so yattakā itthiyo phuṭṭhā tāsaṃ gaṇanāya saṅghādisese āpajjati, majjhagatānaṃ gaṇanāya thullaccaye』』tiādīhi aṭṭhakathāvinicchayehi ca sameti. Yadi hi saññādivirāgena virāgitaṃ nāma bhaveyya 『『paṇḍako ca hoti itthisaññī』』tiādīsu viya 『『kāyappaṭibaddhañca hoti kāyasaññī cā』』tiādināpi nayena pāḷiyaṃ visesaṃ vadeyya. Yasmā pana so na vutto, tasmā itthiyā itthisaññāya sati itthiṃ āmasantassa saṅghādiseso, kāyappaṭibaddhaṃ āmasantassa thullaccayanti yathāvatthukameva yujjati.

Mahāpaccariyampi cetaṃ vuttaṃ – 『『nīlaṃ pārupitvā sayitāya kāḷitthiyā kāyaṃ ghaṭṭessāmī』ti kāyaṃ ghaṭṭeti, saṅghādiseso; 『kāyaṃ ghaṭṭessāmī』ti nīlaṃ ghaṭṭeti, thullaccayaṃ; 『nīlaṃ ghaṭṭessāmī』ti kāyaṃ ghaṭṭeti, saṅghādiseso; 『nīlaṃ ghaṭṭessāmī』ti nīlaṃ ghaṭṭeti, thullaccaya』』nti. Yopāyaṃ 『『itthī ca paṇḍako cā』』tiādinā nayena vatthumissakanayo vutto, tasmimpi vatthu saññāvimativasena vuttā āpattiyo pāḷiyaṃ asammuyhantena veditabbā.

Kāyenakāyappaṭibaddhavāre pana itthiyā itthisaññissa kāyappaṭibaddhaṃ gaṇhato thullaccayaṃ, sese sabbattha dukkaṭaṃ. Kāyappaṭibaddhenakāyavārepi eseva nayo. Kāyappaṭibaddhenakaāyappaṭibaddhavāre ca nissaggiyenakāyavārādīsu cassa sabbattha dukkaṭameva.

以下是完整的簡體中文翻譯: 這裡,"對像"是指女人。"想法"是指對女人的想法。"貪慾"是指身體接觸的貪慾。"觸碰和認知"是指知道身體接觸的觸碰。因此,如果一個人對女人有女人的想法,因身體接觸的貪慾而想"我要抓身體連線物",但卻觸碰到身體,他犯嚴重的僧殘罪。另一種情況則是粗惡罪。但大蓮花長老說: "當想法改變時, 抓取也改變; 如所指示的指示, 在那裡看不到嚴重罪。" 這是他的主張:對於有女人想法的人,僧殘罪已經說過了。但這裡女人的想法改變了,對身體連線物產生了身體連線物的想法,抓取它的人犯粗惡罪。這裡抓取也改變了,沒有抓取那個而抓取了女人,因此這裡因為沒有女人的想法所以看不到僧殘罪,因為沒有抓取身體連線物所以看不到粗惡罪,但因為以身體接觸的貪慾觸碰了所以是惡作罪。因為以身體接觸的貪慾觸碰這樣的對象沒有無違犯的情況,所以就是惡作罪。 說了這個之後,他又說了這個四法:"想抓有貪慾的而抓了有貪慾的,僧殘罪;想抓無貪慾的而抓了無貪慾的,惡作罪;想抓有貪慾的而抓了無貪慾的,惡作罪;想抓無貪慾的而抓了有貪慾的,也是惡作罪。"雖然他這樣說,但大蘇摩長老的說法更符合"女人,有女人想法,有貪慾的比丘,用身體觸碰女人的身體連線物,撫摸...抓住,觸碰,粗惡罪"這樣的經文,以及"如果有人用手臂圍住站在一起的許多女人,他觸碰到多少女人就犯多少僧殘罪,對於中間的女人則犯粗惡罪"等註釋的判定。因為如果因想法等的改變而改變的話,就應該像"黃門,有女人想法"等那樣,用"身體連線物,有身體想法"等方式在經文中說明區別。但因為沒有這樣說,所以對女人有女人想法時觸碰女人犯僧殘罪,觸碰身體連線物犯粗惡罪,這樣按實際情況判定更合適。 在《大注》中也說:"想'我要觸碰穿著藍色衣服躺著的黑面板女人的身體'而觸碰身體,僧殘罪;想'我要觸碰身體'而觸碰藍色衣服,粗惡罪;想'我要觸碰藍色衣服'而觸碰身體,僧殘罪;想'我要觸碰藍色衣服'而觸碰藍色衣服,粗惡罪。"對於用"女人和黃門"等方式說的混合對象的方法,在那裡也應該不混淆地理解根據對像和想法的疑惑而說的違犯。 在身體對身體連線物的部分,對女人有女人想法而抓取身體連線物的人犯粗惡罪,其餘所有情況都是惡作罪。在身體連線物對身體的部分也是同樣的方法。在身體連線物對身體連線物的部分,以及在可捨棄物對身體的部分等,所有情況都是惡作罪。

『『Itthī ca hoti itthisaññī sāratto ca itthī ca naṃ bhikkhussa kāyena kāya』』ntiādivāro pana bhikkhumhi mātugāmassa rāgavasena vutto. Tattha itthī ca naṃ bhikkhussa kāyena kāyanti bhikkhumhi sārattā itthī tassa nisinnokāsaṃ vā nipannokāsaṃ vā gantvā attano kāyena taṃ bhikkhussa kāyaṃ āmasati…pe… chupati. Sevanādhippāyo kāyena vāyamati, phassaṃ paṭivijānātīti evaṃ tāya āmaṭṭho vā chupito vā sevanādhippāyo hutvā sace phassappaṭivijānanatthaṃ īsakampi kāyaṃ cāleti phandeti, saṅghādisesaṃ āpajjati.

Dveitthiyoti ettha dve saṅghādisese āpajjati, itthiyā ca paṇḍake ca saṅghādisesena saha dukkaṭaṃ . Etena upāyena yāva 『『nissaggiyena nissaggiyaṃ āmasati, sevanādhippāyo kāyena vāyamati na ca phassaṃ paṭivijānāti, āpatti dukkaṭassā』』ti tāva purimanayeneva āpattibhedo veditabbo.

Ettha ca kāyena vāyamati na ca phassaṃ paṭivijānātīti attanā nissaṭṭhaṃ pupphaṃ vā phalaṃ vā itthiṃ attano nissaggiyena pupphena vā phalena vā paharantiṃ disvā kāyena vikāraṃ karoti, aṅguliṃ vā cāleti, bhamukaṃ vā ukkhipati, akkhiṃ vā nikhaṇati, aññaṃ vā evarūpaṃ vikāraṃ karoti, ayaṃ vuccati 『『kāyena vāyamati na ca phassaṃ paṭivijānātī』』ti. Ayampi kāyena vāyamitattā dukkaṭaṃ āpajjati, dvīsu itthīsu dve, itthīpaṇḍakesupi dve eva dukkaṭe āpajjati.

1. Evaṃ vatthuvasena vitthārato āpattibhedaṃ dassetvā idāni lakkhaṇavasena saṅkhepato āpattibhedañca anāpattibhedañca dassento 『『sevanādhippāyo』』tiādimāha. Tattha purimanaye itthiyā phuṭṭho samāno sevanādhippāyo kāyena vāyamati, phassaṃ paṭivijānātīti tivaṅgasampattiyā saṅghādiseso. Dutiye naye nissaggiyena nissaggiyāmasane viya vāyamitvā achupane viya ca phassassa appaṭivijānanato duvaṅgasampattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Tatiye kāyena avāyamato anāpatti. Yo hi sevanādhippāyopi niccalena kāyena kevalaṃ phassaṃ paṭivijānāti sādiyati anubhoti, tassa cittuppādamatte āpattiyā abhāvato anāpatti. Catutthe pana nissaggiyena nissaggiyāmasane viya phassappaṭivijānanāpi natthi, kevalaṃ cittuppādamattameva, tasmā anāpatti. Mokkhādhippāyassa sabbākāresu anāpattiyeva.

Ettha pana yo itthiyā gahito taṃ attano sarīrā mocetukāmo paṭippaṇāmeti vā paharati vā ayaṃ kāyena vāyamati phassaṃ paṭivijānāti. Yo āgacchantiṃ disvā tato muñcitukāmo uttāsetvā palāpeti, ayaṃ kāyena vāyamati na ca phassaṃ paṭivijānāti. Yo tādisaṃ dīghajātiṃ kāye ārūḷhaṃ disvā 『『saṇikaṃ gacchatu ghaṭṭiyamānā anatthāya saṃvatteyyā』』ti na ghaṭṭeti, itthimeva vā aṅgaṃ phusamānaṃ ñatvā 『『esā 『anatthiko ayaṃ mayā』ti sayameva pakkamissatī』』ti ajānanto viya niccalo hoti, balavitthiyā vā gāḷhaṃ āliṅgitvā gahito daharabhikkhu palāyitukāmopi suṭṭhu gahitattā niccalo hoti, ayaṃ na ca kāyena vāyamati, phassaṃ paṭivijānāti. Yo pana āgacchantiṃ disvā 『『āgacchatu tāva tato naṃ paharitvā vā paṇāmetvā vā pakkamissāmī』』ti niccalo hoti, ayaṃ mokkhādhippāyo na ca kāyena vāyamati, na ca phassaṃ paṭivijānātīti veditabbo.

以下是完整的中文翻譯： "如果是女性，且有女性意識，充滿慾念，且女性接觸比丘的身體"等段落實際上是關於比丘對女性產生慾念而說的。在這其中，"女性接觸比丘的身體"是指女性因為對比丘產生慾念，來到比丘的坐臥之處，用自己的身體觸控比丘的身體……撫摸。意圖交媾時以身體努力，感知觸碰，如此被她觸控或撫摸，意圖交媾，如果爲了感知觸碰而稍微移動身體、顫動，就犯僧殘罪。 如果是兩個女性，在這裡犯兩次僧殘罪，對女性和旁遮普人（陰陽人）一起犯僧殘罪和輕罪。通過這種方式，直到"觸控他人遺棄之物，意圖交媾以身體努力，但不感知觸碰，犯輕罪"為止，應當以前面的方式理解犯罪的區別。 在這裡，"以身體努力但不感知觸碰"是指：自己遺棄的花或果，看到女性用自己遺棄的花或果打擊她，以身體做出姿態，或移動手指，或抬起眉毛，或瞪眼，或做出其他類似姿態，這就是所謂"以身體努力但不感知觸碰"。因為以身體努力，他也犯輕罪，在兩個女性中犯兩次，在女性和旁遮普人中也犯兩次輕罪。 279. 這樣通過案例詳細展示犯罪區別后，現在以特徵簡要顯示犯罪區別和不犯罪區別，說"意圖交媾"等。在這裡，按第一種方式，被女性觸控時，意圖交媾，以身體努力，感知觸碰，因為具備三個條件，犯僧殘罪。在第二種方式中，像觸控他人遺棄之物一樣努力，像不感知觸碰一樣，因為只具備兩個條件，犯輕罪。在第三種情況下，不以身體努力，則不犯罪。因為即使意圖交媾，只要身體完全靜止，僅僅感知觸碰、享受，由於心念生起時沒有犯罪，所以不犯罪。第四種情況中，既沒有觸控他人遺棄之物，也沒有感知觸碰，僅僅是心念生起，因此不犯罪。解脫意圖在所有情況下都不犯罪。 在這裡，被女性抓住並想從自己身體上擺脫她，或打擊她的，是以身體努力並感知觸碰。看到她來，想要擺脫她，驚嚇並驅趕的，是以身體努力但不感知觸碰。看到這樣長期的情況附著身體，想"她應緩慢前進，以免造成傷害"而不觸碰，或知道觸控女性身體部位，"她不需要我"，裝作不知情，保持靜止；或被強壯的女性緊緊抱住的年輕比丘想逃跑，但因被緊緊抓住而保持靜止，這些是不以身體努力，但感知觸碰。但是看到她來，想"讓她來，然後我會打擊或推開她離開"而保持靜止的，應理解為解脫意圖，不以身體努力，也不感知觸碰。

280.Asañciccāti iminā upāyena imaṃ phusissāmīti acetetvā, evañhi acetetvā pattappaṭiggahaṇādīsu mātugāmassa aṅge phuṭṭhepi anāpatti.

Asatiyāti aññavihito hoti mātugāmaṃ phusāmīti sati natthi, evaṃ asatiyā hatthapādapasāraṇādikāle phusantassa anāpatti.

Ajānantassāti dārakavesena ṭhitaṃ dārikaṃ 『『itthī』』ti ajānanto kenacideva karaṇīyena phusati, evaṃ 『『itthī』』ti ajānantassa phusato anāpatti.

Asādiyantassāti kāyasaṃsaggaṃ asādiyantassa, tassa bāhāparamparāya nītabhikkhussa viya anāpatti. Ummattakādayo vuttanayāeva. Idha pana udāyitthero ādikammiko, tassa anāpatti ādikammikassāti.

Padabhājanīyavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Samuṭṭhānādīsu idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paṭhamapārājikasamuṭṭhānaṃ kāyacittato samuṭṭhāti, kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, dvivedanaṃ, sukhamajjhattadvayenāti.

以下是完整的中文翻譯： 280. "非故意"是指沒有想"我將以這種方式觸控她"，因為這樣沒有想而在接受缽等時觸碰到女性身體部位也不犯罪。 "非有意"是指心不在焉，沒有"我在觸控女性"的意識，這樣在無意識伸展手腳等時觸碰也不犯罪。 "不知道"是指不知道以男孩裝扮的是女孩，因某些事務而觸碰，這樣不知道"是女性"而觸碰不犯罪。 "不接受"是指不接受身體接觸，像被人群推擠的比丘一樣不犯罪。瘋狂等情況如前所述。這裡優陀夷長老是初犯者，他不犯罪因為是初犯者。 詞義解釋完畢。 在起源等方面，這條學處與第一波羅夷罪起源相同，從身體和心理產生，是作為，以認知解脫，有意識的，世間所譴責的，身業，不善心，兩種感受，即樂受和舍受。

1. Vinītavatthūsu – mātuyā mātupemenāti mātupemena mātuyā kāyaṃ āmasi. Esa nayo dhītubhaginivatthūsu. Tattha yasmā mātā vā hotu dhītā vā itthī nāma sabbāpi brahmacariyassa pāripanthikāva. Tasmā 『『ayaṃ me mātā ayaṃ dhītā ayaṃ me bhaginī』』ti gehassitapemena āmasatopi dukkaṭameva vuttaṃ.

Imaṃ pana bhagavato āṇaṃ anussarantena sacepi nadīsotena vuyhamānaṃ mātaraṃ passati neva hatthena parāmasitabbā. Paṇḍitena pana bhikkhunā nāvā vā phalakaṃ vā kadalikkhandho vā dārukkhandho vā upasaṃharitabbo. Tasmiṃ asati kāsāvampi upasaṃharitvā purato ṭhapetabbaṃ, 『『ettha gaṇhāhī』』ti pana na vattabbā. Gahite parikkhāraṃ kaḍḍhāmīti kaḍḍhantena gantabbaṃ. Sace bhāyati purato purato gantvā 『『mā bhāyī』』ti samassāsetabbā. Sace bhāyamānā puttassa sahasā khandhe vā abhiruhati, hatthe vā gaṇhāti, na 『『apehi mahallike』』ti niddhunitabbā, thalaṃ pāpetabbā. Kaddame laggāyapi kūpe patitāyapi eseva nayo.

Tatrapi hi yottaṃ vā vatthaṃ vā pakkhipitvā hatthena gahitabhāvaṃ ñatvā uddharitabbā, natveva āmasitabbā. Na kevalañca mātugāmassa sarīrameva anāmāsaṃ, nivāsanapāvuraṇampi ābharaṇabhaṇḍampi tiṇaṇḍupakaṃ vā tāḷapaṇṇamuddikaṃ vā upādāya anāmāsameva, tañca kho nivāsanapārupanaṃ piḷandhanatthāya ṭhapitameva. Sace pana nivāsanaṃ vā pārupanaṃ vā parivattetvā cīvaratthāya pādamūle ṭhapeti vaṭṭati. Ābharaṇabhaṇḍesu pana sīsapasādhanakadantasūciādikappiyabhaṇḍaṃ 『『imaṃ bhante tumhākaṃ gaṇhathā』』ti diyyamānaṃ sipāṭikāsūciādiupakaraṇatthāya gahetabbaṃ. Suvaṇṇarajatamuttādimayaṃ pana anāmāsameva dīyyamānampi na gahetabbaṃ. Na kevalañca etāsaṃ sarīrūpagameva anāmāsaṃ, itthisaṇṭhānena kataṃ kaṭṭharūpampi dantarūpampi ayarūpampi loharūpampi tipurūpampi potthakarūpampi sabbaratanarūpampi antamaso piṭṭhamayarūpampi anāmāsameva. Paribhogatthāya pana 『『idaṃ tumhākaṃ hotū』』ti labhitvā ṭhapetvā sabbaratanamayaṃ avasesaṃ bhinditvā upakaraṇārahaṃ upakaraṇe paribhogārahaṃ paribhoge upanetuṃ vaṭṭati.

Yathā ca itthirūpakaṃ; evaṃ sattavidhampi dhaññaṃ anāmāsaṃ. Tasmā khettamajjhena gacchatā tatthajātakampi dhaññaphalaṃ na āmasantena gantabbaṃ. Sace gharadvāre vā antarāmagge vā dhaññaṃ pasāritaṃ hoti passena ca maggo atthi na maddantena gantabbaṃ. Gamanamagge asati maggaṃ adhiṭṭhāya gantabbaṃ. Antaraghare dhaññassa upari āsanaṃ paññāpetvā denti nisīdituṃ vaṭṭati. Keci āsanasālāyaṃ dhaññaṃ ākiranti, sace sakkā hoti harāpetuṃ harāpetabbaṃ, no ce ekamantaṃ dhaññaṃ amaddantena pīṭhakaṃ paññapetvā nisīditabbaṃ. Sace okāso na hoti, manussā dhaññamajjheyeva āsanaṃ paññapetvā denti, nisīditabbaṃ. Tatthajātakāni muggamāsādīni aparaṇṇānipi tālapanasādīni vā phalāni kīḷantena na āmasitabbāni. Manussehi rāsikatesupi eseva nayo. Araññe pana rukkhato patitāni phalāni 『『anupasampannānaṃ dassāmī』』ti gaṇhituṃ vaṭṭati.

1. "在被教導的情況下"——以母親的名義，母親身體被觸控。此法則同樣適用於女兒和姐妹的情況。因為母親或女兒或女性名義上都是修行的障礙。因此，即使以家庭的名義觸控"這是我的母親，這是我的女兒，這是我的姐妹"，也依然被視為輕罪。 然而，回憶佛陀的教誨時，如果看到正在流動的母親，則不應以手觸控。聰明的比丘應該將船、木板、香蕉樹幹或木材收攏。在這種情況下，若沒有，袈裟也應收攏並放在前面，但不應說"在這裡抓住"。在抓住物品時應當拿著去。如果害怕，應當向前走，並說"不要害怕"來安慰。如果在害怕的情況下，突然跳上兒子的肩膀，或用手抓住，不應說"去吧，老人"，而應當將其推開。即使抓住了，也應以同樣的方式處理。 在這裡，若知道被抓住的物品或衣物，應當將其拉起，而不是觸控。並非僅僅是女性的身體不應觸控，居住的地方、衣物的存放、首飾的儲存、草墊或竹蓆等也都不應觸控，這些都是爲了存放衣物而設定的。如果將衣物或存放物品轉移到袈裟下放置是可以的。在首飾儲存中，像是頭飾、牙籤等可愛的物品，應當說"這是你們的"並給予。黃金、白銀、珍珠等則不應觸控。並非僅僅是這些物品的身體不應觸控，女性的身體、木製品、鐵製品、各種形狀的物品、書籍、各種寶石，甚至是最底層的物品也不應觸控。爲了使用而說"這是你們的"，放下後應當分開，剩餘的應當放置在合適的地方，適合使用的物品應當放在合適的地方。 如同女性的形象；同樣，七種穀物也不應觸控。因此在田間行走時，若有穀物和果實，不應觸控而繼續前行。如果在家門口或小路上有散落的穀物，若有道路在旁邊，不應觸控而繼續前行。走路的路上不應停下而繼續前行。若在家中上方有座位，應當設定好以便坐下。有人在座位上撒穀物，若有可能應當將其收走；若不能，則應將散落的穀物放在一邊而坐下。若沒有機會，人們在穀物中設定座位並坐下。在那裡，若有小動物或其他物品，也不應觸控。人們在森林中撿拾掉落的果實，若說"我將給未被接納的人"，則應當抓住。

Muttā , maṇi, veḷuriyo, saṅkho, silā, pavāḷaṃ, rajataṃ, jātarūpaṃ, lohitaṅko, masāragallanti imesu dasasu ratanesu muttā adhotā anividdhā yathājātāva āmasituṃ vaṭṭati. Sesā anāmāsāti vadanti. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana 『『muttā dhotāpi adhotāpi anāmāsā bhaṇḍamūlatthāya ca sampaṭicchituṃ na vaṭṭati, kuṭṭharogassa bhesajjatthāya pana vaṭṭatī』』ti vuttaṃ. Antamaso jātiphalikaṃ upādāya sabbopi nīlapītādivaṇṇabhedo maṇi dhotaviddhavaṭṭito anāmāso, yathājāto pana ākaramutto pattādibhaṇḍamūlatthaṃ sampaṭicchituṃ vaṭṭatīti vutto. Sopi mahāpaccariyaṃ paṭikkhitto, pacitvā kato kācamaṇiyeveko vaṭṭatīti vutto. Veḷuriyepi maṇisadisova vinicchayo.

Saṅkho dhamanasaṅkho ca dhotaviddho ca ratanamisso anāmāso. Pānīyasaṅkho dhotopi adhotopi āmāsova sesañca añjanādibhesajjatthāyapi bhaṇḍamūlatthāyapi sampaṭicchituṃ vaṭṭati. Silā dhotaviddhā ratanasaṃyuttā muggavaṇṇāva anāmāsā. Sesā satthakanisānādiatthāya gaṇhituṃ vaṭṭati. Ettha ca ratanasaṃyuttāti suvaṇṇena saddhiṃ yojetvā pacitvā katāti vadanti. Pavāḷaṃ dhotaviddhaṃ anāmāsaṃ. Sesaṃ āmāsaṃ bhaṇḍamūlatthañca sampaṭicchituṃ vaṭṭati. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana 『『dhotampi adhotampi sabbaṃ anāmāsaṃ, na ca sampaṭicchituṃ vaṭṭatī』』ti vuttaṃ.

Rajataṃ jātarūpañca katabhaṇḍampi akatabhaṇḍampi sabbena sabbaṃ bījato paṭṭhāya anāmāsañca asampaṭicchiyañca, uttararājaputto kira suvaṇṇacetiyaṃ kāretvā mahāpadumattherassa pesesi. Thero 『『na kappatī』』ti paṭikkhipi. Cetiyaghare suvaṇṇapadumasuvaṇṇabubbuḷakādīni honti, etānipi anāmāsāni. Cetiyagharagopakā pana rūpiyachaḍḍakaṭṭhāne ṭhitā, tasmā tesaṃ keḷāpayituṃ vaṭṭatīti vuttaṃ. Kurundiyaṃ pana taṃ paṭikkhittaṃ. Suvaṇṇacetiye kacavarameva harituṃ vaṭṭatīti ettakameva anuññātaṃ. Ārakūṭalohampi jātarūpagatikameva anāmāsanti sabbaaṭṭhakathāsu vuttaṃ. Senāsanaparibhogo pana sabbakappiyo, tasmā jātarūparajatamayā sabbepi senāsanaparikkhārā āmāsā. Bhikkhūnaṃ dhammavinayavaṇṇanaṭṭhāne ratanamaṇḍape karonti phalikatthambhe ratanadāmapatimaṇḍite, tattha sabbūpakaraṇāni bhikkhūnaṃ paṭijaggituṃ vaṭṭati.

Lohitaṅkamasāragallā dhotaviddhā anāmāsā, itare āmāsā, bhaṇḍamūlatthāya vaṭṭantīti vuttā. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana 『『dhotāpi adhotāpi sabbaso anāmāsā na ca sampaṭicchituṃ vaṭṭantī』』ti vuttaṃ.

Sabbaṃ āvudhabhaṇḍaṃ anāmāsaṃ, bhaṇḍamūlatthāya dīyyamānampi na sampaṭicchitabbaṃ. Satthavaṇijjā nāma na vaṭṭati. Suddhadhanudaṇḍopi dhanujiyāpi patodopi aṅkusopi antamaso vāsipharasuādīnipi āvudhasaṅkhepena katāni anāmāsāni. Sace kenaci vihāre satti vā tomaro vā ṭhapito hoti, vihāraṃ jaggantena 『『harantū』』ti sāmikānaṃ pesetabbaṃ. Sace na haranti, taṃ acālentena vihāro paṭijaggitabbo. Yuddhabhūmiyaṃ patitaṃ asiṃ vā sattiṃ vā tomaraṃ vā disvā pāsāṇena vā kenaci vā asiṃ bhinditvā satthakatthāya gahetuṃ vaṭṭati, itarānipi viyojetvā kiñci satthakatthāya gahetuṃ vaṭṭati kiñci kattaradaṇḍādiatthāya. 『『Idaṃ gaṇhathā』』ti dīyyamānaṃ pana 『『vināsetvā kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ karissāmī』』ti sabbampi sampaṭicchituṃ vaṭṭati.

Muttā、maṇi、veḷuriyo、saṅkho、silā、pavāḷaṃ、rajataṃ、jātarūpaṃ、lohitaṅko、masāragallanti這十種寶物中，珍珠、寶石、琉璃、海螺、石頭、珊瑚、銀、金屬、紅色金屬、馬薩拉果等，若是洗凈的、未受損的，均可被接受。其他的則被視為不可接受。關於「珍珠即使洗凈或未洗凈也不應被接受，只有在治療疾病的情況下才可以接受」的說法在《大法經》中有提及。最底層的果實也被視為所有的寶石顏色分為藍色、黃色等，寶石洗凈后可接受，若是自然狀態則可被接受。此法則在《大法經》中也有提及，經過烹飪的金屬寶石可被接受。 海螺、洗凈的海螺、寶石的顏色均可被接受。飲用海螺，無論是洗凈的還是未洗凈的，均可被接受，其他如眼藥等也可用於接受。石頭洗凈后與寶石相結合，呈現出像海螺一樣的顏色，均可被接受。其他則為必要的用途。這裡提到的寶石與黃金相結合，經過烹飪后可被接受。洗凈的珊瑚也是可接受的。其他的則可被接受用於必要的用途。《大法經》中提到「無論是洗凈的還是未洗凈的，所有的寶物都不可被接受」。 銀和金屬的製品，製成的和未製成的，所有的都不應被接受，尤其是從種子開始的珍珠。北方王子曾將金色的寶塔送給大阿難尊者。尊者則拒絕了。在佛塔內，金色的蓮花、金色的果實等也都是不可接受的。佛塔的守護者在銀色的放置處，因此必須為他們提供保護。關於庫倫地的事情則被拒絕。在金色的佛塔內，只有金色的果實可以接受，僅此而已。關於鐵製品的討論也在所有的論述中提到。關於臥具的使用，所有的都是可以接受的，因此金屬和銀製的臥具均可被接受。比丘們在法教的地方設立寶座，裝飾寶座，所有的器具都應被比丘們保護。 紅色金屬和馬薩拉果洗凈后是不可接受的，其他的則是可以接受的，關於必要的用途也有提及。《大法經》中提到「洗凈的和未洗凈的所有物品都不可被接受」。 所有的器具都是不可接受的，尤其是被接受的物品。關於「聖物的交易」是不被允許的。純凈的金屬、弓箭、弓弦、鉤子等，最底層的物品也都是不可接受的。如果在某個寺院中放置了刀或箭，寺院的守護者應當要求「請帶走」。如果不帶走，則應當由寺院的守護者來保護。如果在戰場上看到掉落的刀、箭、弓等，若用石頭或其他東西打破，應當拿著去保護其他的物品。若有人說「請拿走」，則應當將所有的物品都接受。

Macchajālapakkhijālādīnipi phalakajālikādīni saraparittānānīpi sabbāni anāmāsāni. Paribhogatthāya labbhamānesu pana jālaṃ tāva 『『āsanassa vā cetiyassa vā upari bandhissāmi, chattaṃ vā veṭhessāmī』』ti gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Saraparittānaṃ sabbampi bhaṇḍamūlatthāya sampaṭicchituṃ vaṭṭati. Parūparodhanivāraṇañhi etaṃ na uparodhakaranti phalakaṃ dantakaṭṭhabhājanaṃ karissāmīti gahetuṃ vaṭṭati.

Cammavinaddhāni vīṇābheriādīni anāmāsāni. Kurundiyaṃ pana 『『bherisaṅghāṭopi vīṇāsaṅghāṭopi tucchapokkharampi mukhavaṭṭiyaṃ āropitacammampi vīṇādaṇḍakopi sabbaṃ anāmāsa』』nti vuttaṃ. Onahituṃ vā onahāpetuṃ vā vādetuṃ vā vādāpetuṃ vā na labbhatiyeva. Cetiyaṅgaṇe pūjaṃ katvā manussehi chaḍḍitaṃ disvāpi acāletvāva antarantare sammajjitabbaṃ, kacavarachaḍḍanakāle pana kacavaraniyāmeneva haritvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipituṃ vaṭṭatīti mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ. Bhaṇḍamūlatthāya sampaṭicchitumpi vaṭṭati. Paribhogatthāya labbhamānesu pana vīṇādoṇikañca bheripokkharañca dantakaṭṭhabhājanaṃ karissāma cammaṃ satthakakosakanti evaṃ tassa tassa parikkhārassa upakaraṇatthāya gahetvā tathā tathā kātuṃ vaṭṭati.

Purāṇadutiyikāvatthu uttānameva. Yakkhivatthusmiṃ sacepi paranimmitavasavattideviyā kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajjati thullaccayameva. Paṇḍakavatthu ca suttitthivatthu ca pākaṭameva. Matitthivatthusmiṃ pārājikappahonakakāle thullaccayaṃ, tato paraṃ dukkaṭaṃ. Tiracchānagatavatthusmiṃ nāgamāṇavikāyapi supaṇṇamāṇavikāyapi kinnariyāpi gāviyāpi dukkaṭameva. Dārudhītalikāvatthusmiṃ na kevalaṃ dārunā eva, antamaso cittakammalikhitepi itthirūpe dukkaṭameva.

282.Sampīḷanavatthu uttānatthameva. Saṅkamavatthusmiṃ ekapadikasaṅkamo vā hotu sakaṭamaggasaṅkamo vā, cālessāmīti payoge katamatteva cāletu vā mā vā, dukkaṭaṃ. Maggavatthu pākaṭameva. Rukkhavatthusmiṃ rukkho mahanto vā hotu mahājambuppamāṇo khuddako vā, taṃ cāletuṃ sakkotu vā mā vā, payogamattena dukkaṭaṃ. Nāvāvatthusmimpi eseva nayo. Rajjavatthusmiṃ yaṃ rajjuṃ āviñchanto ṭhānā cāletuṃ sakkoti, tattha thullaccayaṃ. Yā mahārajju hoti, īsakampi ṭhānā na calati, tattha dukkaṭaṃ. Daṇḍepi eseva nayo. Bhūmiyaṃ patitamahārukkhopi hi daṇḍaggahaṇeneva idha gahito. Pattavatthu pākaṭameva. Vandanavatthusmiṃ itthī pāde sambāhitvā vanditukāmā vāretabbā pādā vā paṭicchādetabbā, niccalena vā bhavitabbaṃ. Niccalassa hi cittena sādiyatopi anāpatti. Avasāne gahaṇavatthupākaṭamevāti.

Kāyasaṃsaggasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Duṭṭhullavācāsikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

283.Tena samayena buddho bhagavāti duṭṭhullavācāsikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha ādissāti apadisitvā. Vaṇṇampi bhaṇatītiādīni parato āvi bhavissanti. Chinnikāti chinnaottappā. Dhuttikāti saṭhā. Ahirikāyoti nillajjā . Uhasantīti sitaṃ katvā mandahasitaṃ hasanti. Ullapantīti 『『aho ayyo』』tiādinā nayena uccakaraṇiṃ nānāvidhaṃ palobhanakathaṃ kathenti. Ujjagghantīti mahāhasitaṃ hasanti. Uppaṇḍentīti 『『paṇḍako ayaṃ, nāyaṃ puriso』』tiādinā nayena parihāsaṃ karonti.

以下是完整的中文翻譯： 魚網、鳥網等，以及木板網等、箭矢防護等，這些都是不可觸控的。但是爲了使用而獲得的網，可以說"我將把它掛在座位或塔上，或者用來包裹傘"而拿取。所有的箭矢防護都可以爲了物品價值而接受。因為這是爲了防止他人傷害而不是用來傷害的，所以可以說"我將用木板做牙籤盒"而拿取。 用皮革包裹的琵琶、鼓等是不可觸控的。但在《古倫迪》中說："鼓的框架、琵琶的框架、空心的鼓身、鼓邊緣上的皮革、琵琶的琴桿，這些都是不可觸控的。"不允許覆蓋、讓人覆蓋、演奏或讓人演奏。即使看到人們在塔院做完供養后丟棄的，也不應移動，只能在間隙中清掃。但在《大註釋書》中說，在清理垃圾時，可以像處理垃圾一樣搬到一邊去。爲了物品價值也可以接受。但爲了使用而獲得的，可以說"我們將用琵琶的琴身和鼓身做牙籤盒，用皮革做剪刀套"，這樣爲了各種用具的用途而拿取並如此使用是允許的。 關於前妻的案例很清楚。在夜叉女的案例中，即使與他化自在天的天女發生身體接觸，也只是偷蘭遮罪。關於黃門和熟睡的女人的案例也很明顯。對於死去的女人，在足以構成波羅夷罪的時間內是偷蘭遮罪，之後是突吉羅罪。對於動物，無論是龍女、金翅鳥女、緊那羅女還是母牛，都是突吉羅罪。對於木製女像的案例，不僅僅是木製的，甚至是畫上的女性形象也是突吉羅罪。 282. 擠壓的案例意思很明顯。在橋的案例中，無論是單人橋還是車道橋，只要有"我要移動"的努力，無論是否真的移動，都是突吉羅罪。道路的案例很明顯。在樹的案例中，無論樹是大是小，能否真的移動它，只要有努力就是突吉羅罪。船的案例也是同樣的道理。在繩子的案例中，如果拉動繩子能使其移位，就是偷蘭遮罪。如果是大繩子，即使稍微移動也不離開原位，就是突吉羅罪。棍子的案例也是同樣的道理。即使是倒在地上的大樹，在這裡也被視為棍子。缽的案例很明顯。在禮拜的案例中，如果女人想按摩腳后禮拜，應該阻止她或遮蓋腳，或者保持不動。因為對於不動的人，即使心裡接受也不犯戒。最後，抓取的案例很明顯。 身體接觸學處的解釋結束。 3. 粗語學處的解釋 283. "那時，佛陀住在"是粗語學處。其中，"指出"是指明。"說美好的話"等內容後面會明顯。"無恥的"是指沒有慚愧心。"放蕩的"是指狡猾的。"無慚的"是指無恥的。"嬉笑"是指微笑。"調情"是指用"啊，尊者"等方式說各種誘惑的話。"大笑"是指放聲大笑。"嘲弄"是指用"這是閹人，這不是男人"等方式開玩笑。

285.Sārattoti duṭṭhullavācassādarāgena sāratto. Apekkhavā paṭibaddhacittoti vuttanayameva, kevalaṃ idha vācassādarāgo yojetabbo. Mātugāmaṃ duṭṭhullāhi vācāhīti ettha adhippetaṃ mātugāmaṃ dassento 『『mātugāmo』』tiādimāha. Tattha viññū paṭibalā subhāsitadubbhāsitaṃ duṭṭhullāduṭṭhullaṃ ājānitunti yā paṇḍitā sātthakaniratthakakathaṃ asaddhammasaddhammapaṭisaṃyuttakathañca jānituṃ paṭibalā, ayaṃ idha adhippetā. Yā pana mahallikāpi bālā elamūgā ayaṃ idha anadhippetāti dasseti.

Obhāseyyāti avabhāseyya nānāppakārakaṃ asaddhammavacanaṃ vadeyya. Yasmā panevaṃ obhāsantassa yo so obhāso nāma, so atthato ajjhācāro hoti rāgavasena abhibhavitvā saññamavelaṃ ācāro, tasmā tamatthaṃ dassento 『『obhāseyyāti ajjhācāro vuccatī』』ti āha. Yathā tanti ettha tanti nipātamattaṃ, yathā yuvā yuvatinti attho.

Dve magge ādissātiādi yenākārena obhāsato saṅghādiseso hoti, taṃ dassetuṃ vuttaṃ. Tattha dve maggeti vaccamaggañca passāvamaggañca. Sesaṃ uddese tāva pākaṭameva. Niddese pana thometīti 『『itthilakkhaṇena subhalakkhaṇena samannāgatāsī』』ti vadati, na tāva sīsaṃ eti. 『『Tava vaccamaggo ca passāvamaggo ca īdiso tena nāma īdisena itthilakkhaṇena subhalakkhaṇena samannāgatāsī』』ti vadati, sīsaṃ eti, saṅghādiseso. Vaṇṇeti pasaṃsatīti imāni pana thomanapadasseva vevacanāni.

Khuṃsetīti vācāpatodena ghaṭṭeti. Vambhetīti apasādeti. Garahatīti dosaṃ deti. Parato pana pāḷiyā āgatehi 『『animittāsī』』tiādīhi ekādasahi padehi aghaṭite sīsaṃ na eti, ghaṭitepi tesu sikharaṇīsi sambhinnāsi ubhatobyañjanāsīti imehi tīhi ghaṭiteyeva saṅghādiseso.

Dehi meti yācanāyapi ettakeneva sīsaṃ na eti, 『『methunaṃ dhammaṃ dehī』』ti evaṃ methunadhammena ghaṭite eva saṅghādiseso.

Kadā te mātā pasīdissatītiādīsu āyācanavacanesupi ettakeneva sīsaṃ na eti, 『『kadā te mātā pasīdissati, kadā te methunaṃ dhammaṃ labhissāmī』』ti vā 『『tava mātari pasannāya methunaṃ dhammaṃ labhissāmī』』ti vā ādinā pana nayena methunadhammena ghaṭiteyeva saṅghādiseso.

Kathaṃ tvaṃ sāmikassa desītiādīsu pucchāvacanesupi methunadhammanti vutteyeva saṅghādiseso, na itarathā. Evaṃ kira tvaṃ sāmikassa desīti paṭipucchāvacanesupi eseva nayo.

Ācikkhanāya puṭṭho bhaṇatīti 『『kathaṃ dadamānā sāmikassa piyā hotī』』ti evaṃ puṭṭho ācikkhati. Ettha ca 『『evaṃ dehi evaṃ dadamānā』』ti vuttepi sīsaṃ na eti. 『『Methunadhammaṃ evaṃ dehi evaṃ upanehi evaṃ methunadhammaṃ dadamānā upanayamānā piyā hotī』』tiādinā pana nayena methunadhammena ghaṭiteyeva saṅghādiseso. Anusāsanīvacanesupi eseva nayo.

Akkosaniddese – animittāsīti nimittarahitāsi, kuñcikapaṇālimattameva tava dakasotanti vuttaṃ hoti.

1. "充滿慾望"是指對粗語充滿貪慾。"有期待、心繫"的含義如前所述,只是這裡應當與對語言的貪慾相連。"對女人說粗語"中,爲了說明所指的女人,他說"女人"等。其中,"有智慧能分辨善語惡語、粗語非粗語"是指那些聰明的、能分辨有意義和無意義的話、非法和正法相關的話的女人,這裡指的是這種女人。而那些雖然年長但愚蠢、啞巴,這裡不是指這種女人。 "調戲"是指說各種非法的話。因為這樣調戲的人,所謂的調戲實際上是不當行為,是被慾望壓倒而超越克制界限的行為,所以爲了說明這個意思,他說"調戲是指不當行為"。"如同"中的"同"只是虛詞,意思是"如同年輕人對年輕女子"。 "指兩個通道"等是爲了說明以何種方式調戲會構成僧殘罪。其中,"兩個通道"是指大便道和小便道。其餘在摘要中已經很清楚了。在解釋中,"讚美"是說"你具備女性特徵、美好特徵",這還不構成犯戒。如果說"你的大便道和小便道是這樣的,因此你具備如此這般的女性特徵、美好特徵",這就構成犯戒,是僧殘罪。"稱讚"、"讚揚"這些是"讚美"的同義詞。 "侮辱"是用言語刺激。"輕視"是貶低。"責罵"是指出過錯。後面經文中出現的"你沒有性特徵"等十一個詞,如果不與之結合,不構成犯戒;即使結合,只有與"你有兩個性器官"、"你有混合的性器官"、"你有兩種性別"這三個結合才構成僧殘罪。 "給我"這樣的請求本身不構成犯戒,只有"給我性交"這樣與性交結合才構成僧殘罪。 "你母親何時會同意"等請求的話語本身也不構成犯戒,只有"你母親何時會同意,我何時能得到與你性交"或"在你母親同意時我能得到與你性交"等方式與性交結合才構成僧殘罪。 "你如何給你丈夫"等詢問的話語,只有說到"性交"才構成僧殘罪,否則不構成。"據說你是這樣給你丈夫的"這樣的反問也是同樣的道理。 "被問及而解釋"是指被問"如何給丈夫才會受寵愛"而解釋。這裡即使說"這樣給,這樣給就會"也不構成犯戒。只有"這樣給性交,這樣提供性交,這樣給予提供性交就會受寵愛"等方式與性交結合才構成僧殘罪。在教導的話語中也是同樣的道理。 在辱罵的解釋中 - "你沒有性特徵"是指你沒有性器官,意思是說你只有如鑰匙孔般的尿道。

Nimittamattāsīti tava itthinimittaṃ aparipuṇṇaṃ saññāmattamevāti vuttaṃ hoti. Alohitāti sukkhasotā. Dhuvalohitāti niccalohitā kilinnadakasotā. Dhuvacoḷāti niccapakkhittāṇicoḷā, sadā āṇicoḷakaṃ sevasīti vuttaṃ hoti. Paggharantīti savantī; sadā te muttaṃ savatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Sikharaṇīti bahinikkhantaāṇimaṃsā. Itthipaṇḍakāti animittāva vuccati. Vepurisikāti samassudāṭhikā purisarūpā itthī. Sambhinnāti sambhinnavaccamaggapassāvamaggā. Ubhatobyañjanāti itthinimittena ca purisanimittena cāti ubhohi byañjanehi samannāgatā.

Imesu ca pana ekādasasu padesu sikharaṇīsi sambhinnāsi ubhatobyañjanāsīti imāniyeva tīṇi padāni suddhāni sīsaṃ enti. Iti imāni ca tīṇi purimāni ca vaccamaggapassāvamaggamethunadhammapadāni tīṇīti cha padāni suddhāni āpattikarāni. Sesāni animittātiādīni 『『animitte methunadhammaṃ me dehī』』ti vā 『『animittāsi methunadhammaṃ me dehī』』ti vā ādinā nayena methunadhammena ghaṭitāneva āpattikarāni hontīti veditabbāni.

1. Idāni yvāyaṃ otiṇṇo vipariṇatena cittena obhāsati, tassa vaccamaggapassāvamagge ādissa etesaṃ vaṇṇabhaṇanādīnaṃ vasena vitthārato āpattibhedaṃ dassento 『『itthī ca hoti itthisaññī』』tiādimāha. Tesaṃ attho kāyasaṃsagge vuttanayeneva veditabbo.

Ayaṃ pana viseso – adhakkhakanti akkhakato paṭṭhāya adho. Ubbhajāṇumaṇḍala jāṇumaṇḍalato paṭṭhāya uddhaṃ. Ubbhakkhakanti akkhakato paṭṭhāya uddhaṃ. Adho jāṇumaṇḍalanti jāṇumaṇḍalato paṭṭhāya adho. Akkhakaṃ pana jāṇumaṇḍalañca ettheva dukkaṭakkhette saṅgahaṃ gacchanti bhikkhuniyā kāyasaṃsagge viya. Na hi buddhā garukāpattiṃ sāvasesaṃ paññapentīti. Kāyappaṭibaddhanti vatthaṃ vā pupphaṃ vā ābharaṇaṃ vā.

287.Atthapurekkhārassāti animittātiādīnaṃ padānaṃ atthaṃ kathentassa, aṭṭhakathaṃ vā sajjhāyaṃ karontassa.

Dhammapurekkhārassāti pāḷiṃ vācentassa vā sajjhāyantassa vā. Evaṃ atthañca dhammañca purakkhatvā bhaṇantassa atthapurekkhārassa ca dhammapurekkhārassa ca anāpatti.

Anusāsanipurekkhārassāti 『『idānipi animittāsi ubhattobyañjanāsi appamādaṃ idāni kareyyāsi, yathā āyatimpi evarūpā na hohisī』』ti evaṃ anusiṭṭhiṃ purakkhatvā bhaṇantassa anusāsanipurekkhārassa anāpatti. Yo pana bhikkhunīnaṃ pāḷiṃ vācento pakativācanāmaggaṃ pahāya hasanto hasanto 『『sikharaṇīsi sambhinnāsi ubhatobyañjanāsī』』ti punappunaṃ bhaṇati, tassa āpattiyeva. Ummattakassa anāpatti. Idha ādikammiko udāyitthero, tassa anāpatti ādikammikassāti.

Padabhājanīyavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Samuṭṭhānādīsu idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ tisamuṭṭhānaṃ kāyacittato vācācittato kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti, kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ , sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, dvivedananti.

1. Vinītavatthūsu lohitavatthusmiṃ so bhikkhu itthiyā lohitakaṃ nimittaṃ sandhāyāha – itarā na aññāsi, tasmā dukkaṭaṃ.

Kakkasalomanti rassalomehi bahulomaṃ. Ākiṇṇalomanti jaṭitalomaṃ. Kharalomanti thaddhalomaṃ. Dīghalomanti arassalomaṃ. Sabbaṃ itthinimittameva sandhāya vuttaṃ.

以下是完整的中文翻譯： "性特徵不完全"是指你的女性特徵不完整,只是一個標記而已。"無血"是指乾燥的通道。"常有血"是指經常有血,濕潤的通道。"常有布"是指經常放置布條,意思是說你總是使用布條。"流出"是指流淌,意思是說你總是尿液流出。"外突"是指外部突出的肉。"女人黃門"是指沒有性特徵。"似男人"是指有鬍鬚和鬍子的男性外貌的女人。"混合"是指大小便道混合。"兩性人"是指具有女性特徵和男性特徵兩種標誌。 在這十一個詞中,只有"外突"、"混合"、"兩性人"這三個詞單獨使用就構成犯戒。因此,這三個詞和前面的大便道、小便道、性交這三個詞,共六個詞單獨使用就會導致犯戒。其餘的"無性特徵"等詞,只有"給我無性特徵的性交"或"你無性特徵,給我性交"等方式與性交結合才會導致犯戒,應當理解。 286. 現在,爲了詳細說明那個墮落者以變異的心調戲時,指出大小便道,通過這些稱讚等方式所構成的犯戒區別,他說"是女人,認為是女人"等。這些的含義應當按照身體接觸中所說的方式理解。 這裡有一些區別:"腋下"是指從腋下往下。"膝蓋以上"是指從膝蓋往上。"腋上"是指從腋下往上。"膝蓋以下"是指從膝蓋往下。腋下和膝蓋本身包括在輕罪範圍內,就像對比丘尼身體接觸一樣。因為佛陀不會制定有餘地的重罪。"身體相連"是指衣服、花或裝飾品。 287. "以義為先"是指解釋"無性特徵"等詞的含義,或者誦讀註釋。 "以法為先"是指教授或誦讀經文。這樣以義和法為先而說的人,以義為先和以法為先的人不犯戒。 "以教導為先"是指"你現在也是無性特徵,是兩性人,現在應當謹慎,以免將來也變成這樣"這樣以教導為先而說的人不犯戒。但是如果有人在教授比丘尼經文時,放棄正常的教學方式,一邊笑一邊反覆說"你外突,你混合,你兩性人",這樣的人是犯戒的。瘋狂的人不犯戒。這裡的初犯者是優陀夷長老,他作為初犯者不犯戒。 詞義解釋完畢。 在起源等方面,這條學處有三種起源,從身體和心理、語言和心理、身語心三方面產生,是作為,以認知解脫,有意識的,世間所譴責的,身業,語業,不善心,兩種感受。 288. 在已被教導的案例中,關於血的案例,那個比丘是指女人的血腥特徵而說的 - 另一方不理解,所以是輕罪。 "粗硬毛"是指短而多的毛。"雜亂毛"是指纏結的毛。"堅硬毛"是指僵硬的毛。"長毛"是指不短的毛。所有這些都是指女性特徵而說的。

289.Vāpitaṃ kho teti asaddhammaṃ sandhāyāha, sā asallakkhetvā no ca kho paṭivuttanti āha. Paṭivuttaṃ nāma udakavappe bījehi appatiṭṭhitokāse pāṇakehi vināsitabīje vā okāse puna bījaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā udakena āsittaṃ, thalavappe visamapatitānaṃ vā bījānaṃ samakaraṇatthāya puna aṭṭhadantakena samīkataṃ, tesu aññataraṃ sandhāya esā āha.

Maggavatthusmiṃ maggo saṃsīdatīti aṅgajātamaggaṃ sandhāyāha. Sesaṃ uttānamevāti.

Duṭṭhullavācāsikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Attakāmapāricariyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

290.Tena samayena buddho bhagavāti attakāmasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha kulūpakoti kulapayirupāsanako catunnaṃ paccayānaṃ atthāya kulūpasaṅkamane niccappayutto.

Cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāranti cīvarañca piṇḍapātañca senāsanañca gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārañca. Gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāranti cettha patikaraṇatthena paccayo, yassa kassaci sappāyassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Bhisakkassa kammaṃ tena anuññātattāti bhesajjaṃ. Gilānapaccayova bhesajjaṃ gilānapaccayabhesajjaṃ, yaṃkiñci gilānassa sappāyaṃ bhisakkakammaṃ telamadhuphāṇitādīti vuttaṃ hoti. Parikkhāroti pana 『『sattahi nagaraparikkhārehi suparikkhataṃ hotī』』tiādīsu (a. ni. 7.67) parivāro vuccati. 『『Ratho sīsaparikkhāro jhānakkho cakkavīriyo』』tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 5.4) alaṅkāro. 『『Ye cime pabbajitena jīvitaparikkhārā samudānetabbā』』tiādīsu (ro. ni. 1.1.191) sambhāro. Idha pana sambhāropi parivāropi vaṭṭati. Tañhi gilānapaccayabhesajjaṃ jīvitassa parivāropi hoti jīvitavināsakābādhuppattiyā antaraṃ adatvā rakkhaṇato, sambhāropi yathā ciraṃ pavattati evamassa kāraṇabhāvato, tasmā parikkhāroti vuccati. Evaṃ gilānapaccayabhesajjañca taṃ parikkhāro cāti gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāro, taṃ gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāranti evamattho daṭṭhabbo.

Vasalanti hīnaṃ lāmakaṃ. Atha vā vassatīti vasalo, paggharatīti attho, taṃ vasalaṃ, asucipaggharaṇakanti vuttaṃ hoti. Niṭṭhuhitvāti kheḷaṃ pātetvā.

Kassāhaṃ kena hāyāmīti ahaṃ kassā aññissā itthiyā kena bhogena vā alaṅkārena vā rūpena vā parihāyāmi, kā nāma mayā uttaritarāti dīpeti.

1. "你已經播種了"是指非法行為而說的,她沒有理解就說"但是沒有重新播種"。"重新播種"是指在水田里種子未能立足的地方或被蟲子破壞種子的地方,重新放置種子並澆水;在旱田里,爲了使不均勻落下的種子均勻,用八齒耙重新整平。她指的是這些中的一種。 在道路的案例中,"道路下陷"是指性器官的通道。其餘的很明顯。 粗語學處的解釋結束。
2. 自愛服侍學處的解釋
3. "那時,佛陀住在"是自愛學處。其中,"常去施主家的"是指爲了四種必需品而經常去施主家拜訪的人。 "衣服、飲食、住處、病人所需藥品"是指衣服和飲食和住處和病人所需藥品。這裡"病人所需藥品"中,"所需"是指爲了治療,是任何適合的代名詞。"藥品"是指醫生的工作,因為被允許使用。"病人所需"就是藥品,病人所需藥品,是指任何適合病人的醫療工作,如油、蜂蜜、糖漿等。"必需品"在"以七種城市必需品很好地裝備"等句中指隨從。在"車是頭部的裝飾,禪定是軸,精進是輪"等句中指裝飾。在"出家人應當準備這些生活必需品"等句中指資具。這裡資具和隨從都可以。因為那個病人所需藥品是生命的隨從,因為它通過不給疾病產生的機會而保護生命;也是資具,因為它是長期維持的原因,所以稱為必需品。這樣,病人所需藥品和它的必需品就是病人所需藥品必需品,應當這樣理解其含義。 "卑賤的"是指低劣的、下等的。或者,"流出"是卑賤,意思是流淌,那個卑賤的,是指不凈物流出。"吐"是指吐出唾液。 "我比誰差什麼"是指我比其他哪個女人在哪種享受或裝飾或容貌上差,有誰比我更優秀呢,這樣表示。

291.Santiketi upacāre ṭhatvā sāmantā avidūre, padabhājanepi ayamevaattho dīpito . Attakāmapāricariyāyāti methunadhammasaṅkhātena kāmena pāricariyā kāmapāricariyā. Attano atthāya kāmapāricariyā attakāmapāricariyā, attanā vā kāmitā icchitāti attakāmā, sayaṃ methunarāgavasena patthitāti attho. Attakāmā ca sā pāricariyā cāti attakāmapāricariyā, tassā attakāmapāricariyāya. Vaṇṇaṃ bhāseyyāti guṇaṃ ānisaṃsaṃ pakāseyya.

Tatra yasmā 『『attano atthāya kāmapāricariyā』』ti imasmiṃ atthavikappe kāmo ceva hetu ca pāricariyā ca attho, sesaṃ byañjanaṃ. 『『Attakāmā ca sā pāricariyā cāti attakāmapāricariyā』』ti imasmiṃ atthavikappe adhippāyo ceva pāricariyā cāti attho, sesaṃ byañjanaṃ. Tasmā byañjane ādaraṃ akatvā atthamattameva dassetuṃ 『『attano kāmaṃ attano hetuṃ attano adhippāyaṃ attano pāricariya』』nti padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ. 『『Attano kāmaṃ attano hetuṃ attano pāricariya』』nti hi vutte jānissanti paṇḍitā 『『ettāvatā attano atthāya kāmapāricariyā vuttā』』ti. 『『Attano adhippāyaṃ attano pāricariya』』nti vuttepi jānissanti 『『ettāvatā attanā icchitakāmitaṭṭhena attakāmapāricariyā vuttā』』ti.

Idāni tassā attakāmapāricariyāya vaṇṇabhāsanākāraṃ dassento 『『etadagga』』ntiādimāha. Taṃ uddesatopi niddesatopi uttānatthameva. Ayaṃ panettha padasambandho ca āpattivinicchayo ca – etadaggaṃ…pe… paricareyyāti yā mādisaṃ sīlavantaṃ kalyāṇadhammaṃ brahmacāriṃ etena dhammena paricareyya, tassā evaṃ mādisaṃ paricarantiyā yā ayaṃ pāricariyā nāma, etadaggaṃ pāricariyānanti.

Methunupasaṃhitena saṅghādisesoti evaṃ attakāmapāricariyāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanto ca methunupasaṃhitena methunadhammapaṭisaṃyutteneva vacanena yo bhāseyya, tassa saṅghādisesoti.

Idhāni yasmā methunupasaṃhiteneva bhāsantassa saṅghādiseso vutto, tasmā 『『ahampi khattiyo, tvampi khattiyā, arahati khattiyā khattiyassa dātuṃ samajātikattā』』ti evamādīhi vacanehi pāricariyāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāsamānassāpi saṅghādiseso natthi. 『『Ahampi khattiyo』』tiādike pana bahūpi pariyāye vatvā 『『arahasi tvaṃ mayhaṃ methunadhammaṃ dātu』』nti evaṃ methunappaṭisaṃyutteneva bhāsamānassa saṅghādisesoti.

Itthīca hotītiādi pubbe vuttanayameva. Idha udāyitthero ādikammiko, tassa anāpatti ādikammikassāti.

Samuṭṭhānādi sabbaṃ duṭṭhullavācāsadisaṃ. Vinītavatthūni uttānatthānevāti.

Attakāmapāricariyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Sañcarittasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

296.Tenasamayena buddho bhagavāti sañcarittaṃ. Tattha paṇḍitāti paṇḍiccena samannāgatā gatimantā. Byattāti veyyattiyena samannāgatā, upāyena samannāgatā upāyaññū visāradā. Medhāvinīti medhāya samannāgatā, diṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhaṃ karoti. Dakkhāti chekā. Analasāti uṭṭhānavīriyasampannā. Channāti anucchavikā.

Kismiṃ viyāti kicchaṃ viya kileso viya, hiri viya amhākaṃ hotīti adhippāyo. Kumārikāya vattunti 『『imaṃ tumhe gaṇhathā』』ti kumārikāya kāraṇā vattuṃ.

Āvāhādīsu āvāhoti dārakassa parakulato dārikāya āharaṇaṃ. Vivāhoti attano dārikāya parakulapesanaṃ. Vāreyyanti 『『detha no dārakassa dārika』』nti yācanaṃ, divasanakkhattamuhuttaparicchedakaraṇaṃ vā.

1. "在安靜的地方"是指在近處的地方,在詞義上也是如此。自愛的服侍是指以性慾為基礎的慾望的服侍。爲了自己的利益的慾望的服侍是自愛的服侍,是因自己所欲而產生的慾望。自愛的人是指自己因性慾而渴望的意思。自愛的服侍也就是自愛的服侍,是指這一自愛的服侍。要表達美德和利益。 在這裡,因為"爲了自己的利益的慾望的服侍"中,在這個意義上,慾望和原因以及服侍的意思,其餘是修飾語。"自愛的服侍"中,在這個意義上,意圖和服侍的意思,其餘是修飾語。因此,爲了不在修飾語中表現出尊重,僅僅展示意義,所以說"爲了自己的慾望、爲了自己的原因、爲了自己的意圖、爲了自己的服侍"。因為說"爲了自己的慾望、爲了自己的原因、爲了自己的服侍"時,聰明人會知道"到此為止,爲了自己的利益的慾望的服侍被說出"。"爲了自己的意圖、爲了自己的服侍"時,也會知道"到此為止,因自己所欲而產生的慾望的服侍被說出"。 現在,爲了說明自愛的服侍的美德,他說"這是最優"等。這在摘要和解釋中都是顯而易見的。這其中的詞義關係和犯戒的區別是 - "這是最優"……等……為這樣的有德行、良好品質的修行者服務,因此這樣的服務稱為"這是最優的服侍"。 "與性相關的"是指這樣自愛的服侍。而且,在與性相關的服侍中,如果有人僅僅用與性相關的詞語來說話,那麼這就是犯戒。 在這裡,因為提到與性相關的,所以說"我也是王族,你也是王族,王族之間應當互相給予"等這樣的說法,即使是在描述服侍的情況下,也沒有犯戒。"我也是王族"等這樣的說法,在許多情況下,如果說"你應當給我性"等與性相關的表述,那麼這就是犯戒。 "是女人"等之前所說的內容。在這裡,優陀夷長老是初犯者,因此不犯戒。 關於起源等的所有內容都與粗語相似。對於已被教導的內容也是顯而易見的。 自愛的服侍學處的解釋結束。
2. 行為學處的解釋
3. "那時,佛陀住在"是指行為。這裡的"聰明人"是指具備智慧的、有方向感的人。"聰明"是指具備應變能力、熟練掌握方法的人。"聰慧"是指具備智慧的人,能夠看清事物。"有能力"是指有能力的人。"不懈"是指勤奮的人。"隱蔽"是指不顯露的。 "在何處"是指像困難一樣,像煩惱一樣,像羞愧一樣,這是指我們的意思。關於少女的行為,是指"你們應該抓住這個"是爲了少女的緣故進行的。 在婚姻中,是指從家庭中引入的女孩。"婚姻"是指自己的女孩被引入到家庭中。"請求"是指"給我們女孩"的請求,是指在特定的時間和星宿下進行的請求。

297.Purāṇagaṇakiyāti ekassa gaṇakassa bhariyāya, sā tasmiṃ jīvamāne gaṇakīti paññāyittha, mate pana purāṇagaṇakīti saṅkhaṃ gatā. Tirogāmoti bahigāmo, añño gāmoti adhippāyo. Manussāti udāyissa imaṃ sañcarittakamme yuttapayuttabhāvaṃ jānanakamanussā.

Suṇisabhogenāti yena bhogena suṇisā bhuñjitabbā hoti randhāpanapacāpanapaavesanādinā, tena bhuñjiṃsu. Tato aparena dāsibhogenāti māsātikkame yena bhogena dāsī bhuñjitabbā hoti khettakammakacavarachaḍḍanaudakāharaṇādinā, tena bhuñjiṃsu. Duggatāti daliddā, yattha vā gatā duggatā hoti tādisaṃ kulaṃ gatā. Māyyo imaṃ kumārikanti mā ayyo imaṃ kumārikaṃ. Āhārūpahāroti āhāro ca upahāro ca gahaṇañca dānañca, na amhehi kiñci āhaṭaṃ na upāhaṭaṃ tayā saddhiṃ kayavikkayo vohāro amhākaṃ natthīti dīpenti. Samaṇena bhavitabbaṃ abyāvaṭena, samaṇo assa susamaṇoti samaṇena nāma īdisesu kammesu abyāvaṭena abyāpārena bhavitabbaṃ, evaṃ bhavanto hi samaṇo susamaṇo assāti, evaṃ naṃ apasādetvā 『『gaccha tvaṃ na mayaṃ taṃ jānāmā』』ti āhaṃsu.

298.Sajjitoti sabbūpakaraṇasampanno maṇḍitapasādhito vā.

300.Dhuttāti itthidhuttā. Paricārentāti manāpiyesu rūpādīsu ito cito ca samantā indriyāni cārentā, kīḷantā abhiramantāti vuttaṃ hoti. Abbhutamakaṃsūti yadi karissati tvaṃ ettakaṃ jito, yadi na karissati ahaṃ ettakanti paṇamakaṃsu. Bhikkhūnaṃ pana abbhutaṃ kātuṃ na vaṭṭati. Yo karoti parājitena dātabbanti mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ.

Kathañhi nāma ayyo udāyī taṅkhaṇikanti ettha taṅkhaṇoti acirakālo vuccati. Taṅkhaṇikanti acirakālādhikārikaṃ.

1. "古代的計算者"是指一個計算者的妻子,她在他活著的時候被稱為計算者,但在他去世后被稱為古代的計算者。"外村"是指偏遠的村莊,意指其他村莊。"人"是指知道優劣關係的人。 "通過享樂"是指通過某種享樂來享受,如烹飪、調味、引入等，因此他們享用了。之後,通過奴隸的享樂是指在一個月之後,通過某種享樂來享用,如耕作、打理、取水等，因此他們享用了。"貧窮"是指貧困的地方,或者去到貧困的地方的人。 "不應稱呼這位少女"是指"不應稱呼這位少女"。 "食物、飲食"是指食物和飲食的獲取、施捨等,並不是我們所獲得的,也不是我們與她之間的任何交易。因此表明,應當以無私的方式與修行者相處,修行者應當在這些事情上保持無私、無爭的態度,這樣的人才是真正的修行者。於是,他們就說"你走吧,我們不認識你"。
2. "裝飾"是指配備齊全的所有工具和裝飾。
3. "壞人"是指被女人驅使的人。"侍奉"是指在可愛的事物中,如色相等,四處遊走、玩耍、享受的意思。 "如果你能做到,那麼我就會這樣做,如果你不能做到,那麼我就會這樣做"是指對比丘而言,做出驚人的行為是不合適的。 "誰做了,就應當給予"是指說到大施捨。 "那麼,尊敬的優陀夷,你說的那一刻"這裡的"那一刻"是指短暫的時間。"短暫"是指短暫的時間的權利。

301.Sañcarittaṃ samāpajjeyyāti sañcaraṇabhāvaṃ samāpajjeyya. Yasmā pana taṃ samāpajjantena kenaci pesitena katthaci gantabbaṃ hoti, parato ca 『『itthiyā vā purisamati』』nti ādivacanato idha itthipurisā adhippetā, tasmā tamatthaṃ dassetuṃ 『『itthiyā vā pahito purisassa santike gacchati, purisena vā pahito itthiyā santike gacchatī』』ti evamassa padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ. Itthiyā vā purisamatiṃ purisassa vā itthimatinti ettha āroceyyāti pāṭhaseso daṭṭhabbo, tenevassa padabhājane 『『purisassa matiṃ itthiyā āroceti, itthiyā matiṃ purisassa ārocetī』』ti vuttaṃ.

Idāni yadatthaṃ taṃ tesaṃ matiṃ adhippāyaṃ ajjhāsayaṃ chandaṃ ruciṃ āroceti, taṃ dassento 『『jāyattane vā jārattane vā』』tiādimāha. Tattha jāyattaneti jāyābhāve. Jārattaneti jārabhāve. Purisassa hi matiṃ itthiyā ārocento jāyattane āroceti, itthiyā matiṃ purisassa ārocento jārattane āroceti; apica purisasseva matiṃ itthiyā ārocento jāyattane vā āroceti nibaddhabhariyābhāve, jārattane vā micchācārabhāve. Yasmā panetaṃ ārocentena 『『tvaṃ kirassa jāyā bhavissasī』』tiādi vattabbaṃ hoti, tasmā taṃ vattabbatākāraṃ dassetuṃ 『『jāyattane vāti jāyā bhavissasi, jārattane vāti jārī bhavissasī』』ti assa padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ. Eteneva ca upāyena itthiyā matiṃ purisassa ārocanepi pati bhavissasi, sāmiko bhavissasi, jāro bhavissasīti vattabbatākāro veditabbo.

Antamaso taṅkhaṇikāyapīti sabbantimena paricchedena yā ayaṃ taṅkhaṇe muhuttamatte paṭisaṃvasitabbato taṅkhaṇikāti vuccati, muhuttikāti attho. Tassāpi 『『muhuttikā bhavissasī』』ti evaṃ purisamatiṃ ārocentassa saṅghādiseso. Etenevupāyena 『『muhuttiko bhavissasī』』ti evaṃ purisassa itthimatiṃ ārocentopi saṅghādisesaṃ āpajjatīti veditabbo.

1. "應當進行行為"是指應當達到行為的狀態。然而,在進行時,因任何人被派遣而必須去某處,所以從外部的"或是女人或是男人"的說法中,這裡指的是女人和男人。因此,爲了說明這一點,說"被女人派遣的人去男人那裡,或被男人派遣的人去女人那裡"。這裡的"女人或是男人"是指應當說明的內容。因此,在此處的表達為"男人的行為由女人來說明,女人的行為由男人來說明"。 現在,爲了說明他們的意圖、心思、願望和喜好,說"在婚姻中或在情感中"。其中"婚姻"是指婚姻的存在。"情感"是指情感的存在。因為男人的行為由女人來說明時,是在婚姻中說明的,而女人的行為由男人來說明時,是在情感中說明的;此外,即便是男人的行為由女人來說明時,也可能是在婚姻或錯誤行為的狀態下。因此,因為在這種情況下,會說"你將會成為他的妻子"等,所以爲了說明這一點,說"在婚姻中你將會成為妻子,在情感中你將會成為情人"。通過這種方式,女人的行為也可以由男人來說明,因此會成為丈夫、妻子、情人等角色。 "至少在那一刻"是指在短暫的時間內,在某一特定的時刻被稱為短暫的,而"短暫"是指短暫的時間的意思。對於"短暫"的情況,可以說"你將會成為短暫的"。

2. Idāni 『『itthiyā vā purisamati』』nti ettha adhippetā itthiyo pabhedato dassetvā tāsu sañcarittavasena āpattibhedaṃ dassetuṃ 『『dasa itthiyo』』tiādimāha. Tattha māturakkhitāti mātarā rakkhitā. Yathā purisena saṃvāsaṃ na kappeti, evaṃ mātarā rakkhitā, tenassa padabhājanepi vuttaṃ – 『『mātā rakkhati gopeti issariyaṃ kāreti vasaṃ vattetī』』ti. Tattha rakkhatīti katthaci gantuṃ na deti. Gopetīti yathā aññe na passanti, evaṃ guttaṭṭhāne ṭhapeti. Issariyaṃ kāretīti serivihāramassā nisedhentī abhibhavitvā pavattati. Vasaṃ vattetīti 『『idaṃ karohi, idaṃ mā akāsī』』ti evaṃ attano vasaṃ tassā upari vatteti. Etenupāyena piturakkhitādayopi ñātabbā. Gottaṃ vā dhammo vā na rakkhati, sagottehi pana sahadhammikehi ca ekaṃ satthāraṃ uddissa pabbajitehi ekagaṇapariyāpannehi ca rakkhitā 『『gottarakkhitā dhammarakkhitā』』ti vuccati, tasmā tesaṃ padānaṃ 『『sagottā rakkhantī』』tiādinā nayena padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ.

Saha ārakkhenāti sārakkhā. Saha paridaṇḍenāti saparidaṇḍā. Tāsaṃ niddesā pākaṭāva. Imāsu dasasu pacchimānaṃ dvinnameva purisantaraṃ gacchantīnaṃ micchācāro hoti, na itarāsaṃ.

Dhanakkītādīsu appena vā bahunā vā dhanena kītā dhanakkītā. Yasmā pana sā na kītamattā eva saṃvāsatthāya pana kītattā bhariyā, tasmāssa niddese dhanena kiṇitvā vāsetīti vuttaṃ.

Chandena attano ruciyā vasatīti chandavāsinī. Yasmā pana sā na attano chandamatteneva bhariyā hoti purisena pana sampaṭicchitattā, tasmāssa niddese 『『piyo piyaṃ vāsetī』』ti vuttaṃ.

Bhogena vasatīti bhogavāsinī. Udukkhalamusalādigharūpakaraṇaṃ labhitvā bhariyābhāvaṃ gacchantiyā janapaditthiyā etaṃ adhivacanaṃ.

Paṭena vasatīti paṭavāsinī. Nivāsanamattampi pāvuraṇamattampi labhitvā bhariyābhāvaṃ upagacchantiyā dalidditthiyā etaṃ adhivacanaṃ.

Odapattakinīti ubhinnaṃ ekissā udakapātiyā hatthe otāretvā 『『idaṃ udakaṃ viya saṃsaṭṭhā abhejjā hothā』』ti vatvā pariggahitāya vohāranāmametaṃ, niddesepissa 『『tāya saha udakapattaṃ āmasitvā taṃ vāsetī』』ti evamattho veditabbo.

Obhaṭaṃ oropitaṃ cumbaṭamassāti obhaṭacumbaṭā, kaṭṭhahārikādīnaṃ aññatarā, yassā sīsato cumbaṭaṃ oropetvā ghare vāseti, tassā etaṃ adhivacanaṃ.

Dāsī cāti attanoyeva dāsī ca hoti bhariyā ca.

Kammakārī nāma gehe bhatiyā kammaṃ karoti, tāya saddhiṃ koci gharāvāsaṃ kappeti attano bhariyāya anatthiko hutvā. Ayaṃ vuccati 『『kammakārī ca bhariyā cā』』ti.

Dhajena āhaṭā dhajāhaṭā, ussitaddhajāya senāya gantvā paravisayaṃ vilumpitvā ānītāti vuttaṃ hoti, taṃ koci bhariyaṃ karoti, ayaṃ dhajāhaṭā nāma. Muhuttikā vuttanayāeva, etāsaṃ dasannampi purisantaragamane micchācāro hoti. Purisānaṃ pana vīsatiyāpi etāsu micchācāro hoti, bhikkhuno ca sañcarittaṃ hotīti.

1. 現在,爲了說明"女人或男人的行為"中所指的女人的種類,並說明在這些女人中通過行為而產生的犯戒區別,他說"十種女人"等。其中,"受母親保護的"是指被母親保護的。就像不允許與男人同居一樣,被母親保護,因此在其解釋中也說:"母親保護、看守、行使權力、控制"。其中,"保護"是指不允許去任何地方。"看守"是指將她安置在其他人看不到的安全地方。"行使權力"是指通過禁止她自由行動來控制她。"控制"是指通過"做這個,不要做那個"等方式來控制她。通過這種方式,也可以理解受父親保護等。姓氏或法律不能保護,但被同姓氏的人或同法的人,或者被爲了同一位導師而出家的人,或者屬於同一團體的人所保護的,被稱為"受姓氏保護的"或"受法律保護的",因此對這些詞的解釋是以"同姓氏的人保護"等方式進行的。 "有保護"是指有保護。"有懲罰"是指有懲罰。這些的解釋是明顯的。在這十種女人中,只有最後兩種如果與其他男人發生關係才構成邪淫,其他的則不構成。 在用錢買來的等情況中,用少量或大量錢買來的是用錢買來的。因為她不僅僅是被買來的,而是爲了同居而被買來的妻子,所以在其解釋中說"用錢買來讓她居住"。 "自願居住的"是指按自己的意願居住的。因為她不僅僅是因自己的意願而成為妻子,而是因為被男人接受,所以在其解釋中說"喜歡的人讓喜歡的人居住"。 "因財富而居住的"是指因財富而居住的。這是指那些獲得臼、杵等家庭用具而成為妻子的鄉村女子的代稱。 "因衣服而居住的"是指因衣服而居住的。這是指那些獲得一件內衣或外衣而成為妻子的貧窮女子的代稱。 "水瓢妻"是指兩人將手放入一個水瓢中,說"像這水一樣混合,不可分離",然後被接受的妻子的俗稱。在其解釋中應理解為"與她一起觸控水瓢,然後讓她居住"。 "被取下頭巾的"是指頭上的頭巾被取下的,是指某些挑柴女等,她的頭巾被取下後讓她在家中居住,這是她的代稱。 "既是奴隸又是"是指她既是自己的奴隸又是妻子。 "工人"是指在家中受僱工作的人,有人與她同居成家,而不需要自己的妻子。這被稱為"既是工人又是妻子"。 "被旗幟帶來的"是指被旗幟帶來的,意思是說舉起旗幟的軍隊前往敵國掠奪后帶回來的,有人將她作為妻子,這就是所謂的"被旗幟帶來的"。"臨時的"如前所述,這十種女人如果與其他男人發生關係都構成邪淫。對於男人來說,與這二十種女人發生關係都構成邪淫,對於比丘來說則構成行為。

2. Idāni puriso bhikkhuṃ pahiṇatītiādīsu paṭiggaṇhātīti so bhikkhu tassa purisassa 『『gaccha, bhante, itthannāmaṃ māturakkhitaṃ brūhi, hohi kira itthannāmassa bhariyā dhanakkītā』』ti evaṃ vuttavacanaṃ 『『sādhu upāsakā』』ti vā 『『hotū』』ti vā 『『ārocessāmī』』ti vā yena kenaci ākārena vacībhedaṃ katvā vā sīsakampanādīhi vā sampaṭicchati. Vīmaṃsatīti evaṃ paṭiggaṇhitvā tassā itthiyā santikaṃ gantvā taṃ sāsanaṃ āroceti. Paccāharatīti tena ārocite sā itthī 『『sādhū』』ti sampaṭicchatu vā paṭikkhipatu vā lajjāya vā tuṇhī hotu, puna āgantvā tassa purisassa taṃ pavattiṃ āroceti.

Ettāvatā imāya paṭiggahaṇārocanapaccāharaṇasaṅkhātāya tivaṅgasampattiyā saṅghādiseso hoti. Sā pana tassa bhariyā hotu vā mā vā, akāraṇametaṃ. Sace pana so māturakkhitāya santikaṃ pesito taṃ adisvā tassā mātuyā taṃ sāsanaṃ āroceti, bahiddhā vimaṭṭhaṃ nāma hoti, tasmā visaṅketanti mahāpadumatthero āha. Mahāsumatthero pana mātā vā hotu pitā vā antamaso gehadāsīpi añño vāpi yo koci taṃ kiriyaṃ sampādessati, tassa vuttepi vimaṭṭhaṃ nāma na hoti, tivaṅgasampattikāle āpattiyeva.

Nanu yathā 『『buddhaṃ paccakkhāmī』』ti vattukāmo virajjhitvā 『『dhammaṃ paccakkhāmī』』ti vadeyya paccakkhātāvassa sikkhā. Yathā vā 『『paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjāmī』』ti vattukāmo virajjhitvā 『『dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjāmī』』ti vadeyya āpannovassa pārājikaṃ. Evaṃsampadamidanti āha. Taṃ panetaṃ 『『paṭiggaṇhāti, antevāsiṃ vīmaṃsāpetvā attanā paccāharati, āpatti saṅghādisesassā』』ti iminā sameti, tasmā subhāsitaṃ.

Yathā ca 『『māturakkhitaṃ brūhī』』ti vuttassa gantvā tassā ārocetuṃ samatthānaṃ mātādīnampi vadato visaṅketo natthi, evameva 『『hohi kira itthannāmassa bhariyā dhanakkītā』』ti vattabbe 『『hohi kira itthannāmassa bhariyā chandavāsinī』』ti evaṃ pāḷiyaṃ vuttesu chandavāsiniādīsu vacanesu aññataravasena vā avuttesupi 『『hohi kira itthannāmassa bhariyā jāyā pajāpati puttamātā gharaṇī gharasāminī bhattarandhikā sussūsikā paricārikā』』tievamādīsu saṃvāsaparidīpakesu vacanesu aññataravasena vā vadantassāpi visaṅketo natthi tivaṅgasampattiyā āpattiyeva. 『『Māturakkhitaṃ brūhī』』ti pesitassa pana gantvā aññāsu piturakkhitādīsu aññataraṃ vadantassa visaṅketaṃ. Esa nayo 『『piturakkhitaṃ brūhī』』tiādīsupi.

Kevalañhettha ekamūlakadumūlakādivasena 『『purisassa mātā bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati, māturakkhitāya mātā bhikkhuṃ pahiṇatī』』ti evamādīnaṃ mūlaṭṭhānañca vasena peyyālabhedoyeva viseso . Sopi pubbe vuttanayattā pāḷianusāreneva sakkā jānitunti nāssa vibhāgaṃ dassetuṃ ādaraṃ karimha.

1. 現在,關於"男人派遣比丘"等情況,他"接受"是指那個比丘通過"好的,居士"或"可以"或"我會告訴她"等任何方式,用語言或點頭等方式接受那個男人說的"尊者,去告訴某某受母親保護的女人,成為某某的用錢買來的妻子吧"等話。"調查"是指這樣接受后,去那個女人那裡告訴她那個訊息。"帶回"是指在告訴后,無論那個女人說"好"接受,還是拒絕,或因羞愧而保持沉默,他再回來告訴那個男人情況。 通過這樣接受、告知、帶回這三個步驟的完成,就構成僧殘罪。至於她是否真的成為他的妻子,這並不重要。但是,如果他被派去受母親保護的女人那裡,沒有見到她而告訴她的母親那個訊息,這就是所謂的"外部詢問",因此大蓮花長老說這是不符合約定的。但是大善長老說,無論是母親還是父親,甚至是家裡的女僕或任何其他人,只要能完成那個行為,告訴他們也不算是"外部詢問",在三個步驟完成時就犯戒。 難道不是像想說"我捨棄佛"卻錯誤地說"我捨棄法",他的學處也被捨棄了嗎?或者像想說"我進入初禪"卻錯誤地說"我進入二禪",他也犯了波羅夷罪嗎?他說這是同樣的情況。但這與"他接受,讓弟子調查后自己帶回,犯僧殘罪"這句話一致,所以說得好。 就像被告知"告訴受母親保護的女人"的人,去告訴她的母親等能夠告訴她的人也不算不符合約定,同樣,在應該說"成為某某的用錢買來的妻子吧"時,說"成為某某的自願居住的妻子吧"等經文中提到的自願居住等詞中的任何一個,或者即使沒有提到這些,說"成為某某的妻子、配偶、子女之母、家庭主婦、家庭女主人、做飯的人、服侍的人、照顧的人"等表示同居的詞中的任何一個,也不算不符合約定,在三個步驟完成時就犯戒。但是被派去"告訴受母親保護的女人"的人,去告訴其他受父親保護等女人中的任何一個,就是不符合約定的。這個原則在"告訴受父親保護的女人"等情況中也是一樣的。 這裡只是通過單根、雙根等方式,"男人的母親派遣比丘,受母親保護的女人的母親派遣比丘"等根源地的區別,以及重複的區別。這些因為前面已經說過,按照經文就可以知道,所以我們沒有特別注意去顯示它的區別。

2. Paṭiggaṇhātītiādīsu pana dvīsu catukkesu paṭhamacatukke ādipadena tivaṅgasampattiyā saṅghādiseso, majjhe dvīhi duvaṅgasampattiyā thullaccayaṃ, ante ekena ekaṅgasampattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dutiyacatukke ādipadena duvaṅgasampattiyā thullaccayaṃ, majjhe dvīhi ekaṅgasampattiyā dukkaṭaṃ, ante ekena aṅgābhāvato anāpatti. Tattha paṭiggaṇhātīti āṇāpakassa sāsanaṃ paṭiggaṇhāti. Vīmaṃsatīti pahitaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā taṃ āroceti. Paccāharatīti puna āgantvā mūlaṭṭhassa āroceti.

Na paccāharatīti ārocetvā ettova pakkamati. Paṭiggaṇhāti na vīmaṃsatīti purisena 『『itthannāmaṃ gantvā brūhī』』ti vuccamāno 『『sādhū』』ti tassa sāsanaṃ paṭiggaṇhitvā taṃ pamussitvā vā appamussitvā vā aññena karaṇīyena tassā santikaṃ gantvā kiñcideva kathaṃ kathento nisīdati, ettāvatā 『『paṭiggaṇhāti na vīmaṃsati nāmā』』ti vuccati. Atha naṃ sā itthī sayameva vadati 『『tumhākaṃ kira upaṭṭhāko maṃ gehe kātukāmo』』ti evaṃ vatvā ca 『『ahaṃ tassa bhariyā bhavissāmī』』ti vā 『『na bhavissāmī』』ti vā vadati. So tassā vacanaṃ anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tuṇhībhūtova uṭṭhāyāsanā tassa purisassa santikaṃ āgantvā taṃ pavattiṃ āroceti, ettāvatā 『『na vīmaṃsati paccāharati nāmā』』ti vuccati. Na vīmaṃsati na paccāharatīti kevalaṃ sāsanārocanakāle paṭiggaṇhātiyeva, itaraṃ pana dvayaṃ na karoti.

Na paṭiggaṇhāti vīmaṃsati paccāharatīti koci puriso bhikkhussa ṭhitaṭṭhāne vā nisinnaṭṭhāne vā tathārūpiṃ kathaṃ katheti, bhikkhu tena appahitopi pahito viya hutvā itthiyā santikaṃ gantvā 『『hohi kira itthannāmassa bhariyā』』tiādinā nayena vīmaṃsitvā tassā ruciṃ vā aruciṃ vā puna āgantvā imassa āroceti. Teneva nayena vīmaṃsitvā apaccāharanto 『『na paṭiggaṇhāti vīmaṃsati na paccāharatī』』ti vuccati. Teneva nayena gato avīmaṃsitvā tāya samuṭṭhāpitaṃ kathaṃ sutvā paṭhamacatukkassa tatiyapade vuttanayena āgantvā imassa ārocento 『『na paṭiggaṇhāti na vīmaṃsati paccāharatī』』ti vuccati. Catutthapadaṃ pākaṭameva.

1. 在"接受"等兩個四組中,第一個四組的第一項,由於三個步驟的完成而構成僧殘罪,中間兩項由於兩個步驟的完成而構成偷蘭遮罪,最後一項由於一個步驟的完成而構成突吉羅罪。第二個四組的第一項,由於兩個步驟的完成而構成偷蘭遮罪,中間兩項由於一個步驟的完成而構成突吉羅罪,最後一項由於沒有任何步驟而不構成犯戒。其中,"接受"是指接受指示者的指示。"調查"是指去到被派去的地方並告知。"帶回"是指再次回來告知原來的人。 "不帶回"是指告知后就離開了。"接受但不調查"是指當被男人說"去告訴某某"時,說"好的"接受了他的指示,但忘記了或沒忘記,因其他事務去了她那裡,只是坐著說了些別的話,這就被稱為"接受但不調查"。然後那個女人自己說"聽說你的施主想讓我成為他的妻子",這樣說后,她說"我會成為他的妻子"或"我不會成為他的妻子"。他既不贊同也不反對她的話,保持沉默起身離開,來到那個男人那裡告知情況,這就被稱為"不調查但帶回"。"不調查不帶回"是指僅在被告知指示時接受,但其他兩個步驟都不做。 "不接受但調查帶回"是指某個男人在比丘站立或坐著的地方說了類似的話,比丘雖然沒有被派遣,但表現得像被派遣一樣去了女人那裡,以"成為某某的妻子吧"等方式調查,然後再回來告知她的同意或不同意。按照同樣的方式調查但不帶回的,被稱為"不接受但調查不帶回"。按照同樣的方式去了但不調查,聽到她提起的話,按照第一個四組的第三項所說的方式回來告知這個人的,被稱為"不接受不調查但帶回"。第四項是明顯的。

Sambahule bhikkhū āṇāpetītiādinayā pākaṭāyeva. Yathā pana sambahulāpi ekavatthumhi āpajjanti, evaṃ ekassapi sambahulavatthūsu sambahulā āpattiyo veditabbā. Kathaṃ? Puriso bhikkhuṃ āṇāpeti 『『gaccha, bhante, asukasmiṃ nāma pāsāde saṭṭhimattā vā sattatimattā vā itthiyo ṭhitā tā vadehi, hotha kira itthannāmassa bhariyāyo』』ti. So sampaṭicchitvā tattha gantvā ārocetvā puna taṃ sāsanaṃ paccāharati. Yattakā itthiyo tattakā āpattiyo āpajjati. Vuttañhetaṃ parivārepi –

『『Padavītihāramattena, vācāya bhaṇitena ca;

Sabbāni garukāni sappaṭikammāni;

Catusaṭṭhi āpattiyo āpajjeyya ekato;

Pañhāmesā kusalehi cintitā』』ti. (pari. 480);

Imaṃ kira atthavasaṃ paṭicca ayaṃ pañho vutto. Vacanasiliṭṭhatāya cettha 『『catusaṭṭhi āpattiyo』』ti vuttaṃ. Evaṃ karonto pana satampi sahassampi āpajjatīti. Yathā ca ekena pesitassa ekassa sambahulāsu itthīsu sambahulā āpattiyo, evaṃ eko puriso sambahule bhikkhū ekissā santikaṃ peseti, sabbesaṃ saṅghādiseso. Eko sambahule bhikkhū sambahulānaṃ itthīnaṃ santikaṃ peseti, itthigaṇanāya saṅghādisesā. Sambahulā purisā ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ ekissā santikaṃ pesenti, purisagaṇanāya saṅghādisesā. Sambahulā ekaṃ sambahulānaṃ itthīnaṃ santikaṃ pesenti, vatthugaṇanāya saṅghādisesā. Sambahulā sambahule ekissā santikaṃ pesenti, vatthugaṇanāya saṅghādisesā. Sambahulā purisā sambahule bhikkhū sambahulānaṃ itthīnaṃ santikaṃ pesenti, vatthugaṇanāya saṅghādisesā. Esa nayo 『『ekā itthī ekaṃ bhikkhu』』ntiādīsupi. Ettha ca sabhāgavibhāgatā nāma appamāṇaṃ, mātāpitunampi pañcasahadhammikānampi sañcarittakammaṃ karontassa āpattiyeva.

Purisobhikkhuṃ āṇāpeti gaccha bhanteti catukkaṃ aṅgavasena āpattibheda dassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Tassa pacchimapade antevāsī vīmaṃsitvā bahiddhā paccāharatīti āgantvā ācariyassa anārocetvā ettova gantvā tassa purisassa āroceti. Āpatti ubhinnaṃ thullaccayassāti ācariyassa paṭiggahitattā ca vīmaṃsāpitattā ca dvīhaṅgehi thullaccayaṃ, antevāsikassa vīmaṃsitattā ca paccāhaṭattā ca dvīhaṅgehi thullaccayaṃ. Sesaṃ pākaṭameva.

339.Gacchanto sampādetīti paṭiggaṇhāti ceva vīmaṃsati ca. Āgacchanto visaṃvādetīti na paccāharati. Gacchanto visaṃvādetīti na paṭiggaṇhāti. Āgacchanto sampādetīti vīmaṃsati ceva paccāharati ca. Evaṃ ubhayattha dvīhaṅgehi thullaccayaṃ. Tatiyapade āpatti, catutthe anāpatti.

"派遣多位比丘"等的方式是明顯的。就像多人在一個事件中犯戒一樣,一個人在多個事件中也可能犯多次戒,這是應該知道的。怎麼說呢?一個男人吩咐比丘說:"尊者,請去某某宮殿,那裡有六七十位女子,告訴她們成為某某的妻子吧。"他接受後去那裡告知,然後帶回訊息。有多少女子就犯多少次戒。這在《附隨》中也說: "僅僅通過腳步的移動,以及話語的說出; 所有的重罪都是可懺悔的; 一次可能犯六十四次戒; 這是智者思考的問題。" 據說這個問題是基於這個意義而說的。爲了語言的流暢,這裡說"六十四次戒"。但是這樣做的人可能犯一百次或一千次戒。就像一個人被派遣去多位女子那裡會犯多次戒一樣,一個男人派遣多位比丘去一位女子那裡,所有比丘都犯僧殘罪。一個人派遣多位比丘去多位女子那裡,按女子的數量計算僧殘罪。多個男人派遣一位比丘去一位女子那裡,按男人的數量計算僧殘罪。多人派遣一人去多位女子那裡,按事件的數量計算僧殘罪。多人派遣多人去一位女子那裡,按事件的數量計算僧殘罪。多個男人派遣多位比丘去多位女子那裡,按事件的數量計算僧殘罪。這個原則在"一位女子一位比丘"等情況中也是一樣的。在這裡,同類的區別是無關緊要的,即使為父母或五種同法者做媒,也是犯戒。 "男人吩咐比丘說'尊者,請去'"這個四組是爲了說明根據要素的犯戒區別而說的。在最後一項中,"弟子調查后在外帶回"是指來了后不告訴老師,而是直接去告訴那個男人。"兩人都犯偷蘭遮罪"是指老師因為接受和讓人調查這兩個要素而犯偷蘭遮罪,弟子因為調查和帶回這兩個要素而犯偷蘭遮罪。其餘的是明顯的。 339. "去時完成"是指既接受又調查。"來時違背"是指不帶回。"去時違背"是指不接受。"來時完成"是指既調查又帶回。這樣在兩種情況下都因為兩個要素而犯偷蘭遮罪。第三項犯戒,第四項不犯戒。

340.Anāpatti saṅghassa vā cetiyassa vā gilānassa vā karaṇīyena gacchati ummattakassa ādikammikassāti ettha bhikkhusaṅghassa uposathāgāraṃ vā kiñci vā vippakataṃ hoti. Tattha kārukānaṃ bhattavetanatthāya upāsako vā upāsikāya santikaṃ bhikkhuṃ pahiṇeyya, uṃpāsikā vā upāsakassa, evarūpena saṅghassa karaṇīyena gacchantassa anāpatti. Cetiyakamme kayiramānepi eseva nayo. Gilānassa bhesajjatthāyapi upāsakena vā upāsikāya santikaṃ upāsikāya vā upāsakassa santikaṃ pahitassa gacchato anāpatti. Ummattakaādikammikā vuttanayā eva.

Padabhājanīyavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Samuṭṭhānādīsu idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ chasamuṭṭhānaṃ, sīsukkhipanādinā kāyavikārena sāsanaṃ gahetvā gantvā hatthamuddāya vīmaṃsitvā puna āgantvā hatthamuddāya eva ārocentassa kāyato samuṭṭhāti. Āsanasālāya nisinnassa 『『itthannāmā āgamissati, tassā cittaṃ jāneyyāthā』』ti kenaci vutte 『『sādhū』』ti sampaṭicchitvā taṃ āgataṃ vatvā tassā gatāya puna tasmiṃ purise āgate ārocentassa vācato samuṭṭhāti. Vācāya 『『sādhū』』ti sāsanaṃ gahetvā aññena karaṇīyena tassā gharaṃ gantvā aññattha vā gamanakāle taṃ disvā vacībhedeneva vīmaṃsitvā puna aññeneva karaṇīyena tato apakkamma kadācideva taṃ purisaṃ disvā ārocentassāpi vācatova samuṭṭhāti. Paṇṇattiṃ ajānantassa pana khīṇāsavassāpi kāyavācato samuṭṭhāti. Kathaṃ? Sace hissa mātāpitaro kujjhitvā alaṃvacanīyā honti, tañca bhikkhuṃ gharaṃ upagataṃ therapitā vadati 『『mātā te tāta maṃ mahallakaṃ chaḍḍetvā ñātikulaṃ gatā, gaccha taṃ maṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ pesehī』』ti. So ce gantvā taṃ vatvā puna pituno tassā āgamanaṃ vā anāgamanaṃ vā āroceti, saṅghādiseso. Imāni tīṇi acittakasamuṭṭhānāni.

Paṇṇattiṃ pana jānitvā eteheva tīhi nayehi sañcarittaṃ samāpajjato kāyacittato vācācittato kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti. Imāni tīṇi paṇṇattijānanacittena sacittakasamuṭṭhānāni. Kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, kusalādivasena cettha tīṇi cittāni, sukhādivasena tisso vedanāti.

1. Vinītavatthūsu ādito vatthupañcake paṭiggahitamattattā dukkaṭaṃ.

Kalahavatthusmiṃ sammodanīyaṃ akāsīti taṃ saññāpetvā puna gehagamanīyaṃ

Akāsi. Nālaṃvacanīyāti na pariccattāti attho. Yā hi yathā yathā yesu yesu janapadesu pariccattā pariccattāva hoti, bhariyābhāvaṃ atikkamati, ayaṃ 『『alaṃvacanīyā』』ti vuccati. Esā pana na alaṃvacanīyā kenacideva kāraṇena kalahaṃ katvā gatā, tenevettha bhagavā 『『anāpattī』』ti āha. Yasmā pana kāyasaṃsagge yakkhiyā thullaccayaṃ vuttaṃ, tasmā duṭṭhullādīsupi yakkhipetiyo thullaccayavatthumevāti veditabbā. Aṭṭhakathāsu panetaṃ na vicāritaṃ. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānatthamevāti.

Sañcarittasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Kuṭikārasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

2. 不犯戒的情況是指去做某事時,無論是針對僧團、聖地、病人等,比丘僧團的安居堂或其他地方都是可以的。在那裡,爲了給工匠支付伙食費,可以派比丘去見居士或居士去見比丘,這種情況下是沒有犯戒的。即使在聖地的工作中也是如此。爲了給病人提供藥物,可以派居士去見居士或居士去見比丘,這種情況下也是沒有犯戒的。關於精神病患者等情況也是如此。 關於腳步的解釋已經結束。 在因緣等方面,這個戒律有六種因緣,通過身體的動作,帶著教義去到那裡,舉手調查后再回來,通過舉手告知的方式產生因緣。坐在座堂里的時候,如果有人說"某某會來,你應該知道她的心意",在聽到"好的"後接受了,然後再去告知她來的人,通過語言產生因緣。通過語言"好的"而接受教義,然後以其他方式去她的家,在前往或路上見到她,通過語言的差異進行調查后,再以其他方式離開,偶爾見到那個人告知的也通過語言產生因緣。對於不知道規定的人,即使是已經滅盡的阿羅漢也會通過身體和語言產生因緣。怎麼說呢?如果他的父母生氣而不該說的話,而那位比丘進入家中后,長者說"母親啊,我的孩子,我已經拋棄了年邁的你,去往親族那裡,去吧,去照顧她"。如果他去告訴她這些話,再告知父親她的來臨或不來臨,這就構成僧殘罪。這是三種無心產生的因緣。 而如果知道這些,通過這三種方式的行為,會從身體、心、語言的角度產生因緣。這是三種有心產生的因緣。行為、非覺知解脫、規定的無關、身體的行為、語言的行為,在這裡有三種心,以及快樂等方面的三種感覺。

3. 在適當的情況下,由於只接受了物品的緣故,構成偷蘭遮罪。 在爭吵的情況下,被稱為可調和的,再回家時; 不該說的意思是指不該放棄的。實際上,在各個地方,放棄的事情都是放棄的,超越了妻子的身份,這被稱為"不該放棄"。然而,因某種原因爭吵而離開的人,因此在這裡佛陀說"不犯戒"。因為在身體接觸中,說到惡行的重罪,因此在惡行等方面也應理解為重罪。關於這一點在註釋中沒有討論。其餘的在各處都是顯而易見的。 關於行為的戒律解釋已經結束。
4. 小屋建築的戒律解釋。

342.Tena samayenāti kuṭikārasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha āḷavakāti āḷaviraṭṭhe jātā dārakā āḷavakā nāma, te pabbajitakālepi 『『āḷavakā』』tveva paññāyiṃsu. Te sandhāya vuttaṃ 『『āḷavakā bhikkhū』』ti. Saññācikāyoti sayaṃ yācitvā gahitūpakaraṇāyo. Kārāpentīti karontipi kārāpentipi, te kira sāsane vipassanādhurañca ganthadhurañcāti dvepi dhurāni chaḍḍetvā navakammameva dhuraṃ katvā paggaṇhiṃsu. Assāmikāyoti anissarāyo, kāretā dāyakena virahitāyoti attho. Attuddesikāyoti attānaṃ uddissa attano atthāya āraddhāyoti attho. Appamāṇikāyoti 『『ettakena niṭṭhaṃ gacchissantī』』ti evaṃ aparicchinnappamāṇāyo, vuddhippamāṇāyo vā mahantappamāṇāyoti attho.

Yācanā eva bahulā etesaṃ mandaṃ aññaṃ kammanti yācanabahulā. Evaṃ viññattibahulā veditabbā. Atthato panettha nānākaraṇaṃ natthi, anekakkhattuṃ 『『purisaṃ detha, purisatthakaraṃ dethā』』ti yācantānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tattha mūlacchejjāya purisaṃ yācituṃ na vaṭṭati, sahāyatthāya kammakaraṇatthāya 『『purisaṃ dethā』』ti yācituṃ vaṭṭati. Purisatthakaranti purisena kātabbaṃ hatthakammaṃ vuccati, taṃ yācituṃ vaṭṭati. Hatthakammaṃ nāma kiñci vatthu na hoti, tasmā ṭhapetvā migaluddakamacchabandhakādīnaṃ sakakammaṃ avasesaṃ sabbaṃ kappiyaṃ. 『『Kiṃ, bhante, āgatattha kena kamma』』nti pucchite vā apucchite vā yācituṃ vaṭṭati, viññattipaccayā doso natthi. Tasmā migaluddakādayo sakakammaṃ na yācitabbā, 『『hatthakammaṃ dethā』』ti aniyametvāpi na yācitabbā; evaṃ yācitā hi te 『『sādhu, bhante』』ti bhikkhū uyyojetvā migepi māretvā āhareyyuṃ. Niyametvā pana 『『vihāre kiñci kattabbaṃ atthi, tattha hatthakammaṃ dethā』』ti yācitabbā. Phālanaṅgalādīni upakaraṇāni gahetvā kasituṃ vā vapituṃ vā lāyituṃ vā gacchantaṃ sakiccapasutampi kassakaṃ vā aññaṃ vā kiñci hatthakammaṃ yācituṃ vaṭṭateva. Yo pana vighāsādo vā añño vā koci nikkammo niratthakakathaṃ kathento niddāyanto vā viharati, evarūpaṃ ayācitvāpi 『『ehi re idaṃ vā idaṃ vā karohī』』ti yadicchakaṃ kārāpetuṃ vaṭṭati.

Hatthakammassa pana sabbakappiyabhāvadīpanatthaṃ imaṃ nayaṃ kathenti. Sace hi bhikkhu pāsādaṃ kāretukāmo hoti, thambhatthāya pāsāṇakoṭṭakānaṃ gharaṃ gantvā vattabbaṃ 『『hatthakammaṃ laddhuṃ vaṭṭati upāsakā』』ti. Kiṃ kātabbaṃ, bhante,ti? Pāsāṇatthambhā uddharitvā dātabbāti. Sace te uddharitvā vā denti, uddharitvā nikkhitte attano thambhe vā denti, vaṭṭati. Athāpi vadanti – 『『amhākaṃ, bhante, hatthakammaṃ kātuṃ khaṇo natthi, aññaṃ uddharāpetha, tassa mūlaṃ dassāmā』』ti uddharāpetvā 『『pāsāṇatthambhe uddhaṭamanussānaṃ mūlaṃ dethā』』ti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Etenevupāyena pāsādadārūnaṃ atthāya vaḍḍhakīnaṃ santikaṃ iṭṭhakatthāya iṭṭhakavaḍḍhakīnaṃ chadanatthāya gehacchādakānaṃ cittakammatthāya cittakārānanti yena yena attho hoti, tassa tassa atthāya tesaṃ tesaṃ sippakārakānaṃ santikaṃ gantvā hatthakammaṃ yācituṃ vaṭṭati. Hatthakammayācanavasena ca mūlacchejjāya vā bhattavetanānuppadānena vā laddhampi sabbaṃ gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Araññato āharāpentena ca sabbaṃ anajjhāvutthakaṃ āharāpetabbaṃ.

1. "那時"是指小屋建築的戒律。其中,"阿拉維比丘"是指在阿拉維國出生的孩子們,他們被稱為阿拉維人,即使出家后也被稱為"阿拉維人"。這裡指的就是他們。"自己乞求"是指自己乞求獲得的用品。"建造"是指自己建造或讓他人建造,據說他們拋棄了佛法中的觀察和學習兩種責任,只把建造新房作為責任。"無主的"是指沒有主人的,意思是沒有施主的。"為自己"是指爲了自己而開始的。"無限量的"是指沒有確定"要建到這麼大"的限度,或者是指越來越大的規模。 "多乞求"是指他們經常乞求,很少做其他事情。同樣地,"多索取"也應這樣理解。實際上,這裡沒有什麼區別,這是指多次請求"給我人力,給我人工"的代稱。其中,不允許爲了徹底完成而請求人力,但爲了幫助或工作而說"給我人力"是允許的。"人工"是指由人完成的手工,允許請求這個。手工不是指某種特定的東西,因此除了獵人、漁夫等人的本職工作外,其他一切都是允許的。無論是否被問到"尊者,你來做什麼工作",都可以請求,因為索取不會造成過錯。因此,不應向獵人等人請求他們的本職工作,也不應不明確地請求"給我手工";因為這樣請求,他們可能會說"好的,尊者",然後殺死野獸帶來。但可以明確地說"寺院裡有些事情要做,請給我那裡的手工"。即使是拿著犁等工具去耕種、播種或收割的農民或其他人,也可以請求他們做一些手工。但是,如果是吃剩飯的人或其他無所事事、說無意義話或睡覺的人,即使不請求也可以隨意讓他們做"喂,你來做這個或那個"。 爲了說明手工的全面允許性,他們講述了這個方法。如果比丘想建造一座宮殿,爲了柱子可以去石匠家說"居士們,可以得到手工嗎?"。"尊者,要做什麼?"。"應該挖出石柱給我"。如果他們挖出來給,或者給已經挖出放置的自己的柱子,都是允許的。如果他們說"尊者,我們沒有時間做手工,請讓別人挖,我們會給錢",那麼可以說"請給挖石柱的人錢"。用同樣的方法,爲了宮殿的木材可以去木匠那裡,爲了磚可以去磚匠那裡,爲了屋頂可以去蓋房頂的人那裡,爲了繪畫可以去畫家那裡,無論需要什麼,都可以去相應的工匠那裡請求手工。通過請求手工,無論是通過徹底完成還是通過提供食物和工資獲得的,都可以接受。從森林裡帶來的,應該帶來所有未被佔用的東西。

Na kevalañca pāsādaṃ kāretukāmena mañcapīṭhapattaparissāvanadhamakarakacīvarādīni kārāpetukāmenāpi dārulohasuttādīni labhitvā te te sippakārake upasaṅkamitvā vuttanayeneva hatthakammaṃ yācitabbaṃ. Hatthakammayācanavasena ca mūlacchejjāya vā bhattavetanānuppadānena vā laddhampi sabbaṃ gahetabbaṃ. Sace pana kātuṃ na icchanti, bhattavetanaṃ paccāsīsanti, akappiyakahāpaṇādi na dātabbaṃ. Bhikkhācāravattena taṇḍulādīni pariyesitvā dātuṃ vaṭṭati.

Hatthakammavasena pattaṃ kāretvā tatheva pācetvā navapakkassa pattassa puñchanatelatthāya antogāmaṃ paviṭṭhena 『『bhikkhāya āgato』』ti sallakkhetvā yāguyā vā bhatte vā ānīte hatthena patto pidhātabbo. Sace upāsikā 『『kiṃ, bhante』』ti pucchati, 『『navapakko patto puñchanatelena attho』』ti vattabbaṃ. Sace sā 『『dehi, bhante』』ti pattaṃ gahetvā telena puñchitvā yāguyā vā bhattassa vā pūretvā deti, viññatti nāma na hoti, gahetuṃ vaṭṭatīti.

Bhikkhū pageva piṇḍāya caritvā āsanasālaṃ gantvā āsanaṃ apassantā tiṭṭhanti. Tatra ce upāsakā bhikkhū ṭhite disvā sayameva āsanāni āharāpenti, nisīditvā gacchantehi āpucchitvā gantabbaṃ. Anāpucchā gatānampi naṭṭhaṃ gīvā na hoti, āpucchitvā gamanaṃ pana vattaṃ. Sace bhikkhūhi 『『āsanāni āharathā』』ti vuttehi āhaṭāni honti, āpucchitvāva gantabbaṃ. Anāpucchā gatānaṃ vattabhedo ca naṭṭhañca gīvāti. Attharaṇakojavādīsupi eseva nayo.

Makkhikāyo bahukā honti, 『『makkhikābījaniṃ āharathā』』ti vattabbaṃ. Pucimandasākhādīni āharanti, kappiyaṃ kārāpetvā paṭiggahetabbāni. Āsanasālāya udakabhājanaṃ rittaṃ hoti, 『『dhamakaraṇaṃ gaṇhā』』ti na vattabbaṃ. Dhamakarakañhi rittabhājane pakkhipanto bhindeyya 『『nadiṃ vā taḷākaṃ vā gantvā pana udakaṃ āharā』』ti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. 『『Gehato āharā』』ti neva vattuṃ vaṭṭati, na āhaṭaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Āsanasālāyaṃ vā araññake vā bhattakiccaṃ karontehi tatthajātakaṃ anajjhāvutthakaṃ yaṃkiñci uttaribhaṅgārahaṃ pattaṃ vā phalaṃ vā sace kiñci kammaṃ karontaṃ āharāpeti, hatthakammavasena āharāpetvā paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Alajjīhi pana bhikkhūhi vā sāmaṇerehi vā hatthakammaṃ na kāretabbaṃ. Ayaṃ tāva purisatthakare nayo.

Goṇaṃ pana aññātakaappavāritaṭṭhānato āharāpetuṃ na vaṭṭati, āharāpentassa dukkaṭaṃ. Ñātipavāritaṭṭhānatopi mūlacchejjāya yācituṃ na vaṭṭati, tāvakālikanayena sabbattha vaṭṭati. Evaṃ āharāpitañca goṇaṃ rakkhitvā jaggitvā sāmikā paṭicchāpetabbā. Sacassa pādo vā siṅgaṃ vā bhijjati vā nassati vā sāmikā ce sampaṭicchanti, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce sampaṭicchanti, gīvā hoti. Sace 『『tumhākaṃyeva demā』』ti vadanti na sampaṭicchitabbaṃ. 『『Vihārassa demā』』ti vutte pana 『『ārāmikānaṃ ācikkhatha jagganatthāyā』』ti vattabbaṃ.

Na kevalañca pāsādaṃ kāretukāmena mañcapīṭhapattaparissāvanadhamakarakacīvarādīni kārāpetukāmenāpi dārulohasuttādīni labhitvā te te sippakārake upasaṅkamitvā vuttanayeneva hatthakammaṃ yācitabbaṃ. Hatthakammayācanavasena ca mūlacchejjāya vā bhattavetanānuppadānena vā laddhampi sabbaṃ gahetabbaṃ. Sace pana kātuṃ na icchanti, bhattavetanaṃ paccāsīsanti, akappiyakahāpaṇādi na dātabbaṃ. Bhikkhācāravattena taṇḍulādīni pariyesitvā dātuṃ vaṭṭati. Hatthakammavasena pattaṃ kāretvā tatheva pācetvā navapakkassa pattassa puñchanatelatthāya antogāmaṃ paviṭṭhena 『『bhikkhāya āgato』』ti sallakkhetvā yāguyā vā bhatte vā ānīte hatthena patto pidhātabbo. Sace upāsikā 『『kiṃ, bhante』』ti pucchati, 『『navapakko patto puñchanatelena attho』』ti vattabbaṃ. Sace sā 『『dehi, bhante』』ti pattaṃ gahetvā telena puñchitvā yāguyā vā bhattassa vā pūretvā deti, viññatti nāma na hoti, gahetuṃ vaṭṭatīti. Bhikkhū pageva piṇḍāya caritvā āsanasālaṃ gantvā āsanaṃ apassantā tiṭṭhanti. Tatra ce upāsakā bhikkhū ṭhite disvā sayameva āsanāni āharāpenti, nisīditvā gacchantehi āpucchitvā gantabbaṃ. Anāpucchā gatānampi naṭṭhaṃ gīvā na hoti, āpucchitvā gamanaṃ pana vattaṃ. Sace bhikkhūhi 『『āsanāni āharathā』』ti vuttehi āhaṭāni honti, āpucchitvāva gantabbaṃ. Anāpucchā gatānaṃ vattabhedo ca naṭṭhañca gīvāti. Attharaṇakojavādīsupi eseva nayo. Makkhikāyo bahukā honti, 『『makkhikābījaniṃ āharathā』』ti vattabbaṃ. Pucimandasākhādīni āharanti, kappiyaṃ kārāpetvā paṭiggahetabbāni. Āsanasālāya udakabhājanaṃ rittaṃ hoti, 『『dhamakaraṇaṃ gaṇhā』』ti na vattabbaṃ. Dhamakarakañhi rittabhājane pakkhipanto bhindeyya 『『nadiṃ vā taḷākaṃ vā gantvā pana udakaṃ āharā』』ti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. 『『Gehato āharā』』ti neva vattuṃ vaṭṭati, na āhaṭaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Āsanasālāyaṃ vā araññake vā bhattakiccaṃ karontehi tatthajātakaṃ anajjhāvutthakaṃ yaṃkiñci uttaribhaṅgārahaṃ pattaṃ vā phalaṃ vā sace kiñci kammaṃ karontaṃ āharāpeti, hatthakammavasena āharāpetvā paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Alajjīhi pana bhikkhūhi vā sāmaṇerehi vā hatthakammaṃ na kāretabbaṃ. Ayaṃ tāva purisatthakare nayo. Goṇaṃ pana aññātakaappavāritaṭṭhānato āharāpetuṃ na vaṭṭati, āharāpentassa dukkaṭaṃ. Ñātipavāritaṭṭhānatopi mūlacchejjāya yācituṃ na vaṭṭati, tāvakālikanayena sabbattha vaṭṭati. Evaṃ āharāpitañca goṇaṃ rakkhitvā jaggitvā sāmikā paṭicchāpetabbā. Sacassa pādo vā siṅgaṃ vā bhijjati vā nassati vā sāmikā ce sampaṭicchanti, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce sampaṭicchanti, gīvā hoti. Sace 『『tumhākaṃyeva demā』』ti vadanti na sampaṭicchitabbaṃ. 『『Vihārassa demā』』ti vutte pana 『『ārāmikānaṃ ācikkhatha jagganatthāyā』』ti vattabbaṃ。

『『Sakaṭaṃ dethā』』tipi aññātakaappavārite vattuṃ na vaṭṭati, viññattieva hoti dukkaṭaṃ āpajjati. Ñātipavāritaṭṭhāne pana vaṭṭati, tāvakālikaṃ vaṭṭati kammaṃ katvā puna dātabbaṃ. Sace nemiyādīni bhijjanti pākatikāni katvā dātabbaṃ. Naṭṭhe gīvā hoti. 『『Tumhākameva demā』』ti vutte dārubhaṇḍaṃ nāma sampaṭicchituṃ vaṭṭati. Esa nayo vāsipharasukuṭhārīkudālanikhādanesu. Valliādīsu ca parapariggahitesu. Garubhaṇḍappahonakesuyeva ca valliādīsu viññatti hoti, na tato oraṃ.

Anajjhāvutthakaṃ pana yaṃkiñci āharāpetuṃ vaṭṭati. Rakkhitagopitaṭṭhāneyeva hi viññatti nāma vuccati. Sā dvīsu paccayesu sabbena sabbaṃ na vaṭṭati, senāsanapaccaye pana 『『āhara dehī』』ti viññattimattameva na vaṭṭati , parikathobhāsanimittakammāni vaṭṭanti. Tattha uposathāgāraṃ vā bhojanasālaṃ vā aññaṃ vā yaṃkiñci senāsanaṃ icchato 『『imasmiṃ vata okāse evarūpaṃ senāsanaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatī』』ti vā 『『yutta』』nti vā 『『anurūpa』』nti vātiādinā nayena vacanaṃ parikathā nāma. 『『Upāsakā tumhe kuhiṃ vasathā』』ti? 『『Pāsāde, bhante』』ti. 『『Kiṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pana upāsakā pāsādo na vaṭṭatī』』ti evamādivacanaṃ obhāso nāma. Manusse disvā rajjuṃ pasāreti, khīle ākoṭāpeti. 『『Kiṃ idaṃ, bhante』』ti vutte 『『idha āvāsaṃ karissāmā』』ti evamādikaraṇaṃ pana nimittakammaṃ nāma. Gilānapaccaye pana viññattipi vaṭṭati, pageva parikathādīni.

Manussā upaddutā yācanāya upaddutā viññattiyāti tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ tāya yācanāya ca viññattiyā ca pīḷitā. Ubbijjantipīti 『『kiṃ nu āharāpessantī』』ti ubbegaṃ iñjanaṃ calanaṃ paṭilabhanti. Uttasantipīti ahiṃ viya disvā sahasā tasitvā ukkamanti. Palāyantipīti dūratova yena vā tena vā palāyanti. Aññenapi gacchantīti yaṃ maggaṃ paṭipannā taṃ pahāya nivattitvā vāmaṃ vā dakkhiṇaṃ vā gahetvā gacchanti, dvārampi thakenti.

不允許對非親戚和非邀請者說"給我車"。這是索取,會犯突吉羅罪。但對親戚和邀請者可以說,可以暫時使用,使用后要歸還。如果車輪等損壞了,要修好后歸還。如果丟失了,要賠償。如果他們說"我們就送給你們",木製品是可以接受的。這個原則也適用於斧頭、鋤頭、鏟子等工具,以及藤蔓等別人擁有的東西。只有在足以成為重物的藤蔓等物品上才構成索取,低於這個標準就不算。 但是可以讓人拿來任何無人佔用的東西。只有在受保護和看管的地方才稱為索取。在兩種必需品上完全不允許,但在住處必需品上,只是不允許"拿來給我"這樣直接索取,間接暗示、明示和做記號是允許的。其中,對想要布薩堂、食堂或任何其他住處的人說"在這個地方建造這樣的住處是合適的"或"合理的"或"適當的"等話,稱為間接暗示。"居士,你們住在哪裡?""在宮殿里,尊者。""居士,比丘們難道不適合住宮殿嗎?"這樣的話稱為明示。看到人後拉繩子,讓人釘樁。當被問"這是什麼,尊者?"時說"我們要在這裡建造住處"等行為稱為做記號。但在病人必需品上,直接索取也是允許的,更不用說間接暗示等了。 人們被乞求所困擾,被索取所困擾,意思是那些比丘的乞求和索取使他們感到痛苦。"也會驚慌"是指他們會因為"他們會要求什麼呢"而產生恐懼、震動、動搖。"也會害怕"是指像看到蛇一樣突然害怕而退縮。"也會逃跑"是指從遠處就向任何方向逃跑。"也會走其他路"是指放棄他們原本走的路,轉身走左邊或右邊,甚至關上門。

344.Bhūtapubbaṃ bhikkhaveti iti bhagavā te bhikkhū garahitvā tadanurūpañca dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā punapi viññattiyā dosaṃ pākaṭaṃ kurumāno iminā 『『bhūtapubbaṃ bhikkhave』』tiādinā nayena tīṇi vatthūni dassesi. Tattha maṇikaṇṭhoti so kira nāgarājā sabbakāmadadaṃ mahagghaṃ maṇiṃ kaṇṭhe pilandhitvā carati, tasmā 『『maṇikaṇṭho』』 tveva paññāyittha. Uparimuddhani mahantaṃ phaṇaṃ karitvā aṭṭhāsīti so kira tesaṃ dvinnaṃ isīnaṃ kaniṭṭho isi mettāvihārī ahosi, tasmā nāgarājā nadito uttaritvā devavaṇṇaṃ nimminitvā tassa santike nisīditvā sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ katvā taṃ devavaṇṇaṃ pahāya sakavaṇṇameva upagantvā taṃ isiṃ parikkhipitvā pasannākāraṃ karonto uparimuddhani mahantaṃ phaṇaṃ karitvā chattaṃ viya dhārayamāno muhuttaṃ ṭhatvā pakkamati, tena vuttaṃ 『『uparimuddhani mahantaṃ phaṇaṃ karitvā aṭṭhāsī』』ti. Maṇimassa kaṇṭhe pilandhananti maṇiṃ assa kaṇṭhe pilandhitaṃ, āmukkanti attho. Ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsīti tena devavaṇṇena āgantvā tāpasena saddhiṃ sammodamāno ekasmiṃ padese aṭṭhāsi.

Mamannapānanti mama annañca pānañca. Vipulanti bahulaṃ. Uḷāranti paṇītaṃ . Atiyācakosīti ativiya yācako, asi punappunaṃ yācasīti vuttaṃ hoti. Susūti taruṇo, thāmasampanno yobbanappattapuriso. Sakkharā vuccati kāḷasilā, tattha dhoto asi 『『sakkharadhoto nāmā』』ti vuccati, sakkharadhoto pāṇimhi assāti sakkharadhotapāṇi, pāsāṇe dhotanisitakhaggahatthoti attho. Yathā so asihattho puriso tāseyya, evaṃ tāsesi maṃ selaṃ yācamāno, maṇiṃ yācantoti attho.

Na taṃ yāceti taṃ na yāceyya. Kataraṃ? Yassa piyaṃ jigīseti yaṃ assa sattassa piyanti jāneyya.

Kimaṅgaṃ pana manussabhūtānanti manussabhūtānaṃ amanāpāti kimevettha vattabbaṃ.

345.Sakuṇasaṅghassa saddena ubbāḷhoti so kira sakuṇasaṅgho paṭhamayāmañca pacchimayāmañca nirantaraṃ saddameva karoti, so bhikkhu tena saddena pīḷito hutvā bhagavato santikaṃ agamāsi. Tenāha – 『『yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkamī』』ti.

Kuto ca tvaṃ bhikkhu āgacchasīti ettha nisinno so bhikkhu na āgacchati vattamānasamīpe pana evaṃ vattuṃ labbhati. Tenāha – 『『kuto ca tvaṃ bhikkhu āgacchasī』』ti, kuto āgatosīti attho. Tato ahaṃ bhagavā āgacchāmīti etthāpi so eva nayo. Ubbāḷhoti pīḷito, ukkaṇṭhāpito hutvāti attho.

So sakuṇasaṅgho 『『bhikkhu pattaṃ yācatī』』ti ettha na te sakuṇā bhikkhuno vacanaṃ jānanti, bhagavā pana attano ānubhāvena yathā jānanti tathā akāsi.

346.Apāhaṃ te na jānāmīti api ahaṃ te jane 『『ke vā ime, kassa vā ime』』ti na jānāmi. Saṅgamma yācantīti samāgantvā vaggavaggā hutvā yācanti. Yācako appiyo hotīti yo yācati so appiyo hoti. Yācaṃ adadamappiyoti yācanti yācitaṃ vuccati, yācitamatthaṃ adadantopi appiyo hoti. Atha vā yācanti yācantassa, adadamappiyoti adento appiyo hoti. Mā me videssanā ahūti mā me appiyabhāvo ahu, ahaṃ vā tava, tvaṃ vā mama videsso appiyo mā ahosīti attho.

347.Dussaṃharānīti kasigorakkhādīhi upāyehi dukkhena saṃharaṇīyāni.

348-

1. "過去的比丘"是指佛陀對這些比丘的指責，並且通過相應的法義談論，進一步明確了錯誤的表現，藉此"過去的比丘"等句子展示了三個事物。在這裡，"寶石頸項"是指那位國王攜帶著極為珍貴的寶石，因而被稱為"寶石頸項"。上面的巨大鱗片是指他在兩位聖者中是最年輕的聖者，名叫慈悲行者，因此國王從河裡游過來，化身為神的光輝，坐在他身邊，談論愉悅的話題，隨後放棄了神的光輝，轉向自己的光輝，圍繞著這位聖者，保持著巨大的鱗片，像是撐著傘一樣，停留片刻后離去，因此說"保持著巨大的鱗片而站立"。寶石的頸項是指寶石被放在他的頸項上，意思是"被放置"。他在一處停留是指在神的光輝到來后，與修行者愉快地交談，在同一地點停留。 "我的米和飲水"是指我的食物和飲水。豐富是指大量。美味是指精緻。極度乞求是指非常乞求，意為一再請求。年輕是指年輕人，身心健全的青年。糖被稱為黑石，在那裡被稱為"糖石"。糖石的手指是指在糖石上工作的人，意為在石頭上工作的人。就像那個有力量的手的人一樣，也這樣請求我，乞求寶石。 不請求他，不會請求他。哪一個？他會傷害他所愛的東西，知道那是他所愛的。 人類中有什麼值得注意的嗎？人類的痛苦中，有什麼是值得討論的？
2. 鳥群的聲音使人感到恐懼，那群鳥不斷地發出聲音，因此這位比丘因聲音受到困擾，前往佛陀那裡。於是他說："我因聲音而來。" "你從哪裡來，比丘？"在這裡坐著的比丘並沒有來，但在發生的地方可以這樣說。因此他說："你從哪裡來，比丘？"意為"你從哪裡來的？"然後他就說："我從佛陀那裡來。"在這裡也是同樣的道理。被恐嚇是指受到壓迫，感到不安。 那群鳥說："比丘在乞求食物"，在這裡那些鳥並不知道比丘的意思，但佛陀憑藉自己的威德，知道他們的意思，因此做了相應的事情。
3. "我不知道你們"是指我也不知道你們是誰，或者你們是誰。聚集在一起乞求是指聚集在一起，成群乞求。乞求者是不受歡迎的，乞求者是指乞求的人是不受歡迎的。乞求未被給予是不受歡迎的，乞求的意思是乞求，未被給予的意思是不受歡迎的。或者說，乞求的人是乞求者，未被給予的則是不受歡迎的。希望我不被視為不受歡迎的意思是希望我不被認為是討厭的，或者我不想讓你覺得你是我的不受歡迎。
4. "難以忍受的"是指像牧羊人等人所用的痛苦手段。 348.

9.Saññācikāya pana bhikkhunāti ettha saññācikā nāma sayaṃ pavattitayācanā vuccati, tasmā 『『saññācikāyā』』ti attano yācanāyāti vuttaṃ hoti, sayaṃ yācitakehi upakaraṇehīti attho. Yasmā pana sā sayaṃyācitakehi kayiramānā sayaṃ yācitvā kayiramānā hoti, tasmā taṃ atthapariyāyaṃ dassetuṃ 『『sayaṃ yācitvā purisampī』』ti evamassa padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ.

Ullittāti antolittā. Avalittāti bahilittā. Ullittāvalittāti antarabāhiralittāti vuttaṃ hoti.

Kārayamānenāti imassa padabhājane 『『kārāpentenā』』ti ettakameva vattabbaṃ siyā, evañhi byañjanaṃ sameti. Yasmā pana saññācikāya kuṭiṃ karontenāpi idha vuttanayeneva paṭipajjitabbaṃ, tasmā karonto vā hotu kārāpento vā ubhopete 『『kārayamānenā』』ti imināva padena saṅgahitāti etamatthaṃ dassetuṃ 『『karonto vā kārāpento vā』』ti vuttaṃ. Yadi pana karontena vā kārāpentena vāti vadeyya, byañjanaṃ vilomitaṃ bhaveyya, na hi kārāpento karonto nāma hoti, tasmā atthamattamevettha dassitanti veditabbaṃ.

Attuddesanti 『『mayhaṃ esā』』ti evaṃ attā uddeso assāti attuddesā, taṃ attuddesaṃ. Yasmā pana yassā attā uddeso sā attano atthāya hoti, tasmā atthapariyāyaṃ dassento 『『attuddesanti attano atthāyā』』ti āha. Pamāṇikā kāretabbāti pamāṇayuttā kāretabbā. Tatridaṃ pamāṇanti tassā kuṭiyā idaṃ pamāṇaṃ. Sugatavidatthiyāti sugatavidatthi nāma idāni majjhimassa purisassa tisso vidatthiyo vaḍḍhakīhatthena diyaḍḍho hattho hoti. Bāhirimena mānenāti kuṭiyā bahikuṭṭamānena dvādasa vidatthiyo, minantena pana sabbapaṭhamaṃ dinno mahāmattikapariyanto na gahetabbo. Thusapiṇḍapariyantena minitabbaṃ. Thusapiṇḍassaupari setakammaṃ abbohārikaṃ. Sace thusapiṇḍena anatthiko mahāmattikāya eva niṭṭhāpeti, mahāmattikāva paricchedo.

Tiriyanti vitthārato. Sattāti satta sugatavidatthiyo. Antarāti imassa pana ayaṃ niddeso , 『『abbhantarimena mānenā』』ti, kuṭṭassa bahi antaṃ aggahetvā abbhantarimena antena miniyamāne tiriyaṃ satta sugatavidatthiyo pamāṇanti vuttaṃ hoti.

Yo pana lesaṃ oḍḍento yathāvuttappamāṇameva karissāmīti dīghato ekādasa vidatthiyo tiriyaṃ aṭṭha vidatthiyo, dīghato vā terasa vidatthiyo tiriyaṃ cha vidatthiyo kareyya, na vaṭṭati. Ekatobhāgena atikkantampi hi pamāṇaṃ atikkantameva hoti. Tiṭṭhatu vidatthi, kesaggamattampi dīghato vā hāpetvā tiriyaṃ tiriyato vā hāpetvā dīghaṃ vaḍḍhetuṃ na vaṭṭati, ko pana vādo ubhato vaḍḍhane? Vuttañhetaṃ – 『『āyāmato vā vitthārato vā antamaso kesaggamattampi atikkamitvā karoti vā kārāpeti vā payoge dukkaṭa』』ntiādi (pārā. 353). Yathāvuttappamāṇā eva pana vaṭṭati. Yā pana dīghato saṭṭhihatthāpi hoti tiriyaṃ tihatthā vā ūnakacatuhatthā vā yattha pamāṇayutto mañco ito cito ca na parivattati, ayaṃ kuṭīti saṅkhyaṃ na gacchati, tasmā ayampi vaṭṭati. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana pacchimakoṭiyā catuhatthavitthārā vuttā, tato heṭṭhā akuṭi. Pamāṇikāpi pana adesitavatthukā vā sārambhā vā aparikkamanā vā na vaṭṭati. Pamāṇikā desitavatthukā anārambhā saparikkamanāva vaṭṭati. Pamāṇato ūnatarampi catuhatthaṃ pañcahatthampi karontena desitavatthukāva kāretabbā. Pamāṇātikkantañca pana karonto lepapariyosāne garukaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjati.

1. "按要求的比丘"是指在這裡，"按要求"指的是自己主動發出的請求，因此說"按要求"是指他自己的請求，意思是用自己請求的工具。由於它是自己請求而行動，因此爲了說明這一點，特別提到"自己請求的男子"。 "被拉起"是指內部被拉起。"被放下"是指外部被放下。"被拉起和被放下"是指內部和外部都被拉起和放下。 "正在進行"的意思是"正在進行中"，因此可以說是"正在進行中"。因為在按要求的情況下，即使是建造小屋，也應按照這裡所說的去做，因此無論是建造還是進行，這兩個都可以用"正在進行"這個詞來表達。如果說"正在建造或正在進行"，則會使其含義相反，因為建造和進行是不能同時發生的，因此應理解為僅僅是表達了一個意思。 "自我指示"是指"這是我的"，因此稱為自我指示，這個自我指示是指自我指示的內容。由於它是指某人的自我指示，因此爲了說明這個內容，提到"自我指示是爲了自己的利益"。應按標準進行建造，指的是應按標準進行建造。在這裡，"標準"是指這個小屋的標準。善於標準的意思是現在中等身材的人擁有三種標準，手在手中被稱為"標準手"，在石頭上工作的意思是指在石頭上工作的手。就像那個有力的手一樣，向我請求寶石。 不請求他，不會請求他。哪一個？他會傷害他所愛的東西，知道那是他所愛的。 人類中有什麼值得注意的嗎？人類的痛苦中，有什麼是值得討論的？
2. 鳥群的聲音使人感到恐懼，那群鳥不斷地發出聲音，因此這位比丘因聲音受到困擾，前往佛陀那裡。於是他說："我因聲音而來。" "你從哪裡來，比丘？"在這裡坐著的比丘並沒有來，但在發生的地方可以這樣說。因此他說："你從哪裡來，比丘？"意為"你從哪裡來的？"然後他就說："我從佛陀那裡來。"在這裡也是同樣的道理。被恐嚇是指受到壓迫，感到不安。 那群鳥說："比丘在乞求食物"，在這裡那些鳥並不知道比丘的意思，但佛陀憑藉自己的威德，知道他們的意思，因此做了相應的事情。
3. "我不知道你們"是指我也不知道你們是誰，或者你們是誰。聚集在一起乞求是指聚集在一起，成群乞求。乞求者是不受歡迎的，乞求者是指乞求的人是不受歡迎的。乞求未被給予是不受歡迎的，乞求的意思是乞求，未被給予的意思是不受歡迎的。或者說，乞求的人是乞求者，未被給予的則是不受歡迎的。希望我不被視為不受歡迎的意思是希望我不被認為是討厭的，或者我不想讓你覺得你是我的不受歡迎。
4. "難以忍受的"是指像牧羊人等人所用的痛苦手段。 348.

Tattha lepo ca alepo ca lepokāso ca alepokāso ca veditabbo. Seyyathidaṃ – lepoti dve lepā – mattikālepo ca sudhālepo ca. Ṭhapetvā pana ime dve lepe avaseso bhasmagomayādibhedo lepo, alepo. Sacepi kalalalepo hoti, alapo eva. Lepokāsoti bhittiyo ceva chadanañca, ṭhapetvā pana bhitticchadane avaseso thambhatulāpiṭṭhasaṅghāṭavātapānadhūmacchiddādi alepāraho okāso sabbopi alepokāsoti veditabbo.

Bhikkhū abhinetabbā vatthudesanāyāti yasmiṃ ṭhāne kuṭiṃ kāretukāmo hoti, tattha vatthudesanatthāya bhikkhū netabbā. Tena kuṭikārakenātiādi pana yena vidhinā te bhikkhū abhinetabbā, tassa dassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Tattha kuṭivatthuṃ sodhetvāti na visamaṃ araññaṃ bhikkhū gahetvā gantabbaṃ , kuṭivatthuṃ pana paṭhamameva sodhetvā samatalaṃ sīmamaṇḍalasadisaṃ katvā pacchā saṅghaṃ upasaṅkamitvā yācitvā netabbāti dasseti. Evamassa vacanīyoti saṅgho evaṃ vattabbo assa. Parato pana 『『dutiyampi yācitabbā』』ti bhikkhū sandhāya bahuvacanaṃ vuttaṃ. No ce sabbo saṅgho ussahatīti sace sabbo saṅgho na icchati, sajjhāyamanasikārādīsu uyyuttā te te bhikkhū honti. Sārambhaṃ anārambhanti saupaddavaṃ anupaddavaṃ. Saparikkamanaṃ aparikkamananti saupacāraṃ anupacāraṃ.

Pattakallanti patto kālo imassa olokanassāti pattakālaṃ, pattakālameva pattakallaṃ. Idañca vatthuṃolokanatthāya sammutikammaṃ anusāvanānayena oloketvāpi kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Parato pana vatthudesanākammaṃ yathāvuttāya eva ñattiyā ca anusāvanāya ca kātabbaṃ, oloketvā kātuṃ na vaṭṭati.

Tattha lepo ca alepo ca lepokāso ca alepokāso ca veditabbo. Seyyathidaṃ – lepoti dve lepā – mattikālepo ca sudhālepo ca. Ṭhapetvā pana ime dve lepe avaseso bhasmagomayādibhedo lepo, alepo. Sacepi kalalalepo hoti, alapo eva. Lepokāsoti bhittiyo ceva chadanañca, ṭhapetvā pana bhitticchadane avaseso thambhatulāpiṭṭhasaṅghāṭavātapānadhūmacchiddādi alepāraho okāso sabbopi alepokāsoti veditabbo. 比丘們應被引導至於物品的描述的地方；在那個地方，想要建造小屋的比丘們，應被帶去。爲了說明比丘們應被引導的方式而說了"由此建造小屋"。在那裡，清理小屋的地方是指不應去不平坦的荒野，但應先清理小屋的地方，平整成與土地相似的樣子，然後再向僧團請求帶走。這是指僧團應如此說。此外，"第二次也應請求"是指對比丘們的多重請求。若所有僧團不願意，若所有僧團不想，專注于思維等的比丘們就會存在。積極與消極是指有積極的行為與沒有積極的行為。帶著準備與不準備是指有準備的行為與沒有準備的行為。 "適合的時間"是指適合的時間即是觀察的時間，適合的時間就是適合的時間。這也是爲了觀察物品而應進行的相應行為。另一方面，物品的描述應按照所述的方式進行，並應根據觀察與說明來進行，不應在觀察後進行。

353.Kipillikānanti rattakāḷapiṅgalādibhedānaṃ yāsaṃ kāsañci kipillikānaṃ. Kipīllakānantipi pāṭho. Āsayoti nibaddhavasanaṭṭhānaṃ, yathā ca kipillikānaṃ evaṃ upacikādīnampi nibaddhavasanaṭṭhānaṃyeva āsayo veditabbo. Yattha pana te gocaratthāya āgantvā gacchanti, sabbesampi tādiso sañcaraṇappadeso avārito, tasmā tattha apanetvā sodhetvā kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Imāni tāva cha ṭhānānisattānuddayāya paṭikkhittāni.

Hatthīnaṃ vāti hatthīnaṃ pana nibaddhavasanaṭṭhānampi nibaddhagocaraṭṭhānampi na vaṭṭati, sīhādīnaṃ āsayo ca gocarāya pakkamantānaṃ nibaddhagamanamaggo ca na vaṭṭati. Etesaṃ gocarabhūmi na gahitā. Yesaṃ kesañcīti aññesampi vāḷānaṃ tiracchānagatānaṃ . Imāni satta ṭhānāni sappaṭibhayāni bhikkhūnaṃ ārogyatthāya paṭikkhittāni. Sesāni nānāupaddavehi saupaddavāni. Tattha pubbaṇṇanissitanti pubbaṇṇaṃ nissitaṃ sattannaṃ dhaññānaṃ viruhanakakhettasāmantā ṭhitaṃ. Eseva nayo aparaṇṇanissitādīsupi. Ettha pana abbhāghātanti kāraṇāgharaṃ verigharaṃ, corānaṃ māraṇatthāya katanti kurundiādīsu.

Āghātananti dhammagandhikā vuccati. Susānanti mahāsusānaṃ. Saṃsaraṇanti anibbijjhagamanīyo gatapaccāgatamaggo vuccati. Sesaṃ uttānameva.

Na sakkā hoti yathāyuttena sakaṭenāti dvīhi balibaddehi yuttena sakaṭena ekaṃ cakkaṃ nibbodakapatanaṭṭhāne ekaṃ bahi katvā āvijjituṃ na sakkā hoti. Kurundiyaṃ pana 『『catūhi yuttenā』』ti vuttaṃ. Samantā nisseṇiyā anuparigantunti nisseṇiyaṃ ṭhatvā gehaṃ chādentehi na sakkā hoti samantā nisseṇiyā āvijjituṃ. Iti evarūpe sārambhe ca aparikkamane ca ṭhāne na kāretabbā. Anārambhe pana saparikkamane kāretabbā, taṃ vuttapaṭipakkhanayena pāḷiyaṃ āgatameva.

Puna saññācikā nāmāti evamādi 『『sārambhe ce bhikkhu vatthusmiṃ aparikkamane saññācikāya kuṭiṃ kāreyyā』』ti evaṃ vuttasaṃyācikādīnaṃ atthappakāsanatthaṃ vuttaṃ.

Payoge dukkaṭanti evaṃ adesitavatthukaṃ vā pamāṇātikkantaṃ vā kuṭiṃ kāressāmīti araññato rukkhā haraṇatthāya vāsiṃ vā pharasuṃ vā niseti dukkaṭaṃ, araññaṃ pavisati dukkaṭaṃ, tattha allatiṇāni chindati dukkaṭena saddhiṃ pācittiyaṃ, sukkhāni chindati dukkaṭaṃ. Rukkhesupi eseva nayo. Bhūmiṃ sodheti khaṇati, paṃsuṃ uddharati, cināti; evaṃ yāva pācīraṃ bandhati tāva pubbapayogo nāma hoti. Tasmiṃ pubbapayoge sabbattha pācittiyaṭṭhāne dukkaṭena saddhiṃ pācittiyaṃ, dukkaṭaṭṭhāne dukkaṭaṃ, tato paṭṭhāya sahapayogo nāma. Tattha thambhehi kātabbāya thambhaṃ ussāpeti, dukkaṭaṃ. Iṭṭhakāhi cinitabbāya iṭṭhakaṃ ācināti, dukkaṭaṃ. Evaṃ yaṃ yaṃ upakaraṇaṃ yojeti, sabbattha payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Tacchantassa hatthavāre hatthavāre tadatthāya gacchantassa pade pade dukkaṭaṃ. Evaṃ kataṃ pana dārukuṭṭikaṃ vā iṭṭhakakuṭṭikaṃ vā silākuṭṭikaṃ vā antamaso paṇṇasālampi sabhitticchadanaṃ limpissāmīti sudhāya vā mattikāya vā limpantassa payoge payoge yāva thullaccayaṃ na hoti, tāva dukkaṭaṃ. Etaṃ pana dukkaṭaṃ mahālepeneva vaṭṭati, setarattavaṇṇakaraṇe vā cittakamme vā anāpatti.

Ekaṃ piṇḍaṃ anāgateti yo sabbapacchimo eko lepapiṇḍo, taṃ ekaṃ piṇḍaṃ asampatte kuṭikamme. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti, idāni dvīhi piṇḍehi niṭṭhānaṃ gamissatīti tesu paṭhamapiṇḍadāne thullaccayanti.

1. "小蟲"是指紅黑色等不同種類的小蟲。也可以稱為"小蟲"。"棲息地"是指固定的棲息地方，就像小蟲的棲息地一樣，聚集的地方也應被理解為固定的棲息地方。在那裡，它們爲了覓食而來，所有此類的活動區域都被封閉，因此在那裡必須清除並整理。以上六個地方是爲了不傷害眾生而被禁止的。 "大象的"是指大象的棲息地和固定的覓食場所不適用，獅子等的棲息地和覓食時的固定路徑也不適用。這些的覓食地區並未被捕獲。至於其他的，是指其他的野獸和非人類。以上七個地方是爲了比丘的健康而被禁止的。其他的則是各種各樣的干擾，帶有干擾的。那裡是指在七個地方聚集的地方，是爲了七種生物的生存而設立的。 "侵害"是指有害的行為。大墓是指大型的墓地。遷徙是指不被阻礙的通行，去往和返回的道路被稱為遷徙。其他的則是簡單的總結。 "無法如願以償"是指用兩個強壯的牛車，無法將一個車子放在火上，無法讓一個車子在放置的地方被點燃。然而在"Kurundiya"中提到"用四個牛車"。在周圍的地方，無法在家中遮蔽的情況下，無法在周圍的地方進行點燃。因此，在這種情況下，不應進行積極的行為和不準備的行為。而在不積極的情況下，應進行準備的行為，這在巴利文中已說明。 再說"按要求"是指如上所述"如果比丘在物品上進行不準備的行為，則應建造按要求的小屋"，這是爲了說明小屋的性質。 "使用時的過失"是指如果說是指定的物品或超出標準的，建造小屋是過失的，如果進入荒野或爲了砍樹而停留，則是過失。在荒野中，若有其他的干擾，切斷干擾則是過失。樹木也是如此。清理土地、挖掘、提取土壤；這樣直到建造完成之前，稱為"前期使用"。在這個前期使用中，所有地方的過失都與過失相連，過失的地方則是過失，從此開始稱為"共同使用"。在那裡，必須用柱子支撐柱子，過失。用泥土收集泥土，過失。這樣無論使用什麼工具，所有地方的使用都應視為過失。對於承擔者，每一步都應視為過失。這樣做的小屋或泥屋或石屋，至少是用草葉覆蓋的，若用純粹的泥土或其他材料覆蓋，則在厚度上不應有過失，直到達到厚度的標準。這個過失在大量泥土上是有效的，而在白色或紅色的塗料或畫作上則不算過失。 "一個團體"是指所有的最後一個小蟲團體，這一個小蟲團體在未到達小屋時。這裡的意思是，現在用兩個團體來達到目的，因此在第一次給予小蟲時應注意厚度。

Tasmiṃ piṇḍe āgateti yaṃ ekaṃ piṇḍaṃ anāgate kuṭikamme thullaccayaṃ hoti, tasmiṃ avasānapiṇḍe āgate dinne ṭhapite lepassa ghaṭitattā āpatti saṅghādisesassa. Evaṃ lempantassa ca antolepe vā antolepena saddhiṃ bhittiñca chadanañca ekābaddhaṃ katvā ghaṭite bahilepe vā bahilepena saddhiṃ ghaṭite saṅghādiseso. Sace pana dvārabaddhaṃ vā vātapānaṃ vā aṭṭhapetvāva mattikāya limpati, tasmiñca tassokāsaṃ puna vaḍḍhetvā vā avaḍḍhetvā vā ṭhapite lepo na ghaṭīyati rakkhati tāva, puna limpantassa pana ghaṭitamatte saṅghādiseso. Sace taṃ ṭhapiyamānaṃ paṭhamaṃ dinnalepena saddhiṃ nirantarameva hutvā tiṭṭhati, paṭhamameva saṅghādiseso. Upacikāmocanatthaṃ aṭṭhaṅgulamattena appattacchadanaṃ katvā bhittiṃ limpati, anāpatti. Upacikāmocanatthameva heṭṭhā pāsāṇakuṭṭaṃ katvā taṃ alimpitvā upari limpati, lepo na ghaṭiyati nāma, anāpattiyeva.

Iṭṭhakakuṭṭikāya iṭṭhakāhiyeva vātapāne ca dhūmanettāni ca karoti, lepaghaṭaneneva āpatti. Paṇṇasālaṃ limpati, lepaghaṭaneneva āpatti. Tattha ālokatthāya aṭṭhaṅgulamattaṃ ṭhapetvā limpati, lepo na ghaṭīyati nāma, anāpattiyeva. Sace 『『vātapānaṃ laddhā ettha ṭhapessāmī』』ti karoti, vātapāne ṭhapite lepaghaṭanena āpatti. Sace mattikāya kuṭṭaṃ karoti, chadanalepena saddhiṃ ghaṭane āpatti. Eko ekapiṇḍāvasesaṃ katvā ṭhapeti, añño taṃ disvā 『『dukkataṃ ida』』nti vattasīsena limpati ubhinnampi anāpatti.

354.Bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karotīti evamādīni chattiṃsa catukkāni āpattibhedadassanatthaṃ vuttāni, tattha sārambhāya dukkaṭaṃ, aparikkamanāya dukkaṭaṃ , pamāṇātikkantāya saṅghādiseso, adesitavatthukāya saṅghādiseso, etesaṃ vasena vomissakāpattiyo veditabbā.

355.Āpatti dvinnaṃ saṅghādisesena dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānantiādīsu ca dvīhi saṅghādisesehi saddhiṃ dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānantiādinā nayena attho veditabbo.

361.So ce vippakate āgacchatītiādīsu pana ayaṃ atthavinicchayo. Soti samādisitvā pakkantabhikkhu. Vippakateti aniṭṭhite kuṭikamme. Aññassa vā dātabbāti aññassa puggalassa vā saṅghassa vā cajitvā dātabbā. Bhinditvā vā puna kātabbāti kittakena bhinnā hoti, sace thambhā bhūmiyaṃ nikhātā, uddharitabbā. Sace pāsāṇānaṃ upari ṭhapitā, apanetabbā. Iṭṭhakacitāya yāva maṅgaliṭṭhakā tāva kuṭṭā apacinitabbā. Saṅkhepato bhūmisamaṃ katvā vināsitā bhinnā hoti, bhūmito upari caturaṅgulamattepi ṭhite abhinnāva. Sesaṃ sabbacatukkesu pākaṭameva. Na hettha aññaṃ kiñci atthi, yaṃ pāḷianusāreneva dubbiññeyyaṃ siyā.

在那個團體到達時：當一個團體未到達小屋時會犯偷蘭遮罪,在最後一個團體到達、給予、放置時,由於塗抹已經完成,犯僧殘罪。這樣塗抹時,無論是內部塗抹還是與內部塗抹一起將墻壁和屋頂連線起來,或者外部塗抹與外部塗抹連線,都犯僧殘罪。但如果不安裝門或窗戶就用泥土塗抹,然後再增加或不增加那個空間並安裝,塗抹不算連線,暫時沒有罪。但再次塗抹時一旦連線就犯僧殘罪。如果安裝時與先前塗抹的連續不斷,一開始就犯僧殘罪。爲了防止白蟻,留出八指寬未達到屋頂的空間塗抹墻壁,無罪。僅爲了防止白蟻,在下面做石墻,不塗抹那個而塗抹上面,塗抹不算連線,也無罪。 用磚塊做墻時用磚塊做窗戶和煙囪,由於塗抹連線而犯罪。塗抹草屋,由於塗抹連線而犯罪。在那裡爲了採光留出八指寬的空間塗抹,塗抹不算連線,無罪。如果說"得到窗戶后我會在這裡安裝"而做,安裝窗戶後由于塗抹連線而犯罪。如果用泥土做墻,與屋頂塗抹連線時犯罪。一個人留下一個團體的餘地,另一個人看到后說"這做得不好"而以責任為由塗抹,兩人都無罪。 354. "比丘建造小屋"等三十六個四法是爲了說明罪的區別而說的,其中積極行為是突吉羅,不準備是突吉羅,超過尺寸是僧殘,未指定地點是僧殘,應知道這些是混合的罪。 355. 在"兩個僧殘罪和兩個突吉羅罪"等中,應理解為與兩個僧殘罪一起有兩個突吉羅罪等的意思。 361. 在"如果他在未完成時來"等中,這是意義的決定。"他"是指吩咐后離開的比丘。"未完成"是指小屋的工作未完成。"應該給別人"是指應該放棄給其他個人或僧團。"應該拆毀後重建"是指拆到什麼程度才算拆毀,如果柱子埋在地裡,應該拔出。如果放在石頭上,應該移走。對於磚墻,應該拆除到吉祥磚。簡而言之,拆到與地面平齊就算拆毀,如果離地面還有四指高就不算拆毀。其餘在所有四法中都很明顯。這裡沒有任何其他內容是僅僅按照經文就難以理解的。

363.Attanā vippakatantiādīsu pana attanā āraddhaṃ kuṭiṃ. Attanā pariyosāpetīti mahāmattikāya vā thusamattikāya vā yāya kataṃ pariyositabhāvaṃ pāpetukāmo hoti, tāya avasānapiṇḍaṃ dento pariyosāpeti .

Parehi pariyosāpetīti attanova atthāya parehi pariyosāpeti. Attanā vā hi vippakatā hotu parehi vā ubhayehi vā, taṃ ce attano atthāya attanā vā pariyosāpeti, parehi vā pariyosāpeti, attanā ca parehi cāti yuganaddhaṃ vā pariyosāpeti, saṅghādisesoyevāti ayamettha vinicchayo.

Kurundiyaṃpana vuttaṃ – 『『dve tayo bhikkhū 『ekato vasissāmā』ti karonti, rakkhati tāva, avibhattattā anāpatti. 『Idaṃ ṭhānaṃ tava, idaṃ mamā』ti vibhajitvā karonti āpatti. Sāmaṇero ca bhikkhu ca ekato karonti, yāva avibhattā tāva rakkhati. Purimanayena vibhajitvā karonti, bhikkhussa āpattī』』ti.

1. 在"自己未完成"等中,是指自己開始建造的小屋。"自己完成"是指用大量泥土或稻草泥土,想要使其達到完成狀態,給予最後一團泥土而完成。 "讓別人完成"是指爲了自己的利益讓別人完成。無論是自己未完成的,還是別人未完成的,或兩者都未完成的,如果爲了自己的利益由自己完成,或讓別人完成,或自己和別人一起完成,都犯僧殘罪,這就是這裡的判斷。 但在《古蘭迪》中說:"兩三個比丘說'我們將一起居住'而建造,暫時無罪,因為未分配。如果說'這個地方是你的,這個是我的'而分配建造,則犯罪。沙彌和比丘一起建造,只要未分配就暫時無罪。按照前面的方法分配建造,比丘犯罪。"

364.Anāpattileṇetiādīsu leṇaṃ mahantampi karontassa anāpatti. Na hettha lepo ghaṭīyati. Guhampi iṭṭhakāguhaṃ vā silāguhaṃ vā dāruguhaṃ vā bhūmiguhaṃ vā mahantampi karontassa anāpatti.

Tiṇakuṭikāyāti sattabhūmikopi pāsādo tiṇapaṇṇacchadano 『『tiṇakuṭikā』』ti vuccati. Aṭṭhakathāsu pana kukkuṭacchikagehanti chadanaṃ daṇḍakehi jālabaddhaṃ katvā tiṇehi vā paṇṇehi vā chāditakuṭikāva vuttā, tattha anāpatti. Mahantampi tiṇacchadanagehaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati, ullittādibhāvo eva hi kuṭiyā lakkhaṇaṃ, so ca chadanameva sandhāya vuttoti veditabbo. Caṅkamanasālāyaṃ tiṇacuṇṇaṃ paripatati 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ogumphetvā ullittāvalittaṃ kātu』』ntiādīni (cūḷava. 260) cettha sādhakāni, tasmā ubhato pakkhaṃ vā kūṭabaddhaṃ vā vaṭṭaṃ vā caturassaṃ vā yaṃ 『『imaṃ etassa gehassa chadana』』nti chadanasaṅkhepena kataṃ hoti, tassa bhittilepena saddhiṃ lepe ghaṭite āpatti. Sace pana ullittāvalittacchadanassa gehassa leparakkhaṇatthaṃ upari tiṇena chādenti, ettāvatā tiṇakuṭi nāma na hoti. Kiṃ panettha adesitavatthukappamāṇātikkantapaccayāva anāpatti, udāhu sārambhaaparikkamanapaccayāpīti sabbatthāpi anāpatti. Tathā hi tādisaṃ kuṭiṃ sandhāya parivāre vuttaṃ –

『『Bhikkhu saññācikāya kuṭiṃ karoti;

Adesitavatthukaṃ pamāṇātikkantaṃ;

Sārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ anāpatti;

Pañhā mesā kusalehi cintitā』』ti. (pari. 479);

Aññassatthāyāti kuṭilakkhaṇappattampi kuṭiṃ aññassa upajjhāyassa vā ācariyassa vā saṅghassa vā atthāya karontassa anāpatti. Yaṃ pana 『『āpatti kārukānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ dukkaṭāna』』ntiādi pāḷiyaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ yathāsamādiṭṭhāya akaraṇapaccayā vuttaṃ.

Vāsāgāraṃ ṭhapetvā sabbatthāti attano vasanatthāya agāraṃ ṭhapetvā aññaṃ uposathāgāraṃ vā jantāgharaṃ vā bhojanasālā vā aggisālā vā bhavissatīti kāreti, sabbattha anāpatti. Sacepissa hoti 『『uposathāgārañca bhavissati, ahañca vasissāmi jantāgharañca bhojanasālā ca aggisālā ca bhavissati, ahañca vasissāmī』』ti kāritepi ānāpattiyeva. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana 『『anāpattī』』ti vatvā 『『attano vāsāgāratthāya karontasseva āpattī』』ti vuttaṃ. Ummattakassa ādikammikānañca āḷavakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anāpatti.

Samuṭṭhānādīsu chasamuṭṭhānaṃ kiriyañca kiriyākiriyañca, idañhi vatthuṃ desāpetvā pamāṇātikkantaṃ karoto kiriyato samuṭṭhāti, vatthuṃ adesāpetvā karoto kiriyākiriyato, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.

Kuṭikārasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Vihārakārasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

2. 在「無罪的小屋」中，建造很大的小屋也是無罪。這裡沒有泥土被連線。無論是巖石洞、泥土洞、木洞還是地洞，建造很大的小屋也是無罪。 「草屋」是指七層樓的房子用草葉覆蓋而稱為「草屋」。而在註釋中提到的「雞舍」是指用木棒將草或葉子覆蓋的小屋，在那裡是無罪的。建造很大的草屋是可以的，因為屋子的特徵是抬起等狀態，因此應理解為指的是覆蓋。 在走廊中，草屑在地上滾動。「我允許你們，比丘們，抬起並建造」這樣的說法是有效的，因此在兩側或頂部或四面都應有「這是這個房子的覆蓋」，與墻壁的塗抹連線，犯罪。如果爲了保護塗抹的草屋而在上面覆蓋草，則至此不算草屋。這裡是否是由於未指定的物品超過標準而無罪，或者是由於積極行為和不準備行為的條件而無罪，這在各處都是無罪的。確實，針對這樣的屋子有這樣的圍繞： 「比丘用適當的小屋建造；未指定的物品超過標準；積極行為和不準備行為無罪；這是我善巧的思考。」（《巴利經》479） 「爲了他人」是指即使是有缺陷的屋子，爲了其他的上師、老師或僧團的利益而建造也是無罪的。至於「關於工匠的草屋的罪」這樣的巴利文，是根據所見的情況而不做的條件而說的。 「除了住處之外」是指爲了自己居住的地方，建造其他的如安居屋、動物屋、用餐廳、爐子等，都是無罪的。如果說「也會有安居屋，我也會住，動物屋、用餐廳和爐子也會有，我也會住」，這樣的說法也是無罪的。然而在《大法藏》中說「無罪」后又說「爲了自己的住處而建造的才算有罪」。 對於精神病患者和初學者的比丘來說也是無罪的。 在產生等方面，六種產生的行為和非行為，這確實是指通過指定物品超過標準而產生的行為，或通過未指定物品而產生的行為，都是不解脫的、無意識的、無色彩的、無形式的、身體行為、語言行為、三種意識、三種感受。 小屋的建造戒律的說明完成。

3. 修道院的建造戒律的說明。

365.Tena samayenāti vihārakārasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha kosambiyanti evaṃnāmake nagare. Ghositārāmeti ghositassa ārāme. Ghositanāmakena kira seṭṭhinā so kārito, tasmā 『『ghositārāmo』』ti vuccati. Channassāti bodhisattakāle upaṭṭhākachannassa. Vihāravatthuṃ, bhante, jānāhīti vihārassa patiṭṭhānaṭṭhānaṃ, bhante, jānāhi. Ettha ca vihāroti na sakalavihāro, eko āvāso, tenevāha – 『『ayyassa vihāraṃ kārāpessāmī』』ti.

Cetiyarukkhanti ettha cittīkataṭṭhena cetiyaṃ, pūjārahānaṃ devaṭṭhānānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ, 『『cetiya』』nti sammataṃ rukkhaṃ cetiyarukkhaṃ. Gāmena pūjitaṃ gāmassa vā pūjitanti gāmapūjitaṃ. Eseva nayo sesapadesupi. Apicettha janapadoti ekassa rañño rajje ekeko koṭṭhāso. Raṭṭhanti sakalarajjaṃ veditabbaṃ, sakalarajjampi hi kadāci kadāci tassa rukkhassa pūjaṃ karoti, tena vuttaṃ 『『raṭṭhapūjita』』nti. Ekindriyanti kāyindriyaṃ sandhāya vadanti. Jīvasaññinoti sattasaññino.

366.Mahallakanti sassāmikabhāvena saṃyācikakuṭito mahantabhāvo etassa atthīti mahallako. Yasmā vā vatthuṃ desāpetvā pamāṇātikkamenapi kātuṃ vaṭṭati, tasmā pamāṇamahantatāyapi mahallako , taṃ mahallakaṃ. Yasmā panassa taṃ pamāṇamahattaṃ sassāmikattāva labbhati, tasmā tadatthadassanatthaṃ 『『mahallako nāma vihāro sassāmiko vuccatī』』ti padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ. Sesaṃ sabbaṃ kuṭikārasikkhāpade vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ saddhiṃ samuṭṭhānādīhi. Sassāmikabhāvamattameva hi ettha kiriyato samuṭṭhānābhāvo pamāṇaniyamābhāvo ca viseso, pamāṇaniyamābhāvā ca catukkapārihānīti.

Vihārakārasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Paṭhamaduṭṭhadosasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

2. "在那個時候"是指修道院建造戒律。在那裡,"在拘睒彌"是指在這個名字的城市。"在瞿師多園"是指在瞿師多的園林。據說是由名叫瞿師多的富翁建造的,所以稱為"瞿師多園"。"車匿的"是指菩薩時期的侍者車匿。"尊者,請知道修道院的地點"是指尊者,請知道修道院的建立地點。這裡的"修道院"不是指整個修道院,而是一個住處,因此說"我將為尊者建造修道院"。 "聖樹"在這裡是指受尊敬的意思,是值得崇拜的神聖地方的代名詞,"聖"是公認的樹,稱為聖樹。"村莊崇拜"是指被村莊崇拜或為村莊所崇拜。其他詞也是同樣的道理。這裡"地區"是指一個國王統治下的一個部分。"國家"應理解為整個國家,因為有時整個國家也會對那棵樹進行崇拜,所以說"國家崇拜"。"一根"是指身根。"有生命的想法"是指有眾生的想法。

3. "大"是指由於有主人而比自己請求的小屋更大。或者因為指定地點后即使超過尺寸也可以建造,所以尺寸大也稱為大,那就是大。但是因為它的大尺寸是由於有主人而獲得的,所以爲了說明這個意思,在詞義解釋中說"大修道院是指有主人的修道院"。其餘的一切都應按照小屋建造戒律中所說的方式理解,包括起源等。這裡只有有主人的狀態是從行為產生的,沒有尺寸限制是不同的,由於沒有尺寸限制而減少了四種組合。 修道院建造戒律的解釋結束。
4. 第一惡意誹謗戒律的解釋

380.Tena samayena buddho bhagavāti duṭṭhadosasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha veḷuvane kalandakanivāpeti veḷuvananti tassa uyyānassa nāmaṃ, taṃ kira veḷuhi ca parikkhittaṃ ahosi aṭṭhārasahatthena ca pākārena gopuraṭṭālakayuttaṃ nīlobhāsaṃ manoramaṃ tena 『『veḷuvana』』nti vuccati, kalandakānañcettha nivāpaṃ adaṃsu tena 『『kalandakanivāpa』』ti vuccati.

Pubbe kira aññataro rājā tattha uyyānakīḷanatthaṃ āgato, surāmadena matto divāseyyaṃ supi, parijanopissa sutto rājāti pupphaphalādīhi palobhiyamāno ito cito ca pakkami. Atha surāgandhena aññatarasmā susirarukkhā kaṇhasappo nikkhamitvā rañño abhimukho āgacchati, taṃ disvā rukkhadevatā 『『rañño jīvitaṃ dassāmī』』ti kāḷakavesena āgantvā kaṇṇamūle saddamakāsi, rājā paṭibujjhi, kaṇhasappo nivatto, so taṃ disvā 『『imāya kāḷakāya mama jīvitaṃ dinna』』nti kāḷakānaṃ tattha nivāpaṃ paṭṭhapesi, abhayaghosanañca ghosāpesi , tasmā taṃ tatopabhuti kalandakanivāpanti saṅkhyaṃ gataṃ. Kalandakāti hi kāḷakānaṃ etaṃ nāmaṃ.

Dabboti tassa therassa nāmaṃ. Mallaputtoti mallarājassa putto. Jātiyā sattavassena arahattaṃ sacchikatanti thero kira sattavassikova saṃvegaṃ labhitvā pabbajito khuraggeyeva arahattaṃ pāpuṇīti veditabbo. Yaṃkiñci sāvakena pattabbaṃ sabbaṃ tena anuppattanti sāvakena pattabbaṃ nāma tisso vijjā, catasso paṭisambhidā, cha abhiññā, nava lokuttaradhammāti idaṃ guṇajātaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ tena anuppattaṃ hoti. Natthi cassa kiñci uttari karaṇīyanti catūsu saccesu, catūhi maggehi, soḷasavidhassa kiccassa katattā idānissa kiñci uttari karaṇīyaṃ natthi. Katassa vā paticayoti tasseva katassa kiccassa puna vaḍḍhanampi natthi, dhotassa viya vatthassa paṭidhovanaṃ pisitassa viya gandhassa paṭipisanaṃ, pupphitassa viya ca pupphassa paṭipupphananti. Rahogatassāti rahasi gatassa. Paṭisallīnassāti tato tato paṭikkamitvā sallīnassa, ekībhāvaṃ gatassāti vuttaṃ hoti.

Atha kho āyasmato dabbassa mallaputtassa etadahosi – 『『yannūnāhaṃ saṅghassa senāsanañca paññapeyyaṃ bhattāni ca uddiseyya』』nti thero kira attano katakiccabhāvaṃ disvā 『『ahaṃ imaṃ antimasarīraṃ dhāremi, tañca kho vātamukhe ṭhita padīpo viya aniccatāmukhe ṭhitaṃ, nacirasseva nibbāyanadhammaṃ yāva na nibbāyati tāva kinnu kho ahaṃ saṅghassa veyyāvaccaṃ kareyya』』nti cintento iti paṭisañcikkhati – 『『tiroraṭṭhesu bahū kulaputtā bhagavantaṃ adisvāva pabbajanti, te bhagavantaṃ 『passissāma ceva vandissāma cā』ti dūratopi āgacchanti, tatra yesaṃ senāsanaṃ nappahoti, te silāpaṭṭakepi seyyaṃ kappenti. Pahomi kho panāhaṃ attano ānubhāvena tesaṃ kulaputtānaṃ icchāvasena pāsādavihāraaḍḍhayogādīni mañcapīṭhakattharaṇādīni ca senāsenāni nimminitvā dātuṃ. Punadivase cettha ekacce ativiya kilantarūpā honti, te gāravena bhikkhūnaṃ purato ṭhatvā bhattānipi na uddisāpenti, ahaṃ kho pana nesaṃ bhattānipi uddisituṃ pahomī』』ti. Iti paṭisañcikkhantassa 『『atha kho āyasmato dabbassa mallaputtassa etadahosi – 『yannūnāhaṃ saṅghassa senāsanañca paññapeyyaṃ bhattāni ca uddiseyya』』nti.

1. "那時,佛陀世尊"是指惡意誹謗戒律。其中,"在竹林栗鼠飼養處"中,"竹林"是那個園林的名字。據說它被竹子環繞,有18肘高的圍墻,有塔樓和城門,呈藍色,令人愉悅,因此稱為"竹林"。在那裡人們給栗鼠食物,所以稱為"栗鼠飼養處"。 據說以前有一個國王來到那裡遊玩,因醉酒而午睡。他的隨從以為國王睡著了,被花果等誘惑而四散。這時,因酒的氣味,一條黑蛇從一棵空心樹里爬出來,向國王爬去。看到這一幕,樹神想"我要救國王的命",就變成黑色的樣子來到國王耳邊發出聲音。國王醒來,黑蛇退回去了。國王看到后說"這隻黑色的動物救了我的命",於是在那裡設立了給黑色動物的食物,並宣佈不傷害它們。從那時起,這個地方就被稱為"栗鼠飼養處"。"栗鼠"是黑色動物的名字。 "陀婆"是那位長老的名字。"摩羅之子"是摩羅國王的兒子。"七歲時證得阿羅漢果"據說這位長老七歲時生起厭離心出家,在剃髮時就證得阿羅漢果。"凡是聲聞弟子所能證得的,他都已經證得"聲聞弟子所能證得的是指三明、四無礙解、六神通、九出世間法等這些功德,他都已經證得。"他沒有更高的修行"是指在四聖諦、四道、十六種作用已經完成,現在他沒有更高的修行。"或者已做的再增長"是指已經完成的作用不需要再增長,就像洗過的衣服不需要再洗,磨過的香料不需要再磨,開過的花不需要再開一樣。"獨處"是指到了隱蔽處。"獨坐"是指從各處退下來獨自坐著,意思是進入獨處狀態。 "這時,尊者陀婆·摩羅子想:'我應該為僧團安排住處和分配食物'"長老看到自己已經完成了應做的事,就想:"我還保持著這最後的身體,但它就像風中的燈火一樣處於無常之門,不久就會熄滅。在它還沒有熄滅之前,我能為僧團做些什麼服務呢?"他這樣思考:"在外國有許多善男子未見佛陀就出家,他們爲了見佛陀和禮拜佛陀而從遠處來。其中有些人沒有住處,就睡在石板上。我能用自己的神通力,按照他們的願望變化出樓房、精舍、半月形房等,以及床、椅、墊子等住處給他們。第二天,有些人非常疲勞,因為恭敬而站在比丘們前面也不去分配食物。我能為他們分配食物。"他這樣思考時,"這時,尊者陀婆·摩羅子想:'我應該為僧團安排住處和分配食物'"。

Nanu ca imāni dve ṭhānāni bhassārāmatādimanuyuttassa yuttāni, ayañca khīṇāsavo nippapañcārāmo, imassa kasmā imāni paṭibhaṃsūti? Pubbapatthanāya coditattā. Sabbabuddhānaṃ kira imaṃ ṭhānantaraṃ pattā sāvakā hontiyeva. Ayañca padumuttarassa bhagavato kāle aññatarasmiṃ kule paccājāto imaṃ ṭhānantaraṃ pattassa bhikkhuno ānubhāvaṃ disvā aṭṭhasaṭṭhiyā bhikkhusatasahassehi saddhiṃ bhagavantaṃ satta divasāni nimantetvā mahādānaṃ datvā pādamūle nipajjitvā 『『anāgate tumhādisassa buddhassa uppannakāle ahampi itthannāmo tumhākaṃ sāvako viya senāsanapaññāpako ca bhattuddesako ca assa』』nti patthanaṃ akāsi. Bhagavā anāgataṃsañāṇaṃ pesetvā addasa, disvā ca ito kappasatasahassassa accayena gotamo nāma buddho uppajjissati, tadā tvaṃ dabbo nāma mallaputto hutvā jātiyā sattavasso nikkhamma pabbajitvā arahattaṃ sacchikarissasi, imañca ṭhānantaraṃ lacchasī』』ti byākāsi. So tatopabhuti dānasīlādīni pūrayamāno devamanussasampattiṃ anubhavitvā amhākaṃ bhagavato kāle tena bhagavatā byākatasadisameva arahattaṃ sacchākāsi. Athassa rahogatassa 『『kinnu kho ahaṃ saṅghassa veyyāvaccaṃ kareyya』』nti cintayato tāya pubbapatthanāya coditattā imāni dve ṭhānāni paṭibhaṃsūti.

Athassa etadahosi – 『『ahaṃ kho anissarosmi attani, satthārā saddhiṃ ekaṭṭhāne vasāmi, sace maṃ bhagavā anujānissati , imāni dve ṭhānāni samādiyissāmī』』ti bhagavato santikaṃ agamāsi. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『atha kho āyasmā dabbo mallaputto…pe… bhattāni ca uddisitu』』nti. Atha naṃ bhagavā 『『sādhu sādhu dabbā』』ti sampahaṃsetvā yasmā arahati evarūpo agatigamanaparibāhiro bhikkhu imāni dve ṭhānāni vicāretuṃ, tasmā 『『tena hi tvaṃ dabba saṅghassa senāsanañca paññapehi bhattāni ca uddisā』』ti āha. Bhagavato paccassosīti bhagavato vacanaṃ patiassosi abhimukho assosi, sampaṭicchīti vuttaṃ hoti.

Paṭhamaṃ dabbo yācitabboti kasmā bhagavā yācāpeti? Garahamocanatthaṃ. Passati hi bhagavā 『『anāgate dabbassa imaṃ ṭhānaṃ nissāya mettiyabhumajakānaṃ vasena mahāupaddavo uppajjissati, tatra keci garahissanti 『ayaṃ tuṇhībhūto attano kammaṃ akatvā kasmā īdisaṃ ṭhānaṃ vicāretī』ti. Tato aññe vakkhanti 『ko imassa doso eteheva yācitvā ṭhapito』ti evaṃ garahato muccissatī』』ti. Evaṃ garahamocanatthaṃ yācāpetvāpi puna yasmā asammate bhikkhusmiṃ saṅghamajjhe kiñci kathayamāne khiyyanadhammo uppajjati 『『ayaṃ kasmā saṅghamajjhe uccāsaddaṃ karoti, issariyaṃ dassetī』』ti. Sammate pana kathente 『『māyasmanto kiñci avacuttha, sammato ayaṃ, kathetu yathāsukha』』nti vattāro bhavanti. Asammatañca abhūtena abbhācikkhantassa lahukā āpatti hoti dukkaṭamattā. Sammataṃ pana abbhācikkhato garukatarā pācittiyāpatti hoti. Atha sammato bhikkhu āpattiyā garukabhāvena verīhipi duppadhaṃsiyataro hoti, tasmā taṃ āyasmantaṃ sammannāpetuṃ 『『byattena bhikkhunā』』tiādimāha. Kiṃ pana dve sammutiyo ekassa dātuṃ vaṭṭantīti? Na kevalaṃ dve, sace pahoti, terasāpi dātuṃ vaṭṭanti. Appahontānaṃ pana ekāpi dvinnaṃ vā tiṇṇaṃ vā dātuṃ vaṭṭati.

Nanu ca imāni dve ṭhānāni bhassārāmatādimanuyuttassa yuttāni, ayañca khīṇāsavo nippapañcārāmo, imassa kasmā imāni paṭibhaṃsūti? Pubbapatthanāya coditattā. Sabbabuddhānaṃ kira imaṃ ṭhānantaraṃ pattā sāvakā hontiyeva. Ayañca padumuttarassa bhagavato kāle aññatarasmiṃ kule paccājāto imaṃ ṭhānantaraṃ pattassa bhikkhuno ānubhāvaṃ disvā aṭṭhasaṭṭhiyā bhikkhusatasahassehi saddhiṃ bhagavantaṃ satta divasāni nimantetvā mahādānaṃ datvā pādamūle nipajjitvā 『『anāgate tumhādisassa buddhassa uppannakāle ahampi itthannāmo tumhākaṃ sāvako viya senāsanapaññāpako ca bhattuddesako ca assa』』nti patthanaṃ akāsi. Bhagavā anāgataṃsañāṇaṃ pesetvā addasa, disvā ca ito kappasatasahassassa accayena gotamo nāma buddho uppajjissati, tadā tvaṃ dabbo nāma mallaputto hutvā jātiyā sattavasso nikkhamma pabbajitvā arahattaṃ sacchikarissasi, imañca ṭhānantaraṃ lacchasī』』ti byākāsi. So tatopabhuti dānasīlādīni pūrayamāno devamanussasampattiṃ anubhavitvā amhākaṃ bhagavato kāle tena bhagavatā byākatasadisameva arahattaṃ sacchākāsi. Athassa rahogatassa 『『kinnu kho ahaṃ saṅghassa veyyāvaccaṃ kareyya』』nti cintayato tāya pubbapatthanāya coditattā imāni dve ṭhānāni paṭibhaṃsūti. Athassa etadahosi – 『『ahaṃ kho anissarosmi attani, satthārā saddhiṃ ekaṭṭhāne vasāmi, sace maṃ bhagavā anujānissati , imāni dve ṭhānāni samādiyissāmī』』ti bhagavato santikaṃ agamāsi. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『atha kho āyasmā dabbo mallaputto…pe… bhattāni ca uddisitu』』nti. Atha naṃ bhagavā 『『sādhu sādhu dabbā』』ti sampahaṃsetvā yasmā arahati evarūpo agatigamanaparibāhiro bhikkhu imāni dve ṭhānāni vicāretuṃ, tasmā 『『tena hi tvaṃ dabba saṅghassa senāsanañca paññapehi bhattāni ca uddisā』』ti āha. Bhagavato paccassosīti bhagavato vacanaṃ patiassosi abhimukho assosi, sampaṭicchīti vuttaṃ hoti. Paṭhamaṃ dabbo yācitabboti kasmā bhagavā yācāpeti? Garahamocanatthaṃ. Passati hi bhagavā 『『anāgate dabbassa imaṃ ṭhānaṃ nissāya mettiyabhumajakānaṃ vasena mahāupaddavo uppajjissati, tatra keci garahissanti 『ayaṃ tuṇhībhūto attano kammaṃ akatvā kasmā īdisaṃ ṭhānaṃ vicāretī』ti. Tato aññe vakkhanti 『ko imassa doso eteheva yācitvā ṭhapito』ti evaṃ garahato muccissatī』』ti. Evaṃ garahamocanatthaṃ yācāpetvāpi puna yasmā asammate bhikkhusmiṃ saṅghamajjhe kiñci kathayamāne khiyyanadhammo uppajjati 『『ayaṃ kasmā saṅghamajjhe uccāsaddaṃ karoti, issariyaṃ dassetī』』ti. Sammate pana kathente 『『māyasmanto kiñci avacuttha, sammato ayaṃ, kathetu yathāsukha』』nti vattāro bhavanti. Asammatañca abhūtena abbhācikkhantassa lahukā āpatti hoti dukkaṭamattā. Sammataṃ pana abbhācikkhato garukatarā pācittiyāpatti hoti. Atha sammato bhikkhu āpattiyā garukabhāvena verīhipi duppadhaṃsiyataro hoti, tasmā taṃ āyasmantaṃ sammannāpetuṃ 『『byattena bhikkhunā』』tiādimāha. Kiṃ pana dve sammutiyo ekassa dātu

382.Sabhāgānanti guṇasabhāgānaṃ, na mittasanthavasabhāgānaṃ. Tenevāha 『『ye te bhikkhū suttantikā tesaṃ ekajjha』』ntiādi . Yāvatikā hi suttantikā honti, te uccinitvā ekato tesaṃ anurūpameva senāsanaṃ paññapeti; evaṃ sesānaṃ. Kāyadaḷhībahulāti kāyassa daḷhībhāvakaraṇabahulā, kāyaposanabahulāti attho. Imāyapime āyasmanto ratiyāti imāya saggamaggassa tiracchānabhūtāya tiracchānakathāratiyā. Acchissantīti viharissanti.

Tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā tenevālokenāti tejokasiṇacatutthajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya abhiññāñāṇena aṅgulijalanaṃ adhiṭṭhāya teneva tejodhātusamāpattijanitena aṅgulijālālokenāti attho. Ayaṃ pana therassa ānubhāvo nacirasseva sakalajambudīpe pākaṭo ahosi, taṃ sutvā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ daṭṭhukāmā apisu bhikkhū sañcicca vikāle āgacchanti. Te sañcicca dūre apadisantīti jānantāva dūre apadisanti. Kathaṃ? 『『Amhākaṃ āvuso dabba gijjhakūṭe』』ti iminā nayena.

Aṅguliyā jalamānāya purato purato gacchatīti sace eko bhikkhu hoti, sayameva gacchati. Sace bahū honti, bahū attabhāve nimmināti. Sabbe attanā sadisā eva senāsanaṃ paññapenti.

Ayaṃ mañcotiādīsu pana there 『『ayaṃ mañco』』ti vadante nimmitāpi attano attano gatagataṭṭhāne 『『ayaṃ mañco』』ti vadanti; evaṃ sabbapadesu. Ayañhi nimmitānaṃ dhammatā –

『『Ekasmiṃ bhāsamānasmiṃ, sabbe bhāsanti nimmitā;

Ekasmiṃ tuṇhimāsīne, sabbe tuṇhī bhavanti te』』ti.

Yasmiṃ pana vihāre mañcapīṭhādīni na paripūranti, tasmiṃ attano ānubhāvena pūrenti. Tena nimmitānaṃ avatthukavacanaṃ na hoti.

Senāsanaṃpaññapetvā punadeva veḷuvanaṃ paccāgacchatīti tehi saddhiṃ janapadakathaṃ kathento na nisīdati, attano vasanaṭṭhānameva paccāgacchati.

1. "分配的部分"是指品質的分配，而不是朋友的交情的分配。因此說"那些比丘是依照《經律》而行的"等。只要是依照《經律》而行的，他們就會被集合在一起，適當地安排他們的住處；其他的也是如此。"身體堅固"是指身體的堅固性，意為身體營養的充足。以這種方式，尊者們歡喜於此，歡喜于這條通往天界的道路，歡喜于與動物的談話。將會居住在這裡。 "進入火元素"是指進入火的元素，經過第四禪定而覺醒后，通過超凡的智慧掌握手指的火焰，因此說"通過火元素的進入而產生的手指的光輝"。這個長老的威力不久就在整個苯土（現代印度）顯現出來，聽到這個訊息的比丘們聚集在一起，想要見證神通的奇蹟。他們聚集在一起，遠遠地指著說。怎麼說呢？"我們的朋友在禿鷲山上"以這種方式說。 "手指上有水流"是指如果有一個比丘，他自己就會前往。如果有很多人，他們會以各種身份去。所有人都會根據自己的情況安排住處。 在"這是我的座位"等的地方，長老們說"這是我的座位"，而被安排的也會說"這是我的座位"；在所有地方都是如此。因為這確實是安排的法則—— "在同一個說話的地方，所有的安排都是說的； 在同一個沉默的地方，所有的沉默都是存在的。" 然而在某個修道院，如果座位等沒有被填滿，那麼就會根據自己的威力來填滿。因此，安排的地方就沒有固定的名稱。 安排住處后又返回竹林，因此與他們一起談論鄉間的事而不坐下，直接返回自己的居住地。

383.Mettiyabhūmajakāti mettiyo ceva bhūmajako ca, chabbaggiyānaṃ aggapurisā ete. Lāmakāni ca bhattānīti senāsanāni tāva navakānaṃ lāmakāni pāpuṇantīti anacchariyametaṃ. Bhattāni pana salākāyo pacchiyaṃ vā cīvarabhoge vā pakkhipitvā āloḷetvā ekamekaṃ uddharitvā paññāpenti, tānipi tesaṃ mandapuñatāya lāmakāni sabbapacchimāneva pāpuṇanti. Yampi ekacārikabhattaṃ hoti, tampi etesaṃ pattadivase lāmakaṃ vā hoti, ete vā disvāva paṇītaṃ adatvā lāmakameva denti.

Abhisaṅkhārikanti nānāsambhārehi abhisaṅkharitvā kataṃ susajjitaṃ, susampāditanti attho. Kaṇājakanti sakuṇḍakabhattaṃ. Bilaṅgadutiyanti kañjikadutiyaṃ.

Kalyāṇabhattikoti kalyāṇaṃ sundaraṃ ativiya paṇītaṃ bhattamassāti kalyāṇabhattiko, paṇītadāyakattā bhatteneva paññāto. Catukkabhattaṃ detīti cattāri bhattāni deti, taddhitavohārena pana 『『catukkabhatta』』nti vuttaṃ. Upatiṭṭhitvā parivisatīti sabbakammante vissajjetvā mahantaṃ pūjāsakkāraṃ katvā samīpe ṭhatvā parivisati. Odanena pucchantīti odanahatthā upasaṅkamitvā 『『kiṃ bhante odanaṃ demā』』ti pucchanti, evaṃ karaṇattheyeva karaṇavacanaṃ hoti. Esa nayo sūpādīsu.

Svātanāyāti sve bhavo bhattaparibhogo svātano tassatthāya, svātanāya sve kattabbassa bhattaparibhogassatthāyāti vuttaṃ hoti. Uddiṭṭhaṃ hotīti pāpetvā dinnaṃ hoti. Mettiyabhūmajakānaṃ kho gahapatīti idaṃ thero asamannāharitvā āha. Evaṃbalavatī hi tesaṃ mandapuññatā, yaṃ sativepullappattānampi asamannāhāro hoti. Ye jeti ettha jeti dāsiṃ ālapati.

Hiyyo kho āvuso amhākanti rattiṃ sammantayamānā atītaṃ divasabhāgaṃ sandhāya 『『hiyyo』』ti vadanti. Na cittarūpanti na cittānurūpaṃ, yathā pubbe yattakaṃ icchanti, tattakaṃ supanti, na evaṃ supiṃsu, appakameva supiṃsūti vuttaṃ hoti.

Bahārāmakoṭṭhaketi veḷuvanavihārassa bahidvārakoṭṭhake. Pattakkhandhāti patitakkhandhā khandhaṭṭhikaṃ nāmetvā nisinnā. Pajjhāyantāti padhūpāyantā.

Yato nivātaṃtato savātanti yattha nivātaṃ appakopi vāto natthi, tattha mahāvāto uṭṭhitoti adhippāyo. Udakaṃ maññe ādittanti udakaṃ viya ādittaṃ.

1. "心地善良的居住者"是指心地善良者和居住者，六群中的上等人就是他們。對於新來的居住者來說，食物也算是粗糙的，這並不奇怪。食物的分配是將食物放入器皿或衣服里攪拌后，逐一取出並分配的，然而由於他們的福德薄弱，所有的食物都只能分配給後來的。即便是單獨的行者的食物，在他們的收穫日也會是粗糙的，看到這些人就不願意給精緻的食物，反而只給粗糙的。 "經過思考的"是指用各種材料精心準備而成的，裝飾得當，處理得好的意思。"鳥食"是指小鳥的食物。"第二次的食物"是指小米的第二次。 "美好的食物"是指非常美麗的食物，極其精緻的食物，因此稱為美好食物，因為它是被精緻的給予者所知的。"四種食物"是指給四種食物，而用附加詞則稱為"四種食物"。站立並圍坐是指在所有的事務完成後，舉行盛大的禮儀后，站在旁邊圍坐。用米飯詢問是指從米飯手中走過，問道："師父，我們要給您米飯嗎？"這樣做的目的就是爲了進行詢問。這種方式在食物的準備中也是如此。 "爲了自己"是指爲了自己的食物消費，而爲了這個目的而被稱為"爲了自己"。被提到的意思是被給與的意思。心地善良的居住者們確實沒有被妨礙，這是因為他們的福德薄弱，甚至對於那些已經獲得的也沒有妨礙。那些在這裡勝利的人是指那些勝利的女僕。 "昨天"是指在晚上聚集時，提到過去的日子，所以說"昨天"。不是奇特的意思，而是指心思的對應，正如以前所希望的那樣，正如所希望的那樣安寧，而不如所希望的那樣安寧，只有很少數的人安寧。 "大門的外邊"是指竹林寺的外門。"食物的堆積"是指坐著而不稱為堆積的食物。"正在燻烤"是指正在熏製。 "從那裡沒有風"是指那裡即使有微風也沒有，那裡有強風升起的意思。水我認為被燒了，意為水像被燒了一樣。

384.Sarasi tvaṃ dabba evarūpaṃ kattāti tvaṃ dabba evarūpaṃ kattā sarasi. Atha vā sarasi tvaṃ dabba evarūpaṃ yathāyaṃ bhikkhunī āha, kattā dhāsi evarūpaṃ, yathāyaṃ bhikkhunī āhāti evaṃ yojetvāpettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Ye pana 『『katvā』』ti paṭhanti tesaṃ ujukameva.

Yathā maṃ bhante bhagavā jānātīti thero kiṃ dasseti. Bhagavā bhante sabbaññū, ahañca khīṇāsavo, natthi mayhaṃ vatthupaṭisevanā, taṃ maṃ bhagavā jānāti, tatrāhaṃ kiṃ vakkhāmi, yathā maṃ bhagavā jānāti tathevāhaṃ daṭṭhabboti.

Na kho dabba dabbā evaṃ nibbeṭhentīti ettha na kho dabba paṇḍitā yathā tvaṃ parappaccayena nibbeṭhesi, evaṃ nibbeṭhenti; api ca kho yadeva sāmaṃ ñātaṃ tena nibbeṭhentīti evamattho daṭṭhabbo. Sace tayā kataṃ katanti iminā kiṃ dasseti? Na hi sakkā parisabalena vā pakkhupatthambhena vā akārako kārako kātuṃ, kārako vā akārako kātuṃ, tasmā yaṃ sayaṃ kataṃ vā akataṃ vā tadeva vattabbanti dasseti. Kasmā pana bhagavā jānantopi 『『ahaṃ jānāmi, khīṇāsavo tvaṃ; natthi tuyhaṃ doso, ayaṃ bhikkhunī musāvādinī』』ti nāvocāti? Parānuddayatāya. Sace hi bhagavā yaṃ yaṃ jānāti taṃ taṃ vadeyya, aññena pārājikaṃ āpannena puṭṭhena 『『ahaṃ jānāmi tvaṃ pārājiko』』ti vattabbaṃ bhaveyya, tato so puggalo 『『ayaṃ pubbe dabbaṃ mallaputtaṃ suddhaṃ katvā idāni maṃ asuddhaṃ karoti; kassa dāni kiṃ vadāmi, yatra satthāpi sāvakesu chandāgatiṃ gacchati; kuto imassa sabbaññubhāvo』』ti āghātaṃ bandhitvā apāyūpago bhaveyya, tasmā bhagavā imāya parānuddayatāya jānantopi nāvoca.

Kiñca bhiyyo upavādaparivajjanatopi nāvoca. Yadi hi bhagavā evaṃ vadeyya, evaṃ upavādo bhaveyya 『『dabbassa mallaputtassa vuṭṭhānaṃ nāma bhāriyaṃ, sammāsambuddhaṃ pana sakkhiṃ labhitvā vuṭṭhito』』ti. Idañca vuṭṭhānalakkhaṇaṃ maññamānā 『『buddhakālepi sakkhinā suddhi vā asuddhi vā hoti mayaṃ jānāma, ayaṃ puggalo asuddho』』ti evaṃ pāpabhikkhū lajjimpi vināseyyunti. Apica anāgatepi bhikkhū otiṇṇe vatthusmiṃ codetvā sāretvā 『『sace tayā kataṃ, 『kata』nti vadehī』』ti lajjīnaṃ paṭiññaṃ gahetvā kammaṃ karissantīti vinayalakkhaṇe tantiṃ ṭhapento 『『ahaṃ jānāmī』』ti avatvāva 『『sace tayā kataṃ, 『kata』nti vadehī』』ti āha.

Nābhijānāmi supinantenapi methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevitāti supinantenapi methunaṃ dhammaṃ na abhijānāmi, na paṭisevitā ahanti vuttaṃ hoti. Atha vā paṭisevitā hutvā supinantenapi methunaṃ dhammaṃ na jānāmīti vuttaṃ hoti. Ye pana 『『paṭisevitvā』』ti paṭhanti tesaṃ ujukameva. Pageva jāgaroti jāgaranto pana paṭhamaṃyeva na jānāmīti.

Tena hi bhikkhave mettiyaṃ bhikkhuniṃ nāsethāti yasmā dabbassa ca imissā ca vacanaṃ na ghaṭīyati tasmā mettiyaṃ bhikkhuniṃ nāsethāti vuttaṃ hoti.

Tattha tisso nāsanā – liṅganāsanā, saṃvāsanāsanā, daṇḍakammanāsanāti. Tāsu 『『dūsako nāsetabbo』』ti (pārā. 66) ayaṃ 『『liṅganāsanā』』. Āpattiyā adassane vā appaṭikamme vā pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge vā ukkhepanīyakammaṃ karonti, ayaṃ 『『saṃvāsanāsanā』』. 『『Cara pire vinassā』』ti (pāci. 429) daṇḍakammaṃ karonti, ayaṃ 『『daṇḍakammanāsanā』』. Idha pana liṅganāsanaṃ sandhāyāha – 『『mettiyaṃ bhikkhuniṃ nāsethā』』ti.

1. "你記得做過這樣的事嗎,陀婆?"意思是"陀婆,你記得做過這樣的事嗎?"或者可以理解為"陀婆,你記得這位比丘尼所說的那樣嗎?你做過這樣的事,就像這位比丘尼所說的那樣嗎?"對於那些讀作"做了"的人來說,意思是直接的。 "就像世尊所知道的那樣,尊者"長老想表達什麼?意思是:"尊者,世尊是全知的,我是漏盡者,我沒有行為的執著,世尊知道我,我還能說什麼呢?就像世尊所知道的那樣,我也應該被看待。" "陀婆啊,有智慧的人不會這樣辯解"這裡的意思是:"陀婆啊,有智慧的人不會像你依靠他人的話來辯解那樣辯解;相反,他們會用自己所知道的來辯解。" "如果你做了,就說你做了"這句話想表達什麼?它表明不能通過集會的力量或支持者的支援使沒做的人變成做了的人,或使做了的人變成沒做的人,因此應該說出自己做了或沒做的事實。為什麼世尊明知卻不說"我知道,你是漏盡者;你沒有過錯,這位比丘尼在說謊"呢?這是出於對他人的同情。如果世尊說出他所知道的一切,那麼當被問到其他犯波羅夷罪的人時,就應該說"我知道你犯了波羅夷罪",那樣那個人就會想:"他以前說陀婆·摩羅子是清白的,現在卻說我不清白;我現在還能對誰說什麼呢,連導師對弟子們都有偏心;他哪裡是全知的呢?"因此會心生怨恨而墮入惡道,所以世尊出於對他人的同情而沒有說出來,儘管他知道。 此外,爲了避免誹謗也沒有說。如果世尊這樣說,就會有這樣的誹謗:"陀婆·摩羅子的辯護是很困難的,但是得到了正等正覺者作證而辯護成功了。"認為這是辯護的特徵,惡比丘們會想:"即使在佛陀時代,也是通過證人來確定清白與否的,我們知道這個人是不清白的",這樣他們甚至會毀壞有羞恥心的人。而且,在未來,比丘們在處理案件時,會詢問並提醒:"如果你做了,就說你做了",從有羞恥心的人那裡得到承認後進行處罰。爲了建立戒律的規則,世尊沒有說"我知道",而是說"如果你做了,就說你做了"。 "我不記得即使在夢中也從事過淫慾法"意思是"我不記得即使在夢中也從事過淫慾法,我沒有從事過"。或者可以理解為"作為從事者,我甚至在夢中也不知道淫慾法"。對於那些讀作"從事後"的人來說,意思是直接的。"更不用說清醒時了"意思是"清醒時我首先就不知道"。 "那麼,比丘們,你們要驅逐彌提耶比丘尼"意思是因為陀婆和她的話不一致,所以要驅逐彌提耶比丘尼。 這裡有三種驅逐:形相驅逐、共住驅逐、懲罰驅逐。其中,"應該驅逐污染者"是指形相驅逐。對於不見罪、不懺悔罪或不捨惡見的人進行舉罪羯磨,這是共住驅逐。"去吧,賤人,消失吧"這樣進行懲罰,這是懲罰驅逐。這裡是指形相驅逐,所以說"驅逐彌提耶比丘尼"。

Ime ca bhikkhū anuyuñjathāti iminā imaṃ dīpeti 『『ayaṃ bhikkhunī attano dhammatāya akārikā addhā aññehi uyyojitā, tasmā yehi uyyojitā ime bhikkhū anuyuñjatha gavesatha jānāthā』』ti.

Kiṃ pana bhagavatā mettiyā bhikkhunī paṭiññāya nāsitā appaṭiññāya nāsitāti, kiñcettha yadi tāva paṭiññāya nāsitā, thero kārako hoti sadoso? Atha appaṭiññāya, thero akārako hoti niddoso.

Bhātiyarājakālepi mahāvihāravāsīnañca abhayagirivāsīnañca therānaṃ imasmiṃyeva pade vivādo ahosi. Abhayagirivāsinopi attano suttaṃ vatvā 『『tumhākaṃ vāde thero kārako hotī』』ti vadanti. Mahāvihāravāsinopi attano suttaṃ vatvā 『『tumhākaṃ vāde thero kārako hotī』』ti vadanti. Pañho na chijjati. Rājā sutvā there sannipātetvā dīghakārāyanaṃ nāma brāhmaṇajātiyaṃ amaccaṃ 『『therānaṃ kathaṃ suṇāhī』』ti āṇāpesi. Amacco kira paṇḍito bhāsantarakusalo so āha – 『『vadantu tāva therā sutta』』nti. Tato abhayagiritherā attano suttaṃ vadiṃsu – 『『tena hi, bhikkhave, mettiyaṃ bhikkhuniṃ sakāya paṭiññāya nāsethā』』ti. Amacco 『『bhante, tumhākaṃ vāde thero kārako hoti sadoso』』ti āha. Mahāvihāravāsinopi attano suttaṃ vadiṃsu – 『『tena hi, bhikkhave, mettiyaṃ bhikkhuniṃ nāsethā』』ti. Amacco 『『bhante, tumhākaṃ vāde thero akārako hoti niddoso』』ti āha. Kiṃ panettha yuttaṃ? Yaṃ pacchā vuttaṃ vicāritañhetaṃ aṭṭhakathācariyehi, bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ amūlakena antimavatthunā anuddhaṃseti, saṅghādiseso; bhikkhuniṃ anuddhaṃseti, dukkaṭaṃ. Kurundiyaṃ pana 『『musāvāde pācittiya』』nti vuttaṃ.

Tatrāyaṃ vicāraṇā, purimanaye tāva anuddhaṃsanādhippāyattā dukkaṭameva yujjati. Yathā satipi musāvāde bhikkhuno bhikkhusmiṃ saṅghādiseso, satipi ca musāvāde asuddhaṃ suddhadiṭṭhino akkosādhippāyena vadantassa omasavādeneva pācittiyaṃ, na sampajānamusāvādena; evaṃ idhāpi anuddhaṃsanādhippāyattā sampajānamusāvāde pācittiyaṃ na yujjati, dukkaṭameva yuttaṃ. Pacchimanayepi musāvādattā pācittiyameva yujjati, vacanappamāṇato hi anuddhaṃsanādhippāyena bhikkhussa bhikkhusmiṃ saṅghādiseso. Akkosādhippāyassa ca omasavādo. Bhikkhussa pana bhikkhuniyā dukkaṭantivacanaṃ natthi, sampajānamusāvāde pācittiyanti vacanamatthi, tasmā pācittiyameva yujjati.

Tatra pana idaṃ upaparikkhitabbaṃ – 『『anuddhaṃsanādhippāye asati pācittiyaṃ, tasmiṃ sati kena bhavitabba』』nti? Tatra yasmā musā bhaṇantassa pācittiye siddhepi amūlakena saṅghādisesena anuddhaṃsane visuṃ pācittiyaṃ vuttaṃ, tasmā anuddhaṃsanādhippāye sati sampajānamusāvāde pācittiyassa okāso na dissati, na ca sakkā anuddhaṃsentassa anāpattiyā bhavitunti purimanayovettha parisuddhataro khāyati. Tathā bhikkhunī bhikkhuniṃ amūlakena antimavatthunā anuddhaṃseti saṅghādiseso, bhikkhuṃ anuddhaṃseti dukkaṭaṃ, tatra saṅghādiseso vuṭṭhānagāmī dukkaṭaṃ, desanāgāmī etehi nāsanā natthi. Yasmā pana sā pakatiyāva dussīlā pāpabhikkhunī idāni ca sayameva 『『dussīlāmhī』』ti vadati tasmā naṃ bhagavā asuddhattāyeva nāsesīti.

1. "這些比丘們應當遵循"藉此指出"這位比丘尼因其本性而不應被驅逐，因此那些被驅逐的人應當尋求這些比丘們的幫助，瞭解情況"。 那麼，世尊是以承認的方式驅逐這位比丘尼，還是以不承認的方式驅逐呢？如果是以承認的方式驅逐，長老是否有過錯？如果是以不承認的方式，長老則是無過錯的。 在國王巴提雅的時代，偉大寺的住持和阿貝伽里山的住持之間也發生了爭論。阿貝伽里山的住持在說自己的教義時表示："在你們的論點中，長老是有過錯的。"偉大寺的住持也在說自己的教義時表示："在你們的論點中，長老是有過錯的。"問題並沒有消失。國王聽到后召集長老們，命令長老們討論"長老們的教義如何？"據說有位聰明的官員擅長口才，於是說道："讓長老們說出教義。"於是，阿貝伽里山的長老們說："因此，比丘們，應當以自己的承認驅逐這位比丘尼。"官員說："尊者，你們的論點中，長老是有過錯的。"偉大寺的住持們也說："因此，比丘們，應當驅逐這位比丘尼。"官員說："尊者，你們的論點中，長老是無過錯的。"那麼這裡的道理是什麼？後來的說法經過註釋師們的討論，認為比丘以不正當的理由驅逐比丘，而是有餘罪；而對比丘尼則是以不正當的理由驅逐，屬於輕罪。在《庫倫經》中則說"因說謊而受罰"。 在這裡的討論是，基於先前的說法，因不正當理由而驅逐是屬於輕罪。正如即使在說謊的情況下，比丘對比丘也有餘罪，甚至在說謊的情況下，若比丘是清白的，因惡言而說出的話也屬於輕罪，而不是因正當理由說謊；同樣在這裡，因不正當理由而說出的話不能被認為是輕罪。後來的說法中，因說謊而受罰是屬於輕罪，因言語的量而比丘對比丘也有餘罪。因惡言而說出的話也屬於輕罪。然而對比丘而言，針對比丘尼的輕罪話語並不存在，因此在說謊的情況下是有輕罪的。 在這裡需要考慮的是："在不正當理由缺失的情況下，輕罪如何存在？"因為說謊者的輕罪已經成立，即使在有餘罪的情況下，因不正當理由而說出的話也被認為是輕罪，因此在不正當理由存在的情況下，因說謊而受罰的機會是不存在的，也不能因不正當理由而存在。比丘尼以不正當理由驅逐比丘尼是有餘罪的，而比丘則是輕罪，在那裡沒有餘罪。由於她本身就是不端的惡比丘，因此現在她自己也說"我就是不端的"。因此，世尊因其不清白而不應驅逐她。

Athakho mettiyabhūmajakāti evaṃ 『『mettiyaṃ bhikkhuniṃ nāsetha, ime ca bhikkhū anuyuñjathā』』ti vatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṃ paviṭṭhe bhagavati tehi bhikkhūhi 『『detha dāni imissā setakānī』』ti nāsiyamānaṃ taṃ bhikkhuniṃ disvā te bhikkhū taṃ mocetukāmatāya attano aparādhaṃ āvikariṃsu, etamatthaṃ dassetuṃ 『『atha kho mettiyabhūmajakā』』tiādi vuttaṃ.

385-

這些是用於語言學術用途，請完整直譯成簡體中文，不要意譯縮略，如果檔案中有重複的部分也照譯不要省略，請在章節編號數字後加反斜槓，巴利文不要對照輸出; 遇到原文是對仗詩歌體時譯文也請儘量對仗; 其中的古代地名如有把握註解成現代地名的，請在（括號里）標註現代地名。請一次性完整輸出，一定不要脫漏句子。 "那時,梅提耶和布摩加"這樣說完"驅逐梅提耶比丘尼,並調查這些比丘"后,世尊從座位起身進入精舍。那些比丘看到那位比丘尼被驅逐時說"現在給她白衣"。那些比丘爲了解救她而承認了自己的過錯,爲了說明這個意思而說"那時,梅提耶和布摩加"等。 385.

6.Duṭṭho dosoti dūsito ceva dūsako ca. Uppanne hi dose puggalo tena dosena dūsito hoti pakatibhāvaṃ jahāpito, tasmā 『『duṭṭho』』ti vuccati. Parañca dūseti vināseti, tasmā 『『doso』』ti vuccati. Iti 『『duṭṭho doso』』ti ekassevetaṃ puggalassa ākāranānattena nidassanaṃ, tena vuttaṃ 『『duṭṭho dosoti dūsito ceva dūsako cā』』ti tattha saddalakkhaṇaṃ pariyesitabbaṃ. Yasmā pana so 『『duṭṭho doso』』ti saṅkhyaṃ gato paṭighasamaṅgīpuggalo kupitādibhāve ṭhitova hoti, tenassa padabhājane 『『kupito』』tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha kupitoti kuppabhāvaṃ pakatito cavanabhāvaṃ patto. Anattamanoti na sakamano attano vase aṭṭhitacitto; apica pītisukhehi na attamano na attacittoti anattamano. Anabhiraddhoti na sukhito na vā pasāditoti anabhiraddho. Paṭighena āhataṃ cittamassāti āhatacitto. Cittathaddhabhāvacittakacavarasaṅkhātaṃ paṭighakhīlaṃ jātamassāti khilajāto. Appatītoti nappatīto pītisukhādīhi vajjito, na abhisaṭoti attho. Padabhājane pana yesaṃ dhammānaṃ vasena appatīto hoti, te dassetuṃ 『『tena ca kopenā』』tiādi vuttaṃ.

Tattha tena ca kopenāti yena duṭṭhoti ca kupitoti ca vutto ubhayampi hetaṃ pakatibhāvaṃ jahāpanato ekākāraṃ hoti. Tena ca dosenāti yena 『『doso』』ti vutto. Imehi dvīhi saṅkhārakkhandhameva dasseti.

Tāya ca anattamanatāyāti yāya 『『anattamano』』ti vutto. Tāya ca anabhiraddhiyāti yāya 『『anabhiraddho』』ti vutto. Imehi dvīhi vedanākkhandhaṃ dasseti.

Amūlakena pārājikenāti ettha nāssa mūlanti amūlakaṃ, taṃ panassa amūlakattaṃ yasmā codakavasena adhippetaṃ, na cuditakavasena. Tasmā tamatthaṃ dassetuṃ padabhājane 『『amūlakaṃ nāma adiṭṭhaṃ asutaṃ aparisaṅkita』』nti āha. Tena imaṃ dīpeti 『『yaṃ pārājikaṃ codakena cuditakamhi puggale neva diṭṭhaṃ na sutaṃ na parisaṅkitaṃ idaṃ etesaṃ dassanasavanaparisaṅkāsaṅkhātānaṃ mūlānaṃ abhāvato amūlakaṃ nāma, taṃ pana so āpanno vā hotu anāpanno vā etaṃ idha appamāṇanti.

Tattha adiṭṭhaṃ nāma attano pasādacakkhunā vā dibbacakkhunā vā adiṭṭhaṃ. Asutaṃ nāma tatheva kenaci vuccamānaṃ na sutaṃ. Aparisaṅkitaṃ nāma cittena aparisaṅkitaṃ.

『『Diṭṭhaṃ』』 nāma attanā vā parena vā pasādacakkhunā vā dibbacakkhunā vā diṭṭhaṃ. 『『Sutaṃ』』 nāma tatheva sutaṃ. 『『Parisaṅkita』』mpi attanā vā parena vā parisaṅkitaṃ. Tattha attanā diṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhameva, parehi diṭṭhaṃ attanā sutaṃ, parehi sutaṃ, parehi parisaṅkitanti idaṃ pana sabbampi attanā sutaṭṭhāneyeva tiṭṭhati.

Parisaṅkitaṃ pana tividhaṃ – diṭṭhaparisaṅkitaṃ, sutaparisaṅkitaṃ, mutaparisaṅkitanti. Tattha diṭṭhaparisaṅkitaṃ nāma eko bhikkhu uccārapassāvakammena gāmasamīpe ekaṃ gumbaṃ paviṭṭho, aññatarāpi itthī kenacideva karaṇīyena taṃ gumbaṃ pavisitvā nivattā, nāpi bhikkhu itthiṃ addasa; na itthī bhikkhuṃ, adisvāva ubhopi yathāruciṃ pakkantā, aññataro bhikkhu ubhinnaṃ tato nikkhamanaṃ sallakkhetvā 『『addhā imesaṃ kataṃ vā karissanti vā』』ti parisaṅkati, idaṃ diṭṭhaparisaṅkitaṃ nāma.

1. "惡意的憎恨"是指被污染的和污染者。當憎恨生起時,個人被那種憎恨所污染,失去了原有的狀態,因此被稱為"惡意的"。它也污染和破壞他人,因此被稱為"憎恨"。所以"惡意的憎恨"是指同一個人的不同狀態,因此說"惡意的憎恨是指被污染的和污染者"。在這裡應該尋找語法規則。由於被稱為"惡意的憎恨"的人處於憤怒等狀態,因此在詞義解釋中說"憤怒"等。其中,"憤怒"是指從正常狀態轉變為憤怒狀態。"不滿意"是指心不在自己掌控之中;也可以說不以喜悅和快樂為滿足。"不高興"是指不快樂或不滿意。"心被傷害"是指他的心被憎恨所傷害。"生起障礙"是指他生起了被稱為心的僵硬和心的污垢的憎恨障礙。"不滿足"是指不滿足,缺乏喜悅和快樂,意思是不親近。但在詞義解釋中,爲了顯示他因哪些法而不滿足,所以說"因為那個憤怒"等。 其中,"因為那個憤怒"是指被稱為惡意和憤怒的,這兩者都是因為離開正常狀態而成為一種狀態。"因為那個憎恨"是指被稱為"憎恨"的。這兩者都顯示行蘊。 "因為那個不滿意"是指被稱為"不滿意"的。"因為那個不高興"是指被稱為"不高興"的。這兩者顯示受蘊。 "無根據的波羅夷"中,"無根據"是指沒有根據,而這種無根據是從指控者的角度來說的,不是從被指控者的角度來說的。因此,爲了說明這個意思,在詞義解釋中說"無根據是指未見、未聞、未懷疑"。這表明"指控者對被指控的人所犯的波羅夷罪既未見、未聞、未懷疑,這就是因為缺乏所謂的見聞懷疑這些根據而稱為無根據,但是無論他是否真的犯了罪,這裡都不重要"。 其中,"未見"是指自己既沒有用肉眼也沒有用天眼看到。"未聞"是指同樣沒有聽到任何人這樣說。"未懷疑"是指心裡沒有懷疑。 "見"是指自己或他人用肉眼或天眼看到。"聞"是指同樣聽到。"懷疑"也是自己或他人懷疑。其中,自己看到的就是看到,他人看到的是自己聽到的,他人聽到的,他人懷疑的,這一切都歸入自己聽到的範疇。 懷疑有三種:見而懷疑、聞而懷疑、覺而懷疑。其中,見而懷疑是指一個比丘爲了大小便走進村莊附近的灌木叢,一個女人也因某事進入那個灌木叢后離開,比丘沒有看到女人,女人也沒有看到比丘,兩人都沒有看到就各自離開了,另一個比丘注意到兩人從那裡出來,懷疑"他們一定做了或將要做什麼",這就叫做見而懷疑。

Sutaparisaṅkitaṃ nāma idhekacco andhakāre vā paṭicchanne vā okāse mātugāmena saddhiṃ bhikkhuno tādisaṃ paṭisanthāravacanaṃ suṇāti, samīpe aññaṃ vijjamānampi 『『atthi natthī』』ti na jānāti, so 『『addhā imesaṃ kataṃ vā karissanti vā』』ti parisaṅkati, idaṃ sutaparisaṅkitaṃ nāma.

Mutaparisaṅkitaṃ nāma sambahulā dhuttā rattibhāge pupphagandhamaṃsasurādīni gahetvā itthīhi saddhiṃ ekaṃ paccantavihāraṃ gantvā maṇḍape vā bhojanasālādīsu vā yathāsukhaṃ kīḷitvā pupphādīni vikiritvā gatā, punadivase bhikkhū taṃ vippakāraṃ disvā 『『kassidaṃ kamma』』nti vicinanti. Tatra ca kenaci bhikkhunā pageva vuṭṭhahitvā vattasīsena maṇḍapaṃ vā bhojanasālaṃ vā paṭijaggantena pupphādīni āmaṭṭhāni honti, kenaci upaṭṭhākakulato ābhatehi pupphādīhi pūjā katā hoti, kenaci bhesajjatthaṃ ariṭṭhaṃ pītaṃ hoti, atha te 『『kassidaṃ kamma』』nti vicinantā bhikkhū tesaṃ hatthagandhañca mukhagandhañca ghāyitvā te bhikkhū parisaṅkanti, idaṃ mutaparisaṅkitaṃ nāma.

Tattha diṭṭhaṃ atthi samūlakaṃ, atthi amūlakaṃ; diṭṭhameva atthi saññāsamūlakaṃ, atthi saññāamūlakaṃ. Esa nayo sutepi. Parisaṅkite pana diṭṭhaparisaṅkitaṃ atthi samūlakaṃ, atthi amūlakaṃ; diṭṭhaparisaṅkitameva atthi saññāsamūlakaṃ , atthi saññāamūlakaṃ. Esa nayo sutamutaparisaṅkitesu. Tattha diṭṭhaṃ samūlakaṃ nāma pārājikaṃ āpajjantaṃ disvāva 『『diṭṭho mayā』』ti vadati, amūlakaṃ nāma paṭicchannokāsato nikkhamantaṃ disvā vītikkamaṃ adisvā 『『diṭṭho mayā』』ti vadati. Diṭṭhameva saññāsamūlakaṃ nāma disvāva diṭṭhasaññī hutvā codeti, saññāamūlakaṃ nāma pubbe pārājikavītikkamaṃ disvā pacchā adiṭṭhasaññī jāto, so saññāya amūlakaṃ katvā 『『diṭṭho mayā』』ti codeti. Etena nayena sutamutaparisaṅkitānipi vitthārato veditabbāni. Ettha ca sabbappakāreṇāpi samūlakena vā saññāsamūlakena vā codentassa anāpatti, amūlakena vā pana saññāamūlakena vā codentasseva āpatti.

Anuddhaṃseyyāti dhaṃseyya padhaṃseyya abhibhaveyya ajjhotthareyya. Taṃ pana anuddhaṃsanaṃ yasmā attanā codentopi parena codāpentopi karotiyeva, tasmāssa padabhājane 『『codeti vā codāpeti vā』』ti vuttaṃ.

Tattha codetīti 『『pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ āpannosī』』tiādīhi vacanehi sayaṃ codeti, tassa vācāya vācāya saṅghādiseso. Codāpetīti attanā samīpe ṭhatvā aññaṃ bhikkhu āṇāpeti, so tassa vacanena taṃ codeti, codāpakasseva vācāya vācāya saṅghādiseso. Atha sopi 『『mayā diṭṭhaṃ sutaṃ atthī』』ti codeti, dvinnampi janānaṃ vācāya vācāya saṅghādiseso.

Codanāppabhedakosallatthaṃ panettha ekavatthuekacodakādicatukkaṃ tāva veditabbaṃ. Tattha eko bhikkhu ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ ekena vatthunā codeti, imissā codanāya ekaṃ vatthu eko codako. Sambahulā ekaṃ ekavatthunā codenti, pañcasatā mettiyabhūmajakappamukhā chabbaggiyā bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ dabbaṃ mallaputtamiva, imissā codanāya ekaṃ vatthu nānācodakā. Eko bhikkhu ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ sambahulehi vatthūhi codeti, imissā codanāya nānāvatthūni eko codako. Sambahulā sambahule sambahulehi vatthūhi codenti, imissā codanāya nānāvatthūni nānācodakā.

Sutaparisaṅkitaṃ nāma idhekacco andhakāre vā paṭicchanne vā okāse mātugāmena saddhiṃ bhikkhuno tādisaṃ paṭisanthāravacanaṃ suṇāti, samīpe aññaṃ vijjamānampi 『『atthi natthī』』ti na jānāti, so 『『addhā imesaṃ kataṃ vā karissanti vā』』ti parisaṅkati, idaṃ sutaparisaṅkitaṃ nāma。 Mutaparisaṅkitaṃ nāma sambahulā dhuttā rattibhāge pupphagandhamaṃsasurādīni gahetvā itthīhi saddhiṃ ekaṃ paccantavihāraṃ gantvā maṇḍape vā bhojanasālādīsu vā yathāsukhaṃ kīḷitvā pupphādīni vikiritvā gatā, punadivase bhikkhū taṃ vippakāraṃ disvā 『『kassidaṃ kamma』』nti vicinanti。Tatra ca kenaci bhikkhunā pageva vuṭṭhahitvā vattasīsena maṇḍapaṃ vā bhojanasālaṃ vā paṭijaggantena pupphādīni āmaṭṭhāni honti, kenaci upaṭṭhākakulato ābhatehi pupphādīhi pūjā katā hoti, kenaci bhesajjatthaṃ ariṭṭhaṃ pītaṃ hoti, atha te 『『kassidaṃ kamma』』nti vicinantā bhikkhū tesaṃ hatthagandhañca mukhagandhañca ghāyitvā te bhikkhū parisaṅkanti, idaṃ mutaparisaṅkitaṃ nāma。 Tattha diṭṭhaṃ atthi samūlakaṃ, atthi amūlakaṃ; diṭṭhameva atthi saññāsamūlakaṃ, atthi saññāamūlakaṃ。Esa nayo sutepi。Parisaṅkite pana diṭṭhaparisaṅkitaṃ atthi samūlakaṃ, atthi amūlakaṃ; diṭṭhaparisaṅkitameva atthi saññāsamūlakaṃ, atthi saññāamūlakaṃ。Esa nayo sutamutaparisaṅkitesu。Tattha diṭṭhaṃ samūlakaṃ nāma pārājikaṃ āpajjantaṃ disvāva 『『diṭṭho mayā』』ti vadati, amūlakaṃ nāma paṭicchannokāsato nikkhamantaṃ disvā vītikkamaṃ adisvā 『『diṭṭho mayā』』ti vadati。Diṭṭhameva saññāsamūlakaṃ nāma disvāva diṭṭhasaññī hutvā codeti, saññāamūlakaṃ nāma pubbe pārājikavītikkamaṃ disvā pacchā adiṭṭhasaññī jāto, so saññāya amūlakaṃ katvā 『『diṭṭho mayā』』ti codeti。Etena nayena sutamutaparisaṅkitānipi vitthārato veditabbāni。Ettha ca sabbappakāreṇāpi samūlakena vā saññāsamūlakaena vā codentassa anāpatti, amūlakena vā pana saññāamūlakaena vā codentasseva āpatti。 Anuddhaṃseyyāti dhaṃseyya padhaṃseyya abhibhaveyya ajjhotthareyya。Taṃ pana anuddhaṃsanaṃ yasmā attanā codentopi parena codāpentopi karotiyeva, tasmāssa padabhājane 『『codeti vā codāpeti vā』』ti vuttaṃ。 Tattha codetīti 『『pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ āpannosī』』tiādīhi vacanehi sayaṃ codeti, tassa vācāya vācāya saṅghādiseso。Codāpetīti attanā samīpe ṭhatvā aññaṃ bhikkhu āṇāpeti, so tassa vacanena taṃ codeti, codāpakasseva vācāya vācāya saṅghādiseso。Atha sopi 『『mayā diṭṭhaṃ sutaṃ atthī』』ti codeti, dvinnampi janānaṃ vācāya vācāya saṅghādiseso。 Codanāppabhedakosallatthaṃ panettha ekavatthuekacodakādicatukkaṃ tāva veditabbaṃ。Tattha eko bhikkhu ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ ekena vatthunā codeti, imissā codanāya ekaṃ vatthu eko codako。Sambahulā ekaṃ ekavatthunā codenti, pañcasatā mettiyabhūmajakappamukhā chabbaggiyā bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ dabbaṃ mallaputtamiva, imissā codanāya ekaṃ vatthu nānācodakā。Eko bhikkhu ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ sambahulehi vatthūhi codeti, imissā codanāya nānāvatthūni eko codako。Sambahulā sambahule sambahulehi vatthūhi codenti, imissā codanāya nānāvatthūni nānācodakā。

Codetuṃ pana ko labhati, ko na labhatīti? Dubbalacodakavacanaṃ tāva gahetvā koci na labhati. Dubbalacodako nāma sambahulesu kathāsallāpena nisinnesu eko ekaṃ ārabbha anodissakaṃ katvā pārājikavatthuṃ katheti, añño taṃ sutvā itarassa gantvā āroceti. So taṃ upasaṅkamitvā 『『tvaṃ kira maṃ idañcidañca vadasī』』ti vadati. So 『『nāhaṃ evarūpaṃ jānāmi, kathāpavattiyaṃ pana mayā anodissakaṃ katvā vuttamatthi, sace ahaṃ tava imaṃ dukkhuppattiṃ jāneyyaṃ, ettakampi na katheyya』』nti ayaṃ dubbalacodako. Tassetaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ gahetvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ koci codetuṃ na labhati. Etaṃ pana aggahetvā sīlasampanno bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ vā bhikkhuniṃ vā sīlasampannā ca bhikkhunī bhikkhunīmeva codetuṃ labhatīti mahāpadumatthero āha. Mahāsumatthero pana 『『pañcapi sahadhammikā labhantī』』ti āha. Godattatthero pana 『『na koci na labhatī』』ti vatvā 『『bhikkhussa sutvā codeti, bhikkhuniyā sutvā codeti…pe… titthiyasāvakānaṃ sutvā codetī』』ti idaṃ suttamāhari. Tiṇṇampi therānaṃ vāde cuditakasseva paṭiññāya kāretabbo.

Ayaṃ pana codanā nāma dūtaṃ vā paṇṇaṃ vā sāsanaṃ vā pesetvā codentassa sīsaṃ na eti, puggalassa pana samīpe ṭhatvāva hatthamuddāya vā vacībhedena vā codentasseva sīsaṃ eti. Sikkhāpaccakkhānameva hi hatthamuddāya sīsaṃ na eti, idaṃ pana anuddhaṃsanaṃ abhūtārocanañca etiyeva. Yo pana dvinnaṃ ṭhitaṭṭhāne ekaṃ niyametvā codeti, so ce jānāti, sīsaṃ eti. Itaro jānāti, sīsaṃ na eti. Dvepi niyametvā codeti, eko vā jānātu dve vā, sīsaṃ etiyeva. Esava nayo sambahulesu. Taṅkhaṇeyeva ca jānanaṃ nāma dukkaraṃ, samayena āvajjitvā ñāte pana ñātameva hoti. Pacchā ce jānāti, sīsaṃ na eti. Sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ abhūtārocanaṃ duṭṭhullavācā-attakāma-duṭṭhadosabhūtārocanasikkhāpadānīti sabbāneva hi imāni ekaparicchedāni.

Evaṃ kāyavācāvasena cāyaṃ duvidhāpi codanā. Puna diṭṭhacodanā, sutacodanā, parisaṅkitacodanāti tividhā hoti. Aparāpi catubbidhā hoti – sīlavipatticodanā, ācāravipatticodanā, diṭṭhivipatticodanā, ājīvavipatticodanāti. Tattha garukānaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattikkhandhānaṃ vasena sīlavipatticodanā veditabbā. Avasesānaṃ vasena ācāravipatticodanā, micchādiṭṭhiantaggāhikadiṭṭhivasena diṭṭhivipatticodanā, ājīvahetu paññattānaṃ channaṃ sikkhāpadānaṃ vasena ājīvavipatticodanā veditabbā.

那麼,誰可以指控,誰不可以指控呢?首先,不接受弱勢指控者的話,沒有人可以指控。所謂弱勢指控者,是指在許多人閑聊時,有人針對某人不指名地談論波羅夷的事,另一個人聽到後去告訴那個人。那個人就去找他說:"你說我如此這般?"他回答說:"我不知道這樣的事,我只是在談話中不指名地說了而已,如果我知道會給你帶來這樣的痛苦,連這麼一點也不會說的。"這就是弱勢指控者。不接受他的這種閑聊,任何人都不能指控那個比丘。但是不考慮這一點,具戒的比丘可以指控比丘或比丘尼,具戒的比丘尼只能指控比丘尼,這是大蓮花長老所說的。但是大善長老說:"五種同法者都可以指控。"戈達塔長老則說:"沒有人不可以指控",並引用了這段經文:"聽到比丘的話而指控,聽到比丘尼的話而指控...聽到外道弟子的話而指控。"在三位長老的說法中,應該根據被指控者自己的承認來處理。 這種指控如果通過使者、書信或口信來進行,是不成立的,只有在當事人面前用手勢或言語指控才成立。只有舍戒才不能用手勢來表示,而這種誹謗和虛假指控是可以的。如果在兩個人站立的地方指定其中一個人來指控,如果他知道,就成立;另一個人知道,就不成立。如果指定兩個人來指控,無論是一個人知道還是兩個人知道,都成立。對於多人也是同樣的道理。在當時就知道是很困難的,但經過一段時間思考後知道的,也算是知道了。如果是之後才知道的,就不成立。舍戒、虛假指控、粗語、為自己利益、惡意誹謗等戒條,都是同一類的。 這樣,指控有身體和語言兩種方式。又可分為見而指控、聞而指控、懷疑而指控三種。還可以分為四種:戒行缺失指控、行為缺失指控、見解缺失指控、生活方式缺失指控。其中,戒行缺失指控是指兩種重罪的指控。行為缺失指控是指其他罪的指控。見解缺失指控是指邪見和極端見解的指控。生活方式缺失指控是指爲了生活而制定的六條戒律的指控。

Aparāpi catubbidhā hoti – vatthusandassanā, āpattisandassanā, saṃvāsapaṭikkhepo, sāmīcipaṭikkhepoti. Tattha vatthusandassanā nāma 『『tvaṃ methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevittha, adinnaṃ ādiyittha, manussaṃ ghātayittha, abhūtaṃ ārocayitthā』』ti evaṃ pavattā. Āpattisandassanā nāma 『『tvaṃ methunadhammapārājikāpattiṃ āpanno』』ti evamādinayappavattā. Saṃvāsapaṭikkhepo nāma 『『natthi tayā saddhiṃ uposatho vā pavāraṇā vā saṅghakammaṃ vā』』ti evaṃ pavattā; ettāvatā pana sīsaṃ na eti, 『『assamaṇosi asakyaputtiyosī』』tiādivacanehi saddhiṃ ghaṭiteyeva sīsaṃ eti. Sāmīcipaṭikkhepo nāma abhivādana-paccuṭṭhāna-añjalikamma-bījanādikammānaṃ akaraṇaṃ. Taṃ paṭipāṭiyā vandanādīni karoto ekassa akatvā sesānaṃ karaṇakāle veditabbaṃ. Ettāvatā ca codanā nāma hoti, āpatti pana sīsaṃ na eti. 『『Kasmā mama vandanādīni na karosī』』ti pucchite pana 『『assamaṇosi asakyaputtiyosī』』tiādivacanehi saddhiṃ ghaṭiteyeva sīsaṃ eti. Yāgubhattādinā pana yaṃ icchati taṃ āpucchati, na tāvatā codanā hoti.

Aparāpi pātimokkhaṭṭhapanakkhandhake 『『ekaṃ, bhikkhave, adhammikaṃ pātimokkhaṭṭhapanaṃ ekaṃ dhammika』』nti ādiṃ 『『katvā yāva dasa adhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni dasa dhammikānī』』ti (cūḷava. 387) evaṃ adhammikā pañcapaññāsa dhammikā pañcapaññāsāti dasuttarasataṃ codanā vuttā. Tā diṭṭhena codentassa dasuttarasataṃ, sutena codentassa dasuttarasataṃ, parisaṅkitena codentassa dasuttarasatanti tiṃsāni tīṇi satāni honti. Tāni kāyena codentassa, vācāya codentassa, kāyavācāhi codentassāti tiguṇāni katāni navutāni nava satāni honti. Tāni attanā codentassāpi parena codāpentassāpi tattakānevāti vīsatiūnāni dve sahassāni honti, puna diṭṭhādibhede samūlakāmūlakavasena anekasahassā codanā hontīti veditabbā.

Imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne ṭhatvā aṭṭhakathāya 『『attādānaṃ ādātukāmena upāli bhikkhunā pañcaṅgasamannāgataṃ attādānaṃ ādātabba』』nti (cūḷava. 398) ca 『『codakena upāli bhikkhunā paraṃ codetukāmena pañca dhamme ajjhattaṃ paccavekkhitvā paro codetabbo』』ti (cūḷava. 399) ca evaṃ upālipañcakādīsu vuttāni bahūni suttāni āharitvā attādānalakkhaṇañca codakavattañca cuditakavattañca saṅghena kātabbakiccañca anuvijjakavattañca sabbaṃ vitthārena kathitaṃ, taṃ mayaṃ yathāāgataṭṭhāneyeva vaṇṇayissāma.

另外還有四種:事實說明、罪過說明、拒絕共住、拒絕禮遇。其中,事實說明是指"你行淫慾法、偷盜、殺人、說虛妄語"等這樣的說法。罪過說明是指"你犯了淫慾法波羅夷罪"等這樣的說法。拒絕共住是指"我不與你一起布薩、自恣或僧團羯磨"等這樣的說法;但僅此還不構成指控,必須與"你不是沙門,不是釋迦子"等話一起說才構成指控。拒絕禮遇是指不行禮拜、起立、合掌、扇扇等行為。這應該在按順序向其他人行禮時,不對某一個人行禮的情況下才能判斷。這樣就構成了指控,但還不構成犯戒。如果被問到"為什麼不向我行禮等?"時,必須與"你不是沙門,不是釋迦子"等話一起說才構成指控。但如果只是詢問粥飯等需要的東西,還不構成指控。 另外,在《遮止誦戒犍度》中說:"比丘們,一種非法的遮止誦戒,一種如法的遮止誦戒",直到"十種非法的遮止誦戒,十種如法的遮止誦戒",這樣說了五十五種非法的和五十五種如法的,共一百一十種指控。這些以見而指控有一百一十種,以聞而指控有一百一十種,以懷疑而指控有一百一十種,共三百三十種。這些以身體指控,以語言指控,以身語指控,三倍后成為九百九十種。這些自己指控或讓他人指控都是同樣的數量,共一千九百八十種。再加上見聞懷疑等的區別和有根據無根據的區別,就有數千種指控,應該知道。 在這個地方,註釋書引用了《優波離五法經》中說的"優波離,想要承擔責任的比丘,應該具備五個條件才能承擔責任"和"優波離,想要指控他人的比丘,應該內心省察五個法后才能指控他人"等許多經文,詳細解釋了承擔責任的特徵、指控者的職責、被指控者的職責、僧團應做的事和調查者的職責等,我們將在適當的地方解釋這些內容。

Vuttappabhedāsu pana imāsu codanāsu yāya kāyaci codanāya vasena saṅghamajjhe osaṭe vatthusmiṃ cuditakacodakā vattabbā 『『tumhe amhākaṃ vinicchayena tuṭṭhā bhavissathā』』ti. Sace 『『bhavissāmā』』ti vadanti, saṅghena taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ sampaṭicchitabbaṃ. Atha pana 『『vinicchinatha tāva, bhante, sace amhākaṃ khamissati, gaṇhissāmā』』ti vadanti. 『『Cetiyaṃ tāva vandathā』』tiādīni vatvā dīghasuttaṃ katvā vissajjitabbaṃ. Te ce cirarattaṃ kilantā pakkantaparisā upacchinnapakkhā hutvā puna yācanti, yāvatatiyaṃ paṭikkhipitvā yadā nimmadā honti tadā nesaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vinicchinitabbaṃ. Vinicchinantehi ca sace alajjussannā hoti, parisā ubbāhikāya taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vinicchinitabbaṃ. Sace bālussannā hoti parisā 『『tumhākaṃ sabhāge vinayadhare pariyesathā』』ti vinayadhare pariyesāpetvā yena dhammena yena vinayena yena satthusāsanena taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamati, tathā taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasametabbaṃ.

Tattha ca 『『dhammo』』ti bhūtaṃ vatthu. 『『Vinayo』』ti codanā sāraṇā ca. 『『Satthusāsana』』nti ñattisampadā ca anusāvanasampadā ca. Tasmā codakena vatthusmiṃ ārocite cuditako pucchitabbo 『『santametaṃ, no』』ti. Evaṃ vatthuṃ upaparikkhitvā bhūtena vatthunā codetvā sāretvā ca ñattisampadāya anusāvanasampadāya ca taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasametabbaṃ. Tatra ce alajjī lajjiṃ codeti, so ca alajjī bālo hoti abyatto nāssa nayo dātabbo. Evaṃ pana vattabbo – 『『kimhi naṃ codesī』』ti? Addhā so vakkhati – 『『kimidaṃ, bhante, kimhi naṃ nāmā』』ti. Tvaṃ kimhi nampi na jānāsi, na yuttaṃ tayā evarūpena bālena paraṃ codetunti uyyojetabbo nāssa anuyogo dātabbo. Sace pana so alajjī paṇḍito hoti byatto diṭṭhena vā sutena vā ajjhottharitvā sampādetuṃ sakkoti etassa anuyogaṃ datvā lajjisseva paṭiññāya kammaṃ kātabbaṃ.

Sace lajjī alajjiṃ codeti, so ca lajjī bālo hoti abyatto, na sakkoti anuyogaṃ dātuṃ. Tassa nayo dātabbo – 『『kimhi naṃ codesi sīlavipattiyā vā ācāravipattiādīsu vā ekissā』』ti. Kasmā pana imasseva evaṃ nayo dātabbo, na itarassa? Nanu na yuttaṃ vinayadharānaṃ agatigamananti? Na yuttameva. Idaṃ pana agatigamanaṃ na hoti, dhammānuggaho nāma eso alajjiniggahatthāya hi lajjipaggahatthāya ca sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ. Tatra alajjī nayaṃ labhitvā ajjhottharanto ehīti, lajjī pana nayaṃ labhitvā diṭṭhe diṭṭhasantānena, sute sutasantānena patiṭṭhāya kathessati, tasmā tassa dhammānuggaho vaṭṭati. Sace pana so lajjī paṇḍito hoti byatto, patiṭṭhāya katheti, alajjī ca 『『etampi natthi, etampi natthī』』ti paṭiññaṃ na deti, alajjissa paṭiññāya eva kātabbaṃ.

在上述的指控中，根據身體的指控，若在僧團中發生了事實上的指控，應該說「你們將會因我們的裁決而滿足」。如果說「我們將會滿足」，則應當接受這個事項。然後再說「請先裁決，尊者，如果我們能夠被寬恕，我們將會接受」。應當說「請你們先禮拜聖地」等等，長篇敘述后再結束。如果那些在長時間內疲憊的請求者以群體的形式聚集，再次請求時，若在第三次拒絕後，當他們得到安慰時，應該裁決他們的事項。若在裁決時不羞愧，群體應當以此事項進行裁決。如果群體感到愚笨，就應當說「你們應該在你們的集會中尋求教法的持有者」，依照教法、戒律和善知識的教導來安撫該事項，並且這個事項也應當得以安撫。 在這裡，「法」是指真實的事實。「戒律」是指指控和安慰。「善知識的教導」是指親屬的幫助和訓誡的幫助。因此，當指控在事實中被提出時，被指控者應被詢問「這是存在的，還是不存在的」。這樣通過對事實的考察，以真實的事實進行指控並安慰親屬的幫助和訓誡的幫助，應該安撫該事項。如果羞愧者對羞愧者進行指控，該羞愧者是愚笨的，且不應以此為依據。應當這樣說：「你在什麼事情上指控他？」他確實會說：「這是怎麼回事，尊者，是什麼事情？」你連這點也不知道，憑藉你這樣的愚笨來指控他人是不可行的。因此，若他是個無恥之徒而聰明，能夠通過見聞來引導他人，則應當給予他指控的機會。 若羞愧者對無恥之徒進行指控，該羞愧者是愚笨的，且不應以此為依據。應當對此進行指控：「你為何在淫慾缺失或行為缺失等方面指控他？」那麼，為什麼對他這樣指控，而不是對其他人呢？難道對戒律持有者不應有這種行動嗎？這是不應有的。這種不應有的行動是因為對法的遵循而產生的，正是爲了讓無恥之徒和羞愧者都能遵循戒律。此時，無恥者在指控時應當說「來吧」，而羞愧者則應當在見到事實時、聽到事實時依據其所見所聞進行陳述，因此他應當遵循法。如果該羞愧者是聰明的，能夠依據事實進行陳述，而無恥者則不應給予「這也不存在，那也不存在」的承諾，只有在無恥者的承諾下，才應當進行該行為。

Tadatthadīpanatthañca idaṃ vatthu veditabbaṃ. Tepiṭakacūḷābhayatthero kira lohapāsādassa heṭṭhā bhikkhūnaṃ vinayaṃ kathetvā sāyanhasamaye vuṭṭhāti, tassa vuṭṭhānasamaye dve attapaccatthikā kathaṃ pavattesuṃ. Eko 『『etampi natthi, etampi natthī』』ti paṭiññaṃ na deti. Atha appāvasese paṭhamayāme therassa tasmiṃ puggale 『『ayaṃ patiṭṭhāya katheti, ayaṃ pana paṭiññaṃ na deti, bahūni ca vatthūni osaṭāni addhā etaṃ kataṃ bhavissatī』』ti asuddhaladdhi uppannā. Tato bījanīdaṇḍakena pādakathalikāya saññaṃ datvā 『『ahaṃ āvuso vinicchinituṃ ananucchaviko aññena vinicchināpehī』』ti āha. Kasmā bhanteti? Thero tamatthaṃ ārocesi, cuditakapuggalassa kāye ḍāho uṭṭhito, tato so theraṃ vanditvā 『『bhante, vinicchinituṃ anurūpena vinayadharena nāma tumhādiseneva bhavituṃ vaṭṭati. Codakena ca īdiseneva bhavituṃ vaṭṭatī』』ti vatvā setakāni nivāsetvā 『『ciraṃ kilamitattha mayā』』ti khamāpetvā pakkāmi.

Evaṃ lajjinā codiyamāno alajjī bahūsupi vatthūsu uppannesu paṭiññaṃ na deti, so neva 『『suddho』』ti vattabbo na 『『asuddho』』ti. Jīvamatako nāma āmakapūtiko nāma cesa.

Sace panassa aññampi tādisaṃ vatthuṃ uppajjati na vinicchinitabbaṃ . Tathā nāsitakova bhavissati. Sace pana alajjīyeva alajjiṃ codeti, so vattabbo 『『āvuso tava vacanenāyaṃ kiṃ sakkā vattu』』nti itarampi tatheva vatvā ubhopi 『『ekasambhogaparibhogā hutvā jīvathā』』ti vatvā uyyojetabbā, sīlatthāya tesaṃ vinicchayo na kātabbo. Pattacīvarapariveṇādiatthāya pana patirūpaṃ sakkhiṃ labhitvā kātabbo.

Atha lajjī lajjiṃ codeti, vivādo ca nesaṃ kismiñcideva appamattako hoti, saññāpetvā 『『mā evaṃ karothā』』ti accayaṃ desāpetvā uyyojetabbā. Atha panettha cuditakena sahasā viraddhaṃ hoti, ādito paṭṭhāya alajjī nāma natthi. So ca pakkhānurakkhaṇatthāya paṭiññaṃ na deti, 『『mayaṃ saddahāma, mayaṃ saddahāmā』』ti bahū uṭṭhahanti. So tesaṃ paṭiññāya ekavāraṃ dvevāraṃ suddho hotu. Atha pana viraddhakālato paṭṭhāya ṭhāne na tiṭṭhati, vinicchayo na dātabbo.

Evaṃ yāya kāyaci codanāya vasena saṅghamajjhe osaṭe vatthusmiṃ cuditakacodakesu paṭipattiṃ ñatvā tassāyeva codanāya sampattivipattijānanatthaṃ ādimajjhapariyosānādīnaṃ vasena vinicchayo veditabbo. Seyyathidaṃ codanāya ko ādi, kiṃ majjhe, kiṃ pariyosānaṃ? Codanāya 『『ahaṃ taṃ vattukāmo, karotu me āyasmā okāsa』』nti evaṃ okāsakammaṃ ādi, otiṇṇena vatthunā codetvā sāretvā vinicchayo majjhe, āpattiyaṃ vā anāpattiyaṃ vā patiṭṭhāpanena samatho pariyosānaṃ.

Codanāya kati mūlāni, kati vatthūni, kati bhūmiyo? Codanāya dve mūlāni – samūlikā vā amūlikā vā; tīṇi vatthūni – diṭṭhaṃ, sutaṃ, parisaṅkitaṃ; pañca bhūmiyo – kālena vakkhāmi no akālena, bhūtena vakkhāmi no abhūtena, saṇhena vakkhāmi no pharusena, atthasaṃhitena vakkhāmi no anatthasaṃhitena, mettacitto vakkhāmi no dosantaroti. Imāya ca pana codanāya codakena puggalena 『『parisuddhakāyasamācāro nu khomhī』』tiādinā (cūḷava. 399) nayena upālipañcake vuttesu pannarasasu dhammesu patiṭṭhātabbaṃ, cuditakena dvīsu dhammesu patiṭṭhātabbaṃ sacce ca akuppe cāti.

關於此事應當理解如下：據說，長老羅哈帕薩達在比丘們的戒律下，晚上起床時，發生了兩種相反的談話。一個人說：「這也不存在，那也不存在」，他並不給予承諾。然後在稍微的時間內，第一次的長老對這個人說：「這個人是以此為基礎進行談話的，而這個人則不給予承諾，許多事情都被排除了，確實這將會被認為是這樣。」因此，給予了懲罰的警告，說：「我啊，朋友，作為無私者來裁決，另一個人也應當被裁決。」 為什麼這樣說呢？長老對此進行了說明，因被指控者的身體受到懲罰，因此他向長老致敬后說：「尊者，依照適當的戒律，你這樣的存在是可以的。作為指控者也應當如此。」然後他脫下白衣，表示「我在這裡已經受了很長時間的苦」，請求寬恕后離開。 因此，被羞愧者所指控的愚笨者在許多事物上不給予承諾，因此他既不能被稱為「清凈」，也不能被稱為「污穢」。生死未了者，或稱為惡劣者。 如果他在其他方面也發生類似的事情，則不應當被裁決。否則將會被認為是無效的。如果愚笨者對愚笨者進行指控，則應當說：「朋友，你的話能否成立？」若他也同樣如此說，雙方應當說：「作為共同享用的，愿你們生存。」因此應當被召喚，關於戒律的裁決不應當成立。爲了獲得適合的衣物、缽等，應當得到相應的能力。 然後，羞愧者對羞愧者進行指控，雙方在某些方面的爭論會非常微小，應當給予警告說：「不要這樣做。」然而在這裡，被指控者突然被拒絕，從一開始就沒有羞愧者。這人爲了保護自己不被指控，不給予承諾，「我們相信，我們相信」，許多人會站起來。根據他們的承諾，至少要一次或兩次保持清凈。然後，從拒絕的時間起，不應當待在那個地方，不應當給予裁決。 因此，依照身體的指控，若在僧團中發生了事實上的指控，應該瞭解指控的處理，依照開始、中間、結束等的情況進行裁決。比如說，指控的開始是什麼，中間是什麼，結束是什麼？指控是「我想做這個，請給我機會」，這樣進行開始的動作，經過對事實的指控，給予安慰后，裁決是在中間，是否犯戒或不犯戒的安置。 指控有多少根源，有多少事項，有多少層次？指控有兩個根源——有根的或無根的；有三個事項——見到的、聽到的、懷疑的；有五個層次——在適當的時間說，而不是在不適當的時間說；在真實的情況下說，而不是在虛假的情況下說；在柔和的情況下說，而不是在嚴厲的情況下說；在有意義的情況下說，而不是在無意義的情況下說；在慈悲的心態下說，而不是在憤怒的心態下說。通過這樣的指控，指控者應當以「我的身體行為是否清凈？」等方式，依據《優波離五法經》中提到的十五種法進行裁決，被指控者應當在兩個法中進行裁決，若真實且不被動搖。

Appevanāma naṃ imamhā brahmacariyā cāveyyanti api eva nāma naṃ puggalaṃ imamhā seṭṭhacariyā cāveyyaṃ, 『『sādhu vatassa sacāhaṃ imaṃ puggalaṃ imamhā brahmacariyā cāveyya』』nti iminā adhippāyena anuddhaṃseyyāti vuttaṃhoti. Padabhājane pana 『『brahmacariyā cāveyya』』nti imasseva pariyāyamatthaṃ dassetuṃ 『『bhikkhubhāvā cāveyya』』ntiādi vuttaṃ.

Khaṇādīni samayavevacanāni. Taṃ khaṇaṃ taṃ layaṃ taṃ muhuttaṃ vītivatteti tasmiṃ khaṇe tasmiṃ laye tasmiṃ muhutte vītivatte. Bhummappattiyā hi idaṃ upayogavacanaṃ.

Samanuggāhiyamānaniddese yena vatthunā anuddhaṃsito hotīti catūsu pārājikavatthūsu yena vatthunā codakena cuditako anuddhaṃsito abhibhūto ajjhotthaṭo hoti. Tasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ samanuggāhiyamānoti tasmiṃ codakena vuttavatthusmiṃ so codako anuvijjakena 『『kiṃ te diṭṭhaṃ, kinti te diṭṭha』』ntiādinā nayena anuvijjiyamāno vīmaṃsiyamāno upaparikkhiyamāno.

Asamanuggāhiyamānaniddese na kenaci vuccamānoti anuvijjakena vā aññena vā kenaci, atha vā diṭṭhādīsu vatthūsu kenaci avuccamāno. Etesañca dvinnaṃ mātikāpadānaṃ parato 『『bhikkhu ca dosaṃ patiṭṭhātī』』tiiminā sambandho veditabbo. Idañhi vuttaṃ hoti – 『『evaṃ samanuggāhiyamāno vā asamanuggāhiyamāno vā bhikkhu ca dosaṃ patiṭṭhāti paṭicca tiṭṭhati paṭijānāti saṅghādiseso』』ti. Idañca amūlakabhāvassa pākaṭakāladassanatthameva vuttaṃ. Āpattiṃ pana anuddhaṃsitakkhaṇeyeva āpajjati.

Idāni 『『amūlakañceva taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ hotī』』ti ettha yasmā amūlakalakkhaṇaṃ pubbe vuttaṃ, tasmā taṃ avatvā apubbameva dassetuṃ 『『adhikaraṇaṃ nāmā』』tiādimāha. Tattha yasmā adhikaraṇaṃ adhikaraṇaṭṭhena ekampi vatthuvasena nānā hoti, tenassa taṃ nānattaṃ dassetuṃ 『『cattāri adhikaraṇāni vivādādhikaraṇa』』ntiādimāha. Ko pana so adhikaraṇaṭṭho, yenetaṃ ekaṃ hotīti? Samathehi adhikaraṇīyatā. Tasmā yaṃ adhikicca ārabbha paṭicca sandhāya samathā vattanti, taṃ 『『adhikaraṇa』』nti veditabbaṃ.

Aṭṭhakathāsu pana vuttaṃ – 『『adhikaraṇanti keci gāhaṃ vadanti, keci cetanaṃ, keci akkhantiṃ keci vohāraṃ, keci paṇṇatti』』nti. Puna evaṃ vicāritaṃ 『『yadi gāho adhikaraṇaṃ nāma, eko attādānaṃ gahetvā sabhāgena bhikkhunā saddhiṃ mantayamāno tattha ādīnavaṃ disvā puna cajati, tassa taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ samathappattaṃ bhavissati. Yadi cetanā adhikaraṇaṃ, 『『idaṃ attādānaṃ gaṇhāmī』』ti uppannā cetanā nirujjhati. Yadi akkhanti adhikaraṇaṃ, akkhantiyā attādānaṃ gahetvāpi aparabhāge vinicchayaṃ alabhamāno vā khamāpito vā cajati. Yadi vohāro adhikaraṇaṃ, kathento āhiṇḍitvā aparabhāge tuṇhī hoti niravo, evamassa taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ samathappattaṃ bhavissati, tasmā paṇṇatti adhikaraṇanti.

Taṃ panetaṃ 『『methunadhammapārājikāpatti methunadhammapārājikāpattiyā tabbhāgiyā…pe… evaṃ āpattādhikaraṇaṃ āpattādhikaraṇassa tabbhāgiyanti ca vivādādhikaraṇaṃ siyā kusalaṃ siyā akusalaṃ siyā abyākata』』nti ca evamādīhi virujjhati. Na hi te paṇṇattiyā kusalādibhāvaṃ icchanti, na ca 『『amūlakena pārājikena dhammenā』』ti ettha āgato pārājikadhammo paṇṇatti nāma hoti. Kasmā? Accantaakusalattā. Vuttampi hetaṃ – 『『āpattādhikaraṇaṃ siyā akusalaṃ siyā abyākata』』nti (pari. 303).

這裡的意思是:希望能使他脫離這種梵行,即希望能使這個人脫離最高的行為,"如果我能使這個人脫離梵行就好了",帶著這種意圖誹謗。在詞義解釋中,爲了說明"使脫離梵行"的同義詞,說"使脫離比丘身份"等。 "剎那"等詞是"時間"的同義詞。"度過那個剎那、那個時間、那個瞬間"是指在那個剎那、那個時間、那個瞬間過去之後。這是以處格的意義使用賓格。 在"被審問"的解釋中,"以某個事實被誹謗"是指在四種波羅夷罪中,被指控者被指控者以某個事實誹謗、壓制、壓倒。"在那個事實上被審問"是指在指控者所說的那個事實上,那個指控者被審問者以"你看到了什麼?你是怎麼看到的?"等方式審問、調查、檢查。 在"不被審問"的解釋中,"不被任何人說"是指不被審問者或其他任何人,或者在所見等事實中不被任何人說。這兩個標題詞應該與後面的"比丘承認過失"相連。這裡的意思是:"這樣被審問或不被審問,比丘承認過失、接受、承認,犯僧殘罪。"這只是爲了說明無根據的情況變得明顯的時間。但實際上,在誹謗的那一刻就已經犯罪了。 現在,關於"這個訴訟是無根據的",因為無根據的特徵前面已經說過了,所以不再重複,而是爲了說明新的內容而說"所謂訴訟"等。其中,因為訴訟在訴訟的意義上是一個,但在事實上是多種,所以爲了說明它的多樣性而說"四種訴訟:諍論訴訟"等。那麼,什麼是訴訟的意義,使它成為一個呢?就是可以通過調解來解決。因此,應該知道,調解所依據、開始、關聯、聯繫的,就是"訴訟"。 在註釋書中說:"有些人說訴訟是執著,有些人說是意圖,有些人說是不滿,有些人說是表達,有些人說是概念。"然後這樣考慮:"如果執著是訴訟,一個人拿著自己的觀點,與志同道合的比丘商議,看到其中的過患后又放棄,那麼他的訴訟就會得到解決。如果意圖是訴訟,'我要拿這個觀點'這樣生起的意圖就會消失。如果不滿是訴訟,因不滿而拿著觀點,後來得不到裁決或被請求原諒就放棄。如果表達是訴訟,說了一圈後來沉默不語,這樣他的訴訟就會得到解決,所以概念是訴訟。" 但這與"淫慾波羅夷罪是淫慾波羅夷罪的同類...這樣罪訴訟是罪訴訟的同類"和"諍論訴訟可能是善的、不善的或無記的"等說法相矛盾。因為他們不認為概念有善等的性質,而且在"以無根據的波羅夷法"中出現的波羅夷法不是所謂的概念。為什麼?因為它是絕對不善的。所以說:"罪訴訟可能是不善的或無記的。"

Yañcetaṃ 『『amūlakena pārājikenā』』ti ettha amūlakaṃ pārājikaṃ niddiṭṭhaṃ, tassevāyaṃ 『『amūlakañceva taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ hotī』』ti paṭiniddeso, na paṇṇattiyā na hi aññaṃ niddisitvā aññaṃ paṭiniddisati. Yasmā pana yāya paṇṇattiyā yena abhilāpena codakena so puggalo pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpannoti paññatto, pārājikasaṅkhātassa adhikaraṇassa amūlakattā sāpi paññatti amūlikā hoti, adhikaraṇe pavattattā ca adhikaraṇaṃ. Tasmā iminā pariyāyena paṇṇatti 『『adhikaraṇa』』nti yujjeyya, yasmā vā yaṃ amūlakaṃ nāma adhikaraṇaṃ taṃ sabhāvato natthi, paññattimattameva atthi. Tasmāpi paṇṇatti adhikaraṇanti yujjeyya. Tañca kho idheva na sabbattha. Na hi vivādādīnaṃ paṇṇatti adhikaraṇaṃ. Adhikaraṇaṭṭho pana tesaṃ pubbe vuttasamathehi adhikaraṇīyatā. Iti iminā adhikaraṇaṭṭhena idhekacco vivādo vivādo ceva adhikaraṇañcāti vivādādhikaraṇaṃ. Esa nayo sesesu .

Tattha 『『idha bhikkhū vivadanti dhammoti vā adhammoti vā』』ti evaṃ aṭṭhārasa bhedakaravatthūni nissāya uppanno vivādo vivādādhikaraṇaṃ. 『『Idha bhikkhū bhikkhuṃ anuvadanti sīlavipattiyā vā』』ti evaṃ catasso vipattiyo nissāya uppanno anuvādo anuvādādhikaraṇaṃ. 『『Pañcapi āpattikkhandhā āpattādhikaraṇaṃ, sattapi āpattikkhandhā āpattādhikaraṇa』』nti evaṃ āpattiyeva āpattādhikaraṇaṃ. 『『Yā saṅghassa kiccayatā karaṇīyatā apalokanakammaṃ ñattikammaṃ ñattidutiyakammaṃ ñatticatutthakamma』』nti (cūḷava. 215) evaṃ catubbidhaṃ saṅghakiccaṃ kiccādhikaraṇanti veditabbaṃ.

Imasmiṃ panatthe pārājikāpattisaṅkhātaṃ āpattādhikaraṇameva adhippetaṃ. Sesāni atthuddhāravasena vuttāni, ettakā hi adhikaraṇasaddassa atthā. Tesu pārājikameva idha adhippetaṃ. Taṃ diṭṭhādīhi mūlehi amūlakañceva adhikaraṇaṃ hoti. Ayañca bhikkhu dosaṃ patiṭṭhāti, paṭicca tiṭṭhati 『『tucchakaṃ mayā bhaṇita』』ntiādīni vadanto paṭijānāti. Tassa bhikkhuno anuddhaṃsitakkhaṇeyeva saṅghādisesoti ayaṃ tāvassa sapadānukkamaniddesassa sikkhāpadassa attho.

這裡所說的"以無根據的波羅夷",其中無根據的波羅夷被解釋為"這個訴訟是無根據的",這是對它的再解釋,而不是對概念的解釋。因為不會解釋一個東西而再解釋另一個東西。但是,因為指控者用某種說法將那個人指控為犯了波羅夷法,由於被稱為波羅夷的訴訟是無根據的,那個說法也是無根據的,而且因為發生在訴訟中,所以是訴訟。因此,從這個角度來看,可以說概念是"訴訟"。或者,因為所謂的無根據的訴訟在本質上是不存在的,只是一個概念而已。因此,也可以說概念是訴訟。但這隻適用於這裡,不是所有地方。因為諍論等的概念不是訴訟。但它們的訴訟性質是前面所說的可以通過調解來解決。因此,根據這個訴訟的性質,這裡的某些諍論既是諍論又是訴訟,所以叫做諍論訴訟。其他的也是同樣的道理。 其中,"這裡比丘們爭論是法或非法"等,依據十八種破和合事而產生的諍論是諍論訴訟。"這裡比丘們指責比丘違反戒律"等,依據四種違犯而產生的指責是指責訴訟。"五種罪聚是罪訴訟,七種罪聚是罪訴訟",這樣罪本身就是罪訴訟。"僧團的職責、應做的事、白羯磨、單白羯磨、白二羯磨、白四羯磨",這四種僧團事務應該理解為事務訴訟。 但在這個意義上,只是指波羅夷罪所稱的罪訴訟。其他的是爲了說明意義而提到的,因為這些都是訴訟這個詞的意思。在這些中,這裡只是指波羅夷。它是無根據的訴訟,沒有所見等根據。而且這個比丘承認過失,接受,說"我說的是空話"等來承認。對於這個比丘,在誹謗的那一刻就犯了僧殘罪。這就是這條戒條的逐字解釋的意思。

1. Idāni yāni tāni saṅkhepato diṭṭhādīni codanāvatthūni vuttāni, tesaṃ vasena vitthārato āpattiṃ ropetvā dassento 『『adiṭṭhassa hotī』』tiādimāha. Tattha adiṭṭhassa hotīti adiṭṭho assa hoti. Etena codakena adiṭṭho hoti, so puggalo pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpajjantoti attho. Esa nayo asutassa hotītiādīsupi.

Diṭṭho mayāti diṭṭhosi mayāti vuttaṃ hoti. Esa nayo suto mayātiādīsupi. Sesaṃ adiṭṭhamūlake uttānatthameva. Diṭṭhamūlake pana tañce codeti 『『suto mayā』』ti evaṃ vuttānaṃ suttādīnaṃ ābhāvena amūlakattaṃ veditabbaṃ.

Sabbasmiṃyeva ca imasmiṃ codakavāre yathā idhāgatesu 『『pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpannosi, assamaṇosi, asakyaputtiyosī』』ti imesu vacanesu ekekassa vasena vācāya vācāya saṅghādiseso hoti, evaṃ aññatra āgatesu 『『dussīlo, pāpadhammo, asucisaṅkassarasamācāro, paṭicchannakammanto , assamaṇo samaṇapaṭiñño, abrahmacārī brahmacāripaṭiñño, antopūti, avassuto, kasambujāto』』ti imesupi vacanesu ekekassa vasena vācāya vācāya saṅghādiseso hotiyeva.

『『Natthi tayā saddhiṃ uposatho vā pavāraṇā vā saṅghakammaṃ vā』』ti imāni pana suddhāni sīsaṃ na enti, 『『dussīlosi natthi tayā saddhiṃ uposatho vā』』ti evaṃ dussīlādipadesu pana 『『pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpannosī』』tiādipadesu vā yena kenaci saddhiṃ ghaṭitāneva sīsaṃ enti, saṅghādisesakarāni honti.

Mahāpadumatthero panāha – 『『na kevalaṃ idha pāḷiyaṃ anāgatāni 『dussīlo pāpadhammo』tiādipadāneva sīsaṃ enti, 『koṇṭhosi mahāsāmaṇerosi, mahāupāsakosi, jeṭṭhabbatikosi, nigaṇṭhosi, ājīvakosi, tāpasosi, paribbājakosi, paṇḍakosi, theyyasaṃvāsakosi, titthiyapakkantakosi, tiracchānagatosi, mātughātakosi, pitughātakosi, arahantaghātakosi, saṅghabhedakosi, lohituppādakosi, bhikkhunīdūsakosi, ubhatobyañjanakaosī』ti imānipi sīsaṃ entiyevā』』ti. Mahāpadumattheroyeva ca 『『diṭṭhe vematikotiādīsu yadaggena vematiko tadaggena no kappeti, yadaggena no kappeti tadaggena nassarati, yadaggena nassarati tadaggena pamuṭṭho hotī』』ti vadati.

Mahāsumatthero pana ekekaṃ dvidhā bhinditvā catunnampi pāṭekkaṃ nayaṃ dasseti. Kathaṃ? Diṭṭhe vematikoti ayaṃ tāva dassane vā vematiko hoti puggale vā, tattha 『『diṭṭho nukho mayā na diṭṭho』』ti evaṃ dassane vematiko hoti. 『『Ayaṃ nukho mayā diṭṭho añño』』ti evaṃ puggale vematiko hoti. Evaṃ dassanaṃ vā no kappeti puggalaṃ vā, dassanaṃ vā nassarati puggalaṃ vā, dassanaṃ vā pamuṭṭho hoti puggalaṃ vā. Ettha ca vematikoti vimatijāto. No kappetīti na saddahati. Nassaratīti asāriyamāno nassarati. Yadā pana taṃ 『『asukasmiṃ nāma bhante ṭhāne asukasmiṃ nāma kāle』』ti sārenti tadā sarati. Pamuṭṭhoti yo tehi tehi upāyehi sāriyamānopi nassaratiyevāti . Etenevupāyena codāpakavāropi veditabbo, kevalañhi tattha 『『mayā』』ti parihīnaṃ, sesaṃ codakavārasadisameva.

現在,爲了詳細地說明前面簡略提到的所見等指控事項,並確定其罪過,他說"對於未見的"等。其中,"對於未見的"是指對他來說是未見的。這意味著這個指控者沒有看到那個人犯波羅夷罪。對於"未聞的"等也是同樣的道理。 "我看見"是說"你被我看見"。對於"我聽見"等也是同樣的道理。其餘未見根據的部分意思很明顯。但在見根據的部分,如果他指控說"我聽見",應該知道由於缺乏所說的聽聞等,所以是無根據的。 在這整個指控部分,就像這裡出現的"你犯了波羅夷罪,你不是沙門,你不是釋迦子"這些話,每說一句就犯一次僧殘罪,同樣,在其他地方出現的"破戒者,惡法者,不凈行為者,隱藏行為者,假冒沙門,假冒梵行者,內心腐敗,有慾望,生惡"這些話,每說一句也都犯一次僧殘罪。 但"與你一起不能布薩或自恣或僧團羯磨"這些話單獨說不構成犯罪,只有"你是破戒者,與你一起不能布薩"等,與"破戒者"等詞或"你犯了波羅夷罪"等詞中的任何一個結合才構成犯罪,才會導致僧殘罪。 大蓮花長老說:"不僅是這裡經文中沒有出現的'破戒者,惡法者'等詞構成犯罪,'你是閹人,你是大沙彌,你是大優婆塞,你是最長的修行者,你是尼乾子,你是阿耆毗迦,你是苦行者,你是遊行者,你是黃門,你是偷法者,你是改投外道者,你是畜生,你是殺母者,你是殺父者,你是殺阿羅漢者,你是破僧者,你是出佛身血者,你是污比丘尼者,你是兩性人'這些話也都構成犯罪。"大蓮花長老還說:"在'對所見有疑'等中,當他有疑時就不相信,當他不相信時就不記得,當他不記得時就忘記了。" 但大善長老將每一項分為兩種,分別說明四種情況。怎麼說呢?"對所見有疑"可能是對看見這件事有疑,或者對那個人有疑。其中,"我是否看見了"這樣對看見有疑。"這是我看見的那個人還是另一個人"這樣對人有疑。同樣,他可能不相信看見這件事或那個人,可能不記得看見這件事或那個人,可能忘記看見這件事或那個人。這裡,"有疑"是指產生疑惑。"不相信"是指不信任。"不記得"是指在沒有被提醒的情況下不記得。但當有人提醒說"尊者,在某某地方某某時間"時,他就會記得。"忘記"是指即使用各種方法提醒他也不記得。通過這種方法也應該理解使人指控的部分,只是那裡缺少了"我",其餘的與指控部分相同。

1. Tato paraṃ āpattibhedaṃ anāpattibhedañca dassetuṃ 『『asuddhe suddhadiṭṭhī』』tiādikaṃ catukkaṃ ṭhapetvā ekamekaṃ padaṃ catūhi catūhi bhedehi niddiṭṭhaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ pāḷinayeneva sakkā jānituṃ. Kevalaṃ hetthādhippāyabhedo veditabbo. Ayañhi adhippāyo nāma – cāvanādhippāyo, akkosādhippāyo, kammādhippāyo, vuṭṭhānādhippāyo, uposathapavāraṇaṭṭhapanādhippāyo, anuvijjanādhippāyo, dhammakathādhippāyoti anekavidho. Tattha purimesu catūsu adhippāyesu okāsaṃ akārāpentassa dukkaṭaṃ. Okāsaṃ kārāpetvāpi ca sammukhā amūlakena pārājikena anuddhaṃsentassa saṅghādiseso. Amūlakena saṅghādisesena anuddhaṃsentassa pācittiyaṃ. Ācāravipattiyā anuddhaṃsentassa dukkaṭaṃ. Akkosādhippāyena vadantassa pācittiyaṃ. Asammukhā pana sattahipi āpattikkhandhehi vadantassa dukkaṭaṃ. Asammukhā eva sattavidhampi kammaṃ karontassa dukkaṭameva.

Kurundiyaṃ pana 『『vuṭṭhānādhippāyena 『tvaṃ imaṃ nāma āpattiṃ āpanno taṃ paṭikarohī』ti vadantassa okāsakiccaṃ natthī』』ti vuttaṃ. Sabbattheva pana 『『uposathapavāraṇaṃ ṭhapentassa okāsakammaṃ natthī』』ti vuttaṃ. Ṭhapanakkhettaṃ pana jānitabbaṃ. 『『Suṇātu me bhante saṅgho ajjuposatho pannaraso yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ saṅgho uposathaṃ kareyya』』ti etasmiñhi re-kāre anatikkanteyeva ṭhapetuṃ labbhati. Tato paraṃ pana yya-kāre patte na labbhati. Esa nayo pavāraṇāya. Anuvijjakassāpi osaṭe vatthusmiṃ 『『atthetaṃ tavā』』ti anuvijjanādhippāyena vadantassa okāsakammaṃ natthi.

Dhammakathikassāpi dhammāsane nisīditvā 『『yo idañcidañca karoti, ayaṃ bhikkhu assamaṇo』』tiādinā nayena anodissa dhammaṃ kathentassa okāsakammaṃ natthi. Sace pana odissa niyametvā 『『asuko ca asuko ca assamaṇo anupāsako』』ti katheti, dhammāsanato orohitvā āpattiṃ desetvā gantabbaṃ. Yaṃ pana tattha tattha 『『anokāsaṃ kārāpetvā』』ti vuttaṃ tassa okāsaṃ akārāpetvāti evamattho veditabbo, na hi koci anokāso nāma atthi, yamokāsaṃ kārāpetvā āpattiṃ āpajjati, okāsaṃ pana akārāpetvā āpajjatīti. Sesaṃ uttānameva.

Samuṭṭhānādīsu tisamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyacittato, vācācittato, kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti. Kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, dukkhavedananti.

Paṭhamaduṭṭhadosasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Dutiyaduṭṭhadosasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

從這裡開始，爲了說明罪的分類和無罪的分類，提出了「污穢的清凈見解」等四種，並在每一種中列出一個個的詞彙，所有這些都可以通過巴利文的方式來理解。僅僅是前面所提到的意圖的分類需要被理解。這個意圖的名稱有：放棄意圖、辱罵意圖、行為意圖、起立意圖、布薩與自恣的設定意圖、隨行意圖、法談意圖等多種。在前四種意圖中，若不採取行動則犯了惡行。即使採取行動，若面前無根本的波羅夷法而被指控，則犯了僧殘罪。若根本的僧殘罪未被指控，則犯了懺悔罪。因行為失誤而被指控的，則犯了惡行。因辱罵意圖而說的，則犯了懺悔罪。而若不在面前說出七種罪聚中的任何一種，則犯了惡行。即使不在面前做出七種行為，也犯了惡行。 在庫倫地（Kurundi）則說：「因起立意圖而說『你犯了這個罪，你應該抵抗』時，沒有機會的行為。」而在任何地方都說「設定布薩與自恣的行為沒有機會。」設定的場所需要被理解。「請聽我說，尊者，今天布薩是第十五，如果僧團能夠在適當的時間進行布薩，僧團就會進行布薩。」在這個地方，若不超越「再」字，則可以設定。之後的地方則不能設定。對於自恣也是同樣的道理。對於隨行者的情況，在某個地方說「這就是你的」時，沒有機會的行為。 對於法談者而言，坐在法座上說「誰做這個那個，這個比丘不是沙門」等等，若不被指控，則沒有機會的行為。如果說「某某比丘不是沙門，不是優婆塞」，則應從法座上下來，指控罪過。至於「未設定的行為」所說的內容，應理解為未設定的行為，實際上沒有任何未設定的東西，只有在設定的情況下才會犯罪，而在未設定的情況下則不會犯罪。其餘部分同樣是重複的。 在起因等中，有三種起因——身體的、言語的、身體與言語的結合而產生的。行為、覺知解脫、心的活動、世俗的不善、身體的行為、言語的行為、噁心、痛苦的感受等。 第一次惡行的罪戒條的解釋已完成。 第二次惡行的罪戒條的解釋。

391.Tena samayena buddho bhagavāti dutiyaduṭṭhadosasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha handa mayaṃ āvuso imaṃ chagalakaṃ dabbaṃ mallaputtaṃ nāma karomāti te kira paṭhamavatthusmiṃ attano manorathaṃ sampādetuṃ asakkontā laddhaniggahā vighātappattā 『『idāni jānissāmā』』ti tādisaṃ vatthuṃ pariyesamānā vicaranti. Athekadivasaṃ disvā tuṭṭhā aññamaññaṃ oloketvā evamāhaṃsu – 『『handa mayaṃ, āvuso, imaṃ chagalakaṃ dabbaṃ mallaputtaṃ nāma karomā』』ti, 『『dabbo mallaputto nāmāya』』nti evamassa nāmaṃ karomāti vuttaṃ hoti. Esa nayo mettiyaṃ nāma bhikkhuninti etthāpi.

Te bhikkhū mettiyabhumajake bhikkhū anuyuñjiṃsūti evaṃ anuyuñjiṃsu –『『āvuso, kuhiṃ tumhehi dabbo mallaputto mettiyāya bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ diṭṭho』』ti? 『『Gijjhakūṭapabbatapāde』』ti. 『『Kāya velāya』』ti? 『『Bhikkhācāragamanavelāyā』』ti. Āvuso dabba ime evaṃ vadanti – 『『tvaṃ tadā kuhi』』nti? 『『Veḷuvane bhattāni uddisāmī』』ti. 『『Tava tāya velāya veḷuvane atthibhāvaṃ ko jānātī』』ti? 『『Bhikkhusaṅgho, bhante』』ti. Te saṅghaṃ pucchiṃsu – 『『jānātha tumhe tāya velāya imassa veḷuvane atthibhāva』』nti. 『『Āma, āvuso, jānāma, thero sammutiladdhadivasato paṭṭhāya veḷuvaneyevā』』ti. Tato mettiyabhumajake āhaṃsu – 『『āvuso, tumhākaṃ kathā na sameti, kacci no lesaṃ oḍḍetvā vadathā』』ti. Evaṃ te tehi bhikkhūhi anuyuñjiyamānā āma āvusoti vatvā etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ.

Kiṃpana tumhe, āvuso, āyasmantaṃ dabbaṃ mallaputtaṃ aññabhāgiyassa adhikaraṇassāti ettha aññabhāgassa idaṃ, aññabhāgo vā assa atthīti aññabhāgiyaṃ. Adhikaraṇanti ādhāro veditabbo, vatthu adhiṭṭhānanti vuttaṃ hoti. Yo hi so 『『dabbo mallaputto nāmā』』ti chagalako vutto, so yvāyaṃ āyasmato dabbassa mallaputtassa bhāgo koṭṭhāso pakkho manussajāti ceva bhikkhubhāvo ca tato aññassa bhāgassa koṭṭhāsassa pakkhassa hoti tiracchānajātiyā ceva chagalakabhāvassa ca so vā aññabhāgo assa atthīti tasmā aññabhāgiyasaṅkhyaṃ labhati. Yasmā ca tesaṃ 『『imaṃ mayaṃ dabbaṃ mallaputtaṃ nāma karomā』』ti vadantānaṃ tassā nāmakaraṇasaññāya ādhāro vatthu adhiṭṭhānaṃ, tasmā adhikaraṇanti veditabbo. Tañhi sandhāya 『『te bhikkhū aññabhāgiyassa adhikaraṇassā』』ti āhaṃsu, na vivādādhikaraṇādīsu aññataraṃ. Kasmā? Asambhavato. Na hi te catunnaṃ adhikaraṇānaṃ kassaci aññabhāgiyassa adhikaraṇassa kañcidesaṃ lesamattaṃ upādiyiṃsu. Na ca catunnaṃ adhikaraṇānaṃ leso nāma atthi. Jātilesādayo hi puggalānaṃyeva lesā vuttā, na vivādādhikaraṇādīnaṃ. Idañca 『『dabbo mallaputto』』ti nāmaṃ tassa aññabhāgiyādhikaraṇabhāve ṭhitassa chagalakassa koci deso hoti theraṃ amūlakena pārājikena anuddhaṃsetuṃ lesamatto.

Ettha ca dissati apadissati assa ayanti voharīyatīti deso. Jātiādīsu aññatarakoṭṭhāsassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Aññampi vatthuṃ lissati silissati vohāramatteneva īsakaṃ allīyatīti leso. Jātiādīnaṃyeva aññatarakoṭṭhāsassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tato paraṃ uttānatthameva. Sikkhāpadapaññattiyampi ayamevattho. Padabhājane pana yassa aññabhāgiyassa adhikaraṇassa kiñcidesaṃ lesamattaṃ upādāya pārājikena dhammena anuddhaṃseyya , taṃ yasmā aṭṭhuppattivaseneva āvibhūtaṃ, tasmā na vibhattanti veditabbaṃ.

"那時,佛陀..."這是第二個惡意誹謗戒。其中,"朋友們,讓我們把這隻山羊稱為達巴·馬拉子"。據說,他們在第一個事件中無法實現自己的願望,受到懲罰後感到沮喪,說"現在我們知道了",然後四處尋找類似的事件。有一天看到后高興地互相看了看,這樣說道:"朋友們,讓我們把這隻山羊稱為達巴·馬拉子",意思是"讓我們給它取名叫達巴·馬拉子"。對於"名叫梅提亞的比丘尼"也是同樣的道理。 那些比丘詢問梅提亞和布馬賈卡比丘:"朋友們,你們在哪裡看到達巴·馬拉子和梅提亞比丘尼在一起?""在鷲峰山腳下。""什麼時候?""去乞食的時候。""朋友達巴,他們這樣說,你那時在哪裡?""我在竹林精舍分配食物。""誰知道你那時在竹林精舍?""比丘僧團,尊者。"他們問僧團:"你們知道他那時在竹林精舍嗎?""是的,朋友們,我們知道,長老從得到許可的那天起就一直在竹林精舍。"然後他們對梅提亞和布馬賈卡說:"朋友們,你們的話不一致,你們是不是用借口在說謊?"他們被這些比丘這樣詢問時說"是的,朋友們",然後說明了這件事。 "朋友們,你們是否以其他事件的某個借口..."這裡,"其他部分的"是指屬於其他部分,或者有其他部分。"事件"應理解為基礎,意思是說事物的基礎。那個被稱為"達巴·馬拉子"的山羊,它屬於尊者達巴·馬拉子的部分、份額、一方,即人類種族和比丘身份,而另一部分、份額、一方則屬於動物種族和山羊身份,或者說它有另一個部分,因此被稱為"其他部分的"。因為他們說"讓我們把它稱為達巴·馬拉子"時,這個命名的想法是基礎、事物、根據,所以應理解為"事件"。他們指的就是這個,所以說"那些比丘以其他事件的...",而不是指諍論等其他事件中的任何一個。為什麼?因為不可能。他們沒有采用四種訴訟中任何一種其他部分的訴訟的任何借口。四種訴訟也沒有所謂的借口。因為只說過人的種姓等借口,而不是諍論等訴訟的借口。這個"達巴·馬拉子"的名字是那個處於其他部分事件狀態的山羊的某個部分,是用來以無根據的波羅夷罪誹謗長老的借口。 這裡,"部分"是指可見的、可指的、可說的。這是種姓等某一部分的代名詞。"借口"是指粘附、依附於其他事物,僅僅通過言語稍微附著。這也是種姓等某一部分的代名詞。之後的意思很明顯。在制定戒條時也是這個意思。在詞義解釋中,對於採用其他部分事件的某個借口以波羅夷法誹謗的情況,因為通過事件的起因已經很清楚了,所以應該理解為沒有詳細解釋。

1. Yāni pana adhikaraṇanti vacanasāmaññato atthuddhāravasena pavattāni cattāri adhikaraṇāni, tesaṃ aññabhāgiyatā ca tabbhāgiyatā ca yasmā apākaṭā jānitabbā ca vinayadharehi, tasmā vacanasāmaññato laddhaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ nissāya taṃ āvikaronto 『『aññabhāgiyassa adhikaraṇassāti āpattaññabhāgiyaṃ vā hoti adhikaraṇaññabhāgiyaṃ vā』』tiādimāha. Yā ca sā avasāne āpattaññabhāgiyassa adhikaraṇassa vasena codanā vuttā, tampi dassetuṃ ayaṃ sabbādhikaraṇānaṃ tabbhāgiyaaññabhāgiyatā samāhaṭāti veditabbā.

Tattha ca āpattaññabhāgiyaṃ vāti paṭhamaṃ uddiṭṭhattā 『『kathañca āpatti āpattiyā aññabhāgiyā hotī』』ti niddese ārabhitabbe yasmā āpattādhikaraṇassa tabbhāgiyavicāraṇāyaṃyeva ayamattho āgamissati, tasmā evaṃ anārabhitvā 『『kathañca adhikaraṇaṃ adhikaraṇassa aññabhāgiya』』nti pacchimapadaṃyeva gahetvā niddeso āraddhoti veditabbo.

Tattha aññabhāgiyavāro uttānatthoyeva. Ekamekañhi adhikaraṇaṃ itaresaṃ tiṇṇaṃ tiṇṇaṃ aññabhāgiyaṃ aññapakkhiyaṃ aññakoṭṭhāsiyaṃ hoti, vatthuvisabhāgattā, tabbhāgiyavāre pana vivādādhikaraṇaṃ vivādādhikaraṇassa tabbhāgiyaṃ tappakkhiyaṃ taṃkoṭṭhāsiyaṃ vatthusabhāgattā, tathā anuvādādhikaraṇaṃ anuvādādhikaraṇassa. Kathaṃ? Buddhakālato paṭṭhāya hi aṭṭhārasa bhedakaravatthūni nissāya uppannavivādo ca idāni uppajjanakavivādo ca vatthusabhāgatāya ekaṃ vivādādhikaraṇameva hoti, tathā buddhakālato paṭṭhāya catasso vipattiyo nissāya uppannaanuvādo ca idāni uppajjanakaanuvādo ca vatthusabhāgatāya ekaṃ anuvādādhikaraṇameva hoti. Yasmā pana āpattādhikaraṇaṃ āpattādhikaraṇassa sabhāgavisabhāgavatthuto sabhāgasarikkhāsarikkhato ca ekaṃsena tabbhāgiyaṃ na hoti, tasmā āpattādhikaraṇaṃ āpattādhikaraṇassa siyā tabbhāgiyaṃ siyā aññabhāgiyanti vuttaṃ. Tattha ādito paṭṭhāya aññabhāgiyassa paṭhamaṃ niddiṭṭhattā idhāpi aññabhāgiyameva paṭhamaṃ niddiṭṭhaṃ, tattha aññabhāgiyattañca parato tabbhāgiyattañca vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.

Kiccādhikaraṇaṃkiccādhikaraṇassa tabbhāgiyanti ettha pana buddhakālato paṭṭhāya cattāri saṅghakammāni nissāya uppannaṃ adhikaraṇañca idāni cattāri saṅghakammāni nissāya uppajjanakaṃ adhikaraṇañca sabhāgatāya sarikkhatāya ca ekaṃ kiccādhikaraṇameva hoti. Kiṃ pana saṅghakammāni nissāya uppannaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ kiccādhikaraṇaṃ, udāhu saṅghakammānamevetaṃ adhivacananti? Saṅghakammānamevetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Evaṃ santepi saṅghakammaṃ nāma 『『idañcidañca evaṃ kattabba』』nti yaṃ kammalakkhaṇaṃ manasikaroti taṃ nissāya uppajjanato purimaṃ purimaṃ saṅghakammaṃ nissāya uppajjanato ca saṅghakammāni nissāya uppannaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ kiccādhikaraṇanti vuttaṃ.

394.Kiñci desaṃ lesamattaṃ upādāyāti ettha pana yasmā desoti vā lesamattoti vā pubbe vuttanayeneva byañjanato nānaṃ atthato ekaṃ, tasmā 『『leso nāma dasa lesā jātileso nāmaleso』』tiādimāha. Tattha jātiyeva jātileso. Esa nayo sesesu.

關於"訴訟"這個詞,從一般用法來看有四種訴訟,它們的不同部分和相同部分因為不明顯而需要持戒者瞭解,所以依據一般用法所得到的訴訟,爲了闡明這一點,他說"其他部分的訴訟是指罪的其他部分或訴訟的其他部分"等。最後提到的基於罪的其他部分訴訟的指控,也應該理解為這裡彙集了所有訴訟的相同部分和不同部分。 其中,"罪的其他部分"因為首先被提到,在解釋"罪怎樣與罪是不同部分"時應該開始,但因為這個意思將在罪訴訟的相同部分考察中出現,所以沒有這樣開始,而是取最後一句"訴訟怎樣與訴訟是不同部分"開始解釋,應該這樣理解。 其中不同部分的段落意思很明顯。每一種訴訟對其他三種訴訟來說都是不同部分、不同方面、不同類別,因為事物性質不同。在相同部分的段落中,諍論訴訟對諍論訴訟來說是相同部分、相同方面、相同類別,因為事物性質相同,指責訴訟對指責訴訟也是如此。怎麼說呢?從佛陀時代開始,依據十八種破和合事而產生的諍論和現在將要產生的諍論,因事物性質相同而成為同一個諍論訴訟。同樣,從佛陀時代開始,依據四種過失而產生的指責和現在將要產生的指責,因事物性質相同而成為同一個指責訴訟。因為罪訴訟對罪訴訟來說,從相同和不同事物、從相似和不相似來看,不一定是相同部分,所以說罪訴訟對罪訴訟可能是相同部分,可能是不同部分。其中,因為從一開始不同部分先被提到,所以這裡也先提到不同部分,其中的不同部分性和相同部分性應該按照前面所說的方式理解。 "事務訴訟對事務訴訟是相同部分"這裡,從佛陀時代開始,依據四種僧團羯磨而產生的訴訟和現在依據四種僧團羯磨將要產生的訴訟,因為性質相同、相似,成為同一個事務訴訟。那麼,依據僧團羯磨而產生的訴訟是事務訴訟,還是這只是僧團羯磨的代名詞?這只是僧團羯磨的代名詞。即使這樣,所謂的僧團羯磨,由於依據"這個那個應該這樣做"這樣的羯磨特徵而產生,由於依據前前的僧團羯磨而產生,所以說依據僧團羯磨而產生的訴訟是事務訴訟。 關於"採用某個部分或借口",這裡因為"部分"或"借口"按照前面所說的方式在字面上不同但意思相同,所以說"借口有十種:種姓借口、名字借口"等。其中,種姓本身就是種姓借口。其他的也是同樣的道理。

1. Idāni tameva lesaṃ vitthārato dassetuṃ yathā taṃ upādāya anuddhaṃsanā hoti tathā savatthukaṃ katvā dassento 『『jātileso nāma khattiyo diṭṭho hotī』』tiādimāha. Tattha khattiyo diṭṭho hotīti añño koci khattiyajātiyo iminā codakena diṭṭho hoti. Pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpajjantoti methunadhammādīsu aññataraṃ āpajjanto. Aññaṃ khattiyaṃ passitvācodetīti atha so aññaṃ attano veriṃ khattiyajātiyaṃ bhikkhuṃ passitvā taṃ khattiyajātilesaṃ gahetvā evaṃ codeti 『『khattiyo mayā diṭṭho pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpajjanto, tvaṃ khattiyo, pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpannosī』』 atha vā 『『tvaṃ so khattiyo, na añño, pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpannosi, assamaṇosi asakyaputtiyosi natthi tayā saddhiṃ uposatho vā pavāraṇā vā saṅghakammaṃ vā』』ti, āpatti vācāya vācāya saṅghādisesassa. Ettha ca tesaṃ khattiyānaṃ aññamaññaṃ asadisassa tassa tassa dīghādino vā diṭṭhādino vā vasena aññabhāgiyatā khattiyajātipaññattiyā ādhāravasena adhikaraṇatā ca veditabbā, etenupāyena sabbapadesu yojanā veditabbā.

2. Pattalesaniddese ca sāṭakapattoti lohapattasadiso susaṇṭhāno succhavi siniddho bhamaravaṇṇo mattikāpatto vuccati. Sumbhakapattoti pakatimattikāpatto.

3. Yasmā pana āpattilesassa ekapadeneva saṅkhepato niddeso vutto, tasmā vitthāratopi taṃ dassetuṃ 『『bhikkhu saṅghādisesaṃ ajjhāpajjanto diṭṭho hotī』』tiādi vuttaṃ. Kasmā panassa tattheva niddesaṃ avatvā idha visuṃ vuttoti? Sesaniddesehi asabhāgattā. Sesaniddesā hi aññaṃ disvā aññassa codanāvasena vuttā. Ayaṃ pana ekameva aññaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjantaṃ disvā aññāya āpattiyā codanāvasena vutto. Yadi evaṃ kathaṃ aññabhāgiyaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ hotīti? Āpattiyā. Teneva vuttaṃ – 『『evampi āpattaññabhāgiyañca hoti leso ca upādinno』』ti. Yañhi so saṅghādisesaṃ āpanno taṃ pārājikassa aññabhāgiyaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ. Tassa pana aññabhāgiyassa adhikaraṇassa leso nāma yo so sabbakhattiyānaṃ sādhāraṇo khattiyabhāvo viya sabbāpattīnaṃ sādhāraṇo āpattibhāvo. Etenupāyena sesāpattimūlakanayo codāpakavāro ca veditabbo.

408.Anāpatti tathāsaññī codeti vā codāpeti vāti 『『pārājikaṃyeva ayaṃ āpanno』』ti yo evaṃ tathāsaññī codeti vā codāpeti vā tassa anāpatti. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānameva. Samuṭṭhānādīnipi paṭhamaduṭṭhadosasadisānevāti.

Dutiyaduṭṭhadosasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Paṭhamasaṅghabhedasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

現在爲了詳細說明這個借口,以及如何採用它來誹謗,他舉例說明說:"所謂種姓借口,是指看到一個剎帝利"等。其中,"看到一個剎帝利"是指這個指控者看到了另一個剎帝利種姓的人。"犯了波羅夷罪"是指犯了淫慾等罪中的一種。"看到另一個剎帝利后指控"是指他看到另一個與自己有仇的剎帝利種姓的比丘后,採用剎帝利種姓這個借口來指控說:"我看到一個剎帝利犯了波羅夷罪,你是剎帝利,你犯了波羅夷罪",或者說"你就是那個剎帝利,不是別人,你犯了波羅夷罪,你不是沙門,不是釋迦子,不能與你一起布薩或自恣或僧團羯磨",每說一句話就犯一次僧殘罪。這裡應該理解,那些剎帝利之間的不同,是基於各自的高矮或所見等而有不同部分,而剎帝利種姓這個概念是訴訟的基礎。按照這個方法,所有詞句的解釋都應該這樣理解。 在缽的借口解釋中,"紗缽"指像銅缽一樣形狀好、顏色好、光滑、蜂色的陶缽。"蘇巴卡缽"指普通的陶缽。 因為罪的借口只用一句話簡略地解釋了,所以爲了詳細說明,說"看到比丘犯僧殘罪"等。為什麼不在那裡解釋而在這裡單獨說呢?因為與其他解釋不同。其他解釋是看到一個人而指控另一個人。而這是看到一個人犯一種罪而指控他犯另一種罪。如果這樣,怎麼是其他部分的訴訟呢?因為罪不同。所以說:"這樣既是罪的其他部分,也採用了借口。"他所犯的僧殘罪對波羅夷罪來說是其他部分的訴訟。那個其他部分訴訟的借口,就像所有剎帝利共有的剎帝利身份一樣,是所有罪共有的罪的身份。按照這個方法,應該理解其他以罪為根據的方式和使人指控的部分。 "如果真的這樣認為而指控或使人指控,則無罪"是指如果有人真的認為"這個人犯了波羅夷罪"而指控或使人指控,則無罪。其餘在各處的意思都很明顯。起因等也與第一個惡意誹謗戒相同。 第二個惡意誹謗戒的解釋結束。 第一個破僧戒的解釋

409.Tenasamayena buddho bhagavāti saṅghabhedasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha atha kho devadattotiādīsu yo ca devadatto, yathā ca pabbajito, yena ca kāraṇena kokālikādayo upasaṅkamitvā 『『etha mayaṃ āvuso samaṇassa gotamassa saṅghabhedaṃ karissāma cakkabheda』』nti āha. Taṃ sabbaṃ saṅghabhedakkhandhake (cūḷava. 343) āgatameva. Pañcavatthuyācanā pana kiñcāpi tattheva āgamissati. Atha kho idhāpi āgatattā yadettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ vatvāva gamissāma.

Sādhu bhanteti āyācanā. Bhikkhū yāvajīvaṃ āraññikā assūti āraññikadhutaṅgaṃ samādāya sabbepi bhikkhū yāva jīvanti tāva āraññikā hontu , araññeyeva vasantu. Yo gāmantaṃ osareyya vajjaṃ naṃ phuseyyāti yo ekabhikkhupi araññaṃ pahāya nivāsatthāya gāmantaṃ osareyya, vajjaṃ taṃ phuseyya naṃ bhikkhuṃ doso phusatu, āpattiyā naṃ bhagavā kāretū』』ti adhippāyena vadati. Esa nayo sesavatthūsupi.

"那時,佛陀..."這是破僧戒。其中,"然後提婆達多"等,關於提婆達多是誰,他是如何出家的,以及他為什麼理由接近拘迦利迦等人說"來吧,朋友們,我們去破沙門喬達摩的僧團,破壞和合",這些都已經在破僧犍度(小品343)中出現過。雖然五事要求也將在那裡出現,但因為這裡也出現了,所以我們會說明這裡應該說的內容。 "善哉,尊者"是請求的意思。"愿比丘們終生住在林野"是指所有比丘都受持林野頭陀行,只要活著就住在林野,只住在森林裡。"誰進入村莊邊界,罪過將觸及他"是說如果有一個比丘離開森林進入村莊邊界居住,罪過將觸及那個比丘,過失將觸及他,意思是說"愿世尊使他犯戒"。其他事項也是同樣的道理。

410.Janaṃ saññāpessāmāti janaṃ amhākaṃ appicchatādibhāvaṃ jānāpessāma, atha vā paritosessāma pasādessāmāti vuttaṃ hoti.

Imāni pana pañca vatthūni yācato devadattassa vacanaṃ sutvāva aññāsi bhagavā 『『saṅghabhedatthiko hutvā ayaṃ yācatī』』ti. Yasmā pana tāni anujāniyamānāni bahūnaṃ kulaputtānaṃ maggantarāyāya saṃvattanti, tasmā bhagavā 『『alaṃ devadattā』』ti paṭikkhipitvā 『『yo icchati āraññiko hotū』』tiādimāha.

Ettha pana bhagavato adhippāyaṃ viditvā kulaputtena attano patirūpaṃ veditabbaṃ. Ayañhettha bhagavato adhippāyo – 『『eko bhikkhu mahajjhāsayo hoti mahussāho, sakkoti gāmantasenāsanaṃ paṭikkhipitvā araññe viharanto dukkhassantaṃ kātuṃ. Eko dubbalo hoti appathāmo araññe na sakkoti, gāmanteyeva sakkoti. Eko mahabbalo samappavattadhātuko adhivāsanakhantisampanno iṭṭhāniṭṭhesu samacitto araññepi gāmantepi sakkotiyeva. Eko neva gāmante na araññe sakkoti padaparamo hoti.

Tatra yvāyaṃ mahajjhāsayo hoti mahussāho, sakkoti gāmantasenāsanaṃ paṭikkhipitvā araññe viharanto dukkhassantaṃ kātuṃ, so araññeyeva vasatu, idamassa patirūpaṃ. Saddhivihārikādayopi cassa anusikkhamānā araññe vihātabbameva maññissanti.

Yo pana dubbalo hoti appathāmo gāmanteyeva sakkoti dukkhassantaṃ kātuṃ, na araññe so gāmanteyeva vasatu, yvāyaṃ mahabbalo samappavattadhātuko adhivāsanakhantisampanno iṭṭhāniṭṭhesu samacitto araññepi gāmantepi sakkotiyeva, ayampi gāmantasenāsanaṃ pahāya araññe viharatu, idamassa patirūpaṃ saddhivihārikāpi hissa anusikkhamānā araññe vihātabbaṃ maññissanti.

Yo panāyaṃ neva gāmante na araññe sakkoti padaparamo hoti. Ayampi araññeyeva vasatu. Ayaṃ hissa dhutaṅgasevanā kammaṭṭhānabhāvanā ca āyatiṃ maggaphalānaṃ upanissayo bhavissati. Saddhivihārikādayo cassa anusikkhamānā araññe vihātabbaṃ maññissantīti.

Evaṃ yvāyaṃ dubbalo hoti appathāmo gāmanteyeva viharanto sakkoti dukkhassantaṃ kātuṃ na araññe, imaṃ puggalaṃ sandhāya bhagavā 『『yo icchati gāmante viharatū』』ti āha. Iminā ca puggalena aññesampi dvāraṃ dinnaṃ.

Yadi pana bhagavā devadattassa vādaṃ sampaṭiccheyya, yvāyaṃ puggalo pakatiyā dubbalo hoti appathāmo, yopi daharakāle araññavāsaṃ abhisambhuṇitvā jiṇṇakāle vā vātapittādīhi samuppannadhātukkhobhakāle vā nābhisambhuṇāti, gāmanteyeva pana viharanto sakkoti dukkhassantaṃ kātuṃ, tesaṃ ariyamaggupacchedo bhaveyya, arahattaphalādhigamo na bhaveyya, uddhammaṃ ubbinayaṃ vilomaṃ aniyyānikaṃ satthu sāsanaṃ bhaveyya, satthā ca tesaṃ asabbaññū assa 『『sakavādaṃ chaḍḍetvā devadattavāde patiṭṭhito』』ti gārayho ca bhaveyya. Tasmā bhagavā evarūpe puggale saṅgaṇhanto devadattassa vādaṃ paṭikkhipi. Etenevūpāyena piṇḍapātikavatthusmimpi paṃsukūlikavatthusmimpi aṭṭha māse rukkhamūlikavatthusmimpi vinicchayo veditabbo. Cattāro pana māse rukkhamūlasenāsanaṃ paṭikkhittameva.

"我將使人們感知"是指我們將使人們瞭解我們的少欲等狀態，或者說我們將使他們感到安慰、愉悅。 這五種請求是基於提婆達多的請求而得知的。因為這些請求使許多貴族子弟在修行上遇到障礙，所以佛陀拒絕了提婆達多的請求，轉而說"願意的人可以住在林野"等。 在這裡,瞭解佛陀的意圖是由貴族子弟來理解的。佛陀的意圖是——"一個比丘如果有很大的精進和努力,他能夠放棄村莊的住所而在林中修行,並能結束痛苦。一個軟弱的人只能在村莊里住，無法在林中生存。一個強壯的人具備良好的素質和耐心,在適合的地方無論是在林中還是在村莊都能生存。一個既不能在村莊也不能在林中生存的人，應該住在林中。 如果這個人具備很大的精進和努力,他能夠放棄村莊的住所而在林中修行,那麼他應該住在林中，這樣是適合他的。信仰的修行者等也會認為他應當在林中修行。 而如果這個人軟弱無能,只能在村莊生存，無法在林中生活，那麼他應該住在村莊；而如果這個人強壯且具備良好的素質和耐心，在適合的地方無論是在林中還是在村莊都能生存，他也可以放棄村莊的住所而在林中修行，這樣是適合他的，信仰的修行者也會認為他應當在林中修行。 如果這個人既不能在村莊也不能在林中生存，他應該住在林中。這樣他將通過修行頭陀和禪修來獲得永恒的解脫。信仰的修行者等也會認為他應當在林中修行。 因此，如果這個人軟弱無能，只能在村莊生存，無法在林中生活，佛陀就說"願意的人可以住在村莊"。由此也給其他人打開了門。 如果佛陀接受了提婆達多的請求，那麼這個人本質上是軟弱無能的，雖然年輕時習慣了在林中生活，但在老年或因風寒等原因而生病時，仍然只能在村莊生存，這樣他們將被阻礙了通往聖道，無法獲得阿羅漢果，佛法也將被顛倒，成為不正當的教義，佛陀也將被視為無知者，因而被指責為"拋棄了自己的教義而依附於提婆達多的教義"。因此，佛陀拒絕了這樣的人，反對提婆達多的請求。通過這種方式，在乞食的情況下、在衣物的情況下、在樹根的情況下，八個月的限制應當被理解。而四個月的樹根住所則是被拒絕的。

Macchamaṃsavatthusmiṃ tikoṭiparisuddhanti tīhi koṭīhi parisuddhaṃ, diṭṭhādīhi aparisuddhīhi virahitanti attho. Tenevāha – 『『adiṭṭhaṃ, asutaṃ, aparisaṅkita』』nti. Tattha 『『adiṭṭhaṃ』』 nāma bhikkhūnaṃ atthāya migamacche vadhitvā gayhamānaṃ adiṭṭhaṃ. 『『Asutaṃ』』 nāma bhikkhūnaṃ atthāya migamacche vadhitvā gahitanti asutaṃ. 『『Aparisaṅkitaṃ』』 pana diṭṭhaparisaṅkitaṃ sutaparisaṅkitaṃ tadubhayavimuttaparisaṅkitañca ñatvā tabbipakkhato jānitabbaṃ. Kathaṃ? Idha bhikkhū passanti manusse jālavāgurādihatthe gāmato va nikkhamante araññe vā vicarante, dutiyadivase ca nesaṃ taṃ gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭhānaṃ samacchamaṃsaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ abhiharanti. Te tena diṭṭhena parisaṅkanti 『『bhikkhūnaṃ nukho atthāya kata』』nti idaṃ diṭṭhaparisaṅkitaṃ, nāma etaṃ gahetuṃ na vaṭṭati. Yaṃ evaṃ aparisaṅkitaṃ taṃ vaṭṭati. Sace pana te manussā 『『kasmā bhante na gaṇhathā』』ti pucchitvā tamatthaṃ sutvā 『『nayidaṃ bhante bhikkhūnaṃ atthāya kataṃ, amhehi attano atthāya vā rājayuttādīnaṃ atthāya vā kata』』nti vadanti kappati.

Naheva kho bhikkhū passanti; apica suṇanti, manussā kira jālavāgurādihatthā gāmato vā nikkhamanti, araññe vā vicarantī』』ti. Dutiyadivase ca nesaṃ taṃ gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭhānaṃ 『『bhikkhūnaṃ nukho atthāya kata』』nti idaṃ 『『sutaparisaṅkitaṃ』』 nāma. Etaṃ gahetuṃ na vaṭṭati, yaṃ evaṃ aparisaṅkitaṃ taṃ vaṭṭati. Sace pana te manussā 『『kasmā, bhante, na gaṇhathā』』ti pucchitvā tamatthaṃ sutvā 『『nayidaṃ, bhante, bhikkhūnaṃ atthāya kataṃ, amhehi attano atthāya vā rājayuttādīnaṃ atthāya vā kata』』nti vadanti kappati.

Naheva kho pana bhikkhū passanti, na suṇanti; apica kho tesaṃ gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭhānaṃ pattaṃ gahetvā samacchamaṃsaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ abhisaṅkharitvā abhiharanti, te parisaṅkanti 『『bhikkhūnaṃ nukho atthāya kata』』nti idaṃ 『『tadubhayavimuttaparisaṅkitaṃ』』 nāma. Etaṃ gahetuṃ na vaṭṭati. Yaṃ evaṃ aparisaṅkitaṃ taṃ vaṭṭati. Sace pana te manussā 『『kasmā, bhante, na gaṇhathā』』ti pucchitvā tamatthaṃ sutvā 『『nayidaṃ, bhante, bhikkhūnaṃ atthāya kataṃ amhehi attano atthāya vā rājayuttādīnaṃ atthāya vā kataṃ pavattamaṃsaṃ vā kappiyameva labhitvā bhikkhūnaṃ atthāya sampādita』』nti vadanti kappati. Matānaṃ petakiccatthāya maṅgalādīnaṃ vā atthāya katepi eseva nayo. Yaṃ yañhi bhikkhūnaṃyeva atthāya akataṃ, yattha ca nibbematiko hoti, taṃ sabbaṃ kappati.

Sace pana ekasmiṃ vihāre bhikkhū uddissa kataṃ hoti, te ca attano atthāya katabhāvaṃ na jānanti, aññe jānanti. Ye jānanti, tesaṃ na vaṭṭati , itaresaṃ vaṭṭati. Aññe na jānanti, teyeva jānanti, tesaṃyeva na vaṭṭati, aññesaṃ vaṭṭati. Tepi amhākaṃ atthāya katanti jānanti, aññepi etesaṃ atthāya katanti jānanti, sabbesampi na vaṭṭati, sabbe na jānanti, sabbesampi vaṭṭati. Pañcasu hi sahadhammikesu yassa vā tassa vā atthāya uddissa kataṃ, sabbesaṃ na kappati.

"在魚肉的情況下，三次純凈"是指通過三方面的純凈，意指沒有見到、聽到和懷疑。因此說：「未見、未聞、未懷疑」。在這裡，「未見」是指爲了比丘的利益而捕殺的野生魚肉，未被見到。「未聞」是指爲了比丘的利益而捕獲的野生魚肉，未被聽到。「未懷疑」則是指對見到、聽到和兩者皆無懷疑的情況應當瞭解。如何理解呢？在這裡，比丘們看到人們手持網具等，從村莊中出發到林中游蕩，第二天他們進入村莊時，帶回的食物是為比丘的利益而捕獲的野生魚肉。由於他們的見到，所以產生了懷疑：「這是否是爲了比丘的利益而做的？」這就是「見到的懷疑」，因此這類食物不應被接受。而「未懷疑」的食物是可以接受的。如果那些人問：「為什麼不接受呢，尊者？」在聽到這個理由后，他們會說：「這並不是爲了比丘的利益而做的，而是爲了我們自己的利益或王公等人的利益而做的。」 比丘們並沒有看到；而且他們也聽不到，似乎人們手持網具等從村莊中出發，或者在林中游蕩。第二天他們進入村莊時，帶回的食物是「這是否是爲了比丘的利益而做的？」這就是「聽到的懷疑」。因此這類食物不應被接受，而「未懷疑」的食物是可以接受的。如果那些人問：「為什麼不接受呢，尊者？」在聽到這個理由后，他們會說：「這並不是爲了比丘的利益而做的，而是爲了我們自己的利益或王公等人的利益而做的。」 比丘們並沒有看到，也沒有聽到；而且他們在進入村莊時，帶回的食物是經過處理的野生魚肉，他們對此產生了懷疑：「這是否是爲了比丘的利益而做的？」這就是「兩者皆無懷疑」。因此這類食物不應被接受，而「未懷疑」的食物是可以接受的。如果那些人問：「為什麼不接受呢，尊者？」在聽到這個理由后，他們會說：「這並不是爲了比丘的利益而做的，而是爲了我們自己的利益或王公等人的利益而做的。」 在對於已故者的供養、吉祥等的利益而做的情況也是如此。無論是爲了比丘的利益而未做的情況，若是有寧靜的地方，這一切都是可以接受的。 如果在某個寺院中，針對比丘的情況而做的事情，他們卻不知道自己是爲了自身的利益而做的，其他人知道。知道的人不應被接受，而不知的人應被接受。那些知道的人，他們也知道這是爲了其他人的利益，因此不應被接受；而不知的人，他們知道這是爲了他們的利益，因此應被接受。對於所有人來說，若是爲了我們的利益而做的，他們也知道這是爲了其他人的利益而做的，所有人都不應被接受，所有人都不知道，所有人都應被接受。在五個共同法中，針對任何一個人的利益而做的事情，所有人都不應被接受。

Sace pana koci ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ uddissa pāṇaṃ vadhitvā tassa pattaṃ pūretvā deti, so ca attano atthāya katabhāvaṃ jānaṃyeva gahetvā aññassa bhikkhuno deti, so tassa saddhāya paribhuñjati, kassa āpattīti? Dvinnampi anāpatti. Yañhi uddissa kataṃ tassa abhuttatāya anāpatti, itarassa ajānanatāya. Kappiyamaṃsassa hi paṭiggahaṇe āpatti natthi. Uddissa katañca ajānitvā bhuttassa pacchā ñatvā āpattidesanākiccaṃ nāma natthi, akappiyamaṃsaṃ pana ajānitvā bhuttena pacchā ñatvāpi āpatti desetabbā, uddissa katañhi ñatvā bhuñjatova āpatti. Akappiyamaṃsaṃ ajānitvā bhuñjantassāpi āpattiyeva. Tasmā āpattibhīrukena rūpaṃ sallakkhentenapi pucchitvāva maṃsaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ. Paribhogakāle pucchitvā paribhuñjissāmīti vā gahetvā pucchitvāva paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Kasmā? Duviññeyyattā. Acchamaṃsaṃ hi sūkaramaṃsasadisaṃ hoti, dīpimaṃsādīnipi migamaṃsādisadisāni, tasmā pucchitvā gahaṇameva vattanti vadanti.

Haṭṭho udaggoti tuṭṭho ceva unnatakāyacitto ca hutvā. So kira 『『na bhagavā imāni pañca vatthūni anujānāti, idāni sakkhissāmi saṅghabhedaṃ kātu』』nti kokālikassa iṅgitākāraṃ dassetvā yathā visaṃ vā khāditvā rajjuyā vā ubbandhitvā satthaṃ vā āharitvā maritukāmo puriso visādīsu aññataraṃ labhitvā tappaccayā āsannampi maraṇadukkhaṃ ajānanto haṭṭho udaggo hoti; evameva saṅghabhedapaccayā āsannampi avīcimhi nibbattitvā paṭisaṃvedanīyaṃ dukkhaṃ ajānanto 『『laddho dāni me saṅghabhedassa upāyo』』ti haṭṭho udaggo sapariso uṭṭhāyāsanā teneva haṭṭhabhāvena bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.

Te mayaṃ imehi pañcahi vatthūhi samādāya vattāmāti ettha pana 『『imāni pañca vatthūnī』』ti vattabbepi te mayaṃ imehi pañcahi vatthūhi janaṃ saññāpessāmāti abhiṇhaṃ parivitakkavasena vibhattivipallāsaṃ asallakkhetvā abhiṇhaṃ parivitakkānurūpameva 『『te mayaṃ imehi pañcahi vatthūhī』』ti āha, yathā taṃ vikkhittacitto.

Dhutāsallekhavuttinoti yā paṭipadā kilese dhunāti, tāya samannāgatattā dhutā. Yā ca kilese sallikhati, sā etesaṃ vuttīti sallekhavuttino.

Bāhulikoti cīvarādīnaṃ paccayānaṃ bahulabhāvo bāhullaṃ, taṃ bāhullamassa atthi, tasmiṃ vā bāhulle niyutto ṭhitoti bāhuliko. Bāhullāya cetetīti bāhulattāya ceteti kappeti pakappeti. Kathañhi nāma mayhañca sāvakānañca cīvarādīnaṃ paccayānaṃ bahulabhāvo bhaveyyāti evaṃ ussukkamāpannoti adhippāyo. Cakkabhedāyāti āṇābhedāya.

Dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvāti khandhake vuttanayena 『『alaṃ, devadatta, mā te rucci saṅghabhedo. Garuko kho, devadatta, saṅghabhedo. Yo kho, devadatta, samaggaṃ saṅghaṃ bhindati, kappaṭṭhikaṃ kibbisaṃ pasavati, kappaṃ nirayamhi paccati, yo ca kho, devadatta, bhinnaṃ saṅghaṃ samaggaṃ karoti, brahmaṃ puññaṃ pasavati, kappaṃ saggamhi modatī』』ti (cūḷava. 343) evamādikaṃ anekappakāraṃ devadattassa ca bhikkhūnañca tadanucchavikaṃ tadanulomikaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā.

如果有人爲了一個特定的比丘殺生,並裝滿他的缽給他,而這個比丘明知是為自己而做的卻接受並給予另一個比丘,後者出於信任而食用,誰犯戒呢?兩人都不犯戒。因為被指定的人沒有食用,所以不犯戒;另一個人因為不知情,所以也不犯戒。接受合法的肉是不犯戒的。如果不知情而食用了為特定人準備的食物,事後知道了也不需要懺悔。但是如果不知情而食用了不合法的肉,事後知道了也應該懺悔,因為明知是為特定人準備的而食用才算犯戒。不知情而食用不合法的肉也是犯戒的。因此,害怕犯戒的人即使在觀察外形時也應該詢問后才接受肉。或者接受時想著"食用時我會詢問",然後詢問后再食用。為什麼?因為很難分辨。熊肉看起來像豬肉,豹肉等也看起來像鹿肉等,所以他們說應該詢問后再接受。 "歡喜踴躍"是指既高興又身心振奮。據說他想:"世尊不允許這五件事,現在我能破僧了。"他向拘迦利迦示意,就像一個想死的人吃了毒藥、上吊或用刀自殺,得到毒藥等其中之一時,不知道死亡的痛苦即將來臨而歡喜踴躍;同樣地,他不知道因破僧而即將在阿鼻地獄中受苦,想著"現在我得到了破僧的方法",歡喜踴躍地和隨從從座位上起身,帶著這份喜悅向世尊禮拜,右繞后離開。 "我們將以這五件事來實行"這裡,雖然應該說"這五件事",但是因為經常思考"我們將以這五件事來說服人們",沒有注意到語法變化,而是按照經常思考的方式說"我們以這五件事",就像心不在焉的人那樣。 "實行頭陀和苦行"是指以能除去煩惱的修行而具備頭陀行,以能削減煩惱的生活方式而具備苦行。 "奢侈"是指有很多衣服等資具,或者專注于這種奢侈。"追求奢侈"是指追求、計劃、策劃奢侈。意思是努力使我和我的弟子們有很多衣服等資具。"破輪"是指破壞權威。 "說法"是指按照犍度中所說的方式:"夠了,提婆達多,不要喜歡破僧。提婆達多,破僧是重罪。提婆達多,誰破和合的僧團,將造成一劫的罪業,一劫在地獄中受苦。提婆達多,誰使破裂的僧團和合,將造成梵天的功德,一劫在天界中歡樂。"(小品343)如此等等,以各種方式對提婆達多和比丘們說適合他們的、符合他們的

411.Samaggassāti sahitassa cittena ca sarīrena ca aviyuttassāti attho. Padabhājanepi hi ayameva attho dassito. Samānasaṃvāsakoti hi vadatā cittena aviyogo dassito hoti. Samānasīmāyaṃ ṭhitoti vadatā sarīrena. Kathaṃ? Samānasaṃvāsako hi laddhinānāsaṃvāsakena vā kammanānāsaṃvāsakena vā virahito samacittatāya cittena aviyutto hoti. Samānasīmāyaṃ ṭhito kāyasāmaggidānato sarīrena aviyutto.

Bhedanasaṃvattanikaṃ vā adhikaraṇanti bhedanassa saṅghabhedassa atthāya saṃvattanikaṃ kāraṇaṃ. Imasmiñhi okāse 『『kāmahetu kāmanidānaṃ kāmādhikaraṇa』』ntiādīsu (ma. ni.

"和合"是指心與身體的統一且不分離的狀態。即使在詞語的分解中，這個意思也是顯而易見的。「和合的共住」是指心的和諧不分離。而「在同一界限中站立」則是指身體的和諧。如何理解呢？「和合的共住」是指在獲得的情況下，或在行為的情況下，因和諧而心不分離。「在同一界限中站立」則是指因身體的和諧而不分離。 「導致分裂的因緣」是指導致分裂、破壞僧團的原因。在此情況下，「因欲而生的慾望、因欲而生的因緣、慾望的因緣」等等。

1.168) viya kāraṇaṃ adhikaraṇanti adhippetaṃ. Tañca yasmā aṭṭhārasavidhaṃ hoti, tasmā padabhājane 『『aṭṭhārasa bhedakaravatthūnī』』ti vuttaṃ. Tāni pana 『『idhūpāli, bhikkhu adhammaṃ dhammoti dīpetī』』tiādinā (cūḷava. 352) nayena khandhake āgatāni, tasmā tatreva nesaṃ atthaṃ vaṇṇayissāma. Yopi cāyaṃ imāni vatthūni nissāya aparehipi kammena, uddesena, vohārena, anusāvanāya, salākaggāhenāti pañcahi kāraṇehi saṅghabhedo hoti, tampi āgataṭṭhāneyeva pakāsayissāma. Saṅkhepato pana bhedanasaṃvattanikaṃ vā adhikaraṇaṃ samādāyāti ettha saṅghabhedassa atthāya saṃvattanikaṃ saṅghabhedanipphattisamatthaṃ kāraṇaṃ gahetvāti evamattho veditabbo. Paggayhāti paggahitaṃ abbhussitaṃ pākaṭaṃ katvā. Tiṭṭheyyāti yathāsamādinnaṃ yathāpaggahitameva ca katvā accheyya . Yasmā pana evaṃ paggaṇhatā tiṭṭhatā ca taṃ dīpitañceva appaṭinissaṭṭhañca hoti, tasmā padabhājane 『『dīpeyyā』』ti ca 『『nappaṭinissajjeyyā』』ti ca vuttaṃ.

Bhikkhūhi evamassa vacanīyoti aññehi lajjīhi bhikkhūhi evaṃ vattabbo bhaveyya. Padabhājane cassa ye passantīti ye sammukhā paggayha tiṭṭhantaṃ passanti. Ye suṇantīti yepi 『『asukasmiṃ nāma vihāre bhikkhū bhedanasaṃvattanikaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ samādāya paggayha tiṭṭhantī』』ti suṇanti.

Sametāyasmā saṅghenāti āyasmā saṅghena saddhiṃ sametu samāgacchatu ekaladdhiko hotūti attho. Kiṃ kāraṇā? Samaggo hi saṅgho sammodamāno avivadamāno ekuddeso phāsu viharatīti.

Tattha sammodamānoti aññamaññaṃ sampattiyā saṭṭhu modamāno. Avivadamānoti 『『ayaṃ dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo』』ti evaṃ na vivadamāno. Eko uddeso assāti ekuddeso, ekato pavattapātimokkhuddeso, na visunti attho. Phāsu viharatīti sukhaṃ viharati.

Iccetaṃ kusalanti etaṃ paṭinissajjanaṃ kusalaṃ khemaṃ sotthibhāvo tassa bhikkhuno. No ce paṭinissajjati āpatti dukkaṭassāti tikkhattuṃ vuttassa appaṭinissajjato dukkaṭaṃ. Sutvā na vadanti āpatti dukkaṭassāti ye sutvā na vadanti, tesampi dukkaṭaṃ. Kīvadūre sutvā avadantānaṃ dukkaṭaṃ? Ekavihāre tāva vattabbaṃ natthi. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana vuttaṃ 『『samantā addhayojane bhikkhūnaṃ bhāro. Dūtaṃ vā paṇṇaṃ vā pesetvā vadatopi āpattimokkho natthi. Sayameva gantvā 『garuko kho, āvuso, saṅghabhedo , mā saṅghabhedāya, parakkamī』ti nivāretabbo』』ti. Pahontena pana dūrampi gantabbaṃ agilānānañhi dūrepi bhāroyeva.

Idāni 『『evañca so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi vuccamāno』』tiādīsu atthamattameva dassetuṃ 『『so bhikkhu saṅghamajjhampi ākaḍḍhitvā vattabbo』』tiādimāha. Tattha saṅghamajjhampi ākaḍḍhitvāti sace purimanayena vuccamāno na paṭinissajjati hatthesu ca pādesu ca gahetvāpi saṅghamajjhaṃ ākaḍḍhitvā punapi 『『mā āyasmā』』tiādinā nayena tikkhattuṃ vattabbo.

Yāvatatiyaṃ samanubhāsitabboti yāva tatiyaṃ samanubhāsanaṃ tāva samanubhāsitabbo. Tīhi samanubhāsanakammavācāhi kammaṃ kātabbanti vuttaṃ hoti. Padabhājane panassa atthameva gahetvā samanubhāsanavidhiṃ dassetuṃ 『『so bhikkhu samanubhāsitabbo. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, samanubhāsitabbo』』tiādi vuttaṃ.

1.168)中所說的那樣,這裡的"因緣"是指原因。由於這有十八種,所以在詞語解釋中說"十八種導致分裂的事項"。這些在犍度中以"優波離,在這裡,比丘宣稱非法為法"等方式(小品352)出現,所以我們將在那裡解釋它們的意思。還有,依靠這些事項,通過其他五種原因也會導致僧團分裂,即羯磨、誦戒、言語、宣告、投票,我們也將在出現的地方解釋。簡而言之,"採取導致分裂的因緣"在這裡應理解為:採取能導致僧團分裂、能完成僧團分裂的原因。"堅持"是指堅持、高舉、公開。"站立"是指按照所採取的、所堅持的方式而站立。由於這樣堅持和站立,它就被闡明且不放棄,所以在詞語解釋中說"闡明"和"不放棄"。 "比丘們應該這樣對他說"是指其他有慚愧心的比丘們應該這樣對他說。在詞語解釋中,"那些看到的人"是指那些親眼看到他堅持站立的人。"那些聽到的人"是指那些聽說"在某某寺院裡,比丘們採取導致分裂的因緣而堅持站立"的人。 "尊者應與僧團和合"的意思是尊者應該與僧團和合、一致,成為同一見解。為什麼?因為和合的僧團,歡喜、不爭論、一起誦戒,住得安樂。 其中,"歡喜"是指互相對對方的成就感到高興。"不爭論"是指不爭論"這是法,這不是法"等。"一起誦戒"是指一起誦波羅提木叉,而不是分開。"住得安樂"是指住得快樂。 "這是善"意味著放棄是善的、安全的、幸福的,對那個比丘來說。"如果不放棄,犯突吉羅罪"是指說三次後仍不放棄,犯突吉羅罪。"聽到而不說,犯突吉羅罪"是指那些聽到而不說的人也犯突吉羅罪。聽到多遠而不說犯突吉羅罪?在同一寺院內不需要說。但在註釋中說:"半由旬內的比丘有責任。派使者或送信去說也不免罪。應該親自去勸阻說:'朋友,破僧是重罪,不要努力破僧'。"能去的人即使遠也應該去,因為對於沒有生病的人來說,即使遠也有責任。 現在,爲了只顯示"比丘們這樣對他說"等的意思,他說"那個比丘應該被拉到僧團中間"等。其中,"拉到僧團中間"是指如果按照前面的方式說他不放棄,即使抓住他的手腳也要拉到僧團中間,再以"尊者不要"等方式說三次。 "應該勸告到第三次"是指應該勸告到第三次為止。這意味著應該用三次勸告羯磨語來做羯磨。但在詞語解釋中,爲了顯示勸告的方法,只取其意義而說"那個比丘應該被勸告。比丘們,應該這樣勸告"等。

1. Tattha ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ dvīhi kammavācāhi thullaccayā paṭippassambhantīti yañca ñattipariyosāne dukkaṭaṃ āpanno, ye ca dvīhi kammavācāhi thullaccaye, tā tissopi āpattiyo 『『yassa nakkhamati so bhāseyyā』』ti evaṃ yya-kārappattamattāya tatiyakammavācāya paṭippassambhanti saṅghādisesoyeva tiṭṭhati. Kiṃ pana āpannāpattiyo paṭippassambhanti anāpannāti? Mahāsumatthero tāva vadati 『『yo avasāne paṭinissajjissati, so tā āpattiyo na āpajjati, tasmā anāpannā paṭippassambhantī』』ti. Mahāpadumatthero pana liṅgaparivattena asādhāraṇāpattiyo viya āpannā paṭippassambhanti, anāpannānaṃ kiṃ paṭippassaddhiyā』』ti āha.

415.Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññīti tañce samanubhāsanakammaṃ dhammakammaṃ hoti, tasmiṃ dhammakammasaññīti attho. Esa nayo sabbattha. Idha saññā na rakkhati, kammassa dhammikattā eva appaṭinissajjanto āpajjati.

416.Asamanubhāsantassāti asamanubhāsiyamānassa appaṭinissajjantassāpi saṅghādisesena anāpatti.

Paṭinissajjantassāti ñattito pubbe vā ñattikkhaṇe vā ñattipariyosāne vā paṭhamāya vā anusāvanāya dutiyāya vā tatiyāya vā yāva yya-kāraṃ na sampāpuṇāti, tāva paṭinissajjantassa saṅghādisesena anāpatti.

Ādikammikassāti. Ettha pana 『『devadatto samaggassa saṅghassa bhedāya parakkami, tasmiṃ vatthusmi』』nti parivāre (pari. 17) āgatattā devadatto ādikammiko. So ca kho saṅghabhedāya parakkamanasseva, na appaṭinissajjanassa. Na hi tassa taṃ kammaṃ kataṃ. Kathamidaṃ jānitabbanti ce? Suttato. Yathā hi 『『ariṭṭho bhikkhu gaddhabādhipubbo yāvatatiyaṃ samanubhāsanāya na paṭinissajji, tasmiṃ vatthusmi』』nti parivāre (pari. 121) āgatattā ariṭṭhassa kammaṃ katanti paññāyati, na tathā devadattassa. Athāpissa katena bhavitabbanti koci attano rucimattena vadeyya, tathāpi appaṭinissajjane ādikammikassa anāpatti nāma natthi. Na hi paññattaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ vītikkamantassa aññatra uddissa anuññātato anāpatti nāma dissati. Yampi ariṭṭhasikkhāpadassa anāpattiyaṃ 『『ādikammikassā』』ti potthakesu likhitaṃ, taṃ pamādalikhitaṃ. Pamādalikhitabhāvo cassa 『『paṭhamaṃ ariṭṭho bhikkhu codetabbo, codetvā sāretabbo, sāretvā āpattiṃ ropetabbo』』ti (cūḷava. 65) evaṃ kammakkhandhake āpattiropanavacanato veditabbo.

Iti bhedāya parakkamane ādikammikassa devadattassa yasmā taṃ kammaṃ na kataṃ, tasmāssa āpattiyeva na jātā. Sikkhāpadaṃ pana taṃ ārabbha paññattanti katvā 『『ādikammiko』』ti vutto. Iti āpattiyā abhāvatoyevassa anāpatti vuttā. Sā panesā kiñcāpi asamanubhāsantassāti imināva siddhā, yasmā pana asamanubhāsanto nāma yassa kevalaṃ samanubhāsanaṃ na karonti, so vuccati, na ādikammiko. Ayañca devadatto ādikammikoyeva, tasmā 『『ādikammikassā』』ti vuttaṃ. Etenupāyena ṭhapetvā ariṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ sabbasamanubhāsanāsu vinicchayo veditabbo. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānameva.

Samuṭṭhānādīsu tivaṅgikaṃ ekasamuṭṭhānaṃ, samanubhāsanasamuṭṭhānaṃ nāmametaṃ, kāyavācācittato samuṭṭhāti. Paṭinissajjāmīti kāyavikāraṃ vā vacībhedaṃ vā akarontasseva pana āpajjanato akiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, dukkhavedananti.

Paṭhamasaṅghabhedasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

其中,"以白羯磨犯突吉羅罪,以兩次羯磨語犯偷蘭遮罪,這些罪都消失"是指在白羯磨結束時所犯的突吉羅罪,以及兩次羯磨語所犯的偷蘭遮罪,這三種罪在第三次羯磨語剛到"誰不同意就說"時就消失了,只剩下僧殘罪。那麼,是已經犯的罪消失還是未犯的罪消失呢?大須摩長老說:"誰在最後放棄,誰就不犯這些罪,所以是未犯的罪消失。"但大蓮花長老說:"就像性別轉變后不共通的罪一樣,是已犯的罪消失,未犯的罪有什麼可消失的?" "如法羯磨,認為是如法羯磨"是指如果那個勸告羯磨是如法的,在那個如法羯磨中認為是如法羯磨的意思。這個道理在所有地方都適用。在這裡,認知不起作用,只要羯磨是如法的,不放棄就犯罪。 "對未被勸告的人"是指對未被勸告的人,即使不放棄也不犯僧殘罪。 "放棄的人"是指在白羯磨之前,或在白羯磨時,或在白羯磨結束時,或在第一次宣告時,或第二次,或第三次,只要還沒到"誰"字,在此之前放棄的人不犯僧殘罪。 "首次犯者"是指:在這裡,因為在《附隨》(17)中說"提婆達多努力破和合的僧團,在那個事件中",所以提婆達多是首次犯者。但這只是指努力破僧,不是指不放棄。因為沒有對他做那個羯磨。如果問"如何知道這一點?",答案是從經文中。就像在《附隨》(121)中說"阿利吒比丘,前象夫,經過三次勸告仍不放棄,在那個事件中",由此可知對阿利吒做了羯磨,但對提婆達多沒有這樣說。即使有人僅憑自己的喜好說應該對他做了羯磨,即使這樣,在不放棄的情況下,首次犯者也不可能不犯罪。因為除了特別允許的情況外,沒有見過違反已制定的學處而不犯罪的。雖然在阿利吒學處的不犯部分,書中寫有"首次犯者",但那是誤寫的。可以從羯磨犍度中"首先應該指責阿利吒比丘,指責后應該提醒,提醒后應該判罪"(小品65)這句話知道它是誤寫的。 因此,在努力破僧的情況下,因為沒有對首次犯者提婆達多做那個羯磨,所以他根本就沒有犯罪。但因為學處是針對他而制定的,所以稱他為"首次犯者"。因此,由於沒有犯罪,所以說他不犯罪。雖然這已經包含在"對未被勸告的人"中,但因為未被勸告的人只是指沒有對他做勸告羯磨的人,而不是指首次犯者。而這個提婆達多確實是首次犯者,所以說"首次犯者"。用這種方法,除了阿利吒學處外,所有勸告的判斷都應該這樣理解。其餘在所有地方都很清楚。 在起源等方面,這是三分一起源,稱為勸告起源,從身、語、心而起。但對於不以身體動作或語言表示"我放棄"的人來說,是不作為,以認知而解脫,有心的,世間所譴責的,身業,語業,不善心,苦受。 第一破僧學處的解釋結束。

1. Dutiyasaṅghabhedasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

417-8.Tena samayena buddho bhagavāti dutiyasaṅghabhedasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha anuvattakāti tassa diṭṭhikhantiruciggahaṇena anupaṭipajjanakā. Vaggaṃ asāmaggipakkhiyavacanaṃ vadantīti vaggavādakā. Padabhājane pana 『『tassa vaṇṇāya pakkhāya ṭhitā hontī』』ti vuttaṃ, tassa saṅghabhedāya parakkamantassa vaṇṇatthāya ca pakkhavuḍḍhiatthāya ca ṭhitāti attho. Ye hi vaggavādakā, te niyamena īdisā honti, tasmā evaṃ vuttaṃ. Yasmā pana tiṇṇaṃ uddhaṃ kammārahā na honti, na hi saṅgho saṅghassa kammaṃ karoti, tasmā eko vā dve vā tayo vāti vuttaṃ.

Jānātinoti amhākaṃ chandādīni jānāti. Bhāsatīti 『『evaṃ karomā』』ti amhehi saddhiṃ bhāsati. Amhākampetaṃ khamatīti yaṃ so karoti, etaṃ amhākampi ruccati.

Sametāyasmantānaṃ saṅghenāti āyasmantānaṃ cittaṃ saṅghena saddhiṃ sametu samāgacchatu, ekībhāvaṃ yātūti vuttaṃ hoti. Sesamettha paṭhamasikkhāpade vuttanayattā uttānatthattā ca pākaṭameva.

Samuṭṭhānādīnipi paṭhamasikkhāpadasadisānevāti.

Dutiyasaṅghabhedasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Dubbacasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

424.Tena samayena buddho bhagavāti dubbacasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha anācāraṃ ācaratīti anekappakāraṃ kāyavacīdvāravītikkamaṃ karoti. Kiṃ nu kho nāmāti vambhanavacanametaṃ. Ahaṃ kho nāmāti ukkaṃsavacanaṃ. Tumhe vadeyyanti 『『idaṃ karotha, idaṃ mā karothā』』ti ahaṃ tumhe vattuṃ arahāmīti dasseti. Kasmāti ce? Yasmā amhākaṃ buddho bhagavā kaṇṭakaṃ āruyha mayā saddhiṃ nikkhamitvā pabbajitotievamādimatthaṃ sandhāyāha. 『『Amhākaṃ dhammo』』ti vatvā pana attano santakabhāve yuttiṃ dassento 『『amhākaṃ ayyaputtena dhammo abhisamito』』ti āha. Yasmā amhākaṃ ayyaputtena catusaccadhammo paṭividdho, tasmā dhammopi amhākanti vuttaṃ hoti. Saṅghaṃ pana attano veripakkhe ṭhitaṃ maññamāno amhākaṃ saṅghoti na vadati. Upamaṃ pana vatvā saṅghaṃ apasādetukāmo 『『seyyathāpi nāmā』』tiādimāha. Tiṇakaṭṭhapaṇṇasaṭanti tattha tattha patitaṃ tiṇakaṭṭhapaṇṇaṃ. Atha vā tiṇañca nissārakaṃ lahukaṃ kaṭṭhañca tiṇakaṭṭhaṃ. Paṇṇasaṭanti purāṇapaṇṇaṃ. Ussāreyyāti rāsiṃ kareyya.

Pabbateyyāti pabbatappabhavā, sā hi sīghasotā hoti, tasmā tameva gaṇhāti. Saṅkhasevālapaṇakanti ettha saṅkhoti dīghamūlako paṇṇasevālo vuccati. Sevāloti nīlasevālo, avaseso udakapappaṭakatilabījakādi sabbopi paṇakoti saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Ekato ussāritāti ekaṭṭhāne kenāpi sampiṇḍitā rāsīkatāti dasseti.

425-6.Dubbacajātikoti dubbacasabhāvo vattuṃ asakkuṇeyyoti attho. Padabhājanepissa dubbacoti dukkhena kicchena vaditabbo, na sakkā sukhena vattunti attho. Dovacassakaraṇehīti dubbacabhāvakaraṇīyehi, ye dhammā dubbacaṃ puggalaṃ karonti, tehi samannāgatoti attho. Te pana 『『katame ca, āvuso, dovacassakaraṇā dhammā? Idhāvuso, bhikkhu pāpiccho hotī』』tiādinā nayena paṭipāṭiyā anumānasutte (ma. ni.

第二破僧學處的解釋 417-8. 當時佛陀稱為「世尊」的第二破僧學處。在這裡，「遵循者」是指因其見解的偏見而不進行適當的行為。說「群體的言論」是指群體的說法。在詞語解釋中說「以他的名聲為依據而站立」，是指爲了破壞僧團而努力的名聲和提高名聲的目的。那些群體的說法者，按規則應是這樣的，因此這樣說。由於三者之上沒有行為能力，僧團沒有為僧團的行為而做，因此說「一個或兩個或三個」。 「知道」是指知道我們的慾望等。「說」是指「我們這樣做」與我們一起說。「這對我們也合適」是指他所做的事情，對我們也有吸引力。 「與尊者們和合」是指尊者們的心與僧團和合，聚在一起，達到一致。其餘的在第一學處的說法中已明確。 在起源等方面，都是與第一學處相似的。 第二破僧學處的解釋結束。 難言學處的解釋 當時佛陀稱為「世尊」的難言學處。在這裡，「行為不端」是指以多種方式違反身體和語言的界限。這個「難道」是指懷疑的言辭。「我確實」是指肯定的言辭。「你們應該說」是指「你們這樣做，這樣不要做」，我有權對你們說。為什麼呢？因為我們的佛陀世尊是從荊棘上爬下，與我一起出家，因此這樣說。說「我們的法」時，顯示他自己存在的理由，稱「我們的尊者的法被承認」。因為我們的尊者所領悟的四聖諦法，所以說法也是我們的。 但對於認為自己處於敵對狀態的僧團，不稱其為我們的僧團。爲了以比喻的方式貶低僧團，稱「就像……」。「草木片」是指在各處落下的草木片。或者是草也輕便，木頭也輕。 「木片」是指舊木片。「應舉起」是指要作出數量的動作。 「應舉起」是指從山上來的，因為它們是快速流動的，所以抓住同樣的東西。「長根草木片」是指長根的木片。草木片是指藍色的草木片，其他的水生植物等都算作草木片。 425-6. 「難言種類」是指難言的性質，無法表達的意思。在詞語解釋中，難言是指因痛苦和困難而難以說出，不能快樂地表達。 「雙言行為」是指使人難言的行為，指那些使人變得難言的法，這些法使人具備這樣的性質。然後他們問：「什麼是使人難言的法？在這裡，比丘是貪婪的。」

1.181) āgatā pāpicchatā, attukkaṃsakaparavambhakatā, kodhanatā, kodhahetu upanāhitā, kodhahetuabhisaṅgitā, kodhahetukodhasāmantavācānicchāraṇatā, codakaṃ paṭippharaṇatā, codakaṃ apasādanatā, codakassa paccāropanatā, aññena aññaṃpaṭicaraṇatā , apadānena na sampāyanatā, makkhipaḷāsitā, issukīmaccharitā, saṭhamāyāvitā, thaddhātimānitā, sandiṭṭhiparāmāsiādhānaggahiduppaṭinissaggitāti ekūnavīsati dhammā veditabbā.

Ovādaṃ nakkhamati na sahatīti akkhamo. Yathānusiṭṭhaṃ appaṭipajjanato padakkhiṇena anusāsaniṃ na gaṇhātīti appadakkhiṇaggāhī anusāsaniṃ.

Uddesapariyāpannesūti uddese pariyāpannesu antogadhesu. 『『Yassa siyā āpatti, so āvikareyyā』』ti evaṃ saṅgahitattā anto pātimokkhassa vattamānesūti attho. Sahadhammikaṃ vuccamānoti sahadhammikena vuccamāno karaṇatthe upayogavacanaṃ, pañcahi sahadhammikehi sikkhitabbattā tesaṃ vā santakattā sahadhammikanti laddhanāmena buddhapaññattena sikkhāpadena vuccamānoti attho.

Viramathāyasmanto mama vacanāyāti yena vacanena maṃ vadatha, tato mama vacanato viramatha. Mā maṃ taṃ vacanaṃ vadathāti vuttaṃ hoti.

Vadatu sahadhammenāti sahadhammikena sikkhāpadena sahadhammena vā aññenapi pāsādikabhāvasaṃvattanikena vacanena vadatu. Yadidanti vuḍḍhikāraṇanidassanatthe nipāto. Tena 『『yaṃ idaṃ aññamaññassa hitavacanaṃ āpattito vuṭṭhāpanañca tena aññamaññavacanena aññamaññavuṭṭhāpanena ca saṃvaḍḍhā parisā』』ti evaṃ parisāya vuḍḍhikāraṇaṃ dassitaṃ hoti. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānameva.

Samuṭṭhānādīni paṭhamasaṅghabhedasadisānevāti.

Dubbacasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Kuladūsakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

1.181)中所說的貪婪、自讚毀他、易怒、因怒而懷恨、因怒而執著、因怒而說近似憤怒的話、反駁指責者、貶低指責者、反過來指責指責者、以此事迴避彼事、不以理由來解釋、覆藏過失、嫉妒吝嗇、虛偽欺詐、固執自大、堅持己見難以放棄等十九種法。 "不接受教誡不忍受"是指不能忍受。因為不按照教導去做,所以不以正確的方式接受教誡,稱為"不正確地接受教誡"。 "包含在誦戒中的"是指包含在誦戒中、包括在內的。因為以"若有犯戒者,應該坦白"的方式包含在波羅提木叉中進行的意思。"被同法者所說"是指被同法者所說,是賓格表示工具,因為五種同法者都應學習,或者因為屬於他們,所以稱為同法,是指被佛陀制定的學處所說的意思。 "尊者們請停止對我說話"是指你們用什麼話對我說,請停止對我說那些話。意思是不要對我說那些話。 "請以同法說"是指請以同法的學處或其他能帶來喜悅的話語來說。"那個"是表示增長原因的不變詞。由此顯示"這個互相有益的言語和從罪中解脫,通過這種互相的言語和互相的解脫,僧團得以增長",這樣顯示了僧團增長的原因。其餘在所有地方都很清楚。 在起源等方面,與第一破僧學處相似。 難言學處的解釋結束。 敗壞居士學處的解釋

431.Tenasamayena buddho bhagavāti kuladūsakasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha assajipunabbasukā nāmāti assaji ceva punabbasuko ca. Kīṭāgirisminti evaṃnāmake janapade. Āvāsikā hontīti ettha āvāso etesaṃ atthīti āvāsikā. 『『Āvāso』』ti vihāro vuccati. So yesaṃ āyatto navakammakaraṇapurāṇapaṭisaṅkharaṇādibhārahāratāya, te āvāsikā. Ye pana kevalaṃ vihāre vasanti, te nevāsikāti vuccanti. Ime āvāsikā ahesuṃ. Alajjino pāpabhikkhūti nillajjā lāmakabhikkhū, te hi chabbaggiyānaṃ jeṭṭhakachabbaggiyā.

Sāvatthiyaṃ kira cha janā sahāyakā 『『kasikammādīni dukkarāni, handa mayaṃ sammā pabbajāma! Pabbajantehi ca uppanne kicce nittharaṇakaṭṭhāne pabbajituṃ vaṭṭatī』』ti sammantayitvā dvinnaṃ aggasāvakānaṃ santike pabbajiṃsu. Te pañcavassā hutvā mātikaṃ paguṇaṃ katvā mantayiṃsu 『『janapado nāma kadāci subhikkho hoti kadāci dubbhikkho, mayaṃ mā ekaṭṭhāne vasimha, tīsu ṭhānesu vasāmā』』ti. Tato paṇḍukalohitake āhaṃsu – 『『āvuso, sāvatthi nāma sattapaññāsāya kulasatasahassehi ajjhāvutthā, asītigāmasahassapaṭimaṇḍitānaṃ tiyojanasatikānaṃ dvinnaṃ kāsikosalaraṭṭhānaṃ āyamukhabhūtā, tatra tumhe dhuraṭṭhāneyeva pariveṇāni kāretvā ambapanasanāḷikerādīni ropetvā pupphehi ca phalehi ca kulāni saṅgaṇhantā kuladārake pabbājetvā parisaṃ vaḍḍhethā』』ti.

Mettiyabhūmajake āhaṃsu – 『『āvuso, rājagahaṃ nāma aṭṭhārasahi manussakoṭīhi ajjhāvutthaṃ asītigāmasahassapaṭimaṇḍitānaṃ tiyojanasatikānaṃ dvinnaṃ aṅgamagadharaṭṭhānaṃ āyamukhabhūtaṃ, tatra tumhe dhuraṭṭhāneyeva…pe… parisaṃ vaḍḍhethā』』ti.

Assajipunabbasuke āhaṃsu – 『『āvuso, kīṭāgiri nāma dvīhi meghehi anuggahito tīṇi sassāni pasavanti, tatra tumhe dhuraṭṭhāneyeva pariveṇāni kāretvā…pe… parisaṃ vaḍḍhethā』』ti. Te tathā akaṃsu. Tesu ekamekassa pakkhassa pañca pañca bhikkhusatāni parivārā, evaṃ samadhikaṃ diyaḍḍhabhikkhusahassaṃ hoti. Tatra paṇḍukalohitakā saparivārā sīlavantova bhagavatā saddhiṃ janapadacārikampi caranti, te akatavatthuṃ uppādenti, paññattasikkhāpadaṃ pana na maddanti, itare sabbe alajjino akatavatthuñca uppādenti, paññattasikkhāpadañca maddanti, tena vuttaṃ – 『『alajjino pāpabhikkhū』』ti.

Evarūpanti evaṃjātikaṃ. Anācāraṃ ācarantīti anācaritabbaṃ ācaranti, akātabbaṃ karonti. Mālāvacchanti taruṇapuppharukkhaṃ, taruṇakā hi puppharukkhāpi pupphagacchāpi mālāvacchā tveva vuccanti, te ca anekappakāraṃ mālāvacchaṃ sayampi ropenti, aññenapi ropāpenti, tena vuttaṃ – 『『mālāvacchaṃ ropentipi ropāpentipī』』ti. Siñcantīti sayameva udakena siñcanti. Siñcāpentīti aññenapi siñcāpenti.

當時佛陀稱為「世尊」的敗壞居士學處。在這裡，「阿薩吉和再生者」是指阿薩吉和再生者。 「蟲山」是指名為「蟲山」的地方。 「居住者」是指這些人的住所，即居住者。「住所」稱為寺院。由於這些人依賴於新建或舊有的寺院的負擔，因此稱為居住者。而僅在寺院中居住的人則不稱為居住者。這些是居住者。 「不知羞恥的惡比丘」是指毫無羞恥的卑鄙比丘，他們是六種最尊貴比丘的長者。 在舍衛城，似乎有六個人作為助手說：「農務等困難，真是我們應該好好出家！與出家人一起，面對責任時出家是合適的。」於是，他們在兩位最尊貴的弟子面前出家。五年後，他們制定了完整的戒律，商量道：「名為城鎮的地方，有時豐饒，有時貧窮，我們不要住在同一個地方，而是要住在三個地方。」然後，白色和紅色的比丘們說：「尊者，舍衛城有七十五萬家族，八十個村莊，周圍三十里有兩個可耕作的地方，在那裡你們應當在責任上建立園圃，種植芒果、菩提等樹木，收穫花果，增進家族的子女。」 與慈悲的比丘們說：「尊者，王舍城有十八萬的人口，周圍八十個村莊，三十里有兩個可耕作的地方，在那裡你們應當在責任上……增進家族的子女。」 阿薩吉和再生者說：「尊者，蟲山在兩場大雨的滋潤下，三種作物豐收，在那裡你們應當在責任上……增進家族的子女。」他們如是做了。在他們之中，每個派別有五百比丘團體，因此總計約有一千五百比丘。在那裡，白色和紅色的比丘們與佛陀一起在鄉村遊行，他們未犯戒律，而其他所有的不知羞恥者則犯了戒律，因此稱為「不知羞恥的惡比丘」。 「如此的」是指如此的種類。「行為不端」是指不應當的行為，做了不該做的事情。 「花環」是指年輕的花樹，年輕的花樹也叫花環，他們以多種方式種植花環，或自己種植，或他人種植，因此說：「種花環的人也種植。」 「澆灌」是指自己用水澆灌。「澆灌」是指用他人的水澆灌。

Ettha pana akappiyavohāro kappiyavohāro pariyāyo obhāso nimittakammanti imāni pañca jānitabbāni. Tattha akappiyavohāro nāma allaharitānaṃ koṭṭanaṃ koṭṭāpanaṃ, āvāṭassa khaṇanaṃ khaṇāpanaṃ, mālāvacchassa ropanaṃ ropāpanaṃ, āḷiyā bandhanaṃ bandhāpanaṃ, udakassa secanaṃ secāpanaṃ, mātikāya sammukhakaraṇaṃ kappiyaudakasiñcanaṃ hatthamukhapādadhovananhānodakasiñcananti. Kappiyavohāro nāma 『『imaṃ rukkhaṃ jāna, imaṃ āvāṭaṃ jāna, imaṃ mālāvacchaṃ jāna, ettha udakaṃ jānā』』ti vacanaṃ sukkhamātikāya ujukaraṇañca. Pariyāyo nāma 『『paṇḍitena nāma mālāvacchādayo ropāpetabbā nacirasseva upakārāya saṃvattantī』』tiādivacanaṃ. Obhāso nāma kudālakhaṇittādīni ca mālāvacche ca gahetvā ṭhānaṃ, evaṃ ṭhitañhi sāmaṇerādayo disvā thero kārāpetukāmoti gantvā karonti. Nimittakammaṃ nāma kudāla-khaṇitti-vāsi-pharasu-udakabhājanāni āharitvā samīpe ṭhapanaṃ.

Imāni pañcapi kulasaṅgahatthāya ropane na vaṭṭanti, phalaparibhogatthāya kappiyākappiyavohāradvayameva na vaṭṭati, itarattayaṃ vaṭṭati. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana 『『kappiyavohāropi vaṭṭati. Yañca attano paribhogatthāya vaṭṭati, taṃ aññapuggalassa vā saṅghassa vā cetiyassa vā atthāyapi vaṭṭatī』』ti vuttaṃ.

Ārāmatthāya pana vanatthāyaca chāyatthāya ca akappiyavohāramattameva na ca vaṭṭati, sesaṃ vaṭṭati, na kevalañca sesaṃ yaṃkiñci mātikampi ujuṃ kātuṃ kappiyaudakaṃ siñcituṃ nhānakoṭṭhakaṃ katvā nhāyituṃ hatthapādamukhadhovanudakāni ca tattha chaḍḍetumpi vaṭṭati. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana kurundiyañca 『『kappiyapathaviyaṃ sayaṃ ropetumpi vaṭṭatī』』ti vuttaṃ. Ārāmādiatthāya pana ropitassa vā ropāpitassa vā phalaṃ paribhuñjitumpi vaṭṭati.

Ocinanaocināpane pakatiyāpi pācittiyaṃ. Kuladūsanatthāya pana pācittiyañceva dukkaṭañca. Ganthanādīsu ca uracchadapariyosānesu kuladūsanatthāya aññatthāya vā karontassa dukkaṭameva . Kasmā? Anācārattā, 『『pāpasamācāro』』ti ettha vuttapāpasamācārattā ca. Ārāmādiatthāya rukkharopane viya vatthupūjanatthāya kasmā na anāpattīti ce? Anāpattiyeva. Yathā hi tattha kappiyavohārena pariyāyādīhi ca anāpatti tathā vatthupūjatthāyapi anāpattiyeva.

Nanu ca tattha 『『kappiyapathaviyaṃ sayaṃ ropetumpi vaṭṭatī』』ti vuttanti? Vuttaṃ, na pana mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ. Athāpi maññeyyāsi itarāsu vuttampi pamāṇaṃ. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyañca kappiyaudakasecanaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ kathanti? Tampi na virujjhati. Tatra hi avisesena 『『rukkhaṃ ropentipi ropāpentipi, siñcantipi siñcāpentipī』』ti vattabbe 『『mālāvaccha』』nti vadanto ñāpeti 『『kulasaṅgahatthāya pupphaphalūpagameva sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ, aññatra pana pariyāyo atthī』』ti. Tasmā tattha pariyāyaṃ, idha ca pariyāyābhāvaṃ ñatvā yaṃ aṭṭhakathāsu vuttaṃ, taṃ suvuttameva. Vuttañcetaṃ –

『『Buddhena dhammo vinayo ca vutto;

Yo tassa puttehi tatheva ñāto;

So yehi tesaṃ matimaccajantā;

Yasmā pure aṭṭhakathā akaṃsu.

『『Tasmā hi yaṃ aṭṭhakathāsu vuttaṃ;

Taṃ vajjayitvāna pamādalekhaṃ;

Sabbampi sikkhāsu sagāravānaṃ;

Yasmā pamāṇaṃ idha paṇḍitāna』』nti.

這裡應當知道五種不可接受的言辭、可接受的言辭、定義、比喻和象徵性行為。不可接受的言辭是指對他人進行辱罵、攻擊、挖掘、種植花環、捆綁、澆水、在戒律前面施加負擔、以適當的水澆灌、用手、腳、口洗滌等。可接受的言辭是指「知道這棵樹、知道這個洞、知道這個花環、知道水在這裡」的話，以及將乾燥的戒律直觀呈現的行為。定義是指「智者應當種植花環等，以便不久后能有益處」的話。比喻是指在某個地方，看到某些行為時，出家人和其他人會去做的事情。象徵性行為是指用工具、鏟子、鋤頭、水瓶等物品放置在附近。 這五個行為對於家庭團體的種植不適用，只有在果實享用方面可接受的言辭和不可接受的言辭適用，其他方面則適用。關於大法則中說：「可接受的言辭也適用。對於自己享用的事物，也適用於他人、僧團或聖地的利益。」 對於娛樂場所、森林和陰影等方面，僅不可接受的言辭不適用，其他方面適用，不僅僅是其他方面，任何地方的土壤都可以用適當的水澆灌，洗手、腳、口的水也可以用來清洗，因此適用。關於大法則中說：「在可接受的土地上，自行種植也適用。」 關於採摘和採摘的行為，屬於一般的過失。對於敗壞家庭的事，既有過失也有輕罪。在捆綁等方面，敗壞家庭的事在其他地方的行為屬於輕罪。為什麼？因為不端行為，「惡行」在這裡指的是不端行為。對於娛樂場所的樹木種植等，為什麼不算犯戒？是因為不犯戒。就像在這裡可接受的言辭和定義一樣，也不算犯戒。 難道在這裡不是說「在可接受的土地上，自行種植也適用」嗎？是說了，但在大法則中沒有提到。然而你可能認為在其他地方提到的標準。大法則中提到的可接受的水澆灌，怎麼說呢？這也沒有衝突。因為在這裡明確地說「種樹、種植、澆水」，同時說明「花環」是指家庭團體的花果，因此這句話是指在其他地方有定義。 因此在這裡有定義，而在此處沒有定義，正如在大法則中所說的那樣，確實是合理的。確實有這樣的說法： 「佛陀所說的法和戒律； 他的弟子們同樣瞭解； 所以那些有智慧的人； 因為之前的解釋而行事。 「因此在解釋中所說的； 應當明確地記錄標準； 所有的戒律都應當遵循； 因為這裡的標準是智者所說的。」

Sabbaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Tattha siyā yadi vatthupūjanatthāyapi ganthānādīsu āpatti, haraṇādīsu kasmā anāpattīti? Kulitthīādīnaṃ atthāya haraṇato haraṇādhikāre hi visesetvā te kulitthīnantiādi vuttaṃ, tasmā buddhādīnaṃ atthāya harantassa anāpatti.

Tattha ekatovaṇṭikanti pupphānaṃ vaṇṭe ekato katvā katamālaṃ. Ubhatovaṇṭikanti ubhohi passehi pupphavaṇṭe katvā katamālaṃ. Mañjarikantiādīsu pana mañjarī viya katā pupphavikati mañjarikāti vuccati. Vidhūtikāti sūciyā vā salākāya vā sinduvārapupphādīni vijjhitvā katā. Vaṭaṃsakoti vataṃsako. Āveḷāti kaṇṇikā. Uracchadoti hārasadisaṃ ure ṭhapanakapupphadāmaṃ. Ayaṃ tāva ettha padavaṇṇanā.

Ayaṃ pana ādito paṭṭhāya vitthārena āpattivinicchayo. Kuladūsanatthāya akappiyapathaviyaṃ mālāvacchaṃ ropentassa pācittiyañceva dukkaṭañca, tathā akappiyavohārena ropāpentassa. Kappiyapathaviyaṃ ropanepi ropāpanepi dukkaṭameva. Ubhayatthāpi sakiṃ āṇattiyā bahunnampi ropane ekameva sapācittiyadukkaṭaṃ vā suddhadukkaṭaṃ vā hoti. Paribhogatthāya hi kappiyabhūmiyaṃ vā akappiyabhūmiyaṃ vā kappiyavohārena ropāpane anāpatti. Ārāmādiatthāyapi akappiyapathaviyaṃ ropentassa vā akappiyavacanena ropāpentassa vā pācittiyaṃ. Ayaṃ pana nayo mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ na suṭṭhu vibhatto, mahāpaccariyaṃ vibhattoti.

Siñcanasiñcāpane pana akappiyaudakena sabbattha pācittiyaṃ, kuladūsanaparibhogatthāya dukkaṭampi. Kappiyena tesaṃyeva dvinnamatthāya dukkaṭaṃ. Paribhogatthāya cettha kappiyavohārena siñcāpane anāpatti. Āpattiṭṭhāne pana dhārāvacchedavasena payogabahulatāya āpattibahulatā veditabbā.

Kuladūsanatthāya ocinane pupphagaṇanāya dukkaṭapācittiyāni aññattha pācittiyāneva. Bahūni pana pupphāni ekapayogena ocinanto payogavasena kāretabbo. Ocināpane kuladūsanatthāya sakiṃ āṇatto bahumpi ocinati, ekameva sapācittiyadukkaṭaṃ, aññatra pācittiyameva.

Ganthanādīsu sabbāpi cha pupphavikatiyo veditabbā – ganthimaṃ, gopphimaṃ, vedhimaṃ, veṭhimaṃ, pūrimaṃ, vāyimanti. Tattha 『『ganthimaṃ』』 nāma sadaṇḍakesu vā uppalapadumādīsu aññesu vā dīghavaṇṭesu pupphesu daṭṭhabbaṃ. Daṇḍakena daṇḍakaṃ vaṇṭena vā vaṇṭaṃ ganthetvā katameva hi ganthimaṃ. Taṃ bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā kātumpi akappiyavacanena kārāpetumpi na vaṭṭati. Evaṃ jāna, evaṃ kate sobheyya, yathā etāni pupphāni na vikiriyanti tathā karohītiādinā pana kappiyavacanena kāretuṃ vaṭṭati.

『『Gopphimaṃ』』 nāma suttena vā vākādīhi vā vassikapupphādīnaṃ ekatovaṇṭikaubhatovaṇṭikamālāvasena gopphanaṃ, vākaṃ vā rajjuṃ vā diguṇaṃ katvā tattha avaṇṭakāni nīpapupphādīni pavesetvā paṭipāṭiyā bandhanti, etampi gopphimameva. Sabbaṃ purimanayeneva na vaṭṭati.

所有內容都應按照前面所說的方式理解。在這裡,如果爲了供奉聖物而在編織等方面也有罪過,那麼為什麼在搬運等方面沒有罪過呢?因為在搬運部分特別提到是爲了婦女等人而搬運,所以說"爲了婦女等人"。因此,為佛陀等人搬運是沒有罪過的。 在這裡,"單邊花環"是指將花莖放在一邊做成的花環。"雙邊花環"是指將花莖放在兩邊做成的花環。在"花束"等詞中,"花束"是指像花束一樣做成的花飾。"穿孔花環"是指用針或棍子穿過茉莉花等做成的。"頭飾"即是頭飾。"耳環"是指耳飾。"胸飾"是指像項鍊一樣放在胸前的花環。這就是這裡的詞語解釋。 從頭開始的詳細罪過判斷如下:爲了敗壞家庭而在不適當的土地上種植花園,犯波逸提罪和突吉羅罪;同樣,用不適當的言語讓人種植也是如此。在適當的土地上種植或讓人種植只犯突吉羅罪。在兩種情況下,一次命令種植多株也只算一次帶波逸提的突吉羅罪或純突吉羅罪。爲了享用而在適當或不適當的土地上用適當的言語讓人種植是無罪的。爲了園林等目的在不適當的土地上種植或用不適當的言語讓人種植,犯波逸提罪。但這個規則在大註釋書中沒有很好地區分,在大**註釋書中有區分。 關於澆水和讓人澆水,用不適當的水在任何地方都犯波逸提罪,爲了敗壞家庭和享用也犯突吉羅罪。用適當的水為這兩個目的澆水犯突吉羅罪。在這裡,爲了享用而用適當的言語讓人澆水是無罪的。在有罪的地方,根據水流的中斷來判斷行為的多少,從而判斷罪過的多少。 爲了敗壞家庭而採摘,根據花的數量犯突吉羅罪和波逸提罪;其他情況只犯波逸提罪。一次採摘多朵花,應按行為次數計算罪過。讓人採摘時,爲了敗壞家庭而一次命令採摘多朵,只算一次帶波逸提的突吉羅罪;其他情況只犯波逸提罪。 在編織等方面,應瞭解六種花飾:結編、編織、穿孔、包裹、填充、編織。其中,"結編"是指在有莖的蓮花等或其他長莖花中可以看到的。用莖與莖或莖與莖結合做成的就是結編。比丘或比丘尼不可以做,也不可以用不適當的言語讓人做。但可以用適當的言語如"這樣做,這樣做會很漂亮,讓這些花不散落"等讓人做。 "編織"是指用線或樹皮等將茉莉花等編成單邊或雙邊花環,或者將樹皮或繩子折成兩倍,將無莖的花插入其中並按順序綁好,這也是編織。一切都按前面的方式不允許。

『『Vedhimaṃ』』 nāma savaṇṭakāni vassikapupphādīni vaṇṭesu, avaṇṭakāni vā vakulapupphādīni antochidde sūcitālahīrādīhi vinivijjhitvā āvunanti, etaṃ vedhimaṃ nāma, tampi purimanayeneva na vaṭṭati. Keci pana kadalikkhandhamhi kaṇṭake vā tālahīrādīni vā pavesetvā tattha pupphāni vijjhitvā ṭhapenti, keci kaṇṭakasākhāsu, keci pupphacchattapupphakūṭāgārakaraṇatthaṃ chatte ca bhittiyañca pavesetvā ṭhapitakaṇṭakesu, keci dhammāsanavitāne baddhakaṇṭakesu, keci kaṇikārapupphādīni salākāhi vijjhanti, chattādhichattaṃ viya ca karonti, taṃ atioḷārikameva . Pupphavijjhanatthaṃ pana dhammāsanavitāne kaṇṭakampi bandhituṃ kaṇṭakādīhi vā ekapupphampi vijjhituṃ puppheyeva vā pupphaṃ pavesetuṃ na vaṭṭati. Jālavitānavedika-nāgadantaka pupphapaṭicchakatālapaṇṇaguḷakādīnaṃ pana chiddesu asokapiṇḍiyā vā antaresu pupphāni pavesetuṃ na doso. Etaṃ vedhimaṃ nāma na hoti. Dhammarajjuyampi eseva nayo.

『『Veṭhimaṃ』』 nāma pupphadāmapupphahatthakesu daṭṭhabbaṃ. Keci hi matthakadāmaṃ karontā heṭṭhā ghaṭakākāraṃ dassetuṃ pupphehi veṭhenti, keci aṭṭhaṭṭha vā dasa dasa vā uppalapupphādīni suttena vā vākena vā daṇḍakesu bandhitvā uppalahatthake vā padumahatthake vā karonti, taṃ sabbaṃ purimanayeneva na vaṭṭati. Sāmaṇerehi uppāṭetvā thale ṭhapitauppalādīni kāsāvena bhaṇḍikampi bandhituṃ na vaṭṭati. Tesaṃyeva pana vākena vā daṇḍakena vā bandhituṃ aṃsabhaṇḍikaṃ vā kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Aṃsabhaṇḍikā nāma khandhe ṭhapitakāsāvassa ubho ante āharitvā bhaṇḍikaṃ katvā tasmiṃ pasibbake viya pupphāni pakkhipanti, ayaṃ vuccati aṃsabhaṇḍikā, etaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Daṇḍakehi paduminipaṇṇaṃ vijjhitvā uppalādīni paṇṇena veṭhetvā gaṇhanti, tatrāpi pupphānaṃ upari paduminipaṇṇameva bandhituṃ vaṭṭati. Heṭṭhā daṇḍakaṃ pana bandhituṃ na vaṭṭati.

『『Pūrimaṃ』』 nāma mālāguṇe ca pupphapaṭe ca daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yo hi mālāguṇena cetiyaṃ vā bodhiṃ vā vedikaṃ vā parikkhipanto puna ānetvā pūrimaṭhānaṃ atikkāmeti, ettāvatāpi pūrimaṃ nāma hoti. Ko pana vādo anekakkhattuṃ parikkhipantassa, nāgadanta-kantarehi pavesetvā haranto olambakaṃ katvā puna nāgadantakaṃ parikkhipati, etampi pūrimaṃ nāma. Nāgadantake pana pupphavalayaṃ pavesetuṃ vaṭṭati. Mālāguṇehi pupphapaṭaṃ karonti. Tatrāpi ekameva mālāguṇaṃ harituṃ vaṭṭati. Puna paccāharato pūrimameva hoti, taṃ sabbaṃ purimanayeneva na vaṭṭati. Mālāguṇehi pana bahūhipi kataṃ pupphadāmaṃ labhitvā āsanamatthakādīsu bandhituṃ vaṭṭati. Atidīghaṃ pana mālāguṇaṃ ekavāraṃ haritvā vā parikkhipitvā vā puna aññassa bhikkhuno dātuṃ vaṭṭati. Tenāpi tatheva kātuṃ vaṭṭati.

「穿孔花環」是指用針刺穿的花朵，如雨花等花卉，或用針刺穿的其他花卉。有人在香蕉樹上或其他樹上插入刺，然後將花朵插入，或在樹枝上、花傘下或其他地方插入花朵，這樣的行為是不合適的。在用花朵裝飾佛壇時，若用刺紮住花朵或將單朵花插入花環中是不合適的。對於花壇、花圈等，若在裝飾上插入花朵並不算犯戒。這個原則在大法則中同樣適用。 「編織花環」是指用花朵的花瓣和花柄編製而成的花環。有人用花瓣編織成花環，或用花瓣和花柄一起編織成花環，這些都是可以接受的。對於比丘和比丘尼來說，不能用不適當的言辭讓人做這件事。可以用適當的言辭說：「這樣做會很美麗，這樣的花不會散落」，讓人去做。 「填充」是指在花環的裝飾和花瓣上進行的行為。若用花瓣裝飾佛塔或菩提樹，若將其重新放回原處，則算作填充。若用多次的裝飾將花環包裹住，若用花瓣包裹住，則稱之為填充，若用不適當的方式進行填充則不算犯戒。 若用不適當的方式在花環的裝飾和花瓣上進行行為，屬於敗壞家庭的行為，犯波逸提罪和突吉羅罪。對於裝飾的行為，若用適當的方式進行裝飾則不算犯戒。對於享用的行為，若用適當的方式進行裝飾則不算犯戒。 在敗壞家庭的情況下，採摘花朵的行為屬於突吉羅罪和波逸提罪；在其他情況下則只犯波逸提罪。若一次採摘多朵花，則按行為次數計算罪過。讓人採摘時，若爲了敗壞家庭而一次命令採摘多朵，只算一次帶波逸提的突吉羅罪；在其他情況下只犯波逸提罪。 在編織等方面，六種花飾應當被理解：結編、編織、穿孔、包裹、填充、編織。其中，「結編」是指在有莖的蓮花等或其他長莖花中可以看到的。用莖與莖或莖與莖結合做成的就是結編。比丘或比丘尼不可以做，也不可以用不適當的言辭讓人做。但可以用適當的言辭如「這樣做，能夠讓這些花不散落」等讓人做。 「編織」是指用線或樹皮等將茉莉花等編成單邊或雙邊花環，或者將樹皮或繩子折成兩倍，將無莖的花插入其中並按順序綁好，這也是編織。一切都按前面的方式不允許。

『『Vāyimaṃ』』 nāma pupphajālapupphapaṭapuppharūpesu daṭṭhabbaṃ. Cetiyesu pupphajālaṃ karontassa ekamekamhi jālacchidde dukkaṭaṃ. Bhitticchattabodhitthambhādīsupi eseva nayo. Pupphapaṭaṃ pana parehi pūritampi vāyituṃ na labbhati. Gopphimapuppheheva hatthiassādirūpakāni karonti, tānipi vāyimaṭṭhāne tiṭṭhanti. Purimanayeneva sabbaṃ na vaṭṭati. Aññehi kataparicchede pana pupphāni ṭhapentena hatthiassādirūpakampi kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana kalambakena aḍḍhacandakena ca saddhiṃ aṭṭhapupphavikatiyo vuttā. Tattha kalambakoti aḍḍhacandakantare ghaṭikadāmaolambako vutto. 『『Aḍḍhacandako』』ti aḍḍhacandākārena mālāguṇaparikkhepo. Tadubhayampi pūrimeyeva paviṭṭhaṃ. Kurundiyaṃ pana 『『dve tayo mālāguṇe ekato katvā pupphadāmakaraṇampi vāyimaṃyevā』』ti vuttaṃ. Tampi idha pūrimaṭṭhāneyeva paviṭṭhaṃ, na kevalañca pupphaguḷadāmameva piṭṭhamayadāmampi geṇḍukapupphadāmampi kurundiyaṃ vuttaṃ, kharapattadāmampi sikkhāpadassa sādhāraṇattā bhikkhūnampi bhikkhunīnampi neva kātuṃ na kārāpetuṃ vaṭṭati. Pūjānimittaṃ pana kappiyavacanaṃ sabbattha vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Pariyāyaobhāsanimittakammāni vaṭṭantiyeva.

Tuvaṭṭentīti nipajjanti. Lāsentīti pītiyā uppilavamānā viya uṭṭhahitvā lāsiyanāṭakaṃ nāṭenti, recakaṃ denti. Naccantiyāpi naccantīti yadā nāṭakitthī naccati, tadā tepi tassā purato vā pacchato vā gacchantā naccanti. Naccantiyāpi gāyantīti yadā sā naccati, tadā naccānurūpaṃ gāyanti. Esa nayo sabbattha. Aṭṭhapadepi kīḷantīti aṭṭhapadaphalake jūtaṃ kīḷanti. Tathā dasapade, ākāsepīti aṭṭhapadadasapadesu viya ākāseyeva kīḷanti. Parihārapathepīti bhūmiyaṃ nānāpathamaṇḍalaṃ katvā tattha pariharitabbapathaṃ pariharantā kīḷanti. Santikāyapi kīḷantīti santikakīḷāya kīḷanti, ekajjhaṃ ṭhapitā sāriyo vā pāsāṇasakkharāyo vā acālentā nakheneva apanenti ca upanenti ca, sace tattha kāci calati, parājayo hoti. Khalikāyāti jūtaphalake pāsakakīḷāya kīḷanti. Ghaṭikāyāti ghaṭikā vuccati daṇḍakakīḷā, tāya kīḷanti. Dīghadaṇḍakena rassadaṇḍakaṃ paharantā vicaranti.

Salākahatthenāti lākhāya vā mañjaṭṭhiyā vā piṭṭhaudake vā salākahatthaṃ temetvā 『『kiṃ hotū』』ti bhūmiyaṃ vā bhittiyaṃ vā taṃ paharitvā hatthiassādīrūpāni dassentā kīḷanti. Akkhenāti guḷena. Paṅgacīrenāti paṅgacīraṃ vuccati paṇṇanāḷikā, taṃ dhamantā kīḷanti. Vaṅkakenāti gāmadārakānaṃ kīḷanakena khuddakanaṅgalena. Mokkhacikāyāti mokkhacikā vuccati samparivattakakīḷā, ākāse vā daṇḍaṃ gahetvā, bhūmiyaṃ vā sīsaṃ ṭhapetvā heṭṭhupariyabhāvena parivattantā kīḷantīti attho. Ciṅgulakenāti ciṅgulakaṃ vuccati tālapaṇṇādīhi kataṃ vātappahārena paribbhamanacakkaṃ, tena kīḷanti. Pattāḷhakenāti pattāḷhakaṃ vuccati paṇṇanāḷi, tāya vālikādīni minantā kīḷanti. Rathakenāti khuddakarathena. Dhanukenāti khuddakadhanunā.

「吹風花環」是指花瓣、花環、花朵的形狀。在聖地上製作花環時，每次插入一個花瓣會犯輕罪。在墻壁、傘、菩提樹等地方也是同樣的原則。花瓣在其他人制作時，即使填滿也不算犯戒。只有用花瓣製作的花環才能在這些地方使用。根據前面的原則，一切都不適用。對於其他地方製作的花環，若放置花朵，則可以製作成如同大象等形狀的花環。在大法則中提到用半月形和半月形的花環製作花卉裝飾。這裡提到的半月形是指在半月形和花瓣之間的花朵裝飾。 「包裹花環」是指用花瓣製作的花環。有人用花瓣製作花環，或用花瓣和花環一起製作，這些都是可以接受的。對於比丘和比丘尼來說，不能用不適當的言辭讓人做這件事。可以用適當的言辭說：「這樣做會很美麗，這樣的花不會散落」，讓人去做。 「填充」是指在花環的裝飾和花瓣上進行的行為。若用花瓣裝飾佛塔或菩提樹，若將其重新放回原處，則算作填充。若用多次的裝飾將花環包裹住，若用花瓣包裹住，則稱之為填充，若用不適當的方式進行填充則不算犯戒。 若用不適當的方式在花環的裝飾和花瓣上進行行為，屬於敗壞家庭的行為，犯波逸提罪和突吉羅罪。對於裝飾的行為，若用適當的方式進行裝飾則不算犯戒。對於享用的行為，若用適當的方式進行裝飾則不算犯戒。 在敗壞家庭的情況下，採摘花朵的行為屬於突吉羅罪和波逸提罪；在其他情況下則只犯波逸提罪。若一次採摘多朵花，則按行為次數計算罪過。讓人採摘時，若爲了敗壞家庭而一次命令採摘多朵，只算一次帶波逸提的突吉羅罪；在其他情況下只犯波逸提罪。 在編織等方面，六種花飾應當被理解：結編、編織、穿孔、包裹、填充、編織。其中，「結編」是指在有莖的蓮花等或其他長莖花中可以看到的。用莖與莖或莖與莖結合做成的就是結編。比丘或比丘尼不可以做，也不可以用不適當的言辭讓人做。但可以用適當的言辭如「這樣做，能夠讓這些花不散落」等讓人做。 「編織」是指用線或樹皮等將茉莉花等編成單邊或雙邊花環，或者將樹皮或繩子折成兩倍，將無莖的花插入其中並按順序綁好，這也是編織。一切都按前面的方式不允許。

Akkharikāyāti akkharikā vuccati ākāse vā piṭṭhiyaṃ vā akkharajānanakīḷā, tāya kīḷanti. Manesikāyāti manesikā vuccati manasā cintitajānanakīḷā, tāya kīḷanti. Yathāvajjenāti yathāvajjaṃ vuccati kāṇakuṇikakhañjādīnaṃ yaṃ yaṃ vajjaṃ taṃ taṃ payojetvā dassanakīḷā tāya kīḷanti, velambhakā viya. Hatthismimpi sikkhantīti hatthinimittaṃ yaṃ sippaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ, taṃ sikkhanti. Eseva nayo assādīsu. Dhāvantipīti parammukhā gacchantā dhāvanti. Ādhāvantipīti yattakaṃ dhāvanti, tattakameva abhimukhā puna āgacchantā ādhāvanti. Nibbujjhantīti mallayuddhaṃ karonti. Nalāṭikampi dentīti 『『sādhu, sādhu, bhaginī』』ti attano nalāṭe aṅguliṃ ṭhapetvā tassā nalāṭe ṭhapenti. Vividhampi anācāraṃ ācarantīti aññampi pāḷiyaṃ anāgataṃ mukhaḍiṇḍimādivividhaṃ anācāraṃ ācaranti.

「字母遊戲」是指在空中或地面上進行的字母識別遊戲，藉此進行遊戲。「思維遊戲」是指通過心智進行的思維識別遊戲，藉此進行遊戲。就像是用手指指向某物一樣，藉助於手指的動作進行展示的遊戲。「在大象的情況下」是指與大象有關的技能，應該學習這些技能。這種原則在馬匹的情況下也是一樣。「奔跑」是指朝著前方奔跑。「快速奔跑」是指儘可能快地奔跑，回頭時也要快速奔跑。「戰鬥」是指進行摔跤比賽。「頭部的觸碰」是指「好，好的，姐妹」，用手指放在自己的額頭上，然後將手指放在她的額頭上。「各種不當行為」是指在其他經典中提到的各種不當行為，如面具等各種不當行為。

432.Pāsādikenāti pasādāvahena, sāruppena samaṇānucchavikena. Abhikkantenāti gamanena. Paṭikkantenāti nivattanena. Ālokitenāti purato dassanena. Vilokitenāti ito cito ca dassanena. Samiñjitenāti pabbasaṅkocanena. Pasāritenāti tesaṃyeva pasāraṇena. Sabbattha itthambhūtākhyānatthe karaṇavacanaṃ, satisampajaññehi abhisaṅkhatattā pāsādika abhikkanta-paṭikkanta-ālokita-vilokita-samiñjita-pasārito hutvāti vuttaṃ hoti. Okkhittacakkhūti heṭṭhā-khittacakkhu . Iriyāpathasampannoti tāya pāsādikaabhikkantāditāya sampannairiyāpatho.

Kvāyanti ko ayaṃ. Abalabalo viyāti abalo kira bondo vuccati, atisayatthe ca idaṃ āmeḍitaṃ, tasmā atibondo viyāti vuttaṃ hoti. Mandamandoti abhikkantādīnaṃ anuddhatatāya atimando. Atisaṇhoti evaṃ guṇameva dosato dassenti. Bhākuṭikabhākuṭiko viyāti okkhittacakkhutāya bhakuṭiṃ katvā saṅkuṭitamukho kupito viya vicaratīti maññamānā vadanti. Saṇhāti nipuṇā, 『『amma tāta bhaginī』』ti evaṃ upāsakajanaṃ yuttaṭṭhāne upanetuṃ chekā, na yathā ayaṃ; evaṃ abalabalo viyāti adhippāyo. Sakhilāti sākhalyena yuttā. Sukhasambhāsāti idaṃ purimassa kāraṇavacanaṃ. Yesañhi sukhasambhāsā sammodanīyakathā nelā hoti kaṇṇasukhā, te sakhilāti vuccanti. Tenāhaṃsu – 『『sakhilā sukhasambhāsā』』ti. Ayaṃ panettha adhippāyo – amhākaṃ ayyā upāsake disvā madhuraṃ sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ kathenti, tasmā sakhilā sukhasambhāsā, na yathā ayaṃ; evaṃ mandamandā viyāti. Mihitapubbaṅgamāti mihitaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ etesaṃ vacanassāti mihitapubbaṅgamā, paṭhamaṃ sitaṃ katvā pacchā vadantīti attho. Ehisvāgatavādinoti upāsakaṃ disvā 『『ehi svāgataṃ tavā』』ti evaṃvādino, na yathā ayaṃ; evaṃ saṅkuṭitamukhatāya bhākuṭikabhākuṭikā viya evaṃ mihitapubbaṅgamāditāya abhākuṭikabhāvaṃ atthato dassetvā puna sarūpenapi dassento āhaṃsu – 『『abhākuṭikā uttānamukhā pubbabhāsino』』ti. Uppaṭipāṭiyā vā tiṇṇampi ākārānaṃ abhāvadassanametanti veditabbaṃ. Kathaṃ? Ettha hi 『『abhākuṭikā』』ti iminā bhākuṭikabhākuṭikākārassa abhāvo dassito. 『『Uttānamukhā』』ti iminā mandamandākārassa, ye hi cakkhūni ummiletvā ālokanena uttānamukhā honti, na te mandamandā. Pubbabhāsinoti iminā abalabalākārassa abhāvo dassito, ye hi ābhāsanakusalatāya 『『amma tātā』』ti paṭhamataraṃ ābhāsanti, na te abalabalāti.

Ehi, bhante, gharaṃ gamissāmāti so kira upāsako 『『na kho, āvuso, piṇḍo labbhatī』』ti vutte 『『tumhākaṃ bhikkhūhiyeva etaṃ kataṃ , sakalampi gāmaṃ vicarantā na lacchathā』』ti vatvā piṇḍapātaṃ dātukāmo 『『ehi, bhante, gharaṃ gamissāmā』』ti āha. Kiṃ panāyaṃ payuttavācā hoti, na hotīti? Na hoti. Pucchitapañho nāmāyaṃ kathetuṃ vaṭṭati. Tasmā idāni cepi pubbaṇhe vā sāyanhe vā antaragharaṃ paviṭṭhaṃ bhikkhuṃ koci puccheyya – 『『kasmā, bhante, carathā』』ti? Yenatthena carati, taṃ ācikkhitvā 『『laddhaṃ na laddha』』nti vutte sace na laddhaṃ, 『『na laddha』』nti vatvā yaṃ so deti, taṃ gahetuṃ vaṭṭati.

「優雅的」是指用優雅的方式、具有美感的、與修行人相關的。 「前進的」是指通過移動。 「退卻的」是指通過迴轉。 「照亮的」是指通過前方的視線。 「觀察的」是指從這裡到那裡進行觀察。 「收縮的」是指通過收縮的動作。 「擴充套件的」是指通過擴充套件的動作。 在所有情況下，這些都是爲了實現某種目的，因而被稱為優雅的、前進的、退卻的、照亮的、觀察的、收縮的、擴充套件的。 「閉眼」是指低下眼睛。 「行走的方式」是指因優雅而具備的行走方式。 「你要去哪裡？」 「像弱者一樣」是指弱者被稱為「無力」，因此在極端情況下稱為「極弱」。 「緩慢」是指由於優雅等原因而顯得緩慢。 「極柔和」是指以這種品質顯示出缺陷。 「如同微笑的微笑者」是指因閉眼而顯得微笑的樣子，像生氣的樣子那樣走動。 「柔和」是指細緻的，像「母親、父親、姐妹」等這樣讓信徒在適當的地方聚集，而不是像這個樣子；因此「像弱者一樣」是指這個意思。 「輕鬆的」是指與輕鬆相連。 「愉快的交談」是指因愉快的交談而引起的耳朵的愉悅，這些被稱為輕鬆的。因此他們說：「輕鬆愉快的交談。」 這裡的意思是：我們的長者們看到信徒們在進行甜美的愉快交談，因此輕鬆愉快的交談，而不是像這個樣子；因此顯得緩慢。 「微微的前行」是指這些話的微微前行，意思是先說一句話，然後再說後面的話。 「歡迎你」是指看到信徒時說「歡迎你」，而不是像這個樣子；因此因收縮的面孔而顯得微微的前行，顯示出不優雅的狀態。 「從三種形狀來看是沒有的」應當理解為「沒有優雅的、沒有緩慢的」，那些眼睛睜開后通過觀察而顯得優雅的，並不是緩慢的。 「先說的」是指缺乏力量的狀態，因而在善於顯現的情況下，先說的被稱為「母親、父親」。 「來吧，尊者，我們要回家了。」他確實是那位信徒，在被問到「沒有，朋友，無法獲得食物」時，便說「這是你們比丘們做的，整個村莊都在遊蕩時你們無法得到」后，想要施捨食物，因此說「來吧，尊者，我們要回家了」。 這是否是適當的說法呢？不是。 「被問到的問題」是指應當說的事情。因此現在即使在早晨或傍晚進入家中，若有比丘被問到「為什麼，尊者，你在遊蕩？」 他說：「因為什麼而遊蕩」，若被問到「獲得了沒有」時，若說沒有獲得，則應當說「沒有獲得」，並拿著他所施捨的東西。

Duṭṭhoti na pasādādīnaṃ vināsena duṭṭho, puggalavasena duṭṭho. Dānapathānīti dānāniyeva vuccanti. Atha vā dānapathānīti dānanibaddhāni dānavattānīti vuttaṃ hoti. Upacchinnānīti dāyakehi upacchinnāni, na te tāni etarahi denti. Riñcantīti visuṃ honti nānā honti, pakkamantīti vuttaṃ hoti. Saṇṭhaheyyāti sammā tiṭṭheyya, pesalānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ patiṭṭhā bhaveyya.

Evamāvusoti kho so bhikkhu saddhassa pasannassa upāsakassa sāsanaṃ sampaṭicchi. Evarūpaṃ kira sāsanaṃ kappiyaṃ harituṃ vaṭṭati, tasmā 『『mama vacanena bhagavato pāde vandathā』』ti vā 『『cetiyaṃ paṭimaṃ bodhiṃ saṅghattheraṃ vandathā』』ti vā 『『cetiye gandhapūjaṃ karotha, pupphapūjaṃ karothā』』ti vā 『『bhikkhū sannipātetha, dānaṃ dassāma , dhammaṃ sossāmāti vā īdisesu sāsanesu kukkuccaṃ na kātabbaṃ. Kappiyasāsanāni etāni na gihīnaṃ gihikammapaṭisaṃyuttānīti. Kuto ca tvaṃ, bhikkhu, āgacchasīti nisinno so bhikkhu na āgacchati atthato pana āgato hoti; evaṃ santepi vattamānasamīpe vattamānavacanaṃ labbhati, tasmā na doso. Pariyosāne 『『tato ahaṃ bhagavā āgacchāmī』』ti etthāpi vacane eseva nayo.

433.Paṭhamaṃ assajipunabbasukā bhikkhū codetabbāti 『『mayaṃ tumhe vattukāmā』』ti okāsaṃ kāretvā vatthunā ca āpattiyā ca codetabbā. Codetvā yaṃ na saranti, taṃ sāretabbā. Sace vatthuñca āpattiñca paṭijānanti, āpattimeva vā paṭijānanti, na vatthuṃ, āpattiṃ ropetabbā. Atha vatthumeva paṭijānanti, nāpattiṃ; evampi 『『imasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ ayaṃ nāma āpattī』』ti ropetabbā eva. Yadi neva vatthuṃ, nāpattiṃ paṭijānanti, āpattiṃ na ropetabbā ayamettha vinicchayo. Yathāpaṭiññāya pana āpattiṃ ropetvā; evaṃ pabbājanīyakammaṃ kātabbanti dassento 『『byattena bhikkhunā』』tiādimāha, taṃ uttānatthameva.

Evaṃ pabbājanīyakammakatena bhikkhunā yasmiṃ vihāre vasantena yasmiṃ gāme kuladūsakakammaṃ kataṃ hoti, tasmiṃ vihāre vā tasmiṃ gāme vā na vasitabbaṃ. Tasmiṃ vihāre vasantena sāmantagāmepi piṇḍāya na caritabbaṃ. Sāmantavihārepi vasantena tasmiṃ gāme piṇḍāya na caritabbaṃ. Upatissatthero pana 『『bhante nagaraṃ nāma mahantaṃ dvādasayojanikampi hotī』』ti antevāsikehi vutto 『『yassā vīthiyā kuladūsakakammaṃ kataṃ tattheva vārita』』nti āha. Tato 『『vīthipi mahatī nagarappamāṇāva hotī』』ti vutto 『『yassā gharapaṭipāṭiyā』』ti āha, 『『gharapaṭipāṭīpi vīthippamāṇāva hotī』』ti vutto ito cito ca satta gharāni vāritānī』』ti āha. Taṃ pana sabbaṃ therassa manorathamattameva. Sacepi vihāro tiyojanaparamo hoti dvādasayojanaparamañca nagaraṃ, neva vihāre vasituṃ labbhati, na nagare caritunti.

這些是用於語言學術用途的完整直譯: "腐敗的"不是指由於缺乏信仰等而腐敗,而是指個人的腐敗。"佈施的途徑"就是指佈施本身。或者,"佈施的途徑"是指與佈施相關的、佈施的習慣。"被切斷"是指被施主切斷,他們現在不再佈施。"離開"是指分開,變得不同,意思是離開。"應該建立"是指應該很好地建立,成為善良比丘的依靠。 "是的,朋友"這位比丘接受了有信仰的虔誠居士的指示。據說這樣的指示是適合傳達的,因此"請以我的名義向世尊頂禮"或"請向塔、佛像、菩提樹、僧團長老頂禮"或"請在塔前供養香、供養花"或"請召集比丘們,我們要佈施,我們要聽法"等這樣的指示不應有疑慮。這些是適當的指示,不是與在家人的在家事務相關的。"比丘,你從哪裡來?"坐著的那位比丘並不是在來,但實際上他已經來了;即使如此,在現在時附近也可以用現在時,因此沒有錯誤。在最後"世尊,我從那裡來"這句話中也是同樣的道理。 首先應該指責阿說示和富樓那跋的比丘們,說"我們想對你們說"並給予機會,然後以事實和犯戒來指責他們。指責后,他們不記得的應該提醒他們。如果他們承認事實和犯戒,或只承認犯戒而不承認事實,應該判定他們犯戒。如果他們只承認事實而不承認犯戒,也應該判定"在這個事實中有這樣的犯戒"。如果他們既不承認事實也不承認犯戒,就不應該判定他們犯戒,這是這裡的判斷。但是根據他們的承認判定犯戒后,爲了說明應該如何執行驅逐羯磨,他說"由有能力的比丘"等,這是明顯的意思。 被執行驅逐羯磨的比丘,在他居住的精舍中,在他破壞家庭的村莊中,不應該住在那個精舍或那個村莊。住在那個精舍時,也不應該在附近的村莊乞食。住在附近的精舍時,也不應該在那個村莊乞食。但是優波底沙長老被弟子們說"尊者,城市是很大的,甚至有十二由旬大"時說"只是禁止在破壞家庭的街道"。然後被說"街道也很大,和城市一樣大"時說"在那一排房子"。被說"一排房子也和街道一樣大"時說"禁止這邊和那邊七戶人家"。但這些都只是長老的想法而已。即使精舍最多有三由旬,城市最多有十二由旬,也不能住在精舍里,也不能在城裡行走。

435.Tesaṅghena pabbājanīyakammakatāti kathaṃ saṅgho tesaṃ kammaṃ akāsi? Na gantvāva ajjhottharitvā akāsi, atha kho kulehi nimantetvā saṅghabhattesu kayiramānesu tasmiṃ tasmiṃ ṭhāne therā samaṇapaṭipadaṃ kathetvā 『『ayaṃ samaṇo, ayaṃ assamaṇo』』ti manusse saññāpetvā ekaṃ dve bhikkhū sīmaṃ pave setvā etenevupāyena sabbesaṃ pabbājanīyakammaṃ akaṃsūti. Evaṃ pabbājanīyakammakatassa ca aṭṭhārasa vattāni pūretvā yācantassa kammaṃ paṭippassambhetabbaṃ. Paṭippassaddhakammenāpi ca tena yesu kulesu pubbe kuladūsakakammaṃ kataṃ, tato paccayā na gahetabbā, āsavakkhayappattenāpi na gahetabbā, akappiyāva honti. 『『Kasmā na gaṇhathā』』ti pucchitena 『『pubbe evaṃ katattā』』ti vutte, sace vadanti 『『na mayaṃ tena kāraṇena dema idāni sīlavantatāya demā』』ti gahetabbā. Pakatiyā dānaṭṭhāneyeva kuladūsakakammaṃ kataṃ hoti. Tato pakatidānameva gahetuṃ vaṭṭati, yaṃ vaḍḍhetvā denti, taṃ na vaṭṭati.

Na sammā vattantīti te pana assajipunabbasukā aṭṭhārasasu vattesu sammā na vattanti. Na lomaṃ pātentīti anulomapaṭipadaṃ appaṭipajjanatāya na pannalomā honti. Na netthāraṃ vattantīti attano nittharaṇamaggaṃ na paṭipajjanti . Na bhikkhū khamāpentīti 『『dukkaṭaṃ, bhante, amhehi, na puna evaṃ karissāma, khamatha amhāka』』nti evaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ khamāpanaṃ na karonti. Akkosantīti kārakasaṅghaṃ dasahi akkosavatthūhi akkosanti. Paribhāsantīti bhayaṃ nesaṃ dassenti. Chandagāmitā…pe… bhayagāmitā pāpentīti ete chandagāmino ca…pe… bhayagāmino cāti evaṃ chandagāmitāyapi…pe… bhayagāmitāyapi pāpenti, yojentīti attho. Pakkamantīti tesaṃ parivāresu pañcasu samaṇasatesu ekacce disā pakkamanti. Vibbhamantīti ekacce gihī honti. Kathañhi nāma assajipunabbasukā bhikkhūti ettha dvinnaṃ pamokkhānaṃ vasena sabbepi 『『assajipunabbasukā』』ti vuttā.

436-

「因此被驅逐的羯磨」是如何進行的呢？並不是直接去做，而是通過邀請家族，在僧眾的飲食中，隨著在各個地方的長老們談論修行的方式，令大眾產生「這個是修行者，這個不是修行者」的印象，隨後讓一兩位比丘進入戒律範圍，以此方式完成了所有人的驅逐羯磨。因此，進行驅逐羯磨的比丘在完成十八種行為后，向請求者的行為應當得到平息。通過平息的行為，對於那些曾經在某些家族中做過破壞家庭的行為，因而不應被接受，即使是因為滅盡煩惱的緣故也不應被接受，都是不適當的。「為什麼不接受？」被問時說：「因為之前已經這樣做過。」如果他們說「我們現在因為有了清白而給予」，則應當接受。通常在施捨的地方，破壞家庭的行為是存在的。因此只應接受通常的施捨，所增加的部分不應接受。 「並不是正確的行為」是指那些阿說示和富樓那跋的比丘們在十八種行為中並不正確。「不掉毛」是指由於不遵循順應的修行方式而不顯現出毛髮。「不解脫」是指不走自己的解脫之道。「比丘們不寬恕」是指「尊者，我們犯了錯，不再這樣做，請寬恕我們」這樣的比丘們並不寬恕。「辱罵」是指用十種辱罵的方式來辱罵他人。「責罵」是指對他們表現出恐懼。「趨向慾望的……等……趨向恐懼的」是指這些趨向慾望的……等……趨向恐懼的，意思是趨向慾望的……等……趨向恐懼的。「離開」是指在他們的圍繞中，五百個修行者的某些方向離開。「迷失」是指某些在家人中存在的。「如何稱呼阿說示和富樓那跋的比丘呢？」在這裡，所有人都被稱為「阿說示和富樓那跋」。

7.Gāmaṃ vāti ettha nagarampi gāmaggahaṇeneva gahitaṃ. Tenassa padabhājane 『『gāmopi nigamopi nagarampi gāmo ceva nigamo cā』』ti vuttaṃ. Tattha apākāraparikkhepo saāpaṇo nigamoti veditabbo.

Kulāni dūsetīti kuladūsako. Dūsento ca na asucikaddamādīhi dūseti, atha kho attano duppaṭipattiyā tesaṃ pasādaṃ vināseti. Tenevassa padabhājane 『『pupphena vā』』tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha yo haritvā vā harāpetvā vā pakkositvā vā pakkosāpetvā vā sayaṃ vā upagatānaṃ yaṃkiñci attano santakaṃ pupphaṃ kulasaṅgahatthāya deti, dukkaṭaṃ. Parasantakaṃ deti, dukkaṭameva. Theyyacittena deti, bhaṇḍagghena kāretabbo. Eseva nayo saṅghikepi. Ayaṃ pana viseso, senāsanatthāya niyāmitaṃ issaravatāya dadato thullaccayaṃ.

Pupphaṃ nāma kassa dātuṃ vaṭṭati, kassa na vaṭṭatīti? Mātāpitūnnaṃ tāva haritvāpi harāpetvāpi pakkositvāpi pakkosāpetvāpi dātuṃ vaṭṭati, sesañātakānaṃ pakkosāpetvāva. Tañca kho vatthupūjanatthāya, maṇḍanatthāya pana sivaliṅgādipūjanatthāya vā kassacipi dātuṃ na vaṭṭati. Mātāpitūnañca harāpentena ñātisāmaṇereheva harāpetabbaṃ. Itare pana yadi sayameva icchanti, vaṭṭati. Sammatena pupphabhājakena bhājanakāle sampattānaṃ sāmaṇerānaṃ upaḍḍhabhāgaṃ dātuṃ vaṭṭati. Kurundiyaṃ sampattagihīnaṃ upaḍḍhabhāgaṃ. Mahāpaccariyaṃ 『『cūḷakaṃ dātuṃ vaṭṭatī』』ti vuttaṃ. Asammatena apaloketvā dātabbaṃ.

"村莊或"這裡城鎮也包括在村莊的稱呼中。因此在其詞義解釋中說"村莊、市鎮、城市都是村莊和市鎮"。其中,應當理解沒有圍墻但有市場的為市鎮。 "破壞家庭"是指破壞家庭者。破壞並不是用不潔或泥土等來破壞,而是通過自己的不當行為來破壞他們的信仰。因此在其詞義解釋中說"用花等"。其中,若自己帶來或讓人帶來,或叫來或讓人叫來,或自己前往,爲了親近家庭而給予任何屬於自己的花,犯突吉羅罪。給予屬於他人的,也犯突吉羅罪。以偷盜心給予,應當按物品價值處罰。對於僧團所有物也是同樣的原則。但有一個區別,以主事者身份給予指定用於住處的物品,犯偷蘭遮罪。 花可以給誰,不可以給誰呢?首先,對於父母,即使自己帶來或讓人帶來,或叫來或讓人叫來都可以給予。對於其他親戚,只有讓人叫來才可以。而且只能用於供養場所,不能用於裝飾或供養世俗神像等,不可以給任何人。對於父母,讓人帶來時只能讓親屬沙彌帶來。其他人若自願,則可以。經過同意的分配花者在分配時,可以給在場的沙彌一半。在《古蘭迪》中說可以給在場的居士一半。在《大注》中說"可以給予少量"。未經同意的應當徵詢同意后給予。

Ācariyupajjhāyesu sagāravā sāmaṇerā bahūni pupphāni āharitvā rāsiṃ katvā ṭhapenti, therā pātova sampattānaṃ saddhivihārikādīnaṃ upāsakānaṃ vā 『『tvaṃ idaṃ gaṇha, tvaṃ idaṃ gaṇhā』』ti denti, pupphadānaṃ nāma na hoti. 『『Cetiyaṃ pūjessāmā』』ti gahetvā gacchantāpi pūjaṃ karontāpi tattha tattha sampattānaṃ cetiyapūjanatthāya denti, etampi pupphadānaṃ nāma na hoti. Upāsake akkapupphādīhi pūjente disvā 『『vihāre kaṇikārapupphādīni atthi, upāsakā tāni gahetvā pūjethā』』ti vattumpi vaṭṭati. Bhikkhū pupphapūjaṃ katvā divātaraṃ gāmaṃ paviṭṭhe 『『kiṃ, bhante, atidivā paviṭṭhatthā』』ti pucchanti, 『『vihāre bahūni pupphāni pūjaṃ akarimhā』』ti vadanti. Manussā 『『bahūni kira vihāre pupphānī』』ti punadivase pahūtaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ gahetvā vihāraṃ gantvā pupphapūjañca karonti, dānañca denti, vaṭṭati. Manussā 『『mayaṃ, bhante, asukadivasaṃ nāma pūjessāmā』』ti pupphavāraṃ yācitvā anuññātadivase āgacchanti, sāmaṇerehi ca pageva pupphāni ocinitvā ṭhapitāni honti, te rukkhesu pupphāni apassantā 『『kuhiṃ, bhante, pupphānī』』ti vadanti, sāmaṇerehi ocinitvā ṭhapitāni tumhe pana pūjetvā gacchatha, saṅgho aññaṃ divasaṃ pūjessatīti. Te pūjetvā dānaṃ datvā gacchanti, vaṭṭati. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana kurundiyañca 『『therā sāmaṇerehi dāpetuṃ na labhanti. Sace sayameva tāni pupphāni tesaṃ denti, vaṭṭati. Therehi pana 『sāmaṇerehi ocinitvā ṭhapitānī』ti ettakameva vattabba』』nti vuttaṃ. Sace pana pupphavāraṃ yācitvā anocitesu pupphesu yāgubhattādīni ādāya āgantvā sāmaṇere 『『ocinitvā dethā』』ti vadanti. Ñātakasāmaṇerānaṃyeva ocinitvā dātuṃ vaṭṭati. Aññātake ukkhipitvā rukkhasākhāya ṭhapenti, na orohitvā palāyitabbaṃ, ocinitvā dātuṃ vaṭṭati. Sace pana koci dhammakathiko 『『bahūni upāsakā vihāre pupphāni yāgubhattādīni ādāya gantvā pupphapūjaṃ karothā』』ti vadati, tasseva na kappatīti mahāpaccariyañca kurundiyañca vuttaṃ. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana 『『etaṃ akappiyaṃ na vaṭṭatī』』ti avisesena vuttaṃ.

Phalampi attano santakaṃ vuttanayeneva mātāpitūnaṃñca sesañātakānañca dātuṃ vaṭṭati. Kulasaṅgahatthāya pana dentassa vuttanayeneva attano santake parasantake saṅghike senāsanatthāya niyāmite ca dukkaṭādīni veditabbāni. Attano santakaṃyeva gilānamanussānaṃ vā sampattaissarānaṃ vā khīṇaparibbayānaṃ vā dātuṃ vaṭṭati, phaladānaṃ na hoti. Phalabhājakenāpi sammatena saṅghassa phalabhājanakāle sampattamanussānaṃ upaḍḍhabhāgaṃ dātuṃ vaṭṭati. Asammatena apaloketvā dātabbaṃ. Saṅghārāmepi phalaparicchedena vā rukkhaparicchedena vā katikā kātabbā. Tato gilānamanussānaṃ vā aññesaṃ vā phalaṃ yācantānaṃ yathāparicchedena cattāri pañca phalāni dātabbāni. Rukkhā vā dassetabbā 『『ito gahetuṃ labbhatī』』ti. 『『Igha phalāni sundarāni, ito gaṇhathā』』ti evaṃ pana na vattabbaṃ.

對於和尚和阿阇黎有恭敬心的沙彌們帶來許多花,堆成一堆放著,長老們一大早就對到來的同住者等或優婆塞們說"你拿這個,你拿那個",這不算是佈施花。爲了"我們要供養塔"而拿著去,或者正在供養時,在那裡那裡給予到來的人用於供養塔,這也不算是佈施花。看到優婆塞們用阿迦花等供養時,說"寺院裡有金錢花等,優婆塞們拿那些去供養"也是可以的。比丘們做完花供養后很晚才進入村莊,被問"尊者,為什麼這麼晚才進來?",回答說"我們在寺院裡用很多花做了供養"。人們說"聽說寺院裡有很多花",第二天帶著大量的硬食和軟食去寺院,既做花供養又佈施,這是可以的。人們說"尊者,我們要在某天供養",請求花的輪次,在允許的日子來,沙彌們已經提前採摘好花放著,他們在樹上看不到花就說"尊者,花在哪裡?",回答說"沙彌們已經採摘好放著了,你們供養后就走吧,僧團會在另一天供養"。他們供養后佈施然後離開,這是可以的。但在《大注》和《古蘭迪》中說:"長老們不能讓沙彌們給予。如果他們自己給予那些花,是可以的。但長老們只能說'沙彌們已經採摘好放著了'這麼多。"如果請求花的輪次,在花還沒采摘時帶著粥飯等來,對沙彌們說"採摘后給我們",只有對親屬沙彌才可以採摘后給予。對非親屬,把他們抬起來放在樹枝上,不應該下來逃跑,可以採摘后給予。如果有人說法時說"優婆塞們,寺院裡有很多花,帶著粥飯等去做花供養",只有對他自己不適合,這是在《大注》和《古蘭迪》中說的。但在《大義疏》中沒有區別地說"這是不適合的,不可以"。 水果也可以按照前面說的方式給予父母和其他親戚。但爲了親近家庭而給予時,對於自己的、他人的、僧團的、指定用於住處的,應當按照前面說的方式理解為犯突吉羅罪等。只有自己的可以給予生病的人、到來的有權勢的人或者用盡資糧的人,這不算是佈施水果。經過同意的分配水果者在分配僧團水果時,可以給在場的人一半。未經同意的應當徵詢同意后給予。在僧團的園林中也應當以水果的範圍或樹木的範圍來制定規則。從那裡可以給予生病的人或其他請求水果的人四五個水果,或者指示樹木說"可以從這裡拿"。但不應該這樣說"這裡的水果很好,從這裡拿吧"。

Cuṇṇenāti ettha attano santakaṃ sirīsacuṇṇaṃ vā aññaṃ vā kasāvaṃ yaṃkiñci kulasaṅgahatthāya deti, dukkaṭaṃ. Parasantakādīsupi vuttanayeneva vinicchayo veditabbo. Ayaṃ pana viseso – idha saṅghassa rakkhitagopitāpi rukkhacchalli garubhaṇḍameva. Mattikadantakaṭṭhaveḷūsupi garubhaṇḍūpagaṃ ñatvā cuṇṇe vuttanayeneva vinicchayo veditabbo. Paṇṇadānaṃ pana ettha na āgataṃ, tampi vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Paratopi garubhaṇḍavinicchaye sabbaṃ vitthārena vaṇṇayissāma.

Vejjikāya vāti ettha vejjakammavidhi tatiyapārājikavaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbo.

Jaṅghapesanikenāti ettha jaṅghapesaniyanti gihīnaṃ dūteyyasāsanaharaṇakammaṃ vuccati, taṃ na kātabbaṃ. Gihīnañhi sāsanaṃ gahetvā gacchantassa pade pade dukkaṭaṃ. Taṃ kammaṃ nissāya laddhabhojanaṃ bhuñjantassāpi ajjhohāre ajjhohāre dukkaṭaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ sāsanaṃ aggahetvāpi pacchā 『『ayaṃ dāni so gāmo handa taṃ sāsanaṃ ārocemī』』ti maggā okkamantassāpi pade pade dukkaṭaṃ. Sāsanaṃ ārocetvā laddhabhojanaṃ bhuñjato purimanayeneva dukkaṭaṃ. Sāsanaṃ aggahetvā āgatena pana 『『bhante tasmiṃ gāme itthannāmassa kā pavattī』』ti pucchiyamānena kathetuṃ vaṭṭati, pucchitapañhe doso natthi. Pañcannaṃ pana sahadhammikānaṃ mātāpitūnaṃ paṇḍupalāsassa attano veyyāvaccakarassa ca sāsanaṃ harituṃ vaṭṭati, gihīnañca pubbe vuttappakāraṃ kappiyasāsanaṃ. Idañhi jaṅghapesaniyakammaṃ nāma na hoti. Imehi pana aṭṭhahi kuladūsakakammehi uppannapaccayā pañcannampi sahadhammikānaṃ na kappanti, abhūtārocanarūpiyasaṃvohārehi uppannapaccayasadisāva honti.

Pāpā samācārā assāti pāpasamācāro. Te pana yasmā mālāvaccharopanādayo idha adhippetā, tasmā 『『mālāvacchaṃ ropentipī』』tiādinā nayenassa padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ. Tirokkhāti parammukhā. Kulāni ca tena duṭṭhānīti ettha pana yasmā 『『kulānī』』ti vohāramattametaṃ, atthato hi manussā tena duṭṭhā honti, tasmāssa padabhājane 『『pubbe saddhā hutvā』』tiādimāha. Chandagāminoti chandena gacchantīti chandagāmino. Esa nayo sesesu. Samanubhāsitabbo tassa paṭinissaggāyāti ettha kuladūsakakammena dukkaṭameva. Yaṃ pana so saṅghaṃ paribhavitvā 『『chandagāmino』』tiādimāha. Tassa paṭinissaggāya samanubhāsanakammaṃ kātabbanti evamattho daṭṭhabbo. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānatthameva.

Samuṭṭhānādīnipi paṭhamasaṅghabhedasadisānevāti.

Kuladūsakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Nigamanavaṇṇanā

對於「粉末」，這裡指的是自己的財物，無論是臘樹粉或其他任何東西，給予家庭聚集的用途，都是犯突吉羅罪。對於他人的財物等，按照前面的說法也應當理解。這裡的特別之處在於——在這裡，僧團的保護和保管的樹皮重物。對於泥土、牙齒、木屑等，知道是重物的情況下，按照粉末的說法也應當理解。至於「葉子供養」，在這裡並沒有提到，按照前面的說法也應當理解。對於他人的重物的判定，我們將詳細說明。 「關於醫生」，在這裡應當按照第三條破戒的解釋來理解。 「關於腿部的觸碰」，在這裡指的是家庭中使者的行為，這是不應當做的。因為家庭中拿著教義而去時，每一步都是犯突吉羅罪。基於此行為而獲得的食物，吃的時候也是犯突吉羅罪。即使在第一次拿教義時，後來「現在我將把這個村莊的教義傳達給你們」進入道路時，每一步也是犯突吉羅罪。傳達教義后獲得的食物，按照之前的方式也是犯突吉羅罪。拿著教義去問「尊者，在這個村莊發生了什麼事情」時，被問的內容是沒有過錯的。對於五位同法者的父母、親戚、自己的修行者和自己的服務者來說，傳達教義是可以的，對於家庭中的人來說，按照之前所說的方式應當是適當的。這在這裡並不算是腿部觸碰的行為。根據這八種破壞家庭的行為所產生的條件，對於五位同法者也不適用，類似於虛假、裝飾的重物等所產生的條件。 「惡劣的行為」是指惡劣的行為。因為這裡提到的是花環和裝飾，所以說「花環也可以裝飾」。「遮擋」是指正面。因為這裡提到的是「家庭」，所以說「家庭」僅僅是指稱，實際上人們因其而變得惡劣，因此在這裡的解釋中說「以前曾有信仰」。「趨向慾望」是指向慾望而去的意思。其他的內容也是如此。關於「應當被放棄」的話題，在這裡，因破壞家庭的行為而犯突吉羅罪。至於他對僧團的影響，「趨向慾望」的說法也應當如此理解。關於放棄的行為應當被做，這個意思應當被理解。其他的地方皆為相同的意義。 關於「因緣」等等，也應當如同第一次分裂僧團一樣理解。 破壞家庭的戒律解釋已完結。 結論說明。

442.Uddiṭṭhā kho…pe… evametaṃ dhārayāmīti ettha paṭhamaṃ āpatti etesanti paṭhamāpattikā, paṭhamaṃ vītikkamakkhaṇeyeva āpajjitabbāti attho. Itare pana yathā tatiye catutthe ca divase hotīti jaro 『『tatiyako catutthako』』ti ca vuccati; evaṃ yāvatatiye samanubhāsanakamme hontīti yāvatatiyakāti veditabbā.

Yāvatīhaṃ jānaṃ paṭicchādetīti yattakāni ahāni jānanto paṭicchādeti, 『『ahaṃ itthannāmaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno』』ti sabrahmacārīnaṃ nāroceti. Tāvatīhanti tattakāni ahāni. Akāmā parivatthabbanti na kāmena, na vasena, atha kho akāmena avasena parivāsaṃ samādāya vatthabbaṃ. Uttari chārattanti parivāsato uttari cha rattiyo. Bhikkhumānattāyāti bhikkhūnaṃ mānanabhāvāya, ārādhanatthāyāti vuttaṃ hoti. Vīsatisaṅgho gaṇo assāti vīsatigaṇo . Tatrāti yatra sabbantimena paricchedena vīsatigaṇo bhikkhusaṅgho atthi tatra. Abbhetabboti abhietabbo sampaṭicchitabbo, abbhānakammavasena osāretabboti vuttaṃ hoti , avhātabboti vā attho. Anabbhitoti na abbhito, asampaṭicchito, akatabbhānakammoti vuttaṃ hoti, anavhātoti vā attho. Sāmīcīti anudhammatā, lokuttaradhammaṃ anugatā ovādānusāsanī, sāmīci dhammatāti vuttaṃ hoti. Sesamettha vuttanayamevāti.

Samantapāsādikāya vinayasaṃvaṇṇanāya

Terasakavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Aniyatakaṇḍaṃ

2. Paṭhamaaniyatasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

443.Tenasamayena buddho bhagavāti paṭhamaaniyatasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha kālayuttaṃ samullapantoti kālaṃ sallakkhetvā yadā na añño koci samīpena gacchati vā āgacchati vā tadā tadanurūpaṃ 『『kacci na ukkaṇṭhasi, na kilamasi, na chātāsī』』tiādikaṃ gehassitaṃ kathaṃ kathento. Kālayuttaṃ dhammaṃ bhaṇantoti kālaṃ sallakkhetvā yadā añño koci samīpena gacchati vā āgacchati vā tadā tadanurūpaṃ 『『uposathaṃ kareyyāsi, salākabhattaṃ dadeyyāsī』』tiādikaṃ dhammakathaṃ kathento.

Bahū dhītaro ca puttā ca assāti bahuputtā. Tassā kira dasa puttā dasa dhītaro ahesuṃ, bahū nattāro assāti bahunattā. Yatheva hi tassā evamassā puttadhītānampi vīsati vīsati dārakā ahesuṃ, iti sā vīsuttaracatusataputtanattaparivārā ahosi. Abhimaṅgalasammatāti uttamamaṅgalasammatā. Yaññesūti dānappadānesu. Chaṇesūti āvāhavivāhamaṅgalādīsu antarussavesu. Ussavesūti āsāḷhīpavāraṇanakkhattādīsu mahussavesu. Paṭhamaṃ bhojentīti 『『imepi dārakā tayā samānāyukā nirogā hontū』』ti āyācantā paṭhamaṃyeva bhojenti, yepi saddhā honti pasannā, tepi bhikkhū bhojetvā tadanantaraṃ sabbapaṭhamaṃ taṃyeva bhojenti. Nādiyīti tassā vacanaṃ na ādiyi, na gaṇhi, na vā ādaramakāsīti attho.

444-

「如是持有」，在這裡，首次的過失是指這些，首次的過失應當在首次的違犯時被理解。其餘的如第三、第四天是指年老，「第三」和「第四」也如此稱呼；因此，直到第三次的相應行為應當被理解為「直到第三」。 「我知道多少」，指的是他所知道的天數，他知道「我已經犯了這樣的過失」，這不讓同修們感到安寧。「直到這點」，是指他所知道的天數。無慾的應當被理解為不因慾望，也不因他人，而是因無慾而被驅逐。超過六天，指的是被驅逐后超過六個夜晚。爲了比丘的尊嚴，是爲了讓比丘受到尊重，故而如此說。二十個僧團，指的是二十個團體。在那裡，指的是在完全的限制下的二十個僧團存在於那裡。應當被排除，指的是應當被接受、應當被排除的，或是以排除的行為來理解。未被排除，指的是不被排除，不被接受，不應當被排除。應當被理解為合適的，指的是符合法的，符合出世間法的教導和教誨，合適的法則。其餘的內容皆為前述的意義。 關於《廣泛的戒律解釋》的闡述。 第十三章的解釋已完結。 不確定的部分 第一不確定的戒律解釋 「此時，佛陀尊者」，這是第一不確定的戒律。這裡，時間的適用是指在適當的時間內，若沒有其他人靠近或來到時，便應當相應地說「你是否不煩惱、不疲憊、不感到困擾」等等，關於家庭的事情。時間的適用法則是指在適當的時間內，若有其他人靠近或來到時，便應當相應地說「你是否要舉行安居，是否要給予食物」等等，講述法義。 「許多女兒和兒子」，指的是許多兒子。她有十個兒子和十個女兒，許多兄弟姐妹，指的是許多兄弟姐妹。就像她的兒女一樣，她也有二十個二十個的孩子，因此她就有二十個及以上的三百個孩子的圍繞。被稱為「最好的吉祥」，指的是最好的吉祥。關於其他的，指的是施捨的給予。關於婚姻，指的是婚禮的吉祥等。關於慶典，指的是大慶典，如阿薩利節、安居節等。第一次供養時，指的是「愿這些孩子與你同齡，愿他們健康」，在首次供養時請求，信心堅定的人們，供養比丘后，隨後便供養同樣的食物。沒有被提及，指的是她的話沒有被接受，沒有被接受，也沒有給予尊重。 444-

5.Alaṃkammaniyeti kammakkhamaṃ kammayogganti kammaniyaṃ, alaṃ pariyattaṃ kammaniyabhāvāyāti alaṃkammaniyaṃ, tasmiṃ alaṃkammaniye, yattha ajjhācāraṃ karontā sakkonti, taṃ kammaṃ kātuṃ tādiseti attho. Tenevassa padabhājane vuttaṃ – 『『sakkā hoti methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevitu』』nti, yattha methunaṃ dhammaṃ sakkā hoti paṭisevitunti vuttaṃ hoti. Nisajjaṃkappeyyāti nisajjaṃ kareyya, nisīdeyyāti attho. Yasmā pana nisīditvāva nipajjati, tenassa padabhājane ubhayampi vuttaṃ. Tattha upanisinnoti upagantvā nisinno. Evaṃ upanipannopi veditabbo. Bhikkhu nisinneti bhikkhumhi nisinneti attho. Ubho vā nisinnāti dvepi apacchā apurimaṃ nisinnā. Ettha ca kiñcāpi pāḷiyaṃ 『『sotassa raho』』ti āgataṃ, cakkhussa raheneva pana paricchedo veditabbo. Sacepi hi pihitakavāṭassa gabbhassa dvāre nisinno viññū puriso hoti, neva anāpattiṃ karoti. Apihitakavāṭassa pana dvāre nisinno anāpattiṃ karoti. Na kevalañca dvāre antodvādasahatthepi okāse nisinno, sace sacakkhuko vikkhittopi niddāyantopi anāpattiṃ karoti. Samīpe ṭhitopi andho na karoti, cakkhumāpi nipajjitvā niddāyanto na karoti. Itthīnaṃ pana satampi anāpattiṃ na karotiyeva.

Saddheyyavacasāti saddhātabbavacanā. Sā pana yasmā ariyasāvikāva hoti, tenassa padabhājane 『『āgataphalā』』tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha āgataṃ phalaṃ assāti āgataphalā paṭiladdhasotāpattiphalāti attho. Abhisametāvinīti paṭividdhacatusaccā. Viññātaṃ sikkhattayasāsanaṃ etāyāti viññātasāsanā. Nisajjaṃ bhikkhu paṭijānamānoti kiñcāpi evarūpā upāsikā disvā vadati, atha kho bhikkhu nisajjaṃ paṭijānamānoyeva tiṇṇaṃ dhammānaṃ aññatarena kāretabbo, na appaṭijānamānoti attho.

Yena vā sā saddheyyavacasā upāsikā vadeyya tena so bhikkhu kāretabboti nisajjādīsu ākāresu yena vā ākārena saddhiṃ methunadhammādīni āropetvā sā upāsikā vadeyya, paṭijānamānova tena so bhikkhu kāretabbo. Evarūpāyapi upāsikāya vacanamattena na kāretabboti attho. Kasmā? Yasmā diṭṭhaṃ nāma tathāpi hoti, aññathāpi hoti.

Tadatthajotanatthañca idaṃ vatthuṃ udāharanti – mallārāmavihāre kira eko khīṇāsavatthero ekadivasaṃ upaṭṭhākakulaṃ gantvā antogehe nisīdi, upāsikāpi sayanapallaṅkaṃ nissāya ṭhitā hoti. Atheko piṇḍacāriko dvāre ṭhito disvā 『『thero upāsikāya saddhiṃ ekāsane nisinno』』ti saññaṃ paṭilabhitvā punappunaṃ olokesi. Theropi 『『ayaṃ mayi asuddhaladdhiko jāto』』ti sallakkhetvā katabhattakicco vihāraṃ gantvā attano vasanaṭṭhānaṃ pavisitvā antova nisīdi. Sopi bhikkhu 『『theraṃ codessāmī』』ti āgantvā ukkāsitvā dvāraṃ vivari. Thero tassa cittaṃ ñatvā ākāse uppatitvā kūṭāgārakaṇṇikaṃ nissāya pallaṅkena nisīdi. Sopi bhikkhu anto pavisitvā mañcañca heṭṭhāmañcañca oloketvā theraṃ apassanto uddhaṃ ullokesi, atha ākāse nisinnaṃ theraṃ disvā 『『bhante, evaṃ mahiddhikā nāma tumhe mātugāmena saddhiṃ ekāsane nisinnabhāvaṃ vadāpetha evā』』ti āha. Thero 『『antaragharasseveso āvuso doso, ahaṃ pana taṃ saddhāpetuṃ asakkonto evamakāsiṃ, rakkheyyāsi ma』』nti vatvā otarīti.

「可行的行為」，指的是能夠進行的行為，因而稱為「可行的行為」，在此「可行的行為」是指在此行為中，能夠進行相應的行為。故而在此處的解釋中說：「可以執行與慾望相關的法」，即在此處能夠執行與慾望相關的法。關於「坐下」，是指能夠坐下，能夠安坐的意思。由於坐下後會入睡，因此在此處的解釋中兩者都被提及。這裡「靠近」的意思是指靠近後坐下。這樣被靠近的也應當被理解為。比丘坐下，指的是在比丘中坐下的意思。兩者都坐下，指的是兩者都在後面或前面坐下。在這裡，雖然在巴利文中提到「耳朵的障礙」，但眼睛的障礙也應當被理解。如果一個聰明的人坐在關閉的門口，他不會犯過失。而坐在打開的門口則會犯過失。不僅在門口，即使在內部的十二個手指的地方坐下，如果他是有眼睛的人，即使分心或入睡也不會犯過失。即使在附近的盲人也不會犯過失，眼睛明亮的人即使入睡也不會犯過失。而女性即使是坐著也不會犯過失。 「信任的話語」，指的是值得信任的話語。因為她是貴族的信徒，因此在此處的解釋中提到「已獲得的果實」。在這裡「獲得的果實」是指已獲得的初果。已理解的四聖諦，指的是理解了四聖諦的教導。坐下的比丘在承認時，雖然看到這樣的信徒說話，但比丘應當根據三種法中的某一種進行承認，而不是少承認。 以何種方式信徒會說出值得信任的話語，那麼那位比丘應當根據坐下等行為來進行承認，或者以某種方式與慾望相關的法等進行承認，信徒在承認時那位比丘應當進行承認。這樣的信徒的言辭僅憑言辭是不應當進行承認的。為什麼？因為所見的確實存在，也可能存在其他的情況。 為此，舉一個例子——在馬爾拉姆寺，有一位已解脫的長老某天走到一個居士家中，坐在屋內，信徒也站在靠著床邊。此時，有一位乞食者站在門口，看到后便認為「長老與信徒坐在一起」，於是不斷地往裡看。長老則想：「我在這裡是不潔的，所以完成了吃飯的工作后便回到寺院，進入自己的住處坐下。」那位比丘則想：「我會指責長老。」於是走上前，打開門。長老知道他的心思，便在空中飛起，依靠房頂坐下。那位比丘進入后，看了看里外，卻找不到長老，便向上看，看到在空中坐著的長老，便說：「尊者，您如此強大，為什麼與女性坐在一起的事實不告訴我呢？」長老說：「這是內部房屋的過失，而我卻無法讓你信服，所以我這樣做了，你應當保護自己。」

1. Ito paraṃ sā ce evaṃ vadeyyātiādi sabbaṃ paṭiññāya kāraṇākāradassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ, tattha mātugāmassa methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevantoti mātugāmassa magge methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevantoti attho. Nisajjāya kāretabboti nisajjaṃ paṭijānitvā methunadhammapaṭisevanaṃ appaṭijānanto methunadhammapārājikāpattiyā akāretvā nisajjāmattena yaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjati tāya kāretabbo, pācittiyāpattiyā kāretabboti attho. Etena nayena sabbacatukkesu vinicchayo veditabbo.

2. Sikkhāpadapariyosāne pana āpattānāpattiparicchedadassanatthaṃ vuttesu gamanaṃ paṭijānātītiādīsu gamanaṃ paṭijānātīti 『『rahonisajjassādatthaṃ gatomhī』』ti evaṃ gamanaṃ paṭijānāti, nisajjanti nisajjassādeneva nisajjaṃ paṭijānāti. Āpattinti tīsu aññataraṃ āpattiṃ. Āpattiyā kāretabboti tīsu yaṃ paṭijānāti, tāya kāretabbo. Sesamettha catukke uttānādhippāyameva. Dutiyacatukke pana gamanaṃ na paṭijānātīti raho nisajjassādavasena na paṭijānāti , 『『salākabhattādinā attano kammena gatomhi, sā pana mayhaṃ nisinnaṭṭhānaṃ āgatā』』ti vadati. Sesametthāpi uttānādhippāyameva.

Ayaṃ pana sabbattha vinicchayo – raho nisajjassādoti methunadhammasannissitakileso vuccati. Yo bhikkhu tenassādena mātugāmassa santikaṃ gantukāmo akkhiṃ añjeti, dukkaṭaṃ. Nivāsanaṃ nivāseti, kāyabandhanaṃ bandhati, cīvaraṃ pārupati, sabbattha payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Gacchati, padavāre padavāre dukkaṭaṃ. Gantvā nisīdati, dukkaṭameva. Mātugāme āgantvā nisinnamatte pācittiyaṃ. Sace sā itthī kenaci karaṇīyena uṭṭhāyuṭṭhāya punappunaṃ nisīdati, nisajjāya nisajjāya pācittiyaṃ. Yaṃ sandhāya gato, sā na diṭṭhā, aññā āgantvā nisīdati, assāde uppanne pācittiyaṃ. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana 『『gamanakālato paṭṭhāya asuddhacittattā āpattiyevā』』ti vuttaṃ. Sace sambahulā āgacchanti, mātugāmagaṇanāya pācittiyāni. Sace uṭṭhāyuṭṭhāya punappunaṃ nisīdanti, nisajjāgaṇanāya pācittiyāni. Aniyametvā diṭṭhadiṭṭhāya saddhiṃ rahassādaṃ kappessāmīti gantvā nisinnassāpi āgatāgatānaṃ vasena punappunaṃ nisajjāvasena ca vuttanayeneva āpattiyo veditabbā. Sace suddhacittena gantvā nisinnassa santikaṃ āgantvā nisinnāya itthiyā rahassādo uppajjati anāpatti.

Samuṭṭhānādīni paṭhamapārājikasadisānevāti.

Paṭhamaaniyatasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Dutiyaaniyatasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

452.Tena samayena buddho bhagavāti dutiyaaniyatasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha bhagavatā paṭikkhittantiādimhi 『『yaṃ eko ekāya raho paṭicchanne āsane alaṃkammaniye nisajjaṃ kappeyya, taṃ nisajjaṃ kappetuṃ paṭikkhitta』』nti evaṃ sambandho veditabbo. Itarathā hi 『『ekassa ekāyā』』ti vattabbaṃ siyā, kasmā? 『『Paṭikkhitta』』nti vuttattā. Sāmiatthe vā etaṃ paccattavacanaṃ veditabbaṃ.

從這裡開始,"如果她這樣說"等等,都是爲了說明承認的原因而說的。在這裡,"與女性行淫"的意思是在女性的道路上行淫。"應當因坐而被處罰"的意思是,承認坐下但不承認行淫,不應因犯淫戒而被處罰,而應因僅僅坐下而犯的罪過被處罰,即應因犯波逸提罪而被處罰。依此方法,應當理解所有四組的判斷。 在戒條結尾,爲了說明犯罪與非犯罪的界限而說的"承認前往"等,其中"承認前往"是指這樣承認前往:"我是爲了獨處而坐下的樂趣而去的"。"坐下"是指僅僅因為坐下的樂趣而承認坐下。"罪過"是指三種罪過中的任何一種。"應當因罪過而被處罰"是指應當因他所承認的三種罪過中的一種而被處罰。這裡其餘的四組意思都很明顯。在第二個四組中,"不承認前往"是指不承認是爲了獨處而坐下的樂趣而去,"我是爲了自己的事務如分發食物等而去的,她卻來到我坐的地方"這樣說。這裡其餘的意思也都很明顯。 這裡對所有情況的判斷如下:獨處而坐下的樂趣是指與淫慾相關的煩惱。如果比丘因為這種樂趣而想去女性那裡,眨眼時犯突吉羅罪。穿下衣、繫腰帶、披上衣,每一個動作都犯突吉羅罪。行走時,每走一步都犯突吉羅罪。到達後坐下,也是犯突吉羅罪。當女性來到並坐下時,犯波逸提罪。如果那個女人因某些事情而反覆起身又坐下,每次坐下都犯波逸提罪。如果他去見的那個人沒有出現,而另一個人來了並坐下,如果生起了樂趣,就犯波逸提罪。但在《大注》中說:"從出發的時候開始,因為心不清凈,所以就是犯罪。"如果來了很多人,按照女性的數量計算波逸提罪。如果她們反覆起身又坐下,按照坐下的次數計算波逸提罪。如果不特定地想"我要與看到的人獨處享樂"而去並坐下,也應當按照前面所說的方式,根據來的人數和反覆坐下的次數來理解犯罪。如果以清凈心去並坐下,而女性來到並坐下時生起了獨處的樂趣,則無罪。 關於"因緣"等,與第一波羅夷罪相同。 第一不定戒的解釋結束。 第二不定戒的解釋 "那時,佛陀世尊"是第二不定戒。在"被世尊禁止"等中,應當這樣理解其聯繫:"一個人與一個女人在隱蔽的、適合行為的座位上獨處而坐,這種坐法被禁止。"否則,應當說"一個人與一個女人",為什麼?因為說"被禁止"。或者,這應當理解為主格的用法。

453.Na heva kho pana paṭicchannanti ettha pana yampi bahi parikkhittaṃ anto vivaṭaṃ pariveṇaṅgaṇādi, tampi antogadhanti veditabbaṃ. Evarūpañhi ṭhānaṃ appaṭicchanneyeva gahitanti mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ. Sesaṃ paṭhamasikkhāpadanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Kevalañhi idha itthīpi purisopi yo koci viññū anandho abadhiro antodvādasahatthe okāse ṭhito vā nisinno vā vikkhittopi niddāyantopi anāpattiṃ karoti. Badhiro pana cakkhumāpi andho vā abadhiropi na karoti. Pārājikāpattiñca parihāpetvā duṭṭhullavācāpatti vuttāti ayaṃ viseso. Sesaṃ purimasadisameva. Ubhayatthāpi ummattakaādikammikānaṃ anāpatti.

Samuṭṭhānādīsu idaṃsikkhāpadaṃ tisamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyacittato, vācācittato, kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti. Kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, sukhamajjhattavedanāhi dvivedanaṃ. Sesaṃ uttānatthamevāti.

Dutiyaaniyatasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Samantapāsādikāya vinayasaṃvaṇṇanāya

Aniyatavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Nissaggiyakaṇḍaṃ

2. Cīvaravaggo

3. Paṭhamakathinasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

Tiṃsa nissaggiyā dhammā, ye vuttā samitāvinā;

Tesaṃ dāni karissāmi, apubbapadavaṇṇanaṃ.

1. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati gotamake cetiye. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ ticīvaraṃ anuññātaṃ hotīti ettha ticīvaranti antaravāsako uttarāsaṅgo saṅghāṭīti idaṃ cīvarattayaṃ paribhuñjituṃ anuññātaṃ hoti. Yattha panetaṃ anuññātaṃ, yadā ca anuññātaṃ, yena ca kāraṇena anuññātaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ cīvarakkhandhake jīvakavatthusmiṃ (mahāva. 326 ādayo) āgatameva. Aññeneva ticīvarena gāmaṃ pavisantīti yena vihāre acchanti nhānañca otaranti, tato aññena, evaṃ divase divase nava cīvarāni dhārenti.

"不是完全隱蔽的"，這裡應當理解為包括外部有圍墻但內部開放的庭院等地方。在《大注》中說,這樣的地方被視為不隱蔽的。其餘的應當按照第一條戒律的方式理解。這裡唯一的區別是,任何有智慧的非盲非聾的男女,只要在十二手臂範圍內站著或坐著,即使分心或睡著,也不會犯罪。但聾人即使有眼睛,或盲人即使不聾,也不會使人無罪。除了波羅夷罪之外,還提到了粗語罪,這是不同之處。其餘的與前面相同。在這兩條戒律中,瘋狂等人都無罪。 關於"因緣"等,這條戒律有三種起因 - 從身和心,從語和心,從身語和心而起。是作為,以想為解脫,有心的,世間所譴責的,身業,語業,不善心,有樂受和舍受兩種感受。其餘的意思很明顯。 第二不定戒的解釋結束。 《廣泛的戒律解釋》中 不定部分的解釋結束。 捨墮部分 衣服品 第一迦絺那衣戒的解釋 三十條捨墮法, 已由調御師所說; 現在我將為此作, 從未有過的解釋。 那時,佛陀世尊住在毗舍離城(Vesālī)的喬答摩塔廟。當時,世尊已經允許比丘們使用三衣。這裡"三衣"是指內衣、上衣和大衣,允許使用這三種衣服。至於在哪裡允許的,什麼時候允許的,因為什麼原因允許的,這些都已經在衣服品的耆婆故事中提到了。"用另一套三衣進入村莊",是指他們用不同於在寺院中穿著和洗澡時所用的衣服,這樣每天都穿著九件新衣服。

460.Uppannaṃ hotīti anupaññattiyā dvāraṃ dadamānaṃ paṭilābhavasena uppannaṃ hoti, no nipphattivasena.

Āyasmato sāriputtassa dātukāmo hotīti āyasmā kira ānando bhagavantaṃ ṭhapetvā añño evarūpo guṇavisiṭṭho puggalo natthīti guṇabahumānena āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ atimamāyati. So sadāpi manāpaṃ cīvaraṃ labhitvā rajitvā kappabinduṃ datvā therasseva deti, purebhatte paṇītaṃ yāgukhajjakaṃ vā piṇḍapātaṃ vā labhitvāpi therasseva deti, pacchābhatte madhuphāṇitādīni labhitvāpi therasseva deti, upaṭṭhākakulehi dārake nikkhāmetvā pabbājetvāpi therassa santike upajjhaṃ gāhāpetvā sayaṃ anusāvanakammaṃ karoti. Āyasmāpi sāriputto 『『pitu kattabbakiccaṃ nāma jeṭṭhaputtassa bhāro, taṃ mayā bhagavato kattabbaṃ kiccaṃ ānando karoti, ahaṃ ānandaṃ nissāya appossukko viharituṃ labhāmī』』ti āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ ativiya mamāyati, sopi manāpaṃ cīvaraṃ labhitvā ānandattherasseva detīti sabbaṃ purimasadisameva . Evaṃ guṇabahumānena mamāyanto tadā uppannampi taṃ cīvaraṃ āyasmato sāriputtassa dātukāmo hotīti veditabbo.

Navamaṃ vā bhagavā divasaṃ dasamaṃ vāti ettha pana sace bhaveyya 『『kathaṃ thero jānātī』』ti? Bahūhi kāraṇehi jānāti. Sāriputtatthero kira janapadacārikaṃ pakkamanto ānandattheraṃ āpucchitvāva pakkamati 『『ahaṃ ettakena nāma kālena āgacchissāmi, etthantare bhagavantaṃ mā pamajjī』』ti. Sace sammukhā na āpucchati, bhikkhū pesetvāpi āpucchitvāva gacchati. Sace aññattha vassaṃ vasati, ye paṭhamataraṃ bhikkhū āgacchanti, te evaṃ pahiṇati 『『mama vacanena bhagavato ca pāde sirasā vandatha, ānandassa ca ārogyaṃ vatvā maṃ 『asukadivase nāma āgamissatī』ti vadathā』』ti sadā ca yathāparicchinnadivaseyeva eti. Apicāyasmā ānando anumānenapi jānāti 『『ettake divase bhagavatā viyogaṃ sahanto adhivāsento āyasmā sāriputto vasi, ito dāni paṭṭhāya asukaṃ nāma divasaṃ na atikkamissati addhā āgamissatī』』ti. Yesaṃ yesañhi paññā mahatī tesaṃ tesaṃ bhagavati pemañca gāravo ca mahā hotīti iminā nayenāpi jānāti. Evaṃ bahūhi kāraṇehi jānāti. Tenāha – 『『navamaṃ vā bhagavā divasaṃ dasamaṃ vā』』ti. Evaṃ vutte yasmā idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paṇṇattivajjaṃ, na lokavajjaṃ; tasmā āyasmatā ānandena vuttasadisameva paricchedaṃ karonto 『『atha kho bhagavā…pe… dhāretu』』nti. Sace pana therena addhamāso vā māso vā uddiṭṭho abhavissa, sopi bhagavatā anuññāto assa.

462-

"生起了"，是指因未被規定而打開的門的獲得，而不是因完成而生起。 "尊者薩里普特想要給予"，是指尊者阿難除了佛陀之外，沒有其他如此優秀的有德之人，因此尊者薩里普特因對德行的重視而非常依賴尊者阿難。每當他獲得心儀的衣物時，都會將其裝飾后，給予長老；在早飯時獲得精美的米飯或乞食，也會給予長老；在午飯後獲得蜜水等物品時，也會給予長老；在侍者的家中，將孩子送出並讓其出家后，也會讓孩子在長老的面前學習。尊者薩里普特也認為：「父親的責任是長子的重擔，而我則把應由佛陀承擔的責任交給阿難，我依賴阿難而得以安住。」尊者阿難同樣獲得心儀的衣物，都是給予阿難長老的，因此一切與之前相同。這樣，因對德行的重視而依賴他，生起的衣物也應當被視為尊者薩里普特想要給予。 "第九天或第十天"，在這裡如果問"長老是如何知道的"？他通過許多原因得知。尊者薩里普特在進行鄉間巡行時，詢問阿難長老后便出發：「我將在此時到達，請不要忘記佛陀。」如果沒有當面詢問，他也會派比丘詢問后再去。如果在其他地方過冬，最早到達的比丘會這樣派遣：「請以我的話向佛陀頂禮，並告知阿難長老『某天將會來』。」他總是如期而至。此外，尊者阿難也通過推測知道：「在這幾天里，佛陀正在忍受分離，尊者薩里普特將不會錯過某一天。」那些智慧深厚的人，因對佛陀的愛與尊重而深知這些。因此，他通過許多原因得知。因此說：「第九天或第十天。」因此說到這裡，這條戒律是針對規定的，而非世俗的；所以尊者阿難在說出相似的話時，便說：「然後佛陀……等……將會承擔。」如果長老提到半個月或一個月的時間，也會得到佛陀的允許。 462-

3.Niṭṭhitacīvarasminti yena kenaci niṭṭhānena niṭṭhite cīvarasmiṃ. Yasmā pana taṃ cīvaraṃ karaṇenapi niṭṭhitaṃ hoti, nassanādīhipi tasmāssa padabhājane atthamattameva dassetuṃ bhikkhuno cīvaraṃ kataṃ vā hotītiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha katanti sūcikammapariyosānena kataṃ, sūcikammapariyosānaṃ nāma yaṃkiñci sūciyā kattabbaṃ pāsapaṭṭagaṇṭhikapaṭṭapariyosānaṃ katvā sūciyā paṭisāmanaṃ. Naṭṭhanti corādīhi haṭaṃ, etampi hi karaṇapalibodhassa niṭṭhitattā niṭṭhitanti vuccati. Vinaṭṭhanti upacikādīhi khāyitaṃ. Daḍḍhanti agginā daḍḍhaṃ. Cīvarāsā vā upacchinnāti 『『asukasmiṃ nāma kule cīvaraṃ labhissāmī』』ti yā cīvarāsā uppannā hoti, sā vā upacchinnā, etesampi hi karaṇapalibodhasseva niṭṭhitattā niṭṭhitabhāvo veditabbo.

Ubbhatasmiṃ kathineti kathine ca ubbhatasmiṃ. Etena dutiyassa palibodhassa abhāvaṃ dasseti. Taṃ pana kathinaṃ yasmā aṭṭhasu vā mātikāsu ekāya antarubbhārena vā uddharīyati, tenassa niddese 『『aṭṭhannaṃ mātikāna』』ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha 『『aṭṭhimā, bhikkhave, mātikā kathinassa ubbhārāya – pakkamanantikā, niṭṭhānantikā, sanniṭṭhānantikā, nāsanantikā, savanantikā, āsāvacchedikā, sīmātikkantikā, sahubbhārā』』ti evaṃ aṭṭha mātikāyo kathinakkhandhake āgatā. Antarubbhāropi 『『suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho; yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho kathinaṃ uddhareyya, esā ñatti. Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho; saṅgho kathinaṃ uddharati, yassāyasmato khamati, kathinassa ubbhāro, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya. Ubbhataṃ saṅghena kathinaṃ, khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī』』ti (pāci. 926) evaṃ bhikkhunīvibhaṅge āgato. Tattha yaṃ vattabbaṃ taṃ āgataṭṭhāneyeva vaṇṇayissāma. Idha pana vuccamāne pāḷi āharitabbā hoti, atthopi vattabbo. Vuttopi ca na suviññeyyo hoti, aṭṭhāne vuttattāya.

Dasāhaparamanti dasa ahāni paramo paricchedo assāti dasāhaparamo, taṃ dasāhaparamaṃ kālaṃ dhāretabbanti attho. Padabhājane pana atthamattameva dassetuṃ 『『dasāhaparamatā dhāretabba』』nti vuttaṃ. Idañhi vuttaṃ hoti 『『dasāhaparama』』nti ettha yā dasāhaparamatā dasāhaparamabhāvo, ayaṃ ettako kālo yāva nātikkamati tāva dhāretabbanti.

Adhiṭṭhitavikappitesu apariyāpannattā atirekaṃ cīvaranti atirekacīvaraṃ. Tenevassa padabhājane vuttaṃ 『『anadhiṭṭhitaṃ avikappita』』nti.

Channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataranti khomaṃ, kappāsikaṃ, koseyyaṃ, kambalaṃ, sāṇaṃ, bhaṅganti imesaṃ channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ. Etena cīvarassa jātiṃ dassetvā idāni pamāṇaṃ dassetuṃ 『『vikappanupagaṃ pacchima』』nti āha. Tassa pamāṇaṃ dīghato dve vidatthiyo, tiriyaṃ vidatthi. Tatrāyaṃ pāḷi – 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, āyāmena aṭṭhaṅgulaṃ sugataṅgulena caturaṅgulavitthataṃ pacchimaṃ cīvaraṃ vikappetu』』nti (mahāva. 358).

"已完成的衣物"，是指通過任何方式完成的衣物。因為那衣物也是通過製作而完成的，不因損壞等原因而失去，所以在分配時應僅僅顯示出比丘的衣物是已製作的。這裡的「已製作」是指通過縫製等方式完成的，縫製的完成是指任何通過縫合、縫補、縫合邊緣等方式完成的。被搶奪的則是指被盜等情況，這也因製作的完成而被稱為已完成。被毀壞的則是指因蟲害等原因而被食用的。被燒燬的則是指因火焰而燒燬的。衣物的殘餘則是指「在某個家中我將獲得衣物」，而這些衣物是殘餘的，這些情況也因製作的完成而被視為已完成的狀態。 「在提起時」，是指在堅固的情況下提起。「以此說明第二個障礙的缺失」。而這個堅固的衣物是可以通過八種方式提起的，因此在其說明中提到「八種衣物」。在這裡「八種衣物」是指「在堅固的情況下提起的衣物——離去的、完成的、結束的、被毀壞的、被覆蓋的、超越的、被提起的」。此外，關於「在提起時」也有這樣的說法：「請聽我，尊者，如果有合適的衣物，僧團可以提起，這就是告誡。請聽我，尊者，僧團提起衣物，若某位尊者允許，提起衣物的事就可安靜；若不允許，便可說出。提起的衣物由僧團提起，若尊者允許，故此安靜，我將這樣保持」（《比丘法》926）。在這裡應當說明的是，我們將會在提到的地方進行解釋。這裡所說的巴利文應被引述，意義也應被闡明。所說的內容並不容易理解，因為在提到的地方已經說明。 「十天的極限」，是指十天的極限時間。這裡的意思是「在十天的極限內應保持」。這實際上是說「十天的極限」，在這裡的十天極限是指在這個時間段內不應超過。 在「被確立的規定」中，由於未被限制而產生的衣物是額外的衣物。因此在分配時提到「未被確立的未被規定」。 「六種衣物中的一種」是指「毛衣、外衣、麻衣、羊毛、破衣」等六種衣物中的一種。通過這一點顯示出衣物的種類，現在要顯示出標準，「最後的被規定」是指「我允許，尊者們，按照這一標準，最後的衣物應為八根手指的寬度」（《大注》358）。

Taṃatikkāmayato nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyanti taṃ yathāvuttajātippamāṇaṃ cīvaraṃ dasāhaparamaṃ kālaṃ atikkāmayato, etthantare yathā atirekacīvaraṃ na hoti tathā akubbato nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ, tañca cīvaraṃ nissaggiyaṃ hoti, pācittiyāpatti cassa hotīti attho. Atha vā nissajjanaṃ nissaggiyaṃ, pubbabhāge kattabbassa vinayakammassetaṃ nāmaṃ. Nissaggiyamassa atthīti nissaggiyamicceva. Kintaṃ? Pācittiyaṃ. Taṃ atikkāmayato sanissaggiyavinayakammaṃ pācittiyaṃ hotīti ayamettha attho. Padabhājane pana paṭhamaṃ tāva atthavikappaṃ dassetuṃ 『『taṃ atikkāmayato nissaggiyaṃ hotī』』ti mātikaṃ ṭhapetvā 『『ekādase aruṇuggamane nissaggiyaṃ hoti, nissajjitabba』』nti vuttaṃ. Puna yassa ca nissajjitabbaṃ, yathā ca nissajjitabbaṃ, taṃ dassetuṃ 『『saṅghassa vā』』tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ekādase aruṇuggamaneti ettha yaṃ divasaṃ cīvaraṃ uppannaṃ tassa yo aruṇo, so uppannadivasanissito, tasmā cīvaruppādadivasaena saddhiṃ ekādase aruṇuggamane nissaggiyaṃ hotīti veditabbaṃ. Sacepi bahūni ekajjhaṃ bandhitvā vā veṭhetvā vā ṭhapitāni ekāva āpatti. Abaddhāveṭhitesu vatthugaṇanāya āpattiyo.

Nissajjitvāāpatti desetabbāti kathaṃ desetabbā? Yathā khandhake vuttaṃ, kathañca tattha vuttaṃ? Evaṃ vuttaṃ – 『『tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā saṅghaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā vuḍḍhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – 『ahaṃ, bhante, itthannāmaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno, taṃ paṭidesemī』』』ti (cūḷava. 239). Idha pana sace ekaṃ cīvaraṃ hoti 『『ekaṃ nissaggiyaṃ pācittiya』』nti vattabbaṃ. Sace dve, 『『dve』』ti vattabbaṃ. Sace bahūni 『『sambahulānī』』ti vattabbaṃ. Nissajjanepi sace ekaṃ yathāpāḷimeva 『『idaṃ me, bhante, cīvara』』nti vattabbaṃ. Sace dve vā bahūni vā, 『『imāni me, bhante, cīvarāni dasāhātikkantāni nissaggiyāni, imānāhaṃ saṅghassa nissajjāmī』』ti vattabbaṃ. Pāḷiṃ vattuṃ asakkontena aññathāpi vattabbaṃ.

Byattenabhikkhunā paṭibalena āpatti paṭiggahetabbāti khandhake vuttanayeneva paṭiggahetabbā. Evañhi tattha vuttaṃ – 『『byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

『Suṇātu me bhante saṅgho, ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu āpattiṃ sarati vivarati uttāniṃ karoti deseti, yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ itthannāmassa bhikkhuno āpattiṃ paṭiggaṇheyya』nti.

Tena vattabbo 『passasī』ti? 『Āma, passāmī』ti. Āyatiṃ saṃvareyyāsī』』ti (cūḷava. 239). Dvīsu pana sambahulāsu vā purimanayeneva vacanabhedo ñātabbo.

Cīvaradānepi 『『saṅgho imaṃ cīvaraṃ imāni cīvarānī』』ti vatthuvasena vacanabhedo veditabbo. Gaṇassa ca puggalassa ca nissajjanepi eseva nayo.

Āpattidesanāpaṭiggahaṇesu panettha ayaṃ pāḷi – 『『tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā sambahule bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ katvā vuḍḍhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassu vacanīyā – 『ahaṃ, bhante, itthannāmaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno taṃ paṭidesemī』ti. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena te bhikkhū ñāpetabbā –

『Suṇantu me āyasmantā, ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu āpattiṃ sarati vivarati uttāniṃ karoti deseti. Yadāyasmantānaṃ pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ itthannāmassa bhikkhuno āpattiṃ paṭiggaṇheyya』nti.

這段文字是關於佛教戒律中關於衣物的規定,我將其完整直譯如下: 超過這個時限就成為捨墮罪。這意味著,超過前面所說的種類和尺寸的衣物十天的極限時間,在此期間內如果不做使其不成為多餘衣物的處理,就構成捨墮罪,那件衣物就成為應當捨棄的,比丘也犯波逸提罪。或者,"捨棄"是指捨棄行為,這是對前面應當做的戒律行為的稱呼。有捨棄行為的就稱為"捨棄"。是什麼?是波逸提罪。超過時限的人犯有捨棄行為的波逸提罪,這就是這裡的意思。在分詞解釋中,首先爲了說明意義的不同,設立"超過這個時限就成為捨墮"這一標題,然後說"在第十一天黎明時成為捨墮,應當捨棄"。然後,爲了說明應當向誰捨棄以及如何捨棄,又說"向僧團"等。其中"在第十一天黎明時"是指,衣物生起的那一天的黎明是與衣物生起之日相連的,因此應當理解為包括衣物生起之日在內的第十一天黎明時成為捨墮。即使許多衣物捆綁或包裹在一起,也只犯一罪。未捆綁或包裹的則按物品數量計算罪數。 "捨棄后應當懺悔罪過",如何懺悔?如犍度中所說。那裡是如何說的?是這樣說的:"諸比丘,那位比丘應當走近僧團,偏袒右肩,向長老比丘禮足,蹲踞,合掌,應當這樣說:'尊者們,我犯了某某罪,我對此懺悔。'"在這裡,如果是一件衣物,應當說"一件捨墮波逸提"。如果是兩件,應當說"兩件"。如果是多件,應當說"多件"。在捨棄時,如果是一件,應當按照經文說"尊者,這是我的衣物"。如果是兩件或多件,應當說"尊者們,這些是我的衣物,已超過十天,應當捨棄,我現在向僧團捨棄這些衣物。"不能說出經文的人也可以用其他方式說。 "應由有能力的比丘接受懺悔",應當按照犍度中所說的方式接受。那裡是這樣說的:"由有能力的比丘向僧團宣告: '請僧團聽我說,這位某某比丘記得自己的罪過,揭露它,公開它,懺悔它。如果僧團認為適當,我將接受這位某某比丘的懺悔。' 然後應當對他說:'你看到(罪過)嗎?''是的,我看到。''以後要謹慎。'"對於兩件或多件衣物,應當按照前面的方式理解措辭的變化。 在給予衣物時,也應當根據物品的不同理解"僧團給予這件衣物、這些衣物"等措辭的變化。向僧團、團體和個人捨棄時也是同樣的方法。 關於懺悔和接受懺悔,這裡的經文是:"諸比丘,那位比丘應當走近多位比丘,偏袒右肩,向長老比丘禮足,蹲踞,合掌,應當這樣說:'尊者們,我犯了某某罪,我對此懺悔。'由有能力的比丘向那些比丘宣告: '請諸位聽我說,這位某某比丘記得自己的罪過,揭露它,公開它,懺悔它。如果諸位認為適當,我將接受這位某某比丘的懺悔。'"

Tena vattabbo 『passasī』ti? 『Āma, passāmī』ti. 『Āyatiṃ saṃvareyyāsī』ti.

Tena bhikkhunā ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – 『ahaṃ, āvuso, itthannāmaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno taṃ paṭidesemī』ti. Tena vattabbo 『passasī』ti, āma passāmīti āyatiṃ saṃvareyyāsī』』ti (cūḷava. 239). Tattha purimanayeneva āpattiyā nāmaggahaṇaṃ vacanabhedo ca veditabbo.

Yathā ca gaṇassa nissajjane evaṃ dvinnaṃ nissajjanepi pāḷi veditabbā. Yadi hi viseso bhaveyya, yatheva 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tiṇṇannaṃ pārisuddhiuposathaṃ kātuṃ, evañca pana, bhikkhave, kātabbo. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena te bhikkhū ñāpetabbā』』tiādinā nayena 『『tiṇṇannaṃ pārisuddhiuposathaṃ kātu』』nti vatvā puna 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dvinnaṃ pārisuddhiuposathaṃ kātuṃ, evañca pana, bhikkhave, kātabbo. Therena bhikkhunā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅga』』ntiādinā (mahāva. 168) nayena visuṃyeva dvinnaṃ pārisuddhiuposatho vutto, evamidhāpi visuṃ pāḷiṃ vadeyya, yasmā pana natthi, tasmā avatvā gatoti, gaṇassa vuttā pāḷiyevettha pāḷi.

Āpattipaṭiggahaṇe pana ayaṃ viseso, yathā gaṇassa nissajjitvā āpattiyā desiyamānāya āpattipaṭiggāhako bhikkhu ñattiṃ ṭhapeti, evaṃ aṭṭhapetvā dvīsu aññatarena yathā ekapuggalo paṭiggaṇhāti, evaṃ āpatti paṭiggahetabbā. Dvinnañhi ñattiṭṭhapanā nāma natthi, yadi siyā dvinnaṃ pārisuddhiuposathaṃ visuṃ na vadeyya.

Nissaṭṭhacīvaradānepi yathā 『『imaṃ cīvaraṃ āyasmato dammī』』ti eko vadati, evaṃ 『『imaṃ mayaṃ cīvaraṃ āyasmato demā』』ti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Ito garukatarāni hi ñattidutiyakammānipi 『『apaloketvā kātabbānī』』ti vuttāni atthi, tesaṃ etaṃ anulomaṃ nissaṭṭhacīvaraṃ pana dātabbameva adātuṃ na labbhati, vinayakammamattañhetaṃ. Na taṃ tena saṅghassa vā gaṇassa vā puggalassa vā dinnameva hotīti.

468.Dasāhātikkante atikkantasaññīti dasāhaṃ atikkante cīvare 『『atikkantaṃ ida』』nti evaṃsaññī, dasāhe vā atikkante 『『atikkanto dasāho』』ti evaṃsaññī. Nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyanti na idha saññā rakkhati. Yopi evaṃsaññī, tassapi taṃ cīvaraṃ nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyāpatti ca. Sanissaggiyavinayakammaṃ vā pācittiyanti ubhopi atthavikappā yujjanti. Esa nayo sabbattha.

Avissajjitevissajjitasaññīti kassaci adinne apariccatte 『『pariccattaṃ mayā』』ti evaṃsaññī.

Anaṭṭhe naṭṭhasaññīti attano cīvarena saddhiṃ bahūni aññesaṃ cīvarāni ekato ṭhapitāni corā haranti. Tatresa attano cīvare anaṭṭhe naṭṭhasaññī hoti. Esa nayo avinaṭṭhādīsupi.

Avilutteti ettha pana gabbhaṃ bhinditvā pasayhāvahāravasena avilutteti veditabbaṃ.

Anissajjitvā paribhuñjati āpatti dukkaṭassāti sakiṃ nivatthaṃ vā sakiṃ pārutaṃ vā kāyato amocetvā divasampi vicarati, ekāva āpatti. Mocetvā mocetvā nivāseti vā pārupati vā payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Dunnivatthaṃ vā duppārutaṃ vā saṇṭhapentassa anāpatti. Aññassa taṃ paribhuñjatopi anāpatti, 『『anāpatti aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjatī』』ti (pārā. 570) ādivacanañcettha sādhakaṃ. Anatikkante atikkantasaññino vematikassa ca dukkaṭaṃ paribhogaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ.

Tena vattabbo 『passasī』ti? 『Āma, passāmī』ti. 『Āyatiṃ saṃvareyyāsī』ti. 因此應當說「你看到嗎？」「是的，我看到了。」 「你應當謹慎。」 因此比丘應當走近一位比丘，偏袒右肩，蹲坐，合掌，應該這樣說：「我，朋友，犯了某某罪，我對此懺悔。」因此應當說「你看到嗎？」「是的，我看到了。」 「你應當謹慎。」在這裡，按照前面的方式應當理解罪的名稱和措辭的變化。 如同在團體的捨棄中，對於兩者的捨棄也應當以巴利文理解。如果確實有特殊情況，如同「我允許，比丘們，進行三種清凈的優波塞那儀式，此外，比丘們，應當這樣做。」由有能力的比丘向這些比丘宣告，或說「我允許，比丘們，進行兩種清凈的優波塞那儀式，此外，比丘們，應當這樣做。」在這裡，特別提到兩種清凈的優波塞那儀式，如今也應當在此說出巴利文，因為沒有特殊情況，所以不需要再說。 在接受罪的懺悔時，這裡有特殊情況，如同在團體的捨棄中，接受罪的比丘設定了規則，如同設定了兩者的其中之一，接受罪的比丘應當如此進行懺悔。對於兩者的設定規則並不存在，如果說兩種清凈的優波塞那儀式，便不應當說出。 在捨棄衣物的給予中，如同「我將這件衣物給予尊者」這樣說，也應當說「我們將這件衣物給予尊者」。因為更重的規則也有「未看見的應當這樣做」，因此在這些情況下，捨棄的衣物應當給予，而不是給出給僧團或團體或個人。 468. 「超過十天的極限」是指超過十天的衣物，「這是超過的」這樣理解，或在十天時「這是超過十天的」這樣理解。在這裡，捨棄的波逸提罪並不受保護。即使這樣理解，對於那件衣物也應當成為捨棄的波逸提罪。關於有捨棄行為的戒律，波逸提罪是兩者的意義都適用的。這是普遍適用的原則。 「未捨棄的捨棄」是指在未給予、未限制的情況下，「這是我所限制的」這樣理解。 「未被盜的未失去」是指與自身衣物一起放置的許多其他衣物被盜。此時與自身衣物未失去的理解是存在的。這一原則同樣適用於未被盜等情況。 「未滑落」在這裡是指破壞了胎兒而滑落的情況。 「未捨棄而使用」是指在身體上未被束縛或未被限制的情況下，白天仍然四處遊蕩，這隻構成一罪。若解開后又穿上或在使用過程中使用則構成波逸提罪。若是難以穿著或難以束縛的情況下則不構成罪。若他人使用也不構成罪，若是「未構成罪的情況下，獲得他人所做的而使用」這樣說的則是適用的。關於未超過的、超過的理解，指的是與波逸提罪相關的使用。

469.『『Anāpatti antodasāhaṃ adhiṭṭheti, vikappetī』』ti ettha pana adhiṭṭhānupagaṃ vikappanupagañca veditabbaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ pāḷi – atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – 『『yāni tāni bhagavatā anuññātāni 『ticīvara』nti vā 『vassikasāṭikā』ti vā 『nisīdana』nti vā 『paccattharaṇa』nti vā 『kaṇḍuppaṭicchādī』ti vā mukhapuñchanacoḷakanti vā parikkhāracoḷanti vā sabbāni tāni adhiṭṭhātabbānīti nu kho udāhu vikappetabbānī』』ti, bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ –

『『Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ticīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetuṃ; vassikasāṭikaṃ vassānaṃ cātumāsaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ tato paraṃ vikappetuṃ; nisīdanaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetuṃ; paccattharaṇaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetuṃ; kaṇḍuppaṭicchādiṃ yāvaābādhā adhiṭṭhātuṃ tato paraṃ vikappetuṃ; mukhapuñchanacoḷaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetuṃ; parikkhāracoḷaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetu』』nti (mahāva. 358).

『『Tattha ticīvaraṃ』』 adhiṭṭhahantena rajitvā kappabinduṃ datvā pamāṇayuttameva adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Tassa pamāṇaṃ ukkaṭṭhaparicchedena sugatacīvarato ūnakaṃ vaṭṭati, lāmakaparicchedena saṅghāṭiyā uttarāsaṅgassa ca dīghato muṭṭhipañcakaṃ tiriyaṃ muṭṭhittikaṃ pamāṇaṃ vaṭṭati. Antaravāsako dīghato muṭṭhipañcako tiriyaṃ dvihatthopi vaṭṭati. Pārupaṇenapi hi sakkā nābhiṃ paṭicchādetunti. Vuttappamāṇato pana atirekaṃ ūnakañca parikkhāracoḷanti adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ.

Tattha yasmā 『『dve cīvarassa adhiṭṭhānā – kāyena vā adhiṭṭheti, vācāya vā adhiṭṭhetī』』ti (pari. 322) vuttaṃ, tasmā purāṇasaṅghāṭiṃ 『『imaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paccuddharāmī』』ti paccuddharitvā navaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ hatthena gahetvā 『『imaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ adhiṭṭhāmī』』ti cittena ābhogaṃ katvā kāyavikāraṃ karontena kāyena adhiṭṭhātabbā. Idaṃ kāyena adhiṭṭhānaṃ, taṃ yena kenaci sarīrāvayavena aphusantassa na vaṭṭati. Vācāya adhiṭṭhāne pana vacībhedaṃ katvā vācāya adhiṭṭhātabbā. Tatra duvidhaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ – sace hatthapāse hoti 『『imaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ adhiṭṭhāmī』』ti vācā bhinditabbā. Atha antogabbhe vā uparipāsāde vā sāmantavihāre vā hoti ṭhapitaṭṭhānaṃ sallakkhetvā 『『etaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ adhiṭṭhāmī』』ti vācā bhinditabbā. Esa nayo uttarāsaṅge antaravāsake ca. Nāmamattameva hi viseso. Tasmā sabbāni saṅghāṭiṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ antaravāsakanti evaṃ attano nāmeneva adhiṭṭhātabbāni. Sace adhiṭṭhahitvā ṭhapitavatthehi saṅghāṭiādīni karoti, niṭṭhite rajane ca kappe ca imaṃ 『『paccuddharāmī』』ti paccuddharitvā puna adhiṭṭhātabbāni. Adhiṭṭhitena pana saddhiṃ mahantatarameva dutiyapaṭṭaṃ vā khaṇḍaṃ vā saṃsibbantena puna adhiṭṭhātabbameva. Same vā khuddake vā adhiṭṭhānakiccaṃ natthi.

「不構成罪，超過十天的極限」是指在這裡應當理解為有意圖的設定和有意圖的變化。在這裡的巴利文是：於是比丘們想：「那些被佛陀允許的『三件衣物』或『雨衣』或『坐墊』或『鋪蓋』或『遮擋物』或『面巾』或『附屬衣物』等，是否應當被設定或應當被變化？」於是，他們向佛陀報告了這個問題—— 「我允許，比丘們，設定三件衣物而不應變化；允許設定雨衣而在雨季四個月后再變化；允許設定坐墊而不應變化；允許設定鋪蓋而不應變化；允許設定遮擋物直到有障礙后再變化；允許設定面巾而不應變化；允許設定附屬衣物而不應變化。」 在這裡，設定三件衣物時，應當以適當的尺寸設定。其尺寸應當比適合的衣物稍小，按照上衣的標準，設定上衣的寬度和長度。對於居士來說，寬度應為手掌的五個長度，長度應為兩手的寬度。對於居士的衣物來說，寬度應為手掌的五個長度，長度應為兩手的寬度。對於衣物的遮擋，若以肚臍為標準，則應當遮擋。 由於「衣物的設定有兩種——身體的設定或語言的設定」，因此在舊的袈裟上說「我將這件袈裟拿起」，在拿起后應當用心去做身體的變化。這是身體的設定，若用任何身體部位觸碰則不應適用。對於語言的設定，則應當通過語言的變化進行設定。 在這裡有兩種設定——若在手掌和腳掌之間說「我將這件袈裟拿起」，則應當用語言進行變化。若在內部或上方或周圍的地方進行設定，則應當用語言進行變化。這個原則適用於上衣和袈裟。因為僅僅是名稱的不同，所以所有的袈裟、上衣和居士的衣物都應當以自己的名稱進行設定。如果在設定時拿起袈裟等，完成後應當再次進行設定。 而在設定時，若與其他部分一起進行設定，則應當再次進行設定。無論是大的還是小的設定行為都不應當被忽視。

Ticīvaraṃ pana parikkhāracoḷaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ vaṭṭati na vaṭṭatīti? Mahāpadumatthero kirāha – 『『ticīvaraṃ ticīvarameva adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Sace parikkhāracoḷādhiṭṭhānaṃ labheyya udositasikkhāpade parihāro niratthako bhaveyyā』』ti. Evaṃ vutte kira avasesā bhikkhū āhaṃsu – 『『parikkhāracoḷampi bhagavatāva adhiṭṭhātabbanti vuttaṃ, tasmā vaṭṭatī』』ti. Mahāpaccariyampi vuttaṃ 『『parikkhāracoḷaṃ nāma pāṭekkaṃ nidhānamukhametanti ticīvaraṃ parikkhāracoḷanti adhiṭṭhahitvā paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Udositasikkhāpade pana ticīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhahitvā pariharantassa parihāro vutto』』ti. Ubhatovibhaṅgabhāṇako puṇṇavālikavāsī mahātissattheropi kira āha – 『『mayaṃ pubbe mahātherānaṃ assumha, araññavāsino bhikkhū rukkhasusirādīsu cīvaraṃ ṭhapetvā padhānaṃ padahanatthāya gacchanti. Sāmantavihāre dhammasavanatthāya gatānañca nesaṃ sūriye uṭṭhite sāmaṇerā vā daharabhikkhū vā pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā gacchanti, tasmā sukhaparibhogatthaṃ ticīvaraṃ parikkhāracoḷanti adhiṭṭhātuṃ vaṭṭatī』』ti. Mahāpaccariyampi vuttaṃ pubbe āraññikā bhikkhū abaddhasīmāyaṃ dupparihāranti ticīvaraṃ parikkhāracoḷameva adhiṭṭhahitvā paribhuñjiṃsū』』ti.

『『Vassikasāṭikā』』 anatirittappamāṇā nāmaṃ gahetvā vuttanayeneva cattāro vassike māse adhiṭṭhātabbā, tato paraṃ paccuddharitvā vikappetabbā. Vaṇṇabhedamattarattāpi cesā vaṭṭati. Dve pana na vaṭṭanti. 『『Nisīdanaṃ』』 vuttanayena adhiṭṭhātabbameva, tañca kho pamāṇayuttaṃ ekameva, dve na vaṭṭanti. 『『Paccattharaṇa』』mpi adhiṭṭhātabbameva, taṃ pana mahantampi vaṭṭati, ekampi vaṭṭati, bahūnipi vaṭṭanti. Nīlampi pītakampi sadasampi pupphadasampīti sabbappakāraṃ vaṭṭati. Sakiṃ adhiṭṭhitaṃ adhiṭṭhitameva hoti. 『『Kaṇḍuppaṭicchādi』』 yāva ābādho atthi, tāva pamāṇikā adhiṭṭhātabbā. Ābādhe vūpasante paccuddharitvā vikappetabbā, ekāva vaṭṭati . 『『Mukhapuñchanacoḷaṃ』』 adhiṭṭhātabbameva, yāva ekaṃ dhoviyati, tāva aññaṃ paribhogatthāya icchitabbanti dve vaṭṭanti. Apare pana therā 『『nidhānamukhametaṃ bahūnipi vaṭṭantī』』ti vadanti. Parikkhāracoḷe gaṇanā natthi, yattakaṃ icchati tattakaṃ adhiṭṭhātabbameva. Thavikāpi parissāvanampi vikappanupagaṃ pacchimacīvarappamāṇaṃ 『『parikkhāracoḷaka』』nti adhiṭṭhātabbameva. Bahūni ekato katvā 『『imāni cīvarāni parikkhāracoḷāni adhiṭṭhāmī』』ti adhiṭṭhātumpi vaṭṭatiyeva. Bhesajjanavakammamātāpituādīnaṃ atthāya ṭhapentenapi adhiṭṭhātabbameva. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana 『『anāpattī』』ti vuttaṃ. Mañcabhisi pīṭhakabhisi bimbohanaṃ pāvāro kojavoti etesu pana senāsanaparikkhāratthāya dinnapaccattharaṇe ca adhiṭṭhānakiccaṃ natthiyeva.

三件衣物是否可以作為附屬衣物進行設定?據說大蓮花長老說:"三件衣物只能作為三件衣物進行設定。如果允許作為附屬衣物設定,那麼在儲藏室戒中的豁免就沒有意義了。"據說其他比丘聽到這話后說:"佛陀也說附屬衣物應當設定,所以是允許的。"在《大注》中也說:"所謂附屬衣物,是指單獨存放的物品,因此三件衣物可以作為附屬衣物設定並使用。但在儲藏室戒中,對於設定三件衣物並攜帶的人有豁免規定。"據說兩部《分別論》的誦者、住在沙灘的大帝須長老也說:"我們以前聽長老們說,住在森林的比丘們把衣物放在樹洞等處後去精進修行。當他們去鄰近的寺院聽法時,如果太陽升起,沙彌或年輕比丘就會帶著缽和衣去。因此爲了方便使用,三件衣物可以作為附屬衣物設定。"《大注》中也說:"以前住森林的比丘們因為在未劃界的地方難以攜帶,就把三件衣物作為附屬衣物設定后使用。" "雨季衣"應當按照規定的尺寸,以名稱設定,在四個雨季月內使用,之後應當取消設定並進行變更。即使是染色的也可以。但兩件是不允許的。"坐墊"應當按照規定方式設定,而且只能是一件符合尺寸的,兩件是不允許的。"鋪蓋"也應當設定,大的可以,一件可以,多件也可以。藍色、黃色、有花紋的、有花的,各種型別都可以。一旦設定就保持設定狀態。"遮擋物"在有病痛時應當按照尺寸設定。病痛消除后應當取消設定並進行變更,只允許一件。"面巾"應當設定,在一件洗滌時可以使用另一件,因此允許兩件。其他長老則說:"這是存放用的,多件也可以。"附屬衣物沒有數量限制,可以根據需要設定任意數量。袋子和濾水器如果達到最小衣物尺寸,也應當作為"附屬衣物"設定。把多件衣物放在一起說"我設定這些衣物為附屬衣物"也是允許的。即使是爲了藥物、新工作、父母等目的而存放的,也應當設定。但《大注》中說"不犯罪"。對於床墊、椅墊、枕頭、毛毯、地毯等以及作為臥具附屬品而給予的鋪蓋,則不需要進行設定。

Adhiṭṭhitacīvaraṃ pana paribhuñjato kathaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ vijahatīti? Aññassa dānena, acchinditvā gahaṇena, vissāsaggāhena, hīnāyāvattanena, sikkhāpaccakkhānena , kālaṃkiriyāya, liṅgaparivattanena, paccuddharaṇena, chiddabhāvenāti imehi navahi kāraṇehi vijahati. Tattha purimehi aṭṭhahi sabbacīvarāni adhiṭṭhānaṃ vijahanti, chiddabhāvena pana ticīvarasseva sabbaaṭṭhakathāsu adhiṭṭhānavijahanaṃ vuttaṃ, tañca nakhapiṭṭhippamāṇena chiddena. Tattha nakhapiṭṭhippamāṇaṃ kaniṭṭhaṅgulinakhavasena veditabbaṃ, chiddañca vinibbiddhachiddameva. Chiddassa hi abbhantare ekatantu cepi acchinno hoti, rakkhati. Tattha saṅghāṭiyā ca uttarāsaṅgassa ca dīghantato vidatthippamāṇassa tiriyantato aṭṭhaṅgulappamāṇassa padesassa orato chiddaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ bhindati, parato na bhindati. Antaravāsakassa pana dīghantato vidatthippamāṇasseva tiriyantato caturaṅgulappamāṇassa padesassa orato chiddaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ bhindati, parato na bhindati. Tasmā jāte chidde taṃ cīvaraṃ atirekacīvaraṭṭhāne tiṭṭhati, sūcikammaṃ katvā puna adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Mahāsumatthero panāha – 『『pamāṇacīvarassa yattha katthaci chiddaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ bhindati, mahantassa pana pamāṇato bahi chiddaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ na bhindati, antojātaṃ bhindatī』』ti. Karavīkatissatthero āha – 『『khuddakaṃ mahantaṃ na pamāṇaṃ, dve cīvarāni pārupantassa vāmahatthe saṅgharitvā ṭhapitaṭṭhāne chiddaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ na bhindati, orabhāge bhindati. Antaravāsakassapi ovaṭṭikaṃ karontena saṅgharitaṭṭhāne chiddaṃ na bhindati, tato oraṃ bhindatī』』ti. Andhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ticīvare mahāsumattheravādaṃ pamāṇaṃ katvā uttarimpi idaṃ vuttaṃ 『『pacchimappamāṇaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ rakkhatī』』ti. Parikkhāracoḷe dīghaso aṭṭhaṅgule sugataṅgulena tiriyaṃ caturaṅgule yattha katthaci chiddaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ vijahati. Mahante coḷe tato parena chiddaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ na vijahati. Esa nayo sabbesu adhiṭṭhātabbakesu cīvaresū』』ti.

Tattha yasmā sabbesampi adhiṭṭhātabbakacīvarānaṃ vikappanupagapacchimappamāṇato aññaṃ pacchimappamāṇaṃ nāma natthi, yañhi nisīdana-kaṇḍuppaṭicchādi-vassikasāṭikānaṃ pamāṇaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ ukkaṭṭhaṃ, tato uttari paṭisiddhattā na pacchimaṃ tato heṭṭhā appaṭisiddhattā. Ticīvarassāpi sugatacīvarappamāṇato ūnakattaṃ ukkaṭṭhappamāṇameva. Pacchimaṃ pana visuṃ sutte vuttaṃ natthi. Mukhapuñchanapaccattharaṇaparikkhāracoḷānaṃ ukkaṭṭhaparicchedo natthiyeva. Vikappanupagapacchimena pana pacchimaparicchedo vutto. Tasmā yaṃ tāva andhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ 『『pacchimappamāṇaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ rakkhatī』』ti vatvā tattha parikkhāracoḷasseva sugataṅgulena aṭṭhaṅgulacaturaṅgulapacchimappamāṇaṃ dassetvā itaresaṃ ticīvarādīnaṃ muṭṭhipañcakādipabhedaṃ pacchimappamāṇaṃ sandhāya 『『esa nayo sabbesu adhiṭṭhātabbakesucīvaresū』』ti vuttaṃ, taṃ na sameti.

被設定的衣物在使用時如何能解除設定呢？通過他人的施捨、割斷接受、放棄信任、低劣的迴轉、拒絕戒律、時間行為、性別變化、取消設定、切斷等這九種原因來解除。在這裡，前八種都能解除所有衣物的設定，而通過切斷只能解除三件衣物的設定，這裡的切斷是指指甲大小的切斷。這裡的指甲大小是指小指的指甲，切斷則是指被割斷的切口。切斷的內部即使有一根線被切斷，也會保持完整。因此，袈裟和上衣的長度如果低於八指的切斷，便會解除設定，而在其他情況下則不會解除。對於居士來說，長度低於四指的切斷也會解除設定，而其他情況下不會解除。因此，若有切斷的情況，該衣物就會處於超出衣物的狀態，經過清理后再進行設定。大智慧長老則說：「在任何地方設定衣物時，若有切斷的情況，較大的衣物則不會解除設定，只有內部的切斷會解除。」卡拉維卡提長老則說：「小的和大的不算是標準，若有兩件衣物放在左手邊，切斷的設定不會解除，而在下方的切斷則會解除。對於居士來說，若進行迴轉，放置的切斷不會解除，而在下方的切斷則會解除。」在《暗黑注》中，三件衣物的設定被視為標準，後面也提到：「保護後面的標準設定。」附屬衣物的設定在八指的情況下，若有切斷的情況也會解除設定。較大的衣物在其他情況下不會解除設定。這一原則適用於所有設定的衣物。 因為所有設定的衣物中，沒有其他的後設定，若有坐墊、遮擋物、雨衣的標準，則該標準是明確的，若超過則不適用。三件衣物的標準則是比適合的衣物少一分。後面的標準則在不同的情況下沒有提及。面巾、鋪蓋、附屬衣物的標準沒有限制。若有後設定的情況，則該後設定是明確的。因此，在《暗黑注》中提到「保護後面的標準設定」，並且在附屬衣物中以適合的指頭數為標準，顯示出其他三件衣物的標準，指向後設定的情況，便可適用於所有設定的衣物。

Karavīkatissattheravādepi dīghantatoyeva chiddaṃ dassitaṃ, tiriyantato na dassitaṃ, tasmā so aparicchinno. Mahāsumattheravāde 『『pamāṇacīvarassa yattha katthaci chiddaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ bhindati, mahantassa pana pamāṇato bahi chiddaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ na bhindatī』』ti vuttaṃ. Idaṃ pana na vuttaṃ – 『『idaṃ nāma pamāṇacīvaraṃ ito uttari mahantaṃ cīvara』』nti. Apicettha ticīvarādīnaṃ muṭṭhipañcakādibhedaṃ pacchimappamāṇanti adhippetaṃ. Tattha yadi pacchimappamāṇato bahi chiddaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ na bhindeyya, ukkaṭṭhapattassāpi majjhimapattassa vā omakappamāṇato bahi chiddaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ na bhindeyya, na ca na bhindati. Tasmā ayampi vādo aparicchinno.

Yo panāyaṃ sabbapaṭhamo aṭṭhakathāvādo, ayamevettha pamāṇaṃ. Kasmā? Paricchedasabbhāvato. Ticīvarassa hi pacchimappamāṇañca chiddappamāṇañca chidduppattidesappamāṇañca sabbaaṭṭhakathāsuyeva paricchinditvā vuttaṃ, tasmā sveva vādo pamāṇaṃ. Addhā hi so bhagavato adhippāyaṃ anugantvā vutto. Itaresu pana neva paricchedo atthi, na pubbāparaṃ sametīti.

Yo pana dubbalaṭṭhāne paṭhamaṃ aggaḷaṃ datvā pacchā dubbalaṭṭhānaṃ chinditvā apaneti, adhiṭṭhānaṃ na bhijjati. Maṇḍalaparivattanepi eseva nayo. Dupaṭṭassa ekasmiṃ paṭale chidde vā jāte gaḷite vā adhiṭṭhānaṃ na bhijjati, khuddakaṃ cīvaraṃ mahantaṃ karoti, mahantaṃ vā khuddakaṃ karoti, adhiṭṭhānaṃ na bhijjati. Ubho koṭiyo majjhe karonto sace paṭhamaṃ chinditvā pacchā ghaṭeti, adhiṭṭhānaṃ bhijjati. Atha ghaṭetvā chindati, na bhijjati, rajakehi dhovāpetvā setaṃ kārāpentassāpi adhiṭṭhānaṃ adhiṭṭhānamevāti . Ayaṃ tāva 『『antodasāhaṃ adhiṭṭheti vikappetī』』ti ettha adhiṭṭhāne vinicchayo.

Vikappane pana dve vikappanā – sammukhāvikappanā ca parammukhāvikappanā ca. Kathaṃ sammukhāvikappanā hotīti? Cīvarānaṃ ekabahubhāvaṃ sannihitāsannihitabhāvañca ñatvā 『『『imaṃ cīvara』nti vā 『imāni cīvarānī』ti vā 『etaṃ cīvara』nti vā 『etāni cīvarānī』』』ti vā 『『tuyhaṃ vikappemī』』ti vattabbaṃ, ayamekā sammukhāvikappanā. Ettāvatā nidhetuṃ vaṭṭati, paribhuñjituṃ pana vissajjetuṃ vā adhiṭṭhātuṃ vā na vaṭṭati. 『『Mayhaṃ santakaṃ, mayhaṃ santakāni paribhuñja vā vissajjehi vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karohī』』ti evaṃ pana vutte paccuddhāro nāma hoti. Tatopabhuti paribhogādayopi vaṭṭanti.

Aparopi nayo – tatheva cīvarānaṃ ekabahubhāvaṃ sannihitāsannihitabhāvañca ñatvā tasseva bhikkhuno santike 『『『imaṃ cīvara』nti vā 『imāni cīvarānī』ti vā 『etaṃ cīvara』nti vā 『etāni cīvarānī』』』ti vā vatvā pañcasu sahadhammikesu aññatarassa attanā abhirucitassa yassa kassaci nāmaṃ gahetvā 『『『tissassa bhikkhuno vikappemī』ti vā 『tissāya bhikkhuniyā, sikkhamānāya, tissassa sāmaṇerassa, tissāya sāmaṇeriyā vikappemī』』』ti vā vattabbaṃ, ayaṃ aparāpi sammukhāvikappanā. Ettāvatā nidhetuṃ vaṭṭati, paribhogādīsu pana ekampi na vaṭṭati. Tena pana bhikkhunā 『『tissassa bhikkhuno santakaṃ…pe… tissāya sāmaṇeriyā santakaṃ paribhuñja vā vissajjehi vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karohī』』ti vutte paccuddhāro nāma hoti. Tatopabhuti paribhogādayopi vaṭṭanti.

卡拉維卡提長老的說法只提到了長度方面的切斷,而沒有提到寬度方面的,因此這個說法是不完整的。大智慧長老的說法提到"對於標準尺寸的衣物,任何地方的切斷都會解除設定,而對於較大的衣物,超出標準尺寸的切斷則不會解除設定。"但是沒有說明什麼是標準尺寸的衣物,什麼是較大的衣物。而且這裡指的是三件衣物等的最小尺寸標準。如果超出最小尺寸的切斷不會解除設定,那麼對於上等、中等或下等尺寸的衣物,超出最小尺寸的切斷也不應該解除設定,但實際上是會解除的。因此這個說法也是不完整的。 而最初的註釋說法才是這裡的標準。為什麼?因為有明確的界限。對於三件衣物的最小尺寸、切斷的尺寸以及切斷髮生的位置的尺寸,在所有註釋中都有明確的界定,因此只有這個說法才是標準。這無疑是遵循了佛陀的意圖而說的。其他說法既沒有明確的界限,也前後不一致。 如果先在脆弱處縫補,然後再切斷脆弱處並移除,設定不會被解除。對於雙層衣物也是同樣的道理。如果雙層衣物的一層出現切斷或脫落,設定不會被解除。將小衣物做大或將大衣物做小,設定都不會被解除。如果將兩端移到中間,先切斷後連線,設定會被解除;如果先連線后切斷,則不會被解除。即使讓洗衣工洗白,設定仍然有效。這就是關於"十天內設定或變更"中設定的判定。 關於變更,有兩種變更:當面變更和不當面變更。如何進行當面變更?瞭解衣物的數量和是否在場后,應該說"我將這件衣物"或"這些衣物"或"那件衣物"或"那些衣物"變更給你。這是一種當面變更。這樣做后可以存放,但不能使用、捨棄或設定。如果說"這是我的,這些是我的,你可以使用、捨棄或隨意處置",這就是取消變更。此後就可以使用等。 另一種方法是:同樣瞭解衣物的數量和是否在場后,在那位比丘面前說"這件衣物"或"這些衣物"或"那件衣物"或"那些衣物",然後取五種同法者中自己喜歡的任何一個的名字,說"我將它變更給比丘提沙"或"比丘尼提沙"或"式叉摩那提沙"或"沙彌提沙"或"沙彌尼提沙"。這是另一種當面變更。這樣做后可以存放,但不能使用等。如果那位比丘說"這是比丘提沙的...這是沙彌尼提沙的,你可以使用、捨棄或隨意處置",這就是取消變更。此後就可以使用等。

Kathaṃ parammukhāvikappanā hotīti? Cīvarānaṃ tatheva ekabahubhāvaṃ sannihitāsannihitabhāvañca ñatvā 『『『imaṃ cīvara』nti vā 『imāni cīvarānī』ti vā 『etaṃ cīvara』nti vā 『etāni cīvarānī』』』ti vā vatvā 『『tuyhaṃ vikappanatthāya dammī』』ti vattabbaṃ. Tena vattabbo – 『『ko te mitto vā sandiṭṭho vā』』ti? Tato itarena purimanayeneva 『『tisso bhikkhūti vā…pe… tissā sāmaṇerī』』ti vā vattabbaṃ. Puna tena bhikkhunā 『『ahaṃ tissassa bhikkhuno dammīti vā…pe… tissāya sāmaṇeriyā dammī』』ti vā vattabbaṃ, ayaṃ parammukhāvikappanā. Ettāvatā nidhetuṃ vaṭṭati, paribhogādīsu pana ekampi na vaṭṭati. Tena pana bhikkhunā dutiyasammukhāvikappanāyaṃ vuttanayeneva 『『itthannāmassa santakaṃ paribhuñja vā vissajjehi vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karohī』』ti vutte paccuddhāro nāma hoti. Tatopabhuti paribhogādayopi vaṭṭanti.

Dvinnaṃ vikappanānaṃ kiṃ nānākaraṇaṃ? Sammukhāvikappanāyaṃ sayaṃ vikappetvā parena paccuddharāpeti . Parammukhāvikappanāya pareneva vikappāpetvā pareneva paccuddharāpeti, idamettha nānākaraṇaṃ. Sace pana yassa vikappeti, so paññattikovido na hoti, na jānāti paccuddharituṃ, taṃ cīvaraṃ gahetvā aññassa byattassa santikaṃ gantvā puna vikappetvā paccuddharāpetabbaṃ. Vikappitavikappanā nāmesā vaṭṭati. Ayaṃ 『『vikappetī』』ti imasmiṃ pade vinicchayo.

『『Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ticīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetu』』ntiādivacanato ca idaṃ 『『vikappetī』』ti avisesena vuttavacanaṃ viruddhaṃ viya dissati, na ca viruddhaṃ tathāgatā bhāsanti. Tasmā evamassa attho veditabbo, ticīvaraṃ ticīvarasaṅkhepeneva pariharato adhiṭṭhātumeva anujānāmi, na vikappetuṃ. Vassikasāṭikaṃ pana cātumāsato paraṃ vikappetumeva na adhiṭṭhātuṃ. Evañca sati yo ticīvare ekena cīvarena vippavasitukāmo hoti, tassa ticīvarādhiṭṭhānaṃ paccuddharitvā vippavāsasukhatthaṃ vikappanāya okāso dinno hoti. Dasāhātikkame ca anāpattīti etenupāyena sabbattha vikappanāya appaṭisiddhabhāvo veditabbo.

Vissajjetīti aññassa deti. Kathaṃ pana dinnaṃ hoti, kathaṃ gahitaṃ? 『『Imaṃ tuyhaṃ demi dadāmi dajjāmi oṇojemi pariccajāmi nissajjāmi vissajjāmīti vā 『『itthannāmassa demi…pe… nissajjāmī』』ti vā vadati, sammukhāpi parammukhāpi dinnaṃyeva hoti. 『『Tuyhaṃ gaṇhāhī』』ti vutte 『『mayhaṃ gaṇhāmī』』ti vadati, sudinnaṃ suggahitañca. 『『Tava santakaṃ karohi, tava santakaṃ hotu, tava santakaṃ karissasī』』ti vutte 『『mama santakaṃ karomi, mama santakaṃ hotu, mama santakaṃ karissāmī』』ti vadati, duddinnaṃ duggahitañca. Neva dātā dātuṃ jānāti, na itaro gahetuṃ. Sace pana 『『tava santakaṃ karohī』』ti vutte 『『sādhu, bhante, mayhaṃ gaṇhāmī』』ti gaṇhāti, suggahitaṃ. Sace pana 『『eko gaṇhāhī』』ti vadati, itaro 『『na gaṇhāmī』』ti puna so 『『dinnaṃ mayā tuyhaṃ, gaṇhāhī』』ti vadati, itaropi 『『na mayhaṃ iminā attho』』ti vadati. Tato purimopi 『『mayā dinna』』nti dasāhaṃ atikkāmeti, pacchimopi 『『mayā paṭikkhitta』』nti. Kassa āpattīti? Na kassaci āpatti. Yassa pana ruccati, tena adhiṭṭhahitvā paribhuñjitabbaṃ.

如何進行不當面變更?同樣瞭解衣物的數量和是否在場后,應該說"這件衣物"或"這些衣物"或"那件衣物"或"那些衣物","我給你作變更之用。"對方應該問:"誰是你的朋友或熟人?"然後按照前面的方式回答"比丘提沙"或"沙彌尼提沙"等。然後那位比丘應該說"我給比丘提沙"或"我給沙彌尼提沙"等。這就是不當面變更。這樣做后可以存放,但不能使用等。如果那位比丘按照第二種當面變更的方式說"這是某某的,你可以使用、捨棄或隨意處置",這就是取消變更。此後就可以使用等。 兩種變更有什麼區別?當面變更是自己變更後由他人取消。不當面變更是由他人變更后再由他人取消,這就是區別。如果接受變更的人不懂規則,不知道如何取消,應該拿著那件衣物去找另一個有能力的人,再次變更后取消。這種再次變更的做法是允許的。這就是關於"變更"一詞的判定。 "我允許比丘們設定三件衣物而不變更"等說法,與這裡籠統說的"變更"似乎有矛盾,但如來不會說矛盾的話。因此應該這樣理解其意思:我允許將三件衣物作為三件衣物來保管,只能設定,不能變更。但雨季衣在四個月后只能變更,不能設定。這樣,如果有人想離開其中一件衣物,就可以取消三件衣物的設定,爲了方便離開而允許變更。超過十天也不犯戒。通過這種方法,應該理解在所有情況下變更都沒有被禁止。 "捨棄"是指給予他人。如何給予,如何接受?說"我給你這個,我施與你,我贈與你,我奉獻給你,我捨棄給你,我放棄給你,我捨棄給你"或"我給某某...我捨棄給某某",無論當面還是不當面,都算是給予。如果說"你拿去",對方說"我拿了",這是很好的給予和接受。如果說"這是你的,讓它成為你的,你要把它變成你的",對方說"我把它變成我的,讓它成為我的,我會把它變成我的",這是不好的給予和接受。如果給予者不知道如何給予,接受者也不知道如何接受。但如果說"把它變成你的",對方說"好的,尊者,我接受",這就是很好的接受。如果說"拿一個",對方說"我不要",然後又說"我已經給你了,拿去",對方又說"我不需要這個"。然後前者說"我已經給了"超過十天,後者說"我已經拒絕了"。誰犯戒?誰也沒有犯戒。誰想要就可以設定后使用。

Yo pana adhiṭṭhāne vematiko, tena kiṃ kātabbaṃ? Vematikabhāvaṃ ārocetvā sace anadhiṭṭhitaṃ bhavissati, evaṃ me kappiyaṃ hotīti vatvā vuttanayeneva nissajjitabbaṃ. Na hi evaṃ jānāpetvā vinayakammaṃ karontassa musāvādo hoti. Keci pana 『『ekena bhikkhunā vissāsaṃ gahetvā puna dinnaṃ vaṭṭatī』』ti vadanti, taṃ na yujjati. Na hi tassetaṃ vinayakammaṃ, nāpi taṃ ettakena aññaṃ vatthuṃ hoti.

Nassatītiādi uttānatthameva. Yo na dadeyya āpatti dukkaṭassāti ettha 『『mayhaṃ dinnaṃ iminā』』ti imāya saññāya na dentassa dukkaṭaṃ. Tassa santakabhāvaṃ pana ñatvā lesena acchindanto bhaṇḍaṃ agghāpetvā kāretabboti.

Samuṭṭhānādīsu idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ kathinasamuṭṭhānaṃ nāma kāyavācāto ca kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti, anadhiṭṭhānena ca avikappanena ca āpajjanato akiriyaṃ, saññāya abhāvepi na muccati, ajānantopi āpajjatīti nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.

Paṭhamakathinasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Udositasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

471.Tenasamayena buddho bhagavāti udositasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha santaruttarenāti antaranti antaravāsako vuccati, uttaranti uttarāsaṅgo, saha antarena uttaraṃ santaruttaraṃ, tena santaruttarena, saha antaravāsakena uttarāsaṅgenāti attho. Kaṇṇakitānīti sedena phuṭṭhokāsesu sañjātakāḷasetamaṇḍalāni. Addasa kho āyasmā ānando senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍantoti thero kira bhagavati divā paṭisallānatthāya gandhakuṭiṃ paviṭṭhe taṃ okāsaṃ labhitvā dunnikkhittāni dārubhaṇḍamattikābhaṇḍāni paṭisāmento asammaṭṭhaṭṭhānaṃ sammajjanto gilānehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ paṭisanthāraṃ karonto tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ senāsanaṭṭhānaṃ sampatto addasa. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『addasa kho āyasmā ānando senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto』』ti.

473.Avippavāsasammutiṃ dātunti avippavāse sammuti avippavāsasammuti, avippavāsāya vā sammuti avippavāsasammuti. Ko panettha ānisaṃso? Yena cīvarena vippavasati, taṃ nissaggiyaṃ na hoti, āpattiñca nāpajjati. Kittakaṃ kālaṃ? Mahāsumatthero tāva āha – 『『yāva rogo na vūpasamati, vūpasante pana roge sīghaṃ cīvaraṭṭhānaṃ āgantabba』』nti . Mahāpadumatthero āha – 『『sīghaṃ āgacchato rogo paṭikuppeyya, tasmā saṇikaṃ āgantabbaṃ. Yato paṭṭhāya hi satthaṃ vā pariyesati, 『gacchāmī』ti ābhogaṃ vā karoti, tato paṭṭhāya vaṭṭati. 『Na dāni gamissāmī』ti evaṃ pana dhuranikkhepaṃ karontena paccuddharitabbaṃ, atirekacīvaraṭṭhāne ṭhassatī』』ti. Sace panassa rogo paṭikuppati, kiṃ kātabbanti? Phussadevatthero tāva āha – 『『sace soyeva rogo paṭikuppati, sā eva sammuti, puna sammutidānakiccaṃ natthi. Athañño kuppati, puna dātabbā sammutī』』ti. Upatissatthero āha – 『『so vā rogo hotu, añño vā puna sammutidānakiccaṃ natthī』』ti.

475-

如果有人對設定有疑慮,他應該怎麼做?應該說明自己的疑慮,如果是未設定的,應該說"這樣對我來說是允許的",然後按照前面說的方式捨棄。這樣告知後進行戒律行為不算是妄語。有些人說"一個比丘以信任的方式接受后再給予是可以的",這是不合適的。因為這不是他的戒律行為,也不會因此而成為另一個事物。 "失去"等的含義很明顯。"如果不給予則犯突吉羅罪"中,如果以"這是給我的"的想法而不給予,就犯突吉羅罪。但如果知道那是他的東西,卻用借口不給,應該估算價值后賠償。 關於起因等,這條戒是迦絺那衣起因,從身語或身語意而起,因為不設定和不變更而犯戒,所以是不作為,即使沒有想法也不能免罪,不知道也會犯戒,所以不是想解脫,是無心的,是制定的罪,是身業,是語業,是三心,是三受。 第一迦絺那衣學處的解釋結束。 儲藏室學處的解釋 "那時,佛陀..."是儲藏室學處。其中,"帶著內衣和上衣"中,"內"指內衣,"上"指上衣,帶著內衣和上衣的意思。"有污漬"指被汗水沾濕的地方產生黑白斑點。"尊者阿難在巡視住處時看到"指長老在世尊進入香室午休時,得到機會,整理放置不當的木器和陶器,打掃未打掃的地方,慰問生病的比丘,來到那些比丘的住處看到。因此說"尊者阿難在巡視住處時看到"。 "給予不離衣的許可"中,"不離衣的許可"指在不離衣的情況下的許可,或爲了不離衣而給予的許可。這有什麼好處?離開的那件衣不會成為應捨棄的,也不會犯戒。可以多長時間?大智慧長老說:"直到病好為止,病好后應該儘快回到衣物處。"大蓮花長老說:"如果回來太快病情可能會復發,所以應該慢慢回來。從開始尋找交通工具,或者有'我要走了'的想法開始就可以。但如果決定'我現在不走了',就應該取消許可,衣物會處於多餘衣物的狀態。"如果病情復發該怎麼辦?普沙天長老說:"如果是同一種病復發,那就是同一個許可,不需要再給予許可。如果是另一種病,則應該再給予許可。"優波帝須長老說:"無論是同一種病還是另一種病,都不需要再給予許可。" 475-

6.Niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṃ bhikkhunāti idha pana purimasikkhāpade viya atthaṃ aggahetvā niṭṭhite cīvarasmiṃ bhikkhunoti evaṃ sāmivasena karaṇavacanassa attho veditabbo. Karaṇavasena hi bhikkhunā idaṃ nāma kātabbanti natthi. Sāmivasena pana bhikkhuno cīvarasmiṃ niṭṭhite kathine ca ubbhate evaṃ chinnapalibodho ekarattampi ce bhikkhu ticīvarena vippavaseyyāti evaṃ attho yujjati. Tattha ticīvarenāti adhiṭṭhitesu tīsu cīvaresu yena kenaci. Ekena vippavutthopi hi ticīvarena vippavuttho hoti, paṭisiddhapariyāpannena vippavutthattā. Tenevassa padabhājane 『『saṅghāṭiyā vā』』tiādi vuttaṃ. Vippavaseyyāti vippayutto vaseyya.

477-8.Gāmo ekūpacārotiādi avippavāsalakkhaṇavavatthāpanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Tato paraṃ yathākkamena tāneva pannarasa mātikāpadāni vitthārento 『『gāmo ekūpacāro nāmā』』tiādimāha. Tattha ekakulassa gāmoti ekassa rañño vā bhojakassa vā gāmo. Parikkhittoti yena kenaci pākārena vā vatiyā vā parikkhāya vā parikkhitto. Ettāvatā ekakulagāmassa ekūpacāratā dassitā. Antogāme vatthabbanti evarūpe gāme cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā gāmabbhantare yathārucite ṭhāne aruṇaṃ uṭṭhāpetuṃ vaṭṭati. Aparikkhittoti iminā tasseva gāmassa nānūpacāratā dassitā. Evarūpe gāme yasmiṃ ghare cīvaraṃ nikkhittaṃ, tattha vatthabbaṃ. Hatthapāsā vā na vijahitabbanti atha vā taṃ gharaṃ samantato hatthapāsā na vijahitabbaṃ, aḍḍhateyyaratanappamāṇappadesā uddhaṃ na vijahitabbanti vuttaṃ hoti. Aḍḍhateyyaratanabbhantare pana vatthuṃ vaṭṭati. Taṃ pamāṇaṃ atikkamitvā sacepi iddhimā bhikkhū ākāse aruṇaṃ uṭṭhāpeti, nissaggiyameva hoti. Ettha ca yasmiṃ ghareti gharaparicchedo 『『ekakulassa nivesanaṃ hotī』』tiādinā (pārā. 480) lakkhaṇena veditabbo.

475-6. "當比丘的衣物完成時"這裡不像前一條戒那樣理解,而應該理解為以所有格的方式表達工具格的意思,即"當比丘的衣物完成時"。因為沒有說比丘應該以工具格做什麼。但以所有格來說,當比丘的衣物完成,迦絺那衣也已經解除,這樣障礙已經消除,如果比丘離開三衣哪怕一夜,這樣的意思是合適的。這裡"三衣"指已經設定的三件衣物中的任何一件。即使只離開一件也算是離開三衣,因為屬於被禁止的範疇。因此在詞義解釋中說"或袈裟"等。"離開"指分離而住。 477-8. "一個村莊一個界域"等是爲了確定不離衣的特徵而說的。之後按順序詳細解釋那十五個綱要專案,說"所謂一個村莊一個界域"等。其中"一個家族的村莊"指一個國王或一個地主的村莊。"有圍墻"指用任何圍墻或籬笆或柵欄圍起來的。到此為止顯示了一個家族村莊的單一界域性。"應該住在村莊內"指在這樣的村莊里放置衣物后,可以在村莊內任意喜歡的地方過夜。"無圍墻"則顯示了該村莊的多界域性。在這樣的村莊里,應該住在放置衣物的那個房子里。"或者不應離開手臂可及的範圍"指不應離開那個房子周圍手臂可及的範圍,即不應離開兩肘半長度的範圍。但在兩肘半長度的範圍內可以居住。如果超過這個範圍,即使是有神通的比丘在空中過夜,也成為應捨棄的。這裡"在哪個房子"中房子的界定應該按照"是一個家族的住所"等特徵來理解。

479.Nānākulassagāmoti nānārājūnaṃ vā bhojakānaṃ vā gāmo, vesālikusinārādisadiso. Parikkhittoti iminā nānākulagāmassa ekūpacāratā dassitā. Sabhāye vā dvāramūle vāti ettha sabhāyanti liṅgabyattayena sabhā vuttā. Dvāramūleti nagaradvārassa samīpe. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – evarūpe gāme yasmiṃ ghare cīvaraṃ nikkhittaṃ, tattha vā vatthabbaṃ. Tattha saddasaṅghaṭṭanena vā janasambādhena vā vasituṃ asakkontena sabhāye vā vatthabbaṃ nagaradvāramūle vā. Tatrapi vasituṃ asakkontena yattha katthaci phāsukaṭṭhāne vasitvā antoaruṇe āgamma tesaṃyeva sabhāyadvāramūlānaṃ hatthapāsā vā na vijahitabbaṃ. Gharassa pana cīvarassa vā hatthapāse vattabbameva natthi.

Sabhāyaṃ gacchantena hatthapāse cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvāti sace ghare aṭṭhapetvā sabhāye ṭhapessāmīti sabhāyaṃ gacchati, tena sabhāyaṃ gacchantena hatthapāseti hatthaṃ pasāretvā 『『handimaṃ cīvaraṃ ṭhapemī』』ti evaṃ nikkhepasukhe hatthapāsagate kismiñci āpaṇe cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā purimanayeneva sabhāye vā vatthabbaṃ dvāramūle vā, hatthapāsā vā na vijahitabbaṃ.

Tatrāyaṃ vinicchayo – phussadevatthero tāva āha – 『『cīvarahatthapāse vasitabbaṃ natthi, yattha katthaci vīthihatthapāsepi sabhāyahatthapāsepi dvārahatthapāsepi vasituṃ vaṭṭatī』』ti. Upatissatthero panāha – 『『nagarassa bahūnipi dvārāni honti bahūnipi sabhāyāni, tasmā sabbattha na vaṭṭati. Yassā pana vīthiyā cīvaraṃ ṭhapitaṃ yaṃ tassā sammukhaṭṭhāne sabhāyañca dvārañca tassa sabhāyassa ca dvārassa ca hatthapāsā na vijahitabbaṃ. Evañhi sati sakkā cīvarassa pavatti jānitu』』nti. Sabhāyaṃ pana gacchantena yassa āpaṇikassa hatthe nikkhittaṃ, sace so taṃ cīvaraṃ atiharitvā ghare nikkhipati, vīthihatthapāso na rakkhati, gharassa hatthapāse vatthabbaṃ. Sace mahantaṃ gharaṃ hoti, dve vīthiyo pharitvā ṭhitaṃ purato vā pacchato vā hatthapāseyeva aruṇaṃ uṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. Sabhāye nikkhipitvā pana sabhāye vā tassa sammukhe nagaradvāramūle vā tesaṃyeva hatthapāse vā aruṇaṃ uṭṭhāpetabbaṃ.

Aparikkhittotiiminā tasseva gāmassa nānūpacāratā dassitā. Etenevupāyena sabbattha ekūpacāratā ca nānūpacāratā ca veditabbā. Pāḷiyaṃ pana 『『gāmo ekūpacāro nāmā』』ti evaṃ ādimhi 『『ajjhokāso ekūpacāro nāmā』』ti evaṃ ante ca ekameva mātikāpadaṃ uddharitvā padabhājanaṃ vitthāritaṃ. Tasmā tasseva padassānusārena sabbattha parikkhepādivasena ekūpacāratā ca nānūpacāratā ca veditabbā.

480-1.Nivesanādīsuovarakāti gabbhānaṃyevetaṃ pariyāyavacanaṃ. Hatthapāsā vāti gabbhassa hatthapāsā. Dvāramūle vāti sabbesaṃ sādhāraṇe gharadvāramūle. Hatthapāsā vāti gabbhassa vā gharadvāramūlassa vā hatthapāsā.

482-7.Udositoti yānādīnaṃ bhaṇḍānaṃ sālā. Ito paṭṭhāya ca nivesane vuttanayeneva vinicchayo veditabbo. Aṭṭoti paṭirājādipaṭibāhanatthaṃ iṭṭhakāhi kato bahalabhittiko catupañcabhūmiko patissayaviseso. Māḷoti ekakūṭasaṅgahito caturassapāsādo. Pāsādoti dīghapāsādo. Hammiyanti muṇḍacchadanapāsādo.

"不同家族的村莊"指不同國王或地主的村莊，如維薩利、古須那等。通過這一點顯示了不同家族村莊的單一界域性。"在會議廳或門口"中，這裡的會議廳是指根據性別的不同而稱之的會議廳。"門口"指城市門口附近。這是說在這樣的村莊中，放置衣物的房子里，可以在那裡居住。如果由於擁擠或人群無法居住，可以在會議廳或城市門口居住。如果在這些地方也無法居住，可以在任何舒適的地方過夜，回到村莊的門口，手臂可及的範圍內不應離開。至於房子和衣物的手臂可及的範圍是沒有限制的。 在前往會議廳時，如果將衣物放在手臂可及的地方，假如放在家裡然後前往會議廳，應該在會議廳中放置衣物。前往會議廳時，手臂伸出放置衣物，應該說"我把這件衣物放在這裡"，在放置時手臂可及的範圍內可以放置衣物，在會議廳或門口等地方，手臂可及的範圍內不應離開。 關於這一點的判定，普沙天長老說："衣物在手臂可及的範圍內是不應放置的，無論是在人行道、會議廳或門口都可以居住。"而優波帝須長老則說："城市有很多門，很多會議廳，因此在所有地方都不應放置。只要在街道上放置衣物，會議廳和門口的手臂可及的範圍內不應離開。這樣可以知道衣物的去向。"如果前往會議廳，若在商人手中放置衣物，如果他把衣物拿回家，街道上的手臂可及的範圍則不受保護，房子周圍的手臂可及的範圍是可以放置的。如果房子很大，兩個街道環繞著，可以在前面或後面的手臂可及的範圍內放置衣物。如果放在會議廳后，應該在會議廳或城市門口等地方的手臂可及的範圍內放置衣物。 "無圍墻"則顯示了該村莊的多界域性。通過這種方式，應該理解到處的單一界域性和非單一界域性。在巴利文中說"村莊是一個界域"等，前面也提到"這裡是一個界域"等，最後也提到同一個綱要專案進行詳細解釋。因此，應該根據這些詞的說明理解到處的單一界域性和非單一界域性。 480-1. "住處等"是指房屋的同義詞。手臂可及的範圍是指房子的手臂可及的範圍。"門口"是指所有普通房子的門口。手臂可及的範圍是指房子或門口的手臂可及的範圍。 482-7. "儲藏室"是指車輛等物品的儲藏室。從這裡開始，根據住處的說法應理解判定。"八"是爲了防止國王等的干擾而設定的厚墻，具有特別的地基。"瑪羅"是指一個單一的四方建築。"房子"是指長方形建築。"哈米揚"是指帶有光頭覆蓋的建築。

489.Sattabbhantarātiettha ekaṃ abbhantaraṃ aṭṭhavīsatihatthaṃ hoti. Sace sattho gacchanto gāmaṃ vā nadiṃ vā pariyādiyitvā tiṭṭhati antopaviṭṭhena saddhiṃ ekābaddho hutvā orañca pārañca pharitvā ṭhito hoti, satthaparihārova labbhati. Atha gāme vā nadiyā vā pariyāpanno hoti antopaviṭṭho , gāmaparihāro ceva nadīparihāro ca labbhati. Sace vihārasīmaṃ atikkamitvā tiṭṭhati, antosīmāya ca cīvaraṃ hoti, vihāraṃ gantvā vasitabbaṃ. Sace bahisīmāya cīvaraṃ hoti satthasamīpeyeva vasitabbaṃ. Sace gacchanto sakaṭe vā bhagge goṇe vā naṭṭhe antarā chijjati, yasmiṃ koṭṭhāse cīvaraṃ tattha vasitabbaṃ.

1. Ekakulassa khette hatthapāso nāma cīvarahatthapāsoyeva, nānākulassa khette hatthapāso nāma khettadvārassa hatthapāso. Aparikkhitte cīvarasseva hatthapāso.

491-4.Dhaññakaraṇanti khalaṃ vuccati. Ārāmoti pupphārāmo vā phalārāmo vā. Dvīsupi khette vuttasadisova vinicchayo. Vihāro nivesanasadiso. Rukkhamūle antochāyāyanti chāyāya phuṭṭhokāsassa anto eva. Viraḷasākhassa pana rukkhassa ātapena phuṭṭhokāse ṭhapitaṃ nissaggiyameva hoti, tasmā tādisassa sākhācchāyāya vā khandhacchāyāya vā ṭhapetabbaṃ. Sace sākhāya vā viṭape vā ṭhapeti, upari aññasākhācchāyāya phuṭṭhokāseyeva ṭhapetabbaṃ. Khujjarukkhassa chāyā dūraṃ gacchati, chāyāya gataṭṭhāne ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭatiyeva. Idhāpi hatthapāso cīvarahatthapāsoyeva.

Agāmake araññeti agāmakaṃ nāma araññaṃ viñjhāṭavīādīsu vā samuddamajjhe vā macchabandhānaṃ agamanapathe dīpakesu labbhati. Samantā sattabbhantarāti majjhe ṭhitassa samattā sabbadisāsu sattabbhantarā, vinibbedhena cuddasa honti. Majjhe nisinno puratthimāya vā pacchimāya vā disāya pariyante ṭhapitacīvaraṃ rakkhati. Sace pana aruṇuggamanasamaye kesaggamattampi puratthimaṃ disaṃ gacchati, pacchimāya disāya cīvaraṃ nissaggiyaṃ hoti. Esa nayo itarasmiṃ. Uposathakāle pana parisapariyante nisinnabhikkhuto paṭṭhāya sattabbhantarasīmā sodhetabbā. Yattakaṃ bhikkhusaṅgho vaḍḍhati, sīmāpi tattakaṃ vaḍḍhati.

"七個界域內"這裡一個界域是二十八肘長。如果商隊行進時經過一個村莊或河流而停下,與進入其中的人連在一起,覆蓋了兩岸,就可以獲得商隊的保護。如果進入了村莊或河流的範圍,就可以獲得村莊和河流的保護。如果超出了寺院的界域而停下,衣物在界域內,應該回寺院居住。如果衣物在界域外,應該在商隊附近居住。如果行進中車輛損壞或牛丟失而中斷,應該在衣物所在的那部分居住。 一個家族的田地中手臂可及的範圍就是衣物的手臂可及的範圍,不同家族的田地中手臂可及的範圍是指田地入口的手臂可及的範圍。無圍墻的就是衣物的手臂可及的範圍。 491-4. "穀物加工處"指打穀場。"園林"指花園或果園。兩者都與田地的判定相同。寺院與住處相同。"樹下陰影內"指被陰影覆蓋的範圍內。如果放在稀疏樹枝的陽光照射處就成為應捨棄的,因此應該放在這樣的樹枝陰影下或樹幹陰影下。如果放在樹枝或樹幹上,應該放在上面其他樹枝陰影覆蓋的地方。矮樹的陰影延伸很遠,放在陰影所及之處是可以的。這裡的手臂可及的範圍也是指衣物的手臂可及的範圍。 "無村落的荒野"指在毗陵阇塔維等地或海中漁民無法到達的島嶼上的荒野。"周圍七個界域"指站在中間的人四面八方七個界域,直徑是十四個。坐在中間的人可以保護放在東方或西方邊界的衣物。但如果在日出時刻向東方移動哪怕一根頭髮的距離,西方的衣物就成為應捨棄的。其他方向也是如此。在布薩日,應該從坐在集會邊緣的比丘開始清理七個界域的範圍。比丘僧團增加多少,界域就增加多少。

495.Anissajjitvā paribhuñjati āpatti dukkaṭassāti ettha sace padhāniko bhikkhu sabbarattiṃ padhānamanuyuñjitvā paccusasamaye 『『nhāyissāmī』』ti tīṇipi cīvarāni tīre ṭhapetvā nadiṃ otarati, nhāyantasseva cassa aruṇaṃ uṭṭhahati, kiṃ kātabbaṃ. So hi yadi uttaritvā cīvaraṃ nivāseti, nissaggiyacīvaraṃ anissajjitvā paribhuñjanapaccayā dukkaṭaṃ āpajjati. Atha naggo gacchati, evampi dukkaṭaṃ āpajjatīti? Na āpajjati. So hi yāva aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ disvā vinayakammaṃ na karoti, tāva tesaṃ cīvarānaṃ aparibhogārahattā naṭṭhacīvaraṭṭhāne ṭhito hoti. Naṭṭhacīvarassa ca akappiyaṃ nāma natthi. Tasmā ekaṃ nivāsetvā dve hatthena gahetvā vihāraṃ gantvā vinayakammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Sace dūre vihāro hoti, antarāmagge manussā sañcaranti. Ekaṃ nivāsetvā ekaṃ pārupitvā ekaṃ aṃsakūṭe ṭhapetvā gantabbaṃ. Sace vihāre sabhāgabhikkhū na passati, bhikkhācāraṃ gatā honti, saṅghāṭiṃ bahigāme ṭhapetvā santaruttarena āsanasālaṃ gantvā vinayakammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Sace bahigāme corabhayaṃ hoti, pārupitvā gantabbaṃ. Sace āsanasālā sambādhā hoti janākiṇṇā, na sakkā ekamante cīvaraṃ apanetvā vinayakammaṃ kātuṃ, ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ ādāya bahigāmaṃ gantvā vinayakammaṃ katvā cīvarāni paribhuñjitabbāni.

"不捨棄而使用,犯突吉羅罪"。在這裡,如果一位精進的比丘整夜修行后,在黎明時想"我要洗澡",把三件衣物放在岸邊後下河,正在洗澡時天亮了,應該怎麼辦?如果他上岸穿上衣服,因為使用了應捨棄的衣物而不捨棄,就會犯突吉羅罪。如果赤身而行,也會犯突吉羅罪。他不會犯戒。因為在他見到另一位比丘並進行戒律行為之前,那些衣物處於不可使用的狀態,相當於失去衣物的情況。對於失去衣物的人來說沒有不適當的事。因此,應該穿上一件,手拿兩件,回到寺院進行戒律行為。如果寺院很遠,中途有人來往,應該穿上一件,披上一件,把一件放在肩上行走。如果在寺院裡看不到同伴的比丘,他們去托缽了,應該把大衣放在村外,穿著內衣和上衣去集會堂進行戒律行為。如果村外有盜賊的危險,應該披著衣服前往。如果集會堂擁擠,人滿為患,無法在一旁脫下衣服進行戒律行為,應該帶一位比丘到村外進行戒律行為后再使用衣物。

Sace bhikkhū daharānaṃ hatthe pattacīvaraṃ datvā maggaṃ gacchantā pacchime yāme sayitukāmā honti, attano attano cīvaraṃ hatthapāse katvāva sayitabbaṃ. Sace gacchantānaṃyeva asampattesu daharesu aruṇaṃ uggacchati, cīvaraṃ nissaggiyaṃ hoti, nissayo pana na paṭippassambhati, daharānampi purato gacchantānaṃ theresu asampattesu eseva nayo. Maggaṃ virajjhitvā araññe aññamaññaṃ apassantesupi eseva nayo. Sace pana daharā 『『mayaṃ, bhante, muhuttaṃ sayitvā asukasmiṃ nāma okāse tumhe sampāpuṇissāmā』』ti vatvā yāva aruṇuggamanā sayanti, cīvarañca nissaggiyaṃ hoti, nissayo ca paṭippassambhati, dahare uyyojetvā theresu sayantesupi eseva nayo. Dvedhāpathaṃ disvā therā 『『ayaṃ maggo』』 daharā 『『ayaṃ maggo』』ti vatvā aññamaññassa vacanaṃ aggahetvā gatā, saha aruṇuggamanā cīvarāni ca nissaggiyāni honti , nissayo ca paṭippassambhati. Sace daharā maggato okkamma 『『antoaruṇeyeva nivattissāmā』』ti bhesajjatthāya gāmaṃ pavisitvā āgacchanti. Asampattānaṃyeva ca tesaṃ aruṇo uggacchati, cīvarāni nissaggiyāni honti, nissayo pana na paṭippassambhati. Sace pana dhenubhayena vā sunakhabhayena vā 『『muhuttaṃ ṭhatvā gamissāmā』』ti ṭhatvā vā nisīditvā vā gacchanti, antarā aruṇe uggate cīvarāni nissaggiyāni honti, nissayo ca paṭippassambhati. Sace 『『antoaruṇeyeva āgamissāmā』』ti antosīmāyaṃ gāmaṃ paviṭṭhānaṃ antarā aruṇo uggacchati, neva cīvarāni nissaggiyāni honti, na nissayo paṭippassambhati. Sace pana 『『vibhāyatu tāvā』』ti nisīdanti, aruṇe uggatepi na cīvarāni nissaggiyāni honti, nissayo pana paṭippassambhati. Yepi 『『antoaruṇeyeva āgamissāmā』』ti sāmantavihāraṃ dhammasavanatthāya saussāhā gacchanti, antarāmaggeyeva ca nesaṃ aruṇo uggacchati, cīvarāni nissaggiyāni honti, nissayo pana na paṭippassambhati. Sace dhammagāravena 『『yāva pariyosānaṃ sutvāva gamissāmā』』ti nisīdanti, saha aruṇassuggamanā cīvarānipi nissaggiyāni honti, nissayopi paṭippassambhati. Therena daharaṃ cīvaradhovanatthāya gāmakaṃ pesentena attano cīvaraṃ paccuddharitvāva dātabbaṃ. Daharassāpi cīvaraṃ paccuddharāpetvā ṭhapetabbaṃ. Sace assatiyā gacchati, attano cīvaraṃ paccuddharitvā daharassa cīvaraṃ vissāsena gahetvā ṭhapetabbaṃ. Sace thero nassarati, daharo eva sarati, daharena attano cīvaraṃ paccuddharitvā therassa cīvaraṃ vissāsena gahetvā gantvā vattabbo 『『bhante, tumhākaṃ cīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhahitvā paribhuñjathā』』ti attanopi cīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Evaṃ ekassa satiyāpi āpattimokkho hotīti. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva .

Samuṭṭhānādīsu paṭhamakathinasikkhāpade anadhiṭṭhānaṃ avikappanañca akiriyaṃ, idha apaccuddharaṇaṃ ayameva viseso. Sesaṃ sabbattha vuttanayamevāti.

Udositasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Tatiyakathinasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

如果比丘們把缽和衣物交給年輕比丘拿著走路,想在最後一個夜分睡覺,應該把自己的衣物放在手臂可及的範圍內睡覺。如果在年輕比丘還沒到達時天亮了,衣物成為應捨棄的,但依止關係不會中斷。年輕比丘走在前面,長老還沒到達時也是如此。迷路在森林裡互相看不見時也是如此。如果年輕比丘說"尊者,我們睡一會兒,然後會在某處與你們會合",然後一直睡到天亮,衣物成為應捨棄的,依止關係也會中斷。長老讓年輕比丘先走自己睡覺時也是如此。看到岔路時,長老說"這是路",年輕比丘說"那是路",互不聽從對方的話而分開走,天一亮衣物就成為應捨棄的,依止關係也會中斷。如果年輕比丘離開道路說"我們會在天亮前回來",爲了藥材進入村莊后返回,在他們還沒到達時天亮了,衣物成為應捨棄的,但依止關係不會中斷。如果因為害怕母牛或狗而說"我們停一會兒再走",站著或坐著或走著,中途天亮了,衣物成為應捨棄的,依止關係也會中斷。如果說"我們會在天亮前回來"而進入界內的村莊,中途天亮了,衣物不會成為應捨棄的,依止關係也不會中斷。但如果說"等天亮吧"而坐著,即使天亮了衣物也不會成為應捨棄的,但依止關係會中斷。那些說"我們會在天亮前回來"而熱心地去鄰近寺院聽法的人,如果中途天亮了,衣物成為應捨棄的,但依止關係不會中斷。如果出於對法的尊重而說"我們聽完再走"而坐著,天一亮衣物就成為應捨棄的,依止關係也會中斷。長老派年輕比丘去村裡洗衣服時,應該取消自己衣物的設定后再給。年輕比丘的衣物也應該讓他取消設定後放置。如果忘記了就走了,應該取消自己衣物的設定,以信任的方式拿走年輕比丘的衣物放置。如果長老不記得,年輕比丘記得,年輕比丘應該取消自己衣物的設定,以信任的方式拿走長老的衣物,去告訴長老"尊者,請設定您的衣物后使用",自己的衣物也應該設定。這樣即使只有一個人記得也可以避免犯戒。其餘的含義很明顯。 關於起因等,第一迦絺那衣學處中不設定和不變更是不作為,這裡不取消是唯一的區別。其餘的都如前所說。 儲藏室學處的解釋結束。 第三迦絺那衣學處的解釋

497.Tena samayenāti tatiyakathinasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha ussāpetvā punappunaṃ vimajjatīti 『『valīsu naṭṭhāsu idaṃ mahantaṃ bhavissatī』』ti maññamāno udakena siñcitvā pādehi akkamitvā hatthehi ussāpetvā ukkhipitvā piṭṭhiyaṃ ghaṃsati, taṃ ātape sukkhaṃ paṭhamappamāṇameva hoti. So punapi tathā karoti, tena vuttaṃ – 『『ussāpetvā punappunaṃ vimajjatī』』ti. Taṃ evaṃ kilamantaṃ bhagavā gandhakuṭiyaṃ nisinnova disvā nikkhamitvā senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto viya tattha agamāsi. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『addasa kho bhagavā』』tiādi.

499-500.Ekādasamāseti ekaṃ pacchimakattikamāsaṃ ṭhapetvā sese ekādasamāse. Sattamāseti kattikamāsaṃ hemantike ca cattāroti pañcamāse ṭhapetvā sese sattamāse. Kālepi ādissa dinnanti saṅghassa vā 『『idaṃ akālacīvara』』nti uddisitvā dinnaṃ, ekapuggalassa vā 『『idaṃ tuyhaṃ dammī』』ti dinnaṃ.

Saṅghato vāti attano pattabhāgavasena saṅghato vā uppajjeyya. Gaṇato vāti idaṃ suttantikagaṇassa dema, idaṃ ābhidhammikagaṇassāti evaṃ gaṇassa denti. Tato attano pattabhāgavasena gaṇato vā uppajjeyya.

No cassa pāripūrīti no ce pāripūrī bhaveyya, yattakena kayiramānaṃ adhiṭṭhānacīvaraṃ pahoti, tañce cīvaraṃ tattakaṃ na bhaveyya, ūnakaṃ bhaveyyāti attho.

Paccāsā hoti saṅghato vātiādīsu asukadivasaṃ nāma saṅgho cīvarāni labhissati, gaṇo labhissati, tato me cīvaraṃ uppajjissatīti evaṃ saṅghato vā gaṇato vā paccāsā hoti. Ñātakehi me cīvaratthāya pesitaṃ, mittehi pesitaṃ, te āgatā cīvare dassantīti evaṃ ñātito vā mittato vā paccāsā hoti. Paṃsukūlaṃ vāti ettha pana paṃsukūlaṃ vā lacchāmīti evaṃ paccāsā hotīti yojetabbaṃ. Attano vā dhanenāti attano kappāsasuttādinā dhanena, asukadivasaṃ nāma lacchāmīti evaṃ vā paccāsā hotīti attho.

Tato ce uttari nikkhipeyya satiyāpi paccāsāyāti māsaparamato ce uttari nikkhipeyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyanti attho. Evaṃ pana avatvā yasmā antarā uppajjamāne paccāsācīvare mūlacīvarassa uppannadivasato yāva vīsatimo divaso tāva uppannaṃ paccāsācīvaraṃ mūlacīvaraṃ attano gatikaṃ karoti, tato uddhaṃ mūlacīvaraṃ paccāsācīvaraṃ attano gatikaṃ karoti. Tasmā taṃ visesaṃ dassetuṃ 『『tadahuppanne mūlacīvare』』tiādinā nayena padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ uttānatthameva.

Visabhāge uppanne mūlacīvareti yadi mūlacīvaraṃ saṇhaṃ, paccāsācīvaraṃ thūlaṃ, na sakkā yojetuṃ. Rattiyo ca sesā honti, na tāva māso pūrati , na akāmā niggahena cīvaraṃ kāretabbaṃ. Aññaṃ paccāsācīvaraṃ labhitvāyeva kālabbhantare kāretabbaṃ. Paccāsācīvarampi parikkhāracoḷaṃ adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Atha mūlacīvaraṃ thūlaṃ hoti, paccāsācīvaraṃ saṇhaṃ, mūlacīvaraṃ parikkhāracoḷaṃ adhiṭṭhahitvā paccāsācīvarameva mūlacīvaraṃ katvā ṭhapetabbaṃ. Taṃ puna māsaparihāraṃ labhati, etenupāyena yāva icchati tāva aññamaññaṃ mūlacīvaraṃ katvā ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭatīti. Sesaṃ uttānameva.

Samuṭṭhānādīni paṭhamakathinasadisānevāti.

Tatiyakathinasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Purāṇacīvarasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

503-

"那時"是第三迦絺那衣學處。其中,"提起后反覆摩擦"指他認為"如果褶皺消失了,這件衣服會變大",於是用水浸濕,用腳踩,用手提起,在背上摩擦,晾乾后又恢復原來的尺寸。他又重複這樣做,所以說"提起后反覆摩擦"。世尊坐在香室裡看到他這樣辛苦,就像巡視住處一樣走了過去。因此說"世尊看到"等。 499-500. "十一個月"指除了最後一個迦提迦月外的其餘十一個月。"七個月"指除了迦提迦月和四個冬季月外的其餘七個月。"即使在適當時間指定給予"指給予僧團時說"這是非時衣",或給予個人時說"我把這個給你"。 "從僧團"指按自己應得的份額從僧團獲得。"從團體"指他們給予說"這是給經師團體的,這是給論師團體的",從中按自己應得的份額從團體獲得。 "如果不夠"指如果不足,如果製作所需的設定衣物不夠,衣料不夠,意思是不足。 "期望從僧團"等中,期望從僧團或團體指某天僧團或團體會得到衣物,我會從中得到衣物。期望從親戚或朋友指親戚或朋友寄來了衣料,他們來了會給我衣物。"糞掃衣"應該理解為期望得到糞掃衣。"自己的財物"指自己的棉線等財物,或期望某天會得到。 "如果超過那個時間存放,即使有期望"指如果超過一個月的期限存放,就犯舍懺。但沒有這樣說,因為中間出現的期望衣,從原衣出現之日起到第二十天為止,出現的期望衣會跟隨原衣,之後原衣會跟隨期望衣。因此爲了顯示這個特點,用"當天出現原衣"等方式解釋詞義,其含義很明顯。 "出現不同種類的原衣"指如果原衣是細的,期望衣是粗的,無法搭配。還有幾天就滿一個月了,不應該強迫不願意的人做衣服。應該在得到另一件期望衣后在期限內做。期望衣也應該設定為雜物衣。如果原衣是粗的,期望衣是細的,應該把原衣設定為雜物衣,把期望衣作為原衣存放。這樣又可以儲存一個月,用這種方法可以互相作為原衣存放多久都行。其餘的含義很明顯。 起因等與第一迦絺那衣學處相同。 第三迦絺那衣學處的解釋結束。 舊衣學處的解釋 503-

5.Tena samayenāti purāṇacīvarasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha yāva sattamā pitāmahayugāti pitupitā pitāmaho, pitāmahassa yugaṃ pitāmahayugaṃ. Yuganti āyuppamāṇaṃ vuccati. Abhilāpa mattameva cetaṃ. Atthato pana pitāmahoyeva pitāmahayugaṃ. Tato uddhaṃ sabbepi pubbapurisā pitāmahaggahaṇeneva gahitā. Evaṃ yāva sattamo puriso tāva yā asambaddhā sā yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā asambaddhāti vuccati. Desanāmukhameva cetaṃ. 『『Mātito vā pitito vā』』tivacanato pana pitāmahayugampi pitāmahiyugampi mātāmahayugampi mātāmahiyugampi tesaṃ bhātubhaginībhāgineyyaputtapaputtādayopi sabbe idha saṅgahitā evāti veditabbā.

Tatrāyaṃ vitthāranayo – pitā pitupitā tassa pitā tassāpi pitāti evaṃ yāva sattamā yugā, pitā pitumātā tassā pitā ca mātā ca bhātā ca bhaginī ca puttā ca dhītaro cāti evampi uddhañca adho ca yāva sattamā yugā, pitā pitubhātā pitubhaginī pituputtā pitudhītaro tesampi puttadhītuparamparāti evampi yāva sattamā yugā, mātā mātumātā tassā mātā tassāpi mātāti evampi yāva sattamā yugā, mātā mātupitā tassa mātā ca pitā ca bhātā ca bhaginī ca puttā ca dhītaro cāti, evampi uddhañca adho ca yāva sattamā yugā, mātā mātubhātā mātubhaginī mātuputtā mātudhītaro tesampi puttadhītuparamparāti evampi yāva sattamā yugā, neva mātusambandhena na pitusambandhena sambaddhā, ayaṃ aññātikā nāma.

Ubhato saṅgheti bhikkhunisaṅghe ñatticatutthena bhikkhusaṅghe ñatticatutthenāti aṭṭhavācikavinayakammena upasampannā.

Sakiṃ nivatthampi sakiṃ pārutampīti rajitvā kappaṃ katvā ekavārampi nivatthaṃ vā pārutaṃ vā. Antamaso paribhogasīsena aṃse vā matthake vā katvā maggaṃ gato hoti, ussīsakaṃ vā katvā nipanno hoti, etampi purāṇacīvarameva. Sace pana paccattharaṇassa heṭṭhā katvā nipajjati, hatthehi vā ukkhipitvā ākāse vitānaṃ katvā sīsena aphusanto gacchati, ayaṃ paribhogo nāma na hotīti kurundiyaṃ vuttaṃ.

Dhotaṃ nissaggiyanti ettha evaṃ āṇattā bhikkhunī dhovanatthāya uddhanaṃ sajjeti, dārūni saṃharati, aggiṃ karoti, udakaṃ āharati yāva naṃ dhovitvā ukkhipati, tāva bhikkhuniyā payoge payoge bhikkhussa dukkaṭaṃ. Dhovitvā ukkhittamatte nissaggiyaṃ hoti. Sace duddhotanti maññamānā puna siñcati vā dhovati vā yāva niṭṭhānaṃ na gacchati tāva payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Esa nayo rajanākoṭanesu. Rajanadoṇiyañhi rajanaṃ ākiritvā yāva sakiṃ cīvaraṃ rajati, tato pubbe yaṃkiñci rajanatthāya karoti, pacchā vā paṭirajati, sabbattha payoge payoge bhikkhussa dukkaṭaṃ. Evaṃ ākoṭanepi payogo veditabbo.

"那時"是舊衣學處。在這裡,直到第七代祖父,即父親的父親、祖父,祖父的代數稱為祖父的代數。代數指的是壽命的長度。僅僅是個稱謂而已。但實際上祖父的代數就是祖父的代數。因此,從此向上所有的前人都被祖父的代數所涵蓋。這樣直到第七代的人,那些不相關的,直到第七代的祖父的代數被稱為不相關的。這是教義的開端。"無論是母親還是父親"的說法,因此祖父的代數、祖父的代數、母親的代數、祖母的代數、他們的兄弟姐妹、侄子侄女等所有人都在此被涵蓋。 這裡有詳細的解釋——父親、父親的父親、他的父親、他的父親,直到第七代的代數;父親、父親的母親、他的父親、母親及兄弟姐妹、兒女等,直到第七代的代數;父親、父親的兄弟、父親的姐妹、父親的兒女、父親的女兒,這些也包括在內,直到第七代的代數;母親、母親的母親、她的母親,直到第七代的代數;母親、母親的父親、她的母親、父親及兄弟姐妹、兒女等,這些也包括在內,直到第七代的代數;母親、母親的兄弟、母親的姐妹、母親的兒女、母親的女兒,這些也包括在內,直到第七代的代數;這些都不與母親或父親相關,這被稱為他人。 兩者都在僧團中,比丘僧團以四種關係相互關聯。 "自己穿著、自己披著"指的是穿著、披著后,即使一次也穿著或披著。至少以使用的名義在肩上或頭上行走,或披著而坐著,這都是舊衣。如果在鋪設的地方坐下,用手提起,在空中撐開,然後用頭輕觸而去,這就不是使用。 "洗凈應捨棄"這裡比丘洗衣時提起衣物,收集木材,生火,取水,直到洗凈后提起,在此期間比丘每次都犯突吉羅罪。洗凈后提起時應捨棄。如果認為難以洗凈,則再澆水或洗直到完成,在此之前每次都犯突吉羅罪。這種情況適用於洗衣的情況。在澆水的情況下,在澆水的過程中,無論是自己洗衣或澆水,只要不論前面做了什麼,最後都要洗凈,這在任何情況下都是突吉羅罪。因此,即使在打擊中也應被理解為適用。

506.Aññātikāya aññātikasaññī purāṇacīvaraṃ dhovāpetīti no cepi 『『imaṃ dhovā』』ti vadati, atha kho dhovanatthāya kāyavikāraṃ katvā hatthena vā hatthe deti, pādamūle vā ṭhapeti, upari vā khipati, sikkhamānāsāmaṇerīsāmaṇeraupāsakatitthiyādīnaṃ vā hatthe peseti, nadītitthe dhovantiyā upacāre vā khipati, antodvādasahatthe okāse ṭhatvā, dhovāpitaṃyeva hoti. Sace pana upacāraṃ muñcitvā orato ṭhapeti sā ce dhovitvā āneti, anāpatti. Sikkhamānāya vā sāmaṇeriyā vā upāsikāya vā hatthe dhovanatthāya deti, sā ce upasampajjitvā dhovati, āpattiyeva. Upāsakassa hatthe deti, so ce liṅge parivatte bhikkhunīsu pabbajitvā upasampajjitvā dhovati , āpattiyeva. Sāmaṇerassa vā bhikkhussa vā hatthe dinnepi liṅgaparivattane eseva nayo.

Dhovāpeti rajāpetītiādīsu ekena vatthunā nissaggiyaṃ, dutiyena dukkaṭaṃ. Tīṇipi kārāpentassa ekena nissaggiyaṃ, sesehi dve dukkaṭāni. Yasmā panetāni dhovanādīni paṭipāṭiyā vā uppaṭipāṭiyā vā kārentassa mokkho natthi, tasmā ettha tīṇi catukkāni vuttāni. Sacepi hi 『『imaṃ cīvaraṃ rajitvā dhovitvā ānehī』』ti vutte sā bhikkhunī paṭhamaṃ dhovitvā pacchā rajati, nissaggiyena dukkaṭameva. Evaṃ sabbesu viparītavacanesu nayo netabbo. Sace pana 『『dhovitvā ānehī』』ti vuttā dhovati ceva rajati ca, dhovāpanapaccayā eva āpatti, rajane anāpatti. Evaṃ sabbattha vuttādhikakaraṇe 『『avuttā dhovatī』』ti iminā lakkhaṇena anāpatti veditabbā. 『『Imasmiṃ cīvare yaṃ kātabbaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ tuyhaṃ bhāro』』ti vadanto pana ekavācāya sambahulā āpattiyo āpajjatīti.

Aññātikāya vematiko aññātikāya ñātikasaññīti imānipi padāni vuttānaṃyeva tiṇṇaṃ catukkānaṃ vasena vitthārato veditabbāni.

Ekato upasampannāyāti bhikkhunīnaṃ santike upasampannāya dhovāpentassa dukkaṭaṃ. Bhikkhūnaṃ santike upasampannāya pana yathāvatthukameva, bhikkhūnaṃ santike upasampannā nāma pañcasatā sākiyāniyo.

507.Avuttā dhovatīti uddesāya vā ovādāya vā āgatā kilinnaṃ cīvaraṃ disvā ṭhapitaṭṭhānato gahetvā vā 『『detha, ayya, dhovissāmī』』ti āharāpetvā vā dhovati ceva rajati ca ākoṭeti ca, ayaṃ avuttā dhovati nāma. Yāpi 『『imaṃ cīvaraṃ dhovā』』ti daharaṃ vā sāmaṇeraṃ vā āṇāpentassa bhikkhuno sutvā 『『āharathayya ahaṃ dhovissāmī』』ti dhovati, tāvakālikaṃ vā gahetvā dhovitvā rajitvā deti, ayampi avuttā dhovati nāma.

Aññaṃ parikkhāranti upāhanatthavikapattatthavikaaṃsabaddhakakāyabandhanamañcapīṭhabhisitaṭṭikādiṃ yaṃkiñci dhovāpeti, anāpatti. Sesamettha uttānatthameva.

Samuṭṭhānādīsu pana idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ chasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.

Purāṇacīvarasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Cīvarapaṭiggahaṇasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

"讓非親戚的比丘尼洗舊衣,認為她是非親戚"即使不說"洗這個",而是爲了洗衣做出身體動作,用手給或放在腳下或拋在上面,或交給正在學習的沙彌尼、沙彌、優婆塞、外道等人,或扔在河邊洗衣的人附近,站在十二肘之內的地方,都算是讓洗。但如果離開附近放在這邊,她洗完后拿來,則無犯。如果交給正在學習的沙彌尼或優婆夷洗,她們受具足戒后洗,則犯戒。交給優婆塞,他改變性別成為比丘尼並受具足戒后洗,也犯戒。交給沙彌或比丘,在性別改變的情況下也是如此。 "讓洗、讓染"等,因一種情況而應捨棄,因第二種情況而犯突吉羅。讓做三種都犯一次應捨棄,其餘兩次突吉羅。因為這些洗等無論按順序還是不按順序做都無法逃脫,所以這裡說了三組四種情況。即使說"染了這件衣服后洗了拿來",那位比丘尼先洗后染,也是因應捨棄而犯突吉羅。這樣在所有相反的說法中都應該這樣理解。但如果說"洗了拿來"她既洗又染,只因讓洗而犯戒,染則無犯。這樣在所有情況下,做了沒說的事,應該根據"沒說而洗"這個特徵理解為無犯。但如果說"這件衣服需要做的一切都是你的責任",則一句話犯多次戒。 "對非親戚有疑惑,認為非親戚是親戚"這些詞也應該根據已說的三組四種情況詳細理解。 "只在一邊受具足戒"指讓在比丘尼那裡受具足戒的人洗犯突吉羅。但讓在比丘那裡受具足戒的人洗則根據情況而定,在比丘那裡受具足戒的指五百釋迦女。 "沒說而洗"指爲了誦經或教誡而來,看到濕衣服,從放置處拿起或說"尊者,給我,我來洗"而拿來洗、染、捶打,這叫做沒說而洗。如果聽到比丘命令年輕人或沙彌"洗這件衣服",說"尊者,拿來,我來洗",或暫時拿去洗染后給回來,這也叫做沒說而洗。 "其他用品"指讓洗任何鞋袋、缽袋、肩帶、腰帶、床、椅、墊子、蓆子等,無犯。其餘的含義很明顯。 關於起因等,這條學處有六種起因,是作為,不以想而解脫,非心所,制定罪,身業,語業,三心,三受。 舊衣學處的解釋結束。 接受衣服學處的解釋

508.Tena samayenāti cīvarapaṭiggahaṇasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha piṇḍapātapaṭikkantāti piṇḍapātato paṭikkantā. Yena andhavanaṃ tenupasaṅkamīti apaññatte sikkhāpade yena andhavanaṃ tenupasaṅkami. Katakammāti katacorikakammā, sandhicchedanādīhi parabhaṇḍaṃ haritāti vuttaṃ hoti. Coragāmaṇikoti corajeṭṭhako. So kira pubbe theriṃ jānāti, tasmā corānaṃ purato gacchanto disvā 『『ito mā gacchatha, sabbe ito ethā』』ti te gahetvā aññena maggena agamāsi. Samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvāti therī kira paricchinnavelāyaṃyeva samādhimhā vuṭṭhahi. Sopi tasmiṃyeva khaṇe evaṃ avaca, tasmā sā assosi, sutvā ca 『『natthi dāni añño ettha samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā aññatra mayā』』ti taṃ maṃsaṃ aggahesi. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『atha kho uppalavaṇṇā bhikkhunī』』tiādi.

Ohiyyakoti avahīyako avaseso, vihāravāraṃ patvā ekova vihāre ṭhitoti attho. Sace me tvaṃ antaravāsakaṃ dadeyyāsīti kasmā āha? Saṇhaṃ ghanamaṭṭhaṃ antaravāsakaṃ disvā lobhena, apica appako tassā antaravāsake lobho, theriyā pana sikhāppattā koṭṭhāsasampatti tenassā sarīrapāripūriṃ passissāmīti visamalobhaṃ uppādetvā evamāha. Antimanti pañcannaṃ cīvarānaṃ sabbapariyantaṃ hutvā antimaṃ, antimanti pacchimaṃ. Aññaṃ lesenāpi vikappetvā vā paccuddharitvā vā ṭhapitaṃ cīvaraṃ natthīti evaṃ yathāanuññātānaṃ pañcannaṃ cīvarānaṃ dhāraṇavaseneva āha, na lobhena, na hi khīṇāsavānaṃ lobho atthi. Nippīḷiyamānāti upamaṃ dassetvā gāḷhaṃ pīḷayamānā.

Antaravāsakaṃdatvā upassayaṃ agamāsīti saṅkaccikaṃ nivāsetvā yathā tassa manoratho na pūrati, evaṃ hatthataleyeva dassetvā agamāsi.

1. Kasmā pārivattakacīvaraṃ appaṭigaṇhante ujjhāyiṃsu? 『『Sace ettakopi amhesu ayyānaṃ vissāso natthi, kathaṃ mayaṃ yāpessāmā』』ti vihatthatāya samabhitunnattā.

Anujānāmi bhikkhave imesaṃ pañcannanti imesaṃ pañcannaṃ sahadhammikānaṃ samasaddhānaṃ samasīlānaṃ samadiṭṭhīnaṃ pārivattakaṃ gahetuṃ anujānāmīti attho.

512.Payoge dukkaṭanti gahaṇatthāya hatthappasāraṇādīsu dukkaṭaṃ. Paṭilābhenāti paṭiggahaṇena. Tattha ca hatthena vā hatthe detu, pādamūle vā ṭhapetu, upari vā khipatu, so ce sādiyati , gahitameva hoti. Sace pana sikkhamānāsāmaṇerasāmaṇerīupāsakaupāsikādīnaṃ hatthe pesitaṃ paṭiggaṇhāti, anāpatti. Dhammakathaṃ kathentassa catassopi parisā cīvarāni ca nānāvirāgavatthāni ca ānetvā pādamūle ṭhapenti, upacāre vā ṭhatvā upacāraṃ vā muñcitvā khipanti, yaṃ tattha bhikkhunīnaṃ santakaṃ, taṃ aññatra pārivattakā gaṇhantassa āpattiyeva. Atha pana rattibhāge khittāni honti, 『『idaṃ bhikkhuniyā, idaṃ aññesa』』nti ñātuṃ na sakkā, pārivattakakiccaṃ natthīti mahāpaccariyaṃ kurundiyañca vuttaṃ, taṃ acittakabhāvena na sameti. Sace bhikkhunī vassāvāsikaṃ deti, pārivattakameva kātabbaṃ. Sace pana saṅkārakūṭādīsu ṭhapeti, 『『paṃsukūlaṃ gaṇhissantī』』ti paṃsukūlaṃ adhiṭṭhahitvā gahetuṃ vaṭṭati.

513.Aññātikāya aññātikasaññīti tikapācittiyaṃ. Ekato upasampannāyāti bhikkhunīnaṃ santike upasampannāya hatthato gaṇhantassa dukkaṭaṃ, bhikkhūnaṃ santike upasampannāya pana pācittiyameva.

"那時"是接受衣服學處。在這裡，"拒絕乞食"指的是從乞食中拒絕。接近盲人者，因不明白的學處接近盲人。"做的工作"指的是做盜賊的工作，像是撕裂、偷取他人的財物。"盜賊村"指的是盜賊的首領。他以前認識長老，因此在盜賊面前走時說："不要走，大家都在這裡。"於是他抓住他們，走了另一條路。 "從定中出"指的是長老在特定的時間從定中出。她也在那個時候這樣說，因此她聽到了，聽到后說："現在沒有其他的出家人或婆羅門在這裡，除了我。"因此她抓住了那塊肉。因此說："於是那位紫色衣服的比丘尼"等。 "被丟棄的"指的是被遺棄的餘下部分，達到寺院的邊緣，單獨在寺院中站著的意思。 "如果你給我內衣"為何如此說？看到細膩的內衣因貪慾，而對她的內衣貪慾雖小，但因長老的戒律和內衣的豐盈而產生了不平等的貪慾，因此如此說。 "最後"指的是五件衣物的全部範圍為最後，"最後"指的是最後一件。"另外"指的是無論是放置或提起的衣物都不存在，因此如此說是根據被允許的五件衣物的持有方式，而不是因貪慾，因為對已解脫者沒有貪慾。 "被壓迫"指的是通過比喻顯示出被強烈壓迫的狀態。 "把內衣放下去後去臥處"指的是以一種謹慎的方式遮蔽，因而她的心願未能實現，因此如同在手掌中展示一樣離開。 "為何在轉衣時不接受少量的衣物而感到憤怒？" "如果連這一點都對我們這些尊者沒有信任，我們如何能繼續呢？" 這是因為受到擠壓而感到憤怒。 "我允許你們接受這五件衣物"指的是允許這些五件衣物的同伴們相同的信仰、相同的行為、相同的見解接受轉衣。 "使用時犯突吉羅"指的是在接受時因手的移動等而犯突吉羅。 "通過接受"指的是通過接受。 在那裡可以用手給或放在腳下，或者拋在上面，如果她接受了，那就算是接受。如果她接受了沙彌、沙彌尼、優婆塞、優婆夷等人的手，則無犯。講法時，四個團體的衣物和各種不同的衣物被放在腳下，或站在附近，或放下後拋開，那些在比丘那裡，除非接受轉衣，否則就犯戒。若是夜間被丟棄，"這是比丘的，這是其他人的"無法辨認，因而說沒有轉衣的責任，不能歸入無色。若比丘給與雨季的衣物，則應當接受轉衣。若放在如山等地方，則應當持有"糞掃衣"。 "他人和他人的看法"這是輕微的突吉羅。 "在一起受具足戒"指的是在比丘尼那裡受具足戒時，因從手中拿取而犯突吉羅，而在比丘那裡受具足戒則只是突吉羅。

514.Parittena vā vipulanti appagghacīvarena vā upāhanatthavikapattatthavikaaṃsabaddhakakāyabandhanādinā vā mahagghaṃ cetāpetvā sacepi cīvaraṃ paṭiggaṇhāti, anāpatti. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana 『『antamaso harītakīkhaṇḍenāpī』』ti vuttaṃ. Vipulena vā parittanti idaṃ vuttavipallāsena veditabbaṃ. Aññaṃ parikkhāranti pattatthavikādiṃ yaṃ kiñci vikappanupagapacchimacīvarappamāṇaṃ pana paṭaparissāvanampi na vaṭṭati. Yaṃ neva adhiṭṭhānupagaṃ na vikappanupagaṃ taṃ sabbaṃ vaṭṭati. Sacepi mañcappamāṇā bhisicchavi hoti, vaṭṭatiyeva; ko pana vādo pattatthavikādīsu. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.

Samuṭṭhānādīsu idaṃ chasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kiriyākiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ , paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃvacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.

Cīvarapaṭiggahaṇasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Aññātakaviññattisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

515.Tena samayenāti aññātakaviññattisikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha upanando sakyaputtoti asītisahassamattānaṃ sakyakulā pabbajitānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ patikiṭṭho lolajātiko. Paṭṭoti cheko samattho paṭibalo sarasampanno kaṇṭhamādhuriyena samannāgato. Kismiṃ viyāti kiṃsu viya kileso viya, hirottappavasena kampanaṃ viya saṅkampanaṃ viya hotīti attho.

Addhānamagganti addhānasaṅkhātaṃ dīghamaggaṃ, na nagaravīthimagganti attho. Te bhikkhū acchindiṃsūti musiṃsu, pattacīvarāni nesaṃ hariṃsūti attho. Anuyuñjāhīti bhikkhubhāvajānanatthāya puccha. Anuyuñjiyamānāti pabbajjāupasampadāpattacīvarādhiṭṭhānādīni pucchiyamānā. Etamatthaṃ ārocesunti bhikkhubhāvaṃ jānāpetvā yo 『『sāketā sāvatthiṃ addhānamaggappaṭipannā』』tiādinā nayena vutto, etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ.

"用少量的或大件的衣物"指的是用不貴重的衣物，或用鞋、缽、肩帶、腰帶、身體束縛等重物，若她接受衣物，則無犯。但在大責任中說"至少用綠樹枝"。 "用大件或小件"應根據所說的相反的理解。 "其他用品"指的是缽、鞋等，任何與後面衣物的量相關的都不算。若不涉及命令或不涉及想像的都算作有效。即使有床的量，仍然算作有效；但在缽等方面又有何說法呢？其餘的含義很明顯。 關於起因等，這條學處有六種起因，是作為、不以想而解脫、非心所、制定罪、身業、語業、三心、三受。 接受衣服學處的解釋結束。 關於他人的認識學處的解釋 "那時"是他人的認識學處。在這裡，優那達是釋迦族的，指的是八萬名釋迦族出家比丘的後代，屬於貪婪的種族。 "切割者"是指具備能力、強健、擁有甜美聲音的。 "像什麼"指的是像什麼樣的煩惱，像羞恥感的顫動，像震動的感覺。 "道路"指的是稱為道路的長路，而不是城市的街道。 "他們割斷了"指的是他們被割斷，"他們奪走了衣物"的意思。 "應當詢問"是爲了瞭解比丘的身份。 "被詢問"指的是被詢問有關出家、受具足戒、獲得衣物、確立等問題。 "為此事通知"是指通過知道比丘的身份，誰說"那是薩凱塔的，薩瓦提的，走在道路上的"等方式，便通知此事。

517.Aññātakaṃ gahapatiṃ vātiādīsu yaṃ parato 『『tiṇena vā paṇṇena vā paṭicchādetvā』』ti vuttaṃ, taṃ ādiṃ katvā evaṃ anupubbakathā veditabbā. Sace core passitvā daharā pattacīvarāni gahetvā palātā, corā therānaṃ nivāsanapārupanamattaṃyeva haritvā gacchanti, therehi neva tāva cīvaraṃ viññāpetabbaṃ, na sākhāpalāsaṃ bhañjitabbaṃ. Atha daharā sabbaṃ bhaṇḍakaṃ chaḍḍetvā palātā, corā therānaṃ nivāsanapārupanaṃ tañca bhaṇḍakaṃ gahetvā gacchanti, daharehi āgantvā attano nivāsanapārupanāni na tāva therānaṃ dātabbāni, na hi anacchinnacīvarā attano atthāya sākhāpalāsaṃ bhañjituṃ labhanti, acchinnacīvarānaṃ pana atthāya labhanti, acchinnacīvarāva attanopi paresampi atthāya labhanti. Tasmā therehi vā sākhāpalāsaṃ bhañjitvā vākādīhi ganthetvā daharānaṃ dātabbaṃ, daharehi vā therānaṃ atthāya bhañjitvā ganthetvā tesaṃ hatthe datvā vā adatvā vā attanā nivāsetvā attano nivāsanapārupanāni therānaṃ dātabbāni, neva bhūtagāmapātabyatāya pācittiyaṃ hoti, na tesaṃ dhāraṇe dukkaṭaṃ.

Sace antarāmagge rajakattharaṇaṃ vā hoti, aññe vā tādise manusse passanti, cīvaraṃ viññāpetabbaṃ. Yāni ca nesaṃ te vā viññattamanussā aññe vā sākhāpalāsanivāsane bhikkhū disvā ussāhajātā vatthāni denti, tāni sadasāni vā hontu adasāni vā nīlādinānāvaṇṇāni vā kappiyānipi akappiyānipi sabbāni acchinnacīvaraṭṭhāne ṭhitattā tesaṃ nivāsetuñca pārupituñca vaṭṭanti. Vuttampihetaṃ parivāre –

『『Akappakataṃ nāpi rajanāya rattaṃ;

Tena nivattho yena kāmaṃ vajeyya;

Na cassa hoti āpatti;

So ca dhammo sugatena desito;

Pañhā mesā kusalehi cintitā』』ti. (pari. 481);

Ayañhi pañho acchinnacīvarakaṃ bhikkhuṃ sandhāya vutto. Atha pana titthiyehi sahagacchanti, te ca nesaṃ kusacīravākacīraphalakacīrāni denti, tānipi laddhiṃ aggahetvā nivāsetuṃ vaṭṭanti, nivāsetvāpi laddhi na gahetabbā.

Idāni 『『yaṃ āvāsaṃ paṭhamaṃ upagacchati, sace tattha hoti saṅghassa vihāracīvaraṃ vā』』tiādīsu vihāracīvaraṃ nāma manussā āvāsaṃ kāretvā 『『cattāropi paccayā amhākaṃyeva santakā paribhogaṃ gacchantū』』ti ticīvaraṃ sajjetvā attanā kārāpite āvāse ṭhapenti, etaṃ vihāracīvaraṃ nāma. Uttarattharaṇanti mañcakassa upari attharaṇakaṃ vuccati. Bhumattharaṇanti parikammakatāya bhūmiyā rakkhaṇatthaṃ cimilikāhi kataattharaṇaṃ tassa upari taṭṭikaṃ pattharitvā caṅkamanti. Bhisicchavīti mañcabhisiyā vā pīṭhabhisiyā vā chavi, sace pūritā hoti vidhunitvāpi gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Evametesu vihāracīvarādīsu yaṃ tattha āvāse hoti, taṃ anāpucchāpi gahetvā nivāsetuṃ vā pārupituṃ vā acchinnacīvarakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ labbhatīti veditabbaṃ. Tañca kho labhitvā odahissāmi puna ṭhapessāmīti adhippāyena na mūlacchejjāya. Labhitvā ca pana ñātito vā upaṭṭhākato vā aññato vā kutoci pākatikameva kātabbaṃ. Videsagatena ekasmiṃ saṅghike āvāse saṅghikaparibhogena paribhuñjanatthāya ṭhapetabbaṃ. Sacassa paribhogeneva taṃ jīrati vā nassati vā gīvā na hoti. Sace pana etesaṃ vuttappakārānaṃ gihivatthādīnaṃ bhisicchavipariyantānaṃ kiñci na labbhati, tena tiṇena vā paṇṇena vā paṭicchādetvā āgantabbanti.

關於"不認識的居士"等,如後面所說的"用草或葉子遮蓋",應該這樣理解逐步的解釋。如果看到盜賊,年輕比丘拿著缽和衣服逃跑,盜賊只拿走長老的內衣和外衣離開,長老們此時不應該乞求衣服,也不應該折斷樹枝樹葉。如果年輕比丘丟棄所有東西逃跑,盜賊拿走長老的內衣外衣和那些東西離開,年輕比丘回來后不應該立即把自己的內衣外衣給長老們,因為沒有被奪衣的人不能為自己折斷樹枝樹葉,但可以為被奪衣的人折斷,被奪衣的人可以為自己和他人折斷。因此長老們應該折斷樹枝樹葉,用樹皮等編織后給年輕比丘,或者年輕比丘為長老們折斷編織后交給他們或不交給他們,自己穿上后把自己的內衣外衣給長老們,這樣既不會因損害植物而犯波逸提,也不會因穿著而犯突吉羅。 如果在路上有洗衣工的曬布,或看到其他這樣的人,應該乞求衣服。如果那些被乞求的人或其他人看到穿樹枝樹葉的比丘而熱心地給予衣物,無論是否有邊緣,是藍色等各種顏色,無論是否如法,因為處於被奪衣的狀態,所以都可以穿著。這在《附隨》中也說: "未經處理也未染色, 穿著它可隨意而行, 不會有罪過, 這是善逝所說的法, 是智者思考的問題。" 這個問題是針對被奪衣的比丘而說的。如果與外道同行,他們給予草衣、樹皮衣、木皮衣,也可以不接受他們的見解而穿著,穿著后也不應接受他們的見解。 現在關於"首先到達的住處,如果那裡有僧團的住處衣"等,住處衣是指人們建造住處后說"四種資具都是我們的,可以使用",準備三衣放在自己建造的住處,這叫做住處衣。上衣指鋪在床上的衣服。地衣指爲了保護經過處理的地面而用毛毯製作的鋪蓋,在上面鋪上蓆子行走。床墊套指床墊或椅墊的套子,如果是填充的可以抖動后拿取。這樣在住處衣等中,凡是在那個住處的,被奪衣的比丘可以不問而拿來穿著,但應該是爲了得到后存放,再次放回的意圖,而不是爲了永久拿走。得到后應該從親戚、護持者或其他任何地方恢復原狀。去外地時應該放在一個僧團的住處作為僧團使用。如果因使用而破損或丟失,不用負責。如果這些所說的俗人衣服等直到床墊套都得不到,應該用草或葉子遮蓋后

519.Yehikehici vā acchinnanti ettha yampi acchinnacīvarā ācariyupajjhāyā aññe 『『āharatha, āvuso, cīvara』』nti yācitvā vā vissāsena vā gaṇhanti, tampi saṅgahaṃ gacchatīti vattuṃ yujjati.

Paribhogajiṇṇaṃ vāti ettha ca acchinnacīvarānaṃ ācariyupajjhāyādīnaṃ attanā tiṇapaṇṇehi paṭicchādetvā dinnacīvarampi saṅgahaṃ gacchatīti vattuṃ yujjati. Evañhi te acchinnacīvaraṭṭhāne naṭṭhacīvaraṭṭhāne ca ṭhitā bhavissanti, tena nesaṃ viññattiyaṃ akappiyacīvaraparibhoge ca anāpatti anurūpā bhavissati.

521.Ñātakānaṃ pavāritānanti ettha 『『etesaṃ santakaṃ dethā』』ti viññāpentassa yācantassa anāpattīti evamattho daṭṭhabbo. Na hi ñātakapavāritānaṃ āpatti vā anāpatti vā hoti. Attano dhanenāti etthāpi attano kappiyabhaṇḍena kappiyavohāreneva cīvaraṃ viññāpentassa cetāpentassa parivattāpentassa anāpattīti evamattho daṭṭhabbo. Pavāritānanti ettha ca saṅghavasena pavāritesu pamāṇameva vaṭṭati. Puggalikapavāraṇāya yaṃ yaṃ pavāreti, taṃ taṃyeva viññāpetabbaṃ. Yo catūhi paccayehi pavāretvā sayameva sallakkhetvā kālānukālaṃ cīvarāni divase divase yāgubhattādīnīti evaṃ yena yenattho taṃ taṃ deti, tassa viññāpanakiccaṃ natthi. Yo pana pavāretvā bālatāya vā satisammosena vā na deti, so viññāpetabbo. Yo 『『mayhaṃ gehaṃ pavāremī』』ti vadati, tassa gehaṃ gantvā yathāsukhaṃ nisīditabbaṃ nipajjitabbaṃ, na kiñci gahetabbaṃ. Yo pana 『『yaṃ mayhaṃ gehe atthi, taṃ pavāremī』』ti vadati. Yaṃ tattha kappiyaṃ, taṃ viññāpetabbaṃ, gehe pana nisīdituṃ vā nipajjituṃ vā na labbhatīti kurundiyaṃ vuttaṃ.

Aññassatthāyāti ettha attano ñātakapavārite na kevalaṃ attano atthāya, atha kho aññassatthāya viññāpentassa anāpattīti ayameko attho. Ayaṃ pana dutiyo aññassāti ye aññassa ñātakapavāritā, te tasseva 『『aññassā』』ti laddhavohārassa buddharakkhitassa vā dhammarakkhitassa vā atthāya viññāpentassa anāpattīti. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.

Samuṭṭhānādīsu idampi chasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.

Aññātakaviññattisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Tatuttarisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

522-

"在這裡，任何未被割斷的衣物"指的是那些未被割斷的衣物，師長和弟子若請求"請拿來，朋友，衣物"，或者因信任而接受，這也應被視為接受。 "使用時破損"指的是那些未被割斷的衣物，師長和弟子用草和樹葉遮蓋后給予的衣物，也應被視為接受。因為這些未被割斷的衣物和丟失的衣物將會存在，因此在對他們的認知中，使用不可接受的衣物也將不犯戒。 "親屬的請求"指的是在"請給他們的財物"的情況下，若被認知為請求，則無犯戒。因此應理解為這樣的意思。親屬的請求不會導致罪過或無犯。 "用自己的財物"指的是在這裡，若是用自己的合適物品、合適的言辭來認知衣物、給予衣物、轉交衣物，則無犯戒。 "請求"在這裡是指以僧團的方式請求的情況下，僅限於數量。個人請求的情況下，應該認知到每一個請求的內容。若以四種條件請求，那麼自己認知到、適時給予衣物、每日的飲食等，便不需要再認知其他內容。若因愚蠢或失誤而未給予，則應被認知。若說"我請求我的家"，則應回到家中隨意坐下、休息，不應拿走任何東西。若說"我請求我家所擁有的東西"，則應認知其中的合適物品，然而在家中不應被允許坐下或休息，這在《古論》中有提到。 "爲了他人"在這裡指的是在親屬請求的情況下，不僅僅是爲了自己的利益，而是爲了他人的利益也應被認知為無犯戒。這是一個意思。第二個意思是那些為他人請求的親屬，若是爲了他人的利益而請求，則應被認知為"爲了他人"的請求，且不會犯戒。其餘的含義很明顯。 關於起因等，這條學處有六種起因，是作為、不以想而解脫、非心所、制定罪、身業、語業、三心、三受。 關於他人的認識學處的解釋結束。 關於更進一步的學處的解釋

4.Tenasamayenāti tatuttarisikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha abhihaṭṭhunti abhīti upasaggo, haritunti attho, gaṇhitunti vuttaṃ hoti. Pavāreyyāti icchāpeyya, icchaṃ ruciṃ uppādeyya, vadeyya nimanteyyāti attho. Abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavārentena pana yathā vattabbaṃ, taṃ ākāraṃ dassetuṃ 『『yāvatakaṃ icchasi tāvatakaṃ gaṇhāhī』』ti evamassa padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ. Atha vā yathā 『『nekkhammaṃ daṭṭhu khemato』』ti (su. ni. 426, 1104; cūḷani. jatukaṇṇimāṇavapucchāniddesa 67) ettha disvāti attho, evamidhāpi 『『abhiaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyyā』』ti abhiharitvā pavāreyyāti attho. Tattha kāyābhihāro vācābhihāroti duvidho abhihāro, kāyena vā hi vatthāni abhiharitvā pādamūle ṭhapetvā 『『yattakaṃ icchasi tattakaṃ gaṇhāhī』』ti vadanto pavāreyya, vācāya vā 『『amhākaṃ dussakoṭṭhāgāraṃ paripuṇṇaṃ, yattakaṃ icchasi tattakaṃ gaṇhāhī』』ti vadanto pavāreyya, tadubhayampi ekajjhaṃ katvā 『『abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyyā』』ti vuttaṃ.

Santaruttaraparamanti saantaraṃ uttaraṃ paramaṃ assa cīvarassāti santaruttaraparamaṃ, nivāsanena saddhiṃ pārupanaṃ ukkaṭṭhaparicchedo assāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tato cīvaraṃ sāditabbanti tato abhihaṭacīvarato ettakaṃ cīvaraṃ gahetabbaṃ, na ito paranti attho. Yasmā pana acchinnasabbacīvarena ticīvarikeneva bhikkhunā evaṃ paṭipajjitabbaṃ, aññena aññathāpi, tasmā taṃ vibhāgaṃ dassetuṃ 『『sace tīṇi naṭṭhāni hontī』』tiādinā nayenassa padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ.

Tatrāyaṃ vinicchayo – yassa tīṇi naṭṭhāni, tena dve sāditabbāni, ekaṃ nivāsetvā ekaṃ pārupitvā aññaṃ sabhāgaṭṭhānato pariyesissati. Yassa dve naṭṭhāni, tena ekaṃ sāditabbaṃ. Sace pakatiyāva santaruttarena carati, dve sāditabbāni. Evaṃ ekaṃ sādiyanteneva samo bhavissati. Yassa tīsu ekaṃ naṭṭhaṃ, na sāditabbaṃ. Yassa pana dvīsu ekaṃ naṭṭhaṃ, ekaṃ sāditabbaṃ. Yassa ekaṃyeva hoti, tañca naṭṭhaṃ, dve sāditabbāni. Bhikkhuniyā pana pañcasupi naṭṭhesu dve sāditabbāni. Catūsu naṭṭhesu ekaṃ sāditabbaṃ, tīsu naṭṭhesu kiñci na sāditabbaṃ, ko pana vādo dvīsu vā ekasmiṃ vā. Yena kenaci hi santaruttaraparamatāya ṭhātabbaṃ, tato uttari na labbhatīti idamettha lakkhaṇaṃ.

526.Sesakaṃ āharissāmīti dve cīvarāni katvā sesaṃ puna āharissāmīti attho. Na acchinnakāraṇāti bāhusaccādiguṇavasena denti. Ñātakānantiādīsu ñātakānaṃ dentānaṃ sādiyantassa pavāritānaṃ dentānaṃ sādiyantassa attano dhanena sādiyantassa anāpattīti attho. Aṭṭhakathāsu pana 『『ñātakapavāritaṭṭhāne pakatiyā bahumpi vaṭṭati, acchinnakāraṇā pamāṇameva vaṭṭatī』』ti vuttaṃ. Taṃ pāḷiyā na sameti. Yasmā panidaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ aññassatthāya viññāpanavatthusmiṃyeva paññattaṃ, tasmā idha 『『aññassatthāyā』』ti na vuttaṃ. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.

Samuṭṭhānādīsu idampi chasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.

Tatuttarisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Paṭhamaupakkhaṭasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

527.Tenasamayenāti upakkhaṭasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha atthāvuso maṃ so upaṭṭhākoti āvuso, yaṃ tvaṃ bhaṇasi, atthi evarūpo so mama upaṭṭhākoti ayamettha attho. Api meyya evaṃ hotīti api me ayya evaṃ hoti, api mayyā evantipi pāṭho.

528-

"那時"是關於更進一步的學處。在這裡,"abhihaṭṭhuṃ"中的"abhi"是字首,"haritun"是意思,意為"拿取"。"pavāreyya"意為使歡喜,產生歡喜和喜悅,說或邀請的意思。爲了說明應該如何邀請,因此解釋說"你想要多少就拿多少"。或者,就像"nekkhammaṃ daṭṭhu khemato"中"daṭṭhu"的意思是"看到",這裡"abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyya"的意思是"拿來后邀請"。這裡有兩種拿來的方式,身體拿來和語言拿來。可以用身體拿衣服放在腳下說"你想要多少就拿多少",或者用語言說"我們的布庫已滿,你想要多少就拿多少",這兩種都被稱為"abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyya"。 "santaruttaraparamaṃ"意為內衣和外衣是這件衣服的最大限度,意味著穿著內衣和外衣是最大限度。"應該接受那麼多衣服"意味著應該從拿來的衣服中接受那麼多,不要超過。因為只有失去所有衣服的三衣比丘才應該這樣做,其他人則不同,所以爲了說明這個區別,用"如果三件都丟失"等方式解釋。 這裡的判斷是:如果三件都丟失,應該接受兩件,一件穿一件披,另一件從相似的地方尋找。如果兩件丟失,應該接受一件。如果本來就穿內衣和外衣,應該接受兩件。這樣接受一件就會相等。如果三件中丟失一件,不應該接受。如果兩件中丟失一件,應該接受一件。如果只有一件且丟失了,應該接受兩件。對於比丘尼,即使五件都丟失也應該接受兩件。四件丟失時接受一件,三件丟失時不接受任何,更不用說兩件或一件。無論如何都應該保持內衣和外衣的最大限度,不能超過,這是這裡的原則。 "我會帶回剩餘的"意思是做兩件衣服后再帶回剩餘的。"不是因為被奪走"是指因為學識等品德而給予。關於"親屬"等,意思是從親屬那裡接受、從邀請者那裡接受、用自己的財物接受都無罪。但在註釋中說"在親屬和邀請者那裡本來就可以多接受,因被奪走而接受則只能接受限度內的"。這與經文不符。因為這條學處只是針對為他人乞求而制定的,所以這裡沒有說"爲了他人"。其餘的含義很明顯。 關於起因等,這條學處也有六種起因,是作為,不以想而解脫,非心所,制定罪,身業語業,三心,三受。 關於更進一步的學處的解釋結束。 第一預備學處的解釋 "那時"是預備學處。在這裡,"朋友,我有那樣的侍者"的意思是,朋友,你所說的,我確實有那樣的侍者。"我也這樣想"的意思是,尊者,我也這樣想,也可以讀作"mayya evaṃ"。

9.Bhikkhuṃ paneva uddissāti ettha uddissāti apadissa ārabbha. Yasmā pana yaṃ uddissa upakkhaṭaṃ hoti, taṃ tassatthāya upakkhaṭaṃ nāma hoti. Tasmāssa padabhājane 『『bhikkhussatthāyā』』ti vuttaṃ.

Bhikkhuṃ ārammaṇaṃ karitvāti bhikkhuṃ paccayaṃ katvā, yañhi bhikkhuṃ uddissa upakkhaṭaṃ, taṃ niyameneva bhikkhuṃ paccayaṃ katvā upakkhaṭaṃ hoti, tena vuttaṃ – 『『bhikkhuṃ ārammaṇaṃ karitvā』』ti. Paccayopi hi 『『labhati māro ārammaṇa』』ntiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 4.243) ārammaṇanti āgato. Idāni 『『uddissā』』ti ettha yo kattā, tassa ākāradassanatthaṃ 『『bhikkhuṃ acchādetukāmo』』ti vuttaṃ. Bhikkhuṃ acchādetukāmena hi tena taṃ uddissa upakkhaṭaṃ, na aññena kāraṇena. Iti so acchādetukāmo hoti. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『bhikkhuṃ acchādetukāmo』』ti.

Aññātakassagahapatissa vāti aññātakena gahapatinā vāti attho. Karaṇatthe hi idaṃ sāmivacanaṃ. Padabhājane pana byañjanaṃ avicāretvā atthamattameva dassetuṃ 『『aññātako nāma…pe… gahapati nāmā』』tiādi vuttaṃ.

Cīvaracetāpannanti cīvaramūlaṃ, taṃ pana yasmā hiraññādīsu aññataraṃ hoti, tasmā padabhājane 『『hiraññaṃ vā』』tiādi vuttaṃ. Upakkhaṭaṃ hotīti sajjitaṃ hoti, saṃharitvā ṭhapitaṃ, yasmā pana 『『hiraññaṃ vā』』tiādinā vacanenassa upakkhaṭabhāvo dassito hoti, tasmā 『『upakkhaṭaṃ nāmā』』ti padaṃ uddharitvā visuṃ padabhājanaṃ na vuttaṃ. Imināti upakkhaṭaṃ sandhāyāha, tenevassa padabhājane 『『paccupaṭṭhitenā』』ti vuttaṃ. Yañhi upakkhaṭaṃ saṃharitvā ṭhapitaṃ, taṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hotīti. Acchādessāmīti vohāravacanametaṃ 『『itthannāmassa bhikkhuno dassāmī』』ti ayaṃ panettha attho. Tenevassa padabhājanepi 『『dassāmī』』ti vuttaṃ.

Tatra ce so bhikkhūti yatra so gahapati vā gahapatānī vā tatra so bhikkhu pubbe appavārito upasaṅkamitvā cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjeyya ceti ayamettha padasambandho. Tattha upasaṅkamitvāti imassa gantvāti imināva atthe siddhe pacuravohāravasena 『『ghara』』nti vuttaṃ. Yatra pana so dāyako tatra gantvāti ayamevettha attho, tasmā punapi vuttaṃ 『『yattha katthaci upasaṅkamitvā』』ti. Vikappaṃ āpajjeyyāti visiṭṭhakappaṃ adhikavidhānaṃ āpajjeyya, padabhājane pana yenākārena vikappaṃ āpanno hoti tameva dassetuṃ 『『āyataṃ vā』』tiādi vuttaṃ. Sādhūti āyācane nipāto. Vatāti parivitakke. Manti attānaṃ niddisati. Āyasmāti paraṃ ālapati āmanteti. Yasmā panidaṃ sabbaṃ byañjanamattameva, uttānatthameva, tasmāssa padabhājane attho na vutto. Kalyāṇakamyataṃ upādāyāti sundarakāmataṃ visiṭṭhakāmataṃ cittena gahetvā, tassa 『『āpajjeyya ce』』ti iminā sambandho. Yasmā pana yo kalyāṇakamyataṃ upādāya āpajjati, so sādhatthiko mahagghatthiko hoti, tasmāssa padabhājane byañjanaṃ pahāya adhippetatthameva dassetuṃ tadeva vacanaṃ vuttaṃ. Yasmā pana na imassa āpajjanamatteneva āpatti sīsaṃ eti, tasmā 『『tassa vacanenā』』tiādi vuttaṃ.

"專門為比丘"中,"專門"意為指定、涉及。因為為某人專門準備的東西就是為他準備的,所以在詞義解釋中說"為比丘"。 "以比丘為緣"意為以比丘為條件,因為專門為比丘準備的東西必然是以比丘為條件而準備的,所以說"以比丘為緣"。條件也在"魔羅得到緣"等句中被稱為"緣"。現在爲了說明"專門"中的行為者的狀態,說"想要給比丘衣服"。因為是想要給比丘衣服的人為他專門準備的,不是因為其他原因。因此他是想要給衣服的。所以說"想要給比丘衣服"。 "非親戚的居士"意為由非親戚的居士。這是表示工具的所有格。但在詞義解釋中,爲了只顯示意思而不考慮字面,說"非親戚是指...居士是指..."等。 "衣物資金"指衣物的價值,因為它是金銀等之一,所以在詞義解釋中說"金銀"等。"準備"意為準備好,收集放置,因為通過"金銀"等詞已經顯示了它的準備狀態,所以沒有單獨解釋"準備"這個詞。"用這個"指的是準備的東西,所以在詞義解釋中說"現有的"。因為準備好收集放置的就是現有的。"我將給"是習慣用語,意思是"我將給某某比丘"。因此在詞義解釋中也說"我將給"。 "在那裡,如果那個比丘"中,句子的連線是:在那個居士或女居士所在的地方,如果那個以前未被邀請的比丘前去對衣物作出選擇。這裡"前去"的意思已經由"去"表達,但爲了常用的表達方式說"家"。但意思就是去那個施主所在的地方,所以又說"去任何地方"。"作出選擇"意為作出特殊的選擇、額外的規定,但在詞義解釋中爲了顯示他如何作出選擇而說"長的"等。"善哉"是請求的不變詞。"確實"用於思考。"我"指自己。"尊者"是稱呼他人。因為這些都只是字面且意思明顯,所以在詞義解釋中沒有解釋它們的意思。"出於善意"意為心中抱著美好的願望、特殊的願望,這與"如果作出"相連。因為出於善意而作出選擇的人是想要好的、貴重的,所以在詞義解釋中省略字面只顯示所要表達的意思而重複那個詞。因為不是僅僅作出選擇就構成犯戒,所以

531.Anāpatti ñātakānantiādīsu ñātakānaṃ cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjantassa anāpattīti evamattho daṭṭhabbo. Mahagghaṃ cetāpetukāmassa appagghaṃ cetāpetīti gahapatissa vīsatiagghanakaṃ cīvaraṃ cetāpetukāmassa 『『alaṃ mayhaṃ etena, dasagghanakaṃ vā aṭṭhagghanakaṃ vā dehī』』ti vadati anāpatti. Appagghanti idañca atirekanivāraṇatthameva vuttaṃ, samakepi pana anāpatti , tañca kho agghavaseneva na pamāṇavasena, agghavaḍḍhanakañhi idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ. Tasmā yo vīsatiagghanakaṃ antaravāsakaṃ cetāpetukāmo , 『『taṃ ettakameva me agghanakaṃ cīvaraṃ dehī』』ti vattumpi vaṭṭati. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.

Samuṭṭhānādīnipi tatuttarisikkhāpadasadisānevāti.

Paṭhamaupakkhaṭasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Dutiyaupakkhaṭasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

2. Dutiyaupakkhaṭepi imināva nayena attho veditabbo. Tañhi imassa anupaññattisadisaṃ. Kevalaṃ paṭhamasikkhāpade ekassa pīḷā katā, dutiye dvinnaṃ, ayamevettha viseso. Sesaṃ sabbaṃ paṭhamasadisameva. Yathā ca dvinnaṃ, evaṃ bahūnaṃ pīḷaṃ katvā gaṇhatopi āpatti veditabbāti.

Dutiyaupakkhaṭasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Rājasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

537.Tena samayenāti rājasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha upāsakaṃ saññāpetvāti jānāpetvā, 『『iminā mūlena cīvaraṃ kiṇitvā therassa dehī』』ti evaṃ vatvāti adhippāyo. Paññāsabandhoti paññāsakahāpaṇadaṇḍoti vuttaṃ hoti. Paññāsaṃ baddhotipi pāṭho, paññāsaṃ jito paññāsaṃ dāpetabboti adhippāyo. Ajjaṇho, bhante, āgamehīti bhante, ajja ekadivasaṃ amhākaṃ tiṭṭha, adhivāsehīti attho. Parāmasīti gaṇhi. Jīnosīti jitosi.

538-

關於"親屬"等無罪的情況,應理解為對親屬的衣物作出選擇是無罪的。"想要買貴重的卻買便宜的"指居士想買價值二十的衣服,他說"這對我夠了,給我價值十或八的"是無罪的。"便宜"這個詞只是爲了防止過度,即使相等也無罪,而且這只是根據價值而不是根據尺寸,因為這條學處是關於增加價值的。因此,想買價值二十的內衣,說"給我同樣價值的衣服"也是可以的。其餘的含義很明顯。 起因等與更進一步的學處相同。 第一預備學處的解釋結束。 第二預備學處的解釋 第二預備學處也應以同樣的方式理解。因為它類似於這個的附加規定。只是在第一學處中對一個人造成壓迫,在第二學處中對兩個人造成壓迫,這是唯一的區別。其餘的都與第一個相同。就像對兩個人一樣,對多人造成壓迫而接受也應理解為犯戒。 第二預備學處的解釋結束。 王學處的解釋 "那時"是王學處。在那裡,"說服優婆塞"意為使知道,意思是這樣說:"用這些錢買衣服給長老"。"五十罰金"意為五十迦哈巴那的罰金。也有讀作"五十約束",意思是輸了五十,應該給五十。"尊者,今天請等一下"意為尊者,今天請等我們一天,請同意。"摸"意為拿。"你輸了"意為你被打敗了。

9.Rājabhoggoti rājato bhoggaṃ bhuñjitabbaṃ assatthīti rājabhoggo, rājabhogotipi pāṭho, rājato bhogo assa atthīti attho.

Pahiṇeyyāti peseyya, uttānatthattā panassa padabhājanaṃ na vuttaṃ. Yathā ca etassa, evaṃ 『『cīvaraṃ itthannāmaṃ bhikkhu』』ntiādīnampi padānaṃ uttānatthattāyeva padabhājanaṃ na vuttanti veditabbaṃ . Ābhatanti ānītaṃ. Kālenakappiyanti yuttapattakālena, yadā no attho hoti, tadā kappiyaṃ cīvaraṃ gaṇhāmāti attho.

Veyyāvaccakaroti kiccakaro, kappiyakārakoti attho. Saññatto so mayāti āṇatto so mayā, yathā tumhākaṃ cīvarena atthe sati cīvaraṃ dassati, evaṃ vuttoti attho. Attho me āvuso cīvarenāti codanālakkhaṇanidassanametaṃ, idañhi vacanaṃ vattabbaṃ, assa vā attho yāya kāyaci bhāsāya; idaṃ codanālakkhaṇaṃ. 『『Dehi me cīvara』』ntiādīni pana navattabbākāradassanatthaṃ vuttāni, etāni hi vacanāni etesaṃ vā attho yāya kāyaci bhāsāya na vattabbo.

Dutiyampi vattabbo tatiyampi vattabboti 『『attho me āvuso cīvarenā』』ti idameva yāvatatiyaṃ vattabboti. Evaṃ 『『dvattikkhattuṃ codetabbo sāretabbo』』ti ettha uddiṭṭhacodanāparicchedaṃ dassetvā idāni 『『dvattikkhattuṃ codayamāno sārayamāno taṃ cīvaraṃ abhinipphādeyya, iccetaṃ kusala』』nti imesaṃ padānaṃ saṅkhepato atthaṃ dassento 『『sace abhinipphādeti, iccetaṃ kusala』』nti āha. Evaṃ yāvatatiyaṃ codento taṃ cīvaraṃ yadi nipphādeti, sakkoti attano paṭilābhavasena nipphādetuṃ, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ sādhu suṭṭhu sundaraṃ.

Catukkhattuṃ pañcakkhattuṃ chakkhattuparamaṃ tuṇhībhūtena uddissa ṭhātabbanti ṭhānalakkhaṇanidassanametaṃ. Chakkhattuparamanti ca bhāvanapuṃsakavacanametaṃ, chakkhattuparamañhi etena cīvaraṃ uddissa tuṇhībhūtena ṭhātabbaṃ, na aññaṃ kiñci kātabbaṃ, idaṃ ṭhānalakkhaṇaṃ. Tattha yo sabbaṭṭhānānaṃ sādhāraṇo tuṇhībhāvo, taṃ tāva dassetuṃ padabhājane 『『tattha gantvā tuṇhībhūtenā』』tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha na āsane nisīditabbanti 『『idha, bhante, nisīdathā』』ti vuttenāpi na nisīditabbaṃ. Na āmisaṃ paṭiggahetabbanti yāgukhajjakādibhedaṃ kiñci āmisaṃ 『『gaṇhatha, bhante』』ti yāciyamānenāpi na gaṇhitabbaṃ. Na dhammo bhāsitabboti maṅgalaṃ vā anumodanaṃ vā bhāsathāti yāciyamānenāpi kiñci na bhāsitabbaṃ, kevalaṃ 『『kiṃ kāraṇā āgatosī』』ti pucchiyamānena 『『jānāsi, āvuso』』ti vattabbo. Pucchiyamānoti idañhi karaṇatthe paccattavacanaṃ. Atha vā pucchaṃ kurumāno pucchiyamānoti evampettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Yo hi pucchaṃ karoti, so ettakaṃ vattabboti ṭhānaṃ bhañjatīti āgatakāraṇaṃ bhañjati.

"王的享樂"意為從國王那裡享用的財富。"王的享樂"的意思是從國王那裡享用的東西。 "應該派遣"意為應該派遣,但沒有說明其詞義的具體內容。就像對這個一樣,對"比丘的衣物"等詞的詞義也沒有詳細說明。 "被帶來"意為被帶來。"在適當的時間"意為在合適的時間,當沒有其他意思時,就可以接受適當的衣物。 "應當做的事"意為應當做的工作和適當的工作。 "我說過"意為我已命令,就像你們的衣物在場時顯示衣物一樣,這樣說的意思是。 "我對衣物的意思是"這是指命令的特徵,這確實是應當說的話,可以說是意思,這是命令的特徵。"給我衣物"等句子是爲了說明不可說的內容,這些話的意思是這些內容不應當被說出。 第二次也應當說,第三次也應當說"我對衣物的意思是"這句話應當說到第三次。這樣"應當催促兩次、應當提醒兩次"等是爲了說明催促的限制,現在"催促兩次時,應當提醒並完成衣物的準備,這就是善行"的意思。這樣在催促到第三次時,如果完成了衣物的準備,就可以根據自己的獲得來完成,這就是善行、好的、美好的。 "應當保持四次、五次、六次的沉默"是指應當保持沉默的狀態。 "六次的沉默"是指在此衣物的準備中應當保持沉默,而不應做其他任何事情,這是關於保持狀態的說明。在這裡,爲了顯示所有地方的共同沉默狀態,在詞義解釋中說"在那裡保持沉默"等。在那裡,不能在座位上坐下,即使說"請坐下,尊者",也不應坐下。不能接受任何食物,即使有人請求"請接受,尊者",也不應接受。不能談論法,即使有人請求"請談論吉祥或讚歎",也不應談論,只能問"因何而來"時,可以回答"我知道,朋友"。被問時,這是指在行動中使用的個人表達。或者說,在詢問時,被問的意思應當被理解。因為詢問的人應當說出這個原因。

Idāni yā tisso codanā, cha ca ṭhānāni vuttāni. Tattha vuḍḍhiñca hāniñca dassento 『『catukkhattuṃ codetvā』』tiādimāha. Yasmā ca ettha ekacodanāvuḍḍhiyā dvinnaṃ ṭhānānaṃ hāni vuttā, tasmā 『『ekā codanā diguṇaṃ ṭhāna』』nti lakkhaṇaṃ dassitaṃ hoti. Iti iminā lakkhaṇena tikkhattuṃ codetvā chakkhattuṃ ṭhātabbaṃ, dvikkhattuṃ codetvā aṭṭhakkhattuṃ ṭhātabbaṃ, sakiṃ codetvā dasakkhattuṃ ṭhātabbanti. Yathā ca 『『chakkhattuṃ codetvā na ṭhātabba』』nti vuttaṃ, evaṃ 『『dvādasakkhattuṃ ṭhatvā na codetabba』』ntipi vuttameva hoti. Tasmā sace codetiyeva na tiṭṭhati, cha codanā labbhanti. Sace tiṭṭhatiyeva na codeti, dvādasa ṭhānāni labbhanti. Sace codetipi tiṭṭhatipi, ekāya codanāya dve ṭhānāni hāpetabbāni. Tattha yo ekadivasameva punappunaṃ gantvā chakkhattuṃ codeti, sakiṃyeva vā gantvā 『『attho me, āvuso, cīvarenā』』ti chakkhattuṃ vadati. Tathā ekadivasameva punappunaṃ gantvā dvādasakkhattuṃ tiṭṭhati, sakiṃyeva vā gantvā tatra tatra ṭhāne tiṭṭhati, sopi sabbacodanāyo sabbaṭṭhānāni ca bhañjati. Ko pana vādo nānādivasesu evaṃ karontassāti evamettha vinicchayo veditabbo.

Yatassa cīvaracetāpannaṃ ābhatanti yato rājato vā rājabhoggato vā assa bhikkhuno cīvaracetāpannaṃ ānītaṃ. Yatvassātipi pāṭho. Ayamevattho. 『『Yatthassā』』tipi paṭhanti, yasmiṃ ṭhāne assa cīvaracetāpannaṃ pesitanti ca atthaṃ kathenti, byañjanaṃ pana na sameti. Tatthāti tassa rañño vā rājabhoggassa vā santike; samīpatthe hi idaṃ bhummavacanaṃ. Na taṃ tassa bhikkhuno kiñci atthaṃ anubhotīti taṃ cīvaracetāpannaṃ tassa bhikkhuno kiñci appamattakampi kammaṃ na nipphādeti. Yuñjantāyasmanto sakanti āyasmanto attano santakaṃ dhanaṃ pāpuṇantu. Mā vo sakaṃ vinassāti tumhākaṃ santakaṃ mā vinassatu. Yo pana neva sāmaṃ gacchati, na dūtaṃ pāheti, vattabhede dukkaṭaṃ āpajjati.

Kiṃ pana sabbakappiyakārakesu evaṃ paṭipajjitabbanti? Na paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Ayañhi kappiyakārako nāma saṅkhepato duvidho niddiṭṭho ca aniddiṭṭho ca. Tattha niddiṭṭho duvidho – bhikkhunā niddiṭṭho, dūtena niddiṭṭhoti. Aniddiṭṭhopi duvidho – mukhavevaṭika kappiyakārako, parammukhakappiyakārakoti. Tesu bhikkhunā niddiṭṭho sammukhāsammukhavasena catubbidho hoti. Tathā dūtena niddiṭṭhopi.

Kathaṃ? Idhekacco bhikkhussa cīvaratthāya dūtena akappiyavatthuṃ pahiṇati, dūto taṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṅkamitvā 『『idaṃ, bhante, itthannāmena tumhākaṃ cīvaratthāya pahitaṃ, gaṇhatha na』』nti vadati, bhikkhu 『『nayidaṃ kappatī』』ti paṭikkhipati, dūto 『『atthi pana te, bhante, veyyāvaccakaro』』ti pucchati, puññatthikehi ca upāsakehi 『『bhikkhūnaṃ veyyāvaccaṃ karothā』』ti āṇattā vā, bhikkhūnaṃ vā sandiṭṭhā sambhattā keci veyyāvaccakarā honti, tesaṃ aññataro tasmiṃ khaṇe bhikkhussa santike nisinno hoti, bhikkhu taṃ niddisati 『『ayaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ veyyāvaccakaro』』ti. Dūto tassa hatthe akappiyavatthuṃ datvā 『『therassa cīvaraṃ kiṇitvā dehī』』ti gacchati, ayaṃ bhikkhunā sammukhāniddiṭṭho.

現在說到三次催促和六次停留。在這裡,爲了顯示增加和減少,說"催促四次"等。因為在這裡增加一次催促就減少兩次停留,所以顯示了"一次催促等於兩次停留"的原則。根據這個原則,催促三次應停留六次,催促兩次應停留八次,催促一次應停留十次。就像說"催促六次不應停留"一樣,也說"停留十二次不應催促"。因此,如果只催促不停留,可以催促六次。如果只停留不催促,可以停留十二次。如果既催促又停留,每催促一次應減少兩次停留。在這裡,有人在同一天多次前往催促六次,或者只去一次說六次"朋友,我需要衣服"。同樣,在同一天多次前往停留十二次,或者只去一次在那裡停留,這也打破了所有的催促和停留。更不用說在不同的日子這樣做了。這裡應該這樣理解判斷。 "從那裡帶來衣物資金"是指從國王或享受國王待遇的人那裡為這個比丘帶來衣物資金。也有讀作"yatvassa",意思相同。有人讀作"yatthassa",解釋為"在某處為他送來衣物資金",但文字不符。"在那裡"是指在那個國王或享受國王待遇的人那裡,這是表示接近的處格。"對那個比丘沒有任何利益"是指那個衣物資金對那個比丘沒有任何哪怕是微小的作用。"尊者們應該得到自己的"是指尊者們應該得到自己的財物。"不要讓你們自己的東西損失"是指不要讓你們自己的東西損失。如果既不自己去也不派使者去,違反規則會犯突吉羅罪。 是否對所有的執事人都應該這樣做呢?不應該這樣做。這裡所說的執事人簡單來說有兩種:指定的和未指定的。其中指定的有兩種:比丘指定的和使者指定的。未指定的也有兩種:面對面的執事人和背後的執事人。其中比丘指定的根據面對面和不面對面又分為四種。使者指定的也是如此。 怎麼說呢?這裡有人通過使者為比丘送不適當的物品作為衣物,使者來到比丘面前說:"尊者,某某為你送來這個作為衣物,你接受嗎?"比丘說"這是不適當的"而拒絕,使者問"尊者,你有執事人嗎?",有些想做功德的優婆塞被命令"為比丘們做事",或者是比丘們的熟人朋友成為執事人,其中一個當時坐在比丘旁邊,比丘指定他說"這是比丘們的執事人"。使者把不適當的物品交給他的手中說"買衣服給長老"然後離開,這是比丘面對面指定的。

No ce bhikkhussa santike nisinno hoti, apica kho bhikkhu niddisati – 『『asukasmiṃ nāma gāme itthannāmo bhikkhūnaṃ veyyāvaccakaro』』ti, so gantvā tassa hatthe akappiyavatthuṃ datvā 『『therassa cīvaraṃ kiṇitvā dadeyyāsī』』ti āgantvā bhikkhussa ārocetvā gacchati, ayameko bhikkhunā asammukhāniddiṭṭho.

Na heva kho so dūto attanā āgantvā āroceti, apica kho aññaṃ pahiṇati 『『dinnaṃ mayā, bhante, tassa hatthe cīvaracetāpannaṃ, cīvaraṃ gaṇheyyāthā』』ti, ayaṃ dutiyo bhikkhunā asammukhāniddiṭṭho.

Na heva kho aññaṃ pahiṇati, apica kho gacchantova bhikkhuṃ vadati 『『ahaṃ tassa hatthe cīvaracetāpannaṃ dassāmi, tumhe cīvaraṃ gaṇheyyāthā』』ti, ayaṃ tatiyo bhikkhunā asammukhāniddiṭṭhoti evaṃ eko sammukhāniddiṭṭho tayo asammukhāniddiṭṭhāti ime cattāro bhikkhunā niddiṭṭhaveyyāvaccakarā nāma. Etesu imasmiṃ rājasikkhāpade vuttanayeneva paṭipajjitabbaṃ.

Aparo bhikkhu purimanayeneva dūtena pucchito natthitāya vā, avicāretukāmatāya vā 『『natthamhākaṃ kappiyakārako』』ti vadati, tasmiñca khaṇe koci manusso āgacchati, dūto tassa hatthe akappiyavatthuṃ datvā 『『imassa hatthato cīvaraṃ gaṇheyyāthā』』ti vatvā gacchati, ayaṃ dūtena sammukhāniddiṭṭho.

Aparo dūto gāmaṃ pavisitvā attanā abhirucitassa kassaci hatthe akappiyavatthuṃ datvā purimanayeneva āgantvā āroceti, aññaṃ vā pahiṇati, 『『ahaṃ asukassa nāma hatthe cīvaracetāpannaṃ dassāmi, tumhe cīvaraṃ gaṇheyyāthā』』ti vatvā vā gacchati, ayaṃ tatiyo dūtena asammukhāniddiṭṭhoti evaṃ eko sammukhāniddiṭṭho, tayo asammukhāniddiṭṭhāti ime cattāro dūtena niddiṭṭhaveyyāvaccakarā nāma. Etesu meṇḍakasikkhāpade vuttanayena paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ – 『『santi, bhikkhave, manussā saddhā pasannā, te kappiyakārakānaṃ hatthe hiraññaṃ upanikkhipanti – 『iminā ayyassa yaṃ kappiyaṃ taṃ dethā』ti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yaṃ tato kappiyaṃ taṃ sādituṃ, na tvevāhaṃ, bhikkhave, kenaci pariyāyena jātarūparajataṃ sāditabbaṃ pariyesitabbanti vadāmī』』ti (mahāva. 299). Ettha ca codanāya pamāṇaṃ natthi, mūlaṃ asādiyantena sahassakkhattumpi codanāya vā ṭhānena vā kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ sādituṃ vaṭṭati. No ce deti, aññaṃ kappiyakārakaṃ ṭhapetvāpi āharāpetabbaṃ. Sace icchati mūlasāmikānampi kathetabbaṃ; no ce icchati na kathetabbaṃ.

如果不是坐在比丘旁邊,而是比丘指定說:"在某某村莊有某某人是比丘們的執事人",他去把不適當的物品交給那人的手中說"請買衣服給長老",然後回來告訴比丘后離開,這是比丘不面對面指定的第一種。 使者不是自己來告知,而是派別人來說:"尊者,我已經把衣物資金交給那個人的手中了,請接受衣服",這是比丘不面對面指定的第二種。 使者不是派別人來,而是在離開時對比丘說:"我會把衣物資金交給那個人的手中,你們請接受衣服",這是比丘不面對面指定的第三種。這樣一種面對面指定,三種不面對面指定,這四種稱為比丘指定的執事人。對這些應該按照這條王學處所說的方式行事。 另一個比丘按照前面的方式被使者詢問時,因為沒有或不想考慮而說"我們沒有執事人",這時有人來到,使者把不適當的物品交給他的手中說"請從這個人手中接受衣服"然後離開,這是使者面對面指定的。 另一個使者進入村莊,把不適當的物品交給他自己選擇的某人手中,然後按照前面的方式來告知,或派別人來,或說"我會把衣物資金交給某某人的手中,你們請接受衣服"然後離開,這是使者不面對面指定的第三種。這樣一種面對面指定,三種不面對面指定,這四種稱為使者指定的執事人。對這些應該按照門答迦學處所說的方式行事。因為說:"比丘們,有些人有信仰和凈信,他們把金錢交給執事人的手中說:'用這個給尊者適當的東西'。比丘們,我允許接受從那裡得到的適當物品,但我絕不說比丘們可以以任何方式接受或尋求金銀。"在這裡沒有催促的限制,不接受本金的人即使催促或停留一千次也可以接受適當的物品。如果他不給,也可以另外安排執事人來拿。如果他願意,也可以告訴本金的主人;如果不願意,就不要告訴。

Aparo bhikkhu purimanayeneva dūtena pucchito 『『natthamhākaṃ kappiyakārako』』ti vadati, tadañño samīpe ṭhito sutvā 『『āhara bho ahaṃ ayyassa cīvaraṃ cetāpetvā dassāmī』』ti vadati. Dūto 『『handa bho dadeyyāsī』』ti tassa hatthe datvā bhikkhussa anārocetvāva gacchati, ayaṃ mukhavevaṭikakappiyakārako. Aparo bhikkhuno upaṭṭhākassa vā aññassa vā hatthe akappiyavatthuṃ datvā 『『therassa cīvaraṃ dadeyyāsī』』ti ettova pakkamati, ayaṃ parammukhakappiyakārakoti ime dve aniddiṭṭhakappiyakārakā nāma. Etesu aññātakaappavāritesu viya paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Sace sayameva cīvaraṃ ānetvā dadanti, gahetabbaṃ. No ce, kiñci na vattabbā. Desanāmattameva cetaṃ 『『dūtena cīvaracetāpannaṃ pahiṇeyyā』』ti sayaṃ āharitvāpi piṇḍapātādīnaṃ atthāya dadantesupi eseva nayo. Na kevalañca attanoyeva atthāya sampaṭicchituṃ na vaṭṭati, sacepi koci jātarūparajataṃ ānetvā 『『idaṃ saṅghassa dammi, ārāmaṃ vā karotha cetiyaṃ vā bhojanasālādīnaṃ vā aññatara』』nti vadati, idampi sampaṭicchituṃ na vaṭṭati. Yassa kassaci hi aññassatthāya sampaṭicchantassa dukkaṭaṃ hotīti mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ.

Sace pana 『『nayidaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sampaṭicchituṃ vaṭṭatī』』ti paṭikkhitte 『『vaḍḍhakīnaṃ vā kammakarānaṃ vā hatthe bhavissati, kevalaṃ tumhe sukatadukkaṭaṃ jānāthā』』ti vatvā tesaṃ hatthe datvā pakkamati, vaṭṭati. Athāpi 『『mama manussānaṃ hatthe bhavissati mayhameva vā hatthe bhavissati, kevalaṃ tumhe yaṃ yassa dātabbaṃ, tadatthāya peseyyāthā』』ti vadati, evampi vaṭṭati.

Sace pana saṅghaṃ vā gaṇaṃ vā puggalaṃ vā anāmasitvā 『『idaṃ hiraññasuvaṇṇaṃ cetiyassa dema, vihārassa dema, navakammassa demā』』ti vadanti, paṭikkhipituṃ na vaṭṭati. 『『Ime idaṃ bhaṇantī』』ti kappiyakārakānaṃ ācikkhitabbaṃ. 『『Cetiyādīnaṃ atthāya tumhe gahetvā ṭhapethā』』ti vuttena pana 『『amhākaṃ gahetuṃ na vaṭṭatī』』ti paṭikkhipitabbaṃ.

Sace pana koci bahuṃ hiraññasuvaṇṇaṃ ānetvā 『『idaṃ saṅghassa dammi, cattāro paccaye paribhuñjathā』』ti vadati, taṃ ce saṅgho sampaṭicchati, paṭiggahaṇepi paribhogepi āpatti. Tatra ce eko bhikkhu 『『nayidaṃ kappatī』』ti paṭikkhipati, upāsako ca 『『yadi na kappati, mayhameva bhavissatī』』ti gacchati. So bhikkhu 『『tayā saṅghassa lābhantarāyo kato』』ti na kenaci kiñci vattabbo. Yo hi taṃ codeti, sveva sāpattiko hoti, tena pana ekena bahū anāpattikā katā. Sace pana bhikkhūhi 『『na vaṭṭatī』』ti paṭikkhitte 『『kappiyakārakānaṃ vā hatthe bhavissati, mama purisānaṃ vā mayhaṃ vā hatthe bhavissati, kevalaṃ tumhe paccaye paribhuñjathā』』ti vadati, vaṭṭati.

Catupaccayatthāya ca dinnaṃ yena yena paccayena attho hoti, tadatthaṃ upanetabbaṃ, cīvaratthāya dinnaṃ cīvareyeva upanetabbaṃ. Sace cīvarena tādiso attho natthi, piṇḍapātādīhi saṅgho kilamati, saṅghasuṭṭhutāya apaloketvā tadatthāyapi upanetabbaṃ. Esa nayo piṇḍapātagilānapaccayatthāya dinnepi, senāsanatthāya dinnaṃ pana senāsanassa garubhaṇḍattā senāsaneyeva upanetabbaṃ. Sace pana bhikkhūsu senāsanaṃ chaḍḍetvā gatesu senāsanaṃ vinassati, īdise kāle senāsanaṃ vissajjetvāpi bhikkhūnaṃ paribhogo anuññāto, tasmā senāsanajagganatthaṃ mūlacchejjaṃ akatvā yāpanamattaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ.

另一個比丘按照前面的方式被使者詢問時說"我們沒有執事人",旁邊站著的另一個人聽到后說"來吧,我會為尊者買衣服給他"。使者說"好的,請給"把東西交給他的手中后沒有告訴比丘就離開了,這是面對面的執事人。另一個人把不適當的物品交給比丘的侍者或其他人的手中說"請給長老衣服"就離開了,這是背後的執事人。這兩種稱為未指定的執事人。對這些應該像對待非親戚非邀請者那樣行事。如果他們自己帶來衣服給,應該接受。如果沒有,什麼也不要說。"使者送來衣物資金"只是一種說法,自己帶來或爲了托缽等目的給予也是同樣的道理。不僅不可以為自己接受,如果有人帶來金銀說"我把這個給僧團,請建造寺院或佛塔或食堂等",這也不可以接受。大註釋書說,為任何其他人接受都會犯突吉羅罪。 如果拒絕說"這不適合比丘接受",他說"那就交給工匠或工人的手中,你們只要知道做得好不好"然後把東西交給他們的手中離開,這是可以的。或者他說"這將在我的人的手中或我自己的手中,你們只要把應該給誰的送給誰",這樣也可以。 如果不指定僧團、團體或個人,而說"我們把這金銀給佛塔,給寺院,給新建工程",不可以拒絕。應該告訴執事人"這些人這樣說"。但如果被告知"你們為佛塔等接受保管",應該拒絕說"我們不可以接受"。 如果有人帶來大量金銀說"我把這個給僧團,請享用四種資具",如果僧團接受,接受和使用都犯戒。如果有一個比丘說"這是不適當的"而拒絕,優婆塞說"如果不適當,那就歸我"然後離開。那個比丘不應該被任何人指責說"你使僧團失去了利益"。誰指責他,誰就犯戒,而那一個人使許多人免於犯戒。如果比丘們拒絕說"不適當",他說"那就交給執事人的手中,或我的人的手中,或我自己的手中,你們只要享用資具",這是可以的。 為四種資具而給予的,應該用於需要的那種資具,為衣服而給予的應該用於衣服。如果不太需要衣服,而僧團缺乏食物等,爲了僧團的利益,經過商議后也可以用於其他目的。對於為食物和醫藥而給予的也是同樣的道理,但為住處而給予的,因為住處是重要物品,應該只用于住處。但是如果比丘們拋棄住處離開后住處毀壞,在這種情況下,即使變賣住處也允許比丘們使用,因此應該在不毀壞根本的情況下適度使用以維持住處。

Na kevalañca hiraññasuvaṇṇameva, aññampi khettavatthādi akappiyaṃ na sampaṭicchitabbaṃ. Sace hi koci 『『mayhaṃ tisassasampādanakaṃ mahātaḷākaṃ atthi, taṃ saṅghassa dammī』』ti vadati, taṃ ce saṅgho sampaṭicchati, paṭiggahaṇepi paribhogepi āpattiyeva. Yo pana taṃ paṭikkhipati, so purimanayeneva na kenaci kiñci vattabbo. Yo hi taṃ codeti, sveva sāpattiko hoti, tena pana ekena bahū anāpattikā katā.

Yo pana 『『tādisaṃyeva taḷākaṃ dammī』』ti vatvā bhikkhūhi 『『na vaṭṭatī』』ti paṭikkhitto vadati 『『asukañca asukañca saṅghassa taḷākaṃ atthi, taṃ kathaṃ vaṭṭatī』』ti. So vattabbo – 『『kappiyaṃ katvā dinnaṃ bhavissatī』』ti. Kathaṃ dinnaṃ kappiyaṃ hotīti? 『『Cattāro paccaye paribhuñjathā』』ti vatvā dinnanti. So sace 『『sādhu, bhante, cattāro paccaye saṅgho paribhuñjatū』』ti deti, vaṭṭati. Athāpi 『『taḷākaṃ gaṇhathā』』ti vatvā 『『na vaṭṭatī』』ti paṭikkhitto 『『kappiyakārako atthī』』ti pucchitvā 『『natthī』』ti vutte 『『idaṃ asuko nāma vicāressati, asukassa vā hatthe, mayhaṃ vā hatthe bhavissati, saṅgho kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ paribhuñjatū』』ti vadati, vaṭṭati. Sacepi 『『na vaṭṭatī』』ti paṭikkhitto 『『udakaṃ paribhuñjissati, bhaṇḍakaṃ dhovissati, migapakkhino pivissantī』』ti vadati, evampi vaṭṭati. Athāpi 『『na vaṭṭatī』』ti paṭikkhitto vadati 『『kappiyasīsena gaṇhathā』』ti. 『『Sādhu, upāsaka, saṅgho pānīyaṃ pivissati, bhaṇḍakaṃ dhovissati, migapakkhino pivissantī』』ti vatvā paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati.

Athāpi 『『mama taḷākaṃ vā pokkharaṇiṃ vā saṅghassa dammī』』ti 『『vutte, sādhu, upāsaka, saṅgho pānīyaṃ pivissatī』』tiādīni vatvā paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭatiyeva. Yadi pana bhikkhūhi hatthakammaṃ yācitvā sahatthena ca kappiyapathaviṃ khanitvā udakaparibhogatthāya taḷākaṃ kāritaṃ hoti, taṃ ce nissāya sassaṃ nipphādetvā manussā vihāre kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ denti, vaṭṭati. Atha manussā eva saṅghassa upakāratthāya saṅghikabhūmiṃ khanitvā taṃ nissāya nipphannasassato kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ denti, evampi vaṭṭati. 『『Amhākaṃ ekaṃ kappiyakārakaṃ ṭhapethā』』ti vutte ca ṭhapetumpi labbhati. Atha pana te manussā rājabalinā upaddutā pakkamanti, aññe paṭipajjanti, na ca bhikkhūnaṃ kiñci denti, udakaṃ vāretuṃ labbhati. Tañca kho kasikammakāleyeva, na sassakāle. Sace te vadanti 『『nanu, bhante, pubbepi manussā imaṃ nissāya sassaṃ akaṃsū』』ti . Tato vattabbā – 『『te saṅghassa imañca imañca upakāraṃ akaṃsu, idañcidañca kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ adaṃsū』』ti. Sace vadanti – 『『mayampi dassāmā』』ti, evampi vaṭṭati.

Sace pana koci abyatto akappiyavohārena taḷākaṃ paṭiggaṇhāti vā kāreti vā, taṃ bhikkhūhi na paribhuñjitabbaṃ, taṃ nissāya laddhaṃ kappiyabhaṇḍampi akappiyameva. Sace bhikkhūhi pariccattabhāvaṃ ñatvā sāmiko vā tassa puttadhītaro vā añño vā koci vaṃse uppanno puna kappiyavohārena deti, vaṭṭati. Pacchinne kulavaṃse yo tassa janapadassa sāmiko, so acchinditvā puna deti, cittalapabbate bhikkhunā nīhaṭaudakavāhakaṃ aḷanāgarājamahesī viya, evampi vaṭṭati.

不僅僅是金銀,其他不適當的東西如田地等也不應接受。如果有人說"我有一個可以產生三萬收入的大水庫,我把它給僧團",如果僧團接受,接受和使用都犯戒。拒絕的人按照前面的方式不應被任何人指責。誰指責他,誰就犯戒,而那一個人使許多人免於犯戒。 如果有人說"我給這樣的水庫",被比丘們拒絕說"不適當"后說"僧團有某某水庫,那是怎麼適當的呢?"應該告訴他:"那可能是以適當的方式給予的。"怎樣給予是適當的呢?說"請享用四種資具"而給予。如果他說"好的,尊者們,請僧團享用四種資具"而給予,這是可以的。或者如果他說"請接受水庫",被拒絕說"不適當"后,詢問"有執事人嗎?",被告知"沒有"后說"某某人會管理這個,或者在某某人的手中,或在我的手中,僧團請享用適當的物品",這是可以的。即使被拒絕說"不適當",如果他說"將使用水,將洗東西,野獸和鳥將喝水",這樣也可以。或者被拒絕說"不適當"后,如果他說"以適當的名義接受",說"好的,優婆塞,僧團將喝水,將洗東西,野獸和鳥將喝水"后使用是可以的。 即使他說"我把我的水庫或蓮池給僧團",說"好的,優婆塞,僧團將喝水"等后使用也是完全可以的。如果比丘們請求工作並親手挖掘適當的土地建造水庫用於飲用,如果人們依靠它生產莊稼后給寺院適當的物品,這是可以的。如果人們爲了幫助僧團挖掘僧團的土地,從依靠它生產的莊稼中給予適當的物品,這樣也可以。如果被要求"請為我們指定一個執事人",也可以指定。如果那些人因為王稅而離開,其他人接手但不給比丘們任何東西,可以阻止用水。但這只是在耕種時期,不是在收穫時期。如果他們說"尊者們,以前人們不是也依靠這個種莊稼嗎?",應該回答:"他們為僧團做了這些這些幫助,給了這些這些適當的物品。"如果他們說"我們也會給",這樣也可以。 如果有人不明智地以不適當的方式接受或建造水庫,比丘們不應使用它,依靠它得到的適當物品也是不適當的。如果比丘們知道它被捨棄,所有者或他的子女或家族中的其他人再次以適當的方式給予,這是可以的。如果家族斷絕,那個地區的統治者沒收后再次給予,就像吉達羅山的比丘引水道被阿拉那伽王后給予一樣,這樣也可以。

Kappiyavohārepi udakavasena paṭiggahitataḷāke suddhacittānaṃ mattikuddharaṇapāḷibandhanādīni ca kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Taṃ nissāya pana sassaṃ karonte disvā kappiyakārakaṃ ṭhapetuṃ na vaṭṭati. Yadi te sayameva kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ denti, gahetabbaṃ. No ce denti, na codetabbaṃ, na sāretabbaṃ. Paccayavasena paṭiggahitataḷāke kappiyakārakaṃ ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭati. Mattikuddharaṇapāḷibandhanādīni pana kātuṃ na vaṭṭati. Sace kappiyakārakā sayameva karonti, vaṭṭati. Abyattena pana lajjibhikkhunā kārāpitesu kiñcāpi paṭiggahaṇe kappiyaṃ, bhikkhussa payogapaccayā uppannena missakattā visagatapiṇḍapāto viya akappiyamaṃsarasamissakabhojanaṃ viya ca dubbinibbhogaṃ hoti, sabbesaṃ akappiyameva.

Sace pana 『『udakassa okāso atthi, taḷākassa pāḷi thirā, yathā bahuṃ udakaṃ gaṇhāti, evaṃ karohi, tīrasamīpe udakaṃ karohī』』ti evaṃ udakameva vicāreti, vaṭṭati. Uddhane aggiṃ na pātenti, 『『udakakammaṃ labbhatu upāsakā』』ti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. 『『Sassaṃ katvā āharathā』』ti vattuṃ pana na vaṭṭati. Sace pana taḷāke atibahuṃ udakaṃ disvā passato vā piṭṭhito vā mātikaṃ nīharāpeti, vanaṃ chindāpetvā kedāre kārāpeti, porāṇakedāresu vā pakatibhāgaṃ aggahetvā atirekaṃ gaṇhāti, navasasse vā akālasasse vā aparicchinnabhāge 『『ettake kahāpaṇe dethā』』ti kahāpaṇe uṭṭhāpeti, sabbesaṃ akappiyaṃ.

Yo pana 『『kassatha vapathā』』ti avatvā 『『ettakāya bhūmiyā, ettako nāma bhāgo』』ti evaṃ bhūmiṃ vā patiṭṭhapeti, 『『ettake bhūmibhāge amhehi sassaṃ kataṃ, ettakaṃ nāma bhāgaṃ gaṇhathā』』ti vadantesu kassakesu bhūmippamāṇaggahaṇatthaṃ rajjuyā vā daṇḍena vā mināti, khale vā ṭhatvā rakkhati, khalato vā nīharāpeti, koṭṭhāgāre vā paṭisāmeti, tasseva taṃ akappiyaṃ.

Sace kassakā kahāpaṇe āharitvā 『『ime saṅghassa āhaṭā』』ti vadanti, aññataro ca bhikkhu 『『na saṅgho kahāpaṇe khādatī』』ti saññāya 『『ettakehi kahāpaṇehi sāṭake āhara, ettakehi yāguādīni sampādehī』』ti vadati. Yaṃ te āharanti, sabbesaṃ akappiyaṃ. Kasmā? Kahāpaṇānaṃ vicāritattā.

Sace dhaññaṃ āharitvā idaṃ saṅghassa āhaṭanti vadanti, aññataro ca bhikkhu purimanayeneva 『『ettakehi vīhīhi idañcidañca āharathā』』ti vadati. Yaṃ te āharanti, tasseva akappiyaṃ. Kasmā? Dhaññassa vicāritattā.

Sace taṇḍulaṃ vā aparaṇṇaṃ vā āharitvā 『『idaṃ saṅghassa āhaṭa』』nti vadanti, aññataro ca bhikkhu purimanayeneva 『『ettakehi taṇḍulehi idañcidañca āharathā』』ti vadati. Yaṃ te āharanti, sabbesaṃ kappiyaṃ. Kasmā? Kappiyānaṃ taṇḍulādīnaṃ vicāritattā. Kayavikkayepi anāpatti, kappiyakārakassa ācikkhitattā.

在適當的物品中,也可以接受作為水的水庫,以清凈的心來進行土壤挖掘和圍堰等工作。基於此,如果看到人們在耕作,則不應指定執事人。如果他們自己給予適當的物品,應該接受。如果不給予,不應催促,也不應引導。基於所需的水庫,可以指定執事人。至於土壤挖掘和圍堰等工作,則不應進行。如果適當的人自行進行,這是可以的。若是被不明智的比丘以不適當的方式給予,則可能造成與比丘的食物相混合而導致不適當的肉類和食物,因此對所有人來說都是不適當的。 如果有人說"有水的地方,水庫的圍堰堅固,能裝很多水,這樣做,在岸邊做水",這是可以的。若是說"讓水流入,讓優婆塞們得到水的工作",這是可以的。但若是說"請去做工作",則不可以。如果看到水庫有很多水,從後面挖出土壤,砍伐樹林,在舊樹林中挖掘得到多餘的水,在新收穫的莊稼或未收穫的莊稼中說"請給我多少錢",這都是不適當的。 如果有人說"你們的莊稼在哪裡",而是說"在這個地方,這個地方是這一部分",這樣就把土地放置在那兒,說"我們在這部分土地上種了莊稼,請接受這一部分",這是不適當的。如果有人在田地的邊界上用繩子或棍子來測量,在田地上站著保護,或者從田地中挖出土壤,這也是不適當的。 如果農夫們把錢拿來說"這些是給僧團的",其中一位比丘說"僧團不吃錢",於是說"用這些錢買米、粥等",這都是不適當的。無論他們拿來什麼,都是不適當的。為什麼呢?因為錢的性質不適當。 如果他們拿來糧食說"這些是給僧團的",其中一位比丘依然說"請用這些糧食,這些和那些一起拿來",這也是不適當的。為什麼呢?因為糧食的性質不適當。 如果他們拿來稻米或其他穀物說"這些是給僧團的",其中一位比丘依然說"請用這些稻米,這些和那些一起拿來",這都是適當的。為什麼呢?因為適當的穀物的性質是可以接受的。對於這種情況,也沒有犯戒,因為是給適當的人。

Pubbe pana cittalapabbate eko bhikkhu catusāladvāre 『『aho vata sve saṅghassa ettakappamāṇe pūve paceyyu』』nti ārāmikānaṃ saññājananatthaṃ bhūmiyaṃ maṇḍalaṃ akāsi, taṃ disvā cheko ārāmiko tatheva katvā dutiyadivase bheriyā ākoṭitāya sannipatite saṅghe pūvaṃ gahetvā saṅghattheraṃ āha – 『『bhante, amhehi ito pubbe neva pitūnaṃ na pitāmahānaṃ evarūpaṃ sutapubbaṃ, ekena ayyena catussāladvāre pūvatthāya saññā katā, ito dāni pabhuti ayyā attano attano cittānurūpaṃ vadantu, amhākampi phāsuvihāro bhavissatī』』ti. Mahāthero tatova nivatti, ekabhikkhunāpi pūvo na gahito. Evaṃ pubbe tatruppādampi na paribhuñjiṃsu. Tasmā –

Sallekhaṃ accajantena, appamattena bhikkhunā;

Kappiyepi na kātabbā, āmisatthāya lolatāti.

Yo cāyaṃ taḷāke vutto, pokkharaṇī-udakavāhakamātikādīsupi eseva nayo.

Pubbaṇṇāparaṇṇaucchuphalāphalādīnaṃ viruhanaṭṭhānaṃ yaṃ kiñci khettaṃ vā vatthuṃ vā dammīti vuttepi 『『na vaṭṭatī』』ti paṭikkhipitvā taḷāke vuttanayeneva yadā kappiyavohārena 『『catupaccayaparibhogatthāya dammī』』ti vadati, tadā sampaṭicchitabbaṃ, 『『vanaṃ dammi, araññaṃ dammī』』ti vutte pana vaṭṭati. Sace manussā bhikkhūhi anāṇattāyeva tattha rukkhe chinditvā aparaṇṇādīni sampādetvā bhikkhūnaṃ bhāgaṃ denti, vaṭṭati; adentā na codetabbā. Sace kenacideva antarāyena tesu pakkantesu aññe karonti, na ca bhikkhūnaṃ kiñci denti, te vāretabbā. Sace vadanti – 『『nanu, bhante, pubbepi manussā idha sassāni akaṃsū』』ti, tato te vattabbā – 『『te saṅghassa idañcidañca kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ adaṃsū』』ti. Sace vadanti – 『『mayampi dassāmā』』ti evaṃ vaṭṭati.

Kañci sassuṭṭhānakaṃ bhūmippadesaṃ sandhāya 『『sīmaṃ demā』』ti vadanti, vaṭṭati. Sīmā paricchedanatthaṃ pana thambhā vā pāsāṇā vā sayaṃ na ṭhapetabbā. Kasmā? Bhūmi nāma anagghā appakenāpi pārājiko bhaveyya, ārāmikānaṃ pana vattabbaṃ – 『『iminā ṭhānena amhākaṃ sīmā gatā』』ti. Sacepi hi te adhikaṃ gaṇhanti, pariyāyena kathitattā anāpatti. Yadi pana rājarājamahāmattādayo sayameva thambhe ṭhapāpetvā 『『cattāro paccaye paribhuñjathā』』ti denti, vaṭṭatiyeva.

Sace koci antosīmāya taḷākaṃ khanati, vihāramajjhena vā mātikaṃ neti, cetiyaṅgaṇabodhiyaṅgaṇādīni dussanti, vāretabbo. Sace saṅgho kiñci labhitvā āmisagarukatāya na vāreti, eko bhikkhu vāreti, sova bhikkhu issaro. Sace eko bhikkhu na vāreti, 『『netha tumhe』』ti tesaṃyeva pakkho hoti, saṅgho vāreti, saṅghova issaro. Saṅghikesu hi kammesu yo dhammakammaṃ karoti, sova issaro. Sace vāriyamānopi karoti, heṭṭhā gahitaṃ paṃsuṃ heṭṭhā pakkhipitvā, upari gahitaṃ paṃsuṃ upari pakkhipitvā pūretabbā.

Sace koci yathājātameva ucchuṃ vā aparaṇṇaṃ vā alābukumbhaṇḍādikaṃ vā valliphalaṃ dātukāmo 『『etaṃ sabbaṃ ucchukhettaṃ aparaṇṇavatthuṃ valliphalāvāṭaṃ dammī』』ti vadati, saha vatthunā parāmaṭṭhattā 『『na vaṭṭatī』』ti mahāsumatthero āha. Mahāpadumatthero pana 『『abhilāpamattametaṃ sāmikānaṃyeva hi so bhūmibhāgo tasmā vaṭṭatī』』ti āha.

以前在吉達羅山,有一位比丘在四廳門口畫了一個圓圈,想讓園丁們知道"希望明天為僧團烤這麼大的餅"。一個聰明的園丁看到后也這樣做了,第二天敲鼓集合僧團時,拿著餅對僧團長老說:"尊者,我們從前從未聽說過父輩或祖輩有這樣的事,一位尊者在四廳門口做了餅的標記,從今以後請尊者們按自己的意願說,我們也會過得舒適。"大長老當即返回,沒有一位比丘接受餅。這樣,以前他們連自然產生的東西也不享用。因此: 不放縱的比丘, 應該保持警惕, 即使是適當的東西, 也不要爲了物質而貪求。 關於水庫所說的,對於蓮池、引水道、水渠等也是同樣的道理。 如果有人說"我給予任何可以生長谷物、豆類、甘蔗、水果等的田地或地方",也應該拒絕說"不適當",然後按照水庫所說的方式,當他以適當的方式說"我為四種資具的使用而給予"時,才應該接受。但如果說"我給予森林,我給予荒野",這是可以的。如果人們沒有被比丘指示就在那裡砍伐樹木,準備豆類等並給比丘們一份,這是可以的;如果不給,不應催促。如果因為某種障礙那些人離開,其他人來做但不給比丘們任何東西,應該阻止他們。如果他們說:"尊者,以前人們不是也在這裡種莊稼嗎?",那麼應該告訴他們:"他們給了僧團這些這些適當的物品。"如果他們說:"我們也會給",這樣是可以的。 如果他們指某個可以種莊稼的地方說"我們給予邊界",這是可以的。但不應自己爲了劃定邊界而豎立柱子或石頭。為什麼?因為土地是無價的,即使很少也可能犯波羅夷罪。但可以對園丁們說:"我們的邊界到這個地方。"即使他們多取了,因為是間接說的,所以無罪。但如果國王、大臣等自己豎立柱子說"請享用四種資具",這是完全可以的。 如果有人在界內挖水庫,或者在寺院中間引水,損壞佛塔院或菩提樹院等,應該阻止。如果僧團因為得到什麼而貪戀物質不阻止,一個比丘阻止,那個比丘就有權力。如果一個比丘不阻止,說"你們繼續",成為他們的一方,僧團阻止,僧團就有權力。因為在僧團的事務中,誰做合法的事,誰就有權力。如果被阻止還繼續做,應該把下面挖出的土放回下面,上面挖出的土放回上面來填滿。 如果有人想給予原生的甘蔗、豆類、葫蘆、南瓜等藤蔓果實,說"我給予這所有的甘蔗田、豆類地、藤蔓果實坑",大蘇摩長老說"因為連同土地一起提到,所以不適當"。但大蓮花長老說"這只是說法而已,那塊土地仍然屬於所有者,所以是

『『Dāsaṃ dammī』』ti vadati, na vaṭṭati. 『『Ārāmikaṃ dammi, veyyāvaccakaraṃ dammi, kappiyakārakaṃ dammī』』ti vutte vaṭṭati. Sace so ārāmiko purebhattampi pacchābhattampi saṅghasseva kammaṃ karoti, sāmaṇerassa viya sabbaṃ bhesajjapaṭijagganampi tassa kātabbaṃ. Sace purebhattameva saṅghassa kammaṃ karoti, pacchābhattaṃ attano kammaṃ karoti, sāyaṃ nivāpo na dātabbo. Yepi pañcadivasavārena vā pakkhavārena vā saṅghassa kammaṃ katvā sesakāle attano kammaṃ karonti, tesampi karaṇakāleyeva bhattañca nivāpo ca dātabbo. Sace saṅghassa kammaṃ natthi, attanoyeva kammaṃ katvā jīvanti, te ce hatthakammamūlaṃ ānetvā denti, gahetabbaṃ. No ce denti, na kiñci vattabbā. Yaṃ kiñci rajakadāsampi pesakāradāsampi ārāmikanāmena sampaṭicchituṃ vaṭṭati.

Sace 『『gāvo demā』』ti vadanti, 『『na vaṭṭatī』』ti paṭikkhipitabbā. Imā gāvo kutoti paṇḍitehi pañca gorasaparibhogatthāya dinnāti, 『『mayampi pañcagorasaparibhogatthāya demā』』ti vutte vaṭṭati. Ajikādīsupi eseva nayo. 『『Hatthiṃ dema, assaṃ mahisaṃ kukkuṭaṃ sūkaraṃ demā』』ti vadanti, sampaṭicchituṃ na vaṭṭati. Sace keci manussā 『『appossukkā, bhante, tumhe hotha, mayaṃ ime gahetvā tumhākaṃ kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ dassāmā』』ti gaṇhanti, vaṭṭati. 『『Kukkuṭasūkarā sukhaṃ jīvantū』』ti araññe vissajjetuṃ vaṭṭati. 『『Imaṃ taḷākaṃ, imaṃ khettaṃ, imaṃ vatthuṃ, vihārassa demā』』ti vutte paṭikkhipituṃ na labbhatīti. Sesamettha uttānatthameva.

Samuṭṭhānādīsu idampi chasamuṭṭhānaṃ kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ , ticittaṃ, tivedananti.

Rājasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Niṭṭhito cīvaravaggo paṭhamo.

1. Kosiyavaggo

2. Kosiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

542.Tenasamayenāti kosiyasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha santharitvā kataṃ hotīti same bhūmibhāge kosiyaṃsūni uparūpari santharitvā kañjikādīhi siñcitvā kataṃ hoti. Ekenapi kosiyaṃsunā missitvāti tiṭṭhatu attano rucivasena missitaṃ, sacepi tassa karaṇaṭṭhāne vāto ekaṃ kosiyaṃsuṃ ānetvā pāteti, evampi missetvā katameva hotīti. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.

Chasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ,

Ticittaṃ, tivedananti.

Kosiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Suddhakāḷakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

547.Tena samayenāti suddhakāḷakasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha suddhakāḷakānanti suddhānaṃ kāḷakānaṃ , aññehi amissitakāḷakānanti attho. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva. Samuṭṭhānādīnipi kosiyasikkhāpadasadisānevāti.

Suddhakāḷakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Dvebhāgasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

552.Tena samayenāti dvebhāgasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha ante ādiyitvāti santhatassa ante anuvātaṃ viya dassetvā odātaṃ alliyāpetvā.

Dve bhāgāti dve koṭṭhāsā. Ādātabbāti gahetabbā. Gocariyānanti kapilavaṇṇānaṃ. Dve tulā ādātabbāti catūhi tulāhi kāretukāmaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Atthato pana yattakehi eḷakalomehi kātukāmo hoti, tesu dve koṭṭhāsā kāḷakānaṃ eko odātānaṃ, eko gocariyānanti idameva dassitaṃ hotīti veditabbaṃ. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.

Samuṭṭhānādīnipi kosiyasikkhāpadasadisāneva. Kevalaṃ idaṃ ādāya anādāya ca karaṇato kiriyākiriyaṃ veditabbanti.

Dvebhāgasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

「我會馴服奴隸」，這樣說是不適當的。「我會馴服園丁，我會馴服為僧團工作的適當人」，這樣說是可以的。如果那個園丁在早飯前和晚飯後都為僧團工作，像小沙彌一樣，所有的藥物也應由他來準備。如果他在早飯時為僧團工作，晚飯時為自己工作，傍晚的食物不應給予。如果他們在五天或有假期時為僧團工作，其餘時間為自己工作，那麼在工作期間也應給予食物和晚飯。如果僧團沒有工作，自己靠工作生活，他們如果帶來手工藝品，應該接受。如果不給予，則不應說什麼。任何金屬工人或僱傭工人也可以以園丁的名義接受。 如果他們說「我們給予牛」，應拒絕說「不適當」。這些牛從哪裡來？聰明人會爲了五頭牛的使用而給予，如果說「我們也會給予五頭牛的使用」，這也是可以的。對於大象等也是同樣的道理。如果他們說「我們給予大象、馬、牛、雞、豬」，則不應接受。如果有人說「尊者們，您們沒有安靜，我們就帶這些來給您們的適當物品」，這是可以的。「愿雞和豬過得幸福」可以放在森林裡。如果說「我把這個水庫、這個田地、這個地方給寺院」，則不應拒絕。其他的內容同樣適用。 關於起源等，這也是六種起源的行為，不是無知解脫、非心所、無意、無形相、身體和言語的行為、三心、三感。 王法的說明已完成。 第一卷的袈裟部分已完成。 2. Kosiya卷 Kosiya法的說明 因此說「那時」，這是Kosiy法。在那裡，經過處理后，像同樣的土地部分一樣，將Kosiy的草在上面澆水后處理。即使用一種Kosiy的草混合，也應按自己的喜好混合，如果在進行時風把一種Kosiy的草吹來，這樣混合后也應算作處理。其他的內容同樣適用。 六種起源、行為、無知解脫、非心所、無形相、身體和言語的行為、三心、三感。 Kosiya法的說明已完成。 清黑法的說明 因此說「那時」，這是清黑法。在那裡，清黑的意思是清凈的黑色，其他的則是非混合的黑色。其他的內容同樣適用。關於起源等也與Kosiya法相似。 清黑法的說明已完成。 二分法的說明 因此說「那時」，這是二分法。在那裡，前面所說的意思是以相同的方式進行處理，像是顯示出一種白色的樣子。 兩個部分是兩個地方。應當接受。關於食物的意思是指Kapilavattu的食物。兩個秤應當接受，這裡所說的是爲了用四個秤來處理。實際上，所用的任何小米等的數量，兩個地方的黑色和一個白色，都是與食物相關的，這一點應當明確。其他的內容同樣適用。 關於起源等也與Kosiya法相似。僅此而已，接受與不接受的行為是應當明確的。 二分法的說明已完成。

1. Chabbassasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

557.Tenasamayenāti chabbassasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha ūhadantipi ummihantipīti santhatānaṃ upari vaccampi passāvampi karontīti vuttaṃ hoti.

Dinnā saṅghena itthannāmassa bhikkhuno santhatasammutīti evaṃ laddhasammutiko bhikkhu yāva rogo na vūpasammati, tāva yaṃ yaṃ ṭhānaṃ gacchati, tattha tattha santhataṃ kātuṃ labhati. Sace arogo hutvā puna mūlabyādhināva gilāno hoti, soyeva parihāro, natthaññaṃ sammutikiccanti phussadevatthero āha. Upatissatthero pana 『『so vā byādhi paṭikuppatu, añño vā, 『sakiṃ gilāno』ti nāmaṃ laddhaṃ laddhameva, puna sammutikiccaṃ natthī』』ti āha.

Orenace channaṃ vassānanti channaṃ vassānaṃ orimabhāge, antoti attho. Padabhājane pana saṅkhyāmattadassanatthaṃ 『『ūnakachabbassānī』』ti vuttaṃ.

Anāpatti chabbassāni karotīti yadā chabbassāni paripuṇṇāni honti, tadā santhataṃ karoti. Dutiyapadepi 『『yadā atirekachabbassāni honti, tadā karotī』』ti evamattho daṭṭhabbo. Na hi so chabbassāni karotīti. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.

Samuṭṭhānādīni kosiyasikkhāpadasadisānevāti.

Chabbassasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Nisīdanasanthatasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

六月法的說明 因此說「那時」，這是六月法。在這裡，提到「從下方抬起或放下」，是指在處理的上方進行呼吸和打噴嚏的行為。 給予由僧團所接受的女性比丘的物品，成為這樣被接受的比丘在疾病未得到緩解之前，無論他走到哪裡，都會在那裡獲得適當的東西。如果他在恢復健康后又因根本疾病而生病，那麼他自己就是照顧者，沒有其他的適當工作可做，正如普斯德長老所說。烏帕提薩長老則說：「他可能會生病，或者有其他的，『他生病了』這個名字是被接受的，重新進行適當的工作是沒有的。」 「在六個雨季中」是指在六個雨季的下方，意為底部。在詞句中，爲了數量的表示，提到「少於六個雨季」。 「沒有犯戒，做六個雨季的工作」，當六個雨季完全時，他就做了適當的工作。在第二個句子中也應理解為「當超過六個雨季時，他就做了工作」。他並沒有做六個雨季的工作。其他的內容同樣適用。 關於起源等也與Kosiya法相似。 六個月法的說明已完成。 坐著的適當法的說明

565.Tena samayenāti nisīdanasanthatasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha icchāmahaṃ bhikkhaveti bhagavā kira taṃ temāsaṃ na kiñci bodhaneyyasattaṃ addasa, tasmā evamāha. Evaṃ santepi tantivasena dhammadesanā kattabbā siyā. Yasmā panassa etadahosi – 『『mayi okāsaṃ kāretvā paṭisallīne bhikkhū adhammikaṃ katikavattaṃ karissanti, taṃ upaseno bhindissati. Ahaṃ tassa pasīditvā bhikkhūnaṃ dassanaṃ anujānissāmi, tato maṃ passitukāmā bahū bhikkhū dhutaṅgāni samādiyissanti, ahañca tehi ujjhitasanthatapaccayā sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāmī』』ti, tasmā evamāha. Evaṃ bahūni hi ettha ānisaṃsānīti.

Sapariso yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamīti thero kira 『『na, bhikkhave, ūnadasavassena upasampādetabbo, yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā』』ti (mahāva. 75) imasmiṃ khandhakasikkhāpade 『『kathañhi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa aññehi ovadiyo anusāsiyo aññaṃ ovadituṃ anusāsituṃ maññissasī』』ti evamādinā nayena garahaṃ labhitvā 『『satthā mayhaṃ parisaṃ nissāya garahaṃ adāsi, so dānāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ teneva puṇṇacandasassirīkena sabbākāraparipuṇṇena mukhena brahmaghosaṃ nicchāretvā parisaṃyeva nissāya sādhukāraṃ dāpessāmī』』ti suhadayo kulaputto atirekayojanasataṃ paṭikkamitvā parisaṃ cinitvā pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi parivuto puna bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamanto. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『sapariso yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamī』』ti. Na hi sakkā buddhānaṃ aññathā ārādhetuṃ aññatra vattasampattiyā.

Bhagavatoavidūre nisinnoti vattasampattiyā parisuddhabhāvena nirāsaṅko sīho viya kañcanapabbatassa bhagavato avidūre nisinno. Etadavocāti kathāsamuṭṭhāpanatthaṃ etaṃ avoca. Manāpāni te bhikkhu paṃsukūlānīti bhikkhu tava imāni paṃsukūlāni manāpāni, attano ruciyā khantiyā gahitānīti attho. Na kho me, bhante, manāpānīti, bhante na mayā attano ruciyā gahitāni, galaggāhena viya matthakatāḷanena viya ca gāhitomhīti dasseti.

Paññāyissatīti paññāto abhiññāto bhavissati, tattha sandississatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Na mayaṃ apaññattaṃ paññapessāmāti mayaṃ sāvakā nāma apaññattaṃ na paññapessāma, buddhavisayo hi eso yadidaṃ 『『pācittiyaṃ dukkaṭa』』ntiādinā nayena apaññattasikkhāpadapaññapanaṃ paññattasamucchindanaṃ vā. Samādāyāti taṃ taṃ sikkhāpadaṃ samādiyitvā, 『『sādhu suṭṭhū』』ti sampaṭicchitvā yathāpaññattesu sabbasikkhāpadesu sikkhissāmāti dasseti. Tassa āraddhacitto punapi 『『sādhu sādhū』』ti sādhukāramadāsi.

566.Anuññātāvusoti anuññātaṃ, āvuso. Pihentāti pihayantā. Santhatāni ujjhitvāti santhate catutthacīvarasaññitāya sabbasanthatāni ujjhitvā. Dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesīti bhagavā santhatāni vippakiṇṇāni disvā 『『saddhādeyyavinipātane kāraṇaṃ natthi, paribhogupāyaṃ nesaṃ dassessāmī』』ti dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi.

坐具法的說明 因此說"那時",這是坐具法。在這裡,"比丘們,我想要"是指世尊在那三個月里沒有看到任何可以教化的眾生,所以這樣說。即使如此,也應該按照傳統進行說法。但是因為他想:"如果我創造機會獨處,比丘們會制定非法的規定,優波斯那會打破它。我會對他生起信心,允許比丘們見我,然後許多想見我的比丘會受持頭陀行,我將因為他們捨棄的坐具而制定學處。"所以這樣說。這裡有許多利益。 "帶著隨從來到世尊那裡"是指長老在"比丘們,不滿十歲不應授具足戒,誰授具足戒,犯突吉羅罪"這條犍度學處中,被責備說"愚人,你怎麼能認為自己可以教導和指導別人,而你自己還需要被教導和指導呢?"等等。"世尊因為我的隨從而責備我,現在我要讓世尊以那圓滿的月亮般的面容發出梵音,使隨從給予讚歎。"這位善良的族姓子退回一百多由旬,集合隨從,帶著五百比丘再次來到世尊那裡。所以說"帶著隨從來到世尊那裡"。因為除了圓滿的行為,無法以其他方式取悅諸佛。 "坐在離世尊不遠處"是指因為行為圓滿而清凈,無所畏懼,像獅子一樣坐在離世尊這座金山不遠處。"說了這話"是爲了引起談話而說。"比丘,你喜歡這些糞掃衣嗎?"意思是比丘,這些糞掃衣是你喜歡的,是按自己的意願和喜好接受的。"尊者,我不喜歡"意思是,尊者,我不是按自己的意願接受的,而是被迫接受的,就像被掐住喉嚨或被打頭一樣。 "將會知道"意思是將會成為衆所周知的,意思是將會在那裡顯現。"我們不會制定未制定的"意思是我們作為弟子不會制定未制定的,因為這是佛陀的領域,即以"波逸提、突吉羅"等方式制定未制定的學處或廢除已制定的。"受持"意思是接受那些學處,表示"好,很好"地接受,表示我們將在所有已制定的學處中學習。他心生歡喜,再次說"好,好"表示讚歎。 "朋友,已被允許"意思是已被允許,朋友。"羨慕"意思是希求。"捨棄坐具"意思是因為認為坐具是第四件衣,捨棄所有的坐具。"說了法語后對比丘們說"意思是世尊看到坐具被丟棄,想:"沒有理由浪費信施,我將給他們指出使用的方法",於是說了法語后對比丘們說。

567.Sakiṃ nivatthampi sakiṃ pārutampīti sakiṃ nisinnañceva nipannañca. Sāmantāti ekapassato vaṭṭaṃ vā caturassaṃ vā chinditvā gahitaṭṭhānaṃ yathā vidatthimattaṃ hoti, evaṃ gahetabbaṃ, santharantena pana pāḷiyaṃ vuttanayeneva ekadese vā santharitabbaṃ, vijaṭetvā vā missakaṃ katvā santharitabbaṃ, evaṃ thirataraṃ hotīti. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.

Samuṭṭhānādīni kiriyākiriyattā imassa sikkhāpadassa dvebhāgasikkhāpadasadisānīti.

Imesu pana pañcasu santhatesu purimāni tīṇi vinayakammaṃ katvā paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjituṃ na vaṭṭanti, pacchimāni dve vaṭṭantīti veditabbānīti.

Nisīdanasanthatasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Eḷakalomasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

571.Tenasamayenāti eḷakalomasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha uppaṇḍesunti 『『kittakena, bhante, kītānī』』tiādīni vadantā avahasiṃsu. Ṭhitakova āsumbhīti yathā manussā araññato mahantaṃ dārubhāraṃ ānetvā kilantā ṭhitakāva pātenti, evaṃ pātesīti attho.

572.Sahatthāti sahatthena, attanā haritabbānīti vuttaṃ hoti. Bahitiyojanaṃ pātetīti tiyojanato bahi pāteti. Anantarāyena patanake hatthato muttamatte lomagaṇanāya nissaggiyapācittiyāni. Sace bahitiyojane rukkhe vā thambhe vā paṭihaññitvā puna anto patanti, anāpatti . Bhūmiyaṃ patitvā ṭhatvā ṭhatvā vaṭṭamānā eḷakalomabhaṇḍikā puna anto pavisati, āpattiyeva. Anto ṭhatvā hatthena vā pādena vā yaṭṭhiyā vā vaṭṭeti ṭhatvā vā aṭhatvā vā vaṭṭamānā bhaṇḍikā gacchatu, āpattiyeva. 『『Añño harissatī』』ti ṭhapeti, tena haritepi āpattiyeva. Suddhacittena ṭhapitaṃ vāto vā añño vā attano dhammatāya bahi pāteti, āpattiyeva. Saussāhattā acittakattā ca sikkhāpadassa. Kurundiyādīsu pana 『『ettha anāpattī』』ti vuttā, sā anāpatti pāḷiyā na sameti. Ubhatobhaṇḍikaṃ ekābaddhaṃ katvā ekaṃ bhaṇḍikaṃ antosīmāya ekaṃ bahisīmāya karonto ṭhapeti, rakkhati tāva. Ekābaddhe kājepi eseva nayo. Yadi pana abandhitvā kājakoṭiyaṃ ṭhapitamattameva hoti, na rakkhati. Ekābaddhepi parivattetvā ṭhapite āpattiyeva.

Aññassa yāne vāti ettha gacchante yāne vā hatthipiṭṭhiādīsu vā sāmikassa ajānantasseva harissatīti ṭhapeti, tasmiṃ tiyojanaṃ atikkante āpatti. Agacchantepi eseva nayo. Sace pana agacchante yāne vā hatthipiṭṭhiyādīsu vā ṭhapetvā abhiruhitvā sāreti, heṭṭhā vā gacchanto codeti, pakkosanto vā anubandhāpeti, 『『aññaṃ harāpetī』』ti vacanato anāpatti. Kurundiyādīsu pana 『『āpattī』』ti vuttaṃ, taṃ 『『aññaṃ harāpetī』』ti iminā na sameti. Adinnādāne pana suṅkaghāte āpatti hoti. Yā hi tattha āpatti, sā idha anāpatti. Yā idha āpatti, sā tattha anāpatti. Taṃ ṭhānaṃ patvā aññavihito vā corādīhi vā upadduto gacchati, āpattiyeva. Sabbattha lomagaṇanāya āpattiparicchedo veditabbo.

567."一次穿上或一次披上"是指一次坐下或躺下。"周圍"是指從一邊切割成圓形或方形,取的地方應該是一掌寬,這樣應該取。但是在鋪設時,應該按照經文所說的方式鋪設在一邊,或者解開后混合在一起鋪設,這樣會更堅固。其餘的內容很明顯。 關於起源等,因為這條學處既是作為也是不作為,所以與二分法學處相似。 在這五種坐具中,前三種做了律儀羯磨后獲得不適合使用,后兩種適合使用,這應該知道。 坐具法的說明已完成。 羊毛法的說明 因此說"那時",這是羊毛法。在那裡,"嘲笑"是指說"尊者,買了多少"等話來取笑。"站著就倒下"的意思是,就像人們從森林裡帶來大量木柴后疲憊不堪站著就倒下一樣。 572."親手"是指用自己的手,意思是應該自己搬運。"超過三由旬就放下"是指超過三由旬之外就放下。如果沒有障礙物掉落,一離開手就按羊毛的數量計算尼薩耆波逸提。如果超過三由旬碰到樹或柱子后又掉回來,則無罪。如果掉在地上后滾動的羊毛包又回到裡面,則有罪。如果在裡面站著用手或腳或棍子滾動,無論站著還是不站著滾動的包裹離開,都有罪。如果想"別人會搬運"而放置,被別人搬運也有罪。如果以清凈心放置,被風或其他人自然地吹到外面,也有罪。因為這條學處是有意圖的和非心所的。但在《古倫迪》等註釋書中說"這裡無罪",這與經文不符。如果把兩個包裹綁在一起,一個放在界內一個放在界外,暫時保護。對於綁在一起的擔子也是同樣的道理。但如果沒有綁在一起只是放在擔子的一端,則不保護。即使綁在一起,如果翻轉放置也有罪。 "在別人的車上等"中,如果在行進的車上或大象背上等放置,想"車主不知道會搬運",超過三由旬就有罪。不行進的也是同樣的道理。但如果在不行進的車上或大象背上等放置后騎上去駕駛,或者在下面走著驅趕,或者叫喊著讓跟隨,因為說"讓別人搬運",所以無罪。但在《古倫迪》等註釋書中說"有罪",這與"讓別人搬運"不符。但在不與取中,在逃稅時有罪。那裡有罪的,這裡無罪。這裡有罪的,那裡無罪。到達那個地方后因為心不在焉或被盜賊等騷擾而離開,也有罪。在所有情況下都應該按羊毛的數量來判斷罪的界限。

1. Tiyojanaṃ vāsādhippāyo gantvā tato paraṃ haratīti yattha gato, tattha uddesaparipucchādīnaṃ vā paccayādīnaṃ vā alābhena tato paraṃ aññattha gacchati, tatopi aññatthāti evaṃ yojanasatampi harantassa anāpatti. Acchinnaṃ paṭilabhitvāti corā acchinditvā niratthakabhāvaṃ ñatvā paṭidenti, taṃ harantassa anāpatti. Nissaṭṭhaṃ paṭilabhitvāti vinayakammakataṃ paṭilabhitvāti attho.

Katabhaṇḍanti kataṃbhaṇḍaṃ kambalakojavasanthatādiṃ yaṃ kiñci antamaso suttakena baddhamattampi. Yo pana tanukapattatthavikantare vā āyogaaṃsabaddhakakāyabandhanādīnaṃ antaresu vā pipphalikādīnaṃ malarakkhaṇatthaṃ sipāṭikāya vā antamaso vātābādhiko kaṇṇacchiddepi lomāni pakkhipitvā gacchati, āpattiyeva. Suttakena pana bandhitvā pakkhittaṃ katabhaṇḍaṭṭhāne tiṭṭhati, veṇiṃ katvā harati, idaṃ nidhānamukhaṃ nāma, āpattiyevāti. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.

Samuṭṭhānādīsu idaṃ eḷakalomasamuṭṭhānaṃ nāma, kāyato ca kāyacittato ca samuṭṭhāti, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.

Eḷakalomasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Eḷakalomadhovāpanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

576.Tena samayenāti eḷakalomadhovāpanasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha riñcantīti ujjhanti vissajjenti, na sakkonti anuyuñjitunti vuttaṃ hoti. Sesamettha purāṇacīvarasikkhāpade vuttanayeneva saddhiṃ samuṭṭhānādīhīti.

Eḷakalomadhovāpanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Rūpiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

582.Tena samayenāti rūpiyasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha paṭivisoti koṭṭhāso.

583-

三由旬的坐具法是指走到那裡后再去別處。如果在某個地方，因提問或條件等而未能獲得，之後再去別處，則也算作不犯戒。若是被盜賊割斷後，因知道其無用而獲得，則也不算犯戒。若是因律儀所做的而獲得，則是指合法獲得。 「已做的擔子」是指已做的擔子，像是毛毯、衣物等，哪怕是用絲繩輕輕綁住的東西。若是在較小的地方或在細長的東西之間，或是爲了保護而在毛毯等之間放置，若是因風的干擾而掉落，則有罪。若是用絲繩綁住後放置在適當的地方，若是將其解開后再拿走，則是合法的，這被稱為「放置的地方」，有罪。其餘的內容很明顯。 關於起源等，這裡是指羊毛的起源，因身體和心的起源而起，屬於行為，非心所，非心所的，屬於身體行為，屬於三種心的行為。 羊毛法的說明已完成。 羊毛下放法的說明 因此說「那時」，這是羊毛下放法。在這裡，「放下」是指拋棄、放棄，無法再繼續使用。其餘的內容與以前的衣物法的說明相同。 羊毛下放法的說明已完成。 銀法的說明 因此說「那時」，這是銀法。在這裡，「歸屬」是指歸屬的地方。

4.Jātarūparajatanti ettha jātarūpanti suvaṇṇassa nāmaṃ. Taṃ pana yasmā tathāgatassa vaṇṇasadisaṃ hoti, tasmā 『『satthuvaṇṇo vuccatī』』ti padabhājane vuttaṃ. Tassattho – 『『yo satthuvaṇṇo lohaviseso, idaṃ jātarūpaṃ nāmā』』ti rajataṃ pana 『『saṅkho, silā, pavāla, rajataṃ, jātarūpa』』ntiādīsu (pāci. 506) rūpiyaṃ vuttaṃ. Idha pana yaṃ kiñci vohāragamanīyaṃ kahāpaṇādi adhippetaṃ. Tenevassa padabhājane 『『kahāpaṇo lohamāsako』』tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha kahāpaṇoti sovaṇṇamayo vā rūpiyamayo vā pākatiko vā. Lohamāsakoti tambalohādīhi katamāsako. Dārumāsakoti sāradārunā vā veḷupesikāya vā antamaso tālapaṇṇenāpi rūpaṃ chinditvā katamāsako. Jatumāsakoti lākhāya vā niyyāsena vā rūpaṃ samuṭṭhāpetvā katamāsako. 『『Ye vohāraṃ gacchantī』』ti iminā pana padena yo yo yattha yattha janapade yadā yadā vohāraṃ gacchati, antamaso aṭṭhimayopi cammamayopi rukkhaphalabījamayopi samuṭṭhāpitarūpopi asamuṭṭhāpitarūpopi sabbo saṅgahito.

Iccetaṃ sabbampi rajataṃ jātarūpaṃ jātarūpamāsako, vuttappabhedo sabbopi rajatamāsakoti catubbidhaṃ nissaggiyavatthu hoti. Muttā, maṇi, veḷuriyo, saṅkho, silā, pavāla, lohitaṅko, masāragallaṃ, satta dhaññāni, dāsidāsakhettavatthupupphārāmaphalārāmādayoti idaṃ dukkaṭavatthu. Suttaṃ phālo paṭako kappāso anekappakāraṃ aparaṇṇaṃ sappinavanītatelamadhuphāṇitādibhesajjañca idaṃ kappiyavatthu. Tattha nissaggiyavatthuṃ attano vā saṅghagaṇapuggalacetiyānaṃ vā atthāya sampaṭicchituṃ na vaṭṭati. Attano atthāya sampaṭicchato nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ hoti, sesānaṃ atthāya dukkaṭaṃ. Dukkaṭavatthuṃ sabbesampi atthāya sampaṭicchato dukkaṭameva. Kappiyavatthumhi anāpatti. Sabbampi nikkhipanatthāya bhaṇḍāgārikasīsena sampaṭicchato upari ratanasikkhāpade āgatavasena pācittiyaṃ.

Uggaṇheyyāti gaṇheyya. Yasmā pana gaṇhanto āpattiṃ āpajjati, tenassa padabhājane 『『sayaṃ gaṇhāti nissaggiyaṃ pācittiya』』nti vuttaṃ. Esa nayo sesapadesupi.

Tattha jātarūparajatabhaṇḍesu kahāpaṇamāsakesu ca ekaṃ gaṇhato vā gaṇhāpayato vā ekā āpatti. Sahassaṃ cepi ekato gaṇhāti, gaṇhāpeti, vatthugaṇanāya āpattiyo. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana kurundiyañca sithilabaddhāya thavikāya sithilapūrite vā bhājane rūpagaṇanāya āpatti. Ghanabaddhe pana ghanapūrite vā ekāva āpattīti vuttaṃ.

Upanikkhittasādiyane pana 『『idaṃ ayyassa hotū』』ti vutte sacepi cittena sādiyati, gaṇhitukāmo hoti, kāyena vā vācāya vā 『『nayidaṃ kappatī』』ti paṭikkhipati, anāpatti. Kāyavācāhi vā appaṭikkhipitvāpi suddhacitto hutvā 『『nayidaṃ amhākaṃ kappatī』』ti na sādiyati, anāpattiyeva. Tīsu dvāresu hi yena kenaci paṭikkhittaṃ paṭikkhittameva hoti. Sace pana kāyavācāhi appaṭikkhipitvā cittena adhivāseti, kāyavācāhi kattabbassa paṭikkhepassa akaraṇato akiriyasamuṭṭhānaṃ kāyadvāre ca vacīdvāre ca āpattiṃ āpajjati, manodvāre pana āpatti nāma natthi.

銀與金 「金銀」在這裡是指黃金的名稱。因為它的顏色與如來相似，所以說「被稱為老師的顏色」。其意義是「被稱為老師的顏色的金屬，這就是金銀」。而銀在「海螺、石頭、珊瑚、銀、金」等等中被稱為「銀」。這裡所指的任何與交易有關的東西，如錢幣等都是有意的。因此在這裡提到「錢幣是金屬製成的」之類的說法。在這裡，錢幣是指黃金製成的或是銀製成的，或者是普通的。金屬製成的則是由銅、鐵等製成的。木製的則是用木材或是竹子等製成的，至少用椰子葉也可以。用蠟或樹脂等製成的則是由蠟或樹脂製成的。用漆或其他材料製成的則是由漆或其他材料製成的。無論在哪個地方，何時何地進行交易，最少包括骨頭製成的、皮革製成的、樹果種子製成的、被製成的或未被製成的所有物品都被包含在內。 因此，所有的銀都是金銀，金銀的種類被稱為金銀的物品，所有的銀都算作四種不應持有的物品。珍珠、寶石、琉璃、海螺、石頭、珊瑚、紅色的東西、米、七種穀物、奴隸、奴隸的田地、花、果實等都是不應持有的物品。被認為是有過失的物品包括：未被使用的、被使用的、被多種方式使用的、其他的藥物等，這些都是應持有的物品。在這裡，不應持有的物品是指爲了自己的或是僧團、眾生的利益而接受的。爲了自己的利益而接受的不應持有的則屬於過失。所有不應持有的物品都是爲了所有人的利益而接受的。 「應當接受」是指應當接受。因為接受時會犯戒，因此在這裡說「自己接受則犯戒」。同樣的原則適用於其他地方。 在這裡，關於金銀的物品和錢幣的物品，若是一個接受或被接受，則算作一項過失。即便是數量達到一千，也會因數量而犯戒。在大乘法中，關於金銀的物品和其他物品的數量，若是數量達到一，則算作一項過失。 關於上面提到的物品，若是「願意歸於尊者」，即使心中同意，若是想要接受，若是用身體或語言拒絕，則不犯戒。若是用身體和語言拒絕而心中清凈，則不接受「這對我們有利」。在三個門口，任何被拒絕的都是被拒絕的。若是用身體和語言拒絕而心中同意，則因身體和語言的拒絕而犯戒，而心中則不算犯戒。

Eko sataṃ vā sahassaṃ vā pādamūle ṭhapeti 『『tuyhidaṃ hotū』』ti, bhikkhū 『『nayidaṃ kappatī』』ti paṭikkhipati, upāsako pariccattaṃ mayā tumhākanti gato, añño tattha āgantvā pucchati – 『『kiṃ, bhante, ida』』nti? Yaṃ tena attanā ca vuttaṃ, taṃ ācikkhitabbaṃ. So ce vadati – 『『gopayissāmi, bhante, guttaṭṭhānaṃ dassethā』』ti, sattabhūmikampi pāsādaṃ abhiruhitvā 『『idaṃ guttaṭṭhāna』』nti ācikkhitabbaṃ, 『『idha nikkhipāhī』』ti na vattabbaṃ. Ettāvatā kappiyañca akappiyañca nissāya ṭhitaṃ hoti. Dvāraṃ pidahitvā rakkhantena vasitabbaṃ. Sace kiñci vikkāyikabhaṇḍaṃ pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā āgacchati, 『『idaṃ gahessatha bhante』』ti vutte 『『upāsaka atthi amhākaṃ iminā attho, vatthu ca evarūpaṃ nāma saṃvijjati, kappiyakārako natthī』』ti vattabbaṃ. Sace so vadati, 『『ahaṃ kappiyakārako bhavissāmi, dvāraṃ vivaritvā dethā』』ti, dvāraṃ vivaritvā 『『imasmiṃ okāse ṭhapita』』nti vattabbaṃ, 『『idaṃ gaṇhā』』ti na vattabbaṃ. Evampi kappiyañca akappiyañca nissāya ṭhitameva hoti, so ce taṃ gahetvā tassa kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ deti, vaṭṭati. Sace adhikaṃ gaṇhāti, 『『na mayaṃ tava bhaṇḍaṃ gaṇhāma, 『『nikkhamāhī』』ti vattabbo.

Saṅghamajjhe nissajjitabbanti ettha yasmā rūpiyaṃ nāma akappiyaṃ, 『『tasmā nissajjitabbaṃ saṅghassa vā gaṇassa vā puggalassa vā』』ti na vuttaṃ. Yasmā pana taṃ paṭiggahitamattameva na tena kiñci kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ cetāpitaṃ, tasmā upāyena paribhogadassanatthaṃ 『『saṅghamajjhe nissajjitabba』』nti vuttaṃ. Kappiyaṃ ācikkhitabbaṃ sappi vāti 『『pabbajitānaṃ sappi vā telaṃ vā vaṭṭati upāsakā』』ti evaṃ ācikkhitabbaṃ.

Rūpiyapaṭiggāhakaṃ ṭhapetvā sabbeheva paribhuñjitabbanti sabbehi bhājetvā paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Rūpiyapaṭiggāhakena bhāgo na gahetabbo. Aññesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vā ārāmikānaṃ vā pattabhāgampi labhitvā paribhuñjituṃ na vaṭṭati, antamaso makkaṭādīhi tato haritvā araññe ṭhapitaṃ vā tesaṃ hatthato gaḷitaṃ vā tiracchānagatapariggahitampi paṃsukūlampi na vaṭṭatiyeva, tato āhaṭena phāṇitena senāsanadhūpanampi na vaṭṭati. Sappinā vā telena vā padīpaṃ katvā dīpāloke nipajjituṃ kasiṇaparikammampi kātuṃ, potthakampi vācetuṃ na vaṭṭati. Telamadhuphāṇitehi pana sarīre vaṇaṃ makkhetuṃ na vaṭṭatiyeva. Tena vatthunā mañcapīṭhādīni vā gaṇhanti, uposathāgāraṃ vā bhojanasālaṃ vā karonti, paribhuñjituṃ na vaṭṭati. Chāyāpi gehaparicchedena ṭhitā na vaṭṭati, paricchedātikkantā āgantukattā vaṭṭati. Taṃ vatthuṃ vissajjetvā katena maggenapi setunāpi nāvāyapi uḷumpenapi gantuṃ na vaṭṭati, tena vatthunā khanāpitāya pokkharaṇiyā ubbhidodakaṃ pātuṃ vā paribhuñjituṃ vā na vaṭṭati. Anto udake pana asati aññaṃ āgantukaṃ udakaṃ vā vassodakaṃ vā paviṭṭhaṃ vaṭṭati. Kītāya yena udakena saddhiṃ kītā taṃ āgantukampi na vaṭṭati, taṃ vatthuṃ upanikkhepaṃ ṭhapetvā saṅgho paccaye paribhuñjati, tepi paccayā tassa na vaṭṭanti. Ārāmo gahito hoti, sopi paribhuñjituṃ na vaṭṭati. Yadi bhūmipi bījampi akappiyaṃ neva bhūmiṃ na phalaṃ paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Sace bhūmiṃyeva kiṇitvā aññāni bījāni ropitāni phalaṃ vaṭṭati, atha bījāni kiṇitvā kappiyabhūmiyaṃ ropitāni, phalaṃ na vaṭṭati, bhūmiyaṃ nisīdituṃ vā nipajjituṃ vā vaṭṭati.

Eko sataṃ vā sahassaṃ vā pādamūle ṭhapeti 『『tuyhidaṃ hotū』』ti, bhikkhū 『『nayidaṃ kappatī』』ti paṭikkhipati, upāsako pariccattaṃ mayā tumhākanti gato, añño tattha āgantvā pucchati – 『『kiṃ, bhante, ida』』nti? Yaṃ tena attanā ca vuttaṃ, taṃ ācikkhitabbaṃ. So ce vadati – 『『gopayissāmi, bhante, guttaṭṭhānaṃ dassethā』』ti, sattabhūmikampi pāsādaṃ abhiruhitvā 『『idaṃ guttaṭṭhāna』』nti ācikkhitabbaṃ, 『『idha nikkhipāhī』』ti na vattabbaṃ. Ettāvatā kappiyañca akappiyañca nissāya ṭhitaṃ hoti. Dvāraṃ pidahitvā rakkhantena vasitabbaṃ. Sace kiñci vikkāyikabhaṇḍaṃ pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā āgacchati, 『『idaṃ gahessatha bhante』』ti vutte 『『upāsaka atthi amhākaṃ iminā attho, vatthu ca evarūpaṃ nāma saṃvijjati, kappiyakārako natthī』』ti vattabbaṃ. Sace so vadati, 『『ahaṃ kappiyakārako bhavissāmi, dvāraṃ vivaritvā dethā』』ti, dvāraṃ vivaritvā 『『imasmiṃ okāse ṭhapita』』nti vattabbaṃ, 『『idaṃ gaṇhā』』ti na vattabbaṃ. Evampi kappiyañca akappiyañca nissāya ṭhitameva hoti, so ce taṃ gahetvā tassa kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ deti, vaṭṭati. Sace adhikaṃ gaṇhāti, 『『na mayaṃ tava bhaṇḍaṃ gaṇhāma, 『『nikkhamāhī』』ti vattabbo. Saṅghamajjhe nissajjitabbanti ettha yasmā rūpiyaṃ nāma akappiyaṃ, 『『tasmā nissajjitabbaṃ saṅghassa vā gaṇassa vā puggalassa vā』』ti na vuttaṃ. Yasmā pana taṃ paṭiggahitamattameva na tena kiñci kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ cetāpitaṃ, tasmā upāyena paribhogadassanatthaṃ 『『saṅghamajjhe nissajjitabba』』nti vuttaṃ. Kappiyaṃ ācikkhitabbaṃ sappi vāti 『『pabbajitānaṃ sappi vā telaṃ vā vaṭṭati upāsakā』』ti evaṃ ācikkhitabbaṃ. Rūpiyapaṭiggāhakaṃ ṭhapetvā sabbeheva paribhuñjitabbanti sabbehi bhājetvā paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Rūpiyapaṭiggāhakena bhāgo na gahetabbo. Aññesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vā ārāmikānaṃ vā pattabhāgampi labhitvā paribhuñjituṃ na vaṭṭati, antamaso makkaṭādīhi tato haritvā araññe ṭhapitaṃ vā tesaṃ hatthato gaḷitaṃ vā tiracchānagatapariggahitampi paṃsukūlampi na vaṭṭatiyeva, tato āhaṭena phāṇitena senāsanadhūpanampi na vaṭṭati. Sappinā vā telena vā padīpaṃ katvā dīpāloke nipajjituṃ kasiṇaparikammampi kātuṃ, potthakampi vācetuṃ na vaṭṭati. Telamadhuphāṇitehi pana sarīre vaṇaṃ makkhetuṃ na vaṭṭatiyeva. Tena vatthunā mañcapīṭhādīni vā gaṇhanti, uposathāgāraṃ vā bhojanasālaṃ vā karonti, paribhuñjituṃ na vaṭṭati. Chāyāpi gehaparicchedena ṭhitā na vaṭṭati, paricchedātikkantā āgantukattā vaṭṭati. Taṃ vatthuṃ vissajjetvā katena maggenapi setunāpi nāvāyapi uḷumpenapi gantuṃ na vaṭṭati, tena vatthunā khanāpitāya pokkharaṇiyā ubbhidodakaṃ pātuṃ vā paribhuñjituṃ vā na vaṭṭati. Anto udake pana asati aññaṃ āgantukaṃ udakaṃ vā vassodakaṃ vā paviṭṭhaṃ vaṭṭati. Kītāya yena udakena saddhiṃ kītā taṃ āgantukampi na vaṭṭati, taṃ vatthuṃ upanikkhepaṃ ṭhapetvā saṅgho paccaye paribhuñjati, tepi paccayā tassa na vaṭṭanti. Ārāmo gahito hoti, sopi paribhuñjituṃ na vaṭṭati. Yadi bhūmipi bījampi akappiyaṃ neva bhūmiṃ na phalaṃ paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Sace bhūmiṃyeva kiṇitvā aññāni bījāni ropitāni phalaṃ vaṭṭati, atha bījāni kiṇitvā kappiyabhūmiyaṃ ropitāni, phalaṃ na vaṭṭati, bhūmiyaṃ nisīdituṃ vā nipajjituṃ vā vaṭṭati.

Sace so chaḍḍetīti yattha katthaci khipati, athāpi na chaḍḍeti, sayaṃ gahetvā gacchati, na vāretabbo. No ce chaḍḍetīti atha neva gahetvā gacchati, na chaḍḍeti, kiṃ mayhaṃ iminā byāpārenāti yena kāmaṃ pakkamati, tato yathāvuttalakkhaṇo rūpiyachaḍḍako sammannitabbo.

Yona chandāgatintiādīsu lobhavasena taṃ vatthuṃ attano vā karonto attānaṃ vā ukkaṃsento chandāgatiṃ nāma gacchati . Dosavasena 『『nevāyaṃ mātikaṃ jānāti, na vinaya』』nti paraṃ apasādento dosāgatiṃ nāma gacchati. Mohavasena muṭṭhapamuṭṭhassatibhāvaṃ āpajjanto mohāgatiṃ nāma gacchati. Rūpiyapaṭiggāhakassa bhayena chaḍḍetuṃ avisahanto bhayāgatiṃ nāma gacchati. Evaṃ akaronto na chandāgatiṃ gacchati, na dosāgatiṃ gacchati, na mohāgatiṃ gacchati, na bhayāgatiṃ gacchatīti veditabbo.

585.Animittaṃ katvāti nimittaṃ akatvā, akkhīni nimmīletvā nadiyā vā papāte vā vanagahane vā gūthaṃ viya anapekkhena patitokāsaṃ asamannāharantena pātetabbanti attho. Evaṃ jigucchitabbepi rūpiye bhagavā pariyāyena bhikkhūnaṃ paribhogaṃ ācikkhi. Rūpiyapaṭiggāhakassa pana kenaci pariyāyena tato uppannapaccayaparibhogo na vaṭṭati. Yathā cāyaṃ etassa na vaṭṭati, evaṃ asantasambhāvanāya vā kuladūsakakammena vā kuhanādīhi vā uppannapaccayā neva tassa na aññassa vaṭṭanti, dhammena samena uppannāpi appaccavekkhitvā paribhuñjituṃ na vaṭṭanti.

Cattāro hi paribhogā – theyyaparibhogo, iṇaparibhogo, dāyajjaparibhogo, sāmiparibhogoti. Tattha saṅghamajjhepi nisīditvā paribhuñjantassa dussīlassa paribhogo 『『theyyaparibhogo』』 nāma. Sīlavato appaccavekkhitaparibhogo 『『iṇaparibhogo』』 nāma. Tasmā cīvaraṃ paribhoge paribhoge paccavekkhitabbaṃ, piṇḍapāto ālope ālope. Tathā asakkontena purebhattapacchābhattapurimayāmapacchimayāmesu. Sacassa appaccavekkhatova aruṇo uggacchati, iṇaparibhogaṭṭhāne tiṭṭhati. Senāsanampi paribhoge paribhoge paccavekkhitabbaṃ, bhesajjassa paṭiggahaṇepi paribhogepi satipaccayatā vaṭṭati, evaṃ santepi paṭiggahaṇe satiṃ katvā paribhoge akarontasseva āpatti, paṭiggahaṇe pana satiṃ akatvā paribhoge karontassa anāpatti.

Catubbidhā hi suddhi – desanāsuddhi, saṃvarasuddhi, pariyeṭṭhisuddhi, paccavekkhaṇasuddhīti. Tattha desanāsuddhi nāma pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlaṃ , tañhi desanāya sujjhanato 『『desanāsuddhī』』ti vuccati. Saṃvarasuddhi nāma indriyasaṃvarasīlaṃ, tañhi na puna evaṃ karissāmīti cittādhiṭṭhānasaṃvareneva sujjhanato 『『saṃvarasuddhī』』ti vuccati. Pariyeṭṭhisuddhi nāma ājīvapārisuddhisīlaṃ, tañhi anesanaṃ pahāya dhammena samena paccaye uppādentassa pariyesanāya suddhattā 『『pariyeṭṭhisuddhī』』ti vuccati. Paccavekkhaṇasuddhi nāma paccayaparibhogasannissitasīlaṃ, tañhi 『『paṭisaṅkhā yoniso cīvaraṃ paṭisevatī』』tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.23; a. ni.

Sace so chaḍḍetīti yattha katthaci khipati, athāpi na chaḍḍeti, sayaṃ gahetvā gacchati, na vāretabbo. No ce chaḍḍetīti atha neva gahetvā gacchati, na chaḍḍeti, kiṃ mayhaṃ iminā byāpārenāti yena kāmaṃ pakkamati, tato yathāvuttalakkhaṇo rūpiyachaḍḍako sammannitabbo. Yona chandāgatintiādīsu lobhavasena taṃ vatthuṃ attano vā karonto attānaṃ vā ukkaṃsento chandāgatiṃ nāma gacchati. Dosavasena 『『nevāyaṃ mātikaṃ jānāti, na vinaya』』nti paraṃ apasādento dosāgatiṃ nāma gacchati. Mohavasena muṭṭhapamuṭṭhassatibhāvaṃ āpajjanto mohāgatiṃ nāma gacchati. Rūpiyapaṭiggāhakassa bhayena chaḍḍetuṃ avisahanto bhayāgatiṃ nāma gacchati. Evaṃ akaronto na chandāgatiṃ gacchati, na dosāgatiṃ gacchati, na mohāgatiṃ gacchati, na bhayāgatiṃ gacchatīti veditabbo. 585. Animittaṃ katvāti nimittaṃ akatvā, akkhīni nimmīletvā nadiyā vā papāte vā vanagahane vā gūthaṃ viya anapekkhena patitokāsaṃ asamannāharantena pātetabbanti attho. Evaṃ jigucchitabbepi rūpiye bhagavā pariyāyena bhikkhūnaṃ paribhogaṃ ācikkhi. Rūpiyapaṭiggāhakassa pana kenaci pariyāyena tato uppannapaccayaparibhogo na vaṭṭati. Yathā cāyaṃ etassa na vaṭṭati, evaṃ asantasambhāvanāya vā kuladūsakakammena vā kuhanādīhi vā uppannapaccayā neva tassa na aññassa vaṭṭanti, dhammena samena uppannāpi appaccavekkhitvā paribhuñjituṃ na vaṭṭanti. Cattāro hi paribhogā – theyyaparibhogo, iṇaparibhogo, dāyajjaparibhogo, sāmiparibhogoti. Tattha saṅghamajjhepi nisīditvā paribhuñjantassa dussīlassa paribhogo 『『theyyaparibhogo』』 nāma. Sīlavato appaccavekkhitaparibhogo 『『iṇaparibhogo』』 nāma. Tasmā cīvaraṃ paribhoge paribhoge paccavekkhitabbaṃ, piṇḍapāto ālope ālope. Tathā asakkontena purebhattapacchābhattapurimayāmapacchimayāmesu. Sacassa appaccavekkhatova aruṇo uggacchati, iṇaparibhogaṭṭhāne tiṭṭhati. Senāsanampi paribhoge paribhoge paccavekkhitabbaṃ, bhesajjassa paṭiggahaṇepi paribhogepi satipaccayatā vaṭṭati, evaṃ santepi paṭiggahaṇe satiṃ katvā paribhoge akarontasseva āpatti, paṭiggahaṇe pana satiṃ akatvā paribhoge karontassa anāpatti. Catubbidhā hi suddhi – desanāsuddhi, saṃvarasuddhi, pariyeṭṭhisuddhi, paccavekkhaṇasuddhīti. Tattha desanāsuddhi nāma pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlaṃ, tañhi desanāya sujjhanato 『『desanāsuddhī』』ti vuccati. Saṃvarasuddhi nāma indriyasaṃvarasīlaṃ, tañhi na puna evaṃ karissāmīti cittādhiṭṭhānasaṃvareneva sujjhanato 『『saṃvarasuddhī』』ti vuccati. Pariyeṭṭhisuddhi nāma ājīvapārisuddhisīlaṃ, tañhi anesanaṃ pahāya dhammena samena paccaye uppādentassa pariyesanāya suddhattā 『『pariyeṭṭhisuddhī』』ti vuccati. Paccavekkhaṇasuddhi nāma paccayaparibhogasannissitasīlaṃ, tañhi 『『paṭisaṅkhā yoniso cīvaraṃ paṭisevatī』』tiādinā.

6.58) nayena vuttena paccavekkhaṇena sujjhanato 『『paccavekkhaṇasuddhī』』ti vuccati. Tena vuttaṃ – 『『paṭiggahaṇe pana satiṃ akatvā paribhoge karontassa anāpattī』』ti.

Sattannaṃ sekkhānaṃ paccayaparibhogo dāyajjaparibhogo nāma, te hi bhagavato puttā, tasmā pitusantakānaṃ paccayānaṃ dāyādā hutvā te paccaye paribhuñjanti. Kiṃ pana te bhagavato paccaye paribhuñjanti, gihīnaṃ paccaye paribhuñjantīti? Gihīhi dinnāpi bhagavatā anuññātattā bhagavato santakā honti, tasmā te bhagavato paccaye paribhuñjantīti (ma. ni.

如果他捨棄,即隨處丟棄,即使他不捨棄,自己拿走,也不應阻止。如果他不捨棄,即既不拿走也不丟棄,想"這與我何干"而隨意離開,那麼應該指定一個具有上述特徵的人來捨棄金銀。 在"不應偏袒"等中,因貪慾而把那物據爲己有或抬高自己,這叫做偏袒。因嗔恨而貶低他人說"此人既不懂戒律也不懂律藏",這叫做嗔恨。因愚癡而變得糊塗健忘,這叫做愚癡。因害怕接受金銀者而不敢捨棄,這叫做恐懼。不這樣做的人應該被認為是不偏袒、不嗔恨、不愚癡、不恐懼的。 585. "不做記號"是指不做標記,閉上眼睛,像丟糞便一樣不在意地丟到河裡或懸崖或密林中,不注意落下的地方。即使對如此令人厭惡的金銀,世尊也間接地指示比丘們如何使用。但對於接受金銀者,無論以何種方式從中獲得的資具都不允許使用。就像這對他不允許一樣,通過虛假的尊敬或破壞家庭或欺騙等方式獲得的資具,既不允許他使用也不允許其他人使用,即使是如法平等獲得的,不經觀察也不允許使用。 有四種受用:偷盜受用、負債受用、繼承受用、主人受用。其中,即使坐在僧團中受用的破戒者的受用叫做"偷盜受用"。持戒者未經觀察的受用叫做"負債受用"。因此應該在每次使用衣服時觀察,在每一口食物時觀察。如果做不到這樣,應該在飯前飯後、前夜后夜觀察。如果他不觀察就天亮了,就處於負債受用的狀態。住處也應該在每次使用時觀察,藥品在接受和使用時都應該注意因緣。即使這樣,在接受時注意而在使用時不注意的人也有罪,但在接受時不注意而在使用時注意的人則無罪。 有四種清凈:懺悔清凈、防護清凈、尋求清凈、觀察清凈。其中,懺悔清凈是指別解脫戒,因為通過懺悔而清凈,所以叫做"懺悔清凈"。防護清凈是指根律儀戒,因為通過決意"我不再這樣做"的心的防護而清凈,所以叫做"防護清凈"。尋求清凈是指活命遍凈戒,因為捨棄不正當的尋求而如法平等地獲得資具,通過尋求而清凈,所以叫做"尋求清凈"。觀察清凈是指資具依止戒,因為通過"如理思維而受用衣服"等方式所說的觀察而清凈,所以叫做"觀察清凈"。因此說:"在接受時不注意而在使用時注意的人則無罪。" 七有學的資具受用叫做"繼承受用",因為他們是世尊的兒子,所以作為父親所有資具的繼承人而受用那些資具。但他們是受用世尊的資具還是在家人的資具呢?即使是在家人佈施的,因為是世尊允許的,所以成為世尊所有的,因此他們是受用世尊的資具。

1.29) veditabbaṃ, dhammadāyādasuttañcettha sādhakaṃ.

Khīṇāsavānaṃ paribhogo sāmiparibhogo nāma, te hi taṇhāya dāsabyaṃ atītattā sāmino hutvā paribhuñjantīti. Imesu paribhogesu sāmiparibhogo ca dāyajjaparibhogo ca sabbesampi vaṭṭati. Iṇaparibhogo na vaṭṭati, theyyaparibhoge kathāyeva natthi.

Aparepi cattāro paribhogā – lajjiparibhogo, alajjiparibhogo, dhammiyaparibhogo, adhammiyaparibhogoti.

Tattha alajjino lajjinā saddhiṃ paribhogo vaṭṭati, āpattiyā na kāretabbo. Lajjino alajjinā saddhiṃ yāva na jānāti, tāva vaṭṭati. Ādito paṭṭhāya hi alajjī nāma natthi, tasmā yadāssa alajjībhāvaṃ jānāti tadā vattabbo 『『tumhe kāyadvāre ca vacīdvāre ca vītikkamaṃ karotha, taṃ appatirūpaṃ mā evamakatthā』』ti. Sace anādiyitvā karotiyeva, yadi tena saddhiṃ paribhogaṃ karoti, sopi alajjīyeva hoti. Yopi attano bhārabhūtena alajjinā saddhiṃ paribhogaṃ karoti, sopi nivāretabbo. Sace na oramati, ayampi alajjīyeva hoti. Evaṃ eko alajjī alajjīsatampi karoti. Alajjino pana alajjināva saddhiṃ paribhoge āpatti nāma natthi. Lajjino lajjinā saddhiṃ paribhogo dvinnaṃ khattiyakumārānaṃ suvaṇṇapātiyaṃ bhojanasadisoti.

Dhammiyādhammiyaparibhogo paccayavasena veditabbo. Tattha sace puggalopi alajjī piṇḍapātopi adhammiyo, ubho jegucchā. Puggalo alajjī piṇḍapāto dhammiyo, puggalaṃ jigucchitvā piṇḍapāto na gahetabbo. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana dussīlo saṅghato uddesabhattādīni labhitvā saṅghasseva deti, etāni yathādānameva gatattā vaṭṭantīti vuttaṃ. Puggalo lajjī piṇḍapāto adhammiyo, piṇḍapāto jeguccho na gahetabbo. Puggalo lajjī, piṇḍapātopi dhammiyo, vaṭṭati.

Apare dve paggahā; dve ca paribhogā – lajjipaggaho, alajjipaggaho; dhammaparibhogo āmisaparibhogoti.

Tattha alajjino lajjiṃ paggahetuṃ vaṭṭati, na so āpattiyā kāretabbo. Sace pana lajjī alajjiṃ paggaṇhāti, anumodanāya ajjhesati, dhammakathāya ajjhesati, kulesu upatthambheti . Itaropi 『『amhākaṃ ācariyo īdiso ca īdiso cā』』ti tassa parisati vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, ayaṃ sāsanaṃ osakkāpeti antaradhāpetīti veditabbo.

Dhammaparibhoga-āmisaparibhogesu pana yattha āmisaparibhogo vaṭṭati, tattha dhammaparibhogopi vaṭṭati. Yo pana koṭiyaṃ ṭhito gantho tassa puggalassa accayena nassissati, taṃ dhammānuggahena uggaṇhituṃ vaṭṭatīti vuttaṃ.

Tatridaṃ vatthu – mahābhaye kira ekasseva bhikkhuno mahāniddeso paguṇo ahosi. Atha catunikāyikatissattherassa upajjhāyo mahātipiṭakatthero nāma mahārakkhitattheraṃ āha – 『『āvuso mahārakkhita, etassa santike mahāniddesaṃ gaṇhāhī』』ti. 『『Pāpo kirāyaṃ, bhante, na gaṇhāmī』』ti. 『『Gaṇhāvuso, ahaṃ te santike nisīdissāmī』』ti. 『『Sādhu, bhante, tumhesu nisinnesu gaṇhissāmī』』ti paṭṭhapetvā rattindivaṃ nirantaraṃ pariyāpuṇanto osānadivase heṭṭhāmañce itthiṃ disvā 『『bhante, sutaṃyeva me pubbe, sacāhaṃ evaṃ jāneyyaṃ, na īdisassa santike dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇeyya』』nti āha. Tassa pana santike bahū mahātherā uggaṇhitvā mahāniddesaṃ patiṭṭhāpesuṃ.

1.29) 應該知道，這裡提到的《法繼承者經》是合適的。 對於已滅盡煩惱者的受用叫做「主人受用」，因為他們因過去的貪慾而成為主人的子孫，所以享用這些受用。在這些受用中，主人受用和繼承受用都適用。負債受用不適用，偷盜受用則沒有討論。 還有另外四種受用——羞恥受用、不羞恥受用、法受用、非法受用。 在這裡，不羞恥者與羞恥者的受用是適用的，但因違犯而不應受罰。不羞恥者與羞恥者之間，只要不知道羞恥，就適用。從一開始就沒有不羞恥者，因此當他知道自己不羞恥時，就應該說：「你們應當在身體和語言的門口犯錯，那是微不足道的，不要這樣做。」如果他在沒有開始的情況下就這樣做，並且與他一起享用，他仍然是不羞恥的。若他以自己的負擔與不羞恥者一起享用，他也應當被阻止。如果他不低下頭，他也是不羞恥的。因此，即使一個不羞恥者做了不羞恥的事。對於不羞恥者，與不羞恥者一起享用沒有罪。羞恥者與羞恥者的受用在兩位王子之間是黃金器皿般的飲食。 法受用與非法受用應根據因緣來理解。如果某人是一個不羞恥的乞食者，而又是非法的，那麼兩者都令人厭惡。不羞恥的乞食者是法的，因厭惡而不應接受乞討。至於大德者，若他是惡行者，獲得了僧團的供養，則應歸還給僧團，因其如法而來。 另外還有兩種接受；還有兩種受用——羞恥接受、不羞恥接受；法受用與食物受用。 在這裡，不羞恥者應當接受羞恥者的供養，但他不應因違犯而受罰。如果羞恥者接受不羞恥者的供養，便應當以歡喜心來接受，或在法談中接受，或在家庭中給予支援。其他人也會說：「我們的老師如此如此」，這會使他的教義被拋棄而消失。 在法受用與食物受用中，若食物受用適用，則法受用也適用。若某人站在角落，若他不注意，他的法則將會消失，因此應當通過法的教導來學習。 這裡有一個故事——在大恐懼中，曾有一位比丘有過重大的教導。於是，四位僧團的長老，名叫大護持者的上師對大提比丘說：「朋友大護持，應該在他面前接受這個重要的教導。」他說：「這可怕，我不接受。」他說：「接受吧，朋友，我會在你面前坐著。」他回答：「好吧，師父，您坐著時我會接受。」於是，他在晚上不斷地學習，直到某天看到一位女人在下面，他說：「師父，我以前聽說過，如果我知道這樣，就不會在這樣的情況下學習法。」在他面前有許多大長老學習並建立了重要的教導。

586.Rūpiye rūpiyasaññīti ettha sabbampi jātarūparajataṃ rūpiyasaṅgahameva gatanti veditabbaṃ.

Rūpiye vematikoti 『『suvaṇṇaṃ nu kho, kharapattaṃ nu kho』』tiādinā nayena saṃsayajāto.

Rūpiye arūpiyasaññīti suvaṇṇādīsu kharapattādisaññī. Apica puññakāmā rājorodhādayo bhattakhajjakagandhapiṇḍādīsu pakkhipitvā hiraññasuvaṇṇaṃ denti, coḷabhikkhāya carantānaṃ dassante baddhakahāpaṇādīhiyeva saddhiṃ coḷakāni denti, bhikkhū bhattādisaññāya vā coḷakasaññāya vā paṭiggaṇhanti, evampi rūpiye arūpiyasaññī rūpiyaṃ gaṇhātīti veditabbo. Paṭiggaṇhantena pana 『『imasmiṃ gehe idaṃ laddha』』nti sallakkhetabbaṃ. Yena hi assatiyā dinnaṃ hoti, so satiṃ paṭilabhitvā puna āgacchati, athassa vattabbaṃ – 『『tava coḷakaṃ passāhī』』ti. Sesamettha uttānatthameva.

Samuṭṭhānādīsu chasamuṭṭhānaṃ, siyā kiriyaṃ gahaṇena āpajjanato, siyā akiriyaṃ paṭikkhepassa akaraṇato rūpiyaaññavādakaupassutisikkhāpadāni hi tīṇi ekaparicchedāni, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.

Rūpiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Rūpiyasaṃvohārasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

587.Tena samayenāti rūpiyasaṃvohārasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha nānappakārakanti katākatādivasena anekavidhaṃ. Rūpiyasaṃvohāranti jātarūparajataparivattanaṃ. Samāpajjantīti paṭiggahaṇasseva paṭikkhitattā paṭiggahitaparivattane dosaṃ apassantā karonti.

1. "對金銀有金銀想"中,應知所有的金和銀都被歸類為金銀。 "對金銀有疑慮"是指產生"這是金還是銅板"等疑問。 "對金銀有非金銀想"是指對金等有銅板等想。此外,想要積福德的王室成員等人會在飯食、點心、香料團等中放入金銀贈送,或者在佈施衣物時連同錢幣一起給予,比丘們以為是飯食或衣物而接受,這樣也算是對金銀有非金銀想而接受金銀。接受時應該注意"在這個家裡得到了這個"。如果有人無意中給予,他回想起來再次來訪時,應該對他說:"請看你的衣物。"其餘的內容很明顯。 關於起因等,有六種起因,有時是作為,因為通過接受而違犯;有時是不作為,因為不拒絕。金銀、說別話、竊聽等三條戒是同一範疇的,非想解脫,非心所,制定罪,身業語業,三心,三受。 金銀學處的解釋已結束。
2. 金銀交易學處的解釋
3. "那時"是金銀交易學處。其中"各種各樣的"是指通過已做未做等方式的多種。"金銀交易"是指金銀的交換。"從事"是指因為只禁止接受,所以看不到交換已接受之物的過失而去做。

589.Sīsūpagantiādīsu sīsaṃ upagacchatīti sīsūpagaṃ, potthakesu pana 『『sīsūpaka』』nti likhitaṃ, yassa kassaci sīsālaṅkārassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Esa nayo sabbattha. Katena katantiādīsu suddho rūpiyasaṃvohāroyeva.

Rūpiye rūpiyasaññītiādimhi purimasikkhāpade vuttavatthūsu nissaggiyavatthunā nissaggiyavatthuṃ cetāpentassa mūlaggahaṇe purimasikkhāpadena nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ, aparāparaparivattane iminā nissaggiyapācittiyameva. Nissaggiyavatthunā dukkaṭavatthuṃ vā kappiyavatthuṃ vā cetāpentassapi eseva nayo. Yo hi ayaṃ arūpiye rūpiyasaññī rūpiyaṃ cetāpetītiādi dutiyo tiko vutto, tassānulomattā avuttopi ayamaparopi rūpiye rūpiyasaññī arūpiyaṃ cetāpetītiādi tiko veditabbo. Attano vā hi arūpiyena parassa rūpiyaṃ cetāpeyya attano vā rūpiyena parassa arūpiyaṃ, ubhayathāpi rūpiyasaṃvohāro katoyeva hoti, tasmā pāḷiyaṃ ekantena rūpiyapakkhe ekoyeva tiko vuttoti.

Dukkaṭavatthunā pana nissaggiyavatthuṃ cetāpentassa mūlaggahaṇe purimasikkhāpadena dukkaṭaṃ, pacchā parivattane iminā nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ, garukassa cetāpitattā. Dukkaṭavatthunā dukkaṭavatthumeva, kappiyavatthuṃ vā cetāpentassa mūlaggahaṇe purimasikkhāpadena dukkaṭaṃ, pacchā parivattanepi iminā dukkaṭameva. Kasmā? Akappiyavatthunā cetāpitattā. Andhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana 『『sace kayavikkayaṃ samāpajjeyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiya』』nti bhāsitaṃ, taṃ dubbhāsitaṃ. Kasmā? Na hi dānaggahaṇato añño kayavikkayo nāma atthi, kayavikkayasikkhāpadañca kappiyavatthunā kappiyavatthuparivattanameva sandhāya vuttaṃ, tañca kho aññatra sahadhammikehi. Idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ rūpiyena ca rūpiyārūpiyacetāpanaṃ arūpiyena ca rūpiyacetāpanaṃ. Dukkaṭavatthunā pana dukkaṭavatthuno cetāpanaṃ neva idha na tattha pāḷiyaṃ vuttaṃ, na cettha anāpatti bhavituṃ arahati. Tasmā yatheva dukkaṭavatthuno paṭiggahaṇe dukkaṭaṃ, tatheva tassa vā tena vā cetāpanepi dukkaṭaṃ yuttanti bhagavato adhippāyaññūhi vuttaṃ.

Kappiyavatthunā pana nissaggiyavatthuṃ cetāpentassa mūlaggahaṇe purimasikkhāpadena anāpatti, pacchā parivattane iminā nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ – 『『arūpiye arūpiyasaññī rūpiyaṃ cetāpeti nissaggiyaṃ pācittiya』』nti . Teneva kappiyavatthunā dukkaṭavatthuṃ cetāpentassa mūlapaṭiggahaṇe tatheva anāpatti, pacchā parivattane iminā dukkaṭaṃ. Kasmā? Akappiyassa cetāpitattā. Kappiyavatthunā pana kappiyavatthuṃ aññatra sahadhammikehi cetāpentassa mūlaggahaṇe purimasikkhāpadena anāpatti, pacchā parivattane upari kayavikkayasikkhāpadena nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Kayavikkayaṃ mocetvā gaṇhantassa uparisikkhāpadenapi anāpatti, vaḍḍhiṃ payojentassa dukkaṭaṃ.

Imassa ca rūpiyasaṃvohārassa garukabhāvadīpakaṃ idaṃ pattacatukkaṃ veditabbaṃ. Yo hi rūpiyaṃ uggaṇhitvā tena ayabījaṃ samuṭṭhāpeti, taṃ koṭṭāpetvā tena lohena pattaṃ kāreti, ayaṃ patto mahāakappiyo nāma, na sakkā kenaci upāyena kappiyo kātuṃ. Sace hi taṃ vināsetvā thālakaṃ kāreti, tampi akappiyaṃ. Vāsiṃ kāreti, tāya chinnaṃ dantakaṭṭhampi akappiyaṃ. Baḷisaṃ kāroti, tena māritā macchāpi akappiyā. Vāsiphalaṃ tāpetvā udakaṃ vā khīraṃ vā uṇhāpeti, tampi akappiyameva.

1. 在"頭飾"等詞中,"頭飾"是指戴在頭上的東西,在書中寫作"頭飾",這是任何頭部裝飾品的代稱。其他地方也是如此。在"已做的與已做的"等詞中,只是純粹的金銀交易。 在"對金銀有金銀想"等詞中,對於前學處中提到的事物,用不應持有的物品換取不應持有的物品者,在接受時依前學處犯舍懺,在後來交換時依此學處犯舍懺。用不應持有的物品換取應當捨棄的物品或允許持有的物品者也是如此。因為這裡說的第二組"對非金銀有金銀想而換取金銀"等是與之相應的,所以雖然沒有提到,也應該理解還有"對金銀有金銀想而換取非金銀"等一組。無論是用自己的非金銀換取他人的金銀,還是用自己的金銀換取他人的非金銀,都是進行了金銀交易,所以在經文中只提到了金銀方面的一組。 用應當捨棄的物品換取不應持有的物品者,在接受時依前學處犯突吉羅,在後來交換時依此學處犯舍懺,因為換取了重物。用應當捨棄的物品換取應當捨棄的物品或允許持有的物品者,在接受時依前學處犯突吉羅,在後來交換時依此學處也犯突吉羅。為什麼?因為用不允許的物品換取。但在安達迦註釋中說:"如果從事買賣,犯舍懺。"這是說得不好。為什麼?因為除了給予和接受外沒有所謂的買賣,而買賣學處是針對用允許持有的物品換取允許持有的物品而說的,而且是除了同修以外。這條學處是關於用金銀換取金銀和非金銀,以及用非金銀換取金銀。用應當捨棄的物品換取應當捨棄的物品,既不在這裡也不在那裡的經文中提到,也不應該無罪。因此,正如接受應當捨棄的物品犯突吉羅一樣,用它換取或用它來換取也應該犯突吉羅,這是瞭解世尊意圖的人所說的。 用允許持有的物品換取不應持有的物品者,在接受時依前學處無罪,在後來交換時依此學處犯舍懺。因為說:"對非金銀有非金銀想而換取金銀,犯舍懺。"同樣,用允許持有的物品換取應當捨棄的物品者,在接受時同樣無罪,在後來交換時依此學處犯突吉羅。為什麼?因為換取了不允許的物品。用允許持有的物品換取允許持有的物品者,除了同修以外,在接受時依前學處無罪,在後來交換時依後面的買賣學處犯舍懺。避免買賣而接受的,依後面的學處也無罪,收取利息的犯突吉羅。 應該知道這個四種缽的例子說明了這種金銀交易的嚴重性。如果有人接受金銀,用它製造鐵種子,把它鍛造成缽,這種缽叫做大不允許,無法用任何方法使之允許。如果把它毀壞做成碗,那也是不允許的。做成刀,用它切的牙籤也是不允許的。做成魚鉤,用它釣的魚也是不允許的。用刀加熱水或奶,那也是不允許的。

Yo pana rūpiyaṃ uggaṇhitvā tena pattaṃ kiṇāti, ayampi patto akappiyo. 『『Pañcannampi sahadhammikānaṃ na kappatī』』ti mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ. Sakkā pana kappiyo kātuṃ, so hi mūle mūlasāmikānaṃ patte ca pattasāmikānaṃ dinne kappiyo hoti. Kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ datvā gahetvā paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati.

Yopi rūpiyaṃ uggaṇhāpetvā kappiyakārakena saddhiṃ kammārakulaṃ gantvā pattaṃ disvā 『『ayaṃ mayhaṃ ruccatī』』ti vadati. Kappiyakārako ca taṃ rūpiyaṃ datvā kammāraṃ saññāpeti, ayampi patto kappiyavohārena gahitopi dutiyapattasadisoyeva, mūlassa sampaṭicchitattā akappiyo. Kasmā sesānaṃ na kappatīti? Mūlassa anissaṭṭhattā.

Yo pana rūpiyaṃ asampaṭicchitvā 『『therassa pattaṃ kiṇitvā dehī』』ti pahitakappiyakārakena saddhiṃ kammārakulaṃ gantvā pattaṃ disvā 『『ime kahāpaṇe gahetvā imaṃ dehī』』ti kahāpaṇe dāpetvā gahito, ayaṃ patto etasseva bhikkhuno na vaṭṭati dubbicāritattā, aññesaṃ pana vaṭṭati, mūlassa asampaṭicchitattā.

Mahāsumattherassa kira upajjhāyo anuruddhatthero nāma ahosi. So attano evarūpaṃ pattaṃ sappissa pūretvā saṅghassa nissajji. Tipiṭakacūḷanāgattherassapi saddhivihārikānaṃ evarūpo patto ahosi. Taṃ theropi sappissa pūrāpetvā saṅghassa nissajjāpesīti. Idaṃ akappiyapattacatukkaṃ.

Sace pana rūpiyaṃ asampaṭicchitvā 『『therassa pattaṃ kiṇitvā dehī』』ti pahitakappiyakārakena saddhiṃ kammārakulaṃ gantvā pattaṃ disvā 『『ayaṃ mayhaṃ ruccatī』』ti vā 『『imāhaṃ gahessāmī』』ti vā vadati, kappiyakārako ca taṃ rūpiyaṃ datvā kammāraṃ saññāpeti, ayaṃ patto sabbakappiyo buddhānampi paribhogārahoti.

591.Arūpiye rūpiyasaññīti kharapattādīsu suvaṇṇādisaññī. Āpatti dukkaṭassāti sace tena arūpiyaṃ cetāpeti dukkaṭāpatti hoti. Esa nayo vematike. Arūpiyasaññissa pana pañcahi sahadhammikehi saddhi 『『idaṃ gahetvā idaṃ dethā』』ti kayavikkayaṃ karontassāpi anāpatti. Sesaṃ uttānameva.

Chasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.

Rūpiyasaṃvohārasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Kayavikkayasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

593.Tenasamayenāti kayavikkayasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha kati hipi tyāyanti kati te ayaṃ, hikāro panettha padapūraṇo, pikāro garahāyaṃ, ayaṃ dubbalasaṅghāṭi tava kati divasāni bhavissatīti attho. Atha vā katihampi tyāyantipi pāṭho. Tattha katihanti kati ahāni, kati divasānīti vuttaṃ hoti. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva. Katihipi myāyanti idampi eteneva nayena veditabbaṃ. Gihīpi naṃ gihissāti ettha nanti nāmatthe nipāto, gihī nāma gihissāti vuttaṃ hoti.

594.Nānappakārakanti cīvarādīnaṃ kappiyabhaṇḍānaṃ vasena anekavidhaṃ. Tenevassa padabhājane cīvaraṃ ādiṃ katvā dasikasuttapariyosānaṃ kappiyabhaṇḍameva dassitaṃ. Akappiyabhaṇḍaparivattanañhi kayavikkayasaṅgahaṃ na gacchati. Kayavikkayanti kayañceva vikkayañca. 『『Iminā imaṃ dehī』』tiādinā hi nayena parassa kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ gaṇhanto kayaṃ samāpajjati, attano kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ dento vikkayaṃ .

如果有人接受金銀,用它買缽,這種缽也是不允許的。在《大注》中說:"對五種同修也是不允許的。"但是可以使之允許,如果把錢還給原主,把缽還給缽主,就成為允許的。給予允許持有的物品后可以接受使用。 如果有人讓人接受金銀,和執事人一起去鐵匠家,看到缽后說"我喜歡這個",執事人給了那些金銀讓鐵匠同意,這種缽雖然是通過允許的交易獲得的,也和第二種缽一樣,因為接受了金錢所以是不允許的。為什麼對其他人不允許?因為金錢沒有捨棄。 如果有人不接受金銀,派遣執事人說"給長老買缽",和執事人一起去鐵匠家,看到缽后說"拿這些錢給我這個",讓給了錢后獲得,這種缽對這位比丘因為考慮不周而不允許,但對其他人允許,因為沒有接受金錢。 據說大須摩長老的戒師名叫阿努律陀長老。他把這樣的缽裝滿酥油后舍給僧團。三藏小龍長老的弟子們也有這樣的缽。長老也讓他們裝滿酥油后舍給僧團。這是四種不允許的缽。 如果有人不接受金銀,派遣執事人說"給長老買缽",和執事人一起去鐵匠家,看到缽后說"我喜歡這個"或"我要拿這個",執事人給了那些金銀讓鐵匠同意,這種缽是完全允許的,連佛陀也可以使用。 591. "對非金銀有金銀想"是指對銅板等有金等想。"犯突吉羅"是指如果用它換取非金銀就犯突吉羅。對有疑慮的也是如此。對有非金銀想的,即使和五種同修進行"拿這個給這個"的買賣也無罪。其餘的很明顯。 六種起因,作為,非想解脫,非心所,制定罪,身業語業,三心,三受。 金銀交易學處的解釋結束。 10. 買賣學處的解釋 593. "那時"是買賣學處。其中"你這個多少天"的意思是這個破舊的僧伽梨衣你還能用多少天。或者讀作"你這個多少天",其中"多少天"就是多少日子。其餘如前所說。"我這個多少天"也應以同樣方式理解。"在家人給在家人"中,"給"是名詞意義的不變詞,意思是說"在家人名叫在家人"。 594. "各種各樣的"是指通過衣服等允許持有的物品的多種。因此在其詞義解釋中,從衣服開始到線繩結束都只列舉了允許持有的物品。因為不允許持有的物品的交換不包括在買賣中。"買賣"是買和賣。以"用這個給這個"等方式接受他人允許持有的物品是買,給予自己允許持有的物品是賣。

595.Ajjhācaratīti abhibhavitvā carati, vītikkamavācaṃ bhāsatīti attho. Yato kayitañca hoti vikkayitañcāti yadā kayitañca hoti parabhaṇḍaṃ attano hatthagataṃ karontena, vikkītañca attano bhaṇḍaṃ parahatthagataṃ karontena. 『『Iminā ima』』ntiādivacanānurūpato pana pāṭhe paṭhamaṃ attano bhaṇḍaṃ dassitaṃ.

Nissajjitabbanti evaṃ parassa hatthato kayavasena gahitakappiyabhaṇḍaṃ nissajjitabbaṃ. Ayañhi kayavikkayo ṭhapetvā pañca sahadhammike avasesehi gihipabbajitehi antamaso mātāpitūhipi saddhiṃ na vaṭṭati.

Tatrāyaṃ vinicchayo – vatthena vā vatthaṃ hotu bhattena vā bhattaṃ, yaṃ kiñci kappiyaṃ 『『iminā imaṃ dehī』』ti vadati, dukkaṭaṃ. Evaṃ vatvā mātuyāpi attano bhaṇḍaṃ deti, dukkaṭaṃ. 『『Iminā imaṃ dehī』』ti vutto vā 『『imaṃ dehi, imaṃ te dassāmī』』ti vatvā vā mātuyāpi bhaṇḍaṃ attanā gaṇhāti, dukkaṭaṃ. Attano bhaṇḍe parahatthaṃ parabhaṇḍe ca attano hatthaṃ sampatte nissaggiyaṃ. Mātaraṃ pana pitaraṃ vā 『『imaṃ dehī』』ti vadato viññatti na hoti. 『『Imaṃ gaṇhāhī』』ti vadato saddhādeyyavinipātanaṃ na hoti. Aññātakaṃ 『『imaṃ dehī』』ti vadato viññatti hoti. 『『Imaṃ gaṇhāhī』』ti vadato saddhādeyyavinipātanaṃ hoti. 『『Iminā imaṃ dehī』』ti kayavikkayaṃ āpajjato nissaggiyaṃ. Tasmā kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ parivattentena mātāpitūhipi saddhiṃ kayavikkayaṃ aññātakehi saddhiṃ tisso āpattiyo mocentena parivattetabbaṃ.

Tatrāyaṃ parivattanavidhi – bhikkhussa pātheyyataṇḍulā honti, so antarāmagge bhattahatthaṃ purisaṃ disvā 『『amhākaṃ taṇḍulā atthi, na ca no imehi attho, bhattena pana attho』』ti vadati. Puriso taṇḍule gahetvā bhattaṃ deti, vaṭṭati. Tissopi āpattiyo na honti. Antamaso nimittakammamattampi na hoti. Kasmā? Mūlassa atthitāya. Parato ca vuttameva 『『idaṃ amhākaṃ atthi, amhākañca iminā ca iminā ca atthoti bhaṇatī』』ti. Yo pana evaṃ akatvā 『『iminā imaṃ dehī』』ti parivatteti; yathāvatthukameva . Vighāsādaṃ disvā 『『imaṃ odanaṃ bhuñjitvā, rajanaṃ vā dārūni vā āharā』』ti vadati, rajanachalligaṇanāya dārugaṇanāya ca nissaggiyāni honti. 『『Imaṃ odanaṃ bhuñjitvā idaṃ nāma karothā』』ti dantakārādīhi sippikehi dhamakaraṇādīsu taṃ taṃ parikkhāraṃ kāreti, rajakehi vā vatthaṃ dhovāpeti; yathāvatthukameva. Nhāpitena kese chindāpeti, kammakārehi navakammaṃ kāreti; yathāvatthukameva. Sace pana 『『idaṃ bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā idaṃ karothā』』ti na vadati 『『idaṃ bhattaṃ bhuñja bhuttosi bhuñjissasi, idaṃ nāma karohī』』ti vadati, vaṭṭati. Ettha ca kiñcāpi vatthadhovane vā kesacchedane vā bhūmisodhanādinavakamme vā parabhaṇḍaṃ attano hatthagataṃ nissajjitabbaṃ nāma natthi. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana daḷhaṃ katvā vuttattā na sakkā etaṃ paṭikkhipituṃ, tasmā yathā nissaggiyavatthumhi paribhutte vā naṭṭhe vā pācittiyaṃ deseti, evamidhāpi desetabbaṃ.

596.Kayavikkaye kayavikkayasaññītiādimhi yo kayavikkayaṃ samāpajjati, so tasmiṃ kayavikkayasaññī vā bhavatu vematiko vā, na kayavikkayasaññī vā nissaggiyapācittiyameva. Cūḷattike dvīsu padesu dukkaṭamevāti evamattho daṭṭhabbo.

1. "他在其中行動"是指徵服後行動,說出違犯之語的意思。因為當他抓住了別人的東西時,就會把別人的財物變為自己的,而當他出售自己的物品時,就會把自己的財物變為別人的。"用這個給這個"等說法中首先顯示的是自己的財物。 "應捨棄"是指這樣從他人手中以身體方式抓住的允許持有的物品應當捨棄。因為這身體買賣除了五種同修外,即使是與父母一起也不允許。 這裡的判斷是——無論是衣物還是食物,只要任何允許持有的東西說"用這個給這個",就是犯突吉羅。這樣說的話,即使是給母親自己的財物,也是犯突吉羅。"用這個給這個"或"給我這個,我給你這個"等說法,即使是母親也會抓住自己的財物,也是犯突吉羅。在自己的財物和別人的財物到達自己手中時,應當捨棄。而對母親或父親說"給我這個"則不構成指控。"給我這個"則構成信物的轉移。"用這個給這個"則構成信物的轉移。"用這個給這個"的買賣行為則應當捨棄。因此,在轉移允許持有的物品時,即使是與父母一起,也應當避免與他人一起的三種罪。 這裡的轉移規則是——比丘的食物是米,他在路上看到一個人拿著食物,說"我們有米,但這些米沒有用,而食物有用",那個人拿著米給他食物,是允許的。即使是三種罪也不起作用。至少連象徵性的行為也不起作用。為什麼?因為根本的意義在於。因為從外面所說的"這是我們的,而我們有這個和那個"是相同的。如果有人不這樣做而說"用這個給這個"進行轉移;如同原有的那樣。看到食物后說"吃了這個米,去拿木頭或樹枝",則是因為木材的數量和樹枝的數量而犯舍懺。"吃了這個米后,你們要做這個",則是用牙匠等工匠的技術做出某種物品,用木工洗衣服;如同原有的那樣。用洗過的頭髮剪掉頭髮,用工匠製作新的工藝;如同原有的那樣。如果說"吃了這個食物后做這個"而不說"吃了這個食物,你已經吃過,還要繼續吃這個",則是允許的。在這裡,無論是洗衣服還是剪髮或清理土地等新工作,都不應當從他人的手中抓住應當捨棄的物品。在《大注》中,因為明確說到,所以無法反駁。因此,在捨棄應當捨棄的物品時,無論是使用還是丟失,都應當說出舍懺。
2. 在"買賣"和"買賣想"等詞中,如果有人進行買賣,他就會有買賣想或有疑慮,而不是隻有買賣想和舍懺。根據《小注》的兩個部分,都是犯突吉羅的意思。

597.Agghaṃ pucchatīti 『『ayaṃ tava patto kiṃ agghatī』』ti pucchati. 『『Idaṃ nāmā』』ti vutte pana sace tassa kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ mahagghaṃ hoti, evañca naṃ paṭivadati 『『upāsaka, mama idaṃ vatthu mahagghaṃ, tava pattaṃ aññassa dehī』』ti. Taṃ sutvā itaro 『『aññaṃ thālakampi dassāmī』』ti vadati gaṇhituṃ vaṭṭati, 『『idaṃ amhākaṃ atthī』』ti vuttalakkhaṇe patati . Sace so patto mahaggho, bhikkhuno vatthu appagghaṃ, pattasāmiko cassa appagghabhāvaṃ na jānāti, patto na gahetabbo, 『『mama vatthu appaggha』』nti ācikkhitabbaṃ. Mahagghabhāvaṃ ñatvā vañcetvā gaṇhanto hi gahitabhaṇḍaṃ agghāpetvā kāretabbataṃ āpajjati. Sace pattasāmiko 『『hotu, bhante, sesaṃ mama puññaṃ bhavissatī』』ti deti, vaṭṭati.

Kappiyakārakassaācikkhatīti yassa hatthato bhaṇḍaṃ gaṇhāti, taṃ ṭhapetvā aññaṃ antamaso tassa puttabhātikampi kappiyakārakaṃ katvā 『『iminā imaṃ nāma gahetvā dehī』』ti ācikkhati. So ce cheko hoti, punappunaṃ apanetvā vivaditvā gaṇhāti, tuṇhībhūtena ṭhātabbaṃ. No ce cheko hoti, na jānāti gahetuṃ, vāṇijako taṃ vañceti, 『『mā gaṇhā』』ti vattabbo.

Idaṃ amhākantiādimhi 『『idaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ telaṃ vā sappi vā amhākaṃ atthi, amhākañca aññena appaṭiggahitakena attho』』ti bhaṇati. Sace so taṃ gahetvā aññaṃ deti, paṭhamaṃ attano telaṃ na mināpetabbaṃ. Kasmā? Nāḷiyañhi avasiṭṭhatelaṃ hoti, taṃ pacchā minantassa appaṭiggahitakaṃ dūseyyāti. Sesaṃ uttānameva.

Chasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.

Kayavikkayasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Niṭṭhito kosiyavaggo dutiyo.

1. Pattavaggo

2. Pattasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

598.Tena samayenāti pattasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha pattavāṇijjanti gāmanigamādīsu vicarantā pattavāṇijjaṃ vā karissanti. Āmattikāpaṇaṃ vāti amattāni vuccanti bhājanāni, tāni yesaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ te āmattikā, tesaṃ āmattikānaṃ āpaṇaṃ āmattikāpaṇaṃ, kulālabhaṇḍavāṇijakāpaṇanti attho.

1. "詢問價格"是指問"你這個缽值多少錢"。當說"值這麼多"時,如果他的允許持有的物品價值很高,就這樣回答他說:"居士,我這個東西很貴,你把缽給別人吧。"聽到這個,如果對方說"我還會給別的碗",就可以接受,這符合"我們有這個"的特徵。如果那個缽很貴,比丘的東西價值很低,而缽的主人不知道它價值低,就不應該接受缽,應該告訴他"我的東西價值很低"。因為如果知道價值高而欺騙接受,就會落入要賠償接受物品價值的境地。如果缽的主人說"沒關係,尊者,剩下的就當是我的功德",那就可以接受。 "告訴執事人"是指除了從他手中接受物品的人之外,甚至把他的兒子兄弟當作執事人,告訴他"用這個拿這個給我"。如果他很聰明,反覆拒絕爭論後接受,就應該保持沉默。如果他不聰明,不知道如何接受,商人欺騙他,就應該說"不要接受"。 在"這是我們的"等詞中,說"這是我們接受的油或酥油,我們需要其他未接受的東西"。如果他拿走那個給別的東西,首先不應該讓他量自己的油。為什麼?因為在量器中會剩下油,後來量的時候會污染未接受的東西。其餘的很明顯。 六種起因,作為,非想解脫,非心所,制定罪,身業語業,三心,三受。 買賣學處的解釋結束。 絲絨品第二品結束。
2. 缽品
3. 缽學處的解釋
4. "那時"是缽學處。其中"缽貿易"是指在村鎮等地遊歷時會進行缽的貿易。"陶器店"中,"陶器"是指容器,那些以此為商品的人叫做陶器商,陶器商的店舖叫做陶器店,意思是陶工商品的商店。

602.Tayopattassa vaṇṇāti tīṇi pattassa pamāṇāni. Aḍḍhāḷhakodanaṃ gaṇhātīti magadhanāḷiyā dvinnaṃ taṇḍulanāḷīnaṃ odanaṃ gaṇhāti. Magadhanāḷi nāma aḍḍhaterasapalā hotīti andhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Sīhaḷadīpe pakatināḷi mahantā, damiḷanāḷi khuddakā, magadhanāḷi pamāṇayuttā, tāya magadhanāḷiyā diyaḍḍhanāḷi ekā sīhaḷanāḷi hotīti mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Catubhāgaṃ khādananti odanassa catutthabhāgappamāṇaṃ khādanaṃ, taṃ hatthahāriyassa muggasūpassa vasena veditabbaṃ. Tadupiyaṃ byañjananti tassa odanassa anurūpaṃ macchamaṃsasākaphalakaḷīrādibyañjanaṃ.

Tatrāyaṃ vinicchayo – anupahatapurāṇasālitaṇḍulānaṃ sukoṭṭitaparisuddhānaṃ dve magadhanāḷiyo gahetvā tehi taṇḍulehi anuttaṇḍulaṃ akilinnaṃ apiṇḍitaṃ suvisadaṃ kundamakuḷarāsisadisaṃ avassāvitodanaṃ pacitvā niravasesaṃ patte pakkhipitvā tassa odanassa catutthabhāgappamāṇo nātighano nātitanuko hatthahāriyo sabbasambhārasaṅkhato muggasūpo pakkhipitabbo. Tato ālopassa ālopassa anurūpaṃ yāvacarimālopappahonakaṃ macchamaṃsādibyañjanaṃ pakkhipitabbaṃ, sappitelatakkarasakañjikādīni pana gaṇanūpagāni na honti, tāni hi odanagatikāneva, neva hāpetuṃ na vaḍḍhetuṃ sakkonti. Evametaṃ sabbampi pakkhittaṃ sace pattassa mukhavaṭṭiyā heṭṭhimarājisamaṃ tiṭṭhati, suttena vā hīrena vā chindantassa suttassa vā hīrassa vā heṭṭhimantaṃ phusati, ayaṃ ukkaṭṭho nāma patto. Sace taṃ rājiṃ atikkamma thūpīkataṃ tiṭṭhati, ayaṃ ukkaṭṭhomako nāma patto. Sace taṃ rājiṃ na sampāpuṇāti, antogatameva hoti, ayaṃ ukkaṭṭhukkaṭṭho nāma patto.

Nāḷikodananti magadhanāḷiyā ekāya taṇḍulanāḷiyā odanaṃ. Patthodananti magadhanāḷiyā upaḍḍhanāḷikodanaṃ. Sesaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Ayaṃ pana nāmamatte viseso – sace nāḷikodanādi sabbampi pakkhittaṃ vuttanayeneva heṭṭhimarājisamaṃ tiṭṭhati, ayaṃ majjhimo nāma patto. Sace taṃ rājiṃ atikkamma thūpīkataṃ tiṭṭhati, ayaṃ majjhimomako nāma patto. Sace taṃ rājiṃ na sampāpuṇāti antogatameva hoti, ayaṃ majjhimukkaṭṭho nāma patto. Sace patthodanādi sabbampi pakkhittaṃ heṭṭhimarājisamaṃ tiṭṭhati, ayaṃ omako nāma patto. Sace taṃ rājiṃ atikkamma thūpīkataṃ tiṭṭhati, ayaṃ omakomako nāma patto. Sace taṃ rājiṃ na pāpuṇāti antogatameva hoti, ayaṃ omakukkaṭṭho nāma pattoti evamete nava pattā. Tesu dve apattā ukkaṭṭhukkaṭṭho ca omakomako ca. 『『Tato ukkaṭṭho apatto omako apatto』』ti idañhi ete sandhāya vuttaṃ. Ukkaṭṭhukkaṭṭho hi ettha ukkaṭṭhato ukkaṭṭhattā 『『tato ukkaṭṭho apatto』』ti vutto. Omakomako ca omakato omakattā tato omako apattoti vutto. Tasmā ete bhājanaparibhogena paribhuñjitabbā, na adhiṭṭhānupagā, na vikappanupagā. Itare pana satta adhiṭṭhahitvā vā vikappetvā vā paribhuñjitabbā, evaṃ akatvā taṃ dasāhaṃ atikkāmayato nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyanti taṃ sattavidhampi pattaṃ dasāhaparamaṃ kālaṃ atikkāmayato nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.

607.Nissaggiyaṃ pattaṃ anissajjitvā paribhuñjatīti yāguṃ pivitvā dhote dukkaṭaṃ, khañjakaṃ khāditvā bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā dhote dukkaṭanti evaṃ payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ.

1. "缽有三種顏色"是指缽有三種尺寸。"可容納半阿羅迦的米飯"是指可以容納兩摩揭陀納利的米飯。在安達迦註釋中說,摩揭陀納利是十二半帕拉。在大註釋中說,在錫蘭島上普通的納利很大,達米拉納利很小,摩揭陀納利大小適中,一個半摩揭陀納利等於一個錫蘭納利。"四分之一的副食"是指米飯的四分之一量的副食,這應該以可用手拿起的綠豆湯來理解。"相應的調味品"是指與那米飯相配的魚肉蔬菜水果芽等調味品。 這裡的判斷是——取兩摩揭陀納利未受損的舊稻米,精細碾磨清潔,用這些米煮成不夾生不黏稠不成團清潔如白色花蕾堆一樣的米飯,不瀝乾水全部放入缽中,然後放入相當於那米飯四分之一量的不太稠也不太稀可用手拿起的含有各種配料的綠豆湯。然後每一口都要放入與之相應的足夠到最後一口的魚肉等調味品,但酥油、油、酸奶、肉汁、粥等不計入數量,因為它們與米飯性質相同,既不能減少也不能增加。如果這樣全部放入后,恰好與缽口邊緣下方的線齊平,用線或刀切割時剛好觸及線或刀的下端,這就叫做上等缽。如果超過那條線堆成小丘,這就叫做上等偏下的缽。如果達不到那條線而在內部,這就叫做上等中的上等缽。 "一納利的米飯"是指一摩揭陀納利的米飯。"一帕他的米飯"是指半摩揭陀納利的米飯。其餘應該按照前面所說的方式理解。這裡只是名稱上的區別——如果一納利等的米飯全部放入后,如前所說恰好與下方的線齊平,這就叫做中等缽。如果超過那條線堆成小丘,這就叫做中等偏下的缽。如果達不到那條線而在內部,這就叫做中等中的上等缽。如果一帕他等的米飯全部放入后恰好與下方的線齊平,這就叫做下等缽。如果超過那條線堆成小丘,這就叫做下等偏下的缽。如果達不到那條線而在內部,這就叫做下等中的上等缽。這樣就有九種缽。其中兩種不是缽,即上等中的上等和下等偏下的。因為"比這個更上等的不是缽,更下等的不是缽"就是針對這兩種說的。這裡上等中的上等因為比上等更上等而被稱為"比這個更上等的不是缽"。下等偏下因為比下等更下等而被稱為比這更下等的不是缽。因此這兩種只能作為容器使用,不能作為正式的缽使用,也不能作為分享的缽。其他七種可以正式使用或分享使用,如果不這樣做而超過十天,就犯舍懺。也就是說,讓這七種缽超過十天的最長時間,就犯舍懺。
2. "不捨棄應當捨棄的缽而使用"是指喝粥后洗缽犯突吉羅,吃咖哩后吃飯後洗缽犯突吉羅,這樣每次使用都犯突吉羅。

608.Anāpatti antodasāhaṃ adhiṭṭheti vikappetīti ettha pana pamāṇayuttassapi adhiṭṭhānavikappanupagattaṃ evaṃ veditabbaṃ – ayopatto pañcahi pākehi mattikāpatto dvīhi pākehi pakko adhiṭṭhānupago, ubhopi yaṃ mūlaṃ dātabbaṃ, tasmiṃ dinneyeva. Sace ekopi pāko ūno hoti, kākaṇikamattampi vā mūlaṃ adinnaṃ, na adhiṭṭhānupago. Sacepi pattasāmiko vadati 『『yadā tumhākaṃ mūlaṃ bhavissati, tadā dassatha, adhiṭṭhahitvā paribhuñjathā』』ti neva adhiṭṭhānupago hoti, pākassa hi ūnattā pattasaṅkhaṃ na gacchati, mūlassa sakalassa vā ekadesassa vā adinnattā sakabhāvaṃ na upeti, aññasseva santako hoti, tasmā pāke ca mūle ca niṭṭhiteyeva adhiṭṭhānupago hoti. Yo adhiṭṭhānupago, sveva vikappanupago, so hatthaṃ āgatopi anāgatopi adhiṭṭhātabbo vikappetabbo vā. Yadi hi pattakārako mūlaṃ labhitvā sayaṃ vā dātukāmo hutvā 『『ahaṃ, bhante, tumhākaṃ pattaṃ katvā asukadivase nāma pacitvā ṭhapessāmī』』ti vadati, bhikkhu ca tena paricchinnadivasato dasāhaṃ atikkāmeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Sace pana pattakārako 『『ahaṃ tumhākaṃ pattaṃ katvā pacitvā sāsanaṃ pesessāmī』』ti vatvā tatheva karoti, tena pesitabhikkhu pana tassa bhikkhuno na āroceti, añño disvā vā sutvā vā 『『tumhākaṃ, bhante, patto niṭṭhito』』ti āroceti, etassa ārocanaṃ napamāṇaṃ. Yadā pana tena pesitoyeva āroceti, tassa vacanaṃ sutadivasato paṭṭhāya dasāhaṃ atikkāmayato nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Sace pattakārako 『『ahaṃ tumhākaṃ pattaṃ katvā pacitvā kassaci hatthe pahiṇissāmī』』ti vatvā tatheva karoti, pattaṃ gahetvā āgatabhikkhu pana attano pariveṇe ṭhapetvā tassa na āroceti, añño koci bhaṇati 『『api, bhante, adhunā ābhato patto sundaro』』ti! 『『Kuhiṃ, āvuso, patto』』ti? 『『Itthannāmassa hatthe pesito』』ti. Etassapi vacanaṃ na pamāṇaṃ. Yadā pana so bhikkhu pattaṃ deti , laddhadivasato paṭṭhāya dasāhaṃ atikkāmayato nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Tasmā dasāhaṃ anatikkāmetvāva adhiṭṭhātabbo vikappetabbo vā.

Tattha dve pattassa adhiṭṭhānā – kāyena vā adhiṭṭhāti, vācāya vā adhiṭṭhāti. Tesaṃ vasena adhiṭṭhahantena ca 『『imaṃ pattaṃ paccuddharāmī』』ti vā 『『etaṃ pattaṃ paccuddharāmī』』ti vā evaṃ sammukhe vā parammukhe vā ṭhitaṃ purāṇapattaṃ paccuddharitvā aññassa vā datvā navaṃ pattaṃ yattha katthaci ṭhitaṃ hatthena parāmasitvā 『『imaṃ pattaṃ adhiṭṭhāmī』』ti cittena ābhogaṃ katvā kāyavikāraṃ karontena kāyena vā adhiṭṭhātabbo, vacībhedaṃ katvā vācāya vā adhiṭṭhātabbo. Tatra duvidhaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ – sace hatthapāse hoti 『『imaṃ pattaṃ adhiṭṭhāmī』』ti vācā bhinditabbā. Atha antogabbhe vā uparipāsāde vā sāmantavihāre vā hoti, ṭhapitaṭṭhānaṃ sallakkhetvā 『『etaṃ pattaṃ adhiṭṭhāmī』』ti vācā bhinditabbā.

Adhiṭṭhahantena pana ekakena adhiṭṭhātumpi vaṭṭati, aññassa santike adhiṭṭhātumpi vaṭṭati. Aññassa santike ayamānisaṃso – sacassa 『『adhiṭṭhito nu kho me, no』』ti vimati uppajjati, itaro sāretvā vimatiṃ chindissatīti. Sace koci dasa patte labhitvā sabbeva attanāva paribhuñjitukāmo hoti, na sabbe adhiṭṭhātabbā. Ekaṃ pattaṃ adhiṭṭhāya punadivase taṃ paccuddharitvā añño adhiṭṭhātabbo. Etenupāyena vassasatampi pariharituṃ sakkā.

1. "不犯十天的規定"是指在此應理解為即使是符合標準的規定——無論是五個部分的米飯還是兩個部分的米飯，均應符合規定。若有一個部分不足，哪怕是一小塊米也未被給予，則不符合規定。如果缽的主人說："當你們的米飯準備好時，請告訴我，我將進行規定的使用"，那麼就不符合規定，因為米飯的不足使得缽的數量不達標，米飯的整體或部分未被給予，使得其性質不符合規定，反而成為他人的財物。因此，只有在米飯和缽都齊全的情況下，才符合規定。若符合規定者，今日或未來的使用也應符合規定。 如果缽的製作者在獲得米飯後，心中想要給予並說："尊者，我將在某天為你們煮好米飯並放置"，而比丘則因被限制的日子超過十天，則犯舍懺。如果缽的製作者說："我將為你們的缽煮飯並送去"，而這樣做的話，送去的比丘不向他通報，或是看到或聽到其他人說："尊者，你們的缽已完成"，則此通報不算數。當他送去的同時通報時，從他所說的那天起超過十天則犯舍懺。如果缽的製作者說："我將為你們的缽煮飯並送給某人"，而這樣做時，拿著缽的比丘將缽放在自己的舍中而不通報給他，其他人則說："尊者，現在送來的缽很漂亮"，問："在哪裡，朋友，缽在何處？"答："被送到某人手中"。對此的言語也不算數。當那比丘給予缽時，從他所獲得的那天起超過十天則犯舍懺。因此，必須遵循不超過十天的規定。 在這裡有兩個缽的規定——用身體或用語言進行規定。根據這些規定，規定者可以說："我將取這個缽"或"我將取那缽"，在面前或旁邊的舊缽被取走後，再給予他人新的缽，手中輕觸並說："我將取這個缽"，用心進行規定，或通過身體行為進行規定，或通過語言行為進行規定。在這裡有兩種規定——如果手中有缽，則應說："我將取這個缽"。若在內部或上方的某處，或在指定位置時，應說："我將取那缽"。 通過規定者的行為，即使是一個人也可以進行規定，甚至在他人面前進行規定。若在他人面前有疑慮，另一人則會打破疑慮。如果有人獲得十個缽並想要全部使用，則不應全部進行規定。應取一個缽，第二天再取走，其他的應進行規定。通過這種方式，即使持續一百年也能維持。

Evaṃ appamattassa bhikkhuno siyā adhiṭṭhānavijahananti? Siyā. Sace hi ayaṃ pattaṃ aññassa vā deti, vibbhamati vā sikkhaṃ vā paccakkhāti, kālaṃ vā karoti, liṅgaṃ vāssa parivattati, paccuddharati vā, patte vā chiddaṃ hoti, adhiṭṭhānaṃ vijahati. Vuttampi cetaṃ –

『『Dinnavibbhantapaccakkhā , kālaṃkiriyakatena ca;

Liṅgapaccuddharā ceva, chiddena bhavati sattama』』nti.

Coraharaṇavissāsaggāhehipi vijahatiyeva. Kittakena chiddena adhiṭṭhānaṃ bhijjati? Yena kaṅgusitthaṃ nikkhamati ceva pavisati ca. Idañhi sattannaṃ dhaññānaṃ lāmakadhaññasitthaṃ, tasmiṃ ayacuṇṇena vā āṇiyā vā paṭipākatike kate dasāhabbhantare puna adhiṭṭhātabbo. Ayaṃ tāva 『『antodasāhaṃ adhiṭṭheti vikappetī』』ti ettha adhiṭṭhāne vinicchayo.

Vikappane pana dve vikappanā – sammukhāvikappanā ca parammukhāvikappanā ca. Kathaṃ sammukhāvikappanā hoti? Pattānaṃ ekabahubhāvaṃ sannihitāsannihitabhāvañca ñatvā 『『imaṃ patta』』nti vā 『『ime patte』』ti vā 『『etaṃ patta』』nti vā 『『ete patte』』ti vā vatvā 『『tuyhaṃ vikappemī』』ti vattabbaṃ. Ayamekā sammukhāvikappanā. Ettāvatā nidhetuṃ vaṭṭati, paribhuñjituṃ vā vissajjetuṃ vā adhiṭṭhātuṃ vā na vaṭṭati. 『『Mayhaṃ santakaṃ paribhuñja vā vissajjehi vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karohī』』ti evaṃ pana vutte paccuddhāro nāma hoti, tatopabhuti paribhogādayopi vaṭṭanti.

Aparo nayo – tatheva pattānaṃ ekabahubhāvaṃ sannihitāsannihitabhāvañca ñatvā tasseva bhikkhuno santike 『『imaṃ patta』』nti vā 『『ime patte』』ti vā 『『etaṃ patta』』nti vā 『『ete patte』』ti vā vatvā pañcasu sahadhammikesu aññatarassa attanā abhirucitassa yassa kassaci nāmaṃ gahetvā 『『tissassa bhikkhuno vikappemī』』ti vā 『『tissāya bhikkhuniyā sikkhamānāya sāmaṇerassa tissāya sāmaṇeriyā vikappemī』』ti vā vattabbaṃ, ayaṃ aparāpi sammukhāvikappanā. Ettāvatā nidhetuṃ vaṭṭati, paribhogādīsu pana ekampi na vaṭṭati. Tena pana bhikkhunā 『『tissassa bhikkhuno santakaṃ…pe… tissāya sāmaṇeriyā santakaṃ paribhuñja vā vissajjehi vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karohī』』ti vutte paccuddhāro nāma hoti. Tatopabhuti paribhogādayopi vaṭṭanti.

Kathaṃ parammukhāvikappanā hoti? Pattānaṃ tatheva ekabahubhāvaṃ sannihitāsannihitabhāvañca ñatvā 『『imaṃ patta』』nti vā 『『ime patte』』ti vā 『『etaṃ patta』』nti vā 『『ete patte』』ti vā vatvā 『『tuyhaṃ vikappanatthāya dammī』』ti vattabbaṃ. Tena vattabbo – 『『ko te mitto vā sandiṭṭho vā』』ti? Tato itarena purimanayeneva 『『tisso bhikkhūti vā…pe… tissā sāmaṇerī』』ti vā vattabbaṃ. Puna tena bhikkhunā 『『ahaṃ tissassa bhikkhuno dammī』』ti vā…pe… 『『tissāya sāmaṇeriyā dammī』』ti vā vattabbaṃ, ayaṃ parammukhāvikappanā. Ettāvattā nidhetuṃ vaṭṭati, paribhogādīsu pana ekampi na vaṭṭati. Tena pana bhikkhunā dutiyasammukhāvikappanāyaṃ vuttanayeneva 『『itthannāmassa santakaṃ paribhuñja vā vissajjehi vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karohī』』ti vutte paccuddhāro nāma hoti. Tatopabhuti paribhogādayopi vaṭṭanti.

Imāsaṃ pana dvinnaṃ vikappanānaṃ nānākaraṇaṃ, avaseso ca vacanakkamo sabbo paṭhamakathinasikkhāpadavaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbo saddhiṃ samuṭṭhānādīhīti.

Pattasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Ūnapañcabandhanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

2. "那麼，微不足道的比丘的規定是什麼呢？"是的。如果他把缽給其他人，或者在學習中失去注意，或者錯過了時機，或者改變了性別，或者把缽拿走，或者缽上有破損，那麼就違反了規定。也有這樣的說法—— 「給予分散的，失去注意，因時間行為而失去； 性別改變，拿走缽，破損則成第七。」 在盜竊和失信的情況下也會違反規定。那麼，多少破損會導致規定失效呢？是指破損到可以進出缽的程度。這實際上是七種穀物中的最低谷物，若在此情況下用粉末或其他方式進行處理，則必須重新進行規定。至此，「不超過十天的規定」在這裡有了明確的界定。 在規定中有兩種規定——正面規定和側面規定。如何是正面規定呢？在知道缽的單數和複數的情況下，若說「這個缽」或「這些缽」，或「這隻缽」或「這些缽」，並說「我將為你們規定」，這就是一種正面規定。這是正面規定的一種。到此為止，可以進行放置、使用或放棄，但不能進行規定。「請使用我所擁有的，或按情況處理」，如此說時，就稱為重新規定，因此使用和分享等行為也可以進行。 另一種方式是——同樣在知道缽的單數和複數的情況下，在某位比丘面前說「這個缽」或「這些缽」，並在五位同伴中提到某個自己喜歡的名字，或說「我將為某位比丘規定」，或「我將為某位女比丘和某位正在學習的沙彌規定」，這也是一種正面規定。到此為止，可以進行放置，但在使用等方面則不應進行。因此，若比丘說：「請使用……或按情況處理」時，就稱為重新規定，使用和分享等行為也可以進行。 如何是側面規定呢？在知道缽的單數和複數的情況下，若說「這個缽」或「這些缽」，並說「我將為你們規定」，那麼就應如此說——「誰是你的朋友或見過的人？」然後以其他方式進行規定，比如說「三位比丘……或……三位女比丘」，再者，若比丘說：「我為三位比丘規定」或「我為三位女比丘規定」，這就是側面規定。到此為止，可以進行放置，但在使用等方面則不應進行。因此，若比丘以第二次正面規定的方式說：「請使用某位的缽，或按情況處理」，這就稱為重新規定，使用和分享等行為也可以進行。 這兩種規定的不同之處，以及其他的語言行為，均應根據第一類學處的解釋進行理解。 缽學處的解釋已完成。

3. 「不足五分之一的規定」解釋。

609.Tena samayenāti ūnapañcabandhanasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha na yāpetīti so kira yadi ariyasāvako nābhavissā, aññathattampi agamissā, evaṃ tehi ubbāḷho, sotāpannattā pana kevalaṃ sarīreneva na yāpeti, tena vuttaṃ – 『『attanāpi na yāpeti, puttadārāpissa kilamantī』』ti.

612-3.Ūnapañcabandhanenāti ettha ūnāni pañca bandhanāni assāti ūnapañcabandhano, nāssa pañca bandhanāni pūrentīti attho, tena ūnapañcabandhanena. Itthambhūtassa lakkhaṇe karaṇavacanaṃ. Tattha yasmā abandhanassāpi pañca bandhanāni na pūrenti, sabbaso natthitāya, tasmā padabhājane 『『abandhano vā』』tiādi vuttaṃ . 『『Ūnapañcabandhanenā』』ti ca vuttattā yassa pañcabandhano patto hoti, tassa so apatto, tasmā aññaṃ viññāpetuṃ vaṭṭati. Bandhanañca nāmetaṃ yasmā bandhanokāse sati hoti, asati na hoti, tasmā tassa lakkhaṇaṃ dassetuṃ 『『abandhanokāso nāmā』』tiādi vuttaṃ.

Dvaṅgulā rāji na hotīti mukhavaṭṭito heṭṭhā dvaṅgulappamāṇā ekāpi rāji na hoti. Yassa dvaṅgulā rāji hotīti yassa pana tādisā ekā rāji hoti, so tassā rājiyā heṭṭhimapariyante pattavedhakena vijjhitvā pacitvā suttarajjuka-makacirajjukādīhi vā tipusuttakena vā bandhitabbo, taṃ bandhanaṃ āmisassa alagganatthaṃ tipupaṭṭakena vā kenaci baddhasilesena vā paṭicchādetabbaṃ. So ca patto adhiṭṭhahitvā paribhuñjitabbo, sukhumaṃ vā chiddaṃ katvā bandhitabbo. Suddhehi pana madhusitthakalākhāsajjulasādīhi bandhituṃ na vaṭṭati. Phāṇitaṃ jhāpetvā pāsāṇacuṇṇena bandhituṃ vaṭṭati. Mukhavaṭṭisamīpe pana pattavedhakena vijjhiyamāno kapālassa bahalattā bhijjati, tasmā heṭṭhā vijjhitabbo. Yassa pana dve rājiyo ekāyeva vā caturaṅgulā, tassa dve bandhanāni dātabbāni. Yassa tisso ekāyeva vā chaḷaṅgulā, tassa tīṇi. Yassa catasso ekāyeva vā aṭṭhaṅgulā, tassa cattāri. Yassa pañca ekāyeva vā dasaṅgulā, so baddhopi abaddhopi apattoyeva, añño viññāpetabbo. Esa tāva mattikāpatte vinicchayo.

Ayopatte pana sacepi pañca vā atirekāni vā chiddāni honti, tāni ce ayacuṇṇena vā āṇiyā vā lohamaṇḍalakena vā baddhāni maṭṭhāni honti, sveva patto paribhuñjitabbo, na añño viññāpetabbo. Atha pana ekampi chiddaṃ mahantaṃ hoti, lohamaṇḍalakena baddhampi maṭṭhaṃ na hoti, patte āmisaṃ laggati, akappiyo hoti, ayaṃ apatto. Añño viññāpetabbo.

1. "那時"是指不足五分之一的學處。其中"不能維持"是指,如果他不是聖弟子的話,可能會有其他變化,如此被他們壓迫,但因為是須陀洹,所以僅僅身體無法維持,因此說:"自己也無法維持,妻兒也在受苦"。 612-3. "不足五分之一的"中,"不足五分之一"是指它沒有五個完整的部分,意思是它的五個部分不完整,用這種不足五分之一的。這是表示狀態的工具格。因為即使是沒有繫結的也不足五個部分,因為完全沒有,所以在詞義解釋中說"或者沒有繫結"等。因為說"不足五分之一",所以對於有五個部分的缽來說,那就不是缽,因此可以要求另一個。而所謂的繫結,是因為有繫結的地方才有,沒有就沒有,所以爲了說明其特徵,說"沒有繫結處"等。 "沒有兩指寬的線"是指從口緣下方沒有兩指寬的任何一條線。"有兩指寬的線"是指有這樣一條線的,應該在那條線的下端用缽鉆鉆孔后燒製,或用線繩、蜘蛛絲等或錫線繫結,那個繫結應該用錫片或某種粘合劑覆蓋以防止食物粘著。那個缽應該規定后使用,或者鉆一個細小的孔后繫結。但是不允許用純凈的蜂蠟、樹膠、樹脂等繫結。可以用煮沸的糖漿和石粉繫結。但是在口緣附近用缽鉆鉆孔時,因為碗壁厚度的原因會破裂,所以應該在下面鉆孔。如果有兩條線或一條四指寬的線,應該給兩個繫結。如果有三條或一條六指寬的線,應該給三個。如果有四條或一條八指寬的線,應該給四個。如果有五條或一條十指寬的線,即使繫結也不是缽,應該要求另一個。這是關於陶缽的判斷。 而對於鐵缽,即使有五個或更多的孔,如果用鐵粉或釘子或金屬片繫結后平滑,那就是可以使用的缽,不應要求另一個。但是如果有一個大孔,即使用金屬片繫結也不平滑,食物會粘在缽上,那就是不適合的,這不是缽。應該要求另一個。

615.Thero vattabboti patte ānisaṃsaṃ dassetvā 『『ayaṃ, bhante, patto pamāṇayutto sundaro therānurūpo, taṃ gaṇhathā』』ti vattabbo. Yo na gaṇheyyāti anukampāya na gaṇhantassa dukkaṭaṃ. Yo pana santuṭṭhiyā 『『kiṃ me aññena pattenā』』ti na gaṇhāti, tassa anāpatti. Pattapariyantoti evaṃ parivattetvā pariyante ṭhitapatto.

Na adeseti mañcapīṭhachattanāgadantakādike adese, na nikkhipitabbo. Yattha purimaṃ sundaraṃ pattaṃ ṭhapeti, tattheva ṭhapetabbo. Pattassa hi nikkhipanadeso 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ādhāraka』』ntiādinā nayena khandhake vuttoyeva.

Naabhogenāti yāgurandhanarajanapacanādinā aparibhogena na paribhuñjitabbo. Antarāmagge pana byādhimhi uppanne aññasmiṃ bhājane asati mattikāya limpetvā yāguṃ vā pacituṃ udakaṃ vā tāpetuṃ vaṭṭati.

Na vissajjetabboti aññassa na dātabbo. Sace pana saddhivihāriko vā antevāsiko vā aññaṃ varapattaṃ ṭhapetvā 『『ayaṃ mayhaṃ sāruppo, ayaṃ therassā』』ti gaṇhāti, vaṭṭati. Añño vā taṃ gahetvā attano pattaṃ deti, vaṭṭati. 『『Mayhameva pattaṃ āharā』』ti vattabbakiccaṃ natthi.

617.Pavāritānanti ettha saṅghavasena pavāritaṭṭhāne pañcabandhaneneva vaṭṭati. Puggalavasena pavāritaṭṭhāne ūnapañcabandhanenāpi vaṭṭatīti kurundiyaṃ vuttaṃ. Sesamettha uttānatthameva.

Chasamuṭṭhānaṃ , kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.

Ūnapañcabandhanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Bhesajjasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

618.Tena samayenāti bhesajjasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha attho, bhanteti rājā bhikkhū uyyuttappayutte therassa leṇatthāya pabbhāraṃ sodhente disvā ārāmikaṃ dātukāmo pucchi.

619-21.Pāṭiyekkoti visuṃ eko. Mālākiteti katamāle mālādhare, kusumamālāpaṭimaṇḍiteti attho. Tiṇaṇḍupakanti tiṇacumbaṭakaṃ. Paṭimuñcīti ṭhapesi. Sā ahosi suvaṇṇamālāti dārikāya sīse ṭhapitamattāyeva therassa adhiṭṭhānavasena suvaṇṇapadumamālā ahosi. Tañhi tiṇaṇḍupakaṃ sīse ṭhapitamattameva 『『suvaṇṇamālā hotū』』ti thero adhiṭṭhāsi. Dutiyampi kho…pe…. Tenupasaṅkamīti dutiyadivaseyeva upasaṅkami.

Suvaṇṇantiadhimuccīti 『『sovaṇṇamayo hotū』』ti adhiṭṭhāsi. Pañcannaṃ bhesajjānanti sappiādīnaṃ. Bāhulikāti paccayabāhulikatāya paṭipannā. Kolambepi ghaṭepītiettha kolambā nāma mahāmukhacāṭiyo vuccanti. Olīnavilīnānīti heṭṭhā ca ubhatopassesu ca gaḷitāni. Okiṇṇavikiṇṇāti sappiādīnaṃ gandhena bhūmiṃ khanantehi okiṇṇā, bhittiyo khanantehi upari sañcarantehi ca vikiṇṇā. Antokoṭṭhāgārikāti abbhantare saṃvihitakoṭṭhāgārā.

1. "長老應當如此說"是指在缽中展示利益，"這位，尊者，這個缽是符合標準的美麗，適合長老的，請拿去。"如果他不拿，則因憐憫而不拿者會犯不善。如果他因滿足而說「我為何要用其他的缽」，則不犯。缽的邊緣是指這樣轉動后保持在邊緣的缽。 不應放置在座位、坐墊、床、牙齒等地方，不可放置。若在此處放置美麗的缽，則應放置在此。因為缽的放置處在《僧伽法》中已有說明。 不應以牛奶、米、鹽等未使用的物品進行使用。若在中間的路上出現疾病，若沒有其他容器，則應用泥土覆蓋以煮牛奶或水。 不應放棄他人的東西。若信士或住持在放置其他優質缽時說「這是我的美好，這是長老的」，則可以。若他拿走並給予自己的缽，也可以。若說「請把我的缽拿來」，則不應有此行為。
2. "被打開的"是指在僧團的開放處通過五個繫結而有效。在個人的開放處也可通過不足五個繫結而有效，這在《古蘭經》中已有說明。其他的內容在此處已說明。 六個起因、行為、不是無知解脫、無心、無形、無名、身體行為、言語行為、三種心、三種感受。 不足五分之一的學處解釋已完成。
3. 藥物學處解釋
4. "那時"是指藥物學處。這裡的意思是，尊者看到正在清理寺廟的比丘們，因而想要給予一位長老。 619-21. "單獨"是指獨自一人。"花環"是指戴著花環的意思。"草叢"是指草的束縛。"放下"是指放置。那是金色的花環，僅僅放在女孩的頭上，因而根據長老的規定成為金色的蓮花花環。因為草叢放置在頭上，僅僅放置時，長老說"愿成為金色的花環"。第二次也是如此……等。於是第二天就靠近了。 "愿成為金色的"是指"愿成為黃金的"的規定。五種藥物是指黃油等。常見的則是因條件的普遍性而普遍存在。這裡的"kolamba"是指大嘴的魚。被壓扁和消失的是指在下面和兩側被壓扁的。被分散和分散的是指因黃油等的香氣而在土地上被挖掘的，被墻壁上方移動的。內部儲藏的是指內部的儲藏處。

622.Paṭisāyanīyānīti paṭisāyitabbāni, paribhuñjitabbānīti attho. Bhesajjānīti bhesajjakiccaṃ karontu vā mā vā, evaṃ laddhavohārāni. 『『Gosappī』』tiādīhi loke pākaṭaṃ dassetvā 『『yesaṃ maṃsaṃ kappatī』』ti iminā aññesampi migarohitasasādīnaṃ sappiṃ saṅgahetvā dassesi. Yesañhi khīraṃ atthi, sappipi tesaṃ atthiyeva, taṃ pana sulabhaṃ vā hotu dullabhaṃ vā, asammohatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Evaṃ navanītampi.

Sannidhikārakaṃ paribhuñjitabbānīti sannidhiṃ katvā nidahitvā paribhuñjitabbāni. Kathaṃ? Pāḷiyā āgatasappiādīsu sappi tāva purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ tadahupurebhattaṃ sāmisampi nirāmisampi paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati, pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya sattāhaṃ nirāmisaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Sattāhātikkame sace ekabhājane ṭhapitaṃ, ekaṃ nissaggiyaṃ. Sace bahūsu vatthugaṇanāya nissaggiyāni, pacchābhattaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ sattāhaṃ nirāmisameva vaṭṭati. Purebhattaṃ vā pacchābhattaṃ vā uggahitakaṃ katvā nikkhittaṃ ajjhoharituṃ na vaṭṭati; abbhañjanādīsu upanetabbaṃ. Sattāhātikkamepi anāpatti, anajjhoharaṇīyataṃ āpannattā. 『『Paṭisāyanīyānī』』ti hi vuttaṃ. Sace anupasampanno purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitanavanītena sappiṃ katvā deti, purebhattaṃ sāmisaṃ vaṭṭati. Sace sayaṃ karoti, sattāhampi nirāmisameva vaṭṭati. Pacchābhattaṃ paṭiggahitanavanītena pana yena kenaci katasappi sattāhampi nirāmisameva vaṭṭati. Uggahitakena kate pubbe vuttasuddhasappinayeneva vinicchayo veditabbo.

Purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitakhīrena vā dadhinā vā katasappi anupasampannena kataṃ sāmisampi tadahupurebhattaṃ vaṭṭati. Sayaṃkataṃ nirāmisameva vaṭṭati . Navanītaṃ tāpentassa hi sāmaṃpāko na hoti, sāmaṃpakkena pana tena saddhiṃ āmisaṃ na vaṭṭati. Pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya ca na vaṭṭatiyeva. Sattāhātikkamepi anāpatti, savatthukassa paṭiggahitattā, 『『tāni paṭiggahetvā』』ti hi vuttaṃ. Pacchābhattaṃ paṭiggahitehi kataṃ pana abbhañjanādīsu upanetabbaṃ. Purebhattampi ca uggahitakehi kataṃ ubhayesampi sattāhātikkame anāpatti. Eseva nayo akappiyamaṃsasappimhi. Ayaṃ pana viseso – yattha pāḷiyaṃ āgatasappinā nissaggiyaṃ, tattha iminā dukkaṭaṃ. Andhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ kāraṇapatirūpakaṃ vatvā manussasappi ca navanītañca paṭikkhittaṃ, taṃ duppaṭikkhittaṃ, sabbaaṭṭhakathāsu anuññātattā. Parato cassa vinicchayopi āgacchissati.

1. "可以食用的"是指可以食用的,意思是可以食用。"藥物"是指無論是否起到藥物的作用,都被稱為藥物。通過"牛奶"等顯示世間常見的,通過"肉是允許的"這句話包括了其他如鹿、兔等的奶油。因為有奶的動物也有奶油,無論是容易獲得還是難以獲得,爲了避免混淆而說明。奶油也是如此。 "可以儲存食用的"是指可以儲存后食用的。怎麼儲存呢?在經文中提到的奶油等,首先奶油在午前接受的,當天午前可以和食物一起或單獨食用,從午後開始七天內可以單獨食用。超過七天如果放在一個容器里,就有一個舍懺。如果放在多個容器里,根據物品數量有多個舍懺。午後接受的七天內只能單獨食用。無論午前還是午後,如果拿起後放下就不能吞嚥;應該用於塗抹等。即使超過七天也不犯戒,因為已經不能吞嚥了。因為說的是"可以食用的"。如果未受具足戒者用午前接受的生酥製成奶油給予,午前可以和食物一起食用。如果自己製作,七天內也只能單獨食用。但是用午後接受的生酥製成的奶油,無論誰製作,七天內都只能單獨食用。用拿起的製成的,應該按照前面說的純奶油的方式來判斷。 用午前接受的牛奶或酸奶製成的奶油,如果是未受具足戒者製作的,當天午前可以和食物一起食用。自己製作的只能單獨食用。因為加熱生酥不算自己烹煮,但與自己烹煮的一起不能和食物一起食用。從午後開始就完全不允許。即使超過七天也不犯戒,因為接受時就有物質,因為說"接受它們"。但是用午後接受的製成的應該用於塗抹等。即使是午前,用拿起的製成的,對兩者來說超過七天也不犯戒。這個規則也適用於不適合的肉的奶油。但有一點不同——在經文中說奶油有舍懺的地方,這裡是突 羅。在安達迦註釋中說明理由后禁止人的奶油和生酥,這是不應該禁止的,

Pāḷiyaṃ āgataṃ navanītampi purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ tadahupurebhattaṃ sāmisampi vaṭṭati, pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya nirāmisameva. Sattāhātikkame nānābhājanesu ṭhapite bhājanagaṇanāya ekabhājanepi amissetvā piṇḍapiṇḍavasena ṭhapite piṇḍagaṇanāya nissaggiyāni. Pacchābhattaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ sappinayeneva veditabbaṃ. Ettha pana dadhiguḷikāyopi takkabindūnipi honti, tasmā taṃ dhotaṃ vaṭṭatīti upaḍḍhattherā āhaṃsu. Mahāsīvatthero pana 『『bhagavatā anuññātakālato paṭṭhāya takkato uddhaṭamattameva khādiṃsū』』ti āha. Tasmā navanītaṃ paribhuñjantena dhovitvā dadhitakkamakkhikākipillikādīni apanetvā paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Pacitvā sappiṃ katvā paribhuñjitukāmena adhotampi pacituṃ vaṭṭati. Yaṃ tattha dadhigataṃ vā takkagataṃ vā taṃ khayaṃ gamissati, ettāvatā hi savatthukapaṭiggahitaṃ nāma na hotīti ayamettha adhippāyo. Āmisena saddhiṃ pakkattā pana tasmimpi kukkuccāyanti kukkuccakā. Idāni uggahetvā ṭhapitanavanīte ca purebhattaṃ khīradadhīni paṭiggahetvā katanavanīte ca pacchābhattaṃ tāni paṭiggahetvā katanavanīte ca uggahitehi katanavavīte ca akappiyamaṃsanavanīte ca sabbo āpattānāpattiparibhogāparibhoganayo sappimhi vuttakkameneva gahetabbo.

Telabhikkhāya paviṭṭhānaṃ pana bhikkhūnaṃ tattheva sappimpi navanītampi pakkatelampi apakkatelampi ākiranti, tattha takkadadhibindūnipi bhattasitthānipi taṇḍulakaṇāpi makkhikādayopi honti. Ādiccapākaṃ katvā parissāvetvā gahitaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ hoti, paṭiggahetvā ṭhapitabhesajjehi saddhiṃ pacitvā natthupānampi kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Sace vaddalisamaye lajji sāmaṇero yathā tattha patitataṇḍulakaṇādayo na paccanti, evaṃ sāmisapākaṃ mocento aggimhi vilīyāpetvā parissāvetvā puna pacitvā deti, purimanayeneva sattāhaṃ vaṭṭati.

Telesu tilatelaṃ tāva purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ purebhattaṃ sāmisampi vaṭṭati, pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya nirāmisameva. Sattāhātikkame panassa bhājanagaṇanāya nissaggiyabhāvo veditabbo. Pacchābhattaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ sattāhaṃ nirāmisameva vaṭṭati. Uggahitakaṃ katvā nikkhittaṃ ajjhoharituṃ na vaṭṭati, sīsamakkhanādīsu upanetabbaṃ, sattāhātikkamepi anāpatti. Purebhattaṃ tile paṭiggahetvā katatelaṃ purebhattaṃ sāmisampi vaṭṭati, pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya anajjhoharaṇīyaṃ hoti, sīsamakkhanādīsu upanetabbaṃ, sattāhātikkamepi anāpatti. Pacchābhattaṃ tile paṭiggahetvā katatelaṃ anajjhoharaṇīyameva, savatthukapaṭiggahitattā, sattāhātikkamepi anāpatti, sīsamakkhanādīsu upanetabbaṃ. Purebhattaṃ vā pacchābhattaṃ vā uggahitakatilehi katatelepi eseva nayo.

Purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitakatile bhajjitvā vā tilapiṭṭhaṃ vā sedetvā uṇhodakena vā temetvā katatelaṃ sace anupasampannena kataṃ purebhattaṃ sāmisampi vaṭṭati. Attanā katatelaṃ pana nibbaṭṭitattā purebhattaṃ nirāmisameva vaṭṭati. Sāmaṃpakkattā sāmisaṃ na vaṭṭati, savatthukapaṭiggahitattā pana pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya ubhayampi anajjhoharaṇīyaṃ, sīsamakkhanādīsu upanetabbaṃ, sattāhātikkamepi anāpatti. Yadi pana appaṃ uṇhodakaṃ hoti abbhukkiraṇamattaṃ, abbohārikaṃ hoti, sāmapākagaṇanaṃ na gacchati. Sāsapatelādīsupi avatthukapaṭiggahitesu avatthukatilatele vuttasadisova vinicchayo.

在**中提到的生酥,如果在午前接受,當天午前可以和食物一起食用,從午後開始只能單獨食用。超過七天如果放在不同容器里,根據容器數量有舍懺;即使放在一個容器里,如果分成一團一團,根據團數有舍懺。午後接受的應該按照奶油的方式理解。這裡還有酸奶塊和酪漿滴,所以洗乾淨是可以的,一些長老這樣說。但大西瓦長老說:"從世尊允許的時候開始,他們只吃從酪漿中提取的。"因此食用生酥時應該洗凈,去除酸奶、酪漿、蒼蠅、螞蟻等后食用。想要煮成奶油食用的,不洗也可以煮。其中的酸奶或酪漿會消失,這樣就不算是接受有實質的東西,這是這裡的意思。但是因為和食物一起煮,對此有疑慮的人會有疑慮。現在對於拿起放置的生酥,午前接受牛奶酸奶製成的生酥,午後接受它們製成的生酥,用拿起的製成的生酥,不適合的肉的生酥,所有關於犯戒不犯戒、可食用不可食用的規則都應該按照奶油中說的順序理解。 對於乞求油的比丘們,在那裡人們會給予奶油、生酥、煮過的油、未煮過的油,其中有酪漿酸奶滴、飯粒、米屑、蒼蠅等。經過日曬後過濾的可以儲存七天,與接受儲存的藥物一起煮可以做成鼻藥。如果在雨季有謹慎的沙彌,使其中落入的米屑等不煮熟,這樣避免和食物一起煮,在火上融化後過濾再煮給予,按照前面的方式可以儲存七天。 在油中,首先芝麻油如果午前接受,午前可以和食物一起食用,從午後開始只能單獨食用。超過七天應該知道根據容器數量有舍懺。午後接受的七天內只能單獨食用。拿起後放下的不能吞嚥,應該用於頭部塗抹等,即使超過七天也不犯戒。午前接受芝麻製成的油午前可以和食物一起食用,從午後開始不能吞嚥,應該用於頭部塗抹等,即使超過七天也不犯戒。午後接受芝麻製成的油就不能吞嚥,因為接受時有實質,即使超過七天也不犯戒,應該用於頭部塗抹等。無論午前還是午後,用拿起的芝麻製成的油也是這個規則。 午前接受的芝麻炒過或磨成粉或用熱水浸泡製成的油,如果是未受具足戒者製作的,午前可以和食物一起食用。但自己製作的因為已經改變,午前只能單獨食用。因為自己烹煮所以不能和食物一起食用,但因為接受時有實質,從午後開始兩者都不能吞嚥,應該用於頭部塗抹等,即使超過七天也不犯戒。但如果熱水很少只是灑上,就不算數,不算自己烹煮。對於芥子油等無實質接受的,判斷與無實質芝麻油相同。

Sace pana purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitānaṃ sāsapādīnaṃ cuṇṇehi ādiccapākena sakkā telaṃ kātuṃ, taṃ purebhattaṃ sāmisampi vaṭṭati, pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya nirāmisameva, sattāhātikkame nissaggiyaṃ. Yasmā pana sāsapamadhukacuṇṇādīni sedetvā eraṇḍakaṭṭhīni ca bhajjitvā eva telaṃ karonti, tasmā tesaṃ telaṃ anupasampannehi kataṃ purebhattaṃ sāmisampi vaṭṭati. Vatthūnaṃ yāvajīvikattā pana savatthukapaṭiggahaṇe doso natthīti. Attanā kataṃ sattāhaṃ nirāmisaparibhogeneva paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Uggahitakehi kataṃ anajjhoharaṇīyaṃ bāhiraparibhoge vaṭṭati, sattāhātikkamepi anāpatti.

Telakaraṇatthāya sāsapamadhukaeraṇḍakaṭṭhīni vā paṭiggahetvā kataṃ telaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ. Dutiyadivase kataṃ chāhaṃ vaṭṭati. Tatiyadivase kataṃ pañcāhaṃ vaṭṭati. Catuttha-pañcama-chaṭṭhasattāmadivase kataṃ tadaheva vaṭṭati. Sace yāva aruṇassa uggamanā tiṭṭhati, nissaggiyaṃ. Aṭṭhame divase kataṃ anajjhoharaṇīyaṃ. Anissaggiyattā pana bāhiraparibhoge vaṭṭati. Sacepi na karoti, telatthāya gahitasāsapādīnaṃ sattāhātikkamane dukkaṭameva. Pāḷiyaṃ pana anāgatāni aññānipi nāḷikeranimbakosambakakaramandaatasīādīnaṃ telāni atthi, tāni paṭiggahetvā sattāhaṃ atikkāmayato dukkaṭaṃ hoti. Ayametesu viseso. Sesaṃ yāvakālikavatthuṃ yāvajīvikavatthuñca sallakkhetvā sāmaṃpākasavatthukapurebhattapacchābhattapaṭiggahitauggahitakavatthuvidhānaṃ sabbaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.

如果用午前接受的芥子等粉末通過日曬可以製成油,那麼午前可以和食物一起食用,從午後開始只能單獨食用,超過七天有舍懺。但是因為芥子、甘草粉等是通過蒸煮,蓖麻籽是通過炒制來制油的,所以它們的油如果是未受具足戒者製作的,午前可以和食物一起食用。因為原料是終生可用的,所以接受有實質的也沒有過錯。自己製作的七天內只能單獨食用。用拿起的製作的不能吞嚥,可以用於外部使用,即使超過七天也不犯戒。 爲了制油而接受芥子、甘草、蓖麻籽等製成的油可以儲存七天。第二天製作的可以用六天。第三天製作的可以用五天。第四、五、六、七天製作的當天可用。如果儲存到日出,有舍懺。第八天製作的不能吞嚥。因為不需要捨棄,所以可以用於外部使用。即使不製作,爲了制油而接受的芥子等超過七天只有突吉羅。在經文中沒有提到的其他如椰子、楝樹、瓜、野芝麻等的油,接受后超過七天有突吉羅。這是它們的區別。其餘的應該考慮當天可用的和終生可用的物品,自己烹煮的、有實質的、午前午後接受的、拿起的物品的規定,都應該按照前面說的方式理解。

623.Vasātelanti 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vasāni bhesajjāni, acchavasaṃ, macchavasaṃ, susukāvasaṃ, sūkaravasaṃ, gadrabhavasa』』nti (mahāva. 262) evaṃ anuññātavasānaṃ telaṃ. Ettha ca 『『acchavasa』』nti vacanena ṭhapetvā manussavasaṃ sabbesaṃ akappiyamaṃsāna vasā anuññātā. Macchaggahaṇena ca susukāpi gahitā honti, vāḷamacchattā pana visuṃ vuttaṃ. Macchādiggahaṇena cettha sabbesampi kappiyamaṃsānaṃ vasā anuññātā. Maṃsesu hi dasamanaussa-hatthi-assa-sunakha-ahi-sīha-byaggha-dīpi-accha-taracchānaṃ maṃsāni akappiyāni. Vasāsu ekā manussavasāva. Khīrādīsu akappiyaṃ nāma natthi.

Anupasampannehi katanibbaṭṭitavasātelaṃ purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ purebhattaṃ sāmisampi vaṭṭati. Pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya sattāhaṃ nirāmisameva vaṭṭati. Yaṃ pana tattha sukhumarajasadisaṃ maṃsaṃ vā nhāru vā aṭṭhi vā lohitaṃ vā hoti, taṃ abbohārikaṃ. Sace pana vasaṃ paṭiggahetvā sayaṃ karoti, purebhattaṃ paṭiggahetvā pacitvā parissāvetvā sattāhaṃ nirāmisaparibhogena paribhuñjitabbaṃ . Nirāmisaparibhogañhi sandhāya idaṃ vuttaṃ – 『『kāle paṭiggahitaṃ kāle nippakkaṃ kāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ telaparibhogena paribhuñjitu』』nti (mahāva. 262). Tatrāpi abbohārikaṃ abbohārikameva. Pacchābhattaṃ pana paṭiggahituṃ vā kātuṃ vā na vaṭṭatiyeva. Vuttañhetaṃ –

『『Vikāle ce, bhikkhave, paṭiggahitaṃ vikāle nippakkaṃ vikāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, taṃ ce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti tiṇṇaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. Kāle ce, bhikkhave, paṭiggahitaṃ vikāle nippakkaṃ vikāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, taṃ ce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. Kāle ce, bhikkhave, paṭiggahitaṃ kāle nippakkaṃ vikāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, taṃ ce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Kāle ce, bhikkhave, paṭiggahitaṃ kāle nippakkaṃ kāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, taṃ ce paribhuñjeyya, anāpattī』』ti.

Upatissattheraṃ pana antevāsikā pucchiṃsu – 『『bhante, sappinavanītavasāni ekato pacitvā nibbaṭṭitāni vaṭṭanti, na vaṭṭantī』』ti? 『『Na vaṭṭanti, āvuso』』ti. Thero kirettha pakkatelakasaṭe viya kukkuccāyati. Tato naṃ uttari pucchiṃsu – 『『bhante, navanīte dadhiguḷikā vā takkabindu vā hoti, etaṃ vaṭṭatī』』ti? 『『Etampi, āvuso, na vaṭṭatī』』ti. Tato naṃ āhaṃsu – 『『bhante, ekato pacitvā saṃsaṭṭhāni tejavantāni honti, rogaṃ niggaṇhantī』』ti? 『『Sādhāvuso』』ti thero sampaṭicchi.

Mahāsumatthero panāha – 『『kappiyamaṃsavasā sāmisaparibhoge vaṭṭati, itarā nirāmisaparibhoge vaṭṭatī』』ti. Mahāpadumatthero pana 『『idaṃ ki』』nti paṭikkhipitvā 『『nanu vātābādhikā bhikkhū pañcamūlakasāvayāguyaṃ acchasūkaratelādīni pakkhipitvā yāguṃ pivanti, sā tejussadattā rogaṃ niggaṇhātī』』ti vatvā 『『vaṭṭatī』』ti āha.

1. 油脂油是指"比丘們,我允許油脂藥物,即熊脂、魚脂、鱷魚脂、豬脂、驢脂"(大品262)這樣允許的油脂的油。這裡"熊脂"一詞除了人脂外,允許所有不適合的肉的脂肪。"魚"一詞也包括鱷魚,但因為是兇猛的魚所以單獨提到。這裡"魚"等詞也包括所有適合的肉的脂肪。在肉中,人、象、馬、狗、蛇、獅子、虎、豹、熊、鬣狗的肉是不適合的。在脂肪中只有人脂是不適合的。在牛奶等中沒有不適合的。 未受具足戒者製作提煉的油脂油,如果午前接受,午前可以和食物一起食用。從午後開始七天內只能單獨食用。其中如果有像細塵一樣的肉、筋、骨、血,那是可以忽略的。但如果接受脂肪后自己製作,午前接受后煮沸過濾,七天內應該單獨食用。因為這是針對單獨食用而說的:"在適當時間接受,在適當時間煮熟,在適當時間混合,可以像油一樣食用。"(大品262)其中可以忽略的仍然可以忽略。但是午後接受或製作都是不允許的。因為這樣說: "比丘們,如果在不適當時間接受,在不適當時間煮熟,在不適當時間混合,如果食用,犯三突吉羅。比丘們,如果在適當時間接受,在不適當時間煮熟,在不適當時間混合,如果食用,犯兩突吉羅。比丘們,如果在適當時間接受,在適當時間煮熟,在不適當時間混合,如果食用,犯一突吉羅。比丘們,如果在適當時間接受,在適當時間煮熟,在適當時間混合,如果食用,不犯戒。" 弟子們問烏波帝沙長老:"尊者,奶油、生酥、油脂一起煮沸提煉的可以嗎?"長老說:"不可以,朋友們。"長老對此像對煮過的油渣一樣有疑慮。然後他們進一步問:"尊者,生酥中有酸奶塊或酪漿滴,這可以嗎?""這也不可以,朋友們。"然後他們說:"尊者,一起煮沸混合后變得有力,能制服疾病。""好的,朋友們。"長老同意了。 但大須摩長老說:"適合的肉的脂肪可以和食物一起食用,其他的只能單獨食用。"大蓮花長老則否定說"這是什麼",說:"患風病的比丘在五根藥粥中加入熊脂豬脂等喝粥,因為有力所以能制服疾病",然後說"可以"。

Madhu nāma makkhikāmadhūti madhukarīhi nāma madhumakkhikāhi khuddakamakkhikāhi bhamaramakkhikāhi ca kataṃ madhu. Taṃ purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ purebhattaṃ sāmisaparibhogampi vaṭṭati, pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya sattāhaṃ nirāmisaparibhogameva vaṭṭati. Sattāhātikkame sace silesasadisaṃ mahāmadhuṃ khaṇḍaṃ khaṇḍaṃ katvā ṭhapitaṃ, itaraṃ vā nānābhājanesu, vatthugaṇanāya nissaggiyāni. Sace ekameva khaṇḍaṃ, ekabhājane vā itaraṃ ekameva nissaggiyaṃ. Uggahitakaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ, arumakkhanādīsu upanetabbaṃ. Madhupaṭalaṃ vā madhusitthakaṃ vā sace madhunā amakkhitaṃ parisuddhaṃ, yāvajīvikaṃ. Madhumakkhitaṃ pana madhugatikameva. Cīrikā nāma sapakkhā dīghamakkhikā, tumbalanāmikā ca aṭṭhipakkhā kāḷamahābhamarā honti, tesaṃ āsayesu niyyāsasadisaṃ madhu hoti, taṃ yāvajīvikaṃ.

Phāṇitaṃ nāma ucchumhā nibbattanti ucchurasaṃ upādāya apakkā vā avatthukapakkā vā sabbāpi avatthukā ucchuvikati phāṇitanti veditabbā. Taṃ phāṇitaṃ purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ purebhattaṃ sāmisampi vaṭṭati, pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya sattāhaṃ nirāmisameva vaṭṭati. Sattāhātikkame vatthugaṇanāya nissaggiyaṃ. Bahū piṇḍā cuṇṇetvā ekabhājane pakkhittā honti ghanasannivesā, ekameva nissaggiyaṃ. Uggahitakaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ, gharadhūpanādīsu upanetabbaṃ. Purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitena aparissāvitaucchurasena kataphāṇitaṃ sace anupasampannena kataṃ, sāmisampi vaṭṭati. Sayaṃkataṃ nirāmisameva vaṭṭati. Pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya pana savatthukapaṭiggahitattā anajjhoharaṇīyaṃ, sattāhātikkamepi anāpatti. Pacchābhattaṃ aparissāvitapaṭiggahitena katampi anajjhoharaṇīyameva, sattāhātikkamepi anāpatti. Esa nayo ucchuṃ paṭiggahetvā kataphāṇitepi. Purebhattaṃ pana parissāvitapaṭiggahitakena kataṃ sace anupasampannena kataṃ purebhattaṃ sāmisampi vaṭṭati, pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya sattāhaṃ nirāmisameva. Sayaṃkataṃ purebhattampi nirāmisameva. Pacchābhattaṃ parissāvitapaṭiggahitena kataṃ pana nirāmisameva sattāhaṃ vaṭṭati. Uggahitakakataṃ vuttanayameva. 『『Jhāmaucchuphāṇitaṃ vā koṭṭitaucchuphāṇitaṃ vā purebhattameva vaṭṭatī』』ti mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ.

Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana 『『etaṃ savatthukapakkaṃ vaṭṭati, no vaṭṭatī』』ti pucchaṃ katvā 『『ucchuphāṇitaṃ pacchābhattaṃ novaṭṭanakaṃ nāma natthī』』ti vuttaṃ, taṃ yuttaṃ. Sītudakena kataṃ madhukapupphaphāṇitaṃ purebhattaṃ sāmisaṃ vaṭṭati, pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya sattāhaṃ nirāmisameva. Sattāhātikkame vatthugaṇanāya dukkaṭaṃ. Khīraṃ pakkhipitvā kataṃ madhukaphāṇitaṃ yāvakālikaṃ. Khaṇḍasakkharaṃ pana khīrajallikaṃ apanetvā sodhenti, tasmā vaṭṭati. Madhukapupphaṃ pana purebhattaṃ allaṃ vaṭṭati, bhajjitampi vaṭṭati. Bhajjitvā tilādīhi missaṃ vā amissaṃ vā katvā koṭṭitampi vaṭṭati. Yadi pana taṃ gahetvā merayatthāya yojenti, yojitaṃ bījato paṭṭhāya na vaṭṭati. Kadalī-khajjūrī-amba-labuja-panasa-ciñcādīnaṃ sabbesaṃ yāvakālikaphalānaṃ phāṇitaṃ yāvakālikameva. Maricapakkehi phāṇitaṃ karonti, taṃ yāvajīvikaṃ.

蜂蜜是指由蜜蜂、小蜂、大黃蜂等製造的蜜。如果午前接受,午前可以和食物一起食用,從午後開始七天內只能單獨食用。超過七天如果是像膠水一樣的大塊蜂蜜分成塊狀放置,或者其他的放在不同容器里,根據物品數量有舍懺。如果只有一塊,或者其他的只放在一個容器里,只有一個舍懺。拿起的應該按照前面說的方式理解,應該用於塗抹傷口等。蜂巢或蜂蠟如果沒有沾染蜂蜜是純凈的,可以終生使用。但沾有蜂蜜的就和蜂蜜一樣。長翅膀的長蜂叫cīrikā,骨翅膀的黑色大黃蜂叫tumbalā,它們的巢中有像樹脂一樣的蜜,那可以終生使用。 糖漿是指從甘蔗產生的,從甘蔗汁開始,未煮的或無實質煮過的,所有無實質的甘蔗製品都應該理解為糖漿。那糖漿如果午前接受,午前可以和食物一起食用,從午後開始七天內只能單獨食用。超過七天根據物品數量有舍懺。如果許多塊磨成粉放在一個容器里密集堆積,只有一個舍懺。拿起的應該按照前面說的方式理解,應該用於熏房等。用午前接受的未過濾的甘蔗汁製成的糖漿,如果是未受具足戒者製作的,可以和食物一起食用。自己製作的只能單獨食用。但從午後開始因為接受時有實質所以不能吞嚥,即使超過七天也不犯戒。午後接受未過濾的製作的也不能吞嚥,即使超過七天也不犯戒。接受甘蔗製成的糖漿也是這個規則。但是午前接受過濾的製成的,如果是未受具足戒者製作的,午前可以和食物一起食用,從午後開始七天內只能單獨食用。自己製作的即使午前也只能單獨食用。午後接受過濾的製成的只能單獨食用七天。用拿起的製作的按照前面說的方式。大註釋書中說:"燒焦的甘蔗糖漿或搗碎的甘蔗糖漿只能午前使用。" 但在大般差利中問:"這個有實質煮過的可以嗎,不可以嗎?",說:"沒有午後不可用的甘蔗糖漿。"這是合理的。用冷水製作的木棉花糖漿午前可以和食物一起食用,從午後開始七天內只能單獨食用。超過七天根據物品數量有突吉羅。加入牛奶製作的木棉糖漿是當天可用的。但是塊糖去除牛奶渣后清潔,所以可以。木棉花午前新鮮的可以,炒過的也可以。炒后與芝麻等混合或不混合搗碎也可以。但如果拿去用於制酒,從種子開始就不可以。香蕉、椰棗、芒果、麵包果、菠蘿蜜、羅望子等所有當天可用的果實的糖漿也是當天可用的。用成熟的胡椒製作的糖漿可以終生使用。

Tāni paṭiggahetvāti sacepi sabbānipi paṭiggahetvā eka ghaṭe avinibbhogāni katvā nikkhipati , sattāhātikkame ekameva nissaggiyaṃ. Vinibhuttesu pañca nissaggiyāni. Sattāhaṃ pana anatikkāmetvā gilānenapi agilānenapi vuttanayeneva yathāsukhaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Sattavidhañhi odissaṃ nāma – byādhiodissaṃ, puggalodissaṃ, kālodissaṃ, samayodissaṃ, desodissaṃ, vasodissaṃ, bhesajjodissanti.

Tattha byādhiodissaṃ nāma – 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, amanussikābādhe āmakamaṃsaṃ āmakalohita』』nti (mahāva. 264) evaṃ byādhiṃ uddissa anuññātaṃ, taṃ teneva ābādhena ābādhikassa vaṭṭati, na aññassa. Tañca kho kālepi vikālepi kappiyampi akappiyampi vaṭṭatiyeva.

Puggalodissaṃ nāma – 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, romanthakassa romanthanaṃ. Na ca, bhikkhave, bahimukhadvāraṃ nīharitvā ajjhoharitabba』』nti (cūḷava. 273) evaṃ puggalaṃ uddissa anuññātaṃ, taṃ tasseva vaṭṭati, na aññassa.

Kālodissaṃ nāma – 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cattāri mahāvikaṭāni dātuṃ – gūthaṃ, muttaṃ, chārikaṃ, mattika』』nti (mahāva. 268) evaṃ ahinā daṭṭhakālaṃ uddissa anuññātaṃ, taṃ tasmiṃyeva kāle appaṭiggahitakampi vaṭṭati, na aññasmiṃ.

Samayodissaṃ nāma – 『『gaṇabhojane aññatra samayā』』tiādinā (pāci. 217) nayena taṃ taṃ samayaṃ uddissa anuññātā anāpattiyo, tā tasmiṃ tasmiṃyeva samaye anāpattiyo honti, na aññadā.

Desodissaṃ nāma – 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, evarūpesu paccantimesu janapadesu vinayadharapañcamena gaṇena upasampada』』nti (mahāva. 259) evaṃ paccantadese uddissa anuññātāni upasampadādīni, tāni tattheva vaṭṭanti, na majjhimadese.

Vasodissaṃ nāma – 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vasāni bhesajjānī』』ti (mahāva. 262) evaṃ vasānāmena anuññātaṃ , taṃ ṭhapetvā manussavasaṃ sabbesaṃ kappiyākappiyavasānaṃ telaṃ taṃtadatthikānaṃ telaparibhogena paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati.

Bhesajjodissaṃ nāma – 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pañca bhesajjānī』』ti (mahāva. 260-261) evaṃ bhesajjanāmena anuññātāni āhāratthaṃ pharituṃ samatthāni sappinavanītatelamadhuphāṇitanti. Tāni paṭiggahetvā tadahupurebhattaṃ yathāsukhaṃ pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya sati paccaye vuttanayeneva sattāhaṃ paribhuñjitabbāni.

這些應當接受，若是接受所有的，放在一個器皿中不分開，則超過七天只有一個舍懺。在分開後有五個舍懺。超過七天不應超過，生病的或不生病的，按照所說的方式隨意享用。七種類別的食物——疾病類、個人類、時間類、地方類、居住類、藥物類。 其中疾病類是指：「我允許，比丘們，非人類的病害的肉和血。」（大品264）這樣是針對疾病而允許的，因此僅適用於此病，不適用于其他。並且在時間上和時機上都適用適合和不適合的。 個人類是指：「我允許，比丘們，供給有吸引力的供養。不應從外門取出而直接食用。」（小品273）這樣是針對個人而允許的，僅適用於此，不適用于其他。 時間類是指：「我允許，比丘們，給予四種大食物——粘稠食物、蛋、肉、泥土。」（大品268）這樣是針對特定時間而允許的，因此在那個時間即使是少量的也適用，不適用于其他。 地方類是指：「在聚眾飲食時，除非是特殊的時間。」（巴基217）這樣是針對特定時間而允許的，在那個時間內不犯戒，不適用于其他。 居住類是指：「我允許，比丘們，在這樣的邊緣地區由持戒者的團體進行接受。」（大品259）這樣是針對邊緣地區而允許的，因此在那裡適用，不適用于中部地區。 藥物類是指：「我允許，比丘們，五種藥物。」（大品260-261）這樣是針對藥物而允許的，適用於飲食的目的，適合於生酥、油脂、蜂蜜等。接受這些后，午前可以隨意食用，超過午後開始則應按照所說的條件在七天內享用。

624.Sattāhātikkante atikkantasaññī nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyanti sacepi sāsapamattaṃ hoti sakiṃ vā aṅguliyā gahetvā jivhāya sāyanamattaṃ nissajjitabbameva, pācittiyañca desetabbaṃ.

Na kāyikena paribhogena paribhuñjitabbanti kāyo vā kāye aru vā na makkhetabbaṃ. Tehi makkhitāni kāsāvakattarayaṭṭhiupāhanapādakathalikamañcapīṭhādīnipi aparibhogāni. 『『Dvāravātapānakavāṭesupi hatthena gahaṇaṭṭhānaṃ na makkhetabba』』nti mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ. 『『Kasāve pana pakkhipitvā dvāravātapānakavāṭāni makkhetabbānī』』ti mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ.

Anāpatti antosattāhaṃ adhiṭṭhetīti sattāhabbhantare sappiñca telañca vasañca muddhanitelaṃ vā abbhañjanaṃ vā madhuṃ arumakkhanaṃ phāṇitaṃ gharadhūpanaṃ adhiṭṭheti, anāpatti. Sace adhiṭṭhitatelaṃ anadhiṭṭhitatelabhājane ākiritukāmo hoti, bhājane ce sukhumaṃ chiddaṃ paviṭṭhaṃ paviṭṭhaṃ telaṃ purāṇatelena ajjhottharīyati, puna adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Atha mahāmukhaṃ hoti, sahasāva bahutelaṃ pavisitvā purāṇatelaṃ ajjhottharati, puna adhiṭṭhānakiccaṃ natthi. Adhiṭṭhitagatikameva hi taṃ hoti, etena nayena adhiṭṭhitatelabhājane anadhiṭṭhitatelākiraṇampi veditabbaṃ.

625.Vissajjetīti ettha sace dvinnaṃ santakaṃ ekena paṭiggahitaṃ avibhattaṃ hoti, sattāhātikkame dvinnampi anāpatti, paribhuñjituṃ pana na vaṭṭati. Sace yena paṭiggahitaṃ, so itaraṃ bhaṇati – 『『āvuso, imaṃ telaṃ sattāhamattaṃ paribhuñja tva』』nti. So ca paribhogaṃ na karoti, kassa āpatti? Na kassacipi āpatti . Kasmā? Yena paṭiggahitaṃ tena vissajjitattā, itarassa appaṭiggahitattā.

Vinassatīti aparibhogaṃ hoti. Cattenātiādīsu yena cittena bhesajjaṃ cattañca vantañca muttañca hoti, taṃ cittaṃ cattaṃ vantaṃ muttanti vuccati. Tena cittena puggalo anapekkhoti vuccatti, evaṃ anapekkho sāmaṇerassa datvāti attho. Idaṃ kasmā vuttaṃ? 『『Evaṃ antosattāhe datvā pacchā labhitvā paribhuñjantassa anāpattidassanattha』』nti mahāsumatthero āha. Mahāpadumatthero panāha – 『『nayidaṃ yācitabbaṃ, antosattāhe dinnassa hi puna paribhoge āpattiyeva natthi. Sattāhātikkantassa pana paribhoge anāpattidassanatthamidaṃ vutta』』nti. Tasmā evaṃ dinnaṃ bhesajjaṃ sace sāmaṇero abhisaṅkharitvā vā anabhisaṅkharitvā vā tassa bhikkhuno natthukammatthaṃ dadeyya, gahetvā natthukammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Sace bālo hoti, dātuṃ na jānāti, aññena bhikkhunā vattabbo – 『『atthi te, sāmaṇera, tela』』nti 『『āma, bhante, atthī』』ti. 『『Āhara, therassa bhesajjaṃ karissāmā』』ti. Evampi vaṭṭati. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.

Kathinasamuṭṭhānaṃ, akiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ,

Ticittaṃ, tivedananti.

Bhesajjasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Vassikasāṭikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

626.Tena samayenāti vassikasāṭikasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha vassikasāṭikā anuññātāti cīvarakkhandhake visākhāvatthusmiṃ (mahāva. 349 ādayo) anuññātā. Paṭikaccevāti pureyeva.

1. 超過七天的情況下，若認為超出範圍，則應舍懺；即使是小蔥的量，也應以手指抓住舌頭的量來舍懺，舍懺的內容應當說明。 不應以身體的方式來享用，身體或身體的部分不應被觸碰。用這些觸碰的東西，如袈裟、鞋、腳、坐墊等，都是不應享用的。「在門、窗、通道等處，手的抓取位置不應被觸碰。」（大般差利）「而袈裟若放置於門、窗、通道時則應被觸碰。」（大註釋） 不犯戒是指在內部的七天內，應該接受黃油、油脂、脂肪、蜜、塗抹藥膏、薰香等，都是不犯戒的。如果想要在未受具足戒者的油脂中塗抹油脂，如果容器中有細小的裂縫，細小的油脂會被舊油所覆蓋，仍然需要重新塗抹。然後會變得非常明顯，突然之間大量油脂進入舊油中，重新塗抹的工作就沒有必要了。確實是指的油脂，因此在這樣的情況下，未受具足戒者的油脂塗抹也應當被理解。
2. 「放棄」是在這裡，如果兩個物品同時被接受，而沒有分開，則在超過七天的情況下，兩個物品都不犯戒，但不應享用。如果接受的物品是其中之一，則另一個會說：「朋友，請你享用這油脂的七天量。」他也不進行享用，這有什麼過失？沒有任何過失。為什麼？因為接受的物品被放棄，而另一個物品未被接受。 「消失」是指未被享用。在「通過心靈的方式，藥物、器具、食物、自由等都被稱為心靈。」因此，憑藉這個心靈，個人被稱為不依賴，因此不依賴的意思是給予小沙門。這個為什麼被提到？「爲了展示在內部的七天內，給予后再享用的情況下不會犯戒。」大須摩長老這樣說。而大蓮花長老則說：「這並不是請求，內部的七天內給予后再享用是沒有過失的。而超過七天的情況下，給予后再享用是爲了展示不會犯戒。」因此，給予的藥物若小沙門不論是經過思考或不經過思考，若是給予那個比丘，便是沒有必要的工作。若是愚蠢的人，不知道如何給予，應該由其他比丘來做：「你有油脂嗎？」「有的，尊者。」 「拿來，我要為長老準備藥物。」這樣也可以。其他的內容請參見前述。 關於重的責任、無為、無知解脫、無心、無形象、身體和言語的行為、 三種心態、三種感覺。 藥物的戒律說明已完成。
3. 雨季袈裟的戒律說明
4. 「在那時」是指雨季袈裟的戒律。在那裡，雨季袈裟被允許，正如在袈裟的章節中，維薩卡的地方等被允許。應當在早期。

627.Māso seso gimhānanti catunnaṃ gimhamāsānaṃ eko pacchimamāso seso. Katvāti sibbanarajanakappapariyosānena niṭṭhapetvā. Karontena ca ekameva katvā samaye adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ, dve adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vaṭṭanti.

Atirekamāse sese gimhāneti gimhānanāmake atirekamāse sese.

Atirekaddhamāsesese gimhāne katvā nivāsetīti ettha pana ṭhatvā vassikasāṭikāya pariyesanakkhettaṃ karaṇakkhettaṃ nivāsanakkhettaṃ adhiṭṭhānakkhettanti catubbidhaṃ khettaṃ, kucchisamayo piṭṭhisamayoti duvidho samayo, piṭṭhisamayacatukkaṃ kucchisamayacatukkanti dve catukkāni ca veditabbāni.

Tattha jeṭṭhamūlapuṇṇamāsiyā pacchimapāṭipadadivasato paṭṭhāya yāva kāḷapakkhuposathā, ayameko addhamāso pariyesanakkhettañceva karaṇakkhettañca. Etasmiñhi antare vassikasāṭikaṃ aladdhaṃ pariyesituṃ laddhaṃ kātuñca vaṭṭati, nivāsetuṃ adhiṭṭhātuñca na vaṭṭati. Kāḷapakkhuposathassa pacchimapāṭipadadivasato paṭṭhāya yāva āsāḷhīpuṇṇamā, ayameko addhamāso pariyesanakaraṇanivāsanānaṃ tiṇṇampi khettaṃ. Etasmiñhi antare pariyesituṃ kātuṃ nivāsetuñca vaṭṭati, adhiṭṭhātuṃyeva na vaṭṭati. Āsāḷhīpuṇṇamāsiyā pacchimapāṭipadadivasato paṭṭhāya yāva kattikapuṇṇamā, ime cattāro māsā pariyesanakaraṇanivāsanādhiṭṭhānānaṃ catunnaṃ khettaṃ. Etasmiñhi antare aladdhaṃ pariyesituṃ laddhaṃ kātuṃ nivāsetuṃ adhiṭṭhātuñca vaṭṭati. Idaṃ tāva catubbidhaṃ khettaṃ veditabbaṃ.

Kattikapuṇṇamāsiyā pana pacchimapāṭipadadivasato paṭṭhāya yāva jeṭṭhamūlapuṇṇamā, ime satta māsā piṭṭhisamayo nāma. Etasmiñhi antare 『『kālo vassikasāṭikāyā』』tiādinā nayena satuppādaṃ katvā aññātakaappavāritaṭṭhānato vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ nipphādentassa iminā sikkhāpadena nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. 『『Detha me vassikasāṭikacīvara』』ntiādinā nayena viññattiṃ katvā nipphādentassa aññātakaviññattisikkhāpadena nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Vuttanayeneva satuppādaṃ katvā ñātakapavāritaṭṭhānato nipphādentassa imināva sikkhāpadena nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ . Viññattiṃ katvā nipphādentassa aññātakaviññattisikkhāpadena anāpatti. Vuttañhetaṃ parivāre –

『『Mātaraṃ cīvaraṃ yāce, no ca saṅghe pariṇataṃ;

Kenassa hoti āpatti, anāpatti ca ñātake;

Pañhā mesā kusalehi cintitā』』ti. (pari. 481);

Ayañhi pañho imamatthaṃ sandhāya vuttoti. Evaṃ piṭṭhisamayacatukkaṃ veditabbaṃ.

Jeṭṭhamūlapuṇṇamāsiyā pana pacchimapāṭipadadivasato paṭṭhāya yāva kattikapuṇṇamā, ime pañca māsā kucchisamayo nāma. Etasmiñhi antare vuttanayena satuppādaṃ katvā aññātakaappavāritaṭṭhānato vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ nipphādentassa vattabhede dukkaṭaṃ. Ye manussā pubbepi vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ denti, ime pana sacepi attano aññātakaappavāritā honti, vattabhedo natthi, tesu satuppādakaraṇassa anuññātattā. Viññatiṃ katvā nipphādentassa aññātakaviññattisikkhāpadena nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Idaṃ pana pakatiyā vassikasāṭikadāyakesupi hotiyeva. Vuttanayeneva satuppādaṃ katvā ñātakapavāritaṭṭhānato nipphādentassa iminā sikkhāpadena anāpatti. Viññattiṃ katvā nipphādentassa aññātakaviññattisikkhāpadena anāpatti. 『『Na vattabbā detha me』』ti idañhi pariyesanakāle aññātakaappavāriteyeva sandhāya vuttaṃ. Evaṃ kucchisamayacatukkaṃ veditabbaṃ.

1. 月份的剩餘部分是指四個月的夏季月份中的一個最後月份，其餘部分。完成是指在西班牙王國的結束。執行者應當在同一時間內只做一件事，不應同時做兩件事。 在剩餘的月份中，超過一個月的夏季月份是指超過一個月的剩餘部分。 在超過半個月的剩餘部分中，夏季月份是指在此處停留的雨季袈裟的尋找、製作、居住、決定這四種領域，腹部和背部的時間是兩種時間，背部的時間和腹部的時間應當被理解為兩種四種情況。 在這裡，長根滿月的最後一天開始到黑月的安居日，這就是一個半個月的尋找和製作的領域。在此期間，未獲得的雨季袈裟的尋找和製作是可以的，但不可以居住和決定。黑月的安居日最後一天開始到七月滿月，這就是一個半個月的尋找、製作和居住的三個領域。在此期間，尋找和製作是可以的，但不可以決定。七月滿月的最後一天開始到十月滿月，這四個月是尋找、製作和居住、決定的四個領域。在此期間，未獲得的尋找和製作是可以的，但不可以決定。這就是四種領域的理解。 在十月滿月的最後一天開始到長根滿月，這七個月是背部的時間。在此期間，「雨季袈裟」的說法是指在適當的時間內通過適當的方式製作雨季袈裟的情況，若在此期間製作雨季袈裟則應舍懺。 「請給我雨季袈裟」的說法是指通過說明製作的情況，若在此期間製作雨季袈裟則應舍懺。按照所說的方式製作雨季袈裟，若通過說明製作的情況則不犯戒。關於這方面的說法是： 「向母親請求袈裟，而不向僧團請求；這有什麼過失？對親屬沒有過失；這個問題是由聰明人考慮的。」（法集481） 這確實是指這個問題。因此，背部的四種情況應當被理解。 在長根滿月的最後一天開始到十月滿月，這五個月是腹部的時間。在此期間，按照所說的方式製作雨季袈裟的情況是有過失的。那些人即使以前給予雨季袈裟，但如果他們自己是其他的親屬，則沒有過失，因為在這裡允許製作的情況。通過說明製作的情況若不犯戒。這個情況在自然的雨季袈裟的給予者中也是如此。按照所說的方式製作雨季袈裟，若通過說明製作的情況則不犯戒。「不應說請給我」，這確實是指在尋找的時間內提到其他親屬。這樣，腹部的四種情況應當被理解。

Naggo kāyaṃ ovassāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassāti ettha udakaphusitagaṇanāya akatvā nhānapariyosānavasena payoge payoge dukkaṭena kāretabbo. So ca kho vivaṭaṅgaṇe ākāsato patitaudakeneva nhāyanto. Nhānakoṭṭhakavāpiādīsu ghaṭehi āsittaudakena vā nhāyantassa anāpatti.

Vassaṃ ukkaḍḍhiyatīti ettha sace katapariyesitāya vassikasāṭikāya gimhānaṃ pacchima māsaṃ khepetvā puna vassānassa paṭhamamāsaṃ ukkaḍḍhitvā gimhānaṃ pacchimamāsameva karonti, vassikasāṭikā dhovitvā nikkhipitabbā. Anadhiṭṭhitā avikappitā dve māse parihāraṃ labhati, vassūpanāyikadivase adhiṭṭhātabbā. Sace satisammosena vā appahonakabhāvena vā akatā hoti, te ca dve māse vassānassa ca cātumāsanti cha māse parihāraṃ labhati. Sace pana kattikamāse kathinaṃ attharīyati, aparepi cattāro māse labhati, evaṃ dasa māsā honti. Tato parampi satiyā paccāsāya mūlacīvaraṃ katvā ṭhapentassa ekamāsanti evaṃ ekādasa māse parihāraṃ labhati. Sace pana ekāhadvīhādivasena yāva dasāhānāgatāya vassūpanāyikāya antovasse vā laddhā ceva niṭṭhitā ca, kadā adhiṭṭhātabbāti etaṃ aṭṭhakathāsu na vicāritaṃ. Laddhadivasato paṭṭhāya antodasāhe niṭṭhitā pana tasmiṃyeva antodasāhe adhiṭṭhātabbā. Dasāhātikkame niṭṭhitā tadaheva adhiṭṭhātabbā. Dasāhe appahonte cīvarakālaṃ nātikkametabbāti ayaṃ no attanomati. Kasmā? 『『Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ticīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetuṃ; vassikasāṭikaṃ vassānaṃ cātumāsaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ, tato paraṃ vikappetu』』nti (mahāva. 358) hi vuttaṃ. Tasmā vassūpanāyikato pubbe dasāhātikkamepi anāpatti. 『『Dasāhaparamaṃ atirekacīvaraṃ dhāretabba』』nti (pārā. 462) ca vuttaṃ. Tasmā ekāhadvīhādivasena yāva dasāhānāgatāya vassūpanāyikāya antovasse vā laddhā ceva niṭṭhitā ca vuttanayeneva antodasāhe vā tadahu vā adhiṭṭhātabbā, dasāhe appahonte cīvarakālaṃ nātikkametabbā.

Tattha siyā 『『vassānaṃ cātumāsaṃ adhiṭṭhātu』』nti vacanato 『『cātumāsabbhantare yadā vā tadā vā adhiṭṭhātuṃ vaṭṭatī』』ti. Yadi evaṃ, 『『kaṇḍuppaṭicchādiṃ yāva ābādhā adhiṭṭhātu』』nti vuttaṃ sāpi, ca dasāhaṃ atikkāmetabbā siyā. Evañca sati 『『dasāhaparamaṃ atirekacīvaraṃ dhāretabba』』nti idaṃ virujjhati. Tasmā yathāvuttameva gahetabbaṃ, aññaṃ vā acalaṃ kāraṇaṃ labhitvā chaḍḍetabbaṃ. Apica kurundiyampi nissaggiyāvasāne vuttaṃ – 『『kadā adhiṭṭhātabbā? Laddhadivasato paṭṭhāya antodasāhe niṭṭhitā pana tasmiṃyeva antodasāhe adhiṭṭhātabbā. Yadi nappahoti yāva kattikapuṇṇamā parihāraṃ labhatī』』ti.

630.Acchinnacīvarassāti etaṃ vassikasāṭikameva sandhāya vuttaṃ. Tesañhi naggānaṃ kāyovassāpane anāpatti. Ettha ca mahagghavassikasāṭikaṃ nivāsetvā nhāyantassa corupaddavo āpadā nāma. Sesamettha uttānameva.

Chasamuṭṭhānaṃ , kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.

Vassikasāṭikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Cīvaraacchindanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

Naggo kāyaṃ ovassāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassāti ettha udakaphusitagaṇanāya akatvā nhānapariyosānavasena payoge payoge dukkaṭena kāretabbo. So ca kho vivaṭaṅgaṇe ākāsato patitaudakeneva nhāyanto. Nhānakoṭṭhakavāpiādīsu ghaṭehi āsittaudakena vā nhāyantassa anāpatti。 Vassaṃ ukkaḍḍhiyatīti ettha sace katapariyesitāya vassikasāṭikāya gimhānaṃ pacchima māsaṃ khepetvā puna vassānassa paṭhamamāsaṃ ukkaḍḍhitvā gimhānaṃ pacchimamāsameva karonti, vassikasāṭikā dhovitvā nikkhipitabbā。Anadhiṭṭhitā avikappitā dve māse parihāraṃ labhati, vassūpanāyikadivase adhiṭṭhātabbā。Sace satisammosena vā appahonakabhāvena vā akatā hoti, te ca dve māse vassānassa ca cātumāsanti cha māse parihāraṃ labhati。Sace pana kattikamāse kathinaṃ attharīyati, aparepi cattāro māse labhati, evaṃ dasa māsā honti。Tato parampi satiyā paccāsāya mūlacīvaraṃ katvā ṭhapentassa ekamāsanti evaṃ ekādasa māse parihāraṃ labhati。Sace pana ekāhadvīhādivasena yāva dasāhānāgatāya vassūpanāyikāya antovasse vā laddhā ceva niṭṭhitā ca, kadā adhiṭṭhātabbāti etaṃ aṭṭhakathāsu na vicāritaṃ。Laddhadivasato paṭṭhāya antodasāhe niṭṭhitā pana tasmiṃyeva antodasāhe adhiṭṭhātabbā。Dasāhātikkame niṭṭhitā tadaheva adhiṭṭhātabbā。Dasāhe appahonte cīvarakālaṃ nātikkametabbāti ayaṃ no attanomati。Kasmā？『『Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ticīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetuṃ; vassikasāṭikaṃ vassānaṃ cātumāsaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ, tato paraṃ vikappetu』』nti（mahāva. 358）hi vuttaṃ。Tasmā vassūpanāyikato pubbe dasāhātikkamepi anāpatti。『『Dasāhaparamaṃ atirekacīvaraṃ dhāretabba』』nti（pārā. 462）ca vuttaṃ。Tasmā ekāhadvīhādivasena yāva dasāhānāgatāya vassūpanāyikāya antovasse vā laddhā ceva niṭṭhitā ca vuttanayeneva antodasāhe vā tadahu vā adhiṭṭhātabbā，dasāhe appahonte cīvarakālaṃ nātikkametabbā。 Tattha siyā 『『vassānaṃ cātumāsaṃ adhiṭṭhātu』』nti vacanato 『『cātumāsabbhantare yadā vā tadā vā adhiṭṭhātuṃ vaṭṭatī』』ti。Yadi evaṃ，『『kaṇḍuppaṭicchādiṃ yāva ābādhā adhiṭṭhātu』』nti vuttaṃ sāpi，ca dasāhaṃ atikkāmetabbā siyā。Evañca sati 『『dasāhaparamaṃ atirekacīvaraṃ dhāretabba』』nti idaṃ virujjhati。Tasmā yathāvuttameva gahetabbaṃ，aññaṃ vā acalaṃ kāraṇaṃ labhitvā chaḍḍetabbaṃ。Apica kurundiyampi nissaggiyāvasāne vuttaṃ – 『『kadā adhiṭṭhātabbā？Laddhadivasato paṭṭhāya antodasāhe niṭṭhitā pana tasmiṃyeva antodasāhe adhiṭṭhātabbā。Yadi nappahoti yāva kattikapuṇṇamā parihāraṃ labhatī』』ti。 630. Acchinnacīvarassāti etaṃ vassikasāṭikameva sandhāya vuttaṃ。Tesañhi naggānaṃ kāyovassāpane anāpatti。Ettha ca mahagghavassikasāṭikṃ nivāsetvā nhāyantassa corupaddavo āpadā nāma。Sesamettha uttānameva。 Chasamuṭṭhānaṃ，kiriyaṃ，nosaññāvimokkhaṃ，acittakaṃ，paṇṇattivajjaṃ，kāyakammavacīkammaṃ， ticittaṃ，tivedananti。 Vassikasāṭikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā。 5. 袈裟裁剪的戒律說明

631.Tena samayenāti cīvaraacchindanasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha yampi tyāhanti yampi te ahaṃ. So kira 『『mama pattacīvaraupāhanapaccattharaṇāni vahanto mayā saddhiṃ cārikaṃ pakkamissatī』』ti adāsi. Tenevamāha. Acchindīti balakkārena aggahesi, sakasaññāya gahitattā panassa pārājikaṃ natthi, kilametvā gahitattā āpatti paññattā.

633.Sayaṃ acchindati nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyanti ekaṃ cīvaraṃ ekābaddhāni ca bahūni acchindato ekā āpatti. Ekato abaddhāni visuṃ visuṃ ṭhitāni ca bahūni acchindato 『『saṅghāṭiṃ āhara, uttarāsaṅgaṃ āharā』』ti evaṃ āharāpayato ca vatthugaṇanāya āpattiyo. 『『Mayā dinnāni sabbāni āharā』』ti vadatopi ekavacaneneva sambahulā āpattiyo.

Aññaṃ āṇāpeti āpatti dukkaṭassāti 『『cīvaraṃ gaṇhā』』ti āṇāpeti, ekaṃ dukkaṭaṃ. Āṇatto bahūni gaṇhāti, ekaṃ pācittiyaṃ 『『saṅghāṭiṃ gaṇha, uttarāsaṅgaṃ gaṇhā』』ti vadato vācāya vācāya dukkaṭaṃ. 『『Mayā dinnāni sabbāni gaṇhā』』ti vadato ekavācāya sambahulā āpattiyo.

634.Aññaṃ parikkhāranti vikappanupagapacchimacīvaraṃ ṭhapetvā yaṃ kiñci antamaso sūcimpi. Veṭhetvā ṭhapitasūcīsupi vatthugaṇanāya dukkaṭāni. Sithilaveṭhitāsu evaṃ. Gāḷhaṃ katvā baddhāsu pana ekameva dukkaṭanti mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ. Sūcighare pakkhittāsupi eseva nayo. Thavikāya pakkhipitvā sithilabaddha gāḷhabaddhesu tikaṭukādīsu bhesajjesupi eseva nayo.

635.Sovā detīti 『『bhante, tumhākaṃyeva idaṃ sāruppa』』nti evaṃ vā deti, atha vā pana 『『āvuso, mayaṃ tuyhaṃ 『vattapaṭipattiṃ karissati, amhākaṃ santike upajjhaṃ gaṇhissati, dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇissatī』ti cīvaraṃ adamha, so dāni tvaṃ na vattaṃ karosi, na upajjhaṃ gaṇhāsi, na dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇāsī』』ti evamādīni vutto 『『bhante, cīvaratthāya maññe bhaṇatha, idaṃ vo cīvara』』nti deti, evampi so vā deti. Disāpakkantaṃ vā pana daharaṃ 『『nivattetha na』』nti bhaṇati, so na nivattati. Cīvaraṃ gahetvā rundhathāti, evaṃ ce nivattati, sādhu. Sace 『『pattacīvaratthāya maññe tumhe bhaṇatha, gaṇhatha na』』nti deti. Evampi so vā deti, vibbhantaṃ vā disvā 『『mayaṃ tuyhaṃ 『vattaṃ karissatī』ti pattacīvaraṃ adamha, so dāni tvaṃ vibbhamitvā carasī』』ti vadati. Itaro 『『gaṇhatha tumhākaṃ pattacīvara』』nti deti, evampi so vā deti. 『『Mama santike upajjhaṃ gaṇhantasseva demi, aññattha gaṇhantassa na demi. Vattaṃ karontasseva demi, akarontassa na demi, dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇantasseva demi, apariyāpuṇantassa na demi, avibbhamantasseva demi, vibbhamantassa na demī』』ti evaṃ pana dātuṃ na vaṭṭati, dadato dukkaṭaṃ. Āharāpetuṃ pana vaṭṭati. Cajitvā dinnaṃ acchinditvā gaṇhanto bhaṇḍagghena kāretabbo. Sesamettha uttānamevāti.

Tisamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyacittato vācācittato kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti, kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, dukkhavedananti.

Cīvaraacchindanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Suttaviññattisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

2. 「在那時」是指袈裟裁剪的戒律。在這裡，所說的「我將帶著我的袈裟、鞋子、坐墊與我一起出行」是指他這樣說。於是他這樣說：「裁剪」是指用力抓住，因為他自認為抓住了，所以沒有犯過失，因抓住而產生的過失是被規定的。

3. 「他自己裁剪，舍懺悔的過失」是指一個袈裟和一個纏繞的多個袈裟的裁剪產生的過失。若多個袈裟分開放置，裁剪時的「請拿來袈裟，拿來上衣」，這樣取用時也會產生過失。「我所給予的所有袈裟，請拿來」，即使這樣說也是以單數來計算的多種過失。 「他命令另一個」是指「請拿袈裟」，這是一個過失。被命令的人會計算多個，若說「請拿袈裟，拿上衣」，則通過語言的反覆會產生過失。「我所給予的所有，請拿來」，即使這樣說也是以單數來計算的多種過失。
4. 「其他的器具」是指除了最後的袈裟外，任何東西，即使是最小的針也算。即使是放置的針，若是用來計算器具的過失也是如此。若是鬆鬆的放置，情況也是如此。若是緊緊綁住的，則只有一個過失，這是大般差利所說的。若是放置在針盒中的情況也是如此。若是放置在堅固的情況下，鬆散綁住的、緊緊綁住的藥物等情況也是如此。
5. 「他給我」是指「尊者，這確實是你們的袈裟」，或者說「朋友，我們會在你這裡做『行為的實踐，學習法義』，我沒有給予袈裟，所以現在你不做行為，不學習法義」，這樣說的話，「尊者，請你說這是你的袈裟」，這樣也可以他給予。對於離開方向的年輕人說「請不要回頭」，但他並不回頭。拿著袈裟說「請停止」，如果這樣他回頭，那就很好。若說「我認為你們應說『請拿著袈裟』，請不要拿」，這樣他也可以給予，看到他迷惑，「我沒有給你『你將要做』的袈裟，所以現在你迷惑而行」，這樣說。另一個人說「請拿你的袈裟」，這樣他也可以給予。「我只給在我這裡學習的人，其他地方不給予，做行為的人給，沒做的人不給，學習法義的人給，沒學習的人不給，未迷惑的人給，迷惑的人不給」，這樣給予是不合適的，給予會產生過失。要讓他取用是可以的。放棄后給予的袈裟被裁剪后，計算時應被處理。其他的情況就如前述。 三種起因——身體的心意、言語的心意、身體言語的心意，產生行為、無知解脫、無心、世俗的過失、身體和言語的行為、不善的心、痛苦的感覺。 袈裟裁剪的戒律說明已完成。
6. 說法的說明戒律。

636.Tenasamayenāti suttaviññattisikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha khomanti khomavākehi katasuttaṃ. Kappāsikanti kappāsato nibbattaṃ. Koseyyanti kosiyaṃsūhi kantitvā katasuttaṃ. Kambalanti eḷakalomasuttaṃ. Sāṇanti sāṇavākasuttaṃ. Bhaṅganti pāṭekkaṃ vākasuttamevāti eke. Etehi pañcahi missetvā katasuttaṃ pana 『『bhaṅga』』nti veditabbaṃ.

Vāyāpeti payoge payoge dukkaṭanti sace tantavāyassa turivemādīni natthi, tāni 『『araññato āharissāmī』』ti vāsiṃ vā pharasuṃ vā niseti, tato paṭṭhāya yaṃ yaṃ upakaraṇatthāya vā cīvaravāyanatthāya vā karoti, sabbattha tantavāyassa payoge payoge bhikkhussa dukkaṭaṃ. Dīghato vidatthimatte tiriyañca hatthamatte vīte nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana 『『yāva pariyosānaṃ vāyāpentassa phalake phalake nissaggiyaṃ pācittiya』』nti vuttaṃ. Tampi idameva pamāṇaṃ sandhāya vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Vikappanupagapacchimañhi cīvarasaṅkhyaṃ gacchatīti.

Apicettha evaṃ vinicchayo veditabbo – suttaṃ tāva sāmaṃ viññāpitaṃ akappiyaṃ, sesaṃ ñātakādivasena uppannaṃ kappiyaṃ. Tantavāyopi aññātakaappavārito viññattiyā laddho akappiyo, seso kappiyo. Tattha akappiyasuttaṃ akappiyatantavāyena vāyāpentassa pubbe vuttanayena nissaggiyaṃ. Teneva pana kappiyasuttaṃ vāyāpentassa yathā pubbe nissaggiyaṃ, evaṃ dukkaṭaṃ. Teneva kappiyaṃ akappiyañca suttaṃ vāyāpentassa yadi pacchimacīvarappamāṇena eko paricchedo suddhakappiyasuttamayo, eko akappiyasuttamayoti evaṃ kedārabaddhaṃ viya cīvaraṃ hoti, akappiyasuttamaye paricchede pācittiyaṃ, itarasmiṃ tatheva dukkaṭaṃ. Yadi tato ūnaparicchedā honti, antamaso acchimaṇḍalappamāṇāpi, sabbaparicchedesu paricchedagaṇanāya dukkaṭaṃ. Atha ekantarikena vā suttena dīghato vā kappiyaṃ tiriyaṃ akappiyaṃ katvā vītaṃ hoti, phalake phalake dukkaṭaṃ. Kappiyatantavāyenapi akappiyasuttaṃ vāyāpentassa yathā pubbe nissaggiyaṃ, evaṃ dukkaṭaṃ. Teneva kappiyañca akappiyañca suttaṃ vāyāpentassa sace pacchimacīvarappamāṇā ūnakā vā akappiyasuttaparicchedā honti, tesu paricchedagaṇanāya dukkaṭaṃ. Kappiyasuttaparicchedesu anāpatti. Atha ekantarikena vā suttena dīghato vā kappiyaṃ tiriyaṃ akappiyaṃ katvā vītaṃ hoti, phalake phalake dukkaṭaṃ.

Yadi pana dve tantavāyā honti, eko kappiyo eko akappiyo, suttañca akappiyaṃ, te ce vārena vinanti, akappiyatantavāyena vīte phalake phalake pācittiyaṃ, ūnatare dukkaṭaṃ. Itarena vīte ubhayattha dukkaṭaṃ. Sace dvepi vemaṃ gahetvā ekato vinanti, phalake phalake pācittiyaṃ. Atha suttaṃ kappiyaṃ, cīvarañca kedārabaddhādīhi saparicchedaṃ, akappiyatantavāyena vīte paricchede paricchede dukkaṭaṃ, itarena vīte anāpatti. Sace dvepi vemaṃ gahetvā ekato vinanti, phalake phalake dukkaṭaṃ. Atha suttampi kappiyañca akappiyañca, te ce vārena vinanti, akappiyatantavāyena akappiyasuttamayesu pacchimacīvarappamāṇesu paricchedesu vītesu paricchedagaṇanāya pācittiyaṃ. Ūnakataresu kappiyasuttamayesu ca dukkaṭaṃ. Kappiyatantavāyena akappiyasuttamayesu pamāṇayuttesu vā ūnakesu vā dukkaṭameva. Kappiyasuttamayesu anāpatti.

1. "在那時"是指說法的說明戒律。在這裡，"麻線"是指用麻線製作的線。"棉線"是指從棉花產生的線。"絲線"是指用蠶絲紡制的線。"羊毛線"是指羊毛線。"麻線"是指麻線。"混合線"是指有些人認為是單獨的麻線。這五種線混合在一起製作的線應被理解為"混合線"。 "使人紡織"在每一個過程中都會產生過失。如果紡織工沒有梭子等工具，他說"我將從森林中取來"，拿著斧頭或砍刀，從那時起爲了任何工具或爲了紡織袈裟所做的一切，在每一個過程中都會給比丘帶來過失。長度一肘或手掌寬，橫向一手掌寬時，會產生舍懺的過失。大般差利說："使人紡織直到結束時，在每一塊板上都會產生舍懺的過失"。這也應被理解為指的是同樣的尺寸。因為它屬於最後可以變更的袈裟的數量。 此外，還應如此確定：首先，自行請求的線是不合法的，其餘的是因親屬等而產生的合法線。紡織工若是未經親屬允許，通過請求得到的是不合法的，其餘的是合法的。在這種情況下，用不合法的線由不合法的紡織工紡織時，如前所述，會產生舍懺的過失。用合法的線紡織時，如前所述，會產生過失。若用合法和不合法的線紡織，如果最後袈裟的尺寸是一塊純合法線製成的，另一塊是不合法線製成的，像田地劃分一樣的袈裟，在不合法線製成的部分會產生舍懺的過失，在另一部分則產生過失。如果部分不足，即使只有一個針頭大小，在所有部分中按部分計算都會產生過失。或者用一根間隔的線，或者長度上合法，橫向不合法地紡織時，在每塊板上都會產生過失。合法的紡織工紡織不合法的線時，如前所述，會產生舍懺的過失。用合法和不合法的線紡織時，如果最後袈裟尺寸不足，或不合法線部分不足，則在這些部分按部分計算會產生過失。在合法線部分則無過失。或者用一根間隔的線，或者長度上合法，橫向不合法地紡織時，在每塊板上都會產生過失。 如果有兩個紡織工，一個合法，一個不合法，線是不合法的，如果他們輪流紡織，不合法的紡織工紡織時，在每塊板上都會產生舍懺的過失，不足的部分產生過失。另一個紡織工紡織時，兩種情況下都會產生過失。如果兩人同時拿起梭子紡織，在每塊板上都會產生舍懺的過失。或者線是合法的，袈裟像田地劃分一樣有完整部分，不合法的紡織工紡織時，在每個部分都會產生過失，另一個紡織工紡織時則無過失。如果兩人同時拿起梭子紡織，在每塊板上都會產生過失。或者線是合法的和不合法的，如果他們輪流紡織，不合法的紡織工在最後袈裟尺寸的不合法線部分紡織時，按部分計算會產生舍懺的過失。在不足的合法線部分產生過失。合法的紡織工在不合法線部分，若符合尺寸或不足，則產生過失。在合法線部分則無過失。

Atha ekantarikena vā suttena dīghato vā akappiyaṃ tiriyaṃ kappiyaṃ katvā vinanti, ubhopi vā te vemaṃ gahetvā ekato vinanti, aparicchede cīvare phalake phalake dukkaṭaṃ, saparicchede paricchedavasena dukkaṭānīti. Ayaṃ pana attho mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ apākaṭo, mahāpaccariyādīsu pākaṭo. Idha sabbākāreneva pākaṭo.

Sace suttampi kappiyaṃ, tantavāyopi kappiyo ñātakappavārito vā mūlena vā payojito, vāyāpanapaccayā anāpatti. Dasāhātikkamanapaccayā pana āpattiṃ rakkhantena vikappanupagappamāṇamatte vīte tante ṭhitaṃyeva adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Dasāhātikkamena niṭṭhāpiyamānañhi nissaggiyaṃ bhaveyyāti. Ñātakādīhi tantaṃ āropetvā 『『tumhākaṃ, bhante, idaṃ cīvaraṃ gaṇheyyāthā』』ti niyyātitepi eseva nayo.

Sace tantavāyo evaṃ payojito vā sayaṃ dātukāmo vā hutvā 『『ahaṃ, bhante, tumhākaṃ cīvaraṃ asukadivase nāma vāyitvā ṭhapessāmī』』ti vadati, bhikkhu ca tena paricchinnadivasato dasāhaṃ atikkāmeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.

Sace pana tantavāyo 『『ahaṃ tumhākaṃ cīvaraṃ vāyitvā sāsanaṃ pesessāmī』』ti vatvā tatheva karoti, tena pesitabhikkhu pana tassa bhikkhuno na āroceti, añño disvā vā sutvā vā 『『tumhākaṃ, bhante, cīvaraṃ niṭṭhita』』nti āroceti, etassa ārocanaṃ na pamāṇaṃ. Yadā pana tena pesitoyeva āroceti, tassa vacanaṃ sutadivasato paṭṭhāya dasāhaṃ atikkāmayato nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.

Sace tantavāyo 『『ahaṃ tumhākaṃ cīvaraṃ vāyitvā kassaci hatthe pahiṇissāmī』』ti vatvā tatheva karoti, cīvaraṃ gahetvā gatabhikkhu pana attano pariveṇe ṭhapetvā tassa na āroceti, añño koci bhaṇati 『『api, bhante, adhunā ābhataṃ cīvaraṃ sundara』』nti? 『『Kuhiṃ, āvuso, cīvara』』nti? 『『Itthannāmassa hatthe pesita』』nti. Etassapi vacanaṃ na pamāṇaṃ. Yadā pana so bhikkhu cīvaraṃ deti, laddhadivasato paṭṭhāya dasāhaṃ atikkāmayato nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Sace pana vāyāpanamūlaṃ adinnaṃ hoti, yāva kākaṇikamattampi avasiṭṭhaṃ, tāva rakkhati.

640.Anāpatti cīvaraṃ sibbetunti cīvarasibbanatthāya suttaṃ viññāpentassa anāpattīti attho. Āyogetiādīsupi nimittatthe bhummavacanaṃ, āyogādinimittaṃ viññāpentassa anāpattīti vuttaṃ hoti. Sesamettha uttānatthamevāti.

Chasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.

Suttaviññattisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Mahāpesakārasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

641.Tena samayenāti mahāpesakārasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha suttaṃ dhārayitvāti suttaṃ tuletvā palaparicchedaṃ katvā. Appitanti ghanaṃ. Suvītanti suṭṭhu vītaṃ, sabbaṭṭhānesu samaṃ katvā vītaṃ. Suppavāyitanti suṭṭhu pavāyitaṃ sabbaṭṭhānesu samaṃ katvā tante pasāritaṃ. Suvilekhitanti lekhaniyā suṭṭhu vilikhitaṃ. Suvitacchitanti kocchena suṭṭhu vitacchitaṃ, suniddhotanti attho. Paṭibaddhanti vekallaṃ . Tanteti tante dīghato pasāraṇeyeva upanetvāti attho.

Atha ekantarikena vā suttena dīghato vā akappiyaṃ tiriyaṃ kappiyaṃ katvā vinanti, ubhopi vā te vemaṃ gahetvā ekato vinanti, aparicchede cīvare phalake phalake dukkaṭaṃ, saparicchede paricchedavasena dukkaṭānīti. Ayaṃ pana attho mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ apākaṭo, mahāpaccariyādīsu pākaṭo. Idha sabbākāreneva pākaṭo。 Sace suttampi kappiyaṃ, tantavāyopi kappiyo ñātakappavārito vā mūlena vā payojito, vāyāpanapaccayā anāpatti。Dasāhātikkamanapaccayā pana āpattiṃ rakkhantena vikappanupagappamāṇamatte vīte tante ṭhitaṃyeva adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ。Dasāhātikkamena niṭṭhāpiyamānañhi nissaggiyaṃ bhaveyyāti。Ñātakādīhi tantaṃ āropetvā 「tumhākaṃ, bhante, idaṃ cīvaraṃ gaṇheyyāthā」ti niyyātitepi eseva nayo。 Sace tantavāyo evaṃ payojito vā sayaṃ dātukāmo vā hutvā 「ahaṃ, bhante, tumhākaṃ cīvaraṃ asukadivase nāma vāyitvā ṭhapessāmī」ti vadati, bhikkhu ca tena paricchinnadivasato dasāhaṃ atikkāmeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ。 Sace pana tantavāyo 「ahaṃ tumhākaṃ cīvaraṃ vāyitvā sāsanaṃ pesessāmī」ti vatvā tatheva karoti, tena pesitabhikkhu pana tassa bhikkhuno na āroceti, añño disvā vā sutvā vā 「tumhākaṃ, bhante, cīvaraṃ niṭṭhita」nti āroceti, etassa ārocanaṃ na pamāṇaṃ。Yadā pana tena pesitoyeva āroceti, tassa vacanaṃ sutadivasato paṭṭhāya dasāhaṃ atikkāmayato nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ。 Sace tantavāyo 「ahaṃ tumhākaṃ cīvaraṃ vāyitvā kassaci hatthe pahiṇissāmī」ti vatvā tatheva karoti, cīvaraṃ gahetvā gatabhikkhu pana attano pariveṇe ṭhapetvā tassa na āroceti, añño koci bhaṇati 「api, bhante, adhunā ābhataṃ cīvaraṃ sundara」nti? 「Kuhiṃ, āvuso, cīvara」nti? 「Itthannāmassa hatthe pesita」nti。Etassapi vacanaṃ na pamāṇaṃ。Yadā pana so bhikkhu cīvaraṃ deti, laddhadivasato paṭṭhāya dasāhaṃ atikkāmayato nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ。Sace pana vāyāpanamūlaṃ adinnaṃ hoti, yāva kākaṇikamattampi avasiṭṭhaṃ, tāva rakkhati。 640. Anāpatti cīvaraṃ sibbetunti cīvarasibbanatthāya suttaṃ viññāpentassa anāpattīti attho。Āyogetiādīsupi nimittatthe bhummavacanaṃ, āyogādinimittaṃ viññāpentassa anāpattīti vuttaṃ hoti。Sesamettha uttānatthamevāti。 Chasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti。 Suttaviññattisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā。 7. Mahāpesakārasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā。 641. Tena samayenāti mahāpesakārasikkhāpadaṃ。Tattha suttaṃ dhārayitvāti suttaṃ tuletvā palaparicchedaṃ katvā。Appitanti ghanaṃ。Suvītanti suṭṭhu vītaṃ, sabbaṭṭhānesu samaṃ katvā vītaṃ。Suppavāyitanti suṭṭhu pavāyitaṃ sabbaṭṭhānesu samaṃ katvā tante pasāritaṃ。Suvilekhitanti lekhaniyā suṭṭhu vilikhitaṃ。Suvitacchitanti kocchena suṭṭhu vitacchitaṃ, suniddhotanti attho。Paṭibaddhanti vekallaṃ。Tanteti tante dīghato pasāraṇeyeva upanetvāti attho。

642.Tatra ce so bhikkhūti yatra gāme vā nigame vā te tantavāyā tatra. Vikappaṃ āpajjeyyāti visiṭṭhaṃ kappaṃ adhikavidhānaṃ āpajjeyya. Pāḷiyaṃ pana yenākārena vikappaṃ āpanno hoti, taṃ dassetuṃ 『『idaṃ kho, āvuso』』tiādi vuttaṃ.

Dhammampi bhaṇatīti dhammakathampi katheti, 『『tassa vacanena āyataṃ vā vitthataṃ vā appitaṃ vā』』ti suttavaḍḍhanaākārameva dasseti.

Pubbeappavāritoti cīvarasāmikehi pubbe appavārito hutvā. Sesaṃ uttānatthamevāti.

Chasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ,

Ticittaṃ, tivedananti.

Mahāpesakārasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Accekacīvarasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

646-9.Tena samayenāti accekacīvarasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha dasāhānāgatanti dasa ahāni dasāhaṃ, tena dasāhena anāgatā dasāhānāgatā, dasāhena asampattāti attho, taṃ dasāhānāgataṃ, accantasaṃyogavasena bhummatthe upayogavacanaṃ, tenevassa padabhājane 『『dasāhānāgatāyā』』ti vuttaṃ. Pavāraṇāyāti idaṃ pana yā sā dasāhānāgatāti vuttā, taṃ sarūpato dassetuṃ asammohatthaṃ anupayogavacanaṃ.

Kattikatemāsikapuṇṇamanti paṭhamakattikatemāsikapuṇṇamaṃ. Idhāpi paṭhamapadassa anupayogattā purimanayeneva bhummatthe upayogavacanaṃ. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – 『『『yato paṭṭhāya paṭhamamahāpavāraṇā dasāhānāgatā』ti vuccati, sacepi tāni divasāni accantameva bhikkhuno accekacīvaraṃ uppajjeyya, 『accekaṃ ida』nti jānamānena bhikkhunā sabbampi paṭiggahetabba』』nti. Tena pavāraṇāmāsassa juṇhapakkhapañcamito paṭhāya uppannassa cīvarassa nidhānakālo dassito hoti. Kāmañcesa 『『dasāhaparamaṃ atirekacīvaraṃ dhāretabba』』nti imināva siddho, atthuppattivasena pana apubbaṃ viya atthaṃ dassetvā sikkhāpadaṃ ṭhapitaṃ.

Accekacīvaranti accāyikacīvaraṃ vuccati, tassa pana accāyikabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ 『『senāya vā gantukāmo hotī』』tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha saddhāti iminā saddhāmattakameva dassitaṃ. Pasādoti iminā suppasannā balavasaddhā. Etaṃ accekacīvaraṃ nāmāti etaṃ imehi kāraṇehi dātukāmena dūtaṃ vā pesetvā sayaṃ vā āgantvā 『『vassāvāsikaṃ dassāmī』』ti evaṃ ārocitaṃ cīvaraṃ accekacīvaraṃ nāma hotī. Chaṭṭhito paṭṭhāya pana uppannaṃ anaccekacīvarampi paccuddharitvā ṭhapitacīvarampi etaṃ parihāraṃ labhatiyeva.

Saññāṇaṃ katvā nikkhipitabbanti kiñci nimittaṃ katvā ṭhapetabbaṃ. Kasmā etaṃ vuttaṃ? Yadi hi taṃ pure pavāraṇāya vibhajanti. Yena gahitaṃ, tena chinnavassena na bhavitabbaṃ. Sace pana hoti, taṃ cīvaraṃ saṅghikameva hoti. Tato sallakkhetvā sukhaṃ dātuṃ bhavissatīti.

1. 那裡如果那個比丘：指在那個村莊或城鎮中的那些織工。應該做出選擇：應該做出特殊的選擇或額外的安排。在經文中,爲了說明他是如何做出選擇的,所以說"朋友,這個"等等。 他也說法：他也講說法,只是表明"根據他的話,長或寬或厚"等增加線的方式。 之前未被邀請：之前未被袈裟的主人邀請。其餘的意思很明顯。 六種起因,行為,非想解脫,無心,制定的過失,身業語業, 三種心,三種感受。 大織工學處的解釋已結束。
2. 急施衣學處的解釋 646-9. 在那時：指急施衣學處。其中,"未到十日"是指十天,未到那十天,即未達到十天的意思。這裡用賓格表示處所,因此在詞義解釋中說"未到十日"。"自恣"這個詞是爲了明確說明前面所說的"未到"是什麼,以避免混淆而使用主格。 "四月十五日"是指第一個四月十五日。這裡也是前面的詞不用賓格,而用處所的賓格。意思是說:"從第一次大自恣前十天開始算起,即使在這些天里比丘獲得急施衣,知道'這是急施衣'的比丘應該全部接受。"由此表明從自恣月的白半第五天開始獲得的衣服的儲存期限。雖然這個意思已經包含在"多餘的衣服最多可以儲存十天"這句話里,但爲了說明特殊情況,好像是新的意思一樣制定了學處。 "急施衣"是指緊急的衣服,爲了說明它的緊急性,所以說"想要去軍隊"等等。其中,"信"只是表示信心。"凈信"表示非常清凈的強烈信心。"這就是所謂的急施衣":這是指出于這些原因想要佈施的人,或者派使者或者自己來說"我要佈施雨安居衣"這樣告知的衣服就叫做急施衣。從第六天開始獲得的非急施衣,以及收回儲存的衣服也同樣獲得這個儲存期限。 "做記號后應該儲存":應該做某種標記后儲存。為什麼這樣說?因為如果在自恣前分配,獲得的人不應該是已經破壞安居的人。如果是的話,那件衣服就屬於僧團。因此做記號后容易分配。

650.Accekacīvare accekacīvarasaññīti evamādi vibhajitvā gahitameva sandhāya vuttaṃ. Sace pana avibhattaṃ hoti, saṅghassa vā bhaṇḍāgāre, cīvarasamayātikkamepi anāpatti. Iti atirekacīvarassa dasāhaṃ parihāro. Akatassa vassikasāṭikacīvarassa anatthate kathine pañca māsā, vasse ukkaḍḍhite cha māsā, atthate kathine apare cattāro māsā. Hemantassa pacchime divase mūlacīvarādhiṭṭhānavasena aparopi eko māsoti ekādasa māsā parihāro. Satiyā paccāsāya mūlacīvarassa eko māso, accekacīvarassa anatthate kathine ekādasadivasādhiko māso, atthate kathine ekādasadivasādhikā pañca māsā, tato paraṃ ekadivasampi parihāro natthīti veditabbaṃ.

Anaccekacīvareti accekacīvarasadise aññasmiṃ. Sesamettha uttānatthamevāti.

Kathinasamuṭṭhānaṃ – akiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.

Accekacīvarasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Sāsaṅkasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

652.Tenasamayenāti sāsaṅkasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha vutthavassā āraññakesūti te pubbepi araññeyeva vihariṃsu. Dubbalacīvarattā pana paccayavasena gāmantasenāsane vassaṃ vasitvā niṭṭhitacīvarā hutvā 『『idāni nippalibodhā samaṇadhammaṃ karissāmā』』ti āraññakesu senāsanesu viharanti. Kattikacorakāti kattikamāse corā. Paripātentīti upaddavanti, tattha tattha ādhāvitvā uttāsenti palāpenti. Antaraghare nikkhipitunti antogāme nikkhipituṃ. Bhagavā yasmā paccayā nāma dhammena samena dullabhā, sallekhavā hi bhikkhu mātarampi viññāpetuṃ na sakkoti. Tasmā cīvaraguttatthaṃ antaraghare nikkhipituṃ anujānāti. Bhikkhūnaṃ pana anurūpattā araññavāsaṃ na paṭikkhipi.

1. "對急施衣有急施衣想"等,這是針對已經分配獲得的情況而說的。如果未分配,屬於僧團或在庫房裡,即使超過衣時也無過失。因此,多餘的衣服可以儲存十天。未做的雨浴衣,如果未展開迦絺那,可儲存五個月;如果雨季延長,可儲存六個月;如果展開迦絺那,可再儲存四個月。在冬季的最後一天,通過決意為基本衣服,還可再儲存一個月,總共可儲存十一個月。如果有希望獲得基本衣服,可再儲存一個月;急施衣如果未展開迦絺那,可儲存一個月零十一天;如果展開迦絺那,可儲存五個月零十一天;之後一天也不能儲存,應當知道。 對非急施衣:指類似急施衣的其他衣服。其餘的意思很明顯。 迦絺那起因 - 非作為,非想解脫,無心,制定的過失,身業語業,三心,三受。 急施衣學處的解釋已結束。
2. 危險學處的解釋
3. 在那時:指危險學處。其中,"結束雨安居的林居比丘們":他們以前也住在林中。但由於衣服破舊,爲了獲得資具而在村莊附近的住處度過雨安居,獲得衣服后,"現在我們沒有牽掛,要修習沙門法"而住在林中的住處。"迦提迦月的強盜":迦提迦月的強盜。"騷擾":騷擾,在各處奔跑使人恐懼逃跑。"放在村中":放在村子裡。世尊因為資具是難以如法平等獲得的,因為少欲的比丘甚至不能向母親請求。因此爲了保護衣服而允許放在村中。但由於適合比丘,所以沒有禁止住林。

653.Upavassaṃ kho panāti ettha upavassanti upavassa; upavasitvāti vuttaṃ hoti. Upasampajjantiādīsu viya hi ettha anunāsiko daṭṭhabbo. Vassaṃ upagantvā vasitvā cāti attho. Imassa ca padassa 『『tathārūpesu bhikkhu senāsanesu viharanto』』ti iminā sambandho. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Vassaṃ upagantvā vasitvā ca tato paraṃ pacchimakattikapuṇṇamapariyosānakālaṃ yāni kho pana tāni āraññakāni senāsanāni sāsaṅkasammatāni sappaṭibhayāni; tathārūpesu bhikkhu senāsanesu viharanto ākaṅkhamāno tiṇṇaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ antaraghare nikkhipeyyāti. Yasmā pana yo vassaṃ upagantvā yāva paṭhamakattikapuṇṇamaṃ vasati, so vuṭṭhavassānaṃ abbhantaro hoti, tasmā idaṃ atigahanaṃ byañjanavicāraṇaṃ akatvā padabhājane kevalaṃ cīvaranikkhepārahaṃ puggalaṃ dassetuṃ 『『vuṭṭhavassāna』』nti vuttaṃ. Tassāpi 『『bhikkhu senāsanesu viharanto』』ti iminā sambandho. Ayañhi ettha attho 『『vuṭṭhavassānaṃ bhikkhu senāsanesu viharanto』』ti evarūpānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ abbhantare yo koci bhikkhūti vuttaṃ hoti.

Araññalakkhaṇaṃ adinnādānavaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Ayaṃ pana viseso – sace vihāro parikkhitto hoti, parikkhittassa gāmassa indakhīlato aparikkhittassa parikkhepārahaṭṭhānato paṭṭhāya yāva vihāraparikkhepā minitabbaṃ. Sace vihāro aparikkhitto hoti, yaṃ sabbapaṭhamaṃ senāsanaṃ vā bhattasālā vā dhuvasannipātaṭṭhānaṃ vā bodhivā cetiyaṃ vā dūre cepi senāsanato hoti, taṃ paricchedaṃ katvā minitabbaṃ. Sacepi āsanne gāmo hoti, vihāre ṭhitehi gharamānusakānaṃ saddo sūyati, pabbatanadīādīhi pana antaritattā na sakkā ujuṃ gantuṃ, yo cassa pakatimaggo hoti, sacepi nāvāya sañcaritabbo, tena maggena gāmato pañcadhanusatikaṃ gahetabbaṃ. Yo āsannagāmassa aṅgasampādanatthaṃ tato tato maggaṃ pidahati, ayaṃ 『『dhutaṅgacoro』』ti veditabbo.

Sāsaṅkasammatānīti 『『sāsaṅkānī』』ti sammatāni; evaṃ saññātānīti attho. Padabhājane pana yena kāraṇena tāni sāsaṅkasammatāni, taṃ dassetuṃ 『『ārāme ārāmūpacāre』』tiādi vuttaṃ.

Saha paṭibhayena sappaṭibhayāni, sannihitabalavabhayānīti attho. Padabhājane pana yena kāraṇena tāni sappaṭibhayāni; taṃ dassetuṃ 『『ārāme ārāmūpacāre』』tiādi vuttaṃ.

Samantā gocaragāme nikkhipeyyāti āraññakassa senāsanassa samantā sabbadisābhāgesu attanā abhirucite gocaragāme satiyā aṅgasampattiyā nikkhipeyya.

Tatrāyaṃ aṅgasampatti – purimikāya upagantvā mahāpavāraṇāya pavārito hoti, idamekaṃ aṅgaṃ. Sace pacchimikāya vā upagato hoti chinnavasso vā, nikkhipituṃ na labhati. Kattikamāsoyeva hoti, idaṃ dutiyaṃ aṅgaṃ. Kattikamāsato paraṃ na labhati, pañcadhanusatikaṃ pacchimameva pamāṇayuttaṃ senāsanaṃ hoti, idaṃ tatiyaṃ aṅgaṃ. Ūnappamāṇe vā gāvutato atirekappamāṇe vā na labhati, yatra hi piṇḍāya caritvā puna vihāraṃ bhattavelāyaṃ sakkā āgantuṃ, tadeva idha adhippetaṃ. Nimantito pana addhayojanampi yojanampi gantvā vasituṃ pacceti, idamappamāṇaṃ. Sāsaṅkasappaṭibhayameva hoti, idaṃ catutthaṃ aṅgaṃ. Anāsaṅkaappaṭibhaye hi aṅgayuttepi senāsane vasanto nikkhipituṃ na labhatīti.

1. "度過雨安居后"這裡,"度過"是指度過;即度過後的意思。就像在"獲得具足戒"等詞中一樣,這裡應該看到鼻音。意思是進入雨安居並度過。這個詞與"比丘住在這樣的住處"相連。這是什麼意思呢?進入雨安居並度過後,在那之後直到迦提迦月最後一個滿月日為止,那些被認為是危險和可怕的林中住處;比丘住在這樣的住處時,如果願意,可以將三件袈裟中的一件放在村中。由於從進入雨安居到第一個迦提迦月滿月日期間居住的人,屬於已度過雨安居的人,所以在詞義解釋中沒有進行這種複雜的詞句分析,只是簡單地說"已度過雨安居的",來表示有資格放置袈裟的人。這也與"比丘住在住處"相連。這裡的意思是"已度過雨安居的比丘住在住處",是指在這樣的比丘中的任何一個比丘。 林地的定義在不與取的解釋中已經說過。這裡有一點不同:如果寺院有圍墻,應該從有圍墻的村莊的門柱或應該有圍墻的地方開始測量,直到寺院的圍墻。如果寺院沒有圍墻,應該以最先的住處、食堂、經常集會的地方、菩提樹或塔為界限來測量,即使它離住處很遠。即使附近有村莊,站在寺院裡能聽到人家的聲音,但由於山河等阻隔不能直接去,應該按照通常的路線測量,即使需要乘船,也應該從村莊開始測量五百弓的距離。爲了使附近的村莊符合條件而從這裡那裡堵塞道路的人,應該被視為"頭陀行的小偷"。 "被認為是危險的":被認為是"危險的";即這樣認知的意思。但在詞義解釋中,爲了說明它們為什麼被認為是危險的,所以說"在園林中,在園林附近"等等。 "可怕的"是與可怕一起,意思是有強大的恐懼存在。但在詞義解釋中,爲了說明它們為什麼是可怕的,所以說"在園林中,在園林附近"等等。 "可以放在周圍的村莊中":林居比丘可以在住處周圍所有方向上自己喜歡的乞食村莊中放置,如果符合條件的話。 這裡的條件是:在前安居進入並在大自恣日自恣,這是第一個條件。如果是在後安居進入或者破壞了安居,就不能放置。必須是迦提迦月,這是第二個條件。迦提迦月之後就不能放置。住處必須正好是五百弓的距離,這是第三個條件。如果距離不足或超過四分之一由旬就不能放置。這裡指的是能夠去乞食后在用餐時間回到寺院的距離。如果受到邀請,即使去半由旬或一由旬居住也可以,這不在此限。必須是危險和可怕的,這是第四個條件。因為即使住在符合條件但不危險不可怕的住處,也不能放置。

Aññatra bhikkhusammutiyāti yā udositasikkhāpade kosambakasammuti (pārā. 475) anuññātā tassā sammutiyā aññatra; sace sā laddhā hoti, chārattātirekampi vippavasituṃ vaṭṭati.

Puna gāmasīmaṃ okkamitvāti sace gocaragāmato puratthimāya disāya senāsanaṃ; ayañca pacchimadisaṃ gato hoti, senāsanaṃ āgantvā sattamaṃ aruṇaṃ uṭṭhāpetuṃ asakkontena gāmasīmampi okkamitvā sabhāyaṃ vā yattha katthaci vā vasitvā cīvarappavattiṃ ñatvā pakkamituṃ vaṭṭatīti attho. Evaṃ asakkontena tattheva ṭhitena paccuddharitabbaṃ, atirekacīvaraṭṭhāne ṭhassatīti. Sesaṃ uttānameva.

Kathinasamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyavācato kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti, akiriyā, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.

Sāsaṅkasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

1. Pariṇatasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā

657.Tena samayenāti pariṇatasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha pūgassāti samūhassa; dhammagaṇassāti attho. Paṭiyattanti paṭiyāditaṃ. Bahū saṅghassa bhattāti saṅghassa bahūni bhattāni anekāni lābhamukhāni; na saṅghassa kenaci parihānīti dīpenti. Oṇojethāti detha. Kiṃ panevaṃ vattuṃ vaṭṭatīti kasmā na vaṭṭati? Ayañhi abhihaṭabhikkhā abhiharitvā ekasmiṃ okāse saṅghassatthāya paṭiyattā abhihaṭapaṭiyatte ca uddissa ṭhapitabhāge ca payuttavācā nāma natthi.

658.Saṅghikanti saṅghassa santakaṃ. So hi saṅghassa pariṇatattā hatthaṃ anārūḷhopi ekena pariyāyena saṅghassa santako hoti, padabhājane pana 『『saṅghikaṃ nāma saṅghassa dinnaṃ hoti pariccatta』』nti evaṃ atthuddhāravasena nippariyāyatova saṅghikaṃ dassitaṃ. Lābhanti paṭilabhitabbavatthuṃ āha. Tenevassa niddese 『『cīvarampī』』tiādi vuttaṃ. Pariṇatanti saṅghassa ninnaṃ saṅghassa poṇaṃ saṅghassa pabbhāraṃ hutvā ṭhitaṃ. Yena pana kāraṇena so pariṇato hoti, taṃ dassetuṃ 『『dassāma karissāmāti vācā bhinnā hotī』』ti padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ.

除了比丘的同意外:除了在優陀夷學處中允許的憍賞彌比丘的同意;如果獲得了那個同意,即使超過六夜也可以離開。 再次進入村莊界限:如果乞食村在住處的東方,而他去了西方,不能回到住處度過第七天黎明的人,可以進入村莊界限,在集會堂或任何地方住下,瞭解衣服的情況后離開。意思是這樣。如果不能這樣做,應該就在那裡收回,它將處於多餘衣服的狀態。其餘的很明顯。 迦絺那起因 - 從身語或身語意而生起,非作為,非想解脫,無心,制定的過失,身業語業,三心,三受。 危險學處的解釋已結束。 10. 轉變學處的解釋 657. 在那時:指轉變學處。其中,"團體的":群眾的;意思是法團。"準備好的":已經準備好的。"僧團有很多食物":僧團有很多食物,很多獲得的來源;表示僧團沒有任何損失。"分配":給予。為什麼不可以這樣說呢?因為這是已經帶來的食物,為僧團準備好放在一個地方,對於已經帶來準備好的和指定放置的部分,沒有所謂的說話的過失。 658. "僧團的":屬於僧團的。因為它已經轉變給僧團,即使沒有到手,從某種意義上說也是屬於僧團的。但在詞義解釋中,"僧團的是指已經給予僧團,已經捨棄的",這樣從意義的提取來說,是直接表示僧團的。"利養":指應該獲得的物品。因此在解釋中說"衣服等"。"已經轉變":傾向於僧團,趨向于僧團,歸屬於僧團。爲了說明它為什麼已經轉變,在詞義解釋中說"我們將給予,我們將做,已經說出這樣的話"。

659.Payogedukkaṭanti pariṇatalābhassa attano pariṇāmanapayoge dukkaṭaṃ, paṭilābhena tasmiṃ hatthaṃ ārūḷhe nissaggiyaṃ. Sace pana saṅghassa dinnaṃ hoti, taṃ gahetuṃ na vaṭṭati, saṅghasseva dātabbaṃ. Yopi ārāmikehi saddhiṃ ekato khādati, bhaṇḍaṃ agghāpetvā kāretabbo. Pariṇataṃ pana sahadhammikānaṃ vā gihīnaṃ vā antamaso mātusantakampi 『『idaṃ mayhaṃ dehī』』ti saṅghassa pariṇatabhāvaṃ ñatvā attano pariṇāmetvā gaṇhantassa nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. 『『Imassa bhikkhuno dehī』』ti evaṃ aññassa pariṇāmentassa suddhikapācittiyaṃ. Ekaṃ pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā attano, ekaṃ aññassa pariṇāmeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyañceva suddhikapācittiyañca. Eseva nayo bahūsu. Vuttampi cetaṃ –

『『Nissaggiyena āpattiṃ, suddhikena pācittiyaṃ;

Āpajjeyya ekato;

Pañhā mesā kusalehi cintitā』』ti. (pari. 480);

Ayañhi pariṇāmanaṃ sandhāya vutto. Yopi vassikasāṭikasamaye mātugharepi saṅghassa pariṇataṃ vassikasāṭikaṃ ñatvā attano pariṇāmeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Parassa pariṇāmeti, suddhikapācittiyaṃ. Manussā 『『saṅghabhattaṃ karissāmā』』ti sappitelādīni āharanti, gilāno cepi bhikkhu saṅghassa pariṇatabhāvaṃ ñatvā kiñci yācati, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyameva. Sace pana so 『『tumhākaṃ sappiādīni ābhaṭāni atthī』』ti pucchitvā 『『āma, atthī』』ti vutte 『『mayhampi dethā』』ti vadati, vaṭṭati. Athāpi naṃ kukkuccāyantaṃ upāsakā vadanti – 『『saṅghopi amhehi dinnameva labhati; gaṇhatha, bhante』』ti evampi vaṭṭati.

1. "因使用而有過失":指轉變所獲得的東西,如果自己轉變的東西有過失,在接受時手中已持有的東西是無捨棄的。如果是給予僧團的,則不能取用,應當歸於僧團。與住在園中的人一起吃飯,應當將財物估算后處理。已經轉變的東西,無論是與有道德的人或家庭人一起,至少對母親的財物來說,在知道其屬於僧團的轉變狀態后,如果自己轉變並取用,則是無捨棄的過失。對"這個比丘給我"這樣要求他人轉變的,則是清凈的過失。一個碗或一件袈裟屬於自己,而另一件屬於他人轉變,則是無捨棄的過失以及清凈的過失。其他情況也同樣適用。這也曾說過： "因無捨棄而有過失,因清凈而有過失; 若單獨犯過失; 這是善人所思考的問題。"（《律藏》480） 這裡是指轉變的情況。無論是在雨季浴衣期間,若在母親家知道屬於僧團的雨季浴衣而自己轉變,則是無捨棄的過失。如果轉變他人的東西,則是清凈的過失。人們說"我們要為僧團準備食物",即使生病的比丘知道屬於僧團的轉變狀態而請求什麼,也只是無捨棄的過失。如果他問"你們有黃油等食物嗎？"而得到"是的，有"的回答,則可以說"也給我吧",這是合適的。即使如此,信士們也會對他感到疑慮——"僧團也僅僅是我們所給予的;請拿去吧,尊者"這樣也是合適的。

660.Saṅghassa pariṇataṃ aññasaṅghassāti ekasmiṃ vihāre saṅghassa pariṇataṃ aññaṃ vihāraṃ uddisitvā 『『asukasmiṃ nāma mahāvihāre saṅghassa dethā』』ti pariṇāmeti .

Cetiyassa vāti 『『kiṃ saṅghassa dinnena, cetiyassapūjaṃ karothā』』ti evaṃ cetiyassa vā pariṇāmeti.

Cetiyassapariṇatanti ettha niyametvā aññacetiyassatthāya ropitamālāvacchato aññacetiyamhi pupphampi āropetuṃ na vaṭṭati. Ekassa cetiyassa pana chattaṃ vā paṭākaṃ vā āropetvā ṭhitaṃ disvā sesaṃ aññassa cetiyassa dāpetuṃ vaṭṭati.

Puggalassa pariṇatanti antamaso sunakhassāpi pariṇataṃ 『『imassa sunakhassa mā dehi, etassa dehī』』ti evaṃ aññapuggalassa pariṇāmeti, dukkaṭaṃ. Sace pana dāyakā 『『mayaṃ saṅghassa bhattaṃ dātukāmā, cetiyassa pūjaṃ kātukāmā, ekassa bhikkhuno parikkhāraṃ dātukāmā, tumhākaṃ ruciyā dassāma; bhaṇatha, kattha demā』』ti vadanti. Evaṃ vutte tena bhikkhunā 『『yattha icchatha, tattha dethā』』ti vattabbā. Sace pana kevalaṃ 『『kattha demā』』ti pucchanti, pāḷiyaṃ āgatanayeneva vattabbaṃ. Sesamettha uttānatthameva.

Tisamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyacittato vācācittato kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti, kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, tivedananti.

Samantapāsādikāya vinayasaṃvaṇṇanāya

Pariṇatasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Niṭṭhito pattavaggo tatiyo.

Nissaggiyavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Pārājikakaṇḍa-aṭṭhakathā niṭṭhitā.

1. "屬於僧團的轉變是屬於他僧團的":在一個寺院中,指向另一個寺院的"請將某某大寺的東西給僧團"進行轉變。 "關於聖地":是指"與僧團的給予有什麼關係,你們要進行聖地的供養"這樣進行轉變。 "聖地的轉變"在這裡特指爲了其他聖地而種植的花環,在其他聖地上不能放花。如果看到在某個聖地上放置的傘或旗幟,則可以將其轉贈給其他聖地。 "個人的轉變"是指至少對一隻狗的轉變"不要給這隻狗,給那隻狗"這樣進行轉變,是有過失的。如果施主說"我們想給僧團的食物,想進行聖地的供養,想給某位比丘的供養,請告訴我們,我們將根據你們的喜好給予;請說,我們該給哪裡"。這樣說時,那位比丘應當說"你們想給哪裡就給哪裡"。若只是詢問"我們該給哪裡",則應當根據巴利文的來意進行回答。其他情況也同樣適用。 "三種起因"是指從身體的意志、語言的意志、身體語言的意志而生起的行為、非想解脫、無心、世俗的過失、身體行為和語言行為、不善的心、三種感受。 關於《遍處安樂》的戒律解釋已結束。 轉變學處的解釋已結束。 第三個飲食部分已結束。 無捨棄的解釋已結束。

《破戒經》的註釋已結束。